Search results

(21 - 40 of 54)

Pages

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1977
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: 7 AUGSBURG COLLEGE The Interim The I n t e r i m i s a n i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e s c h o o l y e a r a t Augsburg College. It i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d t o be a time p r o v i d i n g o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r both s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o em...
Show more 7 AUGSBURG COLLEGE The Interim The I n t e r i m i s a n i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e s c h o o l y e a r a t Augsburg College. It i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d t o be a time p r o v i d i n g o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r both s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o employ s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r n i n g , t o i n v e s t i g a t e p a r t i c u l a r q u e s t i o n s and t o p i c s and t o use urban and o t h e r off-campus r e s o u r c e s i n ways n o t p o s s i b l e d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r term. I' Graduation Requirements To g r a d u a t e , an Augsburg s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete 35 c o u r s e s of which a t l e a s t t h r e e must be i n t e r i m c o u r s e s ( o r one i n t e r i m l e s s than t h e number o f y e a r s of f u l l time e n r o l l m e n t a t Augsburg; e . g . , a t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t e n r o l l e d f u l l time f o r two y e a r s i s r e q u i r e d t o complete one interim for graduation). There a r e no t u i t i o n r e f u n d s f o r s t u d e n t s who choose not t o e n r o l l i n an interim course. One c o u r s e i s c o n s i d e r e d a f u l l time l o a d d u r i n g i n t e r i m and no s t u d e n t i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r more t h a n one c o u r s e d u r i n g t h e p e r i o d . Gradin~ComeListings Most i n t e r i m c o u r s e s a r e graded t r a d i t i o n a l l y on a s c a l e of 4 . 0 t o 0. S t u d e n t s g e n e r a l l y have t h e o p t i o n t o r e g i s t e r on a ~ a s s / ~c roe d i t b a s i s . A few i n t e r i m c o u r s e s a r e graded o n l y on t h e PIN system; t h i s l i m i t a t i o n i s indicated i n the course description. Some c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d w i t h e i t h e r upper o r lower d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g . Such i n t e r i m c o u r s e s have two numbers l i s t e d and t h e s t u d e n t must s e l e c t . S t u d e n t s r e g i s t e r i n g f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g should a n t i c i p a t e a d d i t i o n a l assignments a n d / o r a more r i g o r o u s g r a d i n g s t a n d a r d . Options June I n t e r i m At l e a s t two c o u r s e s w i l l be o f f e r e d i n t h e June 1977 s e s s i o n of summer s c h o o l . An Augsburg s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r i n a June i n t e r i m c o u r s e i n l i e u of t h e January term with no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n c h a r g e ; however, s t u d e n t s p l a n n i n g t o e l e c t t h e June i n t e r i m must r e g i s t e r a t t h e time of t h e i n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t i o n i n t h e f a l l . S t u d e n t s w i s h i n g t o take t h e June i n t e r i m i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e January one w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay r e g u l a r summer c o u r s e t u i t i o n . Internships S t u d e n t s a r e n o t encouraged t o s e e k an i n t e r n s h i p c o u r s e assignment d u r i n g the interim. I n t e r n s h i p s a r e open t o s t u d e n t s who c o n t i n u e an i n t e r n s h i p from t h e f a l l term o r who begin an i n t e r n s h i p which w i l l c o n t i n u e i n t o the s p. r i n g term. O c c a s i o n a l l v a s t u d e n t who h a s had p r e v i o u s work e x p e r i e n c e c a n d e v e l o p an i n t e r i m i n t e r n s h i p which draws upon and expands t h e p r e v i o u s work e x p e r i e n c e . S t u d e n t s e l e c t i n g an i n t e r n s h i p i n t e r i m a r e t o p r e s e n t a completed i n t e r n s h i p l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t t o t h e I n t e r n s h i p O f f i c e ( S c i e n c e H a l l , Room 135) by no l a t e r than Monday, December 13. , 1 I I Independent o r D i r e c t e d Study S t u d e n t s may e l e c t a program of e i t h e r independent s t u d y (upper d i v i s i o n ) o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y (lower d i v i s i o n ) f o r t h e i n t e r i m . F a c u l t y members a r e s t r o n g l y d i s c o u r a g e d from a c c e p t i n g r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r more than one independent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y per i n t e r i m . S t u d e n t s e l e c t i n g independent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y must: 1 ) meet d e p a r t m e n t a l requirements 2 ) p r e s e n t a t r e g i s t r a t i o n a w r i t t e n s t a t e m e n t from t h e f a c u l t y member who w i l l d i r e c t t h e s t u d y 3) submit t o t h e I n t e r i m d i r e c t o r by December 1 a d e s c r i p t i o n of t h e i n t e n d e d s t u d y ( t o p i c , p r o c e d u r e , end r e s u l t , and form of evaluation). S t u d e n t s n o t s u b m i t t i n g t h i s i n f o r m a t i o n by December 1 w i l l have t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n c a n c e l l e d . I n t e r i m s a t Other Schools Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l a t any o t h e r 4-1-4 i n s t i t u t i o n which o f f e r s a r e c i p r o c a l i n t e r i m arrangement. Catalogs of t h e s e i n t e r i m o f f e r i n g s can be c o n s u l t e d i n t h e I n t e r i m C e n t e r , Room 135, S c i e n c e H a l l . R e g i s t r a t i o n f o r i n t e r i m s a t t h e Twin CiCy c o l l e g e s and a t S t . Olaf w i l l be done a t Augsburg d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d . S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n a t t e n d i n g any o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m should c o n s u l t with t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r o r h i s s e c r e t a r y (Room 135, S c i e n c e Hall). Non-Augsburg S t u d e n t s Augsburg College w i l l a c c e p t s t u d e n t s from o t h e r 4-1-4 s c h o o l s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m w i t h o u t t u i t i o n c h a r g e s provided t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n a g r e e s n o t t o charge t u i t i o n t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s f o r t h e J a n u a r y term. The waiver o f t u i t i o n does n o t i n c l u d e s p e c i a l f e e s charged i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n . Other s t u d e n t s w i l l be charged $350 f o r t h e interim course. S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an Augsburg I n t e r i m should w r i t e t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r a p p r o p r i a t e a p p l i c a t i o n forms. These s t u d e n t s a r e r e s p o n s i b l e f o r t h e i r own h o u s i n g and b o a r d i n g a r r a n g e m e n t s , though r e q u e s t s f o r on-campus h o u s i n g can be made t o t h e o f f i c e of t h e interim director. Class Times The i n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two blocks o f time. The number and l e n g t h o f c l a s s m e e t i n g s was w e l l a s t h e beginning time w i l l be a r r a n g e d t h e f i r s t day o f c l a s s . A l l I n t e r i m c l a s s e s w i l l meet t h e f i r s t and l a s t c l a s s days of t h e interim. C l a s s e s scheduled f o r P e r i o d I w i l l meet t h e f i r s t day a t 9 : 0 0 and c l a s s e s scheduled f o r P e r i o d I1 w i l l meet t h e f i r s t day a t 1 : O O . Interim Calendar November 1-4 Interim Registration December 6 Interim Registration January 3 F i r s t Day of I n t e r i m Class I 9 : 0 0 a.m. C l a s s I1 1 : U U p.m. January 4 L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l a d d January 7 L a s t day f o r d e t e r m i n i n g g r a d i n g system J a n u a r y 21 L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l i n g c l a s s J a n u a r y 28 I n t e r i m ends &eck w i t h t h e I n t e r i m Center (Science H a l l 135, e x t e n s i o n 4 0 2 ) o r w i t h I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r , Dr. Mark Davis (Science H a l l 135, e x t e n s i o n 4 0 2 ) . Art Instructor: Paul Rusten Film-making through p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e . D i s c u s s i o n and o b s e r v a t i o n of t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements of f i l m . The making o f a 1 6 m sound f i l m . L a h Fee o f $70.00 Prerequisites : Distribution: None f o r Film-making I You must have taken Film-making I i n o r d e r t o t a k e Film-making I1 Humanities Time: I Room: Film C e n t e r , E a s t H a l l S p a t i a l Design I n s t r u c t o r : P h i l i p Thompson The s t u d y of environmental forms and c o n t e n t i n l i v i n g , working, t r a n s p o r t a t i o n and r e c r e a t i o n from a v a r i e t y of p e r s p e c t i v e s i n c l u d i n g f a m i l y , y o u t h , n a t i v e American, e l d e r l y , commerce, r e l i g i o n and t h e i n d i v i d u a l . Course r e q u i r e m e n t s w i l l i n v o l v e r e s e a r c h and s u r v e y a c t i v i t i e s a t s e v e r a l o f f campus s i t e s such a s commercial, e t h n i c , e n t e r t a i n m e n t , r e l i g i o u s and group h o u s i n g c e n t e r s p l u s one p r o j e c t t h a t m&y be u n d e r t a k e n i n d i v i d u a l l y o r i n groups o f two o r more. Options a r e the development of e n v i r o n m e n t a l c o n c e p t s i n a r t media l i k e drawing, p a i n t i n g and assemblage a n d / o r t h e c r e a t i o n of f u l l s c a l e e x p e r i m e n t a l environments. T h i s c o u r s e w i l l count toward an a r t major. Prerequisites : None aistribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Art S t u d i o Biology-Physics 20322 ( B i o l o g y ) 84322 ( P h y s i c s ) Nuclear Radiation Science (Physical Science Emphasis): S p e c i a l Science Seminar Instructors : Oak R i d g e Robert Herforth Kermit P a u l s o n * A s t u d y of n u c l e a r r a d i a t i o n w i t h e m p h a s i s o n a p p l i c a t i o n s and " h a n d s - o n " l a b o r a t o r y e x p e r i e n c e f o r t h e i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . The c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i s t o f ( 1 ) i n t r o d u c t o r y work o n r a d i a t i o n d e t e c t i o n and m e a s u r e m e n t ( p h y s i c a l s c i e n c e a p p l i c a t i o n s ) a t Augsburg. ( 2 ) p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e 1977 Oak Ridge S p e c i a l S c i e n c e Seminar where t h e s t u d e n t h a s t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o d e s i g n h i s o r h e r c o u r s e o f s t u d y from p r o j e c t s i n n u c l e a r r a d i a t i o n physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental r a d i a t i o n , nuclear m e d i c i n e , h e a l t h p h y s i c s , and r a d i o l o g i c a l s a f e t y , and ( 3 ) summary and e v a l u a t i o n o f t h e program back a t A u g s b u r g . T h i s c o u r s e i s a c o o p e r a t i v e v e n t u r e w i t h Oak R i d g e A s s o c i a t e d U n i v e r s i t e s S p e c i a l T r a i n i n g D i v i s i o n , and i s t h e o n l y o p p o r t u n i t y O F i t s k i n d i n t h e U n i t e d S t a t e s . Two weeks o f t h e c o u r s e w i l l be s p e n t i n Oak R i d g e , T e n n e s s e e u t i l i z i n g t h e i n s t r u c t i o n a l s t a f f and l a b o r a t o r y f a c i l i t i e s o f ORAU S p e c i a l T r a i n i n g D i v i s i o n . T h e s e f a c i l i t i e s p r o v i d e the opportunity f o r l a b o r a t o r y experience not normally a v a i l a b l e t o undergraduate students. Time w i l l be a v a i l a b l e t o t o u r t h e a r e a i n c l u d i n g t h e n a t i o n a l l a b o r a t o r y and a l s o s p e c i a l l e c t u r e s , f e a t u r i n g s c i e n t i s t s rrom t h e n a t i o n a l l a b o r a t o r y , w i l l be p r e s e n t e d t o t h e S p e c i a l S e m i n a r P a r t i c i p a n t s . Prerequisites: Consent of i n s t r u c t o r Distribution: Natural Science Time: I Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 30 Plants i n --- Human S o c i e t i e s (Have you t h a n k e d a p l a n t l a t e l y ? ) * P r o f e s s o r Kermit Pnulson i s o n l e a v e from t h e D e p t . o f P h y s i c s b u t w i l l be on t h e s t a f f o f O.R.A.U. - S p e c i a l Training Division f o r t h i s course. I n s t r u c t o r : Erwin M i c k e l b e r g A S t u d y o f t h e r o l e p l a n t l i f e h a s and i s p l a y i n g i n human s o c i e t i e s i'lanc a n a t o m y , m o r p h o l o g y , g e o g r a p h y and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f p l a n t s k b r i e f survey of the e n t i r e plant t o p e o p l e w i l l be d i s c u s s e d . kingdom w i l l c o n c l u d e t h e c o u r s e . Prerequisites : Distribution: None Natural Science Time: I Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 213 Business-Economics 21495 ( B u s i n e s s ) 22495 (Economics) T o p i c s : I n t r o d u c t i o n t o D a t a Processing/COBOL I n s t r u c t o r : K e i s h i r o Matsumoto T h i s c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d f o r t h e s t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g a s p e c t s o f modern e l e c t r o n i c computer s c i e n c e . No p r e v i o u s L e c t u r e , programming knowledge of computer programming i s r e q u i r e d . a s s i g n m e n t and i n - c l a s s e x a m i n a t i o n s . I I1 I11 O p e r a t i n g system/programmer-interface 1 ) I n t r o d u c t i o n t o o p e r a t i n g system concepts 2) F i l e s t r u c t u r e 3) Job flow and e x e c u t i o n Job c o n t r o l l a n g u a g e 1) J o b c o n t r o l c a r d s 2) Permanent f i l e s 3 ) Loader c o n t r o l c a r d s 4) Other u t i l i t i e s COBOL P r o g r a m i n g Language (Major t o p i c ) 1 ) Elements 2) A d d i t i o n a l f e a t u r e s $18 l a b o r a t o r y f e e Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: I Room: Old Main 23 Economics Principles of Economics (Micro) Instructor: S n y t a Gupta An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o m i c r o - e c o n o m i c s , t h e t h e o r y o f t h e h o u s e h o l d , f i r m , m a r k e t s t r u c t u r e s , and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . A p p l i c a t i o n s o f e l e m e n t a r y economic t h e o r y t o m a r k e t p o l i c y . Prerequisites : Distribution: None Social Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 23 Chemistry Q u a n t i t a t i v e A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry Instructors; E a r l Alton A r l i n Gyberg T h i s c o u r s e w i l l cover g r a v i m e t r i c a n a l y s i s , v o l u m e t r i c a n a l y s i s , and s o l u t i o n e q u i l i b r i a i n d e t a i l and w i l l g i v e an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o s p e c t r o p h o t o m e t r i c t e c h n i q u e s of a n a l y s i s . The c o u r s e i s t o be t a k e n by c h e m i s t r y m a j o r s normally i n t h e i n t e r i m of t h e i r sophomore y e a r . Medical t e c h n o l o g i s t s should take o l e m i s t r y 353 i n t h e s p r i n g . There w i l l be d a i l y c l a s s e s , l a b o r a t o r y s e s s i o n s and a s s i g n m e n t s . Prerequisites: Distribution : Chemistry 106 o r 116 None Time: I & I1 Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 315 ( I & 1 1 ) , S c i e n c e H a l l 327 (11) Introduction to Chemical Research I n s t r u c t o r s : Earl Alton A r l i n Gyberg T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s j u n i o r and s e n i o r chemistry majors an o p p o r t u n i t y t o become a c q u a i n t e d w i t h chemical r e s e a r c h by p u r s u i n g a t o p i c o r problem i n d e t a i l . The f a c u l t y member w i l l work w i t h s t u d e n t s i n a r e a s o f t h e i r own i n t e r e s t such a s c o n t i n u a t i o n of r e s e a r c h problems a l r e a d y s t a r t e d o r p a r t i c u l a r problems of s y n t h e s i s o r a n a l y s i s . The student i s required t o discuss h i s research with the i n s t r u c t o r before t h e s t a r t of t h e i n t e r i m . Prerequisites: J u n i o r o r S e n i o r chemistry major Distribution: Time: I & I1 Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 318 E n e r g y A l t e r n a t i v e s i n Your F u t u r e *' h w Instructor : John Holum .a.a?&dLh&t. M $t@ihrXE~S- d' 11 b 'ha& .kta ' 185. the &--y 5-e:w*"Ll WL a t of ~ he b k d k EU hzomnft k ~ d p ~ d h s ti ; ~ ? m e S w a . ~ i l' Q h h n t b Xooi. $cGswiw ah-&. W ~ r*e L swtm f Wh*? IE'~ yaw futura at& dmb&mr QW \arZIRp $c, kh& h m 4 5 @ar8 w&llsfh e r ft ~ W ~ O U ITP ~ p . ~ ~ i -fa. &OSP &&S~MI rff=~v&y, kdh t l i a f m W U a p l baw~wdddrl gn * & h i H b e x wit1 be ~h-dd!~ Thtk WbMM BBuUSn* h* I bagw day4 c o u r s e w i l l d e a l h e a v i l y w i t h t h e i n f o r m a t i o n a l background and a n e t h i c a l f i b e r w i l l be needed. Thiq C O I I ~ ~r Pv i l l d e a l h e a v l l v with t h e i n f o m a t l o n a l b a c k g r o u n d , b u t m o r a l and e t h i c a l i s s u e s a r e i n t e r t w i n e d . w e ' l l u s e l e c t u r e s , s l i d e s , f i l m s and r e a d i n g s . Prerequisites: Distribution: High s c h o o l c h e m i s t r y o r e q u i v a l e n t Urban o r N a t u r a l S c i e n c e Time: I Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 320 Education-Sociology S c h o o l and t h e Urban ---- Community Instructors: J o e l Torstenson C a r o l Morl T h i s course i s e s p e c i a l l y designed LO study the h i s t o r i c a l , p o l i t i c a l , e c o n o m i c , and s o c i o l o g i c a l a s p e c t s of t h e u r b a n s e t t i n g t h a t r e l a t e t o s c h o o l s and t e a c h i n g . I t w i l l i n c l u d e a n a l y s i s of c u r r e n t i s s u e s i n t h e S t . P a u l and M i n n e a p o l i s s c l ~ o o lcommunities. The i n t e r i m c o u r s e w i l l u s e t h e Glenwood-Lyndale n e i g h b o ~ h o o d s i n n o r t h M i n n e a p c ~ l i s a s a l e a r n i n g laboratory. T h i s c o u r s e may be t a k e n Eor c r e d i t i n e i t h e r s o c i o l o g y o r e d u c a t i o n . I t w i l l i u l f i l l t h e Urban Concerns r e q u i r e m e n t . I t is a l s o considered t h e Urban Course f o r t h e Urban E d u c a t i o n program. Maximum e n r o l l m e n t : Prerequisites : 20 P e r m i s s i o n of one of t h e i n s t r u c t o r s Distribution: Time: I koom: L i b r a r y 201 Education Introduction , To E x c e p t i o n a l i t y Instructor: E i n s r Johnson The c o u r s e w i l l g i v e a s u r v e y o f s p e c i a l e d u c a t i o n i n c l u d i n g : 1 ) I d e n t i f i c a t i o n and d e s c r i p t i o n of e x c e p t i o n a l c h i l d r e n - t h e p h y s i c a l l y h a n d i c a p p e d , t h e d e a f and b l i n d , m e n t a l l y r e t a r d e d and emotionally disturbed. 2 ) Recent r e s e a r c h f i n d i n g on c a u s e s , d e f i n i t i o n s and c l a s s i f i c a t i o n o f e x c e p t i o n a l i t y . 3 ) D i s c u s s i o n and e v a l u a t i o n o f mainstreaming. Speakers w i l l include a c t i v e p r a c t i t i o n e r s i n t h e a r e a . V i s i t s w i l l be made t o s c h o o l s f o r o b s e r v a t i o n and e x p e r i e n c e i n s p e c i a l education. Special fees: S p e c i a l l a b o r a t o r y f e e f o r Field t r i p s , f i l m s , h o n o r a r i a : $15.00 Prerequisites: O r i e n t a t i o n t o Education, General Psychology o r permission of i n s t r u c t o r Distribution: Time: I Room: L i b r a r y 4 S LuJenL T e a c h i n g Instructor: E i n a r 0 . .Inhnson S t ~ ~ ~ l cw n ti ls l be p l a c e d i n a c l a s s r o o m f o r L u l l d a y s . Opportunities a r e proviiled i o r e s p e r i e n c e i n o h s e r v i n g and c l i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e s p e r i e n c e s tin t l ~ es e c o n d a r y s c h o o l l e v e l u n d e r t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o i c o l l e g e and I1iql1 s c l ~ o o lp e r s o n n e 1. Prereguisites: S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and c o m p l e t i o n 01 t e a c h e r a i d e work a n d human r e l a t i o n s e l e m e n t s o r E d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s 2 6 5 , 359. Time: To he a r r a n g e d Room: Lihrory 8 D i s c o v e r y i n t h e World of K i n d e r g a r t e n Instructor: L a u r e t t a E. P e l t o n T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s t h e o p p o r t u n i t y f o r one t o d i s c o v e r t h e d i s c o v e r e d . B e c a u s e a k i n d e r g a r t e n c h i l d i s r a p i d l y o p e n i n g d o o r s of knowledge, a t e a c h e r n e e d s t o know a t what s t a t e each c h i l d i s and how t o p r o v i d e an e n v i r o n m e n t i n which t h e c h i l d can e x p l o r e and e x p e r i e n c e l e a r n i n g . The c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e a s t u d y of k i n d e r g a r t e n c u r r i c u l u m , e x p l o r a t i o n o f m a t e r i a l s , r e v i e w of t e a c h i n g a p p r o a c h e s and l a b o r a t o r y e x p e r i e n c e . Prerequisites: O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n i n a n Urban S e t t i n g #255; a d m i t t a n c e i n t o t h e Augsburg F d ~ ~ c a t i oprogram n or an elementary school teaching c e r t i f i c a t e Distribution: Time: I Room: Library 1 English The L i t e r a t u r e - of T e r r o r : T a l e s of H o r r o r , Mystery, InsLrucLor : Detection L o r r a i n e L i v i n g s ton Do you have a penchant For merder and d e c t i o n ? Do you l i k e s p i n e t i n g l i n g h o r r o r s t o r i e s ? You w i l l be a b l e t o swap e x p e r i e n c e s w i t h [ e l l o w s t u d e n t s a s you read hot11 c l a s s i c a l and modern m y s t e r i e s . A s e l e c t e d r e a d i n g l i s t w i l l i n c l u d e such works a s G r e a t 'Tales o f H o r r o r J e k y l and Mr. Flyde by Edgar A l l e n P o e , by Mary S h e l l e y , by Robert Louis S t e v e n s o n , Moonsl-one Ihy W i l k i e C o l l i n s , The Hound oC t h e B a s k e r v i l l e s by S i r A r t h u r Conan Ijoyle, Murder on Lhe O r i e n t Express by Agatha C h r i s t i e , The Crooked Hinge Iby John Dicltson (:art-, T l ~ eImng Goodbye by Raymond C h a n d l e r , Above S u s p i c i o n Iby llelen MacInnes, and I n Coltl Blood by Truman Capote. B r i e f L e c t u r e s w i l l he l o l l o \ ~ e c l Ihy class discussions. Each s t u d e n t w i l l w r i t e one s h o r t p a p e r on ;I st117j c . ~ , of h i s choice. &-. Prerequisites : None D i s t r i h ~ ~ t i o. n Humanities Tine: I1 Room: Old Main 21 ~ Underground Film Instructor: John M i t c h e l l Although t h e t r a d i t i o n of t h e f e a t u r e - l e n g t h n a r r a t i v e f i l m i s g e n e r a l l y well-known, s i n c e t h e 2 0 ' s t h e r e h a s been a n a l t e r n a t i v e f i l m t r a d i t i o n , v a r i o u s l y c a l l e d avant-garde, underground, personal, independent, o r v i s i o n a r y f i l m . The c o u r s e w i l l p r e s e n t a s u r v e y o f f i l m s from t h i s t r a d i t i o n , b e g i n n i n g w i t h t h e French a v a n t - g a r d e f i l m s from t h e 4 0 ' s onward. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h i s g e n e r a l s u r v e y of f i l m s and f i l m m a k e r s , t h e works o f Maya D e r e n , James Brough t o n , Kenneth Anger, Bruce Conner, S t a n Brakhage, and Bruce B a i l l i e w i l l be g i v e n s p e c i a l e m p h a s i s . Conceptual approaches w i l l include Freudianism, s u r r e a l i s m , e x p r e s s i o n ism, a r c h e t y p a l c r i t i c i s m , l y r i c i s m , a b s t r a c t e x p r e s s i o n i s m , and s t r u c t u r a l i s m . The c o u r s e i s e s p e c i a l l y recommended t o s t u d e n t s w i t h i n t e r e s t s i n f i l m , a r t , and p o e t r y . A $10 l a b o r a t o r y f e e w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o o f f s e t t h e c o n s i d e r a b l e expense o f f i l m r e n t a l s . A t t e n d a n c e i s r e q u i r e d , s i n c e t h e f i l m s w i l l be shown d u r i n g c l a s s . I Prerequisites : Distribution: None Humanities Time: I Room: Science H a l l 123 The Contemporary Beyond S t a r T r e k : S c i e n c e F i c t i o n Novel I n s t r u c t o r s : Ron P a l o s a a r i and S c o t t Schumack ( f r e e l a n c e science f i c t i o n w r i t e r ) Science l i c t i o n i s often characterized as poorly w r i t t e n t a l e s o f rocket s h i p s , r a y g u n s , and p l o t s t o t a k e o v e r t h e u n i v e r s e . Modern s c i e n c e f i c t i o n , however, t r a n s c e n d s t h i s s t e r e o t y p e and i n c l u d e s many w e l l w r i t t e n works of p s y c h o l o g i c a l and s o c i o l o g i c a l p e n e t r a t i o n . This c o u r s e w i l l b e g i n w i t h a r e p r e s e n t a t i v e n o v e l of t h e 1 9 3 0 ' s and demons t r a t e t h e ways i n which s c i e n c e f i c t i o n w r i t i n g h a s grown from i t s p u l p o r i g i n s t o i t s p r e s e n t r e l a t i v e l y l i t e r a t e form. The p r e r e q u i s i t e s f o r t h e c o u r s e i n c l u d e c u r i o s i t y a b o u t o r i n t e r e s t i n s c i e n c e f i c t i o n and t h e a b i l i t y t o read two o r t h r e e n o v e l s a week. Additional fee: Prerequisites: Distribution: Grading: $10.00 S e e l a s t p a r a g r a p h of c o u r s e d e s c r i p t i o n Humanities Optional Time: I Room: Old Main 25 C r e a t i v e W r i t i n g Workshop: Poetry Instructor: J o n i s Agee T h r e e s t u d e n t s from each of t h e f i v e c o l l e g e s o f t h e A s s o c i a t e d C o l l e g e s o f t h e Twin C i t i e s w i l l be c h o s e n , o n t h e b a s i s o f p o r t f o l i o submitted t o t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e English Departments, f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e workshop. We w i l l i n v e s t i g a t e s u c h problems a s v o i c e , form/ c o n t e n t , e x p e r i e n c e , and o r a l p r e s e n t a t i o n . S t u d e n t s w i l l be i n t r o d u c e d t o c o n t e m p o r a r y w r i t i n g and p u b l i c a t i o n p r o c e d u r e s . Evaluation w i l l b e made o n t h e b a s i s o f a body o f work completed by t h e end o f t h e workshop. C l a s s e s w i l l be i n a workshop f o r m a t and may i n c l u d e attendance a t l o c a l poetry events. I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s should c o n t a c t Lorraine Livingston of t h e English f a c u l t y Prerequisites: Distribution: None Time: I1 Room: College of S a i n t Catherine T h e ~ r r ei n --- London Instructor: T o n i Clark T h e a t r e i n London w i l l p r o v i d e t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o e x p e r i e n c e t h e f i n e s t t h e a t r e i n t h e w o r l d . The h e a r t of t h e c o u r s e w i l l be a t t e n d i n g and d i s c u s s i n g p r o d u c t i o n s of R e n a i s s a n c e , R e s t o r a t i o n and modern p l a y s p e r f o r m e d by t h e Royal S h a k e s p e a r e Company, t h e Old V i c , t h e Young V i c , t h e N a t i o n a l T h e a t r e , and o t h e r s . We w i l l a l s o v i s i t t h e B r i t i s h Museum, t h e V i c t o r i a and A l b e r t Museum, t h e N a t i o n a l P o r t r a i t G a l l e r y , t h e T a t e G a l l e r y , t h e Tower o f London, and go t o S t r a t f o r d upon Avon. Time w i l l be a l l o t t e d f o r i n d i v i d u a l s i g h t s e e i n g and s h o p p p i n g t r i p s , and f o r i n v e s t i g a t i n g t h e i n c r e d i b l e v a r i e t y o f r e s t a u r a n t s i n t h e c i t y . The g r a d i n g f o r t h e c o u r s e w i l l be P/N, based upon p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n d i s c u s s i o n o f t h e p l a y s and p r o d u c t i o n s , and upon a j o u r n a l r e c o r d i n g s t u d e n t s ' i m p r e s s i o n s and a n a l y s i s of t h e p l a y s , d i s c u s s i o n s and e v e n t s o f t h e Interim. Approximate c o s t : Prerequisites: Distribution: $895 None Humanities IN English (Summer) Potpourri : R e a d i n g f o r Fun and C r e d i t Instructor: B a r b a r a Andersen I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , s t u d e n t s w i l l make i n d i v i d u a l r e a d i n g l i s t s of 10-12 books. These books w i l l be d i s c u s s e d w i t h o t h e r s i n t h e c o u r s e and t h e i n s t r u c t o r i n s m a l l g r o u p s , e s t a b l i s h e d a c c o r d i n g t o common themes, books, o r a u t h o r s . Because s t u d e n t s w i l l h a v e i n d i v i d u a l s c h e d u l e s , r e a d i n g l i s t s must be approved b e f o r e t h e end o f s p r i n g term s o t h a t t h e s e s c h e d u l e s can be p u b l i s h e d p r i o r t o t h e suimner s e s s i o n . Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: Junior o r Senior standing & consent of i n s t r u c t o r Humanities S u m e r 1977 Foreign Language (Summer) 70330 C u l t u r e o f French Canada ---- I n s t r u c t o r : Mary E . Johnson ( a s s i s t e d i n e d u c a t i o n by Einar Johnson) A c o u r s e d e s i g n e d t o g i v e s t u d e n t s f i r s t - h a n d knowledge o f s e v e r a l a s p e c t s of French-Canadian c u l t u r a l h e r i t a g e and c o n t e m p o r a r y l i f e , i n c l u d i n g t h e s t u d y o f b i l i n g u a l e d u c a t i o n . S t u d e n t s w i l l choose and r e s e a r c h t o p i c s o n some a s p e c t s o f French-Canadian c u l t u r e b e f o r e l e a v i n g , w i l l pursue ~t7m1 d u r i n g ilre e x p c r i e r ~ r e , snri w i l 1 make orill at14 w r i t Len r e p o r t s . IVrer~cli ma 101~s :i1%11 mirmrs will work ,in F r e ~ l r l i . l l e g - L ~ ~ n i r tign t l ~ cV o y a ~ e ~ lrounl r r y , t:l~e g r o u p wi l 1 v i s i r M o r ~ t - r e a l , l l ~ e c i c v i n the wur1.d; I-lien s t u d y i ~ h o r , ~;I t sectlrld I ; ~ r g e s r l ' r e i ~ d ~ - s t i c a k L n g week i r i ~ ! u r ! h r r , r : ; l l i i ~ a loi [;l.e$~clrc 1 1 1 ~ u r-i.n e l:,w~adrr;and u i l l t r u v e l ~ r v ~ ~ itile \ < l r:;lul>e P c n i n s l ~[ a r o nl1servt: Yrcncli-Canadian r ~ i r a l I it'e. V j s i i H t o s c h o o l s , museums, p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s , c u l t u r a l e v e n t s , e t c . I n t e r v i e w s w i t h s p e c i a l i s t s i n t h e a r t s , e d u c a t i o n , and government. Lodging i n t e n t s a t campgrounds and i n h o s t e l s . Cooperative meals. Offered f o r Foreign language general education d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement, f o r French c r e d i t by a r r a n g e m e n t w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , and f o r e d u c a t i o n c r e d i t by p e r m i s s i o n o f t h e e d u c a t i o n d e p a r t m e n t . G r a d i n g PIN o n l y . 1; Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: Consultation with e i t h e r i n s t r u c t o r F o r e i g n Language Summer 1977 I 1 I Norwegian Composition Conversation Instructor: L e i f E. Hansen I n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian w i t h emphasis on p r o n u n c i a t i o n and o r i g i n a l c o m p o s i t i o n . Some a t t e n t i o n w i l l be g i v e n t o r e g i o n a l s p e e c h v a r i a t i o n s and t o d i f f e r e n c e s between t h e two o f f i c i a l l a n g ~ a ~ e s o f Norway. T h e r e w i l l be a v a r i e t y of c o n t a c t s w i t h n a t i v e s p e a k e r s of Norwegian now r e s i d i n g i n t h e Twin C i t i e s a r e a . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Norwegian 75211 o r e q u i v a l e n t S t u d e n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o s p e n d a t o t a l o f 5 h o u r s p e r w e e k i n l a b o r a t o r y work a n d / o r f i e l d e x p e r i e n c e . Distribution: F o r e i g n Language Time: I1 Room: Old Main 3 Spanisli Instructor: Gunta R o z e n t a l s S t u d y of t h e o u t s t a n d i n g n o v e l i s t s of t h e n i n e t e e n t h and t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r i e s o i S p a i n . T h e r e w i l l be o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n S p a n i s h . Prerequisites: Distribution: 56352, 51353 o r e q u i v a l e n t F o r e i g n Language Time: I Room: Old Main 8 German Women W r i t e r s --- Instructor: William Oyler Women w r i t e r s h a v e p l a y e d a s i g n i i i c a n t r o l e i n German l i t e r a t u r e o f t h e 20th c e n t u r y . T h i s f a c t i s n o t s u f f i c i e n t l y a p p r e c i a t e d i n American s i n c e v e r y few works o f p r o m i n e n t German women w r i t e r s h a v e been t r a n s l a t e d i n t o E n g l i s h , and most o f t h o s e which h a v e been t r a n s l a t e d a r e now o u t o f p r i n t and t h e r e f o r e l a r g e l y i n a c c e s s i b l e . As a b e l a t e d c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Women's Y e a r , t h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o n c e r n i t s e l f e x c l u s i v e l y w i t h t h e r e a d i n g and d i s c u s s i o n o i n a r r a t i v e p r o s e , drama and p o e t r y c r e a t e d by German w r i t e r s who happen t o be women and who r e p r e s e n t a g r e a t v a r i e t y of p h i l o s o p h i c a l o u t l o o k s and l i t e r a r y s t y l e s . The r e a d i n g s and d i s c u s s i o n s w i l l be d e v o t e d p r i m a r i l y t o women of t h e 20th c e n t u r y , s u c h a s R i c a r d a Huch , Anna S e g h e r s , I l s e A i c h i n g e r , I n g e b o r g Bachmann, C h r i s t a Wolf, G e r t r u d von Le F o r t and E l i z a b e t h L a n g g a s s e r , a l t h o u g h t h e c o u r s e w i l l b e g i n w i t h a b r i e f s u r v e y o f t h e r o l e o f women i n German l i t e r a t u r e and w i t h t h e s t u d y of a 1 9 t h c e n t u r y work by Germany's f i r s t g r e a t woman w r i t e r w r i t e r of i n t e r n a t i o n a l s t a t u r e , A n n e t t e von D r o s t e - H u l s h o f f . Readings w i l l be i n German. D i s c u s s i o n s w i l l be p r i m a r i l y i n German, w i t h E n g l i s h t o be used a s needed. A q u e s t i o n t o be p u r s u e d : Is t h e r e a u n i q u e l y f e m i n i n e p e r s p e c t i v e i n works o f German women w r i t e r s ? Prerequisites: German 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t Distribution; Time: I1 Room: Old Main 2 Linguistics T h e o r i e s of Grammar Instructor: Donald Steinmetz Comparative a n a l y s i s of v a r i o u s views of language r e p r e s e n t e d i n c u r r e n t l i n g u i s t i c r e s e a r c h : tagmemics, s t r a t i f i c a t i o n a l grammar, transformat i o n a l - g e n e r a t i v e grammar, c a s e grammar, g e n e r a t i v e s e m a n t i c s , with t h e aim of i l l u m i n a t i n g t h e u n d e r l y i n g p h i l o s o p h i c a l assumptions, t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n a l c r i t e r i a and t h e e x p l a n a t o r y g o a l s which d i s t i n g u i s h them. The t h e o r i e s w i l l a l s o be c o n t r a s t e d with r e s p e c t t o t h e i r a f f i l i a t i o n s w i t h a d j a c e n t d i s c i p l i n e s such a s a n t h r o p o l o g y , psychology, l o g i c and conununication t h e o r y and t h e way i n which each t h e o r y s e e k s t o overcome t h e i n a d e q u a c i e s o f t r a d i t i o n a l grammar. Prerequisites : None Distribution: None Time: I Room: Old Main 4 General Studies A Study - oT Values o r "Wha: !.lal<es Llie World Co ~<ound" InsrrucLor: II Sheldon Fardig What a r e t h e e i f e c t s of p e r s o n a l v a l u e s upon I1um;ln I>ehavior? Yor~r own v a l u e s ? Others v a l u e s ? An i n v e s t i g a l i o n of value awareness, value dynamics, moral development and l i c e s L v l e s . An examination of tlle v a l u e s of t h e s i l e n t m a j o r i t y and d i s c u s s i o n wit11 a u t h o r i t y r i g u r e s concerning p u b l i c v a l u e s . These a r e some a r e a s l o r t l i s c u s s i o n and r e s e a r c h . Each p a r t i c i p a n t w i l l piclr :]I? a r e a r ~ i rn d i v i d u a l s t u d y and eval.uation. Some e x t r a c o s t s w i l l be i n v o l v e d i n Cield t r i p m i l e a g e . Prerequisites : None Distribution: None Time: 11 Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 213 H i s t o r y o f London I Instructor: Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t "When a man i s t i r e d o f London, h e i s t i r e d o f l i f e , f o r t h e r e i s i n London a l l t h a t l i f e can a f f o r d " (Dr. Samuel J o h n s o n , 1 8 t h c e n t r u r y ) . T h i s c o u r s e d o e s n o t promise a l l t h a t ! But London d o e s o f f e r much O F v a l u e and i n t e r e s t t o s t u d y . I t s a m a z i n g l y r a p i d growth s i n c e mid 1 6 t h c e n t u r y h a s meant t h a t Londoners h a v e F e l t , t h o u g h t a b o u t , and responded t o modern u r b a n problems f o r a t l e a s t f o u r c e n t u r i e s . I t s b u s i n e s s community was a t t h e f o r e f r o n t of economic change i n t h e w e s t e r n world f o r s e v e r a l c e n t u r i e s . S e v e r a l t i m e s t h e c i t y has r e s p r e s e n t e d h i g h p o i n t s i n t h e h i s t o r y o f European c u l t u r e . It has had a m a s s i v e i n f l u e n c e on E n g l i s h s o c i e t y g e n e r a l l y ( w e l l i l l u s t r a t e d by i t s demographic p r e p o n d e r a n c e i n t h e n a t i o n ) and a p o w e r f u l l e v e r a g e on B r i t i s h p o l i t i c s (whose c a p i t a l was c o n v e n i e n t l y l o c a t e d j u s t a few m i l e s up t h e Thames r i v e r ) . And f o r t u n a t e l y , i o r t h e p u r p o s e of o u r s t u d y , t h e r e i s a g r e a t d e a l of l i t e r a t u r e a b o u t t h e c i t y t h a t i s r e a d i l y a v a i l a b l e . Urban h i s t o r y , and h o p e f u l l y t h i s c o u r s e , a p p e a l s t o s t u d e n t s of y a r i o u s d i s c i p l i n e s - g e o g r a p h y , a r c h i t e c t u r e , p o p u l a r c u l t u r e , economics, u r b a n p l a n n i n g , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , a s w e l l a s h i s t o r y . Both i n c l a s s a c t i v i t i e s and s t u d e n t a s s i g n m e n t s , t h e r e w i l l be an e f f o r t t o construct the course s o a s t o r e f l e c t t h i s i n t e r - d i s c i p l i n a r y i n t e r e s t . T h e r e w i l l be a wide c h o i c e i n t h e m a t t e r of a s s i g n m e n t s ; i t i s u n d e r s t o o d , t h o u g h , t h a t an i n d i v i d u a l p r o j e c t e m p h a s i z i n g l i t e r a t u r e o r a r c h i t e c t u r e w i l l e v i d e n c e t h e i n s i g h t s and background g a i n e d i n t h e b r o a d e r c o n c e r n s of t h e c o u r s e . Prerequisites : None Distribution: S o c i a l S c i e n c e and Urban S t u d i e s Time: I1 Room: Old Main 1 8 From t h e I n d u s ----- to Indira: Epochs i n I n d i a n H i s t o r y Instructor: Don G u s t a f s o n T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r e s e n t an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e v a s t panorama o f I n d i a n c u l t u r e from t h e e a r l y c i t i e s o n t h e I n d u s R i v e r t o t h e problems and p o t e n t i a l s of modern I n d i a . Not o n l y w i l l a wide v a r i e t y c i :epics be c o v e r e d , but i n a d d i t i o n t h e r e w i l l be a g r e a t v a r i e t y i n t h e m a t e r i a l s used c u l t u r a l a r t i f a c t s , recordings, s l i d e s , novels, r e l i g i o u s t e x t s , h i s t o r i e s , and who knows what e l s e . -- prerequisites: Distribution: None Social Science Time: 11 Room: Library 1 C I I n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e P r i n c i p l e s o f Sumerian "Can These S t o n e s Speak?" & Cuneiform W r i t i n g . I n s t r u c t o r : Richard C. Nelson A c u l t u r a l s t u d y of t h e Sumerian Ur 111 Dynasey and r e l a t e d mesopotamian c i v i l i z a t i o n s through an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o cuneiform w r i t i n g . S t u d e n t s w i l l l e a r n t o t r a n s l i t e r a t e ( i . e . r e n d e r t h e cuneiform s y l l a b l e s ) and t r a n s l a t e Sumerian t e x t s of v a r i e d c o n t e n t s d a t i n g from 2,000 B.C No p r e v i o u s work i n a n c i e n t h i s t o r y i s assumed. Due t o a l a c k o f r e a d i l y a v a i l a b l e t e x t u a l and l e x i c a l m a t e r i a l most w i l l have t o be xeroxed. Expect a charge of about $10.00 p e r s t u d e n t . T r a d i t i o n a l g r a d i n g a l l o w e d , but Prerequisites : Distribution: PIN i s v e r y s t r o n g l y recommended. None Social Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 28 Mathematics The Mathematical - Content of Music Instructor: Ben Cooper For hundreds of y e a r s , Westerners have made music conscious of Pythagorean t h e o r i e s of harmony, but n o t o f any o t h e r m a t h e m a t i c a l f e a t u r e s of t h e i r a r t . From a t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r y p o i n t of view, we can r e c o g n i z e a s p e c t s of form and o f c o m p o s i t i o n a l d e v i c e s and r u l e s which d e s e r v e t o be c a l l e d mathematics ( b u t t h e mere adherence t o which does n o t g u a r a n t e e good m u s i c ) . A t t h e r i s k of i n t e l l e c t u a l s u p e r f i c i a l i t y , we w i l l probe ( a s i l l u s t r a t i v e ) m a n i f e s t a t i o n s o f a l g e b r a , geometry, and p r o b a b i l i t y a s we can f i n d , l a y i n g the mathematical f o u n d a t i o n s a s we go. Some of t h e p o s s i b l e m u s i c a l t o p i c s : v o i c e - l e a d i n g r u l e s ; Bach's canons; r u l e s o f twelve-tone composition; c o n s c i o u s l y m a t h e m a t i c a l composition ( e . g . , Xenakis). Prerequisites: Distribution: No m a t h e m a t i c a l p r e r e q u i s i t e s . None Time: I Room: Old Main 28 Must read music. Modern Math I d e a s Shock t h e L i b e r a l A r t s ------I n s t r u c t o r : Henry G. F o l l i n g s tad A c o n t r o v e r s i a l look i n t o some u s e s and abuses o f modern math concepts i n t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . Group and i n d i v i d u a l d i r e c t e d s t u d y w i l l s t r e s s t h e impact of math i d e a s and models on f i e l d s which r e l a t e t o t h e n a t u r e and o r i g i n of t h e u n i v e r s e , t h e e a r t h , l i f e , and mankind. The focus w i l l be on s p e c i a l t o p i c s i n astronomy and cosmology a s w e l l a s philosophy, a n t h r o p o l o g y , geology, b i o l o g y , and theology. P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Distribution: Natural Science Time: I Room: S c i e n c e H a l l , Room 212 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Data S t r u c t u r e s Instructor: James L. Johnson O r g a n i z a t i o n a l and s t o r a g e t e c h n i q u e s n e c e s s a r y t o c r e a t e , m a i n t a i n , and u s e a d a t a base on a d i g i t a l computer. Topics i n c l u d e ( a s time p e r m i t s ) : computer r e p r e s e n t a t i o n of v a r i o u s t y p e s o f d a t a , c h a r a c t e r s t r i n g manipulation, l i n e a r d a t a s t r u c t u r e s , linked d a t a s t r u c t u r e s , t r e e s , g r a p h s , s o r t i n g , s e a r c h i n g , and mass s t o r a g e f i l e s . Physical use of t h e computer w i l l be minimal. Knowledge o f a programming language i s n o t required. Prerequisites: S t u d e n t should be c o m f o r t a b l e w i t h t h e m a n i p u l a t i o n of a b s t r a c t symbols a t a l e v e l which should be a t t a i n e d a f t e r taking f i r s t year calculus o r equivalent course i n the Natural Sciences. Consultation with t h e i n s t r u c t o r i s recommended p r i o r t o r e g i s t r a t i o n . D i s t r i b u t i o n : None Time: 11 Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 205 The B a s i c -- Concepts of Mathematics: The D e m y s t i f i c a t i o n o f Elementary Mathematics Instructor: Beverly Durkee - f o r t h o s e who t h i n k t h e y d o n ' t l i k e i t , who Mathematics made s i m p l e a r e a f r a i d of i t , o r who a r e m y s t i f i e d by i t , b u t who must g e a r up t o t e a c h i t t o elementary s c h o o l c h i l d r e n . The b a s i c s of a r i t h m e t i c and geometry o f t h e modern elementary s c h o o l w i l l be s t u d i e d P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Distribution: None Time: I Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 205 Music I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Music Therapy Instructor: - Roberta M e t z l e r General overview of t h e f i e l d of music t h e r a p y where i t i s u s e d , with whom, and how. I n c l u d e s f i e l d t r i p s t o music t h e r a p y s i t e s i n Minnesota. Recommended f o r a l l s t u d e n t s p l a n n i n g t o major i n m u s i c t h e r a p y , and t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n g e n e r a l background i n f o r m a t i o n of t h e u s e of music f o r t h e r a p e u t i c r e a s o n s . Prerequisites: None D i s t r i b u t i o n : None Time: I Room: Music 120 Opera Opera I n s t r u c t o r s : Steve Gabrielsen James Johnson The p r o d u c t i o n of two o p e r a s i n c l u d i n g s i n g i n g , d a n c i n g , a c t i n g , s t a g e d e s i g n , choreography. l i g h t i n g and promotion. A week o f e v e n i n g performances. Costumes s u p p l i e d by s t u d e n t s . A u d i t i o n s w i l l be announced i n F a l l ' 7 6 . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Permission of i n s t r u c t o r Distribution: Fine A r t s Time: I and I1 Room: Music Auditorium P i a n o Teaching Methods - I n s t r u c t o r : Diana Metzker A s t u d y o f t h e m a t e r i a l s and t e c h n i q u e s used i n t e a c h i n g piano t o t h e young s t u d e n t . No p r e v i o u s t e a c h i n g e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e d but an average Class w i l l i n v o l v e p i a n o t e c h n i q u e and keyboard f a c i l i t y i s n e c e s s a r y . work w i t h p i a n o l a b s , o b s e r v a t i o n , t e a c h i n g and d i s c u s s i o n w i t h prominent p i a n o t e a c h e r s . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Average piano t e c h n i q u e and keyhoard F a c i l i t y D i s t r i b u t i o n : None Time: I Room: Music 1 0 Make Your Own Music ---- Instructor: Robert Karlen O f f e r s an o p p o r t u n i t y f o r t h e i n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t t o l e a r n about t r a d i t i o n a l and n o n - t r a d i t i o n a l systems and i n t h e c r e a t i o n of o r i g i n a l works of m u s i c ; and t o t r y h i s hand a t u s i n g any o f t h e s e systems i n c r e a t i n g h i s l h e r own compositions. S e r i a l , a l e a t o r y , and e l e c t r o n i c t e c h n i q u e s w i l l be i n c l u d e d . Prerequisites: Distribution: Open t o music majors a s an upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e , and t o s t u d e n t s with l i t t l e o r no t r a i n i n g i n music a s a lower d i v i s i o n course. None Time: I1 Room: Music 20 Trends, I s s u e s , and Leadership & Nursing I n s t r u c t o r s : Pamela Larson Donna P e t e r s o n A course designed to i n v e s t i g a t e the current leadership responsibi i t i e s of the p r o f e s s i o n a l n u r s e and t h e t r e n d s and i s s u e s e v o l v i n g i n contemporary n u r s i n g p r a c t i c e . Prerequisites : Admission t o t h e Augsburg n u r s i n g program o r permission of i n s t r u c t o r . Distribution : None Time: I Room: F a i r v i e w School of Nursing Philosophy Topics i n S c i e n c e and R e l i g i o n : Or Adam Had Atoms Instructor: Kenneth B a i l e y T h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i d e r some of t h e a r e a s of c o n f l i c t , whether r e a l o r o t h e r w i s e , between s c i e n t i f i c and r e l i g i o u s t h o u g h t . I t w i l l be l a r g e l y a d i s c u s s i o n c o u r s e , based upon a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s . Chiefly, we w i l l be concerned w i t h t h e q u e s t i o n o f whether a r e l i g i o u s p o i n t of view can r e a s o n a b l y be m a i n t a i n e d i n a s c i e n t i f i c m i l i e u , and, i f s o , what f o r m ( s ) i t might t a k e . Prerequisites: Distribution: None Humanities Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 Meister --- E c k h a r t a s M y s t i c and P h i l o s o p h e r Instructor: Mark F u e h r e r M e i s t e r E c k h a r t was one of t h e most a r t i c u l a t e spokesmen of t h e movement known a s R h i n e l a n d M y s t i c i s m i n t h e l a t e m i d d l e a g e s . T h i s c o u r s e w i l l a t t e m p t t o a n a l y s e E c k h a r t ' s l a n g u a g e a s a m y s t i c and d e t e r m i n e what p h i l o s o p h i c a l p r e s u p p o s i t i o n s h e h o l d s and how t h e s e p r e s u p p o s i t i o n s d e t e r m i n e h i s thought . Prerequisites : None Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Old Main 2 2 Physical Education S p e c t a t o r s h i p o r Hev! W h a ~ ' sGoing on Out T h e r e Instructors: Edor Nelson Ed S a u g e s t a d A c l a s s r o o m c o u r s e Eor t h e n o n - p a r t i c i p a n t . An o r i e n t a t i o n o l t h e s p e c t a t o r to the techniques, strategy, scoring, e t c . i n the sports g f F o o t b a l l , s o c c e r , h o c k e y , and w r e s t l i n g . This course does not a p p l y t o the major i n physical education. Prerequisites Distribution: : None None Time; I Room: Melby H a l l 12 Recreation A c t i v i t i e s Rhythms Instructor: LaVonne P e t e r s o n Theory and p r a c t i c e i n t e a c h i n g r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n , low-organized games, r e l a y s , camp a c t i v i t i e s , s k i t s and s t u n t s , m u s i c a l games, s i m p l e c r a f t s , f o l k and s q u a r e d a n c i n g . prerequisites: Sophomore s t a n d i n g , n o t open t o Freshmen Distribution: I Time: Room: Gymnasiu~niqorth Court Physics P r o g r e s s : R e a l i t y o r Myth? 1. II Instructor: Mark E n g e b r e t s o n S c i e n c e and t e c h n o l o g y played an i m p o r t a n t r o l e i n t h e development o f t h e n o t i o n o f p r o g r e s s i n t h e e i g h t e e n t h and n i n e t e e n t h c e n t u r i e s . New developments i n t e c h n o l o g y made p o s s i b l e t h e r a p i d growth of w e a l t h and power i n much o f t h e w e s t e r n w o r l d . Now, however, " p r o g r e s s " h a s l o s t i t s l u s t e r ; many a r e blaming s c i e n c e and t e c h n o l o g y f o r b e t r a y i n g t h e i d e a l s and dreams of modern s o c i e t y . Thomas ~ u h n ' si m p o r t a n t book, The S t r u c t u r e o f S c i e n t i f i c R e v o l u t i o n s , p r o p o s e s t h a t t h e n o t i o n of p r o g r e s s i s i t s e l f C a u l t y . A f t e r a s t u d y o f t h e s c i e n c t i f i c , s o c i a l , and r e l i g i o u s r o o t s o f t h e i d e a o f p r o g r e s s , we w i l l c o n s i d e r t h e c u r r e n t d e b a t e a b o u t t h e u s e s and a b u s e s o f s c i e n c e i n our world. One s h o r t s e m i n a r and a w r i ~ t e nr e p o r t w i l l be r e q u i r e d , i n a d d i t i o n t o r o u t i n e r e a d i n g s . Guest l e c t u r e r s and f i l m s w i l l be i n t e r s p e r s e d w i t h c l a s s r o o m l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n . Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: Room: None F u l f i l l s Urban S t u d i e s r e q u i r e m e n t 11 Science H a l l 22 Understanding t h e Weather Instructor: Kenneth E r i c k s o n 4n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e e a r t h ' s w e a t h e r , i t s c a u s e s a n d c h a r a c t e r . l e s i g n e d f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n w e a t h e r and w e a t h e r p r e d i c t i o n , t h i s c o u r s e s e e k s t o p r o v i d e s t u d e n t s w i t h a n u n d e r s t a n d i n g of t h e b a s i c s c i e n c e p r i n c i p l e s required f o r understanding weather. It i s a l s o h o p e d t h a t s t u d e n t s w i l l g a i n an a ~ p r e c i - t i c n f o r t h e o v e r a l l weat:her p a t t e r n s o f t h e e a r t h a n d f o r t h e manv and v a r i e d a s p e c t s o f w e a t h e r , i n c l u d i n g t h e i n f l u e n c e weather h a s on t h e e a r t h ' s i n h a b i t a n t s . Topics t o be d i s c u s s e d i n c l u d e : t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f s u n , e a r t h and a t m o s p h e r e ; i m p o r t a n t p h y s i c a l q u a n t i t i e s s u c h a s t e m p e r a t u r e and p r e s s u r e ; c l o u d s a n d p r e c i p i t a t i o n ; u n u s u a l c o n d i t i o n s l i k e t o r n a d o s and h u r r i c a n e s ; t e c h n i q u e s and i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n f o r w e a t h e r m o n i t o r i n g and c o n t r o l ; a v i a t i o n w e a t h e r ; and t h e i n f l u e n c e o f w e a t h e r o n p o l l u t i o n . Course a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e l e c t u r e s , e x p e r i m e n t a t i o n , f o r e c a s t i n g , and g u e s t s p e a k e r s whenever p o s s i b l e . Prerequisites: Distribution: High S c h o o l A l g e b r a Natural Science Time: I Room: Science H a l l 22 Independent Study i n Experimental Physics I n s t r u c t o r : T h e o d o r e Hanwick This course provides t h e opportunity f o r students t o systematically e x p l o r e a problem i n experimental physics. The s t u d e n t s h o u l d s e l e c t a t o p i c f o r i n v e s t i g a t i o n from o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : s p e c t r o s c o p y , h o l o g r a p h y , a s t r o n o m y , o r e l e c t r o n i c s . An i n - d e p t h u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e s e l e c t e d t o p i c w i l l be a c q u i r e d t h r o u g h s t u d y o f a p p r o p r i a t e r e s o u r c e n a t e r i a l a n d by means o f a c t u a l e x p e r i m e n t a l i n v e s t i g a t i o n . Each s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d , b e f o r e t h e s t a r t of t h e i n t e r i m , t o d i s c u s s h i s t o p i c o f i n v e s t i g a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r and p r e s e n t a t e n t a t i v e p r o p o s a l : ! e s c r i b i n g how t h e s u g g e s t e d work i s t o be c o m p l e t e d . A final written -c;cr! o n !he ~ r o j e c t\ $ i l l b e r e q u i r e d a t t h e e n d o f t h e i n t e r i m . Prerequisites: Junior o r s e n i o r physics major o r permission of the instructor. Distribution: Time: I Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 25 Political Science R a t i o n a l Ignorance & J u s t i c e Instructor: Myles S t e n s h o e l 1 Focus i s upon John Rawls' e x t r a o r d i n a r y work, A Theory of J u s t i c e , and h i s a t t e m p t t o p r o v i d e an a l t e r n a t i v e t o r e c e i v e d t h e o r i e s of p o l i t i c a l Course g o a l s w i l l be t o u n d e r s t a n d h i s t h e o r y , i t s economic j u s t i c e . s t r e n g t h s and weaknesses, i t s i m p l i c a t i o n s f o r c u r r e n t s t r u c t u r e s , programs and p r o p o s a l s . W r i t i n g ? Yes. Prerequisites: Distribution: Freshmen o r sophomores by p e r m i s s i o n of t h e i n s t r u c t o r , J u n i o r s o r s e n i o r s who have a concern f o r v a l u e s and a w i l l i n g n e s s t o w r e s t l e w i t h i n t e l l e c t u a l problems. S o c i a l Science Time: I Room: Old Main 18 Poli. Sci. (summer) 85340 ( P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e ) 98340 (Speech) The B r i t i s h -- Design f o r Mass Media Instructor: Milda Hedblom Study of B r i t i s h mass media, based i n London, f o r s t u d e n t s of p o l i t i c s , communications, s o c i o l o g y . B r i t i s h mass media a r e noted f o r high q u a l i t y p r o d u c t i o n . and c o n t e n t . We w i l l s t u d y t h e c u l t u r a l , p o l i t i c a l and a r t i s t i c r e a s o n s f o r t h e i r eminence; t h e r e w i l l be i n t e n s i v e i n t e r v i e w s w i t h BBC and ITV t e l e v i s i o n and r a d i o e x e c u t i v e s t a f f , London newspaper and magazine e d i t o r s , Members of P a r l i a m e n t and B r i t i s h s c h o l a r s o f mass c m u n i c a t i o n s ; we w i l l v i s i t major media c e n t e r s i n London a s w e l l a s t a k e v i s i t s t o c u l t u r a l a t t r a c t i o n s i n Oxford, S t r a t f o r d and o t h e r nearby a r e a s . Topics we w i l l s t u d y d u r i n g t h e f i r s t h a l f of t h e i n t e r i m i n c l u d e B r i t i s h views on t h e p r o p e r use o f t h e mass media, t h e n a t u r e of p o l i t i c a l c o n t r o l s , funding p r o v i s i o n s and o t h e r s . Approximately t h e l a s t two weeks of t h e i n t e r i m w i l l be devoted t o independent work (under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o f t h e c l a s s i n s t r u c t o r ) w i t h each s t u d e n t s t u d y i n g a p a r t i c u l a r a s p e c t o f one medium, such a s t e l e v i s i o n news p r o d u c t i o n , o r p r i n t c e n s o r s h i p r u l e s o r r a d i o o v e r s e a s programming, e t c . Some i n d i v i d u a l s may s e l e c t t o p i c s r e q u i r i n g- r e g- i o n a l t r a v e l , such a s Wales, o r S c o t l a n d . T h i s i s a c c e p t a b l e but w i l l be a s e p a r a t e c o s t and i n d i v i d u a l l y a r r a n g e d i n England. The same i n s t r u c t o r w i l l a c c e p t s t u d e n t s f o r independent s t u d y i n British politics. Prerequisites: Permission of i n s t r u c t o r Distribution: Social Science Grading: Cost: O p t i o n a l , p r e f e r e n c e t o PIN $895.00 C Psychology - Instructor: General Psychology Norman Ferguson introducatioh t o the mador eontenk areas wtthlln psychology inciuding b i ~ l ~ g i ~bgmla s of behevtor, develapmnt, Ieamkg, language and memDry, perception a d s l e e p , rntrtivation and motion, pettionalfty, paychopathol~/ogy, and psychotherapy. Reading turd dfaeusaim. me c2-a will be condudred u a i n g the q u a a t i o r ~ - - a n m ~ and open diseuslion method* Inatead oE using klie Lecture mathad. Heavy emphasis w i l l be placed on inclass parrictpapion by eacft student. Mequoto preparation prier to each clasa swsion w i l l be assumed. Not recommended f o r s t n d e n t s i n t e n d i n g t o major i n psychology. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Natural Science Time: I Room: Old Main 19 The a i l d ' s --- World: Cognitive Development Instructor: Grace Dyrud A s t u d y w i l l be made of t h e development of t h e c h i l d ' s r e p r e s e n t a t i o n o f e v e n t s ; n o t i n g s t a g e s and examples i n l a n g u a g e , r e a s o n i n g , and judgment. There w i l l be a f e e o f a p p r o x i m a t e l y $3.00 f o r m a t e r i a l s . Pretequisites : None Distribution: None Time: I Room: Old Main 7 Computer A p p l i c a t i o n s & Behavioral Science I n s t r u c t o r : R i c h a r d Marken An i n t r o d u c a t i o n t o t h e u s e of computers f o r t h e a n a l y s i s o f b e h a v o r i a l d a t a and s i m u l a t i o n o f b e h a v i o r a l p r o c e s s e s . S t u d e n t s w i l l l e a r n t o w r i t e programs t o do s t a t i s t i c a l a n a l y s e s s u c h a s c o r r e l a t i o n and l i n e a r r e g r e s s i o n s , a n a l y s i s o f v a r i a n c e , and c h i - s q u a r e . Programs w i l l be S t u d e n t s w i l l a l s o s t u d y t h e b e h a v i o r of programs w r i t t e n i n FORTRAN I V . which s i m u l a t e i n t e r e s t i n g b e h a v i o r a l and b i o l o g i c a l p r o c e s s e s such a s p e r c e p t i o n , l e a r n i n g , and e v o l u t i o n . Each s t u d e n t w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o d o a programming p r o j e c t on a t o p i c o f i n t e r e s t . T o p i c s f o r p r o j e c t s have been q u i t e v a r i e d and h a v e ranged From d e m o n s t r a t i o n s o f theorems i n s t a t i s t i c s t o s i m u l a t i o n o f rumor p r o p a g a t i o n i n crowds. Prerequisites: Distribution: G e n e r a l Psychology None Time: I1 Room: Scierice H a l l 312 Women and God Instructor: Eugene S k i b b e For men and women: What i s t h e s i g n i f i c a n c e o f women i n r e l a t i o n t o God and i n t h e c o n t e x t o f o r g a n i z e d r e l i g i o n , e s p e c i a l l y t h e o l r i s t i a n r e l i g i o n ? T h i s i s n o t o n l y an academic problem, which i n v o l v e s a n a l y z i n g p a s t t r a d i t i o n s and i n s t i t u t i o n a l a r r a n g e m e n t s , b u t a l s o a p e r s o n a l q u e s t i o n , which c a n be answered o n l y by p e r s o n a l r e f l e c t i o n and m u t u a l In d i s c o v e r y . H o p e f u l l y t h i s c o u r s e w i l l b e n e f i t p e o p l e i n both ways. e a r l y s t a t e s o f d e s i g n i n g t h e c o u r s e t h e t e a c h e r w i l l s e e k h e l p irom s t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n t h i s t o p i c . The c o u r s e w i l l p r o b a b l y i n c l u d e a s t u d y o f ( a ) r e f e r e n c e s t o women i n B i b l i c a l l i t e r a t u r e , ( b ) n o t a b l e women i n W e s t e r n r e l i g i o u s h i s t o r y , ( c ) t h e r o l e o f women and t h e female p r i n c i p l e i n non-Western r e l i g i o n s , ( d ) f u n d a m e n t a l problems of human p e r c e p t i o n , l a n g u a g e and c u l t u r e w i t h r e g a r d t o r e a l i t y and s e x u a l i t y , ( e ) t h e r e l a t i o n o f t h e G o s p e l t o s e x u a l d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n , ( f ) women r e l i g i o u s and t h e o l o g i c a l l e a d e r s t o d a y . The a p p r o a c h w i l l i n c l u d e a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s , d i s c u s s i o n s , o u t s i d e s p e a k e r s , and ( p r o b a b l y ) a w r i t t e n r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t . Taught ( o r c o o r d i n a t e d ) by a man. Prerequisites: Distribution: R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 Religion Time: I1 Room: S c i e n c e 320 Social Work Practicum i n Human S e r v i c e s Instructor: Vern Bloom With f a c u l t y a p p r o v a l , s t u d e n t s e l e c t s a placement a s a h a l f - t i m e v o l u n t e e r i n a s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . O p p o r t u n i t y t o know s o c i a l work p r o f e s s i o n a l s , s o c i a l s e r v i c e d e l i v e r y s y s t e m s , and c a r e e r a s p e c t s i n t h e h e l p i n g v o c a t i o n s . Independent s t u d y w i t h a t e n paper r e p o r t and review c o n f e r e n c e s . E s p e c i a l l y r e c m e d e d f o r freshmen and sophomores. Prerequisites: Distribution: Consent of i n s t r u c t o r Required f o r S o c i a l Work m a j o r s Time: I Room: Memorial H a l l 1 Sociology-SocialWork Human S e r v i c e ---- Issues i n Selected Areas Instructor: Tony Wagner Seminars c o n s i s t i n g of a n i n t r o d u c t i o n of t h e major s o c i a l p o l i c y i s s u e s and s e r v i c e d e l i v e r y s t r u c t u r e s a s s o c i a t e d with s e l e c t e d a r e a s of s o c i a l work p r a c t i c e . Areas i n c l u d e s o c i a l s e c u r i t y , mental r e t a r d a t i o n , a l c o h o l and chemical dependency, y o u t h , a g i n g , w e l f a r e e c o l o g y , and s e r i s m i n s o c i a l work. F i e l d e x p e r i e n c e o f 16 h o u r s p e r week. Prerequisites: Distribution: 351 and j u n i o r , o r p e r m i s s i o n of i n s t r u c t o r Required f o r S o c i a l Work majors Time: I Room: Old Main 1 Principles of Sociology Instructor: Robert Grams Both the p o p u l a r p r e s s and i n f o r m a l d i s c u s s i o n s s u g g e s t an i n c r e a s e d concern about t h e v i a b i l i t y of o u r i n s t i t u t i o n s and s o c i a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s . One c o n s t a n t l y h e a r s about t h e l a c k of cohesiveness of f a m i l i e s , t h e dehumanizing e f f e c t s of l a r g e o r g a n i z a t i o n s , problems r e g a r d i n g the d i s t r i b u t i o n of wealth and p o l i t i c a l power, t h e mounting crime r a t e , the i n a b i l i t y of o u r i n s t i t u t i o n s t o r e h a b i l i t a t e c r i m i n a l s , and s o f o r t h . T h i s c o u r s e p r o v i d e s an overview of what t h e s o c i o l o g i s t h a s t o o f f e r i n r e g a r d t o such i s s u e s . More s p e c i f i c a l l y , t h e c o u r s e c o n s i s t s of a each of which p r o v i d e s an overview of t h e s o c i o l o g i s t ' s s e t of u n i t s a n a l y s i s o f some a s p e c t of s o c i a l l i f e . Each u n i t w i l l be approached through a combination o f l e c t u r e s , readings, d i s c u s s i o n s and assignments designed t o h e l p t h e s t u d e n t a p p l y what i s being l e a r n e d . -- Prerequisites : Distribution: None Social Science Time: I Room: Old Main 27 Blue C o l l a r s and Hard H a t s : ----- The C u l t u r e of t h e Working Class Instructor: Cordon Nelson I n an i n c r e a s i n g l y b u r e a u c r a t i c s o c i e t y , t h e manual l a b o r e r and c r a f t worker have tended t o be r e l e g a t e d t o a s t e r e o t y p e d , s u b c u l t u r e s t a t u s i n American urban l i f e . T e l e v i s i o n ' s Archie Bunker i s a s good an example a s any of t h e s t e r e o t y p e . This c o u r s e w i l l examine t h e American working c l a s s , e s p e c i a l l y a s i t i s found i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , i n an a t t e m p t t o d e t e r m i n e whether t h e s t e r e o t y p e i s a v a l i d one. The c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e r e a d i n g s i n some of t h e c u r r e n t l i t e r a t u r e on t h e t o p i c , f i e l d o b s e r v a t i o n s i n working c l a s s s e t t i n g s , and a f i n a l examination. P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Distribution: S o c i a l S c i e n c e o r Urban Time: I Room: Old Main 21 R a c i a l and -- M i n o r i t y Group R e l a t i o n s I n s t r u c t o r : J e r r y Gerasimo The dimensions of r a c i a l and m i n o r i t y group r e l a t i o n s . Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon p r e j u d i c e , r a c i s m , and t h e r o l e o f s e l f - u n d e r s t a n d i n g . T h i s c o u r s e w i l l be o f f e r e d on P/N b a s i s o n l y . prerequisites: Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 Speech Values and -- Conununication: Socrates, Jesus, Kierkegaard, Buber I n s t r u c t o r s : Ray Anderson John Benson A s ~ u i l vc ' r i Ivrrns uT t l i s c o u r s c v h i c l ~a r e inrenrleil 1 0 c:rrnml~tiic:~teb a s i c valries and view8 o t l iTe. The Lulms are many n11c1 v a r i e d , emhrecing H I ~ r l Fvcrse a c t i v i 1 : i e s as S v c r n r i c qliesr i o n i u p , Jesus's u s e o l p a r a b l e and sy~~lrolic a c t i o n : Kierlte,qanrd ' a i . ~ ~ d i r c ccommuni t c a t i o r r , am! H r ~ l j e r ' sw e of u f d i a l o g u e . A l l Inur 0 1 c l ~ e s einen e:rplurect l lie r e l a c i o n s l ~ i po f i o n and corxext i n com\~unicotion. A c e n t r a l rocus w i l l !IF: How and wily d i d these men conununicntc as they d i d ? 7lie course w 3 1 1 i n v n l v e l e c r u r e s , r e a d i ~ q s ,d f s c ~ ~ s s i ~ >papers ns, and 9 tudeni s p e e c l ~ e s . Sume a t tendance a L events ouestcLe of class may he r e q u i r e d , Prerequisites: Distribution: None Does n o t f u l f i l l r e l i g i o n r e q u i r e m e n t , but may be used f o r s p e e c h , c o m u n i c a t i o n s o r r e l i g i o n major. Time: I1 Room: Old Main 7 C ~ I n t e r c u l t u r a l Cmnnunications i n Mexico Instructor: J o e l Mugge The i n t e r i m w i l l be based i n Mexico C i t y , Oaxaco, and a ~ e n e d i c ' t i n e monastery i n t h e v i l l a g e of Ahuatepec n e a r Cuernavaca w i t h s m a l l g r o u p f i e l d t r i p s t o o t h e r p a r t s of t h e c o u n t r y . T r a v e l t o Mexico w i l l b e by c h a r t e r bus and t r a i n . Mexico p r o v i d e s a s e t t i n g where many p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l , and r e l i g i o u s v a l u e s a r e much d i f f e r e n t than o u r own. The c o u r s e w i l l e x p l o r e ways i n which t h e s e a s p e c t s of c u l t u r e i n f l u e n c e and shape t h e communication p r o c e s s , both v e r b a l and non-verbal. We s h a l l a t t e m p t t o examine t h e b a r r i e r s t h a t block e f f e c t i v e communication betbeen c u l t u r e s and e x p l o r e t h e ways t h e s e b a r r i e r s can be broken down. T h i s w i l l be f a c i l i t a t e d through d i r e c t c o n t a c t with s e v e r a l d i m e n s i o n s of Mexican l i f e - urban Mexico C i t y , t h e indigenous c u l t u r e of Oaxaca, a d i s c i p l i n e d m o n a s t i c community, and the r e s i d e n t s of a s m a l l v i l l a g e . S e v e r a l paperback t e x t s , an e x t e n s i v e d a i l y j o u r n a l , and a f i n a l p a p e r w i l l be r e q u i r e d . The c e n t r a l focus of t h e i n t e r i m i s an e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e p r o c e s s of communication between c u l t u r e s and t h e ways i n which communication b a r r i e r s can be broken down. C o n s i d e r a b l e a t t e n t i o n w i l l be g i v e n t o t h e way i n which c u l t u r a l v a l u e s e f f e c t t h e communication process. To accomplish o u r t a s k , we w i l l focus on such i s s u e s a s : t h e c m u n i c a t i o n p r o c e s s w i t h i n t h e group i t s e l f ; t h e dynamics o f d e v e l o p ment w i t h i n t h e Third World n a t i o n s ; t h e o l o g i c a l i s s u e s r e l a t e d t o human communication and Third World development; s p e c i f i c elements o f Mexican c u l t u r e ; and t h e t h e o r y o f i n t e r c u l t u r a l communication. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Cost: e s t i m a t e d $490.00 Theater Practicum: C h i l d r e n ' s T h e a t e r Production Instructor: A i l e n e Cole The members o f t h e c l a s s w i l l p l a n , r e h e a r s e , e x e c u t e t h e t e c h n i c a l a s p e c t s o f t h e p r o d u c t i o n , and p r e s e n t t o a u d i e n c e s composed p r i m a r i l y of c h i l d r e n a d r a m a t i c p r o d u c t i o n approximately 50 m i n u t e s i n l e n g t h . Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: I and I1 (9:30-12:OO; Room: Speech Auditorium 1:OO-3:OO) A r t11: - The A r t s of Europe Instructor: R e i d a r Dittmann B e g i n n i n g w i t h a b r i e f s t a y i n I t a l y f o r a background e x p o s u r e t o t h e a r t o t t h e R e n a i s s a n c e i n F l o r e n c e , t h e Yourse w i l l f o c u s on n i n e t e e n t h c e n t u r y movements a s shown i n g a l l e r i e s i n Z u r i c h , Munich, Cologne, Amsterdam, P a r i s , and London. R e l a t i v e l y b r i e f s t a y s i n t h e c i t i e s en r o u t e w i l l be f o l l o w e d by one week each i n P a r i s and London. S t u d e n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o keep a j o u r n a l and p r e p a r e an e v a l u a t i v e p a p e r on a s i n g l e a r t i s t r e p r e s e n t e d i n one o r more o f t h e c o l l e c t i o n s viewed. Prerequisite: Consent of I n s t r u c t o r Distribution: For d i s t r i b u t i o n r e c o g n i t i o n , c o n s u l t Chairman, Department of Art Enrollment: Cost: 25 $895.00 Asian Studies --- IIa: Hawaiian I n t e r c u l t u r a l R e l a t i o n s Instructor: Ola E M i l l e r t A s t u d y o f t h e i n t e r r e l a t i o n of c u l t u r e s , A s i a n , P o l y n e s i a n , and American, which h a v e come t o i n t e r a c t w i t h each o t h e r i n Hawaii. Participants will be assumed t o have b a s i c f a m i l i a r i t y w i t h t h e American component, arid t h e c o u r s e w i l l t h e r e f o r e c o n c e n t r a t e on Asian and P o l y n e s i a n t r a d i t i o n s a s shown i n s o c i a l c u s t o m s , r e l i g i o n , and t h e a r t s , and on t h e consequences o f t h e i r i n t e r a c t i o n w i t h t h e American t r a d i t i o n i n t h e 5 0 t h s t a t e . Two weeks a t t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Hawaii i n H o n o l u l u , w i t h l e c t u r e r s from b o t h t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Hawaii and t h e East-West C e n t e r , w i l l be f o l l o w e d ? y a t h i r d week a t Brigham Young U n i v e r s i t y - Hawaii Campus a t L a i e . Representatives o f the various Polynesian i s l a n d s w i l l t a l k about t h e i r h e r i t a g e , and p a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l have a c c e s s t o t h e p o l y n e s i a n C u l t u r a l C e n t e r w i t h i t s d i s p l a y s and performances. I n t h e f i n a l week a t t h e Makapalo R e t r e a t C e n t e r on t h e i s l a n d of Hawaii, t h e r e w i l l be summary d i s c u s s i o n s and symposia based o n p a p e r s w r i t t e n by s t u d e n t s a b o u t t h e i r s p e c i a l p r o j e c t . Ample o p p o r t u n i t y t o e x p l o r e h i s t o r i c s i t e s , e t h n i c and a r t museums, r e l i g i o u s s h r i n e s --and t h e b e a c h e s . H a w a i i i t s e l f i s a l i v i n g laboratory of i n t e r c u l t u r a l r e l a t i o n s . Prerequisites : Consent of I n s t r u c t o r Distribution: N~~~ Enrollment: Cost : 25 $895.00 ST. OLAF INTERIMS ABROAD Biology I I e o r I I I e : Human Ecology i n I s r a e l I n s t r u c t o r : D a n i e l Palm ~ k l i g n d dto p m c e o study a d d 5 s m Q a f the 5 n b a m a b i e ~and ra~&$o@ttps bm'kween mn , h u miltom and ItOhry, and the esxvfrmment ta w k i & taa ,lPvea, tha EQU~BI WdLl be + n t e t e r d @ c i y in nawn. U a c-.y Wif~hi% wiqw rnrrge PC u~f,mnticCgeerlagia;L, raciiil, a m d c a d &tnsXcal peqgecttvos, the pussuit @1 &a -emt of a n can ' f i e l d trip8 w d JeterubaLm, to' llielf I*, be partsuulnzLy r&m&,in& khk W6t&mnma maboacd, &F sud~ t l d s e r a ,Lgw desert, and the Red Sea a t E i l a t w i l l provide ample o p p o r t u n i t y t o l e a r n a t t h e c e n t e r s of a n t i q u i t y . L e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s w i l l p r o v i d e t h e background f o r t h e p r e p a r a t i o n of a paper d e a l i n g with some s p e c i f i c t o p i c i n human ecology i n I s r a e l . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : one s e m e s t e r of biology and one s e m e s t e r of b e h a v i o r a l science. Enrollment: cost: 30 $1,100.00 Classics u: Mediterranean Culture Instructor: Lloyd Gunderson The c i v i l i z a t i o n of Greece from t h e Bronze Age through C l a s s i c a l A n t i q u i t y viewed from two p r i n c i p a l l o c a t i o n s , Heracleum and Athens. Daily l e c t u r e s and v i s i t s t o Bronze Age Minoan s i t e s i n Crete a t Knossos, P h a i s t o s , and M a l l i a , and c l o s e a t t e n t i o n t o t h e v a s t c o l l e c t i o n i n t h e Archaeological Museum a t Heracleum. I n Athens and i t s e n v i r o n s , w i t h the a i d of t h e famed N a t i o n a l Museum, f u r t h e r s t u d y o f t h e Bronze Age of the Yycaneans, and f i e l d t r i p s t o C l a s s i c a l s i t e s . Prerequisites : Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r D i s t r i b u t i o n : None Enrollment: Cost: 25 $975.00 I, I I I French 111: French Language, C u l t u r e , and T h e a t e r i n P a r i s Instructor: Verena Conley F o r advanced s t u d e n t s i n French. A t t e n d a n c e a t p e r f o r m a n c e s i n t e g r a t e d w i ~ ha n a l y s i s a n d t l i s c t ~ s o i o n , V l s l l r : l o a r t i s t i c snrl c u L ! ~ ~ r i exhibits. #l ~ ' W Df u l l - d a y e x c u r s i o n s ( L O V e r s a i l l e s and dlartres) wi1I1 CL-encli-speak~ I I Kl c c l u r r r a . i l p ~ i o n a iwcek-end C S C I I C S ~ O I I H to N ~ r m : ~ l i r l y . S t u d y oi items 0 1 t o p i c a l i n ~ e r e s Li r l t l ~ ed a i 1 y ant! week1 y p r e s s . One o f t h e m o a t imlmrtnnt aspecks o f l a n e ~ ~ ~ rs t, ur d y d u r i n g the perio<l I s he four l i u r ~ r so l cnnvers:ttional p r a c t i c e 411 Rrotrys u l t h r e e each, wilt1 a I'l*vnclj s t u d e n t o f t h e U n i v e r s i t y of P a r i s a c t i n g a s t u t o r . S t u d e n t s w i l l keep a d a i l y j o u r n a l i n French i n c o r p o r a t i n g r e f l e c t i o n s on t h e t h e a t r e and o b s e r v a t i o n s on French l i f e . Prerequisites : Consent of I n s t r u c t o r Distribution: None Enrollment: Cost: 15 $895.00 German I I b : -- E n c o u n t e r w i t h t h e Two Germanys Instructor: Hanno K l a s s e n A s t u d y o f t h e s e p a r a t e ways o f Germany s i n c e 1945. Two weeks w i t h t h e p e o p l e o f t h e German D e m o c r a t i c R e p u b l i c w i l l be f o l l o w e d by a c o n c l u d i n g s t a y i n t h e F e d e r a l R e p u b l i c o f Germany. The c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d t o u s e t h e German l a n g u a g e f o r a c o m p a r a t i v e s t u d y o f t h e two Weltanschauugen which h a v e shaped v e r y d i f f e r e n t p o l i t i c a l n a t i o n s . I n t h e German D e m o c r a t i c R e p u b l i c t h e Youth H o s t e l i n L e i p z i g w i l l be t h e c o n t a c t base. S i d e t r i p s w i l l be made t o o t h e r p l a c e s o f c u l t u r a l i n t e r e s t . Munich w i l l be t h e l o c a t i o n f o r i n q u i r i e s i n t o l i f e i n t h e F e d e r a l R e p u b l i c . Students w i l l l i v e with h o s t f a m i l i e s . I n d i v i d u a l c o n t a c t with t h e people i s s t r e s s e d . L e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n s w i t h s t u d e n t s , r e l i g i o u s g r o u p s , v i s i t s t o s o c i a l and w e l f a r e i n s t i t u t i o n s , and a t t e n d a n c e a t a r t i s t i c p e r f o r m a n c e s and e x h i b i t i o n s . D a i l y d i s c u s s i o n s . P a r t i c i p a n t s a r e e x p e c t e d t o s p e a k German a t a l l t i m e s . Each s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o k e e p a journal. Prerequisites: Distribution: Enrollment: Cost: Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r None 20 $895.00 Interdisciplinary J & : I n d u s t r i a l Democracy i n Europe Instructor: Daniel Hellinger I n t e r n a t i o n a l economic f o r c e s see111 L u i ~ ed r a w i n g Europe t o g e t h e r , w h i l e e t h n i c and c l a s s c o n f l i c t s w i t h i n i n d i v i d u a l s t a t e s a r e s t r a i n i n g n a t i o n a l c o h e s i v e n e s s . The c o u r s e w i l l f o c u s o n t h e f o r c e s o f c o h e s i o n and c o n f l i c t , b o t h economic and p o l i t i c a l , which a r e s h a p i n g t h e form and s c o p e o f i n d u s t r i a l d e m o c r a c y i n Europe. D i s c u s s i o n p l a n n e d w i t h b u s i n e s s m e n , s c h o l a r s , t r a d e u n i o n i s t s , and p o l i t i c i a n s . C i t i e s on t h e i t i n e r a r y a r e Amsterdam, B r u s s e l s , Luxembourg, S t r a s b o u r g , P a r i s and London. Prerequisites: Distribution: Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r None E n r o l l m e n t : 25 Cost: $895.00 M u s i c a: Instrumental - 2 Music i n England 1825-1977 Instructor: M i l e s H. J o h n s o n An i n s t r u m e n t a l e n s e m b l e o f 45-80 s t u d e n t s , s e l e c t e d by a u d i t i o n , w i l l p a r t i c i p a t e i n a w o r k - s t u d y program d i v i d e d i n t o two s e g m e n t s : 1. The h i s t o r y , d e v e l o p m e n t , m u s i c a l and i n s t r u m e n t a l s t r u c t u r e , a n d t h e l i t e r a t u r e o f t h e B r i t i s h Wind Band. D a i l y l e c t u r e s a n d / o r r e h e a r s a l s w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r and w i t h B r i t i s h h i s t o r i a n s and m u s i c i a n s . These w i l l t r a c e wind m u s i c from H a n d e l t h r o u g h t h e g i a n t s s u c h a s H o l s t 2. S t u d y p r o j e c t s by g r o u p s o f s t u d e n t s on a s p e c t s o f m u s i c a l isolated island culture. Sample t o p i c s : The M u s i c o f H a n d e l , C a t h e d r a l F e s t i v a l s , BBC and Music i n E n g l a n d , Music and Times o f E l g a r , J a c o b . S o u r c e s f o r r e s e a r c h i n c l u d e t h e B r i t i s h Museum, C a t h e d r a l l i b r a r i e s . L e c t u r e s and s t u d y w i l l be s u p p l e m e n t e d by a t t e n d a n c e a t c o n c e r t s a n d f i e l d t r i p s t o O x f o r d , Cambridge a n d C o v e n t r y . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Acceptable audition Distribution: Enrollment: Cost: For d i s t r i b u t i o n recognition, Department o f Music 45-80 $895.00 c o n s u l t w i t h Chairman, Religion E:C h r i s t i a n Rome t o 1600 A.D. I n s t r u c t o r : Harold Ditmanson A s t u d y d e s i g n e d t o make C h r i s t i a n h i s t o r y come a l i v e through an exp1.ora t i o n o f C h r i s t i a n Rome a s an example of Western C h r i s t i a n h i s t o r y i n i n microcosm. Readings and l e c t u r e s w i l l be c a r e f u l l y i n t e g r a t e d with d i r e c t e x p o s u r e t o s i t e s , monuments, a r t and a r t i f a c t s r e l a t e d t o t h e development o f t h e a u r c h i n Rome. Beginning with t h e pagan c i t y , the s e m i n a r w i l l c o v e r i t s t r a n s f o r m a t i o n i n t o a C h r i s t i a n c e n t e r and i t s c o n t i n u e d importance throughout the Middle Ages. Recources i n c l u d e t h e V a t i c a n Museum, Catacombs, B a s i l i c a e of S t . P e t e r and P a u l , papal tombs, etc. B r i e f v i s i t s w i l l be made t o F l o r e n c e , A s s i s i , Subiaco, Pompeii, Pisa. Prerequisites : Consent of I n s t r u c t o r Distribution: Religion Enrollment: Cost: 35 $895.00 Religion E: Proclamation S o c i a l Concern i n ------ of Development: Dynamics aristian t h e Third World I n s t r u c t o r : Ansgar Sovik The s t u d y w i l l focus on t h e r e l a t i o n of o l r i s t i a n proclamation t o p o v e r t y , p o l i t i c a l o p p r e s s i o n and s o c i a l i n j u s t i c e i n t h e T h i r d World, and t h e & r i s t i a n s V r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r working toward s t r u c t u r e s t h a t make p o s s i b l e a t r u l y human e x i s t e n c e . The Roman C a t h o l i c B e n e d i c t i n e Monastery a t Ahuatepec n e a r Cuernavaca w i l l house p a r t i c i p a n t s . Members o f t h e Monastery s t a f f and o t h e r q u a l i f i e d l e c t u r e r s w i l l s h a r e i n d i r e c t i n g t h e r e a d i n g , s t u d y , and d i s c u s s i o n o f L a t i n American " l i b e r a t i o n t h e o l o g y , " r e p r e s e n t e d by such w r i t e r s a s Bonino, Camera, T o r r e s , G u i t i e r r e s , F r i e r e , Gheddo, Paz, and G o u l e t , and by t h e " C h r i s t i a n f o r S o c i a l i s m " movement i n L a t i n America. D i r e c t exposure t o and involvement i n community development p r o j e c t through which the church i s s e e k i n g t o a c t u a l i z e i t s s o c i a l concern w i l l be an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e program. Week-end f i e l d t r i p s w i l l f e a t u r e a r e a s of c u l t u r a l and r e l i g i o u s i n t e r e s t such a s Mexico C i t y , t h e pyramids of T e o t i h u a c a n , t h e c o l o r f u l Aztec m a r k e t town of T e p o z t l a n , t h e m a g n i f i c e n t a r c h a e o l o g i c a l remains a t Oaxco, t h e c r a f t s c i t y of Taxco, e t c . Prerequisites : Freshman r e l i g i o n Distribution: Religion Enrollment: Cost: 20 $310.00 p l u s t r a n s p o r t a t i o n Russian Ia: - I- USSR: A - C u l t u r a l Experience Instructor: James Walker Focus on Kiev, Moscow, and Leningrad -- with t r i p s t o Zagorsk and Vladimir-Suzdal -- t o e x p e r i e n c e a p o r t i o n of t h e r i c h c u l t u r a l h e r i t a g e of t h e Russian p e o p l e , from t h e i r c l a s s i c church a r c h i t e c t u r e t o t h e i r b a l l e t , from t h e i r f o l k music t o t h e i r contemporary a r t . Each p a r t i c i p a n t w i l l be expected t o read i n a s p e c i a l i z e d a r e a of Russian c u l t u r e a s p r e p a r a t i o n f o r t h e course and upon r e t u r n t o campus submit a p a p e r on one a s p e c t of s p e c i a l i z a t i o n based on s u c h r e a d i n g and p e r s o n a l e x p e r i e n c e s i n t h e USSR. B r i e f v i s i t s t o Prague, Czechoslovakia and Warsaw, Poland. Prerequisites: Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r Distribution: None 1 Enrollment: 25 Cost: $995.00 (round t r i p t r a n s p o r t a t i o n i s from Chicago) Spanish m: Spanish Language, C u l t u r e , and T h e a t r e i n Madrid Instructor: Leon Narvaez Aimed a t improving spoken S p a n i s h , widening c u l t u r a l e x p e r i e n c e , and becoming a c q u a i n t e d w i t h t h e Spanish t h e a t r e . Based i n Madrid w i t h s t u d y t r i p s t o A v i l a , Toledo, t h e V a l l e y of t h e F a l l e n , E l E s c o r i a l , and Segovia. A c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e t u t o r i n g t h r e e t i m e s a week by S p a n i s h s t u d e n t s from t h e U n i v e r s i t y of Madrid, f r e q u e n t v i s i t s t o t h e P r a d o and o t h e r museums, a t t e n d a n c e a t t h e a t r e performances i n t e g r a t e d w i t h a n a l y s i s and d i s c u s s i o n . The group w i l l a l s o a t t e n d c o n c e r t s of t h e Madrid Symphony, f i l m showings, and o t h e r c u l t u r a l f u n c t i o n s , a s w e l l a s p r o t e s t a n t and C a t h o l i c church s e r v i c e s . S t u d e n t s w i l l keep a j o u r n a l i n Spanish. Prerequisites: Consent of I n s t r u c t o r Distribution: None Enrollment: Cost: 15 $895.00 INTERIM 1977 Addendum # 1 Education - Discovering t h e World of Kindergarten should be 44331 (Elementary) r a t h e r t h a n 45331. Foreign Language 76457 Spanish Novel - Prerequisites should be 76352, 76353 History Mass Movements --i n t h e Black - Community: 1880-1940 Instructor: Ralph L. Crowder The c e n t r a l focus of t h i s course w i l l be an examination of s e l e c t e d mass movements w i t h i n t h e Afro-American community d u r i n g t h e p e r i o d of 18801940. Our i n q u i r y w i l l be guided by an a n a l y t i c a l and h i s t o r i c a l c r i t i q u e of c r i t i c a l e r a s and key p e r i o d s w i t h i n t h e l a t e 1 9 t h and e a r l y 20th c e n t u r y Black experience. An e s t a b l i s h e d s e t of c r i t e r i a (eg. movement composition and s t r u c t u r e , p a t t e r n s of r e c r u i t m e n t , i d e o l o g i c a l underpinnings, g o a l s , e t c . ) w i l l s e r v e a s t h e p r i n c i p a l means of i n v e s t i g a t i o n . Throughout t h e c o u r s e , l e c t u r e s , s l i d e showings, r e c o r d s , t a p e s and o u t s i d e s p e a k e r s w i l l amplify r e q u i r e d readings and r e s e a r c h . E s s e n t i a l l y t h e course w i l l n o t o n l y d e f i n e Black H i s t o r y a s a w r i t t e n and documented e x p r e s s i o n of a people; but i n a d d i t i o n , we w i l l t a p t h e s o - c a l l e d e x p r e s s i o n s of t h e " i n a r t i c u l a t e " a s l e g i t i m a t e h i s t o r i c a l concerns. T h e r e f o r e , t h e i s s u e of Black s u r v i v a l , s u r v i v a l s k i l l s , and r a c e r e j u v e n a t i o n w i l l p l a y a paramount r o l e w i t h i n o u r a n a l y s i s . Two a d d i t i o n a l a r e a s of concern w i l l be t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of v a r i o u s segments of t h e w h i t e community and t h e n e c e s s i t y t o d e f i n e and understand t h e meaning and impact o f HISTORY. It i s impossible t o understand t h e p o t e n t i a l and meaning o f t o d a y ' s s t r u g g l e f o r Black l i b e r a t i o n w i t h o u t an understanding of i t s p a s t . Black ~ m e r i c a n shave and c o n t i n u e t o e x i s t i n t h r e e dimensions ( i . e . t h e products of an unescapable h i s t o r i c a l p a s t , t h e p r e s e n t and t h e f u t u r e ) r e a l i t y f o r g i n g a r e c i p r o c a l r e l a t i o n s h i p with t h e p r e s e n t and d e s t i n y of t h e f u t u r e . To make h i s t o r y one must comprehend h i s t o r i c a l f o r c e s t h e f i r s t s t e p t o freedom f o r any oppressed people i s t o f i n d and f r e e t h e i r h i s t o r y . A c r i t i c a l understanding of Mass Movements w i t h i n t h e Black Community can and must p l a y a v i t a l r o l e w i t h i n t h i s s e r i o u s challenge. -- -- Prerequisites: Distribution: A p r i o r h i s t o r y course i s suggested. Lower D i v i s i o n s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l w i t h i n s t r u c t o r ' s permission. S o c i a l Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 19 Mathematics 61242 - Basic Concepts of Mathematics: The D e m y s t i f i c a t i o n of Elementar m m a t i c s w i l ~ c o u n ta s N a t u r a l Science d i s t r i b u t i o n requiremznt Music 1 ' 82325 Modern N o n - t r a d i t i o n a l Music N o t a t i o n and I t s Uses I n s t r u c t o r : Leland S a t e r e n A s t u d y of contemporary musical s c o r e s which employ n o n - t r a d i t i o n a l n o t a t i o n , followed by o r i g i n a l c l a s s work i n n o t a t i n g musical sounds v i a g r a p h i c symbols. Prerequisites : Distribution: Music 82224 (Theory) None Time: I1 Room: Music 10 Philosophy - c o u r s e s number 82135 and 82435 should be 83135 and 83435 P o l i t i c a l Scieace/Speech, Communication 85342 ( P o l i t i c a l Science) 98342 (Speech) Mass Communication - Society Instructor: Milda Hedblom E f f e c t s of mass communication on i n d i v i d u a l b e h a v i o r ; t h e u s e s and c o n t r o l of mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes i n c l u d i n g p u b l i c o p i n i o n r e s e a r c h and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s . Prerequisites : Distribution: None S o c i a l Science o r Humanities o r Urban S t u d i e s Time: I1 Room: Old Main 8 P o l i t i c a l Science (Summer ) 85340 The B r i t i s h - Design f o r Mass Media is CANCELLED The wrong course d e s c r i p t i o n was i n c l u d e d i n I n t e r i m c a t a l o g . Physics Progress Or D i s a s t e r : Where Is Mankind Going? Instructor: It should be: Mark Engebretson Like i t o r n o t , s c i e n c e h a s become a v i t a l s o c i a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l f o r c e i n modern America, m o s t l y f o r t h e wrong r e a s o n s . While " b e t t e r l i v i n g through chemistry" and "progress i s our most important product" f i l l t h e media, s e r i o u s t h i n k e r s g r a p p l e w i t h t h e u r g e n t problem of s u r v i v a l amid p o l l u t i o n , o v e r p o p u l a t i o n , and t h e i n c r e a s i n g r o b o t i z a t i o n of man. T h i s c o u r s e w i l l look a t many of t h e misconceptions of s c i e n c e , and a t some of t h e s o c i a l i s s u e s f a c i n g s c i e n t i s t s and n o n - s c i e n t i s t s a l i k e : Texts : A. Readings on t h e i d e a of p r o g r e s s : how we g o t h e r e r e l i g i o u s and s o c i a l r o o t s of t h e popular b e l i e f i n p r o g r e s s through s c i e n c e . B. & I n q u i r y i n t o t h e Human P r o s p e c t , H e i l b r o n e r : c i v i l i z a t i o n a s we know i t may be doomed! The Next 200 Years Kahn; Mankind i s making more p r o g r e s s than ever! C. The S t r u c t u r e of S c i e n t i f i c R e v o l u t i o n s , Kuhn: s c i e n c e does n o t n e c e s s a r i l y l e a d t o p r o g r e s s o r happiness. D. The P o v e r t y of Power, Commoner: a c a r e f u l s t u d y of t h e o p t i o n s i n o u r f u t u r e . - - - - - J Open t o a l l s t u d e n t s . Films w i l l augment l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n . P r e r e q u e s i t e s : None Distribution: Urban S t u d i e s requirement Time: I1 Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 22 Pra,rams in EL. ope Program in Africa Economics IIc: Business and Economics: Multinational Corporations focus on Egypt119 Amin Kadir, Augshurg Art 11: The Arts of Europe 6m Reidar Dittmann, S t . Oluf Cost: $+@tH0 W i t h l l ~ t ~ ~ ~ i uionul l t i ~d~- tu) rt l ) ~ ~ r ~for111 i t i ~ rO~~i ~ ~ I I S ~ Tt v I ~- ~ S i~ WII! 1 1 l ~ ~ ~ r v i Ill u iIi<l ) t i i ~ ! , -~~I ~ ~ S ~ I I \rt)rIci. CS~ tit) IIIS(JII~~II~ ii~m art5rkp:111{11111 11rol1~~1ot1t IIIY ~%;III\ ; \ ~ ~ i ' r i ~rt~r1>oriil ~rr \vt)rltl. Since I(,$I l < ~ y ~ , t iI<OI i )~ SIITI,~ I t i d j 1 1 kqnidlltls ;lrr 11t1t f ~ ~ l f i l I p~IICI [ l Inui11rtrn11)vtitioli is 1ni11im:iI. I ' l p p t is r c ~ * ( ~ i v iriy: ~ r ~ u ;cr tht c ~ ~ t i cth(rsi. ~ r ! d ~ ~ from y s 111c, ~ r ~ ~ r r ~ Irr~sir~r.ss r:;rr~ rulnlnlrnlty, I$LtI h: r: r~ IaItI i oI tC ~c' ~ s ~" l t u r ;und i l 1.t41grr~us 11~l i d s pla\ u r ~ ~ a jr (d~vr111 31311 I~IIK 1t5I)USIII~!\S ns11-1117~ I I I ~ prnctivcs, t l ~ crlrc - ~ r l r ~ i t cdiduretlt I.~IIIII111ust'I)! t l r r C'i~itetl States. Thus thesuccess of multinational corporations i n I<~>-g?t(I~~)L,IILIS tfr ;i I;lrgc d ~ g r v t 011 , I1i1b1riil)llit I ~LICI~I~SI I to IIIC,ch:rr;lctt!r c ~ E f \ lltilc18 IIII~III(YS .ipl~roii~I~i*+. I'iirti~,il,;u~thu i i f ~ t ~IIIC ~ IIILI~~II. ( l ~ ,t I'I(II~~II c ~ w l j r > r i i t i11r11l it~~~ td 111isinfis~ I~I~ 1 1 e r~1r1t1 : i I it5 r ~ j l vi l l l*:gyl~lTI ~ r i i ri1.111~lr l \\,it IT c ~ n y ! l y ! (111 ~ tt1t6~ ~ i ~ t i oI ~ ~ iS ' s~ ~hih~or! I I C S, t111. S rolv I I ~ IIICIII~r ~ ~ i l c< ~ y i ~ rl d ' si ~ i i ) i r 11rs trill IAI~IHII, Ihr lm;il ~ ~ ( ~ n usys1~111, 1it:Is. U I I ~ 1111: r o l r tlf YO) t-rn111~11t ill co111rt11 of Ihe 11i1lIIJI>'S woriomy. I.ec:tur~?i l>y IIII~ i v r unlwrts will hc :id(l~d ro t h ( s ~ I+ ~llr instructl~r\vIln i s t ~ i n l s c l l :I ~ < ~ !~* p t i a ~ I'hccuunc. ~. will Ilc bnscd i n t:;uru ~rmitlll i c l d trips t o :\luh:ir~cIri~l.Saqclrlr:~, Memphis, Luxor, and Aswan. Does not count toward major Fulfills distrihution requirement nl :\trgsbttrg on/!/ Grading: Optional Enrollment: Cost: $895.00 Beginning w i t h a brief stay i n Italy for a background expos ure to the art of the Renaissance i n Florence, the course will focus on nirli!tt,rr~tllthtalttur! II~{JV~IIIPII~S ;IS shown i n galleries i n Zurich, M~III~C.~I. ( :(1111g1itn. .\IIS~ 1~ri1:111i,Paris, and London. Relatively Ilrit-t ~ t i i y 5ill LIlt-cllir.~I~II I.OII~V will be followed Students will be reby one wevk rgucl~i r ~P:iri> iirrtl I+OI~{~IIII, quired to keep a journal and prepare an evaluative paper o n a single artist represented i n one or more o f thecollections viewed. Counts totvard hrt Major Fulfills distril~utio~~ requirement (Area B ) Enrollment. 8 Prerequisite:Consent of Instructor Classics 11: Mediterranean Culture Cost: $975.00 Lloyd Gunderson, S t . Oluf .fhr c.lvilizatirrn ( ~ (;r{btu.c f I r r m tllt. Hronzr :\gr thrt111gh vim r(l tram t \\,o 11r111i*i]>~tI l~~i*i~tiut~s, Ilernr-lcuri~;IIILI ;Z~~II!IIS, l>uily Irvturos i i l ~ tvisits l t o Hrunzr Age Mino:111sites iil (:rctc at LIIDSSOS. t ' l ~ i ~ i s t;1 o1~1d . Millliii, ( : ! i ~ ~ s i ~ * i411tiq11it hl v ;111dt!lt~w:III t ct1tit111 t o t l\v vast IX>IIIX-I i o 111 ~ tht! ~ ~\rcli:~t!o~o~ical Museum at Heracleum. In Athens and its environs, w i t h the aid of the famed National Museum, further study of the Bronze Age of the Mycanaeans, and field trips t o Classical sites. Counts toward mejor. Fulfills distril~utionrequireme~~t (Area A or B). Enrollment: 25 French 111: French Language, Culture, Cost: $895.00 and Theater in Paris Verena Conley, S t . O l ~ f German IIb: Encounter with the T w o Germanys Hanno Klassen, S t . O l ~ f Cost: $895.00 :\stud! I J ~tile xepurute rvuys olC;errlr;lily sillc~e1945. 'I*\r,rr \r*i.ckb r v i l l ~ t l i v r ~ r p l cof tllc. (:crnl:lr~ Dt:uurcr;rtic I{c'l)~rl)lic ~ r , i~i ~ ) ~e t J i ~ o t v c n ci t ?r ~ c * ~ u t5t;iy i i ~ ~111 g t11t. i;t!<it~rd~l >,11>1ic .Il ~ v r ~ ~* ~ur ~i~us rrtlesig~letl o f <;~*~III~III>, st* l t r 4 1 s tIlc ~~ Ci~rrnik1~\~tl~II~I~L for - ii i , t ~ n ~ ~ - ~ i i r5111cly u t i v t -n f tlie t w o ~ ~ ' ~ ~ I ~ ; I ~ I S ~ ~ I ~ ~ I ~ I I sr,I~iclrII:IVI-~IILI~)~~~I vt-r, (llffrrerrt p o l i t i ~ * ;l~~l i i t i o t ~ s I n theGerln:111I)clnrwri~tir.Hepublic i h c j r l u t h Hostel i n Leipzi w i l l IIC tliccontnrt 1 ) ~ sSide ~ . trips will hcamade to other j a c e s 11tcult~1r111 ir~tcrt.st.M u n r r h \\illh e t h e location for inquiries into l ~ f ill c thc I;edc.r;il Ilcpublic. Students \\,ill l i v e w i t h host famllitbs I n ~ l i \ ~ ~<.ot~tact d ~ ~ u lw i t h the people is stressed. Lecturtdr :!nil dihc~lssior~s t r i t h students and reli~ior~ R~~JIII)~, s vibita to .rwi:lI 311dv t ! l f : ~ r ~I t*~ s t i t i ~ l i ( l t and ~s, IIIIL*IIL~~I~ICP at ; ~ r t i ~ tli > c ~~ ~ r f i ~ r ~A~I I~~ ri -i ~ s l~~ci lt i~i lsi ~Daily ~~~s dih~ll%~itlllh. Pi~rti<,ijml~ 11rt. t s ra)r~t*l,tcttt o sj)in:~k(:rrri~an at all I irr~e,. I.:;lcl~ s ~ ~ i d c is u tr w l i l i r c d t o kcel) it jourllal. Counts toward German major. Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A ) Enrollment: 20 Prerequisite:German 32 . Interdisciplinary IIa: Theatre in London Pat Quade, S t . 'Oluf Cost: $895.00 Study o f drama through attendance at performances. More than 40 theatres make L o n d o n the theatrical center of the E r ~ n l i s l ~ - s p er ~\vurl(I k i ~ ~311~1will c n i t I ) l ~S~U~PIIIS t o uxperlerlue variutles opdrunratic ruductio~ti.r r ~ u d c r iuld r ~ tradi~lrruul.'I'lle courscb rvill ill\'oS)vc plu! i l t t e ~ l d u n cuntl i ~ rlisCUS~IIIII, I)i~rk>lsgt. o\)s(:rv:lllcrri alld c.trr~scrvetlu~~. Supplrb111e11tii1 vtslts ,irt5 p1ut111tdti1 l l ~ ~ c u l t u~ r~~l t~r ilt c t i (111 ~ n1,011$ IIOII, Stri~tforcl,Oxford, L I I I ~ ( : ~ ~ n ~ I > r i i Ii111cI g e , l o ;I rcprcose~it;ilivt. rryiouel t Iltwtrr, S t ~ r d c ~will ~ t skeep j t r ~ ~ r n s l ~ . (:OIIII~\ to\\;ir(l Engl~shor Speech major Ftrlfills d~stril~utlo~r ret~ulreme~~t (Area :\ or HI Grading is Pass/ No Credit only Enrollment: 25 F o r advanced students i n French. Attendance at performances intc pr,~letl\tit li analysis i111t1clixc~~ssion. \'isils 11);1rtistic and ctlht;rrt~ ex hillits. T w o full-tl:~ycoxcurslorla( t o (\.cbr. Interdisciplinary IIb: Theatre in London sailles and (:hafires) n i t h French-s leakin lectnrrrs. OptiilnToni C. 'l'hornton, .-Iugsl~urg al week-enrl r.wcursir,ns t o Normiln& Stll$y of items t r i trlplCost: $895.00 r.;d i ~ i f v r l r rill l tlrc! tiail! a1111 trci.kly prt:w. 0 1 i vc ~ thc f rnnst Theatre i n London will provide the opportunity t o experst utiy c l u r i ~ q the pcriod is LIlr i1r11lort11111 ; + u p ~ ~oft sI21r~u11jic ience the finest theatre i n the world. T h e heart of the course fnur Ittrun c ~ c't~nvt-rwtiol~:II f I)~;II'LI~P ill KruuI)h of tllrci+ %%'ill ~ r l t u r ~ t ~~l rI~IdgIi h~~ ~ l r s ipl r~tg~ d t ~ ~ t hi ~ fIt:l~:~issal~ce, rfl s ~:III,~I,wit11 ;I Irrtb11r11 51 IIC~~-III t l w [ 111ivd!rsityt ~ 1':irls f ;IV~III~ r n pcr*t!d 1)) the R ( y a l I l e s t o r i t t i ~ i111d ~ r ~ i ~ ~ o i l c~IIv. in t i ~ t n r S . l u d t ! ~ ~tvlll t s lir~-i) ~i t l . ~ i l yji1iis11111 ill F r ( : ~ ~ cl11ci1rli Sh;lkcspoirt. (:trrnp~rlv.I 1 e 0 l c l VIC, the YOIIIIR Vic, the NaI 111to t ! ~ w t r ~ IIII~ . ~ ~ ~ r ~ e r I>II v : ~ l i t ~ ~ ~ ~ p ~ ~ r rc-fleclic)~~> ~ ~ t l r ~III~ tiirrlul I hcetrt.. :~llrlrrthcrs, \'isits t o ttic R r i t i ~ hkltlseurl~, lirollrl~l i f e the Victoria and Albert Museum, the National Portrait Counts toward French major. (;ollcry. the T a l e (:nllery, t l ~ 'fnsver c of I,rrndorr, the tiuust3 Fulfills distribution reuuirement (Area A). of t':~rlinme~rt,r u ~ Stratford d up011hvon. 'I'irnc \\ill be nlGrading is Pas No Credit only. luttuti for i n d r p c n d r r ~ iictivilics. t crudes \rill I)<!l m e d Enrollment: Prerequisite: French 51 with minimum grade of BI t f p~ lu~ ~ and s produou p 1 1participition i a ~ ~ C . U S S ~ I J I of s t t ~ d r ~ l tisl n' p r c ~ s s ~ o ~ l ~ tior~s,UIII~ 111x31111 j ~ t r r t ~ rl ct l~ o r d i r l g u ~ t irnnlyses d of t h u plays, tlisc~~ssions a~ld c v r ~ ~ot fstile Interim. Counla l~rtvurtll'r~gllsl~ rlr 5fwtr.h major. Fulfillr rll*frlln~titlnr ~ r l i ~ i r t ! r l r c ~ ~ ~ . Gradi~tg1% l'ad No 1:rr-cIilo111y Enrolln~c~~t, If ~L!II Program in the Middle East Interdisciplinary IIc: Industrial Democracy in Europe Religion IId: Christian Rome to 1600 A.D. Cost: $895.00 Daniel Hellinger, S t . Olof Harold Ditmanson, S t . Olclf Il~tcrrru~ir~n;ll ccrulomic L t r r ~ aeerrl ~ s l o b e drltwirig Icuro e t11gct11t~. w f ~ i l t * t : t l i iA~ Z~ rI ~lass ~ * < ~ ~ ~wilf lItin i c ~i s~ ~ ~ l l slalc% :Ire a1 ri1ir11I I lllitio~iill ~ rc~ht!$ivt!tli?is.T ~ ~ + I ' ~ I11.I111 I~SU .rn~Ict>nflict,I~rrlllc~rlliorntc frrruk olr I he forces <)Ictrllt.jtcl~~ a n d political, which are shaping t h e form a n d scope of industrial democracy in Europe. Discussion planned with businessmen, scholars, t r i d e unionists a n d politicians. Cit'ies on t h e itinerary a r e Amsterdam, Brussels, Luxembourg, Strasbourg, Paris a n d London. C:ounts to\vard Political Science or Economics major (depending upon the type of requirements completed) Fulfills distribution requirement (Area C ) Enrollment: 25 Prerequisites: One course in Economics or onecourse in Political Science or com~letionof a short readine list us a substitute. A study desi 11iv11 4 3 1r1i1kc<;I\ristiili~11is1c)ry(.ottle aIis,t~ f I t r ~ n l :is r ;UI r.ii~n~l,lc tlf through a n ex$a;l i l r l l ~ l (:lirihtl;t~i vWestern i ~ ~C h~r i s~t i ; ~ ~Iristtlr! , in rntcrar~t~amI l t ~ : ~ d i ;utll ~ t g It-(.tures will be carPF~~IIy i ~ t t c # r i l l t ~wit l 11 dirc1'1 C " X I X I L I I ~!<IP sites, monumenls, ilrt : L I I L ~:rl.tii;it:tb relilterl I c i l h r d r v r l r q ~ ment of t h e Church in Rome. Beginning with t h e pagan city, t h e seminar will cover its transformation into a Christian center a n d its continued importance ttrrtjuyhu~ltt b c Mirlrllc Ages. Resources include t h e v a t i c a n Mtisutl~t~, Col:~cu~mt>s. Basilicae of St. Peter a n d Paul, papal tolnI)s, ctc I5ricf v ~ r i l s will b e m a d e t o Florence. Assisi, Subiavo, I'clmpri~. I'is:~. Counts toward Religion major Fulfills general requirement. Enrollment: 35 Prerequisite: Religion 11, or erluivale~lt,interest in Christian history, and npproval of Religion Department chairman. Music IIg: Instrumental Music in England 1825-1977 Russian Ila: USSR: A Cultural Experience Cost: $895.00 Miles H . Johnson, S t . O l ~ f An instrumental ensemble of 45-BOstudents, selected b audition. will participate in a work-study program d i v i d e l into two segments: 1. T h e history, development, musical and instrumental structure, a n d t h e literature of t h e British W i n d Band. Daily lectures and/or rehearsals with t h e instructor and with British historians a n d musicians. These will trace wind music from Handel l l t r o ~711~ ~hibgiants such as Holst and Britten. 2. Study prrjt.ctsj,y lrlmps of students on aspects of musical life in a n istrli~teiliskllri I cu It u re. Sample topics: T h e Music of Handel, Cathedral Festivals, BBC a n d Music in England, Music a n d Times of Elgar, Jacob. Sources for research include t h e British Museum, Victoria a n d Albert Museum, Cathedral libraries. Lectures and stud will be supplemented by attendance at concerts a n d fierd trips t o Oxford, Cambridge a n d Coventry. (bunts toward Music major. Fulfills distribution requirement (Area B ) Enrollment: 45-80 Prerequisite: Acceptable Audition James Walker, St. Olc~f Cost: $995.00 round trip trc~nsportationfrom Chicirgo Focus on Kiev, Moscow a n d Leningrad - with trips to Zagorsk a n d Vladimir-Suzdal - t o experience a portion of t h e rich cultural heritage of t h e Russian people, from their classic church architecture to their ballet, from their folk , r r rE::lct~ ; ~ r ~ 1):lrticipant will b e ex1n11sir.I ( r tlruir c l ~ i ~ l t ~ ~ r ~ [irrl. I > ~ ~ ,ti1t ~rw(I ! ~ li l l ;I 511t1*ii1iiv,tvliirtit t ~ titishian f culture as L ~ rrturfl t o campus sub[)rrp;~retirint r ~ tr ho V O ~ I T ~~ CI I up1111 mit a paper o n o n e a s p w t rrf ~ ~ ~ c c ~ a l i z abased t i o n on such reading a n d personal c x p c r i u ~ ~ c in u s t h e USSR. Brief visits to Prague, Czechoslovukin i111tlM'arsaw, Poland. Counts to\r,ard Russian major. Does not fulfill distribution requirement Enrollment: 25 Spanish IIId: Spanish Language, Culture, and Theatre in Madrid Cost: $895.00 Leon Narvaez, S t . Olc~f blmed a Improvingspoken S p b h , widening cuhud exwience,and b b i r g ncqmhted wikb the S tm -in Mrdrid with rtutiy ttlp to A v u ~ , Valley of the Fitllen, El b & l , mid Sc ovla &tl*itia Includetutoring three Hnm a wehk by &ankh skudab from bheUdvsrstty of Mudrld. h uent vUts to t h e Prado E&!!k- and other mseumr, a t t h d a * athearmptqfaqnances intpl~iutad with analysis and dlwwlon. Tbe group will l a wandswcem of the Madrid Symphony, fUm show- Ings, a n d other cultural functions, as well as Protestant and Catholic church services Students will keep a journal rn Spunrsh CounU tnw&dSpanlsh major Fulf~lbd*ihut~on requirement (Area A ) c r d d b.PasgrNo ~ ~ Credit only E n r o l k d : I3 Prereqursrte Spanrsh 51 wlth mlnrmum grdde of R- Biology IIe or IIIe: Human Ecology in Israel Cost: $1,100.00 Daniel palm, -St. Olclf Drsigrrccl t o p r r ~ m o t ea stt~cl)iriltl discovery of t h e interactons u11d relr~tiurlsl~ips betwccu rn:ln, his v u l ~ u r ea n d history, a n d 121c(!nvirrlrllncut in whirl1 11e livm. !l~c!course will be interdisciplinan I I I ~i:~tui-1:.I I I u cotilltry \\it11 a I I I I ~ L ~riIrigt. ~IP of climatic, geolt~gicr~l, r:tCiitl, n'rrtlrrrnic ; I I L histciric.ul ~ ~ ~,)cl'~ spectives, t h e p t ~ r s ~r ~h iI hi. l usct'nt o l nl:lll C ~ I I II I Ix~rtic~~lslrIy rewarding. Field t r i p rrrounrl J ~ - ~ I S : I ~ tVo I(:;tlilee, II, 1111: Mediterranean sc.:il)rri~rrl.Ihe J I K ~ n~ildt!rl~t%>, ~II Negrv tlcsert, a n d t h e Red Sea i ~ Eilat t \\ill prrlvide tl~nplerrppnrtunity t o learn at t h e centers (11onfirluitv. I.ectur*, discussicit~s, a n d assigned readings will ~rttvirlctht. Ircluk~rounrlfor tllc preparation of a puprr rleit/irlg ncith s o m e sj,rcitic topir in h u m a n ecology in Israel. Counts toward Biology major. Fulfills distribution requirement (~\reoD ) Enrollment: 30 Prerequisite: One semester of biology and one semester of behavioral science. Programs in Mexico and the Caribbean Program in Hawaii Religion IIf: Proclamation and Development: Dynamics of Christian Social Concern Cost: $310.00 in the Third World pltrs trcinsportution Ansgar Sovik, St. Ol(lf Asian Studies IIa: Hawaiian Intercultural Relations Olaf Millert, St. Olrif cultural a n d archaeological sites. Emphasis o n differing cultural values in t h e Spanish language area. Counts toward Spanish major. Grading is Pass/ No Credit only. Prerequisite: Spanish 51 ' 1 . 1 ~st I I ~ : \ \ i l l l(wiis W I tl~i!r c h t it111 of t :Itrid ~ I I TpI r i ~ ~ - l i t ~ ~ t ; t t ioti 1i1 Ixlvtbrfy. udllic.:~lolq>r{:h\itlr~i ~ n dwtiill i n j l ~ s l ill i~~ Interdisciplinary IId: Intercultural tl~[:'ftlird bl~[lrlc~. i111~ltilt. (:hrbstia~~s'r i ~ I ~ o ~ ~ s i lfor j i l tvork. i~y Cost: $490.00 Communication in Mexico i r ~ gt~r\vilrrintruc.turrs !hot nlnkc presil,lc ;I trrilv h11mn11 Joel Mugge, Augshurg rxittrnru. 'I'hv ~ I I H H ~( ~i Jt Ihrllir. llcrledirtrr~uhlo~iasler, :11 \r.ilT hourr purt rr.lpalrtr. hl ur~l. iihuutrprc Ilair I:uc:r~luv:~c;~ tluvrd i l l hIuxict>(:itv, Ouxnca, arid [I I~r!nt:dirtirtculnllnsl ~ ~stnfl illid OI her q~laliJic(iI C Y 11rrr~ ~ h e n ol t IIP h , l ( ~ l l i'ry L T * (:IICTIIIII,IIC~I, \\,it 11 SIII~III Icry i l l t Ilc \,iII;~gt.of : \ ~ I U : I I U ~Ittb:Ir i g r ~ u d i n kA, I I I ~ I ~;111cl , ~ I ~ S C I I ~ S I I I I I K ~ I M tie111 *t~llls l ~ i l ~l d i~r ~r~ e~t i lt11tI ~ trlpb Itr trllter ptirls of 111thc t ~ c ~ n l r 'I'ruvcl y. to of L.utin I \ I I I C I ~ ~ ' U ~ IlIl i ~ t ~ IrI I~~ ~~{ It I iI I(R ~\ ~r q~> r ~ ~ ( ~ l l lry fr(l ~ bl cxictj provi(i~> h l t ~ x l c \sill t ~ h e h v u11,1rlt,rl)i~s, I I I1rai11, l. '1111rrw,I;uItii.rr~q I.'ril~l.e, sl~c:lrwrilcrs ;rc n t ~ i l i n ~C:lhrli~rti, :t st7tlir1p nhrrin znai~?~ l uItl ivr~l.hwi:~l,uncl r r ~ l i ~ i t >v tl~~s l i ~ t ~ C ~ i v ~ l dl i1~~,t.~I ~, I I I( ; I I \ I ~ V I , :it~[lI)! thr ''(;hri%t~ I I I I Sf i ~ r ar[> mud^ ditfrrt*iit fr~tiitotIr II\\~II. 'rl~t?rotlrw will ex1)liirtb Srw*iulis~n"~ r ~ a r v t ~ i ri rr ir ~IAutir~ ~ t :\rilrric:t, Dtrtr.1 t:ulltrrurt.~o ways in which tllusia :tq)ec.ts of culture influence a n d shape ~~t i111ii~ ~ I V ~ ~ I V ~ IillI I~P! ~I ~I II I I I I I I ~ dT vI v~ ~i ?VI r ) p n ~ eprtijrct t h e communication pr(~'ch5,both verbal a n d non-verbal. An I I I ~ [ ) I I ~w11it.h I I t IIV r11t1wI1is s i ~ - k i r itgu a c l ~ i a l i wits s<wi:ll examination of tht- I ~ a r r i e nthat block effective communicatirtn l w l t t e ~ . cultures n urlcl explrrrt. thr. ways ~ h r r i I~orricrs * concoril \\'ill Ilc i u ~int egriil lirrrt o f t hc progrunt Wct!k-end call 11e tlrokc~ldown will hr facilititted ~ I I I . ~hI .dIi r ( ~ ,Ct O I ~ ~ : I C I fivlil lrilis tvill fc11t11rc41r~ibsoi c u l l u r ~ al n d r c l i g i o ~ ~in.s of 'l'eol ilruuc-all. tc!rc>t, a1lc.h :ds kfexico (:it\. lllc ~>vruniitis with scvr:rul rlimensions r)f M r r i r a n lifr - t.l!ran Mllxicrl <:it?, 1 IIC coIorl'1~1 ;\ACV ~ n : l r k ~I f( * \ v ~<>( I * I ' q x > ~ t l :tiIIL~ ~311q11ifi. tllc i ~ i d i ~ e ~ uculture lus of Oax:lc.:I, a disciplined monastic OL'JII a r c l l : ~ t ~ ~ l ur(*~i~uins ~ i ~ ~ t l~t OLIXI.<~, t lit, ~ ' r i ~ f~t 'sl t ! of ll Several t.rrnlm~i~~It!, ; ~ n tdh e residents 11l:i s r ~ ~ evillage. 'l'uxcrr. PIC. pri~wrllrlr.kl e ~ t sa, n extensive d:~ily jourtliil, a n d a final paper Counts to\vard Religion major will b e required. Fulfills general requirement. Does not count tolvard major. Enrollment: 20 Fulfills distribution requirement. Prerequisite: Freshmen religion Grading is PasVNoCredit only. Enrollment: 40 ." Spanish IIa: Intensive Intermediate Spanish in Cuernavaca, Mexico Cost: $450.00 plus trnnsportnlion Staff of Cuernavaca Language School (formerly C I D O C ) lntensivestudy of t h e Spanish Language in t h e native setting with native-speaking instructors, at t h e Cuernavaca Language School in Cuernavaca, Mexico. Strong emphasis o n t h e development of functional languageskills at t h e upper-intermediate level. T h e relationship of language t o culture is also treated. Occasional trips t o important cultural and archaeological sites. A " working ' language course in an exciting a n d colorful setting. Counts as equivalent of Spanish 32. Grading is Pass/ No Credit on1 Prerequisite: Successful compttion of Spanish 31 01 equivalent Spanish IIIa: Intensive Advanced Spanish in Cuernavaca, Mexico Cost: $450.00 plus transportution Staff of Cuernavaca Language School (formerly C I D O C ) lntensivestudy of t h e Spanish langua e a t t h e advanced level in a nativesetting with native-spea&ing instructors o f t h e C:ucrllnvar:l Language School in Cuernavaca, Mexico. S t n r n ~r!lnptlusis o n t h e development a n d perfecting of langungcskills at t IIP advanced level. Trips to important Interdisciplinary Ile: French and Art: French Caribbean Culture Cost: $895.00 Mary E. Johnson, :\ugshurg Stuilin i l l tllp :hrI. Iiiston.. III\I\~C'. IJIILI 1.uItura1 richness of Haiti artrl hlarti~iil.l~lv. tllelr rule 111 tltc French-speaking v : ~ ~r r f I h e Caribbean. \r,orld. ilrltl I heir s i # ~ t i f i c i ~ l ~ (:I : Wlrl After four cl;t!,s ol ~ntclrsivcprrp;lr:tljol~Ian campus, t h e t\vo itnri unt: hi111' u.rrks in I l.iit i, a n d o n e grolrp \r.ill s~~r'liti w r r k ~ I hlrtrti~liqt~tI rvitl~;i p n s s i t j l c ~ l ~ijl pl ( ; ~ ~ u t l e l o u p e . I,rctilrrs, rrarlii~gs,firld er;pcrirl~crs,or:d re >arts a n d a jourr~i~l rt!qi~irr(I. 111Ilaiti, s l r ~ d i still ~ s irlcltlc!r \*isitsto art galleries, t h e C e n t r e D'Art, t h e Albert Schweitzer Hospital, t y I laiti, t h e Citadelle 1,iiIcrric~rc.~ l l Sc t i ~ ~ b ( h e Il n i v t ~ r ~ l irf factory, a n d other ilrterrhf sprrls. SinlS O I I CI '~i ~ l ~ c IiI ~\ug:Ir . Il:w c.~rli)hasiswill pertain in M a r t i n i q u ~Offerrrl for Frt*ilc.h credit o n laltermcdi:tte a n d advanced levels. :~nrl/or:Irl f dclr:lrtn~t:nt. rrrtlit iir~rlcprnclct~t study) by permissic~tlr ~arl niuj<)r Does nut carulll lo\ri~r~l Fulfills distrilr~~~ion rcrl~rirl.rnr~,t at . \ ~ r g . ~ b t t r g o n l ~ ~ Gradili~is Rted No (:rt.di( ~ I I I I V . Enrollrncrlt 85 ~ Cost: $895.00 A study of t h e interrelation of cultures, Asian, Polynesian, a n d American, which h a v e c o m e to interact with each other in Hawaii. Participants will b e assumed to have basic familiarity with t h e American component, a n d t h e course \rill thereforeconcentrate on Asian a n d Polvnesian traditions as shown in social customs, religion, and t h e arts, a n d on t h e consequences of their interaction with t h e American tradition in t h e 5 0 t h state. T w o weeks at theuniversity of Hatvaii in Honolulu, with lecturers from both t h e University of Hawaii a n d t h e EastWest Center, will be follo\t,ed by a third t\:eek at Brigham Young University - Hawaii Campus at Laie. Representatives of t h e various Polvnesian islands will talk about their heritage, and participants \\,ill have access to t h e Polynesian Cultural Center with its displavs a n d performances. In t h e final week at t h e Makapalo Retreat Center on t h e island of Iiarvi~ii.t Ili?rt*will I)e !,unlrli;lr) disct~ssion.;; ~ n tsyn~pohia l I ~ i i t r 1111 l p;l[Irrs uritt~-tl11) s t i ~ d ( * ~ itlrot~l tts thcir ~ ~ l t i ' i i ~ l [>rojtx*t,r\rritIlc o[)port~lnilyt o vxplort. hist(jr1c 5 i t t ~<-I hnic iuld ilrl muaeunls, ri.lifiinus shr111fi- ilrld t lie l~t.at.ht-. Hawaii itself is :i I l v i n ~Iahorator! of ~nturl:ulturitl rrliltinns Counts toward hsian Studies major Fulfills no distril~utionrequirement. Enrollment: 25
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1976-1977
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1977
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1978
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: THE INTERIM The I n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of the school y e a r a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y intended t o be a time providing o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r both s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o employ s t y l e s of teaching and l e a r n...
Show more THE INTERIM The I n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of the school y e a r a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y intended t o be a time providing o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r both s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o employ s t y l e s of teaching and l e a r n i n g , t o i n v e s t i g a t e p a r t i c u l a r q u e s t i o n s and t o p i c s and t o use urban and o t h e r off-campus resources i n ways not p o s s i b l e during the r e g u l a r t e nn. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS To graduate, an Augsburg s t u d e n t i s required t o complete 35 courses of which a t l e a s t t h r e e must be i n t e r i m courses ( o r one i n t e r i m l e s s than the number o f y e a r s of f u l l time enrollment a t Augsburg; e.g., a t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t e n r o l l e d f u l l time f o r two years i s required t o complete one i n t e r i m f o r graduation 1. There i s no t u i t i o n refund f o r a s t u d e n t who chooses not t o e n r o l l i n an i n t e r i m course. One course i s considered a f u l l time load .during i n t e r i m and no s t u d e n t i s permitted t o r e g i s t e r f o r more than one course d u r i n g the period. LISTINGS Most i n t e r i m courses a r e graded t r a d i t i o n a l l y on a s c a l e of 4.0 t o 0. Students g e n e r a l l y have t h e o p t i o n t o r e g i s t e r on a Pass/No c r e d i t b a s i s . A few i n t e r i m courses a r c graded only on the P/N system; t h i s l i m i t a t i o n i s i n d i c a t e d i n the course d e s c r i p t i o n . Some courses a r e o f f e r e d with e i t h e r upper o r lower d i v i s i o n standing. Such i n t e r i m courses have two numbers l i s t e d and the s t u d e n t must s e l e c t . Students r e g i s t e r i n g f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g should a n t i c i p a t e a d d i t i o n a l assignments and/or a more rigorous grading s t a n d a r d . OPTIONS June I n t e r i m A t l e a s t t h r e e i n t e r i m courses w i l l be t e n t a t i v e l y o f f e r e d i n t h e June 1978 s e s s i o n of summer school ( s e e l i s t i n g s under H i s t o r y , Music and P o l i t i c a l Science). An Augsburg s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r i n a June i n t e r i m course i n l i f u of t h e January term with no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n charge; however, s t u d e n t s planning t o e l e c t the June i n t e r i m must r e g i s t e r a t t h e time of the i n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t i o n i n t h e f a l l . S t u d e n t s wishing t o t a k e t h e June i n t e r i m i n a d d i t i o n t o the January one w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay r e g u l a r summer course t u i t i o n . Internships Students a r e not encouraged t o seek an i n t e r n s h i p course assignment d u r i n g the i n t e r i m . I n t e r n s h i p s a r e open t o s t u d e n t s who continue an i n t e r n s h i p from the f a l l term o r who begin an i n t e r n s h i p which w i l l continue i n t o the s p r i n g term. Occasionally a s t u d e n t who has had previous work experience can develop an i n t e r i m i n t e r n s h l p which draws upon and expands t h e previous work experience. Students e l e c t i n g an i n t e r n s h i p i n t e r i m a r e t o p r e s e n t a completed i n t e r n s h i p l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t t o the I n t e r n s h i p O f f i c e (Science H a l l , Room 135) by no l a t e r than Monday, December 12. Independent o r Directed Study Students may e l e c t a program of e i t h e r independent study (upper d i v i s i o n ) o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y (lower d i v i s i o n ) f o r the i n t e r i m . F a c u l t y members a r e s t r o n g l y discouraged from a c c e p t i n g r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r more than one independe n t o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y p e r i n t e r i m . Students e l e c t i n g independent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y must: 1 ) meet departmental requirements 2 ) p r e s e n t a t r e g i s t r a t i o n a w r i t t e n statement from t h e f a c u l t y member who w i l l d i r e c t t h e study 3 ) submit t o the I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r by December 1 a d e s c r i p t i o n of the intended s t u d y ( t o p i c , procedure, end r e s u l t , and form of e v a l u a t i o n ) . Students not s u b m i t t i n g t h i s information by December 1 w i l l have t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n cancelled. I n t e r i m s a t Other Schools Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l a t any o t h e r 4-1-4 i n s t i t u t i o n which o f f e r s a r e c i p r o c a l i n t e r i m arrangement. Catalogs of t h e s e i n t e r i m o f f e r i n g s can be c o n s u l t e d i n t h e I n t e r i m Center, Room 135, S c i e n c e H a l l . R e g i s t r a t i o n f o r i n t e r i m s i n t h e Twin C i t y c o l l e g e s w i l l be done a t Students Augsburg d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d . i n t e r e s t e d i n a t t e n d i n g any o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n d u r i n g the i n t e r i m should c o n s u l t t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r o r h i s s e c r e t a r y (Room 135, S c i e n c e H a l l ) . Non-Augsburg S t u d e n t s Augsburg College w i l l a c c e p t s t u d e n t s from o t h e r 4-1-4 s c h o o l s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m w i t h o u t t u i t i o n charges provided t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n a g r e e s n o t t o charge t u i t i o n t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s f o r t h e J a n u a r y term. The w a i v e r o f t u i t i o n does n o t i n c l u d e s p e c i a l f e e s charged i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n . Other s t u d e n t s w i l l be charged $390 f o r t h e i n t e r i m c o u r s e . S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an Augsburg I n t e r i m should w r i t e t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r a p p r o p r i a t e a p p l i c a t i o n forms. These s t u d e n t s a r e r e s p o n s i b l e f o r t h e i r own housing and boarding arrangements, though r e q u e s t s f o r on-campus housing can be made t o t h e o f f i c e of t h e interim d i r e c t o r . CLASS TIMES The i n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two blocks o f time. The number and l e n g t h o f c l a s s meetings a s w e l l a s t h e beginning time w i l l be arranged t h e f i r s t day o f c l a s s . All Interim classes w i l l meet the- f i r s t and l a s t class Classes scheduled f o r P e r i o d I w i l l d a y s of the tnterim. meet the f i r s t day a t 9:00 and cfasaes scheduled f o r Period IS will meet the f i r s t day a t 1:00. INTERIM CALENDAR November 7-10 Interim Registration December 12 Late I n t e r i m R e g i s t r a t i o n January 3 F i r s t Day of I n t e r i m 9:00 a.m. Class I 1:00 p.m. Class I1 January 4 Last day f o r cancelladd January 6 Last day f o r determining grading sys tem January 20 Last day f o r c a n c e l l i n g c l a s s January 27 I n t e r i m ends THIS CATALOG This c a t a l o g l i s t s courses by departments with departments l i s t e d i n a l p h a b e t i c a l o r d e r . A t t h e end of t h e book a r e l i s t i n g s of s p e c i a l overseas i n t e r i m s o f f e r e d by S t . Olaf College and o t h e r courses not o f f e r e d by Augsburg College but recognized by the College f o r i n t e r i m c r e d i t . F u r t h e r d e s c r i p t i o n s and information about t h e s e courses a r e a v a i l a b l e i n the i n t e r i m o f f i c e . NEED MORE HELP? Check with t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e (Science H a l l 135) and the I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y , Marilyn P e t e r s e n , o r with the I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r , D r . Don Gustafson. The i n t e r i m phone i s e x t e n s i o n 403. AMERICAN STUDIES 08255 AMERICAN INDIAN VOICES IN THE 20TH CENTURY Instructor: Grier Nicholl American I n d i a n s speak f o r themselves through a u t o biography, f i c t i o n , p o e t r y and o t h e r w r i t i n g s . Readi n g s w i l l f e a t u r e t h e l i f e s t o r y o f a n Ogala Lakota h o l y man, Black Elk Speaks (1932); N. S c o t t Momaday's n o v e l , House Made o f Dawn (1967); and Vine ~ e l o r i a ' s C u s t e r Died f o r Your S i n s and I n d i a n M a n i f e s t o (1969). -----, A c t i v i t i e s i n the course w i l l include informal small group d i s c u s s i o n s ; a j o u r n a l o f r e a d i n g c r i t i q u e s ; s h o r t r e p o r t s of a d d i t i o n a l reading; musical recordings; and a p o e t r y r e a d i n g by a mid-western I n d i a n p o e t . Prerequisites : Distribution: None Humanities Time: I1 Room: Gym 24 AMERICAN STUDIES 08377 A HISTORY OF AMERICAN JAZZ STYLES See d e s c r i p t i o n under Music. ART 10242/10342 ' FILM-MAKING I FILM-MAKING II Instructor.: -Paul Rusten Film-making through p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e . D i s c u s s i o n and o b s e r v a t i o n o f t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l , e l e m e n t s o f f i l m . The making o f a 16mm sound f i l m . Lab f e e o f $70.00 Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: None f o r Film-making I You must h a v e t a k e n Film-making I i n o r d e r t o t a k e Film-making 11. Humanities I Room: Film C e n t e r , E a s t H a l l ART 10247 LIFE DRAWING Instructor: Nonnan Holen A s t u d y o f undraped f i g u r e s f o r a r t s t u d e n t s and non a r t s t u d e n t s . The media w i l l i n c l u d e p e n c i l , i n k , c h a r c o a l , and p a s t e l . There w i l l be a $10.00 p e r s t u d e n t model fee. Prerequisites : Time: I None Room: A r t Studio 6 ART 10179/10379 ART & MUSIC IN SOUTHERN GERMANY & AUSTRIA I n s t r u c t o r s : Robert K a r l e n and P h i l i p Thompson B u i l d i n g upon t h e r i c h a r t s r e s o u r c e s a v a i l a b l e i n Munich, Vienna, and S a l z b u r g , t h e program w i l l combine a s u r v e y o f a r t and music i n t h e Ancient World, Middle Ages, Renaiss a n c e and t h e Modern World. D a i l y a t t e n d a n c e a t museums, g a l l e r i e s , m u s i c a l performances and o t h e r a p p r o p r i a t e s i t e s a r e p a r t o f t h e s c h e d u l e which i n c l u d e s f o u r days i n , L o n d o n a n d / o r P a r i s , t e n days i n Munich, n i n e days i n Vienna and t h r e e days i n S a l z b u r g . While a l l p a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o s t u d y both music and a r t , a n a r e a o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n may be s e l e c t e d from t h e f o l l o w i n g : - 1. Music H i s t o r y and A p p r e c i a t i o n Journal and/or research t o p i c paper 2. A r t H i s t o r y and A p p r e c i a t i o n Journal and/or research t o p i c paper 3. Drawing ( S t u d i o A r t ) D e s c r i p t i v e and i n t e r p r e t i v e drawing w i t h emphasis on a r c h i t e c t u r e i n g r a p h i t e , crayon, i n k and wash. 4 . Independent Study Music a n d / o r A r t w i t h i n s t r u c t o r ' s approval - - - Prerequisites: Distribution: C o s t : $995.00 Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r ( s ) A r t o r Music Also c o u n t s toward a r t major BIOLOGY 20102 PLANTS IN HUMAN SOCIETY I n s t r u c t o r : Erwin M i c k e l b e r g A s t u d y o f t h e r o l e p l a n t l i f e h a s and i s p l a y i n g i n human s o c i e t i e s . P l a n t anatomy, morphology, geography and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f p l a n t s t o p e o p l e w i l l be d i s c u s s e d . A b r i e f s u r v e y o f t h e e n t i r e p l a n t kingdom w i l l conclude t h e c o u r s e . Prerequisites : D i s tribution: Time: I None Science Room: S c i e n c e 123 BIOLOGY 20491 TOPICS IN LIMNOLOGY Instructor: Roberta L a m e r s T h i s c l a s s w i l l combine l e c t u r e s by t h e i n s t r u c t o r w i t h p r e s e n t a t i o n s o f i n - d e p t h l i t e r a t u r e r e s e a r c h by t h e s t u d e n t s . Students w i l l a l s o develop a high q u a l i t y p a p e r on t h e i r t o p i c . I n l a n d l a k e s w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d from many a s p e c t s i n c l u d i n g t h e i r morphometry, c h e m i s t r y , and dynamics, a s w e l l a s t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f organisms i n h a b i t i n g them, and a s p e c t s o f w a t e r p o l l u t i o n . This course f u l f i l l s the requirement of t h e seminar f o r t h e b i o l o g y major. Prerequisites: Time: I Junior o r s e n i o r biology major Room: Main 7 BIOLOGY 20183120383 THE BEHAVIOR OF NERVE CELLS I n s t r u c t o r s : Norman Ferguson Robert ~ e r f o r t h L e c t u r e and l a b o r a t o r y . A s t u d y o f t h e b a s i c p r o c e s s e s of t h e nervous system. Emphasis w i l l be placed on t h e a c t i o n o f i n d i v i d u a l n e u r o n s ; how t k e y behave and i n t e r a c t w i t h *one a n o t h e r . Topics t o be c o n s i d e r e d w i l l i n c l u d e : e l e c t r o p h y s i o l o g i c a l methods used i n studying nerve c e l l s , t h e e l e c t r i c a l p r o p e r t i e s of the n e r v e axon, t h e synapses between neurons, t h e i n t e g r a t e d a c t i v i t y o f n e u r o n s , and t h e o r g a n i z a t i o n of s e n s o r y r e c e p t o r s . S t u d e n t s w i l l be a c t i v e l y involved i n l a b o r a t o r y d e m o n s t r a t i o n s o f many o f the phenomena discussed i n class. P r e r e q u i s i t e s : A c o u r s e i n Biology a n d / o r & e m i s t r y and c o n s e n t o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r s Distribution: Time: I1 Science Room: S c i e n c e 318 and 227 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 21140 INCOME TAXES FOR INDIVIDUALS Instructor: Amin Kader Survey of common and important p r o v i s i o n s of f e d e r a l and Minnesota income taxes f o r i n d i v i d u a l s with emphasis on completing the 1040 t a x form. Not open t o majors i n Economics and Business Administration. Prerequisites: Time: None I Room: Science H a l l 320 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 2 1255 RESEARCH METHODS FOR BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS I n s t r u c t o r : K e i s h i r o Matsumoto Course w i l l cover p a r a m e t r i c and non-parametric s t a t i s t i c a l techniques and SPSS programming (computer programming using t h e s t a t i s t i c a l package f o r s o c i a l s c i e n c e s ) . Recommended f o r s t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n experimental r e s e a r c h and a n a l y s i s of survey q u e s t i o n n a i r e s . Lab f e e of $30.00. Prerequisites: Time: I None Room: Main 23 CHEMISTRY 34 109 CHEMISTRY IN A N URBAN ENVIRONMENT I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Olmsted T h i s c o u r s e w i l l d i s c u s s t h e chemical problems encountered i n urban l i v i n g and how t h e s e problems and t h e i r s o l u t i o n s a f f e c t t h e s t a n d a r d of l i v i n g i n t h e c i t y . Environmental q u a l i t y mneems n o t only the open space8 and wilderness areas of the country. People and where they l5ve are a l s o part of the environment, The course w i l l explain i n layman" sterna t h e chemf c a l e f f e c t s of t o x i n s and other substances present fn a i r , water, s o i l and food, and digcuss the p e r t i n e n t chemical reactions. Proposed solutions t o some of the problems w i l l be d i s c u s s e d t o g e t h e r w i t h t h e i r p o s s i b l e r a m i f i c a t i o n s on Living s t a n d a r d s and economics. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Science Time: I ~ o o m :S c i e n c e H a l l 315 ECONOMICS 22150 CONSUMER IN MODERN SOCIETY Instructor: S a y t a Gupta I n d i v i d u a l s must make c h o i c e s i n many a r e a s of t h e i r d a i l y l i f e . I n o u r complex modern s o c i e t y poor d e c i s i o n making on t h e p a r t o f i n d i v i d u a l s i s n o t uncommon. This c o u r s e i s n o t i n t e n d e d t o d i r e c t consumer c h o i c e s , b u t t o p r o v i d e an awareness o f the a l t e r n a t i v e s and opportuni t i e s a v a i l a b l e t o t h e consumer. The c o u r s e w i l l a l s o a s s i s t consumers i n making t h o s e c h o i c e s which a r e b e s t f o r t h e i r purposes i n the l i g h t of t h e i r v a l u e s . Prerequisites : None D i s t r i b u t i o n : May n o t be used t o s a t i s f y t h e major r e q u i r e m e n t s i n e i t h e r Economics o r Business Administration. Time: I1 Room: Main 23 EDUCATION 44251145251 FROM NUTCUPS TO BOTTLE CAPS (TEACHER-MADE MATERIALS) Instructor: Marie McNeff Designed f o r t h e p r o s p e c t i v e t e a c h e r , e i t h e r e l e m e n t a r y o r s e c o n d a r y . The p r o s p e c t i v e t e a c h e r w i l l work w i t h a cl.assroom t e a c h e r i n i d e n t i f y i n g a r e a s where s t u d e n t s a r e h a v i n g d i f f i c u l t y l e a r n i n g . Teacher-made m a t e r i a l s , t o e n a b l e s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n what t h e y a r e h a v i n g d i f f i c u l t y w i t h , w i l l t h e n be c o n s t r u c t e d . Sources o f i n e x p e n s i v e m a t e r i a l s w i l l be d i s c o v e r e d and compiled. The teacher-made m a t e r i a l s w i l l be u t i l i z e d i n t h e classroom t o t e s t e f f e c t i v e n e s s with s t u d e n t s . S t u d e n t s i n t h i s c l a s s w i l l draw up i n d i v i d u a l l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t s . Class s e s s i o n s w i l l be h e l d i n Wayzata i n D r . ~ c ~ e f f home ' s s o t h e s t u d e n t s can have a c c e s s t o saws, p a i n t , s a n d e r s , e t c . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t D r . McNeff, E d u c a t i o n D e p a r t m e n t , p r i o r t o December 20th c o n c e r n i n g t r a n s p o r t a t i o n a r r a n g e m e n t s and c l a s s r o o m placement. Prerequisites: Time: 11 E d u c a t i o n 255 o r 265 Room: D r . McNeff's home EDUCATION 44375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN Instructor: Lauretta Pelton T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s t h e o p p o r t u n i t y f o r one t o d i s c o v e r t h e d i s c o v e r e r . Because a k i n d e r g a r t e n c h i l d i s r a p i d l y opening d o o r s t o knowledge, a t e a c h e r needs t o know a t what s t a g e each c h i l d i s and how t o p r o v i d e a n e n v i r o n ment i n which t h e c h i l d can e x p l o r e and e x p e r i e n c e l e a r n i n g . The c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e a s t u d y o f k i n d e r g a r t e n c u r r i c u l u m , e x p l o r a t i o n o f m a t e r i a l s , and a review o f t e a c h i n g approaches. L a b o r a t o r y e x p e r i e n c e s w i l l be arranged. This course is a p r e r e q u i s i t e t o s t u d e n t t e a c h i n g a t t h e k i n d e r g a r t e n l e v e l and t o o b t a i n i n g a l i c e n s e f o r teaching a t K level. P r e r e q u i s i t e : Admittance i n t o t h e Augsburg E d u c a t i o n program o r a n e l e m e n t a r y s c h o o l t e a c h i n g c e r t i f i c a t e . Time: I1 Room: ~ i b r a 4r ~ EDUCATION 45483 STUDENT TEACHING Ins tructor : E i n a r Johnson S t u d e n t s w i l l be placed i n a classroom f o r f u l l days. O p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e provided f o r e x p e r i e n c e in. o b s e r v i n g and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s on t h e secondary s c h o o l l e v e l under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n of c o l l e g e and h i g h s c h o o l personnel. Student teaching fee: $15.00 P r e r e q u i s i t e s : S e n i o r s t a n d i n g , completion of prerequisites i n education leading t o student t e a c h i n g , admission t o s t u d e n t t e a c h i n g . S t u d e n t s must c o n t a c t D r . Johnson p r i o r t o 9 December t o a r r a n g e f o r placement. ENGLISH 54220 FREE-LANCE WRITING Instructor: David Wood E n r o l l e e s w i l l e x p l o r e t h e f r e e l a n c e market, i d e n t i f y an a r e a of i n t e r e s t , w r i t e a r t i c l e s i n t h a t a r e a , and submit them f o r p u b l i c a t i o n . Prerequisites : Time: I Advanced Composition Room: Main 21 ENGLISH 54217 THE WRITER'S WORKSHOP: OR, THE ACT OF WRITING WITH ONE'S OWN HANDS Instructor: John M i t c h e l l How w r i t e r s go about w r i t i n g i s a m a t t e r of enduring popular i n t e r e s t and misconception. This course w i l l emphasize what t h e w r i t e r s themselves have t o s a y about the a c t of w r i t i n g with t h e i r own hands. The course w i l l concern i t s e l f with what w r i t e r s have i n common d u r i n g the process of w r i t i n g and how they v a r i o u s l y cope with t h e s e common problems: i t w i l l t r y t o a s c e r t a i n the ''magical formulas" t h a t make t h e l a b o r of w r i t i n g p o s s i b l e . Although the emphasis w i l l be upon reading assignments, s t u d e n t s w i l l a l s o make t h e i r own w r i t e r s ' notebooks and experiment with t h e w r i t i n g process. No previous experience with c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g i s r e q u i r e d , but a previous i n t e r e s t i n c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g a s a p o s s i b i l i t y i s recommended. The premise behind the course i s t h a t although the art of w r i t i n g cannot be t a u g h t , the of w r i t i n g can be encouraged. Poetry, f i c t i o n , and n o n - f i c t i o n a l prose w i l l be included. S t u d e n t s t a k i n g t h e course should be capable of independ e n t s t u d y and be w i l l i n g t o go t o some t r o u b l e i n the dead of w i n t e r . One of the i n s t r u c t o r ' s premises i s t h a t e f f e c t i v e w r i t i n g i s w r i t t e n by r e o p l e who a r e w i l l i n g t o go t o more t r o u b l e than o t h e r s . Students a r e encouraged t o t a k e the course on a P/N s c a l e . Prerequisites : None Distribution: Humanities Time: I1 Room: Main 21 ENGLISH 54230 MODERN WOMEN WRITERS I n s t r u c t o r : Toni Clark Modern Women W r i t e r s w i l l e x p l o r e the work of Woolf, Nin, S a r t o n and Lessing, a s w e l l , & many l e s s e r known poets and prose w r i t e r s . The c l a s s d i s c u s s i o n s w i l l focus on such m a t t e r s a s t h e r e l a t i o n of t h e s e w r i t e r s t o t h e modernist t r a d i t i o n , whether they a r e c r e a t i n g an a r t with a d i f f e r e n t s t r u c t u r e , s t y l e and c o n t e n t from the mainstream male w r i t e r s i n the modernist t r a d i t i o n , and t h e i r views on women y t i t e r s , women's a r t , feminism and androgyny. Prerequisiteb: Distributibn: / Time: None Humanities I' Room: Main 7 ENGLISH 5436 2 CREATIVE WRITING WORKSHOP: FICTION I n s t r u c t o r : Lon O t t o Three s t u d e n t s from each of the f i v e c o l l e g e s of t h e Associated Colleges of the Twin C i t i e s w i l l be chosen, on the b a s i s of p o r t f o l i o submitted t o t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e English Departments, f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n the workshop. The workshop w i l l be p r i m a r i l y concerned with the s h o r t f i c t i o n w r i t i n g done by the p a r t i c i p a n t s . We w i l l a l s o read and d i s c u s s some examples of i n n o v a t i v e and convent i o n a l f i c t i o n t h a t have been published w i t h i n the p a s t t e n y e a r s , e s p e c i a l l y t h a t i n small p r e s s p u b l i c a t i o n s . E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be made on t h e b a s i s of a p o r t f o l i o of s h o r t s t o r i e s w r i t t e n d u r i n g the i n t e r i m . S t u d e n t s ' c o n t r i b u t i o n s t o t h e c r i t i c a l d i s c u s s i o n s w i l l a l s o be taken i n t o c o n s i d e r a t i o n . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s should c o n t a c t Toni Clark of the English Department and be prepared t o submit some examples of t h e i r w r i t i n g t o t h e English Department by November 1. Time: I1 Room: 212 OEC, College of S t . Thomas ENGLISH 54437 SHAKESPEARE AND THE FAMILY Instructor: Richard Sargent We w i l l s t u d y t h e major p l a y s and poems of Shakespeare, w i t h p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e theme o f t h e family. A t the h e a r t of most of S h a k e s p e a r e ' s works i s a probing of family r e l a t i o n s h i p s and family i n t e r a c t i o n s . We w i l l n o t l i m i t o u r concern t o family i n t e r a c t i o n , however; we w i l l use t h i s t h e m a t i c approach t o develop a broad understanding of ~ h a k e s ~ e a'rs e works. This course i s a p p r o p r i a t e f o r those s e e k i n g a g e n e r a l i n t r o d u c t i o n t o Shakespeare's works; i t i s a l s o a p p r o p r i a t e f o r those whose major i n t e r e s t i s psychology, and s p e c i f i c a l l y family systems. Those who have a l r e a d y had a c o l l e g e - l e v e l i n t r o d u c t i o n t o Shakespeare w i l l be encouraged t o do s p e c i a l p r o j e c t s r e l a t e d t o the theme of t h e family. Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: I None Humanities Room: Main 2 ENGLISH 54445 POTPPOURRI: SELECTED READINGS FOR DISCUSSION I n s t r u c t o r : Barbara Andersen I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , s t u d e n t s w i l l make i n d i v i d u a l r e a d i n g l i s t s o f t e n t o twelve books which w i l l be d i s c u s s e d i n s m a l l groups, e s t a b l i s h e d a c c o r d i n g t o common books, a u t h o r s o r themes. Reading l i s t s must be determined b e f o r e t h e end o f f a l l term s o t h a t a d i s c u s s i o n s c h e d u l e can be p u b l i s h e d p r i o r t o t h e interim session. Prerequisites: J u n i o r o r S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and consent of i n s t r u c t o r Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Main 22 FOREIGN LANGUAGE 72245 THE AGONY OF 20TH CENTURY GERMANY A S REFLECTED LITERATURE Instructor: William Oyler These works w i l l r e f l e c t t h e c r i s e s and upheavals o f t h e 20th c e n t u r y e x p e r i e n c e which a r e n o t u n i q u e l y German, b u t have a u n i v e r s a l a p p l i c a t i o n a s w e l l . Topics w i l l i n c l u d e : t h e anonymity o f u r b a n - i n d u s t r i a l l i f e , t h e s e a r c h f o r p e r s o n a l i d e n t i t y and s e c u r i t y , t h e u s e s o f power, w a r , p o l i t i c a l change and c o n f r o n t a t i o n w i t h u l t i m a t e q u e s t i o n s o f l i f e and d e a t h . Works by E a s t German and women w r i t e r s w i l l be i n c l u d e d . S t u d e n t s w i l l read and r e p o r t on one work i n a d d i t i o n t o t h o s e d i s c u s s e d i n c l a s s . T h i s c o u r s e i s a v a r i a t i o n on German L i t e r a t u r e i n T r a n s l a t i o n (244), which covers n e a r l y 200 y e a r s from t h e Age o f C l a s s i c i s m t o t h e p r e s e n t . S i n c e t h e two c o u r s e s a r e n o t i d e n t i c a l , s t u d e n t s who have t a k e n 244 may g e t c r e d i t f o r 245 and v i c e v e r s a . C r e d i t does n o t a p p l y t o a major o r a minor i n German. Prerequisites : None Distribution: Language Time: I1 Room: Main 2 FOREIGN LANGUAGE 70453 LE CONTE ET LA NOUVELLE (THE FRENCH SHORT STORY) Instructor: Ruth Aaskov The French s h o r t s t o r y i n i t s two-fold c a t e g o r y ( c o n t e and n o u v e l l e ) i s a v e r y a c c e s s i b l e and d e l i g h t f u l l y v a r i e d l i t e r a r y form. T h i s c o u r s e w i l l t r e a t animal t a l e s and f a b l i a u x o f t h e Middle Ages, t h e c o u r t l y t a l e , R a b e l a i s i a n e p i s o d e s o f e x a g g e r a t i o n , f a i r y t a l e s of P e r r a u l t and t h e i r modern c o u n t e r p a r t s , a s w e l l a s 1 9 t h and 20th c e n t u r y p o l i s h e d forms. We w i l l look f o r i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s by and a b o u t t h e French, t h e i r c o n c e r n s and way o f l i f e , t h e u n i q u e and t h e u n i v e r s a l . There w i l l be o p p o r t u n i t y t o e x p l o r e a s p e c i a l a r e a of i n t e r e s t , such a s c l a s s i c s f o r c h i l d r e n ; a p e r i o d , a u t h o r , o r theme; examples o f Francophone l i t e r a t u r e . Readings, t a p e - l i s t e n i n g , d i s c u s s i o n , r e p o r t s i n French. P r e r e q u i s t e s : French 311 o r c o n s e n t o f i n s t r u c t o r Distribution: Time: Languages ( a l s o c o u n t s toward m a j o r / m i n o r ) Room: Main 4 I1 FOREIGN LANGUAGE 76312 SPANISH EXPRESSION Instructor: Gunta R o z e n t a l s Course i n t e n d e d f o r s t u d e n t s who have a b a s i c command o f w r i t i n g and s p e a k i n g s k i l l s i n S p a n i s h and wish t o expand them. I n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e t o improve o r a l and w r i t t e n e x p r e s s i o n w i t h emphasis on c o n v e r s a t i o n a l f a c i l i t y , s t r e s s i n g i d i o m a t i c usage and t h e f i n e r p o i n t s o f grammar. Readings t o s t i m u l a t e d i s c u s s i o n and broaden c u l t u r a l background from contemporary l i t e r a r y t e x t s and magazine articles. Conducted i n Spanish. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I 311 o r 212 w i t h p e r m i s s i o n Language ( a l s o c o u n t s toward major/minor) Room: Main 4 HISTORY 56136 OF ARMS AND THE MAN: WARFARE INTHE ANCIENT WORLD I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Nelson Through primary and secondary sources t h i s course w i l l consider t h e causes and consequences of war i n t h e a n c i e n t Mediterranean World. S t r a t e g y and t a c t i c s , technology and p e r s o n a l i t i e s w i l l be major c o n s i d e r a t i o n s . Students w i l l be required t o complete a term p r o j e c t . While a paper may be a c c e p t a b l e , s t u d e n t s w i l l be urged t o do something l e s s t r a d i t i o n a l e.g. map work, t e r r a i n a n a l y s i s , b a t t l e planning, model b u i l d i n g o r the l i k e . Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: I None History ROO^: Main 18 HISTORY 56495 SEM1NAR:ASPECTS OF THE NORWEGIAN-AMERICAN EXPERIENCE Instructor: Carl Chrislock An i n v e s t i g a t i o n of the emergence of such c u l t u r a l i n s t i t u t i o n s and t r a d i t i o n s a s church, p r e s s , f r a t e r n a l s o c i e t i e s , musical o r g a n i z a t i o n s e t c . Students w i l l develop competencies i n t h e use of source m a t e r i a l s and i n a r c h i v e work. I f c o n d i t i o n s allow, a f i e l d t r i p t o t h e Norwegian American museum i n Decorah, I w a and t o the Norwegian American H i s t o r i c a l Association a r c h i v e s i n N o r t h f i e l d , Minnesota w i l l be included. Augsburg a r c h i v e s w i l l a l s o be u t i l i z e d . Some moderate f e e s w i l l be assessed f o r travel. Prerequisites : Time: I Permission of i n s t r u c t o r Room: L i b r a r y 201 HISTORY 56382 AFRICA: PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE -CHARTING A COURSE FOR SURVIVAL IN THE 21ST CENTURY I n s t r u c t o r : Ralph Crowder The t h r u s t of t h i s course w i l l be an indepth a n a l y s i s of Kenya, a developing n a t i o n i n E a s t Africa. A primary concern w i l l be t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n of major themes w i t h i n the a r e a s of c u l t u r e , p o l i t i c s , economics and t h e s o - c a l l e d dllemma of modernization. An a d d i t i o n a l a r e a of concern w i l l be an e v a l u a t i o n of African and Afro-American linkages w i t h i n a h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary context. Students w i l l be expected t o i d e n t i f y a s p e c i f i c a r e a of i n t e r e s t and prepare a research r e p o r t analyzing t h e i r a r e a of concern. A d a i l y j o u r n a l w i l l a l s o be required of a l l p a r t i c i p a n t s . The course w i l l combine a t t e n d i n g l e c t u r e s a t the U n i v e r s i t y College, N a i r o b i , f i e l d t r i p s t o r u r a l a r e a s and l i m i t e d time f o r personal e x p l o r a t i o n . A s e r i e s of p r e p a r a t o r y seminars and r e a d i n g assignments w i l l be conducted d u r i n g t h e f a l l semester t o adequately prepare course p a r t i c i p a n t s f o r an organized and coherent i n t r o d u c t i o n t o the African c o n t i n e n t . Contact i n s t r u c t o r f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s regarding c o s t s , e t c . HISTORY 56215 WESTERN CIVILIZATION AND ITS ESTHETIC TRADITION I n s t r u c t o r : Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t - Based on Kenneth C l a r k ' s f i l m s e r i e s " C i v i l i z a t i o n a P e r s o n a l View'' t h i s i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e u s e s a s a background t h e c i t i e s , b u i l d i n g s , and museum works o f Europe t o view and d i s c u s s Western C i v i l i z a t i o n a s s e e n through i t s a r t i s t i c t r a d i t i o n from t h e Middle Ages t o t h e 20th Century. The f i l m s w i l l be supplemented by r e a d i n g s , l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n s . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Distribution: History Time: Summer S e s s i o n I INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES 60325 LOOKING AT THE FUTURE Instructor: Sheldon F a r d i g Glimpses o f t h e f u t u r e through t h e eyes o f t h e Club o f Rome doomsday p r o p h e t s , Buckminster F u l l e r and o t h e r o p t i m i s t s , t h e o u t e r s p a c e v i s i o n a r i e s , t h e "small i s b e a u t i f u l " c o n s e r v a t i o n i s t s , t h e p r a c t i c a l man (e.g. c i t y planner, a r c h i t e c t , p o l i t i c i a n ) , the science f i c t i o n and s c i e n c e f a n t a s y w r i t e r . Awareness of c u r r e n t b r e a k t h r o u g h s , o f what i s i n t h e d a i l y p r e s s ; S t a r Wars. F u t u r e s t h i n k i n g s t r a t e g i e s and games. A l l a r e a s open f o r extended s t u d y . S p e c i a l f e e s : Cost o f t i c k e t t o " S t a r Wars" a n d / o r o t h e r commercial f i l m s . Prerequisites: Time: I None Room: Library 4 LIBRARY SCIENCE 47361 TOPICS IN THE HISTORY OF CHILDREN'S LITERATURE Instructor: Grace S u l e r u d W r i t i n g f o r c h i l d r e n w i l l be e x p l o r e d through t h e s t u d y o f s e l e c t e d t o p i c s i n 1 9 t h c e n t u r y American and B r i t i s h c h i l d r e n ' s books which p r o v i d e a n e x c e l l e n t view o f t h e c u l t u r a l v a l u e s o f t h i s p e r i o d . An i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y approach w i l l e n a b l e s t u d e n t s i n v a r i o u s f i e l d such a s h i s t o r y , religion, sociology, o r a r t to study writing f o r c h i l d r e n from t h e i r d i s c i p l i n e ' s p o i n t - o f view. S t u d e n t s w i l l have t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o u s e t h e r e s o u r c e s o f t h e K e r l a n and Hess C o l l e c t i o n s a t t h e U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota f o r r e s e a r c h on a t o p i c which t h e y choose i n consultation with the instructor. Prerequisites : Time : Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . Room: I Main 8 MATHEMATICS 61136 AN EXPOSURE OF CHAOS IN MODERN COSMIC MODELS I n s t r u c t o r : Henry F o l l i n g s t a d An o r i g i n a l a n a l y t i c s u r v e y o f some c o n t r o v e r s i a l mathr e l a t e d i d e a s which d e a l w i t h t h e n a t u r e and o r i g i n o f t h e u n i v e r s e , t h e e a r t h , l i f e , and mankind. D i r e c t e d c l a s s and i n d i v i d u a l r e b e a r c h w i l l e x p l o r e t h e h i s t o r i c a l impact of u s e f u l math c o n c e p t s , and w i l l a l s o n o t e misuses o f m a t h e m a t i c s which h a v e promoted q u e s t i o n a b l e dogmas. New d a t a w i l l be p r e s e n t e d which c h a l l e n g e t h e v a l i d i t y o f some m a j o r c u r r e n t t h e o r i e s o f astronomy, cosmology, g e o l o g y , b i o l o g y , and t h e h u m a n i t i e s . Prerequisties : Distribution: Time: I None N a t u r a l S c i e n c e and Mathematics Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 212 MATHEMATICS 61130 SOME MATHEMATICAL ASPECTS OF MUSIC I n s t r u c t o r : Ben Cooper I n t h i s course we w i l l examine some of t h e evidence f o r t h e often-expressed f e e l i n g t h a t music and mathematics a r e somehow r e l a t e d . A c t u a l l y , musical phenomena t h a t p r e s e n t a high a e s t h e t i c o r i n t e l l e c t u a l appeal i n both t h e i r a r t i s t i c and mathematical a s p e c t s a r e r a r e . P o s s i b l e t c p i c s : (1) t h e r e i s a fundamental connection i n the s u b j e c t of tuning; ( 2 ) of more a e s t h e t i c i n t e r e s t a r e many canons which deserve t o be considered r e c r e a t i o n a l mathematics; ( 3 ) the s u b j e c t of symmetry, which i s important ( f o r example) t o twelve-tone composition, lends i t s e l f t o geometric a n a l y s i s ; (4) the problem of what c o n s t i t u t e s s t y l e can be a t t a c k e d from a p r o b a b i l i s t i c p o i n t of view. Prerequisites: Distribution: Tim: I Music 101 o r e q u i v a l e n t ; no mathematical prerequisites Natural Science and Mathematics Room: Main 27 MATHEMATICS 6 1 2 4 2 THE DEMYSTlFlCATlON OF ELEMENTARY MATHEMATICS Instructor: Bev Durkee Mathematics made s i m p l e f o r t h o s e who t h i n k t h e y d o n ' t l i k e i t , who a r e a f r a i d o f i t , o r who a r e m y s t i f i e d by i t , b u t who must g e a r up t o t e a c h i t t:o e l e m e n t a r y s c h o o l c h i l d r e n . The b a s i c s o f a r i t h m e t i c o f t h e e l e m e n t a r y s c h o o l w i l l be s t u d i e d . O f f e r e d p r e v i o u s l y a s B a s i c Concepts o f Mathematics. P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Distribution: Time: I1 N a t u r a l S c i e n c e and Mathematics Room: Science H a l l 320 INTRODUCTION TO MICROPROCESSORS I n s t r u c t o r : James L. Johnson With t h e a d v e n t of Large S c a l e I n t e g r a t i o n s (LSI) technology, i t h a s become p o s s i b l e t o pack a l l o f t h e c o n t r o l and l o g i c f u n c t i o n s o f a computer on a few s m a l l s o l i d s t a t e "chips". T h i s arrangement i s commonly c a l l e d a micro-processor. The c o u r s e w i l l , a s time p e r m i t s , i n v e s t i g a t e the following f e a t u r e s of microprocessors: ( i ) d i g i t a l components i n v o l v e d ; ( i i ) system s u p e r s t r u c t u r e f o r b u s s i n g d a t a among t h e s e components ; ( i i i ) programming t e c h n i q u e s . The c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e implementation of c e r t a i n microprocessor c o n f i g u r a t i o n s with d i g i t a l "chips". P r e r e q u i s i t e s : I n t r o d u c t o r y programming c o u r s e o r permission of i n s t r u c t o r Time: I1 Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 2 0 5 MUSIC 82115 PIPE ORGAN CONSTRUCTION AND DESIGN I n s t r u c t o r : Diana Lee Metzker A b a s i c i n t r o d u c t i o n t o and s u r v e y o f pipe o r g a n cons t r u c t i o n and d e s i g n . We w i l l be working w i t h Clarence Gou ld., l o c a l r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f t h e Moller organ company, i n h i s f a c t o r y and o b s e r v i n g s e v e r a l i n s t a l l a t i o n s of organs i n t h e Twin C i t i e s and surrounding communities. Prerequisites: An a v i d i n t e r e s t i n p i p e organs Distribution: Time: I Room: Music 10 MUSIC 82377 A HISTORY OF AMERICAN JAZZ STYLES I n s t r u c t o r : James Carlson Topics covered i n c l u d e : What is j a z z ? ; How t o l i s t e n to jazz; Jazz Herftages; Rluea; New Orleans D t x i e l a n d ; a i c a g o Dixieland; Ragtime; Boogie-Woogie; Swing, Bop; Cool; Funky; Gospel; 3 r d Stream; Free j a z z , L a t i n j a z z ; The School Scene; J a z z l ~ o c k ;Future D i r e c t i o n s . Prerequisites : Time: None I Ro-om: Olivet Hall MUSIC 82179182379 ART & MUSIC IN SOUTHERN GERMANY & AUSTRIA See d e s c r i p t i o n under A r t . MUSIC 82110 MUSIC THERAPY: A CLINICAL OVERVIEW I n s t r u c t o r : Roberta Metzler V i s i t a t i o n t o approximately 10 music therapy c l i n i c a l s i t e s and f a c i l i t i e s d e a l i n g with handicapped i n d i v i d u a l s i n Minnesota. P o s s i b i l i t y of an overnight t r i p t o a neighboring s t a t e . Classroom d i s c u s s i o n of b a s i c s i n t h e f i e l d of music therapy. Designed f o r both music therapy undergraduate s t u d e n t s a s w e l l a s non- therapy majors. $10.00 f e e t o cover c o s t of t r a n s p o r t a t i o n . Need f o r f l e x i b i l i t y i n time, a s some t r i p s w i l l be scheduled i n morning, a f t e r n o o n , e n t i r e day, perhaps ove rnigh t - . ( P r e v i o u s l y o f f e r e d a s I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Music Therapy). Prerequisites : Time: None Summer, Term I MUSIC 82119182319 JUMPING JACKS: A POTPOURRI OF MUSIC, MOVEMENT, AND MIME Instructor: James D. Johnson I n t e g r a t i o n of music, improvisations, i n t e r p r e t a t i v e v o i c e , i n t e r p r e t a t i v e movement, mime. Students w i l l p a r t i c i p a t e i n the above a c t i v i t i e s and p r e s e n t a c o n c e r t a t t h e end of the I n t e r i m . A s t u d e n t must have Acting (232) t o r e g i s t e r f o r upper division credit. Prerequisites : None Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Music Auditorium NURSING 8 1320 TRENDS, ISSUES, LEADERSHIP IN NURSING Instructors : Patricia ~ ' ~ a n e , Beverly Nilaaon, Susan Nash A course designed t o i n v e s t i g a t e the c u r r e n t l e a d e r s h i p r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s of the p r o f e s s i o n a l nurse and t h e trends and i s s u e s evolving i n contemporary n u r s i n g p r a c t i c e . Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: I Admission t o Augsburg nursing program o r permission of i n s t r u c t o r . None Room: Main 19 NURSING 81322 TRENDS AND ISSUES IN SOCIALIZED HEALTH CARE SYSTEMS I n s t r u c t o r : Pamela Larson This course i s designed t o observe and e v a l u a t e s o c i a l i z e d h e a l t h c a r e i n England. S p e c i f i c i s s u e s a r e : t h e r o l e of nursing and u t i l i z a t i o n of n u r s i n g ' s s e r v i c e s , s t r e n g t h s and weaknesses of the system, types of h e a l t h c a r e d e l i v e r y , and r o l e of the c l i e n t i n t h e system. The s t u d e n t w i l l r e l a t e the p o t e n t i a l e f f e c t of s o c i a l i z e d h e a l t h c a r e t o the n u r s i n g p r o f e s s i o n i n the U.S. Prerequisites : Cost: $895.00 Nursing 320, Trends, I s s u e s & Leadership i n Nursing. Consent of i n s t r u c t o r PHILOSOPHY 83135 TOPICS IN SCIENCE AND RELIGION : OR, ADAM HAD A-TOMS I n s t r u c t o r : Kenneth B a i l e y T h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i d e r some o f t h e a r e a s o f c o n f l i c t , w h e t h e r r e a l o r o t h e r w i s e , be tween s c i e n t i f i c and r e l i g i o u s thought. It w i l l be l a r g e l y a d i s c u s s i o n c o u r s e , based upon a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s . l i e f l y , we w i l l be concerned w i t h t h e q u e s t i o n o f w h e t h e r a r e l i g i o u s p o i n t o f view can r e a s o n a b l y be m a i n t a i n e d i n a s c i e n t i f i c m i l i e u , a n d , i f s o , what f o r m ( s ) i t m i g h t t a k e . Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: None Hurnani t i e s I1 Room: Main 25 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55373 MODERN DANCE I n s t r u c t o r : Pamela P a u l s o n An i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e i n modern d a n c e t e c h n i q u e and c r e a t i v e c o m p o s i t i o n i n c l u d i n g : e x p l o r a t i o n o f movement, e n e r g y , form and d e s i g n . No p r e v i o u s dance e x p e r i e n c e necessary. P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Time : I1 Room: Melby Gym PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55410 ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION OF THE SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Bors t a d H i s t o r i c a l background, l e g a l bases, s c h o o l h e a l t h s e r v i c e s , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o community h e a l t h program and r e s o u r c e s . Methods and m a t e r i a l s i n h e a l t h e d u c a t i o n w i t h l a b o r a t o r y experience i n c l a s s room and community. P r e r e q u i s i t e s : H. Ed. 320 o r permission of i n s t r u c t o r . Time: Room: Gym 1 2 I PHYSICS 84150 SCIENCE AND SOCIETY -- THE TECHNOLOGICAL TRAP? I n s t r u c t o r : Mark Engebretson No one, n o t even t h e most b r i l l i a n t s c i e n t i s t a l i v e today, r e a l l y knows where s c i e n c e i s t a k i n g us. Our c i v i l i z a t i o n has been l i k e n e d t o a t r a i n which i s g a t h e r i n g speed, r a c i n g down a t r a c k on which t h e r e a r e an unknown number of s w i t c h e s l e a d i n g t o unknown d e s t i n a t i o n s . There a r e a s m a l l group of people i n t h e engine cab, and t h e r e may be demons a t the switch. Some passengers want t o jump o f f b e f o r e i t ' s t o o l a t e , and o t h e r s hope t o d i s c u s s t h e m a t t e r and a t t e m p t t o communicate w i t h those up f r o n t . T h i s course w i l l a c q u a i n t t h e s t u d e n t w i t h t h e s t u d y o f t h e f u t u r e , and e x p l o r e v a r i o u s i s s u e s i n t h e r e l a t i o n of s c i e n c e and technology t o human g o a l s and v a l u e s . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Distribution: Time: I1 F u l f i l l s Urban S t u d i e s requirement Room: L i b r a r y 1 PHYSICS 84105 N =R F F F F F L: THE SEARCH FOR P E L I E EXTRATERRESTRIAL LIFE Instructor: Dan P e t e r s o n Are we a l o n e ? An i n t e r e s t i n g r e s u l t of r e c e n t advances i n a s t r o p h y s i c s and biology i s the p o s s i b i l i t y of e s t i m a t i n g the number of advanced t e c h n i c a l c i v i l i z a t i o n s i n the Galaxy with which we could communicate. The e q u a t i o n i n t h e course t i t l e d i s p l a y s the terms involved i n making t h i s e s t i m a t e , some of which a r e t h e r a t e of s t a r formation i n the Galaxy, the f r a c t i o n of p l a n e t s on which a t e c h n i c a l c i v i l i z a t i o n a r i s e s , and the l i f e t i m e of a t e c h n i c a l c i v i l i z a t i o n . I n t h i s course, we w i l l e x p l o r e t h e q u e s t i o n of i n t e l l i g e n t l i f e i n the u n i v e r s e by examining each of these terms i n d e t a i l . Topics iio be covered w i l l i n c l u d e b a s i c astronomy, s t a r and p l a n e t a r y s ys tems formation, t h e e v o l u t i o n of l i f e , and the evolut i o n of technology. I n a d d i t i o n t o s t u d y i n g previous s e a r c h e s f o r l i f e i n the u n i v e r s e , we w i l l a l s o consider methods of i n t e r s t e l l a r communication and d i s c u s s the consequences of c o n t a c t with e x t r a t e r r e s t r i a l l i f e . Class a c t i v i t i e s w i l l i n c l u d e l e c t u r e s , t e l e s c o p e o b s e r v a t i o n s , and g u e s t speakers. Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: I None Natural Science Room: Science H a l l 22 POLITICAL SCIENCE 85228 o r 85428 POLITICAL PROCESS AS ART FORM I n s t r u c t o r : Myles S t e n s h o e l P a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l c r e a t e a three-dimensional a b s t r a c t model o f t h e p o l i t i c a l p r o c e s s a s i t o p e r a t e s i n t h e United S t a t e s . The i n t e n t i s t o d e p i c t , v i a s t a t i c o r k i n e t i c s c u l p t u r e , t h e complex o f i n f l u e n c e s , both governmental and e x t r a g o v e r n m e n t a l , through which a u t h o r i t a t i v e p u b l i c d e c i s i o n s a r e made. The model w i l l i n c l u d e r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s o f t h e most s i g n i f i c a n t p o l i t i c a l f o r c e s , t a k i n g i n t o a c c o u n t , f o r example, the p o l i t i c s o f federalism, o f the l e g i s l a t i v e , e x e c u t i v e j j u d i c i a l , and b u r e a u c r a t i c p r o c e s s e s , o f p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s and i n t e r e s t groups. There w i l l be s t u d y assignments and f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t u d e n t s , a b r i e f p a p e r w i l l be e x p e c t e d . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : An i n t e r e s t i n t h e p o l i t i c a l p r o c e s s coupled w i t h a n a p t i t u d e i n a r t a n d / o r mechanics. F o r s t u d e n t s t a k i n g t h e i n t e r i m f o r upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t , two p r i o r c o u r s e s i n p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e . Distribution: Time: P o l i t i c a l Science I Room: A r t S t u d i o POLITICAL SCIENCE 85295185495 INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC POLICY I n s t r u c t o r : Norma Noonan The p r o c e s s o f making, implementing and e v a l u a t i n g p u b l i c p o l i c y . C o n s i d e r a t i o n o f some m a j o r i s s u e s o f p u b l i c p o l i c y , both American and c o m p a r a t i v e ; f o r example, e n e r g y , h e a l t h c a r e , environment, budget, u r b a n problems e t c . This c o u r s e may be t a k e n f o r e i t h e r upper o r lower d i v i s i o n c r e d i t . S t u d e n t s who t a k e t h e c o u r s e f o r upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t w i l l be expected t o submit a r e s e a r c h pzper. D i s c u s s i o n format p r i m a r i l y ; some s h o r t r e p o r t s on p o l i c y i s s u e s . Prerequisites : Time: I None Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 318 POLITICAL SCIENCE 85340 THE BRITISH DESIGN FOR MASS MEDIA Instructor: Milda Hedblom Study of B r i t i s h mass media, based i n London, f o r s t u d e n t s of p o l i t i c s , c m u n i c a t i o n s , sociology. B r i t i s h mass media a r e noted f o r high q u a l i t y production and content. We w i l l s t u d y t h e c u l t u r a l , p o l i t i c a l and a r t i s t i c reasons f o r t h e i r eminence; t h e r e w i l l be i n t e n s i v e i n t e r v i e w s with BBC and ITV t e l e v i s i o n and r a d i o e x e c u t i v e s t a f f , London newspaper and magazine e d i t o r s , Members of Parliament and B r i t i s h s c h o l a r s of mass communications; we w i l l v i s i t major media c e n t e r s i n London a s w e l l a s take v i s i t s t o c u l t u r a l a t t r a c t i o n s i n Oxford, S t r a t f o r d and o t h e r nearby a r e a s . Approximately the l h s t two weeks of t h e i n t e r i m w i l l be devoted t o independent work with each s t u d e n t s t u d y i n g a p a r t i c u l a r a s p e c t of one medium, such a s t e l e v i s i o n news production, o r p r i n t censorship r u l e s o r r a d i o overseas programming, e t c . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Cost: Approximately $995.00 PSYCHOLOGY 86372 READING IN THE WORKS OF ROBERT COLES I n s t r u c t o r : Duane Johnson Study i n t h e works of Robert Coles w i t h a major f o c u s on c o n d i t i o n s under which c h i l d r e n develop. Each s t u d e n t must propose a n i n d i v i d u a l r e a d i n g l i s t and have i t approved p r i o r t o t h e beginning o f t h e i n t e r i m . Amendments t o t h e r e a d i n g l i s t may be proposed f o r a p p r o v a l d u r i n g t h e f i r s t week o f t h e i n t e r i m . Contact D r . Johnson f o r a handout p r o v i d i n g s u g g e s t i o n s and g u i d e l i n e s f o r r e a d i n g l i s t development. Course w i l l be o f f e r e d o n l y on a P-N g r a d i n g b a s i s . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Psychology 86105 ( I n t r o d u c t o r y psych) Time: I Room: Main 28 THE BEHAVIOR OF NERVE CELLS See d e s c r i p t i o n under Biology. RELIGION 87328 THEOLOGY OF LEISURE, PLAY, AND SPORTS Instructor : John Benson An academic c o u r s e c e n t e r e d i n what r e c e n t t h e o l o g i a n s and some p h i l o s o p h e r s have had t o s a y about t h e p l a y e l e m e n t ,in c u l t u r e i n g e n e r a l , and s p e c i f i c a l l y what the Christian t r a d i t i o n has s a i d about i t . Special emphasis on t h e i n n e r l o g i c and t h e o l o g i c a l / p h i l o s o p h i c a l meaning o f some o f t h e c h i e f i n d i v i d u a l and group s p o r t s such a s : f o o t b a l l , b a s e b a l l , hockey, g o l f , t e n n i s , and basketball. The c h i e f problem i s what t h e C h r i s t i a n t r a d i t i o n s a y s a b o u t t h e n a t u r e o f man: i s h e a worker (homo f a b e r ) , p l a y e r (homo l u d e n s ) , o r a w o r s h i p p e r (homo r e l i g i o s u s ) ? (Readings w i l l be s e l e c t e d from among t h e f o l l o w i n g a u t h o r s : J. H u i z i n g a , P e i p e r , R. C a i l l o i s , K a r l Rahner, Michael Novak, P a u l Weiss, Harvey Cox, Robert Lee.) T h i s w i l l be a s t r i c t l y academic c o u r s e , i n c l u d i n g m o s t l y l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n s of a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s . Some o f t h e r e a d i n g s a r e h i g h l y a b s t r a c t and d i f f i c u l t . Regular e s s a y t e s t s , p l u s s h o r t p a p e r s and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s . S e v e r a l . o u t s i d e s p e a k e r s , p l u s a t t e n d a n c e a t some l e i s u r e and s p o r t i n g e v e n t s followed by r e p o r t s and d i s c u s s i o n . S t u d e n t w i l l pay own way t o any such " f i e l d t r i p s . " Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I1 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Theology o r s p e c i a l permission Religion Room: Main 1 9 RELIGION 87375 - ISRAEL, ANCIENT AND MODERN Instructor: P h i l i p Quanbeck Focus o f t h e i n t e r i m w i l l be a r c h a e o l o g y and geography. A t t e n t i o n w i l l be d i r e c t e d t o t h e method and r e s u l t s o f a r c h a e o l o g y a s they r e l a t e e s p e c i a l l y t o b i b i c a l s i t e s i n I s r a e l . The group w i l l l i v e p r i m a r i l y i n Jerusalem. There w i l l be l e c t u r e s , walking t o u r s i n t h e Old C i t y o f J e r u salem, and v i s i t s t o p l a c e s o f r e l i g i o u s and h i s t o r i c a l i n t e r e s t and t o museums. Two t r i p s from J e r u s a l e m a r e planned. One w i l l be t o t h e n o r t h where p l a c e s such a s t h e Sea o f G a l i l e e , T i b e r i a s , Capernaum, Hazor, Megiddo and Nazareth w i l l be v i s i t e d . A t r i p t o t h e s o u t h w i l l i n c l u d e such p l a c e s a s Ashod, Beer Sheba, Masada and Qumran. A t a d d i t i o n a l c o s t i t may be p o s s i b l e t o a r r a n g e a s t a y i n Jordan. Some time w i l l be s p e n t i n London a t t h e beginning and a t t h e end o f t h e i n t e r i m . Prerequisites : Distribution: Cost: One r e l i g i o n c o u r s e Religion $1,100.00 RELIGION 87377 CULTS: OLD AND NEW Instructor: Douglas O l l i l a An examination of s e v e r a l e s t a b l i s h e d American c u l t s , with emphasis on c u r r e n t groups. Included w i l l be v i s i t s w i t h l e a d e r s and members of U n i f i c a t i o n Church, o l i - l d r e n of God, and Hare Krishna. Deprogramming w i l l be examined. Prerequisites: Distribution: I n t r o d c c t i o n t o Theology o r B i b l i c a l S t u d i e s Religion Time: I1 Room: Science H a l l 22 SOCIOLOGY 94241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY Instructor: J e r r y Gerasimo An examination of t h e i d e a of c u l t u r e ; t h e p e r s o n ' s r e l a t i o n t o c u l t u r e ; language a s a major o r g a n i z i n g element i n t h e way we s e e t h e world. An examination of t h e i d e a s of "primitive","civilizedtl, and "processt', a comparison of a l t e r n a t e r e a l i t i e s a s found i n d i f f e r e n t c u l t u r e s and v a r y i n g s o c i a l c o n t e x t s . An a n a l y s i s of s e l e c t e d a s p e c t s of U.S. c u l t u r e . Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I1 None S o c i a l Science Room: Science 212 SOCIOLOGY 941 21 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY Instructor: Garry Hesser Both the popular p r e s s and informal d i s c u s s i o n s suggest an increased concern abou-t t h e v i a b i l i t y of o u r i . n s t i t u t i o n s and s o c i a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s . One c o n s t a n t l y h e a r s about the lack. of cohesiveness of f a m i l i e s , t h e dehumanizing e f f e c t s of l a r g e o r g a n i z a t i o n s , problems regarding the d i s t r i b u t i o n of wealth and p o l i t i c a l power, t h e mounting crime r a t e , the i n a b i l i t y of our i n s t i t u t i o n s t o r e h a b i l i t a t e c r i m i n a l s , and s o f o r t h . The course provides an overview of what the s o c i o l o g i s t has t o o f f e r i n regard t o such i s s u e s . More s p e c i f i c a l l y , the course c o n s i s t s of a s e t of u n i t s each of which provides an overview of t h e s o c i o l o g i s t ' s a n a l y s i s of some aspect of s o c i a l l i f e . Each u n i t w i l l be approached through a combination of l e c t u r e s , readings, d i s c u s s i o n s and assignments designed t o h e l p t h e s t u d e n t apply what i s being learned. -- Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: 11' None S o c i a l Science Room : Main 28 SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS 98340 THE BRITISH DESIGN FOR MASS MEDIA See d e s c r i p t i o n under P o l i t i c a l Science. SOCIAL WORK 95257 PRACTICUM IN HUMAN SERVICES I n s t r u c t o r s : Edwina H e r t z b e r g and Doug P e r r y Freshmen and sophomores! Are you a h e l p i n g p e r s o n ? Would you l i k e t o e x p e r i e n c e human s e r v i c e i n a s o c i a l agency? T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r o v i d e f o r you t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o s e r v e a s a v o l u n t e e r i n a real human s e r v i c e s e t t i n g . S t u d e n t s w i l l s e l e c t placements r e q u i r i n g t h i r t y hours- a week a s v o l u n t e e r s . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d meet w i t h v a r i o u s human s e r v i c e p r o f e s s i o n a l s t o o b e e r v e and d i s c u s s s e r v i c e d e l i v e r y . On-campus weekly review c o n f e r e n c e s and supportive academic work w i l l i n t e g r a t e t h e practicum. This experience should h e l p s t u d e n t s decide whether o r n o t t o pursue human s e r v i c e s e d u c a t i o n d u r i n g t h e remainder o f t h e i r c o l l e g e c a r e e r s . S t u d e n t s r e g i s t e r i n g f o r t h i s c o u r s e w i l l be asked t o meet w i t h i n s t r u c t o r s e a r l y i n December t o a r r a n g e f o r placements Prerequisites : Time : None I Room: S c i e n c e Auditorium SOCIAL WORK 95457 SOCIAL POLICY I n s t r u c t o r s : Edwina H e r t z b e r g and Nagwa F a r a g S o c i a l P o l i c y a f f e c t s u s d a i l y from b e f o r e o u r b i r t h u n t i l o u r d e a t h . How i s s o c i a l p o l i c y made? By whom? F o r what r e a s o n s ? What v a l u e systems impact on i t ? Where a r e t h e " p r e s s u r e p o i n t s " ? E x p e r i e n c e , l e c t u r e s , readings w i l l provide t h e s t u d e n t opportunity f o r i n - d e p t h s t u d y o f s o c i a l p o l i c y i n Minnesota v i s - a - v i s t h e U.S. and abroad. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I Senior o r permission of p r o f e s s o r . r e q u i r e d , S o c i a l Work m a j o r s ~ o o m : Main 25 SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS 98285 STORY THEATER: PREPARATION AND PERFORMANCE Instructor: A i l e n e Cole Using t h e s t o r y - t h e a t e r method, c l a s s members w i l l p r e p a r e and p e r f o m one o r more c h i l d r e n ' s s t o r i e s . A l l a s p e c t s of the production the play, scenery, l i g h t s , costumes, sound, p r o p s , p u b l i c i t y , h o u s e , and t h e w i l l be t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o f the c l a s s . strike Must c l e a r s c h e d u l e f o r performance t h e f i n a l week o f t h e term. - - None Prerequisites : Distribution: Humanities + performance Time: 9:30-12 and 1-3 Room: Theater auditorium times SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS 983 21 ADVANCED PUBLIC SPEAKING I n s t r u c t o r : Ray Anderson T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r o v i d e a n o p p o r t u n i t y t o work toward a p o l i s h e d s p e a k i n g s t y l e i n both composition and d e l i v e r y . A t t e n t i o n w i l l be g i v e n t o g r e a t s p e e c h e s and t o r h e t o r i c a l t h e o r y , b u t t h e emphasis w i l l be S t u d e n t s w i l l perform i n some way on performance. e v e r y day. An e f f o r t w i l l be made t o develop each s t u d e n t ' s unique powers o f c r e a t i v i t y and showmanship. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I A beginning c o u r s e i n speech high school o r college - Humanities Room: Library 1 either SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS 98329 INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION & THE QUEST FOR GLOBAL JUSTICE Instructor: J o e l Mugge Based i n Mexico City, Oaxaca and a Benedictine monastery i n t h e v i l l a g e of Ahuatepec near Cuernavaca. T r a v e l t o Mexico w i l l be by bus and t r a i n . Mexico provides a s e t t i n g where many p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and r e l i g i o u s v a l u e s a r e much d i f f e r e n t from o u r own. The course w i l l explore ways i n which these a s p e c t s of c u l t u r e i n f l u e n c e and shape the communication p r o c e s s , both v e r b a l and nonverbal, and how t h e b a r r i e r s t h a t block e f f e c t i v e communication can be broken down. The course w i l l a l s o examine the p o l i t i c a l and economic r e a l i t i e s which c o n t r i b u t e t o i n e q u i t y and i n j u s t i c e i n L a t i n America, a s w e l l a s how t h e message of the church speaks t o t h e s e r e a l i t i e s . Emphasis w i l l be on the C h r i s t i a n s ' r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s f o r working toward s t r u c t u r e s t h a t make a j u s t Global S o c i e t y possible. Learning w i l l be f a c i l i t a t e d by d i r e c t c o n t a c t w i t h s e v e r a l dimensions of Mexican l i f e urbanmonastic as well community, and the r e s i d e n t s of a small v i l l a g e a s by s e v e r a l resource people who a r e d i r e c t l y involved i n the s t r u g g l e f o r j u s t i c e . A p r e - i n t e r i m workshop, s e v e r a l paperback t e x t s , an e x t e n s i v e d a i l y j o u r n a l , and a f i n a l paper w i l l be required. - Prerequisites: Grading: Pass/No c r e d i t only Distribution: Cost: None Humanities $495.00 i n c l u d i n g t r a n s p o r t a t i o n - ST. OLAF INTERNATIONAL INTERIMS The following i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s a r e o f f e r e d by S t . Olaf College and a r e open t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s . F u r t h e r academic d e s c r i p t i o n , t r a v e l d e t a i l s and c o s t e s t i m a t e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e o r from Mary Kingsley i n the I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center, Room 126 of Memorial H a l l . Students i n t e r e s t e d i n p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n one of t h e s e i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s should apply i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center before November 1. 19th and 20th Century Scandinavian A r t (Denmark, Norway, Sweden) Mediterranean Culture (Greece) I r i s h C i v i l i z a t i o n and L i t e r a t u r e ( I r e l a n d ) French Language, Culture and Theater ( P a r i s ) Encounter with t h e Two Germanys (East and West Germany) T h e a t e r i n London Science H i s t o r y i n Europe (Munich, P a r i s , London) Comparative Legal Systems (Great B r i t a i n , France, Ne t h e r l a n d ) a r i s t i a n Rome t o 1600 A.D. ( I t a l y ) Spanish Language, Culture and T h e a t e r (Madrid, Spain) Dynamics o f C h r i s t i a n S o c i a l Concern i n L a t i n America (Mexico) I n t e n s i v e I n t e r p r e t i v e Spanish (Cuernavaca, Mexico) I n t e n s i v e Advanced Spanish (Cuernavaca, Mexico) Folk R e l i g i o n i n Taiwan (Taiwan) Hawaiian I n t e r c u l t u r a l elations (Hawaii) COURSES These courses a r e o f f e r e d by i n s t i t u t i o n s o r groups not connected with Augsburg but have been approved f o r c r e d i t by t h e college. Most c a r r y a t u i t i o n c o s t plus o t h e r expenses which a r e the r e s p o n s i b i l i t y of the s t u d e n t . F u l l e r d e s c r i p t i o n s and d e t a i l s f o r r e g i s t e r i n g a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e I n t e r i m Office of the College. 55106 SKI INTERIM (Park City, Utah) Cost: approxi m a t e l y $500 which i n c l u d e s lodging but n o t meals o r t r a n e p o r t a t i o n t o Utah. THE NORTHWOODS LIFE STYLE: A GENERAL NORTHWOODS ENCOUNTER Approximate c o s t : $230.00 which i n c l u d e s food, lodging, t r a v e l t o and from Grand Marais, snowshoes, a d d i t i o n a l s l e e p i n g bag. 58210 RECREATION AND CAMPING I N THE COLD WEATHER ENVIRONMENT Approximate c o s t : $230.00 which i n c l u d e s food, lodging, t r a v e l t o and from Grand Marais, snowshoes, a d d i t i o n a l s l e e p i n g bag. 58208 58212 OUTDOOR LEADERSHIP PRACCICUM Approximate c o s t : $280.00 which i n c l u d e s food, lodging, t r a v e l t o and from Grand Marais, snowshoes, a d d i t i o n a l s l e e p i n g bag. INTRODUCTION TO CHEMICAL ENGINEERING ENGINEERING APPLIED TO BIOMEDICAL PROBLEMS ENGINEERING MECHANICS Washington U n i v e r s i t y , S t . Louis, Missouri Cost: approximately $550 f o r t u i t i o n , housing and meals, but some s c h o l a r s h i p s a r e a v a i l a b l e . 10163 BASIC SPINNING, WEAVING AND DYEING 10271 ETHNIC WEAVES-NAVAHO, BOLIVIAN, TURKISH Weavers Guild o f Minnesota Cost: $100 plus m a t e r i a l s ($5-7) S t u d e n t s who have taken A r t 10270, 10103, 10104 10105 may n o t r e c e i v e c r e d i t f o r 10163. . e .. Interims Abroad, January,1978 Cooperative Programs of Augsburg and St. Olaf Col 3rograms in Europe Art/Music IIm: Art and Music in Southern Germany and Austria Cost: $995.00 Robert Karlen, Music, Augsburg Phillip Thompson, Art, Augsburg Building upon the rich arts resources available in Munich, Vienna, and Salzburg, the program will combine a survey of art and music in the Ancient World, Middle Ages, Renaissance and the Modem World. Daily attendance at museums, galleries, musical performances and other appropriate sites are part of the schedule which includes four days in Lundun rlnd/or Pxris, ten days in Munich, nine days in Vienna nr~dt h r w days in Salzburg. While all partici Ants will be required to study both music and urt. an urea uLoncentration may be selected from the following: I . Music History and Appreciation - Journal and/or re.. search topic paper 2. Art History and Appreciation - Journal and/or research topic paper 3. Drawing (Studio Art) - Descriptive and interpretive drawing with emphasis on architecture in graphite, crayon, - . ink and wash. . 4. Indevendent Studv - Music and/or Art with instructor's approval Counts toward art major only. Fulfills distribution requirement (Art or Music). Prereqsis te: Consent of Instructor(s) Enrollment: 35 Art IIb: 19th and 20th Century Scandinavian Art Reidar Dittmann, St. Olaf Cost: $1,050.00 Painting, sculpture, and related arts in Denmark, Sweden, and Norway, beginning with Romanticism and encompassing Realism, Impressionism, and post-Impressionist trends with special emphasis on Edvard Munch's Expressionism. Counts toward art or Norwegian major. Fulfills distribution requirement (Area 0). Prerequisite: Art I I recommended but not required. Enrollment: 20 Classics IIa: Mediterranean Culture Richard Olson, St. Olaf Cost: $995 -00 Thc civilizntio~~ ol'l;rcccc I'rom thc Bronzc A c through Clausictll Anti uity viuwcd rronl two princip;lf 1uc;luuns. klcraclcuii~an2 h thcns. Daily Icclurcs :tnd visi~sto Bronrc hgc M inuii~isilcs in Crctc st K nussrrs, Pliaisio*, end M ulliu, ltnd clilsc r~ltcnliunto tllc vast collcc~iunin lhe Archueolugival Mumum at I-lcraclcu~ir.It) Arhcns and its environs, will1 the aid of the famed National Museum, further study of the Bronze Age of the Mycenaeans, and field trips to Classical sites. Counts toward Classics or History Major. Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A or B). Prerequisites: History 63 recommended but not required. Enrollment: 25 English IIc: Irish Civilization and Literature Graham S. Frear, St. Olaf Cost: $925.00 Based in Dublin at the Irish Humanities Centre, the course provides study it1 Irish culturc and literatllrc t h r o ~ ~ gdaily ll lectures oirercd by cultural lcadcrs rlnd ~l'ternonnserninnrs on topics uf ~ ~ e r t i n r ~Monday ~ c c , through Thursday. SLUdents will livc irl lrislr h u ~ n c swit11 thc nddd dilnension uf personal contact. Opportunity for extensive theater and other cultural resources of Dublin and surrounding area i l ~ ~ . o l iday ~ l t lours and sludent initiated [rips us well ns a 3 4 d t ~ ytrlp to thc wcsl lrelantl wilt1 slops in the Gacltilchl, tllc h e i ~ rol'~ tlit <ii~clicapeaking districts, then back lo Dublin via l ; i ~ l w ~Linieiick. r. Curk. Wiiterlbrd. Aniplc oppoilurlity for cxp orlng Iluhlin - thc cir o f .lo ce, 0 C:asey,Swiit, O'Fnnlain. Ucllnn. Hecketi. f i t a d n g wi6 hc bnwd on journal and IWU papcrs on ~ o p i c s01' student choice. Counts toward English major. Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A). Enrollment: 20 French IIIa: French Language, Culture Cost: $925.00 and Theater in Paris Herve Pensec, St. Olaf For advanced students in French. Attendance at performances integrated with analysis and discussion. Visits to artistic and cultural exhibits. Two fullday excursions (to Verxaillcs and Chartrcs) will1 French-speaking leciurcrs, Oplionul wcrk-end uxc~rrsiontu N o r n ~ ~ n d ySludy . uf ilcnls of iopic111i~ncrcstin thc daily ttnd wcckly prvss. Onc u C fbc no st i n ~ p u r l a r ~ ls p c c l ol' s l o n g u ~ g cstudy during thc wind is ltic h~ir hours iriconvrr.riitiunni prac~iccill gmupsoFthrcc cilch wirh French sludents or the IJniversitv of Pnris acting as tutors. Students will keep a journal in French incorporating reflections on the theater and observations on French life. Counts toward French major. lull'ills ?i.i~r~hutiun requirement (Area A). Prcrcqulr~tc: I:rcnch 51 with minimum grade of B-. t7rirding: I't~r;a(No Credit only E I I ~ I J I I ! T II C . ~~: German IIb: Encounter with the Two Cermanys Hanno Klassen, St. Olaf Cost: $950.00 r\ study i ~ ~ l ShCcP I I ~ H ~ wuyY C of Gerltiany ~ i n c c1945. I'wo wccks with thc pcoplc u l the German Dcmucrutic Rcpublic will tlv li~lluwcrihy $1 ~ w n c l u d i nslay ~ ill t l ~ cFederal Rcpublic oriicrmany. The cuursc is dcsipnd to use t hc Cjcrnrun language for n cornparulivt: study ul'thc 1 . w Wellanschuuungen ~ w l ~ i c thuve ~ slir~prtlvary differer~tpolitic:ll nations. In the (icrrnrtn Dcmi)cr:~licKcpublio the Yor~fhHIISIC~ in Lcip7,ip will bc 111ccontact base. Side trips will hc made to uthcr lllaccs of cu lturul intcrcsr. Munich will be rllc location I'ur inquiries into lire in thc f~cdcrulIlcpublic. Studenls will live wit11 host rarnilics. Individual coritacr wilh the peoplc is stressed. Lectures and discussions with students and religious groups, visit to social and welfare institutions, and at- tendance a t artistic performances and exhibitions. Daily discussions. Participants are expected to speak German at all times. Each student is required to keep a journal. Counts toward German major. Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A). Prcrcqi~istlc: German 51 Grflding: Pass No Credit only. Enrollmrnr: 26 Interdisciplinary IIa: Theatre in London Ronald Lee, St. Olaf Cost: $895.00 Study of drama through attendance a t performances. More than 40 theatres make London the theatrical center of the English-speaking world and will enable students to experience varieties of dramatic productions, modern and traditional. The course will involve play attendance and discussion, backstsgc ohscrv:itinn and convcrsatiun. Supplemental visits are planned tu the cultural attractions in London, Stmtford. Oxrcml, und Cambridge, t ~ n dto u representative rcpional thmtrc. Students will kecp joumnls. Counts toward English or speech major. Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A or B). Grading: Pass No Credit only. Enrollment: 2 l Interdisciplinary IIc: Science History in Europe Allen Hanson, St. Olaf Cost: $975.00 Scicncc I iislory in t u r o p focuses on ~ h rc~ w a n d d ~ v b l o p men! o ~ n a i u r a I s ~ ; r s & p i c ~ c j m s c i c n u f i c a Wbbl nd ThO Dmrtdws M w in~ rnuqcums i n wmM Mynda FEB~~IFW techfinlo p r o m und sdmhltr?dc~no u t r w r . T h M tlu&kr anti m u 9 1 I t e m w m b in Park, yitb tbdr ~ I I c c @ ~ and B rwhtnudibn~(M cciallj athcP a ~ w Iwtit~iastml~ are h b # t i tifife m. 1 rchro ~ e t o p p b t .PWO odon w hub, rmcitk8a* tostoiLTrpa UntqenOpm m a air~$vriN~ London it* w ~ t hftsBrrtish Muscum, Oremwtc a*c Museum, Science Museum, Royal Inst~tution,and Medical Ilhtory Muscuni, thc story ul' sclcn~ilicdevclop~t~cnt from a,trolobc to radar, I r o s Boylc to B r e ir~u,nloldcd in grcat chunks o r rare prcscrved n puratus un lure With a sclcntlf ~ chislory lcaibook aa unLrlyinp coursc slructure. sludenls will ollrcrvc, keep u ourn.il, rvritc intcrprttrve papers :and be cxa~nincdon thc stiislanuc o r w e n c e history. Fulfills d~strlbutionrequirement (Area D, non-lab) Prerequ~s~te.One year of college science or permlsslon of Instructor Enrollment 25 m 4 Norwegian Im : Beginning Norwegian Leif Hansen, Augsburg Cost: $1,050.00 A complete introduction to the basic skills in the use of the Norwegian language officially referred to a s "bokmal." Students will have the advantage of a considerable degree of individual attention and support in their efforts to acquire the prvni~nciillinnIS^ niltivt. Nr)rrutg*al~srn rut thl: coursc uC tbc iravcl itincr;lra s l u d c " 1 ~wil! i'!lvc o ~ ~ o r t u nttli llislcn ~ lu and itif~lliY rcglfltlal v ~ ~ r l a l l o n111s sp\)kcll Nlrrwc@iall. Tllrou 11 ~crsun;alcx~cricnccand obscrv;ilien- l l l ~ n gwith iurlilaflecturer. ,iudmis r i l l idso pet m ercellcni insaduction to many aspects of Norwedan culture and society After spending ~ h r i s t m a swith families in Sandane (2@0 3.000 ~ o ~ u l a t i oon n ) the West coast (5-6 days), students will travel by bus and hydrofoil to Bcrgcn b r l l ~ c rsouth for 5-6 days of family Stay, formal l a n ~ ~ a Cg Ic~ S S C Sand formal kctures, along with sightseeing. Thc group will then continue on to Stavanger via hydrofoil coastal ship and then to Oslo by train (5-6 days each) for more language work and the program will again include family stays. Evaluation will include final oral and written tests, as well as a "field" test in which students will have an opportunity to find out how much they have learned of the Norwegian language. Fulfills distribution requirement. Enrollment: 20 Nursing IIIm: Trends and Issues in Socialized Health Care Systems $895'00 Pamela Larson, Augsburg An opportunity for nursing students to explore nationalized health care a s it exists in England. Among points to be explored are: strengths and weaknesses in English health care delivery; and the role of nursing and utilization of nursings services within the syhtcm. St~identswill relate the knowledge gained about sociulizod Iie:~Ilhcare t o the present U . S . health care system, illid prr>jeclthc inip~ictsocialization would have on the role and utilization of nursing in the U.S. Counts toward nursing major Political Science I ~ c : Comparative Legal Systems G. Alan Tarr, St. Olaf Cost: $950.00 On the broadest level this course will survey the role of law in governance. Particular attention will be paid to the interrelationship between the system of law which develops and the society from which it emanates. Bases for comparison shall include common-law legal systems (especially Great ~ ~ i ~civil~ law i ~systems ) , (especially F ~ ~E~~~~~~~ ~ ~ ~ adaptations of judicial review (especially Germany and F ~ ~and~ the~operation ~ ) of , the international legal system (the world court in -l-he H ~ ~ students ~ ~ will ) . both meet systems and, where la,,with participants in the various le suage does not pow an obstacle, dreCtlYobserve the systems ~n operation. Counts toward polilical scicr~ucm;lJllr Fulfills distribution requirement (hrca C). Prerequisite: Previous polilic:,t uclcncc course or completion of a short reading list. Enrollment: 15 Political Science Im or IIm: Oil and Norway: Mutual Impact Cost: $1,050.00 Myles C. Stenshoel, Augsburg An inquiry into the early impact of the emerging Norwe&inn pclrolalm industry u p n the plilics and economy of N~~~~ convcr5elv, of~orwcgian political erspectives irnd insritulions pn the dcvclopment rind use o&his recently ~iiscovcredrcaourcc. AI'rcr a gcnernl introduction to Norwcgian politics uncl culturt, s t u d c n ~ws i l l be exposed, throu h rtadiiig, luctur~s.observation md conversation. t o the tics of oil from varying a small ex er ience; perceptions ofacademics; impact upon an oil- roiuc: ing city; oil development under political controls; anfthe establishment of a natural oil policy in a welfare state. be shared with the group arrangements the Nurwepinn lan u a g anrl culture and thus stuexlracurriru~. 'Ir 'pporLunities in these areas. dents will See Beginning N u r w q i ~ ~dcscripiion n for itinerary and family stay plans, counts towardpolitical science major, ~ u l f i l ~distribution s tcclurremonr. Both upper and lowcr rlivi~ii~n c.rcrlit possible. - one political science course. Prerequisite: For upper' lcvcl d~v~sion Program in the Middle East Religion IIm: Israel, Ancient and Modern Philip Quanbeck, A ugsburg Cost: $1,100.00 Focus of the interim will be archaeology and geography. Attention will be directed to the method and results of arch;lurllugy aa rliry r e l a ~ erspecii~llyLII hilllic;~lsites in Israel. Frnu ,,ill live primllrllj in J ~ T-hcrcaill ~ leers in the ()it! ( .irv f,, ~ ~ ~ ~,.isits~ t. o s l r r l i p l u u a :lnd h i s t ~ r K ; l inarol l ;lnd nluscl,nn, Tivu [rips I'rur~~ Jcrusnlcm arc pl:~~incd.Onc will hc LO thc 1, ,I, s,;, Gi,l,,,7 ~i,,,,, ~ ~ ~ ~1,lumr, ~ ~~c ~ ,i d d~mild , , ~~ n f~i r r t~l lwill, lx l visilrd . r\ 1ri1) t o tlrc ~ ) I I L I Iwill iliuludc s ~ c l pluccs i :is As'liod. Uccr Shcbi~,M;isrld;! and Qurl~ran.h t iitlditiun;~lcost i l r~inyhc possible to arrange a stay in Jordan. Some time will be spent in London a t the beginning and at the end of the interim, Counts toward religion major. Fulfills distribution requiremenl (religion). Prerequisite: One religion course w;lrki,ll: ,,,,, Religion IId: Christian Rome to 1600 A.D. Cost: $925.00 Harlan Foss, Vernon Faillettaz, SI. Olaf A study designed to makeChristian history comealive through an exploration of Christian Rome a s an example of Western Christian history in microcosm. Readings and lectures will be carefully integrated with direct exposure to sites, monuments, art and artifacts related to the development of the Church in Rome. Beginning with the pagan city, the seminar will cover its transformation into a Christian center and its continued importance throughout the Middle Ages. Resources include the Vatican Museum, Catacombs, Basilicae of S t . Peter and Pasl, papal tombs, etc. Brief visits will be made t o Florence, Assisi, Subiaco, Pompeii, Pisa. Counts toward rel~gionmajor. Fulfills general requirement. Prerequisite: Level I religion and interest in Christian history Enrollment: 35 Spanish IIId: Spanish Language, Culture Cost: $925.00 and Theater in Madrid L~~~ N ~st.olaf~ ~ ~ ~ Aimed at improving spoken Spanish, widening cultural exand becoming acquainted with the Spanish theater. ) perience, , Based in Madrid with study trips to Avila, Toledo, the Valley of the Fallen, El Escorial, and Segovia. Activities include Lutoring three times a week by Spanish students from the University of Madrid, frequent visits to the Prado and other museums. attendance a t theater performances integrated with analysis and discussion. The group will also attend concerts of the Madrid Symphony, film showings and other cultural functions, as well as Protestant and Catholic church services. Students will keep a journal in Spanish. Counts towardSpanish major. Fulrills distribution requirement (Area A). Prerequisile: Spanish 51 with minimum grade or 0-. Grading: Pass/No Credit only. Enrollment: 15 ~ , ., ,,, ~ ~ ~ l ~ ~ ~ ~ , , rograms in Mexico Religion IIf: Proclamation and Development: Dynamics of Christian Social Concern in ~ a t i n ~ m e r i c a Ansgar Sovik, SI. OIaf Cost: $350.00 plus lransporlalion 'Thc study will focr~son tllc r c l u ~ i o r~U~h r i s ~ i u npruul:ln~alion to poverty, poli~icalupllressiun, nud social injus~iccin L ~ i l i nAmcricn. and tlrc Clir~ilian'sresvmsibility Iijr \worki ~ r gtuwi~rrlstructures 1Ii:il n ~ a k cpossible :I truly Iluman cxisioncc. Tllc Scti~ilr;~ric)I..ir lllcri~floAugshurgu in M c ~ i c C'II~ u \vill hull se lllc /r:~rliuiya~irs.M ~ i ~ l h crrl ra 111c sta l'T :i11e1 licr r1ui1lilil.d leclurv~~s ivill 51i:irc i n direclilip I hc ~.caditlp,s ~ u r l y irntl discussion 131' Liilir! Anicr'iciilr "li hcrr~tion t h e t ~ l t ~ g yr "t prcscnlerl by aklc11 w i t c r s a:. Bunirio, Curncri~,Torres. Ciuilierrez, Frierre, Gheddo, Paz and Goulet, and by the "Christians for Socialism" movement i n Latin America. Direct exposure to community development projects through which the church is seeking t o actualize its social concern will be an integral part o f the program. Week-end field trips will feature areas o f cultural and religious interest, such as the pyramids o f Teotihuacan, the colorful Aztec market town o f Tepoztlan, the magnificent archaeological remains at Oaxaca, the crafts city o f Taxco, etc. Counts toward religion major. Fulfills general requirement. Prerequisite: Freshman religion Enrollment: 12 Spanish IIa: Intensive Intermediate Spanish Cost: $450.00 in Cuernavaca, Mexico plus lransporlalion Staff of Cuernavaca Language School ln~cnsivcs ~ u d yofihcSpnnish Innguzge i11 ~ l i cn u w c scrting witli rintivc-spciikinp tnsl~~uciors, a l thc C u c r ~ ~ u v1.a11. ~ci~ guage Scl~oolin Cucrnarrncu. Mcxicu. Slrong uniphasi?; on I hc dcvclol)n~criktr l' f i ~ n c i i o ~ l :Iiinguugc il skills [I; thc upper. intcrntcdiate lcvcl. Tlic rcl:~iionshipcrl' 1:inpuagc tu cull url: is also Irv;~tcd. 0cc:lr;iunal {rips l o illrllorla~ilculiucal anrl ;iruti;lcnlogiu:il silts. A "wurking" lanpuagv coursc III i ~ r cxciii i ~ :{lid ~ g~ i ~ lI uol rsctt ing. Counts as equivalent of Spanish 32 Prerequisite: Successful completion or Spanish 31 or equivalent. Grading: Pass/No Credit only Spanish IIIa: Intensive Advanced Spanish in Cost: $450.00 Cuernavaca, Mexico plus fransporlalion Staff of Cuernavaca Language School Inlcnsivc study r ~ lhc f S p ~ ~ n i slung~~:igc h at (1icuilv;inccd lcvcl i n a n i ~ f i v csclttng with t i : ~ livc-~pcakitlxinstruclr~rsor llic Cucrnrivac~~ l.ungu:tgc S c h u r ~ il n C'ucrnavac:!, Mcxicn. S ~ I ' ~ I Icrtiph:lsis I)TI l l i c rlevelu men1 and perttcting ol' langDilgc s t i l l s ;il t l ~ :~dvanccd e lcvcr Trips lr, irnpor~antcullur:~l a n d r~rchacologicnlsites. Emphasis on dilycrinp c u t ~ u r avall ues i n the Spanish Inngkragc ilrctl. Counts toward Spanish major. Prerequisite: S anish 51 Grading: ~ a s s f ~Credil o only Program in Taiwan Speech Communication IIm: Intercultural Communication and the Quest for Global Justice Cost: $495.00 includes rransporlation Joel Mugge, Augsburg Religion IIe: Folk Religion in Taiwan Cost: $995.00 round trip transporta/ionJron~ West Coast Merle Metcalf, St. Olaf The function o f folk religion i n Chinese society. Special Uiiwd ill M c x i w ~City. O i i x l ~ c ::~IIII ~ :i Uenediu t iric tnuiiasattention t o the primacy o f integrative values and system icry tllc "ill:lgcr,f~hua~cllccrlcur t-~,urna\m;lca, ~~~~~l lo Mcvicir will hc hg bus lrllin, Mrxjvc> Irl.ovi<ics scl[illg maintenance i n thecommunitiesvisited. Accommodation in whcru Inany ~ ~ r , l i ~ i c sociri] iil. lint1 rrligiuus r:~ll,r.h :ir.tr r ~ ~ r ~ l l temples, hostels, churches, etc. This is an extensive down island interim t o study H a k k a and Aborigine variations o f dirfcrefll f'rcjm tlur orvn, -Ttle cu\lrsc ("ill cxpl(lrc w;lys ill and .illilF the cclnjfolk religion. There will be one extensive "backpack" across w l ~ i c ll~cvr. l ~ ;Isprcls or cllliurrinflllenur the central range o f mountains, and several shorter field ~uuriicuiirlnprncess. btith vcrhirl ;~nrlnonvcrhill. ;in4 llo,\ rllc barriers that block effective communication can be broken trips. During this interim w e w i l l live out o f a backpack and cx:lnlilll. the plllilical ccoll. eat from local shops with the local folk. W e will spend time (loivn, ' f l ~ ecourse ,,,ill at the Ocean i n villages o f Pei Kang, and L u Kang, the i r i c ~ ~ l i :ind t y ~ I I ~ U S ~ ~illL T n ~ l l i crealities which contribtita centers o f M a T Z Uworship. The last four days will be i n Taiwull a s llowthe r1rcss;lgc o f ,he churc], I_:ati,, ,jlrlerica. pei visiting Confucian, Buddhist and Taoist shrines, and the SwYkS thCSCle;LljljL'S, Elnr)h;isis Will lIC Llrl tllC C[1risLiiltlB3 National Palace Museum. ~~cspo~isihililirs fur n o r king iua;lrd SlrtrctIIrcs kh;ii 111akt ;I Counts loward religion major. jusl Ciloh;~lSuciciy pclssiblc, 1-v:!rning will lrc h c i l i l s l c d hy Fulrills general requirement. ciircul coll1:et wit11 suvcr:il d i m c n s i ~ ~ nul's Mvxicun lil'c - Ilrreligion ban mon:lrt ic u u n i n ~ u ~ ~ i ~ t yn, d111~'residents oI' 11 srr~:lllrillage - as well i l k by scvcrtil rcsr)urue people who i ~ r c d i r c u i l y involved i n I hc struggle Tor justice. A pre-inkrim \vorksholr, several p;iperlri~ck tehts. iln ex~rnsivedaily jot1rn31. :~n(la final paper w i l l all hc rciluirerl. Counts toward major. Fulfills distribution requirement. Grading: Pass/No Credit only Enrollmenl: 15 ~ ~ ~ # , $ $,Fhman : Program in Hawaii Asian Studies IIa: Hawaiian Intercultural Relations Myron Solid, SI. OIaJ Cost: $975.00 A study o f the inlerrelation o f cultures - Asian, Polynesian, and American - which have come t o interact with each other i n Hawaii. Participants will be assumed t o have basic familiarity with the American component and the course will therefore concentrate on Asian and Polynesian traditions as shown in social customs, religion, and the arts, and on the consequences o f their interaction with the American tradition i n the filiieth state. T w o weeks i n Honolulu and at the University o f Hawaii and East-West Center will be followed by study at Brigham Young University Hawaii Campus at Laie and the Polynesian Culture Center. The course will conclude 011thc isl:rnd ol' I-I:~w:~ii.I'nil~hasiswill be placed on culture unil inrcrculturnl rcln~iuns. 1-cctures. major un3 I'iclti cxpcric~iccs,oral reports, and course p r o j c c ~ lours , a journal ;Ire rcquircd. hiirplc oplrortunily for exploration o f historic silcs, ctllnic and ;trt tiruseums, rcl~giousshrines, schools, churches--and the beaches. Hawaii itself is a living laboratory o f intercultural relations. Counts toward Asian sludies major Grading: Pass/No Credit only Enrollment: 25
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1977-1978
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change without notice. Each student is responsible ...
Show more This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change without notice. Each student is responsible to know the rules, regulations, requirements, and academic policies contained in this publication. I f doubt should arise with regard to any matter published herein, the student is responsible to consult with a faculty adviser or the dean of the college. Table of Contents PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP PAGE 12, ACADEMIC LlFE PAGE 18, STUDENT LlFE PAGE 22, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE PAGE 24, FINANCIAL AID PAGE 25, EXPENSES PAGE 27, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION PAGE 31, GENERAL INFORMATION PAGE 32, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS PAGE 89, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES PAGE 90, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES PAGE 97, PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 98, INDEX Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College. Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar to you. We hope the following brief definitions will be helpful. ACADEMIC . . . . . . . . . . . . The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize school and college. COURSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as "Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one is studied during the interim in January. . . MAJOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 1 8 de~artments. . . . . . , . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major. . . . . . . . . . . A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the student MINOR . . . . . ELECTIVE.. . from any college department as his or her interests dictate. FEE. . Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory equipment or locker rental. LOAN . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See "Financial Aid." SCHOLARSHIP. . . . . . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid. SEMESTER. , . . . . . . . . . . The College operates on a 4-1- 4 calendar. Each semester is 1 5 weeks in length and the interim is 4 weeks. PREREQUISITE . . . . . . . . A course which a student is required to complete before another one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or another department. Introduction Few liberal arts colleges cgmbine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both. The small college atmosphere enables you to be a participant or a spectator at a variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are regularly available to you on campus. Through the intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs you may choose participation in athletics. Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been established by the Student Government to oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal is neither self-serving nor selfsustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of Christ on the Augsburg campus. You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude to design a portion of your own education. At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are central. The college follows the calendar known as the "41-4." In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole range of human knowledge. The liberal arts education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in your chosen field. You may choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg is in the center of the Twln Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope d resources and activities are available to enrich your educafion, if you choose. You may select an evening at the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at any of the many galleries or cofee houses. You might spend an afternoon touring the Minneapolis Institute of Arts. You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear in the Twin Cities. There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports are also available the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, the Fighting Saints, and the Kicks. Thus, we feel Augsburg is a distinctive combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body and a remarkable location. The College Identification Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 1 0 0 years ago, Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1 9 6 9 and is in its second century of Christian higher education. The current student body of over 1 7 0 0 is largely of Lutheran background though many denominations are represented on campus. About 65% are resident students, while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area. Location You and your education will have the option of benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available to you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center, and many other galleries. The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types. The Twin Cities also appear regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists. A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters in the area such as the nationally known Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen Dinner Theater. Recreational activities abound. You can play tennis at parks near the campus or swlm in one of the many area lakes. In the winter you may join other students on skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including United, Northwest Orient, Eastern, Braniff, North Central, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 9 4 which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section of this catalog.) History Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1 8 7 2 . The first college students were enrolled in 1 8 7 4 and the first college graduation was held in 1 8 7 9 . The school was officially named Augsburg College in 1 9 6 3 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St. Paul that same year. Nature and Objectives Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of the American Lutheran Church. It is committed to an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of the Christian faith. Augsburg emphasizes the following primary objectives: To expose students to a wide variety of ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to become proficient in one area or major to help students understand the Christian faith in relation to the contemporary world to develop students' love of learning and their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence to increase students' understanding o f the urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities of the modern city to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them in discovering the occupational opportunities which exist for them to assist students in their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage them to develop attitudes and qualities o f character compatible with the Christian faith. The Campus I 1 Augsburg's compact campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, the first of the 1 5 5 parks in the "City of Lakes." The College currently has 1 5 major buildings with a number of cottage housing units that are very popular with the students. The University of Minnesota and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in the following associations that set standards by which excellence is judged: North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society Visiting the Campus The purpose of the campus visit is to permit students to learn, first-hand, about the College program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity to exchange information vital in the process of selecting a college and in making admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not mandatory. Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an interview are asked to write for an appointment or call the office ( 3 3 2 - 5 18 1 ) . Preferred times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to meet with a member of the faculty and to attend classes, Monday through Friday, when school is in session. School, church, and other groups are welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454. Library Science Hall Old Main Mortensen Tower Urness Tower College Center The Quadrangle Memorial Hall Art Studio and Art Annex Music Hall Si Melby Hall Augsburg College Ice Arena Little Theatre (Speech and Drama) East Hall Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center Olivet Hall (not shown; located south of the campus on Franklin Avenue) Admissions Parking Student Parking Murphy Square Faculty-Staff Parking Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp Offices Admissions ( 6 2 8 2 1st Ave. S.) Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor) Augsburgian (College Center ground floor) Auxiliary Program (Memorial 1st floor) Bookstore (College Center 1st floor) Business Affairs (Science 139) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1 st floor) Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor) C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor) --= --Data Processing (Science 32) Dean of the College (Science 135) Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor) ECHO (College Center ground floor) Financial Services (Science 156) Housing (Memorial 1st floor) Interim Director (Science 135) Internship Office (Science 135) Little Theatre (Speech Building) News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor) Personnel Office (Science 139) Plant Services (Science 156) President's Office (Memorial 1st floor) Printing and Mailing (Science 9) Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor) Publications (Memorial 2nd floor) Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor) Registrar (Science 1 14) S.O.S. (College Center Office) Special Programs (Science 135) Student Government (College Center Office) Student Programs (College Center Office) Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor) Summer School Office (Science 135) Treasurer's Office (Science 147) DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21 st Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.) If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21 st Avenue South. Academic Life Augsburg is a modern well-equipped college which aims to provide its students with a broad liberal arts education as well as prepare them for a career. A strong academic program in the arts and sciences and in theology is available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as engineering, medicine, law and the Christian ministry is offered. The College prepares students for graduate study in several disciplines. Preparation for careers in business, communications, medical technology, music, nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and teaching is available. Augsburg seeks to assist its students through their academic experience to better understand themselves and the world and to equip them to serve according to their individual interests and abilities. The 4- 1 -4 Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1.-4 calendar. Two 1 5 week semesters are separated by a 4-week interim in January. During each semester the student generally enrolls in four courses; during the interim concentration is on one subject. The interim period is an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an arena of learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged in this change from the general academic schedule. Interest in music may take form in the study and presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study and participation in activities of a social agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies provide opportunities for those interested in communications. Whether your interests are sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the opportunity to experience and experiment while learning. Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty who try to take a personal interest in their students. The studentfaculty ratio is approximately 1 7 . 8 to 1 , with class size averaging 2 5 or less. Augsburg faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual problems. They often join students in discussing the political climate, comparing notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the latest Viking victory while having coffee. General Education Requirements Distribution requirements for graduation are minimal, affording the student considerable freedom in the choice of courses. A student seeking a liberal arts education would probably choose many of them even if they were not required. In the humanities division, students select courses in literature, philosophy, art, music, speech, drama, and religion. Science courses may be chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, or psychology. Courses in economics, history, political science, sociology, and foreign languages or literature are available. Proficiency in English writing must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list of courses containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns is required as well as physical education activities. (For details, see "Academic Administration" section.) Majors Augsburg offers the following majors: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration Business Education Chemistry Communications East Asian Studies Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering English French German History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Pre-Engineering at Augsburg Recommended Programs for students in Dual Degree Programs of Liberal Arts and Engineering at Augsburg College. Any Augsburg academic major that meets the recommendations listed below would be eligible to participate in the Engineering program at Michigan Technical University or Washington University in St. Louis: 3 years at Augsburg, and two years at either university. The majors that would most typically meet the recommendations would be physics, chemistry, and mathematics. Natural Science Nursing Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Social Work Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Other majors such as linguistics and library science are available through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) student exchange program. The Office of the Registrar should be consulted for further information. Pre-Professional Training Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and engineering, can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is suggested that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and then the course of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the natural and social sciences, in the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future professional study. First Year English 11 1 Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 Math 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 Religion 11 1 Electives in English or Social Science Phy. Ed. 102, 1 0 3 Second Year Economics 1 2 2 Math 2 2 4 , 226 Chem 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 Physics 245 Foreign Language Religion Electives in Humanities or Social Science Third Year Advanced Math or Science Political Science 121 Electives to meet distribution requirements and to make a total of 2 6 courses Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg 1 1 1, English - 2 courses; General Biology 11 2; Physics - 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 (complete basic course required) Principles of Chemistry 1 1 5, 1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) Organic Chemistry 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Mathematics - 1 2 4 ; Psychology 1 course Some variation from these recommendations can be accommodated since not all courses listed above are required in every Engineering curriculum and some may be transferred as free electives in some curricula. Questions may be answered by the Dual Degree Coordinator at Augsburg College (Dr. Earl Alton) or by direct communications with the head of the appropriate department at either Michigan Technological University or Washington University in St. Louis. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty advisor early in the freshman year. *Requirements have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Law at Augsburg Students planning to pursue a career in law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. Early consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr Miles Stenshoel, is strongly suggested. Students may - wish to take the Political Science course, Law in the United States, to help determine whether they possess an interest in law. Since law schools encourage students to maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student should be aware that many graduate schools consider the grade PIN given for a course as a "C". This information may help students in planning their class schedules. Pre-Medicine at Augsburg General Biology 1 11 , 11 2 ; Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; English and Literature 11 1 and another, 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 ; Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ; Biochemistry 3 6 7 ; Sociology and Behavioral Sciences and Humanities - 5 courses. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the Medical School of the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg Biology 11 1 , 11 2 ; Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Economics 1 2 2 and a second course; English 1 1 1 and a second course (English 21 9, Speech 1 1 1 or Speech 3 5 4 are acceptable second courses, Students exempted from the freshman English requirement may elect higher level English courses or general electives). Health Ed. 11 0 Math 11 4 (students who have a math proficiency beyond college algebra may elect to take calculus or general electives). Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ( 2 courses) Elective - to fulfill the 6 0 credit semester hour requirements courses should be chosen so as to fulfill the distribution requirements in humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the bulletins published by the College of Pharmacy of your choice. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary at Augsburg One may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, e.g.. history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. The student planning to enter seminary should include Religion 11 I , 221 among the courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum should include at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization) and one or more courses in the history of philosophy. It should also include Greek in the junior andlor senior year. Pre-Veterinary at Augsburg Freshman English1Communications 2 courses; Mathematics 1 2 4 ; Public Speaking 1 course; Chemistry (must include laboratory): General 11 5 , 11 6 or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ; Analytic 3 5 3 ; Organic 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Biology 11 1 , 11 2 , Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ; Economics - 1 course of introductory level; Other - anthropology, economics, geography, history and political science, psychology, social science and sociology courses can usually be used to fulfill the remainder of the distribution requirements. Artistic expression - 2 courses (art, literature, music, humanities, theater and upper division foreign languages). Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the college of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. LIBRARY AND MEDIA CENTER Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5 , 0 0 0 , 0 0 0 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of educational materials including approximately 1 5 0 , 0 0 0 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. The library is open seven days a week, and the Audio-Visual Center includes audio and television studios, and provides film rental and related services. ASSOCIATED COLLEGES OF THE TWIN CITIES. Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. [he interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students free between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. For example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim program is new each year, the Interim Director should be consulted regarding planned programs. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group is composed of colleges and universities in Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for s t ~ ~ d e n t interchange s, and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and the Metropolitan camwses. CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES (CHR). These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOL OF NURSING. Nursing students in the school of nursing at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive instruction in biology, chemistry, and other basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for admission to the school of nursing should be made directly to the hospital. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables qualified students to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the three hospitals when the student is accepted by the participating hospital for its program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by the hospitals. ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan Technological University in Houghton, Michigan, enables a student to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, in a five-year program. The first three years are spent at Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated university. CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital, is available to students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. Admission to the intercollegiate programs requires an application to be approved by the Director of Physical Education. Application should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are required to have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average over-all. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult with the Director of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from the Director of lnternational Programs. STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice auring the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the Institute for American Universities at Aix-enProvence and Avignon in France; The Goethe Institute in Germany; The University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term and through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Columbia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved before departure by the Director of lnternational Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or to satisfy some of the general education requirements. SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of lnternational Programs. INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. Honors Program The Honors Program at Augsburg College is undergoing re-evaluation. Students wishing to pursue an honors program should address inquiries to the Office of the Academic Dean. lnternship Program The Internship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students in almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-thejob experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations. Degrees Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and Bachelor of Science degree. The degree Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Student Life Your experiences in the classroom are major influences in your college life. They need supplementing, however, by other activities and opportunities. Whether as a resident student or commuter, you'll find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to your education. golf. Augsburg is also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The women annually compete in volleyball, gymnastics, basketball, badminton, golf and tennis. Social and Cultural Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of leisure-time activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or nonclassroom related interests meet in the Center. There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to campus and local performances, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble, and several student-organized groups such as the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off campus. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. Recreation Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his or her own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for intramural winners at various colleges. lntercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Association of lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and Religious Life An important part of daily life at Augsburg is religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by a student and composed of students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life, and the stimulation of faith through discussion and service. Chapel services are held three times a week and are both experimental and traditional in character Students, faculty and staff attend voluntarily. Student Services The staff of the Center for Student Development is available for personal, career, and academic counseling and consultation on questions of academic procedure, student activities, and residence living. Reading and study skills assistance and tutoring are provided by the Center for Student Development staff. All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on the basis of academic interests and students are encouraged to establish close working relationships with their adviser. Secondary Education students may desire a second adviser: one in the major and one in the area of education. Freshmen also have an upperclass adviser. Career Planning and Placement services are available to all students, and a Minority Coordinator provides special support services and programs for minority students on campus. The office of Student Financial Services provides assistance with financial problems. A special Foreign Student Adviser works with students from other countries. New Dimensions Program The New Dimensions Program is for adults who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure, on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special course to ease the transition to academic life. The transitional course, "The Adult Student: Issues and Challenges," is offered several times a year. It includes self-assessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and family problems arising from the return to school. The course enables returning adults to get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations. For further information, contact the New Dimensions Office at Augsburg. Housing Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed to promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decision making. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Assistants who are able to facilitate the process of group living as well as discuss personal concerns with individual students. All new freshmen and some upperclassmen live in Urness Tower. This eleven-story high-rise houses 3 2 4 . Each floor is considered a house unit providing 3 6 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study, and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 1 0 4 one- and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 31 2 upperclass students. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about 6 0 upperclass men and women. Memorial's special advantage is that it is large enough to meet new people, but small enough to retain a friendly, close atmosphere. Another alternative option is Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. Married student housing is available in annex housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live in college-operated housing. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1 will be provided housing only if space is available. All students living on campus are required to pay a $ 5 0 advanced payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' account when they move into the residence. Food Service The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food service facility. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan living in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. students' rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Student government is organized into three branches: the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Student Government The Buckley Amendment Student government is the vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide better input into the decision making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects Students have the right to inspect all official records, files, and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the office of the registrar and the placement office, and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Challenges may be made to the judicial council for a hearing. Admission to the College Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application is reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school performance, promise of success in college as shown by college entrance examination scores, other motivational factors, and personal recommendations. It is the policy of Augsburg College to afford to all persons equal opportunity to benefit from its educational programs, student personnel services, financial aid, housing, student employment and other services without regard to race, color, religion, sex or ethnic background. A visit to the campus is highly recommended: admissions counselors are available to help you, answer your questions, and arrange for you to see the campus. information will be mailed to the student during the summer. Transfer Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities on the basis of their academic record. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions. The grade average for araduation is based on work taken at Augsburg, but to determine graduation with distinction, all grades are averaged. Transfer students with the A.A. degree are considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except for two courses in religious studies. The Application Process 1 . From the Admissions Office secure an official application for admission, complete it. 2. Hand the completed application to your high school counselor, along with the $1 0 . 0 0 application fee, and ask that these be sent with your official high school transcript to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21 st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 5 5 4 5 4 3 . Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as possible during the senior year. Your high school counselor can tell you when these tests are scheduled in your area. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is required by April 1 after acceptance has been made andlor financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 5 . After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical history form, which will be sent by the College. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus, and matriculation The Transfer Process 1 . From the Admissions Office, secure and complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent to the Admissions Office with a $1 0 . 0 0 application fee. 2. Request official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended to be sent directly to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21 st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 5 5 4 5 4 3 . Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is requested within one month after acceptance has been made andlor financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 4. After a deposit has been made, the student will be requested to complete a medical history form, which will be sent by the College. 5. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. Early Decision An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 1 5 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1 . After notification of admission and adequate financial aid, if needed, has been provided, the student is encouraged to withdraw applications made to other colleges. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. A $50.00 tuition deposit which is nonrefundable is required by January 1 . Early Admission An Early Admission Program is offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, a student must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school, and the maturity to cope with a college course after the junior year in high school. Also, it is recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for Early Admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or March of the junior year. Project Ahead A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army makes provision for an individualized plan of education. A prospective student who qualifies for tHe program may choose Augsburg as a home school and carry on a pre-planned course of study at other colleges while in the Army. An adviser at Augsburg assists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $1 00 is charged. This fee will apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg College within five years from initial registration with the college in Project Ahead. The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36 months of financial assistance under the G.I. Bill. Advanced Placement Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning level. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the study previously completed. Advanced Standing College credit is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course and who have scored high on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar at Augsburg. Financial Aid About 80% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college through some form of scholarships, grants, loans, campus employment, or a combination of these. ~ s s i s t a n c eis awarded on the basis of financial need and academic record. Application for aid is made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers the FFS, which is required for students applying to the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Parents Confidential Statement (PCS) of the College Scholarship Service to be considered for financial aid. Upperclass students must also complete the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid. For the academic year 1 9 7 5 - 7 6 , approximately 80% of the students at Augsburg received scholarships or grants totaling $1 , 9 0 4 , 8 8 0 from Augsburg and all other sources. And federal loans totaling $ 9 3 2 , 5 0 0 . Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program for which all Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan (formerly National Defense Student Loan), College Work-Study, and Federally Insured Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus work opportunities are also available. Applications for financial aid received by April 1 will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg College. Expenses The costs expressed herein are subject to change without notice. TUITION This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering the academic year beginning September, 1 9 7 7 . Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms. Under the 4-1- 4 calendar, the student must register for the semester periods. If the student elects to omit an interim or to graduate in December, a refund is not authorized. A part-time rate of $ 3 9 0 a course is charged the student taking less than three courses in a semester or registering for an interim course only. Full-time students may audit a course without charge. For part-time students, the charge for auditing is $1 9 5 a course. Part-time students who take Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. - NOT REFUNDABLE An application fee of $1 0.00 is required from all new students. A registration fee for students studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs is $25.00. Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals must register at Augsburg. The charge will be $230. Fee for change in registration after the first three days of classes is $ 2 . 0 0 for each course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin is $ 5 . 0 0 per day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES REFUNDABLE - See Study Abroad Adviser, Music lessons in addition to tuition are $1 1 0 a semester ( 14 lessons), or $8.00 per lesson during the interim. - $2,850. SPECIAL FEES Study Abroad - NOT Cinema Arts, $20 Practice Studio rental for each semester for one hour a day: organ, $20.00 ($5.00 an interim); piano or voice, $ 8 . 0 0 ( $ 2 . 0 0 an interim). Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $1 5 . 0 0 a semester. OTHER COSTS Transcript fee; first copy free; additional copy, $1 . o o . Locker rental for commuter students: $ 5 . 0 0 or $7.00. Arrangements for special examinations are made in the Registrar's Office, with charges according to the schedule on file. Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis. BOARD AND ROOM Full Board and Room - $ 1 , 4 0 0 Partial Board and Room - $1,310 Meal Coupons and Room (Limited Residences) - $915 5 Day Lunch Plan - $ 2 8 0 In the event of excessive increases in the cost of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year. A full board plan provides 21 meals per week. The partial board plan provides 1 4 meals per week in a combination of breakfasts and dinner or noon lunch and dinners. Computer Science, $ 3 0 per course The meal coupons are restricted to apartment style residences named by the College in the "Housing and Food Services contract.'' Student Teaching, $ 3 5 A lunch contract is available to non-resident students and provides five noon lunches per week. No student is permitted to register if his or her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company at about $50 per year, 1977-78 Cost Summary Application Fee - $1 0 . 0 0 Tuition - $2,850. (Tuition deposit of $50.00 paid on acceptance to Augsburg and applied to the tuition charges.) Board and Room - $ 1 , 4 0 0 Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00 (Refunded on termination of studies at Augsburg) Deposits TUITION DEPOSIT - New students, $50.00 (not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by April 1 , 1977. (Payment is due January 1 under Early Decision Program). The payment is applied to the tuition charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All resident students, $ 5 0 . 0 0 advanced payment. Required at the time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September, and applied to the room charge. BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT - All students at registration, $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing education program at Augsburg. Settlement of Account A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of the first half year billing period is due August 2 0 , and the second half year is due January 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Office of Student Financial Services prior to August 2 0 . Refunds A student cancelling part or all of his registration and/or being released from his housing contract will be refunded charges for tuition and room except for the minimum deduction of $1 0 0 of fees to cover administrative costs according to the following schedule.. . 100% through the first five days of classes 90% from the sixth day through the tenth day of classes. 80% from the eleventh day through the fifteenth day of classes. 70% from the sixteenth day through the twentieth day of classes. 60% from the twenty-first day through the twenty-fifth day of classes. 50% from the twenty-sixth day to the middle of the term. No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Should a student to forced to cancel his registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued matriculation, the charges will be reduced by one-half. Students required by military law to enter the service will receive a full refund of tuition and proportionate refund on room charges. In all cases board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. All refunds of charges will be applied back to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. shall be gathered in the student's account before eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined. Academic Administration Students who enroll at Augsburg College are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers who are readily available for consultation and guidance. A wellplanned program of liberal arts studies will include courses in the humanities, the natural sciences, and the social sciences. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under departmental headings. 3. A grade point average of 2 . 0 in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major. Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to write effectively; they are also expected to be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. 4. The last year of study at Augsburg College. The general recreational activities courses at Augsburg are designed to acquaint students with and to equip students for lifetime sports. 6. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows (one course may meet one requirement only): Courses in religion are intended to assist students in their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: I . A total of 3 5 courses of which 1 1 must be upper division (numbered in the 300's and 400's) and not more than 1 3 in one department, except 1 7 for Bachelor of Music degree and 1 8 for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing. A maximum of 4 C.H.R. courses, 2 courses by independent study or directed study or a combination of directed and independent study, 4 courses of internship and 8 courses with a grade of P (two in the major [except Elementary Education] and one in the minor if approved by the department chairman) may apply toward the 3 5 total courses required. 5 , Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number of interim courses is one less than the number of years at Augsburg. a. A course in writing (English Ill) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are administered during the summer and fall orientation periods. b. A course from at least two of the following four groups; art or music; literature (from the Department of English); philosophy; speech or drama. c . A course from at least two of the following departments: biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, psychology. d. A course from one or two of the following departments (two different departments): economics, history, political science, sociology; and one or two courses from the Department of Foreign Languages to make a total of three courses in these five departments. e. Three courses in religious studies of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg. f. A course relating to urban concerns. g. Three recreational activities or demonstrated proficiency in three lifetime sports. Students with proficiency in one or two sports may meet this requirement with one or two additional activities in a semester. Divisional Organization The college curriculum is organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is elected for a two-year term. Registration Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements in the course listing section. A normal load is four courses per semester and one course in the interim. Students registered for three or four courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. A student must be registered for a course in order to receive credit for it. NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Chairman: Earl R. Alton Department of Department of Department of Department of Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairman: Duane Johnson Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology and Social Work PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, it is advantageous to register at the regularly scheduled time. A fee is charged for late registration. A fee is also charged for changing registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first three days of the semester. Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered. Abandoned courses result in a failing grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Cancel From College form is returned to the Office of the Registrar. Students who have completed at least seven courses with a 2 . 0 average are classified as sophomores, 1 6 as juniors, and 2 5 as seniors. Chairman: Einar 0.Johnson Probation and Dismissal Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, Library Science, Secondary Education Department of Physical Education and Health Education Department of Music Department of Nursing A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his achievement is unsatisfactory. FRESHMAN, SOPHOMORE, HUMANITIES Chairman: Eugene Skibbe JUNIOR, Department of Art Department of English Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese, French, German, Greek, Linguistics, Norwegian, Spanish Department of Philosophy Department of Religion Department of Speech, Communications, and Theater Arts SENIOR, below 1 . 6 or 2 zero grades having taken 6 or fewer courses below 1.7 or 3 zero grades having taken 7 - 15 courses below 1 . 9 having taken 1 6 - 2 4 courses below 2.0 having taken 2 5 or more courses If a student has been on probation two or more semesters consecutively, he is subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of spring term. Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. the PIN grading system. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made during the first two weeks of the semester. A fee is charged after the first three days of classes. A student who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to re-enroll. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded PIN. Grading An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor of the course. If permission to receive an I grade is granted, it must be removed during the following semester. If the incomplete is not removed during the following semester, it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0 with definitions as follows: 4 . 0 Achieves highest standards of excellence. 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards. 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course. 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards. .5 0 . Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course). Most courses are also offered on a PassINo Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2 . 0 or better and N meaning no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system the grade is recorded but not computed in the grade point average. A student may count a maximum of eight courses of P toward graduation. For transfer students the maximum is an average of two courses per year. Two courses in the major (except Elementary Education) and one in the minor may be on PIN grading system if approved by the department chairman. Sociology 3 8 3 , some education courses and several interim courses are graded only on the PIN grading system. Students may select the traditional grading system in other courses. Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses. Students must indicate on their registration card those courses which they wish to take on A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A course in which a grade of 0 , 1 .O, 1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Such students should confer with the professor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance requirements, etc. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the student's transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (withdrawn). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under Expenses. Graduation With Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude Magna cum laude Cum laude 3.9 - 4.0 grade average 3.6 - 3.89 grade average 3.3 - 3.59 grade average For transfer students all grades are averaged to determine graduation with distinction. A student who registers for independent study should normally expect to complete it in one semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a grade of X is given at the end of the first term, and the student will register again for the course in order to receive the final grade. A maximum of two courses in lndependent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 3 5 courses required for the degree. lndependent Study lndependent study programs are offered by many departments in the College. These programs are often available to conscientious students who can demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out work on an independent basis. Students interested in registering for independent study must first secure permission from the faculty member who will direct the study as well as from the department involved. In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available on their home campus. Requests for exceptions to this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. The student will be charged for any special costs attached to independent study by the host campus. General Information Credit by Examination Students who are interested in earning credit by examinations should consult with department chairmen or with the Registrar. Credit may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations. Classification Sophomore . . 7 courses . . . 1 4 grade points Junior. . . . . . . 1 6 courses , . . 3 2 grade points Senior . . . . . 2 5 courses . . . 5 0 grade points . To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses). To be considered full time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses. Courses All courses have equivalent value unless otherwise indicated. A course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits. A total of 3 5 courses is required for graduation. periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in addition to laboratories. Each semester is approximately 1 5 weeks in length. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes in course offerings. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. Numbering Courses numbered below 3 0 0 are lower division courses; those numbered 3 0 0 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses numbered in the 1 0 0 ' s are primarily for freshmen; 2 0 0 ' s for sophomores; 3 0 0 ' s for juniors; and 400's for seniors. The first number indicates the level of the course; the second is the division within the department; and the third identifies the course. Symbol # Courses may be taken with the consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. "Meets urban requirement. Most courses meet for three sixty-minute Course Descriptions Descriptions of the courses offered in 1 9 7 7 - 7 8 are given on the following pages. See preceding pages for information on numbering and credit value. The symbol # indicates that the course may be taken with the consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. American Studies Director: Grier Nicholl MAJOR: 1 3 courses including 2 9 5 or 4 9 5 and 3 9 9 or 4 9 9 , plus 1 1 courses in U.S. History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the U.S., and Social Sciences in the U.S. ( 5 courses in one of these areas and 3 in each of the others): * History of the United States American Studies 2 3 1, 260 History 221, 222, 3 3 1, 332, 353, 4 9 5 (American emphasis) Religion 352, 3 6 3 Humanities in the United States American Studies 232, 2 6 5 Art 102 English 24 1 (also Speech 24 I), 250, 3 5 1, 490 and 491 (American emphasis) Philosophy 344 Social Sciences in the United States Economics 120, 122, 123, 251 Education 4 78 # Political Science 121, 122, 170, 325, 326, 370, 371, 421 Psychology 48 1 # Sociology 1 1 1, 3 73, 381, 3 8 3 Social Work 3 5 1, 463 * "American area oriented courses taken during the Interim, Summer School and at other colleges should be approved by the director for inclusion in the major. TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to be approved by director. MINOR: 7 courses including 2 9 5 or 4 9 5 plus 2 courses in each of the above groupings under MAJOR. 231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement. (Fall) 232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a significant period of the black experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and music of the period. Course content subject to change from year to year. (Spring) * 260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS A study of the characteristics of mid-western and eastern Indian tribes of the 19th century, with emphasis upon the persistence of Indian cultural values in the modern world. (Spring) 265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE Focuses on the changing roles and perceptions of women in America seen from the perspective of various disciplines. (Fall) 295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES Focuses on a significant problem or phenomenon in American urban life. Includes a study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons and the colearning model when appropriate to topic. Open to freshmen and sophomores. * (Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult director to determine conditions of contract. Intended for majors only. Others # (Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES For description, see 295. Open to juniors and seniors who will do a different level of work. (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY A research project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult with director to determine conditions of contract. Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring) Department of Art Chairman: Philip Thompson 132 PHOTOGRAPHY STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses and 3 art history courses, including 107; and three from 3 8 2 , 3 8 6 , 3 8 7 , 3 8 8 . The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention given to black and white photographic processes. TEACHING MAJOR: Same as studio art major but 3 5 0 required and 1 3 2 recommended. STUDIO ART MINOR: 4 studio courses and 1 art history course, including 1 0 7 ; two from 1 1 8 , 2 2 1 , 2 2 3 , 2 2 5 , 350; and one from 3 8 2 , 386, 387, 388. 150 JEWELRY. Experience in making jewelry with an emphasis on design, materials and process. 221 SCULPTURE l ART HISTORY MINOR: 5 art history courses including 3 8 6 , 3 8 7 , 388. Three major works in any of the following media: terra cotta, welded steel, bronze, wood, stone, lead, plaster, polyester resin, acrylic sheets and others. (Prereq.: 107. Fall, Spring) 102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS 223 PRINTMAKING I Fine arts and the environment in the local and world setting. Topics include art history, urban archaeology and environmental design leading towards appreciation and criticism. Principles and methods of printmaking in a variety of media. (Fall, Spring) 107 DRAWING Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and other media. Descriptive, experimental and figure studies. (Fall, Spring) 118 PAINTING 1 Introduction to painting media. Application of historical and contemporary techniques in acrylic and/or oil. (Fall, Spring) 225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. (Fall, Spring) 230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography. typography, and illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall. Spring) 242 FILM-MAKING Film-making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 350 CERAMICS l An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall, Spring) screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring) 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modern times. 386 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL ART 351 CERAMICS II Survey of the early development of the visual arts throughout the world with emphasis on the Mediterranean region and Europe. Creative clay pieces with the throwing and handbuilding techniques. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, Spring) 387 RENAISSANCE THROUGH 19TH CENTURY ART 355 PAINTING II A study of architecture, painting and sculpture from the 15th century through the 19th century in Europe and America. Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 1 1 8. Fall, Spring) 388 ART IN THE 20TH CENTURY 360 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING Contemporary developments in the visual arts with emphasis on America and Europe. Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture in drawing and transparent watercolor. (Prereq. : 10 7 or #) 399 INTERNSHIP 361 ART METHODS (Elementary and junior high school) (K-12) Materials and methods for the teaching of art at the elementary and junior high school level. (Fall) Advanced work in various media, including silk Consult Chairman or Internship Director to determine project. 478 SCULPTURE II Three major works in any of the following media: terra cotta, welded steel, bronze, wood, stone, lead, plaster, polyester resin, acrylic sheets and others. (Prereq.: 22 1 . Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study in area of the student's choice. Intended for senior art majors. (Fall, Spring) Department of Biology Chairman: Neal Thorpe MAJOR: Option 1 : 7 courses, including 1 1 1 , 1 1 2, 491 and at least one course from each of the following three groups: 3 5 1 , 3 5 3 , 3 6 1 (Group 1); 3 5 5 , 4 7 3 , 4 7 4 (Group 11); 4 4 0 , 4 7 1 , 4 7 6 (Group Ill); Chemistry 1 1 5 , 11 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 (or 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ) ; Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 also required. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. ( 3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses only. Prereq.: Chemistry 1 0 3 . Spring) 111, 112 GENERAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: Option 11: 9 courses, including 1 1 1 , 11 2 , 491 and at least one course from each of the following five groups: 3 5 1 , 3 5 3 (Group I); 3 5 5 . 4 7 4 (Group 11); 3 6 1 , 481 (Group Ill); 4 7 1 , 4 7 3 (Group IV); 4 4 0 , 4 7 6 , (Group V); Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 2 2 3 (or 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ) also required. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. MINOR: 5 courses, including 11 1 , 11 2 and three upper division courses. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) also required. PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same as Option I major In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 3 5 3 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry). HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3 . 0 overall; active participation in seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. 101 HUMAN BIOLOGY Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (3 hours lecture, 1 1/2 hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 1 0 3 . ) 103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. (Lecture and laboratory. Fall for nurses only; Spring for other students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 1 0 1 and 1 0 3 . ) 108 MICROBIOLOGY Basic microbial features are considered as well A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. ( 3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 1 1 1 , Fall; 1 1 2 , Spring) 351 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 11 2. Fall, 19 78. Offered alternate years). 353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. ( 3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 1 2 . Spring) 355 GENETICS The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112 . Spring) 361 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12. Fall) 367 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. ( 3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 11 2 ; Chemistry 2 2 3 or 3 5 2 or #. Fall; this course is prereq. to 4 71 and 4 76). 440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. ( 3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12. Spring) A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq. 1 12. Fall, 19 77. Offered alternate years). An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12, 3 6 7 or #. Fall) 471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY 481 ECOLOGY A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12, 3 6 7 or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Spring) A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.. 112, 361, or 4'. Spring) 473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY 491 SEMINAR A study of the physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or 3 5 2 or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall) Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors majoring in biology) 474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 7 12, and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall. Interim, Spring, Summer) A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on 476 MICROBIOLOGY 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Chairman: Edward M. Sabella Business Administration MAJOR WlTH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 263, 379, 381, and either 483 or 484. Economics 122, 123, 251 and one additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At least three upper division courses are required. For those planning on careers in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101, 102, 131 , 261 , 262, 373, 379, 478, and one other course from the sequence 381, 382, 483. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one additional course selected from 2 5 8 or 3 9 1 or 3 9 2 are also required. At least five upper division courses are required. ( 3 9 2 is strongly recommended.) In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. 131 BUSINESS LAW Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Spring) 261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101 , 10 2 , and one of 261 , 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 478; and one of 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 381; and Economics 1 2 2 and 123. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 5 0 in the major, with average of 3 . 0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major in Business AdministrationAccounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the Natural Sciences or Mathematics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 1 2 courses of related business subjects (Economics, Finance, and Mathematics). Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation. 101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. (Fall, Spring) 102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 10 1. Fall, Spring) Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm: sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 10 1, 102. Fall) 262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 10 1 , 10 2 . Fall) 263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262. Spring) 373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 2 6 1, Spring) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Spring) 382 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Spring. Offered alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) Business Education 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM MAJOR: 12-14 Courses. A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only). CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration 101, 102, 131 ; Business Education 110, 364, 460, 465; Economics 122, 123; high school typewriting or equivalent required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are recommended. 478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of the riskheturn relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 2 6 1. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall) ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Administration 262, 263, and Business Education 108. ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392. SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 221, 350, and 353. OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 108, 350, and English 21 9. MINOR: Five courses in Business Education. 483 AUDITING Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other courses including Business Education 108, 121, 350 and 353. TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM 484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING 295, 495 TOPICS If a student desires a two-year secretarial program, a certificate will be awarded upon completion of the following: Business Education 108, 110, 221, 350, 353, 364, 460 and Business Administration 101 , 102, 131 and Economics 120. A student in the two-year program must select six courses from the general education requirements. Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring: On Demand) HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Spring. Offered alternate years) 101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No Credit) The fundamental skills of typewriter. Emphasis on personal use. Not available to students who have had one year of high school typewriting. (Interim) an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only) 108 CALCULATING MACHINES 460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary, printing and electronic calculators. (Fall) 110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY Operation of transcription machines, filing and records management, introduction to data processing, and efficient handling of office duties. (Interim) 221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription. Development of speed in transcribing material dictated at minimum speed of 8 0 words a minute. (Not open to students who have had one year of shorthand in high school. Fall) 350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING Development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. (Prereq.: High school typewriting or equivalent. Spring) 353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND Students of Gregg, Forkner, or other shorthand systems may enroll for rapid dictation and transcription of material dictated at speeds of 80-1 20 words a minute. (Prereq.: 22 1 or equivalent. Spring) 364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS Communication in the office through use of telephone, telegram, and writing of business letters, memorandums, manuals and reports. (Fall. Offered alternate years, 19 75- 76) Problems relating to supervision and management in the business office, selection and training of employees; and human relations within the office. (Spring) 465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING Principles of marketing with emphasis on distribution and the role of the consumer in the marketing process. Materials and methods in teaching of basic business subjects and projects in marketing. (Fall. Offered alternate years, 19 76- 77) Economics MAJOR I N ECONOMICS: Economics 122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and three other courses of economics offerings. Business Administration 101 , 102, 379, also required. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICSBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Economics 122, 123, 251 , and 258 and one other course from economics offerings. Business Administration 101 , 102, 261 , 373, 379 and one other course from business administration offerings also required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. MINOR: 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one other course from economics offerings. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3 . 0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Economics 120, 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics 1 2 0 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Spring) 251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring) 258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS 120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis"; Draft versus an AllVolunteer Army; Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topics. NOTE: Economics 1 2 0 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education. Students who plan to major in the above three areas should enroll in 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 rather than 1 2 0 . 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 are also open to non-majors. (Fall, Spring) Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macro-models. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS See under Department of Business Administration. 391 PUBLIC FINANCE Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 123. Fall) 392 MONEY AND BANKING 122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) An introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 1 2 3 or 1 2 0 . Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 may be takgn in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Spring) 123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) An introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 1 2 2 or 120. Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 1 2 2 . Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only) 453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY Analysis of labor markets; determination of wages, collective bargaining. Particular attention paid to the economic problems of minority groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.: 2 5 1 or #. Spring) 295, 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring. On Demand) 454 WELFARE ECONOMICS 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 2 5 1 or #. Spring, alternate years) The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) Department of Chemistry Chairman: Earl Alton GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 106), 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 3 6 1 and one advanced course which may include Biochemistry. Physics 121 , 122, and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 also required. Participation in seminar. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to have Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 the freshman year, and Physics 121, 1 2 2 the sophomore year. AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 1 1 courses including 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 106), and all chemistry courses above 3 5 0 . Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 (which should be taken during the freshman year); Mathematics 2 2 4 ; and Physics 1 21, 1 2 2 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent to 2 semesters also required. that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the advanced course. Certification after July, 1 9 7 9 , also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students are also advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major; average of 3 . 5 0 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.00 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation in seminar. Credit will not be granted for both 1 0 5 and 1 1 5 ; 1 0 6 and 1 1 6 ; 223 and 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 . 103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY MINOR: 5 courses which must include 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 additional courses in chemistry. Chemistry 2 2 3 , 3 5 3 , and 3 6 1 are recommended; biochemistry may be substituted for 361. TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the graduation major except that it is suggested Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry. Fall) Does not apply toward the major. 105, 106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Somewhat less rigorous than 1 1 5 , 1 16; designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 1 0 6 into 3 5 1 , 3 5 3 , or 2 2 3 . Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours o f laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 11 5, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester devoted to fundamental principles; and second to inorganic chemistry, qualitative analysis, and a brief introduction to organic chemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 11 5, Fall; 116 , Spring) 223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Designed for medical technology students and others in a paramedical science area whose professional goals require less than the more intensive two-semester organic course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to biochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105 or 11 5. Spring) 325 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY This course is intended to meet the needs of medical technology majors and others not working toward a chemistry major. Theory and practice of gravimetric analysis, volumetric . analysis and electrochemistry is covered in some detail. Equilibrium theory is stressed. Theory and practice of spectroscopic, chromatographic, and electroanalytical methods is surveyed. Applications in the health sciences are included. (Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. Three lectures, one 4 % hour laboratory. Does not meet requirements for a chemistry major.) 351,352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reaction mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry to biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. 35 1, Fall; 352, Spring) 353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq. : 106 or 1 16. Offered Interim for majors as per Interim schedule.) 361,362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry in the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4 %-hour laboratory. Prereq. : 353; Physics 1 2 1, 1 2 2 ; Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring) 464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 3 6 1 or #; some reading knowledge of German. Spring) 481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. ( 3 hours lecture, one 4 %-hour laboratory. Prereq. : 353, 362, or #. Fall) 482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 3 6 2 or #. Spring) 483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 3 6 1 or #. Fall) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate. with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing) East Asian Studies Adviser: Khin Khin Jensen Major Concentration A major concentration plan is constructed for each student with the advice and assistance of his or her adviser. A major plan ~ormally consists of ten to twelve courses distributed under one of the following general categories: East Asian Culture Two language courses including one year of Chinese or Japanese; two introductory history courses; four to six courses in cultural specialization and/or comparative studies; two or more independent study and/or seminar courses. East Asian Language and Culture At least four language courses (a two-year concentration in either Chinese or Japanese is encouraged; however, one year of each language is acceptable); two introductory history courses; two to four courses in cultural specialization and/or comparative studies; and two or more independent study and/or seminar courses. Department of Education Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to certification in Education at these levels: Elementary Education, Kindergarten, and Nursery School, and Secondary Education. Certification programs are offered in the following majors: American Studies, Art, Biology, Business Education, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French, German, History, Mathematics, Music, Physical Education, Physics, Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, and Theater Arts. Students wishing to become certified teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for certification requirements. The courses, Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll in other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted to the teacher education program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course. Students who are transferring from an education program at another college must be re-admissable to that program. Elementary Education Marie McNeff, Coordinator Requirements for the major and for certification in Elementary Education: 1 . A minimum of 8 education courses to include 2 5 5 , 3 5 1 , and two professional semesters: 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 7 1 , 3 7 2 ; and 4 8 1 , 4 8 2 and electives 2. Physical Education 11 1, Safety and Drug Education 3. Library Science 3 5 8 , The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance 4. An academic minor. An academic major is recommended. 5. GPA of 2 . 0 overall and maintain a 2 . 5 in the major. 255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATIOKIN URBAN SETTING (Elementary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above. Fall, Spring) 325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of hidher life in relation to the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and other interventions and compensatory programs, Class sessions and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Prereq.: 255 and/or #.) 351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading. (Fall) First Professional Semester (for juniors or seniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372. 362, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES Identification and mastery of competencies necessary for teaching in the elementary school. Laboratory experiences in classrooms. (Prereq.: 2 5 5 . Admission to elementary education. Spring) 372, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM Examination and preparation of materials and resources for each of the subject areas taught at the elementary level. Application of teacher competencies to various subject areas of the elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences in classrooms. (Prereq.: 2 5 5 , concurrent registration in 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 . Spring) 375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed. Interim) 425 NURSERY SCHOOL CURRICULUM Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessions, and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Prereq.: Acceptance into the Department of Education and/or #.) Second Professional Semester: Student Teaching and Electives Requirements of the Augsburg College Certification Program: 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1 . Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education. This may be made before, concurrently with or after the Orientation course. Application forms are available in the Education Department office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if he or she has been admitted into the program of the Department of Education. 2. Grade point average - minimum of 2.5 in the student's academic major and 2 . 0 overall. 3 . Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching. 4. Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: a) Educ. 2 6 5 , Orientation to Education (Secondary) b) Educ. 3 5 9 , Competencies: Secondary Education c ) Educ. 478, School and Society d) Educ. 480, 4 8 1 , 4 8 2 (two courses minimum), Student Teaching e) Psych. 1 0 5 , General Psychology f ) P.E. 1 1 1 , Safety and Drug Education g) Educ. 3 6 1 , 3 6 5 or 3 7 3 for art, physical education, or music majors Independent study and research on a topic of interest in the field of education, worked out in consultation with a faculty member. (Open to juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring) Requirements for State of Minnesota Teaching Certification Secondary Schools (Through the Augsburg College Education Department Program) 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I Experience in observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: 255, 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 7 1 , 3 72. Fall, Spring) Electives 483 STUDENT TEACHING II Refinement of teaching skills at elementary level. Additional teaching experience in the classroom. (Prereq.: 4 8 1, 4 8 2 . Fall, Spring) 484 STUDENT TEACHING II Refinement of teaching skills at elementary level. Additional teaching experience in the classroom. (Prereq.: 4 8 1, 4 8 2 and 4 8 3 . Offered on demand) 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (See Secondary Education) Secondary Education (teacher certification program) Einar Johnson, Coordinator It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher certification. This consultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. - 1 , B.A. or B.S. degree 2. College major in a teaching area 3 . Fulfill State Department of Education EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Successful completion of Augsburg Education program meets requirement) 4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg course P.E. 1 1 1 , Safety and Drug Education) 5. Successful completion of Augsburg Education Department Certification Program courses. General Information: 1. For Art, Music and Physical Education certification: Teachers in the areas of Art, Music and Physical Education receive a special certificate which allows them to teach in all grades (K-12) in their area. A person working for certification in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas is advised to take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching on both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 3 5 9 , the major in art will register for Educ. 3 6 1 ; the major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the major in Music for Educ. 373. 2 , For social studies certification: The program leading to certification in this area is being revised to conform to new state guidelines. See Einar Johnson or Orloue Gisselquist for further information. 3 . The professional term: Student Teaching is taken concurrently with School and Society in one full-time term in professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term as part of the professional work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect to take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term. 265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION (Secondary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing. Fall, Spring) 351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING (See Elementary Education) 359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY EDUCATION Teaching procedures, materials and projects, both general and in the student's major concentration. The two phases must be taken concurrently as one course: general teaching methodology from the Education Department and special methods from the department of the major field. (Prereq.: Psych. 105, Educ. 265 and admission into the secondary education program) Special methods are offered in the following major fields: American Studies (Spring) Art (Fall) Business (Spring) Health and Physical Education (Fall) English (Spring) Social Studies (Spring) Mathematics (Spring) Music (Spring) Natural Science (Spring) Foreign Language (See Language Department for information) Speech and Theatre Arts (Spring) 361 ART METHODS (Elementary and junior high school) Materials and methods for the teaching of art at the elementary and junior high school level. (Fall) 365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching health and physical education at the secondary and elementary levels. (Fall) 373 MUSIC METHODS (Elementary and junior high school) Materials and methods for the teaching of music at the elementary and junior high school level. (Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director. 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing. Fall, Spring) 480, 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING Students will be placed in a classroom for full days. Opportunities are provided for experience in observing and directing learning experiences on the secondary school level under the supervision of college and high school personnel. Seminars are held on a regular basis during the student teaching experience. (Prereq.: senior standing and completion of teacher aide work and human relations elements of Education courses 265, 359. Fall, Spring) school library. Extensive study of-evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 REFERENCE SERVICES IN THE LIBRARY Study of basic information sources most frequently used by students and librarians. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 399 INTERNSHIP Independent study and research on a topic of interest in the field of education worked out in consultation with a faculty member. (Open to juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring) Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations in the metropolitan area. Library Science 475 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE MINOR: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475. 245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE Characteristics and purposes of an elementary Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of school library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering Augsburg College is cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technological University (Houghton, Michigan), in a Three-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological Univeristy in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission to the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving - financial aid who are participants in the Three. Two Plan will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum course requirements for admission to the Three-Two Plan are: Math 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224, 226; Physics 121, 1 2 2 ; Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 ; Computer Science 245; English 1 11 ; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally math 124, 1 2 5 and Physics 121. 122 are taken in the freshman year. Students are encouraged to apply for admission to the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser, Earl Alton, is encouraged. Department of English Chairman: Barbara Andersen MAJOR: 9 courses (above 11 1) , including one course in American literature, one course in the Western literary tradition (271 or 272) and three courses in British literature. Of the British literature courses, one must concentrate on literature before 1 6 6 0 (for example, 331 or 448) and one must survey a number of writers (for example, 3 3 6 , 337, or 423). All majors must take Advanced Writing: Expository. Majors are encouraged to take, early in their college work, course 2 4 5 Introduction to Literature. Majors are strongly urged to consult their departmental advisor regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the English department. MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: English: 1 0 courses, including those listed for the major and 320. Courses in earlyBAmerican literature, Shakespeare and film are recommended. Speech: ( I ) a course in public speaking: Beginning Speech, Group Leadership, Interpersonal Communications, Argumentation, Persuasion. ( 2 ) Interpretative Reading or Stage Direction Library Science: 4 7 5 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance In addition to field experience and student teaching, as required by the Department of Education, English Education majors will be required to gain practical experience in the teaching of writing, to be arranged through the department chairperson. Students interested in a teaching major are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term of the sophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition to planning their courses of study with the department chairperson, students should consult an adviser in the Department of Education. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 5 in the major and 3 . 0 over-all; submit program to department chairman early in senior year; defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. MINOR: 5 courses (above 11 1 ) , including one course in British literature, and either 21 9 or 320. Teaching minors must include both 21 9 and 320. The English Department recommends but does not require that English majors consider developing an area of emphasis broader than the major as listed above. The three most likely areas would be a British concentration, an American concentration, and a world literature concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of elective courses in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the English department. BRITISH LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 4 1 2 , 416; English 2 7 1 , 3 3 1 , 3 3 2 , 3 3 6 , 3 3 7 , 3 6 7 , 3 6 8 , 423, 4 3 8 and sometimes 282, 4 9 0 , 4 9 1 . AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 2 2 1 , 222; American Studies 2 3 2 ; English 2 4 1 , 2 5 0 , 3 5 1 , 3 6 7 , 3 6 8 , and sometimes 2 8 2 , 490, 491. A student with an American literature concentration should take some of the courses listed under the American Studies major which are selected from the offerings of several departments at Augsburg. WORLD LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 102, 3 6 0 , 3 6 1 ; Philosophy 1 10, 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , 3 7 0 ; German 244; French 2 4 3 ; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; English 2 4 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 7 1 , 2 7 2 , 4 2 3 , and sometimes 2 8 2 , 490, 491. A student electing a concentration should work closely with his or her adviser. Interim courses, special courses, and courses given at the other cooperating colleges will often fit well into a concentration. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the English department. Enqlish 1 1 1 is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor. e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film media. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. See also description under Speech, Communications and Theatre Arts. (Spring) 245 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors. 250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. (Fall, Spring) 261 MODERN FICTION Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. (Fall, Spring) 271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: HOMER TO DANTE 111 EFFECTIVE WRITING The study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization and the research paper. (Fall, Spring) 21 9 ADVANCED WRITING A course designed to develop advanced skills in a variety of writing specializations. The focus of each course will shift from term to term, A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. 272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: FROM THE RENAISSANCE TO MODERN PERIOD Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period. (Fall or Spring) 320 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE - A studv of modern Enalish viewed from a historical perspective, with reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics and a view of the development of the English language. 331 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE 351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modern American literature. (Fall, Spring) 367 MODERN POETRY Study of major modern and contemporary poets and schools of criticism. Discussion may include the poetry and aesthetics of the Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics, Harlem Renaissance, Modern Romantics, Black Mountain Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional Poets, and other contemporary movements. (19 76- 77) While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama will be examined. (Alternate years, 19 76- 77) Significant works of American, British, and continental dramatists of the twentieth century. (Alternate years, 19 76- 77) 332 MILTON AND HIS AGE 388 LITERARY CRITICISM A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 19 77- 78) A course designed to introduce students to the various ways in which modern literary critics have approached the problem of analyzing and evaluating literature. Students will study the works of historical, pyschological, textual, and archetypal critics, and then attempt to apply such approaches to selected works of literature. (Alternate years, 19 77- 78) 336 BRITISH LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO BLAKE Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 368 MODERN DRAMA 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director. 423 STUDIES IN THE BRITISH NOVEL A survey of the development of the novel in England from its eighteenth century beginnings up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions, contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century as the dominant literary form. 438 SHAKESPEARE Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. (Fall, Spring) 490, 491 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme or movement; course 4 9 1 , a major writer or a major work. Enrollment open to juniors and seniors. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or consent of department chairman. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. (Fall, Spring) Department of Foreign Language Chairman: Ruth Aaskov Chinese Students with previous foreign language study should register in courses suited for their particular level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign language. However, final placement is made according to the results of a placement test which may be taken at pre-registration time after consultation with the department. Students who register below their level may do so, but only for a grade of PIN. Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program Course 3 1 1 is prerequisite to all upper division courses. Language majors must consult with department for mid-point evaluation after third postintermediate course. Teaching majors and minors must consult with the Department of Education for program. Methods courses by language are joint five-college offerings and should be taken in the fall of the senior year. A 3 . 0 average in Advance Conv. - Comp. is a departmental requirement for teaching majors. MLA Competency Exam needed for certification. Departmental Honors: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply no later than early in the senior year. Requirements: 3 . 3 0 GPA in the major, 3 . 0 GPA overall, and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details. 111, 112 BEGINNING CHINESE I, II Introduction to Mandarin Chinese. Intensive practice in the basic structures and vocabulary of the spoken language, as well as with Chinese characters and the written language. In the second semester, use of the spoken language is in conjunction with graded cultural readings using Chinese characters. (Offered 19 76- 7 7 and alternate years.) 211, 212 INTERMEDIATE CHINESE I, II For students with a knowledge of basic Mandarin. Emphasis on the development of vocabulary. The grammatical structures of the spoken language are reviewed and intensively practiced using cultural readings in Chinese characters and, in the second.semester, selections from contemporary Chinese history and literature. (Prereq.: one year of collegelevel Mandarin Chinese or #. Alternate years.) French MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2 , including two in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and three in literature, of which one should be course 3 5 2 . Study in France strongly recommended. MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. lnterim or summer of study in France strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature, Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog. 11 1 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Fall, Spring) 112 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 1 1 1 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms is completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Spring, also Fall with sufficient enrollment) 21 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Through a core of twentieth century French literary readings and a grammar review, this course moves toward expressing opinions and greater ease in reading. For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall) 21 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Several modern literary works are explored with the goals of communicating ideas and building sufficient reading skills to pursue general reading in French. Completes the review of basic structures and more complex forms. Laboratory work. (Spring) discussion, students become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical sig~ificanceof these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. 31 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. 31 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (On demand) 331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 ) 332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas, cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials and periodicals. In French. (Alternate years. Spring, 19 7 7) 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS (See Spanish 350) 243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION 352 CREATIVITY AND RESTRAINT Major representative works of French literature read in English translation. Through individualized background reading and class A survey of the major literary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the French intellectual, social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand) evolution of this genre from classical forms to Theatre of the Absurd and anti-theatre. Group and individualized study of major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. Recommended 3 3 1. On demand) 354 REALITIES: INNER AND OUTER WORLDS 495 FRENCH SEMINAR A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and the literature of ideas that led to new forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Fall 1975. Offered alternate years.) Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry, medieval works, Romanticism). Student presentations in French. For advanced students. (See also lnterim offerings. Prereq.: 352, 3 5 4 or 3 5 5 . Offered on demand) 355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser) A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theatre, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Fall 1 9 7 6 and alternate years) 41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Spring 1 9 78 and alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY German MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including 3 1 1 and 41 1 , lnterim and/or summer in Germany strongly recommended. MINOR: 4 upper division courses, including 31 1 and 41 1 . lnterim and/or summer in Germany strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods in Modern Languages, for teachers; European History, a second language, linguistics, English literature. 451 THE FRENCH NOVEL 111, 11 2, BEGINNING GERMAN A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre in theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand) 452 FRENCH DRAMA A study of French plays that shows the Course 1 1 1 is for students with no previous background; 1 1 2 is for students who have had 1 1 1 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: Ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. (1 11 Fall, Spring. 112 Spring; also Fall with sufficient enrollment) 21 1, 21 2 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For students with 2 terms (or 2 years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. ( 2 1 1, Fall. 2 1 2 , Spring) 244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to the major or minor in German. 31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) 331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE I The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3 , 0 0 0 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1 6 4 3 ) , with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergence of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Spring 19 7 7) 332 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Alternate years) 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS (See Spanish 350) 351 GERMAN LITERATURE THROUGH 18th CENTURY Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussions in Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in German. (On demand) 352 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 19th CENTURY Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (On demand) 353 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 20th CENTURY Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression in German. (Fall, 19 76) 41 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Spring 19 78 and alternate years) 451 GERMAN PROSE Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Offered Spring 1 9 76) 452 GERMAN DRAMA Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Spring 1 9 7 7) Recommended for all language majors and minors. (Fall 1 9 76) Norwegian MINOR: 4 upper division courses including 31 1 and two of 331 , 353, 41 1 , plus one course under Scandinavian Area Studies. For the teaching minor: 31 1 , 331, 353, 41 1 plus required education courses, including special methods. Recommended supporting preparation: Study in Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 111, 11 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Greek See instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, literature, linguistics, which can apply toward classics concentration in cooperation with Macalester College. Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. ( 1 1 1 , Fall. 11 2 , Spring) 21 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN 11 1, 112 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. ( 1 1 I Fall, 11 2 Spring) I I 21 1 INTERMEDIATE GREEK Review of basic structures of Greek, expansion of vocabulary and development of reading skills through selections from the New Testament and other Hellenistic writings (early fathers, historians, etc.). Special emphasis on parsing and syntax of the Greek text. (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or #. Fall) Linguistics 289 INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common to all languages) and psycholinguistics. (Inquiry into the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in language.) Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or equivalent. Fall) 31 1 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. (Prereq.: 2 1 2 or equivalent. Some laboratory work and field experience required. Offered 1 9 77 Interim) 331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogenous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq. 3 1 1 or #. Offered Fall 19 77 and alternate years.) standing, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is arl integral part of the course. (1 11, Fall; 11 2 , Spring) 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS (See Spanish 350) 21 1, 21 2 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH 353 SURVEY OF NORWEGIAN LITERATURE Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention is given to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in the Norwegian language. (Prereq.: Norw. 2 1 1 or equivalent. Offered Spring, 19 77. Alternate years) 41 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or f. Spring 19 78) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Spanish MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2, including 3 1 1, 4 5 6 or 457, 41 1, two of 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 3 5 4 . (Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly recommended) MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including 3 1 1, 3 3 1 or 3 3 2 , and one course in literature. (Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly recommended) Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Colombian civilization, Latin-American Area Studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 1 1 I, 112 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims to develop the four basic skills: under- A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on active use of the language, supplemented by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.: 1 12 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 2 1 1, Fall; 2 12, Spring) 249 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. 31 1 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq.: 21 2 or equivalent. This course is a prerequisite for all upper-division courses. Fall) 31 2 SPANISH EXPRESSION Systematic study of the refinements of grammatical usage. (On demand) 331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through its historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. (Spring, 19 78) 332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the Pre-Colombian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 3 11 or 2 12, with consent of instructor. Spring 19 77 and alternate years.) 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (On demand) A first course in the theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, the class will divide into small groups according to foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of foreign literature in the language. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 2 12 or #. Offered Spring 19 77) 41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 352, 353 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE I, II A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (352, Fall, 1978. 353, Fall, 1977) Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Spring 19 78. Alternate years) 456 SPANISH DRAMA Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. Spring 19 78) 457 SPANISH NOVEL 354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Offered 19 77. Alternate years) An introduction to Spanish-American literature. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Department of History Chairman: Richard Nelson MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. MAJOR FOR TEACHING: In addition to the regular history major a social science major with history emphasis is also available. See "Social Science" in this catalog. Students wishing to become certified teachers see "Education Department" in this catalog and consult with Education Department faculty for requirements. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 6 in the major and 3 . 0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. MINOR: 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division. Students are required to take at least one survey course (numbered below 3 0 0 ) before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not be taken in sequence. 101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN CULTURE 332 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe to the 1 200s. (Fall, Spring) The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed as is the period of the Cold War. (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 ) 102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN CULTURE A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring) 103 THE MODERN WORLD A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. (Fall, Spring) 104 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 2 0 0 years. (Fall, Spring) 221 U.S. HISTORY TO 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member and the chairperson of the department before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to the major. 331 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History 3 3 2 ) . The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. (Fall) 353 SELECT TOPICS IN MINNESOTA HISTORY A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th Centuries. (Spring) 360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 ) 361 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. (Fall, 1 9 7 7- 7 8 ) 370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1560 A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions by the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 - 7 8 ) 399 INTERNSHIP IN HISTORY A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper-division students majoring in history. See department chairman. 41 2 ENGLAND TO 1714 A study of English history from Roman Britain through the Stuart period An attempt is made to structure the course so that it may serve the needs of those majoring in a pre-law program, in English literature or in history, (Fall) 416 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 1 5 6 0 - 171 4. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 - 7 8 ) 431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the Roman Empire to the 20th century, with focus on specific historic cities as examples, The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and those who desire a background to enrich future travel. (SPrin g) 465 MODERN JAPAN An examination of the emergence of Japan as a major world power in the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1 8 6 8 , interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. 474 THE WORLD AND THE WEST This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. (Spring 1 9 7 7 - 7 8 ) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. (Fall, Spring) 440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS IN WORLD HISTORY 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years. (Fall, 1 9 77- 7 8 ) Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to apply to individual instructors for permission to register for directed independent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major. 463 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 781 Geography 114 GEOGRAPHY OF THE MEDITERRANEAN WORLD 464 MODERN CHINA A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium war of 1 8 3 9 . The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. (Fall) An introduction to the basic concepts of geography through an emphasis on the historical development of the Mediterranean World and the role of geography in the human exploitation of the region. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 and alternate years) Interdisciplinary Studies 357 FIELD EXPERIENCE lectures on Scandinavian Life and Institutions, aimed at facilitating the students' studies of life and learning in Urban Scandinavia. The student works in a community agency or institution. Reports and logs required. 373 URBANIZATION AND COMMUNITY BUILDING IN MODERN SCANDINAVIA 358 SEMINAR: READINGS IN URBAN STUDIES A review of current literature on urbanism, Seminar discussions. This interdisciplinary core course in urban studies is offered for 14 weeks. It examines the extent, the nature, and the processes of urbanization taking place in contemporary Scandinavia and the changing settlement patterns and community developments that were associated with it. Minneapolis Urban Studies Term 359 SEMINAR: CITY OF MINNEAPOLIS An overall view of the city as a political, economic, social system. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term 372 ORIENTATION TO SCANDINAVIAN LIFE AND CULTURE This course includes a two-week intensive language study coupled with a series of 396 HOUSING AND SOCIAL PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA This is the second core urban studies course. In addition to the study of the housing developments themselves, this course pays close attention to the policies, the structures, the processes and character of the comprehensive social planning integrally related to the housing programs. Department of Math Chairman: Beverly Durkee MAJOR: 9 courses including 124, 125, 21 5, 224, 31 4, 324. Also required: Computer Science 245. For teacher certification, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included. Students wishing to become certified teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. MINOR: 5 courses including 124, 125, 224. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics; 3.1 over-all. Comprehensive oral examination. Program must be submitted to department during first term of junior year, and must include advanced study in areas of Analysis, Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education. 114 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, and trigonometric functions. (Fall) 121 FINITE MATHEMATICS Topics in finite mathematics including linear programming, probability, and statistics with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. (Fall) the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. 122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES 314 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. (Spring) A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 2 15. Fall) 124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I, 11, 111 Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students in the natural sciences. (124 Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall) 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS An introduction to the structure of mathematical systems and math models which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. No course credit will be given to mathematics majors or minors. (Fall) 211 NUMBER THEORY A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) 324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II A study of the fundamental concepts of calculus for functions of several variables, including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions, improper integrals, differential forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224, 324, Spring; 325, Fall) 351 MODERN GEOMETRY A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring, 19 78, offered alternate years) 373 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, regression and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 215 LINEAR ALGEBRA 399 INTERNSHIP A study of vector spaces, linear tran~f~rmations, the algebra of matrices and canonical forms. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) Consult Chairman or Internship Director to determine project. 226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 242 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on 441 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 3 14, 324. Spring 1 9 77, offered alternate years) 481 TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS Study of advanced topics in real and complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, and computer science. (Prereq.: 3 14, 324, or consent of instructor. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science 145 INTRODUCTION TO GENERAL PROGRAMMING An introduction to computer methods. COBOL and non-scientific applications of FORTRAN. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring. Computer Fee: $30.00) 245 INTRODUCTION TO SCIENTIFIC PROGRAMMING An introduction to computer languages and methods. Machine language and FORTRAN. Materials primarily from science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.: Mathematics 1 2 5 . Computer Fee: $30.00 Fall) 355 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND NUMERICAL METHODS A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulas, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. Credit may be granted towards a mathematics major or minor. (Prereq.: Computer Science 2 4 5 or consent of instructor. Fall. Laboratory Fee: $30.00) Medical Technology This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at Hennepin County Medical Center, Metropolitan Medical Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital with which the student plans to affiliate. It is important to work closely with the Medical Technology adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by the hospitals for the 12-month internship. Students must negotiate directly with the hospitals involved. Required science courses: 1) Biology: 11 1, 11 2 and two additional upper division (usually 3 6 7 and 4 7 6 ) ; 2) Chemistry: 105, 1 0 6 (or 11 5 , 1 16), 2 2 3 (or 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ) , 3 2 5 . Metro-Urban Studies Director: Joel S. Torstenson MAJOR: 15 courses including the following core requirements: Economics 1 20; Political Science 122; Pyschology 3 7 3 ; Sociology 1 1 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 8 1 , and 383; plus a minimum of one course of internship and/or independent study. The following electives are suggested for completing the major: Art 1 0 2 ; Biology 1 1 0 ; Business Administration 131 ; Computer Science 2 4 5 ; Education 478; English 3 5 1 ; History 431 ; Psychology 3 5 1 and 3 5 2 ; Religion 3 6 0 ; Speech 3 4 2 ; others, including interims, internships, and independent studies, by approval of the Director and the Advisory Council. MINOR: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, business education, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following core courses are required for the Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Sociology I 1 1 ; Sociology 381 ; an approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship andlor independent study. Other Urban Studies options available through the Higher Educational Consortium in Urban Affairs (HECUA): 1 . Metropolitan Urban Studies Term (MUST) A "semester in the city" program focused upon the Twin City metro area. 2. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) A "semester in the city" located at the University of Oslo and focused upon Scandinavian Urbanization and city planning. Other electives in Urban Studies can also be taken at other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). For further information on these electives through HECUA and ACTC, and for planning either a major or minor in Metro-Urban Studies, consult the director of the program. Department of Music Chairman: Robert Karlen MAJOR: 1 2 courses: 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 354 or 3 5 5 , 3 6 5 or 3 7 5 , 457, 458, 4 years of Performance Studies, 2 years in a music organization; Performance Workshop; piano proficiency; and 3 music repertoire tests. TEACHING MAJOR: 1 1 courses: 101, 102, 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 457, 458, two of 3 5 4 , 3 5 5 , 3 6 5 , 375; 3 years of Performance Studies; 2 years in a music organization; Performance Workshop; piano proficiency; and 3 music repertoire tests. Consult with the Education Department for requirements. BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 1 3 courses plus 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last two years; 2 years in a music organization; Performance Workshop; piano proficiency; and 3 music repertoire tests. MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE): Music 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 3 5 4 , 3 5 5 , or 3 6 5 , 457, 476, or 350; 3 years of Performance Studies including organ and voice; Performance Workshop; piano and guitar proficiency; Music Therapy 3 6 0 , 382, 383, 3 9 5 , 3 9 9 , 435, 495; Psych. 1 0 5 , 3 6 2 , and one of 264, 3 5 1 , 352, 355, 356, 357; Soc. 241 and one of 11 1 , 121, 231, 232, 375; elective in physical education (folk dancing recommended); elective in speech (Speech 1 1 6 recommended). Eligibility for application for certificationlregistration with the National Association for Music Therapy is made possible upon satisfactory completion of a six-month internship in an NAMT approved institution, in addition to the above degree program in Music Therpy. MINOR: 5 courses; 101, 1 0 2 , 260, or 261, 458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies and 1 year in a music organization; piano proficiency; and 2 music repertoire tests. Attendance at all Performance Workshops during the year of Performance Studies and 8 campus recitals also required. HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for graduation honors in music if they ( I ) provide leadership in: the promotion of higher music performance standards within the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation andlor promotion of smaller performing ensembles; ( 2 ) have earned a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses; and (3)apply for the Honors Program at the beginning of the second term of the junior year. Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: (1) two solo recitals of graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than 1 5 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee or a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality. MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE): 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 2 3 , 2 2 4 , 260, 2 6 1 , 354, 3 5 5 , 3 6 5 , 3 8 2 , 3 9 5 , 4 3 5 , 457, 4 7 6 or 3 5 0 , 495; 3 years of Performance Studies; Performance Workshop; piano proficiency; Psychology 1 0 5 , 3 6 2 ; Sociology 241 ; and one of Sociology 1 1 1 , 121, 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 375; plus recreational music and electives in physical education, psychology, art, English, religion, foreign languages; and speech, communication and theater arts. Eligibility for application for certificationlregistration with the National Association for Music Therapy is made possible upon satisfactory completion of a six month internship in an NAMT approved institution, in addition to the above degree program in Music Therapy. MINOR: 5 courses: 101, 102, 260, or 261, 4 5 8 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies and 1 year in a music organization; piano proficiency; and two music repertoire tests. Attendance at 8 performance workshops and campus recitals also required. Students intending to major in Music or Music Therapy must declare their intent not later than the end of their Freshman year, or at the completion of Theory 1 0 2 . Those wishing to minor in Music must declare their intent not later than the end of their Sophomore year, or at the completion of Theory 1 0 2 . Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance Workshop and 1 4 campus faculty and student recitals is required of sophomore, junior and senior music majors. Music minors must attend 8 faculty and student recitals as well as all Performance Workshops during the year of their Performance Studies. All music majors and minors must register for Performance Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of majors during either the junior or senior year, except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of Bachelors of Music in both their junior and senior years. Required Music Repertoire Tests: All majors are required to pass three Music Repertoire tests. Minors must pass two Music Repertoire tests. Information regarding the test may be secured from the Music Office. Performance Studies Requirements: Major, 8 terms; Music Education, 6 terms; Minor, 2 terms; Bachelor of Music, 8 terms, with double lessons throughout the last 4 terms. Major in Music Therapy: 7 terms. Performing Organizations Requirements: All majors: 2 years; minor, one year. Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. Confer with department regarding specific requirements. During the junior and senior years, a student who has been certified by the Department of Music as a major or Bachelor of Music is given required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may not exceed four terms of weekly half-hour lessons. TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or senior student transferring to Augsburg College as a Music major must, before registration and acceptance into the major program, ( 1 ) take a placement test in music theory, and ( 2 ) sing or play representative pieces recently studied in his or her area of applied music concentration. This may be done immediately before registration or earlier when convenient. Transfer students must pass the Piano Proficiency test by the end of their first term in Augsburg. 101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY Christian church. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Fall) Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than sequentially. (1 0 1, 223, Fall, 102, 224, Spring) Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS 458 CONDUCTING The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major. (Fall, Spring) Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 260 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSlC Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Alternate years) 261 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSlC 482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSlC Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring) The music of Scandinavia since 1700. (Alternate years) 350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING 488, 489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging. (Spring) Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 457 CONDUCTING 476 ORCHESTRATION 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring) 365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Music Therapy Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) 375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 MUSlC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH Development and influence of the music of the 110 INTRODUCTION TO MUSlC THERAPY A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area, with field trips to various institutions. This will be an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores who may be considering music therapy as a major. This course will give the students a broad background in the many and varied ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim) 360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL MUSIC Study of guitar and other non-symphonic instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications to clinical settings. (Fall) 382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF MUSlC I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF MUSlC II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 395 INFLUENCE OF MUSIC ON BEHAVIOR A study of man as he relates with music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. repertoire of musical excellence. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) PERFORMANCE STUDIES Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. For statement of fees, see under Financial Information. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) Piano Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons in piano taken after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor. Organ Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training as needed, interpretation of songs. Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, String Instruments, Percussion Instruments Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. 399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL INTERNSHIP MUSlC ORGANIZATIONS Full-time placement in an internship setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for six months. This is started after completion of the senior year and is necessary for registration by the NAMT. The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for the full year required of participants. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 435 MUSlC IN THERAPY The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395) 495 PRACTICUM IN MUSlC THERAPY Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. No credit. PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints students with a Choir Membership by audition and restricted to 65 singers. Concert Band Membership by audition. Orchestra Membership by audition. Chorale, Jazz Ensemble, Repertoire Band, Brass Ensemble, String Ensemble, Woodwind Ensemble. Membership by audition or consent of director. Natural Science NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in Secondary Schools. (Valid until July 1, 1 9 7 9 . Students now entering college should be alert for changes in requirements after July 1, 1 9 79). MAJOR: A total of 1 2 courses in science and mathematics with at least 5 courses in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry or physics. In biology, the required courses are 11 1 , 1 1 2. The additional 3 courses are to be chosen from the upper division offerings. In chemistry, 105, 1 0 6 , or ( 1 15, 1 16 ) , and 3 5 3 are required. In order to complete the total of 5 courses, two courses may be chosen as follows: 2 2 3 and 3 6 1 ; or 3 5 1 and 3 5 2 ; or 3 5 1 and 3 6 1 . In mathematics, Calculus I and Calculus II are required; and any 3 additional courses may be selected. In physics, courses 1 2 1 , 122, 2 4 5 are required; two additional courses to be chosen after consultation with a member of the Physics Department. Early consultation with adviser is recommended. NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for Premedical Students. This major is presented as an option for premedical students who wish to take a major which provides the science courses necessary and recommended for admission to most medical schools (including the University of Minnesota Medical School), and also permits a number of electives. The student should choose electives carefully keeping in mind the specific requirements of the medical schools to which he or she intends to apply. Early consultation with a premedical adviser is recommended. MAJOR: 1 3 courses including Biology 1 1 1 , 11 2, 4 9 1 or 492, and 2 upper division biology courses; Chemistry 1 15 , 1 16 or (10 5 , 10 6 ) , 351 , 3 5 2 , and Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 1 2 2 , or 1 2 4 and 1 2 5 ; and Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 . Nursing Chairman: Donna Peterson Augsburg offers a second-step program in nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in nursing. For admission to the program, a student must have completesd an associate degree or a diploma program in nursing, with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.3, and have a current license to practice nursing in the state of Minnesota, or be preparing to sit for the state board examinations prior to enrolling. Nursing students are expected to complete course work in: Introductory sociology, introductory psychology, English composition, inorganic chemistry, organic chemistry, anatomy and physiology, and microbiology at accredited institutions of higher education. Students enrolling without course work in these areas, or having taken course work at non-accredited institutions, are expected either to test out of the courses or to take the required course work before undertaking the last year of the program. MAJOR: 8 courses in nursing, including 3 0 1 , 302, 310, 31 1, 320, 325, 350, 401, 402, and two of the following: 420, 421; or 425, 426. Speech 354, Interpersonal Communications, is also required in addition to the sociology, psychology, English, chemistry, and biology listed above. 301, 302,401,402 NURSING SEMINAR I, 11, Ill, IV Discussions designed to facilitate the student's progress throughout the nursing program and to assist in career-goal attainment. One course credit granted on completion of all four seminars. 310 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING I Lecture courses which focus on the investigation and application of the concepts and principles of health promotion, health maintenance, disease-illness prevention, and rehabilitation to nurse-clientifamily relationships in the community setting. Emphasis is placed on involving the student in health teaching and counseling activities with individuals and families. 311 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II Lecture, laboratory course which is an extension of Nursing 31 0 . nurse and the trends and issues evolving in contemporary nursing practice. 325 NURSING ASSESSMENT Lecturellaboratory course focusing on the development of skills in comprehensive history taking and physical examination which assist the professional nurse in completing healthillness assessments of individuals and families. 350 INTRODUCTION TO NURSING RESEARCH Emphasis is on investigative skills and basic research as applied to nursing. Students are involved in designing, implementing, and evaluating research projects. 420,421 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN EPISODIC NURSING Seminarilaboratory courses in which the student explores in depth a chosen area of study and develops expertise in the selected area of practice. Opportunities are available which allow the student to practice selfassessment, identify individual needs, develop behavioral objectives, select learning experiences, and work cooperatively and collaboratively with preceptor, instructor, agencies and clients/families in initiating complex nursing care. (Prereq.: 3 10, 3 1 1 , 3 2 0 , and 325). 320 TRENDS, ISSUES, AND LEADERSHIP IN NURSING 425,426 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN DISTRIBUTIVE NURSING A course designed to investigate the current leadership responsibilities of the professional For course description see 420, 421. Department of Philosophy Chairman: Bruce Reichenbach MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242, 343, and 344. MINOR: 5 courses, including two courses from 241, 242, 343, and 344. HONORS MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the department. Courses 1 1 0 , 120, and 1 3 0 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. 110 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY: IDEAS AND METHOD Though each person has his own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. The reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. The major function of the course is to enable you to develop the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall, Spring) 120 ETHICS Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring) period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance? We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance and the new methodology of the 17th Century rationalists, (Spring) 343 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY Ill: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas or with ex~erience?What can we reallv know about the world? What impact did oma antic ism have on philosophy? This course studies the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to Idealism in men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall) 344 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY IV: 130 LOGIC Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Do you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. (Fall, Spring) CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring) 241 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important, and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will be considered so as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can be said about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? Is man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Spring, 1 9 7 9 ) 355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY 242 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY The Middle Ages are often regarded as a A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Spring, 1 9 7 8 ) 360 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 375 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS Every day we use language to buy and sell, praise and berate, communicate with friends. What is language? Could an individual be fully human without it? How does language relate to the world - can we really learn about the nature of things from words? Do the mathematician and the scientist have a language? Is it possible to have a language which only one individual can understand? We shall explore how philosophers have responded to these and other important questions about language. (Fall, 1 9 78) Studies in such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American philosophy, Phenomenology. Russian philosophy, etc. (Suggested prior course: 3 4 4 ) 365 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE The scientist's knowledge of the world is purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Fall, 1 9 78) 370 EXISTENTIALISM Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors We will examine what it means to be a being-inthe-world, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox, (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 380 MEDICAL ETHICS Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of medical care and delivery, abortion, human engineering, care for the dying and euthanasia. 430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL PHILOSOPHERS Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior course: 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , or #.) 450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art, philosophy of literature, philosophy of history, philosophical psychology, philosophy of culture, political and legal philosophy, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , or #.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Physical Education Chairman: Ernest Anderson PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses H.Ed. 11 1 P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 3 5 0 , 351, 3 5 2 , 471, 472. PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: I 1 courses. 11 1 , 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 352, 3 6 5 , 471, 472. Students wishing to become certified teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE THERAPY: Physical Education 11 1 , 2 2 3 , 231, 232. 243, 3 5 0 , 351. 352, 3 6 5 , 471, 472, 4 8 5 , 491, 495. Psychology 1 0 5 , 3 5 5 , 362. Approval for admission to Corrective Therapy major must be secured from Coordinator of Corrective Therapy. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: 5 courses. 11 1 , 223, 231, 232 or 472, and 243. Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. (Prereq.: Biology 1 0 3 . Fall) 351 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: 5 courses. 1 10, 11 1, 350, 351, 360. COACHING ENDORSEMENT: 6 courses, 11 1 , 243, 350, 351, 482 and practicum in coaching. (Practicum requires registration for 499, Independent Study) Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota public schools are required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. Physical Education 102, 103 LIFETIME SPORTS The major effects of exercises upon the systems of the body. (Prereq. : Biology 1 0 3 . Sprin g) 352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in physical education. (Prereq.: 3 5 0 . Spring) 365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Procedures, materials and issues for teaching health and physical education at the secondary and elementary levels. (Fall) Three hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP 223 TEAM SPORTS Consult department chairman. Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. (Fall) 471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING 231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. (Spring) 232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (Interim) Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Prereq. : 2 4 3 , Fall) 472 GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING AND AQUATICS Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving and water safety. Open only to majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test or satisfactory completion of Lifetime Sports - Swimming. Fall) 243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION 482 COACHING OF SPORTS History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic injuries. (Spring) 485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Education. Open only to majors. (Junior or senior only) Course includes consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq. : 3 50, 3 5 1 , 352. Summer School only) 491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and administration of neuromuscular re-education. (Prereq.: 3 5 0 , 35 1, 3 5 2 . Summer School only) 495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Four hundred hours of hospital affiliation at VA Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital. Includes actual hospital experience in the following four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation. (Prereq.: 485, 4 9 1, and approval of department) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed intensive study in the area of Physical Health Education 110 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) 111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION An analysis of drug abuse and what can be done for the abuses. Also includes American Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring) 360 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Curriculum, organization and administration of the school health program. (Offered alternate years. Prereq.: 1 10. Fall, 19 77) Department of Physics Chairman: Kenneth Erickson MAJOR: 9 courses, including 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 2 4 5 , 3 5 1 , 3 6 2 and 3 9 5 plus three coursegabove 122. In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , and Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 the freshman year, and Mathematics 2 2 4 and 2 2 6 the sophomore year. MINOR: 5 courses, including 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and three courses above 1 2 2 . HONORS MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 in physics and 3 . 0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the Education Department section of the catalog and consult witti the Education Department early in their planning. SOCIETY OF PHYSICS STUDENTS: The Augsburg chapter of SPS provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in SPS is open to all students interested in physics. 101 ASTRONOMY A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, as well as a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring) 103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall) 121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration. 1 2 1, Fall; 122, Spring) 270 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis is on physical optics, using the complex expression for a wave throughout. Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122, Fall) 351, 352 MECHANICS I, II A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures, Prereq. : 1 2 2 Mathematics 226, 351, Fall; 352, Spring) 362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures, Prereq.: 122, Mathematics 226, 362, Fall; 363, Spring) 245 MODERN PHYSICS 395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY An introduction to modern physics from an historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Fall) An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the areas of mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and modern physics. (2 three-hour laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing. Spring) 261 ELECTRONICS 481 THERMAL PHYSICS The emphasis is on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing the electron tube and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes, transistors and integrated circuits with applications. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 1 2 2 or 103 plus Mathematics 1 2 2 or 125 and consent of instructor. Spring) The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 3 5 1, Spring) 486 QUANTUM MECHANICS A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures, Prereq.: 245, 351, 352, Fall) 488 TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour lectures, three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 486, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY An opportunity for students to systematically explore a problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty advisor. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental approval. Political Science Chairman: Norma Noonan MAJOR: The major in Political Science will consist of 9 courses, plus Social Statistics (Sociology 3 6 5 ) : 121 or 1 2 2 or 1 7 0 ; 1 5 8 ; 3 8 4 ; and at least 5 other upper division courses in 4 out of 5 areas*. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. MINOR: The minor in Political Science will consist of 5 courses, including: 121 or 1 2 2 or 1 7 0 ; 1 5 8 ; and at least 3 upper division courses in 3 out of 5 areas*. HONORS MAJOR: The Honors Major in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major and 2 . 7 5 over-all. The student must take an Honors lndependent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students should apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year. For specific information, consult the Honors Adviser in the department. * The five areas are American Government and Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis, International Politics, Public Law, and Political Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements.) General Education Any course may be taken to fulfill the general education requirements but especially appropriate are Political Science 121 , 122, 158. 1 6 0 or 1 7 0 . The Urban Requirement may be filled by Political Science 1 2 2 , 3 4 2 or by an Internship, Independent Study, or Seminar on an urbanrelated topic. Students interested in secondary education may take one of the three broad social science options with a concentration in Political Science. See the Department Chairman for more information on these and pending options. For precise listing of terms in which courses are offered, see the Class Schedule I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, executive, and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and current issues in American society. (Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS 326 POLITICAL PARTIES AND BEHAVIOR The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in the lectoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in presidential election years (optional in nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: 1 2 1 or #, Fall term of election years.) 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. 350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES 122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. * 325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1 course in Political Science or #) 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years). 351 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states in terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #) 459 TOPICS IN ELITE AND MASS BEHAVIOR In-depth study of elite and!or mass partipation in the political system. (Offered on den:~nd. Prereq.: #). Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including public opinion research and political public relations. * 160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I Contemporary issues and problems in international politics in the context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism in foreign policy. (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description) 363 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description) 421 TOPICS IN AMERICAN POLITICS Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judical process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle. Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.) 461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision- making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) conservative and liberal authors. The contemporary search for political processes and structures appropriate to human potentials and limitations. (Offered alternate years.) IV. PUBLIC LAW 382 MARXIST VISIONS: PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE 170 LAW IN THE UNITED STATES A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or #. Offered alternate years.) 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases involving the United States government and the federal system. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: One course or #. Offered alternate years.) V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES (See Section I1 for description) 380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers from Plato through the eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of their thought having continuing significance for an understanding of contemporary political issues and the problems of human society. (Offered alternate years.) 381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT II Recent political philosophy and ideology. including readings from individualist, anarchist, socialist, elitist, Christian, democratic, Theory and methods of empirical political analysis, including communications theory, simulation, systems' theory, structuralfunctionalism, power concepts, psychological and economic approaches to political study, and a survey of the methods common to empirical social science. (Prereq.: Social Statistics; Political Science 158 or #.) VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS 199 INTERNSHIP Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine project. 295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR Special topics: Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered on demand) 299 DIRECTED STUDY Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman or Internship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq. :#) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Department of Psychology Chairman: Norman Ferguson I I MAJOR: 10 courses. Additional supporting courses from other departments will also be required; Physics 103 is one of the required courses. The major program is planned in consultation with an adviser in the psychology department and approved by the department chairman. Required courses will include 105, 264, 265 and 493. Basic courses to include in preparation for graduate study are 105, 264, 265, 355, 357, 359, 481, and at least one course in Personality or Developmental Psychology. The major program will include 105 in the freshman year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or sophomore year, 493 in the junior or senior year. Beginning the Experimental Psychology sequence (264-265) in the freshman year is recommended. The overall plan will be directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocational, and professional interests and goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior year. The plan, which may indicate one or more electives in psychology, should be completed early in the sequence of psychology courses. Completion of a written plan later than the beginning of the junior year may delay graduation; early planning is recommended. Not more than a total of two courses from among 299, 399, and 499 may be counted toward the minimum ten courses required for a psychology major. It should be noted that this restriction applies toward the minimum requirement; the student may actually take more such courses. It is recommended that psychology majors take some course work from among the following courses: Biology 103, 1 1 1-112, 353, 355, 367, 473, 474, 481 ; Chemistry 103, 105106, 1 15-116, 223; Mathematics 1 14, 121 122; Computer Science 245, 355; Physics 261. It is recommended that students interested in physiological psychology, comparative psychology, psychological measurement, or experimental psychology include at least three of these courses in their psychology major program. MINOR: 5 courses including 105. Not more than one course in total of 299, 399, 499 may be counted toward the minor. HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average over-all, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult department chairman for more detailed requirements. 105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior, and research procedures associated with the study A structure the field psychology include psychological principles in major sub-areas. (Fall, Spring) 264, 265 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Experimental Psychology I may be taken for credit without continuing in Experimental Psychology II. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 2 6 5 ; 2 6 5 should be taken in the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105, 2 6 4 , Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq. : 105, Fall) 352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT AND ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of persons in the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 35 1, Spring) 355 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY A survey of the physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible for behavior in animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding the fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods. Emphasis will be given to interactions of the central nervous system with environmental events including the effects of drugs on behavior. (Prereq.: 105 and one course in biology; two courses in biology are recommended, Fall) 356 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR A broad-based approach to the study of behavior emphasizing the comparison of a wide variety of species from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans. Stress will be placed upon studying animals in their natural habitat and the adaptive behavior patterns which have evolved through interacting with the environment. Major topics will include behavioral evolution, behavioral development, and social behavior in both animals and humans. (Prereq.: 105, Spring) 357 LEARNING Analysis of behavior and behavioral change including objectives, evaluation, and environmental factors in the learning process. (Prereq. : 10 5 , Fall, Spring) 359 MEASUREMENT Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality, and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105, Spring) 361 PERSONALITY Dynamics of personality with emphasis on behavior that customarily is included in the normal range. Includes consideration of theories of personality. (Prereq.: 105, Fall) 362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS Sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in behavior disorders. Consideration of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research. (Prereq.: 3 courses or 3 6 1, Spring) 371 PSYCHOLOGY O F THE INDIVIDUAL: FEMALE AND MALE A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status and feminist movement views, and physiological data bearing on these differences. (Does not count toward Natural Science General Education requirement.) (Prereq.: 105 or consent of instructor.) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Dynamics of organizing large groups of individuals into efficient goal-oriented teams. Study of policies and procedures aimed at utilizing and perpetrating individuality; exploration of approaches to selecting and developing the human resource. (Prereq.: 1 0 5 , Fall) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. (Does not count toward Natural Science General Education requirement.) 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. 481 HISTORY AND THEORY History of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. Concentration on the development of American psychology. (Prereq.. 2 courses. Offered alternate years) 485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) 490 CURRENT TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY Study of selected areas and topics within psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: 1 0 5 and consent. Fall, Spring) 493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Points of view within behavioral science on contemporary professional and societal issues. Consideration of the approaches and methods of behavioral science in relation to the study of such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Student must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. Department of Religion Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck MAJOR: 8 courses, including 1 1 1 , 221, 3 5 6 , 481 and also including a seminar especially for majors to be taken in the junior or senior year. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. One upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. One course required from those numbered 361 - 3 6 3 and one from those numbered 471 - 4 7 5 . HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 2 5 in the major and 3 . 0 0 over-all: research project approved by the department and a colloquium with the department. MINOR: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted to the minor. Religion 11 1 or 221 are prerequisite to'all other courses. The Minnesota State Department of Education does not at this time certify a Religion major or minor. In order to prepare for teaching about religion in public schools the student should work closely with the Religion Department in designing a program which includes: (a) a major in an academic field which is certifiable for elementary or secondary school teaching, and (b) a Religion major with courses 3 5 6 , 3 6 0 , 3 6 3 . 471. and 3 5 5 . 11 1 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring) structure of religious beliefs and practices. Particular emphasis is given to the study of bureaucracy and its relation to religious systems, and to an exploration of the changing patterns of society and the relationship of these changes to the institutional church. (Fall) 221 BIBLICAL STUDIES 361 CHURCH FATHERS The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring) 350 PHILOSOPHY OR RELIGION See under Department of Philosophy. 353 DENOMINATIONS AND SECTS IN AMERICA A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity in conflict with Gnosticisms and mystery religions. monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. 362 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. 355 THE STUDY OF RELIGION IN THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) 363 RELIGION IN AMERICA The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such efforts, the resources available to the teacher and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implications will be analyzed and discussed. (Spring) 380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH 356 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS (See under Department of Music) A survey of Asian religions; an introduction to the history of religion. An historical survey beginning with pre-historic times and continuing to the present of some of the major religious traditions and forms of faith found in India, China, and Japan (special attention will be given to the Hindu, Buddhist, Taoist, Confucian, and Shinto traditions). The purpose of this survey is to introduce both the variety and the continuity of these traditions and to illuminate what they have meant or mean to their participants, as well as their significance to the rest of mankind. 360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY An examination of the social sources and A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. 471 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the vadety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 472 THEOLOGY OF PAUL A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring 19 75-76) 473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Spring 19 76- 77) 482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY 475 JUDAISM New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. (Fall) A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern times. with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. (Spring) 481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY 495 SEMINAR An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. 483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS Scandinavian Area Studies MAJCR: 8 upper division courses. 331 TOPICS: NORWEGIAN AMERICAN EXPERIENCE MINOR: 4 upper division courses. All programs must contain four courses listed in the Augsburg College catalog or transferred to Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Language courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian Language Department or subdepartment regardless of their content which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level study of a Scandinavian language. 330 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. The Old World background and use of "America Fever;" adaptation to the New Land; aspects of Norwegian-American culture. 345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN EXPERIENCE Concentrates on the immigrant experience in the Midwest with emphasis on Minnesota, especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and Finns. Some attention also given to the Danish and Icelandic communities in Minnesota. (Offered Fall, 19 74- 75, soliciting students from the community on a non-credit basis, as well as regular college students either on an audit or credit basis.) 351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Lanugage majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 19 76) and other topics. Taught in English. Counts toward Scandinavian Area Studies major when readings and papers are done in a Scandinavian language. (Offered Spring, 19 7 5 ) 372 ORIENTATdON TO SCANDINAVIAN LIFE AND CULTURE Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. 352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Spring, 19 76) 373 URBANIZATION AND COMMUNITY BUILDING IN MODERN SCANDINAVIA Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. 396 HOUSING AND SOCIAL PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. 482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC See description under Department of Music. 360 EDDA AND SAGA A study of the major poetic and prose eddas of early Scandinavia, including Snorre's Heimskringla and the Vinland sagas. Comparative study of Beowulf, the Niebelungenlied, and the Chanson de Roland. Guest lectures in Old Norse, Norse mythology 495 SEMINAR: ETHNlCllMMlGRATlON EXPERIENCE See under Department of History. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Social Science Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist This major is particularly designed for those preparing for secondary school teaching in social studies. The requirements for certifications are in the process of being changed. For those graduating after July 1, 1 9 7 9 a new "competency based" program will be in effect. See Mr. Gisselquist, Social Studies Education Adviser, or the Education Department for further details. The Social Science major is also recommended for others, such as pre-law students who desire a broad major in this area. This major consists of 1 4 courses, which may be earned in any one of four distributions. A student may not list a double major in Social Science and one of the several component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the other major. A. HISTORY EMPHASIS 7 courses in history; a distribution of these courses among the fields of American, European, and Non-Western is encouraged at least 4 of these courses must be upper division and one a seminar; 2 courses in political science; 4 courses: 1 each in geography, anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1 course in the methodology of the social sciences (Political Science 1 5 8 or 3 8 4 , Sociology 3 6 5 or 3 6 2 . 3 6 3 ; Economics 3 7 9 or 4 9 5 ) B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS sciences (Political Science 158 or 384; Economics 379 or 495; Sociology 362, 363 or 365); and 4 additional electives; one each in geography, anthropology, sociology, and economics. 1 course in geography; 1 course in anthropology; 2 courses in history; 2 courses in the methodology of the Social Sciences (Political Science 158 or 384, Sociology 365 or 362, 363, Economics 379 or 495); 7 other courses in economics, political science, and sociology, with at least 2 courses in each discipline and at least 3 upper division courses; 1 additional upper division course in economics, history, political science, psychology or sociology. For a Social Science major with a Non-Western emphasis to meet the requirements of the State of Minnesota for a high school teacher of the social studies, there must be among the courses taken at least 7 courses in history or in political science, sociology, economics, anthropology combined. C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS 8 courses in Non-Western studies, selected from the following, with at least 2 courses in history and 2 courses in political science: History 104, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Political Science 351, 353, 461, 363, 382, 495, 499; Religion 356; Philosophy 355. 1 course in each of geography, anthropology, statistics; 11 courses in history, political science, and economics, with at least 3 in each discipline and at least 5 upper division courses, to be selected from the following: Political Science 158, 160, 350, 351 , 353, 461. 363, 381, 382, 495, 499; History 103, 104, 332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Economics 122, 123, 495, 499. 6 other courses including: History 103; one course in the methodology of the social Sociology and Social Work - Sociology Chairman: Robert Grams MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY: 1 0 courses including 121, 362, 363, 375 and 485. Completion of Graduate Record Examination in sociology. [Highly recommended: a CHR course, internship independent study or upper division interim course in sociology.] This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the department. MINOR: 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e,, 300 and above) HONORS MAJOR: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and 2.7 overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department Chairman before April 1 of the junior year. Candidacy is contingent upon departmental approval of proposal by April 3 0 of junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for "Independent Study" (Sociology 499) through which work on thesis will be completed. Honors degree in sociology will be granted to a candidate if helshe successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of senior year and maintains GPA through graduation. 111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Spring) 121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. (Fall, Spring) 231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation to culture; language as a major organizing element in the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of U.S. culture. (Fall, Spring) 300, 301, 302, 303, 304 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY Offered periodically through Aubsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these institutions take the course together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending on needs and interest. 360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY See under Department of Religion. 362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS The first course in a two-course sequence. Analysis of attempts to build a body of knowledge by way of a scientific approach. Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe social life through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take Soc. 3 6 3 the following term. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall) 363 RESEARCH METHODS The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by way of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately after Soc. 3 6 2 . (Prereq.: Soc. 3 6 2 or #. Spring.) 365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS AND PROGRAM EVALUATION Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment for statistical analysis. Overview of commonlyused research methods, especially experimental designs and applications to program evaluations. Designed for social work majors, (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring) 373 CRIME AND CORRECTIONS An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 121. Fall) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY An examination of the idea of "gr.oupn, its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic Interaction", an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq.: 121 and Psych 1 0 5 . Fall, Spring) 381 THE CITY AND METRO-URBAN PLANNING The changing city in history and various cultures; major theoretical perspectives in urban sociology; the metropolis as an ecosystem; metro-urban planning and policy systems; major issues related to shaping the future metropolis. The Twin Cities metropolitan area is utilized as an important learning laboratory. 383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of selfunderstanding. (Fall, Spring. PIN only) 388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY Analysis of inequality in regard to wealth, status and power in the U.S. and other selected countries. Causes and ramifications of the amount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis of current issues and policies concerning inequality in the U.S. (Prereq.: Soc. 1 2 1. Spring) The core program of Social Work begins in the junior year, but all students are advised to take Social Work 25 7 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted by the faculty. MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE: The approved program for students preparing for social work practice is the Bachelor of Science program. The Bachelor of Arts degree should be chosen only if the student is not interested in a professional social work position. Core program consists of psychology 105, and either psychology 3 5 1 and 3 5 2 or sociology 3 7 5 ; sociology 1 2 1 , 231, 3 6 5 , and 3 8 3 ; and social work 257 (optional and if available), 3 5 1 , 352, 3 5 3 , 461, 463, and 4 6 7 . Students may take up to 1 5 courses in the Department of Sociology and Social Work. Re~ommendedcourses are: one CHR; economics 122; political science 121 or 1 2 2 or 3 2 5 or 3 2 6 ; psychology 3 6 2 . Specializations in social work are available by appropriate selection of field experience and selection of a course as follows: for Aging, social work 372; for Corrections, sociology 373; and for a youth, sociology 2 5 5 (Summer School). 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairman or Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 1 2 1 or #. Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 12 1 and permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Social Work Director: Anthony R. Wagner MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE: Students are not advised to choose the BA program unless there are definite plans not to enter social work practice after graduation. The core program consists of the same courses as specified for the BS except that Sociology 231 is not required and only one of Social Work 461 or 4 6 3 is required. Students may take a second major, but cannot take a Social Work Specialization. A maximum of 1 3 courses in Sociology and Social Work is allowed. SUPPLEMENTAL PROGRAM RECOMMENDED FOR PREPARATION FORGRADUATESTUDY IN SOCIAL WORK: Broad preparation in all areas of social science with at least one course in each social science is recommended if graduate training in social work is considered. The following are highly recommended: Economics 1 2 2 ; Political Science (one or more) 121, 1 2 2 , 1 5 8 , 325, and 3 2 6 ; Psychology 3 6 1 and 362; and Sociology 241, 3 7 3 , and 3 7 5 . SPECIALIZATIONS: One specialization may be taken in the BS major. The department has capability of offering specializations in Aging, Crime and Corrections, and Youth. A specialization consists of one Sociology course descriptive of dysfunctional and programmatic aspects of the special area, plus field work assignments in two senior year Social Work courses in the area of specialization. Completion of a specialization sequence will be noted on the student's transcript. 257 PRACTICUM IN THE HUMAN SERVICES With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 30 hourslweek as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen or sophomores. (Interim) 363 METHODS AND SKILLS OF SOCIAL WORK Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Two class periods (a lecture-discussion session and a laboratory session) and 6 - 8 hours field experience per week. (Prereq.: 3 6 1, Junior, Fall) 362 SOCIAL POLICY ISSUES IN SOCIAL WELFARE Seminars consisting of an introduction to social policy formulation and analysis associated with the delivery of services in selected areas of social work practice. Examination of the development and impact of policy in such areas as mental retardation, chemical dependency, youth, aging, and public welfare and social security. Field experience of 1 6 hours per week. (Prereq.: 36 1, and junior, or #. Interim) 361 SYSTEMS OF SOCIAL WELFARE An examination of fundamental aspects of the various systems of social welfare in the U.S. and the role of social work in them. Special emphasis on analysis of the major assumptions and movements contributory to the rise of the welfare state; description of the various programs and services of the welfare system; the profession of social work; exploration into the future of welfare. Two class periods and 6 8 hours field experience per week. (Prereq.: Junior, or #. Spring) 461 ADVANCED METHODS AND SKILLS IN SOCIAL WORK Refinement of practice skills in direct service social work through field practice, seminar analysis, and regular class work. Examination of the alternatives, modes and subrnethods in social work. Some emphasis upon development of an eclectic practice style. Attention to professionalism and futurism in social work. 6 - 8 hours of field work, 2 hours lecture per week. (Prereq. : 353 or #, Fall. NOTE: Corrections specialists: Prereq. Soc. 3 73, or #, Spring. Non-majors in this section 4 6 1 meet one extra class period per week.) 463 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1 ) surveyance of historical forms of social change, 2) understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3 ) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Fall) 467 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP IN SOCIAL WORK Responsibilities assigned as a professional social worker in selected social welfare agency with arranged reflective seminars. (Prereq.: 46 1 or 4 6 3 and major.) Department of Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Chairman: Raymond Anderson DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3 . 0 0 over-all, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examinatiqn in field of concentration. Application to be made early in the senior year. Courses 11 6 and 4 7 6 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary education. Communication Arts COMMUNICATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses, including: 3 4 2 , 3 5 1 or 3 5 2 , 3 5 4 , 3 9 9 and English 21 9. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: Speech 1 1 1 ; Philosophy 130: Psychology 105; Sociology 1 1 1 , 3 7 5 . Typing ability required. The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different emphases - journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for each area are available from the Department Chairman or the Office of Admissions. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech 1 1 1 , Psychology 1 0 5 , Sociology 11 1 , and Philosophy 1 3 0 . COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses. SPEECH MAJOR: 1 0 courses to be approved by department. English minor, preferably a major. The communications major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 0 courses, including 1 1 1 , 241 or 243, 3 5 1 or 3 5 5 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 4 , 3 6 0 , 4 7 6 . Participation in forensics, and a minor in English. SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: Course 1 1 1 and six of the following: 241 or 2 4 3 , 3 5 1 or 3 5 5 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 4 , 3 6 0 , 4 7 6 and participation in forensics. 11 1 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. (Fall, Spring) 132 PHOTOGRAPHY See under Department of Art. 21 9 ADVANCED WRITING: JOURNALISM See under Department of English. 225, 230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I, II See under Department of Art. 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART See under Department of English. 242 FILM-MAKING See under Department of Art. 243 TELEVISION PRODUCTION MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may specialize in any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an An introduction to commercial television with an emphasis on the director's role; some emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Fall, Spring) 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY and communication. (Fall) See under Department of Political Science. 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMMUNICATION 351 ARGUMENTATION Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring) 352 PERSUASION Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) 353 ADVERTISING An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Spring) Theater Arts THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 1 0 courses, including: 1 1 1 , 1 1 6 , 228. 232. 3 6 0 , 361 , 366, 467. A course in cinema arts and 2 courses in drarntic literature may be counted toward a theater arts major. This major should be supported by an English minor or at least by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama. 354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. (Spring) 355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective group functioning. (Fall) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Freshmen planning to major in theater arts should take courses 1 1 1 , 1 1 6 , and 228. Experience requirement for theater arts majors: Experience is required in four out of the five following areas: acting, set construction and painting, lighting and sound, costume, house management. Majors should take part in dramatic productions during all four years. THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 0 courses, including 11 1 , 116, 228, 232, 241 or 243, 3 6 0 , 361, 366, 4 6 7 , 476 or a voice and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts majors, and a minor in English. See under Department of Psychology. 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairman for details. 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. f SP rin g) 480 SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION Cooperative investigation of topics in speech THEATER ARTS MINOR FOR TEACHING: courses 11 1 , 228, 232, 3 6 1 , 3 6 6 , one of the following: 241 , 243, 4 7 6 , and participation in dramatic productions. THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including: 228, 232, 3 6 0 , 3 6 1 , 366. SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 2 courses. 11 1 . 228, 232, 241 or 2 4 3 , 351 or 355, 3 5 2 , 354. 360. 3 6 1 , 3 6 6 , 467, 476 or a voice and diction course, and participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a minor in English. 116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS 361 THEATER HISTORY Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for elementary and secondary school teachers and recreation leaders. (Fall) An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Fall) 228 STAGECRAFT Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. Open to upper division students only. (Spring) Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore year. (Fall) 366 STAGE DIRECTION 399 INTERNSHIP 232 ACTING Consult Department Chairman for details. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Spring) 360 INTERPRETATIVE READING 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN DRAMA Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater. (Fall, Spring) Transdisplinary Major Students wishing to develop their own major by combining appropriate portions of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary Major enables students to respond to a particular career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields. Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the following: a. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college; b. The student should design, and sign, a contract for such a major prior to the end of his or her sophomore year; (the contract forms are available in the Office of the Registrar) c. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Total Student Enrollment Academic Year, 1975-76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,906 Summer Session, 1976. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 0 Summary of Graduates Graduates, 1870-19 7 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,315 Graduates, 1976 (August 31, 1975-May 18, 1976) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 Faculty RUTH AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970. University of Wisconsin (French), Department Chairman COURTLAND AGRE, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota EARL ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1 9 6 1 , University of Michigan, Department Chairman LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Speech, M.A. 1 9 4 7 , Northwestern University BARBARA ANDERSEN, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1 9 5 4 , Northwestern University, Department Chairman CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D, 1 9 6 2 , Union Theological Seminary ERNEST ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1 9 4 7 , University of Minnesota, Department Chairman *MARGARET ANDERSON, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , University of Minnesota OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1 9 4 2 , Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D. 1 9 6 3 , Concordia College RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1 9 5 9 , University of Minnesota (Communications), Department Chairman *JOSEPH AVENT, Adjunct Faculty, American Studies, B.A. 1972. University of Minnesota KENNETH C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1 9 6 0 , University of Minnesota *RABBI STEPHAN BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion *MICHAEL BEERY, Adjunct Instructor in Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1 9 7 5 , University of Minnesota JOHN E. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1 9 6 7 , Columbia University *ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence in Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1 9 4 8 , Northwestern University *JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1 9 6 7 , University of Minnesota VERNON BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1 9 5 9 , University of Minnesota LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1 9 7 0 , Luther Theological Seminary JAMES CARLSON, Assistant Professor of Music, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , Indiana University, (Director of the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble) *RANDALL CASPER, Teaching Assistant in Chemistry, B.S. 1 9 7 6 , Augsburg College CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 5 5 , University of Minnesota BERNHARD M . CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 2 9 , The Hartford Seminary TONI CLARK, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of California - Santa Barbara ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , University of Iowa (Director of the Social Science Research Center) AILENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota (Theater Arts) BENJAMIN COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 1 , Yale University *LIV DAHL, Adjunct Instructor in Norwegian, M.A. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1 9 4 0 , University of Minnesota F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 , Duke University BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , Arizona State University, Department Chairman GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 3 , University of Minnesota *JOHN ECKBERG, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass), M.M. 1 9 7 3 , Catholic University of America 'EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.M. 1 9 5 6 , Manhattan School of Music MARK ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 6 , University of Minnesota *ROBERT ENGELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1 9 7 2 , Augsburg College *KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 0 , Colorado State University, Department Chairman *ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach *DANIEL ESTREM, Artist in Residence in Music (Guitar) SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 , Northwestern University NORMAN B.L. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , University of Wisconsin, Department Chairman HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, University of Minnesota BURTON P. FOSSE, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University of Minnesota *ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , Penn State University MARK FUEHRER, Assistant Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota, Department Chairman STEPHEN M . GABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1 9 6 6 , University of Minnesota (Organ) JERRY GERASIMO, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 , University of Chicago BRUCE L. GILDSETH, Executive Assistant to the President and Director of Planning, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , University of Minnesota ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968. University of Minnesota *STEPHEN L. GORDON, Lecturer in Communications ROBERT GRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota, Department Chairman *ANNE GREEN, Basketball Coach for Women *JOHN GRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach SATYA P. GUPTA, Assistant Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 5 , Southern Illinois University DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 6 9 , University of Wisconsin ARLlN E. GYBERG, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1 9 6 9 , University of Minnesota *DEBORAH SUE HANSEN, Lecturer in Speech, B.A. 1 9 7 3 , Augustana College LElF E. HANSEN, Assistant Professor of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A. 1 9 5 0 , University of Minnesota (Norwegian) THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1 9 5 0 , New York University MlLDA HEDBLOM, Assistant Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer in Business Law, L.L.B. 1 9 6 1 , William Mitchell College of Law (Business Law) MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 3 0 , The Hartford Seminary Foundation *KATHERINE HENNIG, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.A. 1 9 5 6 , University of Minnesota ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , University of Nebraska NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1 9 6 2 , University of Iowa (Sculpture) JOHN R. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1 9 5 4 , University of Minnesota *CARLA HOWERY, Assistant Professor of Sociology, B.A. 1 9 7 2 , St. Olaf College ERVIN INNIGER, Instructor in Health and Physical Education and Director of Intramural Activities, M.S. 19 7 5 , St. Cloud State University, (Head Basketball Coach) I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 5 6 , University of Wisconsin MILDRED V. JOEL, Assistant to the Dean and Director of Summer School, M.A. 1 9 4 7 , University of Minnesota DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 7 , University of Minnesota ElNAR 0 . JOHNSON, Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1 9 6 1 , University of Washington GLEN W . JOHNSON, Vice President for Institutional Advancement, B.S.E. 1 9 5 2 , University of Nebraska, and B.D. 1 9 5 9 , Luther Theological Seminary JAMES D. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1 9 5 8 , Juilliard School of Music (Piano) JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota MARY E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1 9 5 0 , University of Minnesota, M.A. 1 9 5 0 , Columbia University (French) AMlN KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1 9 6 5 , University of Michigan ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959. University of Minneosta, (Director of Augsburg Orchestra), Department Chairman MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1 9 6 4 , Middlebury College (Spanish) BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 4 1 , University of Minnesota ALVIN KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , University of South Dakota (Head Football Coach) "ERIK KODNER, Artist in Residence in Music (French Horn) BOYD KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1 9 6 7 , University of Minnesota *ROY H. LA FAYETTE, Lecturer in Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota *ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, M.S. 1 9 7 1 , University of Minnesota PAMELA S. LARSON, Instructor in Nursing, M.S. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota *GREGORY LEWIS, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass) LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1 9 3 2 , University of Minnesota GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor of Business Education, M.A. 1 9 5 1 , University of Minnesota RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology. Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of California Santa Barbara KElSHlRO MATSUMOTO, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1 9 6 5 , University of Michigan MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1 9 3 2 , University of Minnesota *MARIE 0. McNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1 9 6 7 , University of Nebraska *ANN MEISSNER, Associate Professor of Nursing, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , University of Wisconsin, M.P.H. 1 9 6 9 , University of California - Berkeley DIANA LEE METZKER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1 9 6 9 , University of Minnesota (Organ, Piano) ROBERTA METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1 9 7 1 , University of Kansas (Music Therapy) ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1 9 6 4 , University of Minnesota *HERMAN J. MILLIGAN, JR., Adjunct lnstructor in Sociology, B.A. 1 9 7 1 , University of Wisconsin JOHN R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1 9 7 1 , University of Tennessee *AUGUST MOLDER, Artist in Residence in Art, L1.D. 1 9 4 4 , University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained Glass) 'JON E. MONDA, Lecturer in Music Education, B.Mu.Ed. 1 9 6 5 , Mac Phail College of Music CAROL MORK, lnstructor in Education, M.A.T. 1 9 6 9 , Reed College *GEORGE MOUDRY, Lecturer in Sociology. M.S.W. 1 9 5 8 , Catholic University ARTHUR NASH, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 3 8 , University of Minnesota *R. OWEN NELSEN, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1 9 4 7 , University of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach) GORDON L. NELSON, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , University of Chicago RICHARD C. NELSON, Assistant Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 7 5 , University of Minnesota, Department Chairman *CATHERINE NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 7 1 , University of Minnesota *GRIEF4 NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , University of Minnesota (American Studies) NORMA C. NOONAN, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1 9 6 5 , Indiana University, Department Chairman 'CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist in Residence in Music (Piano), B.A. Hamline University DOUGLAS J. OLLILA, Professor of Religion, Th.D. 1 9 6 3 , Boston University JAMES OLSON, Librarian I, B.A., 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1 9 6 3 , University of Minnesota (German) RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D, 1 9 7 0 , University of Minnesota *PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Professor of Library Science, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota KERMIT E. PAULSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, M S. 1 9 6 3 , University of Wisconsin *PAMELA PAULSON, Instructor in Health and Physical Education ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1 9 4 5 , University of Minnesota LAURETTA PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1 9 6 6 , Marquette University, Department Chairman *DONNA PETERSON, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S.N. 1 9 6 8 , University of Cincinnati, Department Chairman LA VONNE PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1 9 5 3 , Montana State University JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1 9 6 9 , University of Minnesota "ALICE PREVES, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Strings), M.S. 1 9 6 4 , University of Illinois - Urbana MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 5 2 , University of Minnesota PHILIP QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1 9 5 8 , Princeton Theological Seminary, Department Chairman BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , Northwestern University STEVEN REUTER, lnstructor in Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of Nebraska *JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , Catholic University of America GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , University of Minnesota (Spanish) *PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor in Art EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1 9 6 9 , University of Minnesota RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Exeter (England) LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor of Music, L.H.D. 1 9 6 5 , Gettysburg College D.Mus. 1 9 6 5 , Lakeland College, (Director of the Augsburg Choir) EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1 9 6 4 , University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach) *IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Head Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1 9 4 3 , University of Illinois, and M.A, 1 9 6 1 , University of Minnesota *DANIEL SILVERMAN, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching Assistant in Biology EUGENE SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1 9 6 2 , University of Heidelberg (Germany) *DANA SKOGLUND, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Piano), B.M. 1975, Augsburg College *EMMA SMALL, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Voice) *NANCY SOLI, Assistant Volleyball Coach, B.A. 1 9 7 5 , Augsburg College *SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor in Greek, B.A. 1 9 6 6 , Augsburg College PAUL T. STEEN, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota (Social Work) *CARROLL I. STEIN, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 , University of Minnesota DONALD B. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics) MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1 9 6 5 , University of Colorado GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , University of Minnesota RALPH SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , University of Nebraska *MARY T. SWANSON, Adjunct Instructor in Art, M.F.A. 1964, University of Minnesota *JAMES TEN BENSEL, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Brass), M.M.Ed., 1964, University of Minnesota *PAUL THOMAS, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Cello) PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1 9 5 8 , University of Iowa (Painting), Department Chairman NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 5 , University of Wisconsin, Department Chairman JOHN THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1 9 3 4 , American Conservatory of Music VERA THUT, lnstructor Emeritus, B.Mus., 1 9 2 7 , American Conservatory of Music *MARY TIMM, Power Volleyball and Softball Coach JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 5 9 , University of Minnesota (MetroUrban Studies) ANTHONY WAGNER, Assistant Professor of SociologylSocial Work, M.S.W. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota *DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1 9 6 3 , University of Minnesota *MARY WILSON, Artist-in-Residence (Flute), B.A. 1 9 3 8 , Macalester College DAVID C. WOOD, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 6 9 , Bowling Green State University PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Executive Assistant to the President. . . , . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Collegepastor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oscar A. Anderson Bruce Gildseth Lowell Brandt FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT Vice President for Finance and Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Plant Services and Purchasing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Food Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Auxiliary Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager, Book Store and Vending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Student Financial Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager, College Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager, Graphic Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager,IceArena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Manager, Ice Arena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Custodial Supervisor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance Supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GroundsSupervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Burton P. Fosse Wayne Pederson Eugene Ecklund Carl Stromer Douglas P. Wasko Robert Gores Herald Johnson Charles Gerster Mildred Nelson Therese Morrison Michael Walgren James Carey Joseph Roberts Edwin Hovey Dennis Easley ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Deanofthecollege . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs. . . . . . . . AssistanttotheDean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HeadLibrarian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Audio Visual Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coordinator, New Dimensions Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FineArtsManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charles Anderson F. Mark Davis Mildred Joel Beverly Wegge Marjorie Sibley James Olson Louise McColl Cynthia Mandl DEVELOPMENT Vice President for Institutional Advancement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Deferred Giving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Alumni and Parents Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OfficeManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glen W. Johnson Sigvald Hjelmeland Donald A. Christenson Jeroy Carlson Irene Steenson a . PUBLIC RELATIONS Coordinator of Public Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Darralu Lindholm Coordinator of ParentIAlumni Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stella Rosenquist Coordinator of News Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pat Mattos ADMISSIONS Director of Admissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Transfer Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Benzel Jennifer Harvey Kathryn Lange Raymond Dahlof Leslie Samuelson STUDENT AFFAIRS Vice President for Student Affairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marianne Sander Associate Dean of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Richard Thoni Director of Residence Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . Tod Hanson Director of Career Planning and Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pat Olsson Director of Student Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joel Mugge Coordinator of Minority Affairs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ralph Crowder Head Resident, Mortensen and Director of Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . Debra Bergh ........................ .................................. ......................... ................ . .......... Academic Administration 27 Academic Life................................. -12 Accreditation 7 Administration ................................. 97 Admission to the College 22 Advanced Placement 23 AdvancedStanding ............................. 2 3 American Studies 32 Anthropology .84 Art. Department of -3-2 Bachelor of Music Degree 17, R 3 Biology. Department of -34 Board. Cost of ................................. - 2 5 Business Administration 38 Business Education ............................ -30 Calendar 12 Campus 7 CampusMap 8 -41 Chemistry. Department of Chinese 51 Classification .................................. 31 Communications 87 Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -62 Conservation of Human 15 Resources (CHR) Corrective Therapy 1 5 70 Courses of Study 31 -32 Course Descriptions 32 31 Credit by Examination Degrees ...................................... 1 7 Divisional Organization 27 Early Admission ................................ 23 Early Decision 23 East Asian Studies .............................. 43 Economics .................................... 3 9 Education. Department of 43 Education. Elementary 44 Education. Secondary ........................... 4 5 Engineering 1 5 . 47 English. Department of .......................... 4 8 Enrollment 89 Expenses 25 12. 9 0 Faculty ................................... Financial Aid -24 Financial Information -25 Five College Cooperative ......................... 1 5 Foodservice 19 51 French ForeignLanguages ............................. 51 25 Full-Time Student Defined General Education Requirements 12 Geography .................................... 59 53 German Grading ...................................... 29 89 Graduates (1870.1975) Graduates. Summary of 89 27 Graduation Requirements Graduation With Distinction 30 ............................... .................................. ............................. .................... .......................... ......................... ...................................... ...................................... ................................... ....................... ....................................... ............................... . ............. .............................. .......................... . ........................... ............................. ........................... .......................... .................................. ........................ ........................... ............................... .................................... ..................................... ................................. ........................... ................................... ........................................ ........................ .................. .................................... ........................... .......................... ........................ ...................... Greek ........................................ 55 HealthEducation 72 History of Augsburg College ...................... 8 History Department of 57 Honors Program ................................ 1 7 Housing 19 Identification .................................. 6 Independent Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -30 Inter-Institutional Programs 14 Intercollegiate Athletics 18 Journalism ................................... -87 Library Science ................................ 4 R Location 6 Majors ........................................ 12 Mathematics. Department of 60 Medical Technology ......................... 15 â¬32 Metro-Urban Studies 62 Metro-Urban Studies 17 Internship Program (MUSIP) Music. Department of ............................ 63 Music Therapy ................................. 6 5 6 Nature and Objectives of Augsburg Natural Science 67 New Dimensions Program ........................ 19 Norwegian 55 Numbering of Courses ........................... 31 Nursing 67 Personnel of the College 97 Pre-Professional Training 13 Philosophy Department of 68 Physical Education 70 Physics Department of .......................... 7 2 Political Science Department of 74 Probation and Dismissal ........................ - 2 8 Psychology. Department of 77 Recreation 18 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6 Registration -28 Religion. Department of .......................... 7 9 Religious Life .................................. 1 8 Room Costs -25 Scandinavian Area Studies ....................... 81 Social Science Majors ........................... 8 2 Social Work .................................... 85 Sociology. Department of -83 Spanish ....................................... 5 6 -87 Speech. Department of Student Life ................................... 1 8 18 Student Services ............................... Summer School 17 Study Abroad .................................. - 1 7 Symbol(#) 31 . 3 2 88 Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Major 89 Transfer to Augsburg 22 25 Tuition and Fees ................................ 7 Visiting the Campus ............................... ........................... . ...................................... . ............ ....................... .......................... ...................................... ...................... . ............................ .................... ................. ................................ .................................... ....................................... ......................... ........................ ........................ . . .............................. . ................... ....................... .................................... .................................. .................................. ........................ .......................... ................................ ................................. ................................... .......................... ............................ ............................. Academic Calendar For 1977-78 (Tentative: Subject to Change) Fall Semester 1977 Sept. 6-7 Sept. 8 Sept. 21 Oct. 2 4 Nov. 2 3 Nov. 2 3 NOV.24-27 Nov. 2 8 Dec. 1 4 Dec. 1 5 Dec. 16-21 Dec. 22-Jan. 2 Registration and Welcome Days Classes Begin Last Day for Adding Classes Mid-term Break Last Day for Cancelling Classes Classes Close at End of Day Thanksgiving Holidays Classes Resume Classes End Reading Day Final Examinations Christmas Holidays lnterim 1978 Jan. 3 Jan, 27 Jan. 31 lnterim Begins lnterim Ends Confirmation of Spring Registration Spring Semester 1 978 Feb. 1 Feb. 1 4 Mar. 1 7 Mar. 18-Mar. 26 Mar. 2 7 Apr. 21 May 1 2 May 15-18 May 21 Classes Begin Last Day for Adding Classes Classes Close at End of Day Easter Holidays Classes Resume Last Day for Cancelling Classes Classes End Final Examinations Baccalaureate and Commencement
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1978
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: SUMMER 78 ffice d AUGSBURG TERM I TERM I1 I KegTsTm COLLEGE May 30. June 23 . June 26 August s I GENERAL INFORMATION ALL COURSES a t Augsburg College c a r r y a v a l u e o f one Course C r e d i t , t h e e q u i v a l e n t of f o u r s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s ( s i x q u a ...
Show more SUMMER 78 ffice d AUGSBURG TERM I TERM I1 I KegTsTm COLLEGE May 30. June 23 . June 26 August s I GENERAL INFORMATION ALL COURSES a t Augsburg College c a r r y a v a l u e o f one Course C r e d i t , t h e e q u i v a l e n t of f o u r s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s ( s i x q u a r t e r c r e d i t s ) . LOWER-DIVISION COURSES, i n t e n d e d p r i m a r i l y f o r freshman and sophomore s t u d e n t s , a r e t h o s e with a 1 o r 2 a s t h e t h i r d d i g i t of t h e f i v e - d i g i t Course Number. A 3 o r 4 i n t h a t p o s i t i o n i n d i c a t e s a n upper-division course, intended primarily f o r juniors o r seniors. COURSES REGULARLY TAUGHT d u r i n g t h e academic y e a r a r e more f u l l y I f you need d e s c r i b e d i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u e o f AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW. more i n f o r m a t i o n about a s p e c i a l summer o f f e r i n g , p l e a s e c o n t a c t t h e Summer School O f f i c e . INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS may be pursued d u r i n g t h e summer i n a number of departments. For i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n s u l t t h e Summer School Off i c e . CHANGES I N REGISTRATION must be made a t t h e Surwer School O f f i c e . No course may be added a f t e r i t h a s met more t h a n s i x h o u r s e l a p s e d c l a s s time, e x c e p t w i t h t h e s p e c i a l permission of t h e i n s t r u c t o r . COSTS SUMMER SCHOOL CHARGES i n c l u d e a General Fee of $20. T u i t i o n i S $220 p e r course. Laboratory o r s p e c i a l f e e s may be charged f p r some c o u r s e s . (Students who p r e r e g i s t e r b e f o r e March 17 w i l l pay $200 p e r c o u r s e ; between March 18 and A p r i l 14 $210, a f t e r A p r i l 14 $220 per course.) - A DEPOSIT of $35 must accompany t h e P r e r e g i s t r a t i o n Form. T h i s d e p o s i t i s r e f u n d a b l e o n l y i f t h e courses l i s t e d by t h e s t u d e n t , i n c l u d i n g a l t e r n a t e s , should be c a n c e l l e d . The d e p o s i t a p p l i e s toward t h e General Fee and T u i t i o n . CHARGE FOR AUDITING a course ( t a k i n g i t w i t h o u t c o l l e g e c r e d i t ) i s $110 p l u s $20 g e n e r a l f e e . I n courses w i t h l i m i t e d e n r o l l m e n t , p r e f e r e n c e w i l l be g i v e n t o f u l l - t u i t i o n s t u d e n t s . REGISTRATION i s t o be completed not l a t e r than t h e f i r s t day of each term a t t h e Summer School O f f i c e . ALL CHARGES f o r the term must be p a i d b e f o r e t h e r e g i s t r a t i o n i s complete. A Late R e g i s t r a t i o n Fee o f $10 w i l l be added f o r s t u d e n t s who complete r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t day o f t h e term. TUITION REFLTND f o r c a n c e l l e d c o u r s e s COURSE w i l l be allowed a s i n d i c a t e d by t h e REFUND t a b l e on t h e r i g h t . (Such refund i s 100% l i m i t e d by t h e non-refundable d e p o s i t . ) 80% 60% No refund w i l l be made a f t e r t h e l i s t e d dates. 40% May June - June July August M T 28'29 5 4 11 12 18 19 30 6 13 20 31 7 14 21 25 2 9 16 23 3 0 27 4 11 18 25 1 28 5 12 19 26 . 2 26 3 10 17 24 3 1 W T F S 1 2 8 9 15 16 22 23 3 10 17 24 29 6 13 20 27 3 1 8 15 22 29 5 30 7 14 21 28 4 TERM I May 30 - TERM I1 June 26 June 23 - August 4 S W R STUDENTS may take one course d u r i n g Term I and two courses d u r i n g Term 11, f o r a t o t a l of t h r e e courses i n t h e two r e g u l a r terms. PERSONS PLANNING t o a t t e n d Summer School a r e advised t o p r e r e g i s t e r a s soon a s p o s s i b l e , s i n c e courses w i t h o u t s u b s t a n t i a l demand may be dropped. THE COLLEGE RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CANCEL LISTED COURSES. - S CANCELLATION DATE TERM I TERM I1 May 30-31 June 26-28 June 1-2 June 29-July 3 June 5-6 J u l y 5-7 June 7-8 J u l y 10-12 STUDENTS NEEDING HOUSING may o b t a i n i n f o r m a t i o n from t h e D i r e c t o r of Housing. Limited food s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e , supplenented by s e v e r a l r e s t a u r a n t s and snack shops i n the Augsburg v i c i n i t y . FINANCIAL A I D FOR SUMMER SCHOOL - l i m i t e d t o t h e Guaranteed Student Loan. For s t u d e n t s c a r r y i n g a t l e a s t one-half t h e normal f u l l - t i m e load. I f the a d j u s t e d family income of t h e s t u d e n t i s l e s s than $25,000 per y e a r o r i f f i n a n c i a l need i s e s t a b l i s h e d f o r t h o s e n o t i n t h i s c a t e g o r y , t h e F e d e r a l Government pays t h e f u l l i n t e r e s t on the loan while t h e s t u d e n t i s i n c o l l e g e . When repayment b e g i n s , the s t u d e n t pays t h e f u l l 7% i n t e r e s t on t h e loan. Maximum loan is' $2500 per y e a r o r t h e c o s t of e d u c a t i o n , whichever i s l e s s and t h e aggregate maximum i s $7500. Loan a p p l i c a t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e a t t h e College, a t some banks, and from Minnesota S t a t e Loan O f f i c e . Deadline: A p p l i c a t i o n s must be f i l e d w i t h t h e l e n d e r by March 20, 1978. S i n c e p r o c e s s i n g takes up t o 10 weeks, t h e a p p l i c a t i o n must be f i l e d t h i s e a r l y . It is the policy of Augsburg College not to d~scrirn~nate on the basis of race, ,creed, national or ethn~corigin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1 9 7 3 as amended In its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices I DEPARTMENT OF ART A r t 10165 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Title: DEPARTMENT OF ART Art 10107 ' Title: Drawing Drawing i n p e n c i l , c h a r c o a l , i n k , and p a s t e l s . Subjects i n c l u d e s t i l l - l i f e , f i g u r e s , b u i l d i n g i n t e r i o r s and e x t e r i o r s , and experimental work. I n s t r u c t o r : Dorothy Williamson ( 1 s t meeting 5/30, Class meets: Term I , Time arranged. 7:00 p.m. Location: A r t S t u d i o 6 Needle A r t B a s i c and advanced s t i t c h e s of k n i t t i n g and n e e d l e p o i n t . How t o d e s i g n o n e ' s own c r e a t i o n s from s w e a t e r s t o w a l l hangings. B a r g e l l o w i l l be considered i n n e e d l e p o i n t . I n s t r u c t o r : Beverly Skoglund Class meets: Term 11, Time arranged. ( 1 s t meeting 6/26 7:OOp.m. Location: A r t S t u d i o 6 -- ' -- DEPARTMENT OF ART A r t 10221 DEPARTMENT OF ART A r t 10132 Title : Title: Photography The camera used a s a t o o l f o r v i s u a l c r e a t i v i t y and expression with a t t e n t i o n given t o black and w h i t e , c o l o r and photographic processes. Should have a c c e s s t o a 35 mm camera. Limited t o 15 s t u d e n t s . I n s t r u c t o r : Robert F r i e d e r i c h s e n Class meets: Term 11, Time arranged. ( 1 s t meeting 6/26 7:00 p.m.) Location: A r t S t u d i o Sculpture I An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o s c u l p t u r e . Thre-dimensional problems d e a l i n g p r i m a r i l y w i t h form and s c a l e . P r o j e c t s w i l l be developed from w i t h i n s t r i c t d e s i g n l i m i t a t i o n s toward f r e e and c r e a t i v e s o l u t i o n s . I n s t r u c t o r : Robert F r i e d e r i c h s e n Class meets: Term 11, 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th Location: A r t S t u d i o - Lower l e v e l -- -- DEPARTMENT OF ART A r t 10242 DEPARTMENT OF ART A r t 10161 Title: 1 Title: I n t r o d u c t i o n t o B a t i k and Tie Dye Experiments with a v a r i e t y of a r t forms i n b a t i k and t i e dye. Creation of a b a t i k wall-hanging, and t h e combination of b a t i k and/or tie-dye w i t h o t h e r a r t forms. P r e r e q u i s i t e : Drawing I o r consent of i n s t r u c t o r . I n s t r u c t o r : Eleanor Conrad Class meets: Term I , 9:50-12:OO and 12:30-1:40 -M-W-F Location: A r t S t u d i o -- 2 Film Making I Discussion and o b s e r v a t i o n of t h e e x p r e s s i o n and s t r u c t u r a l elements of f i l m w i t h p r a c t i c a l l a b o r a t o r y experience. Add. $70.00 f e e . I n s t r u c t o r : Paul Rus t e n Class meets: Term 11, Time arranged. ( 1 s t meeting 6/26 7:00 p.m. Location: E a s t H a l l -- I DEPARTMENT OF ART Art 10270 Title: I Portable F i b e r Techniques Basic techniques i n weaving on any frame, round o r rectangular. Basic s t e p s i n the a n c i e n t a r t of basketry i n modern f i b e r s and designs. I n s t r u c t o r : Beverly Skoglund Class meets : Term I, Time arranged. ( 1 s t meeting 5/30 -Location: Title: Ceramics I An i n t r o d u c t o r y t o t h e making of p o t t e r y w i t h an emphasis on h a n d b u i l d i n g and g l a z i n g . Limited e n r o l l m e n t . I n s t r u c t o r : Norman Holen Class meets: Term 11, 8:30-11:30 a.m. M-W-F Location: A r t S t u d i o Lower l e v e l -- - A r t Studio DEPARTMENT OF ART A r t 10290 Title: DEPARTMENT OF ART A r t 10350 A r t H i s t o r y Survey A survey of a r t from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times. Includes reading, r e s e a r c h , viewing of s l i d e s , v i s i t s t o museums. I n s t r u c t o r : Mary Swanson Class meets: Term I , 1:50-5:00 p.m. M-T-W-Th-F Location: A r t Studio 6 -- DEPARTMENT OF ART A r t 10351 Title: Ceramics I1 Advanced work i n ceramics w i t h an emphasis on throwing Limited o r h a n d b u i l d i n g and a c o n t i n u a t i o n of g l a z i n g . enrollment. I n s t r u c t o r : Norman Holen C l a s s meets: Term 11, 8:30-11:30 a.m. M-W-F Location: A r t S t u d i o Lower l e v e l -- - DEPARTMENT OF ART A r t 10342 Title: Film Making I1 Advanced course f o r those with previous experience i n f i l m making. Add. $70.00 fee. I n s t r u c t o r : Paul Rusten Class meets: Term 11, Time arranged. ( 1 s t meeting 6/26 7:00 p.m. Location: East Hall -- DEPARTMENT OF ART By s p e c i a l arrangements t h e f o l l o w i n g c o u r s e s may be taken independently: A r t 10118 & 10355 P. Thompson P a i n t i n g I and I1 Printmaking I and I1 A r t 10223 & 10368 P. Thompson A r t Methods Education 45361 D. Williamson - - - - - - DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY Biology 20367 DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY Biology 20103 1 Title: Title : Human Anatomy and Physiology A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and f u n c t i o n of t h e human body. Course runs 10 weeks. I n s t r u c t o r : Erwin Mickelberg Class meets: Terms I and 11, 6:30-9:30 p.m. T,Th Location: Science 205 l e c t u r e Science 214 l a b -- DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY Biology 20107 Title: ' Biochemistry An i n t r o d u c t o r y c o n s i d e r a t i o n of t h e chemistry of p r o t e i n , c a r b o h y d r a t e s , l i p i d s and n u c l e i c a c i d s i n c l u d i n g i n t e r mediary metabolism. I n s t r u c t o r : Ken Holman Class meets: Term I, 10:30-12:30 M-T-W-Th-F Location: Science 212 -- DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 21101 Minnesota Summer Flowering P l a n t s Title: Use of standard keys of i d e n t i f i c a t i o n of l o c a l summer f l o r a . Recognition of common p l a n t s and understanding of taxonomic r e l a t i o n s h i p s . F i e l d t r i p s f o r study and c o l l e c t i n g purposes. I n s t r u c t o r : Roberta L m e r s M-T-W-Th-F Class meets: Term I, 8:30-11:OO a.m., Location: Science 205 -- DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY Biology 20108 Title: I n t r o d u c t i o n t o b u s i n e s s a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals of a c c o u n t i n g , t h e accounting c y c l e and p r e p a r a t i o n of f i n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s . I n s t r u c t o r : Amin Kader Class meets: Term I , 7:lO-9:40 a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Location: Main 19 - - -- DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 21262 Microbiology Title: Basic m i c r o b i a l f e a t u r e s a r e considered a s w e l l a s a p p l i c a t i o n of microbiology t o the f i e l d s of medicine. and s a n i t a t i o n . I n s t r u c t o r : Ken Holman Class meets : Term I, Lecture 8:OO-10:OO a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Lab 10:30-1:30 M-W-F Location: Lecture Science 212; Lab Science 202 -- - P r i n c i p l e s of F i n a n c i a l Accounting - I n t e r m e d i a t e Accounting I An a n a l y s i s of a c c o u n t i n g t h e o r y p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s , income concepts, c a p i t a l s t o c k and s u r p l u s a c c o u n t s , c u r r e n t and l o n g term a s s e t s . I n s t r u c t o r : Amin Kader Class meets: Term I , 1:50-5:00 p.m. M-T-W-Th Location : Science 2.2 -- DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY &emistry 34105 DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS Economics 22120 Title: Title: Economics of Urban I s s u e s This course, t h e f i r s t semester of a two semester sequence i s designed t o present an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o some of the b a s i c concepts of chemistry which a r e important i n any a r e a involving t h e use of chemical science. Chemical language, chemical r e a c t i o n s and e q u a t i o n s , c a l c u l a t i o n s , i n s i g h t i n t o the chemical bond and p r o p e r t i e s of s o l u t i o n s a r e a l l a p a r t of t h i s i n t r o d u c t i o n . The l a b o r a t o r y w i l l i l l u s t r a t e some of the concepts presented. High School Chemistry i s n o t required. I n s t r u c t o r : E a r l Alton Class meets: Term 11, Lecture 10:25-11:50 a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Lab 12:OO-3:00 p.m. T-W-Th Location: Lecture Science 315 Science 327 Lab Study of economic i m p l i c a t i o n s of many problems f a c i n g a metro-urban environment. I n s t r u c t o r : Edward S a b e l l a M-T-W-Th Class meets: Term I, 6:50-10:OO p.m. Location: Science 212 -- DEPARTMENT OF ECDNOMI CS Economics 22122 Title : -- P r i n c i p l e s of Economics (Macro) - An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income a n a l y s i s , monetary and f i s c a l p o l i c y , i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic growth. I n s t r u c t o r : Garson Sher Class meets: Term I , 6:50-10:OO p.m. M-T-W-Th Location: Memorial H a l l 1 Title: -- - P r i n c i p l e s of Economics (Micro) -- Q u a n t i t a t i v e A n a l y t i c a l blemistry Covers g r a v i m e t r i c and volumetric a n a l y s i s and s o l u t i o n equilibrium i n d e t a i l ; g i v e s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o s p e c t r o photometric techniques of a n a l y s i s . I n s t r u c t o r : A r l i n Gyberg Class meets: Term 11, Lecture 8:50-10:15 a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Lab 10 :30- 12 :30 T-W-Th Location: Lecture and Lab Science 318 DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS Economics 22123 An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o micro-economics, t h e t h e o r y o f t h e household, firm, market s t r u c t u r e s . a n d income d i s t r i b u t i o n . A p p l i c a t i o n of elementary economic t h e o r y t o market p o l i c y . I n s t r u c t o r : Edward S a b e l l a Class meets: Term 11, 6:OO-9:30 M,W Location: Memorial 1 - DEPARTMENT OF rnEMISTRY Chemistry 34353 -- Title: P r i n c i p l e s of Chemistry DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION Education 44375 J Title: Discovery i n the World of Kindergarten A study of the kindergarten curriculum, e x p l o r a t i o n of m a t e r i a l s , and review of teaching approaches. Laboratory experience i n classroom. (Limited enrollment. Consent of i n s t r u c t o r required. ) Instructor: Lauretta Pelton Class meets : Term I , Time arranged Location: Library 4 -- 9 DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH English 54231 T i t l e : Modern Women W r i t e r s ; DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION Education 44481, 44482, 44483 o r 44484 Title: The c l a s s w i l l begin with a d i s c u s s i o n of modernism, and go on t o e x p l o r e t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f a number of B r i t i s h women w r i t e r s t o t h e modernist t r a d i t i o n . Among the q u e s t i o n s t o be asked a r e , a r e we a s women doubly a l i e n a t e d ? I s o u r a r t d i f f e r e n t from men's? How do we c r e a t e o u r sense of o u r own i d e n t i t y ? Equal a t t e n t i o n w i l l be given t o t h e a e s t h e t i c , s t r u c t u r a l , thematic and p o l i t i c a l a s p e c t s of t h e reading. I n s t r u c t o r : Toni Clark Class meets: Term I , 8:30-11:OO a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Location: Main 8 Student Teaching (Elementary, Kindergarten o r Nursery School) Experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g experiences i n elementary schools under s u p e r v i s i o n of c o l l e g e and public school personnel. Add. $15 fee. P r e r e q u i s i t e : Acceptance i n t o the education department I n s t r u c t o r : Steve Reuter Class meets: Term I and/or Term I1 Location : Arranged -- -- DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH English 54111 Title: DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH English 54242 E f f e c t i v e Writing Title: The study of composition with emphasis upon expository Correct usage, l o g i c a l o r g a n i z a t i o n and t h e writing. research paper. I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Sargent Class meets : Term I, 11:10-1 :40 M-T-W-Th-F Location: Library 1 - S t u d i e s i n t h e American Film This course w i l l i n v e s t i g a t e some o f the d i f f e r e n t types of American f i l m , i n c l u d i n g t h e Western f i l m , the g a n g s t e r f i l m , the h o r r o r f i l m and o t h e r s . We w i l l c o n s i d e r what elements i n a f i l m h e l p u s determine a f i l m type and how t h e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of a f i l m type o f f e r us a means of understanding and a p p r e c i a t i n g many f i l m s . Some f i l m viewing o u t s i d e of c l a s s time w i l l be r e q u i r e d . I n s t r u c t o r : Ronald P a l o s a a r i Class meets: Term 11, 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M,W Location: L i b r a r y 1 - -- -- DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH English 54219 Title: British Advanced Writing: Exposition Designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g . I n s t r u c t o r : John M i t c h e l l M,W Class meets: Term 11, 6:OO-9:30 p.m. Location: A r t Studio 6 . -- DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH E n g l i s h 54382 Title: The American Novel 1 A s t u d y of major and r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works of s e l e c t e d American n o v e l i s t s from t h e beginning t o t h e p r e s e n t . I n s t r u c t o r : Ronald P a l o s a a r i Class meets: Term 11, 8:50-10:15 a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Location: Memorial H a l l 1 -- DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES German 72111 Title: DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY H i s t o r y 56163156363 Beginning German I Title: Classroom p r a c t i c e i n speaking, understanding and r e a d i n g b a s i c German f o r s t u d e n t s with no previous background i n Ge m a n . I n s t r u c t o r : William Oyler M-T-W-Th-F Class meets: Term I , 8:30-11:OO a.m. Location : Science 22 -- \ 1 Beginning German I1 For s t u d e n t s who have had German 111 o r e q u i v a l e n t o r l e s s t h a n two y e a r s of h i g h school German. I n s t r u c t o r : William Oyler M-T-W-Th-F Class meets: Term 11, 8:50-10:15 a.m. Location: Science 22 DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC Music 82110 -- Title: Western C i v i l i z a t i o n and I t s E s t h e t i c T r a d i t i o n - Based on Kenneth C l a r k ' s f i l m s e r i e s " C i v i l i z a t i o n a Personal View" t h i s i n t r o d u c t o r y course u s e s a s a background the c i t i e s , b u i l d i n g s , and museum works of Europe t o view and d i s c u s s Western C i v i l i z a t i o n a s seen through i t s a r t i s t i c t r a d i t i o n from t h e Middle Ages t o t h e 20th Century. The f i l m s w i l l be supplemented by r e a d i n g s , l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n s . I n s t r u c t o r : Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t M-T-W-Th-F Class meets: Term I, 8:30-11:OO a.m. Location: A r t S t u d i o 6 -- Music Therapy: A C l i n i c a l Overview V i s i t a t i o n t o approximately 10 music therapy c l i n i c a l s i t e s and f a c i l i t i e s with handicapped i n d i v i d u a l s i n Minnesota. P o s s i b i l i t y of an o v e r n i g h t t r i p t o a neighboring s t a t e . Classroom d i s c u s s i o n of b a s i c s i n t h e f i e l d of music therapy. Designed f o r both music t h e r a p y undergraduate s t u d e n t s a s w e l l a s non-therapy majors. -$lo f e e t o cover c o s t of t r a n s p o r t a t i o n . Need for f l e x i b i l i t y i n time, a s some t r i p s w i l l be scheduled i n morning, a f t e r n o o n , e n t i r e day, perhaps o v e r n i g h t . (Previously o f f e r e d a s I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Music Therapy. ) I n s t r u c t o r : Roberta Metzler Class meats: Term I, 8:30-11:OO a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Main 28 LO ca t i o n : DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY His t o r y 56215 Title: I n every f i e l d t h e r e have been v i s i o n a r i e s whose p e r c e p t i o n of t h e i r world surpassed t h e i r contemporaries. Among s e v e r a l f i g u r e s t o be s t u d i e d a r e Alexander t h e Great and J u l i u s Caesar, P e r i c l e s and Cicero, S o c r a t e s and Paul of Tarsus, Homer and V i r g i l . I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Nelson M-T-W-Th-F Class meets: Term 11, 10:25-11:50 a.m. Location: Science 22 -- DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES German 72112 Title: Larger Than L i f e : A Study of Major P e r s o n a l i t i e s of the Ancient World and T h e i r Contribution t o Wes t e r n C i v i l i z a t i o n -- \ DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY Philosophy 83130 Title: - Logic Suppose someone g i v e s you reason and then says you must accept a p a r t i c u l a r conclusion. Do you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine the r u l e s which govern v a l i d arguments and work t o develope your a b i l i t y t o recognize and c o n s t r u c t sound arguments. I n s t r u c t o r : Kenneth Bailey M-T-W-Th-F Class meets: Term I , 8:30-11:00 a.m. Location: Main 21 I1' -- DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY Philosophy 83390 Title: The Nature of t h e Mystic Vision This course w i l l examine some of t h e key concepts of mysticism with r e s p e c t t o t h e i r p h i l o s o p h i c a l i m p l i c a t i o n s . The concepts of negation, e c s t a c y , purgation, contemplation w i l l be s t u d i e d a s w e l l a s t h e r e l a t i o n of t h e s o u l t o God, n a t u r e mys t i c i s m , c u l t mysticism e t c . W r i t e r s such a s P l o t i n u s , John of the Cross, Meister Eckhart w i l l be read. The r e l a t i o n of mysticism t o p o e t r y , a r t , and music w i l l a l s o be i n v e s t i g a t e d . No p r e r e q u i s i t e s . I n s t r u c t o r : Mark Fuehrer Class meets: Term I, 3:30-6:40 p.m. M-T-W-Th Location : Science 205 -- I DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION Physical Education 55 107 Title: Basic S a i l b o a t Cruising This course i s designed f o r the beginning and intermediate s a i l o r . It w i l l begin with classroom i n s t r u c t i o n on terminology, equipment, p o i n t s of t h e wind, navigation e t c . On t h e water i n s t r u c t i o n w i l l be a major p a r t of the course. An a c t u a l c r u i s e has been planned on Lake Superior i n a 3 2 ' f i x e d k e e l boat. You w i l l a c t a s a crew member, a s w e l l a s helmsperson on t h i s c r u i s e . A $100 f e e w i l l be charged i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n . This w i l l cover boat r e n t a l a s w e l l a s food on t h e extended c r u i s e . Maximum r e g i s t r a t i o n i s 12. I n s t r u c t o r : Joyce P f a f f Class meets: Term I , 5:10-8:20 p.m. M-T-W-Th Location: S i Melby 24 -- DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AM) HEALTH EDUCATION Health Education 55110 Title: I Personal and Community Health Modern concepts and p r a c t i c e s of h e a l t h and h e a l t h f u l l i v i n g applied t o t h e i n d i v i d u a l and t h e community. I n s t r u c t o r : Pam Paulson Class meets: Term I, 12:30-3:20 p.m. M-T-W-ThgF Location: S i Melby 12 -- DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY Philosophy 83450 DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION Physical Education 55231 Title : Title: Philosophies of Feminism P h i l o s o p h i c a l a n a l y s i s of key concepts of feminism i n myth, l i t e r a t u r e , r e l i g i o n and a r t ; t h e o r i e s and implicat i o n s of matriarchial/patriarchial, p r o - f e m i n i s t l a n t i f e m i n i s t c u l t u r e s , c o u r t l y and romantic l o v e , and t h e c u l t of the v i r g i n . I n s t r u c t o r : Mark Fuehrer Class meets : Term I , 11:.lo-1 :40 M-T-W-Th-,F Location: Science 22 - -- I-4 I n d i v i d u a l and Dual Sports Theory and p r a c t i c e i n s k i l l s , teaching, and o f f i c i a t i n g i n d i v i d u a l and d u a l s p o r t s . I n s t r u c t o r : Ervin I n n i g e r M-T-W-Th-F Class meets: Term I, 9:50-12:20 Location: S i Melby 12 -f I r DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH Health Education 55320 Title: I T-m - School Health Curriculum Techniques f o r developing a course of s t u d y based upon growth and development f o r grades K-12. S p e c i a l work u n i t s i n n u t r i t i o n and d i s e a s e s . (Prerequisites: A l l courses i n the major sequence numbered i n the 100 and 200 s e r i e s ; a l s o permission of i n s t r u c t o r . ) I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Borstad Class meets: Term I, 6:50-10:00 p.m. M-T-W-Th Location: ~i elb by 13 DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION Department of P h y s i c a l Education 55477 & I( course) - - Title: Coaching of B a s k e t b a l l Theory, t e c h n i q u e and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e a s p e c t s o f coaching b a s k e t b a l l . (2nd h a l f of Term I ) I n s t r u c t o r : Ervin Inniger Class meets: 7:lO-9:40 a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Location: S i Melby 24 I -- -- DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION P h y s i c a l Education 55485 . DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION Health Education 55410 T i t l e : Applied Adapted A c t i v i t i e s Title: Administration and Supervision of t h e School Health Program Course i n c l u d e s c o n s i d e r a t i o n of ambulation, s e l f c a r e , adapted s p o r t s and games, and swimming f o r t h e handicapped. Prerequisites: 350, 351; H. Ed. 355 Instructor: Chester Nelson Class meets: Term I, Time a r r a n g e d , 1st meeting 5/30, 6:30 Location: S i Melby 12 p.m. H i s t o r i c a l background, l e g a l b a s e s , school h e a l t h s e r v i c e s , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o community h e a l t h program and resources. Methods and m a t e r i a l s i n h e a l t h education with l a b o r a t o r y experience i n classroom and community. P r e r e q u i s i t e : 320 , Instructor: Richard Bors tad Class meets : Term 11, 8 :50-10 :15 M-T-W-Th-F Location: S i Melby 12 -- -- DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION Department of Physical Education 55475 (112 course) Title: DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION P h y s i c a l Education 55491 Title: .YI Prevention and Care of A t h l e t i c I n j u r i e s Emphasis placed on preventing i n j u r i e s . Treatment of common a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s . P r a c t i c a l experience i n t a p- i n g and training-room procedures. ( 1 s t h a l f - of Term I ) '1 L P r e r e q u i s t e : 350 I n s t r u c t o r : Ervin I n n i g e r Class meets: 7:lO-9:40 a.m. Location: S i Melby 24 -- I i Includes A s t u d y of t h e t r e a t m e n t of d i s e a s e and i n j u r y . g e n e r a l p r i n c i p l e s and a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f neuro-muscular re-education. Prerequisites: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354. 'Tnstructor: C h e s t e r Nelson Class meets: Term 11, Time a r r a n g e d , 1 s t meeting 6/26, 6:30 ->cation: S i Melby 12 - ( Therapeutic Exercise %- -- - -, I , DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS Physics 84101 DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY Psychology 86105 Title: Title: Astronomy A d e s c r i p t i v e course r e q u i r i n g elementary a l g e b r a . Our s o l a r system, s t a r s and g a l a x i e s . The n e c e s s a r y o p t i c a l instruments a r e explained and use i s made of a 12-inch r e f l e c t i n g t e l e s c o p e , an e i g h t - i n c h C e l e s t r o n , a s w e l l a s a 3-inch Questar. I n s t r u c t o r : Mark Engebretson Class meets: Term 11, 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th Location: Science 22 -- 1 General Psychology Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r t h e purpose of understanding behavior, and research procedures a s s o c i a t e d with t h e study of behavior. I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Marken Class meets: Term 11, 7:15-8:40 a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Locat ion; Science 205 I -- DEPARTMENT OF PSYGAOLOGY Psychology 86130 DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL S CIENCE P o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e 85170 Title: Law i n the United S t a t e s A survey of American Law and l e g a l process. Theories of law; law and s o c i e t y ; r o l e s of c o u r t s , p o l i c e , lawyers, and j u r i e s ; t h e United S t a t e s C o n s t i t u t i o n a s "supreme" law; law a s p o l i t i c s ; h i s t o r i c and contemporary l e g a l i s s u e s . I n s t r u c t o r : Myles Stenshoel M-T-W-Th-F Class meets: Term 11, 10:25-11:50 a.m. Location: L i b r a r y 1 Title: The C h i l d ' s World: Cognitive Development The development of the c h i l d ' s r e p r e s e n t a t i o n of e v e n t s , n o t i n g s t a g e s and examples i n language, reasoning and judgment. Add. $3.00 f e e . I n s t r u c t o r : Grace Dyrud Class meets: Term 11, 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th Location: Library 1 -- -- DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL P o l i t i c a l Science 85342 Title: s CIENCE Mass Communications i n S o c i e t y E f f e c t s of mass connnunications on i n d i v i d u a l behavior; the uses and c o n t r o l of mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes i n c l u d i n g the s t u d y of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and p u b l i c a f f a i r s programming. I n s t r u c t o r : Milda Hedblom Class meets: Term I, 1:50-5:00 p.m. M-T-W-Th-F Location: L i b r a r y 1 -- DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY Psychology 86320 Title : he. Peer Group : A Developmental View This course w i l l i n v e s t i g a t e t h e r o l e of t h e peer group i n normal development, peer p r e d i c t i o n of a d u l t maladjustment, and the use of peer groups. This course w i l l be o f f e r e d a s an upper d i v i s i o n course according t o the above d e s c r i p t i o n and a s a graduate course with the a d d i t i o n of a research paper on a s p e c i f i c t o p i c w i t h i n peer group literature. I n s t r u c t o r : Grace Dyrud Class meets: Term 11, 1:35-3:30 p.m. M-T-W-Th Location: Science 205 -- DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Sociology 94111 DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY Psychology 86351 Title: Developmental Psychology: Emphasis on normal c h i l d development and behavior. Consideration of t h e o r e t i c a l systems used f o r viewing t h e developmental sequence and process. Inquiry i n t o p r a c t i c a l i m p l i c a t i o n s and a p p l i c a t i o n s of d a t a and theory i n r e s p e c t t o t h e development of c h i l d r e n . I n s t r u c t o r : Duane Johnson Class meets: Term I , 8:30-11:00 a.m. M-T-W-7%-F ~ o c a t i o t:i Science 205 -- L i t e r a t u r e of C h r i s t i a n Devotion S i g n i f i c a n t w r i t i n g s from t h e second c e n t u r y t o t h e p r e s e n t . Among works considered a r e t h o s e of Augustine, Bernard of Clairvaux, Catherine of Siena and D i e t r i c h Bonhoeffer; understanding o f t h e s p i r i t u a l l i f e a s d i s c l o s e d i n t h e s e Christian classics. I n s t r u c t o r : P h i l i p Quanbeck Class meets: Term I , 7:lO-9:40 a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Location: Memorial H a l l 1 -- DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION Religion 87372 Title: R e l i g i o n s of I n d i a : -- DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Sociology 94121 Title: P r i n c i p l e s of Sociology Sociology a s a mode of a n a l y s i s o r way of knowing. Its a p p l i c a t i o n s t o an understanding of b a s i c a s p e c t s of s o c i e t y ; s o c i a l i z a t i o n , family l i f e , s o c i a l i n e q u a l i t i e s , l a r g e - s c a l e i n s t i t u t i o n s , e t c . Sociology a s an academic d i s c i p l i n e and p r o f e s s i o n . I n s t r u c t o r : Robett Grams Class meets: Term 11, 10:25-11:50 a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Location: Memorial H a l l 1 -- DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Sociology 94255 Hinduism and Buddhism H i s t o r i c a l , l i t e r a r y and s o c i o l o g i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e s from a n t i q u i t y t o the present. Uses primary t e x t s , f i l m s of Hindu r i t u a l . I n s t r u c t o r : John Benson Class meets: Term 11, 8:50-10:15 a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Location: Science 205 -- Che c u l t u r a l and s t r u c t u r a l dynamics of t h e modern world viewed from t h e p e r s p e c t i v e of t h e m e t r o p o l i t a n s i t u a t i o n , 1 with a focus on t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s of human c o m u n i t y i n t h e context of urban i n s t i t u t i o n s and processes. I n s t r u c t o r : Garry Hesser I M-T-W-Th Class meets: Term I , 8:30-12:00 Loc.ation: Main 7 ' DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION Religion 87370 Title: T i t l e : Human Community and the Modern Metropolis Child Title: Youth Work i n a Wilderness Medium Wilderness camping a s focus f o r b u i l d i n g groups and i n d i v i d u a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s . Add. $60.00 f e e . I n s t r u c t o r : Doug Perry Class meets : Tern I, 1st s e s s i o n 5/30, 9 :50 a.m. Location: Memorial H a l l 1 -- i - - - 1 DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH, COMMUNICATION & THEATER ARTS Speech, Communication, T h e a t e r A r t s 98111 DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Sociology 94356 Title: Title : Contemporary C o r r e c t i o n s I I I I -- -- . Beginning Speech Basic problems of e f f e c t i v e speaking and c r i t i c a l l i s t e n i n g . I n s t r u c t o r : J u l i e Driver Class meets: Term I , 11:lO-1:40 M-T-W-Th-F Location: Science 123 An a n a l y s i s of a d u l t c o r r e c t i o n a l programs and p r o c e s s e s . L e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n , and s i t e v i s i t s t o c o r r e c t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s and government o f f i c e s . Instructo - r : Vern Bloom Class meets: Term 11, 1:35-5:00 p.m. T,Th Location: Memorial H a l l 1 -- I I DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH, COMMUNICATION & THEATER ARTS Speech, Communication & Theater A r t s 98367 I DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Sociology 94375 I Title: Theater i n Minneapolis I I Title : I I I I Studying, viewing and c r i t i q u i n g both t h e a c t i n g and production s i d e of f i v e plays. I n s t r u c t o r : Ailene Cole S o c i a l Psychology An examination of t h e i d e a of "groupYtfi t s r e l a t i o n s h i p t o i n d i v i d u a l behavior and s o c i e t y . An a n a l y s i s of t h e i d e a s of " s e l f " a n d t ' i d e n t i t y " and what p a r t they p l a y i n understanding i n t e r p e r s o n a l r e l a t i o n s and human behavior. :121 and Psych. 105 I n s L r u c t o r : J e r r y Gerasimo M-T-W-Th-F Class meets: Term I , 8:30-11:OO a.m. Location: Main 18 --- -Class meets: Location: Term 11, 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M,W 2815 4 1 Avenue So., Minneapolis, Minnesota 55406 Telephone: 721-2565 - HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM FOR URBAN AFFAIRS I n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y S t u d i e s 60382/60383/60499 HECUA -- Title: San Francisco Summer Term I I I DEPARTMENT OF SOCIAL WORK S o c i a l Work 95472 Title: I Three course c r e d i t s on t h e 4-1-4 c o l l e g e system, o r t h e i r e q u i v a l e n t , a r e earned i n the San Francisco Summer Term. The eight-week summer program r e q u i r e s 45 hours of academic and f i e l d work experience p e r week. S o c i a l S e r v i c e s f o r Older Persons I I I I Focus upon p e r s o n a l and s o c i a l needs of i s o l a t e d e l d e r l y of t h e community, and r e s i d e n t s of n u r s i n g homes. C o m u n i c a t i o n s , e f f e c t i v e r e l a t i o n s h i p and p r a c t i c e s t y l e , family f a c t o r s , and s o c i a l work p r a c t i c e . P r e r e w i t e s : S o c i a l Work major, j u n i o r o r s e n i o r s t a n d i n g o r consent of i n s t r u c t o r I n s t r u c t o r : Nancy English T,Th Course meets : Term 11, 6 :00-9:30 p.m. Location: Memorial H a l l 1 I - The program w i l l o p e r a t e from June 6 August 1, 1978. The academic c e n t e r w i l l be the f a c 5 l i t i e s of the U n i v e r s i t y of San Francisco. I n t e r n s h i p placements w i l l be i n t h e City of San Francisco. For f u r t h e r information on t h i s program c o n t a c t t h e summer school O f f i c e o r D r . Garry Hesser, HECUA r e p r e s e n t a w t i v e on t h e Augsburg campus. 23 I I Addendum DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 55111 Title: S a f e t y and Drug E d u c a t i o n An a n a l y s i s o f d r u g a b u s e and what can be done f o r t h e a b u s e s . A l s o i n c l u d e s American Red Cross F i r s t Aid course. Instructor: Staff C l a s s m e e t s : Term I, 8:30-11:OO a.m., M-T-W-Th-F Location: S i Melby 1 3 -- APPROVAL FORM PERSONS I N GOOD STANDING a t r e g i o n a l l y a c c r e d i t e d c o l l e g e s and univers i t i e s , a s w e l l a s g r a d u a t e s of such i n s t i t u t i o n s , a r e e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Augsburg Summer School. Good s t a n d i n g i m p l i e s t h a t t h e s t u d e n t h a s been a d m i t t e d t o a c o l l e g e and h a s n o t s u b s e q u e n t l y been dropped by t h a t i n s t i t u t i o n . & $Ed $ &~%~ITI?@ $0 hg.!~bwrg C o f i g e doh Z h e Fa&? T m 04 Z h e cuhhent @$Q.i@@t $@ &-tend S m m SchooL, ab m e ~ U L A O V L A a d m i t t e d b y p ; o k h p &&J%~io &&.@d Rkis y m . I F REGULARLY ATTENDING OR ADMITTED t o a n o t h e r e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n , t h e a p p l i c a n t must p r o v i d e Augsburg S-er School w i t h a s t a t e m e n t from a n a p p r o p r i a t e o f f i c i a l of h i s c o l l e g e t h a t h e is i n good s t a n d i n g and e l i g i b l e t o e a r n c r e d i t s d u r i n g t h e s ~ e s er s s i o n s . (A form C r e d i t s cannot b e f o r t h i s purpose is a t t h e bottom of t h i s page.) t r a n s f e r r e d u n t i l t h i s requirement h a s been f u l f i l l e d . DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 21120 OTHER PERSONS & k i n g t o &kc A ~ ~ U ~Wc V h oLo LWO& ~ h o u R dwntaot Xhe DhCLCdoh 06 SlImVWL S c h o o l ZO ab C e h t k n C . & g i b a y ~ d U bi p e d d cincmmcen. Title: ACCEPTANCE a s a summer s t u d e n t does n o t imply admission a s a r e g u l a r s t u d e n t of Augsburg College. Persons w i s h i n g t o b e g i n a degree program a t t h e c o l l e g e s h o u l d a p p l y f o r admission through t h e O f f i c e of Admissions. I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Business A s u r v e y c o u r s e o f contemporary American b u s i n e s s , i n c l u d i n g i t s r e s p o n s e s t o environment, t h e forms o f o w n e r s h i p , i n t e r n a l o r g a n i z a t i o n and management. Topics i n c l u d e : p r o d u c t i o n , m a r k e t i n g , f i n a n c e , s t a f f i n g and management. The c o u r s e p r o v i d e s t h e b u s i n e s s s t u d e n t w i t h a f o u n d a t i o n f o r advanced c o u r s e s ; f o r o t h e r s , i t p r o v i d e s a b a s i s f o r s o l v i n g t h e more common i n d i v i d u a l and f a m i l y economic problems. I n s t r u c t o x : Mary J o Wammer C l a s s m e e t s : Term 11, 6:OO-9:30 T,Th L o c a t i o g : Main 19 - ELIGIBILITY (This form i s t o b e used by s t u d e n t s r e g u l a r l y a t t e n d i n g i n s t i t u t i o n s o t h e r than Augsburg College. Augsburg Summer School c r e d i t s may b e t r a n s f e r r e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n i f a p p r o v a l i s g r a n t e d by t h a t c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y . ) S t u d e n t ' s Name:.. - . C o l l e g e o r U n i v e r s i t y .; -- -. - .- . The person named above i s a s t u d e n t i n good s t a n d i n g and i s p e r m i t t e d t o e a r n summer s c h o o l c r e d i t s a t Augsburg College. R e s t r i c t i o n s o r q u a l i f i c a t i o n s , i f any: -_ S i g r t a t u m a n d lcwe TVean, w-G o h~ o . , ~ ~ i - - m ~ e b ~ or ~ ~ c E dam t o S w n m m S c h o o l , A u g ~ b w r g C o l l e g e , U i n n e a p o U , Mn. 55454) ( ReXww~ c o m p l e t e d
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1978-1979
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change wlthout notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements...
Show more This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change wlthout notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic policies contained in this publication. If questions arise concerning any matter published herein, the student should consult with a faculty adviser, the dean of the college, or the registrar. Table of Contents PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP THE PHYSICAL PLANT PAGE 1I, PAGE 12, ACADEMIC LlFE PAGE 18, STUDENT LlFE PAGE 22, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE PAGE 25, FINANCIAL AID PAGE 32, EXPENSES PAGE 34, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION PAGE 38, GENERAL INFORMATION PAGE 39, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS PAGE 101, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES PAGE 102, FACULTY PAGE 110, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL PAGE 112, INDEX PAGE I 13, ACADEMIC CALENDAR Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College. Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar to you. We hope the following brief definitions will be helpful. ACADEMIC. . . . . . . . . . . .The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize school and college. COURSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as "Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the interim in January. Thirty-five courses are required for graduation. MAJOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 20 departments. MINOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major. ELECTIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the student from any college department as his or her interests dictate. FEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory equipment or locker rental. LOAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See "Financial Aid." SCHOLARSHIP. . . . . . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-ln-Aid. SEMESTER. . . . . . . . . . . . The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks in length and the interim is 4 weeks. PREREQUISITE . . . . . . . . A course which a student is required to complete before another one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or another department. Introduction Few liberal arts colleges combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both. The small college atmosphere enables you to be a participant or a spectator at a variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are regularly available to you on campus. Through the intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs you may choose participation in athletics. Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been established by the Student Government to oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal is neither self-serving nor selfsustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of Christ on the Augsburg campus. You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude to design a portion of your own education. At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are central. The college follows the calendar known as the "41-4." In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole range of human knowledge. The liberal arts education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in your chosen field. You may choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg Is in the center of the Twin Cities of Mlnneapol~sand St. Paul. In thls rnetrapolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and activities are available to enrich your education, if you choose. You may select an evening at the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at any of the many galleries or coffee houses. You might spend an afternoon touring the M~nneapolisInstitute of Arts. You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear in the Twin Cities. There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports are also available the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, the Fighting Saints, and the Kicks. Thus, we feel Augsburg is a distinctive combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body and a remarkable location. The College Identification Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 1 0 0 years ago, Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1 9 6 9 and is in its second century of Christian higher education. The current student body of over 1 7 0 0 is largely of Lutheran background though many denominations are represented on campus. About 65% are resident students, while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area. Location You and your education will have the option of benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available to you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center, and many other galleries. The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types. The Twin Cities also appear regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists. A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters in the area such as the nationally known Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen Dinner Theater. Recreational activities abound. You can play tennis at parks near the campus or swim In one of the many area lakes. In the winter you may join other students on skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including United, Northwest Orient, Eastern, Braniff, North Central, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 9 4 which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section of this catalog.) History Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1 8 7 2 . The first college students were enrolled in 1 8 7 4 and the first college graduation was held in 1 8 7 9 . The school was officially named Augsburg College in 1 9 6 3 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St. Paul that same year. Nature and Objectives Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of the American Lutheran Church. It is committed to an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of the Christian faith. Augsburg emphasizes the following primary objectives: To expose students to a wide variety o f ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to become proficient in one area or major to help students understand the Christian faith in relation to the contemporary world to develop students' love of learning and their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence to increase students' understanding of the urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities of the modern city to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them in discovering the occupatio~~al opportunities which exist for them to assist students in their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage them to develop attitudes and qualities of character compatible with the Christian faith. Policies It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX may be directed to Charles Gerster, Science Hall, Room 139, or Marianne Sander, Memorial Hall, (332-5181), or to the Director of the Office for Civil Rights, Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. The Campus Augsburg's compact campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, the first of the 1 5 5 parks in the "City of Lakes." The College currently has 1 5 major buildings with a number of cottage housing units that are very popular with the students. The University of Minnesota and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in the following associations that set standards by which excellence is judged: North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society Visiting the Campus The purpose of the campus visit is to permit students to learn, first-hand, about the College program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity to exchange information vital in the process of selecting a college and in making admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not mandatory. Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an interview are asked to write for an appointment or call the office (332-5181 ). Preferred times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to meet with a member of the faculty and to attend classes, Monday through Friday, when school is in session. School, church, and other groups are welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454. Memorial Hall Art Studio and Art Annex Music Hall Si Melby Hall Augsburg College Ice Arena Little Theatre (Speech and Drama) East Hall Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center Olivet Hall (notshown; located south of the campus on Franklin Avenue) Admissions Parking Student Parking Murphy Square Faculty-Staff Parking Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) Audio-Visual (Memorial ground floor) Augsburgian (College Center ground floor) Auxiliary Program (Memorial 1st floor) Bookstore (College Center 1st floor) Business Affairs (Science 139) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1 st floor) Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor) C.H R . (Memorial ground floor) Data Processing (Science 32) Dean of the College (Science 1 35) Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor) ECHO (College Center ground floor) Financial Services (Science 156) Housing (Memorial 1 st floor) Interim Director (Science 135) Internship Office (Science 135) Little Theatre (Speech Building) News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor) Personnel Office (Science 139) Plant Services (Science 156) President's Office (Memorial 1st floor) Printing and Mailing (Science 9) Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor) Publications (Memorial 2nd floor) Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor) Registrar (Science 1 14) S.O.S. (College Center Office) Special Programs (Science 135) Student Government (College Center Office) Student Programs (College Center Office) Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor) Summer School Office (Science 135) Treasurer's Office (Science 147) DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21 st Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.) If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 2 1st Avenue South. The Physical Plant Instructional facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Following is a brief description of each building. A new music/classroom building is designed and scheduled for completion in 1978. Old Maln, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Sclence Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes general administration offices; the Computer Center; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; a mediumsized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof of Science Hall, was complefed in the summer of 1960. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it provides excellent resources for research and study. It contains reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. East Hall, purchased in 1966, houses the pipe organs and equipment for class-piano instruction. The Music Bullding, acquired by purchase in 1947, has been remodeled to provide vocal, string and piano studios as well as a rehearsal room for large groups. dining rooms and a coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided in this threestory building containing 55,000 square feet of space. Urness Tower, completed in 1967, is an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 students. The building was named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building is that each floor is considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building houses about 60 students and provides space for several faculty and administrative offices. Mortensen Tower, erected in 1973, named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964, contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments providing housing for 31 2 upperclass students. A spacious lounge area as well as conference rooms are located in this building. The Art Studio Building, dedicated in 1964, houses the Department of Art on its two floors. West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It provides excellent housing for married students. Annex Houses, located in the campus area provide accommodations for students, faculty, and staff members. The Admissions House, located at 628 21 st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their parents. The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled for dramatic and other speech activities. The Ice Arena, built in 1974, provides two large skating areas for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. It is used for hockey, recreational skating, and figure skating. The Augsburg College Center, completed in 1967, is a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which is the main dining area, plus private Ollvet Hall, a gift to Augsburg from the congregation of Olivet Lutheran Church, is used as a practice room for the band and other instrumentalists. Academic Life Augsburg is a modern well-equipped college which aims to provide its students with a broad liberal arts education as well as prepare them for a career. A strong academic program in the arts and sciences and in theology is available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as engineering, medicine, law and the Christian ministry is offered. The College prepares students for graduate study in several disciplines. Preparation for careers in business, communications, medical technology, music, nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and teaching is available. Augsburg seeks to assist its students through their academic experience to better understand themselves and the world and to equip them to serve according to their individual interests and abilities. The Student As Learner A great deal has been written during the last few years describing the responsibilities of a college to its students. Augsburg recognizes its task to provide consistently high quality opportunities for learning along with support systems which enhance the teaching-learning process. Learning is not, however, a commodity which can be purchased. It is not equal to simply buying so many courses and being exposed to the activities of professors. Learning involves the solitary inner struggle of the student who investigates, analyzes and synthesizes the materials and insights offered. When these have become one's own and when the learner moves on to new personal insights, then learning has taken place. Both the school and the student have responsibilities in this process. Neither party can elude its basic task. problems. They often join students in discussing the political climate, comparing notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the latest Viking victory while having coffee. Library Services Augsburg has a well-equipped library. A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place to study. The main library, centrally located next to the Science Hall, houses over 150,000 volumes including books, periodicals, records and various other media. The Music and Chemistry libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access to over a million volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among the seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to the Augsburg faculty and students. A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of information. The AV Center of the Library provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiolvideo tape recordings are available for both faculty and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods; film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are also available. Faculty The 4-1-4 Calendar Augsburg has an able faculty who try to take a personal interest in their students. The studentfaculty ratio is approximately 16.3 to 1, with class size averaging 25 or less. Augsburg follows the 4-1 -4 calendar. Two 15week semesters are separated by a 4-week interim in January. During each semester the student generally enrolls in four courses; during the interim concentration is on one subject. Augsburg faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual The interim period is an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an arena of learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged in this change from the general academic schedule. Interest in music may take form in the study and presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study and participation in activities of a social agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies provide opportunities for those interested in communications. Whether your interests are sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the opportunity to experience and experiment while learning. General Education Requirements Distribution requirements for graduation are minimal, affording the student considerable freedom in the choice of courses. A student seeking a liberal arts education would probably choose many of them even if they were not required. , In the humanities area, students may select courses in literature, philosophy, art, music, foreign languages, speech, drama, and religion. Science courses may be chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics. Courses in social and behavioral sciences are offered in the departments of economics, history, political science, psychology and sociology. Proficiency in English writing must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list of courses containing an emphasis on urban concerns is required as is also proficiency in two lifetime sports. For details on general education requirements see under Academic Administration. Majors Augsburg offers the following majors: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering English French German Health Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Social Work Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Majors in East Asian Studies and Russian Area Studies are available through cooperative programs with the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). Consult directors of these programs for further information. It is possible for students to complete other majors also through ACTC. Make application for such majors through the Registrar. Pre-Professional Training Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and engineering, can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is suggested that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and then the course of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the natural and social sciences, in the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future professional study. Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg English, 2 courses; Biology 11 1, 11 2; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124; Psychology, 1 course. Biology 1 11 , 1 12; Chemistry 1 15, 1 16, 351 , 352; Economics 122, 123; English 11 1, and a second course; Health Ed. 1 10; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122. Electives to fulfill the 60 semester-hour requirements should be chosen from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the bulletins published by the College of Pharmacy of your choice. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Requirements have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering at Augsburg Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science and the Michigan Technological University. See under Engineering for information on the course requirements in this Three-Two Plan of studies. Pre-Law at Augsburg Students planning to pursue a career in law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. Early consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, is strongly suggested. Students may wish to take the Political Science course, Law in the United States, to help determine whether they possess an interest in law. Since law schools encourage students to maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student should be aware that many graduate schools consider the grade PIN given for a course as a "C". This information may help students in planning their class schedules. Pre-Medicine at Augsburg Biology 11 1 , 112, 355; Chemistry 11 5, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352, 353; English 11 1, and one or more writing and literature courses; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122; Biochemistry 367; sociology, behavioral sciences and humanities, 5 courses. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the Medical School of the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. This two-year program has been designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary at Augsburg One may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, e.g., history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, religion. The student planning to enter seminary should include Religion 11 1, 221 among the courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum should include at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization) and one or more courses in the history of philosophy. It should also include Greek in the junior andlor senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg English, 2 courses: Mathematics 124; Public Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 11 5, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352, 353; Biology 11 1, 112; Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1 course; artistic expression, 2 courses (art, literature, music, humanities, theater, and upper division foreign languages); anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, and sociology courses to fulfill the remainder of the distribution requirements. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. LIBRARY AND MEDIA CENTER Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of educational materials including approximately 150,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. ASSOCIATED COLLEGES OF TH6 TWIN CITIES. Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students free between the campuses. ' CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and the Metropolitan campuses. CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES (CHR). These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. For example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim program is new each year, the Interim Director should be consulted regarding planned programs. AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOL OF NURSING. Nursing students in the school of nursing at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive instruction in biology, chemistry, and other basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for admission to the school of nursing should be made directly to the hospital. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group is composed of colleges and universities in Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metrourban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables qualified students to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the three hospitals when the student is accepted by the participating hospital for its program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by the hospitals. ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan Technological University in Houghton, Michigan, enables a student to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, in a five-year program. The first three years are spent at Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated university. CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital, is available to students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. Admission to this program requires an application to be approved by the director of the program. Application should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are required to have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average over-all. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult with the Director regarding proper sequence of courses. ANTIOCH-MINNEAPOLIS COMMUNIVERSITY. Students at Augsburg College and AntiochMinneapolis Communiversity, a metropolitan school emphasizing experiential-based learning, may take classes at each other's campuses under certain mutually satisfactory arrangements. Interested persons should contact the Academic Dean. ROTC. While Augsburg does not offer Reserved Officers Training programs for the various armed services of the United States, such programs are available in the metropolitan area and may be pursued by Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from the Director of lnternational Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate in an international program. STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the Institute for American Universities at Aix-enProvence and Avignon in France; The Goethe Institute in Germany; the University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term, and through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Columbia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved before departure by the Director of lnternational Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or to satisfy some of the general education requirements. SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. both credit and non-credit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered on a semesterhour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean of the Faculty. New Dimensions Program The New Dimensions Program is for adults who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure, on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special course to ease the transition to academic life. Honors Program The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities for qualified students to pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors student forums and options in completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Milda Hedblom, Honors Director. lnternship Program The lnternship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students in almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-thejob experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses, The transitional course, "The Adult Student: Issues and Challenges," is offered several times a year. It includes self-assessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and family problems arising from the return to school. The course enables returning adults to get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations. For further information, contact the New Dimensions Office at Augsburg. Degrees Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing, and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Student Life Your experiences in the classroom are a major aspect of your college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities and opportunities of the college and metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you'll find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to your education. Religious Life An important part of daily life at Augsburg is religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by students and composed of students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life and the stimulation of faith. Chapel services are held three times a week and are both experimental and traditional in character. The Wednesday evening Eucharist service in the College Center is a valued worship experience for many students. Students, faculty and staff participate voluntarily. Special events are sponsored throughout the year and a number of groups having a religious emphasis meet regularly. The Campus Pastor has an office in the College Center where you can contact him for counseling, consultation or ways to get more involved. Social and Cultural Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of leisure-time activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to performing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and several student-organized groups such as the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off campus. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. Recreation Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his or her own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for intramural winners at various colleges. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and the ice arena. lntercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Association of lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross-country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Augsburg is also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The women annually compete in volleyball, gymnastics, basketball, badminton, golf, tennis, and track. Student Services Augsburg College is concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes that the context in which learning takes place is a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge grows from more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to produce the desired educational impact of the college on its students. The Division of Student Affairs has been created to support this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or at the time of transfer, you will receive a copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a College Education. This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices i o make, directions to consider and different destinations for which to plan. SEMAPHORE was designed to act as a sort of road map for you. The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate in are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and register for classes. You and your parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers to the many questions you have about college life. Career Planning and Placement. You may be uncertain about where you want to be when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a balanced one, how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career development plan to help you assess yourself, explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry into the next phase of your life. All new students will have a chance to review their interests with a counselor. Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" are offered each year to help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship to others. Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships), Issues in Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information on current offerings and opportunity to register are provided several times during the year. Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workshops offered. You also will have an opportunity to meet with a counselor to diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for all of us where we can handle challenges more effectively by finding and discussing things with someone who has more expertise. Counselors are available to help you think through how you can handle major or minor problems in a constructive way. Consultation is provided on questions of policy and procedure. Minority Concerns. If you have some special needs or simply want to expand your crosscultural awareness, you can contact a staff member to help you find out which resources and programs will help meet your needs. Residence Life Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed to promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decision making. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are able to facilitate the process of group living as well as discuss personal concerns with individual students. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstory high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility area. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence-hall living. It contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 31 2 upperclass students. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about 60 upperclass men and women. Memorial's special advantage is that it is large enough to meet new people, but small enough to retain a friendly, close atmosphere. Another alternative option is Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation is to avail yourself of the opportunity to bid for a house as a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies. the basis of academic interests, and students are encouraged to establish close working relationships with their adviser. Secondary Education students have available a second adviser; one in the major and one in the area of education. Freshmen also have an upperclass adviser. Married student housing is available in annex housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live In college-operated houslng. You may wish to contact this office for information on types of assistance available and for answers to questions about deadlines and procedures. Work opportunities both on and off campus are also recorded. If you have financial problems, this is a good place to work them out. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1 will be provided housing only if space is available. All students living on campus are required to pay a $50 advanced payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' account when they move into the residence. Student Activities A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Advising All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on Student Financial Services Health Service Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus. Vkfts are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure to check your family health coverage to determine if you are included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available. Food Service The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center is the main food-service facility. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Student Government Student government is the vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide better input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Student government is organized into three branches: the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Student-government elections are held in the spring except for freshmen who elect their representatives in the fall of their first year, Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning to writing or editing to service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice President in their offices in the College Center. International Students If you are a student from a foreign country or would like to be part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who is appointed as adviser. Student Rights The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by student and faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs if the concern is related to student life and the Vice President for Academic Affairs if the concern is related to academic matters. The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the office of the registrar and the placement office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before January 1 , 1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development. Admission to the College Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application is reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school performance, promise of success in college as shown by college entrance examination scores, other motivational factors, and personal recommendations. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. A visit to the campus is highly recommended: admissions counselors are available to help you, answer your questions, and arrange for you to see the campus. The Application Process For Freshmen 1 . From the Admissions Office secure an official application for admission and complete it. 2. Hand the completed application to your high school counselor, along with the $1 0.00 application fee, and ask that these be sent with your official high school transcript to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21 st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55454 3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as possible during the senior year. Your high school counselor can tell you when these tests are scheduled in your area. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is required by April 15 after acceptance has been made andlor financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 5. After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus, and matriculation information will be mailed to the student during the summer. Transfer Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities on the basis of their academic record. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions. The grade average for graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg only. Transfer students with the A.A. degree are considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except for two courses in religious studies. The Application Process For Transfer Students 1. From the Admissions Office, secure and complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent to the Admissions Office with a $1 0.00 application fee. 2. Request official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended to be sent directly to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21 st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55454 3. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is requested within one month after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 4. After a deposit has been made, the student will be requested to complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 5. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. The Application Process For Returning and Special (Non-degree) Students 1 . Obtain an application form from the Office of the Registrar. 2. Request that official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended be sent directly to: Registrar's Office 731 21 st Ave. South Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minn. 55454 (Returning students need to have sent only the transcripts of colleges attended since the last enrollment at Augsburg.) 3. Special students will submit a $1 0.00 matriculation fee with their application form. 4. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus will be made in the housing office. Foreign Student Admission Citizens of other countries are welcomed at Augsburg College. A foreign student adviser is available to help them in the transition to college and ta the United States. Admission Is based upon performance in secondary school and previous college work, If any. EvIdence of proficiency in English and satisfactory financial sponsorship Is required, A very llmlted number of scholarships is available. ' Medical insurance is required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending Augsburg. If they have an internationally valid health insurance policy, a copy of the policy is required. For application forms and further information, write to the Office of Admissions. Early Decision An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by December 10 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about January 1. After notification of admission and financial aid, if needed, the student is encouraged to withdraw applications made to other colleges. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. A $50.00 tuition deposit which is non-refundable is required by February 1 Early Admission An Early Admission Program is offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, a student must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school and the maturity to cope with a college course after the junior year in high school. Also, it is recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for Early Admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or March of the junior year. Project Ahead A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army makes provision for an individualized plan of education. A prospective student who qualifies for the program may choose Augsburg as a home school and carry on a pre-planned course of study at other colleges while in the Army. An adviser at Augsburg assists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $1 00 is charged. This fee will apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg College within five years from initial registration with the college in Project Ahead. The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36 months of financial assistance under the G.I. Bill. Advanced Placement Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning level. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the study previously completed. Advanced Standing College credit is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course and who have scored high on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College Level Exmination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar at Augsburg. Financial Aid About 82% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college through some form of scholarships, grants, loans, campus employment, or a combination of these. Assistance is awarded on the basis of financial need and academic record. Application for aid is made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers the FFS, which is required for students applying to the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Upperclass students must also complete the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid. For the academic year 1976-77, approximately 82% of the students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, or loans totaling $2,802,788 from Augsburg and all other sources. Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program to which all Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan (formerly National Defense Student Loan), College Work-Study, Federally Insured Student Loan, and Minnesota State Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus work opportunities are also available. Applications for financial aid received by April 1 will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg. Other college-related expenses are those for transportation to and from the campus. Estimates should be based on nine months. Personal maintenance costs vary, but amounts should be budgeted for: Clothing, cleaning Recreation, entertainment Personal spending, cosmetics, incidentals Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses, etc.) After you have written down estimates of your expenses, make a list of all possible sources of income, such as: contributions from parents' earnings; personal and family savings; personal earnings during vacation periods; earnings from part-time jobs during academic year; benefits from Social Security and/or Veteran's Administration; aids or loans from other relatives or friends; aid or loans from sources other than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e. scholarships from state, church, civic and school). Students should check with their employers, their parents' employers and any union to which a family member belongs for possible scholarship programs. High school guidance counselors may have information about student aid offered by church, civic, professional, or fraternal organizations in a given locality. Following you will find a summary of financial aid programs. Information on a deferred payment plan is available from the Augsburg College Office of Student Financial Services. OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID PREPARING A BUDGET Writing down realistic estimates of all expenses and of all potential financial resources is the best way to do your financial planning. Both your own financial ability and that of your family are considered in evaluating your need for financial aid. Your budget should include amounts for tuition and fees and for books and supplies. Tuition and fees for 1978-79 are $31 00 per year. Books and supplies may be estimated at $200 per year. Room and board is $1 500 per year. Baslc Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG) For students with proven financial need. Available to full-time and part-time students. Up to $1 400 per year depending on the institutional costs and the student's eligibility. Obtain application from high school guidance office or college financial aid office. Veteran's Adrnlnistratlon Benefits1G.I. Bill Veterans, widows of veterans, and children of disabled or deceased veterans may qualify for special benefits. Amount is dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Veteran's Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Veteran's Administration Office in your area. Loan applications are available at the College, at some banks, and from Minnesota State Student Loan Office. Social Security Benefits For unmarried full-time students if one parent (covered by Social Security) is retired, deceased or disabled. Amount is dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Social Security Administration Office in your area. Vocational Rehabilitation Students with certain physical or emotional disabilities may qualify for special assistance. Amount is dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Vocational Rehabilitation Office. To apply, contact your local Vocational Rehabilitation Office. National Scholarship and Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) For members of American racial and ethnic minorities and other eligible groups who are either seeking admission to an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college or are members of an ALC congregation. Up of $1 000 per year. Renewable. Obtain an application from the American Lutheran Church, Division of College and University Services, 422 South Fifth Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 5541 5. Application deadline is April 1. Federally insured Student LoanslMinnesota State Student Loan For students carrying at least one-half the normal full-time academic load. If the adjusted family income of the student is less than $25,000 per year or if financial need is established for those not in this category, the Federal Government pays the full interest on the loan while the student is in college. When repayment begins, the student pays the full 7 % interest on the loan. Maximum loan is $2500 per year or the cost of education whichever is less and the aggregate maximum is $7500. Freshmen are limited to $1 500. in the Minnesota State Student Loan. PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION COORDINATING BOARD Minnesota State Scholarship Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of scholastic achievement and need. High School seniors who are Minnesota residents are expected to apply. Range: $1 00 to $1 100; but shall not exceed one half of the applicant's demonstrated financial need. Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of evident need. High school seniors and community I junior college transfer students who are Minnesota residents are expected to apply. In addition, persons who have not attended a post-secondary institution for twelve months prior to the deadline date may apply. Applications for the Minnesota State ScholarshipIGrant will be mailed to all Minnesota high school seniors. If you do not receive an application by December 1, contact your high school guidance counselor or the college financial aid office. Return completed application and FFS to The American College Testing Program, Financial Aid Operations, P.O. Box 1000, lowa City, lowa 52240. Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code 2080) and the Minnesota State ScholarshipIGrant Program (Code 6500) to receive the FFS analysis. NOTE: Unsuccessful Scholarship applications are automatically considered for the State Grant. DEADLINE: March 1. FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED THROUGH THE COLLEGE How To Apply Honor Scholarships For entering freshman students ranking in the top 15% of their high school class with above average aptitude test scores. Up to full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.5 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Academic Grants For entering freshman students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. Up to full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.0 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Federal Supplementary Opportunity Grants (SEOG) Range $1 00 to $1 000. Renewable for a second year. Educational For students having exceptional financial need who could not otherwise attend college, and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Range $200 to $1 500 per year. Renewable for 3 years. Will be matched by other financial assistance such as loans, scholarships, employment. 1. Apply for admission; for new students this application is also the financial aid application. 2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement (FFS) from high school counselor or Augsburg College Financial Aid Office* 3. Complete and return the FFS to: American College Testing Program Financial Aid Operations P.O. Box 1000 lowa City, lowa 52240 Request that a copy be sent to Augsburg College. Augsburg's ACT code number is 2080. Financial statements received by April 1 will be considered first. *Although Augsburg prefers the FFS, the College will accept the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Augsburg's CSS code number is 601 4. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN (Soph, Jr, Sr, next year). Descrlptlons of awards are copied verbatlm from statements of the donors' wlshes. GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. 1. The Alma Jensen Dlckerson Memorlal Scholarship awarded annually to able and Averages approximately $1 000 per year. Can be reapplied for each year although renewal is not guaranteed. 2. The Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dlckerson Memorlal Scholarshlp awarded annually to - deserving juniorlsenior students as recommended by the committee. - two deserving juniorlsenior students. College Work Study Program For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. Augsburg Opportunity Grant For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior College entering Augsburg for further fulltime study and with proven financial need. - awarded annually to a worthy student of the College selected by the scholarship committee. 3. The M. J. Estrem Scholarshlp - awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the scholarship committee. 4. Memorial Scholarship 5. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships established in 1972 to be - distributed by the scholarship committee to needy students 6. The Reader's Dlgest Endowed Scholarshlpsawarded to able and deserving upperclassmen. 7. The Tozer Foundatlon Scholarships-up to $1 000 each - awarded on the basis of scholarship, achievement, character, leadership, industry, personality, and need. Winners must be junior or senior students who are residents of the State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine, Kanabec or Washington Counties. Separate appllcatlon requlred of semi-finalists selected by the scholarship committee. FFS must be sent to Tozer Foundation (code 6577) - 8. The Edward Yokle Memorlal Scholarshlp awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior student. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee - 1. Ald Assoclatlon for Lutherans awarded to able and deserving upperclass students who are policy holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. 2. Mlldred Ryan Cleveland Memorlal Scholarshlp awarded annually to able and deserving students, who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need. - MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee 1 . Ald Assoclatlon for Lutherans Mlnorlty - awarded annually to Scholarshlp Program Lutheran American minority students who show financial need. 2. Minnesota Mlnlng & Manufacturlng Mlnorlty Student Scholarshl~ established in 1973 to be awarded to a Black student. - 3. The Marlys Johnson Slmengaard Memorlal Scholarshlp Awarded periodically to an American Negro student. - 4, Natlonal Scholarshlp & Grant Program for Mlnorlty Students sponsored by the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to members of racial and ethnic minorities. Separate applications required. FFS must be sent to ALC (Code 6591). - RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee t , The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorlal Scholarship-awarded annually to a student(s) in the senior class who is preparing for the ministry. - 2. The lver and Marle lverson Scholarshlp awarded on the basis of need, character and interest in Christian service. 3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorlal Scholarshlp awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian Service. - 4. The Morrls G.C. and Hanna Vaagenes awarded to a Mlsslonary Scholarshlp Fund Juniorlsenior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of the American Lutheran Church. - - 5. Oneslmus Scholarshlp awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. 6. The Marguerlte Hamllton Storley Memorlal Scholarshlp awarded annually to an able and deserving juniorlsenior student recommended by the scholarship committee. Semi-finalists are interviewed and selected by donor. - - 7. Gerda Mortensen Memorlal Scholarshlp Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship, characteristics of service and devotion to the Christian faith. DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS ATHLETIC - winners recommended by Physical Education faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. - 1 . The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. - 2. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship awarded annually to a male student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in field of physical education. 3. The James Wlnkler Memorlal Scholarship awarded annually to a male student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement. - 4. Women's Physical Education Scholarship awarded to able and deserving women students showing ability in women's athletics. - 5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial need. - 6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded to a football player on basis of financial need. - 7 Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship awarded to a student because of his academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics. 8. David Gronner Memorlal Scholarship Fund - awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need" andlor "of high Christian character". The athletic scholarship is for male candidate only, with a preference for basketball. BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the Biology Department faculty. - Blology Scholarships established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. BUSINESS - Winners recommended by the Business Administration faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. t . The GambleSkogmo Foundatlon Scholarship - awarded to one or more upperclass students interested in the field of business. - 2. The Reld Scholarshlp awarded to one or more upperclass students who are interested in business andlor education. CHEMISTRY - Winners selected by the Chemistry faculty, Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of Chemistry. 1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship. 4. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship. 5, The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 6, The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 7, The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. EDUCATION - Winners selected by Education faculty - awarded to The Davld Mathre Scholarshlp qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. ENGLISH - Winners selected by English faculty - 1. Anne Pederson English Scholarshlp awarded annually to juniorlsenior students who are majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career. 2. Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorlal Scholarshlp -awarded to an outstanding student in the field of English. HISTORY - Winners selected by History faculty - The H. N. Hendrlckson Hlstory Scholarshlp awarded annually to students majoring in history with preference given to those who plan a career in the field. LIBRARY SCIENCE - Winners selected by Library staff. - 1. The Llbrary Sclence Scholarshlp established in 1971 to honor one or more outstanding juniorlsenior student@) choosing librarianship as a career. MATHEMATICS - Winners recommended by Mathematics faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 1. Mlnneapolls Gas Company Scholarshlp generally awarded to able and deserving juniorlsenior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on basis of need and academic ability. - 2. Davld and Mlchelle Chrlstianson Mathematics Scholarshlp awarded to an able and deserving student in the field of mathematics. - MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners selected by Modern Language faculty. The Miml Baez Klngsley Modern Language Scholarshlp awarded annually to juniorlsenior students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given to those who plan to teach language as a career. - MUSIC - Winners selected by Music faculty. - 1 . 0. T. Hertsgaard Scholarshlp awarded annually to juniorlsenior students who have demonstrated proficiency in choral andlor instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conducting and who show promise of over-all academic success. 2. The Henry P. Opseth Muslc Scholarshlp awarded to a sophornoreljunior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. - - 3. The Marllyn Solberg Volca Scholarshlp awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a majorlminor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. - 6. David Gronner Mernorlal Scholarship Fund awarded i o two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need" andlor "of high Christian character." 7. Peggy Chrlstensen Benson Mernorlal Scholarshlp awarded annually to a student studying choral music. - - 4. The lngaborg C. Chrlstenson Scholarshlp awarded to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in stringed instruments. 5. The Leonard and Sylvla Kuschel Scholarshlp awarded to upperclass students seeking to SOCIOLOGY - - Adolph Paulson Mernorlal Prlze awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian Sociology. .- -- ..-# , l..\ y C--m:;: ,, , C ; , .. . . . . . r , * ; . ,- -. . ... ,-.-.: .' . Expenses The costs expressed herein are subject to change without notice. TUITION - $3,100 Film Making, $70 Life Drawing, $1 0 Stagecraft, $20 Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering the academic year beginning September, 1978. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms for a total of seven courses in the year. Under the 4-1 -4 calendar, the student must register for the semester periods. If the student elects to omit an interim or to graduate in December, a refund is not authorized. Music lessons in addition to tuition are $1 20 a semester (1 4 lessons), or $8.60 per lesson during the interim. Practice Studio rental for each semester for one hour a day: organ, $25.00 ($1 0.00 an interim); piano or voice, $1 0.00 ($4.00 an interim). Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $20.00 a semester. OTHER COSTS A part-time rate of $425 per course is charged the student taking less than three courses in a semester or registering for an interim course only. Transcript fee: first copy free; additional copy, $1 .oo. Full-time students may audit a course without charge. For part-time students, the charge for auditing is one half the part-time rate per course. Part-time students who take Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. Arrangements for special examinations are made in the Registrar's Office with charges according to the schedule on file. SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE An application fee of $1 0.00 is required from all new students. A registration fee for students studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs is $1 25.00. Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals must register at Augsburg. The charge is $250.00. Fee for change in registration after the first three days of classes is $2.00 for each course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin is $5.00 per day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES REFUNDABLE Locker rental for commuter students: $5.00 Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis. BOARD AND ROOM Full Board and Room - $1,500 Other plans are available as defined in the Room and Board Contract Booklet at the Office of Auxiliary Services. In the event of excessive increases in the cost of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year. Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company. - NOT Cinema Arts, $25 Computer Science, $30 per course Student Teaching, $35 1978-79 COST SUMMARY Application Fee - $1 0.00 Tuition - $3,100 account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. Board and Room - $1,500 Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00 (Refunded on termination of studies at Augsburg) Deposits - TUITION DEPOSIT New students, $50.00 (not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by April 15, 1978. (Payment is due February 1 under Early Decision Program). The deposit is applied to the tuition charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All resident students: $1 00.00 advanced deposit. Required at the time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September. Applied to the room charge. - BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT All students at registration: $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing educational program at Augsburg. Settlement of Account A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of the first half-year billing period is due August 20, and the second half-year is due January 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Office of Student Financial Services prior to August 20. No student is permitted to register if his or her Refunds A student cancelling part or all of hislher registration andlor being released from hislher housing contract will be refunded charges for tuition and room except for the minimum deduction of $1 00 of fees to cover administrative costs according to the following schedule: through the first five days of classes. from the sixth day through the tenth day of classes. from the eleventh day through the fifteenth day of classes. from the sixteenth day through the twentieth day of classes. from the twenty-first day through the twenty-fifth day of classes. from the twenty-sixth day to the middle of the term. No ref1und will be made after the middle of the term. Should a student be forced to cancel hislher registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued matriculation, the charges will be reduced by one-half. In all cases board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. All refunds of charges will be applied back to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc, shall be gathered in the student's account before eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined. Academic Administration Students who enroll at Augsburg College are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers who are readily available for consultation and guidance. A wellplanned program of liberal arts studies will include courses in the humanities, the natural sciences, and the social sciences. Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to write effectively; they are also expected to be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairman: Duane Johnson Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Chairman: Einar 0.Johnson The general recreational activities courses at Augsburg are designed to acquaint students with and to equip students for lifetime sports, Courses in religion are intended to assist students in their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Divisional Organization The college curriculum is organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is elected for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements in the course listing section. NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Chairman: Earl R. Alton Department Department Department Department of of of of Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, Library Science, Secondary Education Department of Physical Education and Health Education Department of Music Department of Nursing Department of Social Work HUMANITIES Chairman: Eugene Skibbe Department of Art Department of English Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese, French, German, Greek, Linguistics, Norwegian, Spanish Department of Philosophy Department of Religion Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Arts Minimum Graduation Requirements Include the Following: 1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered in the 300's and 400's) and not more than 13 in one department, except 17 for Bachelor of Science in Music Therapy and Bachelor of Music degrees and 18 for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing. A maximum of 4 C.H.R. courses, 2 courses by independent study or directed study or a combination of directed and independent study, 4 courses of internship and 8 courses with a grade of P (two in the major except Elementary Education and one in the minor if approved by the department chairman) may apply toward the 35 total courses required. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under departmental headings. 3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major. Registration A student must be registered for a course in order to receive credit for it. A normal load is four courses per semester and one course in the interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. Students must petition and receive permission to register for more than 4.5 courses. 4. The last year of study at Augsburg College. 5. Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number of interim courses is one less than the number of years at Augsburg. 6. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows: A. A course in writing (English I 1 I ) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are administered during the summer and fall orientation periods. B. A course from each of the following eight areas (One course may fulfill the requirement in one area, only): Mathematics - Physics Chemistry - Biology Psychology - Sociology Economics - Political Science History - Philosophy English - Speech, Communications & Theater Arts Foreign Language Art - Music C. Three courses in religious studies of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg. D. A course related to urban concerns. Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. E. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports. Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, it is advantageous to register at the regularly scheduled time. A fee is charged for late registration. A fee is also charged for changing registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first five days of the semester. Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered. Abandoned courses result in a failing grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Cancel From College form is returned to the Office of the Registrar. Students who have completed at least seven courses with a 2 . 0 average are classified as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 2 5 as seniors. Probation and Dismissal A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his or her achievement is unsatisfactory. FRESHMAN, SOPHOMORE, JUNIOR, SENIOR, below 1.6 or 2 zero grades having taken 6 or fewer courses below 1.7 or 3 zero grades having taken 7-1 5 courses below 1.9 having taken 16-24 courses below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses If a student has been on probation two or more semesters consecutively, helshe is subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of spring term. Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses is measured, primarily, by means of final examinations. Shorter examinations or tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation are also used. Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0 with definitions as follows: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence. 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards. 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course. 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards. .5 0. Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course). Most courses are also offered on a PassINo Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0 or better and N meaning no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system the grade is recorded but not computed in the grade point average. the PIN grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the PIN system; some others are graded only P, 1.0, N. Students may select the traditional grading system in most other courses. Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of Pgraded courses. Students must indicate on their registration card those courses which they wish to take on the PIN grading system. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made during the first two weeks of the semester. A fee is charged after the first five days of classes. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded P1O.O. An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor of the course. If permission to receive an I grade is granted, it must be removed during the following semester. If the incomplete is not removed during the following semester, it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A student may count a maximum of eight courses of P toward graduation. For transfer students the maximum is an average of two courses per year. Two courses in the major (except Elementary Education) and one in the minor may be on PIN grading system if approved by the department chairman. A course in which a grade of 0, 1 .O, 1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. Sociology 383, Nursing 301, 302, 401, 402, and several interim courses are graded only on Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Such students should confer with the professor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance requirements, etc. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the student's transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (withdrawn). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under Expenses. A maximum of two courses in lndependent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available on their home campus. Requests for exceptions to this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. The student will be charged for any special costs attached to independent study by the host campus. Graduation With Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude Magna cum laude Cum laude 3.8 - 4.0 grade average 3.6 - 3.79 grade average 3.3 - 3.59 grade average In order to qualify for graduation with distinction transfer students must have completed two years (fourteen graded courses) of work at Augsburg College. lndependent Study Veterans Augsburg College is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar regarding completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Students registered for three or more courses are classified as full-time students. It is the responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration andlor academic load to the Office of the Registrar. lndependent study programs are offered by many departments in the College. These programs are often available to conscientious students who can demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out work on an independent basis. Students interested in registering for independent study must first secure permission from the faculty member who will direct the study as well as from the department involved. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn a minimum of three courses per term. An incomplete grade (I) may b e given only in the case of extreme emergency. See section on Grading. A student who registers for independent study should normally expect to complete it in one semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a grade of X is given at the end of the first term, and the student will register again for the course in order to receive the final grade. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. General Information Credit by Examination Students who are interested in earning credit by examinations should consult with department chairmen or with the Registrar. Credit may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations. Classification .. Sophomore . . 7 courses. . . I 4 grade points Junior. . . . . . . 16 courses. . . . . 32 grade points Senior . . . . . 25 courses. . . . 50 grade points . . To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses). To be considered full time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses. Courses A full course is offered for one course credit. A few fractional courses (one-half course credit) are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits. A total of 35 courses is required for graduation. Most courses meet for three sixty-minute periods of two ninety-minute periods a week in addition to laboratories. Each semester is approximately 1 5 weeks in length. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes in course offerings. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses; those numbered 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses numbered in the 100's are primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for juniors; and 400's for seniors. In some departments course numbers also designate areas within the department. Symbol #Consent of instructor Course Descriptions The description of courses listed in the following pages are to be understood as general characterizations of topics to be Eonsidered For a more ~ r e c i s edescription and clarification of content and requirements for individual courses, please consult the respective instructors of the courses. Courses and terms listed are subject to change. Consult Schedule of Classes for precise offerings each term. See preceding pages for information on numbering and credit value. The symbol # indicates "by consent of instructor". American Studies Director: Grief Nicholl MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and 399 or 499, plus 11 courses in U.S. History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the U.S., and Social Sciences in the U.S. (5 courses in one of these areas and 3 in each of the others):* Hlstory of the United States American Studies, 23 1, 260 History 221, 222, 331, 332, 353, 495 (American Emphasis) Religion 353, 363 MINOR: 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2 courses in each of the above groupings under MAJOR. 231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement. (Fall) 232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Humanities in the United States American Studies 232, 265 Art 102, 389 English 24 1 (also Speech 24 I), 250, 351, 490 and 49 1 (American emphasis) Philosophy 344 Focuses on a significant period of the black experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and music of the period. Course content subject to change from year to year. (Spring) Social Sciences in the United States Economics 120, 122, 123, 251 Education 4 78# Political Science 121, 122, 170, 325, 326, 260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS 370, 371, 421 Psychology 48 1 #; Sociology 1 1 1, 3 73, 381,383 Social Work 361, 463 *American area oriented courses taken during the Interim, Summer School and at other colleges should be approved by the director for inclusion in the major. TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to be approved by director. The situation of Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today. 265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays, and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of black and white women in American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. (Fall) area of student's choice. Consult director to determine conditions of contract, Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES 495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES Focuses on a significant problem or phenomenon in American life. Includes a study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons and the co-learning model when appropriate to topic. Open to freshmen and sophomores. (Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in For description, see course 295. Open to juniors and seniors who will do a different level of work. (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY A research project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult with director to determine conditions of contract. Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring) Department of Art Chairman: Philip Thompson STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses including 107, and 3 art history courses. TEACHING MAJOR: Same as studio art major but 250 required and 132 recommended. STUDIO ART MINOR: 4 studio courses including 107; two from 118, 221, 223, 225, and 250. 118 PAINTING I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. (Fall, Spring) 132 PHOTOGRAPHY The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention given to black and white, color and photographic processes. ART HISTORY MINOR: 5 art history courses including 386, 387, 388. 150 JEWELRY 102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS An introduction to the making of jewelry in copper, brass, pewter, and silver. (Spring) Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. (Spring) 221 SCULPTURE l STUDIO ART 107 DRAWING Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. (Fall, Spring) An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Fall, Spring) 223 PRINT MAKING I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching, silk-screen and woodcut. (Fall, Spring) 225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I 399 INTERNSHIP The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images.(Fall, Spring) Consult chairman or internship director to determine project. 242 FILM MAKING Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Prereq.: 2 2 1. Fall, Spring) Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 250 CERAMICS l An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall, Sprin g) 478 SCULPTURE II 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study in area of the student's choice. Intended for senior art majors. (Fall, Spring) ART HISTORY 290 ART HISTORY SURVEY 330 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring) 351 CERAMICS II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: 250. Fall, Spring) 355 PAINTING II Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118. Fall, Spring) A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. (Offered summer, 1977) 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modern times. (Spring, 1978, Alternate years) 385 PREHISTORIC AND ANCIENT ART The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th century A.D. (Offered 1 9 8 0 8 1) 386 MEDIEVAL ART 360 DRAWING AND WATER-COLOR PAINTING Early Christian through late Gothic and protoRenaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. (Offered 1979-80) Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture in drawing and transparent water-color (Prereq.: 1 0 7. Offered alternate years. Fall, 1978) European painting, sculpture, and architecture from the early Renaissance through the 18th century. (Offered 1 9 78-79) 368 PRINT MAKING II 388 19th AND 20th CENTURY ART Advanced work in various media, including silkscreen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring) European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. (Offered 1 9 78- 79) 387 RENAISSANCE AND BAROQUE ART 389 AMERICAN ART A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements. (Offered Fall 1 9 7 7 and alternate years.) Department of Biology Chairman: Ralph Sulerud MAJOR: Option One: 7 courses, including 11 1, 112, 491 and at least one course from each of the following three groups: 351, 353, 361 (Group I); 355, 473, 474 (Group 11); 440, 471, 476 (Group Ill); Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125 (or 121, 122); Physics 1 21 , 122 also required. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. MAJOR: Option Two: 9 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one course from each of the following five groups: 351, 353 (Group I); 355, 474 (Group 11); 361, 481 (Group 111); 471, 473 (Group IV); 440, 476, (Group V); Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 223 (or 351, 352) also required. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching after July, 1979, also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What iniluence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (3 hours lecture, 1 1/2 hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 10 1 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 1 0 1 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 108 MICROBIOLOGY MINOR: 5 courses, including 11 1, 112 and three upper division courses. Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) also required. PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same as Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry). HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall; active participation in seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. 101 HUMAN BIOLOGY Basic biological concepts from an Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor). 109 SPECIAL TOPICS IN BIOLOGY Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Applies towards the Natural Science requirement. 111 , 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY 440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 1 1 1, Fall; 1 12, Spring) A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12. Fall, 1 9 79. Offered alternate years). 351 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12, 3 6 7 or #; Physics 1 0 3 or 1 2 2 or #. Spring) A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 11 2. Fall, 1 9 7 8 . Offered alternate years). 471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY 473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY 353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 11 2. Spring) A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 1 2 ; Chemistry 1 0 6 or 1 16; Physics 1 0 3 or 1 2 2 or #. Fall) 355 GENETICS 474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12. Spring) A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 361 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) 367 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 11 2; Chemistry 2 2 3 or 3 5 2 or #. Fall; this course is prereq. to 4 71 and 4 76). 476 MICROBIOLOGY An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 3 6 7 or #. Fall) 481 ECOLOGY A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.; 1 12, 3 6 1, or #. Spring) 491 SEMINAR Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors majoring in bklogy) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 1 12, and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Chairman: Edward M. Sabella comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Business Administration C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major in Business AdministrationAccounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the MathematicsPhysics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 12 courses of related business subjects (Economics, Finance and Mathematics). Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation. MAJOR WlTH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 263, 379, 381, and either 483 or 484. Economics 122, 123, 251 and one additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At least three upper division courses are required. For those planning on careers in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 373, 379, 478, and one other course from the sequence 381, 382, 483. Economics 122, 123, 251 and one additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At least five upper division courses are required. (392 is strongly recommended.) In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101 , 102, and one of 261 , 373, 379, 478; and one of 262, 379, 381 ; and Economics 122 and 123. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order to plan well their program of study. 101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. (Fall, Spring) 102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq: 10 1. Fall, Spring) 131 BUSINESS LAW Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code, (Spring) 250 DATA PROCESSING An introduction to COBOL and other nonscientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics.(fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee). 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq: 101, 102. Spring) 382 TAX ACCOUNTING 261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm: sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Fall) 262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 10 1, 102, Fall) 263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262. Spring) 373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 261, Spring) The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 1 0 1, 102. Spring. Offered alternate years) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only). 478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of the risklreturn relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 2 6 1. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall) 483 AUDITING Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq: 263. Fall) 484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other courses including Business Education 108, 121, 350 and 353. Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Fa//) TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM Spring. Offered alternate years) If a student desires a two-year secretarial program, a certificate will be awarded upon 295, 495 TOPICS completion of the following: Business Education Lectures, discussions, meetings with members 108, 110, 221, 350, 353, 364, 460 and of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research Business Administration 101, 102, 131 and methodology and readings in the areas of Economics 120. A student in the two-year program must select six courses from the Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring: On Demand) general education requirements. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. 101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING (No Credit) Business Education NOTE: The major in Business Education is being phased out, effective 1979-80. A limited number of courses will be offered in 1978-79. See class schedule for courses offered. MAJOR: 1 2-1 4 Courses. CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration 101, 102, 131 ; Business Education 110, 364, 460, 465; Economics 122, 123; high school typewriting or equivalent required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are recommended. ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Administration 262, 263, and Business Education 108. ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392. SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 221, 350, and 353. OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 108, 350, and English 21 9. MINOR: Five courses in Business Education. The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not available to students who have had one year of high school typewriting. 108 CALCULATING MACHINES Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary, printing and electronic calculators. 110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY Operation of transcription machines, filing and records management, introduction to data processing, and efficient handling of office duties. 221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription. Development of speed in transcribing material dictated at minimum speed of 80 words a minute. (Not open to students who have had one year of shorthand in high school.) 350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING Development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. (Prereq.: High school typewriting or equivalent.) 379. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. 353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND Students of Gregg, Forkner, or other shorthand systems may enroll for rapid dictation and transcription of material dictated at speeds of 80-1 20 words a minute. (Prereq.: 221 or equivalent.) 364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS Communication in the office through use of telephone, telegram, and writing of business letters, memorandums, manuals and reports. COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICSBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Economics 122, 123, 251, and 258 and one other course from economics offerings. Business Administration 101, 102, 261, 373, 379 and one other course from business administration offerings also required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. MINOR: 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #.) 460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT Problems relating to supervision and management in the business office, selection and training of employees; and human relations within the office. 465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING Principles of marketing with emphasis on distribution and the role of the consumer in the marketing process. Materials and methods in teaching of basic business subjects and projects in marketing. Economics MAJOR IN ECONOMICS: Economics 122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and three other courses of economics offerings. Business Administration 101, 102, 379, also required. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one other course from economics offerings. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order to plan well their program of study. 120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis"; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc, Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the abovementioned topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education. Students who plan to major in the above three areas should enroll in 122 and 123 rather than 120. 122 and 123 are also open to non-majors. (Fall, Spring) 122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) An introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Spring) 123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) An introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122, 123. Fall) 392 MONEY AND BANKING Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only) 250 DATA PROCESSING 453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY An introduction to COBOL and other nonscientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics.(Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee). 251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring) 258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macro-models. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fa4 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS Analysis of labor markets; determination of wages, collective bargaining. Particular attention paid to the economic problems of minority groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring) 454 WELFARE ECONOMICS Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 2 5 1 or #. Spring, alternate years) 295, 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring. On Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY See under Department of Business Administration. 391 PUBLIC FINANCE Analysis of the principles of taxation and public The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth.(Prereq.:#. Fall, Spring) Department of Chemistry - - Chairman: Earl Alton approved research; participation in seminar. GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 115, 116 (or 105, 106) 351, 352, 353, 361 and one advanced course which may include Biochemistry; participation in seminar. Physics 121, 122, and Mathematics 124, 125 also required. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take Mathematics 124, 125 in the freshman year; and Physics 121, 122 in the sophomore year. Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115; 106 and 1 16; 223 and 351, 352. AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 11 courses including 11 5, 116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry courses above 350. Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics 124, 125 (which should be taken during the freshman year); Mathematics 224; and Physics 121, 122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent to one semester also required. MINOR: 5 courses which must include 11 5, 116 (or 105, 106) and 3 additional courses in chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be substituted for 361. 103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Does not apply toward the major. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry within last 3 years or #. Fall) 105,106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 1 16; designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 115, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the graduation major except that it is suggested that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the advanced course. Licensure after July, 1979, also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester devoted to fundamental principles; and second to inorganic chemistry, qualitative analysis, and a brief introduction to organic chemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq: high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 1 15, Fall; 1 16, Spring) PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. 223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC AND BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY I DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of Designed for nurses in the degree program, medical technologists and others in allied health science programs whose professional goals do not require either of two-term organic course or the one-term biochemistry course. The organic chemistry most relevant to a survey of biochemistry is studied followed by the structures and metabolic reactions of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, enzymes and certain hormones. (3 one-hour bctures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105 or 1 15. Spring) 351, 352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reactior mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry to biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4 hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. 3 5 1, Fall; 3 5 2 , Spring) 353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. Spring) 361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry in the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4 %-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 12 1, 122; Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring) 481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4 %-hour laboratory. Prereq: 353, 362, or #. Fall) 482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq: 362 or #. Spring) 483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules, Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq: 361 or #. Fall) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some reading knowledge of German. Spring) 497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing) East Asian Studies Adviser: Khin Khin Jensen MAJOR CONCENTRATION: A major concentration plan is constructed for each student with the advice and assistance of his or her adviser. A major plan normally consists of ten to twelve courses distributed under one of the following general categories: East Asian Culture Two language courses including one year of Chinese or Japanese; two introductory history courses; four to six courses in cultural - specialization andlor comparative studies; two or more independent study andlor seminar courses. East Aslan Language and Culture At least four language courses (a two-year concentration in either Chinese or Japanese is encouraged; however, one year of each language is acceptable); two introductory history courses; two to four courses in cultural specialization andlor comparative studies; and two or more independent study andlor seminar courses. - Department of Education Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton I I Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Education at these levels: Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary Education. Licensure programs for secondary education are offered in the following areas: American Studies, Art, Biology, Chemistry, EnglishLanguage Arts, French, German, Health, History, Mathematics, Music, Physical Education, Physics, Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, and Theater Arts. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. The courses, Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll in other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted to the teachereducation program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course. Students who are transferring from an education program at another college must be re-admissable to that program. Elementary Education Marie McNeff, Coordinator Requirements for the major and for licensure in Elementary Education: 1. A minimum of 8 education courses to include 255, 351, and two professional semesters: 361, 362, 371, 372; and 481, 482 and electives. 2. Health Education 1 14 and 1 15. 3. Library Science 358. 4. An academic minor. An academic major is recommended. 5. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain a 2.5 in the major. 6. Fulfill State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (successful completion of Augsburg Education program meets requirement.) Requirements for Kindergarten License are the same as those for elementary education plus Education 375 and 483. 351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) First Professional Semester (for juniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372. Early Childhood Education Steve Reuter. Coordinator Requirements for license in Early Childhood Education are the same as those for elementary education plus the following courses: SOC.231 Psych. 351 Ed. 325 Ed. 425 Ed. 484 Sociology of the Family Developmental Psychology: Child Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education Early Childhood Curriculum Student Teaching (160 hours) For an Early Childhood License with other than an education major, consult with the Early Childhood Education Coordinator. 255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN URBAN SETTING (Elementary) 362, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES Identification and mastery of competencies necessary for teaching in the elementary school. Laboratory experiences in classrooms (Prereq.: 2 5 5 . Admission to elementary education. Spring) 372, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM Examination and preparation of materials and resources for each of the subject areas taught at the elementary level. Application of teacher competencies to various subject areas of the elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences in classrooms. (Prereq.: 2 5 5 , concurrent registration in 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 . Spring) 375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq: sophomore standing or above. Fall, Spring) A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed.) 325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION 382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING PROBLEMS Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of hislher life in relation to the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and other interventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab. experience in a day care center andlor nursery school. (Prereq.: 255 and/or #. Fall) (See Secondary Education) 341 NON-PRINT MEDIA IN THE SCHOOL (See Library Science) 425 EARLY CHILDHOOD CURRICULUM Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessions, and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Prereq.: Acceptance into the Department of Education and/or #. Spring) Requirements of the Augsburg College Licensure Program for Secondary Education: Second Professional Semester: Student Teaching and Electives 1. Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education. This may be made before, concurrently with, or after the Orientation course. Application forms are available in the Education Department office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if he or she has been admitted into the program of the Department of Education. 2. Grade point average - minimum of 2.5 in the student's academic major and 2.0 overall. 3. Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching. 4. Completion of the State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (successful completion of Augsburg's Education program meets this requirement). 5. Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: Psych. 105; Health Educ. 1 15; Educ. 265, 359, 478; a minimum of one-half course in special methods in the area of the student's major, and a minimum of two courses in Student Teaching. 481. 482 STUDENT TEACHING I Experience in observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: 255, 351, 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 371, 372. Fall, Spring) Electives 483 STUDENT TEACHING II Refinement of teaching skills at elementary level. Additional teaching experience in the classroom. (Prereq.: 48 1, 482. Fall, Spring) 484 STUDENT TEACHING II Refinement of teaching skills at elementary level. Additional teaching experience in the classroom. (Prereq.: 481, 4 8 2 and 483. Offered on demand) 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (See Secondary Education) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on a topic of interest in the field of education, worked out in consultation with a faculty member. (Open to juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring) Secondary Education (teacher licensure program) Einar Johnson, Coordinator It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure. This consultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. Majors in Art, Music, and Physical Education will take one full course in special methods and three courses in Student Teaching. Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for teaching in Secondary Schools (Through the Augsburg College Education Department Program) 1. B.A. or B.S. degree 2. College major in a teaching area 3. Fulfill State Department of Education EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Successful completion of Augsburg Education program meets requirement) 4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg courses H.Ed. 115.) 5. Successful completion of Augsburg Education Department Licensure Program courses. General Information: 1 . For Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: Persons with teaching majors in Art, Music and Physical Education receive a special license which allows them to teach in their area in all grades from Kindergarten through twelve (K-12). A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the major in art will register for Educ. 361 ; the major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the major in Music for Educ. 373. 2. For social studies licensure: The program leading to licensure in this area is being revised to conform to new state guidelines. See Einar Johnson for further information. 3. The professional term: Student Teaching is taken concurrently with School and Society in one full-time term in professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term as part of the professional work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect to take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term. 265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN AN URBAN SETTING (Secondary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing. Fall, Spring) 341 NON-PRINT MEDIA IN THE SCHOOL (See Library Science) 351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING (See Elementary Education) 359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY EDUCATION (1/2 course) Teaching procedures, materials and projects. With this general methodology course, must be taken one or more of the following education courses in special methods from the department of the major field. (Prereq.: Psych. 105, Educ. 265 and admission into the secondary education program) Special Methods Courses (1/2 to 1 course) Methods and materials in teaching special areas 360 American Studies Methods l/2 course (Spring) 361 Art Methods (Elementary and junior high school) 1 course (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior high school) % course (Fall) 363 Business Methods % course (Spring) 364 English Methods % course (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) 1 course (Fall) 366 Foreign Language Methods (Consult with Language Department) l/2 course 373 Music Methods (K-12) 1 course (Spring) 374 Natural Science Methods % course (Spring) 375 Social Studies Methods % course (Spring) 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods l/2 course (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods % course (Spring) 41 0 Health Methods (See Health Ed. 41 0, Adm. and Superv. of School Health Program) 1 course 382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING PROBLEMS This course will examine characteristics of different kinds of learning problems found in regular classroom environment. The primary focus of the course will be on teaching strategies, but attention also will be given to procedures for the identification of different kinds of learning problems, prescriptive procedures, referral processes, and alternatives for programming "mainstreamed" students. (Fall) media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 341 NON-PRINT MEDIA IN THE SCHOOL % course 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director. Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teachingllearning situations. (Fall) 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing. Fall, Spring) 358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall, Spring) 480, 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING Students will be placed in a classroom for full days. Opportunities are provided for experience in observing and directing learning experiences on the secondary school level under the supervision of college and htgh school personnel. Seminars are held on a regular basis dur~ngthe student teaching experience (Pmreq: senior standing and completion of teacher aide work and human relations elements of Education courses 2 6 5 , 3 5 9 . Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY lndependent study and research on a topic of interest in the field of education worked out in consultation with a faculty member. (Open to juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring) Library Science Patricia Parker, Coordinator 1 I I I ,( MINOR: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475 245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of the 359 REFERENCE SERVICES IN THE LIBRARY Study of basic information sources most frequently used by students and librarians. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations in the metropolitan area. 475 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY lndependent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of school library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering Earl Alton: Adviser Augsburg College is cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technological University (Houghton, Michigan), in a Three-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission to the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the ThreeTwo Plan will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum course requirements for admission to the Three-Two Plan are: Math 124, 125, 224, 226; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 11 5, 116; Computer Science 245; English 11 1 ; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally Math 124, 125 and Physics 121, 122 are taken in the freshman year. Students are encouraged to apply for admission to the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser, Earl Alton, is encouraged. Department of English Chairmen: Catherine Nicholl, Richard Sargent MAJOR: 9 courses (above 11 I ) , including one course in American literature, one course in the Western literary tradition (271 or 272) and three courses in British literature. Of the British literature courses, one must concentrate on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one must survey a number of writers (for example, 336, 337, or 423). All majors must take Advanced Writing: Expository. Majors are encouraged to take, early in their college work, course 245, Introduction to Literature. Majors are strongly urged to consult their departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the English department. MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: Engllsh: 1 0 courses, including those listed for the major and 320. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are recommended. Speech: (1) a course in public speaking: Beginning Speech, Small Group Communication, Interpersonal Communication, Argumentation, Persuasion. ( 2 ) Interpretative Reading or Stage Direction Library Science: 475, The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance In addition to field experience and student teaching, as required by the Department of Education, English Education majors will be required to gain practical experience in the teaching of writing, to be arranged through the department chairman. Students interested in a teaching major are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term of the sophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition to planning their courses of study with the department chairman, students should consult an adviser in the Department of Education. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 over-all; submit program to department chairman early in senior year; defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. A student electing a concentration should work closely with his or her adviser. Interim courses, special courses, and courses given at the other cooperating colleges will often fit well into a concentration. English 11 1 is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructors. 111 EFFECTIVE WRITING MINOR: 5 courses (above 11 I ) , including one course in British literature, and either 21 9 or 320. Teaching minors must include both 21 9 and 320. The English Department recommends but does not require that English majors consider developing an area of emphasis broader than the major as listed above. The three most likely areas would be a British concentration, an American concentration, and a world literature concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the English department. BRITISH LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 41 2, 41 6; English 271, 331, 332, 336, 337, 367, 368, 423, 438 and sometimes 282, 490, 491. AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 221, 222; American Studies 232; English 241, 250, 351, 367, 368, and sometimes 282, 490, 491. A student with an American literature concentration should take some of the courses listed under the American Studies major which are selected from the offerings of several departments at Augsburg. The study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization and the research paper. (Fall, Spring) 21 9 ADVANCED WRITING A course designed to develop advanced skills in a variety of writing specializations. The focus of each course will shift from term to term, e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film media. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. See also description under Speech, Communications and Theater Arts. 245 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors. 250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920 WORLD LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 102, 360, 361 ; Philosophy 110 , 242, 343, 370; German 244; French 243; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351, 352; English 241, 261, 271, 272, 423, and sometimes 282, 490, 491. Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. (Fall, Spring) 261 MODERN FICTION Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. (Fall, Spring) 271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: HOMER TO DANTE 336 BRITISH LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO BLAKE Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: FROM THE RENAISSANCE TO MODERN PERIOD 351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920 Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period. (Spring) 320 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE A study of modern English viewed from a historical perspective, with reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics and a view of the development of the English language. (Offered on demand) 331 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama will be examined. (Alternate years, 1 9 78-79) 337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modern American literature. (Fall, Spring) 367 MODERN POETRY Study of major modern and contemporary poets and schools of criticism. Discussion may include the poetry and aesthetics of the Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics, Harlem Renaissance, Modern Romantics, Black Mountain Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional Poets, and other contemporary movements. 368 MODERN DRAMA Significant works of American, British, and continental dramatists of the twentieth century. (Alternate years, 1 9 78- 7 9 ) 332 MILTON AND HIS AGE 388 LITERARY CRITICISM A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 19 79-80) A course designed to introduce students to the various ways in which modern literary critics have approached the problem of analyzing and evaluating literature. Students wil study the works of historical, psychological, textual, and archetypal critics, and then attempt to apply such approaches to selected works of literature. (Offered on demand) 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director. 423 STUDIES IN THE BRITISH NOVEL A survey of the development of the novel in England from its eighteenth century beginnings up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century .as the dominant literary form. (Alternate years, 1 9 7 8 79) 438 SHAKESPEARE Study of ten or twelve major plays comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme or movement; course 491, a major writer or a major work. Enrollment open to juniors and seniors. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairman. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. (Fall, Spring) Department of Foreign Languages Chairman: Gunta Rozentals Students with previous foreign language study should register in courses suited to their level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign language. However, final placement is made according to the results of a placement test which may be taken at preregistration time after consultation with the department. Students who register below their level may do so, but only for a grade of PIN. Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 21 1, 21 2 meet useable skill levels. Course 31 1 is prerequisite to all upper division courses. See department faculty for career information Language majors must consult with department for mid-point evaluation after third postintermediate course. Teaching majors and minors must consult with the Department of Education for program. Methods courses by language are joint fivecollege offerings and should be taken in the fall of the senior year. A 3.0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition is a departmental requirement for teaching majors. MLA Competency Exam needed for licensure. Departmental Honors: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply no later than early in the senior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairman for details. Chinese 21 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. Several modern literary works are explored with the goals of communicating ideas and building sufficient reading skills to pursue general reading in French. Completes the review of basic structures and more complex forms. Laboratory work. (Spring) French MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2, including two in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and three in literature, of which one should be course 352. Study in France strongly recommended. MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer of study in France strongly recommended. 243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Major representative works of French literature read in English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, students become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: 31 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature, Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog. 111 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Fall, Spring) 112 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 11 1 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms is completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Spring) 21 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Through a core of twentieth century French literary readings and a grammar review, this course moves toward expressing opinions and greater ease in reading. For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall) Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall 1978) 31 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand) 331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials In French. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Spring 1979) 332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas, cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. Alternate years. Spring 1 9 79) 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of French literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 31 1 o r # . Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 a n d 1977-78) 352 CREATIVITY AND RESTRAINT a A survey of the major literary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the French intellectual, social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. On demand) 41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Alternate years) 451 THE FRENCH NOVEL A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre in theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand) 452 FRENCH DRAMA A study of French plays that shows the evolution of this genre from classical forms to Theatre of the Absurd and anti-theatre. Group and individualized study of major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq. : 3 1 1 or #. Recommended 3 3 1. On demand) 354 REALITIES: INNER AND OUTER WORLDS 495 FRENCH SEMINAR A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and the literature of ideas that led to new forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Offered alternate years) Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry, medieval works, Romanticism). Student presentations in French. For advanced students. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq: 352, 3 5 4 or 355. Offered on demand) 355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theatre, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. alternate years. Prereq: 3 1 1 or #.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser) German MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including 31 1 and 41 1. Interim and/or summer in Germany strongly recommended. MINOR: 4 upper division courses, including 31 1 and 41 1. interim and/or summer in Germany strongly recommended. 31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. lntenslve practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition, (Fall) 331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE I RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods in Modern Languages for teachers; European History, a second language, linguistics, English literature. 111,112, BEGINNING GERMAN Course 11 1 is for students with no previous background; 112 is for students who have had 11 1 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: Ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. (1 11, Fall; 11 2, Spring) 21 1,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (21 1, Fall; 2 12, Spring) 244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to the major or minor in German. The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1 643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergence of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. Spring 1 9 79 and alternate years) 332 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In . Spring 19 78) German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or I 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of German literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 o r # . Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 a n d 1977-78) 351 GERMAN LITERATURE THROUGH 18th CENTURY Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussions in Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand) 352 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 19th CENTURY Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. On demand) 353 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 20th CENTURY Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression in German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 Or #.) 41 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Alternate years) 451 GERMAN PROSE Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or I.) 452 GERMAN DRAMA Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Greek See instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, literature, linguistics, which can apply toward classics concentration in cooperation with Macalester College. 111,112 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. (1 11, Fall; 112, Spring) 21 1 INTERMEDIATE GREEK Review of basic structures of Greek, expansion of vocabulary and development of reading skills through selections from the New Testament and other Hellenistic writings (early fathers, historians, etc.). Special emphasis on parsing and syntax of the Greek text. (Prereq.: 112 or #. Fall) Japanese Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. Linguistics 289 INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common to all languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry into the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in language). Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and minors. (Fall) Norwegian MINOR: 4 upper division courses including 31 1 , and two of 331, 350, 353, 41 1 ; plus one course under Scandinavian Area Studies. For the teaching minor: 31 1, 331, 353, 41 1 plus required education courses, including special methods. 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Recommended supporting preparation: Study in Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies. Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 31 1 o r # . Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 a n d 1977-78) 11 1, 112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading .and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (1 1 1, Fall; 1 12, Spring) 21 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 11 2 or equivalent. Fall) 311 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 21 1 or equivalent. Spring) 353 SURVEY OF NORWEGIAN LITERATURE Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention is given to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in the Norwegian language. (Prereq.: 2 1 1 or equivalent. Spring, 1 9 79. Alternate years) 41 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogenous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. Spring 1 9 78 and alternate years.) Russian Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. Spanish MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2, including 31 1, 41 1 , 456 or 457, two of 352, 353, 354. (Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly recommended) MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including 31 1, 331 or 332, and one course in literature. (Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly recommended) Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Colombian civilization, Latin-American Area Studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 11 1, 112 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (1 11, Fall; 112, Spring) 31 2 SPANISH EXPRESSION Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to improve oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand) 331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. Spring 1 9 78 and alternate years) 21 1, 21 2 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on active use of the language, supplemented by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 2 1 1, Fall; 2 12, Spring) 332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the Pre-Colombian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or 2 12, with #. Spring 1 9 79) 249 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of literature in Spanish. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Offered 1 9 76-77 and 1 9 77-78) 31 1 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 352, 353 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE I, II Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a prerequisite for all upperdivision courses. (Prereq.: 2 12 or equivalent. Fall) A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 3 11 or 1.352, Fall, 1978; 353, Fall, 1 9 79) 354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Offered 1 9 7 7 and on demand) 41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Alternate years) 456 SPANISH DRAMA Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. On demand) 457 SPANISH NOVEL Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Department of History Chairman: Richard Nelson MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. MAJOR FOR TEACHING: In addition to the regular history major a social science major with history emphasis is also available. See "Social Science" in this catalog. Students wishing to become licensed teachers see "Education Department" in this catalog and consult with Education Department faculty for requirements. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. MINOR: 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division. 101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN CULTURE An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe to the 1200s. (Fall, Spring) 102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN CULTURE A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring) 103 THE MODERN WORLD A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. (Fall, Spring) 104 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. (Fall, Spring) 221 U.S. HISTORY TO 1877 Students are required to take at least one survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not be taken in seauence. A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to the major. 331 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. (Fall) 332 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed as is the period of the Cold War. (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 ) 353 SELECT TOPICS IN MINNESOTA HISTORY I A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries. (Spring) I 360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 338 B.C. I I The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. (Spring 1978-79) 361 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. (Fall, 1 9 7 9 - 8 0 ) 370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1560 A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. (Spring, 1980-8 1) 399 INTERNSHIP IN HISTORY A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper-division students majoring in history. See department chairman 41 2 ENGLAND TO 1714 A study of English history from Roman Britain through the Stuart period. An attempt is made to structure the course so that it may serve the needs of those majoring in a pre-law program, in English literature or in history. (Fall) 416 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 1 560-1 71 4. (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 ) 431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the Roman Empire to the 20th century, with focus on specific historic cities as examples. The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and those who desire a background to enrich future travel. (Spring) 440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS IN WORLD HISTORY This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years. (Spring 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 ) 463 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. (Spring 1 9 7 9 80) 464 MODERN CHINA A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. (Fall) 465 MODERN JAPAN An examination of the emergence of Japan as a major world power in the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. (Spring 1 9 7 8 79) 474 THE WORLD AND THE WEST This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. (Spring 1 9 79-80) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to apply to individual instructors for permission to register for directed independent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major. Geography 114 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment. (Fall 1 9 7 8 and alternate years) Department of Mathematics Chairman: Beverly Durkee MAJOR: 9 courses including 124, 125, 21 5, 224, 31 4, 324. Also required: Computer Science 245. For teacher licensure, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. MINOR: 5 courses including 124, 125, 224. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics; 3.1 over-all. Comprehensive oral examination. Program must be submitted to department during first term of junior year, and must include advanced study in areas of Analysis, Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education. 114 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, and trigonometric functions. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Fall) 121 FINITE MATHEMATICS Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 1 2 4 may not register for credit. (Spring) 226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq: 224. Spring) 242 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq: Admission to Elementary Education Program) 31 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq: 2 15. Fall) 124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I, 11, 111 Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students in the natural sciences. (1 24, Fall; 125, Spring; 2 2 4 , Fall) 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS 324,325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II A study of the fundamental concepts of calculus for functions of several variables, including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions, improper integrals, differential forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq: 224. 3 2 4 , Spring; 325, Fall) An introduction to the structure of mathematical systems and mathematical models which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 351 MODERN GEOMETRY 21 1 NUMBER THEORY 373 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq: #) An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq: 224. Fall) 21 5 ELEMENTARY LINEAR ALGEBRA A study of systems of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq: 224. Spring) A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq: 122 or 125. Spring, 1980. Offered alternate years) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman or Internship Director to determine project. 441 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring. Computer fee) Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq: 3 14, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 19 79. Offered alternate years) 245 INTRODUCTION TO SCIENTIFIC COMPUTER PROGRAMMING 481 TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq: 3 14, 324, or #. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science 145 INTRODUCTION TO GENERAL COMPUTER PROGRAMMING An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Extensive programming in a non-scientific higher level language, such as COBOL. Primarily for students in non-science areas. An introduction to computer languages and methods. Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register operations, and computer organization. Programming in machine language, assembly language, and FORTRAN. Examples and applications primarily from science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq: Math 125 or #. Fall. Computer fee) 355 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND NUMERICAL METHODS A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulas, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. Credit may be granted toward a mathematics major or minor. (Prereq: C.S. 2 4 5 and Math. 224 or concurrent registration. Fall) Medical Technology This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at Hennepin County Medical Center, Metropolitan Medical Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital with which the students plan to affiliate. It is important to work closely with the Medical Technology adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by the hospitals for the 12-month internship. Students must negotiate directly with the hospitals involved. Required science courses: 1) Biology: 1 11, 112 and two additional upper division (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 116), 223 (or 351, 352), 353; 3) Physics: 103 (or 121, 122); one math course. Students transferring to Augsburg College with an Associate of Arts degree or its equivalent should expect to spend two years at Augsburg before participating in the internship year. The Medical Technology major is not designed for persons who already have the baccalaureate degree from another institution. Metro-Urban Studies (Interdisciplinary) Director: Joel S. Torstenson MAJOR: 1 5 courses including the following core requirements: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Psychology 373; Sociology 11 1 , 362, 363, 381, and 383; plus a minimum of one course of internship or independent study. visit agencies, talk with specialists in various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services. 399 INTERNSHIP The following electives are suggested for completing the major: Art 102; Biology I01 ; Computer Science 245; Education 478; English 351 ; History 431 ; Religion 360; Speech 342; others, including interims, internships, and independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges by approval of the director and the Urban Studies faculty. Each student's major program must be approved by the director. MINOR: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following core courses are required for the Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Sociology 11 1 ; Sociology 381 ; an approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship andlor independent study. Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an internship of one or two courses. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Optional) Independent Study is done in conjunction with a one-course internship. In consultation with MUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library andlor field research related to subjects of seminars andlor major academic interests. B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) This program is located at the University of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian urbanization and city planning. 372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE Other Urban Studies options available through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA): A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area. Students are placed in beginning, intermediate or advanced study depending on proficiency. Instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary to support student course work and daily living in Oslo. An orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society is coordinated with the language instruction. 358 READINGS SEMINAR: URBAN ISSUES Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution publications, journal articles and books. 359 FIELD SEMINAR: TWIN CITIES METROPOLITAN AREA Using the community as a classroom, students 373 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF SCANDINAVIAN CITIES Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work. Emphasis is placed on Norwegian urban development with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 396 URBAN PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus is on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY In consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS) This "semester in the city" program is located in Bogota, Colombia. It focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World. 261 SPANISH LANGUAGE Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. 362 PROSEMINAR: URBANIZATION IN LATIN AMERICA Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and visiting Colombian urbanists. 363 FIELD SEMINAR: WEALTH, POVERTY, AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT IN THE LATIN AMERICAN CITY Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to various types of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY In consultation with SAUS faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. Department of Music Chairman: Robed Karle'n Students wishing to major in Music at Augsburg College must make application to the Music Faculty for acceptance into the programs. Such application should be made no later than the beginning of the sophomore year. (See Music Department handbook for further details.) CORE CURRICULUM: All music majors must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music courses: 101, 102, 223, 224, 260, 261, pass a piano proficiency test, perform in a music organization for 2 years, participate in Performance Workshop, and pass 3 music re~ertoiretests. MAJOR: 1 2 courses including Core Curriculum described above, plus 350 or 476; 354 or 355; 365 or 375; 457, 458; and 4 years of Performance Studies. TEACHING MAJOR: 11 courses including Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457, 458; two of 354, 355, 365, 375; 3 years of Performance Studies; and education courses. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education. BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE: 1 3 courses including Core Curriculum plus 350, two of 354, 355, 365, 375; 457, 458, 476; 499 or other elective; and 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last two years. MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (Bachelor of Science Degree): Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 354; 355 or 365; 457 or 458; 3 years of Performance Studies including at least one term of voice; Music Therapy 360, 382, 383, 395, 399, 435, 495; Psych. 105, 362, and one of 264, 351, 352, 355, 356, 357; Soc. 241 and one of 11 1, 121, 231, 232, 375; elective in physical education (232 recommended); elective in speech (1 16 recommended). A maximum of 17 courses in Music and Music Therapy may be applied toward the 35 courses required for graduation. Students need to apply for internship sites nine months in advance of starting date. Since the number of sites in Minnesota is limited, students may need to seek out-of-state internship placements. This major normally requires four and one-half years for completion Upon satisfactory completion of the program, the student is eligible to apply for certificationlregistration with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc. MINOR: 5 courses: 101, 102, 260 or 261, 458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies and 1 year in a music organization; piano proficiency; and 2 music repertoire tests. Attendance at all Performance Workshops during the year of Performance Studies and 8 campus recitals also required. Those wishing to minor in Music must declare their intent not later than the end of their sophomore year, or at the completion of Theory 102. I HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for graduation honors in music if they (1) provide leadership in: the promotion of higher music performance standards within the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation andlor promotion of smaller performing ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses; and (3) apply for the Honors Program at the beginning of the second term of the junior year. Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: (1) two solo recitals of graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal andlor instrumental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee or a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality. Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance Workshop and 1 4 campus faculty and student recitals is required of sophomore, junior and senior music majors. Music minors must attend 8 faculty and student recitals as well as all Performance Workshops during the year of their Performance Studies. All music majors and minors must register for Performance Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of majors during either the junior or senior year, except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of Bachelors of Music in both their junior and senior years. Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. Confer with department regarding specific requirements. During the junior and senior years, a student who has been certified by the Department of Music as a major for the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Music degree, is given required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may not exceed four semesters of weekly half-hour lessons. TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or senior student transferring to Augsburg College as a Music major must, before registration and acceptance into the major program, ( I ) take a placement test in music theory, and (2) sing or play representative pieces recently studied in his or her area of applied music concentration. This may be done immediately before registration or earlier when convenient. Transfer students must pass the Piano Proficiency test by the end of their first semester at Augsburg. 101,102, 223, 224 THEORY Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than sequentially. (10 1 , 223, Fall. 102, 224, Spring) 230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major. (Fall, Spring) 260 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) 261 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSlC Music of the Romantic and Modern eras, (Spring) Works of 20th Century composers will be chosen according to instrumentation and abilities represented by the class, so that indepth analysis can prepare for performance. An evaluation will be made of each composition studied with regard to its significance and relationship to the total output of that composer. (Prereq: 224. Spring. Alternate years) 457 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING 458 Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging. (Spring) Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE 476 ORCHESTRATION The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Alternate years) 355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) 375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 MUSlC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH 482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSlC The music of Scandinavia since 1700. (Alternate years) 488, 489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniaues for teachina ~ i a n oStudents . will give individual lessons-to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Fall) Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students up0n Of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring) 440 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP Music Therapy Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and history classes to the study of the music of our time. 110 INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC THERAPY A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area, with field trips to various institutions. This will be an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores who may be considering music therapy as a major. This course will give the students a broad background in the many and varied ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim) with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and physically handicapped. (Prereq: 3 9 5 ) 495 PRACTICUM IN MUSlC THERAPY Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. No credit. Recitals, Lessons, Organizations 360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL MUSlC Study of guitar and other non-symphonic instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications to clinical settings. (Fall) 382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF MUSlC I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF MUSlC II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq: 3 8 2 ) 395 INFLUENCE OF MUSlC ON BEHAVIOR A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. 399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL INTERNSHIP Full-time placement in an internship setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for six months. This is started after completion of the senior year and is necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. 435 MUSlC IN THERAPY The study and application of the uses of music PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints students with a repertoire of musical excellence. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) PERFORMANCE STUDIES Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. For statement of fees, see under Financial Information. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) Piano Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons in piano taken after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor. Organ Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training as needed, interpretation of songs. Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, String Instruments, Percussion Instruments Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. MUSlC ORGANIZATIONS The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for the full year required of participants. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) Choir Membership by audition and restricted to 65 singers. Concert Band Membership by audition. Orchestra Membership by audition. Chorale, Jazz Ensemble, Repertoire Band, Brass Ensemble, String Ensemble, Woodwlnd Ensemble. Membership by audition or consent of director. Natural Science NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in Secondary Schools. (Valid until July 1, 1 9 79. Students now entering college should be alert for changes in requirements after July 1, 19 79). MAJOR: A total of 12 courses in science and mathematics with at least 5 courses in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry or physics. In biology, the required courses are 11 1, 112. The additional 3 courses are to be chosen from the upper division offerings. In chemistry, 105, 106, or (1 15, 11 6), and 353 are required. In order to complete the total of 5 courses, two courses may be chosen as follows: 223 and 361 ; or 351 and 352; or 351 and 361. In mathematics, Calculus I and Calculus II are required; and any 3 additional courses may be selected. In physics, courses 121, 122, 245 are required; two additional courses to be chosen after consultation with a member of the Physics Department. Early consultation with adviser is recommended. NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for Premedical Students. This major is presented as an option for premedical students who wish to take a major which provides the science courses necessary and recommended for admission to most medical schools (including the University of Minnesota Medical School), and also permits a number of electives. The student should choose electives carefully keeping in mind the specific requirements of the medical schools to which he or she intends to apply. Early consultation with a premedical adviser is recommended. MAJOR: 13 courses including Biology 11 1, 112, 491 or 492, and 2 upper division biology courses; Chemistry 115, 116 or (1 05, 106), 351, 352, and Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122, or 124 and 125; and Physics 121, 122. Department of Nursing Chairman: Donna Peterson Augsburg offers a second-step program in nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in nursing. Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or a diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a current license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of inorganic chemistry, anatomy and physiology, and microbiology at accredited institutions of higher education. These courses may be taken at Augsburg prior to admission into the nursing program. Nurses who have not been actively engaged in the practice of nursing for five years must take a refresher course prior to acceptance into the program. Courses in introductory psychology, introductory sociology, English composition, and organic chemistry are also required for the major. Students may take these courses at Augsburg during their first year in the program or they may take CLEP examinations to validate credits. MAJOR: 8 courses in nursing including 301, 302, 310, 31 1, 320, 325, 350, 401, 402, and two of the following: 420, 421 ; or 425, 426. Speech 354, Interpersonal Communication is highly recommended. The required courses in sociology, psychology, English, chemistry, and biology listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well as toward the major. 311 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II Lecture, laboratory course which is an extension of Nursing 31 0. 320 TRENDS, ISSUES, AND LEADERSHIP IN NURSING A course designed to investigate the current leadership responsibilities of the professional nurse and the trends and issues evolving in contemporary nursing practice. 325 NURSING ASSESSMENT Lecturellaboratory course focusing on the development of skills in comprehensive history taking and physical examination which assist the professional nurse in completing healthillness assessments of individuals and families. 350 INTRODUCTION TO NURSING RESEARCH Emphasis is on investigative skills and basic research as applied to nursing. Students are involved in designing, implementing, and evaluating research projects. 301, 302, 401, 402 NURSING SEMINAR I, 11, Ill, IV 420, 421 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN EPISODIC NURSING Discussions designed to facilitate the student's progress throughout the nursing program and to assist in career-goal attainment. One course credit granted on completion of all four seminars. PIN grading only. Seminarllaboratory courses in which the student explores in depth a chosen area of study and develops expertise in the selected area of practice. Opportunities are available which allow the student to practice selfassessment, identify individual needs, develop behavioral objectives, select learning experiences, and work cooperatively and collaboratively with preceptor, instructor, agencies and clientslfamilies in initiating complex nursing care. (Prereq: 3 10, 3 1 1 , 320, and 325). 310 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING I Lecture courses which focus on the investigation and application of the concepts and principles of health promotion, health maintenance, disease-illness prevention, and rehabilitation to nurse-ciientlfamily relationships in the community setting. Emphasis is placed on involving the student in health teaching and counseling activities with individuals and families. 425, 426 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN DISTRIBUTIVE NURSING For course description see 420, 421. Department of Philosophy Chairman: Kenneth Bailey 130 LOGIC MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242, 343. and 344. Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Do you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. (Fall, Spring) MINOR: 5 courses, including two courses from 241, 242, 343, and 344. HONORS MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the department. Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. 110 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY: IDEAS AND METHOD Though each person has his own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. The reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. The major function of the course is to enable you to develop the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall, Spring) 120 ETHICS Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring) 241 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important, and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will be considered so as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 242 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance? We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance and the new methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring) 343 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY Ill: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to Idealism in men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall) 344 HI,STORY OF PHILOSOPHY IV: CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring) constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Fall, 1 9 78) 370 EXISTENTIALISM Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 380 MEDICAL ETHICS What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can be said about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? Is man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Spring, 19 79) Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of medical care and delivery, abortion, human engineering, care for the dying and euthanasia. 430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL PHILOSOPHERS A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Spring, 1978) Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 24 1, 242, 3 4 3 , or #.) 360 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 440 THEORY OF BEING Every day we use language to buy and sell, praise and berate, communicate with friends. What is language? Could an ir~dividualbe fully human without it? How does language relate to the world - can we really learn about the nature of things from words? Do the mathematician and the scientist have a language? Is it possible to have a language which only one individual can understand? We shall explore how philosophers have responded to these and other important questions about language. (Fall, 1 9 78) Being is the most important concept which philosophy investigates. This course studies some of the perennial theories of metaphysics along with some modern applications of these theories. Students will have the opportunity to read and discuss primary texts as well as contemporary articles dealing with metaphysics. (Prereq: one prior course in philosophy) 355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY 365 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE The scientist's knowledge of the world is purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What 450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art, philosophy of literature, philosophy of history, philosophical psychology, philosophy of culture, political and legal philosophy, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 2 4 1, 242, 343, or #.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Department of Physical Education and Health Education Chairman: Ernest Anderson Physical Education PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: H.Ed. 11 4, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 350, 351, 471, 472, 475; Biol. 103. PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472; Biol. 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WlTH SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE THERAPY: H.Ed. 114, 1 15, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 485, 491, 495; Biol. 103; Psychology 105, 355, 362. Approval for admission to Corrective Therapy Major must be secured from the Coordinator of Corrective Therapy. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WlTH SPECIALIZATION IN ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 485, 491 ; Biol. 103. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: H.Ed. 114, 115; P.E. 223, 231, 232 or 472, and 243. COACHING ENDORSEMENT: H.Ed. 11 4, 115; P.E. 243, 350, 351, 475, one of 476-480, and practicum in coaching (Practicum requires registration for Independent Study 499). Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota high schools are required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 102,103 LIFETIME SPORTS Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 223 TEAM SPORTS Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) 231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) 232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (Interim) 243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. (Prereq: Biology 103; Fall) 351 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE coaching football. (Fall, 1st half of term) The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied fo exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring) 477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL '12 course 365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 373 MODERN DANCE An introductory course in modern dance technique and creative composition. Exploration of movement, energy, form, and design. No previous dance experience necessary. 399 INTERNSHIP Consult department chairman 471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING ' Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Prereq: 243. Fall) 472 GYMNASTICS AND SWIMMING Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior P.E. majors and minors. (Prereq: Swimming competence as determined by pretest or satisfactory completion of Lifetime Sports, Swimming. Fall) 475 PREVENTION AND CARE OF ATHLETIC INJURIES % course Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq: 350. Spring, 1st half of term) 476 COACHING OF FOOTBALL % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Fall, 2nd half of term) 478 COACHING OF HOCKEY % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Fall, 2nd half of term) 479 COACHING OF TRACK AND FIELD % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring, 2nd half of term) 480 COACHING OF BASEBALLISOFTBALL % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring, 2nd half of term) 485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Course includes consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq: 350, 35 1; H. Ed. 355. Summer School only) 491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and administration of neuro-muscular re-education. (Prereq: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354. Summer school only) 495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Four-hundred hours of hospital affiliation required. Includes actual hospital experience in the following four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation. (Prereq: 485, 491, and approval of department) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. C . Health Education 320 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR: I 10, 1 1 4 , 1 1 5 , 320, 354, 355, 41 0; Biol. 103, 108, 11 1 ; Chem. 105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231, 241. Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq: All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series; also #.) HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: 11 0 , 11 4, 11 5, 320, 354, 355, 41 0; Biol. 103, 108, 11 1 ; Chem. 105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231, 241 ; Educ. 265, 478, 480, 481, 482. HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: 11 0 , 11 4, 11 5; Biol. 103, 11 I . 110 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) 354 TEACHING THE EXCEPTIONAL CHILD % course Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: P. E. 350. Spring) 355 TESTS AND MEASUREMENT % course 114 SAFETY EDUCATION % course Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. (Spring) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring) 41 0 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION OF THE SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM 115 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCATION % course An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abused. (Fall, Spring) Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationship to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq: 320.) Department of Physics Chairman: Kenneth Erickson MAJOR: 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses above 122. In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124, 125, and Physics 121, 122 the freshman year, and Mathematics 224 and 226 the sophomore year. MINOR: 5 courses, including 121, 122, and three courses above 122. HONORS MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 in physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education Department early in their planning. SOCIETY OF PHYSICS STUDENTS: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in SPS is open to all students interested in physics. SIGMA PI SIGMA: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open to those students who have completed the equivalent of a minor in physics and have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and 3.0 overall. 101 ASTRONOMY A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, as well as a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring) 103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2 hour laboratory. Prereq: Elem. algebra. Fali) 121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq: Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration. 12 1, Fall; 122, Spring) 245 MODERN PHYSICS An introduction to modern physics from an historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 261 ELECTRONICS The emphasis is on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of D.C, and A.C. circuits before introducing the electron tube and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes, transistors and integrated circuits with applications. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq: 122 or 103 plus Mathematics 1 2 2 or 125 and consent of instructor. Spring) 270 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis is on physical optics, using the complex expression for a wave throughout. Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 351, 352 MECHANICS I, II A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226. 35 1, Fall; 352, Spring) 362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226. 362, Fall; 363, Spring) 395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the areas of mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and modern physics. (2 three-hour laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq: Junior standing. Spring) 481 THERMAL PHYSICS The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq. : 3 5 1 . Spring) 486 QUANTUM MECHANICS A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 3 5 1, 352. Fall) 488 TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour lectures, three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 486. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY An opportunity for students to explore systematically a problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental approval. Department of Political Science Chairman: Norma Noonan MAJOR: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required are 121 or 122 or 170; 158; 384; and at least 5 other upper division courses in 4 out of 5 areas.* A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. MINOR: 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or 170; 158; and at least 3 upper division courses in 3 out of 5 areas*. HONORS MAJOR: The Honors Major in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 over-all. The student must take an Honors lndependent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, consult the Honors Adviser, Dr. Noonan. Students should apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year. * The five areas are American Government and Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis, International Politics, Public Law, and Political Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements.) General Education Any course may be taken to fulfill the general education requirements but especially appropriate are Political Science 121, 122, 158, 160 or 170. The Urban requirement may be filled by Political Science 122, 342 or by an Internship, Interim, lndependent Study, or Seminar on an urban-related topic. Students interested in secondary education may take a political science major in combination with specified social science courses, in compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the department chairman or the Social Studies Education adviser. opinion research and political public relations. 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II For precise listing of terms in which courses are offered, see the Class Schedule (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description) I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 421 TOPICS IN AMERICAN POLITICS 121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, executive, and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and current issues in American society. 122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq: Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES I Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. 1 325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE 350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation. promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq: 1 course in Political Science or #) The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years). I I 351 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS 326 POLITICAL PARTIES AND BEHAVIOR A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states in terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq: One course in Political Science or #) The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in the lectoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in presidential election years (optional in nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: 121 or #. Fall term of election years.) (See Section V for description) 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY 459 TOPICS IN ELITE AND MASS BEHAVIOR Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including public Indepth study of elite andlor mass participation in the political system. (Offered on demand. Prereq: One course in Political Science or I.) 381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY AND PRACTICE Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS 160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES Contemporary issues and problems in international politics in the context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism in foreign policy. 363 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Commurlist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq: One course in Political Science or #.) 461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decisionmaking, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) IV. PUBLIC LAW 170 LAW IN THE UNITED STATES A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases involving the United States government and the federal system. (Prereq: 170 or #. Offered alternate years) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq: 1 70 or #. Offered alternate years.) (See Section I1 for description) 380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT A study of influential political philosophers from Plato through Rawls, emphasizing the values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq: One course in Political Science or # .) 381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY AND PRACTICE A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. (Prereq: One course in Political Science or #.) 382 MARXIST VISIONS: PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq: 158 or #. Offered alternate years.) 384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS Theory and methods of empirical political analysis, including communications theory, simulation, systems' theory, structuralfunctionalism, power concepts, psychological and economic approaches to political study, and a survey of the methods common to empirical social science. (Prereq: Social Statistics; Political Science 158 and two upper division courses, or #.) VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS 199 INTERNSHIP Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the department to determine project. - - 295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR determine project. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered on demand) 495 SEMINAR 299 DIRECTED STUDY Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq. #) Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman or Internship Director to 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) - - Department of Psychology Chairman: Norman Ferguson MAJOR: 10 courses. Supporting courses from other departments will also be required; Physics 103 is one of the required courses. The major program is planned in consultation with an adviser in the psychology department and approved by the department chairman. Required courses include 105, 264, 265 and 493. Additional courses to include in preparation for graduate study are 355, 357, 359, 481, and at least one course in Personality or Developmental Psychology. The major program should include 105 in the freshman year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or sophomore year, 493 in the junior or senior year. Beginning the Experimental Psychology sequence (264-265) in the freshman year is recommended. The overall plan will be directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocational, and professional interests and goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior year. The plan, which may indicate one or more electives in psychology, should be completed early in the sequence of psychology courses. Completion of a written plan later than the beginning of the junior year may delay graduation; early planning is recommended. Not more than a total of two courses from among 299, 399, and 499 may be counted toward the minimum ten courses required for a psychology major. It should be noted that this restriction applies toward the minimum requirement; the student may actually take more such courses. It is recommended that psychology majors take additional course work from among the following departments: Biology, Mathematics, and Computer Science. It is recommended that students interested in physiological psychology, comparative psychology, psychological measurement, or experimental psychology include at least three of these courses in their psychology major program. MINOR: 5 courses including 105. Not more than one course in total of 299, 399, 499 may be counted toward the minor. HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average over-all, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chairman for more detailed requirements. 105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 355 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY Methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior, and research procedures associated with the study of behavior. A structure of the field of psychology including psychological principles in major sub-areas. (Fall, Spring) A survey of the physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible for behavior in animals and humans. Lecture and laboratory regarding the fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods. Emphasis will be given to interactions of the central nervous system with environmental events including the effects of drugs on behavior. (Prereq: 105 and one course in biology; two courses in biology are recommended. Fall) 264, 265 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Experimental Psychology I may be taken for credit without continuing in Experimental Psychology II. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105. 2 6 4 , Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 356 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR A broad-based approach to the study of behavior emphasizing the comparison of a wide variety of species from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans. Stress will be placed upon studying animals in their natural habitat and the adaptive behavior patterns which have evolved through interacting with the environment. Major topics will include behavioral evolution, behavioral development, and social behavior in both animals and humans. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 357 LEARNING Analysis of behavior and behavioral change including objectives, evaluation, and environmental factors in the learning process. (Prereq.: 1.05. Fall, Spring) 359 MEASUREMENT Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality, and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 361 PERSONALITY 352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT AND ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of persons in the adolescent and adult periods of life (Prereq.: 35 1. Spring) Dynamics of personality with emphasis on behavior that customarily is included in the normal range. Includes consideration of theories of personality. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS Sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in behavior disorders. Consideration of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research. (Prereq.: 3 courses or 3 6 1 . Spring) 371 PSYCHOLOGY OF THE INDIVIDUAL: FEMALE AND MALE A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status and feminist movement views, and physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq: 105 or #.) theoretical positions. Concentration on the development of American psychology. (Prereq: 2 courses. Offered alternate years) 485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) 490 CURRENT TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Dynamics of organizing large groups of individuals into efficient goal-oriented teams. Study of policies and procedures aimed at utilizing and perpetrating individuality; exploration of approaches to selecting and developing the human resource. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. 481 HISTORY AND THEORY History of psychological viewpoints and Study of selected areas and topics within psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq: 105 and #. Fall, Spring) 493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Points of view within behavioral science on contemporary professional and societal issues. Consideration of the approaches and methods of behavioral science in relation to the study of such issues. (Prereq: 5 courses. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Student must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. Department of Religion Religion 1 1 1 or 221 are prerequisite to all other courses. major. One upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. One course required from those numbered 361-363 and one from those numbered 471 -475. MAJOR: 8 courses, including 1 1 1 , 221, 356, 481 and also including a seminar especially for majors to be taken in the junior or senior year. Only one interim course may be applied to the HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved by the department and a colloquium with the department. Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck MINOR: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted to the minor. In order to prepare for teaching about religion in public schools the student should work closely with the Religion Department in designing a program which includes: (a) a major in an academic field which is certifiable for elementary or secondary school teaching, and (b) a Religion major with courses 356, 360, 363, 471, and 355. The Minnesota State Department of Education does not at this time grant licensure for a Religion major or minor. 111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring) 356 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. 360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY An examination of the social sources and structure of religious beliefs and practices. Particular emphasis is given to the study of bureaucracy and its relation to religious systems, and to an exploration of the changing patterns of society and the relationship of these changes to the institutional church. 361 CHURCH FATHERS 221 BIBLICAL STUDIES See under Department of Philosophy. A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity in conflict with Gnosticisms and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. 353 DENOMINATIONS AND SECTS IN AMERICA 362 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) 354 LIFE AND WORK OF THE CHURCH Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. (Offered 1 9 7 7-78) 363 RELIGION IN AMERICA The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring) 350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 355 THE STUDY OF RELIGION IN THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. 380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such efforts, the resources available to the teacher and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implications will be analyzed and discussed. (Spring, 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 ) (See under Department of Music) 471 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 472 THEOLOGY OF PAUL A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring) 473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. 475 JUDAISM A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) 481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) 482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. (Fall) 483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) Russian Area Studies Coordinator: Norma C. Noonan The major in Russian Area Studies is a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It seeks to give the student the broadest possible exposure to Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, literature, tradition, and philosophy. In addition to providing a good liberal education, the program can enable students to prepare for graduate study, or careers in areas such as government, international business, or teaching. The Major consists of 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies) 2 courses in Russian history 1 course in Marxist theory 1 course in Russian literature 1 course in Soviet politics 2 other courses of approved electives Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. Scmdinavim Area Studies Director: Mildred Joel 331 TOPICS: THE IMMIGRANT IN AMERICAN HISTORY MAJOR: 8 upper division courses. MINOR: 4 upper division courses. All programs must contain four courses listed in the Augsburg College catalog or transferred to Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Language courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian Language Department or subdepartment regardless of their content which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level study of a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses listed under Department of Foreign Languages. 255, 355 OIL AND NORWAY: MUTUAL IMPACT An inquiry into the early impact of the emerging Norwegian petroleum industry upon the politics and economy of Norway and, conversely, of Norwegian political perspectives and institutions upon the development and use of this recently discovered resource. (Interim, 1 9 7 8 ) 330 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (Offered Fall 1 9 7 7 78) 331 TOPICS: NORWEGIAN AMERICAN EXPERIENCE The Old World background and use of "America Fever;" adaptation to the New Land; aspects of Norwegian-American culture. (Offered 1 9 7 5 - 7 6 ) How did the Old Stock American host society receive the waves of new comers to the U.S. in the 19th and 20th centuries? How did the immigrants respond to the reception? Through case studies, selected readings, class lecture, and discussions, this course examines the encounter of the new American culture with the older European cultures. (Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 ) 345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN EXPERIENCE Concentrates on the immigrant experience in the Midwest with emphasis on Minnesota, especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and Finns. Some attention also given to the Danish and Icelandic communities in Minnesota. (Offered 1 9 7 4 - 7 5 , soliciting students from the community on a non-credit basis, as well as regular college students either on an audit or credit basis.) 351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 1 9 7 8 ) 352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 1979) See description under Department of Art. 360 EDDA AND SAGA 396 URBAN PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA A study of the major poetic and prose eddas of early Scandinavia, including Snorre's Heimskringla and the Vinland sagas. Comparative study of Beowulf, the Niebelungenlied, and the Chanson de Roland. Guest lectures in Old Norse, Norse mythology and other topics. Taught in English. Counts toward Scandinavian Area Studies major when readings and papers are done in a Scandinavian language. (Offered Spring, 1 9 7 5 ) Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies. 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS 450 NINETEENTH CENTURY SCANDINAVIA Offered under Department of History. (1977-78). 482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC See description under Department of Music. 372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies. 495 SEMINAR: ETHNlCllMMlGRATlON EXPERIENCE Offered under Department of History. (1 974-75). 373 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF SCANDINAVIAN CITIES 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies. In consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. Social Science Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquisl MAJOR: 14 courses. Particularly designed for those preparing for secondary school teaching in social studies. The requirements for licensure are in the process of being changed. For those graduating after July I , 1979 a new "competency based" program will be in effect. See Department of Education for further details. The Social Science major is also recommended for others, such as pre-law students, who desire a broad major in this area. This major may be earned in any one of four distributions. A student may not list a double major in Social Science and one of the several component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the other major. A. History Emphasis 7 courses in history: 2 in American, 2 in Ancient-Medieval-Modern Europe, 2 in Non-Western, and 1 seminar; at least 4 of these courses must be upper division. 2 courses in political science 1 course in the methodology of the social sciences selected from the following: Bus. Adm. (Econ.) 379 - Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Psych. 264 - Experimental Psychology I Soc. 362 - Statistical Analysis Soc. 365 - Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation 4 courses from any 4 of these disciplines: geography, anthropology, economics, sociology, psychology B. Behavioral Science Emphasis 14 courses from the following disciplines: economics, history, political science, pyschology, sociology (including anthropology); at least 5 courses must be upper division. Included in this requirement are the following: ( I ) at least 2 courses fr.om each of 3 of the 5 disciplines; 5 courses from a 4th discipline excluding history. (2) 1 course in the methodology of the social sciences selected from the following: Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362, 365 (3) 1 course in American history C. Non-Western Studies Emphasis Hist. 103 - The Modern World 1 course in the methodology of the social sciences selected from the following: Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362, 365 12 courses in non-Western studies, selected from the following, with at least four disciplines represented. Hist. 104, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474; history seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic. Pol. Sci. 351, 363, 382, 461; political science seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant t o ~ i c . Econ. 122, 258. Pol. Sci. 158 or 160; Hist. 103 or 104; Econ. 122 4th term of college work in a modern foreign language. 2) Required: upper division Pol. Sci. 363, 461 ; Hist. 332. 3) Electives: 7 courses selected from this list. No more than five from any one discipline. Pol. Sci. 350, 351, 380, 381, 382; political science seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant to~ic Hist. 41 6, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474; history seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic Econ. 251, 258, 495; economics independent study or interim course on a relevant topic Sociology 241 4th term of college work in a second modern foreign language. Sociology 241 Religion 356 Philosophy 355 D. International Relations Emphasis 1) Required: lower division Social Science Minor: 5 courses, one from each of five disciplines, selected from the following: anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, and sociology. The selection of courses must be approved by one of the faculty supervising the social science major. Department of Sociology Chairman: G. Nelson MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY: 10 courses including 121, 362, 363, 375 and 485, Completion of Graduate Record Examination in sociology. (Highly recommended: a CHR course, internship, independent study or upper division interim course in sociology.) This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the department. Consult department chairman concerning areas of concentration. MINOR: 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above). HONORS MAJOR: The student must :~ave a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and 2.7 overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department Chairman before April 1 of the junior year. Candidacy is contingent upon departmental approval of proposal by April 30 of junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for "Independent Study" (Sociology 499) through which work on thesis will be completed. Honors degree in sociology will be granted to a candidate if helshe successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of senior year and maintains GPA through graduation. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these institutions take the course together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. 11 1 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS See under Department of Religion. 360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY 362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Spring) 121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. (Fall, Spring) 231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation to culture; language as a major organizing element in the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of U.S. culture. (Fall, Spring) 300, 301, 302, 303, 304 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY Offered periodically through Augsburg's The first course in a two-course sequence. Analysis of attempts to build a body of knowledge by way of a scientific approach. Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe social life through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take Soc. 363 the following term. (Prereq: high school algebra. Fall) 363 RESEARCH METHODS The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by way of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately after Soc. 362. (Prereq: Soc. 362 or #. Spring.) 365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS AND PROGRAM EVALUATION Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing eqiriprnent for statistical analysis. Overview of commonlyused research methods, especially .experimental designs and applications to program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq: high school algebra. Spring) 373 CRIME AND CORRECTIONS An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq: 1 2 1. Fall) relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of selfunderstanding. (Fall, Spring. P/N grading only) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic Interaction", an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq: 121 and Psych 105. Fall, Spring) 381 THE CITY AND METRO-URBAN PLANNING The changing city in history and various cultures; major theoretical perspectives in urban sociology; the metropolis as an eco-system; metro-urban planning and policy systems; major issues related to shaping the future metropolis. The Twin Cities metropolitan area is utilized as an important learning laboratory. (Prereq: 11 1 or 1 2 1 or #. Spring) 383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The dimensions of racial and minority group Analysis of inequality in regard to wealth, status and power in the U.S. and other selected countries. Causes and ramifications of the amount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis of current issues and policies concerning inequality in the U.S. (Prereq: Soc. 121. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairman or Internship Director for details. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq: 2 courses in sociology including 1 2 1 or #. Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq: 1 2 1 and permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Department of Social Work Chairman: Edwina Hertzberg The core program of Social Work begins in the junior year, but all students are advised to take Social Work 25 7 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted by the faculty. MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE: The approved program for students preparing for social work practice is the Bachelor of Science program. The Bachelor of Arts degree should be chosen only if the student is not interested in a professional social work position. Core program consists of Psych. 105, and either Psych. 351 and 352, or Soc. 375; Soc. 121, 231, 365, and 383; and Social Work 257 (optional and if available), 361, 363, 461, 463, 465 and 467. Recommended courses are: one CHR; Econ. 122; Pol. Sci. 121 or 122 or 325 or 326; Psych. 362. MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE: Students are not advised to choose the BA program unless there are definite plans not to enter social work practice after graduation. The core program consists of the same courses as specified for the BS except that Sociology 231 is not required and only one of Social Work 461 or 463 is required. Students may take a second major, but cannot take a Social Work Specialization. SUPPLEMENTAL PROGRAM RECOMMENDED FOR PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY IN SOCIAL WORK: Broad preparation in all areas of social science with at least one course in each social science is recommended if graduate training in social work is considered. The following are highly recommended: Econ. 122; Pol. Sci. (one or more) 121, 122, 158, 325, and 326; Psych. 361 and 362; and Soc. 241, 373, and 375. SPECIALIZATIONS: Specialization may be taken in the BS major. Specializations in Aging, Chemical Dependency, Crime and Corrections, and Youth are possible. Specialization consists of courses descriptive of dysfunctional and programmatic aspects of the special area, plus field work assignments in the senior year. Completion of a specialization sequence will be noted on the student's transcript. 257 PRACTICUM IN THE HUMAN SERVICES With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 30 hours per week as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen or sophomores. (Interim) 361 SYSTEMS OF SOCIAL WELFARE An examination of fundamental aspects of the various systems of social welfare in the U.S. and the role of social work in them. Special emphasis on analysis of the major assumptions and movements contributory to the rise of the welfare state; description of the various programs and services of the welfare system; the profession of social work; exploration into the future of welfare. Three class periods per week plus special assigned work. (Prereq: Junior, or #. Fall) 363 METHODS AND SKILLS OF SOCIAL WORK Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Two class periods of lecture-discussion sessions or small group discussions per week plus 10 hours of field experience per week. (Prereq: 3 6 1 , Junior. Spring) 461 ADVANCED METHODS AND SKILLS IN SOCIAL WORK Refinement of practice skills in direct service social work through field practice, seminar analysis, and regular class work. Examination of the alternatives, modes and submethods in social work. Some emphasis upon development of an eclectic practice style. Attention to professionalism and futurism in social work. 1 0 hours of field experience per week. (Prereq.: 363 or #. Fall) 463 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1 ) surveyance of historical forms of social change, 2) understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or #. Fall) 465 SOCIAL POLICY ISSUES IN SOCIAL WELFARE Seminars consisting of an introduction to social policy formulation and analysis associated with the delivery of services in selected areas of social work practice. Examination of the development and impact of policy in such areas as mental retardation, chemical dependency, youth, aging, and public welfare and social security. Field experience of 10 hours per week. (Prereq: 3 6 1 , 4 6 3 , and senior or #. Interim) 467 THE SOCIAL WORKER AS A PROFESSIONAL Futurism in social work; professional education; application of ethics and all professional principles to practice. Field assignment of 1 0 hours per week as a professional social worker. (Prereq.: 461, Spring) Department of Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Chairman: Raymond Anderson DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPAof 3.25 in the major, 3.00 over-all, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in the senior year. Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary education. Communication Arts COMMUNICATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses, including: 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and English 21 9. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: Speech 111 ; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology 11 1 or 241, 375. Typing ability required. The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different emphases - journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for each area are available from the Department Chairman or the Office of Admissions. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech 11 1, Psychology 105, Sociology 11 1, and Philosophy 130. MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may specialize in any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. The communications major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 11 1, 241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 476. Participation in forensics, and a minor in English. SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: Course 11 1 and six of the following: 241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 476 and participation in forensics. 111 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. (Fall, Spring) 132 PHOTOGRAPHY See under Department of Art. 219 ADVANCED WRITING: JOURNALISM See under Department of English. 225, 230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I, II See under Department of Art. 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART See under Department of English COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses. 242 FILM-MAKING SPEECH MAJOR: 1 0 courses to be approved by department. See under Department of Art. 243 TELEVISION PRODUCTION 480 SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION An introduction to commercial television with an emphasis on the director:^ role; some emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10. Fall, Spring) Cooperative investigation of topics in speech and communication. (Fall) 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMMUNICATION See under Department of Political Science. Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring) 351 ARGUMENTATION Theater Arts 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 PERSUASION Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) 353 ADVERTISING An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq: Jr., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring) 354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. ( S ~ r iinns) 355 SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations. (Spring) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Psychology I 399 INTERNSHIP THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, including: 11 1, 116, 228, 232, 360, 361, 366, 467. A course in cinema arts and 2 courses in dramatic literature may be counted toward a theater arts major. This major should be supported by an English minor or at least by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama. Freshmen planning to major in theater arts should take courses 111, 1 16, and 228. Experience requirement for theater arts major: Experience is required in four out of the five following areas: acting, set construction and painting, lighting and sound, costume, house management. Majors should take part in dramatic productions during all four years. THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 11 1, 116, 228, 232, 241 or 243, 360, 361, 366, 467, 476 or a voice and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts majors, and a minor in English. THEATER ARTS MINOR FOR TEACHING: courses 11 1, 228, 232, 361, 366, one of the following: 241, 243, 476, and participation in dramatic productions. THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including: 228, 232, 360, 361, 366. Consult the Department Chairman for details. 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. (Spring) SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 12 courses. 11 1, 228, 232, 241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366, 467, 476 or a voice and diction course, and participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a minor in English. 116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS 361 THEATER HISTORY Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for elementary and secondary school teachers and recreation leaders. (Fall) An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Fall) 228 STAGECRAFT Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore year. (Laboratory fee $20. Fall) 232 ACTING An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 366 STAGE DIRECTION Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. Open to upperdivision students only. (Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Department Chairman for details. 467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. (Prereq: 228 or #. Spring) 360 INTERPRETATIVE READING 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN DRAMA Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (fall) Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater. (Fall, Spring) Transdisciplinary Major Students wishing to develop their own major by combining appropriate portions of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary Major enables students to respond to a particular career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields. Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the following: a. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college; b. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the Registrar); c. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Total Student Enrollment Academic Year, 1976-77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,821 Summer Session, 1977. . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,314 Summary of Graduates Graduates,1870-1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,675 Graduates, 1977 (August 31,1976-May 22,1977). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 6 Faculty RUTH L. AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of Wisconsin (French) COURTLAND AGRE, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota EARL R. ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department Chairman LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Speech, M.A. 1947, Northwestern University BARBARA L. ANDERSEN, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern University CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D. 1962, Union Theological Seminary ERNEST W. ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman MARGARET ANDERSON, Acting Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota. OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D. 1963, Concordia College RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota (Communications), Department Chairman *JOSEPH AVENT, Adjunct Faculty, American Studies, B.A. 1972, University of Minnesota KENNETH C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman VALERIA BALTINA, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Magester der Philologie 1933, University of Latvia *RABBI STEPHAN BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion *MICHAEL BEERY, Adjunct lnstructor in Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1975, University of Minnesota 'ALLEN C. BENSON, Artist in Residence in Music (Percussion) JOHN E. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University *ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence in Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1948, Northwestern University *JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota VERNON BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959, University of Minnesota *ANNE BOLLATI, lnstructor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1976, University of Minnesota (Spanish) *RICHARD BORSTAD, lnstructor in Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary *DANIEL G. BRICK, lnstructor in Business Administration JAMES CARLSON, Assistant Professor of Music, Ph.D. 1972, Indiana University (Director of the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble) CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary TONI CLARK, Assistant Professor of English and Director of Summer School, Ph.D. 1973, University of California - Santa Barbara ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of Iowa (Director of the Social Science Research Center) AILENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts) BENJAMIN G. COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1971, Yale University *LIV DAHL, Adjunct lnstructor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota (Norwegian) K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1940, University of Minnesota F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1966, Duke University *DAVID DOMAAS, Teaching Assistant in Chemistry, B.S. 1977, Augsburg College *C. WILLIAM DOUGLASS, Director of Augsburg Orchestra, M.M. 1965, Northwestern University *JULIE H. DRIVER, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech & Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1969, University of Minnesota BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State University, Department Chairman GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota *EDGAR EKLOF, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of Music MARK J. ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota *ROBERT A. ENGELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College 'KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State University, Department Chairman *ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach *DANIEL ESTREM, Artist in Residence in Music (Guitar) SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern University NORMAN B.L. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Wisconsin, Department Chairman HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, University of Minnesota BURTON P. FOSSE, Director of Planning and Facility Development, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University Minnesota *ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1970, Pennsylvania State University MARK L. FUEHRER, Assistant Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of Minnesota (Organ) JERRY GERASIMO, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota *STEPHEN L. GORDON, Lecturer in Speech and Communications *ANNE GREEN, Basketball Coach for Women "JOHN GRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach SATYA P. GUPTA, Assistant Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1975, Southern Illinois University DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History and Director of Interim, Ph.D. 1969, University of Wisconsin ARLlN E. GYBERG, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of Minnesota LElF HANSEN, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota (Norwegian) THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1950, New York University MlLDA K. HEDBLOM, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer in Business Law, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell College of Law MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary *KATHERINE HENNIG, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska EDWINA L. HERTZBERG, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1972, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman GARRY W. HESSER, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Notre Dame NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa (Sculpture) *KENNETH HOLMEN, Instructor in Biology, B.A. 1974, Augsburg College JOHN R. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota *WILLIAM IACONO, Lecturer in Psychology, B.S. 1972, Carnegie-Mellon University ERVIN INNIGER, lnstructor in Health and Physical Education and Director of Intramural Activities, M.S. 1975, St. Cloud State University (Head Basketball Coach) *I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor Emeritus and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies Program, M.A. 1947, University of Minnesota DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota ElNAR 0 . JOHNSON, Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of Nebraska, and B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary JAMES D. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music (Piano) JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *JAMES ROBERT JOHNSON, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech and Theater Arts, B.A. 1974, University of Minnesota *LUCIE R. JOHNSON, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota MARY E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota, M.A. 1950, Columbia University (French) AMlN KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury College (Spanish) BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota ALVIN L. KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1970, University of South Dakota (Head Football Coach) *NORMA KNUTSON, Adjunct lnstructor in Religion, M.A. Columbia University *ERIK KODNER, Artist in Residence in Music (French Horn) BOYD N. KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota *ANITA SUE KOLMAN, Assistant Professor of Sociology, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota *ROY H. LaFAYETTE, Lecturer in Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota Minnesota ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1976, University0 f Minnesota PAMELA S. LARSON, lnstructor in Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota *GREGORY LEWIS, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass), B.A. 1971, Augsburg College LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of California - Santa Barbara KElSHlRO MATSUMOTO, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota *EDWARD McGAA, Adjunct lnstructor in American Studies *MARIE McNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, E.D. 1967, University of Nebraska DIANA LEE METZKER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota (Organ, Piano) ROBERTA K. METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas (Music Therapy) ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota *HERMAN J. MILLIGAN, JR., Adjunct lnstructor in Sociology, B.A. 1971, University of Wisconsin JOHN R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee *AUGUST MOLDER, Artist in Residence in Art, L.L.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained Glass) JOEL MUGGE, lnstructor in Speech and Communications, M.A. 1976, University of Minnesota SUSAN K. NASH, lnstructor in Nursing, M.S. 1974, University of Minnesota *R. OWEN NELSEN, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach) GORDON L. NELSON, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Chicago, Department Chairman RICHARD C. NELSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1975, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman *CATHERINE NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Co-chairman *GRIEF4 NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, Yniversity of Minnesota (American Studies) BEVERLY NILSSON, Associate Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota NORMA C. NOONAN, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University, Department Chairman *CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist in Residence in Music (Piano), B.A. Hamline University PATRICIA O'KANE, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1971, Emory University DOUGLAS J. OLLILA, Professor of Religion, Th.D. 1963, Boston University RICHARD D. OLMSTED, lnstructor in Chemistry, Ph.D. 1974, University of Wisconsin ESTHER OLSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota JAMES OLSON, Librarian I, M.A. 1977, University of Minnesota 'WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota (German) RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota *PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Professor of Library Science, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota KERMIT E. PAULSON, Associate Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin, On Leave 1977-78 *PAMELA PAULSON, lnstructor in Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1974, University of Illinois - Urbana ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota LAURETTA PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette University, Department Chairman *DOUGLAS PERRY, lnstructor in Social Work, M.S.W. 1977, University of Minnesota DANIEL W. PETERSON, lnstructor in Physics, B.A. 1973, Augsburg College *DONNA PETERSON, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S.N. 1968, University of Cincinnati, Department Chairman LAVONNE J. PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1953, Montana State University JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969, University of Minnesota *GEORGE L. POWELL, lnstructor in Business Administration and Economics, M.B.A. 1960, Dartmouth College *ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence in Music (Strings), M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota PHILIP QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological Seminary, Department Chairman R BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern University STEVEN REUTER, lnstructor in Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of Nebraska *JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, Catholic University of America GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota (Spanish), Department Chairman *PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor in Art (Film Making) EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Business Administration and Economics, Ph.D 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter (England), Department Co-chairman LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, D.Mus. 1965 Lakeland College (Director of the Augsburg Choir) EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach) A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD, Associate Professor Emeritus, M. Mus. Ed. 1963, Mac Phail School of Music IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Head Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1943, University of Illinois, M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota, On Leave 1977-78 DANIEL SILVERMAN, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech *R. JOHN SINGH, lnstructor in Religion, Ph.D. 1972, University of Oklahoma DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching Assistant in Biology, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College EUGENE SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg (Germany) *DANA SKOGLUND, Artist in Residence in Music (Piano), 6. M. 1975, Augsburg College *EMMA SMALL, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice) *GEORGE STAHL, Artist in Residence in Music (Contrabass) *SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor in Greek, B.A. 1966, Augsburg College PAUL T. STEEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota (Social Work) DONALD B. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics) MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota RALPH L. SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska, Department Chairman *DEBORAH S. SWANSON, Lecturer in Speech, B.A. 1974, Augustana College *MARY T. SWANSON, Adjunct lnstructor in Art, M.F.A. 1964, University of Minnesota *PAUL THOMAS, Artist in Residence in Music (Cello) PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting), Department Chairman NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin, On Leave 1977-78 JOHN THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music VERA THUT, Instructor Emeritus, B.Mus., 1927, American Conservatory of Music *MARY TIMM, Power Volleyball and Softball Coach JOEL TORSTENSON, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota (Metro-Urban Studies) *GERALD VIZENOR, Instructor in American Studies, B.A. 1960, University of Minnesota *MARY JO WAMMER, Lecturer in Business Education, B.A. 1968, Concordia College BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota *DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota *DEBRA A. WILSON, Women's Tennis Coach *MARY WILSON, Artist in Residence in Music (Flute), B.A. 1938, Macalester College DAVID C. WOOD, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University *Indicates part-time ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL GENERAL ADMINISTRATION President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oscar A. Anderson Director of Planning and Facility Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . ., . , . . . . . Burton P. Fosse College Pastor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,. . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . Lowell Brandt Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Avalon Okerson FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT Acting Vice President for Finance and Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wayne Pederson Director of Plant Services and Purchasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eugene Ecklund Director of Food Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Carl Stromer Director of Auxiliary Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Douglas P. Wasko . . Gores Manager, Book Store and Vending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Robert Director of Student Financial Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Herald Johnson Director of Personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Charles Gerster Manager, College Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mildred Nelson Manager, Graphic Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Therese Morrison Manager, Ice Arena. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . James Carey Custodial Supervisor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Joseph Roberts Maintenance Supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Alfred Sandau Grounds Supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dennis Easley ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College . . . . . . . . . . Charles S. Anderson Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs. . . . . . . . F. Mark Davis . Registrar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BeverlyWegge Head Librarian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Marjorie . Sibley . Olson Director of Audio Visual Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . James Coordinator, New Dimensions Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Louise McColl Fine Arts Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cynthia . Mandl .. Recorder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Borghild Estness Assistant Registrar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pamela . Louisa Executive Secretary to the Dean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Roberta . Henke DEVELOPMENT Vice President for Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Glen W. Johnson Director of Deferred Giving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sigvald Hjelmeland Director of Alumni and Parents Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jeroy Carlson Director of Annual Fund. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Michael Walgren Assistant to Vice President for Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. B. Batalden . Executive Secretary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Irene Steenson PUBLIC RELATIONS C. Boatman . Director of Public Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Anthony Coordinator of ParentIAlumni Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Stella . Rosenquist Mattos Coordinator of News Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Patricia . ADMISSIONS Director of Admissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Benzel Director of Transfer Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Jennifer . Edwins Admissions Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,.. . , . . . , . . Kathryn Lange Admissions Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . William Ross Admissions Counselor . . . . . . . . , . , . , . , . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leslie Samuelson Larson a STUDENT AFFAIRS Vice President for Student Affairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marianne Sander Associate Dean of Students. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Richard Thoni Dlrector of Student Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Linda Schrempp M. Olsson Director of Career Planning and Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Patricia . . . Slater Director of Student Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Joan Coordinator of Minority Affairs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ralph Crowder Head Resident, Mortensen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joe Voelker Director of Human Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Judy Essman Director of Academic Achievement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Phyllis Miller . Head Resident, Urness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Janet Grant Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .JanSollon Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JoelMugge . Index Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 . AcademicLife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. . . Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Admission to the College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-22 . Advanced Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 . American Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 . Anthropology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 .. Art. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 . Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Board of Regents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. . Business Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 . Business Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 . Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 CampusMap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8. . Chemistry. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Chinese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 . Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 .. . Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 . Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR). . . . . . . . . 15 Continuing Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 . . 80 Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16. Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 ... Course Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Course Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 .. Credit by Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 .. Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.7 Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 .. Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 .. . East Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 . Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 . Education. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16. . . 56 English. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 .. Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10) . Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 .. Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I02 .. Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 . Five College Cooperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 .. Foodservice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 French 60 . Foreign Language. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Full-Time Student Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 . General Education Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . 13. 35 .. Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 .. . Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 . Graduates. Summary of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 . Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Graduation With Distinction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 .. Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 .. Health Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20 History of Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 History. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Honors Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 .. . Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Independent Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Inter-Institutional Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Intercollegiate Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Internship Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 .. Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 .. Mathematics. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 . Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.70 Metro-Urban Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 . Music. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Music Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Nature and Objectives of Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 . Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 New Dimensions Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 .. Numbering of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76 Personnel of the College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 10 .. Pre-Professional Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Philosophy. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 . .. Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00 Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 . Physics. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 ..1 Political Science. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Probation and Dismissal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Psychology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 ... Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Religion. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 Religious Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 ... Russian Area Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 . Scandinavian Area Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 .. Social Science Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Social Work. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 . Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 .. . Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Student Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 . . Student Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Student Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 . Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Study Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Symbol(#) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 . .. Theater Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 . Transdisciplinary Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Transfer to Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 . TuitionandFees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 .. Veterans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Visiting the Campus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Academic Calendar For 1978-79 (Tentative: Subject to Change) Fall Semester 1978 Sept. 5-6 Sept. 7 Sept. 20 Oct. 23 Nov. 22 Nov. 22 NOV.23-26 Nov. 27 Dec. 13 Dec. 16-20 Dec. 20-Jan. Registration and Welcome Days Classes Begin Last Day for Adding Classes Mid-term Break Last Day for Cancelling Classes Classes Close at End of Day Thanksgiving Holidays Classes Resume Classes End Final Examinations Christmas Holidays Interim 1979 Jan, 3 Jan, 26 Jan. 31 lnterim Begins Interim Ends Confirmation of Spring Registration Spring Semester 1979 Feb. 1 Feb. 14 Apr. 6 Apr. 7-1 5 Apr. 16 Apr. 20 May 11 May 14-17 May 20 Classes Begin Last Day for Adding Classes Classes Close at End of Day Easter Holidays Classes Resume Last Day for Cancelling Classes Classes End Final Examinations Baccalaureate and Commencement
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1979
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: SUMMER '79 GENERAL I N F O R M A T I O N ALL COURSES at Augsburg College,except those indicated, carry a value of one Course Credit, the equivalent of four semester credits (6 qu. cr.). LOWER-DIVISION COURSES, intended primarily for freshman and sophomore students, are those with a 1 or 2 ...
Show more SUMMER '79 GENERAL I N F O R M A T I O N ALL COURSES at Augsburg College,except those indicated, carry a value of one Course Credit, the equivalent of four semester credits (6 qu. cr.). LOWER-DIVISION COURSES, intended primarily for freshman and sophomore students, are those with a 1 or 2 as the third digit of the five-digit Course Number. A 3 or 4 in that position indicates an upper-division course, intended primarily for juniors or seniors. A 5 indicates a Graduate course. COURSES REGULARLY TAUGHT during the academic year are more fully described in the catalog issue of AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. For information, consult the Summer School Office. CHANGES IN REGISTRATION must be made at the Summer School Office. No course may be added after it has met more than six hours elapsed class time, except with the special permission of the instructor. SUMMER '79 May June June July August 27 3 10 17 28 4 11 18 29 5 12 19 30 G 13 20 31 7 14 21 1 8 15 22 2 9 16 23 24 1 8 15 22 29 25 2 9 16 23 30 26 3 10 17 24 31 27 4 11 18 25 1 28 5 12 19 26 29 6 13 20 27 3 30 7 14 21 28 4 2 TERM I May 29 - J u n e 22 TERM I1 J u n e 2 5 - Aug. 3 THE COLLEGE RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CANCEL LISTED COURSES. SLWER STUDENTS may t a k e one c o u r s e d u r i n g Term I and two c o u r s e s d u r i n g Term 11, f o r a t o t a l o f t h r e e c o u r s e s i n t h e two r e g u l a r t e r m s . COSTS PERSONS PLANNING TO ATTEND Summer School a r e a d v i s e d t o p r e r e g i s t e r a s soon a s p o s s i b l e , s i n c e c o u r s e s w i t h o u t s u b s t a n t i a l demand may b e dropped. SUMMER SCHOOL CHARGES include a General Fee of $20 per student. Tuition is $220 per course. Laboratory or special fees may be charged for some courses. (Students who preregister before March 19 will pay $200 per course; between March 20 and April 20 - $210; after April 20 - $220 per course.) A DEPOSIT of $35 must accompany the Preregistration Form. This deposit is refundable only if the courses listed by the student, including alternates, should be cancelled. The deposit applies toward the General Fee and Tuition. CHARGE FOR AUDITING a course (taking it without college credit) is $110 plus $20 general fee. In courses with limited enrollment, preference will be given to full-tuition students. REGISTRATION is to be completed not later than the first day of each term at the Summer School Office. ALL CHARGES for the term must be paid by registration. NO PAYMENT PLANS ARE AVAILABLE. A late Registration Fee of $10 will be added for students who complete registration after the first day of the term. TUITION REFUND for cancelled courses will be allowed as indicated by the table on the right. (Such refund is limited by the non-refundable deposit.) No refund will be made after the listed dates. COURSE CANCELLATION DATE REFUND TERM I TERM I1 100% May 29-30 June 25-27 80% May 31-June1 June 28-July 2 60% June 4-5 July 3-6 40% June 6-7 July 9-11 STUDENTS NEEDING HOUSING may o b t a i n i n f o r m a t i o n from t h e D i r e c t o r o f Housing. L i m i t e d f o o d s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e , supplemented by s e v e r a l r e s t a u r a n t s and s n a c k s h o p s i n t h e Augsburg v i c i n i t y . FINANCIAL A I D FOR SUM-1ER SCHOOL - l i m i t e d t o t h e Guaranteed S t u d e n t Loan. S t u d e n t s must c a r r y a t l e a s t one-half. t h e normal f u l l - t i m e l o a d . R e g a r d l e s s o f f a m i l y income o f t h e s t u d e n t , t h e F e d e r a l Government p a y s t h e i n t e r e s t w h i l e t h e s t u d e n t i s i n c o l l e g e . When repayment b e g i n s , t h e s t u d e n t p a y s t h e f u l l 7% i n t e r e s t . Maximum l o a n i s $2500 p e r y e a r o r t h e c o s t of e d u c a t i o n , whichever i s l e s s , Lnd t h e aggreg a t e u n d e r g r a d u a t e maximum is $7500. Loan a p p l i c a t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e a t t h e C o l l e g e , a t some b a n k s , and from t h e Minne7 s o t a S t a t e Loan O f f i c e . D e a d l i n e : A p p l i c a t i o n s must b e on f i l e w i t h t h e l e n d e r by March 1 , 1979, s i n c e p r o c e s s i n g t a k e s up t o 1 2 weeks. IT I S THE POLICY o f Augsburg C o l l e g e n o t t o d i s c r i m i n a t e on t h e b a s i s of r a c e , c r e e d , n a t i o n a l o r e t h n i c o r i g i n , age, m a r i t a l s t a t u s , s e x o r h a n d i c a p a s r e q u i r e d by T i t l e I X o f t h e 1972 E d u c a t i o n a l Amendments o r S e c t i o n 504 o f t h e R e h a b i l i t a t i o n Act o f 1973 as amended i n i t s a d m i s s i o n s p o l i c i e s , e d u c a t i o n a l programs, a c t i v i t i e s and employment practices. ART 10242 FILM MAKING I Rusten ART ART 10100 SPECIAL TOPICS: PORTRAIT PAINTING AND DRAWING Ramage Study of the head as a structural form, and creation of a portrait likeness. Various media explored. Open to students at all levels of development. TERM I 9:OO-12:00, M,W,Th Art Studio ART 10100 SPECIAL TOPICS: WATERCOLOR Discussion and observation of the expression and structural elements of film with practical laboratory experience. Add. $70.00 fee. TERM I1 Arr. (1st meeting 6/25, 7:C0 p.m.) East Hall ART 10252 Introduction to the making of pottery with emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. TERM I1 8:30-11:30 a.m., M,W,F Art Studio Ramage Transparent techinque of watercolor medium. Manipulation of the medium in terms of object perception: Landscape, stilllife, figure or abstract. Open to students at all levels of development. 9:OO-12:00, M,T,W,Th Art Studio TEmf I ART 10270 ART 10107 ART 10275 DRAWING Holen CERAMICS I Williamson PORTABLE FIBER TECHNIQUES Skoglund Fundamental techniques in weaving on any frame, round or rectangular. Basic steps in ancient art of basketry in modern fibers and designs. TERM I Arr. (1st meeting 5/29, 7:00 p.m.) Art Studio ART OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST & GREECE See History 56275 Design concepts explored through drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. TERM I Arr. (1st meeting 5/29, 7:00 p.m.) Art Studio 6 ART 10342 ART 10132 PHOTOGRAPHY Advanced course for those with previous experience in film making. Add. $70.00 fee. East Hall TERM I1 Arr. (1st meeting 6/25, 7:00 p.m.) The camera used as a tool for sion; black and white, color, Need access to a 35mm camera. TERM I1 Sec. I 1:35-3:20 Sec. I1 6:OO-9:30 ART 10161 Friederichsen visual creativity and expresand photographic processes. Limit: 15 students. p.m., M,T,W,Th p.m., T,Th Art Studio INTRODUCTION TO BATIK % TIE DYE NEEDLE ART Rusten CERAMICS I1 Holen Advanced work in ceramics with emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. Limited enrollment. TERM I1 8:30-11:30 a.m., M,W,F Art Studio Conrad Experimentation in batik and tie-dye. Projects: A batik wall-hanging and the combination of batik and/or tie dye with other art forms. Prereq.: Drawing I or consent of instructor. TERM I 9:OO-12:00, M,T,W,Th Art Studio ART 10165 ART 10351 FILM MAKING I1 Skoglund Basic and advanced stitches of knitting and needlepoint. How to design one's own creations from sweaters to wall hangings. Bargello considered in needlepoint. TERM I1 Arr. (1st meeting 6/25, 7:00 p.m.) Art Studio 6 By special arrangements the following art courses may be taken independently: TERM I: PAINTING I & 11 PRINTMAKING I ART METHODS TERM I OR 11: ADVANCED LACE TECHNIQUES FOUR HARNESS WEAVING ON FRAME LOOM ECO 22122 BIOLOGY I I HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Course runs 10 weeks. TERMS I & I1 6:30-9:30 p.m., T,Th S205 Lab S214 BIO 20107 MINNESOTA SUMMER FLOWERING PLANTS MICROBIOLOGY Thorpe Basic microbial features considered as well as application of microbiology to fields of medicine and sanitation. TERM I 8:30-10:30 a.m., M,T,W,Th,F S212 Lab 11:OO-2:00 p.m., M,W,F BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUS 21101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1 Kader Kader PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) Sabella Introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. TERM I1 6:OO-9:30 p.m., M,W MH1 ECO 22392 MONEY & BANKING Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System. Emphasis on monetary theory and policy. Prereq.: 122 TERM I1 8:50-10:15 a.m., M,T,W,Th,F S205 CHEMISTRY CHM 34105 Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. TERM I 8:30-11:OO a.m., M,T,W,Th,F S205 BUS 21262 ECO 22123 Lamrners Use of standard keys of identification of local summer flora. Recognition of common plants and understanding of taxonomic relationships. Field trips. TERM I 11:lO-1:40 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F S205 BIO 20108 Gupta Introduction to macro-economics; nat'l income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. TERM I 9:50-12:20 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F M25 I BIO 20103 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Alton The first semester of a two-semester sequence designed to present the basic concepts of chemistry. High school chemistry not required. TERM I1 8:50-10:15 a.m., M,T,W,Th,F S318 Lab 10:20-12:20 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F Lab S327 CHM 34353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Gyberg Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial state-, ments, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long term assets. TERM I 1:50-5:00 p.m., M,T,W,Th S205 Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail; gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. TERM I 8:30-10:15 a.m., M,T,W,Th,F S315 Lab 10:20-1:20 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F Lab S327 ECONOMICS EDUCATION ECO 22120 ECONOMICS .OF URBA-N ISSUES Sabella Pelton Study of economic implications of problems facing a metrourban environment. By Independent Study only. TERM I1 Arr . Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. TERM I 8:30-12:20 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F, L4 EDE 4 4 3 8 2 , 4 5 3 8 2 , 44582, 45582 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING PROBLEMS ENG 54215 D e s i g n e d f o r s t u d e n t s who, h a v i n g g r a s p e d t h e f u n d a m e n t a l s o f w r i t i n g , need a d d i t i o n a l h e l p i n o r g a n i z i n g , developing and s t a t i n g i d e a s c l e a r l y a n d e f f e c t i v e l y . P r e r e q . : 111. P r e f e r e n c e t o Jrs. & S r s . 7 : l O - 9 : 4 0 a . m . , M,T,W,Th,F M22 TERM I Ex.tamir?ation of l e a r n i n g p r o b l e m s f o u n d i n r e g u l a r c l a s s r o o m environment. Graduate o r undergraduate c r e d i t a v a i l a b l e . TERM I 1 8 : 50-10: 1 5 a . m . , M,T, W,Th,F L1 EDE 44481, 4 4 4 8 2 , 44483, 44484* STUDENT TEACHING NCRSERY SCHOOL ENG 54219 Reuter S t u d e n t s r e q u i r e d t o have 160 c h i l d c o n t a c t h o u r s . Placement a r r a n g e m e n t by i n s t r u c t o r . Prereq.: A c c e p t a n c e i n t o Educ. D e p t . , c o n s e n t of i n s t r u c t o r . SUMMER INTERIM: TERM I &/OR TERM I1 Arr. * STUDENT TEACHING: OR KINDERGARTEN ADVANCED WRITING: Mitchell EXPOSITION Designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g . 6:OO-9:30 p . m . , T , T h 5205 TERM I1 I Palosaari STUDIES I N THE AMERICAN FILM I n v e s t i g a t i o n o f some t y p e s o f American f i l m , i n c l u d i n g Weste r n , g a n g s t e r , h o r r o r and o t h e r s . Some f i l m v i e w i n g o u t s i d e of c l a s s t i m e required. 6:OO-9:30 p . m . , M,W, ' L1 TERM I1 .- ELEMENTARY McNef f Observing and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s i n elementary s c h o o l s u n d e r s u p e r v i s i o n o f c o l l e g e and p u b l i c s c h o o l p e r s o n n e l . Add. $15 f e e . P r e r e q . : A c c e p t a n c e , Educ. D e p t . Arr. TERM L &/OR TERM I I EDS 45361 I ENG 54242 Students should confer with i n s t r u c t o r a b o u t c o u r s e number. EDE 44481, 44482 Andersen INTERMEDIATE COMPOSITION Franklin ENG 54382 THE AMERICAN NOVEL Palosaari S t u d y o f m a j o r a n d r e p r e s e n t a t i v e w o r k s o f s e l e c t e d American n o v e l i s t s from t h e b e g i n n i n g t o t h e p r e s e n t . 8:50-10:15 a . m . , M,T,W,Th,F MH 1 TERM I1 ART METHODS S e e ART 1 0 3 6 1 ( I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y ) PHYSICAL EDUCATION EDS 45481, 45482 STUDENT TEACHING HEALTH EDUCATION O b s e r v i n g and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s on s e c o n d a r y s c h o o l l e v e l under s u p e r v i s i o n o f c o l l e g e and h i g h s c h o o l p e r s o n n e l . Add. $15 f e e . Prereq.: A c c e p t a n c e , Educ. D e p t . Arr TERM I &/OR TERM I1 . HPE 55114 Borstad P r i n c i p l e s a n d p r a c t i c e s of s a f e t y e d u c a t i o n i n s c h o o l a n d community l i f e . I n c l u d e s American Red C r o s s F i r s t A i d . 8:30-11:OO a . m . , M,T,W,Th,F G13 TERM I ( 1 s t h a l f ) ENGLISH HPE 55115 ENG 54111 EFFECTIVE WRITING SAFETY EDUCATION (1/2 Course) Sargent S t u d y o f c o m p o s i t i o n w i t h e m p h a s i s upon e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g ; c o r r e c t u s a g e , l o g i c a l o r g a n i z a t i o n and t h e r e s e a r c h p a p e r . 1 1 : l O - 1 : 4 0 p . m . , M,T,W,Th,F G12 TERM I CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCATION (112 Course) Borstad A n a l y s i s o f c h e m i c a l a b u s e a n d what c a n b e done f o r t h e abuser. 8:30-11:OO a.m., M,T,W,Th,F G13 TERM I ( 2 n d h a l f ) HIS 56185, 56385 HPE 55475 PREVENTION & CARE OF ATHLETIC INJURIES (1/2 course) REVOLUTION IN AFRICA Quirin Johnson Emphasis on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. Prereq.: 350 TERM I (1st half) 8:30-11:OO a.m., M,T,W,Th,F G24 Analysis of internal innovations in precolonial Africa as well as historical roots of contemporary revolutionary processes. Case studies focus on southern Africa and the Horn. TERM I1 8:50-10:15 a.m., M,T,W,Th,F M23 MODERN LANGUAGES HPE 55477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL (112 course) Johnson Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. TERM I (2nd half) 8:30-11:00 a.m., M,T,W,Th,F HPE 55485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES FRE 70112 G24 . Aske Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. Prereq.:350,351,055 TERM I1 6:30 p.m., T,TH & Arr. (1st meeting 6/25, 6:30 p.m.) GI2 BEGINNING FRENCH I1 Aaskov Conversations, sentence practice, and readings to develop communication, reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture. 2 hours lab. Prereq.: 111 or equivalent. TERM I 7:lO-10:lO a.m., M,T,W,Th,F 7 (Includes lab) GER 72111 BEGINNING GERMAN I Oyler Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading basic German for students with no previous background in German. TERM I 8:30-11:OO a.m., M,T,W,Th,F Arr . HPE 55491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE C. NELSON Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principles and administration of neuro-muscular re-education. Prereq.: 350,351,354 TERM I 6:30 p.m., T,Th & Arr. (1st meeting 5/29, 6:30 p.m.) GI2 NOR 75111, 75112 or 75211 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Credit is available through intensive four-week program in Norway. Inquire: Camp Norway, Augsburg College. HISTORY PHILOSOPHY HIS 56275 ART OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST & GREECE R. Nelson Survey of the architecture, sculpture, painting and lesser arts from the earliest beginnings in Egypt and Mesopotamia through the Hellenistic period to the third century B.C. Also ART 10275 TERM I 9:50-12:20 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F HIS 56567 THE MAKING & MEANING OF THE MIDDLE AGES . PHI 83130 LOGIC Bailey Examination of rules which govern valid arguments and aid in developing ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. TERM I 8:30-11:OO a.m., M,T,W,Th,F G12 PHI 83450 PHILOSOPHIES OF FEMINISM Fuehrer R. Nelson survey from the fall of Roman domination to beginning of the Italian Renaissance. Personalities, feudalism, struggle between church and state, classical and scholastic learning which formed the intellectual foundation of the middle ages. TERM I1 10:25-11:50 a.m., M,T,W,Th,F M25 Analysis of key concepts of feminism in myth, literature, religion and art; theories and implications of matriarchal/ patriarchal, pro-feministlanti-feminist cultures, courtly and romantic love, and the cult of the virgin. TERM I 9:50-12:20 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F S22 RELIGION PHYSICS PHY 84322 NUCLEAR RADIATION PHYSICS: SCIENCE MINIME=. REL 87369 OAK RIDGE Paulson RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION IN MODERN LITERATURE Skibbe Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and world view. Reading and discussion of nine novels. Class meets approximately every other day. TERM I 9:50-12:20 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F M24 Study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "kands on" lab experience. 2 weeks at Oak Ridge, Tennessee. Cost approx. $200.00. Consent of instructor. TERM I Off campus, May 28 - June 8; Added summary/evaluation at Augsburg REL 87372 RELIGIONS OF INDIA: HINDUISM & BUDDHISM Benson POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 85342 Historical, literary and sociological perspectives from antiquity to present. Uses primary texts, Hindu ritual films. TERM I1 8:50-10:15 a.m., M,T,W,Th,F S22 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; uses and control of media for political and social purposes; censorship, newsmaking, entertainment, public affairs programmin TERM I Also SPC 98342 9:50-12:20 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F M22 PSYCHOLOGY PSY 86105 Marken GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY SOCIOLOGY I Methods and approaches used in psychology for purpose of understanding behavior; research procedures associated with study of behavior. M22 TERM I1 8:50-10:15 a.m., M,T,W,Th,F PSY 86130 THE CHILD'S WORLD: COGNITIVE DEVELOPMENT Dyrud 1 I Development of the child's representation of events; stages and examples in language, reasoning and judgement. Add. $3 fee 'L1 TERM I1 6:30-9:30 p.m., T,Th PSY 86155 YOUR PERSONALITY % ITS MEASUREMENT Anderegg Through survey, inventory, self-report, checklist, preference schedules and other means, investigation and evaluation of your personality will be undertaken. Prereq.: 105 SUMMER INTERIM: TERM I 11:OO-1:40 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F M23 PSY 86375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See SOC 94375 SOC 94111 HUMAN COMMUNITY & THE MODERN METROPOLIS Hesser Course focuses upon the human consequences of urbanization. Extensive use of film series, simulated game, community investigation, and outside speakers. TERM I1 6:OO-9:30 p.m., M,W S22 SOC 94241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY Gerasimo Examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation to culture; language as a major organizing element in how we see the world. Analysis of selected aspects of U.S. culture. TERM I 4:30-7:30 p.m., M,T,W,Th S22 SOC 94356 CONTEMPORARY CORZECTIONS Bloom Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional institutions and government offices. TERM I1 1:30-5:00 p.m., T,Th MH1 SOC 94375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo Analysis of the ideas of f'group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. PREREQ.: 121 and 105. Also PSY 86375. TERM I 8:30-11:OO a.m., M,T,W,Th,F M23 I SOCIAL WORK SWK 95255 ELIGIBILITY GROUP WORK I N A WILDERNESS MEDIUM Perry W i l d e r n e s s camping a s f o c u s f o r b u i l d i n g group and i n d i v i d u a l relationships. Add. $60.00 f e e . '1st s e s s i o n 5/29, 9 : 5 0 a . m . SWK Off . TERM I PERSONS IN GOOD STANDING at,regionallyaccredited colleges and universities, as well as graduates of such institutions, are eligible to attend Augsburg Sl'mmer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admit'ied to a college and has not subsequently been dropped by that institution. SWK 95257 STUDENTS ADMITTED to Augsburg College for the Fall Term of the current year are eligible to attend Summer School, as are persons admitted by other colleges for the fall of this year. PRACTICUM I N THE HUMAN SERVICES Hertzberg Placement f o r 30 h o u r s p e r week a s a v o l u n t e e r i n a s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . I n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y ; t e r m p a p e r , weekly review conferences. Recommended f o r freshmen o r sophomores. Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . TERM I Arr. IF REGULARLY ATTENDING OR ADMITTED to another educational ingtitution, the applicant must provide Augsburg Summer School with a statement from an appropriate official of his college that he is in good standing and eligible to earn credits during the summer sessions. (A fonn for this purpose is at the bottom of this page.) Credits cannot be transferred until this requirement has been fulfilled. 11 SPEECH, C O M M U N I C A T I O N A N D THEATER ARTS OTHER PERSONS wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. I I B a s i c problems o f e f f e c t i v e s p e a k i n g and c r i t i c a l l i s t e n i n g . TEM I 9:50-12:20 p . m . , M,T,W,Th,F MH1 I SPC 98342 SPC 98111 BEGINNING SPEECH Driver MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY APPROVAL F O R M S e e POL 85342 SPC 98367 THEATER I N MINNEAPOLIS ACCEPTANCE as a sumer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Persons wishing to begin a degree program at the college should apply for admission through the Office of Admissions. Cole (This form is to be used by students regularly attending institutions other than Augsburg College. Augsburg Summer School credits may be transferred to the student's home institution if approval is granted by that college or university.) Studying; v i e w i n g , and c r i t i q u i n g t h e a c t i n g and p r o d u c t i o n of f i v e p l a y s . 6:OO-9:30 p.m., T,Th 2815 4 1 s t Ave. S . TERM I1 ( T e l : 721-2565) Mpls. MN 55406 College or University: I GENERAL STUDIES The person named above is a student in good standing and is permitted to earn summer school credits at Augsburg College. I GST 58115 I E x p l o r a t i o n o f t h e n a t u r e of work i n r e l a t i o n t o p e r s o n a l economic, s p i r i t u a l , and c u l t u r a l v a l u e s . TERM I 9:50-12:20 p.m., M,T,W,Th,F Arr. I WORK, SELF & SOCIETY Essman Student's Name: Restrictions or qualifications, if any: Signature and Title (Dean, ~egistrar,or other ~esponsibleOfficer.) Date (Return completed form to Summer School. Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN 55454)
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1979
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f the school year a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y intended t o be a time f o r both students and f a c u l t y t o employ s t y l e s o f teaching and l e a r n i n g , t o i n v e s t i g a t e p a r t i c u l a r que...
Show more The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f the school year a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y intended t o be a time f o r both students and f a c u l t y t o employ s t y l e s o f teaching and l e a r n i n g , t o i n v e s t i g a t e p a r t i c u l a r questions and t o p i c s and t o use urban and o t h e r off-campus resources i n ways n o t p o s s i b l e d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r term. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS To graduate, an Augsburg student i s r e q u i r e d t o complete 35 courses o f which a t l e a s t t h r e e must be i n t e r i m courses ( o r one i n t e r i m l e s s than t h e number o f years o f f u l l time enrollment a t Augsburg; e.g., a t r a n s f e r e n r o l l e d f u l l time f o r two years i s r e q u i r e d t o complete one i n t e r i m f o r graduation). There i s no t u i t i o n refund f o r a student who chooses n o t t o e n r o l l i n an i n t e r i m course. One course i s considered a f u l l time l o a d d u r i n g i n t e r i m and no student i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r more than one course d u r i n g t h e period. GRADING/COURSE LISTINGS Most i n t e r i m courses a r e graded t r a d i t i o n a l l y on a scale o f 4.0 t o 0. Students g e n e r a l l y have the o p t i o n t o r e g i s t e r on a Pass/No c r e d i t b a s i s . A few i n t e r i m courses a r e graded o n l y on t h e PIN system; t h i s 1i m i t a t i o n i s i n d i c a t e d i n the course d e s c r i p t i o n . Some courses a r e o f f e r e d w i t h e i t h e r upper o r lower d i v i s i o n standing. Such i n t e r i m courses have two numbers l i s t e d and the student must s e l e c t . Students r e g i s t e r i n g f o r upper d i v i s i o n standing should a n t i c i p a t e a d d i t i o n a l assignments and a more r i g o r o u s grading standard. ... Distribution a course l i s t e d as f u l f i l l i n g d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement meets both t h e newly i n t r o d u c e d requirements ( t h e Spectrum approach) as w e l l as t h e o l d d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements. OPTIONS June I n t e r i m A t l e a s t two i n t e r t m courses will be o f f e r e d in the June 1979 session o f summer school (see l l s t i n g s under Psychology and Education) i n 1 ieu o f January tern with no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n charge; however, students p l a n n i n g t o e l e c t t h e June i n t e r i m must r e g i s t e r a t the time o f the i n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t i o n i n t h e f a l l . Students wishing t o t a k e the June i n t e r i m i n addi ti on t o t h e January one w i 11 be required to pay regular summer course t u i t i o n . Internships Students are not encouraged t o seek an internship course a s s i gnrnent during the i n t e r i m . I n t e r n s h i p s a r e open t o students who continue an i n t e r n s h i p from t h e f a l l term or who begin i n t e r n s h i p which w i l l continue i n t o the s p r i n g term. Students e l e c t i n g an i n t e r n s h i p i n t e r i m are t o present a completed i n t e r n s h i p l e a r n i n g contract t o t h e I n t e r n s h i p O f f i c e (Science, Room 135) no l a t e r than Monday, November 20. Independent o r D i r e c t e d Study Students may e l e c t a program o f e i t h e r independent (upper d i v i s i o n 499) o r d i r e c t e d study ( l o w e r d i v i s i o n 299) f o r i n t e r i m . F a c u l t y members a r e s t r o n g l y discouraged from accepting responsi b i 1 it y f o r more than one independent o r d i r e c t e d study p e r i n t e r i m . Students choosing t o pursue independent o r d i r e c t e d study must: a) b) meet departmental requirements present t o t h e i n t e r i m d i r e c t o r f o r approval a copy o f t h e proposed study p l a n approved by t h e s u p e r v i s i n g f a c u l t y member. This proposal must be submi t t e d a t l e a s t one week b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n and n o t l a t e r than November 30. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained i n the interim o f f i c e . I n t e r i m s a t Other Schools Augsburg students may e n r o l l a t any o t h e r 4-1-4 i n s t i t u t i o n which o f f e r s a r e c i p r o c a l i n t e r i m arrangement. Catalogs o f these i n t e r i m o f f e r i n g s can be consulted i n t h e I n t e r i m Center, Room 135, Science. R e g i s t r a t i o n f o r i n t e r i m s i n t h e 'Twin C i t y c o l l e g e s w i l l be done a t Augsburg d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r r e g i s t r a t i o n period. STudents i n t e r e s t e d i n a t t e n d i n g any o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m should c o n s u l t t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r o r h i s secretary. NON-AUGSBURG STUDENTS Augsburg College w i l l accept students from o t h e r 4-1-4 schools f o r t h e January i n t e r i m w i t h o u t t u i t i o n charges provided t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n agrees n o t t o charge t u i t i o n t o Augsburg students f o r t h e January term. The waiver of t u i t i o n does n o t i n c l u d e s p e c i a l fees charged i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n . Other students w i 11 be charged $425 f o r t h e i n t e r i m course. Students i n t e r e s t e d i n r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an Augsburg I n t e r i m should w r i t e t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r a p p r o p r i a t e a p p l i c a t i o n forms. These students a r e responsible f o r t h e i r own housing and boarding arrangements, though requests f o r on-campus housing can be made t o t h e o f f i c e of t h e i n t e r i m d i r e c t o r . CLASS TIMES The I n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two blocks of time. The number and l e n g t h of c l a s s meetings as w e l l as t h e beginning time w i l l be arranged t h e f i r s t day o f class. A l l I n t e r i m classes w i l l meet t h e f i r s t and l a s t c l a s s days o f the i n t e r i m . Classes scheduled f o r Period I w i l l meet t h e f i r s t day a t 9:00 and classes scheduled f o r Period I 1 w i l l meet t h e f i r s t day a t 1 :oo. INTERIM CALENDAR November 7 - 10 Interim Registration December 6 Late Interim Registration January 3 F i r s t Day of I n t e r i m Class I 9:00 a.m. Class I 1 1:00 p.m. January 4 L a s t day f o r cancelladd January 8 L a s t day f o r determining grading system January 19 L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l i n g c l a s s January 26 I n t e r i m ends THIS CATALOG T h i s c a t a l o g 1 i s t s courses by departments w i t h departments l i s t e d i n a l p h a b e t i c a l order. A t t h e end o f t h e book are l i s t i n g s o f s p e c i a l overseas i n t e r i m s o f f e r e d by S t . Olaf College and o t h e r courses n o t o f f e r e d by Augsburg College b u t recognized by t h e College f o r i n t e r i m c r e d i t . F u r t h e r d e s c r i p t i o n s and information about these collrses a r e available i n the interim o f f i c e . NEED MORE HELP? Check w i t h t h e I n t e r i m Office (Science 135) and t h e I n t e r i m Secretary, Marie Wave1 Lander, o r w i t h t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r , Dr. Don Gustafson. The i n t e r i m phone i s 332-5181, Extension 403. ST. OLAF INTERNATIONAL INTERIMS The f o l l o w i n g i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s a r e o f f e r e d by S t . Olaf College and a r e open t o Augsburg students, F u r t h e r academic d e s c r i p t i o n , t r a v e l d e t a i l s and c o s t estimates a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e and from Mary K i n g s l e y i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center, Room 126 of Memorial H a l l . Students i n t e r e s t e d i n p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n one of these i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s should a p p l y i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center before November 1. The A r t s of Central and Southern Europe Mediterranean C u l t u r e (Greece) I r i s h C i v i l i z a t i o n and L i t e r a t u r e French Language and C u l t u r e (Cannes) French Language, C u l t u r e and Theatre i n P a r i s Theatre i n London C h r i s t i a n Rome i n A.D. 1600 L i b e r a t i o n Theology (Mexico) Puerto R i can S o c i e t y and C u l t u r e I n t e n s i v e I n t e r m e d i a t e Spanish (Mexico) F o l k R e l i g i o n i n Taiwan Cross-Cul t u r a l Psycho1ogy (Hawai i) Augsburg College Interim, 1979 Course Descriptions THE BLACK IMAGE IN AMERICAN SOCIETY, 1800-1915 AMERICAN STUDIES 0 8 3 1 4 H ISTORY 56314 Instructor: Ralph Crowder The c e n t r a l t h r u s t o f t h i s course i s t o examine t h e n a t i o n a l debate on t h e c h a r a c t e r and d e s t i n y o f African-Americans d u r i n g the years 1800-1 91 5. What was t h e r a t i o n a l e i n t h e w h i t e psyche which condoned s l a v e r y , lynchings, sexual e x p l o i t a t i o n and a n a t i o n a l p o l i c y which r e l e g a t e d the Black Community t o unwanted a l i e n s , c h i l d l i k e beings, o r beast o f burden? Why was i t necessary f o r t h e s o - c a l l e d Negro t o be stereotyped as subhuman? U t i l i z i n g t h e arguments presented by pro-slavery, a b o l i t i o n i s t s , educators, s c i e n t i s t s , this i n t e l l e c t u a l s , p o l i t i c i a n s and t h e media course attempts t o analyze the Black image i n t h e w h i t e mind. The works o f such contemporary scholars as George F r e d i ckson , John Henri k Clarke, Franci s Welsing and Lawrence Friedman w i l l be j o i n e d w i t h p i o n e e r scholars t o a s c e r t a i n why American s o c i e t y r e f used t o recognize the humanity o f B l ack Ameri cans. - A mid-term, f i n a l exam and term paper w i l l be r e q u i r e d f o r the course. Time: I1 Room: Science 318 FILM-MAKING I FILM-MAKING II ART 10242110342 I n s t r u c t o r : Paul Rusten T h i s course i s designed t o teach p r a c t i c a l l a b experience. There and d i s c u s s i o n o f t h e e x p r e s s i v e elements o f f i l m . Students w i l l film. film-making through w i l l be o b s e r v a t i o n and s t r u c t u r a l make a 16mm sound There i s a l a b f e e o f $70.00 Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I None f o r Film-making I You must have taken Film-making I i n o r d e r t o r e g i s t e r f o r Film-making 11. Yes Room: F i l m Center, East H a l l LIFE DRAWING ART 10247 Instructor: Norman Holen You w i l l be introduced t o t h e 2B and 4B p e n c i l s , t h e charcoal penci 1, and p a s t e l s . The f i g u r e w i l l be d e p i c t e d i n v a r i o u s s e t t i n g s , w i t h a v a r i e t y o f media, f o r v a r y i n g l e n g t h s o f time. The poses w i l l extend from one minute t o an hour and a h a l f . There i s no t e x t and t h e r e a r e no t e s t s . You a r e graded on your drawings and attendance i s expected. There i s a f e e o f $12.00 t o be p a i d on t h e f i r s t day o f c l a s s . Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: None Yes Room: I A r t Studio 6 PLANTS IN HUMAN SOCIETY BIOLOGY 201 02 I n s t r u c t o r : Erwin Mickelberg A study o f t h e r o l e p l a n t l i f e has and i s p l a y i n g i n human s o c i e t i e s . P l a n t anatomy, morphology, geography and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f p l a n t s t o people w i l l be discussed. A b r i e f survey o f t h e e n t i r e p l a n t kingdom w i l l conclude t h e course. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I None Yes Room:; Science 123 CONTROVERSIAL ISSUES IN BIOLOGY BIOLOGY: 20106 Instructor: R. Lammers R . Sulerud "Scientific creationists" revive the argument against the theory of evolution, and a debate i s held a t the University of Minnesota. A book i s published claiming the production of a cloned human, b u t the developmental biologists react negatively. Farmers engage in verbal (and sometimes physical ) battle with environmentalists over the "endangered" status of wolves in Minnesota. A nobel 1 aureate argues the genetic inferiority of blacks and geneticists reply. The popular press abounds in a r t i c l e s relating to controversies related to biology. There are disputes between biologists and others as well as sharp disagreements among biologists. Several of the issues will be considered in t h i s course including the following: Evolution; genetic engineering ( e .g. , cloning, recombinant DNA); abortion; eugeEics and racism; 1 i f e on other planets and the environmentalist movement. Readings wi 11 be assigned and topics will be introduced by the instructors. There will be ample time f o r discussion and a number of guests will be invited to participate. As time and arrangements allow, a few f i e l d t r i p s may be taken. Students will concentrate on one topic as the basis of an oral ( i f possible) or written report. Eva1 uation will be based on the report, an examination relating to the topics considered, and class discussions. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I High school biology or an introductory coll ege biology course. Yes Room: Science 205 METHODS I N BIOLOGICAL RESEARCH BIOLOGY 2 0 3 0 1 I n s t r u c t o r : Neal Thorpe The development o f t h e m a j o r i t y o f t h e p r e s e n t concepts i n b i o l o g y has been h e a v i l y dependent upon t h e use o f an a r r a y o f s o p h i s t i c a t e d r e s e a r c h t o o l s . T h i s course w i l l i n t r o d u c e t h e s t u d e n t t o t h e t h e o r e t i c a l b a s i s o f a p p r o x i m a t e l y two dozen i m p o r t a n t b i o l o g i c a l methods such as chromatography, e l e c t r o p h o r e s i s , spectrophotometry, s c i n t i l a t i o n c o u n t i n g and microscopy. I t w i l l a l s o r e q u i r e an i n depth i n v e s t i g a t i o n o f one s e l e c t e d method w i t h t h e o b j e c t i v e o f developing an a p p r o p r i a t e experimental e x e r c i s e t h a t c l e a r l y demonstrates a t h e o r e t i c a l p r i n c i p l e . The s t u d e n t w i l l t e s t and v a l i d a t e t h e method, w r i t e i t up, and p r e s e n t i t o r a l l y . Prerequisites: Time: B i o l o g y 111, 112 Chemistry 115, 116 ( o r 105, 106) Room: I Science 2 1 2 INCOME TAXES FOR INDIVIDUALS BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 21140 I n s t r u c t o r : Amin Kader T h i s course w i l l survey common and i m p o r t a n t p r o v i s i o n s o f f e d e r a l and Minnesota income taxes f o r i n d i v i d u a l s w i t h emphasis on completing t h e 1040 t a x form. Not open t o majors i n Economics and Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n . Prerequisites: Time: I None Room: Science 320 TOPICS: DISCRETE JVENT SIMULATION BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 21495 I n s t r u c t o r : K e i s h i r o Matsumoto The o b j e c t i v e i s t o i n t r o d u c e students t o t h e elements o f d i s c r e t e event s i m u l a t i o n and r e l a t e d computer programming techniques. D i s c r e t e event s i m u l a t i o n i s an approach t o problem s o l v i n g . I n essence, t h e method r e p l i c a t e s t h e s e t t i n g o f a p a r t i c u l a r problem by w r i t i n g a computer program which can c a p t u r e i t s i m p o r t a n t c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and hence c l o s e l y reproduce t h e a c t u a l problem s e t t i n g . Then, v a r i o u s a l t e r n a t i v e s t o s o l v i n g t h e problem can be t e s t e d by c o n d u c t i n g experiments based on t h e computer program. C l e a r l y , t h e approach i s p a r t i c u l a r l y s u i t e d f o r business decision-making problems i n v o l v i n g a l a r g e number o f v a r i a b l e s and substantPa1 c a p i t a l out1 ay. M a t e r i a l s t o be presented i n t h e course i n c l u d e : 1 ) b a s i c concepts o f s i m u l a t i o n , 2 ) model b u i 1d i n g and computer programming techniques , and 3 ) e x p e r i m e n t a t i o n and s t a t i s t i c a l a n a l y s i s . Note t h a t a p p l i c a t i o n problems t o be considered i n t h e course a r e p r i m a r i l y o r i e n t e d toward business and economics. Procedures t o be used i n meeting t h e o b j e c t i v e w i l l be t h r o u g h l e c t u r e and computer programming l a b o r a t o r y . E v a l u a t i o n w i l l i n v o l v e homework assignments and examinations. A s p e c i a l f e e o f $15.00 i s r e q u ir e d . Prerequisites: Time: I A t l e a s t one s t a t i s t i c s course o r t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r Room: Main 23 CHEMISTRY FOR CHANGING TIMES CHEMISTRY 34100 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg T h i s i s a non-laboratory chemistry course based on t h e very popular book by John W. Hill o f the same t i t l e . It i s n o t a traditional chemistry course and does n o t assume t h e science background. Basic science and math a r e introduced early and are taught as needed f o r understanding t h e various t o p i c s and implications. The course does assume the student i s interested in and concerned about the r e l a t i o n s h i p o f chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intimately a part o f liberal educat i o n f o r centuries. The early s c i e n t i s t s were c o n s i dered to be phi losophers and t h e i r societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades t h e human seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry becoming a part o f everyday l i f e t o the p o i n t o f actual dependence on chemistry. We l i v e i n a world of p e s t i c i d e s , f e r t i l i z e r s , p l a s t i c s , "the p i l l " , food a d d i t i v e s and processed foods, v i t a m i n supplements, the energy c r i s i s , chemical dependency, biocides, pol 1 u t a n t s , drugs, searching f o r 1i fe on other p l a n e t s , genetic manipulation,-and i t goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can o f t e n be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy feel i n g a f t e r an afternoon nap i s a result o f a chemical imbalance, The nature o f a hangover i s the result o f a complex system of a ?t e r ~ dbody chemistry. Even 1earni ng appears to be the resul t of chemi ca1 r e a c t i o n to form a "memory m o l e ~ u l e ' ~ ,Most o f the problems we face are molecular in nature, What then b u t chemistry can better h e l p us t o understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. T h i s course w511 be o f f e r e d i n a l e c t u r e l d i s c u s s i o n format. F i l m s w i l l supplement t h e lecture/ d i s c u s s i o n periods. Quizzes, t e s t s and a paper w i l l be used f o r e v a l u a t i o n . This course does n o t s a t i s f y p r e r e q u i s i t e s f o r Chemistry 106, 116 or 223. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I1 None Yes \ Room: Science 315 RADIOIMMUNOLOGY: THEORY AND TECHNIQUE CHEMISTRY 3 4 3 0 1 I n s t r u c t o r : W i 11iam Mu1doon The increase i n knowledge o f t h e pathology o f disease s t a t e s and t h e c o m p l e x i t i e s o f treatment m o d a l i t i e s has heightened t h e search f o r knowledge o f t h e molecular mechanics i n v o l v e d on these processes. The r e c o g n i t i o n by t h e Nobel Committee i n 1977 o f D r . Rosalyn S. Yalow's c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e area o f Physiology o r Medicine, s p e c i f i c a l l y the development o f the Radioimmunoassay (RIA), f u r t h e r emphasizes t h e importance o f t h e study o f radioimmunology. T h i s course w i l l serve t o i n t r o d u c e the theory o f Immunology and s p e c i f i c a l l y how i t r e l a t e s t o radioimmunoassay. Topics covered w i 11 begin w i t h b a s i c immunology and then i n c l u d e the h i s t o r i c a l development, t h e o r e t i c a l basis, t e c h n i c a l developments and data a n a l y s i s o f t h e R I A . "Wet" l a b s and/or demonstrations w i l l be used t o r e i n f o r c e t h e d i d a c t i c material. Prerequisites: Time: I One semester o r e q u i v a l e n t of Organic Chenistry. One semester o r e q u i v a l e n t o f Biochemistry o r w i t h permission o f Instructor. Room: Science 318 SCATTERING THEORY CHEMISTRY 3 4 4 8 5 I n s t r u c t o r : D r . Richard Olmsted The importance o f observations made i n physics and chemistry by a n a l y z i n g the s c a t t e r i n g of p a r t i c l e s o r waves can h a r d l y be exaggerated. For t h e l a s t h a l f c e n t u r y especially, many o f the most i m p o r t a n t d i s c o v e r l es have been made by c o l 1is i on experiments. They range from R u t h e r f o r d ' s discovery o f t h e atomic nucleus, over atomic and nuclear spectroscopy, t o n u c l e a r f i s s i o n and t h e f i n d i n g o f t h e fundamental p a r t i c l e s and t h e i r p r o p e r t i e s . I f we add t o these phenomena a l l the observations made by a n a l y s i s o f l i g h t s c a t t e r i n g , t h e l i s t becomes t r u l y impressive. T h i s course i s designed t o be an i n t e n s i v e i n t r o d u c t i o n t o s c a t t e r i n g theory. I t begins w i t h a study o f t h e b a s i c c l a s s i c a l ideas about t h e s c a t t e r i n g o f p a r t i c l e s and progresses through t h e b a s i c quantum mechanical d e s c r i p t i o n . Complications a r i s i n g due t o p a r t i c l e s having i n t e r n a l degrees o f freedom a r e a1 so d i scussed. Prerequisites: Time: I1 Chem 483 o r Physics 486 o r equ'ivalent Room: Science 401 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN EDUCATION 44375 Instructor: Lauretta Pelton This course offers the opportunity f o r one t o discover the discoverer . Because a kindergarten chi I d i s rapidly openlng doors t o knowledge, a teacher needs t o know a t what stage each c h i l d i s and how t o provide an environment i n which t h e child can expl ore and experience 1earning. The course w i 11 include a study o f kindergarten curriculum, explorat i o n o f materials, and a review o f teaching approaches. Laboratory experi ences wi 11 be arranged. Thi s course i s a prerequisite t o student teaching a t the kindergarten level and t o obtaining a 1icense f o r teaching a t K level. Grades will be based on quizzes, projects and research. Prerequisite: Admittance into the Augsburg Education program o r an elementary school teaching c e r t i f i c a t e . Time: I1 Room: L i b r a r y 4 BEHAVIOR OF EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS EDUCATION 44385 Instructor: Barry Franklin An introduction to the study of the typical exceptional ities exhibited by children and adolescents. The course will examine the causes, characteristics, and educational interventions for such exceptional i ties as mental retardation, language and communication disorders, vision and hearing impairment, physical disabi 1 i ties, learning disabilities and behavior disorders, and giftedness. The course wi 11 involve the student in readings, wri ttenloral presentations, and fie1d trips to selected facilities for meeting the needs of exceptional individuals. Course requirements will be a paper accompanied by an oral presentation to the class on an exceptionality of student's choice (the research can deal with causes, characteristics, probably or edutational interventions). There wi 11 be an examination. Students can anticipate a small fee for field trip expenses. Students not in education are welcome in the course. Prerequisites: a general psychology course or permission of instructor Time: I Room: Library 4 STUDENT TEACHING EDUCATION 44480 Instructor: She1don Fardi g Students will be placed in a classroom for f u l l days. Opportunities are provided for experience in observing and d i recti ng 1earning experiences on the secondary school level under t h e supervision of college and high school personnel. Seminars are held on a regular basi s during the student teaching experience. Prerequisites: Permission of Instructor Students should confer with instructor about appropriate course numbers. STUDENT TEACHING: NURSERY SCHOOL EDUCATION 44481, 44482, 44483 o r 44484* I n s t r u c t o r : Steven Reuter This course o f f e r s t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o l e a r n about and t o demonstrate knowledge and s k i l l s i n v o l v e d w i t h teaching t h e young c h i 1d. The course w i 11 concentrate on d e t a i l s e s s e n t i a l t o t h e o r g a n i z a t i o n o f a good program f o r c h i l d r e n , records, r e p o r t s , p h y s i c a l f a c i l i t i e s , equipment and p a r e n t a l involvement. Students w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o have 160 c h i l d c o n t a c t hours. Placement w i l l be arranged by i n s t r u c t o r . Prerequisites: Time: * Acceptance i n t o t h e Education Department and permission o f i n s t r u c t o r Summer Students should c o n f e r w i t h i n s t r u c t o r about a p p r o p r i a t e course number. ENGLISH 5 4 1 3 7 1 5 4 4 3 7 I n s t r u c t o r : R i c h a r d Sargent We w i l l s t u d y t h e major p l a y s and poems o f Shakespeare, w i t h p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e theme o f t h e f a m i l y . A t t h e h e a r t o f most of Shakespeare's works i s a p r o b i n g o f f a m i l y r e l a t i o n s h i p s and f a m i l y i n t e r a c t i o n s . We w i l l s t u d y t h e works o f Shakespeare from t h e p o i n t o f view o f f a m i l y t h e r a p i s t s such as V i r g i n i a S a t i r ( h e r book Peoplemaking w i l l be one o f t h e assigned t e x t s ) . P r i o r experience w i t h Shakespeare i s n o t a requirement. b u t those who have a l r e a d y had a c o l l e g e - l e v e l course i n Shakespeare a r e welcome; t h e y w i l l be encouraged t o do s p e c i a l p r o j e c t s r e l a t e d t o t h e theme o f t h e f a m i l y . E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on essay exams and s e v e r a l papers; s t u d e n t s w i l l be expected t o use t h e i d e a s o f S a t i r t o approach Shakespeare, b u t t h e course w i l l n o t be c o n f i n e d s o l e l y t o a c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f f a m i l y systems i n S-hakespeare. E f f e c t i v e W r i t i n g i s n o t a p r e r e q u i s i t e , b u t s t u d e n t s w i 11 be e x p ~ c t z d t o write with clarity. Distribution: Time: I1 Yes Room: Main 2 HERITAGE REPORTER ENGLISH 5421 2 I n s t r u c t o r : Dave Wood "Heritage Reporter" explores s t r a t e g i e s f o r e f f e c t i v e l y w r i t i n g about one's family, one's community, o r an i n s t i t u t i o n t h a t f i g u r e s or has f i g u r e d largely i n t h e s t u d e n t - r e p o r t e r ' s 1 i f e . Techniques of f i c t i o n and non-f ic t i on are reveal ed t o t h e students by means o f comprehensive reading 1ist. No exams. Students are expected t o submit a 20-30 page "Heritage Booklet" on a s u b j e c t o f t h e i r choice a t course's end. Grade w i l l be P/N only. Students having taken English 491 i n s p r i n g o f 1978 may n o t r e g i s t e r f o r t h i s course. Prerequisites: Time: E n g l i s h 111 I Room: L i b r a r y 201 KURT VONNEGUT, JR. ENGLISH 5 4 3 2 2 I n s t r u c t o r : Ron Palosaari Vonnegu t ' s work has a t t r a c t e d both p o p u l a r readers and 1iterary c r i t i c s . Our reading w i 11 i n c l u d e The Sirens o f T i t a n , P l a y e ~Piano, Mother N i g h t , C a t ' s c r a d l e , Slaughter House Five, and B r e a k f a s t o f Champions, We w i l l a l s o read some o f t h e s h o r t s t o r i e s and n o n - f i c t i o n o f Vonnegut. Students w i l l do e i t h e r i n d i v i d u a l o r group r e p o r t s on some aspect o f Vonnegut's work. There w i l l be a t l e a s t one s h o r t paper and one exam. -- ~ r e r e q usi i t e : One L i t e r a t u r e course Distribution: Yes Time: I1 Room: Music 22 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION FOREIGN LANGUAGE 70243 I n s t r u c t o r : D r . Ruth Aaskov Major works o f French l i t e r a t u r e a r e e a s i l y a v a i l a b l e i n E n g l i s h t r a n s l a t i o n . These can, w i t h c a r e f u l and d i r e c t e d reading, provide t h e b a s i s f o r e x p l o r i n g French humanistic self-expression i n i t s much admired l i t e r a r y forms. Most o f t h e o u t - o f - c l a s s time w i l l be spent i n reading 8-10 French authors, represented i n s h o r t e r , complete o r s e l f - c o n t a i n e d works, some i n f o r m a t i o n a l reading, and systematic p r e p a r a t i o n f o r small group discussions. Two b r i e f r e p o r t s and a modest i n d i v i d u a l study w i l l be p a r t o f t h e course. Class a c t i v i t i e s w i l l vary from b r i e f l e c t u r e s t o small group discussion and presentations. One o f f campus r e 1ated a c t i v i t y w i 11 be planned i f avai 1able. E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on l a r g e and small group p a r t i c i p a t i o n , responsible reading and r e p o r t i n g , and several 15-30 minute quizzes. The course i s planned f o r the general student w i t h o u t reading know1edge o f French. Know1edge of another 1it e r a t u r e i s u s e f u l b u t n o t required. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I Sophomore standing o r permission o f instructor Yes Room: Main 7 LE VOYAGE IMAGINAIRE FOREIGN LANGUAGE 70358 I n s t r u c t o r : Mary E. Johnson A study ( i n French) o f many d i f f e r e n t ' kinds o f f a n t a s t i c t r a v e l s conceived by French w r i t e r s and adventurers between the t h i r t e e n t h and. t h e t w e n t i e t h century, from t r i p s t o t h e moon (Cyrano de Bergerac) t o t h e bottom o f t h e sea (Jules Verne) and more. Readings w i l l be supplemented by films; d i s c u s s i o n and a paper i n French. Counts toward the French major. Available t o intermediate-level students i n French by permission o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r ; r e q u i r e ments w i l l be different for intermediate and advanced 1eve1 s . Prerequisites: Time: I1 French 70311 o r permission o f t h e instructor Main 7 THE AGONY OF 20TH CENTURY GERMANY AS REFLECTED IN LITERATURE FOREIGN LANGUAGE 72245 I n s t r u c t o r : W i l l i a m Olyer Works stud1ed r e f l e c t t h e c r i s e s and upheavals o f the 20th century experience which a r e n o t u n i q u e l y German, b u t a r e u n i v e r s a l i n nature. Topf cs wi 11 include: the anonymity o f u r b a n - i n d u s t r i a l 11fe, t h e search f o r personal i d e n t i t y and s e c u r i t y , the . uses o f power, war, p o l f t i c a l change and confrontat i o n w i t h u l t i m a t e questions o f 1 i f e and death. Works by Kafka, Hesse, Brecht, Durrenmatt, e t a l , w i l l be discussed. Evaluation through student c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n and f i n a l exam. This course i s a v a r i a t i o n o f German L i t e r a t u r e i n Trans1 a t i o n (244). Since t h e two courses a r e n o t i d e n t i c a l , students who have taken 244 may g e t c r e d i t f o r 245. C r e d i t does n o t apply t o a major o r a minor i n German. P r e r e q u i s i t e s r None Distribution: Time: Yes I1 Room: Main 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN I FOREIGN LANGUAGE 751 1.1 I n s t r u c t o r - : t i v Dahl I n t r o d u c t i o n o f t h e f o u r b a s i c Tanguage s k i 11s : speaking, Tistening, reading and w r i t i n g . Stress on spaken r a t h e r than l i t e r a r y Norwegian. Oral and w r i t t e n t e s t s . Laboratory work expected. P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Dis tri b u t i on : Yes Time: I Room: Mai-n 3 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION FOREIGN LANGUAGE 75311 I n s t r u c t o r : L e i f Hanson I n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian w i t h emphasis on p r o n u n c i a t i o n and o r i g i n a l composition. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o r e g i o n a l v a r i a t i o n s i n spoken Norwegian and t o d i f f e r e n c e s between t h e two o f f i c i a l languages o f Norway. Oral and w r i t t e n t e s t s . Some 1a b o r a t o r y work and f i e l d experience r e q u i r e d . No s p e c i a l fees. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: 75211 - Intermediate level Yes I1 Room: Main 3 SAFETY EDUCATION HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 551 14 I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Borstad P r i n c i p l e s and p r a c t i c e s o f s a f e t y education i n I n c l udes Ameri can school and communi t y 1 if e Red Cross F i r s t A i d Course. . This o f f e r i n g Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: equals o n l y 112 course c r e d i t . None No I (January 3 - 15) Room: Gym 12 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCATION HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55115 I n s t r u c t o r : Joyce P f a f f T h i s course w i l l i n c l u d e a pharmacological a n a l y s i s o f drugs o f abuse, a l o o k a t t h e disease process and t r e a t m e n t m o d a l i t i e s , as w e l l as immediate and temporary c a r e g i v e n t o i n d i v i d u a l s i n a drug emergency. I t w i l l pay, s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o t h e drug problems a f u t u r e teacher m i g h t have t o deal w i t h i n t h e classroom s e t t i n g . Grades w i l l be determined by 2 w r i t t e n t e s t s c o v e r i n g t h e l e c t u r e s and t e x t book. T h i s o f f e r i n g equals o n l y 1/2 course c r e d i t . Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I None No (January 16 - 26) Room: Gym 12 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION I n s t r u c t o r : LaVonne Peterson 55232 Theory and p r a c t i c e i n t e a c h i n g r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, l o w o r g a n i z e d games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp n i g h t s , m o d i f i e d games, s i m p l y r h y t h m i c games, f o l k and square dancing . This offering Time: equals o n l y 112 course c r e d i t . I (January 3 - 15) Room: Me1by MODERN DANCE HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55373 I n s t r u c t o r : Pamela Paulson An i n t r o d u c t o r y course i n modern dance technique and c r e a t i v e composition i n c l u d i n g e x p l o r a t i o n o f movement, energy, form and design. No previous experience necessary. This o f f e r i n g equals o n l y 112 course c r e d i t . Time: I (January 3 - 15) Room: Me1by OF ARMS AND THE MAN: WARFARE IN THE ANCIENT WORLD HISTORY 561 36156336 I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Nelson Through primary and secondary sources t h i s course w i l l consider the causes and consequences o f war i n a n c i e n t Mediterranean World. Strategy and t a c t i c s , techno1 ogy and personal iti es w i 11 be major considerations. Students w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o complete a term p r o j e c t . While a paper w i l l be acceptable, students w i l l be urged t o do something l e s s t r a d i t i o n a l e.g. map work, t e r r a i n a n a l y s i s , b a t t l e planning, model b u i l d i n g , e t c . While war gaming i s o f g r e a t i n t e r e s t , t h i s course w i l l n o t be i n v o l v e d w i t h t h a t phenomenon. Students e n r o l l i n g f o r upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o complete a more complex p r o j e c t than lower d i v i s i o n r e g i s t r a n t s . Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I None Yes Room: Main 19 MODERN JAPAN AND SOUTH KOREA: FOCUS ON TOKYO, KYOTO, HIROSHIMA AND SEOUL HISTORY 5 6 2 5 5 / 5 6 4 5 5 I n s t r u c t o r : Khin Khin Jensen The modern h i s t o r y o f Japan and South Korea w i l l be examined throuqh a s p e c i a l focus on t h e s i s n i f i c a n c e s k K o t o , ~ i r o s h i m a-and ~ e o u l . o f 4 major c i t i e s : ~ o o, Topics t o be e x p l o r e d i n c l u e urban and economic development, p o l l u t i o n , I m p e r i a l i s m , C h r i s t i a n missions, World war 11, t h e Korean war, c u l t u r a l l i f e and t h e changing r o l e o f Japanese and Korean women. F i l m s , s l i d e s , Japanese and Korean c u l t u r a l resources f r o m t h e T w i n - c i t i e s w i l l be u t i l i z e d . There w i l l be some f i e l d t r i p s t o observe Japanese and Korean products, a r t i f a c t s and cooking. Students should budget $10.00 - $12.00 f o r t h e f i e l d t r i p . -a- F i n a l grades w i l l be based on p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n c l a s s d i s c u s s i o n s , a c t i v i t i e s and f i e l d t r i p s as w e l l as a f i n a l exam. Upper d i v i s i o n s t u d e n t s w i l l be expected t o do a p r o j e c t . Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I None Yes Room: Library 1 HISTORY 56358 I n s t r u c t o r : Carl C h r i s l o c k A survey o f Norwegian-American h i s t o r y from ca. 1825 t o 1925. Emphasis i s on process o f coming t o terms w i t h American s o c i e t y , and on d i s s i m i l a r pace o f "accul t u r a t i o n " and "assimi 1a t i o n " . Aids t o i n s t r u c t i o n w i l l include a text, a v a r i e t y o f selected Both l e c t u r e readings, and a u d i o - v i s u a l m a t e r i a l and c l a s s d i s c u s s i o n w i l l be employed. Grades w i l l be based on performance i n d i s c u s s i o n and on an examination. Weather p e r m i t t i n g , one f i e l d t r i p w i l l be organized. Each s t u d e n t i s expected t o c a r r y through a s p e c i a l p r o j e c t planned i n c o n s u l t a tion with instructor. . Students who have taken H i s t o r y 56331 Scandinavian 80331 may n o t r e g i s t e r f o r t h i s course. Time: I1 Room: Main 11B RELIGION 87315 I n s t r u c t o r : Frederick Hale Has t h e church s a c r i f i c e d i t s freedom t o be t h e church? T h i s course w i l l e x p l o r e v a r i o u s problems between churches and c i v i l governments p a s t and present. The p e r i o d up t o about 1800 w i l l be handled b r i e f l y , t h e 1 9 t h and 20th c e n t u r i e s i n more d e t a i l , f o c u s i n g on Germany, Scandinavia, and t h e United States. There w i l l be one s h o r t research paper and one o r two exams. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 Yes Room: Main 8 SEX AND THE SUPREME COURT POLITICAL SCIENCE 85379 I n s t r u c t o r : My1es Stenshoel A study o f t h e j u d i c i a l p o l i c y making i n cases d e a l i n g w i t h gender-based d i s c r i m i n a t i o n , a b o r t i o n , obscenity and o t h e r sex-re1 ated issues Students w i 11 research, analyze and c r i t i c i z e o p i n i o n s o f t h e U n i t e d States Supreme Court i n one o f these o r r e l a t e d areas, p r e s e n t i n g t h e i r f i n d i n g s b o t h t o t h e group and i n a research paper. . Prerequisites: Time: I1 . . Pol Sci 170, 370, o r 371, o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r . Room: Main 19 THE REEL HERO: MALE AND FEMALE ROLES IN AMERICAN FILM IWTERDISCIPLINARY 6 0 1 07 I n s t r u c t o r s : Don Warren Joe Volker Students i n t h i s course w i l l e x p l o r e t h e concept o f t h e male and female "hero" i n American f i l m . Class discussions w i l l focus on v a r i o u s kinds o f "heroes" and what these characters r e v e a l about t h e f i l m i n d u s t r y and t h e c u l t u r e which produced them: students w i l l view i n c l a s s f i l m s which p o r t r a y t h e t r a d i t i o n a l hero, t h e romantic hero, t h e r e b e l hero, and t h e anti-hero. I n a d d i t i o n , students w i l l study f i l m composition and e d i t i n g and t h e e f f e c t s these f i l m techniques have upon t h e audience. Course o b j e c t i v e s w i l l be evaluated through an o b j e c t i v e t e s t on f i l m theory, t h e keeping o f s t u d e n t j o u r n a l s , and an essay f i n a l examination. A l a b f e e o f $5.00 w i l l be charged each student t o h e l p d e f r a y c o s t s o f f i l m r e n t a l s . Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I1 None No Room: Science 123 INTERDISCIPLINARY 60308 Instructor: Catherine Nicholl A study o f women i n V i c t o r i a n England, considering the preva i 1 i n g images o f and theories about women, t h e i r actual condi tion--1 egal , social , and economic-and t h e i r achievements. Materials used n i l 1 include V i c t o r i a n novels, essays, poetry, p a i n t i n g s , l e t t e r s , biographies, journals, documents, and h e a l t h and harn~rnaking manuals . Speci f i e t o p i c s s t u d i e d , e i t h e r by t h e class a s a whole o r by individuals, may include women a t home ( w i v e s and daughters), domestic s e r v a n t s , governesses, factory workers, p r o s t i t u t e s , women k sduccaion, early femini s t s , the s u f f r a g e movement, family planning, and such individuals a s Florence Nightingale, Jane Carlyle, Josephine But1 e r , and Elizabeth Barrett Browning. In add4 t i o n t o reading and class discussion, each student w i l l work on a substantial project leading e i t h e r t o a paper o r ( i n most cases) a c l a s s presentation. Prerequ i s i t e s : None Counts toward Women's Studies C e r t i f i c a t e Time: I1 Room: Library 201 WOMAN POWER: USE IT OR LOSE IT INTERDISCIPLINARY 6031 2 I n s t r u c t o r s : Susan Nash Helen Woe1 f e l ' I f medicine and law were female p r o f e s s i o n s and s o c i a l work and n u r s i n g male p r o f e s s i o n s , who would h o l d t h e power today? What f o r c e s i n f l u e n c e o u r c a r e e r d e c i s i o n s and r o l e s ? How do we as men and women e x e r c i s e c o n t r o l over o u r l i v e s and v o c a t i o n s ? Using a l e c t u r e / d i s c u s s i o n format, s t u d e n t s w i l l e x p l o r e t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p between s e x - r o l e s o c i a l i z a t i o n and r o l e s w i t h i n contemporary s o c i e t y (e.g. s o c i a l workers, teachers, lawyers, nurses, d o c t o r s , counselors, etc.). The c l a s s w i l l examine t h e i n f l u e n c e s o c i e t a l values have on women and power o r t h e l a c k o f i t . C o n s i d e r a t i o n w i l l be g i v e n t o some s p e c i a l h e a l t h needs o f women, resources a v a i l a b l e and r e l a t e d d i s c i p l i n a r y concerns. Eva1 u a t i o n s w i l l be made on t h e b a s i s o f group p r e s e n t a t i o n s and on a paper and penci 1 exami n a t i on. Prerequisites: Any s t u d e n t o f j u n i o r o r s e n i o r s t a n d i n g o r by p e r m i s s i o n o f instructor. Counts toward Women's S t u d i e s C e r t i f i c a t e . Time: I Room: Music 22 WOMEN IN ENGLAND, FRANCE, SPAIN AND ITALY: A FEMINIST ANALYSIS INTERDISCIPLINARY 60310 I n s t r u c t o r s : Toni C l a r k Mary Ki n g s l ey An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e c u l t u r e s o f England, France, Spain and I t a l y from a f e m i n i s t p e r s p e c t i v e . The h i s t o r i c a l p o s i t i o n o f women w i 11 be examined through assigned reading before t h e I n t e r i m ; t h e images of women presented through t h e v i s u a l a r t s o f each c o u n t r y w i l l be analyzed and discussed. Special a t t e n t i o n given t o drama i n England, and i n t e r v i e w s w i l l be arranged w i t h women from t h e f o u r c o u n t r i e s . Tours o f museums and g a l l e r i e s , plays, reading and discussions included. E v a l u a t i o n based on discussions and a j o u r n a l . Grades w i l l be Pass/No c r e d i t . The c o s t i s $1,095.00 Counts toward Women's Studies C e r t i f i c a t e CULTURES OF MEXICO AND GUATEMALA I n s t r u c t o r s : Bruce Reichenbach Gunta Rozental s The conquering Spaniards discovered i n t h e Americas, n o t bands o f savages, b u t h i g h l y developed and i n t r i c a t e l y s t r u c t u r e d c u l t u r e s . A study o f t h e h i s t o r y , r e 1 i g i o n , government, a g r i c u l t u r a l techniques, and d a i l y l i f e o f two o f these a n c i e n t c u l t u r e s - t h e Aztec and t h e Maya - by l o o k i n g a t what t h e y have l e f t us. The program w i l l v i s i t t h e l a r g e s t a n c i e n t pyramids i n t h e Americas i n Mexico City, analyze t h e i n t r i c a t e stone work i n t h e Yucatan, and e x p l o r e t h e j u n g l e c i t y o f T i k a l i n t h e Guatemalan r a i n f o r e s t . The impact o f Spanish c o l o n i a l r u l e on these s o c i e t i e s w i l l be observed by v i s i t i n g c o l o n i a l s i t e s i n Mexico and b e a u t i f u l , volcano-surrounded Antigua i n Guatemala. The c o s t w i l l be $975. b a s i s only. O p t i o n A: D i s t r i b u t i o n : Yes Prerequisites: Option B: Grading on a Pass/No c r e d i t Foreign Language Foreign Language 76181 76381 1 term o f c o l l e g e Spanish o r e q u i v a l e n t I n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y 60381 No p r e r e q u i s i t e s and no d i s t r i b u t i o n . SOME MATHEMATICAL ASPECTS OF MUSIC MATHEMATICS 61 130 I n s t r u c t o r : Ben Cooper I n t h i s course we w i l l examine some o f t h e evidence f o r the often-expressed f e e l i n g t h a t music and mathematics a r e somehow r e l a t e d . A c t u a l l y , t h e r e a r e two kinds o f contact: (1) d i r e c t a p p l i c a t i o n s o f mathematics t o t h e rudiments o r foundations o f music, i n c l u d i n g such t o p i c s as t h e mathematics o f acoustics, tempered tuning, and t h e geometry i n h e r e n t i n t h e r u l e s o f twelve-tone composition; ( 2 ) analogies between t h e ways composers and mathematicians c r e a t e and evaluate t h e i r work, i n c l u d i n g such t o p i c s as the composition o f canons, p r o b a b i l i s t i c t h e o r i e s as t o what c o n s t i t u t e s s t y l e , and a e s t h e t i c t h e o r i e s promulgated by composers who c l a i m t o be i n s p i r e d by mathematics. Grades w i l l be based on homework exercises, most l i k e l y algebraic, geometric, and p r o b a b i l i s t i c problems, f o r which t h e necessary mathematics w i l l be developed i n class. P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Music 101 o r equivalent; some bighschool a1 gebra. Distribution: 7 : I Yes Room: Main 27 INTRODUCTION TO MICROPROCESSOR MATHEMATICS 61365 Instructor: James L. Johnson With t h e advent o f Large Scale Integrations (LSI) technology, i t has become possible to pack all o f t h e control and logic functions of a computer on a few small sol i d - s t a t e '"hips". T h i s arrangement i s commonly cal led a micro-processor. The course wi 11 , a s time permits, investigate t h e following features o f microprocessors: (i ) d i g i t a l components involved; (ii) system super-structure f o r bussing data among these components; (i ii ) p r o g r a m i n g techniques The course wi I 1 i nc1 ude imp1 emen t a t i on o f certain microprocessor configurations with d i g i t a l "chips". Grades will be based on four laboratory assignments and a . final exam. Prerequisites: Introductory programming course or permission of instructor Distribution: No Time: I1 Room: Science 205 MUSICAL THERAPY: A CLINICAL OVERVIEW MUSIC 821 10 I n s t r u c t o r : Roberta M e t z l e r V i s i t a t i o n t o approximately 10 music therapy c l i n i c a l s i t e s and f a c i 1it i e s deal i n g w i t h handicapped i n d i v i d u a l s i n Minnesota. P o s s i b i l i t y o f an o v e r n i g h t t r i p t o a neighboring s t a t e . Classroom discussion o f basics i n the f i e l d o f music therapy. Designed f o r both music therapy undergraduate students as we1 1 as non-therapy majors. - $10.00 f e e t o cover c o s t o f t r a n s p o r t a t i o n . Need f o r f l e x i b i l i t y i n time, as some t r i p s w i 11 be scheduled i n morning, afternoon, e n t i r e day, p.erhaps overnight. ( P r e v i o u s l y offered as I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Music Therapy) Prerequisites: Time: None I Room: Music 4 AMERICAN WIND & PERCUSSION MUSIC FOR AMATEURS MUSIC 82117 Instructor: L a r r y Tal lman T h i s course i s designed f o r students w i t h i n t e r e s t i n instrumental music, b u t w i t h very 1 it t l e p r a c t i c a l background. The c l a s s w i l l study and perform music f o r various combinations o f wind and percussion instruments by American Composers. Solo and ensemble works w i l l be determined by t h e instruments represented i n t h e c l a s s . Amateur performance a b i l i t y on any wind o r percussion instrument i s t h e o n l y p r e r e q u i s i t e . Grading w i l l be based upon p l a y i n g and mental aspects shown w i t h i n t h e class. Distribution: Time: I Yes Room: Music 5 THE ENJOYMENT OF MUSIC MUSIC 82231 Instructor: . Steve Gabrielson The development of western music through t h e study o f s e l e c t e d works o f g r e a t composers from each p e r i o d . Grades w i l l be assigned on t h e b a s i s o f r e c o r d - l i s t e n i n g t e s t s and reading assignments. Prerequi s i t e s : Distribution: Time: I1 None Yes Room: Music 5 TRENDS AND ISSUES IN NURSING NURSING 81320 I n s t r u c t o r s : Carol Hoffman Nancy Ma1colm T h i s course i s intended t o g i v e students a broad p e r s p e c t i v e by i n t r o d u c i n g c u r r e n t t r e n d s and issues i n h e a l t h care and t h e p r o f e s s i o n o f nursing. Many o f t h e issues t o be examined a r e c o n t r o v e r s i a l , . a r e r e l e v a n t t o c u r r e n t p r a c t i c e and have p o t e n t i a l f o r f a r - r e a c h i n g e f f e c t s i n h e a l t h care. Students w i 11 be graded on group p r e s e n t a t i o n s and on w r i t t e n examinations . Prerequisites: Time: I Admission t o Augsburg Nursing Program o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r Room: Science 213 TOPICS IN SCIENCE AND RELIGION: OR ADAM HAD ATOMS PHILOSOPHY 831 35 I n s t r u c t o r : Kenneth B a i l e y T h i s course w i l l consider some o f t h e areas o f c o n f l i c t , whether r e a l o r otherwise, between s c i e n t i f i c and r e l i g i o u s thought. I t w i l l be l a r g e l y a d i s c u s s i o n course, based upon assigned readings. C h i e f l y , we w i l l be concerned w i t h t h e q u e s t i o n o f whether a r e 1 i g i o u s p o i n t o f view can reasonably be maintained i n a s c i e n t i f i c m i l i e u , and, i f so, what form(s) i t m i g h t take. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I1 None Yes Room: Main 25 UNDERSTANDING THE WEATHER PHYSICS 84161 . I n s t r u c t o r : Kenneth Erickson An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e e a r t h ' s weather, i t s causes and character. Designed f o r those i n t e r e s t e d i n weather and weather p r e d i c t i o n , t h i s course seeks t o p r o v i d e students w i t h an understanding of the basfc science p r i n c i pl es r e q u i r e d f o r understanding weat her. I t i s also hoped t h a t students w i l l g a i n an apprecigt i o n f o r t h e o v e r a l l weather p a t t e r n s o f t h e e a r t h and f o r the many and v a r i e d aspects o f weather, i n c l u d i n g t h e i n f l u e n c e weather has on the e a r t h ' s i n h a b i t a n t s . Topics t o be discussed i n c l ude: t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f sun, e a r t h and atmosphere; important p h y s i c a l q u a n t i t i e s such as temperature and pressure; clouds and preci p i t a t i on ; unusual condi t i ons Iike tornados and hurricanes; techniques and i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n f o r weather m o n i t o r i n g and c o n t r o l ; and t h e i n f l u e n c e o f weather on p o l l u t i o n . The atmospheres o f some o f t h e o t h e r p l a n e t s i n our s o l a r system w i l l a l s o be reviewed. The study o f o t h e r p l a n e t a r y atmospheres i s a v a r i a b l e a d j u n c t t o t h e study o f t h e e a r t h ' s atmosphere. By comparing observations o f t h e d i f f e r e n t p l a n e t s i t i s p o s s i b l e t o g a i n new i n s i g h t s i n t o t h e manner i n which atmospheric motions, f o r example, depend on the rate o f r o t a t i o n of t h e planets, on t h e d i s t a n c e f r o m t h e sun, and on t h e composition o f t h e atmosphere. Laboratory exercises and experiments w i l l be an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e course. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I High School Algebra Yes Room: Science 22 NUCLEAR RADIATION PHYSICS: OAK RIDGE SCIENCE MINIMESTER PHYSICS 84322 Instructor: Kernji t Paul son A study of nuclear radiation w i t h emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience f o r the individual student. The course will consist of (1 ) introductory work on radiation detection and measurement (physical science applications) a t Augsburg, ( 2 ) participation in the 1979 Oak Ridge Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity t o design h i s or her course of study from projects i n nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, radioecology, health physics, and radio1 ogi cal safety, and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back a t Augsburg. The course i s a cooperative venture w i t h Oak Ridge Associated Universities--Professional Training Programs, and i s the only opportunity of i t s kind i n the United States. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee u t i l i z i n g the instructional s t a f f and laboratory f a c i l i t i e s of ORAU. These faci 1i t i e s provide the opportunity f o r laboratory experience not normally available t o undergraduate students. Time will be available t o tour the area including the national laboratory and a l s o special energy related 1ectures, featuring s c i e n t i s t s from the national laboratory, will be presented t o the Science Minimester Participants. The cost is approximately $200. Prerequisites: Consent of Instructor Distribution: Time: I Yes Room: Science 30 MEDIA AND POLITICS I N BRITAIN AND EUROPE SPEECH 98344 POLITICAL SCIENCE 85344 I n s t r u c t o r : M i l d a Hedblom T r a v e l t o t h r e e major c a p i t a l s - London, Brussels, and P a r i s - w i l l i n c l u d e study o f t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p s between mass media and p o l i t i c s i n each n a t i o n a l community as we1 1 as i n t h e emerging European community centered i n Belgium. The t e m p t a t i o n t o censor, t h e c a p a c i t y t o i n f l u e n c e , t h e p o t e n t i a l f o r abuse make t h e mass media a s u b j e c t o f i n t e n s e i n t e r e s t t o p r i v a t e c i t i z e n and p u b l i c o f f i c i a l a l i k e . Purpose w i l l be t o understand t h e content, e f f e c t s , uses and p o l i t i c a l r e g u l a t i o n o f mass media through i n t e n s i v e discussions w i t h j o u r n a l i s t s , p o l i t i c i a n s and r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s o f media systems i n each l o c a t i o n . Grade w i l l be based on p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n course events, submission o f a j o u r n a l o r completion (upon r e t u r n ) o f a course r e l a t e d paper o r p r o j e c t . The c o s t i s $1,095.00. Prerequi s it e s : None Distribution: Yes PSYCHOLOGY 861 30186330 I n s t r u c t o r : Grace Dyrud The devel opment o f t h e young c h i 1 d ' s r e p r e s e n t a t i o n of events, w i t h stages and examples i n language, reasoning and judgement. Objectives i n c l u d e p r i n c i p l e s and a p p l i c a t i o n . Two four hours o f class per week w i l l be spent i n a c h i l d care f a c i l i t y . Evaluation w i l l be based on t e s t s , ( o b j e c t i v e and short essay); report on child care f a c i l i t y ; a c h i l d study and 1 book review f o r lower d i v i s i o n c r e d i t . f o r upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t , a l l above assignments p l u s 2 a d d i t i o n a l book ' reviews ( a p l a n f o r a program o r f a c i l i t y may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 1 book review) and a more complex c h i l d study w i l l be required. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: None Yes Room: Music 23 I1 YOUR PERSONALITY AND ITS MEASUREMENT PSYCHOLOGY 861 55 I n s t r u c t o r : L y l a M. Anderegg - Temperament, character, a t t i t u d e , mood, t r a i t and preference ...these a r e some o f t h e elements thought o f as c h a r a c t e r i z i n g your personal ity. Through the use o f survey, i n v e n t o r y , s e l f - r e p o r t , c h e c k l i s t , preference sc9edul es and o t h e r means, i n v e s t i g a t i o n and e v a l u a t i o n o f your p e r s o n a l i t y w i l l be undertaken. Evaluation w i l l be by t e s t s and papers. Prerequi s i t e s : Psycho1ogy 105 Distribution: Time: Summer No SENSING, PERCEIVING, KNOWING PSYCHOLOGY 86251 I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Marken An ecologTca1 l y o r i e n t e d approach t o t h e study o f perceptual sys terns. Emphasi s on how nervous systems process environmental i n f o r m a t i o n and how t h i s processing r e l a t e s t o t h e adaptive behavior and s u b j e c t i v e experience of organisms. Topics covered i n c l u d e methods o f perceptual measurement, sensory coding, p a t t e r n r e c o g n i t i o n , adaptation t o novel environments (such as o u t e r space), c o g n i t i o n , a r t i f i c i a l i n t e l l i g e n c e and the consequences o f anomalous perception (1 earning d i s o r d e r s , mental i l l n e s s and i l l u s i o n ) . E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on t e s t s (probably 2 ) and a term paper. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I None Yes Room: Music 23 THE WORLD BECAME FLESH: THEOLOGICAL VALUES INCORPORATED AS AUGSBURG COLLEGE RELIGION 87326 Instructor: Eugene'M. Skibbe This course will lead the student into a study of Augsburg Coll ege as an institutional articulation and ~, e r. o e t u a ton i o f values. Basic t e x t materi a1 will be Carl Chrislockas From Fjord t o Freewa , Dave Wood's Telling --Talesmn h 0 0 l d sel e c t primary source materi a1 The the01o q i cal b a s i s , h i s t o r i c a l development, types o f ~hristian h i g h e r education, nature of values and value aggregates, the future o f values as relates t o Augsburg College will be some o f the problenis exam3 ned. The study w i 1l be carried o u t by means o f lectures, speakers, discussion, a research project (paper) and several exams. . Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I Religion 111 or 221 Yes Room: Music 25 - CHRISTIAN WORSHIP ITS THEOLOGY AND HISTORY RELIGION 87369 I n s t r u c t o r : Charles Anderson A study o f t h e o r i g i n and development, theology and phenomenology o f C h r i s t i a n worship. Current forms w i l l be analyzed and observed. Special a t t e n t i o n w i l l be given t o t h e most f o r m a t i v e o f t h e t r a d i t i o n s , e.g. t h e Mass o f t h e Roman C a t h o l i c Church, and t h e v a r i o u s Reformation r i t e s . Lectures, discussion, v i s i t s t o contemporary services, and e x t e n s i v e reading. Eva1 u a t i o n on c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n , course p r o j e c t and research paper o r examination. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I1 R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 Yes Room : Science 22 PRACTICUM I N H U M A N SERVICES SOCIAL WORK 95257 Instructor: Staff Freshmen and sophomores! Are you a helping person? Would you like t o experjence human service i n a social agency? ThSs course will provide f o r you t h e opportunity t o serve as a volunteer in a real human Students w i 11 sel e c t pl accrnents s e r v i c e s e t t i ng requiring t h i r t y hours a week as volunteers. Students should meet w i t h various human service professionals to observe and discuss service delivery. On-campus weekly rev?ew conferences and supparti ve academic work w i 1 l integrate t h e practicum. This experience s h o u l d h e l p s t u d e n t s decide whether or n o t t o pursue human services education during t h e remainder o f their - . college careers. Students registering f o r t h i s course will be asked to meet with instructors early in December to arrange f o r placements. Prerequisites: Time: I None Room: Main 25 EGYPT: SOCIAL SERVICES AND PUBLIC POLICIES I N A DEVELOPING COUNTRY SOCIAL WORK 95470 I n s t r u c t o r : Doug P e r r y A s t u d y o f s o c i a l s e r v i c e s and p o l i c i e s o f a developi n g c o u n t r y framed i n t h e c u l t u r e o f an a n c i e n t c i v i l i z a t i o n . L e c t u r e s a t E g y p t i a n u n i v e r s i t i e s and o n - s i t e a t s o c i a l s e r v i c e s , v i s i t s t o modern and a n c i e n t communities from Aswan on t h e m i d d l e N i l e t o A l e x a n d r i a on t h e Mediterranean, a day w i t h E g y p t i a n f a m i l i e s . E g y p t ' s r i c h works o f a r t and monuments o f h i s t o r y w i l l be i n c l u d e d , as w i l l a s t o p t o l o o k a t t h e marine l i f e o f t h e Red Sea. A r a r e o p p o r t u n i t y t o view a modern c o u n t r y d e v e l o p i n g o u t o f " t h e Cradle o f C i v i l i z a t i o n . " Grading w i l l be on a Pass/No C r e d i t b a s i s and based on p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n course events and submission o f a log. The c o s t w i l l be $1,250.00 ' MORAL/POLITICAL MEDICAL ISSUES OF ABORTION SOCIAL WORK 95400 I n s t r u c t o r : Edwina Hertzberg Here i s an o p p o r t u n i t y t o examine i n an academic f a s h i o n the many f a c e t s o f t h i s c o n t r o v e r s i a l question. There w i 11 be selected readings, f a c u l t y and guest l e c t u r e s . Students w i l l be expected t o master reading and assignments and t o submit a f i n a l research paper on one o f t h e component o f the s u b j e c t . Non-social work majors a r e welcome. This course c a r r i e s o n l y 1/2 course c r e d i t . Students wishing an c r a m i n independent work addi t i onal 1/=curse should c o n s u l t t h e i n s t r u c t o r before t h e beginning o f interim. Prerequisites: Time: J u n i o r standing o r permission o f instructor I 1 (January 3-15) Room: Music 25 FIELD WORK Ill SOCIAL WORK 95466 I n s t r u c t o r : Edwina Hertzberg T h i s course i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n o f e d u c a t i o n a l l y focused f i e l d placement i n a s o c i a l s e r v i c e agency ( F i e l d Work 11). Students w i 11 spend 15 hours per week i n f i e l d placement, plus one hour p e r week i n f a c u l t y f a c i l it a t e d s u p p o r t i v e seminar h e l d on campus. W r i t t e n e ~ a l ~ q t i o nwsi l l be made by the F i e l d Work I n s t r u c t o r using p r e v i o u s l y developed c o n t r a c t and s o c i a l work e v a l u a t i o n forms. 1/2 course c r e d i t . This course c a r r i e s o n l y P r e r e q u i s i tes: Time: 4:OO-5:00 F i e l d Work I 1 Room: Music 25 SOCIOLOGY 941 21 I n s t r u c t o r : Robert W. Grams Both t h e p o p u l a r press and i n f o r m a l d i s c u s s i o n s suggest an increased concern about t h e v i a b i l i t y o f o u r i n s t i t u t i o n s and s o c i a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s . One c o n s t a n t l y hears about t h e l a c k o f cohesiveness o f f a m i l i e s , t h e dehumanizing e f f e c t s o f l a r g e o r g a n i z a t i o n s , problems r e g a r d i n g t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n o f w e a l t h and p o l i t i c a l power, t h e mounting c r i m e . rate, the i n a b i l i t y o f our i n s t i t u t i o n s t o r e h a b i l i t a t e c r i m i n a l s , and so f o r t h . The course p r o v i d e s an overview o f what t h e s o c i o l o g i s t has t o o f f e r i n r e g a r d t o such issues. More s p e c i f i c a l l y , t h e course c o n s i s t s o f a s e t o f u n i t s -- each o f w h i c h p r o v i d e s an overview o f t h e s o c i o l o g i s t ' s a n a l y s i s o f some aspect o f s o c i a l l i f e . Each u n i t w i l l be approached through a combination o f l e c t u r e s , r e a d i n g s , d i s c u s s i o n s and assignments designed t o h e l p t h e s t u d e n t a p p l y what i s b e i n g l e a r n e d . Student grades w i l l be based on t e s t s c o n s i s t i n g o f b o t h " o b j e c t i v e " and essay q u e s t i o n s . Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: I1 None Yes Room: Main 28 NEIGHBORHOODS: "DOWN AND OUT" OR "UP AND SOCIOLOGY 9421 9/94319 Instructor: Garry W. Hesser Currently b o t h p u b l i c and p r i v a t e activities are stressi ng t h e central importance o f "nei ghborhoods" a s t h e key do the survival and resurgence of the c i t y . T h i s course, will utilize the Twin Cities and persons currently engaged in neighborhood processes in order t o assess whether renewed neighborhood a c t i v i t y is a "last gasp" before the obituary or a renaissance o f new hope for the central c i t y . Upper d i v i s i o n credit may be obtained by more e x t e n s i v e analysis o f information on neighborhoods. Students will investigate one neighborhood, w r i t i n g a paper for thejr primary synthesis o f t h e concepts and methodology associated w i t h t h e course. In addition, there will be discussion evaluations and one "mid-term" exam. Prerequisites : None Di stri buti on: Urban requirement Time: I Room: Main 18 SOCIOLOGY 9431 0 I n s t r u c t o r : Gordon Nelson A study o f Twin C i t i e s e t h n i c neighborhoods as a l o c u s o f community i n m e t r o p o l i t a n l i f e . During h i s campaign f o r t h e Presidency, Jimmy C a r t e r i n t i m a t e d t h a t t h e r e m i g h t be some value i n t h e p r e s e r v a t i o n o f e t h n i c " p u r i t y " i n urban neighborhoods. By f o c u s i n g on l o c a l e t h n i c neighborhoods, t h e course w i l l attempt t o understand what C a r t e r m i g h t have meant and why h i s statement generated so much controversy. T h i s course w i l l i n c l u d e f i e l d t r i p s , readings i n t h e s o c i o l o g y o f community and e t h n i c i t y , group p r o j e c t s , and a f i n a l examination. P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Sociology 121 Distribution: Time: I Urban requirement Room: Main 28 THE URBAN EXPERIENCE I N THE FAR WEST: FROM PIONEER CITY TO MODERN METROPOLIS 3C SOCIOLOGY 9431 5 Instructor: Joel Torstenson a 2 This course provides an opportunity to experience the functions, forms, images and issues of the c i t i e s of the f a r west, particularly Seattle, San Francisco, Los Angeles and Phoenix. In addition to preparatory lectures and readings, students will be provided guided tours, audio visual presentations and v i s i t s with urban planners and urbanologists in each of these four c i t i e s . a1 c Students will be required to maintain a journal/log of urban learning experiences and to prepare essays on major questions presented a t the beginning of the course. The essays and log must be ready the final day of class. Grading will be on a Pass/ No c r e d i t basis only. rm Prerequisites: Membership in Augsburg touring choir. Distribution: Urban requirement OTHER COURSES These courses a r e o f f e r e d by i n s t i t u t i o n s o r groups n o t connected w i t h Augsburg b u t have been approved f o r c r e d i t by t h e c o l l e g e . Most c a r r y a t u i t i o n c o s t p l u s o t h e r expenses which a r e t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o f t h e student. F u l l e r d e s c r i p t i o n s and d e t a i l s f o r r e g i s t e r i n g are available i n the Interim O f f i c e o f t h e College. 55106 SKI INTERIM (Park City, Utah) A comprehens i ve program i n v o l v i ng 1essons and seminars f o r a l l from novices t o experts. A package f e e o f $565 includes e v e r y t h i n g except meals and t r a n s p o r t a t i o n t o Utah. 58120, 58208 Three courses a r e o f f e r e d by Wilderness on t h e edge o f t h e Boundary Waters Canoe Area i n Nothern Minnesota. One course (Northwoods L i f e S t y l e ) w i l l be l e d by Richard Hanson o f Luther College. T o t a l c o s t f o r e v e r y t h i n g b u t t r a n s p o r t a t i o n t o t h e Wilderness s i t e w i l l be from $250 t o $300. 85399 Washington I n t e r i m A study i n t e r n s h i p program i n Washington D.C. i n connection w i t h t h e Washington Center f o r Learning A1 t e r n a t i v e s . I n f o r m a t i o n on p r o j e c t s , housing and finances from Professor Hedblom i n Memorial 117A. I t i s t h e p o l i c y o f Augsburg College n o t t o d i s c r i m i n a t e on t h e b a s i s o f race, creed, n a t i o n a l o r e t h n i c o r i g i n , age, m a r i t a l s t a t u s , sex o r handicap as r e q u i r e d by T i t l e I X o f t h e 1972 Educational Amendments o r S e c t i o n 504 o f t h e R e h a b i l i t a t i o n A c t o f 1973 as amended i n i t s admissions p o l i c i e s , educational programs, a c t i v i t i e s and employment p r a c t i c e s . lei br vi tt e: e ar e: ar UC wi PE 'eF C nc
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1979-1980
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsblurg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirement...
Show more This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsblurg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic policies contained in this publication. If questions arise concerningany matterpub1ishedherein;the student should consult with a faculty adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Table of C o n t e n t s PAGE 4, GLOSSARY OF TERMS PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE PAGE 10, CAMPUS MAP PAGE 12, THE PHYSICAL PLANT PAGE 14, ACADEMIC LlFE PAGE 23, STUDENT LlFE PAGE 29, ADMISSION T O THE COLLEGE PAGE 33, FINANCIAL AID PAGE 42, EXPENSES PAGE 45, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION PAGE 52, GENERAL INFORMATION PAGE 54, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS PAGE 142, FACULTY PAGE 151, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL PAGE 153, INDEX PAGE 155, ACADEMIC CALENDAR Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College catalog i s designed togive you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College. Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar to you. We hopethe following brief definitions will be helpful. ACADEMIC COURSE .......... The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize school and college. ............. A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as "Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the interim i n January. Thirty-five courses are required for graduation. MAJOR ............. .A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 20 departments. MINOR.. .......... ..A concentration in a field or study in less depth than the major. ELECTIVE FEE .......... ..A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the student from any college department as his or her interests dictate. .................. Charges LOAN made by the College for special services such as laboratory equipment or locker rental. ...............Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See "Financial Aid." SCHOLARSHIP ...... .Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial need of the student. There i s no obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid. SEMESTER.. ......... .The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks in length and the interim is 4 weeks. PREREQUISITE ...... .A course which a student i s required to complete before another one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or another department. Introduction Few liberal arts colleges combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg i s one of the few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both. The small college atmosphere enables you to be a participant or a spectator at a variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are regularly available to you on campus, as are intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs. Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been established by the Student Government to oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal is neither self-serving nor self-sustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of Christ on the Augsburg campus. You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude to design a portion of your own education. At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are central. The college follows the calendar known as the "4-1-4." In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole range of human knowledge. The liberal arts education, however, i s more than an education of knowledge from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration i s necessary in your chosen field. You may choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg i s in the center of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and activities is available to enrich your education, if you choose. You may select an evening at the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at any of the many galleries or coffee houses. You might spend an afternoon touring the Minneapolis Institute of Arts. You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear in the Twin Cities. There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports are also available - the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, and the Kicks. Thus, we feel Augsburg is a distinctive combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body and a remarkable location. The College Identification Augsburg is afour-year liberal artscollege affiliated with the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 years ago, Augsburg celebrated i t s centennial in 1969 and i s i n its second century of Christian higher education. The current student body of over 1600 i s largely of Lutheran background though many denominations are represented on campus. About 65% are residentstudents, while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area. Reaching the Twin Cities i s easy. Several major airlines provide daily service t o Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including United, Northwest Orient, Eastern, Braniff, North Central, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. The Augsburg campus i s just five minutes east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section of this catalog.) History Location You and your education will have the option of benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available t o you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center, and many other galleries. Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1872. The first college students were enrolled i n 1874 and the first college graduation was held in 1879. The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types. The Twin Cities also appear regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists. The school was officially named Augsburg College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St. Paul that same year. A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters in the area such as the nationally known Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, the O l d Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen Dinner Theater. Nature and Objectives Recreational activities abound. You can play tennis at parks near the campus or swim in one of the many area lakes. In the winter you may join other students o n skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around. Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of the American Lutheran Church. It i s committed t o an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of the Christian faith. Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g primary objectives: To expose students to a wide variety o f ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to become proficient i n onearea or major. Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C. t o h e l p students understand t h e Christian faith i n relation to the contemporary world. The College and i t s faculty subscribe t o the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulagated by the American Association of American Colleges. to develop students' love o f learning and their faculties o f reason, criticism, curiosity a n d imagination b y encouraging and maintaining academic excellence. to increase students' understanding o f the urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities o f the modern city. to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them i n discovering the occupational opportunities which exist for them. to assist students i n their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage them to develop attitudes and qualities o f character compatible with the Christian faith. Policies It i s the policy of Augsburg College not t o discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX may be directed t o Charles Gerster, Science Hall, Room 139, or Marianne Sander, Memorial Hall, (332-5181), or t o the Director of the Office for Civil Rights, Department of The Campus Augsburg's campus is located i n the heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." The College currently has 16 major buildings with a number of cottage housing units that are very popular with the students. The University of Minnesota and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's are adjacent t o the campus. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in the following associations that set standards by which excellence i s judged: North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society Visiting the Campus The purpose of the campus visit is t o permit students t o learn, first-hand, about t h e College program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity to exchange information vital i n the process o T - T e r e a K - aTdtege and i n making admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not mandatory. of the faculty and to attend classes, Monday through Friday, when school is in session. Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an interview are asked to write for an appointment or call the office (332-5181). Preferred times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to meet with a member School, church, and other groups are welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office o f Admissions, A u g s b u r g College, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55454. DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and left again t o 21st Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.) If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. ,< - \.- .-' .Z Campus Guide A. B. C. D. E. 1. Admissions House 2. West Hall 3. Library 4. Science Hall 5. O l d Main 6. Mortensen Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. The Quadrangle 10. Memorial Hall 11. Art Studio and Art Annex 12. O l d Music Hall 13. Si Melby Hall 14. Augsburg College Ice Arena 15. Little Theatre (Speech and Drama) 16. East Hall 17. Music Hall 18. Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center - Olivet Hall (not shown; located south of the campus o n Franklin Avenue) Admissions Parking Student Parking Murphy Square Faculty-Staff Parking Fairview-St.*Mary's Parking Ramp Offices Admissions (628 21st Ave. 5.) Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor) Augsburgian (College Center ground floor) Auxiliary Program (Memorial 1st floor) Bookstore (College Center 1st floor) Business Affairs (Science 139) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor) Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor) C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor) Data Processing (Science 32) Dean of the College (Science 135) Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor) ECHO (College Center ground floor) Financial Services (Science 156) Housing (Memorial 1st floor) Interim Director (Science 135) Internship Office (Science 135) Little Theatre (Speech Building) News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor) Personnel Office (Science 139) Plant Services (Science 156) President's Office (Memorial 1st floor) Printing and Mailing (Science 9) Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor) Publications (Memorial 2nd floor) Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor) Registrar (Science 114) S.O.S. (College Center Office) Special Programs (Science 135) Student Government (College Center Office) Student Programs (College Center Office) Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor) Summer School Office (Science 135) Treasurer's Office (Science 147) The Physical Plant Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located i n relation t o each other. Following i s a brief description of each building. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. offices for the music faculty and a 217-seat recital hall. The Speech and Drama Building, was acquired in 1959 and remodeled for dramatic and other speech activities. Science Hall, erected i n 1948-49, includes general administration offices; the Computer Center; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof of Science Hall was completed in the summer of 1960. The Augsburg College Center, completed in 1967, is a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which i s the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and a coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore i s also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided i n this three-story building containing 55,000 square feet of space. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated i n 1955. Adjaceant t o Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it provides excellent resources for research and study. It contains reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. Urness Tower, completed in 1967, i s an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 students. The building was named i n honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building i s that each floor i s considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J.S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building houses about 60 students and provides space for several faculty and administrative otfices. The Music Hall, erected in 1978, is the newest building on the campus. It contains classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, a music library, practice studios, Mortensen Tower, erected i n 1973, named in honor of M i s s Gerda Mortensen,.dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964, contains 104 one and twobedroom apartments providing housing for 312 upperclass students. A spacious lounge area as well as conference rooms are located i n this building. - - The Art Studio Building, dedicated in 1964, houses the Department of Art on its two floors. West Hall, i s an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It provides excellent housing for married students. Annex Houses, located in the campus area p r o v i d e accommodations f o r students, faculty, and staff members. The Admissions House, located at 628-21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their parents. The Ice Arena, built in 1974, provides two large skating areas for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. It is used for hockey, recreational skating, and figure skating. Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern well-equipped college which aims to provide its students with a broad liberal arts education as well as prepare them for a career. A strong academic program in the arts and sciences and in theology is available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as engineering, medicine, law and t h e Christian ministry i s offered. The College prepares students for graduate study in several disciplines. Preparation f o r careers i n business, communications, medical technology, music, nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and teaching is available. Augsburg seeks t o assist its students through their academic experience t o better understand themselves and the world and to equip them t o serve accordi n g t o their individual interests and abilities. The Student as Learner A great deal has been written during the last few years describing the responsibilities of a college to i t s students. Augsburg recognizes its task to provide consistently high quality opportunities for learning along with support systems which enhance the teaching-learning process. Learning is not, however, a commodity which can be purchased. It i s not equal t o simply buying so many courses and being exposed to the activities of professors. Learning involves t h e solitary i n n e r struggle of the student who investigates, analyzes and synthesizes the materials and insights offered. When these have become one's own and when the learner moves on to new personal insights, then learning has taken place. Both the school and the student have responsibilities i n this process. Neither party can elude its basic task. Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty who try t o take a personal interest i n their students. The student-faculty ratio i s approximately 15.5 t o 1, with class size averaging 25 or less. Augsburg faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual problems. They often join students in discussing the political climate, comparing notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the latest sports victory while having coffee. Library Services Augsburg has a well-equipped library. A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place t o study. The main library, centrally located next to the Science Hall, houses over 150,000volumes including books, periodicals, records and various other media. The Music and Chemistry libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access to over a million volumes i s available via daily interloan and courier service among the seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible t o the Augsburg faculty and students. A service-dedicated staff p r o v i d e s students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance i n pursuing term paper topics, and directions t o other local sources of information, The AV Center of the Library provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings are available f o r b o t h f a c u l t y and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods; film bibliographies and other advice o n materials selection are also available. The 4-1-4 Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters are separated by a 4week interim in January. During each semester the student generally enrolls i n four courses; during the interim concentration i s on one subject. The interim period is an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an arena of learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged in this change from the general academic schedule. Interest i n music may take form in the study and presentation of a concert program. Interest i n people may find form i n the study and participation i n activities of a social agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies provide opportunities for those interested' i n communications. Whether your interests are sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the opportunity t o experience and experiment while learning. General Education Requirements Distribution requirements for graduation are minimal, affording the student considerable f r e e d o m i n t h e choice o f courses. A student seeking a liberal arts education would probably choose many of them even if they were not required. I n the humanities area, students may select courses i n literature, philosophy, art, music, foreign languages, speech, drama, and religion. Science courses may be chosen f r o m biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics. Courses in social and behavioral sciences are offered i n science, psychology and sociology. Proficiency in English writing must be demonstrated. O n e course f r o m an approved list of courses containing an emphasis on urban concerns i s required as is also proficiency in two lifetime sports. For details on general education requirements see under Academic Administration. Majors Augsburg offers the following majors: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communications Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering English French German Health Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing Philosophy wide scope of courses in the natural and social sciences, in the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future professional study. many graduate schools consider the grade P/N given for a course as a "C". This information may help students in planning their class schedules. Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg Pre-Medicine at Augsburg English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124; Psychology, 1 course. Biology 111, 112, 355; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; English Ill, and one or more writing and literature courses; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122; Biochemistry 367; sociology, behavioral sciences and humanities, 5 courses. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Requirements have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the Universityof Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering at Augsburg Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science and the Michigan Technological University. See under Engineering for information on the course requirements in this Three-Two Plan of studies. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the Medical School of the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Programs have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the Medical School of the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg Pre-Law at Augsburg Students planning to pursue a career in law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. Early consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, is strongly suggested. Students may wish to take the political science course, Law in the United States, to help determine whether they possess an interest in law. Since law schools encourage students to maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student should be aware that Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351, 352; Economics 122,123; English 111, and a second course; Health Ed. 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122. Electives to fulfill the 60 semester-hour requirements should be chosen from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the bulletins published by the College of Pharmacy of your choice. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. This two-year program has been designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary at Augsburg One may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, e.g., history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, religion. The student planning t o enter seminary should include Religion 111, 221 among the courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum should include at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization) and one or more courses i n the history of philosophy. It should also include Greek in the junior and/or senior year. . Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center. Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access t o over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 150,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities. Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee i s required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect t o English, 2 courses; Mathematics 124; participate in the cooperative program t o Public Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology Ill, gain new perspectives, t o get better acquainted with the other schools, or t o 112; Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1 undertake a specific course or major not course; artistic expression, 2 courses (art, offered on the home campus. The colliterature, music, humanities, theater, and leges have coordinated calendars. The upper division foreign languages); aninterim term may also be taken o n t h r o p o l o g y , economics, geography, another campus. A regularly scheduled history, political science, psychology, and bus shuttles students b e t w e e n t h e sociology courses to fulfill the remainder campuses. of the distribution requir,ements. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed t o fulfill the minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges i n planning study opportunities for the January interim. For example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim program is new each year, the Interim Director should be consulted regarding planned programs. The Higher Education Consortium. This Computer Programming. Augsburg and group is composed of colleges and uniControl Data Institute have an arrangeversities i n Minnesota, Iowa and South ment whereby students may transfer the Dakota. Planned activities include inequivalent of three courses in computer novative curricular programsfor students, programming taken at CDI to Augsburg interchange and sharing of academic perCollege. sonnel and o t h e r college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign Affiliation with School of Nursing. Nursstudy, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban ing students in the school of nursing at affairs conference, and development of Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive inprograms consistent with the needs and struction in biology, chemistry, and other resources of the community organiza~ basic courses at Augsburg. Applications tions of the Upper Midwest. for admission t o the school of nursing should be made directly t o the hospital. Chemical Dependency Program. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted i n the establishment of a four-year program i n social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program i s designed t o train specialists to help professional people i n dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR). These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison,Trevillaof Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation centers. The response o f students involved in the courses, both from Augsb u r g and t h e institutions, has been extremely favorable. Medical Technology. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers w o r k which enables qualified students t o receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final twelve-month program i s completed at one of the three hospitals when the student i s accepted by the participating hospital for i t s program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by the hospitals. Engineering. Affiliation with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan, enables a student t o receive the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, in a five-year program. The first three years are spent at Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated university. Corrective Therapy. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Minnesota Veterans' Home, is available to students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. wishes t o participate i n an international program. Admission t o this program requires an application t o b e approved by t h e director of 'the program. Application should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average overall. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult w i t h t h e Director regarding proper sequence of courses. Student Project for Amity Among Nations. Augsburg participates i n the SPAN program. This i s a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges i n the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them t o spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. Antioch-Minneapolis Communiversity. Students at A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e a n d Antioch-Minneapolis Communiversity, a metropolitan school emphasizing experiential-based learning, may take classes at each other's campuses under certain m u t u a l l y satisfactory arrangements. Interested persons should contact the Academic Dean. While Augsburg not Reserved Officers Training programs for the various armed services of the United States, such programs are available i n the area and may be pursued by Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from the Director of International Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it i s wise to apply in the fall prior t o the year one Semester or Year Abroad. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway; schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the lnstitute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon in France; The Goethe Institute in Germany; the University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval i n Quebec. In addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburgstudents may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term, and through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs i n Columbia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type o f study must be approved before departure by the Director of International Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or t o satisfy some of the general education requirements. Summer School. Again there i s a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Re- cently Augsburg students have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean of the Faculty. New Dimensions Program Interim. Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. Honors Program The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed t o provide opportunities for qualified students to pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors student forums and options in completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Milda Hedblom, Honors Director. lnternship Program The lnternship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students in almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks to The New Dimensions Program i s for adults who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure, on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special course to ease the transition to academic life. The transitional course, "The Adult Student: Issues and Challenges," i s offered several times a year. It includes selfassessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and family problems arisingfrom the return to school. The course enables returning adults to get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations. For further information, contact the New Dimensions Office at Augsburg. Degrees Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The degree, Bachelor of Science, i s awarded t o graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing, and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Student Life Your experiences in the classroom are a major aspect of your college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities and opportunities of the college and metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you'll find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to your education. Religious Life An important part of daily life at Augsburg is religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by students and composed of students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation t o worship, devotional life and the stimulation of faith. Chapel services are held three times a week and are both experimental and traditional in character. The Wednesday evening Eucharist service in the College Center i s a valued worship experience for many students. Students, faculty and staff participate voluntarily. Special events are sponsored throughout the year and a number of groups having a religious emphasis meet regularly. The Campus Pastor has an office in the College Center where you can contact him for counseling, consultation or ways to get more involved. Social and Cultural Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of leisuretime activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet i n the Center. There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to performing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and several student-organized groups such as the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off campus. Several plays are given o n campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. Recreation Every student is urged t o participate i n some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for intramural winners at various colleges. Check schedules for times when there i s open use of the gymnasium and the ice arena. lntercollegiate Athletics Augsburg i s affiliated with the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and i s a member of the National Association of lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross-country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Augsburg i s also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The women annually compete i n volleyball, cross country, gymnastics, basketball, tennis, track & field, and softball. Student Services Augsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes that the context i n which learning takes place i s a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge growsfrom more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills t o produce the desired educational impact of the college on its students. The Division of Student Affairs has been created t o support this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or at the time of transfer, you will receive a copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide t o a College Education. This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices t o make, directions t o consider and different destinations for which t o plan. SEMAPHORE was designed to act as a sort of road map for you. The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services t o help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate in are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and register for classes. You and your parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers t o the rnany questions you have about college life. you think through how you can handle major or minor problems i n a constructive way. Consultation i s provided on questions of policy and procedure. Career Planning and Placement. You may be uncertain about where you want to be when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a balanced one, how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career development plan t o help you assess yourself, explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry into the next phase of your life. All new students will have a chance t o review their interests with a counselor. Minority Concerns. If you have some special needs or simply want t o expand your cross-cultural awareness, you can contact a staff member t o help you find out which resources and programs will help meet your needs. Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" are offered each year t o help you grow i n understanding of yourself and your relationship t o others. Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences i n Relationships), Issues i n Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information o n current offerings and oppoi-tunity t o register are provided several times during the year. Academic Enrichment. You may want t b improve your skills in such areas as reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workships offered. You also will have an opportunity t o meet with a counselor t o diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for all of us where we can handle challenges more effectively discussing things with someone who has more expertise. Counselors are available to help Residence Life Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability t o respond t o the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed t o promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant i n group decisionmaking. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are able t o facilitate the process of group living as well as discuss personal concerns with individual students. All new freshmen and some upperclass students l i v e i n Urness Tower. This eleven-story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two t o a room,with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative t o traditional residence-hall living. It contains 104 one and t w o - b e d r o o m apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about 60 upperclass men and women. Memorial's special advantage is that it i s large enough t o meet new people, but small enough to retain a friendly, close atmosphere. West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Another alternative option is Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation is to avail yourself of the opportunity to bid for a house as a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies. Married student housing i s available in annex housing and Kueffner Apartments. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It i s otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1 will be provided housing only if space i s available. All students living on campus are required to pay a $100 advance paymentwhen they sign the housing contract. The fee i s credited to the students' account when they move into the residence. Student Activities A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Advising All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on the basis of academic interests, and students are encouraged to establish close working relationships with their adviser. Secondary Education students have available a second adviser, one in the major and one in the area of education. Student Financial Services You may wish to contact this office for information on types of assistance available and for answers to questions about deadlines and procedures. Work opportunities both on and off campus are also recorded. If you have financial problems, this i s a good place to work them out. Health Service Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus. Visits are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure t o check your family health coverage t o determine if you are included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available. to writing or editing t o service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice President i n their offices in the College Center. International Students Food Service The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center is the main foodservice facility. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Student Government Student government i s t h e vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide better input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining t o student l i f e at Augsburg. Student government is organized intothe executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held i n the spring except for freshmen who elect their representatives i n the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning If you are a student from a foreign country or would like to be part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who i s appointed as adviser. Student Rights The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by student and faculty and serves t o conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Academic Affairs if the concern i s related to academic matters. The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right t o inspect all official records, files and data which pertain t o them and which are maintained i n the office of the registrar and the placement office and t o challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed i n the record before January 1, 1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact thecenter for Student Development. Admission t o the College Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application i s reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school performance, promise of success in college as shown by college entrance examination scores, other motiv a t i o n a l factors, a n d personal recommendations. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title I X of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and e'mployment practices. A visit t o the campus is highly recommended: admissions counselors are available to help you, answer your questions, and arrange for you to see the campus. The Application Process for Freshmen 1. From the Admissions Office secure an official application for admission and complete it. 2. Hand the completed application to your high school counselor, along with the $10.00 application fee, and ask that these be sent with your official high school transcript to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, M N 55454 3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as possible during the senior year. Your high school counselor can tell you when these tests are scheduled in your area. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s required by April 15 after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 5. After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus, and matriculation information will be mailed to the student during the summer. Transfer Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities on the basis of their academic record. College credit i s granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not t o grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions. The grade average for graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg only. Transfer students with the A.A. degree are considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except for two courses i n religious studies. Registered Nurse Students, seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must also complete the Department of Second Step Nursing entrance tests. The Application Process For Transfer Students 1. From the Admissions Office, secure and complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent t o the Admissions Office with a $10.00 application fee. 2. Request official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended to be sent directly to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, M N 55454 3. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file i s complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s requested within one month after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 4. After a deposit has been made, the student will be requested to complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 5. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. The Application Process For Returning and Special (Non-degree) Students 1. Obtain an application form from the Office of the Registrar. 2. Request that official transcriptsfrom all colleges or universities attended be sent directly to: Registrar's Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55454 (Returning students need to have sent only the transcripts of colleges attended since the last enrollment at Augsburg.) 4.. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus will be made in the housing office. Foreign Student Admission Citizens of other countries are welcomed at Augsburg College. A foreign student adviser i s available to help them in the transition to college and to the United States. Admission is based upon performance in secondary school and previous college work, if any. Evidence of proficiency in English and satisfactory financial sponsorship i s required. A very limited number of scholarships is available. Medical insurance i s required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending Augsburg. If they have an internationally valid health insurance policy, a copy of the policy is required. For application forms and further information, write to the Office of Admissions. Early Decision An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it i s extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. After notification of admission and financial aid, if needed, the student i s encouraged to withdraw applications made to other colleges. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. A $50.00 tuition deposit which is nonrefundable is required by April 1. Early Admission An Early Admission Program i s offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, a student must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school and the maturity to cope with a college course after the junior year in high school. Also,it is recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for Early Admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or March of the junior year. Project Ahead A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army makes provision for an individualized plan of education. A prospective student who qualifies for the program may choose Augsburg as a home school and carry on a pre-planned course of study at other colleges while in the Army. An adviser at Augsburg assists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $100 i s charged. This fee will apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg College within five years from initial registration with the college in Project Ahead. The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36 months of financial assistance under the G.I. Bill. Advanced Placement Advanced placement i s granted t o students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, t o enroll in courses beyond the beginning level. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the study previously completed. Advanced Standing College credit i s granted to high school students who have successfuIly completed a college level course and who have scored high on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar at Augsburg. Financial Aid About 82% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college through some form of scholarships, grants, loans, campus employment, or a combination of these. Assistance i s awarded on the basis of financial need and academic record. Application for aid i s made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers the FFS, which i s required for students applying to the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the CollegeScholarship Service. Upperclass students must also complete the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid. For the academic year 1977-78, approximately 82% of the students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, or loans totaling $3,789,000 from Augsburg and all other sources. Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program to which all Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan, College Work-Study, Federally insured Student Loan, and Minnesota State Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus work opportunities are also available. Applications for financial aid received by April 1will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg. PREPARING A BUDGET Writing down realistic estimates of all expenses and of all potential financial resources i s the best way to do your financial planning. Both your own financial ability and that of your family are considered in evaluating your need for financial aid. Your budget should include amounts for tuition and fees and for books and supplies. Tuition and fees for 1979-80 are $3365 per year. Books and supplies may be estimated at $225 per year. Room and board is $1620 per year. Other college-related expenses are those for transportation to and from the campus. Estimates should be based on nine months. Personal maintenance costs vary, but amounts should be budgeted for: Clothing, cleaning Recreation, entertainment Personal spending, cosmetics, incidentals Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses, etc.) After you have written down estimates of your expenses, make a list of all possible sources of income, such as: contributions from parents' earnings; personal and family savings; personal earnings during vacation periods; earnings from part-time jobs during academic year; benefits from Social Security and/or Veteran's Administration; aids or loans from sources other than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e., scholarships from state, church, civic and school). Students should check with their employers, their parents' employers and any union to which a family member belongs for possible scholarship programs. High school guidance counselors may have information about student aid offered by church, civic, professional, or fraternal organizations in a given locality. Following you will find a summary of financial aid programs. Information on a deferred payment plan i s available from the Augsburg College Office of Student Financial Services. OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID Basic Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG) For students with proven financial need. Available to full-time and parttime students. Up to $1600 per year depending on the institutional costs and the student's eligibility. Obtain application from high school guidance office or college financial aid office. Veteran's Administration Benefits/ G.1. Bill Veterans, widows of veterans, and children of disabled or deceased veterans may qualify for special benefits. Amount i s dependent upon eligibility as determined by t h e Veteran's Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Veteran's Administration Office in your area. National Scholarship and Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) For members of American racial and ethnic minorities and other eligible groups who are either seeking admission to an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college or are members of an ALC congregation. Up to $1000 per year. Renewable. Guaranteed Student Loans/Minnesota State Student Loan For students carrying at least one-half the n ~ r m afull-time l academic load. If the adjusted family inconk of the student i s less than $25,000 per year or if financial need i s established for those not i n this category, the Federal Government pays the full interest on the loan while the student is in college. When repayment begins, the student pays the full 7% interest on the loan. Maximum loan i s $2500 per year or the cost of education whichever i s less and the aggregate maximum i s $7500. Social Security Benefits For unmarried full-time students if one parent (covered by Social Security) i s retired, deceased or disabled. Amount is dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Social Security Administration Office in your area. PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION COORDINATING BOARD Vocational Rehabilitation Students with certain physical or emotional disabilities may qualify for special assistance. Amount i s dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Vocational Rehabilitation Office. To apply, contact your local Vocational Rehabilitation Office. Minnesota State Scholarship Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of scholastic achievement and need. High School seniors who are Minnesota residents are expected to apply. Range: $100 to $1100; but shall not exceed one half of the applicant's demonstrated financial need. Loan applications are available at the College, at some banks, and from Minnesota State Student Loan Office. Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of evident need. High school seniors and community/junior college transfer students who are Minnesota residents are expected t o apply. In addition, persons who have not attended a post-secondary institution for twelve months prior to the deadline date may apply. Applications for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant will be mailed to all Minnesota high school seniors. If you do not receive an application by December 1, contact your high school guidance counselor or the college financial aid office. Return completed application and FFS to The American College Testing Pro- gram, Financial Aid Operations, P.O. Box 1000, Iowa City, Iowa 52240. Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code 2080) and the Minnesota Statescholar- ship'Grant (Code 6500' receive the FFS analysis. NOTE: Unsucce5sful Scholarship applications are automatically considered for the State Grant. DEADLINE: March 1. FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED THROUGH THE COLLEGE Honor Scholarships For entering freshman students ranking in the top 15% of their: high school class with above average aptitude test scores. Up to full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.5 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Academic Grants For entering freshman students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. Up to full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.0 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Federal Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grants (SEOG) For students having exceptional financial need who could not otherwise attend college, and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Range $200 to $1500 per year. Renewable for 3 years. Will be matched by other financial assistance such as loans, scholarships, employment. National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) For students with Droven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Averages approximately $1000 per year. Can be reapplied for each year although renewal i s not guaranteed. College Work Study Program For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. Augsburg Opportunity Grant For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior College entering Augsburg for further full-time study and with proven financial need. Range from $100 to $1000. Renewable for a second year. How to Apply 1. Apply for admission; for new students this application i s also the financial aid application. 2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement (FFS) from high school counselor or Augsburg College Financial Aid Office* 3. Complete and return the FFS to: American College Testing Program Financial Aid Operations P.O. Box 1000 lowa City, lowa 52240 Request that a copy be sent t o Augsburg College. Augsburg's ACT code number is 2080. Financial statements received by April 1 will be considered first. 5. The Catha Jones Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually t o female students transferring from Waldorf College. Preference given t o those in music and/or elementary education. *Although Augsburg prefers the FFS, the College will accept the Financial Aid Form FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Augsburg's CSS code number i s 6014. 6. Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually t o an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the scholarship committee. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS 7. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships established in 1972 t o be distributed by the scholarship committee t o needy students. - Available t o upperclassmen (Soph, Jr, Sr, next year). Descriptions of awards are copied verbatim from statements of the donors' wishes. 8. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a deserving student. GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. The Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship - established i n 1978 for upperclass students preparing for a career in medicine or health. 2. The Alma JensenDickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving junior/senior students as recommended by the committee. 3. The Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually t o twodeserving junior/ senior students. - 4. The M. J. Estrem Scholarship awarded annually t o a worthy student of the College selected by the scholarship committee. 9. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholships - awarded t o able and deserving upperclassmen. 10. The Johan H.O. Rodvik Memorial Scholarship -distributed annually t o needy and deserving students. - 11. The Tozer Foundation Scholarships up t o $1000 each - awarded on the basis of scholarship, personality, and need. Winners must be junior or senior students who are residents of the State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine, Kanabec orwashington Counties. Separate application required of semi- finalists selected by the scholarship committee. FFS must be sent t o Tozer Foundation (code 6577) 12. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and deserving junior or senior student. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee 1. A i d Association f o r Lutherans awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students who are policy holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. 2. M i l d r e d Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o able and deserving students, who have physical disabilities and have demontrated financial need. MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program - awarded annually t o Lutheran American minority students who show financial need. 2. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Minority Student Scholarship - established in 1973 t o be awarded to a Black student. 3. The M a r l y s Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship - Awarded periodically t o a Black American student. 4. National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students - sponsored by the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually t o members of racial and ethnic minorities. 5. The Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships awarded annually t o upperclass Oriental students. RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually to a student(s) i n the senior class who i s preparing for the ministry. 2. The lver and Marie lverson Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n Christian service. 3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest i n Christian service. 4. The Morris G.C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship F u n d awarded t o a junior/senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of t h e American Lutheran Church. 5. Onesimus Scholarship - awarded periodically t o students preparing for the Christian ministry. 6. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o an able and deserving junior/senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. Semifinalists are interviewed and selected by donor. 7. Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected o n the basis of scholarship, characteristics of service and devotion t o the Christian faith. DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS ATHLETIC - winners recommended by Physical Education faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 1. The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. 2. The Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student or students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. 3. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in field of physical education. 4. The JamesWinkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character". The athletic scholarship i s for a male candidate only, with a preference for basketball. BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the Biology Department faculty. Biology Scholarships - established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. BUSINESS - Winners recommended by the Business Administration faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 1. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship -awarded to oneor more upperclass students interested in the field of business. 2. The Reid Scholarship - awarded to .one or more upperclass students who are interested i n business and/or education. 5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial need. CHEMISTRY Winners selected by the Chemistry faculty. 6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded to a football player on basis of financial need. Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of Chemistry. 7. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded to a student because of his academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics. 1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship. 4. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship. 7. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music. - 5. The Walter Gordon Schell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 6. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 7. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. EDUCATION - Winners selected by Education faculty. The David Mathre Scholarship - awarded to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. MATHEMATICS - Winners recommended by Mathematics faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 1. Minneapolis Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded to able and deserving junior/senior students majoring in mathematics or thesciences on basis of need and academic ability. 2. David and Michelle Christianson ~ ~ t scholarship h ~ - awarded ~ ~ to an able and deservingstudent inthe field of mathematics. - Winners selected by English MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners selected by Modern Language faculty. 1. Anne Pederson English Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career. The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship - awarded annually to juniorhenior students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given to those who plan to teach language as a career. ENGLISH faculty. 2. Professor P.A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship -awarded to an outstanding student in the field of English. HISTORY - Winners selected by History faculty. The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students majoring in history with preference given to those who plan a career in the field. LIBRARY SCIENCE -Winners selected by Library staff. MUSIC faculty. - Winners selected by Music 1. O.T. Hertsgaard Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conducting and who show promise of overall academic success. 2. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship - awarded to asophomore/junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. 3. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship 1. The Library Science Scholarship established in 1971 to honor one or more outstanding student(s) choosing librarianship as a career. - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. 4. The lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on thk basis of skilled performanceor aptitude in stringed instruments. 7, Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student studying choral music. 5' The leonard and Sylvia KuschelPHYSICS - Winners selected by Physics Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. 6. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character." faculty. The Theodore ,. - icho~rs~ip awardedannually to an upperclass student majoring in SOCIOLOGY Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian Sociology. Expenses The costs expressed herein are for the 1979-80 academic year, and are subject t o change without notice. TUITION Fee for change in registration after the first three days of classes is $2.00 for each course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin i s $5.00 per day. - $3,365 This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering the academic year beginning September, 1978. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms for a total of seven courses in the year. Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student must register for the semester periods. If the student elects t o omit an interim or t o graduate in December, a refund i s not authorized. A part-time rate of $470 per course is charged the student taking less than three courses i n a semester or registering for an interim course only. Full-time students may audit a course without charge. For part-time students, the charge for auditing i s one half the part-time rate per course. Part-time students who take Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. SPECIAL FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE An application fee of $10.00 is required from all new students. A registration fee for students studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs is $125.00. Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals must register at Augsburg. The charge i s $280.00. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE Cinema Arts, $35 Computer Science, $30 per course Student Teaching, $35 Film Making, $90 Life Drawing, $20 Stagecraft, $30 Nursing Admission Test, $15 Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser. Music lessons i n addition t o tuition are $130 a semester (14 lessons), or $9.30 per lesson during the interim.. Practice Studio rental for each semester for one hour a day: organ, $35.00 ($15.00 an interim); piano or voice, $20.00 ($6.00 an interim). Band - Orchestra instrument rental $30.00 a semester. OTHER COSTS Transcript fee: first copy free; additional copy, $1.00. Locker rental for commuter students: $5.00 Arrangements for special examinations are made i n the Registrar's Office with charges according to the schedule on file. Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis. BOARD A N D R O O M Full Board and Room - $1,620. Other plans are available as defined in the Room and Board Contract Booklet at the Office of Auxiliary Services. BREAKAGE A N D FINE DEPOSIT - All students at registration: $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing education program at Augsburg. Settlement of Account In the event of excessive increases in the cost of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year. Linen service i s available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company. A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of the first half-year billing period i s due August 20, and the second half-year i s due January 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Office of Student Financial Services prior to August 20. 1979-80 COST SUMMARY Application Fee - $10.00 Tuition - $3,365 No student i s permitted to register if his or her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. Board and Room - $1,620 Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00 (Refunded on termination of studies at Augsburg) Deposits TUITION DEPOSIT - New students, $50.00 (not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by April 15, 1979. (Payment is due February 1 under Early Decision Program). The deposit is applied to the tuition charge. R O O M RESERVATION DEPOSIT - AII resident students: $100.00 advance deposit. Required at time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September. Applied to the room charge. Refunds A student cancelling part or all of his/her registration and/or being released from his/her housing contract will be refunded charges for tuition and room except for the minimum deduction of $100 of fees to cover administrative costs according to the following schedule: 100% through the first five days of classes. 90% .from the sixth day through the tenth day of classes. 80% from the eleventh day through the fifteenth day of classes. 70% from the sixteenth day through the twentieth day of classes. 60% from the twenty-first day through the twenty-fifth day of classes. 50% from the twenty-sixth day through the middle of the term. No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Should a student be forced to cancel his/ her registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued matriculation, the charges will be reduced by one-half. In all cases board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. All refunds of charges will beapplied back to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. shall be gathered in the student's account before eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined. Academic Administration Students who enroll at Augsburg College are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers who are readily available for consultation and guidance. A well-planned program of liberal arts studies will include courses in the humanities, the natural sciences, and the social sciences. Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to write effectively; they are also expected to be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. The general recreational activities courses at Augsburg are designed to acquaint students with and to equip students for lifetime sports. Divisional Organization The college curriculum is organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairperson for each division i s elected for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements in the course listing section. NATURAL SCIENCE A N D MATHEMATICS Chairperson: Earl R. Alton Department of Department of Department of Department of Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairperson: Duane lohnson Courses in religion are intended to assist students in their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, i s awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Chairperson: Marie 0. NcNeff Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, Library Science, Secondary Education Department of Physical Education and Health Education Department of Music Department of Nursing Department of Social Work HUMANITIES 4. The last year of full-time study at Augsburg College. Chairperson: Eugene Skibbe Department of Art Department of English Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese, French, .German, Greek, Japanese, Linguistics, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish Department of Philosophy Department of Religion Department of Speech, Communication and Theater Arts 5. Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number of interim courses is one less than the number of years at Augsburg. 6. The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Minimum Graduation Requirements Include the Following: 7. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. 1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered in the 300's and 400's) and not more than 13 in one department, except 17 f o r Bachelor of Science in Music Therapy and Bachelor of Music degrees and 18 for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing. A maximum of 4 C.H.R. courses, 2 courses by independent study or directed study or a combination of directed and independent study, 4 cours,es of internship and 8 courses with a grade of P (two in the major except Elementary Education and one in the minor if approved by the department chairman) may apply toward the 35 total courses required. 8. All degree and course requirements must be completed prior to the anticipated date of graduation (i.e., there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under departmental headings. 3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major. (Except for elementary education and Second Step Nursing, where 2.5 averages are required.) 9. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows: A. A course in writing (EnglishIll) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are administered during the summer and fall orientation periods. B. An approved course from each of the following eight areas (One course may fulfill the requirement in one area, only): Mathematics - Physics Chemistry - Biology Psychology - Sociology Economics - Political Science History - Philosophy English - Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Foreign Language Art - Music C. Three courses in religious studies of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required i s one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg. D. A course related to urban concerns. Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. E. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports. Registration A student must be registered for a course in order to receive credit for it. A normal load is four courses per semester and one course i n the interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as fulltime students. Students must petition and receive permission to register for more than 4.5 courses. Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, it is advantageous to register at the regularly scheduled time. A fee is charged for late registration. A fee i s also charged for changing registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first five days of the semester. Students are urged not t o abandon courses for which they are registered. Abandoned courses result in a failing grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Cancel From College form i s returned to the Office of the Registrar. Students who have completed at least 7 courses with a 2.0 average are classified as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors. Probation and Dismissal A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his or her achievement i s unsatisfactory. FRESHMAN, below 1.6 or 2 zero grades having taken 6 or fewer courses SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero grades having taken 7-15 courses JUNIOR, below 1.9 having taken 16-24 courses SENIOR, below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses If a student has been on probation two or more semesters consecutively, he/she i s subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of the spring term. Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must havespecial permission to re-enroll. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses i s measured, primarily, by means of final examinations. Shorter examinations or tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation are also used. Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0 with definitions as follows: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence. 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards. 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course. 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards. .5 0. Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course). Most courses are also offered on a Pass/ No Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0 or better and N meaning no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. On the P/N grading system the grade is recorded but not computed in the grade point average. A student may count a maximum of eight courses of Ptoward graduation. For transfer students the maximum i s an average of two courses per year. Two courses in the major (except Elementary Education) and one in the minor may be on P/N grading system if approved by the department chairperson. Sociology 383, and several interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the P/N system; some others are graded only only P, 1.0, N. Eng. Ill i s graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Students may select the traditional grading system in most other courses. Students are cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses. Students must indicate on their registration form those courses which they wish to take on the P/N grading system. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee i s charged after the first five days of classes. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. An incomplete grade (I)may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor of the course. If permission to receive an 1 grade is granted, it must be removed during the following semester. If the incomplete is not removed during the following semester, it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N, 1, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. Students who wish t o !ake courses without credit or grade may do so by register- ing for Audit (V). Such students should confer with the professor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance requirement, etc. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the student's transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed witti a grade of W (withdrawn). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students i s listed under Expenses. Dean's List The Dean's List i s composed of students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better based on a minimum of three full courses (or equivalent) graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. The Dean's List i s published in the Augsburg College Now, and students receive a letter of commendation from the Dean of the College. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summacumlaude 3 . 8 - 4.0 grade Magnacumlaude 3.6 - 3.79 Cum laude 3.3 - average grade average 3.59 grade average In order to qualify for graduation with distinction transfer students must have completed two years (fourteen graded courses) of work at Augsburg College. l ndependent Study Independent study programs are offered by many departments in the College. These programs are often available to conscientious students who can demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out work on an independent basis. Students interested in registering for independent study must first secure permission from the faculty member who will direct the study as well as from the department involved. A student who registers for independent study should normally expect to complete it in one semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a grade of X is given at the end of the first term, and the student will register again for the course in order to receive the final grade. A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed i s not available on their home campus. Requests for exceptions to this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. The student will be charged for any special costs attached to independent study by the host campus. Veterans Augsburg College i s approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consultwith the Officeof the Registrar regarding completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Students registered for three or more courses are classifiedas full-time students. It i s the responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or academic load to the Office of the Registrar. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn a minimum of three courses per term. An incomplete grade (I) may be given only i n the case of extreme emergency. See section on Grading. Grade reports are issued to students following each term. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. General Information Credit by Examination Students who are interested in earning credit by examinations should consult with department chairpersoris or with the Registrar. Credit may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations. Courses A full course i s offered for one course credit. A few fractional courses (one-half course credit) are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. Classification . Sophomore.. . 7courses . I 4 grade pts. Junior . . . . . .16courses . . 3 2 grade pts. Senior.. . . . , .25courses . .50 grade pts. .. . To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses). To be considered full time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses. A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits. A total of 35 courses i s required for graduation. Most courses meet for three sixty-minute periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in addition to laboratories. Each semester is approximately 15 weeks in length. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes in course offerings. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses; those numbered 300and above are classified as upper division. I n general, courses numbered in the 100's are primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for juniors; and 400's for seniors. In some departments course numbers also designate areas within the department Symbol #Consent of instructor Total Student Enrollment Academic Year, 1977-78 ................................................. 1,838 Summer Session, 1978 ..................................................... 478 Summary of Graduates .................................................... 6,991 .............................. 299 Graduates, 1870-1977 Graduates, 1978 (August 31, 1977-May 21, 1978) Course Descriptions The descriptions of courses listed in the following pages are to be understood as general characterizations of topics t o be considered. For a more ~ r e c i s edescription and clarification of content and requirements f o r individual courses, please consult the respective instructors of the courses. Consult Schedule of Classes for precise offerings each term. Courses and terms listed are subject t o change. The symbol # indicates "by consent of instructor". See preceding pages for information on numbering and credit value. American Studies Director: Crier Nicholl MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and 399 or 499, plus 11 courses i n U.S. History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the U.S., and Social Sciences i n the U.S. (5 courses in one of these areas and 3 in each of the others).* History of the United States American Studies, 237, 260 History 227, 222, 337, 332, 353, 495 (American Emphasis) Religion 353, 363 Humanities in the United States American Studies 232, 265 Art 102, 389 English 247 (also Speech 247), 250,351, 490 and 491 (American emphasis) Philosophy 344 Social Sciences i n the United States Economics 720, 722, 123, 251 Education 478# Political Science 727, 722, 770,325,326, 370, 377, 427 Sociology 777, 373, 387,383 Social Work 361, 463 *American area oriented courses taken during the Interim, Summer Schoolandat other colleges should-be approved by the director for inclusion i n the major. TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization t o be approved by director. M I N O R : 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2 courses in each of the above groupings under MAJOR. 231 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject t o change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement. (Fall) 232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a significant period of the black experience i n urban America, e.g. Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and music of the period. Course content subject t o change from year t o year. (Spring) 260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS The situation of Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence o f religious/cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today. (Spring) phenomenon in American life. Includes a study of the approaches of several disciplines t o the topic and practice i n the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons and the co-learning model when appropriate to topic. Open t o freshmen and sophomores. (Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult director to determine conditions of contract. lntended for majors only. Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 265 W O M E N I N AMERICAN CULTURE 495 TOPICS I N AMERICAN STUDIES Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays, and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of black and white women in American culture from the founding of the colonies t o the present. (Fall) 295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES Focuses on a significant problem or For description, see course 295. Open t o juniors and seniors who will do a different level of work (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY A research project of an interdisciplinary nature i n area of student's choice. Consult with director t o determine conditions of contract. I n t e n d e d f o r majors only. Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring) Art Chairperson: Philip Thompson ART HISTORY M I N O R : 5 art history courses including 386, 387, 388. STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses including 107, and 3 art history courses. TEACHING MAJOR: Same as studio art major but 250 required and 132 recommended. STUDIO ART M I N O R : 4 studio courses including 107; two from 118,221,223,225, and 250. 102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS Fine arts in the urban world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience i n t h e environment leading t o w a r d appreciation and criticism. (Spring 7980) STUDIO ART 242 FILM M A K I N G 107 DRA'WING Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) Drawing i n pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. (Fall, Spring) 250 CERAMICS I 118 PAINTING I I n t r o d u c t i o n t o p a i n t i n g media and technique in acrylic and oil. (Fall, Spring) An introduction t o the making - of .pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall, Spring) 132 PHOTOGRAPHY 330 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I1 The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention given t o black and white, and photographic processes. A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring) 150 JEWELRY An introduction t o the making of jewelry in copper, brass, pewter, and silver. (Spring) 221 SCULPTURE l An introduction t o sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Fall, Spring) 351 CERAMICS I1 Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: 250. Fall, Spring) 355 PAINTING I1 223 PRINT M A K I N G I Advanced study of painting.(Prereq.: 718. Fall, Spring) Principles and methods of print making i n a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. (Fall, Spring) 360 WATER-COLOR PAINTING 225 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. (Fall, Spring) Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks of water-color painting with emphasis o n the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture in drawing and transparent water-color. (Prereq.: 707. Offered alternate years. Fall, 7978) 368 PRINT M A K I N G I1 478 SCULPTURE II Advanced work in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring) Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Prereq.: 227. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 399 INTERNSHIP Consult chairman or internship director to determine project. Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. (Fall, Spring) proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. (Offered 7979-80) ART HISTORY 290 ART HISTORY SURVEY A survey of art from prehistoricto modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. (Offered Summer, 7977, 7979-7980) 387 RENAISSANCE A N D BAROQUE ART European painting, sculpture, and archit e c t u r e t h r o u g h t h e 18th century. (Offered 7 935-75) 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS 388 19TH A N D 20TH CENTURY ART Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia f r o m pre-history t o modern times. (Spring, 7979, Alternate years) European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicisp through the present. (Offered 7978-79) 385 PREHISTORIC A N D ANCIENT ART 389 AMERICAN ART The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th Century A.D. (Offered 7 980-87) 386 MEDIEVAL ART Early Christian through late Gothic and A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements. (Offered Fall 7977 and alternate years) Biology Chairperson: Ralph Sulerud MAJOR: Option One: 7 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one course from each of the following three groups: 351, 353, 361 (Group 1); 355,473, 474 (Group 11); 440, 471, 476 (Group Ill); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352; Mathematics 124,125 (or 121,122); Physics 121,122 also required. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. MAJOR: Option Two: 9 courses, cluding 111, 112, 491 and at least course from each of the following groups: 351, 353 (Group 1); 355, inone five 474 (Group 11); 361, 481 (Group 111); 471, 473 (Group IV); 440, 476, (Group V); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351,352) also required. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching after July, 1979, also requires three courses i n earth and life sciences. Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. M I N O R : 5 courses, including 111,112and three upper division courses. Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) also required. PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same as Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry). HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall; active participation i n seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application f o r t h e honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. deal?What threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of health care? (3 hours lecture, 7-7/2 hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major or minor. Fall) 108 MICROBIOLOGY 101 HUMAN BIOLOGY Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt t o answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (3 hours lecture, 7-7/2 hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 707 and 703. Does not apply to the major or minor). 103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A professional course in the structureand function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 107 and 703. Does not apply to the major or minor). 105 BIOLOGY AND SOCIEN What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must Basic microbial features are considered as well asapplications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 703. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor). 109 SPECIAL TOPICS I N BIOLOGY Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people ta-king the course together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needsand interest. Applies towards the Natural Science requirement. 111,112 GENERAL BIOLOGY A comprehensive introduction t o biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, d e v e l o p m e n t a l biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 717, Fall; 172, Spring) 323 EXPERIMENTAL H U M A N PHYSIOLOGY A laboratory-based course in which the principles of human function are learned by experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended for students i n nursing, medical technology, c o r r e c t i v e therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as b i o l o g y majors (primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 703 or 772. Fall, 7980. Offered alternate years.) 361 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Fall) 367 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 772; Chemistry 223 or 352 or #. Fall; this course is prereq. to 477 and 476. 440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY 351 INVERTEBRATE Z O O L O G Y A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Fall, 7978. Offered alternate years). 353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Spring) A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations i n vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes t o plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Fall, 7979. Offered alternate years). 471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772,367 or #; Physics 703 or 722 or #. Spring) 473 A N I M A L PHYSIOLOGY 355 GENETICS The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory w o r k stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Spring) A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772; Chemistry 706 or 776; Physics 703 or 722 or #. Fall, 7979; offered alternate years.) 474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 481 ECOLOGY A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes w h i c h occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well asdescriptive studies are included i n the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 772. Spring) A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 772, 367, or #. Spring) 491 SEMINAR Oral presentations and written papers relating t o recent biological literature and research. (For seniors m a j o r i n g i n biology) 476 MICROBIOLOGY An introduction t o the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. M i c r o b i a l taxonomy, m o r phology, physiology,genetics,and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 772, and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) Business Administration and Economics BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION MAJOR I N ACCOUNTING: Business Administration 101,102,131,261,263,379, 381, and either 483 or 484. Economics 122, 123, 251 and o n e additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At least three upper division courses are required. For those planning on careers i n accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 i s recommended. I n addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MAJOR I N FINANCE: Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 373, 379, 478, and one other course from the sequence 381, 382, 483. Economics 122, 123, 251, and one additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At least five upper division courses are required. (392 i s strongly recommended) In addition, courses i n data processing and c o m p u t e r p r o gramming are strongly recommended. NOTE: The department i s currently planning to introduce a new major in marketing and a new major in management information systems. In addition to the courses listed below, the following courses are offered under the Rubric: 295, 495 Topics: Computer- aided Research Methods, lntroduction to Marketing, Managerial Economics, Managerial decisionmaking, Intermediate Quantitative Methods, Operations Research and Research Methods for Economics and Business. MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101, 102, and one of 261, 373,379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics 122 and 123. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 i n the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish to take the Certified PublicAccountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major i n Business Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting and business-law courses offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Physics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 12 courses of related business subjects (Economics, Finance and Mathematics). Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy t o sit for the examination immediately after graduation. Students who plan to major in thedepartmerit are strongly encouraged to select a department advisor as soon as possible,in order t o carefully plan their program of study. 101 PRlNClPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Introduction t o business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 707, Fall, Interim, Spring) 131 BUSINESS LAW Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Spring) 250 DATA PROCESSING An introduction t o COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fees) 261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall) 262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I A, analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall) 263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring) 373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES dent the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only). 478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 261, Spring) Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 i s strongly recommended. Fall) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS 483 AUDITING An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) 381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Fall, Spring. Offered alternate years.) Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 701, 102. Spring) 382 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Spring. Offered alternate years.) 484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING 295,495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the stu- The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) ECONOMICS MAJORI N ECONOMICS: Economics 122, 123,251,258,454 and three other courses of economics offerings. Business Administration 101, 102, 379, also required. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study i n economics. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. COMBINED MAJOR I N ECONOMICSBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Economics 122, 123, 251, and 258 and one other course from economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,261,373,379 and one other course from business administration offerings also required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. The student i s very strongly encouraged to take other courses offered in the department in addition to those listed above. NOTE: The department is currently planning to introduce a new major in applied economics and a new area of public policies studies. In addition to the courses listed below. the following courses are offered under the Rubric: 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, Managerial Economics, Managerial Decision-Making, Mathematical Economics, History of EconomicThought, Intermediate Quantitative ~ e t h d d s , Research Methods for Economics and Business and Advanced Economic Theory. MINOR: Economics 122,123,251,258and one other course from economics offerings. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order to carefully plan their program of study. 120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental m i c r o economic tools introduced t6 facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education. Students who plan to major in the above three areas should enroll in 122and 123 rather than 120.122 and 123 are also open to non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) An introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, eco- nomic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) macro-models. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS See under Department of Business Administration. 391 PUBLIC FINANCE An introduction to micro-economics.,the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) - 250 DATA PROCESSING An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee). 251 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 723, Fall, Spring) 258 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122, 723. Fall) 392 MONEY AND BANKING Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 722. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program w i l l afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken i n Interim only) 453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY Analysis of labor markets; determination of wages, collective bargaining. Particular attention paid to the economic problems of minority groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.: 257 or #. Spring) 295, 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring). 454 WELFARE ECONOMICS 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 257 or #. Spring, alternate years) The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) Chemistry Chairperson: Earl Alton GRADUATION M A J O R IN CHEMISTRY: 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353,361 and one advanced course which may include Biochemistry; participation in seminar. Physics 121,122 and Mathematics 124,125 also required. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take Mathematics 124, 125 in the freshman year; and Physics 121, 122 in the sophomore year. A M E R I C A N CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: I 1courses including 115, 116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry courses above 350. Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics 224; and Physics 121, 122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent to one semester also required. M I N O R : 5 courses which must include 115,116 (105,106) and 3additional courses in chemistry. Chemistry 223,353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be substituted for 361. TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the graduation major except that it i s suggested that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the advanced course. Licensure after July, 1979, also requires three courses in earth and life' sciences. Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation i n seminar. Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351, 352. Concerning prerequisites: Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher in order t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor i s necessary. These requirements must also be met when using the first term of a twoterm course i n registering for the second term. 103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Does not apply toward the major. (Credit cannot be earned for both Chem. 103 and any one of Chem. 105, 106, 115, 116, 223, 357, 352, or Biol. 367.) (3 onehour lectures, 7 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry within last 3 years o f #. Fall) 105,106 PRINCIPLES O F CHEMISTRY Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116; designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 705, Fall; 706, Spring) reactor mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4-hour laboratory. Prereq. : 706 o r 176, 357 Fall; 352, Spring) 115, 116 GENERAL A N D QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS 353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY An intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry. Covers g r a v i m e t r i c a n d v o l u m e t r i c analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace .analysis. (Prereq.: 706 or 776. Spring) 223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC A N D BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY 361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY Designed f o r non-chemistry majors, medical technologists, and others i n allied health science programs whose professional goals do not require either of two-term organic course or the one-term biochemistry course. The organic chemistry most relevant t o a survey of biochemistry i s studied followed by the structures and metabolic reactions of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, enzymes and certain hormones. (3 onehour lectures, 7 three-hour laboratory. Cannot serve as a prerequisite for Biol. 367. Credit cannot be earned for both Chem. 223 and any one o f Chem. 703,357, 352, or Biol. 367. Prereq.: 705 or 775. Spring) 351, 352 O R G A N I C CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter are studied i n the first semester. Applications of these concepts t o areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry i n the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 727, 722; Mathematics 724, 725. 367, Fall; 362, Spring) 464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around t h e problems o f identifying organic compounds i n the l a b o r a t o r y . Lecture t o p i c s i n c l u d e structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature ( i n c l u d i n g Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353,357 or #; some readingknowledge o f German. Spring) 481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomicand molecular spectroscopy as applied t o analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 362, or #. Fall) 482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry i s discussed i n terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety o f techniques. (3 o n e - h o u r lectures, 7 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring) 483 Q U A N T U M CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory i n terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation t o solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 367 or #. Fall) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniorsand seniorsare expected t o participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited t o participate. 497 INTRODUCTION T O CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project i n the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing). East Asian S t u d i e s Coordinator: Khin Khin Jensen The major i n East Asian Studies is a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This program enables students t o obtain a broad exposure to Japan and China as important world cultures. Components of the program include language, history, cultural specialization, comparative studies, and seminar work or independent studies. Requirements for the major consist of a minimum of ten courses, distributed as follows: 4 courses i n Japanese 2 introductory history courses 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies 2 seminars or independent studies Each student's major program must be submitted to the coordinator for approval. - Education Chairperson: Lauretta E. Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Education at these levels: Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary Education. Licensure programs for secondary education are offered in the following areas: American Studies, Art, Biology, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, History, Mathematics, Music, Physical Education, Physics, Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, and Theater Arts. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. ?he courses, Orientatio" to Education, both elementary and secondary, are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll in other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted to the teacher-education program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course. Students who are transferring from an education program at another college must be re-admissable to that program. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 1. A minimum of 8 education courses to include 255, 351, and two professional semesters: 361,362,371 (1/2), 372 (1/2), 373 ( 1 4 , 374 (1/2); and 481, 482 and electives. 2. Health Education 114 and 115. 3. Library Science 358. 4. An academic minor. An academic major i s recommended. 5. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain a 2.5 average in the major. 6. Fulfill State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations. Requirements for Kindergarten License are the same as those for elementary education plus Education 375 and 483. EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION Steve Reuter, Coordinator Requirements for license in Early Childhood Education are the same as those for Elementary Education plus the following courses: Soc 231 Sociology of the Family Psych. 351 Developmental Psychology: Child Ed. 325 Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education Ed. 425 Early Childhood Curriculum Ed. 484 Student Teaching (160 hours) Coordinator: Marie McNeff Requirements for the major and for licensure in Elementary Education: For an Early Childhood License with other than an education major, consult with the Early Childhood Education Coordinator. 255 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN URBAN SElTING (ELEMENTARY) 371 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Art, Music (1/2 course) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above. Fall, Spring) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring) 325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES I N EARLY C H I L D H O O D EDUCATION 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Science, Mathematics (M course) Focus i s upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of h i d h e r life in relation t o the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and o t h e r i n t e r ventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 367, 362. Spring) 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (W course) (See Library Science) 351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING READING The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources i n the teaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) First Professional Semester (for juniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372, 374. 373 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Phys. Ed., Health (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall) 374 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Social Studies, Language Arts (% course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and language arts taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring) 361,362 CREATING LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS: ELEMENTARY 375 DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD O F KINDERGARTEN The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching i n learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring) A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required f o r Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed.) 382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING PROBLEMS Electives 483,484 STUDENT TEACHING II Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 487, 482. Fall, Spring) 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (See Secondary Education) (See Secondary Education) 399 INTERNSHIP The student may select a situations for professional work experiA learning'Ontract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 425 EARLY CHILDHOOD CURRICULUM Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessions, and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) Second Professional Semester: Student Teaching and Electives 481,482 STUDENT TEACHING I Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in thedepartmentalcurriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. SECONDARY EDUCATION (TEACHER LICENSURE PROGRAM) It i s the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure. This consultation i s recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. Suggested four-year outline of coursesfor meeting requirements in a teaching major and licensure are available through the Augsburg Computer terminal. (See Education faculty for access to computer.) Requirements of the Augsburg College Licensure Program for Secondary Education: 1. Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education. This may be made before, concurrently with, or after the Orientation 2. 3. 4. 5. course. Application forms are available in the Education Department office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if he or she has been admitted into the program of t.he Department of Education. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain a 2.5 average in the major. Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching. Completion of the State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (successful completion of Augsburg's Education program meets this requirement.) Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: Health Educ. 114 and 115; Educ. 265, 359,478; a minimum of one-half course in special methods in the area of the student's major, and a minimum of two courses in Student Teaching. Majors in Art, Music, and Physical Education will take one full course in special methods and three courses in Student Teaching. Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for teaching i n Secondary Schools (Through the Augsburg College Education Department Program) Education Department Licensure Program courses. GENERAL INFORMATION: 1. For Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: Persons with teaching majors in Art, Music and Physical Education receive a special license which allows them to teach in their area in all grades from Kindergarten through twelve (K-12). A person preparing far licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the major in art will register for Educ. 361; the major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the major in Music for Educ. 373. 2. The professional term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with School and Society in a one full-time term in professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term as part of the professional work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect to take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term. 1. B.A. or B.S. degree 2. College major in a teaching area 3. Fulfull State Department of Education 265 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN A N URBAN SElTING (Secondary) EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Successful completion of Augsb u r g E d u c a t i o n p r o g r a m meets requirement) 4. Health Educ. 114 and 115 5. Successful completion of Augsburg Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing. Fall, Spring) 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (% course) (See Library Science) 351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING READING (See Elementary Education) 359 CREATING LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS: SECONDARY (% course) The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255,256 or #. Fall, Spring) With the general methodology course, one or more of the following education courses in special methods must be taken from the department of the major field. (Prereq.: Educ. 255 or 265 or #) Special Methods Courses (% to 1 course) Methods and materials in teaching special areas 360 American Studies Methods % course (Spring) 361 Art Methods (Elementary and junior high school) 1 course (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior high school) % course (Fall) 364 English Methods % course (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) 1 course (Fall) 366 Foreign Language Methods (Consult with Language Department) % course 373 Music Methods (K-12) 1 course (Spring) 374 Natural Science Methods % course (Spring) 375 Social Studies Methods ?hcourse (Spring) 376. Speech and Theater Arts Methods % course (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods % course (Spring) 410 Health Methods (See Health Ed. 410, Adm. and Superv. of School Health Program) 1 course 382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING PROBLEMS This course will examine characteristicsof different kinds of learning problems found in regular classroom environment. The primary focus of the course will be on teaching strategies, but attention also will be given to procedures for the identification of different kinds of learning problems, prescriptive procedures, referral processes, and alternatives for programming "mainstreamed" students. (Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY The emphasis in this course i s on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing. Fall, Spring) 481, 482,483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) 358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION A N D GUIDANCE Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance i n use of print and non-print materials (Fall, Spring) -- 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Opportunity for advanced and specialized 359 REFERENCE SERV~CES IN THE research projects not otherwise provided LIBRARY for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined Study of basic information sources most which meets the of frequently used by studentsand librarians. faculty. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring) LIBRARY SCIENCE 399 INTERNSHIP M I N O R : Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475. Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity t o do field work i n a variety of library situations i n the metropolitan area. 245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION A N D ADMINISTRATION 475 THE H I G H SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION A N D GUIDANCE Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondaryschool level, with attention to their use inrelation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (% course) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Psychological and philosophical d i mensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) Independent study and research o n some topic of interest in the field of school library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniorsand seniors, with department approval. Engineering Ken Erickson: Adviser Augsburg College i s cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technological University (Houghton, Michigan), i n a Three-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student t o earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission t o the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the Three-Two Plan will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum course requirements for admission to the Three-Two Plan are: Math 124, 125, 224, 226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115, 116; Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally Math 124, 125 and Physics 121,122 are taken i n the freshman year. Students are encouraged t o apply for admission t o the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser, Ken Erickson, i s encouraged. English Chairpersons: Catherine Nicholl, Richard Sargent MAJOR: 9 courses (above I l l ) , including one course in American literature, one course in the Western literary tradition (271 or 272) and three courses in British literature. Of the British literature courses, one must concentrate on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one must survey a number of writers (for example, 336,337, or 423). All majors must take 225, Advanced Expository Writing. Majors are encouraged to take, early in their college work, course 245, Introduction t o Literature. Majors are strongly urged t o consult their departmental adviser regularly.,A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the English department: MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: English: 10 courses, including those listed for the major and a course i n the English language. Courses in early American litera t u r e , Shakespeare, a n d f i l m a r e recommended. Speech: (1) a course i n public speaking: Beginning Speech, Small Group Communication, Interpersonal Communication, Argumentation, Persuasion (2) Interpretative Reading or Stage Direction. Library Science: 475, The High School L i b r a r y : M a t e r i a l s Selection and Guidance. In addition to field experience and student teaching, as required by the Department of Education, English Education majors will be required to gain practical experience in the teaching of writing, to be arranged through the department chairperson. Students interested in a teaching major are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term of thesophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition to planning their courses of study with the department chairperson, students should consult an advisor in the Department of Education. H O N O R S M A J O R : GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; submit program to department chairperson early in senior year; defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. M I N O R : 5 courses (above I l l ) , including one course in British literature, and one writing course. Teaching minors must include both 225 and a course in the English language. The English Department recommends but does not require that English majors consider developing an area of emphasis broader than the major as listed above. The most likely areas would be a British concentration, an American concentration, a world literature concentration,and a writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selec- tion of electives in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the English department. BRITISH LITERATURE C O N C E N TRATION: Select from: History 412,416; English 261,331,332,336,337,367,368,423, 438 and sometimes 490, 491. AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION: Select from: History 221, 222; American Studies 232; English 241, 250, 351, 367, 368, and sometimes 490, 491. A student with an American literature concentration should take some of the courses listed under the American Studies major which are selected from the offerings of several departments at Augsburg. W O R L D LITERATURE C O N C E N T R A TION: Select from: History 102,360,361; Philosophy 110, 242, 343, 370; German 244; French 243; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351,352; and sometimes 490, 491. WRITING CONCENTRATION: In addition to Advanced Expository Writing, Creative Writing, and Journalism, elect Interim courses in writing. A student electing a concentration should work closely with his or her adviser. lnterim courses, special courses, and other courses given at the other cooperating colleges will often fit well into a concentration. English 111 i s strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor. 111 EFFECTIVE WRlTlNC The study of composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course i s either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. In order to hold a place in their course the student must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present. (Fall, Spring) 225 ADVANCED EXPOSITORY WRITING The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 711, Fall, Spring) 226 CREATIVE WRITING The purpose of the course i s to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according to the student's preference. 227 JOURNALISM An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention i s paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 241 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O CINEMA ART An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film media. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. See also description under Speech, Communications and Theater Arts. 245 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors. (Fall, Spring) 250 AMERICAN LITERATURE T O 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times t o the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention i s also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. (Fall, Spring) 261 M O D E R N FICTION Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. (Fall, Spring) 271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: HOMER T O DANTE 336 BRITISH LITERATURE, F R O M D O N N E T O BLAKE A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature,for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, t h e tragedies o f Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets t o Blake, with attention t o the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: F R O M THE RENAISSANCE T O M O D E R N PERIOD Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval t o the modern period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. 331 CHAUCER A N D HIS AGE While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 7 980-87) 332 M I L T O N A N D HIS AGE A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 7979-80). 337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS A N D THE VICTORIANS A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship t o their own age and their lasting contribution t o the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and i t s intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given t o the city as setting and symbol in modern American literature. (Fall, Spring) 367 M O D E R N POETRY Study of major modern and contemporary poets and schools of criticism. Discussion may include the poetry and aesthetics of the Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics, Harlem Renaissance, M o d e r n Romantics, Black M o u n t a i n Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional Poets, and other contemporary movements. (Alternate years, 7 979-80) 368 M O D E R N D R A M A Significant works of American, British, and continental dramatists of the twentieth century, with emphasis on representatives from the major movements such as Naturalism, Existentialism,Theater of the Absurd, and Transformationalism. Plays by women and minorities are included. (Alternate years, 7980-87) 399 INTERNSHIP The department offers on-campus internships i n teaching writing and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult the Department Chairpersons. Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing t o the rise of the novel and i t s emergence by the twentieth century as the dominant literary form (Alternate years. 7980-87) 438 SHAKESPEARE Study of ten or twelve major plays comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention t o the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme or movement; course 491, a major writer or a major work. Enrollment open to juniors and seniors. 423 STUDIES I N THE BRITISH NOVEL 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY A survey of the development of the novel i n England from its eighteenth century beginnings up t o the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Open t o junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. Foreign Languages Chairperson: Gunta Rozentals below their level may only do so for a grade of P/N. Students with previous language study should register in courses suited t o their level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign language. However, final placement i s made according to the results of a placement test which may be taken at preregistration time after consultation with the department. Students who register Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 211,212 meet useableskill levels. Course 311 i s prerequisite to all upper division courses. See d e p a r t m e n t f a c u l t y f o r career information. Language majors and minors must consult with the department for limits o n nonAugsburg courses, and majors for midpoint evaluation after the third postintermediate course. Teaching majors and minors must consult with the Department of Education for program. Methods courses by language are joint five-college offerings and should be taken in the fall of the senior year. A 3.0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition i s a departmental requirement for teaching majors. MLA Competency Exam needed for licensure. Departmental Honors: Majors seeking de.partmental honors must apply no later than early i n the senior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA i n the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details. Chinese Offered i n conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. French MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including two in conversation-composition, one i n civilization, and three i n literature, of which one should be course 352. Study in France strongly recommended. M I N O R : 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one i n civilization, and one i n literature. Interim or summer of study in France strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Study Abroad. Also see lnterim catalog. 111 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed t o introduce the student with no previous background in French t o the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught t o enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Fall, Spring) 112 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 111or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms i s completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Through a core of twentieth century French literary readings and a grammar review, this course moves toward expressing opinions and greater ease in reading. For those who have studied most of the basic structures: Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall) 212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Several modern literary works are explored with the goals of communicating ideas and building sufficient reading skills t o pursue general reading in French. Completes the review of basic structures and more complex forms. Laboratory work. (Spring) 243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION 311 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION Major representative works of French literature read i n English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, students become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. Explores topics of current interest i n both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility o f expression. Emphasis o n vocabulary enrichment, grammatical r e f i n e m e n t s , e f f e c t i v e organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall 7 979) 312 FRENCH EXPRESSION A two-pronged approach t o coherent and correct expression. Attention t o grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n demand) 331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980) 332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. I n French. (Prereq.: 371 or#. Alternate years. Spring 7980) 350 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of French literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered o n demand) 352 CREATIVITY A N D RESTRAINT A survey of the major literary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the French intellectual, social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel, letters and other proseforms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work i n French. Required o f all majors. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n demand) 354 REALITIES: INNER A N D OUTER WORLDS A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and the literature of ideas that led to new forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts i n French. (Prereq.: 377 or#. Offered alternate years) 355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts i n French. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years.) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual,social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training i n the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and yffectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements i n style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors (Prereq.: 377 or#. Alternate years) 451 THE FRENCH NOVEL A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre i n theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Recommended 337. O n demand) 495 FRENCH SEMINAR Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry, medieval works, Romanticism). Student presentations in French. For advanced students. (See also lnterim offerings. Prereq.: 352,354 or 355. Offered on demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed t o complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) German M A J O R : 8 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and summer in Germany strongly recommended. M I N O R : 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and/or summer i n Germany strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: M e t h o d s i n M o d e r n Languages f o r teachers; European History, a second language, linguistics, English literature. 111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 is for students who have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice i n speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: Ability t o read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation i n short conversations. Laboratory materials available. (177, Fall; 772, Spring) 211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills i n t o w o r k i n g knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomaticexpression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (277, Fall; 272, Spring) 244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed i n English. The readings are considered not only i n the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in termsof their relevance t o perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to the major or minor in German. 311 GERMAN CONVERSAT'ON AND COMPOSITION Aims at developing facility i n the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common i n colloquial German. Intensive practice i n speaking i s supplemented with exercises i n written composition. (Fall) 331 CERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE l The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) t o the Thirty Years War (1643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergency of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980 and alternate years) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component, students apply the- elements of' theory through reading, analyzing and discuss. Ing selected works of German literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand) 351 GERMAN LITERATURE THROUGH 18TH CENTURY Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussions i n Classic and Romantic periods. Readings i n German, supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature i n i t s cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help t o improve students' ability t o express ideas in German. (Prereq.: 377 or#. O n demand) 352 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 19TH CENTURY 332 CERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene i s considered in view of i t s roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history o f t h e German-speaking peoples. I n German. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980) I n c l u d e s l a t e r Romanticism, J u n g Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help t o improve students' ability t o deal with concepts and express themselves i n German. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n demand) 353 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 20TH CENTURY Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression i n German. (Prereq.: 371 or #.) 411 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION A N D CONVERSATION Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language, (Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years) 451 GERMAN PROSE Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Coethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 377 or #.) 452 GERMAN D R A M A Representative dramatic works from late 18th century t o the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 377 or #) literature, linquistics, which can apply toward classics concentration i n cooperation with Macalester College. 111,112 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, w i t h special emphasis o n morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. (777, Fall; 712, Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE GREEK Review of basic structures of Greek, expansion of vocabulary and development of reading skills through selections from the New Testament and other Hellenistic writings (early fathers, historians, etc.) Special emphasis on parsing and syntax of the Greek text. (Prereq.: 172 or #. Fall) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS A first course i n the theory and practiceof literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. I n the practical component, the class will divide into small groups according t o foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works for foreign literature in the langauge. Recommended for majors and minors. Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.: 272 or #. Offered on demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Greek See the instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, Japanese Offered i n conjunction with the Five C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. Linguistics 289 INTRODUCTION T O LINGUISTICS An introduction t o linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common t o all languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry in t o the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed i n language.) Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and minors. (Fall) wegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (prereq.: 772 or equivalent. Spring) 311 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and t o differences between the two official languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 277 or equivalent. Spring) Norwegian 312 OLD NORSE MINOR: 4 upper division courses including 311, and two of 331,350,353,411; plus one course under Scandinavian Area Studies. For the teaching minor: 311,331,353,411 plus required education courses, including special methods. Recommended supporting preparation: Study i n Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies. An introduction t o the structure of O l d West Norse through the study of selections from O l d Norse literature. Some attention given to O l d East Norse and aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter i s desired but not reauired. Norwegian language minors wili have special assignments. ( O f f e r e d Spring 7 980) 331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE 111,112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (777, Fall; 772, Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition t o improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Nor- This study o f Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the c o n t e m p o r a r y N o r w e g i a n society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work i n the comparatively homogeneous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports i n the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980 and alternate years.) 350 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 o r #. Offered o n demand) 353 SURVEY O F NORWEGIAN LITERATURE Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to O l d Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention i s given t o writings i n the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are i n Norwegian language. (Prereq.: 277 or equivalent. Spring 7987. Alternate years) 411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and t o the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Russian Offered i n conjunction with the Five C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. Spanish MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353,354. (Study i n Spain or Latin America i s strongly recommended) Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, a n o t h e r language, PreColumbian civilization, Latin-American Area Studies. Consult department for other supporting courses i n humanities. 111,112 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims t o develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speakingworld. Laboratory work i s an integral part of the course (777, Fall; 772, Spring) 211, 212 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on active use of the language, supplemented by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.: 772 or 2 years o f high school Spanish. 277, Fall; 272, Spring) 249 SELECTED WORKS O F SPANISH A N D LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e r e p r e s e n t i n g various periods and movements are read i n English translation. Through background reading and class discussion i n English the student i s acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. 311 SPANISH CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Thorough oral and written practice i n correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course i s a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r all u p p e r - d i v i s i o n courses. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall) 312 SPANISH EXPRESSION Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speakingskills i n Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice t o improve oral and written expression with emphasis o n conversational facility, stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings t o stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted i n Spanish. (On demand) 332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the PreColumbian civilizations t o the present. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 317 or 272, with #. Spring 7980) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o literary analysis. In the practical comp o n e n t , students a p p l y t h e t h e o r y through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works o f literature i n Spanish. Recommended for majors and minors. Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand) 352,353 SURVEY O F SPANISH LITERATURE I, II A study of representative authors i n Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 377 or #. 352, Fall, 7980; 353, Fall, 7979) 331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980 and alternate years) 354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 456 SPANISH D R A M A Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written re- ports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. O n demand) 457 SPANISH NOVEL Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY History Chairperson: Richard Nelson M I N O R : 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division. MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four. areas. Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. Students are required to take at least one survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not be taken i n sequence. M A J O R FOR TEACHING: I n addition t o the regular history major a social science maior with historv, em~hasisis also available. See "Social Science" in this catalog. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers see "Education Department" in this catalog and consult with Education Department faculty for requirements. . H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal t o one course credit) t o be defended before a faculty committee. 101 THE BEGINNINGS O F THE WESTERN CULTURE An analysis of the primary civilizations i n the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the13th century.(Fall,Spring) 102 THE SHAPING O F WESTERN CIVILIZATION A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring) 103 THE M O D E R N WORLD A study of the main currents i n western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. (Fall, Spring) 104 THE M O D E R N NON-WESTERN WORLD An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. (Fall, Spring) 221 U.S. HISTORY T O 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directingfaculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course i n directed study may be applied to the major. 332 HISTORY O F AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY The relationship of foreign policy t o general American development is stressed as i s the period of the Cold War. (Fall 7980-87) 353 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA HISTORY A survey of topics relating t o the mergence of modern Minnesota: Indianwhite relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries. (Fall) 360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST A N D GREECE T O 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through i t s extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. 361 HELLENISTIC GREECE A N D R O M E T O 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. (Fall, 1979-80) 370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES T O 1560 331 TOPICS I N U.S. HISTORY Exploration i n depth of selected topics i n U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be-announced prior t o registration. (Fall) A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. (Spring, 7 980-87) 399 INTERNSHIP I N HISTORY A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper-division .. students majoring i n history. See department chairperson. 412 PERIODS AND STUART A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714. The emergence of modern constitutionalism is the major theme of the course. Emphasis i s also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of England's subsequent role i n the world economy and on the English literary renaissance of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods. (Fall) 416 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis i s also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 15601714. (Fall 7980-87) 431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the Roman Empire t o the 20th century, with focus on specific historic cities as examples. The course i s designed for history students, urban study majors, and those who desire a background to enrich further travel. (Spring) 440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be o n Western Asia. Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years. (Spring 7980-87) 463 MODERNSOUTHEAST A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. (Spring 7979-80) 464 MODERN A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium Warof 1839. The erosion of China's i;olationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of t h e 20th century. (Fall) 465 M O D E R N JAPAN An examination of the emergence of Japan as a major world power i n the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features o f t h e Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. (Spring 7980-87) 474 THE WORLD A N D THE WEST This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. (Spring797980) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to apply for directed independent study. A maxi- mum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major. 114 H U M A N GEOGRAPHY An introduction to the basicconceptsand tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and. human environment. (Temporarily cancelled. See History Department Chairman) MATHEMATICS Chairperson: Beverly Durkee M A J O R : 9 courses including 124,125,215, 224, 314, 324. Also required: Computer Science 245. For teacher licensure, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. M I N O R : 5 courses including 124,125,224. , H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics; 3.1 overall. Comprehensive oral examination. Program must be submitted to department during first term of junior year, and must include advanced study in areas of Analysis, Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education. ties in two variables. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Does not satisfy the general education requirement in mathematics. 114 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O COLLEGE ALGEBRA A N D TRIGONOMETRY Fundamental operations, factoring, factions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Fall) 121 FINITE MATHEMATICS 104 BASIC MATHEMATICS A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring; solving equations and inequalities in one variable, including linear and quadratic; and graphs of linear and quadratic equations and linear inequali- Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring) techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 242 BASIC CONCEPTS O F MATHEMATICS 124, 125, 224 CALCULUS, I, 11, 111 Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily f r o m the physical sciences. Primarily for students i n the natural sciences. (724, Fall; 725, Spring; 224, Fall) 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e structure o f mathematical systems and mathematical models which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily f o r students n o t i n t e n d i n g further study of mathematics. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 211 NUMBER THEORY A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: #) The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program) 314 INTRODUCTION T O M O D E R N ALGEBRA A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 275. Fa11) 324,325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I1 A study of the fundamental concepts of calculus for functions of several variables, including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions, improper integrals, differential forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324, Spring; 325, Fall) 215 ELEMENTARY LINEAR ALGEBRA 351 M O D E R N GEOMETRY A study of systems of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 722 or 725. Spring, 7980. Offeredalternate years.) 226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 373 PROBABILITY A N D STATISTICS Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling dis- tributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairperson or Internship Director t o determine project. 441 FOUNDATIONS O F MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and d e v e l o p m e n t o f n u m b e r systems. (Prereq.: 374, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 7987. Offered alternate years) 481 TOPICS I N MATHEMATICS Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 374, 324, or #. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics d e f i n e d t h r o u g h consultation between student and department. COMPUTER SCIENCE 145 INTRODUCTION T O GENERAL COMPUTER P R O G R A M M I N G An introduction to computer methods includingflowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Extensive programming in a non-scientific higher level language, such as COBOL. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring. Computer fee) 245 INTRODUCTION T O SCIENTIFIC COMPUTER P R O G R A M M I N G An introduction t o computer languages and methods. Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register operations, and computer organization. Programming i n machine language, assembly language, and FORTRAN. Examples and applications primarily from science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq: Math 725 or #. Fall. Computer fee) 355 COMPUTER SCIENCE A N D NUMERICAL METHODS A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language i n numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulas, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. Credit may be granted toward a mathematics major or minor. (Prereq: C.S. 245 and Math. 224 or concurrent registration. Fall) Medical Technology This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at Hennepin County Medical Center, Metropolitan Medical Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommended courses vary t o some extent depending on the hospital with which the students plan t o affiliate. It i s important to work closely with the Medical Technology adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by the hospitals for the 12-month internship. Students must negotiate directly with the hospitals involved. Although it i s not recommended, Chemistry 223 may be taken instead of Chemistry 351-352. However, credit for both Biology 367 and Chemistry 223 is not given. If Chemistry 223 is taken, then the two required upper division biology courses may not include Biology 367. Required science courses: 1) Biology 111, 112 and two additional upper division (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115,116), 351,352,353; 3) Physics: 103 (or 121,122); one math course. Students transferring t o Augsburg College with an Associate of Arts degree or its equivalent should expect to spend two years at Augsburg before participating in the internship year. The Medical Technology major is not designed for persons w h o already have t h e baccalaureate degree from another institution. Metro-Urban Studies Clnterdisciplinaryl Director: Carry W. Hesser MAJOR: 15 courses including the following core requirements: Economics 123; Political Science 122; History 431; Sociology 111, 381; Either Economics 379 or Sociology 362; Political Science 384 or Sociology 363; a minimum of one course of internship or independent study; plus two urban-related non-social science courses with an urban emphasis, at least one of which must be i n the humanities (current options include: Art 102, Religion 354, English 351, Speech 342, Physics 103, Biology 101, 105). To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks: Planning, Public Administration, or CeneraVLiberal Arts. These five courses must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a widevariety of courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges, as well as those offered through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (see below). MINOR: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following core courses are required for the Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Sociology 111; Sociology 381; an a p p r o v e d Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study. Other Urban Studies options available through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA): A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area. 358 READINGS SEMINAR: URBAN ISSUES Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution publications, journal articles and books. 359 FIELD SEMINAR: T W I N CITIES METROPOLITAN AREA Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists i n various fields, and investigate current issues i n the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services. 399 INTERNSHIP Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an internship of one or two courses. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Optional) Independent Study is done in conjunction with a one-course internship. I n consultation with MUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and/or field research related t o subjects of seminars and/or major academic interests. B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) This program is located at the University of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian urbanization and city planning. 372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE Students are placed i n beginning, intermediate or advanced study depending on proficiency. Instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary t o support student course work and daily living i n Oslo. An orientation t o current issues i n Norwegian life and society i s coordinated with the language instruction. 373GROWTHANDDEVELOPMENTOF SCANDINAVIAN CITIES Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work. Emphasis is placed on Norwegian u r b a n development w i t h comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 396 URBAN PLANNING I N SCANDINAVIA Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus i s on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY In consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field research related t o subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS) This "semester in the city" program i s located i n Bogota, Columbia. I t focuses upon urbanization and development i n the Third World. 261 SPANISH LANGUAGE Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. various types of barrios and t o public and private agencies dealing w i t h urban problems. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 362 PROSEMINAR: URBANIZATION I N LATIN AMERICA Readings, discussions, and lectures i n both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and v i s i t i n g C o l u m b i a n urbanists. 363 FIELD SEMINAR: WEALTH, POVERTY, A N D C O M M U N I T Y DEVELOPMENT IN THE LATIN AMERICAN CITY I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h SAUS faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and/or field research related t o subjects o f seminar and/or major academic interests. D. San Francisco Summer Term An eight-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and independent study. 382 FIELD EXPERIENCE Structured field course focusing o n plight and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with field trips t o other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to 383 FIELD SEMINAR: SAN FRANCISCO 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Music Chairperson: Robert Karlen Students wishing t o major i n Music at Augsburg College must make application t o the Music Faculty for acceptance into the programs. Such application should be made by the beginning of thesophomore year. (See Music Department handbook for further details.) CORE CURRICULUM: All music majors must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music courses: 101,102,223,224,260,261; pass a piano proficiency test, perform i n music organizations for 3 years, participate i n Performance Workshop, and pass 3 music repertoire tests. MAJOR: 12 courses: Core Curriculum described above, plus 350 or 476; 354 or 355; 365 or 375; 457, 458; 4 years of Performance.Studies; recital performance. TEACHING MAJOR: 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457,458; two of 354,355,365,375; 3 years of Performance Studies; education courses; and recital performance. Consult with Department o f Education for requirements i n education. BACHELOR O F M U S I C DECREE: 13 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350, two or 354, 355, 365, 375; 457, 458, 476; 499 or other elective; 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last two years, and junior and senior recitals. MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (Bachelor of Science Degree): Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 354; 355 or 365; 457 or 458; 3 years of Performance Studies including at least one term of voice; recital performance optional: Music Therapy 360, 382, 383, 395, 399, 435, 495; Psych. 105, 362, and one of 264, 351, 355, 356, 357; Soc. 241 and one of 111,121,231,375; elective in physical education (232 recommended); elective in speech (116 recommended). A maximum of 17 courses in Music and Music Therapy may be applied toward the 35 courses required for graduation. Students need to apply for internship sites nine months in advance of starting date. Since the number of sites in Minnesota i s limited, students may need t o seek outof-state internship placements. This major normally requires four and one-half years for completion. Upon satisfactory completion of the program, the student i s eligible to apply for certification/registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc. MINOR: 5 courses, 101, 102, 260 or 261, 458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies; 2 years in music organizations; piano proficiency; and 2 music r e p e r t o i r e tests. A t t e n d a n c e at all Performance Workshops during the year of Performance Studies and 8 campus recitals also required. Those wishing t o minor in music should declare their intent by the end of their sophomore year, or at the completion of Theory 102. HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for graduation honors i n music if they (1) provide leadership in: the promotion of higher music performance standards within the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation and/ or promotion of smaller performing ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least 3.3 i n music courses; and (3) apply for the Honors Program at the beginning of the second term of the junior year. Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: (1) two solo recitals of graduate quality; (2) a musical composit i o n f o r vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and i t s defense before a faculty committee of a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality. Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance Workshop and 14 campus faculty and student recitals i s required of sophomore, junior and senior music majors. Music minors must attend 8 faculty and student recitals as well as all Performance Workshops during the year of their Performance Studies. All music majors and minors must register for Performance Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration i s required of majors during either the junior or senior year, except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of Bachelors of Music in both their junior and senior years. Piano Profiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required t o pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. Confer with department regarding specific requirements. During the junior and senior years, a student who has been certified by the Department of Music as a major for the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Music degree, receives required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may not exceed four semesters of weekly halfhour lessons. TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or senior student transferring t o Augsburg College as a music major must take a placement test in music theory before registration. Application f o r acceptance into a music program should be made at the end of the student's first term at Augsburg, after passing the piano proficiency test. 101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than in sequence. (707,223, Fall. 702,224, Spring) 230 INTRODUCTION T O THE FINE ARTS 380 MUSIC O F THE WESTERN C H U R C H The Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, directors, and pre-theological stu- of music through the selected of great 'Omstudy posers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major (Fall, Spring) 260 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) 261 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring) 350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE A N D ARRANGING Fundamentals of voice culture as related t o choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging. (Spring) 354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) dents. 440 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP Offers an opportunity t o apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and history classes to the study of the music of our time. Works of 20th Century composers w i l l be chosen according t o instrumentation and abilities represented by the class, so that in-depth analysis can prepare for performance. An evaluation will be made of each composition studied with regard t o its significance and relationship t o the total output of that composer. (Prereq.: 224. Spring. Alternate years) 457 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 CONDUCTING Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental en~wnbles.(Spring) 476 ORCHESTRATION 365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Alternate years.) 375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE 482 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C Advanced technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) The music of Scandinavia since 1700. (Alternate years) 488,489 P I A N O TEACHING METHODS Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will give individual lessons t o child r e n under t h e supervision o f t h e instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS O F M U S l C II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring) M U S l C THERAPY 110 INTRODUCTION T O M U S l C THERAPY A survey of the music therapy programs i n the surrounding area, with field trips t o various institutions; an i n t r o d u c t o r y course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background i n the ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim) 360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL MUSlC Study of guitar and other non-symphonic instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications t o clinical settings. (Fall) 382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF MUSlC I An objective approach t o musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the socio-psychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 395 INFLUENCE O F M U S l C O N BEHAVIOR A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. 399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL INTERNSHIP Full-time placement i n an internship setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for six months. This i s started after completion of thesenior year and is necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made nine months i n advance. Sites i n Minnesota are limited. 435 MUSlC I N THERAPY The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395) 495 PRACTICUM I N MUSlC THERAPY Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. No credit. RECITALS, LESSONS, ORGANIZATIONS PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints students with a repertoire of musical excellence. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) PERFORMANCE STUDIES MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS Vocal and instrumental instruction i s available to all students. For statement of fees, see under Financial Information. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) The music organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Normally, membership i s reserved for full-time students. Membership for the full year i s required of participants. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) Piano Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons in piano taken after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor. Organ Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training as needed, interpretation of songs. Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, String Instruments, Percussion Instruments Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. Choir Membership by audition. Concert Band Membership by audition. Orchestra. Membership by audition. Chorale, Jazz Ensemble, Brass Ensemble, String Ensemble, Woodwind Ensemble. Membership by audition or consent of director. N a t u r a l Science NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in Secondary Schools. The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved the licensure program for science teachers and has authorized Augsburg to recommend candidates for licensure in: Life Science, grades 7-72 Life Science, (minor) grades 7-72 Physical Science, grades 7-72 Earth Science, grades 7-72 Earth Science, (minor) grades 7-72 Chemistry, (minor) grades 7-72 Physics, (minor) grades 7-72 Middle School Science, grade 5-9 PROGRAM COMPONENTS The program of courses is designed to provide a broad, basic background i n science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student will meet the general education requirements of the college and, in the physical science, have at least one year of calculus. BROAD BASE COURSES - 7 COURSES Seven courses comprise the set for the broad base background. 1. Earth Science - 1 course Physics 101 - Astronomy OR Physics 161 - Understanding the Weather 2. Life Science - 2 courses Biology 111,112 - General Biology 3. Physical Science - 4 courses Physics 121, 122 - General Physics Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) General Chemistry Group IV Biology 471 - Cellular Biology OR Biology 473 - Animal Physiology Group V Biology 440 - Plant Physiology OR Biology 476 - Microbiology BROAD BASE FOR TEACHING SCIENCE Grades 5-9 - 7 courses - In order to make the program slightly more flexible, it is recommended that students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and substitute Physics 103 - Physics for Physics 121, 122 - General Physics. LIFE SCIENCE EMPHASIS - 8 COURSES 1. Cognate - Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic Chemistry 2. Biology Component - 7 courses Biology 491 - Seminar At least one course from each of the following groups: Group I Biology 351 - Invertebrate Zoology OR Biology 353 - c6mparative Vertebrate Zoology Group II Biology 355 - Genetics OR Biology 474 - Developmental Biology Group 111 Biology 361 - Plant Biology OR Biology 474 - Ecology 1. Earth Science - 2 courses Either Physics 101 - Astronomy OR Physics 161 - Understanding the Weather (the alternative course not taken in the BROAD BASE section) 2. Life Sciences - 2 courses Any two biology courses above 112. 3. Physical Science - 3 courses Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic Chemistry Chemistry 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Physics 245 - Modern Physics CERTIFICATION WITH MINOR Candidates requesting certification based upon minor preparation in life science shall complete 7 courses in Biology in addition to the BROAD BASE. Candidates requesting certification based upon minor preparation in chemistry or physics shall complete the broad basic competencies and shall have an additional 4 courses in either Physics or Chemistry. For Chemistry, these are Chemistry 351,352 or 223,353,361 and 362 or 482. For Physics, these are any four courses above 122. - Nursing Chairperson: Beverly Nilsson Augsburg offers a second-step, upper division major in nursing leading t o a Bachelor of Science degree. Requirements for admission t o the major are: completion of an associate degree or diploma program i n nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a current license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of inorganic chemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition; and i n t r o d u c t o r y courses i n psychology and sociology at accredited institutions of higher education. These courses must be taken prior t o admission into the nursing major. CLEP examinations may be taken to validate credits. I n addition, each applicant to the nursing major must successfully complete theoretical and clinical testing prior t o acceptance into the major. Nurses who have not been actively engaged in the practice of nursing within the past five years, must take a refresher course prior to acceptance into the major. A course in organic chemistry is also required for the major. Students must take this course at Augsburg by the end of the first year. MAJOR:11 courses (10 course credits) i n nursing including 303, 304, 310, 311, 325, 350,403,404,423,427, and 430. Speech 354 (Interpersonal Communications) i s highly recommended. The r e q u i r e d courses in sociology, psychology, English, chemistry, and biology listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well as toward the major. A 2.5 overall GPA in the nursing courses i s required. 303 CONTEMPORARY NURSING I This course is designed t o explore the contemporary role of the nurse as a client educator. Content on learning theories, assessment, planning, communicating via negotiated objectives, matching methodology and evaluation techniques within an experiential setting as presented. (Fall-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the major. 1/2 course credit.) 304 CONTEMPORARY NURSING II Through lecture-discussions, the class will explore factors affecting one's influence with individuals. Students will explore their own leadership style as it relates t o the professional nurse's role and the theory of planned change. (Spring-junior year. Prereq.. 303. 1/2 course credit.) 310 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING I Through a lecture-discussion format, the class develops a holistic health framework within a family and community context. Factors such as cultural values, environment, change, epidemiology, and social trends are considered, as they relate t o the individual's perception and state of health. (Fall-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the major.) 311 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II Clinical application of health concepts. Students participate i n negotiated health intervention and facilitation within a selected community setting. (Springjunior year. Prereq.: 303, 310, 325) 325 NURSING ASSESSMENT The professional nurse's role as advocate and facilitator i s strengthened via the use of a systematic process of assessment and planning, intervention, and evaluation. This negotiated process isexplored within a developmental frame of reference with application t o the adult individual. (Falljunior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the major.) 350 INTRODUCTION T O NURSING RESEARCH The research process and methodologies appropriate t o nursing are the focus of this course. Issues of ethics and nursing research i n nursing studies are explored. Students will critique nursing research and design individual research projects. (Spring-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major.) 403 CONTEMPORARY NURSING Ill This course will explore the process of negotiating with individuals and groups to identify learning needs and goals. We will experience a variety of teaching methods as we integrate therapeutic communication techniques w i t h t h e teaching process. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: 303,304,310,317,325,350. To be taken prior to or concurrent with Nursing 423.) 404 CONTEMPORARY NURSING I V This is a nursing synthesis seminar course dealing with the integration of a professional role and the utilization of professional nursing tools, such as effective communication techniques, in facilitating complex group or family interaction. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 303,304,370, 317, 325, 350, 403, 423, 430. To be taken prior to or concurrent with Nursing 427.) 423 PRECEPTORSHIP I The preceptorship practicum is a flexible approach t o learning and allows the student an opportunity t o explore a chosen area of study i n a selected practice setting. This approach allows opportunity to practice self-objectives, select learning expe. riences, and work cooperatively and collaboratively with preceptor(s), faculty, agencies, and clients i n initiating complex nursing care. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: 303, 304, 310, 322, 325, 350. To be taken after or concurrent with Nursing 403.) 427 PRECEPTORSHIP II This course builds upon the knowledge and skills obtained i n Contemporary Nursing IV. Applies leadership skills to groups. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 423, 430. To be taken after or concurrent with Nursing 404.) 430 TRENDS A N D ISSUES I N NURSING A course designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues will be explored in light of their implications for nursing practice. (Interim. Prereq.: None.) Philosophy Chairperson: Kenneth Bailey 120 ETHICS MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242, 343, and 344. Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it i s right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring) M I N O R : 5 courses, including two courses from 241, 242, 343, and 344. H O N O R S MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendationswill be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the department. Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. 130 L O G I C Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. (Fall, Spring). 110 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O PHILOSOPHY: IDEAS A N D M E T H O D Though each person has his own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this i s that individuals lack the needed skills. Another i s that they may have had little opportunity to examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course are to provide the student with some experience i n examining ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall, Spring) 241 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 A N D ARISTOTLE How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important, and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will be considered as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 242 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY 11: MEDIEVAL A N D RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance and the new methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring) 350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION What i s the relation between faith and reason?Does God exist, and what can be said about him if he does?Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? I s man really immortal? Are miracles possible?We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. 355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. 360 PHILOSOPHY O F LANGUAGE 343 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY Ill: ENLIGHTENMENT A N D 1 9 f H CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's synthesis-ofphilosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to idealism in men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Neitzsche. (Fall) 344 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY IV: CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? I s truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science?These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring) Every day we use language to buy and sell, praise and berate, communicate with friends. What i s language? Could an individual be fully human without it? How does language relate to the world - can we really learn about the nature of things from words? Do the mathematician and the scientist have a language?I s it possible to have a language which only one individual can understand?We shall explore how philosophers have responded to these and other important questions about language. 365 PHILOSOPHY O F SCIENCE The scientist's knowledge of the world i s purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. I s this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions,students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems i n the special sciences. - 370 EXISTENTIALISM 440 THEORY O F BEING Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course i n philosophy) Being i s the most important concept which philosophy investigates. This course studies some of the perennial theories of metaphysics along with some modern applications of these theories. Students will have the opportunity to read and discuss primary texts as well as contemporary articles dealing with metaphysics. (Prereq.: one prior course i n philosophy) 380 MEDICAL ETHICS Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of medical care and delivery, abortion, human engineering, care f o r t h e dying and euthanasia. 430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL PHILOSOPHERS 450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art, philosophy of literature, philosophy of history, philosophical psychology, philosophy of culture, political and legal philosophy, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 247, 242, 343, or #) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggestion prior courses: 247, 242, 343, or #) Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Physical Education and Health Education Chairperson: Ernest Anderson PHYSICAL EDUCATION PHYSICAL EDUCATION M A J O R : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 350, 351, 471, 472, 475; Biol. 103. PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N T E A C H I N G MAJOR: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351,365,471,472; Biol. 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. PHYSICAL EDUCATION M A J O R W I T H SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE THERAPY: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 495, 491, 495; Biol. 103; Psychology 105, 355, 362. Approval for admission to Corrective Therapy Major must be secured from the Coordinator of Corrective Therapy. PHYSICAL EDUCATION M A J O R WITI.. SPECIALIZATION IN ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 485, 491; Biol. 103. PHYSICAL EDUCATION M I N O R : H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 223,231,232, or 472, and 243. C O A C H I N G ENDORSEMENT: H.Ed. 114, 115; P.E. 243,350,351,475, one of 476-480, and practicum in coaching (Practicum requires registration for Independent Study 499). Physical education major meets t h e coaching requirement. Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d coaching assignment in Minnesota high schools are required t o have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 102,103 LIFETIME SPORTS Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 223 TEAM SPORTS Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) 231 INDIVIDUAL A N D DUAL SPORTS Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) 232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHYMS 355 TESTS AND MEASUREMENT (See Health Education) Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (1/2 course. Interim) 365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 234 OUTDOOR EDUCATION 373 MODERN DANCE This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling,. outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared to spend some weekends participating in these activities. (I/. course. Spring) 243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) An introductory course in modern dance technique and creative composition. Exploration of movement, energy, form, and design. No previous dance experience necessary. (1/2 course. Interim) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult department chairperson 471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Prereq.: 243. Fall) Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. (Prereq.: Biology 103; Fall) 472 GYMNASTICS 351 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. (1/2 course. Fall) The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring) 354 TEACHING THE EXCEPTIONAL CHILD (See Health Education) 474 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior P.E. majors and minors. (Prereq: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test or satisfactory completion of Lifetime Sports, Swimming. 1/2 course. Fall) 475 PREVENTION AND CARE OF ATHL n I C INJURIES1/2 course Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Spring, 1st half of term) 485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Course includesconsideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 350, 357; H.Ed. 354. Summer school only) 491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE 476 COACHING OF FOOTBALL %course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (% course. Fall, 1st half of term) A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and administration of neuro-muscular reeducation. (Prereq.: 350, 357; H.Ed. 354 Summer school only) 495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION 477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Fall, 2nd half of term) 478 COACHING OF HOCKEY '/2 course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Fall, 2nd half of term) 479 COACHING OF TRACK AND FIELD '/Z course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring, 2nd half of term) 480 COACHING OF BASEBALL/SOFTBALL % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring, 2nd half of term) Four-hundred hours of hospital affiliation required. Includes actual hospital experience in the following four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation. (Prereq.: 485,492, andapproval of department.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. HEALTH EDUCATION HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR: 110,114, 115, 320, 354, 410; Biol. 103, 108, 111; Chem. 103 or 105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231, 241. HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: 110,114,115,320,354,355,310; Biol. 103, 108, 111; Chem. 103 or 105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231, 241; Educ. sequence for teaching license. HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: 110,114, 115, 320; Biol. 103; SOC. 231 115 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCATlON 1/2 course 1 1 0 PERSONAL A N D C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abused. (Fall, Spring) Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied t o the individual and the community. (Fall) 320 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM 114 SAFETY EDUCATION 1/2 course Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring) Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units i n nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: A l l courses i n the major sequence numbered i n the 100 and 200 series; also #.) 354 T E A C H I N G T H E E X C E P T I O N A L CHILD % course evaluation of tests i n health and physical education. (Spring) Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: P.E. 350. Spring) 410 ADMINISTRATION A N D SUPERVIS I O N O F THE S C H O O L HEALTH PROGRAM 355 TESTS A N D MEASUREMENT '/z course Survey of basic statistical procedures and Historical background, legal bases,school health services, and relationships to community he:<lth program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320) Physics Chairperson: Kenneth Erickson MAJOR: 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses above 122. I n planning their courses of study, students are encouraged t o work closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124,125, and Physics 121,122 the freshman year, and Mathematics 224 and 226 the sophomore year. M I N O R : 5 courses, including 121, 122, and three courses above 122. H O N O R S MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 i n physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer t o the Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education Department early in their planning. SOCIETY O F PHYSICS STUDENTS: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating i n the physics community o n a professional basis. Membership in SPS i s open t o all students interested in physics. SIGMA PI SIGMA: Membership i n the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open t o those students who have completed the equivalent of a minor i n physics and have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and 3.0 overall. 101 ASTRONOMY A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use i s made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, and eightinch Celestron, as well as a3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall; Spring) 103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only t o illustrate fundamental principles, but also t o demonstrate the relevance of physics t o the life sciences. The course i s designed t o serve students i n biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem. algebra. Fall) transistors and integrated circuits, with applications to both digital and analog circuits. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 722 o r 703 plus Mathematics 722 or 125 and consent o f instructor. Spring) 270 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis i s on physical optics, using t h e complex expression f o r a wave throughout. Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 722. Fall) 121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, 11 A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors i n physics and other specified majors. Must be taken i n sequence. (4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 724 or concurrent registration. 727, Fall; 722, Spring) 245 MODERN PHYSICS An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 722. Fall) 261 ELECTRONICS The emphasis i s on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing solid state devices. The study of diodes, 351,352 MECHANICS I, I1 A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 722; Mathematics 226. 357, Fall; 352, Spring) 362,363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus t h r o u g h o u t . Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based o n Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226.. 362, Fall; 363, Spring) 395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation i n physics seminars. Experiments i n the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics.(2 threehour laboratory and Iseminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing o r consent o f instructor. Spring) 481 THERMAL PHYSICS The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject i s developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical t h e r m o dynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring) 486 Q U A N T U M MECHANICS A development from first principles, inc l u d i n g de Broglie's postulates, t h e Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 357, 352. Fall) 488 TOPICS I N M O D E R N PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics t o specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY An opportunity for students t o explore systematically a problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental approval. Political Science Chairperson: Norma Noonan M A J O R : 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required are 121 or 122 or 160 or 170; 158; 384; and at least 5 other upper division courses i n 4 out of 5 areas.* A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. M I N O R : 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or 170; 158; and at least 3 upper division courses in 3 out of 5 areas.* HONORS MAJOR: The Honors Major i n Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior year, an Honors Thesis t o be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, consult the Honors Ad- viser, Dr. Noonan. Students should apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year. *The five areas are American Government and Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis, International Politics, Public Law, and Political Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed i n more than one area may be counted i n only one area toward major or minor requirements.) Students interested in secondary education may take a political science major in combination with specified social science courses, i n compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Education adviser. For precise listing of terms in which courses are o f f e r e d , see t h e Class Schedule. 1. AMERICAN COVERNMENT A N D POLITICS 121 AMERICAN COVERNMENT A N D POLITICS The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, executive, and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and current issues i n American society. 325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 7 course i n Political Science or #) 326 POLITICAL PARTIES A N D BEHAVIOR The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media i n presidential election3 (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 727 or #. Fall term o f election years.) 342 MASS C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I N SOCIETY Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description). 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II 122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy i n the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description). 421 TOPICS I N AMERICAN POLITICS Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic t o be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses i n Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) 11. COMPARATIVE POLITICS A N D ANALYSIS Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS 160 ISSUES IN W O R L D POLITICS Contemporary issues and problems in international politics i n the context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign policy. 158 POLITICAL PAlTERNS A N D PROCESSES 363 C O M M U N I S T FOREIGN POLICIES An analysis of basic patterns i n the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES 461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #) 351 C O M M U N I S T POLITICAL SYSTEMS A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states i n terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D PRACTICE (See Section V for description) Selected themes i n c l u d i n g i n t e r p r e tations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included i n subtitle. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) IV. PUBLIC LAW 170 LAW I N THE UNITED STATES A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; t h e U n i t e d States C o n s t i t u t i o n as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. 459 TOPICS IN ELITE A N D MASS BEHAVIOR 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation i n the political system. ( O f f e r e d o n demand. Prereq.: O n e course i n Political Science or #.) The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases involving the United States government and the federal system. (Prereq.: 770 or #. Offered alternate years.) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 770 or #. Offered alternate years.) V. POLITICAL THEORY A N D ANALYSIS 158 POLITICAL PAlTERNS A N D PROCESSES deration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine.(Prereq.: 758or #. Offered alternate years.) 384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS Theory and methods of empirical political analysis, i n c l u d i n g c o m m u n i c a t i o n s theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts, psychological and economic approaches t o political study, and a survey of the methods common to empirical social science. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; Political Science 758 and two upper division courses, or #.) (See Section I1 for description) 380 WESTERN POLITICAL T H O U G H T A study of influential political philosophers f r o m Plato t h r o u g h Rawls, emphasizing t h e values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and t o rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D PRACTICE A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state i n comparative perspective. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY A N D INTERNSHIPS. 199 INTERNSHIP Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor i n the department t o determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.) 295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered o n demand) 299 DIRECTED STUDY Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 382 MARXIST VISIONS: PAST, PRESENT, A N D FUTURE 399 INTERNSHIP Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consi- Consult Chairperson or Internship Director t o determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 SEMINAR 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #.) Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student.(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Psychology Chairperson: Norman Ferguson MAJOR: 10 courses including 105, 264, 265,381, or 399, and 493. Physics 103 i s also required. The major program should include 105 in the freshman year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or sophomore year, 381 or 399 in the junior year, and 493 in the senior year. The major program is planned in consultation with an adviser in the psychology department and it i s approved by the department chairperson. The overall plan i s directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocational and professional goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior year. Not more than two courses from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward the minimum ten courses required for a psychology major. It should be noted that this restriction applies toward the minimum requirement only. The student may actually take more such courses. I t i s recommended that psychology majors take additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their particular interests i n psychology. For example, developing a minor in business administration, biology, or communication i s recommended for many students. M I N O R : 5 courses including 105. Not more than one course from among 299, 399, and 499 may be counted toward the minor. H O N O R S M A J O R : Students may qualify for honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average overall, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chairperson for more detailed requirements. 105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. (Fall, Spring) 264, 265 RESEARCH METHOD: DESIGN, PROCEDURE, & ANALYSIS I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation i s human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without continuing i n Research Methods 11. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken i n the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105. 264, Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 7 05) - 352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT A N D ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of people in the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq. : 357) 355 BRAIN & BEHAVIOR A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 705 and one course i n biology. Fall) 356 A N I M A L BEHAVIOR A broad-based approach to the study of behavior. Emphasis i s placed on studying animals and human beings in their natural habitats and upon understanding behavior patterns which have been produced through interaction with the environment. Major topics include: behavioral evolution, behavioral development, and social behavior in both animals and human beings. (Prereq. 705. Spring) 357 LEARNING Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 705) 359 MEASUREMENT Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 705) 361 PERSONALITY An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 705. Fall) 362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS A review of maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Experience in a variety of community service units will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 367. Spring) 371 PSYCHOLOGY O F THE INDIVIDUAL: FEMALE A N D MALE A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status and feminist movement views, and physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq.: 705 or #) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 705) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. 381 PSYCHOLOGY I N HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: two psychology courses) 399 INTERNSHIP 490 CURRENT TOPICS I N PSYCHOLOGY Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: 105 and #). 493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists i n studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses. Fall, Spring) 485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. Religion Religion 111 or 221 are prerequisite to all other courses. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved by the department and colloquim with the department. MAJOR: 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 481 and also including a seminar especially for majors to be taken in the junior or senior year. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. One upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. One course required from those numbered 361-363 and one from those numbered 471-475. MINOR: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted to the minor. In order to prepare for teaching about religion in public schools the student should work closely with the Religion Department in designing a program which includes: (a) a major in an academic field which is certifiable for elementary or secondary school teaching, and (b) a Religion major with courses 356, Chairperson: Eugene M. Skibbe 360, 363, 471, and 355. The Minnesota State Department of Education does not at this time grant licensure for a Religion major or minor. teacher and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implicationswill be analyzed and discussed. (Spring, 798087) 111 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O THEOLOGY 356 HISTORY O F RELIGIONS An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring) 221 BIBLICAL STUDIES The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring) 350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION See under Department of Philosophy 353 D E N O M I N A T I O N S A N D SECTS IN AMERICA A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. 354 LIFE A N D W O R K O F THE C H U R C H Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. (Offered 7979-80) An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Conficianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious cornrnunities. 360 RELIGION A N D SOCIETY An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society. 361 C H U R C H FATHERS A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity i n conflict with Gnosticisms and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. 362 THEOLOGY O F THE REFORMERS 355 THE STUDY O F RELIGION IN THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such efforts, the resources available to the An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) 363 RELIGION I N AMERICA 475 JUDAISM A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, d e n o m i nations and the responses of religion t o the challenges of its environing culture. A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the O l d Testament period t o modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewishthinkers as Buber and Heschel. TheJewishChatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) 380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH (See under Department of Music) 481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY 471 JESUS A N D HIS INTERPRETERS Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, .literary structure and relationships. Attention t o the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 472 THEOLOGY O F PAUL A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship t o the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Offered 7 979-80) 473 THE MESSAGE O F THE O L D TESTAMENT An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) 482 CONTEMPORARY R O M A N CATHOLIC THEOLOGY New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights t o the dogmatic definitions of the church. (Fall) 483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. 495 SEMINAR The various types of O l d Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Offered 7980-87) Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) -. Russian Area Studies Coordinator: Norma C. Noonan The major i n Russian Area Studies i s a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It seeks t o give the student the broadest possible exposure t o Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, literature, tradition, and philosophy. I n addition t o providinga good liberal education, the program can enable students to prepare for graduate study, or careers i n areas such as government, international business, or teaching. The Major consists of 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies) 2 courses i n Russian history 1 course in Marxist theory 1 course in Russian literature 1 course in Soviet politics 2 other courses of approved electives Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. A minor is presently under consideration. F o r i n f o r m a t i o n , p l e a s e see t h e coordinator. Scandinavian Area Studies Director: Mildred )oel 255,355 O I L A N D NORWAY: M U T U A L IMPACT MAJOR: 8 upper division courses. M I N O R : 4 upper division courses. All programs must contain four courses listed i n the Augsburg College catalog or transferred t o Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Language courses, i.e., courses t a u g h t by a Scandinavian Language Department or subdepartment regardless of their content which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level study of a Scandinavian language. See, Norwegian courses listed under Department of Foreign Languages. An inquiry into the early impact of the emerging Norwegian petroleum industry upon the politics and economy of Norway and, conversely,- of Norwegian political perspectives and institutions, upon the development and use of this recently discovered resource. (Interim, 7980) 331 TOPICS: NORWEGIAN AMERICAN EXPERIENCE The O l d World background and use of "America Fever," adaptation t o the New Land; aspects of Norwegian-American culture. 331 TOPICS: THE IMMIGRANT I N AMERICAN HISTORY How did the O l d Stock American host society receive the waves of newcomers to the U.S. i n the 19th and 20th centuries? How did the immigrants respond t o the reception? Through case studies, selected readings, class lecture, and discussions, this course examines the encounter of the new American culture with the older European cultures. 345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN EXPERIENCE Concentrates on the immigrant experience i n the Midwest with emphasis on M i n nesota, especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and Finns. Some attention also given t o the Danish and Icelandic communities i n Minnesota. ( O f f e r e d o n demand) 351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work i n a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Spring, 7981) 352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge o f a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be req u i r e d t o d o assigned readings and written work i n a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 1980) 360 EDDA AND SAGA A study of the major poetic and prose eddas of early Scandinavia, including Snorre's Heimskringla and the Vinland sagas. Comparative study of Beowulf, the Niebelungenlied, and the Chanson de Roland. Guest lectures in O l d Norse, Norse mythology and other topics. Taught in English. Counts toward Scandinavian Area Studies major when readings and papers are d o n e i n a Scandinavian language. (Offered on demand) 364 NORWEGIAN-AMERICAN CHURCH LIFE Offered under Department of Religion. (1980-81) 372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies. 373 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF SCANDINAVIAN CITIES Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies. 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS See description under Department of Art. 396 URBAN PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies. 482 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C See description under Department of Music. 495 SEMINAR: ETHNIC/IMMIGRATION EXPERIENCE Offered under Department of History. 450 NINETEENTH CENTURY SCANDINAVIA Offered under Department of History. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY In consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. Social Science Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist MAJOR: 14 courses. Particularly designed for those preparing for secondary school teaching in social studies. The requirements for licensure are in the process of being changed. For those graduating after July 1, 1979 a new "competency based" program will be in effect. See Department of Education for further details. The Social Science major i s also recommended for others, such as pre-law students, who desire a broad major in this area. This major may be earned in any one of four distributions. A student may not list a double major in Social Science and one of the several component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major i s significantly different from the other major. social sciences selected from the following: Bus. Adm. (Econ.) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Psych. 264 - Experimental Psychology I Soc. 362 - Statistical Analysis Soc. 365 - Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation. 4 courses from any 4 of these disciplines: geography, anthropology, economics, sociology, psychology. B. Behavioral Science Emphasis 14 courses from the following disciplines: economics, history, political science, psychology, sociology (including anthropology); at least 5 courses must be upper division. Included in this requirement are the following: (1) at lea~t2coursesfrom each of the 5 disciplines; 5 courses from a 4th discipline excluding history. (2) 1course in the methodology of the social sciences selected from the following: Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362, 365. (3) 1 course in American history. \ A. History Emphasis 7 courses in history: 2 in American, 2 in Ancient-Medieval-Modern Europe, 2 in Non-Western, and 1 seminar; at least 4 of these courses must be upper division. 2 courses in political science, 1 course in the methodology of the , C. Non-Western Studies Emphasis Hist. 103 - The Modern World 1 course in the methodology of the social sciences selected from the following: Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362, 365 12 courses in non-western studies; selected from the following, with at least four disciplines represented. Hist. 104, 440, 463, 465, 474; history seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic. Pol. Sci. 351, 363, 382, 461; political science seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic. Econ. 122, 258 Sociology 241 Religion 356 Philosophy 355 D. International Relations Emphasis (1) Required: lower division Pol. Sci. 158 or 160; Hist. 103 or 104; Econ. 122 4th term of college work in a modern foreign language. (2) Required: upper division Pol. Sci. 363, 461; Hist. 332. (3) Electives: 7 courses selected from this list. No more than five from any one discipline. Pol. Sci. 351,351,380,381,382; political science seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic. Hist. 416,440,463,564,465,474; history seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic. Sociology 241 4th term of college work i n a second modern foreign language. Social Science Minor: 5 courses, one from each of five disciplines, selected from the f o l l o w i n g : anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, and sociology. The selection of courses must be approved by one of the faculty supervising the social science major. Social Work Chairperson: Edwina Hertzberg The core program of Social Work begins i n the junior year, but all students are advised to take Social Work 257 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted by the faculty, and should seek advisement from faculty as t o sequence of requisite courses from other departments. MAJOR LEADING TO A BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DECREE: The approved program for students preparing for social work practice is the Bachelor of Science program. The Bachelor of Arts degree should be chosen only if the student does not plan t o pursue a professional social work career. Core program consists of Psych. 105*, Psych. 351* and 352*, Soc. 121*, 231*, 365,375*, and 383*; and Social Work 257, 361, 363, 461, 462, 463, 464, 466, and 467. Recommended courses are: one CHR, Soc. 111, Econ. 723, Pol.Sci.727, 325,326, Biology 707 or 105, Psych.367 and 362, Speech 354 and/or 355. *These courses are t o be completed before the beginning of the senior year. M A J O R LEADING T O A BACHELOR O F ARTS DEGREE: Students are not advised to choose the B.A. program unless the student does not plan to enter social work practice after graduation. The core program consists of the same program as specified for the B.S. except that Social Work 461, 462, 463, 464, 466, 467, are not required. S P E C I A L I Z A T I O N S : Specializations i n Aging, C h e m i c a l D e p e n d e n c y ( b y arrangement with Metropolitan Community College), Crime and Corrections and Youth are possible. Specialization consists of courses descriptive of functional, disfunctional and programmatic aspects of the special area, plus field work assignments in the senior year. A Human Services Management specialization is also available. Completion of a specialization sequence will be noted on the student's transcript. 257 P R A C T I C U M IN THE H U M A N SERVICES With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 30 hours per week as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. Open t o all students. (Interim) 340 POLICIES, PROGRAM A N D SKILLS FOR THE A G I N G This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social policy, services planned t o address needs of olde,r population and skills needed t o work with this population. Class conducted i n Senior. Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Course work i n Human Development, Systems o f Social Welfare, experience i n work with the aged, #.) 361 SYSTEMS O F SOCIAL WELFARE An examination of fundamental aspects of the various systems of social welfare i n the U.S. and the role of social work i n them. Special emphasis on analysis of the major assumptions and movements contributory t o the rise of the welfare state; description of a selection of modern service systems, the profession of social work, i t s ethics, values, and historical development. Three class periods per week; guest lectures, research paper. (Prereq.: lunior, o r #. Fall) 363 METHODS A N D SKILLS O F SOCIAL WORK Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social Work practice with indi- viduals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Two class periods of lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 361, lunior. Spring) 364 FIELD WORK I Beginning supervised professional experience i n a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring) 461 ADVANCED METHODS A N D SKILLS IN SOCIAL WORK Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis o n development of generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches. Two two-hour class lectures, and/or laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 2.0 i n 363 and364, or#. Fa11) 463 C O M M U N I T Y DEVELOPMENT A N D ORGANIZATION Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1)surveyance of historical forms of social change, 2 ) understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant t o social protest and change, 3) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or #. Fall) 462, 464, FIELD W O R K II A N D IV: Ten hours per week in a Social Service agency. Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq: completion and 2.0 i n 367, 362; concurrent with 467 and 467; Fall and Spring) 465 SOCIAL POLICY: ANALYSIS A N D DEVELOPMENT This course will include the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed first hand through work with a public policy maker, 4 hours per week. One class period per week, readings, analytical paper integrating class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: 367, 463, and senior or #. Spring) 466 FIELD W O R K Ill Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. (1/2 course. Interim.) 467 THE SOCIAL WORKER AS PROFESSIONAL Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, personnel policies and practices, organizational theory, and resourcedevelopmentwill be studied i n the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: 467, 462, 463, 464; Spring) 468 SPECIAL TOPICS Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. (# half or full credit. Interim) Sociology Chairperson: C. Nelson M A J O R IN SOCIOLOGY: 10 courses including 121,362,363,375 and 485. (Highly recommended: a CHR course, internship, independent study or upper division interim course i n sociology.) This recommendation i s made i n the hope that the student will take advantage of the variety o f learning models offered through the department. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of concentration. M I N O R : 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.) H O N O R S M A J O R : The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 i n the major and 3.0 overall. Application for honors i n sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal t o Department Chairperson before April 1 of the junior year. Candidacy i s contingent upon departmental approval of proposal by April 30 of junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for "Independent Study" (Sociology 499) through which work on thesis will be completed. Honors degree i n sociology will be granted t o a candidate if he/she successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of senior year and maintains GPA through graduation. 111 H U M A N COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community i n the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Spring) 121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. I t s applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. (Fall, Spring) 231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to i t s institutional and cultural context. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation to culture; language as a major organizing element i n the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of U.S. culture. (Fall, Spring) 300,301,302,303,304 SPECIAL TOPICS I N SOCIOLOGY Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these institutions take the course together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. 360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms and sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research i n religious movements and institutions i n American society. 362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS The first course in a two-course sequence. Analysis of attempts t o build a body of k n o w l e d g e b y way o f a s c i e n t i f i c approach. Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe social life through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take Soc. 363 the following term. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall) 363 RESEARCH METHODS The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by way of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately after Soc. 362. (Prereq.: Soc. 362 or #. Spring) 365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS A N D PROGRAM EVALUATION Consumer overview o f methods o f organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of dataprocessing e q u i p m e n t f o r statistical analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications to program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring) orientation i n social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues i n the course. (Prereq.: 727 and Psych. 705. Fall, Spring) 381 THE CITY A N D METRO-URBAN PLANNING The changing city in history and various cultures; major theoretical perspectives in urban sociology; the metropolis as an eco-system; metro-urban planning and policy systems; major issues related t o shaping the future metropolis. The Twin Cities metropolitan area i s utilized as an important learning laboratory. (Prereq.: 711 or 121 or #. Spring) 383 RACIAL A N D MINORITY CROUP RELATIONS 373 CRIME A N D CORRECTIONS An examination of the criminal and juven i l e justice systems and t h e various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. M a j o r attention i s focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 127, Fall) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play i n understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important The dimensions of racial and minority g r o u p relations. M a j o r attention i s focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (Fall, Spring. P/N grading only) 388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY Analysis of inequality i n regard t o wealth, status and power i n the U.S. and other selected countries. Causes and ramifications of the amount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis of current issues and policies concerning inequality i n the U.S. (Prereq.: Soc. 121. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairperson or Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 M O D E R N SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses i n sociology including 727 or #. Fall) Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according t o department guidelines. (Prereq.: 727 and permission o f instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Speech, Communication and Theater A r t s Chairperson: Raymond Anderson DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early i n the,senior year. Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary education. C O M M U N I C A T I O N ARTS C O M M U N I C A T I O N MAJOR: 10 courses, including: 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and English 225, or 226, or 227. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology 111 or 241, 375. Typing ability required. The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different emphases - journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for each area are available from the Department Chairperson o r t h e O f f i c e o f Admissions. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech I l l , Psychology 105, Sociology I21 or 241, and Philosophy 130. C O M M U N I C A T I O N M I N O R : 5 courses. MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may specialize in any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speechtheater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. The communications major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. SPEECH M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 111, 241 or 243,351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 476. Participation i n forensics, and a minor in English. SPEECH M I N O R FORTEACHING: Course 111 and six of the following: 241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 476 and participation i n forensics. 111 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. (Fall, Spring) 132 PHOTOGRAPHY 353 ADVERTISING See under Department of Art An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: ]r., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring) 227 ADVANCED WRITING: JOURNALISM See under Department of English 225,230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I, I1 See under Department of Art 241 INTRODUCTION T O CINEMA ART 354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. (Spring) See under Department of English 242 FILM-MAKING See under Department of Art. 243 TELEVISION PRODUCTION An introduction to commercial television with an emphasis on the director's role; some emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $70. Fall) 355 SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations. (Spring) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Psychology. 399 INTERNSHIP 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY Consult the Department Chairperson for details. See under Department of Political Science. 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY 351 ARGUMENTATION Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) Physical and psychologicalfactors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. (Spring) 352 PERSUASION 480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) Cooperative investigation of topics i n speech and communication. (Fall) 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring) THEATER ARTS THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, plus Beginning Speech. This major should be supported by an English minor or at least by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama. Majors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning to major in theater arts should begin with courses 111, 116, and 228. A. Acting Emphasis: 111, 116, 228, 229, 232, 360, 361, 362, 366, plus a course in advanced acting and the children's theater interim. Strongly recommended: courses in voice and movement, dance, cinema, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship. 0. Directing Emphasis: 111,116,228,229, 232, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus the children's theater interim. Strongly recommended: courses in voice and movement, cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the directing emphasis include 4 units of crew work, 3 unitsof acting, 2of directing, 1 in stage management, and 1 internship. C. Design Emphasis: 111, 228, 229, 361, 362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 and 290 in Art. Strongly recommended: courses in cinema art, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the design emphasis include 5 units in crew work, 2 in technical supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in assistant design, 1 in design, and 1 internship. THEATER ARTS MAJORFORTEACHING: 10 courses, including 111, 116, 228, 229, 232,241 or 243,360,361,366,467, or a voice and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts majors, and a minor in English. THEATER ARTS MINOR FORTEACHING: courses 111,228,232,361,366, one of the following: 241,243,476, and participation in dramatic productions. THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including: 228, 232, 360, 361, 365. SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232, 241 or 243, 351 or 355,352, 354, 360, 361, 366,476 or a voice and diction course, and participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a minor in English. 116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall) 228 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION I An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: its organization, crafts, magic, and art. Practical craft projects, theater tours, and production experience. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshmen or sophomore years. Lab fee. (Offered alternate years.) 229 STAGE DESIGN I 366 STAGE DIRECTION I lntroduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken in freshmen and sophomore years. Offered alternate years.) Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterizationto a specific play chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper division students only. Offered alternate years.) 232 ACTING An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 360 INTERPRETATIVE READING Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) 367 STAGE DIRECTION II In-depth analysis and practice in directingtypes of plays: serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a one-act or exerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or consent of instructor. Offered alternate years.) 399 Consult faculty in area of emphasis. 361 THEATER HISTORY 428 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION II Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theater productions. Introduction to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Offered alternate years.) Advanced construction and problemsolving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent of instructor. Lab fee. Offered alternate years.) 429 STAGE DESIGN I1 362 THEATER CRITICISM A study of forms and ideas as they are expressed through the art of drama. Attendance at local theater productions; classical, experimental, and new plays. Lectures and discussions on theory and criticism using theater productions as focus for discussion. (Offered alternate years.) Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. Introduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent of instructor. Offered alternate years.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater. (Fall, Spring) Transdisciplinary Major Students wishing t o develop their own major by combining appropriate portions of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary Major enables students t o respond t o a particular career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing t o pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs i n some academic fields. Students wishing t o develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the following: a. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college; b. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior t o the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available i n the Office of the Registrar) c. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. BOARDOFREGENTS* Mr. Ernest A. Alne C.P.A. Pasadena, California Mr. Charles W. Arnason Senior Vice President and Secretary Minneapolis Star and Tribune Company Minneapolis, Minnesota Mr. Norman R. Carpenter Attorney Faegre & Benson Mr. Lawrence 0. Hauge Chairman of the Board Citizens State Bank of St. Louis Park St. Louis Park, Minnesota Mrs. Norma Knutson Minneapolis, Minnesota Mr. Paul W. Kraemer President and Chief Executive Officer Minnesota Gas Comaanv , , Minneapolis, Minnesota Rev. Harris W. Lee Pastor Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd Minneapolis, Minnesota Mr. Clayton L. LeFevere Attorney LeFevere, Lefler, Pearson, O'Brien & Drawz Minneapolis, Minnesota Chairman Mr. john Lienemann President Estate and Business Planning Consultants Edina, Minnesota Mr. James C. Lindell Treasurer West Publishing Company St. Paul, Minnesota Treasurer Chairman, Finance and Management Committee *as of September, 1978 Dr. Harold I.Lunde Vice President, Planning and Research The May Department Stores Company St. Louis, Missouri Dr. Arthur Naftalin Professor, Public Affairs University of Minnesota Minneapolis, Minnesota Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr. Chairman of the Board Nelson Resource Corp. Secaucus, New Jersey Mr. Donald C. Padilla Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Padilla and Speer, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota Mr. George T. Pennock Chairman of the Board Tennant Company Minneapolis, Minnesota Dr. Oliver H. Peterson, Jr. Minneapolis Ob-Gyn Associates, Limited Minneapolis, Minnesota Secretary Chairman, Facilities Development Committee Dr. Carl N. Platou President Fairview Community Hospitals Minneapolis, Minnesota Chairman, Nominating Committee Mr. Martin 0. Sabo Speaker, Minnesota House of Representatives St. Paul, Minnesota Mr. Bertil Sandberg President N.H. Sandberg Erection Company St. Paul, Minnesota Rev. Paul C. Sonnack Professor, Church History Luther Theological Seminary St. Paul, Minnesota Mr. N. Stanley Stake Vice President and General Manager Commercial Division Honeywell, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota Mr. Clair E. Strommen General Agent Strommen & Associates, Inc. of Central Life Assurance Co. St. Paul, Minnesota Vice Chairman Mrs. Mary Lou Williams Minneapolis, Minnesota Mr. John R. Winsor Executive Vice President Piper, Jaffray & H o p w o o d Incorporated Minneapolis, Minnesota Augsburg College Faculty R U T H L. AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of Wisconsin (French) COURTLAND ACRE, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota EARL R. ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department Chairperson LYLA M A E ANDEREGG, Associate Professor of Psychology, M.A. 1947, Northwestern University BARBARA L. ANDERSEN, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern University CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D. 1962, Union Theological Seminary ERNEST W. ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson MARGARET J. ANDERSON, Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological Seminary, L.L.D. 1963, Concordia College R A Y M O N D E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota (Communications), Department Chairperson K E N N n H C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson VALERIA BALTINA, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Magester der Philologie 1933, University of Latvia *RABBI STEPHAN F. BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion, Ph.D. *MICHAEL BEERY, lnstructor in Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1975, University of Minnesota *ALLEN C. BENSON, Artist i n Residence in Music (Percussion) JOHNE. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University *ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence i n Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1948, Northwestern University *JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota VERNON BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959, University of Minnesota RICHARD BORSTAD, lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota *MARGARET SMITH BRAND, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice) *MICHAEL BRAND, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Trumpet) LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary *WAYNE CARROLL, lnstructor i n Economics, M.S. University of Minnesota CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary Foundation T O N I CLARK, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1973, University o f California Santa Barbara ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of Iowa (Director of the Social Science Research Center) AlLENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts) BENJAMING. COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1971, Yale University *LIV DAHL, Instructor i n Foreign Language, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota (Norwegian) K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1940, University of Minnesota *C. WILLIAM DOUGLASS, Director of Augsburg College Orchestra, M.M. 1965, Northwestern University *JULIE H. DRIVER, lnstructor i n Speech and Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1969, University of Minnesota BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State University, Department Chairperson GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota *EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice), M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of Music M A R K J. ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota *ROBERT A. ENCELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College *KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State University, Department Chairperson *ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach *DANIEL ESTREM, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Guitar) SHELDON FARDIC, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern University N O R M A N B. 1. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University o f Wisconsin, Department Chairperson HENRY C. FOLLINCSTAD, Associate Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, Northwestern University *MICHAEL H. FOOTE, lnstructor i n English, Ph.D. 1977, University of California - Santa Barbara BURTON P. FOSSE, Director of Facility Development, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University of Minnesota *FABIOLA FRANCO-STEINMETZ, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota (Spanish) BARRY M. FRANKLIN, Assistant Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1974, University of Wisconsin *ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, lnstructor i n Art, M.A. 1970, Pennsylvania State University M A R K 1. FUEHRER, Assistant Professor o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota STEPHEN M. CABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of Minnesota (Organ) JERRY CERASIMO, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago ORLOUE CISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota *BONNIE Z. GOLDSMITH, Lecturer i n English, Ph.D. 1978, O h i o State University *STEPHEN 1. C O R D O N , Lecturer i n Speech and Communications ROBERTCRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1975, University of Minnesota *BRIAN CRIVNA, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Saxophone) * J O H N GRYCELKO, Wrestling Coach SATYA P. CUPTA, Assistant Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1975, Southern Illinois University D O N A L D R. CUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History and Director of Interim, Ph.D. 1969, University of Wisconsin ARLlN E. GYBERC, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University o f Minnesota LElF E. HANSEN, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University o f Minnesota (Norwegian) THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1950, New York University M l L D A K. HEDBLOM, Associate Professor o f Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer i n Business Law, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell College of Law MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary Foundation KATHERINE HENNIC, Artist in Residence Emeritus, M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska EDWINA 1. HERTZBERC, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1972, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson' CARRY W. HESSER, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Notre Dame CAROL HOFFMAN, Instructor in Nursing, M.S.N. 1976, University of Minnesota NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa (Sculpture) JOHNR. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota, O n Leave 1978-79 I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin MILDRED V. JOEL,Professor Emeritus, and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A. 1947, University of Minnesota DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota ElNAR 0. JOHNSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of Nebraska, and B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary JAMESD. JOHNSON,Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958,Juilliard School of Music (Piano) JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and computer Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *LUCIE R. JOHNSON, Lecturer in Pyschology, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota MARY ELIZABETH JOHNSON, Associate Professor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota, M.A. 1950, Columbia University (French) REES M. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.S. 1971, Winona State University, Head Basketball Coach AMlN KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson *JOANNEKARVONEN, Lecturer i n English, M.A. 1962, University of Georgia MARY MARIE KINCSLEY, ASsistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964,Middlebury College (Spanish) BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota ALVIN L. KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1970 University of South Dakota (Head Football Coach) * N O R M A KNUTSON, lnstructor i n Religion, M.A. Columbia University *ERIK KODNER, Artist i n Residence i n Music (French Horn) BOYD N. KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota *ANITA SUE KOLMAN, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1977, University of Minnesota *ROY H. LAFAYETTE, Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1976, University o f Minnesota *GREGORY LEWIS, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1971, Augsburg College (Brass) *JAY G. LINDGREN, Visiting Lecturer i n Sociology, M.S.W. 1967, University of Minnesota LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota NANCY S. MALCOLM, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.P.H. 1969, University of Minnesota RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of California - Santa Barbara KElSHlRO M A T S U M O T O , Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan M A R T H A M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota *MARIE MCNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1967,Universityof Nebraska ROBERTA K. METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas (Music Therapy) ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota JOHNR. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee *AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n Art, L.L.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained Glass) 1. ELIZABnH MOORE, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1975, University of Minnesota JOEL MUGGE, lnstructor i n Speech and Communications, M.A. 1976, University of Minnesota WILLIAM PAUL M U L D O O N , lnstructor in Chemistry, B.S. 1972, Massachusetts School of Pharmacy SUSAN K. NASH, lnstructor in Nursing, M.S. 1974, University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS NELSON, Athletic Trainer - Manager EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota Head Baseball Coach G O R D O N 1. NELSON, Associate Professor of Sociology, PI1.D. 1972, University of Chicago, Department Chairperson RICHARD C. NELSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1975, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson *CATHERINE C. NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Co-Chairperson *CRIER NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, University of Minnesota, (American Studies) BEVERLY NILSSON, Associate Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson N O R M A C. N O O N A N , Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University, Department Chairperson *CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist in Residence in Music, B.A. Hamline University (Piano) RICHARD D. OLMSTED, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1974, University of Wisconsin ESTHER OLSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota JAMES F. OLSON, Librarian I, M.A. 1977, University of Minnesota *JACK OSBERG, Assistant Football Coach *WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota (German) RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota KERMIT E. PAULSON, Associate Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin *PAMELA PAULSON, Instructor in Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1974, University of Illinois - Urbana ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota WAYNE D. PEDERSON, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.S. 1963, Concordia College LAURElTA E. PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette University, Department Chairperson DOUGLAS D. PERRY, lnstructor i n Social Work, M.S.W. 1977, University of Minnesota LAVONNE J. PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1953, Montana State University JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969, University of Minnesota *GEORGE 1. POWELL, lnstructor in Business Administration and Economics, M.B.A. 1960, Dartmouth College *ALICE PREVES, Artist i n Residence i n Music, M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana (Strings) Q MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological Seminary BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern University STEVEN F. REUTER, lnstructor i n Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of Nebraska *JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, Catholic University of America GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota (Spanish), Department Chairperson *PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor i n Art (Film Making) EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Business Administration and Economics, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter (England), Department Co-Chairperson LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor Emeritus and Director of the Augsburg Choir, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, D. Mus. 1965, Lakeland College EDWlN J. SAUCESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach) A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. Ed. 1963, MacPhail School of Music IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1943, University of Illinois, M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota *R. J O H N SINGH, lnstructor i n Philosophy, Ph.D. 1972, University of Oklahoma EUGENE M. SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg (Germany), Department Chairperson * D A N A SKOGLUND, Artist in Residence in Music, B.M. 1975,Augsburg College (Piano) * E M M A SMALL, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice) * H O W A R D D. SMALL, Artist in Residence in Music (Organ) *GEORGE STAHL, Artist in Residence in Music (Contrabass) *SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor in Foreign Language (Greek), B.A. 1966, Augsburg College PAUL T. STEEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota D O N A L D B. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics) MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965,University of Colorado *LORI STURDEVANT, Lecturer in English GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota RALPH L. SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of ~ebraska,Department Chairperson *MARY T. SWANSON, lnstructor in Art, Ph.D. 1978, University of Minnesota LARRY TALLMAN, lnstructor in Music, M.S. 1978,Michigan State University, Director of the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble *PAUL THOMAS, Artist in Residence in Music (Cello) PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting) Department Chairperson NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin J O H N THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music VERA THUT, lnstructor Emeritus, B.Mus. 1927, American Conservatory of Music *MARY T I M M , Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D.1959, University of Minnesota *PAUL WALTON, Artist in Residence i n Music (Tuba) *MARY JOWAMMER, Lecturer in Business Education, B.A. 1968, Concordia College BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota *DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota *MARY WILSON, Artist in Residence in Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute) HELEN A. WOELFEL, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1962, Marquette University DAVID C. WOOD, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University Administrative Personnel GENERAL ADMINISTRATION President ..............................................Oscar A. Anderson Director of Facility Development ....................... .Burton P. Fosse College Pastor ........................................ .Lowell Brandt Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President.. ...... .Avalon Okerson FINANCE A N D MANAGEMENT Vice President for Finance and Management .............Wayne Pederson Director of Plant Services and Purchasing ............... .Eugene Ecklund Director of Food Services .............................. .Carl Stromer Director of Auxiliary Services.. ..........................Douglas P. Wasko Manager, Book Store and Vending ......................Robert Gores Director of Student Financial Services ....................Herald Johnson Director of Personnel. ................................. .Charles Gerster Manager, Ice Arena ................................... .James Carey Custodial Supervisor.. ................................. .Joseph Roberts Maintenance Supervisor .Alfred Sandau Grounds Supervisor ................................... .Dennis Easley Chief Accountant ..................................... .Ronald Scherman ............................... ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College ......................................Charles S. Anderson Associate Academic Dean .............................. .Pat Parker Registrar ............................................. .Beverly Wegge Head Librarian ........................................ .Margaret Anderson Director of Audio Visual Services ....................... .James Olson Coordinator, New Dimensions Program ..................Louise McColl Coordinator of Black Student Affairs.. ...................Ralph Crowder Counselor/Advocate, Native American Studies ...........Bonnie Wallace Recorder ..............................................Elizabeth DeaKyne Assistant Registrar ......................................Pamela Louisa Executive Secretary to the Dean ........................ .Roberta Henke DEVELOPMENT .Glen W. Johnson Vice President for Development .Sigvald Hjelmeland Director of Deferred Giving.. Director of Annual Fund.. .Michael Walgren Asst. to the Vice-president ............................. .A. B. Batalden. Director of Alumni and Parents Program .Jeroy Carlson Executive Secretary .....................................Irene Steenson ........................ .......................... ............................. ................ - PUBLIC RELATIONS Director of Public Relations .............................Anthony C. Boatman Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs ................ .Janice Rykken Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information ..... .Patricia G. Mattos Fine Arts Coordinator ..................................Monica Maye Manager, Graphic Center .............................. .Therese Morrison ADMISSIONS Director of Admissions ................................ Assistant Director Director of Transfer Programs Admissions Counselor Admissions Counselor ................................. Admissions Counselor ................................. .David Benzel ..................................... Kathryn Lange ......................... .Jennifer Edwins ................................. .William Ross .Anthony Harris .Susan M. Bonner STUDENT AFFAIRS Vice President for Student Affairs.. ..................... .Marianne Sander Associate Dean of Students ............................ .Rick Thoni Director of Student Life.. .............................. .Linda Schrempp Director of Career Planning and Placement .Patricia M. Olsson Director of Student Activities.. ......................... .Joan Slater Head Resident, Mortensen ............................. .Cindi Anderson Director of Human Development.. ..................... .Judy Essman Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ..................... .Don Warren Head Resident, Urness.. ............................... .Cindy Ragan ............. Index . . ............................................................. Academic Administration 45 Academic Life 14 Accreditation 7 Administration 151 Admission t o the College 29 Advanced Placement 32 Advanced Standing 32 American Studies 54 Anthropology .............................. 133 Art, Department of 55 Biology. Department of 58 Board of Regents 141 Business Administration 61 Calendar 155 Campus Map ........................................................................ 70 Chemistry, Department of 66 Chinese 82 Classification ........................................................................52 Communications 736 Computer Science 96 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) 19 Continuing Education 21 Corrective Therapy .............................................................. 19. 710 Costs ............................................................................... 42 Course Descriptions 54 Course Value 52 Credit by Examination ................................................................ 52 Dean's List 50 Degrees 22 Divisional Organization 45 Costs 42 East Asian Studies 70 Economics 61 Education, Department of 73 Engineering 19, 77 English, Department of 77 Enrollment .......................................................................... 53 Expenses .......................................................................... 42 Faculty ............................................................................. 142 Financial Aid 27,33 Five College Cooperative ............................................................. 18 Food Service 28 French ............................................................................... 62 Foreign Language, Department of 81 Full-Time Student Defined ............................................................ 52 General Education Requirements 15.46 Geography 94 German 85 Glossary of terms ..................................................................... 4 Grading 48 Graduates, Summary of 53 Graduation Requirements 46 Graduation With Distinction .......................................................... 50 Greek 87 Health Education 110 Health Service ....................................................................... 27 History of Augsburg College ........................................................... 6 ....................................................................... ......................................................................... ..................................................................... ............................................................. ................................................................. .................................................................. .................................................................... ........................................ .................................................................. .............................................................. ................................................................... .............................................................. .......................................................................... ............................................................ ............................................................................. .................................................................... ................................................................... .............................................. ................................................................ ................................................................. ........................................................................ .......................................................................... ............................................................................. .............................................................. ............................................................................... .................................................................... .......................................................................... ............................................................ ...................................................................... ............................................................... ..................................................................... ........................................................................ ..................................................... .................................................. .......................................................................... ............................................................................. ............................................................................. .............................................................. ............................................................ .............................................................................. ................................................................... ............................................................... ..................................................................... ............................................................................ .................................................................. ........................................................... .............................................................. .................................................................. ............................................................................ .... ...................................... ............................................................................. .............................................................................. ......................................................... ........................................... ................................................................ .................................................... ............................................................ ......................................................... .......................................................................... ............................................................... ............................................................ .......................................................... .................................................................. ........................................................................ .............................................................. ..................................................... .............................................................. ....................................................................... ......................................................................... ............................................................. ........................................................................ ................................................................ ........................................................... H.istory. Department of 91 Honors Program 22 25 Housing 50 Independent Study 18 Inter-Institutional Programs 24 Intercollegiate Athletics 22 Internship Program 87 Japanese 136 Journalism ......................................................................... 76 Library Science ................... 6 Location Majors 15 94 Mathematics, Department of 19, 96 Medical Technology .............................................................. .... 97 Metro-Urban Studies ............. 99 Music, Department of 103 MusicTherapy ..................................................................... 6 Nature and Objectives of Augsburg 104 Natural Science ..................................................................... 22 New Dimensions Program 7 Non-Discrimination Statement 88 Norwegian 53 Numbering of Courses 106 Nursing ............................................................................ 151 Personnel of the College 15 Pre-Professional Training ............................................................. 108 Philosophy, Department of 110 Physical Education 12 Physical Plant 115 Physics, Department of 117 Political Science, Department of 47 Probation and Dismissal Psychology, Department of .......................................................... 121 43 Refunds 47 Registration 124 Religion, Department of 23 Religious Life 127 Russian Area Studies 127 Scandinavian Area Studies 129 Social Science Majors ............................................................... 130 Social Work, Department of ......................................................... 133 Sociology, Department of 89 Spanish ...................................................................... 136 Speech, .Department of 23 Student Life ......................................................................... 28 Student Rights 24 Student Services 21 Summer School 20 Study Abroad Symbol (#) 53 136 Theater Arts 140 Transdisciplinary Major 30 Transferto Augsburg 42 Tuition and Fees ..................................................................... 50 Veterans 7 Visting the Campus ........................................................... ............................................................ ...................................................................... ..................................................................... ...................................................................... ....................................................................... .......................................................................... ........................................................................ .............................................................. ................................................................. ............................................................................ ................................................................... Academic Calendar For 1979-80 (Tentative: Subject t o Change) Fall Semester 1979 Sept. 4-5 Sept. 6 Sept. 19 Oct. 22 Nov. 21 Nov. 21 NOV.22-25 Nov. 26 Dec. 12 Dec. 14-18 Dec. 19-Jan. 2 Registration and Welcome days Classes Begin Last Day for Adding Classes Mid-term Break Last Day for Cancelling Classes Classes Close at End of Day Thanksgiving Holidays Classes Resume Classes End Final Examinations Christmas Holidays Interim 1980 Jan. 3 Jan. 30 Feb. 6 lnterim Begins lnterim Ends Confirmation of Spring Registration Spring Semester 1980 Feb. 7 Feb. 20 Mar. 28 Mar. 29-Apr. 6 Apr. 7 Apr. 25 May 16 May 19-22 May 25 Classes Begin Last Day for Adding Classes Classes Close at End of Day Easter Holidays Classes Resume Last Day for Cancelling Classes Classes End Final Examinations Baccalaureate and Commencement
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 2000
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG ...................... Introduction .................... Options Visiting Students 2 -4 ................5 Calendar ........................6 .................5 ...................7 Lifetime Sports ...................48 Interim Abroad ..................49 Other Courses ........
Show more AUGSBURG ...................... Introduction .................... Options Visiting Students 2 -4 ................5 Calendar ........................6 .................5 ...................7 Lifetime Sports ...................48 Interim Abroad ..................49 Other Courses ...................52 About This Catalog Interim Courses Contents Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with fall and spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Interim is an opportunity for intense concentration on a single course of study. Since one Interim course equals a fulltime load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during fall or spring semesters. Students should be prepared for at least 40 class hours during the Interim and should anticipate the equivalent of the normal two hours of study for each class hour. Since the course length is only 3 112 weeks, attendance at every class is imperative. While it is expected that students will attend every class period, instructors will establish the precise attendance policy for their courses. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a PassINo credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and students must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change; and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. Students are required to complete at least 33 course credits for graduation. This course total must include two Interims for students who enter with fewer than 14 courses. Freshmen are required to take an Interim course their first year. A maximum of four Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33 course credits required for graduation. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form or consult the registrar for the number of Interim courses required. Day school students (3.0 credits or more for fall) can take a total of 1.0 course credit. They may take two half-credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time students (fall term). If less than full-time, they will be charged. Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a cross registration but will be charged day school tuition $1630 per course credit. If they do so, they may take only 1.0 additional course credit in Weekend College for winter trimester. Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school administered programs, except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational qualification. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students. Any questions concerning Augsburg's compliance with federal or state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed to Lora Steil, affirmative action coordinator, Office of Human Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454. She can be reached by telephone, (612) 330-1023; or by e-mail, <steil@augsburg.edu>. Options . International Interim-Students are invited to participate in the international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE) and other consortia. These course opportunities are listed on page 45. Some courses have early registration deadlines. Internships deadline-Friday, December 10. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed internship-learning agreement plan to the Center for Service, Work, and Learning (1st floor Memorial) by the first day of Interim classes. The learning-agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning internships is available in the Center for Service, Work, and Learning. Independent study/research or directed study-Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements 2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by December 1. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Office of the Registrar. Interims at other schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs are available in the registrar's office. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education requirements or major requirements. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing, or board costs. Other students will be charged $1,630 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Ofice of the Registrar for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $25. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Office of Residence Life. It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor visiting students may register for 199,299,399, or 499 courses. About This Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. Courses that include travel are marked with an airplane. Interim Calendar 2000 November 15 to December 3 January 3 . . . . . . . . . Interim . registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .First . day of Interim Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day) Time 11-1:15 p.m January 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day to register or add a class or cancel a class without a notation January 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day for determining grading option with registrar January 14 . . . . . . . . . Last day for withdrawing from courses January 17. . . . . . . . . . . . Martin Luther King Day-no class January 27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interim ends January 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spring semester begins February 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interim grades due to registrar The time, number, and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to 11:45 (Note: on the first day, Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:15 p.m.-5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day-No class For More Information For more information contact Barbara Pappenfus in the Interim Office at (612) 330-1150. Calendar Calligraphy I & II ART 106-J ART 306-J Instructor: Philip Thompson Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Attention given to the historical development of calligraphy and the elements of design through readings and demonstrations. Class time and assignments center on proactive calligraphic concepts with special attention given to foundation, italic, gothic, and uncial styles. Three original projects are required and evaluation is based on quality of work plus participation and growth factors. Upper division students are required to complete examples in three historical writing styles plus an expanded project. Required materials: text, pens, ink, ruler, and mat board. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 4 Life Drawing ART 247-J Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figures will be depicted with graphite pencils in various settings for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $45 to be paid on the first day of class. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 17 Marine Biology of the Florida Keys BIO 140-J BIO 340-J Instructor: William Capman The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for study of natural history and ecology of marine, coastal, and sub-tropical communities. This class will spend about 2 112 weeks in Florida at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilities, ocean-going research platforms, housing, and a dining hall. Field trips to coral reefs (Looe Key National Park), tide pools, turtle grass flats, mangrove islands, and upland hammocks will be led by professional naturalists from the institute. Organisms and communities will be studied on site and in the laboratory. Research projects will be initiated shortly after arrival at the station in order to provide opportunities to gather data over a period of several days. Visits to Pennicamp State Park, Key West, and the Everglades will be included. Evaluation will be based on: BIO 140: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, (4) a final exam. Prerequisite for 6'10 140: Any one of the following courses or their equivalents - BIO 101, 102, 103, 113, 114, or consent of the instructor. BIO 340: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, (4) written report of the research project, and (5) final exam. Prerequisite for BIO 340: 810 351 or BIO 481 or consent of the instructor. Estimated cost of the course: $2500 (includes airfare, all ground transportation, housing and meals while at the institute). Contact the instructors for details. Prerequisite: See Above Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I1 Room: Science 212 Laboratory Biochemistry BIO 368-J Instructor: Karen Ballen 'I'his ct~i~rsc is a n in trot1 uution l o tech~iicl~ius c o m ~ n o n l yt~sccf in bincIic.misiry. '1~chriic1~1c.s includc (1,111 not li~llitcdto): ~ I . o w i n extrac~iun,dialysis, spectl-c.~phatomct ry, S13S p01yair.ylamicle gel ciect rophorcsis, inn txchnngc cIll.clrn;~tclgl.alIhy, Prerequisites:2.0 in 810 367 Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I Room: Science 212 Advanced Computing for Business MIS 370-J Instructor: Jim Kattke Objectives are to learn concepts underlying creation of Web pages and business communication via the Internet. Use of relational databases for advanced queries, forms, and reports. Basics of event-driven programming for solving business related problems. Students will complete three major projects and a few minor assignments. The course requires significant effort on projects and constant access to a computer. Cooperation with fellow students in learning to apply concepts is encouraged. A good grasp of MS Access is required or the willingness to exercise exceptional effort in learning the tool. Prereqttlsit~s:MiS 175, CSC 170, consent of the instruct06 or Math Placement Group 3 Mnxltr~~nrr Fnrollmant: 20 Time: I1 Room: Lindeli 16 Personal Finance BUS 295-J BUS 495-J Instructor: Ashok Kapoor This is an introductory course in personal financial planning. Students will be introduced to budgeting, credit, income taxes, insurance, real estate, investment and retirement planning. BUS 295: quizzes and exams. BUS 495: all of the above plus some assigned case problemslpapers will be required. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Foss 43 Chemistry for Changing Timer CHM 100-J Instructor: Arlin Gyberg This course is developed from the perspective of a person living in a modern, high-technology society such as the United States. It assumes that before one can evaluate a moral or societal issue of a scientific nature one at least must be able to understand the science involved. Anything less is an impression rather than an informed decision. As we develop scientific concepts we will at the same time relate them to an abundance of current issues. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, birth control, food abundance and food shortage, food additives and processing and synthesis, organically and non-organically grown food, chemical dependency, licit and illicit drugs, the energy crisis, and the debates about sources of energy, the green house effect, and nuclear waste storage, pollution, genetic engineering and much more. Many of these problems are chemical in nature. Thus, in learning about chemistry, via lecture and in-class discussion, we can begin to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and even some of the universe. The grade for the course is based on a percentage of the score of total points on the daily quizzes. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2 Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 315 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry and American Plastic CHM 104-J Instructor: Ron Fedie Previously there was the Stone Age, Iron Age, and Bronze age. Now we live in the Age of Polymers (and Plastics). Without this innovative technology, life as we know it would be much different. The variety of polymer molecules and their properties make up many, diverse plastics and the variations are endless. Many items and materials in the areas of coatings, adhesives, leisure/sports equipment, building/construction, automobiles, furniture, clothes, medical supplies, cosmetics, and others that are used every day come from different polymeric materials made from polymer molecules. In this course we will explore and discuss the world of polymer chemistry. Polyethylene is one of the most commonly used synthetic polymers found in "plastic" wrap and trash bags. A common natural polymer, polyisoprene, is collected from the sap of rubber trees and tires, golf balls, and latex gloves are just some of the many uses. The class will focus on two books. One, American Plastic: A Cultural History, by Jeffrey Meikle for the historical perspective of our world of polymers. Themes from the book, the different types of polymers used, and recent themes such as the recycling of plastics will be discussed. A second book, Giant Molecules, by Grosberg and Khokhlov, will help with the previously mentioned themes and give more depth to the broad world of polymers not covered in Meikle's book. There will be six lab periods in which some polymer molecules will be made and several of their interesting properties will be explored. Students will be graded on 25 group worksheets, 6 quizzes, 6 reflection papers, 6 lab periods, and an individual project and presentation. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2 Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 22 Time: I1 Room: Science 315 Introduction to Computer Science and Communications CSC 160-J Instructor: Larry Ragland This course introduces the major areas of computer science and computer communications. These areas are: algorithms, algorithm design, algorithm efficiency, hardware, logical circuit design, computer organization, software and operating systems, programming languages, operating systems, theory of computation, mathematical foundations of computer science, Turing machines, computer communications and the Internet, packet switching, Internet services, and operation. This course will consist of lecture/discussion times with frequent in-class lab exercises on the topics above. Grading will be based on examinations, labs, and homework. This is not a course in computer applications or how to use computers, although we may touch on these topics. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 202 UNlX and C CSC 272-J Instructor: Karen Sutherland Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is assumed that the student has knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. Evaluation will be done on 10 programming assignments, two to three quizzes and a final project. Grading is done by combining the weighted grades of all assignments and quizzes. Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: Ii Room: Sverdrup 202 Computer Science Topics: Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme One and Two CSC 273-J/373-J Instructor: Charles Sheaffer This course is especially intended for students with no prior exposure to programming in particular or computer science in general. It will be a laboratory intensive, self-paced course using the Scheme programming language. We will introduce an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of computer science including problem solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming, procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation. Students with knowledge of programming will benefit from exposure to the alternative paradigm represented by the Scheme language and will acquire a concrete understanding of how these important concepts are actually implemented in real languages and machines. Students will be evaluated based on a series of programming projects. CSC is a continuation of CSC 273. Graduation Skill Requirement: for CSC 373, Critical Thinking Prerequisite: CSC 273. none; for CSC 373, CSC 273 or consent of the instructor Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Sverdrup 205 Economics of Urban Issues ECO 110-J Instructor: Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of the many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: crime prevention, health issues, discrimination, education, etc. Basic microeconomics tools of analysis will be developed in class. This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in economics, business administration, accounting, or MIS. Three objective examinations. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City or Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Science 319 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 112-J Instructor: Satya t? Gupta The objectives of the course are to give students fundamental principles of macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, and international trade. Simple applications will be used. Students will take tests every week and grades will be based on tests, participation in class and problems solved. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2 Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 16 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education EDU 491-3 Instructor: Susan O'Connor A supervised field placement that serves people with disabilities, plus an on-campus seminar. Students planning to take this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. Students must complete designated hours of fieldwork as well as written and reading assignments. Prerequisite: EDU 282, completion of courses for special education minor; or consent of instructor. Maximum Enrollment: 9 Time: I1 Room: Sverdrup 4 Economics I American Dialects: Differences and Attitudes ENG 219-J Instructor: John Schmit Because language plays an important role in our socialization, the way we speak tells others who we are and with whom we identify. Our speech is a reflection of our social and economic standing and our cultural background. In this course we will explore the ways in which both personal and group identities are reflected by the ways in which we speak. We will examine a number of American varieties of English and will attempt to describe the rules by which these varieties operate. Class sessions will include brief lectures, student presentations, and student-led discussions. In addition to presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a final exam. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 Theatre In and Around London ENG 269-J Instructor: Ron Palosaari The purpose of this course is to study live theatre in London and Stratford. For more information, contact Prof. Ron Palosaari, (612) 330- 1005. Topics: Introduction to Asian American Literature ENG 282-L ENG 482-L Instructor: Joan Thompson In an essay about multicultural American literature, Walter J. Ong writes that "literature is organized experience and consciousness. Since cultures organize experience and consciousness variously, the study of the literature of another culture opens new vistas both into the exterior world and into the human heart." This course will explore some of these vistas through readings and discussions of nonfiction works, poetry, short stories, a play, and a novel by Asian American authors. Some ideas the writers take as subjects through their art include definitions of an Asian American voice, explorations of cultural and individual identity, visions of community, and coming of age. Class sessions will include discussion of the historical and social contexts that influence the writers studied. In addition to the reading, students will view at least one Asian American film and possibly attend a relevant performance or reading. Course grades will be based on reading journal, a short paper, a final exam, class attendance, and participation. Upper division students will read an additional novel and write a research-based paper on it. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 11 English I Topics: Investigating the Victorian Thriller ENG 282-0 ENG 482-0 Instructor: Dallas Liddle This course will study the phenomenon in 19th-century Britain of the popular novel of suspense, mystery, and terror. Early in the century these tales were generally either "Gothic" (stories of horror and the supernatural set in Italy or Spain) or "Newgate" novels (true-crime stories about the lower classes). By the 1860s, however, popular novelists including Charles Dickens, Mary Braddon, and others were producing a stunningly successful series of works in which the action was set in the everyday world of the Victorian middle classes. These novels drew intense public scrutiny by raising issues that the more polite genre of domestic fiction could hardly hint at, including gender roles and sexual transgression, class and race oppression, obsession and madness, and the dark sides of urban life. We will read several of the best of these thrillers, at the same time actively investigating the culture that produced them. We will read original reviews and responses, including parodies, and learn about the context of newspaper and magazine journalism in which several of the novels appeared. While we investigate the power of the Gothic and Sensation genres for their original audiences, however, we will also work to determine why these novels have continued to appeal to successive generations of readers. Course grades will be based on class attendance and participation, two short papers, a group presentation, and a final exam. Upper-level students will read one additional novel, write a research-based paper on it, and share the results of their research with the class. Prerequisite: ENG 111 Liberal An3 Perspective: Western Heritage Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Foss 20 Topics: Cinema and Sexual Identity ENG 2824 Instructor: Doug Green What does cinema reveal about how the 20th century has thought about sexuality?How do cinematic images affect our sense of our own sexual identity? This topics course in English examines films from the early years of cinema to the present in order to explore depictions of and cultural assumptions about sexual identity. We will, moreover, consider the impact of these images on audience perceptions and expectations, including those of the self. We will pay special attention to the various images and constructions of homosexual as well as heterosexual identity in English-language cinema, especially Hollywood movies, and in some silent and foreign films. Taking Celluloid Closet as a point of departure, we will consider how film affects sexual minorities in the audience as well as in film production. There will be short readings on sexuality and film. At each class there will be a full or partial film screening, followed by small-group and whole-class discussions. We may go to one or two films offcampus as well, so students should be prepared to buy tickets; these out-of-class screenings may not be at the regular class time. There will be at least one typed journal entry due at each class period. The class will meet from 1-5 p.m., Monday through Thursday of the first two weeks of Interim; 1-5 p.m., Tuesday through Thursday of the third week; and 1-5 p.m., Monday through Thursday of the last week. Grading will be based on the completion and quality of all journal entries and on class/film attendance, preparation, and participation. Students missing more than two classes/films and/or two journal entries may not pass the course. All grades are PIN option only (i.e., 2.0 is required for course credit). Prerequisite: ENG 111 Liberal Arls Perspective: Human Identity Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 English Topics: Contemporary American Poetry ENG 282-P ENG 482-P Instructor: John Mitchell This course provides an introductory survey of contemporary American poetry by poets whose works have come into prominence since World War I1 or mid-century. Emphasis will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonable interpretations of selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given and two interpretive papers about three to five pages in length will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student will also read and give a written class report on a book that discusses contemporary poetry or a contemporary poet; this choice, based upon recommendation, must be approved by the instructor. Prerequisites: for 482-R lntro to Literature or consent of instructol: Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 29 Quantitative Journalism: Computer Assisted Reporting and Research ENG 347-A Instructor: Cass Dalglish and Boyd Koehler This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data in the writing of expository essays and news reports. Such inquires will employ contemporary computer-based information searches coupled with data-driven quantitative assessment of a public issue of current concern. Students will prepare projects of publishable quality for presentation and critique. The course is designed for persons wishing to explore the use of computer-assisted research for their particular information development interests as well as those preparing to enter the communication professions. Prerequisites: Eng. 225 or Eng. 227, or consent of instructors. Math Placement Group 3. Graduation Skill Requirement: Ouantitative Reasofling Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: T; Th 6-9 p.m. and Sat 1:30-4:30 p.m. Room: Sat, Lindell Library 16; T; Th Sverdrup 204 Senior Honors Seminar: Hispanic Christianity Along the Border HON 401-J Instructor: Margaret Madsen An introduction to denominations with a special focus on Hispanic communities along the US.-Mexican border. Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3 or Intercultural Awareness 1 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 208 - Enalish Dance (men (0.5 course HPE 232-M Instructor: Mary Ewert-Knodell Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be taken simultaneously. Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: 1- 1/3,1/4,1/5,1/6,1/7,1/11,1/13,1/18,1/20 Room: Melby Gym - center court Dance (women only) (0.5 course credit) HPE 232- W Instructor: Mary Ewert-Knodell Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be taken simultaneously. Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: 1 - 1/3,1/4,1/5,1/6,1/7,1/11,1/13,1/18,1/20 Room: Melby Gym - center court Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (0.5 course credit) HPE 275-J Instructor: Missy Strauch Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be taken simultaneously. Prerequisite: HPE 114 or equivalent Maximum Enrollment: 24 Time: 1- 1/5,1/6,1/7,1/10,1/1I, 1/12,1/13,1/14,1/19,1/21,1/24,1/25,1/26 Room: Melby 119 Instructional Methods: Materials in Health Education HPE 390-J Instructor: Patty Murphy This course will cover principles and methods of instruction applied to health education (5-12). Emphasis upon teaching1 learning strategies and student assessment. Development and delivery of lessons/activities is included. Students are evaluated by their peers and the instructor on their ability to create, deliver and assess health education lessons in a "real" classroom. Evaluationlgrading is also based upon the completion of a "technology project", resource file, and exam. Prerequisite: HPE 110 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melbv 202 Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-J Instructor: Joyce Pfaff + Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43'-46' fixed-keel sailboat with five to six other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and wind surfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $3,300, which includes airfare for Augsburg day students and qualifying Interim exchange students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in addition to this course cost in order to receive academic credit. PIN Health & Physical Education I ONLY. Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce Pfaff, Melby Hall 121, Augsburg College. They must be turned in with deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given. Prerequisites: Permission from Joyce Pfaff, health and physical education department, (612) 330-1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport, also one course credit upper division Maximum Enrollment: 10 ( A waiting list will be kept after the original 10 spots are filled) 20th-Century South Asia HIS 162-J HIS 462-J Instructor: Don Gustafson This Interim experience is designed to look at the area of South Asia (primarily India) that is home to one-fifth of the people of our world. We'll use novels, films, some standard historical writings, and current South Asia periodicals to consider the impact that colonialism, nationalism, and various phases of modernization have had on this old, honored, and traditional culture. We'll read the marriage ads and talk about social structure, consider the spot at Ayodhya that has prompted Hindus to massacre Muslims, think on the Christlikeness of a Gandhi, and perhaps have time to note one or two of the contemporary religious phenomena. Looking at South Asians helps us to see ourselves in a fuller perspective. The course will include the usual pedagogical devices of lectures, discussions, some short reaction papers, and tests (including a final). Students enrolling for upper division credit will be expected to have at least one prior college history class, to complete a paper or project beyond the regular assignments, and to be tested apart from lower division students. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 13 Topics in History: The Great Men of 20th-Century Europe and Their Myths HIS 195-J Instructor: Sheldon Anderson This course examines several important 20th-century leaders and their impact on the course of European political and diplomatic history. Topics will include Woodrow Wilson and the Versailles Treaty after World War I, Neville Chamberlain and the appeasement of Adolf Hitler at the Munich Conference in 1938, Joseph Stalin's agreement to sign a nonaggression pact with Hitler shortly before World War 11, Franklin Roosevelt and Winston Churchill's alleged appeasement of Stalin at Yalta, Harry S. Truman's Cold War policies, and Reagan and Gorbachev's diplomacy as the communist systems of Europe fell from 1989-1991. The course will focus on the popular myths that have developed about these leaders and these conferences. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 20 Topics in History: Early Minnesota History, 1849- 1900 HIS 195-1 Instructor: William Green This course will examine the political, economic, and social history of early Minnesota. The course will study life in Minnesota among the Ojibway and Dakota peoples, through the fur trading period which witnessed French, English, then American settlements, through the territorial period (18491858), and finally statehood. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Foss 20 Remembering the 20th Century HIS 440-J Instructor: Jacqueline de Vries As the millennium approaches, everyone-artists, politicians, gossip columnists, historians-seems to have some opinion about the waning 20th century. What has this century wrought? The last hundred years have left a great many contradictions: two global wars that destroyed millions of lives and swept away governments, but brought economic development; the decline (and recovery) of established religion; the rise (and collapse) of a messianic faith in communism; great increases in standards of living while famine and child labor persist; technological breakthroughs that put teachers in space and AK-47 rifles in the hands of children; new freedoms and new forms of exploitation. In this course, we will together attempt to make sense of the 20th century. Please note that while the course will examine major events and developments of the century, it will not offer a narrative history, nor will it be exhaustive. Instead, it will explore a variety of possible interpretive frameworks to help us better understand where our grandparents have been and where we are today. Rather than relying exclusively on (sometimes dry) textbooks, we will explore the century through a variety of personal narratives, both written and oral, and reflect on the shaping of both individual and collective memory. Course materials will include several monographs and novels, films, photographs, and guest lectures. Students will complete three five-page papers, one of which will be an interview with their oldest living relative. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 Paideia Seminars INS 120-J Instructor: Anne Jensen Students will participate in a series of seminars following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and lor hone skills of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul public school; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; and lead seminars. Students will be assessed on journal entries including evidence of seminar preparation, reflection, peer and self-evaluation, as well as a final summary paper. Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss 43 Technically Speaking INS 21 1-J Instructor: Esther McLaughlin Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on your oral presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to effectively organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen to and learn about other science topics and science policy from your fellow scientist. Prerequisite: One year of an introductory-level science course Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I1 Room: Science 205 Interdisciplinary I Introduction to Islam INS 225-J Instructor: Amin Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be discussions on the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort will be made to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism. Students will also visit one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation is based on two tests and a paper. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time; I Room: Old Main 27 Topics: Minnesota Indians INS 495-J Instructor: Eric Buffalohead This course will examine the experiences of the Dakota and Ojibwe in Minnesota from the time of contact to the present situation of both tribes. Each group's history and experiences will be studied and compared to see how each group has done since the time of contact. Major historical events will be examined as well as significant events important to each group. Students will learn how changing federal policy affected the two groups and how each of the groups has dealt with things such as assimilation, termination, and/or relocation. Other topics to be covered include health, education, welfare, treaty rights, and economic opportunities. The main text will be Indians in Minnesota by Judith Rosenblatt (ed). The students will be expected to demonstrate understanding of major issues through written exams and research projects/presentations. Upper division students will be expected to do more comprehensive research. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss 21 Topics: A Civil Rights Immersion: Experiencing History INS 200-J INS 300-J Instructor: Garry Hesser & Joseph Young During the 1950s and 60s a series of major events and fundamental social change occurred in the United States. For the first two weeks, we will seek to develop a basic understanding of race relations in the U.S. through readings, visiting lecturers, videos, learning from each other, and the MLK, Jr. event on January 17. Then, this intentionally diverse class will board a bus for an intense, study-travel journey to Little Rock, Memphis, Birmingham, Montgomery, Atlanta, Nashville, and Chicago, the places where history was made and the museums that chronicle those times. We will meet with and interview participants in these critical events, as well as actively engage one another in dialogue and collaborative learning. The course objectives include learning about the history and sociology of race and ethnic relations in the U.S. gaining insights from persons and places that mark the "turning points" of the 1950s and 1960s, documenting our personal and group experiences so that our insights and understanding can be shared with the Augsburg community and others, and increasing our skills for cross-cultural collaboration and dialogue. Upper and lower division: students obtaining upper division credit will complete a research paper on a specific topic related to the course, including an annotated bibliography with a minimum of 20 resources. Cost estimate: $500, plus the cost of meals for 10 days (with scholarships available, based upon need-contact Garry Hesser at 330- 1664) Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 or Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 23 **Note: All participants will go on a bus tour beginning Monday, January 17, and ending on Wednesday, January 26. Interdisciplinary I Work in the City Externship: Linking Education and the World of Work INS 298-K Instructors: Lois Olson and Lynda Olson This course introduces students to the nature of work, its role and value to the individual and to society. Seminar format will focus on work as viewed by this generation and the requirements to succeed both now and in the future. A special emphasis will be on self discovery learning activities, visits to Twin City businesses and community organizations, and discussions with panels of professionals. Students will be expected to research employment trends and career options; complete a portfolio of reflections, exercises, and self assessments; and give individual and group presentations. Students will also explore various organizations of the Twin Cities and understand their role and impact in a major metropolitan area. PIN grading only. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 25 Management Information Systems (MIS) See listing under Business, pg. 9. Finite Mathematics MAT 121-J Instructor: Anthony Dunlop How can an industry comply with air quality standard at the smallest possible cost? Did you know that one of the first applications (other than gambling) of probability theory was in genetics (on the question of whether the recessive genotypes would eventually die out)? How do we build the most cost-effective telecommunication network of satellites given the cost factors between pairs of satellites?In Finite Math we'll study the topics that give the answers to these questions: linear programming, counting and probability, and graph theory. Finite Math is for students in Math Placement Group 3 or higher who need a Quantitative Reasoning course. Class will be a mix of lectures and small group work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, quizzes, and exams. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning Math Elective for MIS major; economics major Maximum Enrollment: 22 Time: I Room: Science 108 Math of Interest MAT 173-J Instructor: Christopher Schwartz Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities, and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation, quizzes, and a final examination. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 or consent of instructor Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 205 Mathematics 1 Modeling and Differential Equations MAT 247-J Instructor: Rebekah Valdivia In Modeling and Differential Equations, we will cover a range of mathematical topics with emphases on mathematical modeling, differential equations, and numerical methods. We'll see connections between mathematics and "real world" problems and get a feel for applied mathematics. We will discuss a variety of applications in class, and students will have opportunities to select applications of interest. Modeling and Differential equations is a must for anyone considering majoring in Applied Mathematics and is strongly recommended for students majoring in Physics or Chemistry. It is also for anyone considering majoring or minoring in Mathematics. Evaluation will be based on participation, quizzes, projects, and a final exam. Prerequisite: MAT 146 Calculus I1 or equivalent Maximum Enrollment: 22 Time: I Room: Foss MAC Beginning German I GER I l l - J Instructor: Don Steinmetz This course is for students with no previous background in German. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding German culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 10 Beginning Norwegian I NOR I1 I-J Instructor: Becky Hegstad This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 26 S anish and Latin-American Culture T rough Film I: SPA 248-J Instructor: Roman Soto An introduction to the main cultural and political issues (social conflicts, sexism, race, ethnicity, religion, language, exile, or immigration) that characterized contemporary Spanish and Latin-American societies as they have been portrayed in films and plays. Developed mainly through the viewing of films and class discussions, the course is complemented with brief readings and audio-visual materials on the historic, literary, and social aspects that contribute to the background of these films. Most of the films are in Spanish with English subtitles, and all the class work is in English. The evaluation is based on class participation; brief weekly, writing assignments; and a short term paper. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 23 Modern Languages I + Topics: Sounds and Sights of Europe MUS 179-J Instructor: Roberta Kagin This course provides an opportunity to visit some of the Great European cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of music in the cultural life in the New World. For more information, contact Prof. Roberta Kagin, (612) 330-1273. Topics: Sounds and Sights of China MUS 295-S Instructor: Robert Karlen + Music, art, and architecture, as expressions of Chinese culture over its 5,000-year history, will be examined, studied, and experienced in four of the most important cities of China. For more information, contact Prof. Robert Karlkn, (612) 3301266. Survey of Rock History and Musical Style, 1951-1971 MUS 204-J Instructor: 0. Nicholas Raths An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content, and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam, and a group performance project. For non-music majors. Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Music 3 Introduction to Music Theatre Performance MUS 235-J/THR 235-J Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Darcey Engen Music-theater exists in every culture, stemming from basic human impulses to dance, sing, and express oneself. Join theatre professor Darcey Engen and music instructor Sonja Thompson to discuss this interdisciplinary art form, and develop your own basic skills of music-theater from China, Japan, India, and other cultures. Course includes writing and research, class discussion and exercises, small and large group participation, memorization, and performance. Performers of all levels are welcome, though some singing and acting ability is required. Interested students will be auditioned in December so that appropriate material can be assigned to them. Course may be repeated with permission from the instructors. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Sateren Auditorium Topic: History of Caribbean Music Studied in Miami and Jamaica t MUS 2 9 5 4 Instructor: Robert Stacke Miami and Jamaica are considered the centers of Caribbean music, where composition, recording, and world distribution take place. The goal of this 19-day seminar is to examine and reflect on historical, socio-political, and religious aspects of Caribbean music. For more information, contact Prof. Robert Stacke, (612) 330-1271. Liberal Arts Perspective: intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Music I The Mysticism of Meister Eckhart PHI 295-J Instructor: Mark Fuehrer A study of some of the key texts of the great mystical philoso- pher, focusing on the idea of detachment from worldly affairs and the union of the soul with God while in this life. Students will be expected to prepare brief written analyses of the assigned readings and present two essays of Eckhart. Seminar format. Graduation Skill Requirement: Writing Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main I1 Science, Technology, and Values PHY 117-J Instructors: Mark Engebretson and Bruce Reichenbach This course will focus on contemporary problems that arise from our developing technological capacities. We will consider problems such as the causes and effects of global warming; depletion of the ozone layer; social, economic, and ethical concerns in pollution cleanup; agriculture, pesticides, and genetic effects; the prospects and problems of genetically engineering both our foodstuffs and humans, and the urban implications of developing a light rail system. To get a satisfactory grasp on how to approach these problems, we will first explore what science and the scientific methods are, how science (knowing) relates to technology (doing), the structures used for ethical evaluation, and the resulting interactions among the three. Grading will be based on two tests and a major project. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2 Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 40 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 205 Topics: Physics in Science and Fantasy Fiction PH Y 220-J Instructor: J. Ambrose Wolf This course deals with physics aspects in movies as well as in science fiction and fantasy fiction literature on a conceptual level. We will explore scenes and settings in which physics plays an important role and also learn to discern if they are physically correct or not. This will also expand the awareness of physics in everyday life, where it is encountered and how it works. The math component of this course will be minimized in favor of a better grasp of the concepts and thought processes involved. Various scenes from movies and excerpts from literature will be presented, after which the physics connection and understanding will be explored in discussions. The weekly papers will cover one of the topics discussed in class during that week; the long-term paper will cover a general topic from physics in everyday life and bibliographic research. Students' papers and reviews will also be discussed class. This course is designed for those students who do not plan to major or minor in physics. Grading will be based on active participation in class discussions, three (approx. weekly) short papers involving draft and peer review (final paper and review graded) and one long paper including a draft version corrected by the instructor. Prerequisite: Effective Writing, Math Placement Group 2 Graduation Skill: Writing Maximum Enrollment: 18 Time: I1 Room: Science 108 Physics -. I Introduction to Space Science PH Y 320-J Instructor: Ken Erickson This course provides a survey of Earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics (solar dynamics, magnetic storms, particle precipitation, aurora, and related topics). Evaluation will be based on two exams, class assignments, one research paper, and at least one class presentation. Prerequisite: PHY 245 or permission of instructor Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 206 Social Justice in America POL 140-J Instructor: Andrew Kurvers Spalding Students develop and defend their own standards of social justice, using those standards to assess conditions in urban America. Substantial participation in class discussions required. The course has two goals: developing student thinking about social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts between justice and other values; and increasing student ability to understand urban problems as issues of justice and other central values. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and other class activities, on two short (4-6 page) papers and on a final exam. Because of the compressed time frame of the Interim schedule and the importance of material covered on the first day of class, no one will be admitted to the class who does not attend the first day of class, unless receiving prior permission of the instructor. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 18 Global Peace and Justice: Focus on Northern Ireland POL 295-J Instructor: Joe Underhill-Cady The course will examine the political, social, and psychological roots of international conflict and current efforts at preventing and resolving bloodshed and oppression. We will use the class as an opportunity to prepare for the 2000 Peace Prize Forum, which will cover topics of the conflict in Northern Ireland. The course will begin with a study of a range of theories used to understand international conflict- including power politics, psychological and cultural theories, Marxism, liberalism, and feminism. Readings will include historical and fictional treatments of the conflict in Northern Ireland, and we will view some films related to the topic, including The Crying Game. The class will also involve the use of simulation and role-playing of international negotiations to give students a feel for the difliculties and complexities of dispute resolution. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 26 Topics: Women in Comparative Politics: Daughters or Stepdau hters: Russian "Women on the Eve o the Millennium" 9 POL 195-J POL 359-J Instructor: Nadezhda Shvedova An overview of the situation of Russian women today. The course will combine discussion and lecture on the situation of women in Russia. Shvedova, a leading activist on women's issues as well as an educator, will provide the distinctive perspective of her experience as a Russian woman. The course will cover women in the economy, politics, in the mass media, Political Science I etc. There will also be attention to issues such as women's struggle to gain real equality and a voice in society, violence against women, and the impact of Russia's economic crisis on women. There will be two or three short papers, plus a longer (10-12 page) paper at the end of the term. Readings will be taken from books and articles. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 Principles of Psychology PSY 105-J Instructor: Grace Dyrud An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Evaluation will be based on means of two tests and two lab reports. Liberal Arts Perspective: Human identity Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 10 Psychology and Law PS Y 335-J Instructor: lVancy Steblay Application of psychological principles and research methodology to legal processes and issues. The course emphasizes three content areas: eyewitness issues (such as lineup and interview procedures), courtroom procedures (jury selection, jury decision-making, pretrial publicity), and psychological profiles of offenders and victims. Grades will be based on exams and one paper. Prerequisite: PSY 105 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 Peer Ministry: Principles and Leadership REL 232-J Instructor: Lyle Griner Students will be instructed to train college, high school, and junior high youth to serve as peer ministers in their congregations and communities. They will learn and practice communication skills, facilitate small groups, and learn the role of a listenerlhelper. Peer ministry integrates the act of caring and serving others within a Christian belief system. Prerequisite: REL 111 or 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3 Maximum Enrollment: 40 Time: Jan. 10-13, 9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m. and Jan. 4,6,18,25,27, 9:00 a.m -1 1:30 a.m. Room: Murphy Place 100 The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-J Instructor: Mark Tranvik Beginning with Martin Luther, this course will study the main themes and figures of the Lutheran tradition. Class time will include field trips, discussion, and lectures. Exams, student participation, and papers will be the basis for evaluation. Prerequisite: REL 111, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 22 Religion Theology of Death and Dying REL 390-J Instructor: John Benson This will be a multidisciplinary course, using materials from biology, psychology, sociology, history, world religions, and Christian theology proper. It will also be ecumenical, since some of our theological material will come from Roman Catholic as well as Protestant sources. Religious traditions regarding death and the afterlife will be studied, and various ethical questions related to death and dying will be considered. Field trips in the Twin Cities are also planned. We will become acquainted with the field of mortuary science, the hospice movement in the United States, and current medical practices related to the terminally ill. Daily lectures, discussions, quizzes, and written assignments will be the format. Grades will be based on class participation, two tests, and oral presentation of a research project. Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 23 Varieties of Christian Spirituality REL 440-J Instructor: Janelle Bussert A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian tradition and of contemporary developments, including 12-step spirituality, feminist, ecological, and non-Western Christian spiritualities. An introduction to the basic practices of spirituality, especially prayer and meditation. Evaluation methods include quizzes, experiential journals, class presentation, and a final paper. Prerequisite: Religion 11 1, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Murphy Place 11 1 Exploring Human Services S WK 257-1 S WK 2 5 7 4 Instructors: Mary Lou Williams and Lois Bosch Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in a service agency or institution that they select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings that explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms." Detailed information will be sent to students at the close of Interim registration. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 60, 2 sections Time: I Room: Foss 21 A and B Topics: Child Welfare Social Work and the Law S WK 295-J Intructor: Tony Bibus This course will introduce students to social work practice in the area of child welfare with special focus on the relationship of child welfare laws, policies, and court to the lives of families and children. Students will study Minnesota statutes, meet with key policy makers, observe court procedures, and discuss practice and legal issues with child welfare social workers and possibly with families and children as well. There will also be opportunities to compare child welfare laws and practice in the U.S. with those in Europe, especially Norway. The principles of permanency planning, family-centered practice, prevention and protection, and the twin goals in child welfare of securing safety and nurturing children while preserving their ties to their family will be examined. We will also explore controversies and emerging issues in child welfare law such as concurrent planning, "dual-track" service strategies, encouragement of the adoption of children of color by white families, and research related to the effects of poverty and oppression on the neglect of children's need. Students will analyze the dynamic interplay of societal values, power, politics, facts and myths as they manifest themselves in child welfare laws; they will begin to form their own positions regarding an ideal approach to supporting the welfare of children from a global perspective. Evaluation of learning will be in the form of assessments by instructors and students of the major paper or project completed for the course. Prerequisite: Social work majors or permission of Instructor Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Sverdrup 20 Field Work I: Integrative Seminar S WK 307-J Instructor: Mike Schock Junior social work majors are required to have 240 hours of supervised professional experience in a social work agency. This small-group seminar supports the first 120 hours of this placement and is facilitated by the faculty member who serves as liaison to the student's practicum field agency. The course provides structure and process for students to integrate learning from their practicum and academic coursework focusing on generalist practice with individuals. Prerequisites: Candidacy status, SWK 301, and SWK 306 Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I Room: Murphy 111 Social Work Field Work Ill SWK 466-1 (variable 1.0 credit or 0.5 credit) Instructor: Maria Dinis This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 (for the 0.5 credit option) or 120 hours. Responsible, supervised professional social work experience, including work with individuals, families, groups, and communities in a social service agency. Integrative weekly seminar (two hours). Students will be evaluated by: (1) weekly theorylpractice papers integrating course content with work setting, (2) attendancelparticipation, and (3) field site supervisor's evaluation. Prerequisite: SWK 462 Maximum Enrollment: open Time: I (class will meet in small groups, no more than 11 at a time) Room: Old Main 21 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis SOC 21 1-J Instructor: Gordon Nelson This course will examine the extent to which the experience of the community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities metropolitan area. Each member of the class will be responsible for a class presentation, which must reflect on-site observation in a particular locale within the metropolitan area. In addition, class participation and a final examination will be the basis for evaluating performance in the course. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 24 Topics: Cultures of Violence SOC 295-J Instructor: James Vela-McConnell Street gangs and warfare. Police brutality and genocide. Domestic abuse and terrorism. What are the dynamics underlying these and other forms of violence?What do they have in common? How do they differ? This course takes violence in its many forms as a topic for sociological analysis and concludes with an examination of non-violent alternatives. With this in mind, we will compare different theoretical perspectives on violence, such as psychological, social psychological, and socio-cultural perspectives. The course will involve a combination of lecture and discussion based on readings and videos, debate of current issues in the field, and guest speakers from and field trips to local organizations dealing with problems of violence. Students will be expected to research, write about, and present on the sociological dimensions of a particular form of violence. In addition, there will be short reaction papers based on the readings, and classroom participation will be an important part of grading. This course has a lab fee of $25 payable the first day of class to the instructor. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Sverdrup 206 Sacialaav Topics: Discrimination, Harassment, and Communication SPC 295-J Instructor: Robert Groven If you keep sending poems to an old flame at work, are you harassing them? If your boss tells racist jokes at a bar after work, are they guilty of discrimination? Why are neo-Nazis allowed to march through Jewish neighborhoods, but they aren't allowed to hurl racial insults at co-workers? Discrimination and harassment are in the headlines regularly, but most people don't know what they really mean. What kinds of communication constitute discrimination or harassment and why? This course covers all forms of illegal discrimination including gender, race, disability, religion, and sexual orientation. It focuses on the legal approach to discriminatory communication, but also examines the reactions of employers, employees, and organizations generally. This course uses the "case method" teaching approach, where many specific examples are studied to produce general conclusions. The course involves role-playing, game-playing, debate, and writing. Course work includes a few short papers, one project, and one test. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 18 Documentary Video SPC 347-J Instructor: Deb Redmond Documentary video is a video production course that integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work in production teams, gaining experience in field production and editing. The production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary piece. Evaluation will be based upon student journals, critiques, and a paper. This course requires additional lab time for editing. Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I Room: Science 123 Introduction to Dance (0.0 credit) THR 002-T/HPE 002-T Instructor: Sandra Agustin With each session beginning with a rigorous physical warmup, this class offers an overview of various forms of dance, including modern, ballet, Asian, and Latin forms. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sporl Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T j W Th, F Room: Sateren Auditorium Modern Dance/lmprovisation (0.0 credit) THR 004-UHPE 004-2 Instructor: Sandra Agustin Students will learn various phrases of movement incorporating floor exercise and will learn to travel through space using level, volume, and floor pattern, culminating in the creation of short, improvisational pieces. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Spolt Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T j W Th, F Room: Sateren Auditorium introduction to Music Theatre Performance THR 235-J/MUS 235-J Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Darcey Engen See course information listed under MUS 235-1. Topics: Crossing Borders, Bridging Cultures An Interdisciplinary course in Norway for Students in Social Work and Education January 6 - 27, 2000 EDC 495-P/S WK 295-P Instructor: Hans Eriksson; Augsburg contacts: Tony Bibus or Susan O'Connor Will introduce students to modern Norwegian life, with particular emphasis on Norway's systems of education and health and welfare services to children, youth, and families. Students may take one of two separate but parallel tracks: "Winter Recreation Programs with Children and Youth" or "Social Work, Child Welfare Work, and Education." Lectures, field study and practicum experience will introduce students to the content and context of professional practice in Norway as well as the unique Norwegian system of folk high schools. All classes will be taught in English and will contain both U.S. and Norwegian students. Cost: $2465, which includes roundtrip airfare from Minneapolis to Trondheim, Norway, all meals, lodging, program expenses, and course tuition. UMAIE SPP 201-J 3- Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, that offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Cynthia Truitt Lynch at the Center for Global Education, CB 307, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454, (612) 330-1650. These courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number. *Advanced Spanish Language and Culture in Argentina 'Br~irrttitigC;~tt~rrln in Germany "I,'oitvogi~i,q C,'tdtrrres in Mexico's Yucatan Peninsula Interim Abroad *Egypt in Transition *In the Footsteps of the Crusaders: from Jerusalem to Malta *The Many Faces of Japan *Poets and Their Places: Ireland's Literary Landscapes *Psychology and the International Workplace in Britain *The Rhine Frontier: On-Site Cultural History at the Heart of the European Union Other Interim Abroad Courses HECUA "Environment, Economy and Community in Guatemala *Development and Community in Bangladesh ACTC Creative Writing Workshop at Augsburg College Locating Yourself in the World Through Poetry Course will carry upper division English credit Instructor: Roseann Lloyd This course gives advanced writing students new ways of expanding their range in poetry. Students will develop their range by intensive writing practice-poems in many forms: lyriclnarrative poems, section poems, monologues, prose poems, political poems. Students will keep a Voices Journal, collecting language around town. In addition, each student writer will conduct an interview of an older person and make poems from that interview. The class texts focus on poetry that observes the world, poetry grounded in a particular culture, such as Five Fields, by Gillian Clarke, Touching the Fire: Fifleen Poets of Today's Latino Renaissance, edited by Ray Gonzalez. Evaluation will take into account the completion of process/exercises, class attendance, and a final portfolio. This is an upper division class for writers who are committed to their own writing and have already completed an introductory creative writing class at the college level. Each ACTC college may send three writers to the course, on the recommendation of the creative writing faculty. To be considered for enrollment in this course, contact Cass Dalglish, (612) 3301009, or Roseann Lloyd, (612)330-1423,before registration. Time: Monday through Thursday 12:OO-4:OOp.m. Fridays will be used for extra conferences, interview time, and group work. Room: Anderson 100 ACTC Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. The Washington Center 2000 Academic Seminars Campaign 2000 January 3-14, 2000 POL 398-A This is a two-week intensive session held in the heart of the United States government that will focus not only on the new millennium but on the beginning of a new presidential campaign. In the two-week session, the following will be the primary focus: Campaign Politics, and The Media Pursuit of the Presidency The Washington Center is offering the above two topics for the session. Augsburg students must register for the whole two-week session in order to receive credit (January 3-14). Credit is available from the political science department for this program. The course is a passlno credit course based on participation in program activities including site visits, small group seminars, and journals. For further information about the program, contact Prof. Underhill-Cady in Memorial Hall 112b or at (612) 330-1312, or by email: <cady@augsburg.edu>. There are five scholarships available to cover registration and tuition costs based on priority in registration through Prof. Underhill-Cady's office. Other Courses I
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 2000
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: L . - - - augsburg in the summer Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in more than 16 academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies. Term I runs from May 30 to June 23. Term I1 runs from June 26 to August 3. A detailed listing of...
Show more L . - - - augsburg in the summer Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in more than 16 academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies. Term I runs from May 30 to June 23. Term I1 runs from June 26 to August 3. A detailed listing of courses begins on page 8. term one summer session info I1 w I May 30 to June 23 term two % June 26 to August 3 Augsburg College is a four-year, liberal arts college located in the heart of Minneapolis, and affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. Augsburg is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.* T h e small college environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many opportunities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting allows students to participate in a host of cultural and recreational activities. II I (312)263-0456.Web site <wwtu.ncacihe.org> Augsburg general education: Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal Arts Perspectives and Graduation Skills requirements are so noted along with the description of the course. Course levels: T h e first digit of the three-digit course number indicates the course level. Course numbers beginning with a "1" or "2" are lower division courses and are intended primarily for freshmen and sophomores; course numbers beginning with a "3" or "4" are upper division and are primarily for juniors and seniors. about augsbu * North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, Commission on Jnstitutionr of Higher Education, Course loads in Summer Session: Students may take one course credit during Term I and up to two course credits during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit. O n e Augsburg course credit is the equivalent of four semester credits and six quarter credits. ' Independent study: Independent studies inay be arranged in consultation with individual faculty members. Internships: In addition to those listed, internship opportunities may be arranged individually during the summer. Academic internships are carefully planned work-based learning experiences, supervised and evaluated by a faculty member. Consult the Center for Service, Work, and Learning at (612) 330-1 148 for more information. Employer reimbursement:: Students who qualify for reimbursement by their employers may use their reimbursement to pay for Summer Session courses. Housing: Students who need housing may contact the Residence Life Office at (612) 330-1488. T h e College reserves the right to cancel listed courses. information Additional information may be obtained from: Summer Coordinator Augsburg College Campus Box $144 22 11 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55454 (612) 330-1787 www.augsburg.edu/summer eligibility Persons in good standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of s ~ ~ institutions, ch and students admitted for the next fall term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer Session. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Other persons wishing to take summer courses should contact the coordinator of summer school to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Students accepted for Summer Session are not automatically granted admission as regular students of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at Augsburg should apply to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions, (612) 330-1001, or the Weekend College Admissions Office, (612) 330-1743. calendar ~yschedule ning April 10, yo1 -.~mmer Session courses at the Enrollment and Financial Services Center between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. A $100 tuition deposit must be paid at that time for each course scheduled. This deposit will be applied to your summer school tuition and is not refundable unless the course is canceled. If a course that you have scheduled is canceled, you may elect to receive a refund or apply the deposit to the tuition for another course. We recornmend that you schedule your courses as early as possible. Many courses fill early, and courses with low enrollments will he canceled one week before the first day of the term. Tuition must be paid in full at the Enrollment and Financial Services Center (see deadlines below), or you will be dropped from your course(s). Summer registration may be confirmeci beginning May 10. Students taking courses during Term I must complete their registration by May 31. Term I1 registration must be completed by June 27. This procedure applies to all summer classes, including internships and independent studies. T h e Enrollment and Financial Services Center is located in the Science Hall, Room 152 and is open from 9:00 a.m. lay. It to 5:00 p.m. Monday thi( w ~ l he l open un ' ' 1.m. on lvlay 10 and May 31 anc une 26 and 27. en on Saturdays T h e center i between 10:OO a.m. and 1:30 p.m. when W e ~ t - n JCollege is in session. paid in full in order for Tuition ~n I to be complete. r reg .-1. Irg s~uuentswho have unpaid ; from previous terms must pay . . these balances before they may confirm their sumn 'loo1 registrations.) A late fee oi 5 will be assessed for students who register after the second day of the term. N o Term I registrations will he accepted after June 2nd, and Term I1 registrations will not be accepted after June 30th. To change your registration you will need to fill out an add/ilrop form at the Enrollment and Financial Services Center. There is a charge of $75 for changing a course after 3:30 p.m. on the second scheduled day of each term. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Refunds and adjustments to fees are outlined in the "Tuition Refund Policyn section of this brochure. Scheduling begins Balance of tuition due Classes begin Balance of tuition due April 10 May 19 May 30 May 31 Last day to: *Change grading option June 9 *Drop class without notation June 2 *Register with late fee of $75 June 2 (no registrations will be accepted after this date) -1oliday .ast day to withdraw from class lasses end 3rades due in registrar's office June 16 June 23 July 5 April 10 June 26 June 26 June 27 July 14 June 30 June 30 July 3 & 4 July 31 August 3 August 11 Atrfishnrg(:ollege, os affthl~cdi n i l s mission, does not discrilninare on the hnsis of race, color, crecd, pligion, nutior~alor ethl~icorixin, oge, gerldir, ~ e x l r aoil'rntatii~n, l lllotirnl stattts, srrrtirs with iewinl [ i t [~~cblic nssistonce, or dls<~hilityin its edircntiun policies, rvbnissionr j~olicies,zcholnrship and loan [mlpolns, athletic at~d/o~.sihoolodlninistered I ~ r ~ ~ g r o rercel~t n s , i n those illhta~lcerqoherc religion is n hona fidr ~ ~ c c ~ ~ p n t y~mlificc~tion. ionnl Arrgsh~tr~ r d ~ ~ r o v i d imosonnhle l~ji ncc~~~nmodntiol~z to its elnl~loyeesorld its stlrclentr. Cullege iis o ~ l n ~ n i l t to A n y ~11~estiollr concerning Alrgsbl~rg'scolnl~liancewith federal or state regularions ilnj~lelnentil~g eqlcol access o r ~ d bl~portr~nity can be directed to Lorn Sterl, nfi?natiz,e n c ~ i o ncoordilla~or,(3ffce of H l r l n n l ~Resi>urces,CB 79, Augshlcrg Collefir, 22 i I Ritcrzide Avr!, Mimleal~olis,MN 55454. She can be reached by telel~hone, ( 6 1 2 ) 330-1023; n i by e-lnail, <.steilQo~rgshrrg.e~l~r>. map of augsburg uition charge for 2000 Summer 3ess10n courses: $950 for full-crecrlL ~ourses $475 for half-credit courses $240 for quarter-credit courses. Audits are charged at the tuition tuit refu I policy T h e $100.00 per course deposit is no refundable. A refund of all or part of the remaining fee is calculated from the date of the student's official course cancellation at the Enrollment and Financial Services Center. ' Schedule of refunds: Prior to the first scheduled class meeting-100% of the refundable portion of the fee. Prior to the second scheduled class meeting-75% of the refundable portion of the fee. financial aid Eligibility for Summer Session attendees Financial ai ~ilableto students :pted for enrollment in enrolled or Augsburg d r weekend programs. Students who maintain half-time status (as defined by the program in which they are enrolled) are eligible to apply for financial aid. pPO~rdnl Students enrollea tn summer Terms I and I1 combined or only Term I1 may be eligible to apply for the Federal Stafford Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or the Minnesota State Grant. WEC program No aid is given for summer Term I as it runs concurrently with the WEC spring trimester. Students enrolled in summer Term I1 may be eligible for the Federal Stafford Prior to the third scheduled class meeting-50% of the refundable portion of the fee. Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled class sessions will use a prorated version of the schedule of refunds. College Map lniorrnallon 1. Admissions Weekdav. Prooram 2 A r S.r~clbreE l l rdnce (Novemoer Irbro.gn Marcn) 3. Anllerson-he son Aln e. r Fnelu ana SeasonalA r Slruclure 4. Chrislensen Cenler (Inlarmal~anDesk) 5 East Hall 6. Facully Guest House 7. FOES,Lobeck. Mlles Center lor Worship, Drama and Comunicalian (Tjornhom-NelsonThealre. Hoverslen Chapel) & Georoe Sverdruo Hall 9. Husby-StrammenTennls Courls 10. Ice Arena 11. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Cenler 1 2 Lindell Library 13. Mainlenance and Grounds Shop 14 MortensenTower 15. Murphy Place 16. Murphy Square 17, Music Hall 10.New Residence Hall - B~~.b~lv=-~~ old 20 Oscar Anderson Hall 21. P.0 c Rca. ons & Carnrn .n ~.xlans 22.0.ad 23,Sclenee Hall ~ 24. Security Dispalch Center 25,Shipping and Recslvlng 26.Si Mslby Hall 27, Sverdrup-onedal Memorial Hall 26.Umess Hall Parklng Lots A. AdmissiansiFacultylStaHParking 8. FacullylSlaHiC~mmulerlResidenl Parking C. FacullyiStaHParking D. FacullyiSlaHiCommutsrParking E. Commuler Parking F. Residsnl Parking G. Visllor Parking H. Faiwiew-University Parking Ramp(pay parklng available) campus location 35W from the North- Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or the Minnesota State Grant. Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left on To apply Avenue South. Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside Avenue, right at Zlst The financial aid deadline for the Summer Session is April 15, 2000. Contact the Enrollment and Financial Services Center at (612) 330-1046 for application materials and additional assistance. Early application is advised. 1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. 1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. 35W from the SouthFollow the 1-94 St. P a u l signs (move to right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 2lst Avenue South. I Ione - 30t0, applicatiol rinnal crrr ART 100/300 (with HIS 1951331) Topics: Designed Environment ~ndllis course addresses the designed environment, e intentionally designed places in which we ,e. We will investigate architecture, landscape ~hitecture,and urban design, both in class and site visits to prominent local examples of design excellence. City or Aesthetics 9 -1 1:20 am M, T; W, R, F Science 123 ACC 221-S Stoller Principles of Accounr~~ basic concepts Introduction to business and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle, and preparation of financial statements. 9-1 1 2 0 an C1assroon Ve23 'tneories and techniques for educa -! T; W,R, F Foss Mac ENG 245 Introduction tc rature Swanson A n initiation inro rne formal study of fiction, poetry, and drama, drawing on works from several periods, different cultures and races, and male and female writers. This course aims in particular to develop students' critical and analytical skills as the prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature. Persp.: Aesthetics 3-6 pm M, T; W, R Old Main 10 .LL, 9-11:20 am M, T; W, R, F Old Main 18 ACC 3 2 2 3 Accounting Theory & Practice I A n analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements, and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: A C C 222) 6-9 pm M, T; W, R M, T; W, R Sverdrup 202 BUS 3 3 1 Kapoor Financial Manaeement Topics related to theory acquisition, fund allocation and management, sources and uses of long and short-term funds, capital costs/budgeting, leverage, and dividend policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 222, MIS 379, and MPG 3). 6-9 pm M, T. W, R Foss 43 p .- i:'~ HIS 1951331 ART 1001300) To~ics:Design lvironment Kimball r the designed environment, This course adc the intentionally uesigned places in which we live. We will investigate architecture, landscape architecture, and urban design, both in class and in site visits to prominent local examples of design excellence. City or Aesthetics Science 123 9- 11:20 am M, T W, R, F Old Main 29 BUS 2 4 2 3 Principles of Management Cerrito Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning, and control. The nature of authority, accountability, and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional manager. 6-9 pm r F 7n.s Erickson Educational Technolow -, You will be exposed to basic theories of communication, selection, evaluation and research. Become skilled in some of the digital tools used in today's schools. Learn how to choose appropriate I N S 105 Introduction to American Indian Studies Rowe A n overview of the American lndian studies curriculum-history and>literature, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and urban issues, cross-cultural influences, art, music, and language. (Reauired for American Indian Studies minor) . Persp.: lntercultural Awareness 1 . 6- 9 pm M,T;W, R, F F I N S 199-Sl399-S Internship Olson A work-based learning experience in which a student designs a learning agreement plan that links the opportunities and responsibilities found in the placement with specific learning objectives that are evaluated for academic credit. The internship nlacement must be aooroved bv the facultv suner- . Arranged. 1- 6-8:20 pm Limit 8 students M, T; W, R. F Music 20 - .-- ..-.. SPA I l l - S Beginning Spanish I 1:arrcll A.tn3 r~~ . I C \ L . ~ I I ~ f0..1 I><I>IC $k~ll>. ttti.Icr~t,il~.l~ng, <pc'~kt~ie, . - ~e:~.I.nc,1n.I nrtring of e l ~ , ~ ~ ~ i , n t : ~ r y Spanish. lntroduction to the culture of the Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of this course. Persp.: lntercultural Awareness 2 M , T; W, R, F Old Main 29 Old Main 18 critically, understand timeless ideas, listen carefully, and question thoughtfully. Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking. This Institute is also open to current teachers. 19-23 seminars 8:30 am - 4:30 p.m. Foss 21 POL 241 Environmental and River Politics Underhill-Cady The course explores the relationship between urban development, government policy, and the river environment. Students will critically examine historical developments, the changing relationship between society and the environment, and current policy debates about the river. Students will undertake service-learning projects relating to the Mississippi River and explore the river by boat. Grad Skill: Critical Thinking, Persp.: Social World (pending). Lab fee: $50 1-320 pm Old Main 25 REL 357-S Giants of the Faith Tranvik A study of the lives and theology of well-known Christian thinkers. lncluded are heures like . \ ~ O ~ . . > ~Ei>n~i~~cfier, IIIC, :III.I D.trcxlly Ihy I'erq).. 911:20Cam h r ~ v . . ~F.11th n I or 1 M, T; W, R, F Old Main 18 T W, R, F Old Marn 10 SWK 260 Humans Developing Link This course provides an understanding of human growth through life and of the sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors that influence the growth of individuals and families. Growth related to diverse populations and groups or special stresses is also a focus. Persp.: Human ldentity 6-9 prn M, T; W, R, F Science 205 _3C 1213 Introduction to Human Society Pippert What is society and how does it make us who we are? Course study focuses on an understanding of culture, social structure, institutions, and our interactions with each other. Persp.: Social World 9-1 1:20 am INS 120: June 19-30, 2000 Paideia Seminars Students will participate in a series of seminar discussions following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler. Seminar topics emphasize selections that help students to think M , T; W, R M, MUS 155 Class Piano (.25 cr) Dawe This course is designed for music majors/minors whose primary applied area is an instrument other than piano, and who have had little or no piano training prior to college. The course will teach the skills needed to meet the Augsburg Music Department piano proficiency requirement. (Prereq.: MUS 101 or permission of instructor) 1-3:20 pm 6-9 pm . individual faculty in the specific majors. Contact the academic department directly to make arrangements.) -- I PSY 3 6 2 3 Hanson Abnormal Psychology A n introduction to psychological disorders. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) M, T; W, R, F Sverdrup 206 SPA I l l - S Public Speaking Groven The course focuses on speech preparation, organization, audience analysis, style, listening, and overcoming speech fright. Graduation Skill: Speaking. (Note: Students may take either SPC 111 or SPC 112 for credit, but not both). 9-1 1:20 am M, T; W, R, F Old Main 29 - BUS 340-S Human Resourc- . Personnel function B Cemer.. iiness, acquisition, and and society. (Prereq.: A @ EED 3 5 0 3 K-6 Mathematics Methods Stevens Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to teacher education program) 3-5 p.m. Bollmar course, studentselthis first level important concepts of painting. Most class time is spent painting. Slide lectures, demoktrations, and critiques complete the learning ex -ce Persp.: Aesthetics 6-9 pm T; R -in M. W 6-9 pm ..I, W Music 24 17 c l d ART 1 3 2 3 Photography Raschke The camera will be used as a tool for visual creativity and expression using black and ,,,hire photographic processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single-[ens reflex camera. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $200-225. Persp.: Aesthetics 6-9 pm Limit: 14 students anagement Cerrito and principles related to the manage- - ~of t operating functions taught from a managerial viewPo! examples from various - (Prereq': BUS 242 Or 'Onindustries and sent of instruct old ~~i~ ACC 2 2 2 3 Principles of Accounting I1 Kader A continuation of ACC 221. lntroduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making, and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: A C C 221) 9-10:45 am Music 24 M . T W, R Principles of Computing for Business Braun Course teaches PC skills using Windows 98 and business related problem solving using the Microsoft Office Suite(Word, Excel, Access, PowerPoint). Computing concepts and lnternet are also The hands-0n approach is supplemented with computer-based training and software for use in and out of class. (Prereq.: MPG 3 or a "Pass" in MAT 103) 6-9:00 pm TR Foss 42 MIS 3 7 9 4 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics Kaminsky The course is an introduction to quantitative reasoning to assist students in reading and interpreting data. Topics include descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, estimation, and hypothesis testing with emphasis on applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: MIS 175 or 370 and MPG 3 or a grade of 2.0 in MAT 105) 6-9 pm M, W Foss 43 T; R Sverdrup 17 EED 360-S Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Science (0.5 credit) Stangl Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science at the kindergarten and elementaty level. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to teacher education program) 6:30-8:30 pm T; R Old Main 4 EDS 3 9 0 3 Communication Skills in the English Classroom LaDuca This course is for English-education majors who plan to teach high school English. It is designed to improve students' skills in public speaking, oral interpretation, listening, and small group discussions, as well as to explore methodologies for teaching and incorporating these skills in the high school English curriculum. (Prereq: PPST and admission to teacher education program) 6-9:30 pm T; R Sverdrup 20 ENG 3 6 1 3 Studies in Modern Fiction Clayton The course focuses on contemporary 20th century prose works. It includes Native American and European writers, with an emphasis on nonWestern (Asian and African) fiction. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor) Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1. Graduation Skill: Writing 6-9 pm TR Old Main 10 H P E 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education ( S O cr) Klauber An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health education and services. 6-9:40 pm M Murphy 111 HIS 103 Anderson A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the French Revolution to the present. Persp.:Western Heritage 6-9 pm T; 8 Old Main 13 EDS 391-8 Teaching Mass Media ( 5 0 credit) LaDuca This course is for English-education majors who plan to teach high school English. Explore the nature of media as "consciousness industries," examine the whys of teaching media, how to go about it effectively,\,,hat assumptions lnedia ed"cation was based on in the past, and how to incorporate media education into the curriculum. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to teacher education program) I N S 105 Introduction to American Indian Studies Rowe A n overview of the American Indian studies curriculum-history and literature, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and urban issues, crosscultural influences, art, music, and language. (Required for American lndian Studies minor) Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1 6-9:30 pm 3-6 pm M Sverdrup 20 1 T, R Sverdrup 202 - - l w 199-fy399-5 lternship .w:rk-based l e a z n z p e r i e n c e in which stu, x t s design a le'amiA2agreement plan that links the opportuniti:s Gd%sponsibilities found in the placement withbbiific learning objectives that are evaluated f$,academic credit. The internship placement kist'be approved by the faculty supervisor prior tFeiistration. (Note: Internships may also be arranged,$ch individual faculty in the specific maiors. ~onta'c;the acad~micdepartment d Arrang O D 1 Farrell Beginning Spanish 11; Aims to develop thcfohr basic skills: understanding, speaking, readi$ynd writing of elementary Spanish. 1ntroducyi~:o the culture of the Spanish-speaki jrld. Labir'atory work is an integral part of :ourse. PersdIri ltural Awarener 1-24.5 pri M,TW,R d Main 29 - INS 225-S Introduction to Islam Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to no$~uslims. The course will cover the ideologi&if:undations of Islam, its basic concepts and teiiet:, Islamic law (Sharilah), Islamic economic andyolitical systems, and Islamic patterns of life. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1 7; R 1-245pm Music 23 MAT 173-S Math of Interest Kaminsk~ Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to be away have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities, and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation, quizzes, and a final examination. (Prereq.: MPG 3 ) Graduation Skill: Quantitative Reasoning 6-9 pm TR Science 108 MUS 2 9 5 4 Topics: Introduction to Recording Studio Theory Tech;liq~es (0.50 credit) Mudge Course includes to basic audio theery, microphones, understanding musical instruments, signal flow, studio operating procedures, recording console parts and functions, tape machines, and recording techniques. Contact the music department at (612) 330-1265 for further details. 6-9 pm W Music 27 NUR 505 Theoretical Foundations for Advanced Practice in Diverse Communities Leuning This course focuses on nursing science and ing theory as foundational to advanced transcultural nursing practice (Prereq.: undergraduate bioethics or one graduate level course) Immersion Model begins May 24th, Christensen Center, Marshall Room POL 421-S The New American Politics: Race, Ethnicity, and Politics in a New Century Aoki This course examines the consequences of the waves of immigration of the past three decades. We look at the ways in which immigrants are influencing American politics and society, and the ways in which immigrants are being transformed. We examine both current issues and the history of the ~oliticsof race and ethnicity. Prereq.: Jr or Sr status or at least one course in political science. Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking Persp.: Social World 1 and 2 6-9 pm M, W Music 23 PSY 352 Adolescent and Young Adult Development Hanson Consideration of research and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult years. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) Old Main 25 6-9 pm M. w e @ REL 472.S Quanbeck 11 Paul the Apostle A study of the Apostle Paul, including appropriate historical background, Paul's relationship with the early church, major themes in his writings, and reflection concerning the reasons Paul remains an important figure and thinker in Christian theology. Persp.: Christian Faith 1 or 3. Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking. 6-7:45 p.m M-R Old Main 16 SWK 560 Mental Health Practice Boisen This course examines psychopathology, mental disorders and intervention methods. Emphasis is laced on understanding mental health disorders from a systems and ecological perspective as well as understanding biopsychosocial influences on incidence, course and treatment. Prereq.: Advanced standind2nd yr. MSWI Post MSW 6-9 pm M, W Sverdrup 206 SOC 35623 Crime and Community Bloom Analysis of correctional programs and community responses. Lecture, discussion, and site visits to prisons, courts, and community agencies. Special attention to concepts of restorative justice. (Prereq.: Soc 121) KR Old Main 18 1-4:30 pm spc 329-s Intercultural Communication Lapakko This course explores cultural differences and their implications for communication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction, and code systems. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1 6-9 pm M, W Foss 21 -I other summer srual summer term abroad upcoming programs: Cultural Conflict and Social Change in 1 May 15-26, 2000 Department of Religion and L Augsburg Youth and Family Institute May 24-June 9,2000 in Bergen, Norway REL 316 Church and Culture in Context center for global education Anderson This course provides a study of Norwegian culture, church life, and the contemporary religious situation in Norway. Participants will meet for a one-day course orientation May 22 at Augsburg College. (Prereq.: REL 111, 221 or 33 1) Christian Faith 3. For information contact David Anderson at (612) 330-1569. Human Rights and Indigenous Issues in Guatemala May 16-25, 2000 Haiti and Cuba: Dic+;n May 28 - June 12, 200' kr Elections 2000: S aping Mexico's Future June 26 to July 3, 200C Guatemala Odvssev Solidarity July 9-17, 200- hallenges and Opportunities for Spiritua -- Wellspring of Hope July 17-25, 2000 The Maya of Guatemala: Spirituality, Culture and RL,., Ovvression August 1-9, 2000 .. Food & Justice: Examining Hunger and Debt in Nicaragua September 2-9, 2000 For information and other possible educational opportunities, contact the Center for Global Education at (612)330-1159 or e-mail, <globaled@augsburg.edu>.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 2001
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG ......................2 ......................4 Visiting Students ................ 5 About This Catalog................. 5 Calendar ........................6 Interim Courses ................... 7 Lifetime Sports ...................45 Interim Abroad ..................4 7 Introducti...
Show more AUGSBURG ......................2 ......................4 Visiting Students ................ 5 About This Catalog................. 5 Calendar ........................6 Interim Courses ................... 7 Lifetime Sports ...................45 Interim Abroad ..................4 7 Introduction Options Other Courses ................... 5 1 Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with fall and spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Interim is an opportunity for intense concentration on a single course of study. Since one Interim course equals a fulltime load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during fall or spring semesters. Students should be prepared for at least 40 class hours during the Interim and should anticipate the equivalent of the normal two hours of study for each class hour. Since the course length is only 3 112 weeks, attendance at every class is imperative. While it is expected that students will attend every class period, instructors will establish the precise attendance policy for their courses. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a PassINo credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and students must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change; and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. Students are required to complete at least 33 course credits for graduation. This course total must include two Interims for students who enter with fewer than 14 courses. Freshmen are required to take an Interim course their first year. A maximum of four Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33 course credits required for graduation. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form or consult the registrar for the number of Interim courses required. Day school students (3.0 credits or more for fall) can take a total of 1.0 course credit. They may take two half-credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time students (fall term). If less than full-time, they will be charged. Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a cross registration and will be charged WEC tuition $1258 per course credit and a $25 technology fee. If they do so, they may take only 1.0 additional course credit in Weekend College for winter trimester. Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school administered programs, except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational qualification. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students. Any questions concerning Augsburg's compliance with federal or state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed to Betty Wade, affirmative action coordinator, Office of Human Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454. She can be reached by telephone, (612) 330-1023; or by e-mail, <wadeb@augsburg.edu>. Introduction Options International Interim-Students are invited to participate in the international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE) and other consortia. These course opportunities are listed on page 47. Some courses have early registration deadlines. Internships deadline-Friday, December 8. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed internship-learning agreement plan to the Center for Service, Work, and Learning (1st floor Memorial) by the first day of Interim classes. The learning-agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning internships is available in the Center for Service, Work, and Learning. Independent studylresearch or directed study-Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements 2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by December 1. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Office of the Registrar. Introduction Interims at other schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs are available in the registrar's office. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education requirements or major requirements. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4- 1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing, or board costs. Other students will be charged $1,726 for the Interim course plus a $25 technology fee. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Office of the Registrar for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $25. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Office of Residence Life. It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor visiting students may register for 199, 299, 399, or 499 courses. About This Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. Courses that include travel are marked with an airplane. Interim Calendar 2001 November 13 to December 1 . . . . . . . . . . Interim registration January 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .First day of Interim Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day) Time II-1:15 p.m January 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day to register or add a class or cancel a class without a notation January 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day for determining grading option with registrar January 12 . . . . . . . . . Last day for withdrawing from courses January 15. . . . . . . . . . . . Martin Luther King Day-no class January 26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Interim ends January 30 ......................Spring semester begins February 2 ................Interim grades due to registrar The time, number, and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to 11:45 (Note: on the first day, Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:15 p.m.-5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day-No class For More Information For more information contact Barbara Pappenfus in the Interim Office at (612) 330-1150. Calendar Accounting (ACC) See listing under Business Administration. Drawing ART 107-J Instructors: Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg and Tara Christopherson The legendary light and geography of Provence has shaped art history for centuries. In the last hundred years alone, it has inspired countless works of art. Using French language and personal art, students will immerse themselves in place, documenting their own inspiration with text and images of Provence through journal, discussion, sketching and assemblage. The language, culture and art of Provence will come alive for students, resulting in a very personal memoir grounded in site-specific content. Students will spend the majority of their time in Provence, winding up the program with four days in Paris. For more information, contact Prof. Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg, (612) 330-1090 or Prof. Tara Christopherson, (612) 330-1232. Note: This course is being taught in France and is listed in the UMAIE booklet as Topics: The Artist's Book, Provence to Paris. Liberal Arts Perspective: ART 107 -Aesthetics Life Drawing ART 247-J Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figures will be depicted with graphite pencils in various settings for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee for $45 to be paid on the first day of class. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 17 Laboratory Biochemistry BIO 368-J Instructor: Karen Ballen This course is an introduction to techniques commonly used in biochemistry. Techniques include (but not limited to): protein extraction, dialysis, spectrophotometry, SDS polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, ion exchange chromatography, Western blots, measurement of enzyme activity, and thin layer chromatography. Note: BIO 368 cannot be used to satisfy an upper division elective in the biology major. Prerequisites: 2.0 in BIO 367 Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I Room: Science 212 Internal Audit and Management Consulting ACC 424-J Instructor: Staff Auditing through an interdisciplinary approach. Using techniques discussed in a ~ - ~ o i t , ~ t i~nig~, ~ i ~nli~rl,lgcmcrlf, ncc, marketing, and MIS, we c x ; ~ n l i ~ l ae i~iisincss'iolcr-na1 cuii~rolsystems and operating c l l i z i c l ~ c y .13y s~cypingaway from the traditional textbook approach we incorporate creativity and discussion. Major topics include: business valuation techniques, "just-in-time" philosophy, efficiency improvement techniques, disaster recovery planning, and report writing. Students will be evaluated by classroom quizzes, a project, and final examination. Prerequisites: ACC 221&222, BUS 242,252,331, ECO 113, MIS 175&379 Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking, Writing 1 & 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: II Room: Old Main 11 Biology d, The Music Business: Marketin Promotion, Publishing, Recor Ing BUS 105-Jl305-J MUS 105-Jl305-J Instructor: Ned K a n t a r An introduction to the music industry. Topics covered include contracts, business structures and basic business essentials, band names, publicity and advertising, and the role of agents and managers. Other topics included are music and theatre, arts administration, copyright, licensing, and recording. Objectives include giving students a basic working knowledge and an understanding of the necessary survival skills to succeed in the music industry, the ability to access and lwowss i ~ i i i ~ r n l a t i oncctlccl r~ I;II. solvi~lerylriciil t n i ~ s i c (11' 111e liur~(lr.t'tlaol' I,usir~uss ~ ~ ~ ~ o l ) :unil l ~ ~nn n siIw,li-rnc.ss , cirrcci. c ~ l , q ) o l + ~ u ~ ~c iv~i li le~ si l l~lic111~1sicind~uirl-y.'l'hc L,I)LII'SC is OI>C'I\ I { ) l)o!l~i t l l j l ~ ';IIICI ~ . IOWC'I- tlivision sl i ~ d c ~ l l Illlllcr s. cliviilrc r , e c l u i r c d Io ri~riilllclc.:~ litla1 r . ~ s c ; ~ prw. ~~~Ii s i r ~ nslucler~~s ject. Examples include devising a specific marketing plan for a venue, concert series or performing ensemble; researching a specific career opportunity; or another approved project. For interested students, an optional four-day trip to the American Performing Arts Presenters (APAP) Annual Conference in New York City, the largest booking conference for concert presenters in the world, is scheduled for January 6-9, 2001. Students are responsible for the cost of transportation, room and board. Students will be evaluated on written and oral presentations, including quizzes, research assignments and classroom projects-individual and/or symposium format. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: II Room: MUS 4 Responding to the Challenge of Japan BUS 368-J Instructor: Steven LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used with substantial participation expected on the part of the students. Evaluation will be based on a paper, two 20-minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and mid-term and final examinations. This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in international business or any field of business administration, as well as anyone interested in Japan. Students who cannot attend every class should not enroll in this course. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of the instructor Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 29 International Marketing BUS 466-J Instructor: Wolfgang Winter Issues and activities unique to marketing in an international context. [Required for the new major in Marketing.] Prerequisite: BUS 252 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: II Room: Old Main 29 Personal Financial Management BUS 295-J BUS 495-J Instructor: Ashok Kapoor This is an introductory course in personal financial planning. Students will be introduced to budgeting, credit, income taxes, insurance, real estate, investment, and retirement planning. BUS 295: Quizzes and exams. BUS 495: All of the above plus some assigned case problemslpapers will be required. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Foss 43 Advanced Computing for Business MIS 370-J Instructor: Jim Kattke C3bjcctivus arc tcl lcnrti conccpls unilc.~.lyi~lg crr,;~tiitnof Web 1ugcs and b i u i ~ ~ cco~minunicatic~n ss v i ' ~(he I n~crnrl.Usc o l r ~ l ~ t i i ) l ~latilb:1scs i.~l [or u c l v a ~ i ~ cqucrics, d fi~rms,altd rcpnr ts. Basics of event-driven programming for solving business related problems. Students will complete three major projects and a few minor assignments. The course requires significant effort on projects and constant access to a computer. Cooper;~lionw i ~ hl'cllow sluiltn(s in 1e;irning to aoply col-1cepts is cncou ~,i~p,cd. A good gr~ispof blS Access is rcquiruil or the williilgntss lo cxcrcisc cxccplic)nal effort in lt.;lri\ing tllc tool. Prerequisites: MIS 175, CSC 170, consent of the instructor, or Math Placement Group 3 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Tme: II Room: Lindell 16 Chemistry for Changing Times CHM 100-J Instructor: Arlin Gyberg This course is developed from the perspective of a person living in modern, high-technology society such as the United States. It assumes that before one can evaluate a moral or societal issue of a scientific nature one at least must be able to understand the science involved. Anything less is an impression rather than an informed decision. As we develop scientific concepts we will at the same time relate them to an abundance of current issues. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, birth control, food abundance and food shortage, food additives and processing and synthesis, organically grown food, chemical dependency, licit and illicit drugs, the energy crisis, and the debates about sources of energy, the green house effect, and nuclear waste storage, pollution, genetic engineering and much more. Many of these problems are chemical in nature. Thus, in learning about chemistry, via lecture and in-class discussion, we can begin to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and even some of the universe. The grade for the course is based on a percentage of the score of total points on the daily quizzes. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2 Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 315 Chemistry I Introduction to Computer Science and Communication CSC 160-J Instructor: Noel Petit This course introduces the major areas of computer science and computer communications. These areas are: algorithms, algorithm design, algorithm efficiency, hardware, logical circuit design, computer organization, software and operating systems, programming languages, operating systems, theory of computation, mathematical foundations of computer science, Turing machines, computer communications and the Internet, packet switching, Internet services, and operation. This course will consist of lecture/discussion times with frequent in-class lab exercises on the topics above. Grading will be based on examinations, labs, and homework. This is not a course in computer applications or how to use computers, although we may touch on these topics. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 202 UNlX and C CSC 272-J Instructor: Karen Sutherland Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is assumed that the student has knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. Evaluation will be done on 10 programming assignments, two to three quizzes and a final project. Grading is done by combining the weighted grades of all assignments and quizzes. Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: II Room: Sverdrup 202 Topics: Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme One and Two CSC 273-J CSC 373-J Instructor: Charles Sheaffer This course is especially intended for students with no prior exposure to programming in particular or computer science in general. It will be a laboratory intensive, self-paced course using the Scheme programming language. We will introduce an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of computer science including problem solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming, procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation. Students with knowledge of programming will benefit from exposure to the alternative paradigm represented by the Scheme language and will acquire a concrete understanding of how these important concepts are actually implemented in real languages and machines. Students will be evaluated based on a series of programming projects. CSC 373 is a continuation of CSC 273. Graduation Skill Requirement: for CSC 373, Critical Thinking Prerequisite: CSC 273, none; for CSC 373, CSC 273 or consent of the instructor Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: II Room: Sverdrup 205 Topics: Forecasting Economic & Business Activity ECO 495-J Instructor: Steve Huchendorf This course is designed to prepare students for analyzing primary and secondary economic and business data in making business decisions. Skills will be developed in various forecasting techniques as well as skills in using the statistical software package MINITAB. Course outcomes include building knowledge of qualitative and quantitative forecasting techniques; identification of data patterns, scatter diagrams, Economics I correlation analysis, moving averages, exponential smoothing techniques, regression models, classical decomposition, regression of time series, box-jenkins time series analysis, and various qualitative forecasting techniques. Skills in the selection of the appropriate forecasting technique will be developed with a comparison of the characteristics of each technique. In addition to the forecasting techniques that are learned in the course, students will also apply the concepts with the statistical software package MINITAB. Course evaluation will include homework, computer assignments, exams and a forecasting project. The forecasting project will apply the course concepts to a student selected data series. Prerequisite: ECO 112 or 113 or consent of instructor. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I I Room: Sverdrup 201 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education EDU 491-J Instructor: Susan OIConnor A supervised field placement that serves people with disabilities, plus an on-campus seminar. Students planning to take this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. Students must complete designated hours of fieldwork as well as written and reading assignments. Prerequisite: EDU 282, completion of courses for special education minor, or consent of instructor. Maximum Enrollment: 9 Time: II Room: Sverdrup 206 The Cuban Story: Quantitative Journalism in Cuba ENG 347-A Instructor: Cass Dalglish Students will research and write stories with a statistical issue at the core, doing their work where few U.S. citizens have been able to travel or study-Cuba. They will study how to evaluate and analyze information both numerically and verbally and how to communicate quantitative data. They will study the Cuban economy and both the gains and challenges politics have brought to Cuba. During the 10-day seminar, students will interview economists, meet government officials, travel to the country to consider food and farming, study health care and education, and meet students and journalists. Finally, students will write lucid investigative stories which demonstrate that they have gained an ability to gather, handles, and present quantitative information in a precise and readable style - in oral and written formats. The class will have several meetings at Augsburg before the Cuba travel and several following the group's return to the U.S. [This is a joint day Interimlwinter WEC course with enrollment limits.] Prerequisite: ENG 225, ENG 227 or consent of the instructor, Math Placement Group 3 Graduation Skill: Quantitative Reasoning Time: arranged Topics: Which West? The American West in Film and Literature ENG 282-A ENG 382-A Instructor: Joan Thompson In this class you will read literature and view films in order to learn about ways in which ideas about the American West have helped to shape American identity and cohstructions of the West. Although over 100 years have passed since Frederick Jackson Turner announced the closing of the American frontier at the 1893 meeting of the American Historical Society, the West has not lost its associations with the frontier and its attendant mythology. You will learn that even as formulaic fiction and film popularized this vision of the West, serious writers and, more recently, filmmakers have been exploring other possible versions of the West. Through focusing on these explorations of the West as place, you will gain an understanding of the role of myths, such as the romantic gunfighter's conquest of both Native peoples and land, in American views of the West. You will also explore ideas such as Manifest Destiny, individual freedom, and appropriate land use. Because the West has always been filled with a plurality of voices, you will look'at ways writers and filmmakers who have visited, imagined, or lived in the West have both affirmed and countered these myths and ideas in their work. Course grades will be based on readinghiewing journals, a three to four page paper, a final exam, and class participation. Additionally, if you are enrolled in 382, you will read several critical articles on reserve at Lindell Library, as well as an additional novel. You will then write an additional short paper on the novel using the critical ideas you have studied. You will also give a brief presentation on your additional reading. Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II Room: Old Main 26 Topics: Investigating the Victorian Thriller ENG 282-D ENG 482-D Instructor: Dallas Liddle This course will study the phenomenon in nineteenth-century Britain of the popular novel of suspense, mystery and terror. From Frankenstein early in the century to Dracula at its end, the nightmares imagined by novelists of Great Britain have continued to interest and horrify readers throughout the 20th century. Early in the century these tales were generally either "Gothic" (stories of horror and the supernatural set in Italy or Spain) or "Newgate" novels (true-crime stories about the lower classes). By the 1860's however, popular novelists including Charles Dickens, Mary Braddon, Eliza Wood and Wilkie Collins were producing a stunningly successful series of works in which the action was set in the everyday world of the Victorian middle classes, and the villains (as one reviewer remarked) seemed like people the reader might meet at dinner. Often challenging and sometimes subversive, these novels drew intense public scrutiny by raising issues that the politer genre of domestic fiction could hardly hint at including gender roles and sexual transgression, class and race oppression, obsession and madness, and the dark sides of urban life, industrial poverty, and empire. We will read several of the best of these thrillers, at the same time actively investigating the culture that produced them. We will read original reviews and responses, including parodies, and learn about the context of newspaper and magazine journalism in which several of the novels appeared. While we investigate the power of the Gothic and Sensation genres for their original audiences, however, we will also work to determine why these novels have continued to appeal to successive generations of readers. Course grades will be based on class attendance and participation, two short papers, a group presentation, and a final exam. Upper-level students will read one additional novel, write a research-based paper on it, and share the results of their research with the class. Prerequisite: ENG 111 Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II Room: Foss 20 Topics: The Heroic Journey ENG 282-M ENG 382-M Instructor: Joan Griffin "The hero," says Joseph Campbell, "Is the man or woman who has been able to battle past his personal and local historical limitations to the generally valid, normally human forms." This struggle, the heroic journey, is a quest for wholeness, for harmony with oneself, one's society, and even the universe. The journey may be physical, moral, psychological, or spiritual, but it always concludes with the regeneration of the hero and/or the redemption of the hero's society. This course will study archetypal patterns of the heroic journey as well as specific examples of such journeys, emphasizing the work of Joseph Campbell, but also citing studies of the hero by Lord Ragland, Carol Pearson, and Richard Slotkin, among others. We will note that major heroic genres in western tradition-the epic and romance-almost always assume that the hero is usually a warrior and aristocrat. Thus we will analyze typical elements of the heroic warrior myth as depicted in ancient and medieval epics and romance, but will also pay particular attention to works that challenge or enlarge the tradition. We will consider the implications of the enduring popularity of warrior-hero renditions of the heroic journey. Evaluation is based primarily on papers. Class attendance is mandatory. Do not take this course if you know that you will need to miss more than two classes. Prerequisite: ENG 111 recommended but not required. Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Foss 20 English Beginning French I FRE I l l - J Instructors: Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg and Tara Christopherson This course is the same as ART 107-J Drawing. See p. 7 for course description. Note: This course is being taught in France and is listed in the UMAIE booklet as Topics : The Artist's Book, Provence to Paris. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 C.S. Lewis and the Christian Imagination HON 401 -J Instructor: Larry Crockett For information, contact Prof. Larry Crockett, (612) 330-1 160 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3. Time: I Room: Sverdrup 208 Dance (men only) (0.5 course credit) HPE 232-M Instructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be taken simultaneously Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I- 1/3,1/5,1/8,1/9,1/11,1/16,1/17 Room: Melby Gym - center court Honors Dance (women only) (0.5 course credit) HPE 232-W . Instructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be taken simultaneously. Maximum Enrollment: 12 Xme: I - 1/3,1/5,1/8,1/9,1/11,1/16,1/17 Room: Melby Gym - center court Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (0.5 course credit) HPE 275-J Instructor: Missy Strauch Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be taken simultaneously. Prerequisite: HPE 114 or equivalent Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 1 - 1/4,1/5,1/8,1/10,1/12,1/18,1/19,1/22,1/23,1/24,1/25 Room: Melby 119 School Health Curriculum(O.5 course credit) HPE 320-J Instructor: Staff Techniques for developing a course of study in school health based upon growth and development for grades 5-12. Examination of "Standards" and pedagogy for health education, curriculum and assessment included. Maximum Enrollment: 18 Time: I - Mondays, Wednesdays, and Alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 Administration and Supervision of School Health (0.5 course credit) HPE 41 0-J Instructor: Staff Historical background, legal basis, school health services in relation to community and school health programs and resources. Maximum Enrollment: 18 Time: I Tuesdays, Thursdays, and Alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 - Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-J Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43'-46' fixed-keel sailboat with five to six other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and wind surfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $3,300, which includes airfare for Augsburg day students and qualifying interim exchange students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in addition to this course cost in order to receive academic credit. PIN ONLY. Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce Health & Physical Education 1 Pfaff, Melby Hall 121, Augsburg College. They must be turned in with deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given. Prerequisites: Permission from Joyce Pfaff, health and physical education department, (612) 330-1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport, also one course credit upper divislon Maximum Enrollment 10 ( A waiting list will be kept after the original 10 spots are filled) The Use and Misuse of "Lessons" of History in 20th Century European Diplomacy HIS 195-J Instructor: Sheldon Anderson This interim seminar examines several important 20th-century leaders and their impact on the course of European political and diplomatic history. Topics will include Lenin, Woodrow Wilson and the Versailles Treaty, Neville Chamberlain and the appeasement of Adolf Hitler at the Munich Conference in 1938, Joseph Stalin's decision to sign a non-aggression pact with Hitler shortly before World War 11, Franklin Roosevelt and Winston Churchill's alleged appeasement of Stalin at Yalta, Harry S. Truman's Cold War policies, and Reagan and Gorbachev's diplomacy as the communist systems of Europe fell in 1989. Through discussion of common readings and several small research assignments, the course will focus on the popular myths that have developed about these leaders and these conferences, and some of the "lessons" that scholars and policymakers have drawn from them. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 20 Paideia Seminars INS 120-J Instructor: Anne Jensen Students will participate in a series of seminars following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and /or hone skills of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul public school; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars. Students will be assessed on journal entries including evidence of seminar preparation, reflection, peer and self-evaluation as well as a final summary paper. Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss 43 Topics: A Civil Rights Immersion: Experiencing History INS 200-J INS 300-J Instructors: Garry Hesser and Joseph Young Learn by visiting the historic sites and visiting with those who brought about the most important changes in the 20th - century U.S. It could change your life, too. During the 1950s and 60s a series of major events and fundamental social change occurred in the United States. For the first two weeks, we will seek to develop a basic understanding of race relations in the U.S. through readings, visiting lecturers, videos, learning from each other, and the MLK, Jr. event on January 15. Then, this intentionally diverse class will board a bus for an intense, study-travel journey to Little Rock, Memphis, Selma, Birmingham, Montgomery, Atlanta and Nashville-the places where history was made and the museums that chronicle those times. We will meet with and interview participants in these critical events, as well as actively engage one another in dialogue and collaborative learning. The course objectives Interdisciplinary include learning about the history and sociology of race and ethnic relations in the U.S.; gaining insights from persons and places that mark the "turning points" of the 1950s and 1960s; documenting our personal and group experiences so that our insights and understanding can be shared with the Augsburg community and others; and increasing our skills for cross cultural collaboration and dialogue. Upper and lower division: Students obtaining upper division credit will complete a research paper on a specific topic related to the course, including an annotated bibliography with a minimum of 20 resources. Cost: $600, plus the cost of your ineals and personal expenses for 11 days. Covers all transportation and lodging for 11 nights. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 or Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Murphy 111 **Note: All participants will go on a bus tour beginning Monday, January 15, and ending on Friday, January 26. Introduction to Islam INS 225-J Instructor: Amin Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be discussions on the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort will be made to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism. Students will also visit one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation is based on two tests and a paper. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Old Main 27 Work in the City Externship: Linking Education and the World of Work INS 298-K Instructors: Lois Olson and Lynda Olson This course introduces students to the nature of work, its role and value to the individual and to society. Seminar format will focus on work as viewed by this generation and the requirements to succeed both now and in the future. A special emphasis will be on self discovery learning activities, visits to Twin City businesses and community organizations and discussions with panels of professionals. Students will be expected to research employment trends and career options, complete a portfolio of reflections, exercises and self assessments and give individual and group presentations. Students will also explore various organizations of the Twin Cities and understand their role and impact in a major metropolitan area. PIN grading only. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Lindell 16 Dakota History and Culture INS 495-J Instructor: Eric Buffalohead This course examines Dakota culture and history from 1650 to the present. Emphasis will be on cultural changes and development affecting the Dakota tribes in Minnesota. Students will be required to conduct in-depth research and to write a major paper of their findings. There will be an inclass final examination and questions will be given weekly to facilitate discussions. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: II Room: Music 23 Room: Murphy 111 * To ics: The Czaeh Republic: Social and Cu bra! Impact of the Emerging Free 7 Market Economy INS 495-K Instructor: ~ t StoHer u This intensive experience in contemporary Czech culturr and society will allow you the opportunity to develop an appreciation for the many diverse cultures that intersect in Central Europe. Students will reflect critically on how their own life experiences have shaped their perspectives in the world, and how this differs from people in other countries. During week one, there will be excursions and field trips, that will explore the environs of Olomouc and study the history, culture, art, and architecture of the Czech Republic. Week two will focus on the Czech Republic's recent membership in NATO. Students will study the roots of the divisions of modern Europe, the concerns of the Czech government as it approaches membership in the EU. The final week will concentrate on developing a capitalist enterprise in the ex-communist world, looking at how models are succeeding, and how different sectors of Czech society are responding to the changes in social norms and values which underlie these new economic initiatives. For more information and costs for the trip contact Stu Stoller at (612) 330-1772 Management Information Systems (MIS) See listing under Business Administration Social Justice in America POL 140-J Instructor:Andrew Aoki In this course, students will develop their ideas about social justice, and apply them to urban issues. This is a course for those who like discussing ideas, and who wish to become better thinkers. Students will develop their arguments in papers and class discussions. Reading is light, and most of the material is covered only in class, so attendance is essential. Students who anticipate having to miss one or more classes should not take this course. The most successful students will be those who are willing and able to engage in a rigorous and critical examination of their own views. Participation is required, including evaluating and commenting on the ideas of classmates. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Music 22 Environmental and River Politics POL 241-J Instructor: Joe Underhill-Cady We live and work on the shores of the largest river in North America. It is the reason the Twin Cities are located where they are, and it continues to define the city, as human settlement here in turn has profoundly shaped the river ecosystem. Of late in cities across America there has been "a return to the river," and in this class we will be doing the same. The River stands as a remarkable symbol for the community, of continuity and change, of cycles and transformation, of the power and beauty of the natural world, and there is much to be learned from studying it. Using the Mississippi as the focus, this course looks at the changes in thinking about the relationship between humanity and the natural world, as the relationship has been expressed in literature, law, science, religion, political philosophy, and popular culture. Particular attention will be paid to legal and cultural conceptions of the natural world, including the ideas of property and ownership. We will explore the distinction between wilderness and civilization and the political function of the line dividing those two realms. We will explore the river through the eyes and experiences of those who have worked and lived their lives along it, and through site visits to locations along the river, speakers in class, and on the Internet. Students will have an opportunity to explore their own interests in the river through individual projects, ranging from boat building, to lobbying at the State Capital, to the various Mississippi floods, to river ecology and "green consumerism." There will be opportunities to work with local river-related groups on those projects. Throughout the course students will be encouraged to dream, and to work on taking that vision and making it a reality, in building support for a project, in networking, in having patience, in following through, in working hard, and at the end, having something concrete to show for their efforts. These projects can be a prototype for the future pursuit of a vocation to contribute to their world in whatever way one is called to do so. Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Tme: I Room: Old Main 25 Principles of Psychology PSY 105-J Instructor: Grace Dyrud An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Evaluation will be based on means of two tests and two lab reports. Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II Room: Old Main 10 Psychology and Law PSY 335-J Instructor: Nancy Steblay Application of psychological principles and research methodology to legal processes and issues. The course emphasizes three content areas: eyewitness issues (such as lineup and interview procedures), courtroom procedures (jury selection, jury decision-making, pretrial publicity), and psychological profiles of offenders and victims. Grades will be based on exams and one paper. Prerequisite: PSY 105 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II Room: Old Main 25 Basics in Youth and Family Ministry REL 235-J Instructor: Richard Hardel This course will provide students with the history and development of youth and family ministry in the U.S. It will provide students with basic skills and understanding for designing an effective youth and family ministry in a congregation. Students will study the latest research on children, youth, and families from Search Institute and learn the new paradigm of home and congregation in partnership for teaching and nurturing faith. They will learn the latest conceptual model of a holistic approach to youth and family ministry. Prerequisite: REL 111, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 mme: II Room: Music 24 Psychology I Theology of Death and Dying REL 390-J Instructor: John Benson This will be a multidisciplinary course, using materials from biology, psychology, sociology, history, world religions and Christian theology proper. It will also be ecumenical, since some of our theological material will come form Roman Catholic as well as Protestant sources. Religious traditions regarding death and the afterlife will be studied, and various ethical questions related to death and dying will be considered. Field trips in the Twin Cities are also planned. We will become acquainted with the field of mortuary science, the hospice movement in the United States and current medical practices related to the terminally ill. Daily lectures, discussions, quizzes and written assignments will be the format. Grades will be based on class participation, two tests and oral presentation of a research project. Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 'lime: I Room: Music 23 Topics: Psalms, Songs, and Religious Poetry REL 308-J Instructor: Rolf Jacobson A study of poetry from the Christian tradition, focusing on biblical psalms and poems, religious poetry, and Christian hymns and songs. An introduction to interpretation of poetry and poetry set to song. Students will be evaluated based on one major paper, leading three discussions of primary texts, and on class participation and preparation. Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 1 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 24 Topics: Religion at the Movies REL 309-J Instructor: Lori Hale Religious themes such as good and evil, morality and ethics, human nature, holiness, faith and belief, salvation and redemption, and forgiveness and mercy will be explored through the medium of popular film. Movies including the "The Matrix'', "The Shawshank Redemption", "Babette's Feast'', and "Wings of Desire" will be coupled with directed theological or historical readings. Essays, class participation, and a final paper will serve as the basis for evaluation. Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II Room: Music 22 The Vision of God in Nicholas of Cusa and Martin Luther REL 455-J Instructor: Mark Tranvik and Mark Fuehrer This course examines the thought of two major thinkers from the late medieval and reformation periods. We will read and discuss primary texts from Cusa and Luther, focusing on the theme of the "vision of God" Last three days of the course will be held at a lodge in northern Minnesota. Three extended essays will be the basis of evaluation. Team-taught by Professors Mark Fuehrer (philosophy) and Mark Tranvik (religion). A fee of $225.00 is required to cover lodging costs. This will need to be paid by December 1,2000. Transportation is student responsibility. Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 10 Religion I Exploring Human Services SWK 257-1 SWK 257-J Instructors: Vern Bloom and TBA Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 60 hours in a service agency or institution that they select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. The course is designed to introduce the fields of practice in social work and to help students explore a possible major in social work or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings that explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms." Detailed information will be sent to students at the close of Interim registration. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 60, 2 sections Time: I Room: Foss 21 A and B Topics: Child Welfare Social Work and the Law SWK 295-J Intructor: Tony Bibus and Ragnhild Collin-Hansen This course will introduce students to social work practice in the area of child welfare with special focus on the relationship of child welfare laws, policies, and court to the lives of families and children. Students will study Minnesota statutes, meet with key policy makers, observe court procedures and discuss practice and legal issues with child welfare social workers and possibly with families and children as well. There will also be opportunities to compare child welfare laws and practice in the US with those in Europe, especially Norway. The principles of permanency planning, family-centered practice, prevention and protection, and the twin goals in child welfare of securing safety and nurturing children while preserving their ties to their family will be examined. We will also explore controversies and emerging issues in child welfare law such as concurrent planning, "dual-track" service strategies, encouragement of the adoption of children of color by white families, and research related to the effects of poverty and oppression on the neglect of children's need. Students will analyze the dynamic interplay of societal values, power, politics, facts and myths as they manifest themselves in child welfare laws; they will begin to form their own positions regarding an ideal approach to supporting the welfare of children from a global perspective. Evaluation of learning will be in the form of assessments by instructors and students of the major paper or project completed for the course. Prerequisite: Social Work Majors or permission of Instructor Maximum Enrollment: 8 Time: II Room: Sverdrup 20 Field Work I: Integrative Seminar SWK 307-J & K Instructor: Curt Paulsen and Joe Clubb Junior social work majors are required to have 240 hours of supervised professional experience in a social work agency. This small group seminar supports the first 120 hours of this placement and is facilitated by the faculty member who serves as liaison to the student's practicum field agency. The course provides structure and process for students to integrate learning from their practicum and academic coursework focusing on generalist practice with individuals. Prerequisites: Candidacy status, SWK 301, and SWK 306 Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I Room: Murphy 111 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis SOC 211-J Instructor: Gordon Nelson This course will examine the extent to which the experience of the community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities metropolitan area. Each member of the class will be responsible for a class presentation, which must reflect on-site observation in a particular locale within the metropolitan area. In addition, class participation and a final examination will be basis for evaluating performance in the course. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment 25 Time: I Room: Foss 175 Social Work rrs - Foundations in Women's Studies WST 201-J Instructor: Julie des Jardins This course offers an introduction to the interdisciplinary field of women's studies. Students will explore the scope of women's studies; develop greater understanding of diverse women's status, contributions, and concerns nationally and globally; and consider how women's studies and other academic disciplines influence our perspectives on women and men, and on policies and actions affecting people's lives. Throughout the course, we will make connections between gender, racelethnicity, economic class, sexuality and other differences in our analysis of women's experiences. Finally, we will explore ways to put our knowledge into action. This course requires active participation, daily reading and several short writing assignments. In addition, we will take field trips to visit some women's organizations in the Twin Cities. Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: II Room: Old Main 13 Women's Studies Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during Interim, and students may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Lifetime Sport: Badminton/Pickleball HPE 002-B Instructor: Brian Ammann Practice and playing of badminton and pickleball. Grading: PIN only. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F Room Melby Gym northlsouth courts Lifetime Sport: Ultimate Frisbee HPE 002-F Instructor: Marilyn Florian Practice and playing of ultimate frisbee. Grading: PIN only. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F Room: Air Structure Lifetime Sport: Golf HPE 002-G Instructor: Brian Ammann Practice in the various shots used in the game of golf. Grading: PIN only. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F Room: Air Structure Lifetime Sports Introduction to Dance HPE 002-T/THR 002-T Instructor: Sandra Agustin See course information listed under THR 002-T Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F Room: Satern Auditorium Interim Abroad Social Work in Nicaragua-Challenges in Social Justice + January 7-26, 2001 SWK 295 (Contact your social work adviser about credit options.) Instructor: Randy Herman, Univ. of St.Thomas; Augsburg Contact: Tony Bibus Will introduce students to social issues faced by Nicaraguan families and communities in both urban and rural settings. Experiential in design, this course will provide opportunities to meet Nicaraguan people in their homes, communities and places of work. Spanish language proficiency is not required, as interpretation will be provided as needed. The course will include excursions to both rural and urban settings, opportunities for field experience and hands-on service, and classes in Spanish conversation. Cost: $2595, This includes roundtrip airfare from Minneapolis to Managua, all meals, lodging, ground transportation, program expenses and course tuition. Register for course at Augsburg College, Office of Registrar. Also, make application at the Center for Global Education in Murphy Place. Application deadline: October 20, 2000. Maximum Enrollment: 20. For more information contact: Study Abroad Office, Center for Global Education, Murphy Place, (612) 330-1 159. + Topics: Social Work & Education in Norway January 3-26, 2001 EDC 495-PISWK 295-P (Social work majors should contact their adviser about credit options.) Instructor: Hans Eriksson; Augsburg contacts: Tony Bibus or Susan O'Connor Will introduce students to modern Norwegian life, with particular emphasis on Norway's systems of education and health and welfare services to children, youth and families. Students may take one of two separate but parallel tracks: "Winter Recreation Programs with Children and Youth'', or "Social Work, Child Welfare Work, and Education." Lectures, field study, and practicum experience will introduce students to the content and context of professional practice in Norway as well as the unique Norwegian system of folk high schools. All classes will be taught in English and will contain both U.S. and Norwegian students. Prerequisites: Students signing up for the education track must have some experience in cross-country skiing. Cost: $2350. This includes roundtrip airfare from Minneapolis to Trondheim, Norway; all meals, lodging, program expenses, and course tuition. Register for course at Augsburg College, Office of Registrar. Also make application at the Center for Global Education in Murphy Place. Application deadline: October 20,2000. Maximum Enrollment: 20. For more information contact: Study Abroad Office, Center for Global Education, Murphy Place, (612) 330-1 159. UMAIE SPP 201-J Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, that offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Cynthia Truitt Lynch at the Center for Global Education, CB 307, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454, (612) 330-1650. These courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number. Africa and the Middle East The Middle East: A Spiritual Geography Tradition and Modernity in Africa: The Experience of Ghana Asia Development and Community in Bangladesh Australia and the South Pacific Sustainable New Zealand: Ecology, Economy and Society Europe Introduction to Peace and Conflict Studies: The Northern Ireland Context British Henlth Girt': Mecli~r,qSl~cr.irllNeeds , and Music Christian I,Viwslrip: 14r11t ~ j A r t Atz.l~itecture, ~ I N I orw~~y Sot:i(rl ht~rk1111tiEiiuci,~tiot~ 'lilt, (:zcc/l Kcprrtliic: Sorii~ln r d C.i:lrlrirral I~lipnrl(I)' the Kt1 I L : Y i11,q ~ lqrw M ~rk~+t J EL+O/KJI 71y 7'11~ E~ig!isIlScl~ooinlrtl Ft:llr~lily: A <A'o:nl~rl~nrri~ivc .St!aly Trikirr,qrr Qrrrrrr~ilr~rI.i:rrp irrlo Elrrgjr ' I ' h Ar!is~!sllook, ~ ' ~ O V C I I L to - L ,Pdris: f i c g i r ~ t ~ D i ~ I~ gY ~ W i411ii ~I~~ 7k;~irlrtirigI;ri,rr.l~ch Helkrrrzi~~g Br~~/nrt(l: !I ( ~ i A~li.it,ir/ u I ; r i ~ chcrs ~ Shaped the I,ito?~lurc.arlll Art oJ'R4nilcrrrI;r~~lnr~rt The I.r;tri/saipt,sc!il;rritl.r: C:IJ/III~J~IIJS, A h 6 t . ~ and , Parishes The L m / ( ; ( ~ t ~ r r t ~ ~ !Ai uj it~~ t: ~ r , i ~it1~ (Pf~ris ~~rs "Most German of the Arts": Music and German National Identity Psychoanalysis and Feminism: French, British, and American Perspectives Scandinavian Economy, Culture, and Society Latin America and the Caribbean The Cuba Story: Quantitative Journalism in Cuba Sailing in the Virgin Islands Social Work in Nicaragua Interim Abroad Other lnterim Abroad Courses HECUA Environment, Economy and Community in Guatemala Development and Community in Bangladesh ACTC Peace and Conflict Studies in Northern Ireland ACTC Creative Writing Workshop at St. Thomas The Language of Desire: Theory and Practice of the Love Poem For Advanced Creative Writers Course will carry upper division English credit Instructor: Leslie Adrienne Miller What makes a poem hot? What gives language that extra charge and sparkle? Why are bad poems about sex really bad? What is the role of the erotic in a poem? In a love poem? How do poems seduce us, engage our sense of physical desire via our imagination? How can we be sure we've written a sexy poem rather than a mere sex poem? How have poets answered these and other questions across a variety of times and cultural contexts? This course will explore these and other related questions with the assumption that poetic language can and often should be sensual, erotic, sparky, a flirtation with the reader, and the understanding that the sexiest of poems are seldom actually about the sex act itself. In this course we will take a look at erotic elements in poems and explore how poets handle physical desires of all kinds to engage and seduce their readers. Students will explore a variety of ways to work with erotic language and subjects. We will examine what makes particular images and metaphors sensual and how poets transform potentially dull and lor unsexy subjects into vibrant and appealing answers to human desire. The class will include in-class discussions of text, writers to the course, on the recommendation of the creative writing faculty. To be considered for enrollment in this course, con- Interim Abroad tact Cass Dalglish, (612) 330-1009, or Roseann Lloyd, (612) 330-1423, before registration. Time: Monday through Thursday 1-4 p.m. Room: 108 Christ Child Hall. University of St. Thomas Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. The washington Center 2001 Academic Seminars The Presidential Inauguration January 7-20, 2001 Pol 398-A The Washington Center's "Campaign 2000" academic seminars will conclude with a two-week seminar focusing on the inauguration of the next president. It examines the presidential transition of power and explores how the new administration succeeds in moving from campaign rhetoric to hallmarks in public policy. Participants also join in the celebration, pomp, and ritual of a presidential inauguration. One half credit is available from the political science department for this twoweek program. The course is a passlfail course based on participation in program activities including site visits, small group seminars, and journals. For further information about the program see Prof. Hedblom in Memorial Hall 117A; call her at (612) 330- 1197; or e-mail <hedblom@augsburg.edu>. There are four scholarships available to cover registration and tuition costs based on priority in registration through the political science department. Other
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 2000-2002
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: from the President I hope you are looking a t this catalog because you've enrolled at Augsburg College. If so, welcome to the College! All of us hope you find, in the course of your study, a rising enthusiasm for the work, a deepening appreciation of the profession and role to which you fee...
Show more from the President I hope you are looking a t this catalog because you've enrolled at Augsburg College. If so, welcome to the College! All of us hope you find, in the course of your study, a rising enthusiasm for the work, a deepening appreciation of the profession and role to which you feel called, and a confident sureness that you have rightly chosen Augsburg as the community in which to spend the next several years of your life. If you're dipping into this volume to figure out who and what Augsburg College is and what education it offers, welcome to these pages! May they convey the fundamental character of our mission: to provide an education especially serviceable in the contemporary world because it has been designed in the midst of and in full contact with the critical social, economic, Y religious, and political phenomena of the modern 3 city. This education, however practical and pro6 fessional, will be serviceable over the long haul only to the degree that it respects and pursues certain of what Martin Luther called "the fine liberal arts," and it will be exciting to the degree it is offered for the sake of improving both its students and the world itself. O .? h The study you are undertaking at Augsburgdr thinking of undertaking-will occur on a small campus in the core of a great city; it will be led by faculty preoccupied with your welfare and the emergence and refinement of your vocational plans. k you join the enterprise, or consider doing so, please know that those of us who await you here find the College an exciting setting, full of diversity and yet possessed of a community dedicated to higher learning and good living, in which you can set off in new directions and in which new destinations are reachable. Bon voyage! William V. Frame President 5 2000-2001 ACADEMIC CALENDAR, DAYPROCRAM Fall Term 2000 Summer........................................Freshman registration Sept. 3-5/Sun.-Tues. .................... New student orientation Sept. 6Ned. ................................ Upper-class validation Sept. 6Ned. ................................ Classes begin Sept. 1UTues. ........................... Last day to register Sept. 1UTues. .............................. Last day to add a class, drop a class without notation on record Mid-term break (one day only) Oct. 27/Fri. .................................. Nov. 3/Fri. ....................................Last day to designate grading option Last day to withdraw from class Nov. 10/Fri. .................................. Nov. 13-Dec. l/Mon.-Fri. ............Interim registration Nov. 13-Dec. l/Mon.-Fri. ............Spring term registration Nov. 23Rhurs. ............................ Thanksgiving recess begins Nov. 27/Mon. .............................. Classes resume Dec. 15Eri. .................................. Classes end Dec. 18-21/Mon.-Thurs. ..............Final exams Interim Term 2001 .... ....... h t e r i m classes begin Jan. 3 N e d ..................... Jan. 41Thurs. ................................ Last day to register, add a class, or drop a class without notation on record Jan. 1UFri. ................................. Last day to designate grading option, or withdraw from a class Jan. 15/Mon. ................................ Martin Luther King, Jr. Day (holiday) Jan. 26/Fri. ................................... Classes end Spring Term 2001 Jan. 30Rues.. ................................ Classes begin Feb. 5/Mon................................. Last day to register Last day to add a class or drop a class without notation Feb. 5/Mon................................... on record Mar. 19/Mon. ............................... Mid-term break Mar. 26/Mon. ............................... Classes resume Apr. 6Eri...................................... Last day to designate grading option Apr. 1UThurs............................... Last day to withdraw from a class Apr. 13/Fri..................................... break Apr. 171Tues. ................................ Classes resume Apr. 23-May 4/Mon.-Fri. .............Early registration for fall May 11Eri.................................... C l a s s end May 14-17/Mon.-Thurs. ..............Final exams May 2O/Sun. .................................BaccalaureatdComencement TENTATIVE-CONSULT THE 2001-2002 ACTC CLASS SCHEDULE OR AUCSBURC REGISTRAR'S OFFICE FOR CHANCES Fall Term 2001 Summer.. ....................................Freshman registration Sept. 2-4/Sun.-Tues. .....................New student orientation Sept. 51Wed. .................................Upper-class validation Sept. 51Wed. .................................Classes begin Sept. 1l/Tues. ...............................Last day to register Sept. llnues. ............................... Last day to add a class, drop a class without notation on record Oct. 26/Fri....................................M i d - e m break (one day only) Nov. UFri. ....................................Last day to designate grading option Nov. 9/Fri. ....................................Last day to withdraw from class Nov. 12-Nov. 30A4on.-Fri. ......... ..Interim registration Nov. 12-Nov. 30A4on.-Fri............Spring term registration Nov. 2 n h u r s . .............................Thanksgiving recess begins Nov. 26A4on. ...............................Classes resume Dec. 14/Fri. ..................................Classes end Dec. 17-2OA4on.-Thurs. ..............Final exams Interim Term 2002 Jan. N e d . ................................. ..Interim classes begin Last day to register, add a class, or drop a class without Jan. 3nhurs. ................................ notation on record Jan. 11/Fri. ................................... Last day to designate grading option, or withdraw from a class Jan. 21/Mon. ................................ Martin Luther King, Jr. Day (holiday) Jan. 25/Fri. ...................................Classes end Spring Term 2002 Jan. 291Tues................................. .Classes begin Feb. 4/Mon. .................................. Last day to register Feb. 4Mon ................................... Last day to add a class or drop a class without notation on record Mar. 25Non. ...............................M i d - t e r m / break begins Apr. n u e s . ................................. .Classes resume Apr. 8/Mon................................... Last day to designate grading option Apr. 1UFri....................................s t day to withdraw from a class Apr. 22-May 3/Mon.-Fri. .............Early registration for fall May 10/Fri....................................Classes end May 13-16/Mon.-Thurs. ..............Final exams May 19/Sun. ................................. BaccalaureatdCommencement Fall Term 2000 June 12 ....................................... Aug. 18 ........................................ Registration begins Remote registration ends (must register in person after this date) Sept. 15 ........................................Registration ends Last day to add class, last day to drop a class without Sept. 18 ........................................ notation on record Last day to change grade option Oct. 16 ................ Last day to withdraw from class Oct. 30 .................................... Class weekends: Sept. 15-17, Sept. 29-Oct. 1, Oct. 13-15, Oct 27-29, Nov. 3-5, Nov. 17-19, Dec. 1-3. Dec. 15-17 Winter Term 2001 Nov. 6 ....................................... Dec. 8 .......................................... Jan. 5 ........................................... Jan. 8 ........................................ Feb. 5 ........................................ Feb. 19 ..................................... Registration begins Remote registration ends (must register in person after this date) . . Registration ends ..Last day to add class, last day to drop a class without notation on record Last day to change grade option Last day to withdraw from class Class weekends: Jan. 5-7, Jan. 19-21, Feb. 2-4, Feb. 16-18, Mar. 2-4, Mar. 16-18, Mar. 30-Apr. 1, Apr. 6-8 Spring Term 2001 Feb. 12 ........................................ Mar. 30 ........................................ Registration begins Remote registration ends (must register in person after this date) .Restration ends Apr. 20 ....................................... Last day to add class, last day to drop a class without Apr. 23 ....................................... notation on record May 21 ..................................... . a day to change grade option June 4 .......................................... L a day to withdraw from class Class weekends: Apr. 20-22, May 4-6, May 18-20, June 1-3, June 8-10, June 22-24, June 29-July 1 T e n t a t i v ~ o n s u lthe t 2001-2002 weekend college class schedule or Weekend College program office for changes Fall Term 2001 Class weekends: Sept. 7-9, Sept. 21-23, Oct. 5-7, Oct. 19-21, Nov. 2-4, Nov. 16-18, Nov. 30-Dec. 2, Dec. 14-16 Winter Term 2002 Class weekends: Jan. 4-6, Jan. 18-20, Feb. 1-3, Feb. 15-17, Mar. 1-3, Mar. 15-17, Mar. 22-24, Apr. 5-7 Spring Term 2002 Class weekends: Apr. 19-21, Apr. 26-28, May 10-12, May 17-19, May 31-June 2, June 14-16, June 28-30 Area Code 612 Academic Advising..................................................................................................... .330.1025 Academic and Learning Services ................................................................................ 330-1024 Undergraduate Admissions .........................................................................................330-1001 Toll-free number ...............................................................................( 8 0 0 ) 788-5678 AlumniParent Relations ....................................................................................3 3 0 - 1 178 Toll-free number .......................................................................................8 0 0 ) 260-6590 Athletics ......................................................................................................................330-1243 Career Services .................................................................................................... 3 3 0 - 1162 College PastorICampus Ministry ................................................................................330-1732 Public Relations & Communication ....................................................................... 3 3 0 1 180 ConferencdEvents Coordinator ........................................................................... 3 3 0 - 1 107 Development (financial gifts to the College) .............................................................330-1613 Toll-free number ........................................................................................( 8 0 0 273-0617 Enrollment and Financial Service Center ...................................................................330-1046 Facilities Management .............................................................................................. ..330-1104 Financial Aid (scholarships and other aid) ............................................................<... 330-1046 General Information (other office numbers; business hours only) ........................... 330-1000 Master of Arts in Leadership Program ........................................................................330-1786 Master of Arts in Nursing .........................................................................................330-1204 Master of Social Work Program ,................................................................................. 330-1307 Human Resources ....................................................................................................... 330-1058 Interim Office ............................................................................................................. 330-1 150 Lost and Found ......................... . . . ....................................................................... 330-1000 President ...................................................................................................................... 330-1212 Registrar ...................................................................................................................... 330-1036 Residence Life (Housing)........................................................................................3 0 1 0 9 Student Activities ..................................................................................................... 330-1111 Student Government ................................................................................................... 330-11 10 Summer School .......................................................................................................... .330-1787 Weekend College ........................................................................................................ Mailing Address: 221 1 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis. MN 55454 Web Site: www.augsburg.edu 330-1782 A t Augsburg College, we believe that the college experience should be a time of exploration, of discovery, of new experiences, and new possibilities. We also believe that a liberal arts education is your best preparation for living in the fastpaced, changing, and complex world of today and tomorrow. Upon graduation, you will be able to demonstrate not only the mastery of a major field of study, but also the ability to think critically, solve problems, and communicate effectively Emphasis on values, perspectives, experience, and skills The heart of an Augsburg education is the Augsburg cuniculum-the College's general education program, which structures your liberal arts studies through challenging and thought-provoking courses requiring students to consider important issues and examine values questions. These Liberal Arts Perspectives include Western Heritage, Intercultural Awareness, Human Identity the Social World, Christian Faith, The City, Aesthetics, and the Natural World. At the same time, courses across all disciplines stress the skills that will serve you for a lifetime-writing, speaking, critical thinking, and quantitative reasoning, to name a few. Thanks to Augsburg's prime location in the heart of a thriving metropolitan area, many courses are able to offer rich and varied learning opportunities in real-life situations through academic internships, experiential education, volunteer community service, and cultural enrichment. In a sense, the resources of the Twin Cities are an extended campus for Augsburg students. Selection from over 50 majors Augsburg offers more than 50 majorsor you can create your own major either on campus or through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). (See page 55 for a complete list of majors and minors.) This five-college consortium allows students to take courses on other campuses without charge while a full-time student at Augsburg. The ACTC includes Augsburg College, College of St. Catherine, Hamline University, Macalester College, and the University of St. Thomas. Through the Weekend College Program, 14 majors are offered. MISSION STATEMENT Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to make a difference in the world. They stand as testaments to the College motto, "Education for Service," and to the mission of the College: To nurture future leaders in service to the world by providing high quality educational opportunities, which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community A College of the Church Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The first seminarians were enrolled in 1874, and the first graduation was in 1879. - About Augsburg 1 Early Leaders Establish a Direction The Focus Changed August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876). This attitude began to change after World War I. In 1911, George Sverdrup,Jr. became president. He worked to develop college departments with an appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women. She spent the next 42 years at the College as a teacher and administrator. Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway-Sven Oftedal and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students for theological study. In 1874 they proposed a three-part plan: first, train ministerial candidates; second, prepare future theological students; and third, educate the farmer, worker, and businessman. The statement stressed that a good education is also practical. Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has been Augsburg's theme for over 125 years. Education for Service Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second president (1876-1907), required students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations. Student involvement in the community gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for Service." In the 18905, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later called the Lutheran Free Church. The church was a group of independent congregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal Christianity. This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. The college division, however, was still important primarily as an attachment to the seminary. The College's mission assumed a double character-ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected Bernhard Christensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher, to be president (19381962). His involvement in ecumenical and civic circles made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life. After World War 11, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand and improve academic offerings. Now the College was a larger part of the institution than the seminary and received the most attention. Accreditation for the College Augsburg added departments essential to a liberal arts college, offering a modem college program based on general education requirements and elective majors. With curriculum change came a long effort to become accredited. The College reached accreditation in 1954, although many alumni had entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that time. A study in 1962 defined the College's mission as serving the good of society first and the interests of the Lutheran Free Church second. The seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with the American Lutheran Church. - 2 About Augsburg A College in the City President Oscar A. Anderson (19631980) continued Augsburg's emphasis on involvement with the city. He wanted to reach out to nontraditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all people. During his years of leadership the College became a vital and integral part of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music Hall, Mortensen Hall, Urness Hall, the Christensen Center, Ice Arena, and Murphy Place. Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders who believed: Dr. Charles S. Anderson led the College from 1980 to 1997. He guided Augsburg's commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and freedom, diversity in enrollment and programs, and a cuniculum that draws on the resources of the city as extensions of campus and classroom. Some of the accomplishments during his tenure include instituting two graduate degree programs, hosting national and international figures at College-sponsored forums and events, increasing accessibility, and the addition of the Foss Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication; the Oscar Anderson Residence Hall; and the James G. Lindell Family Library. The city-with all its excitement, challenges, and diversity-is an unequaled learning laboratory for Augsburg students. Dr. William \! Frame became president in August 1997. He has initiated a strategic planning process intended to idennfy the distinguishing marks of the Augsburg education-in both pedagogy and substance-and a restructuring effort intended to improve operating efficiencies and open access for the College to new sources of capital. Augsburg also offers graduate and undergraduate level nursing courses as well as supporting degree courses through its Rochester Program based in Rochester, Minnesota. In 1999, a new apartment-style student residence opened. Major renovation of Sverdrup Hall created space for the Enrollment and Financial Services Center, the Women's Resource Center, and the Honors Program Suite; a skyway link to Lindell Library was constructed. An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and church; Education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to send out productive, creative, and successful citizens; Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great memopolitan center. There are now almost 16,000 Augsburg alumni. In a world that has changed much since those first days of the College, Augsburg still sends out graduates who make a difference where they live and work. In addition to undergraduate liberal arts and sciences Augsburg offers master's degree programs in social work, leadership, nursing, and physician assistant training (after May 2001). WEEKEND COLLEGE Augsburg's Weekend College program provides an educational alternative to adults who desire college experience but who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a baccalaureate degree, gain skills for professional advancement, prepare for a career change or pursue a personal interest in one or more areas of the liberal arts. - About Augsburg 1 Weekend College began in 1982 with 69 students taking courses in three majors. Eight courses were offered in the first term. Today with more than 1,000 students enrolled each term and 14 majors, Augsburg's Weekend College is the largest program of its kind in the state. Faculty in Weekend College are full-time Augsburg professors as well as adjunct professionals. The Weekend College student body is involved in student government, and students participate in academic and extracurricular activities such as the student newspaper, travel seminar, and student organizations. A Community of Learners Augsburg Weekend College continues to develop to meet the needs of the adult and nontraditional student. The heart of any educational institution is its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree and all consider teaching to be the focus of their activity at the College. Faculty are involved in social, professional and a variety of research activities, but these support and are secondary to their teaching. They are actively involved in a dynamic faculty development program that introduces them to current thought in many fields, but especially in teaching and learning techniques and theories. The Adult as Learner Augsburg Weekend College is based on the assumption that students who enroll in the program will be mature, self-disciplined and motivated learners who seek a combination of classroom experience and individual study. Each course is divided into periods of concentrated on-campus study separated by time for independent study and class preparation. Alternate Weekends To accommodate this learning format, classes generally meet on alternate weekends for three and one-half hours on either Friday evening, Saturday morning, Saturday afternoon or Sunday afternoon. Laboratory sections or additional class hours may be scheduled during the week. Weekend College students may take from one to four courses each term. Selected courses are also available on weekday evenings and are open to both day and Weekend College students. The academic year for Weekend College is divided into three trimesters. Essential to the goals of Augsburg's Weekend College is participation in a community of adult learners. This community is enriched by the presence of men and women with a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages Weekend College students to make use of College facilities such as Lindell Library and the Christensen Center, and to participate in College activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events. Weekend College Faculty Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in campus activities. CAMPUS LOCATION Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the city's largest medical complexes-Fai~ew-University Medical Center-are adjacent to Augsburg, with - 4 About Augsburg the Mississippi River and the Seven Comers theatre district just a few blocks away. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul, home to a myriad of arts, sports, entertainment, and recreation opportunities, are just minutes west and east via Interstate 94, which forms the southern border of the campus. (See map in back.) Convenient bus routes run throughout the city and connect with the suburbs. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most airlines provide daily service to the Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, and bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. FACILITIES AND HOUSING Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunneVramp1skyway system connects the two tower dormitories, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus Music Hall, Murphy Place, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication. Office of Undergraduate Admissions-The central Office of Undergraduate Admissions is located at 628 Zlst Avenue South and provides offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their parents. Offices of the American Indian Student Services Program and PanAfrikan Student Services ProgramLocated in Murphy Place, these programs provide support services and information to American Indian and African American students. Anderson Hall (1 993)-Named in honor of Oscar Anderson, president of Augsburg College from 1963 to 1980, this residence hall is located at 2016 S. Eighth Street. Anderson Hall contains four types of living units and houses 192 students and the Physician Assistant Program. Anderson-Nelson Athletic FieldThe athletic field, located at 725 23rd Avenue South, is the playing and practice field of many of the Augsburg teams. An air-supported dome covers the field during the winter months, allowing yearround use. Christensen Center (1967)-The College center, with spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student publications. East Hall-Houses the Minnesota Minority Education Partnership (MMEP) and the Center for Atmospheric Space Sciences at 2429 S. Eighth Street. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication (1 988)-The Foss Center is named in recognition of the gifts of Julian and June Foss and was built with the additional support of many alumni and friends of the College. The Tjornhom-Nelson Theatre, Hoversten Chapel, and the Arnold Atrium are also housed in this complex, which provides space for campus ministry and the drama and communication offices. The Foss Center's lower level is home to the Academic Skills Center, which includes the Learning Skills Office, the Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS) Program, the Groves Computer Lab, the Karen Housh Tutor Center, and the John Evans Learning Laboratory. The JeroyC. Carlson Alumni Center-Named in 1991 to honor Jeroy C. Carlson, senior development officer and former alumni director, upon his retirement from Augsburg. The center houses the Office of Alumni and Parent Relations and is located at 624 Zlst Avenue South. - About Augsburg 1 Ice Arena (1 974)-Two large skating areas provide practice for hockey and figure skating, and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. The JamesC. Lindell Family Library (1997)-This four-level brick structure opened during the 1997-98 academic year. As the library and information technology center, it houses all library functions and brings together the computer technology resources of the College. It is located on the block of campus bordered by 22nd and 2lst Avenues, and by Riverside Avenue and Seventh St. Melby Hall (1961)-Named in honor of J. S. Melby (dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity department). It provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, the fitness center, and general auditorium purposes. Mortensen Hall (1 973)-Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen (dean of women from 1923 to 1964), it has 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upper-class students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. 2222 Murphy Place (1 964)-This facility provides offices for the Center for Global Education and a resource room for those interested in global issues. The Office of Academic Programs Abroad is also located here. Music Hall (1978)-Contains Sateren Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios, and offices for the music faculty. New Hall (1999)-A three-story apartment complex along 20th Ave., between 7th and 8th Sts. housing juniors and seniors in units from efficiencies to two-bedroom suites. Old Main (1900)-Home for the modem languages and art departments, with classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. Public Relations & Communication House-The public relations and publications offices for the College are located at 709 23rd Avenue South. Science Hall (1 949)-Houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, faculty offices, the registrar's office, student financial services, and the business offices. In 1960 the Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed. Sverdrup Hall (1955)-Named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, it contains the Academic Advising Center, Weekend College, and the Office of Continuing Education as well as classrooms and faculty offices. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall (1 938)-Built as a dormitory and named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, it provides space for administrative and faculty offices. Urness Hall (1967)-Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, this tower provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study, and utility areas. - 5 About Augsburg W YOUTH AND FAMILY INSTITUTE OF AUGSBURG COLLEGE The institute is designed to help churches better serve the changing needs of youth and families. The institute offers an undergraduate academic program, as well as seminar/workshops, a resource tenter, and counseling services locally, nationally, and internationally. W ASSOCIATED SUPPORT ORGANIZATIONS Augsburg College has a commitment to lifelong learning and to programs that increase both individual and group understanding and achievement. In addition to the programs listed below, the College is also home to the College of the Third Age. Richard R. Green Institute for Teaching and Learning-Named for the late Augsburg alumnus Richard Green, who served as superintendent of schools in both Minneapolis and New York City, the Green Institute is a collaboration between Augsburg College and the Minneapolis and St. Paul school districts. Its goal is to improve the outcomes of students, especially in urban areas, through systemic changes in K-12 education practices as well as higher education teacher training programs. Inter-Race: The International Institute for Interracial InteractionInter-Race facilitates interracial understanding in families, schools, places of work, communities, and society. The institute provides training and consultation, research, education, resource centers, publications, public policy, and legal study in five centers. Inter-Race is located at 600 2lst Avenue South. Minnesota Minority Education Partnership (M MEP)-The Minnesota Minority Education Partnership, Inc., is a nonprofit membership organization that works closely with students, the communities of color, and representatives from education, business, government, and nonprofit organizations to develop programs that help students of color succeed academically. The MMEP office is located in East Hall. H POLICIES Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic andlor school administered programs, except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational qualification. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students. Any questions concerning Augsburg's compliance with federal or state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed to the affirmative action coordinator, Office of Human Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454, (612) 330-1023. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. - About Augsburg 1; ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools* and the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by the American Chemical Society Council on Social Work Education (B.S.W. and M.S.W.) National Association for Music Therapy, Inc. National League for Nursing Committee for Accreditation of Allied Health Programs (Physican Assistant Program) Augsburg College is an institutional member of the: National Association of Schools of Music (NASM) Council of Independent Colleges (CIC) American Association of Colleges and Universities (AACU) American Association of Higher Education (AAHE) Association of Physician Assistant Programs We are members of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, and Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Services Office. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer. *North Central Association of College and Schools Commission on Institutions of Higher Education, (312) 263-0456; <www.nca-cihe.org> IsAUGSBURG COLLEGE FACTSAND FIGURES Location-Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wis. The College moved to Minneapolis in 1872. Religious Affiliation-The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America (ELCA). Although a strong plurality of students are Lutheran, 9 percent represent other Protestant denominations, and 19 percent represent the Roman Catholic Church. Accreditation-North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education, Committee for Accreditation of Allied Health Educational Programs. Approved by the American Chemical Society. Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., National Association of Schools of Music, and the National League for Nursing. Member-Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, CIC, AACU, AAHE. Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Services Office, as described on page 17. W Financial Aid--Over 84 percent of the students receive some form of financial aid from the College and many other sources. W Library-Over 175,000 items, direct access to over 1,300,000through CLIC, the Twin Cities private college library consomum. The James G. Lindell Family Library opened in September 1997. W School Year-Semesters from September to May, 4-1-4 calendar, with January Interim. Two summer school sessions. Augsburg Weekend Collegetrimesters, September to June. Augsburg Graduate Program-trimesters, September to June. W Majors-More than 50 majors in 23 departments. W Off-Campus Programs-Center for Global Education, Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA), lnternational Partners, Upper Midwest Association of Intercultural Education (UMAIE), and extensive cooperative education and internship programs. W Athletic Affiliation-Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC), and National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA), Division 111. W Policy--Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school administered programs, except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational qualification. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students. Enrollment (Fall 1999-2000)-3,053 students from 41 countries. Graduates-16,000 undergraduates from 1870 through August 1999. Student/Faculty Ratio-16 to 1. Undergraduate class size averages 15-20. Campus-17 major buildings. Major renovations in 1979-80 with special emphasis on accessibility. Accessibility-Augsburg is now one of the most accessible campuses in the region. A skyway/tunnel/elevator system provides access to 10 major buildings without going outside. Degrees Granted-B.A., M.A., M.S., M.S.W. B.S.. B.M., n w n n n 4 0 , 3 4 3 V) - UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSIONS !O A ugsburg College is looking for students with intelligence and character. We want people whocan benefit from and contribute to their community, the College community, and the community at large. Selection of students for Augsburg College is based upon careful consideration of each candidate's academic achievement, personal qualities and interests, participation in activities and employment, and potential for development as a student and as a graduate of Augsburg College. The College selects students on individual merit without regard to race, creed, disability, national or ethnic origin, gender, sexual orientation, or age. Visit t h e Campus Because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere is valuable, freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus and meet with an admissions counselor. Arrangements may be made to meet with a member of the faculty and to attend classes when school is in session. Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and families with college planning. Call any weekday between 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m.-(612) 330-1001 or toll-free (800) 788-5678. We'll answer your questions and arrange a tour for you (including Saturday mornings during the school year). The Office of Undergraduate Admissions is located on the comer of Seventh Street and 2lst Avenue South in Minneapolis. (Please call first.) For Weekend College Admission information, call (612) 330-1743. BPPLICATION PROCEDUR~ DAY PROGRAM FREbHMEN Application for AdmissionApplicants should complete the application for admission and the essay and return them to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions together with the non-refundable $25 application fee. T r a n s c r i p S A n official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final, official transcript upon graduation. General Education Development (G.E.D.) scores may be presented instead of the high school transcript. Test Scores-Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the college entrance examination. The American College Test (ACT) is preferred. Results from SAT are also accepted. It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. Additional Information-If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an admissions counselor. Two academic recommendations are required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. - - - Undergraduate ~dmissions 2' On occasion, the Admissions Committee may also defer a decision on a candidate's admission until other information has been received. For example, more recent test scores, results of the present semester's coursework, additional letters of recommendation, or writing samples may be requested by the committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the Office of Undergraduate Admissions will inform the candidate. Notification of Admissions D e c i s i o b Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. Confirmation of AdmissionAccepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100" tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the director of financial aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $loo* tuition deposit. Those students who wish to live in College housing must also submit a $200 housing deposit. *Non-refundable after May 1. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may be granted admission to begin full-time work toward a degree after completion of their junior year or first semester of their senior year of high school. Applicants must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendations from their high school faculty, and arrange a personal interview with the director of undergraduate admissions. Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at Augsburg under the auspices of the Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment Options Act should contact the Office of Undergraduate Admissions for specific information. WEEKEND COLLEGE Applicants should complete the application form and return it along with the $25 nonrefundable application fee to the Augsburg Weekend College Admissions Office. Transcripts-Have official transcripts from all previous postsecondary institutions sent directly to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. Applicants with less than one year of previous tranferable college work should also have their official high school transcript sent. The G.E.D. test certificate may be presented instead of the high school transcript. Additional Information-If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed peronally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admis- - ' 2 Undergraduate Admissions sion decision is made. On occasion, the Admissions Committee may also defer a candidate's admission until other information has been received. For example, test scores, results of current coursework, additional letters of recommendation, or w-riting samples may be requested by the committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the Admissions Office will inform the candidate. Notification of Admissions Decision -Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admission decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary. Please check with an admissions counselor and major sections of this catalog to see if admission to the major is required. ALL TRANSFER STUDENTS Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer from other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. Augsburg College limits transfer coursework from two-year colleges once a student has reached junior status. Students may transfer a maximum of 64 semester credits (96 quarter credits) from two-year colleges. Once a student reaches junior status, no additional credits will transfer from two-year institutions toward the minimum of 33 credits required for a baccalaureate degree. These courses can, however, be used to meet liberal arts and major requirements. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.2 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is required on previous college work for admission to the College. Acceptance of courses submitted for transfer is done by the registrar's office based upon the official student transcript(s). Acceptance of courses presented for a major or minor also requires approval of the department. The major or minor department may require certain courses or a minimum number of courses be taken at Augsburg. Students transfemng from the Minnesota State University and College System who have completed the Minnesota Transfer Curriculum, have earned the Associate of Arts degree from MNSCU, and have a 2.5 (on a 4.0 scale) cumulative GPA or higher will be given transfer status as outlined below. The following applies only to the MNSCU A.A. graduate: 1. Admission will be with junior standing following the MN Transfer Curriculum. A maximum of 17 Augsburg equivalent courses (64 semester credits or 96 quarter credits from a community college) will be accepted once junior status is reached. No additional courses may be transferred from a community college. 2. All Augsburg general education requirements will be waived except: The City Perspective Two courses in Christian Faith (any two areas) The language requirement as stated One course that meets the Quantitative Reasoning Graduation Skill requirement - Undergraduate Admissions 23 One graduation skill writing course in the major College algebra or Math Placement Group 3 One lifetime sport 3. Courses with D grades will not be accepted as prerequisites or for application to majors. Some Augsburg majors require additional prerequisite coursework beyond the A.A. degree. Also, the physician assistant major requires a cumulative GPA higher than 2.5. Students are advised to consult major departments for major requirements upon transfer. Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary. Please check with the Office of Undergraduate Admissions and consult the departmental section of this catalog. Note: No student who falls below the standards for automatic admission to the College will be considered for admission by the Admissions Committee after August 15 for entry in fall semester or January 15 for entry in spring semester. FORMER STUDENTS Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College for one semester or more without requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return must apply for re-admission through the registrar's office. Students who have attended other institution(s) during their absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each institution to the Office of the Registrar. Returning students do not pay the application fee. SPECIAL STUDENTS (NON-DECREE) In some circumstances, people may be admitted as special students (non-degree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Students may request a change in their degree status by submitting a petition to the registrar's office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take coursework at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree). An application form for special-student status is available from the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. To apply for admission as a special student, submit the completed admission application and academic transcripts to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. SPECIAL STUDENTS (SECOND DECREE) Students who have completed a four-year degree at an accredited college or university may complete a second degree at Augsburg College. Second degree requirements include: a minimum of eight course credits taken at Augsburg, completion of a major, and completion of any liberal arts requirements not covered by a previous degree. Depending on the student's previous degree, completion of a second major (non-degree) may also be an option. - 24 Undergraduate Admissions INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS Augsburg welcomes students from countries around the world. (See International Student Advising on page 48.) International students should contact the Office of Undergraduate Admissions for an international student application and information on the application procedure. Applications must be completed two months prior to the start of the semester: June 1for fall, Dec. 1 for spring. For more information, call (612) 330-1001 or (800) 788-5678 (toll free), or write to: International Student Admissions Augsburg College 2211 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55454 USA A, 1 students receive financial help indirectly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover. The College raises that difference in giftsfrom alumni, faculty, staff, parents, churches, friends, foundations, and endowment income. However, the primary responsibility for paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is intended to supplement those resources. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course................................$ Room Rent (includes telephone and basic service) ....................$ 2,680 (Room rates and housing options are available through the Office of Residence Life.) Full Board (19 meals a week) The Board of Regents has approved the costs listed below for the 2000-01 academic year. The Board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. DAY PROGRAM TUITION, FEES, ROOM, AND BOARD Tuition (full-time enrollment) ............$ 15,974 This rate applies to all full-time students attending in September 2000. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees, and admission to most Collegesupported events, concerts, and lectures. The amount is payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Tuition (part-time enrollment) per one-credit course..............$ 1,726 This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester andlor an Interim only. Part-time students taking lifetime sports are charged the audit rate for that course. 630 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking lifetime sports are charged the audit rate for that course. ..................$ 2,640 Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Residence Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) ..................$ 2,566 ....................$ 2,336 Student Activity Fee ................$ 150 Flex 5 point plan ACTC Bus (full-time students only) ..................$ 16 Information Technology Fee ..$ 200 OTHER SPECIAL FEES (NON-REFUNDABLE) Fees Billed on Student Account Student Activity Fee (part-time students) ..................................... Late Registration (per day after classes begin) ..................... Registration Change after first five days (cancel/add/change/grade option, or combination at one time) ................................ Music Therapy Internship (one-half course credit) .............. - Financial Information 2; Private Music Lessons, per semester (14 lessons) ................. ,3324 Student Teaching (per course for full-time students) .................. $ 66 Student Teaching (per course for part-time students) ................. $130 Study Abroad (in approved non-Augsburg programs) .............$250 Fees Payable by CheckICash Application (new and/or special students) ........................$ 25 Nursing Comprehensive Exam ........$ 16 Nursing Credit Validation ................ $ 150 Locker Rental (commuters) .............$ 40 Student Parking Lot Permit -ar ........................................... $ 108 -motorcycle ............................ ..$ 50 Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) ............ $ 5 Special Examinations, Cap & Gown Costs (Schedule on file in registrar's office) W BOOKS AND SUPPLIES These costs are estimated to be $900 per year. W DEPOSITS Enrollment Deposit (non-refundable) .................... $ 100 Required of all new students after acceptance. The enrollment deposit is credited to the students' account only when their enrollment is terminated. Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. Housing Damage Deposit ......$ 200 Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract to reserve a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or fines and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages and/or fines) at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated for fall or spring term by following the conditions delineated in the housing contract. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the new contract is cancelled prior to June 1 for fall semester or December 1 for spring semester, the $200 deposit will be forfeited. After these dates, the student shall forfeit the full amount of the damage deposit and shall be assessed an additional $450 for termination. Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) ...................... .$ 20 Tuition (per course) ....................... .$1,258 Tuition (per summer course 2000) ..$ 950 Technology Fee (per course) ............ .$ 25 Activity Fee (per trimester) ............. $ 9.50 Campus Access Fee (includes parking permit; per trimester) ...$ 10 Audit Fee (per course) ..................... $ 630 Lifetime Sports: Fee for Weekend College Course ........................... $ 188 Lifetime Sports: Fee for Assessment of Previous Learning .................. $ 100 Nursing Clinical Fee ........................ $ 214 Supplementary Student Teaching Fee (per course credit) .............. $ 462 Late Confirmation Fee (per day) .....$ 35 Registration Change after first class meeting (cancelladd) ........$ 10 5 Transcript Fee (first is free) ............. $ - '8 Financial Information PAY MENTS-DAY PROGRAM Semester Fees-Prior to the start of each semester a statement of estimated charges showing basic charges and financial aid credits designated by the Enrollment and Financial Services Center is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Options-Day Program(1) Semester payments, due August 15 and January 15 as billed; (2) Payment PlanUpon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the bill for each term. PAYMENTS-WEEKEND COLLEGE A statement of tuition and fee charges and estimated financial aid will be mailed to each registered student prior to the start of each term. For tuition and fee information, please refer to the current Weekend College Class Schedule, published each year by the Weekend College Program Office. Payment Options-(1) Payment in full at the start of each term. (2) Threepayment plan: first one-third payment is due at the start of the term; second and third payments are due in the second and third months of the term. (3) Employer Reimbursement: students whose employers reimburse them for all or part of their tuition and fees may pay a $100 deposit per course credit at the start of the term. The balance, which is subject to finance charges until paid, is due 50 days after the last day of the term. Students on this plan must file an employer reimbursement verification form each academic year. The student is responsible for payment of the balance should the employer not reimburse for any reason. FINANCIAL POLICIES A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of one percent per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release student academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (Federal Perkins Student Loan including the National Defense and National Direct Student Loans and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules and the loan entrance and exit interviews have been completed. REFUNDS Students who withdraw from Augsburg College may be eligible for a refund of a portion of their charges based on the appropriate refund schedule. Financial aid may be adjusted for those students who withdraw from the College or drop course(s) and receive financial assistance. Students who wish to withdraw from Augsburg should complete the Leave of Absencnithdrawal from College form available in the Academic Advising Center or the Enrollment and Financial Services Center. It must be filled out completely, signed and turned in to the EFSC. Students who properly withdraw or change to parttime, who are dismissed, or who are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition andlor room (except for the minimum deduction of $100 to cover administrative costs). Students are responsible for canceling courses through the Enrollment and Financial Services Center in order to be - Financial Information 2! eligible for any refund. Students who unofficially withdraw (stop attending) but do not complete the dropladd form are responsible for all charges. Financial aid may be adjusted based on the student's last recorded date of attendance. Refund calculations are based on the date that the dropladd form is processed. Augsburg College Day Program Refund Policy: Applies to day program students who withdraw from all courses in a term and are not receiving Federal Title IV financial aid (Federal Title IV financial aid includes the Pell Grant, SEO Grant, Perkins Loan, Stafford Loan, and PLUS Loan). This policy also applies to all students who drop courses during a term. Refund Amount Refund Period 100% Through the first five days of classes (less $100 administrative fee) 90% From the sixth day through the tenth day of classes 80% From the 1l t h day through the 15th day of classes 70% From the 16th day through the 20th day of classes 60% From the 2lst day through the 25th day of classes 50% From the 26th day of classes through the midpoint of the term. Augsburg Weekend College Program Refund Policy: This policy applies to new and returning Weekend College students who drop a portion of their scheduled course load. It also applies to students who completely withdraw from college and do not receive financial aid. Refund Amount 100% Refund Period Through the first class weekend (less a $75 administrative fee if withdrawing from the current term entirely) 80% Prior to the second scheduled class meeting 60% Prior to the third scheduled class meeting No refund after the third scheduled class meeting. The refund schedule is effective whether or not a student has attended classes. All refunds of charges will be applied to the student account and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines, deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund of any resulting credit balance is determined. Please allow two weeks for a refund. The refund is a percentage of the full tuition charged, not a percentage of any deposit paid toward tuition, e.g. deposits made under the employer reimbursement payment plan. Pro-Rata Refund Policy: Applies to all Augsburg students who withdraw from all courses during their first term at Augsburg and receive Federal Title IV financial aid (Federal Title IV financial aid includes the Pell Grant, SEO Grant, Perkins Loan, Stafford Loan, and PLUS Loan). Tuition, fees, and room costs will be calculated based on the pro-rated portion of the term completed. The student may be eligible for a pro-rata refund up to the 60 percent point in time of the term. The student account will be credited for that portion of tuition and room for which the student was not enrolled. This calculation will use federal government guidelines. - 10 Financial Information Federal Return of Funds Policy: This policy applies to returning students who have completed at least one full term, withdraw from all courses for the current term, and receive federal Title IV financial assistance (including Pel1 Grant, SEO Grant, Perkins Loan, Stafford Loan, Parent PLUS Loan). The Return of Funds Policy is based on a percentage derived from the number of days attended divided by the number of days in the term. The refund of charges calculation used is the Augsburg College Refund Policy stated above. Students may appeal refund decisions through the Petition Committee. MEDICAL REFUND If a student is forced to withdraw from all courses in a term due to illness or an accident, the refund will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of documentation from the attending doctor stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. UNOFFICIAL WITHDRAWAL Federal regulations require that records of financial aid recipients who earn failing grades in all their classes be reviewed. If courses are not completed (e.g. unofficial withdrawal, stopped attending), the College is required to refund financial aid to the appropriate sources according to federal or Augsburg refund policies based on the last recorded date of attendance. Students are responsible for the entire cost of the term including the portion previously covered by financial aid should they stop attending. Students are strongly urged to follow guidelines for complete withdrawal from college. If there are extenuating circumstances, a petition to have the cost of tuition refunded can be made. Petition forms are available in the Office of Student Life in Christensen Center. All students who wish to be considered for financial assistance must establish financial aid eligibility on an annual basis. This includes completing the application process as outlined below and meeting the academic progress standards outlined in the brochure "Academic Progress Standards for Financial Aid." This brochure is available from the Enrollment and Financial Services Center and is distributed to students on an annual basis. Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a person or family makes in a lifetime. Proper planning and wise choices are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the methods used to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its EFSC, will help students and their families protect access to a quality Augsburg education in a time of increasing financial challenge. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg may be a combination of scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal, state, church, and private agencies in providing various aid programs. During the 1999-2000 academic year, more than eight out of ten students at Augsburg received financial assistance. The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid supplements student and family resources. The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and the Augsburg Financial Aid Application help determine the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis takes into account such family financial factors as - Financial Information 3' current income, assets, number of dependent family members, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations. HOW TO APPLY The following are required to process your financial aid application: 1. Be admitted to Augsburg as a regular student or be a returning student in good academic standing with the College. 2. Complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) or the Renewal FAFSA. FAFSA forms are available from the Enrollment and Financial Services Center at Augsburg College or from high school guidance counselors. Renewal FAFSAs will be mailed to those students who applied for assistance during the prior school year. Be sure to include the Augsburg College code, 002334, on your application. Mail your application to the processing agency after Jan. 1. Applications must be mailed by April 15 for priority consideration. 3. Complete the Augsburg Financial Aid Application and submit it to EFSC. H WHAT HAPPENS NEXT? Once all documents are received, we review the financial aid application to determine financial aid eligibility for all available programs. A financial aid package will be sent to the student. This package includes: Letter detailing the financial aid award Information regarding financial aid programs and requirements for continued eligibility Subsidized~UnsubsidizedFederal Stafford loan application Students complete and return one copy of their award letter to the EFSC. In addition, the student must complete and return the Stafford Loan application to receive Stafford Loan funds. Applications for the SELF Loan and the Parent PLUS Loan are sent upon request. H KINDS OF AID A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various forms of aid available are listed here for information only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged to investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants and loans that might be available in their own communities. It is worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students who meet their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Educational Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Children. and other sources. Honor Scholarships President's Scholarship-President's Scholarships are awarded based upon competition. The applicant must be in the top 15 percent of high school rank and top 20 percent ACT/SAT score. Separate applications are required. The application deadline is February 15. Regents' S c h o l a r s h i p T h e Regents' Scholarships are awarded to all qualified new freshmen in the top 30 percent of either high school rank or test score who apply and are accepted before May 1. - 12 Financial Information Transfer Regents' S c h o l a r s h i p Transfer Regents' Scholarships are awarded to all qualified transfer students with a minimum 3.0 GPA who apply and are accepted for admission by May 1. Transfer Honor S c h o l a r s h i k Transfer Honor Scholarships are awarded to selected transfer students with a minimum 3.0 GPA and 84 quarter (or 56 semester) credits in transfer from a Minnesota community college or Lutheran junior college, who apply for and are accepted for admission by May 1. A separate application is required by April l. Legacy Scholarship-These scholarships provide tuition benefits to full-time day students who are children, grandchildren, or spouses of Augsburg graduates; siblings of current Augsburg students; children or spouses of current ELCA pastors; or children, grandchildren, or spouses of long-term Augsburg employees. Phi Theta Kappa ScholarshipThese scholarships are awarded to selected transfer students with a 3.5 GPA and 84 minimum quarter (56 semester) credits from a community college. A separate application is required by May 1. Science Scholarship-These scholarships are awarded to incoming freshmen who are in the top 30 percent of their high school class or ACTISAT test score, majoring in chemistry or physics at Augsburg. Youth and Family Ministry Partner Scholarship-These scholarships are awarded by the partner congregation to a full-time Augsburg student who is majoring in Youth and Family Ministry. Augsburg ArneriCorps Scholarship-These scholarships are awarded to qualified AmeriCorps members who are currently serving or have served for at least one year. Must be certified as eligible by the director of the AmeriCorps site, be accepted for admission, be a fulltime day student, and complete the financial aid application. Application deadline is August 1. PRIME Scholarship-This is a cooperative program in which Augsburg matches scholarships with Lutheran congregations. Separate application is required and church funds must amve at Augsburg by October 1. Leadership Scholarships M. Anita Hawthorne Leadership Scholarship-Recognizes incoming freshmen and transfer African American students with a demonstrated record of and/or potential for leadership. Limited to fulltime day students. Bonnie Wallace Leadership Scholarship-Recognizes incoming freshmen and transfer American Indian students with a demonstrated record of and/or potential for leadership. Limited to fulltime day students. ASIA-Recognizes incoming freshmen and transfer Asian American students with a demonstrated record of and/or potential for leadership. Limited to full-time day students. HispanicILatino Leadership Scholarshi p-Recognizes incoming freshmen and transfer HispanicLatino students with a demonstrated record of and/or potential for leadership. Limited to fulltime day students. - Financial Information 3: Faculty Leadership S c h o l a r s h i p Awarded to selected incoming freshmen who participate in the President's Scholarship competition. Performing Arts S c h o l a r s h i p Awarded to selected incoming students who demonstrate active participation in the performing arts. Separate application and audition are required. The deadline is February 15. Hoversten Peace ScholarshipAwarded to incoming freshmen and transfer students who have demonstrated interest in peace and whose personal outlook and career plans show promise of contributing to the cause of peace. Separate application is required by February 15. Community and Public Service Scholarship-Awarded to incoming freshmen and transfer students who have a demonstrated commitment to public and community service. Separate application is required by February 15. Lutheran Leader S c h o l a r s h i p Awarded to incoming freshmen in the top 30 percent of their high school rank or ACT1 SAT test score who have demonstrated leadership within their Lutheran congregation and have the recommendation of their pastor. A separate application is required by February 15. NASA Scholarship-Awarded to freshmen (only) who have excelled in the areas of science, mathematics, and technology and who have demonstrated a high potential in careers related to aerospace science, technology, and allied fields. Lutheran Brotherhood a n d Aid Association for Lutherans-Awarded on financial need, participation in the Lutheran church and available funds. The AAL scholarship recipients must also have an AAL policy. Gift Assistance (Need Based) Augsburg Tuition Grant-These awards are based on financial eligibility, academic record, and participation in extracumcular activities in school, community, and church. Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant-Eligibility requires Minnesota residency and enrollment of less than four years (or its equivalent) at any post-secondary school. Consult the Enrollment and Financial Services Center for accepted enrollment patterns. Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant-Whenever law and funds permit, SEOGs are awarded to students who demonstrate exceptional financial need. Preference is given to students eligible for the Federal Pell grant. Federal Pell Grant-Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by program guidelines maximum grant for 2000-01 is $3,300. Bureau of Indian AffairsITribal and State Indian Scholarship--Bureau of Indian Affairsnribal and State Indian Scholarships and Augsburg American Indian Scholarships are available to Indian students (both full and part-time) who meet specific criteria. For Bureau of Indian Affairsnribal and State Indian Scholarships, students must be a quarter degree Indian ancestry and be enrolled with a federally-recognized tribe. Eligibility criteria for Augsburg American Indian Scholarships vary. Contact the director of the American Indian Student Services Support Program. American Indian grants supplement all other forms of financial aid. Questions may be directed to the director of the American Indian Student Services Program or to your local BIA, Tribal, or State Indian Education Office. - 14 Financial Information Loan Assistance Federal Perkins Student Loan-A federally-funded program administered through Augsburg College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least half time. Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment of principal (at the minimum of $40 a month) begin nine months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The loan offers a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum that may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $20,000 ($40,000 including graduate school). Federal Stafford Student Loan Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford Loan funds are obtained directly from a lender or state agency in states that provide such programs. Subsidized Stafford Loans are need-based loans that the federal government subsidizes by paying the interest while the student is in school and during the grace period. For the Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, interest begins accruing on the date of disbursement and the borrower is responsible for all interest. The borrower may choose to make payments while in school or may defer payments and allow interest to accrue and be capitalized (added to the balance of the loan). The interest rate for new borrowers through the Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford Loan is variable and changes annually on July 1. The following borrowing limits apply to the Stafford Loan program after July 1, 1994: Freshmen: $6,625 annually (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford) Sophomores: $7,500 annually (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford) Juniors/Seniors: $10,500 annually (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford) Aggregate maximum: $46,000 (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized) Federal Nursing Student Loan-A federal program with provisions similar to the Federal Perkins Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial need and be registered at least half time. The maximum loan is $4,000 per year. Federal Parent Loan Program (PLUS)-PLUS is a loan program to help parents meet college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to the cost of attendance (minus other aid). Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursement at a variable interest rate not to exceed 9 percent and a minimum payment of $50 per month. Application forms are available at Augsburg College EFSC or the lending institution. - Financial Information 3! The Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF)-SELF is administered through the Minnesota Higher Education Services Office. Applications are available from the Enrollment and Financial Services Center. Undergraduate freshmen and sophomores may borrow up to $4,500 per year, juniors and seniors up to $6,000 year. Maximum undergraduate borrowing is $25,000. The minimum loan amount per year is $500. The interest rate is variable. Interest payments begin 90 days after the loan is disbursed and continue quarterly thereafter, while the student is enrolled. Principal payments begin the 13th month after you leave school. There are no deferments. Student Employment Augsburg College provides work opportunities for students. Assignment is based on need and potential competence in performing the duties assigned. Parttime work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just like scholarships, loans, and grants. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. Federal College Work Study Program a n d Minnesota State Work Study Program-Under these programs the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis with the College to provide part-time work opportunities. Augsburg College, through generous gifts from alumni, faculty staff, and friends, offers more than 400 sponsored scholarships. All returning eligible students are considered. Selection is based on academic achievement, financial need, and selection criteria established by the donor. A list of scholarships follows. Note: For a complete description of Augsburg scholarships, request a copy of the Scholarship Catalog Supplement from the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. *Indicates endowed scholarships GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS ADC Telecommunications Inc. Linda Schrempp Alberg Memorial Scholarship* Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational Foundation Scholarships American Express Company Henry and Leona Antholz Scholarship* Class of 1931 Scholarship* Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship* Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship* Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship* M. J. Estrem Scholarship* John and Martha C. Fahlberg Scholarship* E. W. Hallet Scholarship Reuben I. and Marion Hovland Scholarship* Tze-Lien Yao-Hsieh, Lenorah Erickson, and Mildred Joel Memorial Scholarship* Edwin C. Johnson Scholarship* The Jostens Foundation, Inc. Kopp Investment Advisors Presidential Scholarship Memorial Scholarship Foundation Scholarships* Financial Information Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts Scholarships Minnesota Scholars Fund Scholarship Northern States Power Company Scholarship Clifford and Martha Nylander Scholarship* Marvin T. Nystrom Scholarship* Rev. Martin J. and Olga S. Olson Scholarship Casey Albert T. O'Neil Foundation Scholarship John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund* Martin and Esther Quanbeck Scholarship* Rahr Foundation Scholarship Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* Rutherford L. and Audrey M. Sander Scholarship* Senior Challenge Endowment Fund* Rosemary J. Shafer Scholarship* Russel and Virginia Smith Scholarship* St. Luke's Lutheran Church Centennial Scholarship* Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial Scholarship* Ernest and Vivian Tinseth Scholarship* Robert W. Warzyniak Memorial Scholarship* Lea A. and Elsie L. Wildung Endowment Fund* Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship* SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS John Andrew Adam Memorial Scholarship* Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarship Alne-Swensen Scholarship* American Indian Scholarship* Charles and Catherine Anderson Diversity Scholarship* Charles and Kate Anderson Endowment Fund* Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship* Jeroy C. and Lorraine M. Carlson Scholarship* Carl C. and Kathleen A. Casperson Scholarship* Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship* Dain Rauscher Scholarship* Laura Ann Erickson Memorial Scholarship* Pastor Bob Evans Scholarship* David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship* Julian F! Foss Scholarship* The Grace Scholarship* Kay Halverson Scholarship* Hanwick Thanksgiving Scholarship* Rev. John Hjelmeland Endowed Scholarship Fund* Hormel Foods Company Scholarship Hoversten Peace Scholarship* Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship* King Harald Scholarship Torgney and Valborg Kleven Memorial Scholarship* Harold B. and Laura M. Lanes Scholarship* Mary E. Larsen International Studies Scholarship* Floyd Lorenzen Memorial Scholarship* Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship Lutheran Brotherhood Opportunity Scholarship Minnesota Power Company Scholarship Forrest T. Monson and Thelma (Sydnes) Monson Scholarship* Karen Neitge Scholarship* Marilyn and John Paul Nilsen Scholarship* Nonvest Foundation Scholarship Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship* Ole K. and Evelyn L. Olson Scholarship* Timothy 0. Olson Memorial Scholarship* Pederson Samuelson Scholarship* Rev. John and Ingeborg Peterson Memorial Scholarship* Jay and Rose Phillips Family Foundation Scholarship ReliaStar Foundation Scholarship Clayton and Ruth Roen Memorial Scholarship* John and Agnes Siverson Scholarship* Financial Information 3; Short-Term Programs Endowed Scholarship Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial Scholarship* Student Government Alumni Scholarship Dr. James L. Tuohy Scholarship W MULTlCULTURAL/INTERNATIONAL STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS Kent Anderson American Indian Scholarship* Ada Bakken Memorial-American Indian Scholarship* Grace Jewel Jensen Buster Memorial Scholarship* Cargill Foundation American Indian Scholarship CBS Foundation Scholarship General Mills Foundation Scholarship Grand Metropolitan American Indian Scholarship Grand Metropolitan Food Sector Foundation Scholarship* Hearst American Indian Scholarship* Honeywell Corporation Scholarship Grace Anne Johnson Memorial Scholarship* Kerridgehlueller American Indian Scholarship James M. Kingsley American Indian Scholarship* Little Six, Inc. Scholarship* McKnight Foundation Scholarship* Medtronic Foundation Scholarship Marilyn Peterson Memorial Scholarship* Prairie Island Indian Community Scholarships* Shakopee Mdewakanton Dakota Community Scholarship* Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship* St. Paul Companies, Inc. Scholarship St. Paul companies, Inc. Teaching Assistants Scholarship Students of Color Scholarship Fund* James R. Thorpe Foundation Scholarship Trinity Lutheran Congregation 125th Anniversary Scholarship* UPS Foundation Scholarship U.S. Bancorp Foundation Scholarship West Group Scholarship Westwood Lutheran Church Second Mile Mission Scholarship* Women of the ELCA Native Women's Achievement Award* PUBLIC SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS Margaret E. Andrews Public Service Scholarship Fund Class of 1998 Scholarship* Kleven Public Service Scholarship Fund Person Public Service Scholarship Fund Adeline Marie (Rasmussen) Johnson Memorial Scholarship Marina Christensen Justice Memorial Fund* Martin and Sylvia Sabo Scholarship for Leadership in Public and Community Service* Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs* W DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS Art Lucy Bodnarczuk Memorial Scholarship August Molder Memorial Art Scholarship* Queen Sonja Art Scholarship Alfred and Margaret Syring Scholarship Biology Biology Scholarships Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship* Dr. Paul R. and Maxine Fridlund Biology Scholarship* Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Biology Scholarship* Business Administration/Accounting/ Economics Allianz Life Insurance Company Scholarship Marianne Anderson Entrepreneurial Scholarship* - 18 Financial Information Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship Fund* Cargill Foundation Scholarship Famers Insurance Group of Companies Scholarship Forss-Herr Scholarship* Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship* Mildred and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship* Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship* Minnesota Mutual Foundation Scholarship Clifford A. Peterson Scholarship* David L. Shaver Memorial Scholarship* Clair E. and Gladys I. Strommen Scholarship* Leland and Louise Sundet Scholarship* Joan L. Volz Business Scholarship* Chemistry Courtland Agre Memorial Scholarship* Augsburg College Chemistry Alumni Scholarship* Department of Chemistry Scholarships Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship* Carl Fosse Chemistry Scholarship* Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Chemistry Scholarship* Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Chemistry Scholarship Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships* Education James and Shelby Andress Education Scholarship* Dr. Einar 0 . Johnson Scholarship* S. Luther Kleven Family Scholarship* Elva B. Love11 Life Scholarship* David Mathre Scholarship* Debra Boss Montgomery Memorial Scholarship* Barbara Tjomhom and Richard K. Nelson Scholarship* John L. and Joan H. Ohlin Memorial Scholarship* Nancy Joubert Raymond Scholarship* David Winsor Memorial Scholarship* English Dagny Christensen Memorial Scholarship* Murphy Square Literary Award* Anne Pederson English Scholarship* Prof. l? A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship* Foreign Language Emil M. Fossan Modem Language Scholarship* Mimi Baez Kingsley Modem Language Scholarship* Theodore and Virginia Menzel Scholarship* Health-Education Roy and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship* Robert D. and Carolyn W. Odegard Scholarship* Health-Related Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship* Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Minnesota Scholarship Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship* Linnea A. Danielson Scholarship* Fairview Nursing Alumnae Association Scholarship* Dr. Kristofer and Mrs. Bertha E. Hagen Memorial Scholarship* History Rev. and Mrs. 0 . J. Haukeness History Award H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship* John R. Jenswold Memorial Scholarship* Dr. Bemhardt J. Kleven Scholarship* Theodore and Lucille Nydahl History Scholarship* Mathematics and Computer Science Allianz Life Insurance Company Scholarship Floyd V and Ruth M. Case Scholarship* Beverly Durkee Mathematics Scholarship* Mathematics Scholarship Robert Wick Scholarship* - Financial Information 3 Music Beth Halverson Violin Scholarship* Centennial Singers Scholarship* Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship Sam Coltvet Memorial Choral Music Scholarship* Rev. Clement A. Gisselquist Church Music Scholarship* David Gronner Memorial Scholarship* Majorie and James R. Gronseth, Jr. Memorial Music Scholarship* Mabeth Saure Gyllstrom Scholarship* Lynn Halverson Cello Scholarship* Carol Halverson Hearn Violin Scholarship* 0 . I. Hertsgaard Scholarship* Orville and Gertrude Hognander Scholarship Bernice Kolden Hoversten Memorial Choral Scholarship* Professor Roberta Stewart Kagin Scholarship* Ruth Krohn Kislingbury Choral Music Scholarship* Susan and Dean Kopperud Scholarship for Excellence in Music* Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship* Nicholas Lenz Memorial Scholarship* Kenneth 0 . Lower-Nordkap Male Chorus Music Scholarship* Susan Halverson Mahler Viola Scholarship* Arthur Carl Mammen Music Scholarship* Lucille H. Messerer Music Scholarship* Music Education Scholarship Grace Carlsen Nelson Scholarship* Edwin W. and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship* Noms Memorial Scholarship* Lois Oberhamer Nye Memorial Scholarship* Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship* Performing Arts Scholarship (Music) Rev. Mark Ronning Memorial Instrumental Music Scholarship* Sampson Music Scholarship* Leland B. Sateren Choral Music Scholarship* Mayo Savold Memorial Scholarship* Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship* String Scholarships Alfred and Margaret Syring Scholarship* John and Vera Thut Scholarship* Nordic Area Studies Thomas D. and Gretchen S. Bell Scandinavian Studies Scholarship* Olaf Gaastjon Memorial Scholarship* Walter G. and Ruth I. Johnson Scandinavian Studies Scholarship* Iver and Myrtle Olson Scholarship* Philosophy Kenneth C. Bailey Philosophy Scholarship* Dr. Kenneth C. and Mrs. Dorothy A. Bailey Scholarship* Physical Education Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship* David Gronner Memorial Scholarship* Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship* Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship* Hoyt Messerer Athletic Scholarship* James P. Pederson Memorial Scholarship* Stan Person Memorial Scholarship* Physics Floyd V and Ruth M. Case Scholarship* Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship* Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship* NASA Space Grant Scholarship Leif Sverdrup Physics Scholarship* Political Science Myles Stenshoel Scholarship* Psychology Jacob and Ella Hoversten Scholarship* Rev. and Mrs. George Pauluk Scholarship 10 Financial Information Religion and Christian Service Scholarships C. A. L. and Esther J. E. Anderson Scholarship* Kyle A. and Sandra L. Anderson Scholarship Augsburg College Associates Scholarship* Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship* Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship* Thorvald Olsen and Anna Constance Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship* Rev. Donald C. Carlson Memorial Scholarship Fund Corinne and Herbert Chilstrom Scholarship* Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship* Ernest S. Egertson Family Scholarship* Joel and Mary Ann Elftmann Scholarship* Luthard 0 . Gjerde Scholarship* Rev. Dr. Harald D. and Jonette T. Grindal Scholarship* Dave Hagert Memorial Scholarship* Elias E Harbo Memorial Scholarship* Arnold and Neola Hardel Memorial Scholarship* Helen (Mohn) Henderson Memorial Scholarship* Iver and Marie Iverson Scholarship* Pastor George J. Kundson Memorial Scholarship* Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial Scholarship* Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship* Pastor Carl 0 . and Edith W Nelson Memorial Scholarship* Onesirnus Scholarship* Philip and Dora Quanbeck Scholarship* Russell and Helen Quanbeck Scholarship* Johan H. 0 . Rodvik Memorial Scholarship* Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship* Ronholm Scholarship* Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship* Paul G., Jr., and Evelyn Sonnack Scholarship* Roy C. and Jeanette Tollefson Scholarship Moms G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund* Johan L. Weltzin Memorial Scholarship* Social Work Blanca-Rosa Egas Memorial Scholarship* Edwina L. Hertzberg Scholarship Arvida Norum Memorial Scholarship* Steen Family Scholarship Fund for Minority Social Work Students* Bodo E Suemnig Memorial Scholarship* Edwin Yattaw Memorial Scholarship* Sociology Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize* Speech/Cornrnunication/ Theatre Arts Ailene Cole Theatre Arts Scholarship* Performing Arts Scholarship (Drama) Esther J. Olson Memorial Theatre ArtsReligion Scholarship* 5 3TUDENT LIFE E xperiences in the classroom are an important part of college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities of the College and the metropolitan area. Whether students are residents or commuters, the climate for learning and living at Augsburg will add dimension to their education. As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual as well as academic and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Because our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, growth groups, outreach teams and community outreach opportunities, retreats, peace and justice forums, concerts, and gatherings are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty, and staff gather each day to give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays, Trinity Lutheran worship services are held on campus, with many other churches within walking distance. We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gifts and sense of call and vocation that God has given them. As a college of the church, we encourage students to form values guided by our Christian heritage, which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond their years at Augsburg. The college pastor, associate college pastor, and campus ministry staff have offices in the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication and are available for spiritual guidance, counseling, support, or information. Through Student Government, students secure a closer relationship with and better understanding of the administration and faculty and provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student Government also sponsors and directs student organizations, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Student Government is organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring for the next year. Freshmen elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible-program planning, writing, editing, or service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the president or vice president of the student body in their offices in the lower level of the Christensen Center. The Student Activities Program creates opportunities for students to enhance their leadership skills through active involvement in developing events, activities, and organizations that serve the student community Hundreds of major programming efforts and targeted activities for specific student interests are generated through these efforts and make Augsburg a dynamic and enjoyable interactive environment. SOCIAL, CULTURAL, RECREATIONAL Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, films, theme events, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The Christensen Center is the focus of leisure-time activity on campus. Cooper's Attic (the gameroom and student lounge) is a popular hangout located in the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom and non-classroom related interests meet here. Student offices in this area include the College newspaper, the Echo; the yearbook, The Augsburgian; Student Government; and the Augsburg Student Activities Council. KCMR, a student-operated nonprofit radio station serving the needs of Augsburg and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in Urness Tower. FINE ARTS Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra perform on national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the Theatre Arts Program and have the opportunity to attend a series of on-campus workshops with visiting arts professionals. H INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MLAC) and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division 111. Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, ice hockey, wrestling, baseball, track and field, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, ice hockey, softball, track and field, and golf. During 1999-2000, Augsburg men's and women's athletics marked the 75th anniversary of intercollegiate competition. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. SPORTS AND RECREATION At Augsburg, sports are for the average student as well as the intercollegiate athlete. The campus offers on a spaceavailable basis a double-rink ice arena, gymnasium, tennis courts, a fitness center with workout machines and weight room, and an air supported dome over the athletic field for winter fitness use by walkers and runners. (See Fitness Center on page 47.) - 14 Student Life Augsburg's mission focuses on student learning in the broadest sense. As an indication of the emphasis placed on student learning, the student and academic affairs offices work to bring together the student learning found in the classroom with the activities of experiential education and work, residence life, and the learning resources of the library and information technology. The following sections elaborate on facets of student life. The formal academic programs and requirements are described on page 55. ACADEMIC SKILLS CENTER The Academic Skills Center, located in Room 171 of Foss Center, is designed to offer students study-skills assistance so that they may achieve academic success. The center assists students in improving their skills in such areas as time management, notetaking, textbook reading and comprehension, test-taking, and concentration and memory improvement. Diagnostic testing is also available to assess skills in reading, vocabulary, spelling, study strategies, and learning styles. The staff will assist students in developing effective and efficient study skills. The Karen M. Housh Tutor Center, located in Foss Center, Room 18, arranges for students to meet with tutors for content tutoring in most freshman- and sophomore-level courses. The center also notifies students of tutoring labs available and coordinates supplementary instruction sessions, in which tutors attend the classes and lead discussions after class on major concepts of the course. The John Evans Learning Laboratory, located in Foss Center, Room 18, offers students the opportunity to improve skills in reading, writing, and mathematics through the use of computer software, as well as to review and prepare software for tests such as PPST, MCAT, LSAT, and GRE. Tutors are available to demonstrate the uses of the software, and students are able to monitor their progress. PROGRAM FOR STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES (CLASS) The Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS) Program serves over 200 students and is recognized as a leader in supporting college students with disabilities. The CLASS Program exemplifies the College's commitment to provide a high-quality liberal arts education for students with diverse backgrounds, experiences, and preparation. Augsburg is committed to recruiting, retaining, and graduating students with diagnosed learning, physical, and psychiatric disabilities who demonstrate the ability and willingness to participate in college-level learning. The CLASS staff includes five learning disabilities specialists and a physical disabilities specialist who meet individually with students to assist them with advising and registration, academic support services, learning strategies, self-advocacy skills, organization and time management, and determining appropriate accommodations. The accommodations specialist coordinates testing accommodations, notetaking services, taped textbooks, adaptive technology, such as dictation and voice recognition software, a scanner, CCW, Braille printer, adaptive keyboards, and computer assistance. This level of individualized, academic support is possible through an endowment from the Gage Family, which allows the CLASS Program to provide specialized services to its students, especially those with learning disabilities. - Student Life 4. The Groves Computer Lab is designed for students with disabilities and contains computers and adaptive equipment to assist them in their academic progress. The campus is accessible to students with physical disabilities and includes a skyway tunnel elevator system that connects 10 major buildings. Modified and accessible rooms are available in all residence halls. For more information, please contact the CLASS Program at (612) 330-1053 to request a copy of the CLASS brochure and video and/or to schedule an appointment with a specialist. STEPUP PROGRAM The mission of the StepUP Program at Augsburg College is threefold: (1) it strives to affirm the College's commitment to provide a high-quality liberal arts education for students with diverse backgrounds, experiences and preparation; (2) it provides students in recovery who demonstrate the willingness and ability to participate in college-level learning with ongoing study and living skills that support them in their academic progress toward a degree; and (3) it supports students in their commitment to sobriety. TUDENT SUPPORT PROGRAb AMERICAN INDIAN STUDENT SERVICES The American Indian Student Services Program was established in 1978 to recruit and retain Indian students. Its mission is to provide a cultural context for American Indian students that encourages and promotes personal and academic growth and teaches students to navigate successfully Augsburg's policies, procedures and expectations. The program Assists with application process Helps students secure financial aid Nurtures students' identification as an American Indian Provides opportunities for students to learn about their heritage Provides opportunities for the campus community to learn about American Indian culture Provides academic advising and assists in the development of individual education plans Other components of the program are: Intertribal Student Union: ITSU serves as a peer support group for incoming and currently-enrolled American Indian students. ITSU also organizes and co-sponsors cultural events. Minnesota Indian Teacher Training Partnership: MNITTP is a cooperative effort between Augsburg College and the Minneapolis Public School District, intended to increase the number of American Indian teachers in these districts. Funded by the Minnesota State Legislature in 1990, this project is designed as a special grant and loan forgiveness program. Students who are awarded state teaching licensure may then apply for loan forgiveness. For each year the student teaches, one fifth of the loan will be forgiven. - 45 Student Life Anishinabe Library Project: Over 1,000 books, a variety of journals and scholarly publications, research materials, American Indian magazines and newspapers, and over 125 VHS videos are housed in the Lindell Library and at the American Indian Student Services office. The library project offers both a historical and contemporary perspective on the cultures of various tribal nations in the United States. PAN ASIAN STUDENT SERVICES support services, performs academic advising, personal and career counseling and advocacy for students of Afrikan descent and enables their learning experience to be interactive. PAC supports and advises the Pan Afrikan Student Union (PASU), the Hawthorne House (a Pan-Afrikan residence life community), and the Pan-Afrikan Alumni Council (PAAC). PAC is a clearinghouse for information regarding the Afrikan Diaspora and maintains a network with the Pan-Afrikan community. The Pan Asian Student Services Program was created in 1992 to recruit and retain Asian American students and to enhance the quality of their total experience while at Augsburg College. The program seeks to create opportunities where Asian students can be involved in and contribute to all aspects of academic and student life. The Pan-Afrikan Student Union (PASU) provides support to students, including a schedule of social and cultural activities. The headquarters is in the Pan-Afrikan Student Services office, as is the PanAfrikan Center. The program provides assistance in the admissions and financial aid application procedures, orientation, registration and coursework selection, career development, academic and non-academic difficulties, and employment and placement referrals. The HispanicLatino Student Services Program offers students individualized attention in many areas, including academic support, counseling, and advocacy. The Pan Asian Student Association (PASA) is affiliated with the program. The association carries out various activities during the academic year to increase the network of friendship and support for Asian and other students at Augsburg. PAN-AFRIKAN STUDENT SERVICES The program is committed to enhancing the education and personal development of students of African descent. The Pan-Afrikan Center (PAC) serves by supporting the learning of students of Afrikan descent and utilizing their diversity and history to enhance the educational experience of the Augsburg community. PAC provides recruiting, builds retention, offers HISPANIC/LATINO STUDENT SERVICES Students find assistance in admissions and financial aid procedures, orientation and registration, academic planning, career counseling, housing, internships and employment, and placement referrals. The program advises the Latino Student Association and supports academic, social, and cultural events, as well as other activities that improve the academic and personal development of Hispanic1 Latino students and provide awareness of the unique aspects of Hispanic culture. - Student Life 4: HEALTH INSURANCE CENTER FOR COUNSELING AND HEALTH PROMOTION Counseling Augsburg College does not require that students have or show proof of health insurance, with the exception of international students and students who participate in intercollegiate athletics. Counseling provides a supportive environment where students have many opportunities to gain self-awareness through personal exploration with the assistance of trained, experienced counselors. Counselors serve as advocates providing support and assistance with direction. Services include individual counseling, group counseling, psychological testing, assessment and referral, workshops, and consultation and outreach. The College offers basic health care services to students with or without health insurance through a contract with UFPSmiley's Clinic. These services are limited. Emergency services of any kind are not covered through the contract between Augsburg and Smiley's Clinic. If a student is not covered by a health insurance plan, they may purchase a student policy. Through the relationship with a skilled counselor, a student may discuss personal issues such as stress, depression, roommate problems, intimacy and sexuality, drug use, family problems, motivation, transitions, breaking away from family, self-image, difficult decisions, eating concerns, etc. Professional counseling can make a substantial contribution to the educational experiences of the student by providing the opportunity for increased self-understanding and personal growth. Located on the lower level of Melby Hall, the Fitness Center was built in 1993 and equipped with stationary bicycles, stair steppers, treadmills, and other aerobic workout machines. It includes a weight room with universal and free weight systems. All staff, students, and faculty may use the center. Health Promotion Health Promotion offers a wide spectrum of activities and events that increase awareness of health issues and assist students in adapting new behaviors for a healthier lifestyle. Health Promotion also works with various campus agencies to foster positive change within the campus environment. FITNESS CENTER 8 Student Life International students receive assistance in meeting their educational objectives through advising on academic concerns, immigration and visa requirements, tax information, practical matters, and personal concerns. New international students participate in an orientation program before the beginning of the term that provides practical information on housing, banking, using local transportation, and course registration. Students also learn about the U.S. educational system, intercultural communication theory, and how to adjust to life at Augsburg. (Also see English as a Second Language on page 81.) The Cross Cultural Club works to utilize the cross-cultural perspectives of its international students and students with experience overseas to engage the college community on world issues. This is done through faculty, staff, and student development programs that include intercultural communication seminars, International Student Week, and sponsorship of forums and international issues. (Also see Study Opportunities Abroad on page 60 and Student Teaching Abroad on page 63.) Students who choose to make Augsburg their home find a friendly, 23acre village in the midst of a major metropolitan area. They make many new friends among roommates and classmates. They are just steps away from Lindell Library, classrooms, Hoversten Chapel, the ice arena, fitness center and Christensen Center. With just under 900 students living on campus, most students and faculty greet each other by name. Augsburg recognizes the importance of the residential experience during the college years. Studies show that students who live on campus are more likely to complete their degrees. Residence life staff are on hand to help students become acquainted with life at Augsburg thorugh social and educational events. They are also ready to assist students who need help or friendship. Living on campus offers many opportunities for learning, fun and leadership. Research indicates that students living in residence halls earn higher grades and gain greater satisfaction during their college career. Numerous events are planned to welcome students to the community, including dances, movie nights, coffee house concerts and weeks devoted to special themes or issues. Resident students have access to a 24hour computer lounge and study, 24-hour security, laundry facilities and vending machines. All rooms and apartments are equipped with hook-ups for telephone, cable television, computers and Internet access. A skyway connecting the lobby of Urness and Mortensen Halls to Christensen Center keeps students out of the weather on the way to class. In order to secure housing, students are urged to make their enrollment deposit by - Student Life 4s June 1,as well as submit a housing deposit and contract to reserve a space. For those making enrollment deposits after June 1, housing is determined on a space available basis. During spring semester, current Augsburg students are provided with information on the process to secure housing for the next academic year. Urness Hall-All new students and some upper-class students live in Urness Hall. This 9-story high-rise houses 324 students. Each floor is considered a houseunit providing 36 students (two to a room) with their own lounge, study, and utility areas. In Urness Hall, rooms are furnished with a bed, dresser, desk, and chair. Linens are not provided. Some single rooms are available. Mortensen Hall-This building is a 13-story high-rise apartment building. It contains 104 one-bedroom and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upper-class students. Mortensen Hall is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is furnished with beds and dressers. Anderson Hall-Contains four types of living units: two-bedroom apartments, two-room suites, floor houses, and townhouses. This residence houses 192 students. All rooms are furnished with beds, dressers, and desks. who are interested in creating a livingearning environment by designing their own house system. All house members meet to determine their program focus, educational goals, and community agreement guidelines. Examples of programs include Fellowship of Christian Athletes, Youth and Family Ministry, Urban Studies House, Hawthorne House, PreProfessional Health Association, CrossCultural House, and Step-Up. FOOD SERVICE Commons-Situated on the top floor of Christensen Center, this is the main food service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant, spacious room features small table units for easy conversation overlooking the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. Food portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. Murphy's-Located on the ground floor of the Christensen Center, Murphy's features grill items, pizza, soups, sandwiches, salads, desserts, and beverages. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. New Hall-Opened in 1999, this apartment residence includes studios and two and four bedroom apartments with full kitchens. Beds, dressers, desks, and chairs are provided. Underground parking is available at an additional cost. Meal plans are optional. This building is designed to provide an environment for juniors and seniors who are seeking a primarily independent lifestyle. The College has adopted a statement of standards for student behavior and has provided for due process in matters of academic honesty, disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeals. These are in the Student Guide. Special Interest Housing-Special Interest Housing is available to students The College operates in compliance with the Family Educational Rights and STUDENT STANDARDS OF BEHAVIOR, COMPLAINTS, RECORDS - 50 Student Life Privacy Act. Students have the right to inspect certain official records, files, and data that pertain to them and that are maintained in the registrar's office and the placement office, and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Information on these policies is found in the Student Guide available from the Office of Academic and Learning Services. FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND PRIVACY ACT The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974, as amended, provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year Augsburg is required to give notice of the various rights accorded to students pursuant to FERPA. A copy of Augsburg's policy is published in this catalog on page 83 and in the Student Guide distributed annually to students. Augsburg College understands that no information other than "directory information" can be released without the written permission of the student. Students must give permission in writing for educational information to be released to anyone outside of the official personnel (faculty and administration) at Augsburg. This means that faculty or others cannot write letters of support/recommendation or nominate students for awards unless explicit written permission is given by the student to release non-"directory information." It is not sufficient to ask for letters of recommendation. Complete information about Augsburg's procedures with regard to FERPA are available from the registrar's office. DISCRIMINATION COMPLAINTS For inquiries or grievances in any of the following areas, contact the director of human resources, Ground Floor, Memorial Hall 19, (612) 330-1023. Affirmative Action (for matters based on race, creed, national, or ethnic origin). Section 504 (for matters based on physical or mental handicap) Title IX (for matters based on sex or marital status) Employment All correspondence should be addressed to the Office of Human Resources at Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Formal grievance procedures are described in the Student Guide. Copies are available from the Office of Academic and Learning Services. ,- Ili -, e r r ~ u l u ~ t I -' u m ~ a < , ,,, ,Quick Check ~ - ACADEMIC 'L INFORMATION A ugsburg College constructs its curriculum upon the premise that students must be educated intellectually, spiritually, and physically. To act effectively, human beings must have a broad grasp of the world from which they have come as well as the world in which they live. By providing courses in the humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences, the general education cuniculum introduces students to the breadth and complexity of knowledge and culture. Required courses in Christian Faith are designed to acquaint students with the Christian tradition and encourage them to reflect upon the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses offer students opportunities to develop skills for participation in exercise and sporting activities. Students choose from over 50 major areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a career or further study. Thus, through a balance of curricular activities supported by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education strives to educate its students in a real world for the real world. DECREES OFFERED Augsburg offers the bachelor of arts, the bachelor of music, and the bachelor of science degrees. Augsburg also offers the master of arts in leadership, master of arts in nursing, the master of science in physician assistant studies, and the master of social work degrees. ters of approximately 14 weeks, separated by a four-week January Interim. Full-time students normally take four course credits each semester and one course during Interim. Day school freshmen are required to take an Interim course their first year. The day program calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take a course on another campus during the regular term. (See Registration on page 66 and Calendars on pages 4-7.) January Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ different styles of teaching and learning, and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In addition to classes offered on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel opportunities within the United States and abroad. Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and the program follows a trimester calendar. The fall trimester is held from early September through midDecember. Winter trimester meets from January through early April. Spring classes are held from mid-April through the end of June. There are 7-8 class sessions each trimester, and classes meet on weekends for three and one-half to four hours. Students may take from one to four classes each term. H ACADEMIC CALENDAR Courses and majors offered through Weekend College are the same as their day program counterparts. However, the curriculum is limited to selected liberal arts courses and majors. The Augsburg day program follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with fall and spring semes- ~ u ~ s b offers u r ~two summer school sessions. A maximum of three course credits - Academic lnformation 5: can be earned in the two summer sessions each year, one of four weeks and one of six weeks. The Summer Session Catalog, published in the winter of each year, is distributed to all students, and is available by contacting the Office of Summer School. Augsburg graduate programs follow a trimester calendar (see Graduate Programs on page 65.) FACULTY The heart of any educational institution is its faculty. Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold a doctorate or other terminal degree, and all consider teaching to be the focus of their activity. Faculty are involved in social, professional, and a variety of research activities, but see these activities as supporting their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program that introduces them to current thought in many fields, but especially in teaching techniques and theories. Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in campus activities. Every freshman is assigned an Augsburg Seminar adviser and, later, chooses a major adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act as both mentors and models for students. LIBRARY AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SERVICES The James G. Lindell Family Library opened at the start of the 1997-98 academic year. The four-level, 73,000-square-foot facility houses all library and information technology functions of the College. In addition to the 175,000 volume main collection, the Lindell Library includes the Gage Family Art Gallery, special collections and archives, a curriculum library and instructional technology lab, library instruction classroom, and facilities for media viewing and listening. A bridge links the new building to Sverdrup Hall (the former library), which has undergone renovation to house the Enrollment and Financial Services Center, as well as additional computer labs and multimedia classrooms, a lounge and vending area. Library Resources A service-oriented staff provides students and faculty alike with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, reference service, and guidance in pursuing research. Arrangements are made for access by students with physical limitation and special needs. Students can search a wide variety of local, regional, national, and international databases. Electronic access to the world of scholarship is also available through the Internet, and a computerized on-line catalog and daily courier service provide access to the library holdings of the seven private liberal arts colleges in the Twin Cities. Appropriately equipped laptop computers can be connected to any of several hundred data ports throughout the building to access these resources. lnformation Technology Resources Augsburg College has built a reputation as a leader in its commitment to provide students with the best access to information technology and training. Visit Augsburg's Web site <www.augsburg.edu> for more on IT at Augsburg. Computing Students have access to over 180 oncampus personal computer systems. There are desktop machines in two computer - ;4 Academic Information labs and five computer classrooms, as well as 100 laptops that can be checked out at the IT Service Center for use in the library. Other machines are available for student use within academic departments. A campus-wide network offers a full range of network services including printing, e-mail, newsgroups, the World Wide Web, and access to resources available via Gopher, Telnet, and FTP Appropriately equipped student-owned machines can also be connected to the network to provide access from dormitory rooms. (Also see Honors Computing and Communications Lab under Honors Program on page 59.) Media Resources Lindell Library provides a large collection of sound recordings, video tapes and films, as well as equipment for instructional use. Audio and video tape duplication within the limits set by copyright law is available. The library supplies TV sets, VCRs, video cameras, video editing, tape recorders, microphones, slide-, overhead-, filmstrip-, and movie projectors as well as screens and carts. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located near the communications department in Foss Center. Telecommunications A campus-wide telecommunications system enables easy and convenient voice communication between students, faculty, and staff. Students can leave voice mail messages with any member of the faculty, administration or the staff; voice mail or call waiting are available to resident students at a modest cost. Long-distance service, billed to individual students, can be arranged for any on-campus residence phone. ACADEMIC ADVISING CENTER (AAC) The Academic Advising Center advises all incoming students with undeclared majors, provides information on matters of general education, administers and tracks all entry level skills assessments, interprets catalog and graduation skills requirements, and advises students who have been placed on academic probation and re-entering suspended students regarding GPA requirements. The AAC also provides materials for organizing and recording student academic progress. The center also coordinates assessments and advising for the summer orientation program, and provides in-service training and development for faculty advisers. AUGSBURG SEMINAR (AUG 101) The Augsburg Seminar is a first-year success course. It reflects the College's commitment to a meaningful introduction to college for our students-an enriching beginning for a college career. To provide focus for this introduction, the Augsburg Seminar is linked to one or more content courses to form a cohort of learners. Course content is reflected in and expanded upon in readings, discussions, and other seminar activities. Diversity, tradition, change, ways of knowing, and what it means to be an educated person are common themes. (Also see page 94.) - Academic Information 5: e day program if they wish. They may ~ l t as e many courses as possible through DIVISIONS AND DEPARTMENTS The College cumculum is offered by 23 departments that are grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes. Humanities-Joan Griffin (Chair). Art, English, modem languages, philosophy, religion, speech/communication/theatre arts, College librarians. Natural Science and Mathematics-Ken Erickson (Chair). Biology, chemistry, mathematics, computer science, physics, physician assistant studies. Social and Behavioral SciencesGany Hesser (Chair). Business administration/accounting/MIS, economics, history, political science, psychology, sociology. Professional Studies-Rosemary Link (Chair). Education, health and physical education, music, nursing, social work. MAJORS AND MINORS Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or may cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others explore a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected by the end of the fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the bachelor of arts degree. Students may contact the registrar about creating a student-designed major. 1 Majors shaded in blue are offered through both the day program and Weekend College. Weekend College students may choose a major offered only in Weekend College, then finish the major a a day program student. A change of program is allowed once each academic year. Transdisciplinary Majors Students wishing to develop their own major by combining appropriate portions of two majors may consider the transdisciplinary major. This major enables students to respond to a particular career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy the particular interest of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate study or pre-professional programs in some academic fields. Students wishing to develop a transdisciplinary major are to observe the following: A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the College. B. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of his or her sophomore year. Contract forms are available in the registrar's office. C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser, the department chairs of the two majors to be combined, and the Committee on Student Standing. AccountiG - . --..-. . General Accounting Managerial ~ c c o u r i i i g Public Accounting Art Art History Studio Art ''1 ~~~s Administration - EconomicsA3usiness Administration - ;6 Academic Information Chemistry (B.A. or B.S.) Communication General Communication Studies Mass Communication Organizational Communication Public Relations and Advertising Marketing Communications Human Relations Supervisory Management )mputer Science (B.A. or B.S.) Computational Economics (B.A.) Computational Philosophy (B.A.) East Asian Studies Economics Applied Economics Computational Economics Economics Economics/l3usiness Administration Economics/Political Science Teaching Major Education Education Studies (non-licensure) Elementary Education Studies (non-licensure) - - - Kindergarten-Elementary (licensure) Secondary (non-major, licensure only) Engineering English Health Education History International Relations Management Information s y s t e 4 Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Modern Languages l French German Norwegian Spanish Music Music (B.A.) Music Education (B.M.) I Music Performance (B.M.) Music Therapy (B.S.) Nordic Area Studies Nursing (B.S.-Weekend College only) Philosophy Computational Philosophy Physical Education Physician Assistant (becomes a graduate program in May 2001) Physics (B.A. or B.S.) Space Physics (B.S.) Political Science Political SciencelEconomics teaching major Psychology Social Psychology Religion Youth and Family Ministry Russian, Central and East European Area Studies 1 Social Work (B.S.) Sociology Crime and Community Social Psychology Theatre Arts Transdisciplinary Women's Studies' mm Accounting gmericanmian Studies Art Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies Economics English Film Health Education History International Business - Academic Information 57 International Relations Linguistics Management Information Systems Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Middle East Studies Modern Languages 1 French German Norwegian Spanish Music Nordic Area Studies Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Reli Soci y Social Welfare Russian, Central, and East European Area Studies Special Education Theatre Arts Theatre Arts Theatre History and Criticism Women's Studies It is possible for day students to complete other majors through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). Students who wish to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg registrar's office. Some majors may have a competitive application process with acceptance determined by the major department. Weekend College is not part of the ACTC consortium, and Weekend students may not register for ACTC courses or complete ACTC majors under the terms of the ACTC consortium agreements. 1 Cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning/intermediate/advanced courses not available at consortium colleges in Arabic, Chinese, Hebrew, Japanese, Russian, and other infrequently taught languages. Students register directly with the ACTC office. =Dual-degree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, and Michigan Technological University. H OTHER STUDY PROGRAMS Teaching Licensure Several teaching licensure programs are offered at Augsburg. Licensure is available in kindergarten-elementary/middle school education with a subject area concentration in one of the following: math, science, communication artsfliterature, social studies. This is a K-8 license for teaching at the elementary level and at the middle school level in the area of concentration. Students seeking this licensure obtain an elementary education major with a subject area concentration. Licensure is also available in the following middle schoolhigh school fields: biology, chemistry, communication artsfliterature, health, mathematics, physics, social studies. This license prepares people to teach in grades 5-12. Students seeking licensure in one of these areas obtain an appropriate subject area major and complete secondary licensure coursework. Finally, specialist licenses are available in art (K-12), vocal music (K-12), instrumental music (K-12), and physical education (K-12). This license prepares people to teach in grades K-12. Students seeking licensure in one of these areas also obtain the appropriate subject area major and complete the secondary licensure coursework. (See Department of Education and subject area departments for more information) - 58 Academic Information Students seeking elementary licensure have advisers in the education department. Students seeking 5-12 and K-12 licensure have advisers in their subject area major and in the education department. It is very important that students work closely with their advisers throughout their programs. Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in each field to assist students in their planning. Students who want to plan a pre-professional program should contact the Academic Advising Center early in their freshman year to arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser. Pre-Dentistry-These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: ENG, two courses; BIO 113,114,215; PHY 121,122; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; MAT 124; PSY 105. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering-See engineerifig degree and major requirements on pages 136-137. Pre-Law-Students considering a career in law should examine the handbook published by the Association of American Law Schools. Students may wish to take law-related courses to help determine their interest in law. Pre-law students should major in a discipline of their own choosing; most law school entrance requirements will be satisfied with a record of solid achievement coupled with an acceptable LSAT score. Pre-Medicine-Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to prepare for study in medicine. While a major in chemistry and biology is not required to apply to medical schools, many students with an interest in the sciences choose to major in these fields. Coursework that is required by most medical schools includes: two composition courses, including ENG 111; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106); CHM 351,352; BIO 113, 114,215,367; MAT 145, 146; PHY 121, 122. Courses recommended in preparation for MCATs: BIO 355,473,476; CHM 361. Pre-Occupational Therapy, PrePhysician Assistant, and Pre-Physical Therapy-Coursework in preparation for these training programs should be discussed with a faculty member in the Department of Biology. Pre-Pharmacy-Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: BIO 113, 114,215,476; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351,352; ECO 113; ENG 111, and a second course; MAT 145, 146; PHY 121, 122; electives from human anatomy (ACTC); and humanities, literature, and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary-A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111, 221; at least two semesters of history (Western civilization); one or more - Academic Information 59 courses in the history of philosophy, and Greek in the junior andlor senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine-To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, the following science courses are required: MAT 114 or 145, CHM 105/106 or 115/116, CHM 351/352, BIO 113, BIO 367, BIO 355, BIO 476, PHY 121/122. Other non-science courses are also required. HONORS PROGRAM The Honors Program is designed to challenge and encourage the most academically distinguished students at Augsburg. The program combines academic and cultural components with social activities. Members of the program normally enter as freshmen, but students may enter the program as late as the beginning of the junior year. Students graduate from the Honors Program upon successful completion of the program, which is noted on the transcript. That notation provides an advantage for both employment and graduate school application. The Honors Program at Augsburg was awarded a National Science Foundation Grant from 1995-1997 to establish an Honors Computing and Communications Lab, and to put the program on a computational footing. Students entering the program as freshmen are required to take an honors version of CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communications, which establishes crisp computing and communications skills at the outset of their collegiate careers. Other courses in the program make use of these computing skills in lab-oriented sequences exploring literature, writing, history, religion, philosophy, and social and natural science. During the junior and senior years, stu- dents take four mini-seminars (one full course credit upon completion), one each semester, and participate in a six-week Monday Forum Program each term. Seniors take a senior seminar during Interim, which satisfies a perspective requirement, and are obliged to complete an approved honors project. Some seniors satisfy this requirement by serving on the Augsburg Honors Review, a yearly journal that publishes outstanding student papers. Requirements center on full participation in the program and the maintenance of at least a 3.3 GPA the freshman year, a 3.4 the sophomore year, and a 3.5 the last two years. Please direct inquiries to Dr. Joan Griffin, director of the Honors Program, (612) 330-1045. INTER-INSTITUTIONAL PROGRAMS Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media CenterThrough CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, the Augsburg community has direct access to over 1,300,000 volumes. Associated Colleges of t h e Twin Cities (ACTC)-Full-time day students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and universities of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine, and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music or approved independent studies. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordi- - 60 Academic Information nated calendars. The Interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January Interim. Weekend College students may not participate in the ACTC consortium program. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA)-Augsburg, in cooperation with 17 other colleges and universities, offers off-campus study semesters in Scandinavia, South and Central America, and the Twin Cities. (See HECUA programs on page 62.) Air Force ROTC-Augsburg day students may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at the University of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for two- and three-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the registrar's office. Army ROTC-Augsburg day students may participate in the Army ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the registrar's office. Naval ROTC-Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the registrar's office. Note: A maximum of one full Augsburg course credit of military science studies may apply toward the total credits required for graduation. Additional military science credits beyond the one credit allowed will be classified as non-degree credits. OPPORTUNITIES FOR STUDY ABROAD An increasing number of Augsburg students are taking advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an overseas experience. Through study abroad students may meet with grassroots women's organizations in Mexico, work in a small business or artisan program in Kenya, examine Scandinavian perspectives on world peace in Norway, or thrill to the sounds of The Magic Flute at the Viennese state opera house. Study abroad provides opportunities to develop critical thinking skills, strengthen language competencies, further career paths, experience different cultures, and gain knowledge about the increasingly interdependent world. Academic Requirements a n d Credit Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg, but will add an international dimension to any academic program. Students normally receive the same number of course credits abroad as if studying on campus. Courses abroad can fulfill major, general education, and graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and department chairs before departure. Students receive advice on selecting programs that best fit their academic, career, and personal objectives. Assistance is provided with application, course registration, financing, and travel arrangements. Orientation and re-entry programs assist students in integrating the experience abroad into their coursework and personal lives. - Academic Information 61 Eligibility and Application All students in good academic standing (a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may apply for permission to study off campus. Although foreign language skills are an asset, they are not required. Since it takes some time to prepare for studying abroad, students should start planning during their freshman and sophomore years. The deadline for application is Sept. 30 for off-campus study during spring term and March 1 for off-campus study during fall term. Costs and Financial Aid The cost of many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room, and board for a semester on campus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis as on-campus study. Cost estimates are drawn up to assist the financial aid office in awarding aid to students studying overseas. The Center for Global Education The mission of the Center for Global Education at Augsburg College is to provide cross-cultural educational opportunities in order to foster critical analysis of local and global conditions so that personal and systemic change takes place leading to a more just and sustainable world. The center's study programs are conducted in Central America, Mexico, and Namibia. Students experience three distinct types of living situations: living with other participants in a community house, spending several days in a rural setting, and several weeks living with host families. They also travel together on two-week seminars-from Mexico to Central America, and from Namibia to South Africa. The cost of these programs is equivalent to full tuition, room, and board for one semester on campus, plus airfare. Crossing Borders: Gender and Social Change in Mesoamerica (Mexico)Fall This program is an intensive semester of study and travel designed to introduce students to the central issues facing Mesoamerica, with emphasis on the experiences and empowerment of women. Students engage in gender analysis of key social, economic, political, and cultural issues in Mexico and Guatemala, explore the interconnectedness of race, class, and gender, and learn first-hand from both women and men who are involved in struggles for sustainable development and social change. The program offers credit in religion, interdisciplinary studies, political science, and Spanish. Augsburg application deadline: March 1. Sustainable Development and Social Change (Guatemala, El Salvador, Nicaragua)-Fall or Spring This program introduces students to the key issues facing the Central Americans. For two decades the people of Central America have been in upheaval and have experienced fundamental social and political change. Students examine the impact of revolution and civil war on the lives and culture of the people and the environment of Guatemala, El Salvador, and Nicaragua. Course credit may be earned in Spanish, religion, interdisciplinary studies, and economics. Augsburg application deadline: March 1 for fall, Sept. 30 for spring. Multicultural Societies in Transition: Southern Africa Perspectives (Namibia)-Fall This intensive program of travel and study is designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing southern Africa. Namibia is a nation that has recently gained independence and is making a tran- 62 Academic Information sition from colonialism to independence. Credit is available in history, religion, political science, and interdisciplinary studies. Augsburg application deadline: March 1. Gender and Environment: Latin American Perspectives (Mexico)Spring This program introduces students to the socio-economic and political issues of the region with a focus on the impact of environmental policies on the lives of women and men from varying economic classes and ethnic groups in Mexico and Central America. Credit is available in Spanish, sociology, political science, and religion. Augsburg application deadline: Sept. 30. Nation-Building, Globalization, and Decolonizing the Mind: Southern African Perspectives (Namibia)Spring This program examines these crucial issues from the perspectives of the new democracies of southern Africa. Namibia won its independence in 1990 after decades of apartheid South African colonialization. South Africa had its first democratic election in 1994. As these nations struggle to build nationhood and deal with the legacies of apartheid and colonialism, they are faced with the challenges posed by the rapid process of globalization in today's world, the challenges posed by under and unequal development, and the long-term project of decolonizing the mind. Augsburg application deadline: Sept. 30. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) Augsburg, in consortium with other colleges and universities, offers programs through HECUA in four different full semester programs in Norway, Ecuador, or ' Colombia. All programs emphasize the impact of the social change and cross-cultural factors on the human community. HECUA programs emphasize intense Ianguage experience, internships, and field trips. For more information on international HECUA programs, see the listings under International Studies; and for non-intemational programs, see Metro-Urban Studies under Interdisciplinary Studies. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term: Norway-Fall This interdisciplinary program focuses on contemporary Scandinavian society, culture, and language and the development of cities, urban problem solving, and urban life. Local, regional, and international field study and site visits in other countries, including the former Soviet Union, will provide comparative perspectives on welfare states and global politics. Application deadline: March 15. South American Urban Semester: Guatemala and Ecuador-Fall This interdisciplinary program, with travel to Guatemala and Ecuador, provides an overview of history, culture, economy, and politics of these regions. Students study theories and models of development and explore their usefulness in understanding the regional and global context. Augsburg application deadline: March 1. Community Internships in Latin America: Ecuador-Fall This interdisciplinary program, based in Quito, Ecuador, enables the student to combine intense involvement in a community-based organization with study of the community development process and increase language skills. Students study philosophical and ideological perspectives - Academic lnformation 63 of a variety of community agencies or groups working with or for low-income and other disenfranchised populations in Latin America. Application deadlines: Nov. 1. Environment, Economy, and Community in Latin America: Guatemala and Cuba-Spring Through fieldwork and hands-on projects, students explore the impact of global development on local culture and environment and the response of indigenous communities in Guatelmala, with travel to Cuba or another Latin American country. Augsburg application deadline: Sept. 30. Student Teaching Abroad Selected education department students may participate in the International Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead State University or the University of Minnesota-Moms. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the International Independent School Network. Students who teach abroad will also do part of their student teaching under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. Augsburg also offers student teaching opportunities in Norway For additional information, contact the Department of Education student teacher coordinator. Interim Abroad Each January, 25 to 30 courses are offered around the world by Augsburg professors and through the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). Course registration is held during the spring and fall terms for the following January. Application deadline: Oct. 25. THE CENTER FOR SERVICE, WORK, AND LEARNING The Center for Service, Work, and Learning is a comprehensive center incorporating an experiential educational focus emphasizing the importance and value for all students to engage in service and workbased learning experiences. The center helps students take advantage of Augsburg's metropolitan location through the highly successful experiential programs that link the College's academic programs to Twin Cities employers and organizations. Through internships, cooperative education, and community servicelearning, Augsburg students enrich and expand their liberal arts education by embracing the worlds of work and service and integrating this learning with their education, career, and vocation plan. Experiential education opportunities are closely related to a student's major, coursework, or career interest. Placement opportunities may be in small and midsize companies, large corporations, nonprofit organizations, schools, government agencies, and community-based organizations. The underlying assumption is that a liberal arts education is an effective preparation for careers and citizenship. The integration of "knowing and doing" adds breadth and depth to the liberal arts curriculum and assists students in making more informed academic, personal, and career decisions. The Center for Service, Work and Learning includes the following programs: Academic Internships An academic internship is a carefully planned, service or work-based learning experience where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning 64 Academic Information objectives. Academic credit is received for the learning derived from the experience. A learning agreement plan, negotiated with a faculty supervisor and work supervisor, outlines the internship objectives, strategies, and evaluation methods. An academic internship is approved, supervised, and evaluated by a faculty member in the department in which the student wishes to earn the internship credit. Upper division internships are numbered 399 and lower division internships are numbered 199 (see page 87). Internships are available in all majors and can be taken during a semester (or Weekend College trimester), Interim, or summer session. Interdisciplinary internships are also available. For extension of an internship beyond one term see Evaluation and Grading on page 77. A maximum of four courses of internship may count toward the total courses required for the degree. Cooperative Education Cooperative education is a college-supported, paid, work-learning experience that is closely related to a student's major or career objective. The goal is to combine theory with practice in work or servicebased settings. Students also earn money to help defray educational costs while gaining important on-the-job experience. Job opportunities typically are part-time during the academic year andlor full-time in the summer. Co-op jobs are flexible and can begin and end anytime. Co-op ed is not accredited in and of itself, but a non-credit cooperative education transcript notation is highly recommended during the academic terms the student is employed. Co-op ed students are encouraged to register for at least one internship for credit in conjunction with their cooperative education participation. Co-op ed is available to Augsburg students who have completed their freshman year and are in good academic standing. Community Service-Learning Augsburg's Community ServiceLearning Program provides students with opportunities to understand and respond to needs in the city through course-embedded service experiences. A key component of community service-learning includes reflection on and analysis of community issues in order to promote personal and educational growth and civic responsibility. Augsburg students learn from the community in which they live by participating in service activities combined with learning components such as orientation sessions, seminars, and class discussions. This dynamic and interactive educational approach employs reciprocal learning between the students and the community. Community service examples include tutoring at schools and community centers, volunteering at homeless shelters, building housing for low-income people, or working with environmental groups. Service-learning experiences can also include service-based internships, and a wide range of extracurricular volunteer options. The service-learning program also works closely with the student-directed Augsburg LINK, residence hall directors, and campus ministry. Career Services Career Service is committed to assisting all students with their career planning. - Academic Information 65 This process is an important part of a student's development while attending college. To aid students in this process, Career Services offers students the opportunity to actively participate in career seminars, career assessments, one-on-one counseling, self-paced computer career planning modules, and use of the Alumni Resource Network for informational interviews. Services are available to all students, but some programs are sponsored especially for seniors. Seniors are encouraged to attend the annual private college job fair with recruiters representing business and the nonprofit and government sectors, or the education job fair. ROCHESTER PROGRAM Augsburg offers courses leading to a B.S. in nursing and the Master of Arts in Nursing in Rochester, Minnesota. Courses meet weekday evenings, but otherwise follow the Weekend College format. Introductory courses in other majors are also offered. The Rochester Program began in the fall of 1998 under the leadership of Dr. Rick Thoni, who founded Augsburg's Weekend College program. Students in the Rochester Program are required to have Internet and e-mail access, and make extensive use of electronic communication to support their course work. GRADUATE PROGRAMS Augsburg College offers four graduate degree programs: the Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL), the Master of Social Work (MSW), Master of Arts in Nursing, and the Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies. Catalogs for each degree program should be consulted for complete information. The Master of Arts in Leadership is based on the subject matter and approaches of the traditional liberal arts. This crossdisciplinary program directs its academic content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues, and problems relevant to organizational leaders. Augsburg's program recognizes that today's leaders need a broad spectrum of abilities to provide them with a more comprehensive understanding of their world. Designed for working adults, the program operates on alternate Saturdays and alternate Thursday evenings. The Master of Social Work (MSW) prepares students for entering advanced social work practice. The program builds on the liberal arts base of the College and supports the College's mission to nurture future leaders in service to the world. There are two concentrations: family practice or program development, policy, and administration. Students choose one of the two concentrations for their program focus. The curriculum emphasizes work with diverse and oppressed groups, social justice, leadership for social change and a holistic, strengths-based, problem-solving framework. Graduate social work classes meet in four-hour blocks on Friday evenings, Saturday mornings, and Saturday afternoons. 66 Academic Information The program development, policy, and administration concentration has been developed in response to the growing demand for creative leadership and administration of policies and services that respond to human need. The Master of Arts in Nursing offers a program designed to prepare Advanced Practice Nurses for population-focused practice in culturally diverse communities. The curriculum is grounded in nursing science, public health principles, theory-guided practice, and transcultural care. Graduate nursing classes meet on an every other week or one weekend a month basis in Rochester and Minneapolis. Canadian Program The Canadian program was inaugurated in 1985 with endowment from the Mildred Joel bequest for Canadian studies. The program supports special events and conferences as well as student internships and faculty activity in Canadian studies. The goals of the program include community involvement, increased awareness of the inlnortance of Canadian/U.S. relations, and provision of opportunities to learn directly from Canadians through visits and exchanges. For more information contact Milda K. Hedblom, Canadian program coordinator. College of the Third Age OTHER PROGRAMS Continuing Education Program The mission of the Augsburg College continuing education program is to provide working adults with lifelong learning opportunities that will enable them to continue to grow personally, professionally, and spiritually in their homes, workplaces, and communities. The program strives to meet the needs of the community by offering credit and non-credit programs consistent with the mission and values of the College. Adult students who wish to earn traditional course credit should contact the Weekend College Office. The Office of Continuing Education is currently developing a series of non-credit programs to offer through the Center for Professional Development. These seminars will focus primarily on leadership, management, communications, and information technology for businesses and nonprofit organizations. Call the office for information on current course offerings. Augsburg demonstrates its commitment to lifelong learning through its College of the Third Age Program. For more information, contact the Office of Continuing Education. REGISTRATION A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it. Full-time day students normally register for four course credits per semester and one course during Interim. Students registered for three or more course credits in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 course credits, students must contact the registrar's office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission. Weekend College students typically register for one or two course credits each trimester. Students registered for at least two course credits in one term are considered full time for that term. - Academic Information 67 Although a day student may register up to five days after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Weekend College students must register no later than the Monday following the first class weekend of the term. Special fees are charged for late registration. Special fees are also charged for cancelling or adding courses or changing the grading option after the first five days of a semester. Crossover Registration Policy A joint class schedule is published each spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their locations at the five colleges for the following academic year. As some courses are offered only in alternate years, students should also consult with departmental advisers when planning their academic program. It is expected that students will complete most of their degree requirements through their "home" program; either day or Weekend College. However, students may register for one course per term in the opposite program if space allows. Consult the Enrollment and Financial Service Center for information on designated times and procedures for crossover registration. Students taking courses in both the dav and Weekend College programs that total three course credits or more on any given date will be charged comprehensive day program tuition. A Weekend College student taking one day schedule course and who has fewer than three total course credits will be charged the current part time tuition for day school. Interim, summer school, Weekend College, and graduate program courses are published in separate schedules. Weekend College students may not cross over to attend ACTC (Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities) courses. Specific information on registration and help with registration on other campuses are available from these offices: Courses offered on weekday evenings that are published in both the Weekend College schedule and day program schedule are open to both groups of students and are not subject to the crossover policy. u Enrollment and Financial Services Center-(612) 330-1046 Interim Office-(612) 330-1150 Office of Summer School-(612) 330-1000 Office of Weekend College-(612) 330-1743 MAL Graduate Program Office(612) 330-1786 MSW Graduate Program Office(612) 330-1763 MA Nursing Graduate Program Office-(612) 330-1204 Physician Assistant Program(612) 330-1039 Pre-Registration Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for courses in the fall. All currently enrolled day students may pre-register during the fall for the spring term and during the spring for the fall term. Weekend College students may pre-register during the designated time prior to the start of each term. 68 Academic Information HECKLIST AND SUMMARY OF ENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS R GRADUATION This quick-reference checklist is an abbreviated version of the general education cumculum requirements for graduation. As a summary, it is not comprehensive and cannot substitute fully for the complete degree requirements that begin on page 71. Students are advised to read carefully the full graduation requirements and to consult frequently with their advisers to ensure that all requirements for graduation are met. All new freshmen and all freshman and sophomore transfer students must complete the following requirements prior to graduation (transfer credit may apply to these requirements): Ci Complete the fall orientation and seminar (see page 94). (Sophomore transfer students are exempt.) Ci Satisfy entry level skill requirements in: Mathematics Writing Critical Thinking Ci Two different lifetime sports. Ci Achieve a Math Placement Group score of three. Ci Complete 33 course credits. Of these: 11 must be upper division (numbered 300 or above) Two must be Interim courses (Weekend students are exempt) No more than 13 courses may be in any one department, with the following exceptions: Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . .17 Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . .20 Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Physician Assistant (B.A.) . . . . . . .19.5 Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Other maximums are described on page 71. Cl Complete a major. Ci Maintain minimum grade point average. Ci Complete courses that fulfill the following perspective requirements. No students will be permitted to count more than three courses from the same department in meeting perspective requirements. Three Christian Faith Perspectives? from different areas One City Perspective Two Western Heritage Perspectives' from different departments One Human Identity Perspective One Aesthetic Perspective Two Social Work Perspectives, from. . different departments One Intercultural Awareness Perspective Two Language Perspectives, other ' . than your natural language Two Natural World Perspectives, from different departments unless a yearlong sequence is taken Ci Complete courses designated to fulfill the following Graduation Skills with a minimum grade of 2.0 or F! (These requirements may be met with courses in the major or perspectives.) Two courses with Writing components (one within the major) One course with a Critical Thinking component One course with a Speaking component , . I - One course with a Quantitative Reasoning component All transfer students (entering with 14 or more credits) must complete the following requirements prior to graduation (transfer credit may apply to these requirements): Q Satisfy entry level skill requirements in writing Q Two different lifetime sports C3 Achieve a Math Placement Group score of three. I Complete 33 course credits. Of these: 11 must be upper division (numbered 300 or above) ; 1 ' a . . No students will be permitted to I lcount more than three courses from - t h e same department in meeting per, - - ' spective requirements. lr I. - = No more than 13 courses may be in any one department, with the followI ing exceptions: II Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . .17 ., a Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . . .20 Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Physician Assistant (B.A.) . . . . . . .19.5 Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 ., . Other maximums are described on page 7 1. a .+- -- >+ Academic * information' 69 Complete a major. 0 Maintain minimum grade point average Q Complete courses that fulfill the following perspective requirements: Two Christian Faith Perspectives (one Christian Faith Perspective for transfer students entering with 24 or more course credits) One City Perspective One Western Heritage Perspective One Human Identity Perspective One Aesthetic Perspective One Social World Perspective One Intercultural Awareness Perspective Two Intercultural Awareness (language) Perspectives, other than your native language One Natural World Perspective Complete courses that fulfill the following Graduation Skills with a minimum grade of 2.0 or F! (These requirements may be met with courses in the major or perspectives.) One course with a Writing component within the major One course with a Critical Thinking component One course in Speaking One course in Quantitative Reasoning - 70 Academic Information Class Confirmation (payment of fees) All students must confirm their registration with a signature and final payment arrangements prior to the start of classes. Students who do not confirm their registration by the first day of classes (unless special arrangements have been made) will have their registration cancelled. They may register and confirm during the drop/add period, but special late fees are assessed and added to their account. Withdrawal from College Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered because this may result in a failing grade on their official academic record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from the College must be completed in the registrar's office. A Leave of AbsenceNithdrawal from the College form may be obtained in the Academic Advising Center or in the registrar's office. Withdrawal from College cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Committee on Student Standing. Withdrawal from College and any consequential adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the Withdrawal from College form is returned to the registrar's office. Leave of Absence Students may request a leave of absence for academic or personal reasons. A Leave of AbsenceNithdrawal from the College form must be picked up in the Academic Advising Center or the registrar's office. It must be signed by advising center staff or an authorized representative. The completed form must be submitted to the registrar's office. A leave of absence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an extension is needed, an updated leave of absence form must be submitted to the registrar's office prior to the expiration of the previous leave of absence period, or an application for re-admission will be required. Students are responsible for keeping the registrar's office informed of their mailing addresses. All deadlines for financial aid and housing must be observed by the returning student. A leave of absence does not defer payment of loans or extend incomplete course deadlines. Former Students Former Augsburg students, re-admitted to complete a degree after being away from the College for at least one calendar year, have a choice between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, if possible, or using the catalog in effect at the point of re-admission. Some departments will not accept coursework taken more than a specified number of years ago. Students must meet all of the requirements in effect under the catalog they choose. Choosing to complete under the current catalog will require re-evaluation of prior coursework, including transfer credit, to determine applicability to current academic requirements. - Academic Information 71 Requirements For Undergraduate Graduation: GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, the Academic Advising Center staff, department chairs, and the registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the registrar's office about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. See page 23 in Undergraduate Admissions-Special Students (Second Degree). Each student must apply for graduation. Students should apply at the start of their last academic year to confirm remaining graduation requirements. Application forms are available in the registrar's office. All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). Degree requirements include completion of a minimum number of credits, a major, the Augsburg Seminar (AUG), a minimum GPA, residence, and general education courses, including lifetime sports. 1. Completion of 33 course credits-At least 11 course credits must be upper division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13 course credits may be in one department, except in certain approved majors: accounting (B.A.) 14; music education (B.M.) - 17; music performance (B.M.) - 20; music therapy (B.S.) - 17; physician assistant (B.A. until May 2001) - 19.5; and social work (B.S.) - 15. This course total must include two Interims for students who enter with fewer than 14 courses. Students transferring with 14 or more courses are not required to take the Interim courses. Freshmen are required to take an Interim course their first year. A maximum of four Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33 course credits required for graduation. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 33 total course credits required: four Interim courses; two courses by independentldirected study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (P). Nontraditional grading (P) also has these limits: two in the major except elementary education (two in the major plus student teaching), social work (two in the major plus field work practicums) . 2. Completion of a MajorRequirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. - 72 Academic Information 3. Augsburg Seminar (AUC 101)All students who enter the College as freshmen in the weekday schedule program must satisfactorily complete fall onentation and the Augsburg Seminar. See the program section on the Augsburg Seminar for a full description. 4. Grade Point Average-2.0 for most majors. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 is required for all courses taken and specifically for all courses that apply toward a major or special program. Some majors, licensure, arid certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, and social work.) See the departmental section for details. 5. Residence-The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of the last 9 credits) must be completed at Augsburg or within an approved ACTC exchange program. No less than a total of 9 credits are to be taken at Augsburg College. Contact the registrar if an official interpretation is needed. Some departments have a minimum number of courses that are required to be taken in residence within the major. Consult the catalog description of the major or the chairperson of the department H SKILLS COMPONENT Entry Level Skills Requirements The entry level skills tests are inventory assessments in: Writing Mathematics Critical thinking Placement in writing courses, math courses, and critical thinking courses is determined by the assessments. Freshmen (all students entering Augsburg with fewer than seven college credit courses) and sophomore transfer students with fewer than 14 courses: Take entry-level skills assessments and satisfy requirements. If skill levels are deficient, students will be enrolled in the appropriate course or advised on preparation for retaking the math placement assessment. Students may retake the Math Placement Assessment once during their first term of enrollment. Students are required to take the assessments before registering for the second term and to have demonstrated removal of deficiencies by the end of their first year at Augsburg. Effective Writing or its equivalent is required. Students who do not satisfy the entry level skill in writing will be required to take ENG 101 Developmental Writing before ENG 111 Effective Writing. Freshmen should complete the writing requirement before the beginning of their sophomore year. - Academic Information 7: Students who have college credit for a critical thinking or logic course are exempt from the critical thinking inventory. Freshman and sophomore transfer students will be required to satisfy all of the Graduation Skill course requirements. Advanced Transfer Students Transfer students who enter with 14 credits or more are exempt from critical thinking assessments. Those who have not passed the equivalent of ENG 111Effective Writing course must take the entry level test in writing. Augsburg's entry level test in writing will determine placement in an appropriate writing course. Advanced transfer students are required to satisfy all the Graduation Skill course requirements, except only one of the writing courses is required. Mathematics Requirement Students must achieve Math Placement Group (MPG) 3 or higher prior to graduation. In addition, many courses require MPG 2, 3, or 4 as prerequisite and so students are encouraged to advance their MPG as soon as possible. All students are required to have their MPG determined. In some cases, students who have transferred in a mathematics course taken at another college may have their MPG determined by the registrar's office. All other students must take the Augsburg Math Placement Exam, which is administered by the Academic Advising Center. The exam is given during college registration sessions and at other announced times during the year. Practice questions and other information are available from the Academic Advising Center. Students in MPG 1 may take MAT 103 to advance to MPG 2. Students in MPG 2 may take MAT 105 to advance to MPG 3. Students in MPG 3 may take MAT 114 to advance to MPG 4. No other MAT course changes a student's MPG. Students are also permitted to retake the Math Placement Exam during their first term of enrollment at Augsburg College. Review help is available from the Academic Enrichment Center. Graduation Level Skills General education includes enhancement of certain skills during the years in college. Skills related to writing, critical thinking, speaking, and quantitative reasoning are deliberate components of certain courses. Completion of the requisite courses with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P is required for graduation. Students are required to have two courses with Writing Skill components (at least one within the major) and one course each with Critical Thinking, Speaking, and Quantitative Reasoning Skill components. These courses can simultaneously satisfy skill requirements and graduation requirements for the major or general education perspectives. All Writing Skill courses have the prerequisite of ENG 111, all Quantitative Reasoning Skill courses have the prerequisite of Math Placement Group 3, and all Critical Thinking Skill courses have the prerequisite of passing the entry level Critical Thinking Assessment. - Academic Information '4 Lifetime Sports Two different lifetime sports are required. Students in the day program who are not health and physical education majors or in intercollegiate athletics may test out of one lifetime sport. Students may demonstrate proficiency in one of a selected list of lifetime sports. There is a fee to take the lifetime sport proficiency test. Students must satisfy the second lifetime sport requirement by enrolling in a lifetime sport course. Lifetime sports are non-credit courses, are not counted as meeting Interim course requirements, and are not included in the 33-course requirement. GENERAL EDUCATION The General Education program consists of the first year Augsburg Seminar for day freshmen, the liberal arts perspectives and the graduation skills. A primary objective is to develop lifelong learning in the context of the liberal arts and the mission of the college. The goal of the Liberal Arts Perspectives is to help students think systematically about what it means to be a human. Perspectives courses should: Extend knowledge in liberal arts, especially outside of one's major disciplinary field. This is done by 1) reflecting on the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives and the distinctiveness of Augsburg as a college of the Lutheran Church in the city; 2) reflecting on diversity through intercultural awareness; 3) reflecting on areas associated with liberal arts, including aesthetics, human identity, the social world, natural world and westem heritage. Demonstrate connections between liberal arts and the major field of study. Develop an appreciation of the role of service to society. The General Education program should also teach students the skills expected of a college graduate in writing, critical thinking, speaking and quantitative reasoning. LIBERAL ARTS PERSPECTIVES The general education Liberal Arts Perspectives have the primary goal of providing the basis for beginning to understand what it means to be a human. The goals of the perspectives are achieved through a variety of courses that have been approved as meeting the criteria established for each perspective. Students will choose from a list of courses meeting the Liberal Arts Perspectives, available from the registrar's office. These choices are controlled by the following policies: 1. A student will choose a minimum of one course from each required perspective category. 2. No single course can fulfill the requirements in two or more categories. 3. No student will be permitted to count more than three courses from the same department in meeting perspective requirements. 4. No student may count more than one course from the same department in meeting the requirements of any single perspective emphasis area except: Up to three courses in religion may be used to meet the perspective, The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith. Up to two courses in a year-long sequence of approved natural science courses may be used to meet the perspective, The Natural World. - Academic Information 7: Up to two courses of the same mode m language may be used to meet part of the perspective, Intercultural Awareness. THE EIGHT PERSPECTIVE REQUIREMENTS Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith This perspective focuses on Augsburg as a college of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. As a college of the Church, Augsburg accepts as a basis for its educational program the doctrines of the Christian faith as revealed in scripture and the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran Church. It consciously affirms that all students should reflect upon the Christian Scriptures, theological concepts, ethical values, their own faith and values, and religious concepts outside of the Christian faith as part of becoming educated. Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The City This perspective focuses on the College's location in the heart of a metropolitan area. From this perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect upon the city with its diverse populations, cultural, govemmental and economic institutions, and opportunities and challenges. In addition, students should experience the community and should explore opportunities for service in the community. This requirement must be covered either by specific courses, by internship and education experiences, or by designated or college-approved non-credit experiences (such as volunteer service or college programs). Experiences that satisfy the requirement must be accompanied by a GST 209 seminar related to the Perspective. The City (C) Christian Faith (CF 1, 2, and 3) Area 1is biblical studies, Area 2 covers Christian theology, and Area 3 includes the study of values or religions outside the Christian faith. Three course credits are required to meet this perspective except for the following: Transfer students entering with 14-23 course credits will be required to take two courses in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg. Transfer students entering with 24 or more course credits will be required to take one course in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg. One course credit or experience is required to meet this Perspective. Perspective: Western Heritage This perspective is intended to help students critically examine themes (found, for example, in literature, philosophy, and the arts) and events that have historically shaped Western civilization. Attention should be paid to the contributions of and to critiques of Western thought by women and ethnic minorities. - '6 Academic Information Western Heritage @lH 1 and 2 ) Two course credits from different departments are required to meet this perspective. One course is required to meet this perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more course credits. Perspective: Human Identity This Perspective is intended to help students view themselves as people with unique abilities, values, beliefs, experiences. and behaviors. Human ldentity (HI) One course credit is required to meet this perspective. Perspective: Aesthetics Aesthetic creations convey fundamental insights and values, express beauty, and enhance life. This perspective focuses on aesthetic qualities in artistic expressions by oneself and others. Aesthetics (A) One course credit is required to meet this perspective. Perspective: The Social World This perspective is intended to help students learn to identify, examine, and critique social, economic, or political systems: to understand how and why such systems develop, to see the connections among these systems, and to use this knowledge as a participant in society. Social World (SW 1 and 2 ) One course must focus on current theories and methods of a social science. Two course credits from different departments are required to meet this perspective. One course is required to meet this perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more course credits. Perspective: Intercultural Awareness This perspective is intended to complement the Western Heritage Perspective by expanding students' awareness of other cultures. One course is required in which students critically reflect upon ways their own cultural biases operate when confronting other cultures. They should become better able to communicate with persons of other cultural backgrounds, partially by being introduced to a specific culture other than European or mainstream North American cultures. In addition, students are to gain entry into another culture by learning to speak and read a language other than their native language. For this part of the perspective, students are required to have demonstrated proficiency in a modem language, or American Sign Language for hearing students. The modem language requirement will be determined by assessing previous experience and subsequent placement. Intercultural Awareness (IA 1 ) The study of a specific, non-Western culture and how that culture has shaped the world. One course credit is required to meet this part of the Intercultural Awareness Perspective. - Academic Information 7 Intercultural Awareness (IA 2 and 3) Perspective: The Natural World Study of a modem language other than the native tongue. For a language previously studied, consult the table below for the requirement. For a language not previously studied, successful completion of 111, 112 is required. Students with previous language study should contact the modem languages department if there are questions. There is a seven-year time limit on courses presented for transfer and automatic waiver. Students whose native language is not English should contact the Academic Advising Center. This perspective is intended to help students understand themselves in relation to the physical world. Their active role as observers, explorers, and moral agents will be emphasized. Sufficient technical training in scientific knowledge, concepts, and methods will be provided to equip students for critical and intelligent participation in public debates on technical issues. H.S. Semesters Augsburg Placement Required Courses 111 & 112 Natural World (NW 1 and 2) Two course credits from different departments are required to meet this perspective unless an approved one-year sequence is taken. One course is required to meet this perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more course credits. 111 & 112 111 & 112 112 112 or 211 211 211 or 212 212 exempt Students who are required to complete two semesters of modem language must complete the requirement with sequential courses in the same language. Hearing students who have demonstrated competence in American Sign Language by passing an approved course sequence will have fulfilled IA 2 and IA 3 Perspectives. EVALUATION AND GRADING I t A r L A N H I I U N Ut bKALJtS Student achievement in courses is measured by final examinations, shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation. Most courses are offered with grading option-traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. PassINo Credit Students who choose the P/N option are cautioned: In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 2.0. Some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a C. - 3 Academic Information P-graded courses do not count toward the requirement that 14 traditionally graded course credits be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. Transfer students should be especially aware of this requirement. See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements, page 71. Certain courses have restrictions and are offered on one grading system only (e.g., lifetime sports are graded only P/N). In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. All changes in grading option that are made after initial registration require the signature of an adviser or the instructor. Numeric Grades Numeric grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A grade of X (extension) is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. If the course is not complete, a grade of 0.0 will be assigned. Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) A course in which a grade of 0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, or N has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher 0.5 0.0 An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must receive permission from the course instructor, stating the reasons for the request, the work required to complete the course, the plan and date for completing the work with comments from the instructor; and must file the form with the registrar's office. If permission is granted, the necessary work must be completed in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and filing of a grade before the final day of the following semester. If the work is not completed by that date, the grade for the course becomes a 0.0. A course is given a grade of W (withdrawn) when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. 1.5 1.0 Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. - Academic Information 7 grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses taken each term and grades earned, including W and N, will be recorded on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time, for legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Full-time day students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time and Weekend College students is listed under Weekend College Costs in the Financing Your Education section on page 27. The signature of the instructor is required to register an audit. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance, and any other requirements. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W. Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. The formula for computing the GPA is: GPA = Total grade points divided by number of courses taken." "Courses with 0 to 4 grade assigned Classification Students are classified when grades are posted at the end of each term. Sophomores-7 courses completed. Juniors-16 courses completed. Seniors-24 courses completed. International Baccalaureate Program (1 B) Courses earned from the International Baccalaureate program will be considered by the College for advanced placement and appropriate credit. Departmental guidelines are available at the registrar's office. ASSESSMENT OF PREVIOUS LEARNING (APL) PROGRAM Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that comprise the academic program of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: (1) it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum, and (2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. - 0 Academic Information The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. The following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment: Advanced Placement Program Test (AP)-The Advanced Placement program may allow students who have scores of 3, 4, or 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Test to receive college credit for selected courses. A score of 4 or 5 is required on the AP Language and Composition examination for credit for ENG 111 Effective Writing. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the registrar's office. The College Level Examination Program (CLEP)-This is a series of standardized tests that have been developed by the College Board and are offered to students for a small fee at regional testing centers. (The regional testing center for this area is the University of Minnesota.) Students who score at or above the 65th percentile on a subject examination may receive academic credit for that subject at Augsburg College. Additional information about CLEP tests is available from the registrar's office and the Academic Advising Center. Departmental Comprehensive Exams-These are available for students to use in obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met: There is a departmental instrument available for the subject area in question. There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the exam. The registrar approves the student's request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a P/N basis only, and there is a charge per exam of $400 for a full course credit. The Portfolio Assessment Program-This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty team completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. The faculty team is composed of two faculty members from fields of study directly related to the student's previous learning. Students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment should consult the registrar's office. In completing the evaluation of a student's previous learning, the faculty team applies the following criteria: There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed andlor systematic study of content material found within liberal arts coursework. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present time. Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four courses/credits of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. It is strongly recommended that the process not be used - Academic Information 81 when four or fewer courses remain for graduation. There is a non-refundable application deposit of $200 to initiate the credit assessment process for each course presented in a portfolio. An additional $200 is charged upon approval of each course. Credit is available on a P/N credit basis only. Transcript credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of course credits applied to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course number of APL 2xx. Application of this credit toward the Liberal Arts Perspective requirements, upper division requirements, and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student. Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning-While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, this learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campusbased liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of eight courses (about one-fourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through previous experiential learning. In compiling the eight courses of credit for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination of the four assessment processes available in the APL Program: AP exams, CLEP exams, departmental comprehensive exams, and credit granted through portfolio assessment. English as a Second Language (ESL) Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary language or who are citizens of another country must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation. Students' placement in ESL, ENG 101 Developmental Writing, or ENG 111 Effective Writing will be determined by their scores on the Michigan test (85-100 range for exemption from ESL) and by a writing sample. Near the end of each term of the English as a Second Language course, an objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on this test and the grade earned in the class will determine whether additional ESL coursework is required. Usually a score of 85 to 100 and a course grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement. All students whose native language is not English must stay enrolled in ENG 217/218 until such time that they pass the ESL placement test at 85 percent or higher. The ESL course can be counted only twice in the total number of courses required for graduation. Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course completion, have completed the modem language requirement for graduation. 82 Academic Information ACADEMIC PROGRESS, PROBATION, AND DISMISSAL The College requires that all students maintain a 2.0 cumulative grade point average (GPA). It should be noted that a minimum GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation, with certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA. Students whose overall academic achievement falls below a 2.0 GPA will either be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term or will be continued on probation or will be dismissed from the College. In addition, a freshman who receives two zero grades or a sophomore, junior, or senior who receives three zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, dismissal from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. Evidence of the student's commitment to academic progress is the major consideration in deciding whether or not to dismiss a student. Students who have a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of a term. Those on probation who voluntarily withdraw from the College, as well as those who are dismissed, must have special permission to re-enroll. Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches 2.0. Students placed on probation as freshmen for having earned two zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have not earned additional zero grades, and if their cumulative GPA reaches 2.0. Students placed on probation as sophomores for having earned three zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 2.0. The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the guidelines stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he or she may appeal the decision within 10 days to the Committee on Student Standing. Student class years are based on the number of courses taken: Freshman-fewer Sophomore-fewer Junior-fewer than seven courses than 16 courses than 24 courses Senior -24 or more courses Dean's List The Dean's List, compiled after each semester, lists students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better. Students must be full-time students (a minimum equivalent of three full course credits for a weekday schedule student or two equivalent full course credits for a Weekend College student), graded on the traditional grading system, with no incomplete~in courses offered for credit. Courses taken outside of a program's calendar (e.g., crossover courses taken in a Weekend College trimester term by a day student or in a semester term by a weekend student) are not calculated when determining the Dean's List. If permission is given by the student, an announcement is sent to the hometown newspaper of each student on the Dean's List. Graduation with Distinction Augsburg recognizes those students who have demonstrated exemplary academic achievement as graduates of distinction. This designation replaces all previous college honors and applies to all students who complete degree requirements after Jan. 1,2000. Students achieving Graduation with Distinction will have an overall GPA of 3.5 and will have completed - Academic Information 83 an outstanding project as determined by the student's major department. Students wishing to be considered for Graduation with Distinction should consult with their major department no later than the fall semester of their junior year. Qualification for Commencement Augsburg College has one commencement ceremony per academic year in the month of May. Undergraduate students who will not have met degree requirements by the end of the spring term may qualify to participate in commencement if: (1) no more than three course creditshequirements will remain in their program at the end of the spring term, and (2) the remaining requirements will be completed in the summer or fall terms following participation in commencement. Candidates for graduation who will complete summer or fall terms will be noted as such in the commencement program. Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is approved by the state approving agency for Veterans Education. Veterans should consult with the Enrollment and Financial Services Center about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. FOUR-YEAR ASSURANCE PROGRAM This program applies to students who enter the day school schedule as full-time freshmen in the fall of 1996 and thereafter. New freshmen are assured that they will be able to graduate in four years--if they maintain continuous full-time enrollment for four years, maintain a 2.0 GPA, and follow the Four-Year Assurance Program guidelines-or they will receive the remaining required courses free of additional tuition. A few majors are excluded from this program. Students must complete a formal Four-Year Assurance Degree Plan with the College before the end of their sophomore year (16 course credits must be earned) in order to qualify. Contact the Academic Advising Center for details. FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND PRIVACY ACT NOTICE The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), as amended, provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year Augsburg College is required to give notice of the various rights accorded to students pursuant to FERPA. In accordance with FERPA, you are notified of the following: Right to inspect and review educahave the right to tion r e c o r d ~ Y o u review and inspect substantially all of your education records maintained by or at Augsburg College. Right to request amendment of education record5-You have the right to seek to have corrected any parts of an education record that you believe to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of your right to privacy This includes the right to a hearing to present evidence that the record should be changed if Augsburg decides not to alter your education records according to your request. Right to give permission for disclosure of personally identifiable information -You have the right to be asked and to give Augsburg your permission to disclose personally identifiable information contained in your education records, A, a liberal arts institution, Augsburg College believes that knowledge and truth are interrelated and are integrated into a whole. The tradition of the academic world, however, divides this unified truth into more manageable parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of individual disciplines is subdivided into courses that make it more accessible to students. These courses can be arranged in various ways to construct majors, to create the substance of a broad general education, and to give students the opportunity to study areas of particular individual interest. Descriptions of courses are arranged by departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject matter to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more detailed explanation of content, approach, requirements, and evaluations for a particular course can be obtained from the instructor. Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the educational philosophy of each department, its goals, and its place in the College's program. A listing of requirements for individual majors and minors follows the narrative. Class Schedule Courses listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered fall andfor spring terms unless otherwise indicated. The Schedule of Classes published each spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) lists offerings and locations for fall and spring terms. Weekend College classes are published each spring in a separate booklet and online. Since some courses are offered alternate years, it is important that the student review major requirements and course offerings with an adviser to ensure that all requirements can be met. Descriptions and schedules for Interim, Summer Session, the Master of Arts in Leadership, the Master of Social Work, the Master of Arts in Nursing, and the Master of Arts in Physician Assistant studies courses are published in separate catalogs. Credits A full course is offered for one course credit. A few fractional courses, for onehalf or one-quarter course credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. Unless noted, all courses are one course credit. A full course has the approximate value of four semester credits or six quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods per week with additional time required for laboratory work. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s for juniors, and 400s for seniors. Prerequisites Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed in the course description as prerequisites. A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there is prior approval by the professor teaching the course. - Departments and Programs 87 NOTE: Not all courses are offered in all schedules. Refer to the current ACTC Joint Class Schedule or the Weekend College class schedule for information on when specific courses are offered. Every department offers opportunities for internships and independent study. The course description and process for registering is normally the same for each department. Some departments have additional statements that can be found in the departmental course listing. Interdisciplinary internships are also available. INTERNSHIPS Registration for internships consists of the following steps: Service, Work, and Learning and secure the signatures of the faculty supervisor and director of internships and cooperative education. 2. Register for a 199 or 399 Internship during the registration period. The signed permission form must be turned in at the time of registration. (Students may pre-register without a placement secured, but a suitable internship must be found by the end of the registration or drop/add period.) 3. A learning agreement (forms are available in the Center for Service, Work, and Learning) must be completed with the faculty member responsible for grading the experience and the work supervisor. The original is turned in to the Center for Service, Work, and Learning, with copies made for the faculty supervisor and student. 1. Obtain the internship registration permission form from the Center for 199 lnternship A work or service-based learning experience typically at the sophomore level in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement that links the ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar may be expected. Prior to the beginning of the tedregistration, interested students must consult with the departmental internship coordinator and the Center for Service, Work, and Learning regarding requirements and permission to register. 399 Internship A work or service-based learning experience at the junior/senior level in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement that links the ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is often expected. Prior to the beginning of the tedregistration, interested students must consult with the departmental internship coordinator and the Center for Service, Work, and Learning regarding requirements and permission to register. - 38 Departments and Programs DIRECTED AND INDEPENDENT STUDIES 299 Directed Study An opportunity to study topics not covered in the scheduled offerings under the direction of an instructor. Open to all students, but normally taken by sophomores and juniors. Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor and the department chairperson before the term in which the study is undertaken. 499 Independent StudyIResearch An opportuniy for advanced and specialized research projects. Normally open to junior and senior majors. Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor and the department chairperson before the term in which the study is undertaken. See listing under Business Administration, Accounting, and Management Information Systems. See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies. A rt is important as a field of study for our time. Our survival as a culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order and beauty in the design and function of communities. Realizing this, we have made design and sensitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to the art program at Augsburg. Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life that it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist, art teacher, and art historian is to celebrate visual experience through a variety of media and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how to see. Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts, the visual arts, as taught at Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines. Art as a human activity does involve manual skill, although to become broadly significant it should interact with the content available in other fields, such as language, history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education, and science. A liberal arts college like Augsburg is an ideal setting for the study of art because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of ideas, disciplines, and attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further enhanced by associations with a significant number of art galleries and museums in the Twin Cities area. Art Faculty Kristin Anderson (Chair), Tara Christopherson, Norman Holen. Studio Art Major Majors are required to begin their programs with the studio arts foundations: ART 102 Design ART 107 Drawing One course in two-dimensional art from: ART 118 Painting I or ART 223 Printmaking I or ART 225 Graphic Design I or ART 360 Watercolor Painting One course in three-dimensional art from: ART 221 Sculpture I or ART 250 Ceramics I Five additional studio arts courses ART 240 Art History Survey Two additional art history courses Senior studio majors must participate in at least one exhibit during their final year. Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Art History Major Eight art history courses including: ART 240 Art History Survey ART 388 19th- and 20th-Century Art Two studio courses: ART 102 Design or ART 107 Drawing ART 118 Painting I or ART 221 Sculpture I -Art +U Departmental Honors Art History Minor GPA of 3.5 in the major and overall, portfolio of artwork (studio majors) or research (art history majors) reflecting high quality work, and special projects such as senior exhibition and research. Application should be made to the department chair before the last term of the senior year. Five art history courses including ART 240. Certificate in Art Eight art courses, including at least one be in art history. up to four courses taken in one studio area or in art history. Studio Art Minor Five courses including ART 240, ART 107, and three additional studio courses. STUDIO ART FOUNDATIONS Note: All studio courses require work outside of class sessions. ART 102 Design A study of design as the unifying foundation for the visual arts. Two- and three-dimensional projects demonstrating the use of the basic design elements and principles. ART 107 Drawing Drawing in various media, including graphite pencil, ink, pastel pencil, and charcoal. Subjects include still-life, figures, perspective, and experimental work. STUDIO ART ART 100, 300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department. ART 106 Calligraphy I Introduction and practice of calligraphic writing and designing with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. ART 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. ART 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity, expression, and communication with attention to black-and-white photographic processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately $200-225. - Art 91 ART 221 Sculpture I An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, wood, alabaster, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and Plexiglas. Learn to model, carve, cast, weld, or assemble the respective media. ART 223 Print Making I An introduction to traditional and experimental media and methods of printing. Intaglio, relief, stencil, and mono methods are explored. ART 224 Publication Design An introduction to design concepts and production for publication design, with emphasis on the computer. Theory and practice of coordinating visual imagery and typography for print publications using page layout software. ART 225 Graphic Design I An introduction to the principles and techniques of graphic design using page layout software. Emphasis on designing with text and image. ART 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. ART 290 Tribal Arts and Culture The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through the visual arts, particularly within the United States. Students will produce various art projects in weaving, basket-making, pottery, jewelry, sculpture, or prints. ART 306 Calligraphy I I Advanced work in calligraphic media and design. ART 330 Graphic Design II An advanced study of the graphic design of typography and visual imagery for print production using the computer. Includes identification of design problems and presentation to client. (Prereq.: ART 225) ART 351 Ceramics II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and glazing. (Prereq.: ART 250) ART 355 Painting II Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: ART 118) ART 360 Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent watercolor. ART 368 Print Making I I Advanced work with color and composition in various media, e.g., silk-screen, etching, and woodcut, including Japanese woodcut technique. (Prereq.: ART 223) - 92 Art ART 478 Sculpture I1 Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, wood, alabaster, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and Plexiglas. (Prereq.: ART 221) ART HISTORY ART 240 Art History Survey A survey of art of the Western world from prehistoric to modem times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, and visits to museums. Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year ART 352 Women and Art A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, including the fine arts, the "traditional" arts, and the work of Native American women. (Prereq.: ENG 111) ART 382 Scandinavian Arts The visual arts in Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture, and design. ART 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the fourth century A.D. ART 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. (Prereq.: ENG 111) ART 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture, from the 14th through the 18th centuries. (Prereq.: ENG 111) ART 388 19th- and 20th-Century Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. (Prereq.: ENG 111) ART 389 American Art A study of early colonial through contemporary American art, architecture, and folk arts. Internships and Independent Study Courses: ART 199 lnternship See description on page 87. ART 299 Directed Study See description on page 88. ART 399 Internship See description on page 87. ART 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 88. See listing under East Asian Studies. T he Augsburg Experience: Arriving at Augsburg ... The initial months after entering college as a first-year student are an exciting period of change. The faculty and staff wish to assist students in making a successful transition to being college students and to help them become part of this academic community Through the summer orientation program, the fall orientation weekend, and the Augsburg Seminar, students are introduced to the character of the College, its heritage as an urban, liberal arts college of the Church, the process of learning in a community where ideas are valued and treated seriously, and the logistics of being students. Augsburg Seminar At registration, all first-year students in the day program enroll in a selected content course, such as Effective Writing and a parallel Augsburg Seminar. These 'linked' courses integrate disciplinary content with AUC 101 various learning strategies and communitybuilding opportunities beneficial to all beginning students. The content course usually meets three hours per week for the entire semester and is valued at 1.0 course credit, and the Augsburg Seminar meets once a week for 8 weeks for .25 course credit. The Augsburg Seminar offers the opportunity for further discussion of topics from the paired content course, along with presentations on campus life, academic resources and study skills, and a hands-on introduction to the Cedar-Riverside neighborhood. While the content course is graded on a traditional point basis, the Augsburg Seminar is graded Pass/No credit (P/N). However, performance in the course is linked to performance in the seminar. Students must successfully complete the entire 8-week Augsburg Seminar in order to fulfill the requirement, even if they drop the linked content course. Permission to complete the seminar after withdrawal from the content course is at the discretion of the instructor. Augsburg Seminar (.25 course) A series of fall-term meetings with an Augsburg seminar adviser to discuss issues related to becoming an active member of the Augsburg College community of learners. Discussion will be based upon topics and readings from the connected content course and other disciplines and sources. (P/N grading only) Biology Faculty )logy is the study of life, and it is natural that we, as contemplative living creatures, seek a deeper understanding of the living world that envelops us. This search has led to the realization that the Earth is filled with an enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part of the biological world, an understanding of the basic biological processes common to all organisms is essential to attain selfunderstanding and to provide a basis for wise decisions. Dale Pederson (Chair), Karen Ballen, William Capman, Robert Herforth, Esther McLaughlin Major Nine courses including: B10 113 Introductory Organismal Biology B10 114 Introductory Genetics, Evolution, and Ecology B10 215 Introductory Cellular Biology In recent decades great strides have been made in understanding important biological processes, particularly those at the cellular, molecular, and ecosystem levels. Biological research has also provided some extremely important benefits to humans, including advances in medicine, agriculture, and food science. and at least one from each of the five following groups: An understanding of biological systems depends, in part, on the principles of physics and chemistry; thus a firm background in the physical sciences is also important in the study of biology. 2. BIO 361 Plant Biology BIO 440 Plant Physiology For many, an undergraduate major in biology serves as a basis for further study. Augsburg graduates have gone on to graduate studies in the life sciences, leading to careers in college or university teaching, basic and applied research, and public health. Many have entered professional programs in medicine, veterinary medicine, and dentistry. Other graduates have gone directly into secondary education, biomedical industries, laboratory research, natural resources, and environmental education. 1. BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology B10 353 Comparative Vertebrate Morphology BIO 473 Animal Physiology 3. B10 355 Genetics BIO 481 Ecology 4. BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology BIO 474 Developmental Biology 5. BIO 367 Biochemistry BIO 476 Microbiology The ninth course may be any of the upper division biology courses listed above or BIO 340 Marine Biology of the Florida Keys. BIO 491 Seminar (non-credit) is required of all juniors and seniors. 36 Biology 7 Required Supporting Courses CHM 1051106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 1151116 General Chemistry A semester course in organic chemistry or CHM 3511352 Organic Chemistry department. BIO 113 and 114 and Principles of Chemistry (or General Chemistry) should be taken in the first year, and Introductory Cellular Biology and Organic Chemistry in the second year. Students should complete their math requirements early in their college careers. PHY 116 Introduction to Physics or PHY 1211122 General Physics MAT 114 Precalculus or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences or MAT 145 Calculus I or MAT 163 Introductory Statistics Transfer course policy for majors and minors All transfer courses must be approved in writing by the chair. Only those biology courses successfully completed (2.0 or above) within the last 10 years will be considered. In general, no more than two upper division courses from other institutions may be applied toward the major. Departmental Honors GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participation in seminar, one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the start of the first term of the senior year. Minor A course in general chemistry and five biology courses including BIO 113, 114, 215, and two upper division courses. Biology for Pre-Medical Students Pre-medical students should include a two-semester sequence in physics and a two-semester sequence in organic chemistry. Many medical schools also require two semesters of calculus. Students should consult members of the biology faculty for information specific to medical school application. Graduate and Professional Training Graduate programs in biological fields require coursework similar to that for premedical education, and may also require undergraduate research experience. Health care professions (physician assistant, physical therapist, veterinarian, etc.) have specific requirements that should be discussed with an adviser in the department. Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Cooperative Education In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the biology faculty Biology majors must have an adviser in the biology The department works with the Office of Cooperative Education in identifying and defining co-op ed experiences in laboratories and other settings in the Twin Cities. - Biology 97 BIOLOGY COURSl A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a sequenced course in registering for the second term. BIO 101 Human Biology An introduction to basic biological principles with a human perspective. Includes discussion of the molecular and cellular basis of life, genetics, organ systems, and human impact on the environment. (Three one-hour lectures. A student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor. Fall) BIO 102 The Biological World The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to gather and analyze data and propose and test theories are considered. (Three one-hour lectures, three hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major or minor) BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A survey of the structure and function of the human body. (Three one-hour lectures, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) BIO 105 Biology and Society The biological basis for problems facing society, such as pollution, genetic engineering, AIDS, extinction, global warming, hunger, cancer. (Three onehour lectures. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) BIO 113 Introductory Organismal Biology First of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to organismal biology for science majors, including diversity, physiology, and structure. B10 113, 114, and 215 must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq: MPG 3 or concurrent registration in MAT 105. Fall) BIO 114 Introductory Genetics, Evolution, and Ecology Second of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to cellular functioning, metabolism, classical and population genetics, evolution, and ecology. BIO 113, 114, and 215 must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Spring) BIO 185 The Biology of Aging At some time in our lives most of us will directly experience aging or be influenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course will concentrate on the biological aspects of such changes. 98 Biology BIO 215 Introductory Cellular Biology Third of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to structure and function in tissues, cells, and subcellular organelles. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113, 114, CHM 106 or 116, CHM 223 or 352, or concurrent registration in CHM 223 or CHM 35 1. Fall) BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology A study of the invertebrate animals stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and phylogeny. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113, 114. Fall: alternate years) BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate Morphology Comparative anatomy, functional morphology, and evolutionary morphology of the vertebrate. (Three one-hour lectures, three hours laboratory, one hour tutorial. Prereq.: B10 113, 114. Spring) BIO 355 Genetics Principles of heredity, integrating classical and molecular analysis. (Three onehour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215. Fall) BIO 361 Plant Biology A survey of the major groups of algae, fungi, and plants, including the study of structure, physiology, life histories, and phylogeny. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113, 114. Spring) BIO 367 Biochemistry An introductory consideration of biological macromolecules and their components, energetics, and intermediary metabolism and its integration. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: BIO 215, CHM 223 or 352. Fall) BIO 440 Plant Physiology A consideration of the process involved in photosynthesis, growth, development, and water relations in plants including the relationship of process to structure and life history. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215 and CHM 223 or 352. Fall: alternate years) BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology An examination of mechanisms of molecular genetics, recombinant DNA technology, cell-signaling, cell cycle control, and cellular basics for immunity. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215. Spring) BIO 473 Animal Physiology A study of digestion, respiration, circulation, excretion, movement, and sensory perception as well as neural and hormonal control of these functions, emphasizing vertebrates. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215; PHY 116 or 122, or consent of the instructor. Fall) - Biology 99 BIO 474 Developmental Biology A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes that occur during embryonic development of animals, including genetic control of development. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215. Spring) BIO 476 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms. Environmental, industrial, and medical issues are discussed, with particular attention paid to human pathogens. (Three one-hour lectures, three hours laboratory, one hour tutorial. Prereq.: BIO 215, CHM 352. Spring) BIO 481 Ecology A study of interactions between organisms and the biotic and abiotic environment. Topics include physiological ecology, energy flow, nutrient cycling, a survey of biomes, population and community ecology, and conservation. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: BIO 215, MPG 4 or MAT 122 or MAT 163. Fall) BIO 491 Seminar (0.0 course) A weekly meeting of biology majors. Active participation by juniors and seniors is required, including an oral presentation by seniors. Guest speakers are often invited. A noncredit requirement for the major. (Spring) Internships and lndependent Study Courses: BIO 199 Internship See description on page 87. (Prereq.: B10 113, 114) BIO 299 Directed Study See description on page 88. BIO 399 lnternship See description on page 87. (Prereq.: B10 215) BIO 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 88. (Prereq.: B10 215) - BUSINESSADMINISTRA~TION, ACCOUNTING, AND MANAGEMEN lNFORMATION SYSTEMS-BUS,ACC, MIS 0 ur mission is to prepare students for professional careers in business or for graduate studies. This preparation involves a cumculum that stresses analysis and communication, emphasizes both theory and practice, and is shaped by the needs of the business community. The department fosters close ties with the corporate community that provide a wealth of practical expertise, a variety of internship opportunities, and future job prospects. The faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the community by providing an education that is technically competent, ethically based, and socially aware. Faculty John C. Cemto (Chair), Nora M. Braun, Amin E. Kader (International Business Coordinator), Ashok K. Kapoor (Finance Coordinator), Steven J. LaFave (Accounting Coordinator), Lori L. Lohman (Marketing Coordinator), Fekri Meziou, Thomas F: Morgan, Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp (Management Coordinator), Milo A. Schield (MIS Coordinator), Kathryn A. Schwalbe, Stuart M. Stoller. Majors The Department of Business Administration, Accounting, and MIS offers three majors: business administration (BUS), accounting (ACC), and management information systems (MIS). Specializations Within the business administration major there are four specializations: marketing, management, finance, and international business. Within the accounting major there are three specializations: general accounting, public accounting, and managerial accounting. Graduation Requirements To graduate without intentionally taking courses in excess of the minimal number required (see page 71), students must avoid taking too many electives or exceeding the 13-course limit per academic department (14 courses for accounting majors). Courses designated as ACC, BUS, and MIS are considered as being in the same academic department. Taking extra electives, or choosing a particular combination of major and minor may require students to complete more than the minimum number of credits required for graduation. Exceptions are noted in the major. Transfer Students Transfer students must complete at least four of the upper division courses required in the major at Augsburg or obtain an exemption from the department. Transfer courses must be approved by the department. Courses taken more than 10 years ago will not be accepted. Advising Students who plan to major in business administration, accounting, or MIS are strongly encouraged to select a departmental adviser who teaches in their major. This should be done by the end of the sophomore year at the latest. In addition to - Business Administration 10' advising, departmental faculty can counsel majors on their careers, assist majors in obtaining internships or jobs, and provide letters of recommendation for prospective employers or graduate programs. with experience that may be valuable in competing for jobs after graduation. Advisers should be consulted about internships. International Business Internships Students are strongly encouraged to work with the Office of Cooperative Education and department faculty to obtain an internship (BUS/ACUMIS 399) during their junior or senior year. Although an internship counts as part of the 13 courses allowed in the major, students may petition for an exception. An internship may satisfy the The City Perspective if taken in conjunction with GST 209. Internships can provide students T he major in business administration prepares students for professional careers in business administration or for graduate studies. The four specializations within this major share a common business core. This common core provides students with a broad foundation so they can readily adapt to internal changes in interests and goals and to external changes in circumstances and opportunities. The international business department actively supports international study. For additional details, see the section on International Partners under International Studies in this catalog, or consult the departmental coordinator for international business. Entrepreneurship Non-business majors are encouraged to take BUS 254 Entrepreneurship. Business Core 10 courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business or MIS 370 Advanced Computing for Business ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics BUS 301 Business Law BUS 331 Financial Management 02 Business Administration Specialization in Marketing Business core plus 3 courses: BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis BUS 355 Marketing Communications BUS 450 Marketing Management Specialization in Management Business core plus 4 courses: BUS 340 Human Resource Management BUS 440 Strategic Management BUS 465 International Management MIS 376 Project Management or ECO 318 Management Science Specialization in Finance Business core plus 4 courses: ACC 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice BUS 438 Investment Theory and one of ECO 3 11 ECO 3 12 ECO 313 ECO 315 MIS 479 the following: Public Finance Intermediate Macroeconomics Intermediate Microeconomics Money and Banking Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics Specialization in International Business Business core plus 4 courses: BUS 362 International Business BUS 465 International Management BUS 466 International Marketing Students must also complete three semesters of a foreign language (or equivalent). The language requirement may be waived for international students. Contact the international business coordinator for details on language equivalents or other configurations. Combined Major in Business Administration and Economics 11 courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 3 13 Intermediate Microeconomics and one other upper division economics course ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics or BUS 331 Financial Management and one other upper division business administration, accounting, or MIS course. Graduation with Distinction To qualify, a major must have a 3.5 GPA, must be an Honors Program senior who qualifies for Graduation with Distinction in that program, and have completed all courses appropriate for the proposed project. Departmental Honors and one additional upper division course in either international business (BUS 368 or 468) or international economics. To qualify, a major must have a 3.7 GPA in the major, a 3.5 GPA overall, and have completed all courses appropriate for the proposed project. Business Administration 10: Minor in Business Administration Six courses including: ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221 and 222, BUS 242 and 252, BUS 331 or MIS 379. This minor is automatically completed while completing a major in accounting or MIS. Minor in International Business Six courses including: ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221, BUS 242 or 252, and three courses in international business (one may be in international economics). Students should consult the area coordinator concerning acceptable alternatives in international economics. 'D BUS 242 Principles of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning, and control. The nature of authority, accountability, and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional manager. BUS 252 Principles of Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel, and pricing decisions. BUS 254 Entrepreneurship The process of transforming an idea into an organization that can market this idea successfully Examines the construction of a viable business plan with attention to the resources needed for success. BUS 295 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) BUS 301 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property, and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. BUS 302 Business Ethics Examines individual choices in business; analyzes and evaluates various business practices; emphasizes conceptual precision in thinking, writing, and speaking. (Prereq.: BUS 301 or PHI 120 or PHI 125, or junior/senior standing) BUS 331 Financial Management Topics related to theory of acquisition, fund allocation and management, sources and uses of long and short-term funds, capital costhudgeting, leverage, and dividend policy (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 222, MIS 379, and MPG 3) !04 Business Administration BUS 340 Human Resource Management Personnel function in business, acquisition, and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242) BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision-making; methodology; results; evaluation of effectiveness. (Prereq.: BUS 252, MIS 379, ECO 113, or consent of instructor) BUS 355 Marketing Communications Integration of advertising, public relations, sales promotion design, evaluation, and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. (Prereq.: BUS 252) Note: Either BUS 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both. BUS 357 Advertising An introduction to print, broadcast, and web-based advertising and promotion as important elements in modem marketing and communications. Note: Either BUS 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both. BUS 362 International Business This course views international business from a global perspective, including views of the U.S. government and perspectives of foreign governments. Each topic is supported with real-life case studies (Pre-req.: ECO 112 or 113, and BUS 242 or 252, consent of instructor) BUS 368 Responding to the Challenge of Japan An examination of current Japanese business practices from a cultural perspective. TV documentaries, readings from periodicals, plus participation in a seminar model. (Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor) BUS 424 Internal Audit and Management Consulting To incorporate and learn the techniques of creating a controlled and effective management environment. Students work with companies to help solve problems or implement projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113; ACC 221, 222; BUS 242, 252, 331; MIS 175,379) BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice A system's approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decisionmaking, presentation through literature, readings, lectures, and case material. (Prereq.: All core courses and ACC 322, or consent of instructor.) BUS 438 Investment Theory Appraisal of the riskheturn relationships of various types of securities and extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: all core courses or consent of instructor) - Business Administration 10 BUS 439 Risk Management and Insurance Analyzes exposure to accidental loss-its identification, measurement, and evaluation. Reviews techniques for loss prevention and control. Surveys primary types of insurance. (Prereq.: BUS 331 and MIS 379) BUS 440 Strategic Management Concepts and principles related to long-range planning. Taught from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various industries and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242) BUS 450 Marketing Management Application of marketing concepts to day-to-day strategies and long-term planning issues; development and implementation of market plans. (Prereq.: BUS 352 and BUS 355) BUS 465 International Management This course analyzes several factors influencing behavior in the workplace and the board room, including skills needed to manage across national borders. (Pre-req.: BUS 242. BUS 362 is recommended) BUS 466 International Marketing This course examines those issues and activities unique to marketing in an international setting. Emphasis is also placed on adaptation of a marketing mix according to the international marketing environment. (Prereq.: BUS 252, 362) BUS 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Internships and Independent Study Courses: BUS 199 lnternship See description on page 87. BUS 299 Directed Study See description on page 88. BUS 399 lnternship See description on page 87. BUS 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 88. T he major in accounting prepares students for professional careers in a wide variety of accounting-related positions. This major has three tracks: general accounting, professional accounting, and managerial accounting. The general accounting specialization is adequate for a wide variety of positions. The professional accounting track includes two specializations: public accounting and managerial accounting. The public accounting specialization is recommended for positions with CPA firms. The managerial accounting specialization is recommended for positions with large or rapidly-growing companies. The two professional specializations relate to two professional designations: the CPA and the CMA. A certified public accountant (CPA) focuses on external reporting; a certified management accountant (CMA) focuses on internal reporting. The public accounting specialization includes the materials emphasized on the CPA exam; the managerial specialization includes the materials emphasized on the CMA exam. Both the CPA and CMA designation have an experience requirement in addition to passing the national exam. Under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy, accounting majors in the public accounting specialization are qualified to sit for the CPA examination after graduation. Accounting Core ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics BUS 301 Business Law BUS 331 Financial Management ACC 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I ACC 323 Accounting Theory and Practice 11 ACC 324 Managerial Cost Accounting ACC 425 Advanced Accounting Students are encouraged to take the courses in the sequence given above. Specialization in General Accounting No additional courses required. Specialization in Public Accounting Accounting core plus: ACC 326 Tax Accounting; ACC 423 Auditing. (Exception to 13-course limit) Specialization in Managerial Accounting Accounting core plus ACC 424 Internal Audit and Management Consulting and MIS 375 Management Information Systems in the Organization. (Exception to 13course limit) Departmental Honors GPA of 3.7 in the major and 3.5 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral exam in the major field of concentration. Interested juniors or seniors should contact the department chair. Minor in Accounting Six courses including: ACC 221,222, BUS 331 or ACC 324, ACC 322,323 and one of the following: MIS 175, 379, ECO 112, or 113. This minor is recommended for majors in MIS and finance. - Accounting 10 ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle, and preparation of financial statements. ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to business activities and accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making, and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: ACC 221) ACC 295 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) ACC 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements, and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222) ACC 323 Accounting Theory and Practice II A continuation of ACC 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation conceits, FASB statements, and other relevant issues as applied-to liabilities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.: ACC 322) ACC 324 Managerial Cost Accounting ~ c c o u n t i ntools ~ for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for managerial decision-making. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: ACC 221, 222, BUS 242, 252, MIS 379, or consent of instructor) ACC 326 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of planning and compliance for income taxes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 331, ECO 112, 113, or consent of instructor) ACC 423 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the CPAk role to form the basis of opinion on a set of financial statements. (Prereq.: ACC 323) ACC 424 Internal and Operational Audit To incorporate and learn the techniques of creating a controlled and effective management environment. Students work with companies to help solve problems or implement projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 221, 222, BUS 242, 252, 331, MIS 175 or 320,379) 08 Accounting 7 ACC 425 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting, and fund accounting. (Prereq.: ACC 323) ACC 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology, and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Internships and Independent Study Courses: ACC 199 lnternship See description on page 87. ACC 299 Directed Study See description on page 88. ACC 399 lnternship See description on page 87. ACC 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 88. T he major in management information systems prepares students for professional careers in information systems. MIS studies information systems as both a resource and a tool for decision-making. Students learn to analyze and evaluate existing systems and to design and program new systems. MIS is an extensive major (16 courses) and includes courses from computer science, mathematics, economics, business, and accounting as well as from MIS. EGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS I Management Information Systems Major A. 12 courses in business, accounting, and MIS: BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 331 Financial Management ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business MIS 370 Advanced Computing for Business MIS 375 Management Information Systems in the Organization MIS 376 Project Management MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design MIS 476 Information Systems Projects B. Four required supporting courses: ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science (co-requirement MAT 171) CSC 340 Introduction to Networking and Communications MAT 171 Discrete Math for Computing (co-requirement for CSC 160) Minor in MIS Seven courses including: MIS 175, ACC 221, BUS 242 or BUS 252, MIS 370, MIS 375, ECO 113, and one of the following: MIS 376 or ECO 318. Honors Major GPA of 3.7 in the major and 3.5 overall, complete a scholarly paper or paper from a substantial work of applied consulting, and present the final paper. Interested juniors or seniors should contact their department adviser. Graduation with Distinction To qualify, a major must have a 3.5 GPA, must be an Honors Program senior who qualifies for Graduation with Distinction in that program, and have completed all courses appropriate for the proposed project. 10 MIS MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business An introductory course to develop understanding of basic computing concepts and specific skills in using microcomputer software (Windows, Word, Excel, Access, Powerpoint, e-mail, and the World Wide Web). Emphasis on solving business-related problems using software, especially Excel. Students with strong competency in all software mentioned should take MIS 370 instead of MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG 3) MIS 295 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the area of management information systems. MIS 370 Advanced Computing for Business This course provides more in-depth use of business software like Excel, Access, and the World Wide Web. Students will also learn to program Windows applications using tools like Visual Basic. (Prereq.: MPG 3, MIS 175 or CSC 160, or strong computer background. Completion of MIS 370 satisfies any requirement for MIS 175) MIS 375 Management Information Systems in the Organization Broad understanding of using information systems to support organizational objectives. Topics include strategic planning and uses of information systems, business process analysis, and understanding of the technology architecture. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 242 or 252, and one computer course such as MIS 175,370, or CSC 160) MIS 376 Project Management Develops project management skills needed to define, plan, lead, monitor, and complete projects. Combines theories, techniques, group activities, and computer tools such as Microsoft Project. Emphasizes technical and communications skills needed to manage inevitable changes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 242, and either MIS 175 or 370) MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics An introduction to quantitative reasoning to assist students in reading and interpreting data. Topics include descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, estimation, and hypothesis testing with emphasis on applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: MIS 175 or 370 and either MPG 3 or completion of MAT 171. WEC-Additional three-hour sessions are required, usually on a weekday evening.) MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design Develops skills in using systems development methodologies and Computer Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools. Techniques used include data and process modeling, file and database design, and user interface design. A course-long project is used to complete a rudimentary system design. (Prereq.: MIS 375 and either MIS 370 or CSC 352) - MIS 11 MIS 476 Information Systems Projects Skills developed in previous courses are used to complete an actual project of systems analysis and design. (Prereq.: MIS 370, 375. 376, and 475) MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics Advanced modeling using computer software. Specific topics may include multivariate modeling PATH analysis, Monte Carlo simulations, queuing models, and ANOVA. (Prereq: MIS 379. Fall: evening) MIS 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, and meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Internships and Independent Study Courses: MIS 199 lnternship See description on page 87 MIS 299 Directed Study See description on page 88. MIS 399 lnternship See description on page 87. MIS 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 88. c hemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those changes, and working toward an understanding of them. Correlating the results of physics and opening the vistas of molecular biology, chemistry has been described as the central science because matter includes the entire physical world such as the things we use, the food we eat, and even ourselves. Chemists as scientists must be knowledgeable in fact and theory for solving scientific problems and also capable of providing a public understanding of their work, including potential problems as well as benefits. Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts as offered in the general education cumculum is imperative if a chemist is to be both truly human and truly scientific. The department is on the list of approved schools of the American Chemical Society (ACS) and offers a chemistry major that meets the chemistry background required by many fields. Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists: *To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to compete successfully with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions. *To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the traditional positions as chemists. *To provide an atmosphere of learning so that students will want to remain lifelong learners, thereby remaining competent in their field, however that may change after graduation, and be able to move into new areas as opportunities arise. *To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to integrate outside study areas with the sciences. *To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an example of the methodology of the natural sciences in examining the world around us. The presentation of major concepts underlying the changes in matter, the opportunity to examine change in the physical world, and the reflection of the implications and limitations of science in our society will enhance the ability of non-science persons to make better value judgments concerning science questions in their own endeavors. Chemistry Faculty Sandra L. Olmsted (Chair), Ron L. Fedie, Arlin E. Gyberg, Joan C. Kunz BACHELOR OF ARTS Graduation Major in Chemistry CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry or CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry CHM 351, 352 Organic Chemistry CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 361 Physical Chemistry I CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar and two additional courses from: CHM 364 Physical Chemistry I1 CHM 367 Properties of Polymers CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry - Chemistry 111 CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry CHM 470 Principles of Medicinal Chemistry BIO 367 Biochemistry Also required: PHY 121, 122 MAT 145, 146 General Physics I, 11 Calculus I, I1 Because upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 145, 146 in the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the sophomore year. Teaching Licensure in Physical Science The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Chemistry for Pre-Medical Students Pre-medical students should plan to take at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. W BACHELOR OF SCIENCE American Chemical Society Approved Major 12 courses including: CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry or CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 361,363 Physical Chemistry and Laboratory CHM 364,365 Physical Chemistry and Laboratory CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry One course from: CHM 367 Properties of Polymers CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry CHM 495 Topics in Chemistry Also required are: CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (four semesters) MAT 145, 146, 245 Calculus I, 11,111 PHY 121, 122 General Physics I, I1 (should be taken in sophomore year) Recommended: Modern Physics, additional mathematics, research experience, reading ability in German, and computer proficiency. Graduation with Distinction in Chemistry Overall GPA of 3.5 or higher, and completion of an approved research project in the junior or senior year. Departmental Honors Full ACS major; GPA of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics and physics, 3.0 overall; one course or summer of approved research; participation in seminar. Minor Five courses that must include: CHM 105, 106 or CHM 115, 116, CHM 351,352, and CHM 353. Note: credit will not be granted for both CHM 105 and 115, or for both CHM 106 and 116. Other restrictions are in the course descriptions. - 114 Chemistry A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or P, or higher to count; otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in registering for the second term. CHM 100 Chemistry for Changing Times I Designed for the liberal arts student. Emphasis is upon developing basic chemistry concepts using examples primarily from inorganic chemistry. Does not count toward a chemistry major or minor nor apply as prerequisite for other chemistry courses. (Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall) CHM 101 Chemistry for Changing Times II Second semester of the year-long course. Applies concepts from CHM 100 to environmental, organic, and biochemical problems of societal interest. A laboratory is included with this course. Does not count toward a chemistry major or minor nor apply as prerequisite for other chemistry courses. (Prereq.: CHM 100, MPG 3. Spring) CHM 105 Principles of Chemistry I Topics in this course include an introduction to matter, chemical change, chemical reactions, chemical bonding, energetics, and equilibrium. The sequence, CHM 105, 106, is designed for students who have not studied chemistry in high school or who are less confident about their background in chemistry. Students may go into CHM 351 or 353 from CHM 106 and major in chemistry. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall) CHM 106 Principles of Chemistry II CHM 106 is a continuation of CHM 105 with more emphasis upon equilibrium and the chemistry of the elements. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 105, MPG 3. Spring) CHM 115 General Chemistry I An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. Includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, MPG 3. Fall) CHM 116 General Chemistry II A continuation of Chemistry 115. Emphasis on equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 115. Spring) CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modem theories of chemical bonds, energy relations, and reaction mechanism. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. Fall: CHM 351; spring: CHM 352) Chemistry 11! CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to electrochemical and spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lecture, one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. MPG 3. Fall) CHM 361 Physical Chemistry I Covers three of the basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, quantum mechanics, and statistical mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116; MAT 145, 146; PHY 121, 122. Fall) CHM 363 CHM 364 Physical Chemistry Laboratory 1 (.5 course) Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data collection and experimental application of concepts presented in physical chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken in the fall and involves experiments related to CHM 361. (One four-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 361 or concurrent registration and ENG 111) Physical Chemistry II Covers the fundamentals of the chemical kinetics as well as the concepts studied in CHM 361 applied to areas of solutions, molecular structure, spectroscopy, surfaces, diffraction techniques, and macromolecules. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 361. Spring) CHM 365 Physical Chemistry Laboratory 11 (.5 course) CHM 365 is to be taken the second semester and involves experiments relating to CHM 364. (One four-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 364 or concurrent registration. Spring) CHM 367 Properties of Polymers Presents polymer chemistry as an interdisciplinary chemistly relying on the organic, analytical, and physical chemistry prerequisites to unfold the details of macromolecules. (Prereq.: CHM 352, 361. Spring) CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Laboratory work is organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds. Lecture topics include theory and structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature, and advanced topics in organic synthesis. (Three hours of lecture, six hours of laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 352, 353, 361 or consent of instructor. Some reading knowledge of German is helpful. Fall) CHM 470 Principles of Medicinal Chemistry. Medicinal chemistry examines the organic chemistry of drug design and drug action. Students study the mechanisms of drug transport across biological membranes, absorption, distribution, and drug excretion; the relationship between structure and activity; molecular recognition process in drug-receptor interactions; enzyme mechanisms; and the metabolic pathways by which drugs are detoxified. Also studied are the concepts used in the design of therapeutic substances. (Prereq.: BIO 367, or consent of the instructor. Spring) 16 Chemistry CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Emphasis on instrumental methods of analysis. Atomic, molecular, and electron spectroscopy, radiochemical, chromatography, thermal, and electroanalytical methods are covered. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 353,361 or consent of instructor. Spring) CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic and molecular orbital models. Reactivity and bonding in coordination, cluster, and organometallic compounds are considered. The laboratory uses preparations of a variety of techniques. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 352,361 or consent of instructor. Fall) CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (.O course) This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are also invited to participate. CHM 495 Topics in Chemistry Study of a specific area building upon analytical, physical, and organic chemistry. CHM 497 Introduction to Chemistry Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation that may be obtained by working on a summer research project (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (that may be counted as a course). Cooperative education is an excellent opportunity to be involved in industrial research projects. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing) Internships and Independent Study Courses: CHM 199 lnternship See description on page 87. CHM 299 Directed Study See description on page 88. CHM 399 lnternship See description on page 87. CHM 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 88. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing) COMMUNICATION See listing under Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts. T he Augsburg computer science department & v k to give students a sound theoretical and practical foundation in computer science. We offer both a B.A. and a B.S. major. The computer science curriculum places emphasis on networks, communications, and the use of computers as an information access tool. The coursework provides students a strong base in computer science, with emphasis on concepts rather than on applications. We encourage students to strengthen their coursework by electing an internship or cooperative education experience. Our location in the Twin Cities provides us with an excellent resource of such experiences for students, and allows them to add practical applications to their education. CSC 451 Programming Languages and Compilers I1 PHI 385 Introduction to Formal Logic and Computation Theory MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics for Computing (recommended) or MAT 145 Calculus I or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences and two electives from CSC courses above 200 at least one of which is above 300 PHY 261 Electronics MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design. At least one elective must be an upper division course. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Computer Science Major Computer Science Faculty Charles Sheaffer (Chair), Larry Crockett, Noel Petit, Larry Ragland, Karen Sutherland. BACHELOR OF ARTS Computer Science Major 12 courses including: CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communication CSC 170 Structured Programming CSC 210 Data Structures CSC 240 Introduction to Networking and Communications CSC 320 Algorithms CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization CSC 450 Programming Languages and Compilers I 16 courses including: CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communication CSC 170 Structured Programming CSC 210 Data Structures CSC 240 Introduction to Networking and Communications CSC 320 Algorithms CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization CSC 450 Programming Languages and Compilers I CSC 45 1 Programming Languages and Compilers I1 PHI 385 Introduction to Formal Logic and Computation Theory MAT 145 Calculus I MAT 146 Calculus I1 Two courses from: MAT 245 Calculus I11 MAT 246 Linear Algebra MAT 247 Modeling and Differential Equations - 118 Computer Science MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical Structures (recommended) and three electives from: CSC courses above 200 PHY 261 Electronics MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design At least two electives must be upper division courses. Computational Economics The computational economics major has been designed to serve students with need for some basic understanding of computer science and economics. The major requires six courses from computer science and six from economics with a required capstone independent study. Students interested in this major should consult with the faculty in computer science, in economics, or one of the coordinators. Coordinators Jeanne Boeh, Department of Economics, Lany Ragland, Department of Computer Science. Major in Computational Economics 13 courses including: MAT 145 Calculus I or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communication CSC 170 Structured Programming CSC 210 Data Structures CSC 240 Introduction to Networking and Communications or CSC 320 Algorithms or CSC 352 Database Management and Design CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 3 13 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 318 Management Science ECO 315 Money and Banking or ECO 415 Managerial Economics CSC 499 Independent Study or ECO 499 Independent Study Computational Philosophy Computational Philosophy emphasizes areas of interest in which philosophy and computer science overlap: logic, artificial intelligence, cognitive science, philosophy of mind, and philosophy of language. The major requires six courses from computer science and six from philosophy with a required capstone topics course. Students interested in this major should consult with the faculty in computer science, in philosophy, or one of the coordinators. Coordinators David Apolloni, Department of Philosophy. Charles Sheaffer, Department of Computer Science. Major in Computational Philosophy 13 courses including: MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics for Computing or MAT 145 Calculus I CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communication CSC 170 Structured Programming CSC 210 Data Structures CSC 320 Algorithms CSC 373 Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme I1 PHI 241 History of Philosophy I: Ancient Greek Philosophy PHI 242 History of Philosophy 11: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy PHI 343 History of Philosophy 111: Modem Philosophy PHI 365 Philosophy of Science - Computer Science 1I! PHI 385 Introduction to Formal Logic and Computation Theory PHI 410 Topics in Philosophy or CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science One upper division elective in philosophy Departmental Honors GPA of 3.5 in computer science and mathematics, GPA of 3.1 overall, and an independent study project. CSC 160 CSC 170 Computer Science Minor Six courses including CSC 160, 170, 210,345; and one upper division computer science course, and one of MAT 171 or MAT 145 or MAT 122.. Prerequisites: A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite for a computer science course. Introduction to Computer Science and Communication An introduction to computer science topics in hardware, software, theory, and computer communications: algorithm design, logical circuits, network concepts, and the Internet, and programming. (Prereq.: MPG 3) Structured Programming A study of problem-solving, algorithm development, and programming using a high-level programming language. (Three hours of lecture, 1.5 hours of lab. Prereq.: CSC 160 and MPG 3; MAT 171 recommended) CSC 210 Data Structures Data structures such as linked lists, stacks, and queues; recursion. (Three hours of lecture, 1.5 hours of lab. Prereq.: CSC 170, MPG 4, and one of MAT 122 or 145 or 171) CSC 240 lntroduction to Networking and Communications Principles and methods of data communications, information theory, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, standards, network management, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq.: CSC 160 and MPG 3) CSC 270 FORTRAN Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) CSC 272 UNIX and C Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) 20 Computer Science CSC 273 CSC 320 Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme I Study of an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of computer science including problem-solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming, procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation. Intended especially for non-majors. Offered concurrently with CSC 373. (Prereq.: None) Algorithms A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms, scheduling algorithms, and tree and graph traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, Turing machines, the classes P and NP, NP-complete problems, and intractable problems. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and one of MAT 122 or 145 or 171) csc 345 Principles of Computer Organization An introduction to computer architecture, processors, instruction sets, and assembly language programming. (Prereq.: CSC 210) CSC 352 Database Management and Design Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and security, and the development of database systems. (Prereq.: CSC 210) csc 373 Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme II Continuation of CSC 273, and offered concurrently with CSC 273. Majors who have taken CSC 210 should register for CSC 373. (Prereq.: CSC 210 or 273) csc 440 Advanced Networking and Operating Systems Network management; client/server databases and workstations; TCPAP and other network examples. Elements of operating systems, memory and process management, interactions among major components of computer systems, and a detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating systems. (Prereq.: CSC 340 and 345) CSC 450 Programming Languages and Compilers I Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming languages. Topics include formal languages, programming language syntax and semantics, parsing, and interpretation. Emphasis on design issues. (Prereq.: CSC 320 and PHI 385 or concurrently) CSC 451 Programming Languages and Compilers II Continuation of CSC 450: compilers, data structures, control structures, and the run-time environment. Emphasis on implementation issues. (Prereq.: CSC 345, CSC 450, and PHI 385) - Computer Science 12' CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in other courses. This course may be repeated, but may not be counted more than twice as part of the requirements for the major. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Internships and Independent Study Courses: CSC 199 lnternship See description on page 87. CSC 299 Directed Study See description on page 88. CSC 399 Internship See description on page 87. CSC 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 88. A major in East Asian studies is offered through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepartmental program that is available as a result of the cooperation and cross-registration possibilities among Augsburg College, Hamline University, Macalester College, The College of St. Catherine, and the University of St. Thomas. The program pools the resources and expertise within the five institutions. This major enables students to acquire a broad knowledge of Japan, China, and other East Asian nations, and to gain a functional knowledge of the language of one country. Career opportunities for those who attain a liberal arts degree in East Asian studies include government service, international business, journalism, language instruction, Asian arts, and intercultural communication. The major provides a foundation for graduate work in various fields such as anthropology, economics, history, international relations, business, law, political science, sociology, and theatre. This major is also recommended for those interested in education and work with social and recreational agencies. East Asian Studies Faculty Martha Johnson, Director DECREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS Major in East Asian Studies Nine courses are required for the major. Courses in the major must be approved by the campus adviser and are distributed as follows: four courses in an East Asian Ianguage; four additional courses, two of which must be upper division (strongly recommended that one of these be a history course on China or Japan); and an East Asian studies seminar. A term of study abroad and the completion of a minor in another discipline are strongly recommended. Study abroad opportunities for the semester or a year are available in Hong Kong, Japan, Korea, and the People's Republic of China. Study abroad strengthens the East Asian studies major by offering a cross-cultural experience in the country of specialization. Language Courses Hamline University offers elementary and intermediate courses in Chinese. Macalester College and the University of St. Thomas offer elementary and intermediate courses in Japanese. There is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota to take Chinese or Japanese languages (without extra tuition charges); see campus adviser. Non-majors may also take the Chinese and Japanese language courses. East Asian Studies 12: Minor in East Asian Studies Five courses, no more than two of which may be in the language. A minor in East Asian studies provides exposure to an area of East Asia that would complement other disciplines. Note: Interim courses or new courses related to the East Asian Studies Program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the campus adviser. Faculty advising is recommended at all stages of the major to plan a coherent and effective program. Each campus has a member on the ACTC East Asian studies committee who can assist students. The current advisers are: Augsburg-Martha Johnson, (612) 330-1715; Hamline-Richard Kagan, (651) 641-2433; Macalester-Yue-him Tam, (651) 696-6262; St. Catherine-Helen Humeston, (651) 690-6651; St. ThomasYoung-Ok An, (651) 962-5621. Approved Augsburg College courses for the East Asian Studies Program (consult program director for ACTC listing of approved courses): BUS 368 Responding to the Challenge of Japan ENG 282 Topics: Introduction to AsianAmerican Literature HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western World PHI 355 Asian Philosophy POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign Policy REL 356 History of Religions THR 245 Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre Students may also take independent studies (299, 499) or topics courses relating to East Asian studies in various departments, subject to consent of instructor and approval of program director. T he Department of Economics offers a program that stresses a strong theoretical background, quantitative analysis, and an emphasis on national and international issues. Students who graduate with an economics major are well prepared to continue their education in a variety of fields or to work successfully in business and government because of the strong liberal arts emphasis within the major. The department offers five majors. The economics major and the applied economics majors lead to careers in the business world or government. Computational economics provides a liberal arts entry into the rapidly growing computer science field. The combined economicshusiness administration major allows students great flexibility in order to explore both fields. Finally, the teaching major in political sciencdeconomics allows secondary education licensure students to obtain a solid background for teaching economics. The study of economics provides a firm foundation for confronting change because it presents a disciplined way to analyze and make choices. An economics major prepares students for community leadership and leads to a great diversity of career opportunities including law, teaching, journalism, private and public international service. Pre-law and potential Master of Business Administration students are especially encouraged to consider economics as a major or a minor. Students are able to combine an economics major with other disciplines such as business administration, international relations, mathematics, management infor- mation systems, political science, history, and area study programs. Students who are interested in any type of quantitatively oriented graduate program in economics or in business are encouraged to either major or minor in mathematics. These students should also take courses in computer science. Consult an adviser for specific course suggestions. Internships are recommended. Students must consult with the department chair and the internship office before registering for academic credit. Economics Faculty Jeanne Boeh (Chair), Satya P Gupta DECREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS Major in Economics ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 414 Welfare Economics and three other upper division courses also required: MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics MAT 114 Elementary Functions or MAT 121 Finite Mathematics Calculus for the Social or MAT 122 and Behavioral Sciences - Economics 12! Major in Applied Economics ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 311 Public Finance or ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics Money and Banking or ECO 315 ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 360 International Economics EC0318 Management Science or ECO 415 Managerial Economics ECO 413 Labor Economics ECO 399 Internship Program or ECO 499 Independent Study MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI120 Ethics or PHI 125 Ethics and Human Identity Teaching Licensure Major Major in Computational Economics Minor in Economics The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Teaching Major in Political Science and Economics See Political Science, page 224. Departmental Honors GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Combined Major in Economics and Business Administration ECO 112, 113,312,313, and one additional economics upper division course. Other configurations may be permitted by consulting with the department chair. Five economics courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics Note: Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser as soon as possible in order to carefully plan their program of study. and one other upper division economics course, and six accounting/business administration/MIS courses including: ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 331 Financial Management or MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics In addition to the courses listed on the following pages, these topics have been offered under ECO 295 or 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, Research Methods for Economics and Business, Advanced Economic Theory, Decision-Making With Finite Markov Chains, Soviet Economy, Economics of Mutual Funds, and Health Economics. See Computer Science, page 118. and one other upper division business course. - 126 Economics ECO 110 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are fundamental microeconomic tools, e.g., crime prevention, education, discrimination. (This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in economics, business administration, or MIS.) ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics An introduction to macroeconomics: national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of ECO 113 or 110. ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 2) ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market structures, and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of ECO 110 or 112. ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 2) ECO 219 History of Economic Thought A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the political, economic, philosophical, and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113) ECO 295 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economics problems and policies. ECO 31 1 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures, the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity, and debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Fall: alternate years) ECO 312 lntermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth, and the role of expectations. (Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall) ECO 313 lntermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring) - Economics 12; ECO 315 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall: alternate years) ECO 317 Comparative Economic Systems This course focuses on comparing the performance of various countries that rely on different economic systems for the allocation of resources, including systemic changes in Eastern Europe. Theoretical models are examined and compared to real-world variants. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113: on demand) ECO 318 Management Science Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modem techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications such as transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, and inventory models. (Prereq.: ECO 113, MPG 3. Fall) ECO 360 International Economics A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. Development of the basis for international trade, balance of payments, exchange rate systems, and commercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring: alternate years) ECO 365 Environmental Economics and Sustainable Development This course addresses the environmental problems such as tropical deforestation, despoilation of air and water, ozone depletion, and global warming that arise in the process of economic development to better the standard of living of the developed and developing countries. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113. On demand) ECO 41 3 Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets, labor as a factor of production, determination of wage collective bargaining, labor legislation, and effects upon society. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years) ECO 414 Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years) 28 Economics ECO 415 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: MIS 379, ECO 313. On demand) ECO 416 Mathematical Economics Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro- and macroeconomic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 312, 313, MAT 122) ECO 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. Internships and Independent Study Courses: ECO 199 lnternship See description on page 87. ECO 299 Directed Study See description on page 88. ECO 399 lnternship See description on page 87. (Prereq.: Completion of 50 percent of major or consent of instructor) ECO 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 88. T he Department of Education maintains liberal arts-based teacher education programs that are accredited by the Minnesota Board of Teaching and National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE). These programs lead to recommendations for licensure by the State of Minnesota for elementary (grades K-8), a variety of secondary subject areas (grades 5-12), and K-12 licenses in art, health, physical education, and music. Degree and/or licensure programs are available in both weekday and weekend formats. Weekend College degree and licensure programs are limited to elementary, communication artsAiterature, and social studies. Additional teaching majors are available through the weekday program and open to weekday and weekend students who can take courses on a weekday schedule. All prerequisite, elementary core, and professional education courses except critical issues seminar and student teaching are available on a weekend or weekday late afternoonlevening schedule. Fieldwork for the seminar and for student teaching must be completed during regular weekday hours. All students must have some time available each term for field experiences. Students in all degree and/or licensure programs must apply for acceptance into the education department prior to beginning 300-400 level courses. State law requires completion of the PPST-PRAXIS exam prior to beginning 300-400 level courses. Criteria for acceptance into the education department are available in the department. Students complete a semester of full-time student teaching at the conclusion of their degree and/or licensure programs. The education department offers nonlicensure majors in elementary education and education studies. Contact the department for details. The department also offers a special education minor which is described at the end of this section after course listings. All students are expected to obtain an education department adviser at the outset of coursework. All students are expected to become knowledgeable of programs and follow through with department policies. Handbooks outlining programs and policies are available through the education department. Student Teaching Abroad Selected education department students may participate in an international student teaching abroad program. Those interested in further information should contact the education department at least one year prior to student teaching. Students who teach abroad will do part of their student teaching in the Twin Cities area under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. Note: Major changes in Minnesota teacher licensure will be implemented in the fall of 2000 and beyond. All students who will complete degrees and/or licensure programs after August 31, 2001 fall under the new licensure rules and must complete the program outlined in this catalog. Students who entered the College under a previous catalog and who will complete their licensure after August 3 1, 2001 must comply with the new program. No one will be licensed under programs described in previous catalogs after August 3 1, 2001. Education Faculty Vicki Olson (chair), Virginia Allery, Mary Ann Bayless, Joseph Erickson, Jeanine Gregoire, Gretchen Irvine, Mary Jacobson, Anne Jensen, Lynn Lindow, Susan O'Connor, Ron Petrich, Barbara West Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: Elementary education majors are required to complete the following pre-requisite courses, core courses in math and science, and major courses in education. To be licensed they must also complete an approved concentration and student teaching. Non-departmental pre-requisites: ENG 111 Effective Writing HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5) INS 105 Intro. to American Indian Studies or INS 260 Contemporary American Indians (IA 1) Math and Science Core MAT 131 Math for the Liberal Arts ( W C T ) (if math concentration: MAT 331) MAT 132 Numeracy for Contemporary Society (QR) (if math concentration: MAT 122 or 145) PHY 103 Conceptual Physics or PHY 116 Introduction to Physics (NW 1). -, PHY 114 Earth Science for Elementary Teachers BIO 102 (NW 2) (If science concentration, check with education department) Major Courses Foundations Block I EDC 200 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (C) EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools (.5) EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5) Foundations Block I1 (courses beyond this point require admissions to the department) EDC 310 Learning and Development (HI) EDC 315 Critical Issues Seminar (.5) (registration continues through Capstone Block) Methods Block I EED 310 K-6 Methods: Health/PE EED 320 K-6 Methods: Reading EED 330 K-6 Methods: Language ArtsKhildren's Literature Methods Block I1 EED 340 K-6 Methods: VisuaVPerforming Arts (.5) EED 350 K-6 Methods: Mathematics EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science EED 370 K-6 Methods: Social Studies~ThematicStudies (.5) EED 380 Kindergarten Methods (.5) Capstone Block EDC 410 Special Needs Learners EDC 480 School and Society (Wl) Student Teaching Block EDC 481, 483,485 Student Teaching (3.0) Student teaching is completed for licensure. It is not part of the major in elementary education. (S) Beginning September 1, 2001, the state of Minnesota will require specific supporting concentrations of study as a part of all elementary teacher licenses. Teachers will be able to teach at the middle school level in their area of concentration. Students must complete a coursework program in one of the following concentration areas: communication artsAiterature, mathematics, science, or social studies. In the future an early childhood concentration may become available through the ACTC consortium. Contact the education department for further information. A minimum GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in the major, 2.0 in the concentration, and grades of P in student teaching courses are required for licensure as well as 2.0 or better in all required core, concentration, and education major courses. The equivalent of - Elementary Education 131 two full courses graded P/N, plus student teaching, is the maximum allowed within the elementary education major. Graduation with distinction or departmental honors is available to elementary education majors who maintain a 3.5 over- I t is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the education department and the subject area major. Secondary and K-12 licensure students are expected to have advisers in both their subject area major and in the education department. Secondary or K-12 licensure is available in art, biology, chemistry, communication artsAiterature, health, mathematics, music, physical education, physics, and social studies. Licensure requirements in the state of Minnesota for teaching in secondary schools are met through the Augsburg College education department licensure program. These requirements are: baccalaureate degree, academic major in an approved teaching area, and completion of an approved licensure program. Non-departmental Prerequisites ENG 111 Effective Writing HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5) INS 105 Intro. to American Indians or INS 260 Contemporary American Indians (IA 1) PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS I Foundations Block I EDC 200 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (C) EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools (.5) all GPA and a 3.75 overall GPA in the major. An honors project must be completed, beginning in spring of the junior year. Guidelines for graduation with distinction are available in the education department. EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5) Foundations Block I1 EDC 310 Learning and Development (HI) EDC 315 Critical Issues Seminar (.5) (Registration continues through Capstone Block) Methods Block I ESE 300 Readinwriting in the Content Area ESE 325 Creating Learning Environments Methods Block I1 ESE 3XX K-12 or 5-12 Special Methods in Licensure Area Capstone Block EDC 410 Special Needs Learner EDC 480 School and Society (Wl) Student Teaching Block ESE 481, 483, 485,487 Student Teaching (3.0-4.0). (S) A minimum GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in education, 2.5 in the teaching major, and P in student teaching are required for licensure. All required major, pre-requisite, and education program courses must have a grade of 2.0 or better. Art, Health, Music, and Physical Education Licensure (K-12) Students preparing for licensure in one of these areas follow the secondary educa- - 132 Secondary Education tion program even though they may plan to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take four courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. Note: Recommendation for teacher licensure in music is granted only to students who successfully complete the requirements for the bachelor of music education major. Art, health, and physical education teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades K-12. Music teacher education programs lead to licensure in the following areas: (1) Band and classroom music (5-12); (2) Orchestra and classroom music (5-12); (3) Vocal and classroom music (K-9); (4) Vocal and classroom music (5-12). Students may no longer license in a minor field of study. EDC 200 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting Career exploration and overview of the teaching profession. Emphasis on historical and philosophical foundations of the American school system. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: ENG 111, sophomore standing) EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools (.5 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teachingearning situations. Computer training will be included in this course. EDC 310 Learning and Development in an Educational Setting A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EDC 315 Critical Issues Seminar (.5 course) Reflective process to discuss field experience and critical issues in education. Assistance with program portfolio. Registration continues until completion of EDC 480. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EDC 410 The Special Needs Learner The study of students with disability, special needs, and giftedness. Emphasis on techniques and resources to help all students achieve maximum outcomes, and special focus on needs of urban students. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department or special permission of instructor) - Elementary Education 13: EDC 480 School and Society Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modern society, relationships with parents and community, collaborative models, leadership and professional development. Serves as final theoretical preparation for student teaching. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EED 310 K-6 Methods: HealthIPhy Ed Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EED 320 K-6 Methods: Reading The study and use of a variety of teaching techniques and resources in reading, including the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. Fieldwork experience. (Preq.: PPST and admissions to department) EED 330 K-6 Methods: Language Arts1 Children's Literature Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature and language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EED 340 K-6 Methods: Visual/Performing Arts (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for visual/performing arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EED 350 K-6 Methods: Mathematics Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experiences. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EED 370 K-6 Methods: Social StudiesIThematic Studies (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department. Day students register concurrently with EED 380) EED 380 Kindergarten Methods (.5 course) Study and use of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EED 481,483,485,487 Student Teaching Three to four courses of full-time, supervised classroom experience. Required for licensure. Occurs upon satisfactory completion of degree program and program portfolio. 134 Secondary Education SECONDARY EDUCATION - ESE ESE 300 ReadingIWriting in the Content Areas The study and use of a variety of middle school and secondary techniques and resources to teach reading and writing through the content areas. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) ESE 325 Creating Learning Environments An introduction to assessment, lesson planning, and classroom organization based in the Minnesota Graduation Rule, state testing, and national standards. Emphasis on creating environments conducive to learning. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) ESE 310 5-12 Methods: Social Studies Introduction to the teaching of the social sciences in middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle school portion required for elementary concentration in social studies. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) ESE 320 5-12 Methods: TheatreIDance Introduction to the teaching of theatre and dance in schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to the department) ESE 330 5-12 Methods: Mathematics Introduction to the teaching of mathematics in middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle school portion required for elementary concentration in mathematics. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) ESE 340 5-12 Methods: Science Introduction to the teaching of the natural sciences in middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle school portion required for elementary concentration in science. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) ESE 350 5-12 Methods: Literature and Reading Introduction to the teaching of literature and reading in the middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Required for elementary concentration in communication artsfliterature. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department. NOTE: Students seeking 5-12 communication artsAiterature license do not need to take ESE 300). ESE 356 5-12 Methods: Communication Arts Introduction to the teaching of speaking, listening, and media in middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and cumculum development. Middle school portion required for elementary concentration in communication artsAiterature. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) ESE 360 K-12 Methods: Visual Arts Introduction to the teaching of visual arts in the schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience.(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) ESE 370 K-12 Methods: Music Introduction to the teaching of music in the schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) ESE 481, 483, 485, 487 Student Teaching Three to four courses of full-time, supervised student teaching required for licensure. Secondary licenses require three courses. K-12 licenses require four. Occurs upon satisfactory completion of licensure program and program portfolio. The special education minor requires six courses (five plus one prerequisite psychology course) that encompass an interdisciplinary perspective on the field of disability The minor is designed to fit the needs of students in various disciplines interested in disability issues. Required courses: EDC 410 The Special Needs Learner EDU 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective PSY 102 or PSY 105 EDC 410 EDU 491 Choose one from the following: PSY 351 Developmental Psychology: Child PSY 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult PSY 353 Developmental Psychology: Middle and Older Adult Choose one from the following: SOC 265 Gender, Race, and Ethnicity SWK 260 Humans Developing SWK 301 History and Analysis of Social Policy PSY 357 Behavior Analysis PSY 359 Psychological assessment Interested students should contact the director of special education at the outset of coursework. The Special Needs Learner (see EDC course descriptions) Practicum and Seminar in Special Education A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. Students planning to take this course should consult with the special education director about a placement prior to registering for the course. (Prereq.: completion of all other courses in special education minor or consent of instructor. Open to all.) A ugsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow students to earn a bachelor of arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. Because of the special requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg engineering adviser is necessary. Applications for these programs require the recommendation of the Augsburg engineering adviser. University of Minnesota The Institute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for two dual degree engineering programs: Bachelor of ArtsIBachelor of Engineering (B.A.1B.E.) enables students to receive a bachelor of arts degree from Augsburg College and a bachelor of engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three years at Augsburg and two years at the Institute of Technology. Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final acceptance into the program. Formal application to the Institute of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Bachelor of ArtsIMaster of Engineering (B.A.1M.E.) enables students to receive a bachelor of arts degree from Augsburg College and a master of engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of Technology. The curriculum is the same as the B.A.B.E. cumculum with the addition of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses, if any that students must take at the university before proceeding through the graduate curriculum. The number of such courses varies by IT department and area of emphasis within a department. Application for admission into the B.A.N.E. program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive special counseling from the Institute of Technology staff regarding courses that should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participants in the B.A.M.E. program are not guaranteed admission to the Institute of Technology. Washington University (Three-Year Plan) Michigan Technological University (Dual-Degree Plan) These two programs enable students to receive a bachelor of arts degree from Augsburg and a bachelor of engineering degree from Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university Students accepted into the program will be considered for admission to the engineering school if they corn- - Engineering 13 plete course requirements, have the requisite cumulative grade point average, and are recommended by the engineering adviser of Augsburg College. Students are also encouraged to explore opportunities for graduate work at Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further information on these and other graduate programs is available from the Augsburg engineering adviser. Financial Aid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual degree programs will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum course requirements for admission to the dual-degree or three-two programs: CHM 115 General Chemistry CHM 116 General Chemistry CSC 170 Structured Programming ENG 111 Effective Writing PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General Physics I1 Four mathematics courses are required: MAT 145 Calculus I MAT 146 Calculus I1 MAT 245 Calculus 111 MAT 247 Modeling and Differential Equations or PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics Additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 145, 146 and PHY 121, 122 are taken in the freshman year. Students interested in chemical engineering also should take CHM 351,352. T hose who study. English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas, and images helps people understand who they are and who they can become. Writing helps all of us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through the study of English we see life's complexity, experience life as others do, and better understand the world in which we live and work. English relates closely to other majors With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the contemplation of works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communication, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in various cultures. The Augsburg Department of English integrates its program with the cultural opportunities of this vital urban area. Augsburg students can walk to assigned or recommended plays, films, and readings available near the campus. English majors have the opportunity to use and refine their skills through working in internships on and off campus, tutoring English as a Second Language (ESL) students, tutoring in the writing lab, or participating in the Cooperative Education Program. Students with an Augsburg English major pursue careers in elementary, secondary, and college education, journalism, government, law, the ministry, library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing, and other professions and businesses. English Faculty Kathryn Swanson (Chair), Candyce Clayton, Robert Cowgill, Cass Dalglish, Suzanne Donksy, Douglas Green, Joan Griffin, Dallas Liddle, Roseann Lloyd, Carter Meland, John Mitchell, Capper Nichols, Ronald Palosaari,John Schmit, Joan Thompson Major Nine courses above ENG 111, including: ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing ENG 245 Introduction to Literature One course in European literature: ENG 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante or ENG 272 European Literature: Renaissance to the Modem Period Two survey courses in British literature from: ENG 331 British Literature: Medieval to Elizabethan ENG 336 British Literature: 17th and 18th Centuries ENG 337 British Literature: The Romantics and the Victorians One upper division course in American literature: ENG 350 American Literature Before 1920 or ENG 351 American Literature Since 1920 One 400 level course Two additional electives - English 1 3 Majors are encouraged to consult their departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in ~ h c English department should also work closely with an adviser in the department. Communication ArtsILiteratuni , Teacher Licensure Major Prerequisite: ENG 111 I Major Requirements (12 courses) I ENG 225 Intermediate Equpnsito* Writing ENG 226 Creative Writing I or ENG 227 Journalism I or one additional upper division literature course from ENG 331, 336, 337. 350, 351, 338/438 ENG 245 Introduction to Literature ENG 271 or 272 European Literature ENG 345 Introduction to the EilgIBh Language ENG 361 Studies in Modem Fiction ENG 399 Internship in Teaching \%'riting ENG xxx Upper division literaturn course from ENG 331,336, 331,350, 351, 338/438. Note: If students choose two literamre courses, one must be in American lilernture (ENG 350 or 351) and one musi be in British literature (ENG 331, 336, 337. 338/438). SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking SPC 343 Broadcast Production I SPC 352 Persuasion SPC 354 Interpersonal Cnrnmunica~ion Experiential Requirement (no credit) One college-level experience required in forensics, debate, newspaper, literary journal, or related activity (subject to department approval) Special Methods (two courses) ESE 350 Adolescent Literature and Reading ESE 356 Speech/Communications/Media Literacy Methods Additional ESE and EDC courses are required for licensure. They include EDC 200, 210, 220, 310, 341, 343,441, 443; ESE 300; EDC 410, 480; student teaching. Contact an education department adviser for information. This major is only for those who seek to be licensed in communication artsAiterature. Should licensure not be possible, graduation can be achieved through an English major, which requires at least two additional, specific courses, or a speech major. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, and apply for teacher education no later than the spring of their junior year. Students in this program must work with advisers in the English department and the education department in order to meet the professional requirements within the education department as well as the requirements for the major. Departmental Honors GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; submit proposal to department chair by Oct. 15 in senior year for department approval. Submit and defend paper before faculty committee. Honors project may be an independent study program (refer to departmental guidelines). Minor Five courses above ENG 111, including ENG 245; an upper division literature course; and an additional writing course. Concentration in Writing Five courses in writing (above ENG 11l), including ENG 225 and one upper division course in writing. - English 40 Transfer Students Note: Transfer undergraduate majors must take at least three of their English courses at Augsburg. Transfer students who minor in English must take at least two of their English courses at Augsburg. Transfer English education students with a B.A. in English from another college must take at least three of their English courses at Augsburg (preferably upper division courses). These courses must be taken before the department can recommend a student for student teaching. The English Placement Test A writing sample is required of students to determine their placement in an appropriate writing class. Students who do not show competence in composition skillssuch as stating and supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and constructing paragraphs and sentences-are required to enroll in ENG 101 Developmental Writing where they receive more individual instruc- tion than is possible in ENG 111 Effective Writing. These students must pass ENG 101 Developmental Writing with a grade of 2.0 or higher before enrolling in ENG 111 Effective Writing. Students in Effective Writing (ENG 111) and Developmental Writing (ENG 101) can elect the traditional grading system or P/N grading in consultation with their instructor up through the last week of class (without special permissionfpetition). Students who choose to receive a traditional grade in either course will receive a grade of N (one time only) if their work is below a 2.0. A student who repeats ENG 101 or 111 a second time and does not receive a grade of 2.0 or higher, will receive a grade of 0.0. Prerequisites ENG 111 Effective Writing is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division literature course is ENG 245 Introduction to Literature andlor consent of the instructor. ENG 101 Developmental Writing A preparatory course for ENG 111 Effective Writing, this course is required of students identified by the English Placement Test as needing additional preparation in composition. Students receive course credit, but this course does not fulfill the graduation requirement in writing. The minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0. ENG 111 Effective Writing Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing critical reviews. Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing, and developing topics; thinking critically; and revising for clarity and style. A writing lab is provided for those needing additional help. The minimum passing grade is 2.0. ENG 216 American Indian Literature A study of representative works of poetry and fiction by selected American Indian writers. Discussion and analysis on ways in which literature reflects and illuminates American Indian culture and traditions. (Spring) English ENC 217,218 English as a Second Language Understanding spoken American English, speaking, reading college-level materials, and writing are the skills emphasized in these two courses. Testing determines placement in these courses; and testing, as well as course performance, determines whether the ESL requirement is met. Students continue in ESL until the requirement is completed but can receive credit for only two courses (Fall: ENG 217; Spring: ENG 218) ENC 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals is emphasized. Students are encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: ENG 111) ENC 225 Intermediate Expository Writing This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing (ENG 111). Its workshop format stresses style and organization, the process of revision, self and peer evaluation, and the relationship between reading and writing. (Prereq.: ENG 111) ENC 226 lntroduction to Creative Writing The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction, but including journal keeping and creative prose. (Prereq.: ENG 111) ENC 227 Journalism An introductory newswriting course with emphasis on writing for the print and broadcast media. Students consider how to recognize news, gather and verify facts, and write those facts into a news story. An introduction to legal and ethical questions is included. (Prereq.: ENG 111) ENG 236 Women and Fiction A study of novels and short stories by women. Emphasis on the conditions that have affected women's writing (including race and class), the reflection of women's unique experiences in their writing, and the ways in which women writers have contributed to and modified the Western literary heritage. ENC 241 ENC 245 Introduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles, and historical evolution of the film medium. Includes the viewing and analysis of both feature length and short films, illustrating the international development of film form and selected esthetic movements. (Spring) lntroduction to Literature An initiation into the formal study of fiction, poetry, and drama, drawing on works from several periods, different cultures and races, and male and female writers. This course aims in particular to develop students' critical and analytical skills as the prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature. 14 - - 12 English ENC 251 Readings in American Literature An introduction to selected texts of literary and historical importance that yield an understanding of our Western heritage and contemporary American world views. Themes could include the emergence of a national identity, the shaping of a collective American memory, and the contributions to American thought by women and people of color. ENG 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante Study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, including Homer, Virgil, Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Dante. Works are studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) ENC 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period, including such authors as Moliere, C e ~ a n t e sRabelais, , Voltaire, and Ibsen. (Spring) ENG 282 Topics in Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the class schedule for that year. ENG 331 British Literature: Medieval to Elizabethan A study of Chaucer and the medieval milieu, as well as the development of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) ENC 336 British Literature: 17th and 18th Centuries Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to pre-Romantics, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) ENG 337 British Literature: the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the 19th century, emphasizing Romantic and Victorian poetry, Victorian prose, and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers are emphasized, and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring) ENG 338 Shakespeare Study of the bard's major plays-comedies, histories, tragedies, and romances -for their literary, dramatic, and cultural significance. Taught in conjunction with ENG 438. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or junior standing or consent of the instructor. Spring) ENG 341 Advanced Creative Writing The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve creative writing in a single genre, as announced in the class schedule. (Prereq.: ENG 226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted work.) - English 1 4 ENG 345 Introduction to the English Language A structural and historical overview of theoretical and social issues concerning the English language, including theories of language acquisition. Students are introduced to the primary components of linguistics, and the development of the English language. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) ENG 347 Quantitative Journalism:Computer-Assisted Reporting and Research This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data in the writing of expository essays and news reports. This course is designed for persons wishing to explore the use of computer-assisted research and those preparing to enter the communication professions. (Prereq.: ENG 225 or ENG 227 or consent of instructor. MPG 3.) ENG 350 American Literature Before 1920 Reading of selected writers from colonial times to the beginning of the 20th century. Attention given to the intellectual, social, and literary movements that stimulated the writers. The writers' continuing influence on our modern sensibility will be discussed. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) ENG 351 American Literature Since 1920 Writers are selected to represent the literary variety and the regional, ethnic, and racial diversity of the men and women who have responded significantly in literary works to the changing conditions of modem American life. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring) ENG 361 Studies in Modern Fiction Emphasis is on significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly nonWestern, of the 20th century. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) ENC 382 Topics Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the class schedule for that year. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor) All 400-lmel courses will involve some reading and study of literaly criticism ol: in the case of writing classes, ofwhat writers andlor composition theorists have to say about writing. ENG 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from its 18th-century beginnings to the 20th century. Novels studied are selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Eliot, Joyce, and Woolf. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) ENG 436 Women and Fiction A study of novels and short stories by women. Emphasis on the conditions that have affected women's writing (including race and class), the reflection of women's unique experience in their writing, and the ways in which women writers have contributed to and modified the Western literary heritage. Reading of theoretical essays. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) M English I ENC 438 Shakespeare Taught in conjunction with ENG 338 (see above). Includes exposure to Shakespeare criticism. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring) ENC 445 Creative Non-Fiction: Advanced Expository Writing Designed for the self-motivatedwriter, the course emphasizes the conventions of professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice, subjects, and techniques for gathering information. (Prereq.: ENG 225 and consent of instructor. Alternate years) ENC 480 Criticism The course focuses on a variety of recent critical theories and approaches with which graduate programs in English expect some familiarity. In a seminar setting, students read and discuss original theoretical essays and experiment with applications to a small group of literary and cinematic texts. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) ENC 482 Topics in Language and Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the class schedule for that year. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) See department listingfor a description of thefollowing approved elective: THR 325 Playwriting Internships and Independent Study Courses: ENC 199 lnternship See description on page 87. ENC 299 Directed Study See description on page 88. ENC 399 lnternship See description on page 87. Note: The internship in Teaching Writing requires completion of ENG 225 and approval of the department chair. ENC 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 88. Open to junior or senior English majors with an overall GPA of 3.0 and consent of department chair. See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies. See listing under Modem Languages. See listing under Modem Languages. (;ENERAL bTUDIES-GST s ome courses help to integrate leaming around topics in ways that are different from the more traditional disciplines. CST 009 Cooperative Education General Studies includes specialized academic enrichment programs, and an integrative pro-seminar created by cooperating faculty. (.O course) A non-credit notation recognizes the academic learning inherent in an approved co-op education assignment, satisfactory completion of the evaluation process, and participation in reflection activities conducted by the Center for Service, Work, and Learning. No course credit. CST 100 Critical Thinking A course to enhance the ability of students to analyze, synthesize, and evaluate claims, this course is designed specifically to strengthen critical thinking skills of entering students who are determined to need such skill enhancement by the entry critical thinking assessment. CST 140 Introduction to the Liberal Arts An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and improving those skills important to academic success: reading comprehension, notetaking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, test-taking, organization, concentration and memorization, learning style, conflict management, assertiveness training, and motivation strategies. CST 200 Quantitative Reasoning/StatisticaI Literacy Critical thinking about statistics as evidence in arguments involving predictions and explanations. Topics include reading and evaluating tables, graphs, and statistical models as well as generalizations, traditional confidence intervals, and hypothesis tests. Emphasis on interpretation, evaluation, and communication. (Prereq.: MPG 3 ) CST 209 City Seminar: Experiential Education (.O course) Students engaged in a minimum of 50 hours of internship/service/cooperative education use that experience as a catalyst for learning about the Twin Cities as an urban community system. Students participate in a required seminar, completing five reflective assignments designed to introduce them to a systematic, ecological way to understand how cities function. The seminar enables the student to meet the objectives of The City Perspective. Permission of instructor. No course credit. GERMAN See listing under Modem Languages. "a HEALTH AND lJHYSICAL -tually all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education. It is the philosophy of the department to provide quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the gifted athlete as well as the occasional participant will find ample opportunity for athletic and developmental activities. The physical education department provides the organizational framework for a wide range of educational experiences, including several major and minor programs: general education in physical education; men's and women's intercollegiate athletic programs; intramural programs for men and women; and athletic facilities for developmental and recreational activities. The health education department prepares students for careers in school health education and wellness. This program offers a comprehensive health component in examining prevention and promotion needs for individuals, schools, and the community. All health and physical education majors seeking licensure must receive a grade of 2.0 in all courses with an HPE prefix applying to the major. HEALTH EDUCATION Health Education Major HPE 101 Fitness For Life HPE 110 Personal and Community Health HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education HPE 316 Human Sexuality HPE 320 School Health Curriculum (Interim: odd years) HPE 390 Instructional Methods and Materials (Interim: even years) HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program (Interim: odd years) HPE 450 Current Health Issues BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology PSY 201 Health Psychology PSY 351 Developmental Psychology: Child or PSY 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult BIO 220 Microbiology (at St. Catherine's) Must have instructor's certification for CPR and first aid. Recommended: HPE 355 Tests and Measurement Teaching Licensure Major Health and Physical Education Faculty Marilyn Florian (Chair), Brian Ammann, Lisa Broek, Carol Enke, Mary EwertKnodell, Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Lauri Ludeman, Patricia Murphy, Jack Osberg, Joyce Pfaff, Missy Strauch The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. - Health and Physical Education 14; Minor Minor HPE 101, 110, 114, 115,316,320, 390, 450, BIO 103. HPE 101, 115,210,223,231,232,351. There is no PE teaching minor in Minnesota public schools. PHYSICAL EDUCATION Physical Education Major HPE 101 Fitness for Life HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education HPE 210 Introduction to Physical Education HPE 220 Motor Learning HPE 232 Dance (Interim) HPE 254 Introduction to Development1 Adapted Physical Education HPE 275 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (Interim) HPE 323 Team Sports HPE 331 Individual and Dual Sports HPE 335 Outdoor Education HPE 340 Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs HPE 350 Kinesiology HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise HPE 355 Tests and Measurement HPE 473 Physical Education Curriculum BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Coaching (not a major) Minnesota Board of Teaching Statute 3512.3100 Employment of Head Varsity Coaches of Interscholastic Sports in Senior High Schools requires: HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 275 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE 280 Coaching Theory (Interim, odd years) Internship in Athletic Training requires: BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology BIO 252 Human Physiology (at St. Catherine) HPE 110 Personal and Community Health HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 275 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE 350 Kinesiology HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise HPED 425 Advanced athletic training (at St. Thomas) Also required: 1,500 hours of practical experience under the direction of a Certified Athletic Trainer. Recommended: PHED 250, PHED 422, PHED 423, and PHED 425 (at St. Thomas). 48 Health and Physical Education - HEALTH EDUCATION HPE 100 Wellness (.5 course) This course is designed to create an awareness of factors affecting one's state of well-being with emphasis on individual control over these factors. This course will allow students to discuss values, beliefs, experiences, and behaviors related to their personal health and various factors that influence personal health decisions. HPE 101 Fitness for Life A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify personal health and fitness. (Fall and Spring) HPE 110 Personal and Community Health Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) HPE 114 Health and Safety Education (.5 course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. National Safety Council First Aid and CPR certification. (Fall, Spring) HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (.5 course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health education and senices. (Fall, Spring) HPE 316 Human Sexuality A study of the psychological, social, and biological components of human sexuality. (Open to all students. Spring) HPE 320 School Health Curriculum (.5 course) Techniques for developing a course of study in school health, based upon growth and development, for grades K-12. Examination of "standards" and pedagogy for health education, cuniculum, and assessment included. (Interim) HPE 355 Tests and Measurement (-5 course) Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. (Fall) HPE 390 Instructional Methods and Materials in Health Education Principles and methods of instruction applied to health education grades K12. Emphasis upon teaching/learning strategies and student assessment. Evaluation and development of materials included. (Interim) HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program (.5 course) Historical background, legal basis, and school health services relationship to community and school health programs and resources. (Interim) - Health and Physical Education 14! HPE 450 Current Health Issues (.5 course) This course uses "critical thinking" skills to examine current health issues in text and media from a sociological, political, economic, and medical perspective. (Prereq.: HPE 110. Fall: even years) PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 002, 003 Lifetime Sports (.O course) Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirements. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) HPE 101 Fitness for Life A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify personal health and fitness. (Fall, Spring) HPE 210 Introduction to Physical Education (.5 course) History, principles, and philosophy of physical education and sport. (Spring) HPE 220 Motor Learning (.5 course) The study of the processes associated with developing motor skills relative to physical activity. (Spring) HPE 232 Dance (.5 course) Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international dances. (Interim) HPE 254 lntroduction to DevelopmentalIAdapted Physical Education (.5 course) A general overview of developmentavadapted physical education from early childhood to grade 12 and the role of school-based health and physical education programs for special needs and handicapped students. (Fall) HPE 275 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (-5 course) Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. (Prereq.: HPE 114. Interim) HPE 323 Team Sports (.5 course) Theory and practice in team sports including history, rules, and skill development. (Spring) HPE 331 Individual and Dual Sports (.5 course) Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports including history, rules, and skill development. (Fall) HPE 335 Outdoor Education (.5 course) A course designed to provide knowledge and develop skills in a variety of outdoor educational activities and to study the natural environment in which these activities occur. The course will include a three-day campinghiking trip. (Prereq.: HPE 101, HPE 114, HPE 210. Split falvspring, even years) 150 Health and Physical Education HPE 340 Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs (.5 course) A survey of management, leadership, and decision-making for physical education and athletic programs. (Prereq.: HPE 210. Fall) HPE 350 Kinesiology (.5 course) Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of movement. (Prereq.: BIO 103. Fall) HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Spring) HPE 355 Tests and Measurement (.5 course) Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. (Fall) HPE 365 Physical Education Methods (K-6) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education in grades K-6. An in-depth view of all aspects of teaching physical education to elementaryaged children. (Consult with department chair for prerequisites. Fall) HPE 368 Physical Education Methods (7-12) (.5 course) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education in secondary schools. (Consult with department chair for prerequisites. Spring) HPE 455 Sailing in the Virgin Islands Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interesetd in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). (Interim) HPE 473 Physical Education Curriculum (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education with laboratory experience. (Prereq.: HPE 210. Fall) Internships and Independent Study Courses: HPE 199 lnternship See description on page 87. HPE 299 Directed Study See description on page 88. HPE 399 lnternship See description on page 87. HPE 499 Independent Study/Research See description on page 88. Open only to junior or senior majors. H istory is to society what memory is to an individual; it brings to a civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished medievalist J. R. Strayer expressed it this way: "No community can survive and no institution can function without constant reference to past experience. We are ruled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that we are ruled by the collective memory of the past. It is the memory of common experiences that makes scattered individuals into a community." The study of history enables us to deal more knowledgeably with continuity and change in society. The construction of an informed sense of our past is a fundamental ingredient in appreciating and understanding the present as well as anticipating the future. History majors are prepared to be active and contributing members of their society The study of history, which has long held a major role in the liberal arts, is an entry to elementary and secondary education, graduate study in several fields, and a wide range of employment opportunities that require abilities in communication, conceptualization, and processing of information. History Faculty Christopher Kimball (Chair), Jacqueline deVries, William Green, Donald Gustafson, Richard Nelson medieval, modem Europe, U.S., and nonWestern. Teaching Licensure The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Minor Five courses, at least three of which must be upper division. Departmental Honors GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. First-year students should enroll in one or more of the 101-104 courses. 200-level courses are normally reserved for sophomore or upper division students. Upper division courses are numbered 300 and above. Prerequisites Major Nine courses (including HIS 495 seminar). At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: ancient and Satisfactory completion of a lower division course (100- or 200-level) is normally required before enrolling in an upper division course (300- and 400-level). See instructor for permission. - 5 2 History Transfer Students Transfer students planning a major must normally take at least three of their courses at Augsburg. A minor normally requires two courses taken at Augsburg. HIS 101 The Beginning of Western Culture An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the Middle Ages of Europe into the 13th century. HIS 102 The Shaping of Western Civilization A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the Middle Ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. HIS 103 The Modern World A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. HIS 104 The Modern Non-Western World An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. HIS 195 Topics in History An introduction to selected historical topics not regularly offered in lower division classes. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. HIS 220 America to 1815 A survey of the contacts between American, African, and European cultures and the political, religious, and racial diversity that formed colonial life, including a study of independence, expansion, and democratization of the new republic. HIS 221 19th-Century U.S. A survey emphasizing cultural, social, political, and economic changes resulting from immigration, expansion, sectionalism, slavery, Civil War, and Reconstruction. HIS 222 20th-Century U.S. A survey focusing on the nation's adjustment to industrialization and urbanization, the emergence of the U.S. as a world power, the rise of a strong federal government, the implications of increasing racial and ethnic diversity, and the impact of affluence. HIS 225 History of the Twin Cities The Minneapolis and St. Paul area serve as a case study for the themes of frontier urbanization, industrialization, and economic change; transportation, immigration, and ethnicity; and urban politics and reform. - History 15: HIS 228 American Legal History An examination of the social, economic, and intellectual factors in American history that, combined with English and colonial antecedents, contributed to the emergence of our modem legal system. HIS 231 Scandinavian History: Prehistoric to 1750 An introduction to the settlement and development of Scandinavian countries. Emphasis on topics such as the Vikings and Scandinavia's impact on and contributions to the development of European society. HIS 232 Scandinavian History: 1750 to the Present An introduction to the history of Scandinavian countries from the early mode m period to the present with an emphasis on the place of Scandinavian society in European and world history. HIS 241 Topics in African American History Selected topics in African American history not regularly examined in other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. HIS 242 History of African American Civil Rights, 1619-1915 A survey of the development of African American civil rights focusing on legal, economic, and political issues influenced by race and class, emphasizing emancipation and integration of slaves and former slaves. HIS 243 History of African American Civil Rights, 1915-1972 A continuation of HIS 242 with special emphasis on the contributions of W. E. B. DuBois, Marcus Garvey, A. Philip Randall, Charles Houston, Thurgood Marshall, and Martin Luther King, Jr. HIS 311 Topics in Women's History Exploration of selected topics in women's history not regularly examined in other departmental offerings. The specific topic to be offered will be announced prior to registration. HIS 323 Modern China A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839; the erosion of China's isolation and collapse of the imperial system; and the Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. HIS 326 American Indian History A study of the native people of North America from the pre-Columbian period through European exploration and settlement to the present, emphasizing American Indian contributions to world culture, tribal structure, and intergovernmental relations. HIS 331 Topics in U.S. History In-depth exploration of selected topics in U.S. history not regularly examined in other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. 54 History HIS 332 History of U.S. Foreign Relations A survey of U.S. foreign relations from the American Revolution through the Cold War, emphasizing changing definitions of war and peace, tensions between internationalism and isolationism, the emergence of the U.S. as an economic and military power. HIS 335 American Urban History A study of urban development from colonial and frontier beginnings through the age of industrialization to the present, including the dynamics of urban growth and planning, politics and reform, and the growth of urban culture. HIS 336 American Labor History A survey of the history of work and the worker, primarily in the late 19th and 20th centuries, emphasizing the nature of work, working class life and community, evaluation of organized labor, and the relationship of workers and union to the state. HIS 346 Namibia and South Africa: A Historical Perspective A survey of Namibia and South Africa including the experience of indigenous peoples, the impact of South African occupation, the war for independence, and the roots of apartheid and its institutionalization. (See page 169 in International Studies.) HIS 347 MesoAmerica: Legacy of the Conqueror Four specific mini-courses together provide an overview of Mexico's historical development from pre-Columbian times to the present day. HIS 348 Russia and the Soviet Union in the 20th Century An introductory historical survey of the Soviet Union, beginning with a brief examination of Russian history before turning to the Russian Revolutions of 1917, the rise of Stalin, the Cold War, and the emergence of Gorbachev. The course will emphasize political, diplomatic, economic, and cultural history. (Prereq.: 100-level course or consent of instructor) HIS 352 Modern Germany A survey of the social, political, and cultural development of modem Germany, focusing on the question of Germany's sondenveg (special path) and examining such topics as romanticism, unification, the rise of national socialism, and the Holocaust. HIS 354 Britain and the Commonwealth Since 1688 This course will take a distinctively interdisciplinary approach (sources will include literature, film, music, and artwork) to explore a period of dramatic change in British politics, society, culture, and international status. HIS 360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C. Civilization of the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on cultural borrowing, achievement in the arts, religion, and political institutions. - History 15. HIS 361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D. Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms, and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power, emphasizing personalities, the arts, and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. HIS 370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560s A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state, emphasizing modifications of these institutions by the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. HIS 380 The History of Women in the West to 1870 A thematic and comparative examination with primary focus on Europe and North America, emphasizing changing conceptions of women's work, public roles, sexuality, life cycles, and familial roles in the Renaissance, early American, Enlightenment, and Victorian periods. HIS 381 The History of Women in the West Since 1870 With attention to class, racial, and ethnic differences among women, this class examines the changing legal, political, economic, social, and sexual status of women in Europe and North America since the Victorian period. HIS 440 Topics in World History This course will investigate topics in world history that are not included in regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. HIS 474 The World and the West Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, cultural interaction and conflict, the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th century. HIS 495 Seminar This course is required for the major, and enrollment is normally restricted to students who have nearly finished their coursework. Selected topics will be announced prior to registration. Permission of the instructor is required. (Offered at least once each year, during the fall term.) Internships and Independent Study Courses: HIS 199 Internship See description on page 87. HIS 299 Directed Study See description on page 88. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to the major. HIS 399 Internship See description on page 87. HIS 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 88. A maximum of one course in independent study may be applied to the major. (Prereq.: 3.5 GPA in history) T h e r e are two ways to graduate from the Honors Program-Graduate with Distinction or Honors Program graduate. Graduating with distinction requires satis- fying all program requirements, a 3.5 GPA, and successful completion of a departmental honors project. Honors Program graduate requires a 3.3 GPA and service on the Honors Review editorial board. HON 100-101 Freshman Honors Seminar This is the program's introduction to the Honors Program and to collegiate scholarship. We explore an interdisciplinary mix of Western history, the Bible, English literature, and philosophical texts as we assess the Western tradition and Christianity's place within that tradition. HON 160 Introduction to Computing and Communications Integrated with HON 100, this course introduces computing basics, hardware and software, the possibilities and limitations of computing, artificial intelligence, communications basics, the Internet, and some of the social, philosophic, and economic implications of computing. HON 210 Self-Identify and Society Psychological, sociological, anthropological, and theological perspectives are used to explore the role of the individual in community and other social institutions. HON 21 1 Dyanamic Social Systems This course is designed specifically to facilitate the development of this understanding through the exploration of alternative social science perspectives of how social organizations function and adapt. HON 212 Human Community and Modern Metropolis Using the basic concepts and methods of sociology, this course enables students to explore the concept of human community and the social institutions which facilitate that community. HON 214 Chemistry in Context A one-semester introduction to science through selected topics in chemistry that emphasize current issues in science. More specifically, it introduces honors students to science and scientific ways of knowing. HON 365 Philosophy of Science Explores and assesses scientific theories, laws of nature, evidence, whether science generates truth, and, from more recent developments, the philosophical implications of chaos and complexity HON 401 Senior Honors Seminar This capstone course explores one of three topics: the relationship of science to religion, the life and thought of C.S. Lewis, or the history and significance of Hispanic Christianity in the United States. I nterdisciplinary studies covers a broad spectrum of experience and coursework. Through interdisciplinary courses, students gain greater insight and understanding of cultures and perspectives different from their own. Through these experiences students are better prepared to become contributing members of the global community. Augsburg also offers students the opportunity to major and minor in Women's Studies, and to minor in metrourban studies and American Indian studies. For other interdisciplinary course listings, see International Studies. American Indian studies is a minor that gives students the opportunity to learn about the original, indigenous cultures of INS 105 North America. Courses are cross-disciplinary, representing the religion, modern language, art, history, English, and women's studies departments. Interdisciplinary courses are offered as well in cinema and contemporary issues. This integrated course of study exposes students to the beauty and richness of the diverse tribal cultures still existing in our country today. Coordinator Virginia Allery Minor Students must take five courses in American Indian studies to get a minor. The only requirements are INS 105 and at least one upper division course. These courses may also be taken as part of majors or minors in other academic subjects or to meet distribution/general education requirements. Introduction to American Indian Studies This course is an introduction to the content areas of the American Indian studies curriculum, including an overview of American Indian history, American Indian literature, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and urban issues, cross-cultural influences, art, music, and language. (Required f o ~ American Indian studies minor.) OJB 111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe (See Department of Modem Languages for course description.) ENG 216 American Indian Literature (See Department of English for course description.) INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective This course examines a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary, and historical origins of women's roles and status in society Comparative roles of women are examined in tribal contexts across various indigenous cultures. Studies include the role of women in Native American and African tribes, peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, the Middle East, and China. (Cross-listed with the Women's Studies Program.) 58 Interdisciplinary Studies INS 260 Contemporary American Indians This course examines the situation of American Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934). Emphasis is on such current issues as tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. The tension of cultural change and religious, traditional persistence among selected American Indian tribes today is highlighted. INS 264 American Indians in the Cinema Various images of the North American Indian, created by Hollywood and television, are studied. Films from 1913 to the present are viewed in order to provide an understanding of how American Indians were portrayed in film historically, how this image has evolved over the past century, and how it is reflective of Western cultural ideologies. ART 290 Tribal Arts and Culture (See Department of Art for course description.) INS 320 American lndian Women The focus is on the roles played by women in the tribal cultures of North America. It explores the continuity of women's roles over time, as well as changes in these roles, precipitated by the influence of Western colonialism. It examines the life histories of Indian women and assesses their contributions to Indian community life today. (Prereq.: one course in women's studies or American Indian studies or consent of instructor. This course also applies to women's studies.) HIS 326 American lndian History (See Department of History for course description.) REL 370 American lndian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought (See Department of Religion for course description.) (Prereq.: junior standing) REL 231 Religion in African American History (See Department of Religion for course description.) INS 225 Introduction to Islam The course covers the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and policial systems, and Islamic patterns of life. INS 232 The African American Experience in America An overview of the major issues related to the African American experience, focusing on historical, sociological, economic, legal, and psychological aspects of that experience. HIS 241 Topics in African American History (See Department of History for course description.) INS 3811581 Qualitative Research Methods This course introduces students to the range of qualitative methods available for the applied study of social issues and prepares them for a substantial research project. In separate labs, students will acquire skills in either archival research, content analysis, interviewing, or participant observation. (Prereq.: upper division or graduate standing and at least one upper division course in the student's major, or consent of the instructors) Metro-urban studies is a multidisciplinary major and minor taught by faculty in sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology, and other related disciplines. Metro-urban studies is designed to blend classroom and field experience, theory, and internships that focus the content of liberal learning on the metropolitan community and the process of urbanization. Metro-urban studies and the general education Perspective on The City introduce students to the wide variety of developing careers related to urban and metropolitan affairs and equip students with the analytical and theoretical tools required to understand and contribute to the metropolitan community. The metro-urban studies major and minor also provide undergraduate preparation for postgraduate studies in planning, architecture, law, public administration, environmental studies, social welfare, government, community organization, and theology. Internships, community service-learning, and cooperative education are available as ways to enhance the quality of the major and make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan opportunities afforded by the College's location. The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) and Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) enrich the overall program with additional courses and semester-long programs. Metro-Urban Studies Faculty Gany Hesser (Director, SOC), Andrew Aoki (POL), Jeanne Boeh, (ECO), Chris Kimball (HIS), Michael O'Neal (SOC), Michael Shock (SWK) Major 10 courses including: POL 122 Metropolitan Complex SOC 211 Community and the Modern Metropolis HIS 225 History of the Twin Cities HIS 335 Urban American History SOC 362 Statistical Analysis or POL 483 PoliticaVStatistics/ Methodology SOC 363 Research Methods or POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar SOC 381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning INS 399 Internship Plus two additional approved urban-related courses. (Courses fulfilling The City Perspective generally meet the urbanrelated requirement.) HECUA off-campus programs are highly recommended, especially the MetroUrban Studies Term (MUST) T ~ Cities n program. Students interested in graduate school are encouraged to take ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics. 60 Interdisciplinary Studies Minor POL 122, SOC 211, HIS 225, and two of the following: HIS 335, SOC 381, or INS 399. The INS 399 Internship is highly recommended where appropriate. Other combinations are feasible if approved by the director of the program. METRO-URBAN STUDIES COURSES Internships and Independent Study Courses: INS 199 Internship See description on page 87. INS 299 Directed Study See description on page 88. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211) INS 399 lnternship See description on page 87. Internships place students with sponsoring organizations that provide supervised work experience for a minimum of 10 hours a week. INS 498 lndependent Study-Metropolitan Resources An independently-designedcourse developed by a student (or group of students), utilizing the metropolitan resources available, e.g., lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211 and consent of instructor) INS 499 lndependent StudyIResearch See description on page 88. (Prereq.: POL 484 or SOC 363) URBAN STUDIES OPTIONS THROUGH HECUA Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. Through HECUA, Augsburg students have access to I. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)-Fall six interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional quality located in Scandinavia, South America, Central America, and the Twin Cities. Also see International Studies listings. or Spring This "Semester in the Cities" program focuses upon the Twin Cities metro area. INS 358 Reading Seminar: Diversity and Unequal Urban Development Interdisciplinary readings connect experiences and direct observation with theory and research on the impact of race, class, and gender on social inequality and unequal urban development. Competing theories and strategies for urban and neighborhood development are examined in the context of dominant ideology and perspectives of people who challenge it. - Interdisciplinary Studies 16' INS 359 Field Seminar: Urban Inequality and Social Change Concrete conditions of life and community issues in different neighborhoods provide varying-at times competing-views on the Twin Cities "civic ideology." Field observations, dialogue with residents, interviews, and oral history provide data to identify inequality and to assess theories and strategies for explaining and overcoming it. INS 399 Internship (2 course credits) See description on page 87. II. City Arts-Spring Study of the politics of artistic expression and the relationship between emerging art and urban cultures. Minneapolis-St. Paul provides rich resources for the program. INS 330 Field Seminar: Emerging Art and Urban Cultures Exploration of life experiences and works of artists, cultural workers, and community organizers for understanding the differences between formal institutional art and community-based art forms. Interviews and participant observation at arts performances and cultural events. INS 331 The Politics of Artistic Expression Study of the social and cultural history of urban art, the role of art and culture in everyday life, and the relationship between intellectual discourse and the politics of cultural work. Readings, films, and discussions integrate aesthetic theory and artistic expression with issues of social change and activism. INS 399 Internship (2 course credits) See description on page 87. Ill. See HECUA under International Studies (SUST, SAUS, CILA, and EECLA) equivalent competency) The Middle East studies minor offers students the opportunity to learn about the religions, economic situation, historical and political developments, literature, philosophy, and culture of Middle Eastern people and countries. Requirements Six courses, including language and area studies courses (consult the program director for ACTC listing of approved courses): 1. Language courses: one year (2 courses) of elementary Arabic, Hebrew, or another Middle Eastern language (or 2. Required foundational course: POL 358 (Hamline) Politics and Society of the Middle East. 3. Area courses: three courses distributed among the humanities and social sciences, with at least one course to be selected in each area. Students are encouraged to continue more advanced language study through the ACTC language contract with the University of Minnesota. A program of study abroad or an internship in the Middle East is recommended strongly and will receive credit toward the minor. - 162 Interdisciplinary Studies NORDIC AREA STUDIES-NAS Nordic area studies is an interdisciplinary program. The curriculum treats Norden (Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway, and Sweden) not only as a geographical area, but as an integrated cultural region with a shared history, common values, and a high degree of political, social, and economic interdependency Courses in Nordic area studies postulate a Nordic regional identity as a context in which to appreciate the differences between the five individual countries and to understand the complexity of their interactions among themselves and the global community. Coordinator Frankie Shackelford Major Eight courses, six of which must be upper division. Other Requirements At least four of the courses required for the major must be Augsburg courses. The remainder may be transfer credits included in the major on approval of the program coordinator. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian language course listings under the Department of Modem Languages. Recommended supporting preparation: Study abroad through International Partners, or SUST (See International Studies, International Partners, and Scandinavian Urban Studies Term); independent study in Denmark, Norway, Sweden, Finland or Iceland; elective courses or a second major such as Norwegian, history, political science, urban studies, business administration, international relations, sociology or social work. Minor Four upper division courses. NORDIC AREA STUDIES COURSES HIS 231 Scandinavian History: Prehistoric to 1750 An introduction to the settlement and development of Scandinavian countries. Emphasis on topics such as the Vikings and Scandinavia's impact on and contributions to the development of European society. HIS 232 Scandinavian History: 1750 to the Present An introduction to the history of Scandinavian countries from the early modem period to the present with an emphasis on the place of Scandinavian society in European and world histoly. NAS 230 Contemporary Norden A broad survey of Nordic culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the 20th century. No knowledge of Scandinavian language required. NAS 351 The Modern Nordic Novel Lectures illustrate the development of the Nordic novel. Class discussion is based on reading selected works in translation from all five Nordic countries. Norwegian majors will be required to do appropriate readings and written work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years) - Interdisciplinary Studies 16: NAS 352 The Modern Nordic Drama Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Strindberg, and selected 20th century dramatists. Lectures provide a context for understanding the development of Nordic drama. Norwegian majors will do appropriate readings and written work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years) NAS 372 Norwegian Language and Culture (See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term) NAS 377 Scandinavia in the World (See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term) ART 382 Scandinavian Arts (See Department of Art) NAS 393 Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change (See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term) NAS 394 Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia (See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term) Internships and Independent Study Courses: NAS 199 lnternship See description on page 87. NAS 299 Directed Study See description on page 88. NAS 399 lnternship See description on page 87 NAS 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 88. For degree and major requirements see page 262. 164 INTERNATIONAL KELATIONS I nternational Relations is an interdisciplinary major that offers the student both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of seven courses and six electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg and other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for an Interim or semester. Competency in one language is required, and some students study two languages. The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international studies with considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East, Western Europe, Russia and East Central Europe, the Far East, Southeast Asia, etc. Recent students have had double majors in history, political science, international business or a foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are possible with the international relations major. Director Norma Noonan Required courses: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics Principles of or ECO 113 Microeconomics HIS 103 The Modem World or HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western World POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes or POL 160 World Politics POL 490 Seminar in International Relations Two of the following: HIS 332 History of U.S. Foreign Relations POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign Policy POL 461 Topics in International Politics Also, the equivalent of four terms of college work in a modem language. Required electives Six of the following (not more than three from any one discipline may be counted toward the major): BUS 362,364,368,465,466 ECO 314,317,360,365 HIS 346,348,352,354,440,474 PHI 355 POL 350,351,359,382,459 REL 356,420 SOC 336 SPC 329 FRE 332, GER 332, NOR 331, SPA 331, SPA 332, NAS 330 (See Modem Languages.) SWK 230 Interim courses, seminars, independent study, topics courses, and courses at other colleges/universities can be considered here with the approval of the program director, as well as a fourth term or higher of college work in a second language. Departmental Honors GPA of 3.5 in the major; 3.0 overall. In addition to fuming the requirements for the major, the student must complete an honors thesis no later than March 1 of the senior year and must defend the thesis before a faculty committee. Students should declare their intention to complete an honors major by the end of their junior year. - International Studies 162 Minor ECO 112 or 113, HIS 103 or 104, and POL 158 or 160. One course from HIS 332, POL 363 or 461. One year of modem language. Three courses from the list of required electives for the major. Not more than two courses from any department can count toward the minor. I nternational study at Augsburg aims to increase intercultural competency and reflects the College's strong commitment to internationalism. Programs administered by the Center for Global Education, by International Partners, and by the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) offer excellent opportunities for rigorous academic work, greater understanding of cross-cultural issues, and exploration of the benefits of global citizenship. Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg, but will add an international dimension to any academic program. Students normally receive the same number of course credits abroad as they would if studying on campus. Courses abroad can fulfill major, distributionlgenera1 education, and graduation requirements when approved by the appropriate program directors and faculty before departure. Note: Only the fourth or higher term of language counts toward the major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited toward the 13 required courses. Students should confer with the program director about regional and disciplinary concentrations possible within the major; for example, a concentration in a geographic area or one of the major disciplines in the program. Students in good academic standing (a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may apply for permission to study off campus through the Center for Global Education or through International Partners. In addition to semester and year-long programs, Interim and summer abroad courses also provide a number of educational opportunities. Students interested in these or other external off-campus study experiences should contact the Center for Global Education. Applications are due March 1 for the fall term or academic year, and September 30 for the spring term. The cost for many programs is comparable to full room, board, and tuition for on-campus study, plus airfare. Financial aid is granted on the same basis as on-campus study THE CENTER FOR GLOBAL EDUCATION The mission of the Center for Global Education at Augsburg College is to provide cross-cultural educational opportunities in order to foster critical analysis of local and global conditions so that personal and systemic change takes place leading to a more just and sustainable world. 66 International Studies The center's study programs are conducted in Mexico, Central America, and Namibia. They integrate rigorous academic work with real-life experiences. Students learn not only from textbooks but live in the midst of the society they are studying, encountering the people and culture inside and outside the walls of a classroom. All programs include family stays, regional travel, community-based living, and opportunities for volunteer work and internships. International study programs administered by the Center for Global Education and approved by Augsburg are listed below. For information on these programs, contact the academic programs abroad office. INTERNATIONAL PARTNERS The International Partners Program combines rigorous academic work with daily immersion in another culture. It offers students an opportunity to study abroad with outstanding faculty and to gain practical experience overseas in their major fields. The program is founded on reciprocal agreements with selected institutions of higher learning in Europe. Under these agreements International Partner students from abroad receive part of their academic training at Augsburg, and qualified Augsburg students are guaranteed admission to partner institutions, where courses are pre-approved for credit toward graduation requirements at Augsburg. Study abroad through Intemational Partners emphasizes business, education, and social work, but is not limited to these fields. The study program may be for one year, one semester, a one-month Interim, or a summer session. Participation may be on an individual basis or as part of a student group. For further information, contact the International Partners office. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM FOR URBAN AFFAIRS (HECUA) Augsburg, in consortium with other colleges and universities, offers programs through HECUA in four different fullsemester programs in Norway, Guatemala, and Ecuador. All programs emphasize the impact of social change and cross-cultural factors on the human community. HECUA programs include intense language experience and field study. The cost is equivalent to full tuition, roAm, and board for one semester on campus, plus airfare. For non-international HECUA courses, see Interdisciplinary Studies (INS), MetroUrban Studies. Intemational study programs administered by HECUA and approved through Augsburg are listed below. For information on these programs, contact the Center for Global Education. - International Studies 16; CENTER FOR GLOBAL EDUCATION COURSl CROSSING BORDERS: GENDER AND SOCIAL CHANGE IN MESOAMERICA (M EXIC0)-FALL This program is an intensive semester of study and travel designed to introduce students to the central issues facing Mesoamerica, with emphasis on the experiences and empowerment of women. Students engage in gender analysis of key social, economic, political, and cultural issues in Mexico and Guatemala, explore the interconnectedness of race, class, and gender, and learn first-hand from both women and men who are involved in struggles for sustainable development and social change. Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed. INS 311 and POL 359 are also approved for credit in women's studies. Participation in the program will fulfill one IAl general education perspective credit. REL 366 will fulfill one CF3 perspective credit, and a Spanish course will fulfill one IAl, 2 or 3 perspective credit. Application deadline is April 1 SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks at the beginning of the semester, taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by program director.) SPA 356 20th-Century Voices Students examine issues of social change through the voices of contemporary Latin American writers. Attention is given to short stories, poetry, and testimonials of indigenous peoples and Central American refugees. (will fulfill IA 1, 2, or 3 perspective) INS 311 The Development Process Students reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin American development and educational theories and practices are examined, as well as social change strategies. POL 359 Women in Comparative Politics-Women in Latin America An examination of critical global issues affecting Latin America and the impact these factors have on women: diminishing resources and sustainable development, refugee issues, foreign debt and international trade, political ideologies, and revolution. (Required course.) REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America A study of the dominant theological perspectives that have shaped Latin America culture and politics. Focuses on the relationship between theology and sociaVpolitica1transformation. SPAIINS 399 Service-Learning Internships Students gain hands-on work experience in a Mexican organization that promotes social change andlor development. 800-100 hours of community service required. - 168 International Studies RELIINS 499 Independent Study Students design a proposal to independently explore a topic of interest that is either interdisciplinary or related to religious studies. If the proposal is approved, the student will collaborate with an instructor who will guide the independent study. GENDER AND THE ENVIRONMENT: LATIN AMERICAN PERSPECTIVES (MEXICO)-SPRING This program introduces students to the socio-economic and political issues of the region with a focus on the impact of environmental policies on the lives of women and men from varying economic classes and ethnic groups in Mexico and Central America. Students examine this complex web of issues and how the people of Mexico are responding to pressures on family, society, and the natural environment. Application deadline is Oct. 15. Participation in the program will fulfill one IA1 general education perspective credit, and a Spanish course will fulfill one IA1, 2 or 3 perspective credit. SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks, taught by Mexican instructors. (Placement level determined by program director.) SPA 356 20th-Century Voices Students examine issues of social change through the voices of contemporary Latin American writers. Attention is given to short stories, poetry, and testimonials of indigenous peoples and Central American refugees. SOC 286 Social Stratification A study of social stratification theory, focusing on its application in the Latin American context. Special attention will be given to the forms, causes, and consequences of gender, class, and raciallethnic stratification in Mexico. POL 295 Political Economy of Development in Latin America: Gender and Environmental Perspectives Topics studied include development politics in Latin America from preColumbian times to the present, environmental issues from a gender perspective, and political and economic policies that promote and/or hinder sustainable development. REL 31 1 Theology, Ethics, and the Environment An overview of contemporary environmental theology and theologically-based approaches to environmental ethics using case studies of environmental problems in Mexico and Central America. SPAIINS 399 Service-Learning Internships Students gain hands-on work experience in a Mexican organization that promotes social change and/or development. 800-100 hours of community service required. International Studies 16 RELIINS 499 Independent Study Students design a proposal to independently explore a topic of interest that is either interdisciplinary or related to religious studies. If the proposal is approved, the student will collaborate with an instructor who will guide the independent study. 1 MULTICULTURAL SOCIETIES IN TRANSITION: SOUTHERN AFRICA PERSPECTIVES (NAMIBIA)-FALL This intensive program of travel and study is designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing Southern Africa. Namibia is a nation that has recently gained independence and is making a transition from colonialism to independence. Students will explore the complex political, social, and economic dynamics of building a new nation. Application deadline is April 1. Participation in the program will fulfill one IAl general education perspective credit. REL 346 will fulfill one CF3 perspective credit. INS 312 The Development Process-Southern Africa This course provides the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights and examines basic theories of development as well as particular strategies of development that are being implemented in Namibia and South Africa. REL 346 The Church and Social Change in Southern Africa This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the political transformations of Southern Africa. Students will meet with people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious organizations. HIS 346 Namibia and South Africa: A Historical Perspective This course is an overview of the history of Namibia and South Africa, including the experience of indigenous peoples, the impact of occupation by South Africa, and the war for independence. POL 353 Political and Social Change in Namibia: A Comparative Perspective This course is an integrative seminar for the semester and examines the legacy of apartheid in Namibia with particular focus on the social and political movements that have evolved in the struggle for independence. INS 399 Internships 1 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT AND SOCIAL CHANGE: GUATEMALA, EL SALVADOR, NICARAGUA)-FALL OR SPRING This program introduces students to the key issues facing the Central Americans. For two decades the people of Central America have been in upheaval and have experienced fundamental social and political change. Students examine the impact of revolution and civil war on the lives and culture of the people and the environment of Guatemala, El 70 International Studies Salvador, and Nicaragua. Application deadline is April 1. Participation in the program will fulfill one IA1 general education perspective credit. REL 366 will fulfill one CF3 perspective credit, and a Spanish course will fulfill one IAl, 2 or 3 perspective credit. SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks at the beginning of the semester, taught by Guatemalan instructors. (Placement level determined by program director.) INS 267 Contemporary Social Movement in Central America This course focuses on social movements in the region and their relationship to the environment. Students explore impact of ongoing colonization and modernization on indigenous cultures. ECO 495 Topics: Sustainable Economic Development This course examines the concepts of economic development and growth in the "third world." Students are introduced to the theories of economic development and definitions of sustainable development. They study the relationship between economic development and ecological damage. REL 366 Church and Social Change in Latin America This course explores the role of religion in Latin American societies, past and present, given the factors of political oppression and social injustice. Students examine the "theologies of liberation." NATION BUILDING, GLOBALIZATION, AND DECOLONIZING THE MIND: SOUTHERN AFRICAN PERSPECTIVES (NAMIBIA)-SPRING This program examines these crucial issues from the perspectives of the new democracies of southern Africa. Namibia won its independence in 1990 after decades of apartheid South African colonialization. South Africa had its first democratic election in 1994. As these nations struggle to build nationhood and deal with the legacies of apartheid and colonialism they are faced with the challenges posed by the rapid process of globalization in today's world; the challenges posed by under and unequal development; and the longterm project of decolonizing the mind. Augsburg application deadline: Sept. 30. Participation in the program will fulfill one IA1 general education perspective credit and REL 346 will fulfill one CF3 perspective credit. INS 312 The Development Process-Southern Africa This course provides the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. The course examines basic theories of development. REL 346 The Church and Social Change in Southern Africa This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the political transformations of Southern Africa. Students meet with people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious organizations. - International Studies 17 POL 359 Topics: Women in Comparative Politics-Southern Africa This course is an integrative seminar focusing on the participation of women in struggles for liberation in Southern Africa and on their emerging role in newly-independent Namibia. INS xxx Roots and Realities of Racism in Southern Africa and the USA: A Comparative Examination This course explores historical parallels of the development in southern Africa and in the US, strategies of resistance the successes and limitations of political victories over apartheid and racism and the lingering economic, social, political and psychological effects of racism. INS 399 Internships SCANDINAVIAN URBAN STUDIES TERM: NORWAY (SUST)-FALL This interdisciplinary program focuses on the contemporary Scandinavian societies and issues of the development of cities, urban problem solving, and urban life. Local, regional, and international field study and site visits in Scandinavia and the former Soviet Union. Augsburg application deadline: March 1. INS 372 Norwegian Language Intensive language instruction at beginning or intermediate levels, with emphasis on conversational listening and speaking skills. Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of studying Norwegian literature. Students should consult with the chair of the modem languages department for language credit. INS 377 Scandinavia in the World Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints as small power nations in a world of superpowers and their role in issues of peace, conflict resolution and arms control, East-West relations, European security, trade, and the Third World. INS 393 Scandinavian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change Social change and issues of change and development in Norway as reflected in its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian history with emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits (theatres, museums, galleries), and discussions with artists active in a variety of media. INS 394 Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia Examination of urban economic, social, and cultural policies and practices as a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies. Includes historical survey of transformations from rural and regional cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on Norway, with field travel to other capitals for a comparative view. INS 499 Independent Study (Students may choose either INS 372 or 499) - 72 International Studies SOUTH AMERICAN URBAN SEMESTER: GUATEMALA AND ECUADOR-FALL This interdisciplinary program, with travel to Guatemala and Ecuador, provides an overview of history, culture, economy, and politics of these regions. Students study theories and models of development and explore their usefulness in understanding the regional and global context. Augsburg application deadline: March 1. INS 261 Spanish Language All students take Spanish at the intermediate level or conduct an independent study if they are at an advanced level (see below). Language emphasizes acquisition of skills for maximum participation in SAUS program and field work. INS 361 Introduction to Latin America Overview of Latin American geography, history, economy, politics, culture, and arts with emphasis on program sites as case studies. Focus is on economic development issues, theories, and models applicable to Latin America. INS 362 Urbanization in Latin America The development of cities and implications for social change in Latin America. Topics include history of cities, rural-urban migration, industrialization, environmental issues, governmental policies, and urban elites. Models and theories of urbanization and development are compared. INS 363 Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development The plight and prospects of the urban poor in Latin America. Emphasis on field study in barrio communities and site visits to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems. INS 499 Independent Study COMMUNITY INTERNSHIPS IN LATIN AMERICA: ECUADOR (GILA)-FALL CILA combines an internship, independent study and seminars on community participation, and development in the Latin American urban setting. Based in Quito, Ecuador, students live with local families, work in an agency three days a week, and meet as a group twice a week. Augsburg application deadline: March 1. INS 366 Community Participation for Social Change Examines pressing social realities and policy initiatives in Colombia in recent decades. Explores concepts of community, democracy, participation, and community organization, and their meaning for community work. Provides tools to evaluate strategies for social, political, and economic development. Integrates readings, guest lectures, faculty and student presentations, discussions, and field work. INS 499 Independent Study Students define topic of interest related to program themes and use analytical tools gained in CILA to study a particular issue or case. A faculty member advises the student throughout to assure adequate focus and incorporation of primary field research in the project design. International Studies 1; INS 399 (2 course credits) Internship Placement and Seminar Placement matches student-defined goals and interests with one of a wide range of agencies working toward community development and social change. Students work 20 hours per week, assisting with special projects and a program operations. A learning contract outlines expectations of student. agency, and program for the term. The internship seminar provides for structured reflection, analysis, and integration of the experience. ENVIRONMENT, ECONOMY, AND COMMUNITY I N LATIN AMERICA: GUATEMALA AND CUBA (EECLA)--SPRING Through fieldwork and hands-on projects, students explore the impact of global d e w opmenl on local culture and environment and the response of indigenous cornmunitics in Guatemala, with travel to Cuba or another Latin American country. Aupburg application deadline: Sepr. 30. All students take these four inter-related courses: Social Dynamics and the Environment The Ethics of Development: Local and Global Implications Spanish in the Field (advanced-level language course) INS 499 Independent Study Project (students chooses topic) Check with the specific international studies program director for requirements in the program. MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS See listing under Business Administration, Accounting, and Management Information Systems. 76 Mathematics in calculus should consult with the mathematics department. All other students must take the Augsburg Math Placement Exam, which is administered by the Academic Advising Center. The exam is given during College registration sessions and at other announced times during the year. Practice questions and other information are available from the Academic Advising Center. Students in MPG 1 may take MAT 103 to advance to MPG 2. Students in MPG 2 may take MAT 105 to advance to MPG 3. Students in MPG 3 may take MAT 114 to advance to MPG 4. No other MAT course changes a student's MPG. Students are also permitted to retake the Math Placement Exam during their first term of enrollment at Augsburg College. Review help is available from the Academic Enrichment Center. Prerequisites A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite for a mathematics course. MATHEMATICS COURSES MAT 103 Everyday Math Concepts of integers, fractions, decimal numbers, ratios, percents, order of operations, exponents, and an introduction to algebraic expressions and equations with an emphasis on applications to everyday life. P/N grading only Grade of P advances student to MPG 2. MAT 103 does not count as a credit toward graduation. (Prereq.: MPG 1) MAT 105 Applied Algebra Concepts of linear, exponential, logarithmic, and other models with an emphasis on applications to the social and natural sciences, business and everyday life. Grade of 2.0 or higher advances student to MPG 3. Students preparing for MAT 114 should consult the department. (Prereq.: MPG 2 and a year of high school algebra. WEC-additional sessions are required) MAT 114 Precalculus Concepts of algebraic, exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric functions for students planning to study calculus. Students who have completed MAT 145 or other calculus courses may register for credit only with consent of department. Grade of 2.0 or higher advances student to MPG 4. (Prereq.: MPG 3) MAT 121 Finite Mathematics Concepts of finite mathematics such as combinatorics, probability, matrices, linear programming, theory of interest, and graph theory with an emphasis on quantitative reasoning. Students who have completed MAT 271 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3) MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Concepts of differential and integral calculus with an emphasis on applications in the social and behavioral sciences and business and quantitative reasoning. Students who have completed MAT 145 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3) Mathematics 17; MAT 131 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of Western civilization with an emphasis on connections to teaching mathematics to children. Students who have completed MAT 331 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3) MAT 132 Numeracy for Contemporary Society An examination of the applications of mathematics in an interdisciplinary setting with an emphasis on quantitative reasoning and connections to students' life, work, and interests. Students who have completed a Quantitative Reasoning course may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3) MAT 145-146 Calculus 1 8 11 Concepts of calculus of one-variable functions, including derivatives, integrals, differential equations, and series with an emphasis on mathematical investigation and quantitative reasoning. (Prereq.: MPG 4 for MAT 145; MAT 145 for MAT 146) MAT 163 Introductory Statistics Concepts of elementary statistics such as descriptive statistics, methods of counting, probability distributions, approximations, estimation, hypothesis testing, analysis-of-variance, and regression. (Prereq.: MPG 3) - - MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics for Computing Concepts of discrete mathematics including binary representations, sequences, recursion, induction, formal logic, and combinatorics with an emphasis on connections to computer science. Students who have completed MAT 271 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3; Coreq.: CSC 160) MAT 173 Math of Interest Concepts of elementary financial mathematics such as annuities, loan payments, mortgages, and life insurance with an emphasis on quantitative reasoning. (Prereq.: MPG 3) MAT 245 Calculus Ill Concepts of multivariable calculus including functions of several variables, partial derivatives, vectors and the gradient, multiple integrals, and parametric representations. (Prereq.: MAT 146) MAT 246 Linear Algebra Concepts of linear algebra including systems of linear equations, matrices, linear transformations, abstract vector spaces, determinants, and eigenvalues. (Prereq.: MAT 245 or MAT 271) MAT 247 Modeling and Differential Equations Concepts of differential equations including methods of solving first and second order equations and modeling using difference equations and differential equations with an emphasis on applications to the sciences. (Prereq.: MAT 146) 178 Mathematics MAT 252 Exploring Geometry Concepts of geometry including Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries and geometric transformations with an emphasis on geometric reasoning, conjecturing, and proof. (Prereq.: MAT 145 or MAT 122 and MPG 4) MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical Structures Concepts of discrete mathematics including number theory, combinatorics, graph theory, recursion theory, set theory, a i d formal logic with an emphasis on algorithmic thinking, mathematical reasoning, conjecturing, and proof. (Prereq.: MAT 146) MAT 314 Abstract Algebra Concepts of algebra including the abstract structures of groups, rings, integral domains, and fields. (Prereq.: MAT 246, MAT 271) MAT 324 Analysis Concepts of real analysis including functions, derivatives, integrals, and series in a theoretical setting with an emphasis on written communication of mathematical ideas. (Prereq.: ENG 111, at least two of MAT 245, 246, 247, or 271) MAT 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics (See PHY 327) MAT 331 History of Mathematics Concepts of historical importance from the areas of geometry, number theory, algebra, calculus, and modem mathematics. An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of western civilization. Does not apply toward the mathematics major or minor. (Prereq.: MAT 145 or MAT 122 and MPG 4, junior or senior standing) MAT 373 MAT 374 Probability and Statistics I Concepts of probability including methods of enumeration, random variables and probability distributions, expectation, the Central Limit Theorem, and important ideas and problems of statistics. (Prereq.: MAT 245) Probability and Statistics II Concepts of statistics including sampling distributions associated with the normal and other distributions, methods of estimation, hypothesis testing, regression, analysis of variance, and nonparametric statistics. (Prereq.: MAT 373) MAT 385 Mathematics Practicum The application of mathematical problem solving to real-world projects sought from off-campus nonprofit organizations. Contains a service learning component. (Prereq.: at least two of MAT 245, 246, 247, or 271 and consent of instructor) - Mathematics 1 7 s MAT 481 Topics in Mathematics Study of an advanced topic such as complex analysis, numerical analysis, mathematical biology, operations research, chaotic dynamical systems, fractal mathematics, knot theory, topology, or foundations of mathematics. (Prereq.: at least two MAT courses numbered above 200 and consent of instructor) MAT 491 Mathematics Colloquium Information about contemporary applications, career opportunities, and other interesting ideas in mathematics. Presented by outside visitors, faculty members, or students. Cames no course credit. Internship and Independent Study courses: MAT 1991399 Internship Work-based learning experience that links the ideas and methods of mathematics to the opportunities found in the internship. For upper division credit, significant mathematical content and presentation at a departmental colloquium is required. (Prereq. for upper division: at least one upper division MAT course, junior or senior standing). See also description on p. 87. MAT 499 Independent StudyIResearch Selection and study of an advanced topic outside of the offered cumculum with the guidance of a faculty member. Presentation at a departmental colloquium is required. (Prereq.: at least one upper division MAT course, junior or senior standing, and consent of instructor). See also description on p. 88. See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies. - M O D E R N LANGUAGES Modern Languages Faculty The Department Of Languages at Augsburg College contributes in many ways to realizing the College's mission of liberal arts educkon for service in today's world. The department is committed to the view that education should go beyond career preparation and that familiarity with the language and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of a truly global perspective. The modem languages department offers language, literature, and culture courses leading to majors in French, German, Norwegian, and Spanish. Introductory courses in Ojibwe and American Sign Language are offered at Augsburg, and courses in Chinese, Japanese, Latin, and Greek are available to Augsburg students through the College's affiliation with ACTC, a consortium of Twin Cities colleges. Knowledge of several languages, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, is essential in preparing for careers in second-language education and translation, but also represents a valuable special qualification in many other professions. Students anticipating careers in intemational business, social work, the diplomatic corps, the health professions, or the ministry may wish to take a second major or minor in modem languages. In addition, a minor in languages or linguistics is a valuable research tool for those intending to pursue graduate study in most academic disciplines. Mary Kingsley (Chair), Pary PezechkianWeinberg, Frankie Shackelford, R o m h Soto, Donald Steinmetz Major The major consists of nine courses above 21 1, including two courses in culture, two courses in language, two courses in literature and three electives (from any of the three areas above). At least seven of these courses must be taught in the target language of the major and at least four of them must be taken on the Augsburg campus. Minor The minor consists of four courses above 2 11,including one each in language, literature, and culture. At least three of these courses must be taught in the target language, and at least two of them must be taken on the Augsburg campus. Graduation with Distinction Majors seeking graduation with distinction must apply in the junior year. Requirements: 3.5 GPA in the major, 3.5 GPA overall, and honors thesis. Prerequisite A prerequiste must be completed with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P. Transfer Students Transfer students intending to major or minor in languages must take a minimum of one upper division course per year at Augsburg. See major/minor above for lim- - Modern Languages 181 its on non-Augsburg courses. Courses accepted for transfer must have been taken within the past seven years. Study Abroad A semester of study abroad is required for majors and some study abroad is strongly recommended for minors. An advanced-level internship in the major language (399) or an interdisciplinary internship (INS 199), linking language skills with community service and career exploration, is strongly encouraged. Teaching Licensure Teacher candidates in French, German, and Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment in the program as well as for information on special methods courses. All transfer teacher candidates, including those who have completed a college language major elsewhere, must take at least two courses in language, literature, or culture at Augsburg. A minimum grade of 3.0 in Conversation and Composition (311) is a departmental requirement for teaching majors. Licensure requires successful completion of the Competency Exam prior to student teaching. See requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools under Department of Education. After spring term 2001, Augsburg College will no longer offer a licensure program in modem languages. See the Department of Education or the chair of the Department of Modem Languages for information on other options. AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE (ASL) ASL 101, 102 Beginning American Sign Language I, II An introduction to deaf culture and the signs and syntax of ASL. Students observe the demonstration of signs, practice their own signing, and learn the facial expressions and body language needed to communicate clearly with deaf and hard-of-hearing people. CHINESE (CHN) Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian language department. Contact the East Asian studies director for more information. FRENCH (FRE) FRE 111, 112 Beginning French I, II Aims to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading, and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice, and readings, these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of life. Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall: 111; spring 112. WEC-additional sessions required) - 182 Modern Languages FRE 21 1, 212 Intermediate French I, II Selected articles, inteniews, and literary readings are the basis of practice in communication, vocabulary building, and developing greater ease in reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and &&mar. Laboratory work. (Fall: 211; spring: 212) FRE 295 Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics FRE 311 Conversation and Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall) FRE 331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modem period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French intellectual, political, social, and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) FRE 332 French Civilization Today Topics in 20th-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French-speaking people and their contributions to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials, and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) FRE 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) FRE 351, 353 Survey of French Literature I, II The study of major French authors and literary movements in France through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) FRE 41 1 Advanced Conversation and Composition By means of reading, speaking, and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Fall) FRE 495 Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics - Modern Languages 18: Internships and Independent Study Courses: FRE 199 Internship See description on page 87. FRE 299 Directed Study See description on page 88. FRE 399 Internship See description on page 87. FRE 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 88. GERMAN (CER) CER 111, 112 Beginning Cerman I, II Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding, and reading and writing basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. (Fall: 111; spring: - 112. WEC-additional sessions required.) CER 211, 212 Intermediate Cerman I, II Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (Fall: 211; spring: 212) CER 295 Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics CER 31 1 Conversation and Composition Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary, and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) CER 331 German Civilization and Culture I Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistorical Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643). In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) CER 332 German Civilization and Culture II Survey of cultural currents that have shaped Germany, Austria, and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic, and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) - 184 Modern Languages CER 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: GER 3 11 or consent of instructor. On demand) CER 351 Survey of Literature: German Literature from Chivalry to Romanticism The intellectual, cultural, and political history of all peoples is reflected in their literature. The prose, epic, and poetry readings in this course chronicle the German experience from Charlemagne to Napoleon; from Luther to Kant; from Hildegard of Bingen to Goethe, Schiller, and the Romantics; and offer a way to relive the Renaissance, the Reformation, and the Enlightenment. CER 354 Survey of Literature: German Literature in the 19th and 20th Centuries The literary, cultural, and scientific background of the new millennium has many German-speaking roots in the works of figures like Karl Man, Freud, Nietzsche, Einstein, Kafka, Rilke, Hesse, and Brecht. Selected readings of prose, poetry, and plays bring alive the drama and conflicts that characterized the birth of the modem age. CER 41 1 Advanced Conversation and Composition Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: GER 3 11 or consent of instructor. Fall) CER 495 Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics Internships and Independent Study Courses: CER 199 lnternship See description on page 87. CER 299 Directed Study See description on page 88. CER 399 lnternship See description on page 87 CER 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 88. - Modern Languages 18: JAPANESE(JPN) Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian language department. Contact the East Asian studies director for more information. NORWEGIAN (NOR) NOR 111, 112 Beginning Norwegian I, II Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Stress is on communication and its cultural context. Laboratory work expected. (Fall: 111; spring: 112) NOR 21 1, 212 Intermediate Norwegian I, II Continued acquisition and refinement of communication skills (speaking, listening, reading, writing). Emphasis is on social or cultural contexts and integrated vocabulary clusters. Selected readings in Norwegian are used as a basis for class activities and writing exercises. Includes grammar review. Laboratory work expected. (Prereq.: NOR 112 or equivalent. Fall) NOR 295 NOR 31 1 Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics Conversation and Camposition Practice in spoken and written Norwegian with emphasis on communicative contexts and integrated vocabulary. Readings in history, social science, and literature form a basis for class activities and frequent writing practice. (Prereq.: NOR 21 1 or equivalent. Spring) NOR 331 Norwegian Civilization and Culture A two-tiered approach allows students to place contemporary cultural devel- opments, such as Norway's changing role in the global community, into a historical context. Readings in history are supplemented by lectures, newspaper articles, and video tapes. In Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Fall: alternate years) NOR 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) NOR 353 Survey of Norwegian Literature Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a basis for the study of major works from earlier periods, including several in Nynorsk. Readings, lectures, discussion, journals, essays, and oral reports in Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Fall: alternate years) - 186 Modern Languages NOR 41 1 Advanced Conversation and Composition Extensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian, based on litera~yand cultural readings. Students serve as peer-tutors for those registered in NOR 311. Readings, journals, discussion, role-playing, and written, and oral reports in Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Spring) NOR 495 Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics Internships and Independent Study Courses: NOR 199 lnternship See description on page 87. NOR 299 Directed Study See description on page 88. NOR 399 lnternship See description on page 87. NOR 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 88. OJIBWE(OJB) Two courses in Ojibwe (Chippewa) are offered a>Augsburg, both as part of the modem languages department and as part of the American Indian studies minor. OJB 111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe I, II An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa). Emphasis is on vocabulary, reading, writing, and conversational skills. Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction. SPANISH (SPA) Courses in addition to those below are offered through various programs listed under International Studies. SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall: 111; spring: 112. WEC-additional sessions required.) SPA 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through class discussions. (Fall: 211; spring: 212) SPA 248 Spanish and Latin American Culture Through Film An introduction to contemporary cultural issues of Spanish and Latin American societies as portrayed in the films of major filmmakers with attention to the aesthetic variations across their works. Films in Spanish with English subtitles; language of instruction is English. (On demand) .-V ^ - 3* O 2F %4 @:; & w o o at; s E 2 - 8 s 5 c 3 .E w .ss Z 8 . m- s c % i8 0 m e * 33," =.- l;:g; 04 E e9; Q Q ) E o u * . . Uzg+ W d O E C h.m E a v .l$ c z Z 0 m .2 ~6 ""a ;.2'gg ,z 03.2 w Z E Z Z O ;.z m3 .z d u ,o&z u.y8 3 s acl 8, 4 gga a w a9 M usic has the power to strengthen the mind, heal the body, and unlock the creative spirit. Whether we experience music as a listener, performer, or teacher, it adds a significant dimension to our lives. The Department of Music at Augsburg College offers music training within the context of a liberal arts education, and is an institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music (NASM) and the American Music Therapy Association (AMTA) . Music majors may choose from four majors in three degree programs: bachelor of arts (music major); bachelor of music (music education major); bachelor of music (performance major); and bachelor of science (music therapy major). Music minors and nonmusic majors may also participate in a variety of music experiences including music ensembles, private lessons, some music courses, and additional Interim courses or special performances. Full-time Faculty Robert Stacke (Chair), Jill Dawe, Stephen Gabrielsen, Peter Hendrickson, Roberta Kagin, Merilee Klemp Part-time Faculty Trudi Anderson, Matt Barber, Bridget Doak, Sally Dorer, Susan Druck, Lynn Erickson, Janet Fried, Jennifer Gerth, Bradley Greenwald, Nancy Grundahl, Mary Horozaniecki, Ned Kantar, Kathy Kienzle, Caroline Lemen, Steve Lund, Norbert Nielubowski, Celeste O'Brien, Paul Ousley, Rick Penning, Nicholas Raths, Sonja Thompson, Angela Wyatt. Fine Arts Coordinator Carley Miller Augsburg students who enroll as freshmen must apply to the Department of Music for acceptance to a degree program by the end of the sophomore year. Transfer students should meet with a music adviser immediately after enrolling at Augsburg to establish an appropriate course of music study and application/evaluation process. AU students interested in pursuing a music degree at Augsburg are strongly encouraged to contact a music faculty adviser in their degree area as soon as possible to ensure a smooth program of study and timely completion of music degree requirements. Bachelor of Arts-Music Major For acceptance to the bachelor of arts-music major degree program, students must: submit an application for admission prior to spring juries of the sophomore year submit a copy of a current academic transcript with the application submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or voice with the application (found in Music Student Handbook) complete the piano proficiency requirement Acceptance to the degree program will be based on the successful completion of the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her spring sophomore jury. Bachelor of Music-Education Major For acceptance to the bachelor of music-education major degree program, students must: submit an application for admission prior to spring juries of the sophomore year - Music 185 submit a copy of a current academic transcript with the application submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or voice with the application (found in Music Student Handbook) complete the piano proficiencyrequirement Acceptance to the degree program will be based on the successful completion of the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her spring sophomore jury. In addition to applying to the music department, bachelor of music-education major candidates must also apply to the Department of Education for acceptance into the music education licensure program. Recommendation for teacher licensure is granted only to students who successfully complete the requirements for the bachelor of music-education major. All music requirements must be completed prior to student teaching. A cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses is necessary for the music education licensure program. Bachelor of Music-Performance Major For acceptance to the bachelor of music-performance major program, students must: submit an application for admission prior to spring juries of the sophomore year submit a copy of a current academic transcript with the application submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or voice with the application (found in Music Student Handbook) complete the piano proficiency requirement Acceptance to the degree program will be based on the successful completion of the above as well as on the successful outcome of the audition and interview (see Music Student Handbook). Bachelor of Science-Music Therapy Major For acceptance to the bachelor of science-music therapy major program, students must: submit an application for admission prior to spring juries of the sophomore year submit a copy of a current academic transcript with the application submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or voice with the application (found in Music Student Handbook) complete the piano, guitar, and vocal proficiency requirements Acceptance to the degree program will based on the successful completion of the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her spring sophomore jury. A cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and a 2.5 in all music therapy courses is necessary for the music therapy degree. Bachelor of science-music therapy major candidates should consult with the director of music therapy before applying for acceptance into the program. Transfer Students For acceptance to a music degree program, transfer students must: submit an application for admission prior to the end of the sophomore year, or as soon as possible after enrolling at Augsburg submit a copy of a current academic transcript and transferred credits with the application submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or voice with the application (found in Music Student Handbook) complete the piano proficiency requirement - 190 Music Acceptance to the degree program will be based on the successful completion of the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her first jury if enrolled as a junior or senior, or spring semester sophomore jury if enrolled as a freshman or sophomore. For bachelor of musicperformance major candidates, acceptance will be based on the completion of the above as well as on the successful outcome of the audition and interview (see Music Student Handbook). Equivalency/Certification Students The music therapy equivalency program is available to students who already have a bachelor's degree and wish to meet the requirements set by the American Music Therapy Association to become professional music therapists. This equivalency program prepares students for eligibility to take the Music Therapy Board Certification Examination. Depending upon the student's degree and skill level, individual requirements will be outlined by the director of music therapy There is a minimum two-year residency requirement, which includes participation in a major ensemble for four terms and successful completion of a two-year music theory equivalency test. For acceptance to the degree program, equivalency/certification students must: submit an application for admission during the first semester of residency at Augsburg submit a copy of a current academic transcript and transferred credits with the application submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or voice with the application (found in Music Student Handbook) complete the piano, guitar, and vocal proficiency requirements during the first semester of residence Acceptance to the degree program will be based on the successful completion of the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her first jury. Music Minor Candidates must submit an application for admission prior to spring juries of the sophomore year. Core curriculum (required of all music majors): MUS 101 Materials of Music I MUS 102 Materials of Music I1 MUS 111 Aural Skills I MUS 112 Aural Skills 11 MUS 201 Materials of Music 111 MUS 202 Form and Analysis MUS 21 1 Aural Skills 111 MUS 212 Aural Skills IV MUS 23 1 History and Literature of Music I MUS 232 History and Literature of Music I1 MUS 341 Basic Conducting Large and Small Ensemble Participation Performance Studies Music Repertoire Tests Piano Proficiency Plus fulfillment of recital requirements as given under each specific degree and major. Language requirements are fulfilled in accordance with Augsburg's general education guidelines and with the approval of the student's music adviser. Checklists for specific degree programs are available in the music department. H BACHELOR OF ARTS Music Major Offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares the student for the greatest range of graduate, business, and professional opportunities. Students who intend to pursue non-performance graduate study - Music 19' or desire to enter one of the many musicrelated business fields most often choose this course of study. Requirements Core cuniculum plus one music credit elective plus MUS 458 (Senior Recital) plus two semesters chosen from: MUS 311,312 Composition I, I1 MUS 342 Choral Conducting MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting MUS 331 Music of the Baroque Era MUS 332 Music of the Classical Era MUS 333 Music of the Romantic Era MUS 334 Music of the 20th Century MUS 241 History of Jazz MUS 320 Worlds of Music Eight quarter course credits of performance studies in the major instrument/voice Eight quarter course credits in a major Augsburg ensemble on the major instrument/voice Four semesters in a non-credit small Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumenuvoice Pass piano proficiency test Pass three music repertoire tests BACHELOR OF MUSIC Music Education Major Offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of music in public schools. This preparation includes coursework that allows the student to become certified to teach at the elementary through the secondary level. Students select either vocavgeneral or instrumentavgeneral emphasis. Recommendation for teacher licensure is granted only to students who successfully complete the requirements for the bachelor of music education major. All music requirements must be completed prior to student teaching. Requirements Core curriculum plus: MUS 311,312 Composition I, I1 MUS 358 Half junior recital MUS 459 Full senior recital HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education ENG 111 Effective Writing INS 105, or Intro. to Amer. Indian Studies INS 260 Contemporary American Indians EDC 200 Orientation to Education EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools EDC 310 Learning and Development EDC 315 Critical Issues in Education Seminar ESE 300 ReadingNriting in Content Area ESE 325 Creative Learning Environments ESE 370 Music K-12 Methods EDC 410 Special Needs Learner EDC 480 School and Society EED 481c, 483c, ESE 485,487 Student Teaching VocaVGeneral: MUS 359 Music Methods: ChoraWocal (.5) MUS 356 Music Methods: Brass/F'ercussion (.25) MUS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds (.25) MUS 355 Music Methods: Strings (.25) InstrumentaWGeneral: MUS 359 Music Methods: ChoraWocal (.25) MUS 356 Music Methods: Brass/Percussion (.5) MUS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds (.5) MUS 355 Music Methods: Strings (.5) 92 Music One of the following two: MUS 342 Choral Conducting MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting One of the following two areas of emphasis: Vocal emphasis-MUS 251, 252, 253, 254 Instrumental emphasis-ne course credit of music elective Two quarter course credits of performance studies in the major instrumentlvoice (first year) Four half course credits of performance studies in the major instrumendvoice (second and third year) Two full course credits of performance studies in the major instrurnentlvoice (fourth year) Eight quarter course credits in a major Augsburg ensemble on the major instrurnentlvoice (winds and percussionBand; strings-Orchestra; voice-Choir) Four semesters in a non-credit small Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumendvoice Improvisation competency on major instrumendvoice Pass piano proficiency test Pass three music repertoire tests Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major instrurnentlvoice BACHELOR OF MUSIC Music Performance Major Emphasizes intensive work in performance, supplemented by other courses in music and the liberal arts. The program is made available only to students of exceptional performing ability who are selected on the basis of an auditionlinterview application process. The bachelor of music performance program prepares gifted performers to com- pete for professional performing opportunities andlor graduate school auditions. Requirements: 19.5 course credits Core curriculum MUS 311,312 MUS 358 MUS 459 plus: Composition I, 11 Full junior recital Full senior recital One of the following three areas of emphasis: Vocal emphasi+MUS 251,252, 253, 254, 435, EDS 359, one course credit of music elective Piano or organ emphasi+MUS 301,302, 436, 456, one half course credit of music elective Inshumental emphasisMUS 301,302, one and one half course credits of music electives, one methods course for major instrument Two quarter course credits and six full course credits of performance studies in the major instrurnentlvoice Eight quarter course credits in a major Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumentlvoice Or, for piano or guitar emphasis: Four quarter course credits in a major Augsburg ensemble plus four semesters of departmental ensemble work as assigned by the student's academic adviser and studio instructor. Four semesters in a non-credit small Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumendvoice Pass piano proficiency test Pass three music repertoire tests Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and 3.0 in the major ins trumendvoice - Music 19; BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Music Therapy Major Fulfills the academic and clinical requirements for eligibility to take the Music Therapy Board Certification Examination. The B. S. in music therapy is minimally a 4 1/2 year degree program, which includes a full-time (six months or 1,040 hours) internship in a clinical facility approved by the American Music Therapy Association (AMTA). This course of study is chosen by students who wish to become professional music therapists. Requirements: 23 course credits Core curriculum plus: MUS 271 Music Therapy Techniques and Materials MUS 274,275 Music Therapy Practicums MUS 311 or 312 Composition I or 11 MUS 372, 373 Psychological Foundation of Music I, I1 MUS 374,375 Music Therapy Practicums MUS 472 Human Identity Through the Creative Arts MUS 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar MUS 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums MUS 479 Music Therapy Clinical Internship MUS 458 Half senior recital EDS 282 Introduction to Special Education PSY 105 Principles of Psychology PSY 362 Abnormal Psychology BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology MUS 356 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion MUS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds MUS 358 Music Methods: Strings Strongly recommended: MUS 359 Music Methods: Vocal One of the following two: SOC 362 Statistical Analysis PSY 230 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I Eight quarter course credits of performance studies in the major instrumentlvoice Eight quarter course credits in a major Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumentlvoice Two semesters in a non-credit small Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumendvoice Pass piano, guitar, and vocal proficiency tests Pass three music repertoire tests Achieve a minimum grade of 2.5 in all music therapy courses Music Minor Requirements: 6 course credits MUS 101, 102 Materials of Music I, 11 MUS 111, 112 Aural Skills I, I1 MUS 341 Basic Conducting One of the following two: MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I MUS 232 History and Literature of Music I1 One additional music course. Four consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble concurrent with four quarter courses of performance studies on the major instrument/voice Pass one music repertoire test Departmental Honors Students may qualify for participation in the music honors program if they: have earned a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses apply by petition for the honors program before the senior year - 9 4 Music provide leadership in one or more of the following areas: - promotion of high music performance standards within the music department - breadth of music interests by attendance at concerts on and off campus - major ensembles Honors may be achieved in one of the following ways: writing a senior thesis and defending it before a faculty committee presenting an additional senior recital of graduate quality composing a work for vocal andfor instrumental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration conducting an ensemble concert a combination of the above Ensembles (MUE) These musical organizations are open to music majors, music minors, and nonmusic majors. All music students are required to participate in a major ensemble on their major instrument (where possible) during their time at Augsburg College. Auditions for membership in ensembles are scheduled during the first week of the school year or by arrangement with the individual ensemble director. While the music department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble experience, only membership in the Augsburg Concert Band, the Augsburg Chamber Orchestra, the Augsburg Choir, or Riverside Singers of Augsburg will satisfy the major, minor, or general education requirements. Ensemble requirements are fulfilled by participation for the entire year. One quarter course credit per semester is granted to members of major ensembles (MUE 111, 112, 121, 141); other ensembles carry no credit. Traditional grading is required for music majors and minors in ensemble courses. The general student may register for credit with either traditional or P/N grading, or may choose no credit with audit (V) designation. A maximum of two course credits in an ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements. Performance Studies (Private Lessons) Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or any instrument is available for all students in the following categories: No credit-112 hour lesson, 3 hours of practice per week 114 course credit-1R hour lesson, 4 hours of practice per week 112 course credit-1 hour lesson, 8 hours of practice per week One course credit-1 hour lesson, 12 hours of practice per week Lessons for credit require: Private lessons Jury examination at the end of each semester Attendance at departmental student recitals and master classes Attendance at concerts and recitals Lessons for non-credit: Students may take private lessons for no credit and are not required to fulfill the performance and listening requirements. A semester of study consists of 14 weeks of lessons, coaching, and a jury examination. Music majors and minors are required to register for music lessons for credit (quarter, half, or full credit depending on year of study and degree being sought). Credit is granted only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College Department of Music, and private - Music 1 9 instruction for credit is graded traditionally Music majors and minors must declare an area of concentration. Freshmen may be awarded free lessons, if taken for credit, in their major instrumendvoice and with the recommendation of their private lesson instructor. Any lessons during Interim or summer are arranged privately with the instructor. A student who cannot attend a scheduled lesson is required to notify the instructor at least 24 hours in advance. Otherwise, except for illness immediately prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson. Limited school instruments are available for student use. Music majors are required to attend departmental student recitals and will perform if requested by their instructor. All students registered in performance studies for credit are required to attend eight designated music events during each semester. Four of these events will be made up of major ensemble concerts, senior student recitals, faculty recitals, or designated campus music events. Four events should be professional, off-campus concerts that have the prior approval of the student's major instrumendvoice instructor. Off-campus concerts will require that a program and a one-sheet review be submitted to the instructor. Music minors are required to attend four events (on or off campus) that meet the approval of their private instructor. Note: Final grades for private lessons are affected by attendance requirements. Student Recitals Students planning a recital should carefully read the Music Student Handbook and consult regularly with their applied instructor. Concurrent registration in performance studies in the major instrumendvoice is required for recital performance. At least two full-time music faculty members and the student's private instructor must be present to evaluate junior and senior recitals. Recitals are given a pass/fail grade. Recitals required for the fulfillment of the B.M., B.A., or B.S. degree requirements or honors program will be sponsored by the music department. Other student recitals may be considered for departmental sponsorship. All music degree recitals must be representative of the academic guidelines set forth in this catalog and repertoire lists. B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS 358) will be one-half hour in duration for music education majors, and one hour in duration for music performance majors. B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459) will be one hour in duration for music education majors and music performance majors. B. A. and B. S. degree senior recitals (MUS 458) will be one-half hour in duration. EXAMINATIONS Piano Proficiency All music majors enrolled in a music degree program must complete the piano proficiency requirement by the end of the sophomore year. Consult the Music Student Handbook for piano major and non-piano major requirements and test dates. Music Repertoire Tests Music majors are required to pass three music repertoire tests, transfer students must pass two, and music minors must pass one. Consult the Music Student Handbook for contents of music repertoire tests and test dates. 96 Music - Many music courses are offered alternate years. Consult the ACTC Joint Class Schedule or the music department for course offerings in each term. THEORY MUS 101 Materials of Music I (.5 course) Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony, and principles of part writing. To be taken concurrently with MUS 111. (Prereq.: Theory Placement Test) MUS 102 (.5 course) Materials of Music 11 Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants, and simple modulations. To be taken concurrently with MUS 112. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 with a minimal grade of 2.0) MUS 111 Aural Skills I MUS 112 Aural Skills 11 MUS 201 (.5 course) Continuation of MUS 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. To be taken concurrently with MUS 211. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 and 102 with a minimal grade of 2.0) MUS 202 Form and Analysis (.5 course) Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th-century practice. To be taken concurrently with MUS 212. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 201 and 211 with a minimal grade of 2.0) MUS 211 Aural Skills 111 MUS 212 Aural Skills IV MUS 301 Counterpoint 1 (.5 course) 16th- through 18th-century contrapuntal techniques including double counterpoint, passacaglia, fugue, and canon. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 202 and 212 with a minimal grade of 2.0) MUS 302 Counterpoint 11 (.5 course) Study of contemporary counterpoint including works of Schoenberg, Barber, Copland, Hindemith, and Shostakovitch. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 202 and 212 with a minimal grade of 2.0) (.5 course) Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing, and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in MUS 101. To be taken concurrently with MUS 101. (-5 course) Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in MUS 102. To be taken concurrently with MUS 102. (Prereq.: MUS 111) Materials of Music 111 (.5 course) Melodic, harmonic dictation, and sight singing to parallel progress in MUS 201. To be taken concurrently with MUS 201. (Prereq.: MUS 112) (.5 course) Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in MUS 202. To be taken concurrently with MUS 202. (Prereq.: MUS 211) - Music 19 MUS 31 1 Composition 1 (.5 course) Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of sound, ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple forms and tonal harmonic materials are employed. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 202 and 212 with a minimal grade of 2.0) MUS 312 Composition 11 (.5 course) Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. Contemporary techniques, atonal systems, and larger forms are studied and used. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 311 with a minimal grade of 2.0 or permission from instructor) MUS 341 Basic Conducting (.5 course) Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique, score analysis and preparation, rehearsal techniques, basic nomenclature. (Prereq.: MUS 101, 111, 231) MUS 342 Choral Conducting (.5 course) Choral literature and organization, vocal methods and voice selection, advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Prereq.: Pass piano proficiency test and MUS 341) MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting (.5 course) Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature, advanced conducting techniques, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Prereq.: Pass piano proficiency test and MUS 341) HISTORY AND LITERATURE MUS 130 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For nonmusic majors. MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: MUS 101, 102, 201) MUS 232 History and Literature of Music II Continuation of MUS 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: MUS 101,102,201) MUS 241 History of Jazz This course is a study of the musical elements, cultural perspectives, and the historical developments of jazz. Many styles of jazz are examined including early New Orleans Dixieland, swing, cool, jazz/rock/fusion, ragtime, bop, and progressive jazz. MUS 320 Worlds of Music A survey of non-Western musical cultures. - 98 Music Thefollowing four half courses are extensive studies of special eras in the histoly of music: MUS 331 Music of the Baroque Era (Prereq.: MUS 231, 232) (.5 course) MUS 332 Music of the Classical Period (Prereq.: MUS 231, 232) (.5 course) MUS 333 Music of the Romantic Period (Prereq.: MUS 23 1, 232) (.5 course) MUS 334 Music of the 20th Century (Prereq.: MUS 231, 232) (.5 course) MUS 432 Church Music and Worship Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemporary worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and theology student. MUS 435 Voice Repertoire (.5 course) A survey of standard art song repertoire from Eastern and Western Europe, Russia, Scandinavia, and the Americas. Includes listening, writing, and performance. Required for vocal performance majors. (Prereq.: MUS 251, 252, 253, 254 or permission from instructor) MUS 436 Piano Repertoire (.5 course) Study of the piano literature from the 17th century to the present by listening, analyzing, and performing. (Prereq.: MUS 231, 232) MUS 498 Independent Study (.5 course) Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the department cuniculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty. H INTERNSHIPS AND INDEPENDENT STUDY COURSES MUS 199 lnternship See description on page 87. MUS 299 Directed Study See description on page 88. MUS 399 lnternship See description on page 87. MUS 499 lndependent StudyIResearch See description on page 88. Open only to advanced students upon approval of the faculty. Music 19 7 TECHNIQUE MUS 152 Class Voice (.25 course) Fundamentals of tone production and singing. MUS 155 Class Piano (.25 course) Basic keyboard familiarity, including scales, chords, arpeggios, sight-reading, and simple accompaniment and music reading skills necessaly to pass the piano proficiency test. (Prereq.: MUS 101 or permission from instructor) MUS 158 Class Guitar (.25 course) Beginning techniques of classic guitar. MUS 251-254 English Diction (251), Italian Diction (252) German Diction (253), French Diction (254) (each .25 course) Intensive course covering basic singing pronunciation of English, Italian, German, and French through the study of the art song repertoire. Includes regular class performances and phoneticization of texts using the International Phonetic Alphabet. Required for vocal performance majors and music education majors. MUS 456 Piano Pedagogy (.5 course) Principles, methods, materials, and techniques for teaching piano. Survey of various pedagogical schools of thought. MUS 358 JuniorRecital (.O course) B.M. candidates only. One-half hour recital at repertoire Level 111 for music education majors, one hour recital at Level IV for music performance majors. No course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing. MUS 458 Senior Recital (.O course) One-half hour recital at repertoire Level 111 for B.A. or B.S. candidates. No course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing. MUS 459 Senior Recital (.O course) B.M. candidates only. One hour recital at repertoire Level IV for music education majors, one hour recital at Level V for music performance majors. No course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing. MUSIC THERAPY MUS 271 MUS 272 Music Therapy Techniques and Materials (.5 course) Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Shulwerk, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings, and acquisition of skills in improvisation. Includes on-campus practicum with children. Human Identity through the Creative Arts A study of the aesthetic expression and experience as they relate to human identity, with an emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. An understanding of the relationships of the creative therapies of art, music, drama, and movement. 00 Music MUS 274, 275 Music Therapy Practicums (.O course) Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring clinical skills in leadership, observation, and functional music skills, including improvisation. Two hours per week. No course credit. MUS 372 Psychological Foundations of Music I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on acoustics and sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. MUS 373 Psychological Foundations of Music II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a multidisciplinary approach to music therapy Theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. MUS 374, 375 Music Therapy Practicums (.O course) Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring clinical skills in leadership, observation, and functional music skills, including improvisation. Two hours per week. No course credit. MUS 472 Human Identity through the Creative Arts See course description for MUS 272. Enrollment for upper division credit required for music therapy majors; will include an additional course module. MUS 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic settings, including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to therapy with music. MUS 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums (.25 course each) Volunteer work under the s u p e ~ s i o nof a registered music therapist, requiring more advanced clinical and musical skills, including improvisation. Two hours per week. (Prereq.: Three of MUS 274,275,374,375, and pass piano, guitar, and vocal proficiency tests) MUS 479 Music Therapy Clinical Internship (.5 course) Full-time placement in an AMTA-approved internship site for six months. (1040 hours) Application for internship must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: completion of all other graduation requirements, including all proficiency exams and music repertoire tests) - Music 20' ENSEMBLES (MUE) These musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by audition during the first week of fall semester or by arrangement with the ensemble director. Assignment to an ensemble is then made at the discretion of the appropriate faculty. For Jazz Ensemble membership, preference is given to Concert Band members. While the department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble experience, only membership in the Augsburg Concert Band, Augsburg Chamber Orchestra, Augsburg Choir, or Riverside Singers of Augsburg will satisfy the major, minor, or general education requirements. Some instruments are available for use by students. MUE 111 Augsburg Choir (.25 course) MUE 112 Riverside Singers o f Augsburg (.25 course) MUE 113 Vocal Chamber (.O course) MUE 114 Masterworks Chorale (.25 course) MUE 121 Orchestra (.25 course) MUE 122 String Ensemble (.O course) MUE 131 Woodwind Chamber Music (.O course) MUE 141 Concert Band (.25 course) MUE 142 Brass Ensemble (.O course) MUE 143 Jazz Ensemble (.O course) MUE 144 Percussion Ensemble (.O course) MUE 145 Piano Ensemble (.O course) - !02 Music PERFORMANCE STUDIES (MUP) Private instruction for credit is graded traditionally. All areas of study are available to the non-music major or minor. All lessons are adapted to the individual needs of the student and those bearing credit are supplemented by accompanying, ensemble participation, and other performances. Repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate levels of achievement and the following expectations: No-credit study has no repertoire requirements; music minor-Level I; B.A. and B.S. majors-Enter I and attain 111; B.M.-Education major-Enter I1 attain IV; B.M.-Performance major-Enter I1 and attain \! LESSONS MUP 111-411 Voice MUP 137-437 Horn MUP 121-421 Violin MUP 141-441 Trumpet MUP 122-422 Viola MUP 142-442 Trombone MUP 123-423 Cello MUP 143-443 Baritone M UP 124-424 Bass MUP144-444 Tuba MUP 131-431 Oboe MUP 152-452 Piano MUP 132-432 Bassoon MUP 159a Piano accompanying MUP 133-433 Clarinet MUP 161-461 Guitar MUP 134-434 Saxophone MUP 171-471 Percussion MUP 135-435 Flute MUP181-481 Organ MUP 191-491 Harp MUP 192-492 Improvisation Note carefully the following provisions: A semester of study is 14 weeks of lessons and coaching. Any lesson during the Interim or summer are arranged privately with the teacher. A student who cannot attend a scheduled lesson is required to notify the teacher at least 24 hours in advance; otherwise except for illness immediately prior to the lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson. Credit is granted only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College Department of Music. T he natural science licensure program for teachers is designed to provide strong preparation for science teaching and to satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements. Courses are designed to provide a broad, basic background in science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student will meet the distributionlgeneral education requirements of the College, the requirements for appropriate majors, the courses required in the Department of Education and, in the physical sciences, have at least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of Education for requirements in education. Early consultation with the major area coordinator is essential. Coordinators Karen Ballens, Biology, Sandra Olmsted, Chemistry, Jeff Johnson, Physics Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current licensure requirements. Broad Base Requirements GEO XXX Introductory Geology PHY 101 Introductory Astronomy PHY 106 Introductory Meteorology BIO 113 Introductory Organisrnal Biology BIO 114 Introductory Genetics, Evolution, and Ecology PHY 116 Introduction to Physics or PHY 121, 122 General Physics I, I1 CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry Biology Major (for licensure in biology 5-12) Broad base requirements, plus: BIO 215 Introductory Cellular Biology BIO 491 Seminar Six other biology courses, including at least one from each of the following groups: BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology or BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology or BIO 473 Animal Physiology BIO 361 Plant Biology or BIO 440 Plant Physiology BIO 367 Biochemistry or BIO 476 Microbiology BIO 355 Genetics or BIO 481 Ecology BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology or BIO 474 Developmental Biology CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry One math course: MAT 114, 122, 145, or 163 - !04 Natural Science Teaching Licensures Physical Science Broad Base Requirement BIO 113,114,215 PHY 101,106 Geology Chemistry Major (for licensure in chemistry 5-12) Physical Science Broad Base Requirement, plus Graduation major in chemistry: CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry CHM 351 Organic Chemistry CHM 352 Organic Chemistry CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 361 Physical Chemistry CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, I1 Physics Major (for licensure in physics 5-12) Physical Science Broad Base Requirement, plus Graduation major in physics: PHY 121 General Physics PHY 122 General Physics PHY 245 Modem Physics PHY 351 Mechanics I PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1 PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory Two additional physics courses above 122; recommended from PHY 261,320,327, 352,420,486,488 One year of general chemistry- CHM 105,106 or CHM 115,116 Two courses from: CHM 364,367,464,481,482,495 One year of general physics-PHY 122 121, NORDIC AREASTUDIES See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies. NORWEGIAN See listing under Modem Languages. T - he Augsburg of Nursing - Department is designed exclusively for registered nurses who want to increase their opportunities in the health care field. The scope of nursing practice is changing and expanding. Nurses are being called on to function in a variety of settings that differ from those in the past. Today nurses work in hospitals, clinics, corporations, government agencies, schools, and community organizations, or in their own practices. Wherever they practice, nurses provide comprehensive health care through the entire life span for people of diverse cultures and socioeconomic levels. The bachelor's degree equips nurses with a working knowledge of the biological, physical, social, behavioral, and nursing sciences. The nursing program at Augsburg also provides educational opportunities to increase their skills in critical thinking, clinical investigation, and decision-making that prepares them to handle challenging new positions in today's health care field. Augsburg's nursing program, leading to a bachelor of science degree with a major in nursing, is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for public health nurse registration in Minnesota. With two additional courses, they are eligible to apply for school nurse certification. Nursing Faculty Beverly Nilsson (Chair), Meny Beth Gay, Sue Nash, Pamela Weiss Major Nine courses including: NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I NUR 311 Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111: Families NUR 43 1 Leadership and Management: Theory and Practice PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the completion of Level I and Level I1 courses of study are required. Students also must complete Augsburg's residence and general education requirements. The program has been planned so that the major can be completed within two academic years; however, students may pursue their studies at a slower pace. Courses in the nursing major are offered on weekends with practicum courses requiring additional weekday time. More time may be required to complete the total course of study depending on the number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. Students in nursing may take non-nursing courses in both day school and Weekend College. Students interested in pursuing the nursing major should consult with the program coordinator from the Department of Nursing for program planning. - 06 Nursing Departmental Honors Admission to the honors major requires: a GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall, application to the department chair by Nov. 1 of the senior year, recommendation by nursing faculty, and honors thesis to be presented before a faculty committee by April 15. Candidates register for NUR 499 to complete the honors requirement. The following steps may be taken in any order, but all must be completed prior to application for admission into the nursing major. 1. Submit an application to Augsburg College. All applicants must present a high school diploma or equivalent and a 2.2 GPA. 2. Graduation from an accredited nursing program: Applicants must have graduated from an NLN-accredited associate degree or diploma nursing program with a 2.5 overall GPA. 3. Unencumbered RN licensure: The applicant must be a registered nurse who is licensed and currently registered to practice in Minnesota prior to beginning the nursing major. 4. Prerequisite course content: The following content must have been completed with a minimum grade of Z.O-chemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition, introductory sociology, and introductory psychology. These courses may be taken at Augsburg or at another accredited college or university. 5. Current clinical practice: Applicants must give evidence of current clinical nursing practice (within the past five years). This may include graduation from a school of nursing, work experience, completion of a nursing refresher course, or an acceptable equivalent. 6. Applicants must have their own malpractice insurance, current CPR certification, and an updated immunization record. Options for Completing the Degree Augsburg recognizes that nurses have a variety of time schedules, personal responsibilities, and work demands that must be taken into account in any decision to work toward a college degree. For this reason, Augsburg offers full- and part-time sequential alternatives for pursuing this degree. Nursing courses at Augsburg are available only through Weekend College. Classes usually meet on alternate weekends for one 3 l/2 hour time block. Clinical practice usually occurs on weekdays. Students can complete their liberal arts general education requirements by taking courses in day school and Weekend College. It is recommended that most liberal arts courses be taken before starting the nursing major. Nursing majors can complete the baccalaureate at the Minneapolis and Rochester sites. - Nursing 20 NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication Introduces the components of the professional role and continues the professional socialization process. Theories about how individuals and groups communicate are applied to changing professional roles. NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing An introduction to the idea of theory-based nursing practice. Nursing theory and conceptual models for nursing practice are studied and then utilized in a patientlclient situation. NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I Introduces the theory and methods that are essential to maintain or improve the health of culturally diverse individuals, families, and communities. NUR 31 1 Community Health Nursing II: Practicum** Provides clinical experience in community-based health care delively systems. Students will apply nursing process, teachingearning theory, and basic public health principles with culturally diverse clients. (Prereq.: NUR 310) NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing A transitional course designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Economic, social, political, and professional trends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for a changing practice. NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research Emphasis on research process and methods in nursing. Ethical issues in nursing research are examined. Students critique nursing research for its value in nursing practice and design a research proposal. (Prereq.: MPG 3) - 08 Nursing NUR 403 NUR 431 Contemporary Nursing Ill: Families Provides a theoretical basis for nursing interventions with culturally diverse families and explores theories related to family structure and function throughout the life span. The role of the nurse in family health care is examined. (Prereq.: NUR 306, 350) LeadershipIManagement: Theory and Practice** Examines the professional nurse roles of leader and manager. Concepts of change, conflict, and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability, and advocacy in the leader-manager role are studied. Application of theory occurs in selected practice settings with a professional nurse preceptor. NUR 432 Topics in Nursing Provides opportunities for in-depth exploration of selected topics in nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the interests of the faculty and students. Independent Study: NUR 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 88. Note: I f NUR 31 1 is not taken immediately following NUR 31 0, students are required to consult withfaculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content. Students who deceleratefor more t h a n j v e years may be asked to audit courses already taken. There is afee to audit courses. ** This course involves an additional clinical fee. P hilosophy is in an important sense the most fundamental of the disciplines. All of the sciences and most other disciplines have their source in it, and it is concerned with asking and answering the "big" questions that are the most basic. For example, Is there a God? Is there life after death? Are there absolute moral standards? What kind of life is the best? What is knowledge and what are its sources? Students learn to ask and answer these and other similar questions for themselves through the development and use of critical reasoning with the help of great philosophers from the past and present. The philosophy major has been carefully planned so that students can easily graduate with two majors. Some majors continue on to graduate school in philosophy, while others use the major to prepare for other professional studies such as law, medicine, or the Christian ministry. Philosophy Faculty David Apolloni (Chair), Mark Fuehrer, Bruce Reichenbach Philosophy Major Nine courses including: PHI 241 History of Philosophy I: The Classical Philosophers PHI 242 History of Philosophy 11: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy PHI 285 Intro. to Formal Logic and Computation Theory PHI 343 History of Philosophy 111: Enlightenment and 20thCentury Analytic Philosophy A 400-level course (other than PHI 499) Four elective courses in philosophy Five courses must be upper division. Major in Computational Philosophy In addition to a major and minor in philosophy, the philosophy department also offers a cross-disciplinary major in conjunction with the computer science department emphasizing areas of interest in which philosophy and computer science overlap: logic, artificial intelligence, cognitive science, philosophy of mind, and philosophy of language. The purpose of the major is to augment the technical skills of a computer scientist with the creativity and liberal arts perspective of a philosopher. The result is a degree that is very marketable in industry and that provides an excellent logical and philosophical background for those wishing to pursue graduate study in philosophy See course listing on page 118. Departmental Honors Admission to the philosophy honors program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice that involves research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the department. Philosophy Minor Five courses, including two from PHI 241,242, and 343. - !lo Philosophy .- -- - PHI 110 Introduction to Philosophy This course introduces students to typical philosophical problems (like how we know, if we can have certain knowledge, if there are universal moral principles whether God exists, the nature of the mind, etc.), to philosophical vocabulary, and to critical thinking and what it means to view the world philosophically PHI 120 Ethics By studying our moral beliefs, ethics helps students consider the bases they use to make moral judgments. The course explores major philosophical approaches to evaluating moral actions and then applies them to contemporary issues. Christian ethics will inform the considerations. Students who receive credit for PHI 120 may not receive credit for PHI 125. PHI 125 Ethics and Human Identity A philosophical study of the role of human understanding, emotions, and action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. Beginning by asking what the end or purpose of human life is, students decide on the moral and intellectual virtues required to reach the end. Topics of friendship and human love are followed by an analysis of human happiness. Students who receive credit for PHI 125 may not receive credit for PHI 120. PHI 175 Philosophy of Love and Sex Issues such as the ethics of sex in relation to marriage, pornography, and homosexuality are considered. Then consideration is given to the nature and history of romantic love and its relationship to sex. PHI 215 Philosophy of the Emotions and Passions An examination of several classical and contemporary philosophical essays on the nature of human emotion and passion with the intention of discovering the nature and role on this aspect of human nature. The impact of emotions upon language, music, art, interpersonal relations, and even religion are explored. PHI 241 History of Philosophy I: The Classical Philosophers Central philosophical questions that concerned the Greek philosophers and still concern us today: the nature of reality and its relationship to language and reason, the immortality of the soul, the nature of truth and human knowledge, and the nature of the good life, from Thales to Plotinus. PHI 242 History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy Students will read writings by various medieval and Renaissance philosophers in order to understand the process of philosophical assimilation involved in constructing a Christian philosophy (Suggested prior course: PHI 241. Spring) - Philosophy 21 PHI 260 Philosophy and the Arts Class discussion of philosophical issues raised and illustrated by painting, sculpture, literature, music, architecture, and film: the truth and falsehood of aesthetic judgment, the definition of "work of art"; the nature of aesthetic experience, the evaluation of art, creativity, the relation between the artist's intention, the work of art, and its relation to the rest of the artistic tradition. PHI 2851385 Introduction to Formal Logic and Computation Theory An introduction to sentential and first-order logic including logical connectives, proof theory, and quantification. Formal models of computation inclueding finite state automata, pushdown automata, and Turing machines. Incompleteness and uncomputability. (1.5-hour lab for PHI 385. Prereq. for PHI 285: None. Prereq. for PHI 385: CSC 210 and one of MAT 122 or MAT 145 or MAT 171) PHI 343 History of Philosophy Ill: Modern Philosophy The quest for the nature and origin of knowledge in the writings of the Continental Rationalists, Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz; and in the the writings of the British Empiricists, Locke, Berkeley, and Hume. Kant's idealist answer to Hume's skepticism; the rejection of idealism and the formation of analytic philosophy in the early 20th century: Moore, Russell, and Wittgenstein. PHI 350 Philosophy of Religion We systematically investigate a series of questions about religion. What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so, what can be said about God? Can God's goodness be reconciled with human suffering? Are miracles and life after death possible? (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy) PHI 355 Asian Philosophy A study of the basic concepts and philosophies that underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Alternate years) PHI 365 Philosophy of Science The course explores what scientific knowledge is, whether the scientist's knowledge of the world is profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist, and what degrees of certainty are yielded by scientific methods. (Suggested prior course: PHI 399 or one course in natural science) PHI 370 Existentialism Studies in the writings-both philosophical and literary-of prominent existentialist authors. The course examines what it means to be a being-in-theworld and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair, and paradox. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Alternate years) PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems that arise in the areas of health care and delivery, allocation of scarce resources, human experimentation, genetic engineering, abortion, care for the dying, and euthanasia. ' - 1 2 Philosophy PHI 3851285 Introduction to Formal Logic and Computation Theory (See description for PHI 285/385) PHI 410 Topics in Philosophy Advanced studies covering either an individual philosopher or a specific area of philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses: any course from PHI 241, 242,343,344, or consent of instructor. Offered annually) Internships and Independent Study Courses: PHI 199 Internship See description on page 87. PHI 299 Directed Study See description on page 88. PHI 399 lnternship See description on page 87. PHI 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 88. PHYSICALEDUCATION See listing under Health and Physical Education. T he Augsburg Assistant - Physician Program is designed for students interested m careers as health care providers. The physician assistant concept originated during the mid-1960s. Physicians and educators recognized that there was a shortage and uneven distribution of primary care physicians. To combat these problems, the Physician Assistant Program was developed. All PAs must, by law or regulation, have a supervising physician. An important element of the physician assistant education is the emphasis on patient education. The Augsburg Physician Assistant Program is a 27-month program of study for students with at least 64 semester hours of college credit. A new class of 28 students begins each May. Students who intend to enter the Physician Assistant Program must apply by December of the previous year. The program is very competitive and not all students who apply are accepted. Physician assistant students who have not previously obtained a baccalaureate degree will earn a bachelor of arts in physician assistant studies upon successful completion of the program. The Augsburg Physician Assistant Program is currently accreditated from CAAHEP (Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs). In order for someone to practice as a physician assistant, one must graduate from an accredited PA program and pass the PA National Certification Examination. Practice regulations differ from state to state. The mission of the Augsburg College Physician Assistant Program is to educate students in a manner consistent with the College's mission. It is based on a foundation of respect and sensitivity to persons of all cultures and backgrounds and oriented toward providing care to undersewed populations. Students are well educated in current medical theory and practice, and graduates are encouraged to work in primary care settings. The program promotes dedication to excellence in performance, with the highest standards of ethics and integrity and commitment to lifelong personal and professional development. Physician Assistant Faculty Dawn B. Ludwig (Chair), Martha Kelly, Terry Lewis, LuAnn Shay, Christine Bosquez, Donna DeGracia Major First Year (Twelve Months) Twelve courses including: PA 311 Human Anatomy and Neuroanatomy PA 321 Human Physiology PA 331 PA Seminar PA 351 Pharmacology I PA 361 Clinical Medicine I PA 371 History & Physical Exam Skills I PA 341 Current Trends PA 362 Clinical Medicine I1 PA 352 Pharmacology I1 PA 363 Clinical Medicine 111 History & Physical Exam PA 372 Skills I1 PA 380 Emergency Medicine and three supporting courses including: PSY 368 Behavioral Health Care I PSY 369 Behavioral Health Care I1 PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care - 1 4 Physician Assistant Second Year (Fifteen Months) ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS Prerequisite: successful completion of the first year of the PA Program and all courses must be taken as maditional grading. The following steps must be completed to apply for admission into the Physician Assistant Program. Clinical rotations in prearranged health care facilities including: PA 400 Family Medicine .............6 weeks PA 410 Internal Medicine ............6 weeks PA 420 General Surgery ..............6 weeks PA 430 Pediatrics........................ .6 weeks PA 440 OB/Gynecology ...............6 weeks PA 450 Emergency Medicine ......6 weeks PA 460 Psychiatry........................6 weeks PA 470 Electives ..........................6 weeks PA 480 Family Medicine Preceptorship ..................Final 11 weeks of program 1. Prerequisite course content: The following courses must have been completed at Augsburg (or an approved equivalent course at another accredited institution) with a GPA of 2.0 or better: A minimum grade of 2.0 in each physician assistant and supporting course of study is required. Students in the degree program also must complete Augsburg's residence and general education requirements. The program is planned so that the major will be completed in 27 months. The courses are offered consecutively, with subsequent courses based on material taught in previous courses; therefore, students are accepted for full-time study only. Program Change As of May 2001, the PA Program will be a graduate program and award a master of science degree with the PA Certificate. Prerequisites will change accordingly. One year biological sciences for majors One full course sequence oE Organic Chemistry Microbiology Biochemistry General Psychology One course in medical terminology 2. It is recommended students maintain a cumulative and science GPA of 3.0 or better to remain competitive with all potential applicants. 3. All general education perspectives/skills (except The City, one Writing Skill, Speaking Skill, and Critical Thinking) must have been completed. The above perspectives and skills are included in the physician assistant curriculum. 4. Submit a complete application to the program prior to the deadline, usually the end of December. Call the office for the official deadline each year. A complete application packet includes: the application, three or four letters of reference, an application fee, and an official transcript from each post-secondary school attended. 5. Application and admission to Augsburg College prior to matriculation to the Physician Assistant Program. - Physician Assistant 21 Human Anatomy and Neuroanatomy This course takes a regional approach to the study of human anatomy. The course will involve dissection of human cadavers. This course is offered only to students accepted into the PA Program. Human Physiology A course involving lectures, demonstrations, discussions, and laboratory exercises designed to present general physiological principles involving the nervous, respiratory, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, and endocrine systems, and the special senses. (Prereq.: Admission to the PA Program) PA Seminar A seminar exploring the history and role of physician assistants, including the laws and regulations governing their practice and education. (Prereq.: Admission to the PA Program or consent of instructor) Current Trends This course educates the student in understanding medical literature, research of literature, and analysis of medical articles. (Prereq.: Admission to the PA Program) Pharmacology I This course covers drug metabolism, chemotherapy, toxicology, and prescriptive practice as related to disease processes of the autonomic, cardiovascular, respiratory, and gastrointestinal systems. (Prereq.: Admission to the PA Program and successful completion of summer semester) Pharmacology II This course covers drug metabolism, chemotherapy, and prescriptive practices as related to the pediatric, dermatologic, otolaryngologic, endocrine, and gynecologic systems. (Prereq.: PA 351) Clinical Medicine I A course designed to teach pathologic process, clinical disease, treatment, and the clinical skills associated with the cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal, renal, and endocrine systems. (Prereq.: Admission to the PA Program and successful completion of summer semester) Clinical Medicine II A course designed to teach pathologic process, clinical disease, treatment, and the clinical skills associated with the otolaryngologic, ophthalmalogic, and neurologic systems. (Prereq.: PA 361) 16 Physician Assistant 7 Clinical Medicine Ill A course designed to teach pathologic process, clinical disease, treatment, and the clinical skills associated with the rheumatologic, orthopedic, gynecologic, obstetric, pediatric, geriatric, dermatologic, and immunologic systems. (Prereq.: PA 363) History and Physical Exam Skills I A lecturddiscussion/laboratory course with extensive clinical exposure designed to demonstrate and apply the techniques and skills essential to the interviewing and physical examination of patients. (Prereq.: Admission to the PA Program) History and Physical Exam Skills II A lecturddiscussion/laboratory course with extensive clinical exposure designed to demonstrate and apply the techniques and skills essential to the interviewing and physical examination of patients. (Prereq.: PA 371) Emergency Medicine A lecturdaboratory course designed to educate the student in common emergency procedures. Topics covered will be adult and pediatric trauma, surgical procedures, and cardiac arrest protocol. (Prereq.: PA 371 and 362) Family Medicine A six-week required rotation that emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, and management of systemic diseases, and conditions unique to the clinical practice of family medicine. Internal Medicine A six-week required rotation during which the indication, limitation, and methods of performing the necessary diagnostic procedure and therapeutic measures used in the treatment of general medicine disorders are reviewed. General Surgery A six-week required rotation providing an orientation to patients of various ages with surgically manageable diseases, emphasizing -preoperative,intraoperative, and postoperative periods. Pediatrics A six-week required rotation designed to emphasize care of the child from birth through adolescence, emphasizing common childhood illnesses, normal growth and development, and abnormal variations. - Physician Assistant 217 OBICYN A six-week required rotation that provides an exposure to the spectrum of problems and issues associated with women's health care, including pregnancy, common gynecological diseases, and preventive care. Emergency Medicine A six-week required rotation designed to provide an in-depth exposure to the illnesses and injuries sustained by all ages that necessitate emergency care. Psychiatry A six-week required rotation designed to provide an understanding of the behavioral components of health, disease, and disability with exposure to patients with a variety of psychiatric diagnoses. Electives A total of six weeks spent by the student in a department-approved rotation of the student's choice, such as, but not limited to, cardiology, orthopedics, radiology, dermatology, and neurology. Family Medicine Preceptorship An 11-week required rotation providing the student an opportunity to utilize all skills and knowledge gained in the program, emphasizing complete patient care in a family medicine setting. (Prereq: completion of the clinical year of PA studies) P hysicists are a curious and ambitious lot. Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles that describe and govern all physical aspects of the universe. Historically called "natural philosophers," physicists investigate by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis. Physics includes the study of systems ranging from sub-atomic particles to the largest galaxies and from the relative stillness of near absolute zero to the fiery activity of stars. Physics plays an important role in many of the liberal arts disciplines and contributes to society's understanding of such areas as energy, weather, medical science, and space exploration. Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and the need to keep abreast of rapid technological advances, the department strives to give students not only an understanding of basic concepts, but also insights into recent developments. A rigorous major provides students with the preparation required for graduate study in physics. It also provides flexibility, serving as a stepping stone to advanced work in related areas such as astronomy, engineering, computer science, atmospheric science and meteorology, oceanography, biophysics, environmental science, and the medical and health-related fields. The department serves the liberal arts by offering courses for non-science students that enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science. These courses provide the basis for further study and enable students to follow new developments with some degree of comprehension. The department supervises the preengineering program, with degree programs available at cooperating universities at both the bachelor's and advanced degree levels, and administers Augsburg College's portion of funds designated for the Minnesota Space Grant College Consortium, funded by NASA. It also maintains active research programs (supported by NASA, the National Science Foundation, and other federal agencies) through its Center for Atmospheric and Space Sciences. Several students work as research assistants in these efforts during the academic year and in the summer. Cooperative education, internship, and undergraduate research programs provide opportunities for students to apply their knowledge and problem-solving skills in practical situations in industrial, governmental, and academic settings. Physics Faculty Mark Engebretson, Kenneth Erickson, Anthony Hansen, William Jasperson, Jeffrey Johnson, David Venne, J. Ambrose Wolf Physics Research Staff Jennifer Posch, Thomas Powers BACHELOR OF ARTS Major 13 courses including: PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General PKysics I1 PHY 245 Modem Physics PHY 351 Mechanics I PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1 PHY 395, 396 Comprehensive Laboratory - Physics '219 Two elective physics courses above PHY 122 MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, 11 MAT 245, 247 Calculus 111 and Modeling and Differential Equations or MAT 245 Calculus 111 and PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Major 17 courses including: PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General Physics I1 PHY 245 Modem Physics PHY 261 Electronics PHY 351 Mechanics I PHY 352 Mechanics I1 PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1 PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory I PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory 11 PHY 486 Quantum Physics I One physics course above PHY 122 CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, 11 MAT 245, 247 Calculus I11 and Modeling and Differential Equations or MAT 245 Calculus 111 and PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Physics Major With Concentration in Space Physics 18 course credits. It is the same as the B.S. major, with the addition of PHY 320 and PHY 420, and the omission of the elective physics course. Graduation with Distinction A GPA of 3.7 in physics and 3.5 overall. An original research project on a significant topic in physics with an oral presentation and written report. Project proposals should be made to the department by Sept. 30 of the senior year. Departmental Honors A GPA of 3.5 in physics and 3.3 overall. An original research project on a significant topic in physics with an oral presentation and written report. Project proposals should be made to the department by Sept. 30 of the senior year. In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT 145, 146, and PHY 121,122 during the freshman year, and MAT 245 and 247 (or PHY 327) during the sophomore year. Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Minor Seven courses including: PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General Physics I1 Three elective physics courses above PHY 122 MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, 11 - '22 Physics PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using vector calculus. Topics include magnetostatics, magnetic properties of materials, and electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 362, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Spring) PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory 1 (.5 course) An emphasis on independent laboratory work and participation in physics seminars. Experiments in mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modem physics. (One three-hour laboratory and one seminar hour per week. Prereq.: junior or senior standing or consent of instructor. Fall) PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory 11 (.5 course) A continuation of PHY 395. (One three-hour laboratory and one seminar hour per week. Prereq.: PHY 395, junior or senior standing or consent of instructor. Spring) PHY 420 Plasma Physics Fundamentals of plasma physics including waves, instabilities, drifts, plasma drifts, particle motion, electric and magnetic fields, Boltzmann equation, magnetohydrodynamics, transport, and applications to laboratory and space plasmas. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 362, 363 or concurrent registration) PHY 486 Quantum Physics I A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger equation, operators, wave functions, expectation values, and approximation methods. Applications include potential wells and barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245, 35 1. Fall) PHY 488 Quantum Physics II The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 486. Spring) Internships and Independent Study Courses: PHY 199 lnternship See description on page 87. PHY 299 Directed Study See description on page 88. PHY 399 lnternship See description on page 87. PHY 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 88. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental approval. F irmly grounded in the liberal arts tradition, political science shares concerns with the humanities, other behavioral sciences, and mathematics and the sciences. The role and significance of authority in human affairs establish the focus of political science. Augsburg political science students have the benefit of an experienced faculty that offers courses in all major areas of political science, and also possesses special expertise in the areas of campaigns and elections, comparative and international politics, mass communications and other information technolgoy, racial and ethnic politics, and American public law. Political scientists use systematic inquiry and analysis to examine political reality. The student who majors in political science will explore political ideas and values, investigate political cooperation and conflict, analyze and compare political systems, and develop perspectives on international relations. In the process, the student will be encouraged to relate insights from other liberal arts disciplines such as philosophy, psychology, economics, history, and sociology to the study of politics. Providing work in several subfields of political sciene, the major supplies the breadth appropriate for graduate work in political science, public administration, public policy analysis, law, and other professions. It also serves as a foundation on which to develop careers in public service, business, communications, and other fields. Legislative and other internships, as well as significant independent research projects, are within easy reach of Augsburg political science students in the Twin Cities area. Combined with broad, balanced, and flexible course offerings, these special opportunities enhance the student's potential for graduate study and a successful career. Political Science Faculty Andrew Aoki (Chair), Philip Fishman, Milda Hedblom, Mary Ellen Lundsten, William Morris, Norma Noonan, Susan Riley, Joseph Underhill-Cady Political Science Major Ten courses: POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes POL 483 PoliticaVStatistics/Methodology POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar Required elective-one of the following: POL 121 American Government and Politics POL 122 Metropolitan Complex POL 160 World Politics POL 170 Law in the United States Also at least five other upper division courses in four out of five political science areas. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. Only one internship may count for an upper division area. Also one other political science course in any area, upper or lower division. Departmental Honors The honors major in political science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's GPA must be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; the student must take an honors independent study and a seminar, and must submit an honors thesis to be defended before a fac- - ?24 Political Science ulty committee. Students may work with any member of the department on their honors thesis. For specific requirements, consult the department chair. Students should apply for the honors major no later than the junior year. Minor Five courses, including POL 121 or 122 or 170; POL 158; and at least three upperdivision courses in three out of five political science areas. POL 483 may not usually be used for a minor. Teaching Major in Political Science and Economics Education Courses: EDC 200 Orientation to Education (required for licensure) EDS 375 Social Studies Methods-capstone course (required for licensure) Political Science Courses: POL 121 American Government (social science core course) Two upper-level political science courses (must be in two different areas) Two other political science courses In addition, in order to graduate with this major, a student must have been admitted into the Department of Education. Political Science Areas Total of 12 courses required: five courses in economics, five courses in political science, and two courses in education. ECO 112 or 113 and POL 121 also fulfill requirements for the social studies core; education courses also fulfill licensure requirements for secondary educaiton. (I) American Government and Politics, (11) Comparative Politics and Analysis, (111) International Politics, (IV) Public Law, and (V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements. Economics Courses: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics (elective for social science core) ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics (elective for social science core) ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics or ECO 315 Money and Banking ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics One other upper division course Note: Students interested in secondary education may take a political science major or the teaching major in economics and political science. Either option requires that the student also take courses required for the social studies core. For more information, see the department chair. See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered. - Political Science 22 I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS POL 121 American Government and Politics Surveys major parts of American national government-including Congress, the presidency, and the courts-as well as campaigns and elections, federalism, interest groups, and political parties. POL 122 Metropolitan Complex Examines politics in metropolitan areas, emphasizing central cities and focusing on influences on urban public policy. Includes case studies of the Twin Cities metro area. POL 124 American Women and Politics Investigates the roles women play in the political system. Political, economic, and social issues will be explored from contemporary and historical perspectives. POL 325 Public Administration and Policy Analysis The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the United States; governmental regulation, promotion, and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 326 Political Parties and Behavior Emphasizes study of public opinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties, interest groups, and media in presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor. Fall term of election years) POL 342 Mass Communication in Society Studies effects of new information technology (such as the Internet) and of the traditional electronic media. Covers uses of technology and media for newsmaking, selling, entertainment, and public affairs. (Prereq.: Sophomore, junior, or senior standing.) POL 370 Constitutional Law (See Section I V for description.) POL 375 Media Law (See Section IV for description.) POL 421 Topics in American Politics Topics include legislative, executive, or judicial politics, public policy, and leadership. Can include focus on national, state, or local level. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) - 26 Political Science II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. POL 350 Topics In European Politics Study of the political behavior, institutions, and processes of European states. The course will focus on either European community law and politics or domestic politics in European states. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 351 Topics In Communist/Post-Communist Systems Analysis of the former Soviet Union andlor other communist/post-communist states in terms of political behavior, evolution, institutions, and political processes. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 359 Topics: Women in Comparative Politics Various aspects of women in comparative politics will be explored. Themes and countries vary. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 459 Topics in Comparative Politics Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and comparisons of political processes such as political participation, political development, political change, and revolution. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS POL 160 World Politics Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign Policy Analysis of theory and policy in the foreign policy process in Russia (and the former USSR) and China. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 461 Topics in International Politics Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 490 Seminar in International Relations Capstone seminar for students majoring in international relations; analysis of some methods for studying international relations; analysis of major trends; senior thesis. Open to other students by consent of instructor. (Prereq.: four courses in the international relations sequence) - Political Science 22 IV. PUBLIC LAW POL 170 Law in the United States A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. POL 370 Constitutional Law The legal-political-philosophicalrole of the Supreme Court in the American political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: POL 170 or at least junior status and one previous course in political science) POL 371 Topics in Constitutional Law Selected topics in constitutional law. Content will vary, defined by the subtitle of the course. (Prereq.: POL 170 or consent of instructor) POL 375 Media Law Study of key issues and contemporary conflicts in media law and regulation, including the uses of law to settle disputes about media content, access, ethics, and ownership. (Prereq.: one course in political science, POL 342, or consent of instructor) V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes (See Section I1 for description.) POL 282 Understanding Asian America Asian Americans and their place in American politics and society. Includes some coverage of Asian American history and looks at struggle to define Asian Americans. POL 380 Western Political Thought A study of influential political philosophers, emphasizing the values, goals, and assumptions that continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 381 Topics in Democratic Theory Selected topics including the emergence of political democracy in comparative perspective and American political thought. Topic to be included in the subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 382 Marxist Theory Origins and evolution of Mantist theory and movements, emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Considers the political, social, and economic dimensions, and changing role of Marxist doctrines in society. (Prereq.: POL 158 or consent of instructor) - Political Science 28 POL 383 Social and Political Change Examines interaction between cultural, social, and political change, looking primarily but not exclusively at the United States. Also looks at how individuals can try to effect political change. (Prereq.: one previous course in political science, or junior or senior status or consent of instructor) POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study. Major research is required. (Prereq.: POL 158, POL 483, and two upper division courses, or consent of instructor) VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY, AND INTERNSHIPS POL 295 Lower Division Seminar Special topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject matter. (On demand) POL 483 Seminar in Political Statistics and Methodology Introductory survey of political science methods. Covers experimental design, descriptive and inferential statistics, computer methods, and issues in the construction and execution of political surveys. POL 495 Seminar Selected topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject matter. Internships and Independent Study Courses: POL 199 lnternship See description on page 87. P/N grading unless internship supervisor grants exception. POL 299 Directed Study See description on page 88. POL 399 lnternship See description on page 87. POL 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 88. P sychology is an exploration of behavior and mental processes. A s an integral part of a liberal arts education, psychology contributes to the understanding of individual and group behavior. Psychology's scientific method also equips students to understand and use scientific research and to make more informed judgments about claims in the popular media. To prepare students for graduate study and work in psychology, the major emphasues the complementary components of a strong foundation in research and theoretical work with application of knowledge and skills in coursework, research experience, and internships within the community. The cuniculum's emphasis on problem-solving skills and current information about human development and interaction is also relevant to careers in many related s e t t i n g s business, education, social services, research, law, government, church, and medicine. Faculty members in the Department of Psychology have varied professional specializatio=linical, counseling, physiological, developmental, social, cognitive, and industrial/organizational psychologyas well as expertise in psychological applications to health, law, and public policy. Students may tap this expertise through a variety of learning experiences-within and outside the classroom, with group and individual projects, and through association with Augsburg's active Psychology Club, Psi Chi Honor Society, and facultystudent research teams. Psychology Faculty Nancy Steblay (Chair), Grace Dyrud, Emily Hause, Victoria Littlefield, Bridget Robinson-Riegler,Jennifer Wenner Major Ten courses including: PSY 105 Principles of Psychology or PSY 102 The Individual in a Social World PSY 200 Psychological Science Laboratory PSY 230 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I PSY 330 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis 11 PSY 399 Internship At least one course from the following: PSY 354 Cognitive Psychology PSY 355 Biopsychology PSY 359 Assessment At least one course from the following: PSY 491 Advanced Research Seminar PSY 493 Seminar: Contempora~yIssues At least three additional psychology courses. (Majors are strongly encouraged to take more than 10 psychology courses; no more than 13 count for graduation. ) Note: A minimum of five courses must be from Augsburg. No more than two courses from among PSY 299,399, and 499 may be counted. Transfer-course policy for majors and minors: All transfer courses, including ACTC courses, must be approved in writing by the chair. Only those psychology courses successfully completed (2.0 or above) within the last 10 years will be considered. In general, courses that meet the transfer guidelines may only be applied to elective or PSY 105 credit for the major. WEC psychology courses are offered only on an alternating year basis. All psychology majors must have an adviser in the psychology department. - 30 Psychology Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Concentration in Social Psychology Both the sociology and psychology departments offer courses relevant to students with interests in social psychology. The intent of the social psychology concentration is to provide students of either major with a solid disciplinary foundation along with specific course work to strengthen a cross-disciplinary social psychological perspective. Students will participate in internship and research experiences specific to their social psychology interest. Course work will emphasize research skills, theoretical analysis, and applied work in areas intended to prepare students for careers in law, consulting, research, and social policy, as well as many other areas. In addition, the social psychology concentration is ideal for graduate school preparation. See department chair for specific requirements. Departmental Honors GPA of 3.0 in the major and 3.5 overall, and completion of a high-quality research project culminating the major program. Formal application must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chair for more detailed requirements. Minor Five courses, including PSY 102 or 105, and four electives. A minimum of two courses must be from Augsburg. No more than two courses from among PSY 299, 399, and 499 may be counted. PSY 102 The Individual in a Social World A scientific investigation of social issues, with analysis of both individual and group factors. Topics include media, prejudice, conformity, legal processes, and consumer issues. Research participation is required. (This course does substitute for PSY 105 as a prerequisite to upper division psychology courses.) PSY 105 Principles of Psychology An introduction to the methods and principles of psychology. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Research participation is required. PSY 200 Psychological Science Laboratory An introduction to the science of psychology through problem-solving. The focus is application of psychological principles to real-world issues. Emphasis on data collection, summary, and communication. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 201 Health Psychology Consideration of the impact of psychological, behavioral, social, and biological interactions on health. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) - Psychology 23 PSY 230 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I Part I of a two-term sequence. Scientificmethod as practiced in psychology. Emphasis on skills of bibliographic research, research design and data collection, statistical analysis and interpretation, computer-assisted data analysis, and APA-style presentation of research findings. PSY 230 must precede PSY 330. (Prereq.: PSY 200) PSY 325 Social Behavior Social factors that influence individual and group behavior in natural and laboratory settings. Topics include social cognition, group behavior, social influence, attitudes formation, and change. (Prereq.: PSY 200 or consent of insh-uctor) PSY 330 PSY 351 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis II Part I1 of a two-term sequence. See PSY 230. PSY 330 should be taken in the term immediately following PSY 230. PSY 230 may be taken for one course credit without taking 330. (Prereq.: PSY 230 with a grade of 2.0 or higher) Child Development Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Practical implications of data and theory are stressed. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 352 Adolescent and Young Adult Development Consideration of research and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult years. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 353 Aging and Adulthood Development through middle and older adulthood. Consideration of positive and negative aspects of aging. Content is especially relevant to those who study and work with the largest growing segment of our population-the elderly. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 354 Cognitive Psychology Theory, data, and practical applications relevant to the following topics: attention, perception, pattern recognition, memory, mental imagery, problem-solving, decision-making, and language. (Prereq.: PSY 200) PSY 355 Biopsychology Relationship between brain and behavior. Considers biological bases of learning and cognition, emotions, abnormal psychology, personality, normal and altered states of consciousness. (Prereq.: PSY 200) PSY 356 Environmental Psychology This course uses a cultural-ecologicalviewpoint to study the influence of the physical environment, both natural and human-made, on behavior. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 357 Behavior Analysis Principles of learningbehavior change and their application to self-management, family, work, school, and clinic settings. Individualized projects. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or PSY 105) - Psychology 32 PSY 359 Assessment Theory and scientific methods of assessing human aptitudes, achievement, personality, abnormal behavior, vocational interests, and impacts of the environment on behavior. Examination of a variety of tests, concepts of reliability and validity, and legal and ethical issues. (Prereq.: PSY 200) PSY 361 Personality/Cultural Context Current scientifically-based approaches to description, dynamics, and development of personality. Includes study of gender, social position, and cross-cultural behavior. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 362 Abnormal Psychology An introduction to psychological disorders. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 368 Behavioral Health Care I (Physician Assistant Program requirement) Application of psychological theory, research, and clinical principles to health care practice. Emphasis on developmental health issues and a biopsychosocial health model. (Prereq.:Junior standing in PA Program or PSY 355 and instructor approval) PSY 369 Behavioral Health Care II (Physician Assistant Program requirement) Continuation of PSY 368. Specific skills and knowledge for effective clinical interviewing, diagnosis, and development of health care plans. Emphasis on psychopathology. (Prereq.: PSY 368) PSY 371 Psychology of Gender Emphasis on the social construction of gender and its impact on the lives and behavior of individuals. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 373 Industrial/Organizational Psychology The theoretical and applied study of organizations. Topics include personnel selection and evaluation, career development, conflict and decision-making, group processes, and organizational change. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 381 Historical Perspectives Focus on the people in psychology's history, their questions and positions, from the early Greek period to the present. Emphasis on the 20th century, inclusions of women and minorities, and contextual history. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 485 Counseling Psychology Principles and methods involved in the counseling process. Consideration of goals and ethical guidelines for the counseling relationship. (Prereq.: Three PSY courses and junior class standing) PSY 490 Current Topics in Psychology Specific topic will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: PSY 230 and consent of instructor) - Psychology 23: PSY 491 Advanced Research Seminar Research team experience in a seminar format. Designed to extend students' knowledge of statistical and methodological techniques and to explore contemporary research issues. Recommended for students headed for graduate school and those electing an honors major. (Prereq.: PSY 330 or comparable course approved by instructor) PSY 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues Discussion and exploration of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Faculty-supervised student research. (Prereq.: PSY 230 and junior standing) Internships and Independent Study Courses. PSY 199 Internship See description on page 87. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105 and one other psychology course). PSY 299 Directed study See description on page 88. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 399 lnternship See description on page 87. Participation in a concurrent seminar is required. (Prereq.: PSY 330) PSY 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 88. (Prereq.: PSY 330) R eligion asks fundamental questions of life and meaning: Who are we as human beings? Where did we come from? Where did the world come from? What do good and evil mean in this time and place? Students will wrestle with these questions and with responses from the Christian traditions and from the perspectives of the other major world religions. Through this study of religion, students will learn to understand, appreciate, and articulate the Christian faith, as based in the Bible, as lived in the Christian fellowship, as embodied in the Christian Church and its history, and as interactive in the contemporary world and with other world religions. Students will also develop the ability to read and interpret the Bible, other religious texts, and various expressions and practices of faith, so that their meaning for human life in relation to God becomes evident. In addition students will develop skills for becoming leaders in the religious communities to which they belong and for living as responsible citizens with others whose religious views and practices differ from their own. A religion major encourages students to seek their future in the world andfor church through a sense of vocation, serving as pastors, associates in ministry, nurses, youth and family ministry lay professionals in congregations, and as social service and human resource professionals in a wide variety of settings. Religion Faculty Beverly Stratton (Chair), Janelle Bussert, Bradley Holt, Rolf Jacobson, Lynne Lorenzen, Philip Quanbeck 11, Mark Tranvik BACHELOR OF ARTS Religion Major Eight courses including: REL 111 Introduction to Theology REL 221 Biblical Studies REL 356 World Religions REL 481 Contemporary Theology REL 495 Seminar Three additional religion courses, of which two must be upper division courses. Note: Seminar, especially for majors, should be taken in the junior or senior year. Only one Interim course may be applied to the major. One New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with Distinction requires application to the department chair in the junior year. Specific requirements are available from the chair. Departmental Honors GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, research project approved by the department, and colloquium with the department. Application must be received by the department by Dec. 30 of the student's senior year. Minor Five religion courses. Not more than one Interim course may be counted for the minor. Note: Not all courses that meet Christian Faith Perspectives are REL courses and do not count toward tlie religion major or minor. - Religion 23: Youth and Family Ministry Major The major in youth and family ministry prepares persons for faithful work as youth and family ministers in Christian congregations and other ministry settings. This major is interdisciplinary, combining a core study of theology and Bible with supporting coursework in the social sciences. A distinctive part of the major is the combination of practical and theological training, using resources of the Youth and Family Institute of Augsburg College. Students are accepted into the program through a twostep candidacy process. This major requires an approximately 100-hour internship administered by the Youth and Family Institute in partnership with a congregation. It may be possible for the intern to receive a stipend for this internship. The candidacy process begins with application, normally in the fall of the student's sophomore or junior year. Two of the theology core courses must be completed before making application to the program. An essay, one letter of reference, an assessment instrument called "Self Portrait," and an interview are required for candidacy review. The teaching staff will conduct step one. The second step will be conducted by the Youth and Family Institute staff with help from experienced pastors, a member of the religion faculty, and youth and family ministers. This usually follows the internship in the fall of the senior year. Retaking the "Self Portrait," an essay, an assessment of the internship, and an interview are required. This step is very important for recommending the students for employment. Youth and Family Ministry Major Ten religion courses including: Theology core: REL 111 Introduction to Theology REL 221 Biblical Studies REL 362 Theology of the Reformers REL 481 Contemporary Theology REL 495 Seminar Youth and family ministry core: REL 235 Basics in Youth and Family Ministry (Interim) REL 232 Peer Ministry: Principles and Leadership REL 358 Life and Work of the Church REL 399 Internship Theology elective: choose one of the following: REL 356 World Religions REL 353 Denominations and Religious Groups in America REL 343 Theology of Marriage and Family and four supporting courses: SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective PSY 105 Principles of Psychology or PSY 102 The Individual in a Social World PSY 351 Child Development or PSY 352 Adolescent and Young Adult Development or SWK 260 Humans Developing Note: A student with a youth and family ministry major may not also major or minor in religion. - !36 Religion 2217Or 331 is prereq~site to aU other courses. REL 111 or 221 is expected to be taken in either the freshman or sophomore year at Augsburg. Junior or senior transfer students who are required to take two Christian Faith Perspective courses may take REL 331 as the prerequisite for other courses. REL 111 Department approval is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for religion department credit. All majors must have an adviser in the department. Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world that concerns Christian doctrine. REL 221 Biblical Studies The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents; the task of biblical interpretation; and the history of Israel and the emergence of the church. REL 231 Religion in African-American History An examination of selected topics related to the Black experience, e.g., African backgrounds, religion under slavery, and evangelicalism. REL 232 Peer Ministry: Principles and Leadership Students learn to train college, high school, and junior high youth to serve as peer ministers in their congregations and communities. They will learn and practice communication skills, facilitate small groups, and learn the role of a listenerlhelper. Peer ministry integrates the act of caring and serving others within a Christian belief system. REL 235 Basics in Youth and Family Ministry Development of youth and family ministry in the U.S. Conceptual models and basic skills for holistic approach to youth and family ministry in a congregation. REL 331 Foundations in Bible and Theology An advanced introduction to the biblical and theological foundations of the Christian faith, focusing on writing and advanced critical thinking skills. Open only to advanced transfer students. Not accepted for credit for students who have taken REL 111 or REL 221. REL 343 Theology of Marriage and Family An examination of the nature of modem marriage and family relationships within the context of the faith and practice of the Christian church. - Religion 23: REL 353 Denominations and Religious Groups in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major Christian denominations and of many contemporary American religious groups. Some controversial religious movements will also be considered. REL 356 World Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. REL 357 Giants of Christian Faith Christian history is examined through the lives and theology of notable figures. Thinkers that may be studied include Augustine, Martin Luther, Dorothy Day, and Martin Luther King, Jr. REL 358 Life and Work of the Church Congregational life in its varied character with attention to Christian education and curriculum, youth work, and parish work. REL 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society. REL 361 The Church in the First Four Centuries A study of the early Christian Church, including persecution and martyrdom, councils and creeds, and conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions. REL 362 Theology of the Reformers An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the 16th century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. REL 363 Religion in America A study of the history of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations, and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. REL 370 American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and philosophy of North American Indians are studied. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies, and beliefs in an afterlife. (Prereq.: junior standing) REL 374 Science and Religion A study of the implications for Christian theology of modem science, particularly physics and biology, and the ethical implications of some of the technologies that have derived from these sciences. - 138 Religion REL 383 Process Theology Influences of the relational world view of process philosophy on Christian faith and ethical deliberations (including killing, abortion, human sexuality, and euthanasia). REL 386 Speaking of Genesis An investigation of scholarship on Genesis and the role of interpretaton through study of the characters and values portrayed in Genesis and related biblical texts. REL 390 Theology of Death and Dying A study of death and dying from the viewpoint of Christian theology and ethics, taking into account also what other religions and the biological, psychological, and social sciences have had to say on the subject. Special emphasis on medical ethics brought on by modem medical technology. REL 420 The Russian Orthodox Church Theology and history will be studied primarily from the perspective of those Christians who live in Greece, Turkey, and Eastern Europe, with special attention to the Orthodox Church in Russia. REL 425 Christian Spiritual Practices A practical forum on "habits of the heart" that sustain Christian service. Students explore and critically reflect on the value and practice of spiritual disciplines such as prayer, meditation, journaling, and service to the poor. REL 441 Feminism and Christianity Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and men, feminist interpretation of the Bible, and the impact of feminism on Christian theology, especially in terns of language and metaphor. REL 471 Jesus and His Interpreters Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure, and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus. REL 472 Paul the Apostle A study of the apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes found in his writings. REL 475 Judaism An introduction to the Jewish faith as the tradition has developed, as well as attention to current issues facing the Jewish community The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism. REL 481 Contemporary Theology An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. - Religion 23' REL 483 Christian Ethics The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. REL 486 Psychology of Religion and Theology A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the tradi- tional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. REL 490 Topics in Religion Individual study in selected religion courses not addressed in regular course offerings. REL 495 Seminar Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year; others by permission of instructor. Before taking the seminar, each major must have written one formal research paper and placed it on file with the department chair. (Fall) Internships and Independent Study Courses: REL 199 Internship See description on page 87. Limited to special cases. REL 299 Directed Study See description on page 88. REL 399 Internship See description on pages 87 and 235. REL 499 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 88. See department listingfor a description of thefollowing approved elective: RELIPHI 350 Philosophy of Religion (See PHI 350) 40 RUSSIAN, CENTRAL, AND EAST EUROPEANSTUDIES (ACTC T his major, offered through the Associated colleges of the ~ w i Cities i (ACTC), seeks t i give the broadest possible exposure to the history, politics, economics, literature, and philosophy of Central and Eastern Europe and Russia. This interdisciplinary major offers an opportunity to become well acquainted with societies in socio-economical and political transition as well as the rich literary and cultural achievements of the area. Experience with the Russian language or, through the University of Minnesota one of the Eastern European languages, is required. Russian, Central, and East European studies is a sound liberal arts major offering considerable flexibility and career opportunities, especially when combined with another major or minor in business, economics, history, language, and literature or political science. Courses are offered at Augsburg College, Hamline University, Macalester College, the College of St. Catherine, and the University of St. Thomas, thus drawing on the faculty and resources of the five ACTC institutions. Adviser Magda Paleczny-Zapp PROGRAM) DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS Major Eleven courses, including language and area studies courses: A. Language Courses: Two years of basic college Russian, Polish, SerboCroatian, Czech, Hungarian, or equivalent competencies. B. Area Studies Courses: Track 1: Concentration in humanities Five courses: Four courses from the list of approved courses in Track 1,plus one course from Track 2, as approved by adviser. Track 2: Concentration in social sciences Five courses: Four courses from the list of approved courses in Track 2, plus one course from Track 1,as approved by adviser. C. Two other courses selected from either Track 1 or Track 2. D. Students are strongly recommended to take a third year of Russian or any other East European language. A program of study abroad in Russia or one of the Central or East European countries during a semester, Interim, or during the summer is strongly encouraged. All options should be discussed with the student's adviser. I AUCSBURC TRACK 1 HUMANITIES CONCENTRATION HIS 348 Russia and Soviet Union in the 20th Century REL 420 The Russian Orthodox Church TRACK 2 SOCIAL SCIENCES CONCENTRATION REL 420 The Russian Orthodox Church ECO 317 Comparative Economic Systems EC0 495 Topics (Requires permission of adviser) POL 351 Topics in Communist/Post Communist Systems (Requires permission of adviser) POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign Policy Students may take other Eastern European language courses that are offered at the University of Minnesota through ACTC. See the adviser or contact the ACTC office for further information. Students may not receive credit for the same course taken on different campuses. The following courses are considered to be equivalent to one another: (Location:A = Augsburg; H = Hamline; M = Macalester; C = St. Catherine; T = St. Thomas.) HIS 60 M = HIS 337 H HlST 333 T = HIST 373 H = HIST 348 A = HIST 351 C ECO25M=ECO317A= ECO 349 T = ECO 349 C Faculty Advising Students should consult an adviser regularly in order to secure a coherent and effective program. Each ACTC institution has a faculty member on the Russian, Central, and East European Studies Committee. These advisers can help with selection of courses, recommendations for study abroad, and consideration of career options. See Nordic Area Studies under Interdisciplinary Studies. The current advisers are: Augsburg, Magda Paleczny-Zapp, (612) 330-1761; Hamline, Karen Vogel, (651) 641-2973 and Nick Hayes, (651) 641-2314; Macalester, Gary Krueger, (651) 696-6222; St. Catherine, Sr. Margery Smith, (651) 6906553; and St. Thomas, Sr. Mary Shambour, (651) 962-5164. s tudents preparing to teach social studies at the secondary level must complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Coordinator Christopher Kimball Social Studies Teaching Licensure Broad base requirements: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics or ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics HIS 220 America to 1815 or HIS 221 19th-Century United States or HIS 222 20th-Century United States POL 121 American Government and Politics PSY 105 Principles of Psychology SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology One course in geography (human or cultural) Plus a major in one of six fields-economics, history, political economics, political science, psychology, or sociology. Geography and anthropology are also acceptable fields, although they are not offered as majors on the Augsburg campus. An interdisciplinary social studies major is available for persons holding a bachelor's degree and seeking licensure only. Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the social studies coordinator. Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. Students should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. T h e social work major prepares graduates for entry-level generalist practice in the field of social work. The baccalaureate social work uroeram (B.S.W.) is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education and leads to a bachelor of science degree. Graduates are prepared to work with individuals, families, groups, and communities building on strengths, and to develop and analyze social policy. The mission of the department is to develop social work professionals for practice that promotes social justice and empowerment towards the well-being of people in a diverse and global society. . L, Augsburg's social work major provides a strong foundation for graduate studies in a variety of fields. Since 1991 Augsburg has offered a full-time Master of Social Work (M.S.W.) degree on a weekend schedule. Augsburg College's motto, "Education for Service," exemplifies the philosophy of the Department of Social Work. The Twin Cities area provides both a variety of field placements for social work students and extraordinary community resources for the classroom. The ethnic and economic diversity in this metropolitan area enriches opportunities for social work students to learn to understand, appreciate, respect, and work with people different from themselves. The social welfare minor and electives in the department allow students from other majors to gain knowledge about human needs and growth, human services, global social welfare, and the methods of effective citizenship. Using this knowledge, students are encouraged to use their talents and skills to address the needs of society, always emphasizing social justice and the central importance of diversity in the social fabric of our world. Social Work Faculty Terry Cook (Co-Chair), Edward Skarnulis (Co-Chair), Anthony Bibus (BSW program director), Susan Bullerdick, Vem Bloom, Laura Boisen (MSW field coordinator), Lois Bosch (MSW program director), Francine Chakolis, Maria Dinis, Sumin Hsieh, Rosemary Link, Sharon Patten, Curt Paulsen, Phu Phan, Glenda Dewberry Rooney, Michael Schock (BSW field coordinator), Clarice Staff, Maryann Syers - 3ocial Work 44 Concentration Major Ten core courses: SWK 301 History and Analysis of Social Policy SWK 306 Social Work Practice I: With Individuals SWK 307 Field Work I: Integrative Seminar SWK 316 Social Work Practice 11: With Families and Groups SWK 317 Field Work 11: Integrative Seminar SWK 401 Research: Evaluation of Practice and Programs SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111: With Communities and Policies SWK 407 Field Work 111: Integrative Seminar SWK 417 Field Work IV Integrative Seminar SWK 419 The Social Worker as Professional and seven supporting courses: BIO 101 Human Biology PSY 105 Principles of Psychology soc 121 Introduction to Human Society SOC 231 Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender, and Race SWK 257 Exploring Human Services SWK 260 Humans Developing A minimum grade of 2.0 is required for each core course and a 2.0 GPA is required in the supporting program. A statistics course is recommended for students planning on graduate school. Concentrations in aging, chemical dependency, crime and corrections, social ministries, and youth are possible. A concentration consists of elective courses in the area and a senior practicum in that special area. For social ministries, a minor in religion with specific coursework is required. Completion of a concentration is noted on the transcript. Candidacy Social work majors must be granted candidacy status before the beginning of the first practicum in the junior year. Certain 300- and 400-level courses list candidacy as a prerequisite. A written selfstatement, reference letters, and the completion or planned enrollment in all core and supporting program courses below the 400 level are necessary for candidacy. Social Welfare Minor (for other majors) Six courses including: SWK 257 Exploring Human Services SWK 260 Humans Developing SWK 301 History and Analysis of Social Policy SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111: With Communities and Polices SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender, and Race and one course from: POL 121 American Government and Politics POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes POL 325 Public Administration - Social Work 24 Social Ministries This concentration helps to focus social workers on work in church congregations or church-sponsored social programs and projects. The concentration was designed by the Departments of Religion and Social Work. The concentration is achieved by completing the following course of study: SWK 257 Exploring Human Services SWK 260 Humans Developing SWK 301 History and Analysis of Social Policy SWK 306 Social Work Practice I: With Individuals SWK 307 Field Work I: Integrative Seminar SWK 316 Social Work Practice 11: With Families and Groups SWK 317 Field Work 11: Integrative Seminar SWK 401 Research: Evaluation of Practice and Programs SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111: With Communities and Policies SWK 407 Field Work 111: Integrative Seminar SWK 417 Field Work IV Integrative Seminar SWK 419 The Social Worker as Professional Social Ministries Minor in Religion Required course--choose one: REL 111 Introduction to Theology or REL 221 Biblical Studies Suggested c o u r s e ~ h o o s four: e REL 231,263,342,343,353,360,363, 366,370,415,441, and 483. ELECTIVE COURSES ARE OPEN TO ALL STUDENTS. SWK 230 Global Peace and Social Development This course offers a framework of non-violent social change and development in the global context. It also identifies the focus of social work in addition to many other disciplines that are vital to fostering peace. SWK 257 Exploring Human Services This experiential learning course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in social work. Students must arrange to perform 60 hours of work in a human service agency and must attend the weekly seminar. The course also critically examines how economic and political structures affect diverse groups. SWK 260 Humans Developing This course provides an understanding of human growth through life and of the sociocultural, biological and psychological factors that influence the growth of individuals and families. Growth related to diverse populations and groups or special stresses is also a focus. SWK 301 History and the Analysis of Social Policy This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service. The values and social movements that form charitable and governmental responses to human needs and the contribution of social workers historically will be explored. (Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor) - 46 Social Work SWK 406 Social Work Practice Ill: With Communities and Policies This course focuses on social change through community organization and influencing policies. Students build an understanding of communities, human service agencies, and policy practice in the local community through a required service-learningproject. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor) COURSES RESERVED FOR SOCIAL WORK MAJORSONLY SWK 306 Social Work Practice I: With Individuals This course covers the basic features of the helping process, theoretical foundations, principles, and techniques of social work with individuals, and development of relationship building skills. Includes video-taping laboratory sessions. (Concurrent with SWK 307 Integrative Seminar in WEC and with SWK 301 in the day program, and junior standing) SWK 307 Field Work I: lntegrative Seminar* Beginning supervised professional practicum experience in a social work agency that focuses on interviewing experience and relationship building. A total of 120 hours, plus a small-group integrative seminar. (Prereq.: SWK 301, junior standing, concurrent with SWK 301 in day program and SWK 306 in WEC. P/N grading only) SWK 316 Social Work Practice II: With Families and Croups This course builds skills in the problem-solving model with diverse populations through lecture, classroom exercise, and regular class work focusing on generalist practice in group and family work. (Prereq.: SWK 306, SWK 307, and candidacy status) SWK 317 Field Work II: lntegrative Seminar* Progressively-responsible, supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups, and communities in a social service agency A total of 120 hours, continuing SWK 307, plus an integrative seminar. (Prereq.: candidacy status; concurrent with SWK 316. P/N grading only) *Can be taken in coordination with cooperative education, which may provide paymentfor work infield sites. - Social Work 24 SWK 401 Research: Evaluation of Practice and Programs This is an overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications to program and practice evaluations, plus use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. (Prereq.: MPG 3) SWK 407 Field Work Ill: lntegrative Seminar* Field work practicum, a total of 120 hours plus integrative seminar. (Prereq.: Senior and candidacy status. P/N grading only) SWK 41 7 Field Work IV: lntegrative Seminar* Continuation of SWK 407; a total of 120 hours plus integrative seminar. (Prereq.: Senior and candidacy status. P/N grading only) SWK 419 The Social Worker as Professional This course reviews professional ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, job attainment, and strategies for agency change and empowering clients. (Prereq.: Senior and candidacy status.) Internships and lndependent Study Courses: SWK 199 lnternship See description on page 87. SWK 295 Topics: Special themes in social work specified in subtitle. SWK 299 Directed Study See description on page 88. SWK 399 lnternship See description on page 87. SWK 499 lndependent StudyIResearch See description on page 88. *Can be taken in coordination with cooperative education, which may provide payment for work infield sites. S ociology -. is the study of society as a whole and of human social organization in groups. The sociological perspective provides a way to better understand the social world and how human beings come to think and act as they do. The goal of the department is to guide students in gaining knowledge of the social order, how it affects them in their daily lives, and how it can be applied to their vocation. Sociology majors develop an understanding of the theories of society and social groups, learn to create and use scientific tools of analysis, and practice the application of sociological concepts to the solution of social problems. Students are encouraged to select as electives some of the non-traditional learning models available, such as internships, independent study, Interim courses, and field studies. The department urges students to use Augsburg's metropolitan setting as a laboratory for learning. Internships and cooperative education enable majors to apply the theories and research skills of sociology while they explore career alternatives. Augsburg alumni who have majored in sociology are currently employed in the human resources departments of both government and private corporations, in the criminal justice field, and as professors of sociology. Others have used their majors as preparation for advanced study in areas such as law, the ministry, social work, urban planning, and human services. Sociology Faculty Diane Pike (Chair), Eric Buffalohead, Gany Hesser, Gordon Nelson, Michael O'Neal, Tim Pippert, James VelaMcConnell Major Ten courses including: SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society SOC 349 Complex Organizations SOC 362 Statistical Analysis SOC 363 Research Methods SOC 375 Social Psychology SOC 485 Modern Sociological Theory and four additional sociology courses. Note: SOC 399 is highly recommended. Majors must have a 2.0 or better in each required course to receive credit in the major. Concentration in Crime and Community Many of our students are interested in the field of criminal justice. This concentration, however, is not a traditional criminal justice program. Rather, the focus is on understanding crime in the community with respect to prevention, and the solution of problems that lead to crime. Students interested in community crime prevention as well as the traditional aspects of criminal justice-ourts, prisons, probation, and law-will be served by this major. See department chair for specific requirements. Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. - Sociology 249 Concentration in Social Psychology Departmental Honors Both the sociology and psychology departments offer courses relevant to students with interests in social psychology. The intent of the social psychology concentration is to provide students of either major with a solid disciplinary foundation along with specific course work to strengthen a cross-disciplinary social psychological perspective. Students will participate in internship and research experiences specific to their social psychology interest. Course work will emphasize research skills, theoretical analysis, and applied work in areas intended to prepare students for careers in law, consulting, research, and social policy, as well as many other areas. In addition, the social psychology concentration is ideal for graduate school preparation. See department chair for specific requirements. To complete the honors major in sociology, the student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and overall. In addition, students must: (1) successfully complete an internship, independent study, or cooperative education experience; (2) submit a portfolio including an honors essay and completed papers and projects. See department chair for specific requirements. An application for the honors major must be completed by spring of the junior year. Minor Five courses including SOC 121 and at least two upper division courses taken at Augsburg College. Students are expected to have at least a 2.0 GPA in courses counting toward the minor. SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society What is society and how does it make us who we are? Sociology offers insights into discovering the world and one's place in it. Course study focuses on an understanding of culture, social structure, institutions, and our interactions with each other. (Fall, spring) SOC 21 1 Community and the Modern Metropolis How is community possible in the face of multicultural, economic, and ideological forces that are characteristic of urban life? The cultural and structural dynamics of the Twin Cities are a basis for exploring this possibility. (Fall, spring) SOC 231 Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective The term family is a universal concept, yet its membership, rituals, and functions vary dramatically across world cultures and sub-cultures in the United States. Family systems are explored with respect to cultural and historical settings, variations among families, and the modem cultural and social patterns. -Sociology 250 SOC 241 Foundations of Cultural Anthropology Course objectives include giving students an understanding of anthropological methods and theories, the concepts of race and culture, an appreciation and awareness of differing cultures, and an awareness of the role cultural anthropology has in understanding contemporary human problems. SOC 265 Gender, Race, and Ethnicity Who gets what, when, and how? Individuals and groups from diverse backgrounds-race, ethnicity, class, gender, and sexuality-receive unequal portions of wealth, power, and prestige in our society. This course focuses on both the collective and individual processes involved in social inequality. (Fall, spring) SOC 277 Introduction to Criminology What do we know about crime in American society? How can we explain crime sociologically? Topics include: theories and patterns of crime, police, courts, corrections, and criminal policy. (Fall) SOC 300, 301, 302, 303, 304 Special Topics in Sociology A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests that are not satisfied by regular course offerings. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) SOC 349 Complex Organizations What is the nature of these modem organizations in which we spend so much of our daily lives? Organizations as corporate actors are analyzed with respect to their goals, culture, technology and structure, as well as corporate deviance. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Spring) SOC 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements and institutions in American society. (Prereq.: SOC 121 recommended. Fall) SOC 362 Statistical Analysis This course is an introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics in the social sciences; as such, it provides a foundation for understanding quantitative analysis-be it in an academic journal or a daily newspaper. (Prereq.: MPG 3 . Fall) SOC 363 Research Methods Good research-do you know it when you see it? Can you produce it yourself? Social science research skills are learned through the practice and application of the basic tools of valid and reliable research design and data analysis. (Prereq.: SOC 362 or consent of instructor. Spring) SOC 375 Social Psychology How does soceity construct the individual? How does the individual construct society? This course analyzes the dynamic tension between the self and society, as well as the major questions, issues, perspectives, and methods of the field. (Prereq.: Soc 121 or consent of instructor. Fall, spring) - - Sociology 251 SOC 381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning Emphasis centers on alternative theories and approaches to planning and shaping metropolitan areas. Readings, simulations, outside speakers, and walking research field trips in a seminar format. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 or consent of instructor. Spring) SOC 485 Modern Sociological Theory An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the 19th and 20th centuries. (Prereq.: Two courses in sociology including SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Fall) Internships and Independent Study Courses: SOC 199 lnternship See description on page 87. SOC 299 Directed Study See description on page 88. SOC 399 lnternship See description on page 87. SOC 498 lndependent Study-Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic, and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, supplemented by traditional College resources. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 andfor consent of instructor. Fall, spring) SOC 499 lndependent StudyIResearch See description on page 88. (Prereq.: SOC 121, consent of instructor and department chair. Fall, spring) SPANISH See listing under Modem Languages. SPEECH/COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE ARTS-spc, THR 0 ur quality - - of life, both personally and professionally, depends in large part upon the quality of our communication. A communication major at Augsburg is designed to enhance understanding of communication in a variety of contexts and to improve communication skills. Since communication careers demand a broad educational background, the department strongly encourages a second major or two minors in fields such as business, economics, English, history, international relations, political science, psychology, religion, social work, sociology, or theatre arts. The Augsburg communication major focuses on competency in both speech and writing, as well as effective use of media. Since the study and practice of communication is grounded in both the humanities and the social sciences, majors are encouraged to include such related subjects as aesthetics, ethics, philosophy, logic, literature, statistics, and research methods in their programs. Prospective majors should meet with a departmental adviser as early as possible to design an approved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts Faculty Martha Johnson (Chair), Julie Bolton, Michael Burden, Darcey Engen, Robert Groven, Daniel Hanson, David Lapakko, Deborah Redmond BACHELOR OF ARTS Communication Major 12 courses overall--seven required core courses and five courses within one of seven emphases. For transfer students, at least six of these 12 courses must be upper division courses offered at Augsburg. Required of all communication majors: SPC 111 Public Speaking or SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking SPC 188 Forensics Practicum (non-credit) SPC 321 Advanced Public Speaking or THR 350 Voice for Speech, Stage, and Screen or THR 360 Interpretive Reading SPC 35 1 Argumentation SPC 352 Persuasion SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SPC 355 Small Group Communication One of the following: ENG 223, 225, 226, 227. Rhetoric Emphasis (Day) Five additional electives from the following: SPC 329,343,345,347,399,495, 499; THR 350,360; LIN 311; PHI 120, 230; PSY 325,371; SOC 362,375. Organizational Communication Emphasis (Day) Five additional electives from the following: SPC 329,345,399,495,499; ART 132,225,330; SPC 345; BUS 340,355 or 450; CSC 160; INS 395; PSY 325,371, 373; SOC 265,349,375. Mass Communication Emphasis (Day) Five electives from the following: SPC 343,347,348,399,495,499; ART 132, 225,330; ENG 226,241,327,347; POL 342,375; THR 232,325,350,360; SPOTHR 333. Public Relations and Advertising Emphasis (WEC) Students interested in this emphasis are strongly urged to take ENG 227 Journalism as part of the major. Five electives from: ART 132, 224, 225; BUS 242,252,355; MIS 379; PSY 373; SOC 349; SPC 345,399,480; POL 342. Marketing Communications Emphasis (WEC) Five electives from: BUS 252, 352,355, 357,450; SPC 399,480; POL 342. Human Relations Emphasis (WEC) Five electives from: INS 395; PSY 373, 485; SOC 231,265,349,375; SPC 329, 345,399,480. Supervisory Management Emphasis (WEC) Five electives from: BUS 242, 340, 440; INS 395; MIS 175,379; PSY 373; SOC 349; SPC 345,399 For All Seven Emphases We encourage all majors to participate in Augsburg's interscholastic forensics program. Day students are required to attend at least two interscholastic speech tournaments. Registering for and completing SPC 188 (Forensics Practicum) is required to document participation. Students should be aware that the tournament season is essentially from October through midMarch, and should plan schedules accordingly. All day majors should plan to include at least one internship (SPC 399) as one of their electives. Students may petition the department to include as part of their major concentration other Augsburg courses not listed above. Such requests must be submitted in writing to the departmental adviser for prior approval. Also, students may petition to include up to three courses from other ACTC schools as electives, with prior approval of the adviser or department chair. Departmental Honors The honors major is designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student. Honors majors must maintain a 3.5 GPA in the major and a 3.0 GPA overall, and, as part of their major program, complete a substantial independent project of honors quality (SPC 499 registration). Honors candidates should meet with their departmental adviser prior to their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project. Communication Minor Six courses including: SPC 111 Public Speaking or SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking POL 342 Mass Communication in Society or SPC 343 Broadcast Production I SPC 351 Argumentation or SPC 352 Persuasion SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SPC 345 Organizational Communication or SPC 355 Small Group Communication ENG 223,225,226 or 227 Film minor Six courses including: ENG 241 Introduction to Cinema Art SPCITHR Topics 295: 16mm Film SPCrrHR Topics 295: Contemporary Issues in Film SPC 343 Broadcast Production I THRISPC 333 Acting for Camera Plus one of the following: SPCrrHR Topics 295: Screenwriting THRJENG 325 Playwriting THR 328 Stage Design SPC 347 Documentary Video SPC 348 Broadcast Production I1 THR 366 Stage Direction Prospective minors must obtain prior approval from a communication faculty adviser. Communication Arts/Literature Teacher Licensure Major This major is only for students who seek to be licensed in speech or communication arts. Students should consult directly with both the Augsburg speech/communication and education departments. The course requirements for the new licensure are listed under the Department of English, on p. 139. Note: For transfer students, at least three of these six courses must be upper division courses offered at Augsburg. SPC 111 Public Speaking The course focuses on speech preparation, organization, audience analysis, style, listening, and overcoming speech fright. (Note: Students may take either SPC 111 and 112 for credit, but not both. Fall, spring) SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking Theory and practice of speaking in formal contest situations. Students must attend three interscholastic speech tournaments in at least two of the following: informative speaking, persuasive speaking, Lincoln-Douglas debate, speaking to entertain, andlor communication analysis. (Note: Students may take either SPC 111 or 112 for credit, but not both.) SPC 188 Forensics Practicum A non-credit experience in forensics. Students must attend two interscholastic forensics tournaments between October and March. (Fall, spring) SPC 321 Advanced Public Speaking This course explores advanced issues in public address including delivery and performance, vocal control, persuasion, audience adaptation, argument construction, and speaker credibility The class uses a series of speeches, ranging from impromptu speaking and persuasion to job i n t e ~ e w i n gand sales presentations, in order to hone students' speaking skills. (Prereq.: SPC 111 or 112) SPC 329 lntercultural Communication This course explores cultural differences and their implications for communication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction, and code syst e m . (Fall: alternate years) SPC 343 Broadcast Production I Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept development, script-writing, directing, and producing for video. Should be taken concurrently with THR 333. (Fall) SPC 345 Organizational Communication An examination of communication in organizational settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships, management styles, motivation of employees, organizational culture, effective use of meetings, and sources of communication problems. (Fall: alternate years) SPC 347 Documentary Video A video production course that integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects. SPC 348 Broadcast Production I1 This course combines studio and field production with special emphasis on post-production editing. Students work in production teams to create and produce a one-hour magazine format news program and music video. (Prereq.: SPC 343 or 347) SPC 351 Argumentation Develops critical thinking skills by study of the theory and practice of argument, evidence, fallacies, and refutation. Includes how to build and analyze public arguments that confront students in their everyday lives. (Prereq.: SPC 111 or consent of instructor. Fall) SPC 352 Persuasion Examination of the process of influence in a variety of social contexts, paying special attention to the psychological aspects of persuasion. (Prereq.: SPC 111 or consent of instructor. Spring) SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. (Fall, spring) SPC 355 Small Croup Communication A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on decision making, leadership styles and conflict management. (Spring) SPC 410 The Self and the Organization Understanding through dialogue of the functions of communication in organizational settings with particular emphasis on the self-defining aspects of the social contract between the individual and the organization in a changing world. Collateral readings, open dialogue, and individual projects. (WEC only) SPC 480 Public Relations/PromotionaI Communication Public relations in the modem world of communication, marketing, and business. An overview of public relations as a career and a survey of basic promotional communication in profit and nonprofit organizations. (WEC only) SPC 495 Communication Topics Selected topics in communication with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. Internships and Independent Study Courses. SPC 199 - lnternship See description on page 87. SPC 299 Directed Study See description on page 88. SPC 399 lnternship See description on page 87. SPC 499 Independent Study/Research See description on page 88. See department listings for the following approved electives: ART 132 ART 224 ART 225 ART 330 BUS 242 BUS 252 BUS 340 BUS 352 BUS 355 BUS 440 BUS 450 CSC 160 ENG 226 ENC 241 ENG 347 INS 395 MIS 379 PHI 120 POL 342 POL 375 PSY 325 PSY 371 PSY 373 PSY 485 SOC 231 SOC 265 SOC 349 SOC 362 SOC 375 THR 232 THR 325 THR 350 THR 360 I HEATRE ARTS-THR T he study of theatre is finnly grounded in the liberal arts, integrating kno&ledege and principles from many academic and artistic disciplines, including speechlcommunication, art, music, history, English, literature, business, philosophy, and religion. Both the cumculum and dramatic productions by the Theatre Arts Program offer valuable cross-disciplinary connections for the campus while also providing a solid base in classical, modem, contemporary, and multicultural theatre. Augsburg's location in the heart of a major theatre center makes it an ideal place to study theatre. At Augsburg we seek to create every opportunity for students to grow both as theatre artists and scholars, by encouraging connections between our campus and the greater arts community while also exploring connections between theory and application. Student opportunity to make these connections includes course study, theatrical production work, participation in the Artist Series (an annual series of events featuring visiting theatre professionals from the Twin Cities community who work closely with students,) and attendance at numerous professional productions in the Twin Cities. Augsburg theatre productions are treated as unique learning laboratories where students can enter into creative collaboration with faculty and professional artists-in-residence. In addition to learning skills specific to theatre, students in theatre arts learn valuable skills applicable to other professions: collaboration, verbal and non-verbal communication, organization, critical thinking, leadership, creativity, and self-expression. Involvement in theatre arts can help prepare students for such careers as law, education, business, communication, and jour- nalism, as well as prepare theatre students for careers in professional or academic theatre, television, and film. In order to prepare the student for graduate school or the workplace, the department strongly encourages a second major or minor in such fields as speech/communication, art, English, education, music, or religion. BACHELOR OF ARTS Theatre Arts Major Ten courses overall-eight required core courses and two courses chosen from THR electives. Eight core courses: THR 222 Introduction to Theatre THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft THR 232 Acting THR 245 Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre THR 328 Theatrical Design THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism I1 THR 366 Stage Direction I Two electives from: THR 116 Creative Drama THR 350 Voice for Speech, Stage, and Screen THR 360 Interpretive Reading THR 365 Advanced Acting The following cross listed and capstone courses are encouraged, but not required: THRJMUS235 Introduction to Music Theatre Performance THRlENG 325 Playwriting THRISPC 333 Acting for the Camera THR 399 Internship THR 499 Independent Study Students may take a maximum of 13 credits in the major. - 158 Theatre Arts Ten experiential learning units in three or more of the following areas: performance (three required), artistic (one required), and production (four required). Unless you are a transfer student, all six core courses must be taken at Augsburg; therefore, careful, early planning is required. Freshmen planning to major in theatre arts should begin with courses THR 116, 222, 232; sophomores: THR 228, 245,361, 362; juniors: THR 325, 328, 350,360,361, 365; seniors THR 365, 366. Note: Several courses are offered alternate years only. Thirteen theatre courses are allowed toward graduation. A capstone course, such as an internship, is encouraged, but not required. THR 002, 003, 004, or 005 is recommended to fulfill lifetime sports requirements. Majors must participate in two out of three dramatic productions every year. Students must maintain an overall 2.0 GPA to have major participation in productions. Departmental Honors Designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student. Honors majors must maintain a 3.5 GPA in the major and a 3.0 GPA overall and, as part of their major, complete a substantial independent project of honors quality (THR 499). Honors candidates should meet with their departmental adviser prior to their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project. Transfers: Transfer students are required to take a minimum of three Augsburg upper division theatre arts courses. Theatre Arts Minor Five courses including: THR 222 Introduction to Theatre THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft or THR 328 Theatrical Design THR 232 Acting THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I or THR 362 Theatre History Criticism I1 THR 366 Stage Direction I Five experiential learning units in the following areas: performance (two required), artistic (one required), and production (two required). Film Minor Six courses including: ENG 241 Introduction to Cinema Art SPC/THR Topics 295: 16mm Film SPC/THR Topics 295: Contemporary Issues in Film SPC 343 Broadcast Production I THRISPC 333 Acting for Camera Plus one of the following: SPCrrHR Topics 295: Screenwriting THRIENG 325 Playwriting THR 328 Stage Design SPC 347 Documentary Video SPC 348 Broadcast Production I1 THR 366 Stage Direction Theatre History and Criticism Dramaturgy Minor Five courses: THR 222 Introduction to Theatre THR 325 Playwriting THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I THR 362 Theatre History Criticism I1 A directed studies course in dramaturgy or theatre criticism or theatre history - Theatre Arts 25! Dance and Theatre Teacher Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has changed the licensing requirements for teachers who seek to be licensed in theatre. At publication of this catalog, the Theatre Arts Program is in the process of seeking approval of a dance and theatre teacher licensure major with a theatre specialization. Students should consult directly with both the Augsburg Theatre Arts Program and the education department. THRIHPE 002, 003 Lifetime Sports-Introduction to Dance (.O course) This course offers an overview of various exercises and gives an introduction to a variety of movement styles, cultures of dance, and stretches. Each class includes a rigorous, physical warm-up, mixing yoga, pilates, and modem dance. THRIHPE 004, 005 Lifetime Sports-Modern (.O course) Dance and Improvisation Students will learn various phrases of movement incorporating floor exercises and will learn to travel through space using level, volume, and floor pattern. Improvisational techniques will be introduced and students will create short improvisational pieces. (Prereq.: THRlHPE 002, 00, or instructor's permission. NOTE: Students are allowed to use only one of THRIHPE 002, 003,004, or 005 to fulfill the lifetime sports requirement.) THR 116 Creative Drama A study of theatrical movement, voice, mime, mask, acting with an emphasis on active participation and reflective writing. (Fall) THR 222 Introduction to Theatre An introduction to dramatic art including major historical periods, plays, artists; dramatic structure; basic concepts and techniques of the play production process. Students attend and review stage productions. (Fall) THR 228 lntroduction to Stagecraft Introduction to the backstage world of the theatre; its organization, crafts, magic, and art. Technical production experience, practical projects and theatre tours. Open to all students. Lab required. (Fall) THR 232 Acting An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental and emotional preparation, and exploration of the creative approach to scene and character study in American drama. Students attend and review live productions. (Spring) THR 245 lntroduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre A survey of the theatrical performance styles, aesthetic theories, and plays of traditional Asia and Asian American cultures. The course includes lectures, films, videos, and demonstrations by visiting performers. (Fall: alternate years) - !60 Theatre Arts THR 325/ENC 325 Playwriting An introductory course in writing for theatre. Students will learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script analysis and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to finished product. (Prereq.: ENG 111 and one literature course. ENG 226 also recommended. Fall: alternate years) THR 328 Theatrical Design Introduction to scenery and lighting design for the stage. Each student will execute two design projects dealing with stage design process. Class will take theatre tours, have visiting designers, and practical involvement with the Augsburg spring production. (Lab required, materials needed. (Prereq.: THR 228 or permission of instructor. Spring) THR 333/SPC 333 Acting for Camera An exploration of acting principles and techniques as applied to video and film. Since the art of acting enhances skills for on-camera effectiveness, actual TV drama scripts, commercials, and others will be used for video performance; should be taken concurrently with SPC 343. THR 350 Voice for Speech, Stage, and Screen A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, placement, relaxation, resonating, articulating, listening, introduction to phonetics, and the vocal mechanism. Theory and practice are combined in oral projects, reports and papers, voice tapes, and individual coaching. (Fall) THR 360 Interpretive Reading Basic principles of oral interpretation of prose, poetry, and drama. Study, discuss, practice, and perform readings in prose, poetry, and drama before small and large groups. (Spring) THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the classical Greek through the Medieval period. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken sequentially with THR 362. (Prereq.: ENG 111. Fall or spring: alternate years) THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism II An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the Elizabethan through the contemporary theatres. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken sequentially with THR 361. (Fall or spring: alternate years) THR 365 Advanced Acting This course explores the elements of characterization through character analysis and extensive scene, monologue study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from the classics (Shakespeare, French neoclassicism,Restoration comedy, realism, and non-realism), culminating in public recital. (Prereq.: THR 222 and THR 232. Fall or Spring) - Theatre Arts 26' THR 366 Stage Direction Basic directorial techniques: play analysis, production organization, technical collaboration, casting, rehearsals, blocking, and characterization. Direction of two pieces required, the latter for public recital. Permission from instructor required. (Prereq.: THR 361, or 362, or 328, or consent of instructor. Spring) THR 495 Theatre Topics Selected topics in theatre. Internships and Independent Study Courses: THR 199 lnternship See description on page 87. THR 299 Directed Study See description on page 88. THR 399 lnternship See description on page 87. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 88. See Metro-Urban Studies listing under Interdisciplinary Studies. T he Women's Studies Program provides students with the opportunity to examine critically women's contributions and experiences in various historical and cultural contexts. This is an inter-college Program with 'Ourse offerings at Augsburg College, Hamline University the College of St. Catherine, and the University of St. Thomas. Courses are drawn from many disciplines and combine theoretical, practical, and research components that focus not On gender, but also that race, class, and sexual identity are crucia1 aspects of women's experiences. The Women's Studies Program offers both a major and a minor, and provides students with academic preparation for careers in human services, education, and social work as well as graduate study Women's Studies Faculty Jacqueline deVries (Coordinator), Kristin M. Anderson, Grace B. Dyrud, Doug Green, Milda Hedblom, Lynne Lorenzen, Patty Murphy, Beverly J. Nilsson, Norma Noonan, Michael O'Neal, Timothy Pippert, Beverly J. Stratton, James Vela-McConnell Major Ten courses that must include WST 201 Foundations in Studies, WST 495 (Seminar), and WST 199 or WST 399 (internships). The remaining seven electives are to be selected from approved studies courses, and should include at least two courses in the social sciences, two in the humanities, and one in cross-cultural studies. At least three tourses must be upper division courses. Students may take courses at any of the colleges participating in the Studies Program. However, at least three courses must be completed at Augsburg. The writing component of the graduation skills requirements for the women's studies major must also be completed at Augsburg. Each student's program must have the written approval of the women's studies program coordinator. Both majors and minors are encouraged to participate in one of the gender-focused semester study abroad programs offered through Augsburg's Center for Global Education. Two programs have been prestudy credit: approved for Crossing Borders: Gender and Social Change in Mesoamerica (offered fall semester) and Gender and the Environment: Latin American Perspectives (offered spring semester). Minor Five courses that must include WST 201; three electives, one of which must be upper division; and WST 495 or 499. Courses may be taken from the other ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. Each student's program must have the written approval of the women's studies program coordinator. - Women's Studies 26: WST 201 Foundations in Women's Studies This multidisciplinary course introduces students to the contributions of women in history, religion, literature, philosophy, sciences, and the arts, and how the questions and methodologies of these disciplines differ when seen from women's perspectives. Students will also study the diversity of women's experiences in terms of race, sexual orientation, and class. INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the lives of women in non-Western societies, including their economic, political and social contributions, familial roles, and status in society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures. WST 205 lntroduction to Cay and Lesbian Studies This course will introduce students to basic issues surrounding sexual orientation in contemporary U.S. culture, including sexual identity, life experiences of gayAesbianhisexuaVtransgender (glbt) persons, homophobia, and heterosexism. Students will visit Twin Cities agencies and participate in an immersion experience. (Lab fee: $50) WST 281 Topics in Women's Studies INS 311 The Development Process (See International Studies, Crossing Borders: Gender and Social Change in Mesoamerica.) INS 320 American Indian Women (See American Indian Studies for course description.) WST 405 lntroduction to Cay and Lesbian Studies (See description for WST 205) WST 481 Topics in Women's Studies WST 495 Women's Studies Seminar This advanced course will include student research and presentations that incorporate feminist theory. The seminar is required of all majors and minors who do not elect to do an independent study (499). It is offered at a different college each year. Internships and Independent Study Courses: WST 199 lnternship See description on page 87. WST 299 Directed Study See description on page 88. WST 399 lnternship See description on page 87 jd BOARD OF KECENTS Chair Kathryn H. Tunheim Secretary Ruth E. Johnson '74 Vice Chair Norman R. Hagfors Treasurer Glen E. Person '47 The year in parentheses after each name is the expiration date of current term. An asterisk before a name indicates the person is an Augsburg graduate. *Rev. Gary E. Benson '70 (2002) Directing Pastor, Zumbro Lutheran Church, Rochester, Minn. *Jackie Cherryhomes '76 (2004) President, Minneapolis City Council, Minneapolis, Minn. Rev. Roger C. Eigenfeld (2000) Senior Pastor, St. Andrew's Lutheran Church, Mahtomedi, Minn. *Tracy Lynn Elftmann '81 (2002) Owner, Customized Employer Solutions, Edina, Minn. *H. Theodore Grindal'76 (2002) Attorneypartner, Lockridge Grindal Nauen 65 Holstein P.L.L.P., Minneapolis, Minn. Norman R. Hagfors (2001) President, Norsen, Inc., Minneapolis, Minn. *Dr. Ruth E. Johnson '74 (2000) Assistant Professor of Medicine, Mayo Clinic; Director, Mayo Breast Clinic, Rochester, Minn. Dean C. Koppemd (2004) Chief Executive Officer, Fortis Financial Group, Woodbury, Minn. David J. Larson (2002) Sr. Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel, Lutheran Brotherhood, Minneapolis, Minn. Gloria C. Lewis (2005) Director, Violence Prevention Programs, Chicago Department of Health, Chicago, Ill. Rev. Jose Antoinio Machado (2004) Pastor, Todos Los Santos Congregation, Minneapolis, Minn. James E. Haglund (2000) President/Owner, Central Container Corporation, Minneapolis, Minn. *Julie R. Nelson '83 (2002) Executive Director, The Dwight D. Opperman Foundation, Minneapolis, Minn. *Rev. Mark S. Hanson '68 ex officio(2002) Bishop, Saint Paul Area Synod ECLA, St. Paul, Minn. *Ronald G. Nelson '68 (2002) Vice President and Controller, 3M Company, St. Paul, Minn. Beverly Thompson Hatlen (2005) Board Chair, Minnesota Life College; President, Hatlen Foundation, Richfield, Minn. Rev. Glenn W. Nycklemoe ex officio (2002) Bishop, Southeastern Minnesota Synod ELCA, Rochester, Minn. Allen A. Housh (2001) Business Consultant and President, A.A. Housh and Associates, Edina, Minn. Ronald J. Peltier (2004) President and CEO, Edina Realty Home Services, Edina, Minn. - Board of Regents 26 *Glen E. Person '47 (2005) Retired Businessman, Eden Prairie, Minn. *P. Dawn Taylor '78 (2002) Des Moines, Iowa Wayne G. Popham (2000) Senior Attorney, Hinshaw & Culbertson, Minneapolis, Minn. Michael W. Thompson (2001) Realtor, Edina Realty Inc., Edina, Minn. Curtis A. Sampson (2001) President and CEO, Communications Systems, Hector, Minn. Glen J. Skovholt (2000) President, Skovholt.com Government and Community Affairs Consultants, St. Paul, Minn. Kathryn H. Tunheim (2004) President, Tunheim Santrizos Company, Minneapolis, Minn. *Joan L. Volz '68 (2000) Welch, Minn. May Ka-Yee Yue (2000) President and CEO, Sky BioHealth Solutions, Inc., Eden Prairie, Minn. *Jean M. Taylor '85 (2000) Vice President, Development, Taylor Corporation, Eagan, Minn. DIVISION FOR HIGHER EDUCATION AND SCHOOLS THEEVANGELICALLUTHERANCHURCH IN AMERICA (ELCA) Chair, Board of Directors The Rev. John G. Andreasen Vice-Chair, Board of Directors Donna Coursey Secretary, Board of Directors Dr. Dean Baldwin Executive Director Dr. W. Robert Sorensen Director for Administration and Planning Sue Rothmeyer Director for Colleges and Universities Dr. Arne Selbyg Asst. Director for Colleges and Universities Dr. Cheryl Chatman AND Beginning year of service offaculty is indicated with parenthesis. Officers of the College William V. Frame (1997). President. B.A., M.A., University of Hawaii; Ph.D., University of Washington. Richard S. Adamson (1989). Vice President for Finance and Administration. B.A., University of St. Thomas; Certified Public Accountant. Earl R. Alton (1960). Interim Vice President for Academic and Learning S e ~ c e and s Dean of the College. Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Ida B. Simon (1998). Vice President for Advancement and Community Relations. B.A., Lincoln University; M.Ed., University of Illinois, Urbana; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary. Rick J. Smith (1998). Vice President for Admissions and Enrollment. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.P.A., Hamline University; M.B.A., University of Chicago. Administration Stuart M. Anderson (1989). Associate Dean for Library and Information Technology. Associate Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lany J. Crockett (1985). Interim Associate Dean of Faculty Affairs. Professor of Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Sally Daniels (1979). Director, Undergraduate Admissions. B.A., Augsburg College. Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. Women's Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., St. Cloud State University. Ann L. Gamey (1998). Associate Dean of Students. B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.A., Loyola University; J.D., University of Minnesota. Paul H. Grauer (1979). Men's Athletic Director, Instructor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia College-Seward, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Herald A. Johnson (1968). Director, Financial Aid. B.A., Augsburg College. Benjamin G. Kent (1996). Director, Academic Advising, Academic Advising Center. B.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison; M.S., University of Oregon. Ann M. Klamer (1993). Director, Residence Life. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Stevens Point; M.S., Ohio University. William M. Kuehl (1996). Director, Weekend College Admissions. B.A., St. Olaf College. Regina McGoff (1992). Interim Director, Center for Global Education. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas. Donna D. McLean (1985). Director, Alumni and Parent Relations. B.A., University of Minnesota. - Augsburg College Faculty 2C Marie 0. McNeff (1968). Academic Master Planner. Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska. Arthur H. Meadowcroft (1985). Director, Facilities Management Services. B.S., University of Minnesota. Thomas E Morgan (1983). Assistant to the President. Professor of Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Barbara E Nagle (1998). Director, Public Relations and Communication. B.S., Ohio University. Jane Ann Nelson (1999). Director of Library Services. B.A., University of Sioux Falls; M.A., University of Minnesota. Julie A. Olson (1991). Director, Enrollment and Financial S e ~ c e Center. s B.A., Augsburg College. Lois A. Olson (1985). Director, Center for Service, Work, and Learning. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.S., Mankato State University John S. Schrnit (1990). Associate Professor of English. Weekend College Director. B.S., St. John's University; M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., The University of Texas. Paul Simmons (1992). Registrar. B.A., M.A., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. Lora F! Steil (1994). Director, Human Resources. B.A., University of St. Thomas. Richard J. Thoni (1972). Assistant to the President. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Donald M. Warren (1978). Director, Academic Enrichment. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. David T. Wold (1983). Director, Campus Ministry. College Pastor. B.S., St. Olaf College; M.Div., Luther Seminary. Faculty A Duane L. Addison (1994). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Yale University. Sandra J. Agustin (1997). Instructor, part-time, Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Virginia I! Allery (1993). Associate Professor of Education. Director of American Indian Studies Minor. B.S., Viterbo College; M.S., Eastern Montana College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Brian R. Ammann (1988). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. Men's Basketball Coach. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., North Dakota State University. Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Associate Professor of Art. A.B., Oberlin College; M.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Seminary. Sheldon M. Anderson (1988). Visiting Associate Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., College of St. Thomas; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Tmdi J. Anderson (1990). Studio ArtistRlute, part-time, Music. B.M., Augsburg College; M.M., Northwestern University - 70 Augsburg College Faculty Andrew L. Aoki (1988). Associate Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Oregon; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. David B. Apolloni (1989). Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.Div., Luther-Northwestern Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. B Karen G. Ballen (1998). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., Kalamazoo College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Matthew C. Barber (1992). Studio Artist/Percussion, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Michigan. Mary Ann Bayless (1990). On Leave. Associate Professor of Education. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., San Diego State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Aroti G. Bayman (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., University of Edinburgh. Marilyn D. Bennett (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., Pomona College; Registered Physical Therapy, Children's Hospital of Los Angeles School of Physical Therapy; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. John E. Benson (1963). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. Anthony A. Bibus, 111 (1992). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. William F! Bierden (1997). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato State University. Vern M. Bloom (1965). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Bradley G. Board (1999). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Jeanne M. Boeh (1990). Associate Professor of Economics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois. Laura S. Boisen (1996). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison; M.EA., Iowa State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lynn Allen Bollman (1991). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Northern Colorado; M.EA., University of Minnesota. Julie H. Bolton (1975). Professor of Speech/Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.S., M.EA., University of Minnesota. Lois A. Bosch (1997). Director, Master of Social Work Program. Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Northwestern College; M.S.W., University of Iowa; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. Christine A. Bosquez-Herman (1999). Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. A.N., College of St. Catherine; B.H.S., Wichita State University; M.l?A.S., University of Nebraska. Nora M. Braun (1997). Assistant Professor of Business Administration1Accounting/ MIS. B.S.B.A., University of Missouri-Columbia; M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Lisa A. Broek (1993). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., Central College; M.A., University of Iowa. - Augsburg College Faculty 27 Stanley H. Brown (1997). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Iona College; M.Ed., Boston College. Eric L. Buffalohead (1997). Assistant Professor of Sociology/American Indian Studies. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1983). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies. B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Susan K. Bullerdick (1999). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., Michigan State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Michael R. Burden (1990). Associate Professor of SpeecWCommunication and Theatre Arts (Designer and Technical Director). B.A., Augsburg College; MIA., University of Minnesota. Janelle M. Bussert (1995). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Yale University. C William C. Capman (1994). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., University of IllinoisChicago; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. John C. Cemto (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/Accounting/MIS. B.A., Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout. Margaret M. Cemto (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Hamline University. Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Daniel J. Challou (1997). Instructor, part-time, Computer Science. B.S., S.U.N.Y.-Albany; M.S., University of Illinois at Urbana; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Steven D. Chapman (1991). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Harnline University. Tara K. Christopherson (1992). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout; MIA., Minneapolis College of Art and Design. C. Lee Clarke (2000). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/Accounting/MIS. B.A., Capital University; M.Div., Trinity Lutheran Seminary; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas. Candyce L. Clayton (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Macalester College. M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Joseph R. Clubb (1994). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., St. John's University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University Robert J. Cowgill (1991). Instructor, part-time, English and SpeecWCommunication and Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. ' 2 Augsburg College Faculty - D Cathleen A. Dalglish (1986). Associate Professor, part-time, English. B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.EA., Vermont College; Ph.D., The Union Institute. Jill A. Dawe (1994). Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., Memorial University of Newfoundland; M.M., D.M.A., Eastman School of Music. Donna K. DeGracia (1998). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., Ohio State University; PA., Bowman Gray School of Medicine. Mary K. Devitt (1999). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of North Dakota. Jacqueline R. devries (1994). Assistant Professor of History. Director of Women's Studies. B.A., Calvin College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois-Urbana. Maria C. Dinis (1996). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., California State University; Ph.D., University of California-Berkeley Bridget A. Doak (1996). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Dayton; M.A., Saint Mary's University. Suzanne L. Donsky (1997). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Macalester College. Suzanne I. Doree (1989). Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of Delaware; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Sally Gibson Dorer (1998). Studio ArtistICello, part-time, Music. B.M., New England Conservatory of Music. Susan Sacquitne Druck (1993). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. B.A., Iowa State University; M.A., University of Iowa. Anthony J. Dunlop (1998). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Bard College. Rebekah N. Dupont (1995). Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.S., Ph.D., Washington State University. Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. E Nancy Edwards (1997). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., Indiana University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ruth C . Enestvedt (1999). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Darcey Engen (1997). Assistant Professor of Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A., Augsburg College; M.EA., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Joseph A. Erickson (1990). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Luther-Northwestem Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth N. Erickson (1964). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University - Augsburg College Faculty 27: Lynn M. Erickson (1991). Studio ArtistTTrumpet, part-time, Music. B.A., Bethel College; M.EA., D.M.A., University of Minnesota. Mindy S. Eschedor (1999). Studio Artisth'iano, part-time, Music. B.EA., B.A., Central Michigan University; M.M., University of Minnesota. Mary L. Ewert-Knodell (1998). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.A., Mankato State University. F Heidi M.' Farrell (1995). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College; J.D., University of Minnesota. Ronald L. Fedie (1996). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., University of St. Thomas; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Anita L. Fisher (1991). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., University of Montana. Richard M. Flint (1999). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Iowa State University. Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. Women's Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., St. Cloud State University. Bruce D. Forbes (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Momingside College; M.Th., Perkins School of Theology; Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Mathew R. Foss (1988). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.S., M.A., Northeast Missouri State University. Karen B. Franzmeier (1993). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Concordia CollegeMoorhead; M.A., University of Minnesota. Janet Gottschall Fried (1998). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. B.M., Aquinas College. Philip A. Fried (1999). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., M.A., Queens College; Ph.D., University of Chicago. Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Professor of Philosophy B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. C Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Anne C. Garcia-Romero (1999). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. A.B., Occidental College; M.EA., Yale University. Meny Beth Gay (1998). Assistant Professor, part-time, Nursing. A.L.A., Bethel College; A.N., Anoka Ramsey Community College; B.S., Metropolitan State University; M.S., University of Colorado. Annette M. Gerten (1997). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.S.W., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jennifer L. Gerth (1994). Studio ArtistfClarinet, part-time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.M., Northwestern University. 114 Augsburg college Faculty 7 Linda J. Gesling (1999). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Augustana College; M.Div., Ph.D., Northwestern University - Garrett-Evangelical Theological Seminary. Sandra E Gilbert (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS. B.A., St. Olaf College; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law. Janet L. Goldstein (1997). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Hebrew University, Jerusalem; M.S.W., Yeshiva University. J. Michael Gonzalez-Campoy (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., Macalester College; M.D., Ph.D., Mayo Medical School and Mayo Graduate School. Walter L. Goodwin (2000). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Morgan State University; M.A., Kean College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Mark A. Granquist (1988, 1999). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.Div., Yale University; Ph.D., University of Chicago. Paul H. Grauer (1979). Men's Athletic Director, Instructor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia College-Seward, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Karen M. Graves (1991). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., St. Cloud State University; M.A., University of St. Thomas. Nansee L. Greeley (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Douglas E. Green (1988). Professor of English. B.A., Amherst University; M.A., Ph.D., Brown University. William D. Green (1991). Assistant Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., J.D., University of Minnesota. Bradley L. Greenwald (1998). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. Music studies at the University of Minnesota. Jeanine A. Gregoire (1996). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Richard A. Gresczyk, Sr. (1990). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Joan L. Griffin (1986). Professor of English. A.B., Washington University; M.A., Ph.D., Haward University. Robert C. Groven (1997). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A., Concordia College-Moorhead; M.A., J.D., University of Minnesota. Nancy J. Grundahl (1993). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., St. Olaf College; MIA., University of Minnesota. Satya F! Gupta (1976). Professor of Economics. B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University. Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Arlin E. Gyberg (1967). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. - Augsburg College Faculty 27 H Abo-el-Yazeed T. Habib (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/ AccountinghlIS. B.B.A., Tanta University, Egypt; B.A., M.A., Cairo University, Egypt; M.B.A., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of North Texas. Lori Brandt Hale (1998). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., University of Iowa; M.A., University of Chicago. Anthony R. Hansen (1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., University of MinnesotaMorris; M.S., Ph.D., Iowa State University. Daniel S. Hanson (1988). Instructor of Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. John A. Hanson (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., University of WisconsinEau Claire; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout; M.S.Ed., University of Wisconsin-Oshkosh; Ph.D., University of Toledo. Philip L. Harder (2000). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire. M. Anaam Hashrni (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration1Accounting/ MIS. B.E., N.E.D., University of Engineering & Technology, Karachi, M.B.A, Ball State University; D.B.A., Kent State University. Kathryn M. Hathaway (1997). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., Northern Illinois University. Emily L. Hause (1995). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of WisconsinMadison; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University. Warren E. Hawkins (1999). Instructor, part-time, Computer Science. Two B.A. degrees, Augsburg College; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas. Robert G . Hazen (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Macalester College; B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Milda K. Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science. Director of Canadian Studies Program. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., J.D., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rebecca E. Hegstad (1998). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Luther College; M.A., University of Wisconsin. Mark D. Henderson (1999). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.A., North Texas State University; M.M., University of Minnesota. Peter A. Hendrickson (1993). Assistant Professor of Music. Director of Choral Activities. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Macalester College; M.A., Columbia University; D.M.A., Manhattan School of Music. Robert S. Herforth (1966). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Garry W. Hesser (1977). Professor of Sociology. Director of Metro-Urban Studies. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. Harlan A. Hewitt (1998). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.S., M.S., St. Cloud State University; M.A., University of Illinois; D.A., Idaho State University. Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College-Moorhead; MIA., University of Iowa. 76 Augsburg College Faculty Bradley I! Holt (1981). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University James M. Honsvall (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS. B.S., Bemidji State University; M.B.T., University of Minnesota. Marilyn B. N. Horowitz (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/ Accounting /MIS. B.A., M.B.E., University of Minnesota. Sumin Hsieh (1999). Assistant Professor Social Work. B.A., M.A., Tunghai University, Taiwan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Mary A. Budd Horozaniecki (1988). Studio ArtistNiolin and Viola, part-time, Music. B.M., Indiana University. Steven C . Huchendorf (1999). Assistant Professor, part-time, Economics. B.A., St. Cloud State University; M.S., D.A., Illinois State University. Debra K. Huntley (1998). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Ph.D., University of Houston. I Louis J. Iacovo, Jr. (1999). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS. B.S., University of Notre Dame; M.S., University of Wisconsin; M.A., New York University; M.B.A., Harvard Business School. Gretchen Kranz Irvine (1993). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., College of St. Teresa; M.S., University of Wisconsin-River Falls; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marc D. Isaacson(l998). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. J Lisa E. Jack (1994). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Occidental College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California. Mary J. Jacobson (1999). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., University of North Dakota; M.A.Ed., Hamline University. Rolf A. Jacobson (2000). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.Div., Luther Seminary. William H. Jasperson (1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. M.B.A., University of Minnesota. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Anne M. Jensen (1987). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jeffrey E. Johnson (1985). Associate Professor of Physics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kathleen A. Johnson (1999). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.S., Mankato State University. Martha B. Johnson (1988). Associate Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. David R. Jones (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Lacrosse; M.S., University of St. Thomas. Jeffrey E Judge (1995). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College. - Augsburg College Faculty 27: K Arnin E. Kader (1974). Associate Professor of Business Administration/ Accounting1MIS. B.Comm., University of Cairo, Egypt; M.B.A., University of Michigan. Roberta S. Kagin (1974). Associate Professor of Music (Music Therapy). B.A., Park College; B.Music Ed., M.Music Ed., University of Kansas. Gerald T. Kaminski (1994). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.B.S., M.S., Case Western Reserve; M.B.A., College of St. Thomas. Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Professor of Mathematics. A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers State University. Jane A. Kammerman (1986). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/ Accounting /MIS. B.A., University of California; J.D., University of Minnesota. Ned D. Kantar (1999). Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Manuel E. Kaplan (1995). Consulting Memcal Director, Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.S., University of Arizona; M.D., Harvard Medical School. Ashok K. Kapoor (1998). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/Accounting/MIS. B.A., M.A., University of Delhi; M.A., M.B.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Temple University. Robert A. Karlen (1973). Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A., University of Minnesota. Dino G. Kasdagly (1999). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS. A.S., Nonvalk State Technical College; B.S., M.S., University of Louisville; M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Ten L. Kaslow (1993). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., St. Olaf College. W. James Kattke (1999). Assistant Professor of Business Adminismation/Accounting/MIS. B.A., Augustana College; M.B.A., University of South Dakota; M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. Patricia A. Keahna (1996). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies. B.A., University of Maryland; J.D., University of Minnesota. Martha H. Kelly (1995). Academic Coordinator, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., Michigan State University; PA. Certification, Bowman Gray School of Medicine. Hazel K. (Kathy) Kienzle (1999). Studio Artistmarp, part-time, Music. B.M., The Juilliard School; M.M., University of Arizona. Christopher W. Kimball(1991). Associate Professor of History. B.A., McGill University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College. Elizabeth P: Klages (1996). Instructor, part-time, Political Science and Nordic Area Studies. B.A., Carleton College; M.A., Paul H. Nitze School of Advanced International Studies. Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. - !78 Augsburg College Faculty Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota. Xavier J. Knight (1998). Instructor, part-time, Computer Science. B.A., Metropolitan State University; M.A., M.S., St. Mary's University of Minnesota. Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ruth A. Krueger (2000). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota; D.P.A., University of Southern California. Thomas L. Kuhlrnan (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Marquette University; M.A., Xavier University; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University. Diane 0. Kuhlmann (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS. B.A., M.B.T., M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Jane M. Kuhn (1998). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.B.S., M.S., North Dakota State University; M.B.A., Moorhead State University. Joan C. Kunz (1987). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of Missouri-St. Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. L Steven J. LaFave (1991). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS. B.A. Michigan State University; M.A., University of Michigan; M.B.A., University of Minnesota. David V. Lapakko (1986). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Roger A. Larson (1999). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.S., University of MinnesotaDuluth; M.S., St. Cloud State University. Caroline M. Lemen (1991). Studio Artistfirench Horn, part-time, Music. B.A., Potsdam College of Arts and Science, SUNY; M.M., Northwestern University Kathleen J. Lenzmeier (1999). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Kearney State College; M.A., Mankato State University. Cheryl J. Leuning (1996). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. B.A., Augustana College; MS., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Utah. Dallas H. Liddle (1999). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Grinnell College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Lynn Lindow (1985). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato State University; M.S., North Dakota State University. Rosemary J. Link (1986). Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of Southampton; C.Q.S.W., London University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Victoria M. Littlefield (1992). Assistant Professor of Psychology. A.B., University of Michigan-Flint; M.A., Ph.D., Miami University. Roseann Lloyd (1995). Instructor, part-time, English. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Lori L. Lohman (1990). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS. B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. J. Lynne E Lorenzen (1988). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., University of Iowa; M.Div., Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., The Claremont Graduate School. - Augsburg College Faculty 275 Dawn B. Ludwig (1995). Director, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., University of Colorado, Denver; M.S., PA. Certification, University of Colorado Health Science Center. Steven F! Lund 1982). Studio ArtisttTrombone, part-time, Music. B.S., University of Minnesota. Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. M Margaret H. Madson (1999). Instructor, part-time, Honors Program. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.Div., Th.D., Luther Seminary. Karen M. Mateer (1984). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South Dakota; M.A., University of Iowa. Esther G . McLaughlin (1989). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Ph.D., University of California-Berkeley Mary Lee McLaughlin (1993). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.A., Western Michigan University; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan; M.A., Michigan State University. Carter T. Meland (1998). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., University of Minnesota. Jane C. Melton (1999). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Lindenwood College; M.A., Tulane University. Cynthia J. Meyer (1994). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Fekri Meziou (1987). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS. B.A., University of Tunis; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Monem Meziou (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS. B.A., Augsburg College; M.B.A., Northern Arizona University. Diane M. Mikkelson (1997). Instructor, part-time, Modern Languages. B.A., California State University; M.A., California State University-Northridge. Jeannette H. Milgrom (1992). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Christian Social Academy, Groningen, Netherlands; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Kinney G. Misterek (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/ Accounting /MIS. B.S., M.B.A., University of South Dakota; M.B.T., University of Minnesota. John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A., University of Tennessee. Idella S. Moberg (1997). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.S., Concordia College-St. Paul; M.S., St. John's University. William B. Monsma (1987). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., Calvin College; M.Div., Calvin Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado. Thomas E Morgan (1983). Assistant to the President. Professor of Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. William D. Morris (1987). Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Oakland University; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University. Patricia A. Murphy (1991). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato State University. Augsburg College Faculty N Susan K. Nash (1998). Assistant Professor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.N., University of Minnesota. Eliawira N. Ndosi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Carleton College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Gordon L. Nelson (1967). Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard C. Nelson (1968). Professor of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Capper E. Nichols (1999). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., San Diego State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Norbert Nielubowski (1997). Studio Artist/Bassoon, part-time, Music. Lane Technical High School (music concentration); private study. Beverly J. Nilsson (1977). Professor of Nursing. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Norma C . Noonan (1966). Director, Master of Arts in Leadership Program. Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University. 0 Celeste M. O'Brien (1975). Studio ArtistPiano, part-time, Music. B.A., Hamline University. Robert L. O'Connor (1999). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., St. John's University; M.S.W., Augsburg College. Susan E. O'Connor (1994). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.S., Ph.D., Syracuse University. Michael E. O'Neal (1989). Assistant Professor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., University of Missouri; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Wayne L. Olhoft (1993). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS. B.A., Metropolitan State University, St. Paul, MN; M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Sandra L. Olrnsted (1979). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Stephen T. Olsen (1992). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. Vicki B. Olson (1987). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jack Osberg (1991). Head Football Coach. Instructor, Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College. Paul H. Ousley (1993). Orchestra Director, Instructor of Music. B.M., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.M., Eastrnan School of Music. P Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp (1986). Associate Professor of Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.B.A., M.A., Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw; Ph.D., Akademia Ekonomiczna, Krakow. Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. - Augsburg College Faculty 28 Sharon K. Patten (1991). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Catherine L. Paulsen (1989). Instructor, part-time, Master of Arts in Leadership. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Lone Mountain College (of University of San Francisco). Curtis M. Paulsen (1990). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., The Fielding Institute. Richard W. Pearl (1992). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., M.A., College of St. Thomas. Dale C. Pederson (1992). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rick A. Penning (1993). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. B.A., Luther College; M.M., University of Cincinnati. William A. Perkins (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting/MIS. B.S., University of Detroit. Noel J. Petit (1984). Professor of Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College; MS., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Ronald W. Petrich (1980). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., United Theological Seminary. Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg (1994). Assistant Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., National University, Tehran; M.A., University of Nice; Ph.D., U.C.L.A. Joyce M. Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Phu Tai Phan (1998). Instructor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Clayton A. Pharr (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., Claflin University; M.S.W., Barry University. Diane L. Pike (1981). Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale University. Timothy D. Pippert (1999). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Q Philip A. Quanbeck, I1 (1987). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.Div., Ph.D., Luther Seminary. R Larry C. Ragland (1985). Professor of Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin. Karl l? Raschke (1999). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., MIA., University of Minnesota. 0.Nicholas Raths (1987). Studio ArtistIGuitar, part-time, Music. B.M., M.M., D.M.A., University of Minnesota. Deborah L. Redmond(l981). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Kathy J. Reinhardt (1997). Instructor of Modem Languages. M.A., Middlebury College. 82 Augsburg College Faculty Frances M. Reisner (1999). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Lacrosse; M.S., Winona State University. Susan E. Riley (1996). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Ph.D., University of California-Berkeley Nan T. Reese Rivers (2000). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Augsburg College; PsyD., Minnesota School of Professional Psychology. Mary K. Roberts (1994). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Mount Marty College; M.A., University of St. Thomas. M. Bridget Robinson-Riegler (1994). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.S., Indiana University; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University. Glenda Dewberry Rooney (1992). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.S., University of North Texas; M.S.W., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Moira W. Runganadhan (2000). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.T., B.S., University of Madras; M.Ed., University of Minnesota; Ed.D., University of St. Thomas. S Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Mark L. Sateren (1997). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of St. Thomas. Milo A. Schield (1985). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS. B.S., Iowa State University; M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University. Bruce D. Schleuter (1999). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.S., M.S., St. Cloud State University John S. Schmit (1990). Associate Professor of English. Weekend College Director. B.S., St. John's University; M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., The University of Texas. Michael D. Schock (1993). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of Washington; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Washington. Edward J. Schoenfeld (1999). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., Marquette University; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. Sandra Nei Schulte (1987). Costume Designer, part-time, Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., M I A , University of Minnesota. David G. Schwain (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS. B.B.A., University of Cincinnati; M.B.A., Harvard University Kathryn A. Schwalbe (1991). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS. B.S., University of Notre Dame; M.B.A., Northeastern University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Christopher L. Schwartz (1999). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.S., M.S., Oregon State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., Texas Christian University; Ph.D., University of Texas. Gregg S. Shadduck (1998). Instructor, part-time, Computer Science. B.A., University of Minnesota. - Augsburg College Faculty 28' Timothy J. Shaw (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., St. Mary's College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Peter S. Shea (2000). Instructor, part-time, Philosophy B.A., Macalester College. Charles M. Sheaffer (1995). Assistant Professor of Computer Science. B.A., Metropolitan State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Edward R. Skarnulis (1990). Professor of Social Work. B.A., Omaha University; M.S.W, Ph.D., University of Nebraska. David M. Smith (1999). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS. B.S.B., University of Minnesota; M.B.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Sheilah I! Smith (1999). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.Ed., Wayne State University. Richard J. Spratt (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Augsburg College; M.S.W, University of Minnesota. Robert J. Stacke (1990). Associate Professor of Music. Band and Jazz Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.C.I., College of St. Thomas; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.. Clarice A. Staff (1995). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., D.S.W, Columbia University John J. Stangl (1991). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Nancy K. Steblay (1988). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Montana. John I? Stein (1992). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.S., University of Detroit; M.A., University of Illinois. Donald B. Steinmetz (1968). Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Linda Lee Stevens (1999). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of Northern Colorado; MS., Mankato State University. Stuart M. Stoller (1986). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS. B.S., M.S., Long Island University. Beverly J. Stratton (1986). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., M.A., Boston University; M.A., Th.D., Luther Seminaly. Grace K. Sulerud (1966). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Karen T. Sutherland (1999). Associate Professor of Computer Science. A.B., Augustana College; two M.S. degrees, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kathryn A. Swanson (1985). Professor of English. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Maryann Syers-McNairy (1998). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Arizona State University; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. - :84 Augsburg College Faculty T Joan E. Thompson (1997). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Fort Lewis College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Sonja K. Thompson (1993). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Minnesota; M.M., The Juilliard School. Mark D. Tranvik (1995). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Yale University; Th.D., Luther Seminary. Cynthia K. Troy (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of California, Santa Cruz; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. U-v Joseph B. Underhill-Cady (1998). Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of California-Berkeley; M.A., San Francisco State University; Ph.D., University of Michigan. James A. Vela-McComell (1997). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., Loyola University; Ph.D., Boston College. David E. Venne (1992). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.S., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Iowa State University. Joseph M. Volker (1993). Instructor, part-time, MAL Program. B.A., University of California-Irvine;M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. W Donald M. Warren (1978). Instructor, part-time, Introduction to Liberal Arts. Director of Academic Enrichment. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. David B. Washington (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS. B.A., B.L., J.D., University of Pittsburgh. Charee M. Watters (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.Org.L., College of St. Catherine; M.B.A., College of St. Thomas. Pamela J. Weiss (1983). Associate Professor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., University of Nebraska; M.P.H., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Patricia F. Weiss (1991). Associate Professor, part-time, Education. Paideia Associate-inResidence. B.A., Boston College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of North Carolina. Jennifer A. Wenner (1999). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of St. Thomas; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Barbara A. West (1997). Instructor of Education. Faculty Coordinator of Teacher Placement Licensing. B.S., St. Cloud State University; M.S., Syracuse University. Jean H. Whalen (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary Louise Williams (1984). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.EA., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania. Michael S. Wilson (1996). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS. B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Marcus A. Wing (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Moorhead State University; M.S., Winona State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. - Augsburg College Faculty 281 J. Ambrose Wolf (1999). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., M.S., University of Muenster; Ph.D., University of Cologne and KFA-Julich, Germany. Angela J. Wyatt (1981). Studio Artist/Saxophone and Clarinet, part-time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf College. Robert D. Wykstra (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS. B.A., Calvin College; M.B.A., Western Michigan University. X-Y-z - kACULTY z86 Ruth L. Aaskov. Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Lyla M. Anderegg. Professor Emerita of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University. Barbara L. Andersen. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A., Northwestern University Charles S. Anderson. President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York. Ernest W. Anderson. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Margaret J. Anderson. Professor Emerita, Library. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Oscar A. Anderson. President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead. Dr. Raymond E. Anderson. Professor Emeritus of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Valeria Baltina. Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. Magister der Philosophia, University of Latvia. Richard A. Borstad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Maria L. Brown. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Carl H. Chrislock. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. L. Gracia Christensen. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Hunter College; M.A., Radcliffe College. Robert W. Clyde. Professor Emeritus, Institutional Research Analyst. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Ailene H. Cole. Professor Emerita of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beverly C. Durkee. Professor Emerita of Mathematics. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University. Henry G. Follingstad. Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. B.E.E., MS., University of Minnesota. Jeny Gerasimo. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Orloue Gisselquist. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.E.E., MS., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York University Katherine Hennig. Artist-in-ResidenceEmerita of Music. M.A., University of Minnesota. - Faculty Emeriti 287 Edwina L. Hertzberg. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. John R. Holum. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Irene Khin Khin Jensen. Professor Emerita of History. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma; M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Duane E. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A., Huron College; B.A. University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. James D. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Music. M.S., The Juilliard School; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Mary E. "Mimi" Johnson. Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Erwin D. Mickelberg. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Mildred "Mike" Mueller. Professor Emerita of Education. B.A., M.A., Central Michigan University; Ed.D., University of Minnesota. Edor C. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Catherine C. Nicholl. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Patricia A. Parker. Associate Academic Dean Emerita. B.A., Eastern Michigan University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Lauretta E. Pelton. Professor Emerita of Education. M.Ed., Marquette University. Philip A. Quanbeck, Sr. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Gunta Rozentals. Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marianne B. Sander. Dean of Students Emerita. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College; D.Mus., Lakeland College. Edwin J. Saugestad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Marjorie H. Sibley. Professor Emerita, Library. B.A., M.A., University of Illinois; M.A., University of Minnesota. Eugene M. Skibbe. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany. Paul T. Steen. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Myles C. Stenshoel. Professor Emeritus of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado. Ralph L. Sulerud. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Philip J. Thompson. Professor Emeritus of Art. B.A., Concordia College-Moorhead;M.EA., University of Iowa. Joel S. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Butler Place -Interstate 94 West Interstate 94 East College Map Information 1. Admissions Weekday Program 2. Air Structure Entrance (November through March) 3. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field and Seasonal Air Structure 4. Christensen Center (Information Desk) 5. East Hall 6. Faculty Guest House 7. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Comunication (Tjornhom-Nelson Theatre, Hoversten Chapel) 8. George Sverdrup Hall 9. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts 10. Ice Arena 11. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center 12. Lindell Library 13. Maintenance and Grounds Shop 14. Mortensen Hall 15. Murphy Place 16. Murphy Square 17. Music Hall 18. New Residence Hall -3 k~isabilivX = \ = 19. Old Maln 20 Oscar Anderson Hall 21. Public & Communications 22. Quad 23. Science Hall 24. Security Dispatch Center 25. Shipping and Receiving 26. Si Melby Hall 27. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 28. Urness Hall Parking Lots A. Adm~ssionslFacultylStafiParking B. FacultylStafflCommuteriResident Parking C. FacultylStaff Parking D. FacultylStafflCommuter Parking E. Commuter Parklng F. Resident Parking G. Visitor Parking H. Fairview-University Parking Ramp(pay parking available)' - CAMPUS LOCATION 5 5 $ 4 MINNEAPOLIS 9. 0 - ?- ST. PAUL b DIRECTIONS TO CAMPUS PUBLIC PARKING I-35W from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and turn left on Washington (curves right to become Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside Avenue, right at Zlst Avenue South. Street parking on campus is posted for one-, two-, or four-hour limits. Pay parking is available at the FairviewUniversity Medical Center across Riverside Avenue. For major events on campus during evenings and weekends, parking is also available in the facultylstaff and commuter lots. 1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at Zlst Avenue South. 1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. I-35W from the SouthFollow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 2lst Avenue South. 92 INDEX A About Augsburg 10, 18 Academic Advising Center 54 Academic Calendar 4-7, 52 Academic Divisions 55 Academic Information 51 Academic lnternships 63 Academic Policies and Procedures 66 Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal 82 Academic and Learning Services 44 Academic Skills Center 44 Accessibility 18 Accounting 100, 106-108 Accreditation and Memberships 11, 17, 18 Activities 42 Admissions 14, 20-24 Administrative Officers of the College 268 Advanced Placement Program Test (AP) 80 Advanced Transfer Students 73 African American Student Services (see Pan-Afrikan Student Services) 46 Air Structure 43 Alumni Center 14 American Indian Studies 157-158 American Indian Student Services 45 American Sign Language 181 AmeriCorp Scholarship 32 Anderson Hall 14, 49 Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field 14 Anishinabe Library Project 46 Application Procedures 20, 31 Art 89-93 Art History 89-90, 92 Asian American Student Services (see Pan Asian Student Services) 46 Asian Studies (see East Asian Studies) 122-123 Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) Program 79 Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) 59 Associated Support Organizations 16 Athletic Affiliation 18 Athletic Training Internship 147 Athletics 43 Audit Fee 26 Auditing Courses 79 Augsburg Echo 43 Augsburg Seminar 54, 72, 94 Augsburgian, The 43 B Biology 95-99 Board of Regents 266-267 Books and Supplies 27 Business Administration 100-105 Business Administration and Economics Major 102, 125 C Calendar 4-7, 52 Campus Location 13, 18, 289-290 Campus Map 289-290 Campus Ministry 42 Campus Tours 20 Canadian Program 66 Career Services 65 Carlson (Jeroy C. Carlson) Alumni Center 14 Center for Global Education 15, 61, 165-166 Center for Global Education Courses 61-62, 167-171 Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS) 44 Center for Service, Work, and Learning 63 Chemistry 112-1 16 Chinese 181 Chapel 14,42 Choir 43, 194, 201 Christensen Center 14 Class Confirmation 70 Class Schedule 86 Classification (Class Year) 79 Coaching Endorsement 147 College Costs 2000-01 26 College Level Examination Program (CLEP) 80 College of the Third Age 66 Commencement 83 Commons 49 Communication 252-256 Communication ArtsILiterature Teaching Maior 139 comr;lunitY and Public Service Scholarships 33 Community lnternships in Latin America 62, 172 Community Service-Learning 64 Computational Economics 118 Computational Philosophy 118, 209 Computer Resources 53 Computer Science 11 7-121 Concert Band 43, 194, 201 Continuing Education Program 66 Cooperative Education 64 Costs 26 Counseling 47 Counseling and Health Promotion 47 Course Descriptions 85-264 Credits 86 Crime and Community Concentration (Sociology) 248 Index 293 D Dean's List 82 Degrees Offered 18, 52 Departmental Comprehensive Exams 80 Departments and Programs 85-264 Deposits 27, 46 Development 8 Directory 8 Disabled Student Program 44 Dismissal 82 Discrimination Complaints 50 Divisions and Departments 55 Dormitories 14, 27, 48 Dual Degree Programs 57, 136-137 E Early Admission of Freshmen 21 East Asian Studies 122-123 East European Studies 240-241 East Hall 14 Echo 43 Economics 124-128 Economics/Business Admin. Major 125, 102 Economics/Political Science Teaching Major 224, 125 Education 129-135 Education for Service 11 Elementary Education 130-131, 133 Employment 35 Engineering 136-137 English 138-144 English as a Second Language (ESL) Program 81 English Placement Test 140 Enrollment 18 Enrollment and Financial Services Center 67 Enrollment Deposit 27 Ensembles 194, 201 Entry-level Skills 72 Ethnic Studies 158 Evaluation and Grading 77 Evangelical Lutheran Church in America (ELCA) 18, 267 Experiential Education Programs 63-64 Explanation of Grades 77 F Facilities and Housing 14, 48 Facts and Figures 18 Faculty 18, 53, 269-285 Faculty Emeriti 286-287 FAFSA (Free Application for Federal Student Aid 31 Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) 50, 83-84 Federal Work Study Program 35 Fees 26-27 Film Minor 258 Finance Specialization (Business Administration) 102 Financial Aid 18, 30-36 Financial Policies 28-30 Fine Arts 43 Fitness Center 47 Food Service 49 Foreign Languages 77, 180-187 Former Students 23, 70 Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication 14 Four-Year Assurance Program 83 French 180-183 Freshmen 20, 21 C Gage Family Endowment 45 General Education Curriculum 71-77 General Education Requirements 68-69, 7177 General Studies 145 German 180, 183-184 Gift Assistance 33-34 Global Education Center 15, 61, 165-166 Global Education Program Courses 61-62, 167-171 Grade Point Average 72, 79 Grading 77-79 Graduate Programs Office 67 Graduate Programs 65 Graduation Level Skills 73 Graduation Requirements 68-69, 71-77 Graduation With Distinction 83 Grants 34 Green (Richard R.) Institute for Teaching and Learning 16 Gymnasium (Melby Hall) 15 H Health and Physical Education 146-150 Health Education 146, 148 Health Promotion 47 Health Service 47 HECUA Courses 62-63, 171-1 73 Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) 60, 62, 166 HispanicILatino Student Services Program 46 History 151-155 History of Augsburg College 10 Honor Scholarship 32 Honors Program 59, 156 Housing 14, 27, 48 Hoversten Peace Scholarships 33 294 Index I Ice Arena 15 Incomplete Grade 78 Independent Studies 87 lnformation Technology Resources 53 Inter-Institutional Programs 59-60 Inter-Race 16 Intercollegiate Athletics 43 Interdisciplinary Studies 157-163 lnterim 52 lnterim Abroad 63 lnterim Office 67 lnternational Baccalaureate Program (IB) 79 lnternational Business Minor 103 lnternational Business Specialization (Business Administration) 102 lnternational Partners 166 lnternational Relations 164-165 lnternational Student Advising 48 lnternational Student Services 24 lnternational Students 24, 48 lnternational Studies 165-173 Internships 63-64, 87 Intertribal Student Union 45 Intramural Athletics 43 J Japanese 180, 185 K Marketing Specialization (Business Administration) 102 Master's Degrees 50, 65 Math Placement Group (MPG) 73, 175 Mathematics 174-179 Medical Refund 30 Melby Hall 15 Memberships 17, 18 Memorial Hall 15 Metro-Urban Studies 159-160 Middle East Studies Minor 161 Minnesota Indian Teacher Training Partnership (MNITTP) 45 Minnesota Minority Education Partnership (MMEP) 16 Minnesota Work Study Program 35 Minors 56-57, 85-264 MIS Courses 109-111 Mission Statement 10 Modern Languages 180-187 Mortensen Hall 15, 49 Murphy Place 15 Murphy's 49 Music 188-202 Music Education Major 191, 194 Music Ensembles 193, 201 Music Hall 15 Music Performance Major 189, 192 Music Repertoire Tests 195 Music Therapy Major 189, 192, 199-200 KCMR Radio 43 L Language Courses 180-187 Leadership Scholarships 33 Learning Disabilities Program 44-45 Learning Laboratory 44 Leave of Absence 70 Legacy Scholarship 32 Liberal Arts Perspectives 68-69, 74-77 Library and lnformation Technology Center 15, 18, 53, 59 Licensure (Teaching) 57 Lifetime Sports 74 Lindell Library 15, 18 Loan Assistance 34-35 Location 13, 18, 289-290 Lutheran Leader Scholarships 33 M Majors and Minors 55-57, 85-264 Management lnformation Systems 109-111 Management Specialization (Business Administration) 102 Maps 289,290 N NASA Scholarship 33 Natural Science 203-204 New Hall 15, 49 No-Credit Grades 77 Nordic Area Studies 162-163 Norwegian 180, 185-186 Notification of Admissions Decision 21, 22 Number Grades 78 Numbering of Courses 86 Nursing 205-208 0 Off-Campus Programs 18 Officers of the College 268 Ojibwe 180, 186 Old Main 15 Orchestra 43, 194, 201 Orientation (AUG) 54, 72, 94 Index 29: p, Q Paired Resources in Ministry and Education (PRIME) Awards 32 Pan-Afrikan Student Services 46 Pan Asian Student Services 46 Part-Time Students 26-27 Pass/No Credit 77-78 Pastor 42 Payments 28 Performance Studies 194, 202 Performing Arts Scholarships 33 Perspective Requirements 68, 74-77 Philosophy 209-212 Phi Theta Kappa Scholarships 32 Physical Disabilities Program 44 Physical Education 149-150 Physical Science Teaching Licensure 113 Physician Assistant Program 67, 21 3-21 7 Physics 218-222 Piano Proficiency Test 195 Policies 16, 18, 49, 82 Political Science 223-228 Political Science/Economics teaching major 224, 125 Portfolio Assessment Program 80-81 Pre-Professional Programs 58 Pre-Registration 67 Prerequisites 86 President's Greeting 2 President's Scholarships 32 PRIME Scholarship 32 Probation 82 Psychology 229-233 Public Relations and Communication 15 R Refunds 28-30 Regents 266-267 Regents' Scholarships 32 Registration 66, 67 Religion 234-239 Religious Affiliation 18 Residence Life Program (see also Housing) 48-49 Residence Requirements 72 Room and Board 26 Rochester Program 65 ROTC 60 Russian, Central, and East European Studies 240-241 5 Scandinavian Studies 162-163 Scandinavian Urban Studies 62, 171 Scholarships 32-33, 36-40 School Year 4-7, 18 Science Hall 15 Science Scholarship 32 Secondary Education 131-1 32, 134-135 Service-Learning 64 Sigma Pi Sigma 220 Skills Requirements 72-74 Social, Cultural, Recreational Activities 43 Social Psychology Concentration 230, 249 Social Studies 242 Social Welfare Minor 244 Social Work 243-247 Society of Physics Students 220 Sociology 248-251 Space Physics 21 9 Spanish 186-187 Special Education 135 Special Interest Housing 49 Special Students (Non-Degree) 23 Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts 252-261 Sponsored Scholarships 36-40 sports 43 StepUP Program 45 Student Activities 42 Student Affairs (see Academic and Learning Services) 44 Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF) 35 Student/Faculty Ratio 18 Student Government 42 Student Life 41-50 Student Newspaper 43 Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN) 18 Student Publications 43 Student Rights 50 Student Standards of Behavior, Complaints, Records 49 Student Teaching Abroad 63, 129 Studio Art 89-92 Study Abroad 60-63, 166-174 Summer School Office 67 Support Programs 44-45 Sverdrup Hall 15 Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 15 - !96 Index T Teaching Licensure (see also individual majors) 57 Test Scores 20 Theatre Arts 257-261 Transcripts 20, 21 Transfer Scholarships 32 Transfer Students 19-21, 66-67, 70 Tuition, Fees, Room and Board 22, 26-27 Tutor Center 44 U Upper Midwest Association of Intercultural Education (UMAIE) 18 Urban Studies 160-161 Urness Hall 15, 49 v Veterans 83 W Weekend College, history 12 Withdrawal From College 30, 70 Women's Studies 262-264 Work Study Program 35 x, y, z Yearbook 43 Youth and Family Institute 16 Youth and Family Ministry Major 235
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 2001
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: URG OLLEGE - T II augsburg in the summer summer session info Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in more than 15 academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studic Term I runs from May 29 to June 29. Term I1 runs from July 9 to Aug...
Show more URG OLLEGE - T II augsburg in the summer summer session info Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in more than 15 academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studic Term I runs from May 29 to June 29. Term I1 runs from July 9 to August 9. A detailed listing of courses begins o n page 8. Course loads in Summer Session: Students may take up to two course credits during Term I and during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit. O n e Augsburg course credit is the equivalent of four semester credits and six quarter credits. II I '1 term one I May 29 to June 29 term two July 9 to August 9 1 I a : I I I about augsburg Augsburg College is a four-year, liberal arts college located in the heart of Minneapolis, and affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. Augsburg is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.* T h e small college environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many opportunities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting allows students to participate in a host of cultural and recreational activities. I I I 1 I' I * North Central Associntion of Colleges and Schools, Commission on Institutions of Higher Education (31 2) 263-0456. Web site <~utuw.ncacihe.mg> 2 Augsburg general education: Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal Arts Perspectives and Graduation Skills requirements are so noted along with the description of the course. Course levels: T h e first digit of the three-digit course number indicates the course level. Course numbers heginning with a "1" or "2" are lower division courses and are intended primarily for freshmen and sophomores; course numbers beginning with a "3" or "4" are upper division and are primarily for juniors and seniors. Independent study: Independent studies may be arranged in consultation with individual faculty members. Internships: In addition to those listed, internship opportunities may be arranged individually during the summer. Academic internships are carefully planned work-based learning experiences, supervised and evaluated by a faculty member. Consult the Center for Service, Work, and Learning at (612) 330-1 148 for more information. Employer reimbursement: Students who qualify for reimbursement by their employers may use their reimbursernent to pay for Summer Session courses. However a nonrefundable deposit of $100 is required to register for each summer course. Housing: Students who need housing may contact the Residence Life Office at (612) 330-1488. T h e College reserves the right to cancel listed courses. inf0rmafion Additional information may be obtained from: Augsburg College Campus Box #56 221 1 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55454 (612) 330-1628 www.augsburg.edu/su~nmer eligibility Persons i n good standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next fall term are eligible to attend Augshurg Summer Session. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Other persons wishing to take summer courses should contact the coordinator of summer school to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Students accepted for Summer Session are not automatically granted admission as regular students of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at Augsburg should apply to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions, (612) 330-1001, or the Weekend CollegeAdmissions Office, (612) 330-1743. 3 re - calendar 7 . lning AK ner Seqi Enrollment 4 p.m. A $101 paid at that t~ led. This dcl: your summe refundable unless celed. If a c o ~ ~ r ts e , led I eled, you may elect rl Je :I refund or apply the deposit to the tuition for another c o ~ ~ r sWe e . recom~nertdthat you schedule your courses as early as possible. Many C O L I ~ S fill ~S early, and courses with 1 0 ~ 1 enrollments will he canceled one week hefore the first day of the term. Tuition must bc paid in full at the Enrollment Center (see deadlines below), or you will be dropped from your course(s). 111 SaturL ayh n . when Weekend L ( t h r o ~ ~ July gh 1). d in fill1 in order for he complete. whc, !--.re unpaid IrcvL, lust pay ces before they may comsummer school registra- .. Summer registration may he completed heginning May 9. Students taking courses ~ L I I - i Term u g I must complete their registration by May 30. Tel-111I1 registration must be completed by July 10. This proceilurc applies to all sumlner registrations, including internships and independent studies. T h e Enrollment Center is locatect in thc Svcrdrup HiiII and is open from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. Monday t h r o ~ ~ gFriday. h It will he open ~ ~ n t6i p.m. l o n May 29 and May 30 and on July 9 ancl 10. T h e summer 2001 term I term I1 Scheduling begins Balance of tuition due Classes begin April 9 May 17 May 29 April 9 June 28 July 9 I I ..late fee a 5 will be assessed for students w egister after the second day of the term. No Tcrrn 1 rcgistratious will lie accepted after J ~ l n clst, and Term 11 registrations will not be accepted after July 13th. To change ytlur registration you will need to fill out a n add/Llrop fo1.m at the Enn~llmentCenter. There is a charge of $75 for changing a course after 3:30 p.m. o n the second schedulc~lday of each term. This procedure applies to internsl~ipsand independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Refilnds and adjustments to fees are outlined in the "Tuition R e f ~ ~ nPolicy1' d section of this brochure. Last day to: Change grading option June 8 *Drop class without notation June 1 *Register with late fee of $75 June 1 (no registrations will be accepted after this date) July 20 July 13 July 11 Last day to withdraw from class Classes end Grades due in registrar's office July 27 August 9 August 17 June 15 June 29 July 9 I 1 ' lI schedule of refunds 100°i6 of the refundable portion of the fee... Cancellation at the Enrollment Center prior to May 29 (Term I) & July 9 (Term 11) 75% of the refundable portion of the fee ... Prior to May 3 1 Term I) & July 11 (Tenn 11) 50% of the refundable portion of the fee... Prior to June 4 (Term I) &July 16 (Term 11) Ill :-fll 1 rn _I - - - - map of augsburg A 7 4 1 !!ITrns I, C fees The tuition ch In cours 100 for $650 for h Audits arl listed abo I 1 lmmer it courses dit courses at the tuition rates Day program Students enrolled in su I and I1 combined or in either Term I or Term I1 may be eligible to apply for the Federal Stafford Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or the Minnesota State Grant. I:, g P policy I" mb% e s ~ is t not refmu of all or part fee is calculated fro! date of the student's official rn..--cancellation at the Enrollr See page 5. Nc liven for summer Term I as it ru ..~rrentlywith the WEC spring mmester. 0;. ,.. R WEC stude t enrolled in summer Term I1 may be eligible for the Federal Stafford Loan, Federal Pel1 Grant, or the Minnesota State Grant. financial aid To apply Eligibility for Summer Session attendees The financial aid deadline for the Summer Session is April 15, 2001. Contact the Enrollment Center at (612) 330-1046 for application materials and additional assistance. Financial aid is available to students enrolled in day or weekend programs. Students who maintain half-time status (as defined by the program in which they are enrolled) are eligible to apply for financial aid. COLLEGE MAP INFORMATION 1. Admissions Weekday Program 2, Admissions Annex and Weekend Admissions 3. Air Structure Entrance 12. Development, PR/Communications, and Alumni/Parenl Relations 13. Lindell Library (November through March) 4. Andenon-Nelson Athlelic Field and Seasonal Air Slructure 5. Christensen Center 6 East Hall 7. Faculty Guest House 8. Foss, Lobeck. Miles. Cenler for Wonhip. Drama & Communication 9 Sverdrup Hall 10. Husby-Stmmmen Tennis Courts 11. Ice Arena 14. Maintenance and Grounds Shop 15. Mortensen Hall 16.Murphy Place 17. Murphy Square 18. Music Hall 19. New Residence Hall 20. Old Main ZI.,Andenon Hall 22. Quad 2 2 Science Hall 24. Security Dispatch Center campus location I w&d**+, h h b k l~ & 1 A.Admissions/Faculty/Staff Parking B+CommuterResident Parking C. FacultyIStaRParking D. FacultylSlaff/Commuter Parking E.Commuter Parking F, Resident Parking G. Visitor Parking H. airv view-university Parking Ramp stww ~ ~m, 1 3 5 from ~ the ~ ~ ~ t h T a k e W a s h i n g t o n A v e n u e e x i t a n d t u r n left o n W a s h i n g t o n ( t u r n s right o n t o C e d a r A v e n u e ) , t u r n left a t Riverside A v e n u e , right a t 21st Avenue South. 1-94 East f r o m MinneapolisT a k e 2 5 t h A v e n u e e x i t , t u r n left a t 2 5 t h A v e n u e , t u r n left a t Riverside A v e n u e , t u r n left a t 21st Avenue South. m # k d S r r U r b h b h W ~ ~ W MpWI && M @w,&, creed, relrpon, &,d PARKING INFORMATION Early application is advised. J' &@&, 25. Shipping and Receiving 26.,Melby Hall 27. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 28. urness Hall ~ ~RPU~IIC h k h ~ . ~ & h @ ~ pa nt d ~l r~ n 1-94 W e s t f r o m St. PaulT a k e Riverside e x i t , t u r n right a t Riverside A v e n u e , t u r n left a t 21st A v e n u e S o u t h . ~ ~ ? ; ~ occupatrod qunl~ficntron Augsburg rstered programs, except m t?iose Instances where relrpon u a born Colkge IS comm~ttedto prowdng reasonable accommodntrm to rts employees and ru s h u fide I 35W h o m t h e SouthFollow t h e 1-94 S t . P a u l signs ( m o v e t o r i g h t . - l a n e after e a c h of t w o mergers). T a k e 2 5 t h A v e n u e e x i t a n d t u r n left a t Riverside A v e n u e , t u r n left a t 21st A v e n u e S o u t h . 7 6 - -. - ter6 one - The camera is us EED 33. Middle S (0.5 crec I Methods: Writing Olson I1 focus on writing strzb--:-s and ..,,-uuL., Yyp.~priateto middle leve ents. Emphasis will include the writing PI , types of writing and integra ed writing :---- culum. This course i required f o ~ "g elementary licensure with a communication artsjliterature specialty. (Prereq.: Admissiop Iuntion dept or permission of instructor) 6:00-9:30 p.m /i Sverdrup 17 ASL 2 1 1-S Topics: Intermediate American Sign Language Mikkelson This course continues to build the skills of signing and the ability to listen, to use body language and to use facial expressions. (Prereq.: ASL 102) T El Th Science 108 6:OO-9:30 p , m i OldMain L 1 Accounting ce I Kader An analysis or nnancla punting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaming to financial state~nents,income concepts, valuation concep~ FASB statements, and othcr relevant issue: applied to assets. (P~ereq.:A C C 222) 8:30 a.m.-I2:OO p.m. M B W Science 108 '1 BUS 2 4 2 3 Principles of Management cerrito Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning, and control The nature of authority, accountability, and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional Science 108 6:OO-9:30 p m M 8W BUS 3 3 1-S Financial Management KapOor Topics related to theory acquisition, fund allocation and management, sources and uses of long and short-term funds, capital costsjbudgeting, leve~age,and dividend policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113, A C C 222, M1S 379, and MPG 3). Sverdrup 206 6:00-9:30 p.m M,WB F ~ d ~~ ~ ~~(0.5~ ~i credit) ~~ h ~ ~ You will he exposed to basic theories of communication, selection, evaluation and research. Become skilled in some of the digital tools used in today's schools. Learn how to choose appropriate applications of theories and techniques for educa. tional settings. 9:OO-11:30 a m. M B W Suerdrup 204 C liate Expository Writing Swanson s course builds on the practices and methods (ENG 111). Its workshop of Effective W format stresses d organization, the process SPA I l l - T Beginning Spanish I 6:00-8:30 p,m M , T, W, Th of revision, sell ~ = eevaluation, r and the relationship between reading and writing, (Prereq.: ENG 11I) 6:OO-9:30 p.m MBW Kingsley Main 25 Old Main 10 m-~- - 'SY 3 Adolescent and Young Adult Development Hanson Consideration of research and theory related to development during adolescent and young adult years. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) 6:OO-9:30 9.m M b W Old Main 25 S r c 111-s Introduction to Public Speaking Groven The course focuses on speech preparation, organization, audience analysis, style, listening, and overcoming speech fright (Students may take either SPC 111 or SPC 112 for credit hut not both). Grad Skill: Speaking 8:30-12:00 p m. MBW Suerdrup 202 -m ' I REL 35723 Giants of the Faith Tranvik A study of Christian history through the lives and theology of notable figures. Thinkers to be studied include Augustine, Luther, C . S. Lewis, Martin Luther King,]r., and Dorothy Day. (Prereq.: REL 111, 221, or 331) Pcrspective: Christian Faith 2 or CF 3. El Old Main l8 6'00-9:30 ') m' HIS 1 0 3 3 Modern World 1789-Present Anderson A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the French Revolution to the present. Persp.: Western Heritage 6:00,9:30 m, T B ~h Old Main 13 - EDC 220-S SPA 111-5 Beginning Spanish I Kingsley Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the Spanish-speaking world. Persp : intercultural Awareness 2 8:30-11:00 a m. M, T, W, Th Old Main 26 students able to spend 3-4 days on the river with a group of canoeist coming down the river from Lake ltasca to Minneapolis. Grad. Skill: Critical Thinking, Persp.: Social World. Limit: 20 students M €4 W Old Main 16 6:OO-9:30 p.m. ,, !- i I N S 199-S/399-S Olson A work-based learning experience in which a student designs a learning agreement plan that links the opportunities and responsibilities found in the placement with specific learning objectives that ~ are ~i evaluated l l ~credit. ~The ~ ~ for academic k ~ internship ~~ placement must be approved by the faculty supervisor prior to registration. P/ii grading. Arranged *Note: Internships may also be arranged with individual faculty in the specific majors. Contact the academic department directly to make a~angements. ~ ,2 4 1 3 Environmental and River Politics Underhill-Cady The course explores the relationship between urban develop~nent,government policy, and the river environment. Students will critically examine historical developments, the changing relationship between society and the environment, and current policy debates about the river. Students will undertake service-learning projects relating to chc Mississippi River and explore the river by boat. One longer river trip is planned for SPC 351-S Argumentation Lapakko Develops critical thinking skills by study of the theory and practice of argument, evidence, fallacies, and refutation. Includes how to build and analyze public arguments that confront sti~dentsin [heir everyday lives. (Prereq.: SPC 111 or consent of instructor) Grad Skill: Critical Thinking .%erd~up202 6:OO-9:30 p m M BW - term two july 9 to august ART 1001300-S (with HIS 1951331) Topics: Designed Environment Anderson This course addresses the designed environment, the intentionally designed places in which we live. We will investigate architecture, landscape architecture, and urban design, both in class and in site visits to prominent examples of design excellence. Persp.: City or Aesthetics I:00-4:30 p.m. MBW Science 123 ART 107-S Drawing Bollman This is a first level drawing course. Students work with a variety of traditional and non-traditional drawing media and explore important concepts of drawing. Slide lectures, demonstrations, and critiques complete the learning experience. Persp.: Aesthetics 6:OO-9:30 p.m T B Th Old Main 17 ART 118-S Painting I Bollman In this first level painting course, students learn important concepts of painting. Most class time is spent painting. Slide lectures, demonstrations, and critiques complete the learning experience. Persp.: Aesthetics. 6:OO-9:30 p,m. T B Th Old Main 17 BUS 4 4 0 3 Strategic Management Cerrito Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions taught from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various industries and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor) T B Th Sverdrup 202 6:OO-9:30 p.m. MKT 2 5 2 3 Principles of Marketing Meziou Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel, and pricing decisions. 6:00-9:30 p , m T B Th Sverdrup 206 EED 4 9 5 3 Topics: Elementary Earth Science Subject Matter Standards Stangl This workshop course for elementary education majors includes earth science "hands-on" inquiry based activities that model the teaching and learning process of scientific inquiry. Meets basic earth science subject matter standards for initial licensure. 5:OO-9:00 p.m. ACC 2 2 2 3 Kader Principles of Accounting I1 A continuation of A C C 221. lntroduction to business activitics, accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making, and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: A C C 221) 8:30 a,m.-12:OO p.m. M B W Sverdrup 202 BUS 340-S Human Resource Management Cerrito Personnel function in business, acquisition, and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242) 6:OO-9:30 p.m. MBW Suerdrup 202 s TBK Science 19 ESE 351-S 5-12 Methods: Speaking and Listening (0.5 credit) Lapakko The course covers teaching of public speaking, interpersonal communication, small group communication and listening, as well as directing cocurricular speech and debate activities. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to the education department) 6:OO-9:30 p.m T Science 108 (0.5 credit) The course presents the critical analysis ( INS 1 0 5 3 contempora Indians will (Prereq.: PPST tion p o g r a m r 6:OO-9:30 p.m- M The course focuses on contemporary 20th ~ry prose works. It includes Native American and European writers, with an emphasis on nonWestern (Asian and African) fiction. (hereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor) Persp.: l~ltcrculturalAwareness 1. Grad. Skill: Writing T B Th 6:OO-9:30 p.m. Old Main 10 (0.5 credit) Minnesota where appropriate. pd~rness1 TBTh OldMain16 NS 1 1-S Paideia Seminars 16-20, 2001 Students will participate in a ies of seminar discussions following the Paidera .~,oinarformat as developed by Mortimer Adler. Seminar topics emphasize selectio~isthat help students to think critically, understand timeless ideas, listen carefully, and question thoughtfully. Grad Skill: Critical Thinking Limit: 20 Portfolio is due on July 27. Contact Anne Jensen for registration (612) 330-1188. 8:00 a.m. - 4:00 p.m. M-F Old Main 16 & 11 This Institute is also open to current teachers. ply ENG 3 6 1 4 Studies in Modern Fiction H P E 115-S chemical ~~~~~d~~~~ .-.arts. ~~~~k A n analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health education and services. 6:00-9:30 p.in. M ~ ~ 1I 1 ~ HIS 1951331-S (with ART 1001300) Topics: Designed Environment Kimball This course addresses the designed environment, the intentionally designed places in which we live. We will investigate architecture, landscape architecture, and urban design, both in class and in site visits to prominent examples of design excellence. Persp.: City or Aesthetics 1 :00-4:30 p.m. M b* W Science 123 INS 199,S/3YY-S Internship Olson A work-based learning experience in which students design a learning agreement plan that links the opportunities and responsibilities found in the placement with specific learning objectives that are evaluated for academic credit. The internship placement p h ~ must be approved by the faculty supervisor prior to registration. ~iranged *Note: Internships may also be arranged with individual faculty in the specific majors. Contact the academic department directly to make arrangements. I N S 225-8 Introduction to Islam Kader The course covers the ideological foundations of Islam, it's basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. Persp.: intercultural Awareness 1. 6:00 p.m.-9:30 p+m. M B W Old Main 16 9 POL 421-5 (ML ve: Developing a Mi - ~ Aoki Race and Ethnic This course focu: the ability to function and rse and ever changing conlead in culturally texts within the u.3.f ' proved cultural awareand interpersonal senness, communication ! sitivity and appreciation for the complexity of the racial and ethnic groupings are among thc goals of Extensive discussion and several short t* wnmmts with emphasis on applying \ o leadership situations. . L ,.,-" Dupont Math of Inten he monthly payments Learn how to c how much you need to on a house or car. Fi have a million \,,hen you be stocking awav no vu~iiies, perpetuities,and life retire. Learn hs =-a F-r-luation will be insurance work, '----oo In, quizzes, and a based on . Lv... i 3) G ., kill: ( v.... MBW SOC 356-S Crime and Community Bloom Analysis of correctional programs and community responses. Lecture, discussion, and site visits to prisons, courts, and community agencies. Special attention given to concepts of restorative justice. (Prereq.: SOC 121) 1-4:30 pm T, Th Kingsley PSY 361-S Personality/Cuh ~ntext Hanson Curtent scientifically-based approaches to description, dynamics, and development of personality. ing, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the Spanish-speaking world. l'cnp : l ~ i t ~ r c ~ A\vilrcncs ~ l ~ ~ ~ r .3 ~ l 8.33-11 00 a m M, 'I., W, Th Old MLIUI26 includes the study of gender, social position, and cross-cultural behavior. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) 6:00-9:30 p.m M El W Old Main 25 6 REL 4 7 2 3 SPA 112-T Beginning Spanish I1 6:00-8:30 p.m. M , T,W , Th Kingsley Old Main 26 POL 1 7 0 3 Underhill-Cady Law in the United States A n introduction to basic legal concepts in the United States, with a special focus on environmental issues. We will explore the tensions between justice, order, rights, and freedoms in the context of debates over water pollution, wet-lands preservation, endangered species, urban brownfields, and global warming. Students will work on individual projects studying current environmental cases and controversies in the Twin Cities. 6:OO-9:30 p.m MB W Science 205 Quanbeck I1 Paul the Apostle A study of the Apostle Paul, including appropriate historical background, Paul's relationship with the early church, major themes in his writings, and reflection concerning the reasons Paul remains an important figure and thinker in Christian theology. Persp.: Christian Faith 1 or 3. Grad Skill: Critical Thinking. 6:OO-9:30 p.m MB W I SPEECH, COMMUNICATION, Soerdrup I SPC 3 2 9 3 Intercultural Communication Beginning Spanish I1 Old Main 18 Old Main 18 Lapakko This coursc cxplores cultural differences and their implications for communication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction, and code systems. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1 6:OO-9:30 p.m, MB W Suerdmp 20 term two july 9 to august 9 SWK 5 6 0 Assessment and Diagnosis in Mental Health Practice Syers This course examines assessment and diagnosis of mental health Emphasis is placed on understanding mental health disorders from a systems and ecological perspective as well as understanding bio/psycho/social influences on incidence and course. (Prereq.: Advanced standinglsecond year MSW/ Post MSW) 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M@ W Sverdrup 206 -- ML 560-S (POL 4 2 1 3 ) Developing a Multicultural Perspective: Race and Ethnicity Aoki This course focuses on the ability to function and lead in culturally diverse and ever changing contexts within the U.S.A Improved cultural awareness, communication skills and interpersonal sensitivity and appreciation for the complexity of the racial and ethnic groupings are among the goals of the course. Extensive discussion and several short written assignments with emphasis on applying course material to leadership situations M@W Sverdrup 1 6:OO-9:30 p.m center for global education upcoming programs: Human Rights and Indigenous Issues ir May 15-24, 2001 \ Poverty and Perseverance: Life in N' June 9-17, 2001 latemala :agu 4' The Plight of Indigenous People in Countries in Transitio Guatemala and Chiapas, Me+-June 2-15, 2001 Mexico: Educatior A Professional nJune 14-21, 2001 . Cuba: Our Isl;.., July 16-24, 2001 iiobal Citizenship Neighbor m Namibi tional Educ July 13 - L U , 2001 Mexico 2001: Daunting Cha" July 17-25, 2001 Accompanying Our Brothers July 27 to August 7, 2001 ges, Wellsprings of Ho \; Sisters in El Salvador South Africa: Racial Justice and Gender Equity July 28 to August 12, 2001 For information and other possible educational opportunities, contact the Center for Global Education at ( 6 12) 330-1 159 or e-mail, <globaled@augsburg.edu>.
Show less

Title: Master of Social Work (MSW) Catalog, 2000-2001
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: "The good we secure for ourselves Table of Contents is precarious and uncertain ... until it is secured for all of us and Overview ................... .... . ....................... ... 1 incoryorated into our common life." MSW Program Mission and Goals ............................... ...
Show more "The good we secure for ourselves Table of Contents is precarious and uncertain ... until it is secured for all of us and Overview ................... .... . ....................... ... 1 incoryorated into our common life." MSW Program Mission and Goals ............................... 2 -Jane Addams MSW Program Format ....... .............................. ...3 MSW Curriculum Components .......................... .. .. .. .5 MSW Courses and Upcoming Changes ..... .................... .. 7 Field Work Education and Field Practicum ........................ 10 Admission to the MSW Program ....... ............... ....... .. 12 International Applicants ............... .................... .. 16 Summary of MSW Fees and Charges ..... .. ... ...... .. ........ .. 17 Financial Aid ........................ ........ . ...... .. ..... 18 Academic Policies ................... .. ...... .. ............ .20 MSW Program Management ........... ...................... .23 Department of Social Work Faculty ......... ... ..... ............ 24 Lindell Library and Information Technology .. .. . .. ... ............ 26 Accreditation .............................................. 27 About Augsburg College ..................................... 28 Campus Location and Map ... .................... .inside back cover • I overview The Augsburg Master of Social Work concentrations: Family Practice or of other countries, including England, is a small program of distinction and Program Development, Policy and Mexico, Norway, Portugal, Slovenia, quality. Our purpose is to prepare Administration. The academic and Taiwan. social work students for agency-based coursework consists of 18 full courses practice in public and non-profit for regularly admitted students or 13 are internationally known for their settings. We offer a challenging full courses for those admitted with teaching and research. Our adjunct curriculum, combining social work advanced standing (see explanation of faculty are innovative practitioners theory, policy, practice methods, skills advanced standing on page 13). training, research, and evaluation techniques. Our philosophy is to emphasize In addition to the academic We have outstanding faculty who and administrators from agency-based settings. Our faculty provide expertise coursework, students complete 900 in a broad range of areas within social hours of field practica in two settings work. All our faculty are available for client strengths and empowerment; and a summative evaluation project. mentoring relationships. They problem solving within a holistic, The Twin Cities offer many unique schedule office hours convenient to systems framework; and practice opportunities for field practicum sites weekend students. informed by solid research and such as non-profit advocacy evaluation. Throughout our organizations, counseling centers, the liberal arts base of the College and The Augsburg MSW builds on curriculum, we stress social work neighborhood centers, state and supports the College's mission: "To values and ethics. We also emphasize county agencies, schools, hospitals, nurture future leaders in service to the responsibility to the local and global correctional facilities, and non- world by providing high-quality community, promotion of social and governmental organizations. We have educational opportunities, which are economic justice, understanding of field sites in both urban and rural based in the liberal arts and shaped by and appreciation for diverse peoples settings. the faith and values of the Christian and cultures, and commitment to oppose oppression of all forms. Our classes are offered on a weekend intensive format. Field Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an placements are available weekdays, as intentionally diverse campus complete a year of generalist well as some evenings and non-class community." professional preparation (the weekends. We maintain small class foundation) and a year of advanced sizes of 10 to 25 students. We offer preparation in one of two trips abroad to compare social services Augsburg MSW students MSW Program Mission and Goals The mission of the sound, scholarly on combined strengths Department of Social Work research; and of the client, group, or is: "To develop social work professionals for practice that promotes social justice and empowerment towards the well-being of people in community rather than • how to evaluate the effectiveness of your As you progress through our MSW curriculum, you will learn: • how an individual lives of social work programs. Student learning is guided education, graduate or by the following MSW post-graduate, in social program goals: work or related fields; 1. prepare students to be competent, creative, and ethical social work professional or her environment; practitioners who programs affect individuals, families, communities, and society; • to use a range of client- maintain a perspective 4. prepare students to work for peace, social justice, and human well-being at a variety of levels with a global perspective; that is multi-cultural and holistic (that is, 5. prepare students to one which encompasses apply critical thinking the integrated needs of skills within individual, family, and professional contexts community), with and to demonstrate the centered approaches to attention to the special professional use of self; practice with client needs of our migrant, groups of all types and immigrant, and Native sizes; American local populations; • to apply theories and methods of practice excel in problem- placement experience; solving within systems practice informed by perspective that creates a holistic approach to practice; and through the field • the importance of 6. integrate a liberal arts 2. prepare students to of many sizes, to • 3. prepare students for continuing advanced in and is affected by his • how social policies and pathology; social work practice and a diverse and global society." focusing on individual 7. provide students with increased access to social work education. become advanced practitioners who build I 3 MSW Program Format The Augsburg MSW degree offered at the mid-point of expectation of substantial Fall Trimester 2000 is designed to meet the class. Each class meets for independent study outside Class Weekends needs of a wide range of eight sessions in a given of class. Sept. 15-16 students with differing trimester. responsibilities and time commitments. Scheduling classes in a weekend intensive format allows students some flexibility in coordinating school obligations with weekday work and family commitments. Our weekend format also provides access to an MSW education to those living outside of the Twin Cities metropolitan area, who must travel some distance. Sept. 29-30 Cohons and Course Sequence Oct. 13-14 MSW students are admitted Nov. 3-4 Foundation students with a particular "cohort." Nov. 17-18 complete 18 full courses. Cohorts are distinguished Dec. 1-2 Full-time students enroll in by: level of admission Dec. 15-16 three courses per trimester (foundation or advanced for six trimesters, totaling standing), rate of attendance Winter Trimester 2001 two years. Part-time students (full-time or part-time), and Class. Weekends enroll in one or two courses preferred concentration Jan. 5-6 per trimester for 12 (Family Practice or Program Jan. 19-20 trimesters, totaling four Development, Policy, and Jan 26-27 years. Advanced standing Administration-"PDPA"). Feb. 9-10 students attend full time, Augsburg offers six cohorts. Feb. 16-17 Course Load and Program Duration enrolling in three courses per trimester for five Academic Calendar trimesters, totalling 13 full We follow a trimester courses over one year and academic calendar, offering two trimesters. The part- classes September through time option is not offered for June, exclusively on those with advanced weekends. Classes typically standing. All students must meet every other weekend complete the MSW degree with some back-to-back in no more than four years weekends. following matriculation. Oct. 27-28 Mar. 2-3 Field Practicum Mar. 16-17 MSW students spend 900 Mar. 23-24 hours in two field practica. The foundation field Spring Trimester 2001 practicum requires 420 Class Weekends hours. The concentration Apr 6-7 field practicum requires 480 Apr 20-21 hours. Each practicum May 4-5 experience is spread out over May 18-19 two trimesters (fall and Jun 1-2 winter) and is completed Jun 8-9 concurrent with enrollment Jun 22-23 Classes meet in four-hour Course Credh and contact Hours in integrative field work Jun 29-30 blocks on Friday evenings, A full credit MSW course seminars (SWK 502-503 and 6 to 10 p.m., Saturday ( 1.0) is equal to 4 semester SWK 523-524) as well as mornings, 8 a.m. to noon, credits or 6 quarter credits. other MSW coursework. and Saturday afternoons, Each full course meets for 32 1 to 5 p.m. A short break is contact hours, with the Class Periods Summatlve Evaluation Proiect spend 15 to 20 hours per Paul) have developed a dual All students apply week in the field practicum degree: Master of Social knowledge and skills from during the fall and winter Work and Master of Arts in the foundation and trimesters (a span of six or Leadership for Mission concentration curriculum in seven months for each (MSW/MA). The dual completing a project practicum). degree focuses on meeting designed to evaluate their projects. A student also may In the final year of Luther Seminary (in St. the educational interests of social work practice. study, students complete a people planning to serve the Students conduct and summative project, which spiritual and social needs of present this evaluation/ requires substantial families, individuals, and research project during their independent research, communities. final year of study. They analysis, and writing. may also select the thesis Some MSW students A pilot project has been approved by both option as an elective (see work full time while schools. Augsburg is page 6). enrolled in the MSW currently seeking approval program. Most, however, from the Council on Social arrange to reduce their work Work Education. For more Time Commitment Although classes meet on weekends, students spend time on their studies during non-class weekends and weekdays. The typical student will spend 12 hours in classes within a 23-hour period. For every hour spent in class, a student may hours or request time away information, contact the during their graduate Augsburg social work office, studies. Each student's (612) 330-1233, or Luther situation is unique and must Seminary, (651) 641-3521, be decided individually. All for their catalog. Applicants students must develop apply to each program strategies for balancing separately; admission to one family, work, and academic does not guarantee responsibilities. admission to the other. This spend 3 to 4 hours outside of class, working on Dual Degree assignments or group Augsburg College and joint program is ecumenical in its admissions policies and academic outlook . • I MSW Curriculum Components The MSW curriculum, which knowledge of theories and practice Administration. In either includes both academic coursework methods in the foundation field concentration, you will deepen your and field education, has two practicum. The field practicum is knowledge of the primary issues components: foundation and completed concurrently with your affecting families and communities, concentration. enrollment in two integrative field develop a range of client-centered work seminar courses (SWK 502 and approaches to practice, gain a broader Foundation Curriculum The foundation curriculum is made up of nine courses and a generalist field practicum. In the foundation courses, you are introduced to social work as a profession. You will learn both historical and contemporary theories, issues, and practice methods, relating to both the individual and 503). The full foundation curriculum understanding of human diversity, is required of all students, with the develop competencies in practice exception of those admitted with based-research, and learn practice or advanced standing (see explanation program evaluation techniques. of advanced standing on page 13 ). you will apply this advanced curriculum, all foundation knowledge of theories and practice coursework and field hours must be methods in the concentration field successfully completed. the environment. During the foundation year, you will study Concentration Curriculum human behavior and the social The concentration curriculum is environment; history of social welfare made up of nine courses and an policy; and services, research advanced field practicum. After methods, practice methods, completing the foundation assessment frameworks, family and requirements, you will enroll in the community diversity, and social work concentration curriculum of your values and ethics. choice. Augsburg offers two In the foundation curriculum, you will apply this generalist [n the concentration curriculum, Before beginning the concentration concentrations: Family Practice and Program Development, Policy, and practicum experience. The field practicum is relevant to your chosen concentration and is completed concurrently with your enrollment in two field seminar courses (SWK 523 and 524). As a capstone to your MSW program, you will complete a summative evaluation project in practice or program evaluation. ' Family Practice concentration was building upon but separate Concentration: developed in response to from the summative Family, in its diverse forms, the growing demand for evaluation project. Course is central to society. leadership and credit is given for this "Family," in this context, is administration. Effective option as an elective. interpreted broadly as the services require competent Students work with a thesis nurturing system practitioners to provide adviser to develop more in- surrounding people. It is strong leadership and depth research skills inclusive of many areas of effective administration. In contributing to social work need. As a growing number this concentration you will knowledge. of family-related challenges learn the knowledge and face society, there is an skills necessary to promote ever-increasing need for and achieve needed change, professionals who base their and to develop, lead, guide, practice on in-depth study and administer programs of the broad spectrum of that serve diverse people in issues that confront the a variety of settings. family. In the Family Practice concentration, you will concentrate on promoting empowerment of the family-nurturing systems from a developmental and holistic perspective. Program Development, Degree Requirements To be conferred with the MSW degree, students must achieve the following: • successful completion of 18 MSW courses (13 for advanced standing), with Summatlve Evaluation Proiect with a grade of 2.0 or 2.5, All students will apply and with a cumulative knowledge and skills from GPA of 3.0 or higher; the foundation and no more than two courses • successful completion of concentration curricula in 900 hours of approved completing a final project field practica ( 480 hours designed to study social for advanced standing); Policy, and work efficacy. Students will Administration: conduct and present this submission of the Social change is necessary advanced research project summative evaluation to foster policies and during their final year of project; and services that respond to study. human need. The Program Development, Policy, and Administration Master's Thesis Students have the option of • successful completion and • successful completion of all degree requirements within four years of matriculation. completing a thesis, • I MSW Courses and Upcoming Changes Below are two curricula: existing intend for the new curriculum to date. We will offer this new course in and revised. The revisions are in begin in 2001-02. This means winter 2001-02. Because of the response to feedback requested from students who begin in 2000-01 will earlier start for advanced standing several constituencies, including complete the first year under our students, we will move the advanced students, alumni, faculty, field existing curriculum, but will complete standing application deadline for agencies, and CSWE. The revised subsequent years under the revised 2001-02 admission to January curriculum is approved by the social curriculum. work department and awaiting 15, 2001. (Advanced standing For advanced standing students, approval from the College Academic the revised curriculum adds a new Affairs Committee in 2000-01. We course and requires a winter start applicants previously applied in October.) EXISTING Curriculum Foundation Courses: Human Behavior and the Social Environment Integrative Field Work Seminar II Integrative Field Work Seminar I Methods and Skills II Methods and Skills I Introduction to Family Practice History of Social Welfare Policy Introduction to Program Development, Policy & Admin. Research I Family Practice Concentration Courses: Integrative Field Work Seminar III Thesis Seminar Family Practice I Creative Problem Solving in Supervision Research II Family Diversity/Family Social Policy Integrative Field Work Seminar IV Elective Family Practice II Program Development, Policy, & Administration Concentration Courses: Integrative Field Work Seminar lII Thesis Seminar Processes of Program Planning & Development lnterorganizational, Community, Political Relations Research II Advanced Social Policy Integrative Field Work Seminar IV Elective Organizational Development & Administration 7 REVISED Curriculum Foundation Courses: 0 ) Human Behavior and the Social Environment Methods and Skills II: Families & Groups Field Work I: Integrative Seminar and Skills Lab Community Development for Social Change Methods and Skills I: Individuals Theories of Family: Intro. to Family Practice History of Social Welfare Policy Research I Field Work II: Integrative Seminar and Skills Lab Advanced Practice Methods (advanced standing only) Family Practice Concentration Courses: Field Work III: Integrative Seminar (.5) Family Practice II Diversity in an Urban Environment I (.5) Family Social Policy Family Practice I Creative Problem Solving in Supervision Research II: Practice Evaluation Family Practice Elective Field Work IV: Integrative Seminar (.5) General Elective Diversity in an Urban Environment Il (.5) Program Development, Policy, and Administration Concentration Courses: Field Work III: Integrative Seminar (.5) Planning and Policy Practice I Diversity in an Urban Environment I ( .5) Organizations/Social Admin Practice II Organizations/Social Admin. Practice I Planning and Policy Practice II Research II: Program Evaluation Organizations/Social Admin. Practice III Field Work IV: Integrative Seminar (.5) General Elective Diversity in an Urban Environment II (.5) ENROUMENT Options Foundation • Full-time YEAR 1 Fall Human Behavior & the Social Environment Field Work I: Integrative Seminar & Skills Lab Methods & Skills I: Individuals (foundation practicum begins) YEAR2 Fall Field Work III: Integrative Seminar & Diversity (.5 each) Research II: Evaluation (practice or program) Concentration Course #l (concentration practicum begins) Winter History of Social Welfare Policy Field Work II: Integrative Seminar & Winter Field Work IV: Integrative Seminar & Diversity (.5 each) Skills Lab Concentration Course #2 Methods & Skills II: Families & Groups Concentration Course#} (foundation practicum continues and finishes) (concentration practicum continues Spring Research I and finishes) Theories of Family: Intro. to Family Practice Community Development for Social Change Spring General Elective Concentration Course #4 Concentration Course #5 I Advanced Standing • Full-time YEAR 1 No Courses Fall YEAR2 Fall Field Work Ill: Integrative Seminar & Diversity ( .5 each) Winter Advanced Practice Methods Research II: Evaluation (practice Spring Research I or program) Theories of Family: Intro. to Family Practice Concentration Course # 1 Community Development for (concentration practicum begins) Social Change Winter Field Work IV: Integrative Seminar & Diversity ( .5 each) Concentration Course #2 Concentration Course #3 (concentration practicum continues and finishes) Spring General Elective Concentration Course #4 Concentration Course #5 Foundation • Part-time YEAR 1 YEAR2 Fall Fall Human Behavior & the Social Field Work I: Integrative Seminar/Skills Lab Methods & Skills I: Individuals Environment (foundation practicum begins) Winter History of Social Welfare Policy Winter Field Work II: Integrative Seminar/Skills Lab Spring Research I Methods & Skills II: Families & Groups (foundation practicum continues and finishes) Spring Theories of Family: Intro. to Family Practice Community Development for Social Change YEAR4 YEAR3 Fall Field Work Ill: Integrative Seminar & Fall Diversity (.5 each) Research II: Evaluation (practice or program) Concentration Course # 1 (concentration practicum begins) Winter Field Work IV: Integrative Seminar & Diversity ( .5 each) Concentration Course #2 (concentration practicum continues and finishes) Spring Concentration Course #3 General Elective Winter Concentration Course #4 Spring Concentration Course #5 9 Field Work Education and Field Practicum Field Work Education and Field Placement work integrative seminars, is education of the MSW Social work education is the arena for the program is divided into two not merely classroom based. application of this components: foundation Through the field philosophy. It is our belief and concentration. The experience, we expect that that the collaborative efforts foundation field practicum you are able to demonstrate between the student, the requires 420 hours and is your aptitude in bridging field agency, and the MSW completed by those students theory and practice. The program are essential. admitted at the foundation foundation of your practice includes: • ethical, competent professional practice • problem solving within a systems framework and strengths perspective • an understanding of, and respect for, diverse peoples and cultures • responsibility and service to the broader community in the interest of social justice • a commitment to oppose oppression. We recognize that the field experience, called "practica," with the field Field Education Format Under the instruction and supervision of professionally-trained, MSW-level, and programapproved field instructors, you will spend 900 hours in two field practica. Each practicum is spread out over two trimesters (fall and winter) and is completed concurrently with enrollment in field work integrative seminars (SWK 502-503 and SWK 523524) as well as other MSW The field work level. The foundation practicum puts emphasis on developing competence as a professional generalist social worker. The concentration field practicum requires 480 hours and is completed by all students, including those admitted at the foundation level and those admitted with advanced standing. The concentration practicum places emphasis on advanced practice skills and leadership qualities related to the chosen concentration. coursework. • I 11 Process for Field Praclicum Selecuon at an agency that is not on the • senior resources Field practicum selection for the fall approved site list or is at your place of • family social policy of any academic year is done in the employment. In either case, you can previous spring during specified dates work with the MSW field coordinator determined by the MSW field to determine if the site in which you • corrections and probation coordinator. You are required to are interested is acceptable. All field • public and attend the student field orientation practica must be supervised by before beginning your field practicum professionals who are approved as search. Augsburg field instructors. At the student field orientation, the MSW field coordinator will provide a list of field sites approved by Augsburg's MSW program and classified according to type of field setting. Based on your area of interest and your career goals, you will choose two or more field sites and will arrange interviews at each. Once interviews are finished, you will rank your choices of field sites, and the field sites will rank their choices of interns. The MSW field coordinator • youth services • developmental disabilities Field practica are not only the basis for a sound social work curriculum, • American Indian family services but are long-remembered. The • chronically and persistently primary goal of the field faculty at mentally ill Augsburg is the success of each student in a stimulating and •chemical dependency challenging field practicum. Our • court services current list of approved field sites • immigrant, migrant, refugee services includes agencies in the following areas of practice: • family and children services • child welfare with field site preferences. • mental health In rare instances, you may independent schools • hospitals Field Practicum Settings strives to match student preferences petition to complete a field practicum • health and human services • crisis intervention • victims of torture • Catholic and Lutheran social services • neighborhood services Admission to the MSW Program Entering a Master of Social must be disciplined and Work program requires a hard working. Most commitment to a importantly, they must and a commitment to professional career of exhibit a commitment to social justice serious responsibility. Social the values of the social workers serve children and work profession. adults who are arguably the • awareness of social issues • clear appreciation of the value base of the social work profession most vulnerable people in program promotes the our society and need the widest possible diversity strongest support that can within its student the ability to work with be provided on their behalf. populations. Therefore, the diverse peoples and Therefore, social work is by admission policies ensure cultures necessity a rigorous course that educational of study requiring opportunities are provided Augsburg MSW knowledge and skills in to persons with a range of philosophy and focus on complex procedures which abilities, backgrounds, agency practice must be applied beliefs, and cultures. appropriately and sensitively with diverse individuals and communities. To excel in the Augsburg MSW program, students must manage a demanding academic curriculum. They must employ well-developed APPiicant Qualities A strong candidate for the MSW program will demonstrate the following: • outstanding academic abilities • a solid foundation in the liberal arts • the ability to think analytical skills and critical clearly and communicate thinking abilities. They effectively must be open to examining their own values and worldview. They must be collaborative, flexible, and be able to accept • The Augsburg MSW being of others constructive criticism. They • strong writing skills and • leadership qualities and • knowledge of the APPiication Requirements To apply for the MSW program you must meet the following minimum standards: • bachelor's degree from an accredited, liberal arts college or university; • cumulative undergraduate GPA of 3.0 or higher; • liberal arts course work in the social sciences, command of the English humanities, human language biological systems, and • healthy sense of self and statistics. concern for the well- I 13 Conditions for low GPA Human service experience minimum score of 85 is required. To If your undergraduate cumulative Although it is not a requirement, inquire about times the test is offered, GPA (not including proprietary we give strong preference to those cost, study tools, testing facilities near schools) is 2.99 - 2.50, you may file applicants with work or volunteer you, or to inquire about results of a an application provided you show experience in human services, past test, please contact either testing completion of at least one graduate particularly experience that service via their Web sites: level course, from an accredited, demonstrates responsibility and <www.toefl.org> or academic institution, with a grade of leadership. We consider human <www.lsa.umich.edu/eli/>. B (3.0) or higher. If your cumulative service experience to be direct or GPA is 2.49 - 2.0, you may file an indirect practice in a health and application provided you show human service organization. This completion of at least two graduate includes assessment; treatment level courses, from an accredited, planning and evaluation; case academic institution, each with a management; information and grade ofB (3.0) or higher. All referral; counseling; advocacy; graduate courses must be completed teaching; research; supervision; and documented on an official consultation; community transcript at the time of application. organization; and the development, than seven years prior to the implementation, and administration desired MSW matriculation date; Liberal arts coursework All applicants to the MSW program must show completion of the following liberal arts courses, each with a grade of C (2.0) or higher: • four social science courses • three humanities courses Applicants also must show completion of, or declare an intention to complete, the following courses, each with a grade of C (2.0) or higher: • one basic statistics course • one human biology, physiology, or anatomy course of policies, programs, and activities. Applicants are advised that MSW field placement options may be limited for those who lack prior human service experience. Also, we do not grant academic credit for work or life experience. Admission with Advanced Standing Advanced standing is an application category open to those with the following qualifications: • bachelor's degree in social work, accredited by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE); • BSW degree received no more • cumulative undergraduate GPA of 3.0 or higher; • liberal arts course work in the social sciences, humanities, mathematics, human biological systems, and statistics. If your undergraduate cumulative Test of English as a Foreign GPA is 2.99 or lower, you may not Language apply for advanced standing and must If English is not your native language, apply at the foundation level, you must take the Test of English as a following the low GPA requirements Foreign Language (TOEFL) or the outlined above. Michigan English Language Assessment Battery (MELAB). For the TOEFL, a minimum score of 600 These courses must be completed (paper test) or 250 (computer test) is prior to enrollment. required. For the MELAB, a request to apply to Augsburg receive a grade of B (3.0) or Advanced standing as a transfer student. Transfer higher. Transfer students may applicants are asked to students follow the same receive credit for up to eight identify courses from their application timeline as courses. All transfer students BSW programs that are foundation applicants, unless must complete no fewer than 10 courses at Augsburg. BSW parallel courses parallel to the MSW courses the foundation year has been from which they seek completed. In the latter case, exemption. These courses the transfer student should include Human Behavior follow the timeline for and the Social Environment advanced standing applicants. 501), Practice Methods I and II (SWK 505/506), and Integrative Field Work Seminar I and II (SWK 502/503 ), which includes 420 field practicum hours. Only BSW courses with a grade of B (3.0) or higher are eligible for consideration as a parallel course. If an advanced standing applicant is admitted, but does not have an eligible BSW course for one (or more) of these courses, he or she will complete that MSW course at Augsburg, prior to enrolling in the advanced standing curriculum. Additional documents Social Work, Transfer students follow the (612) 330-1233 or same procedures as a new <swkinfo@augsburg.edu>. applicant; however, the The application packet following additional includes an application form, documents are required: a liberal arts checklist, a • copy of the syllabus for parallel course checklist, each MSW course for three recommendation which transfer of credit is forms, transcript request sought; • a letter of recommendation from the MSW forms, and an application status card. To complete an MSW program from which the application, you will need to student is transferring- submit the following: either from an instructor, 1.) completed and signed an adviser, or the MSW director; and application form; 2.) $25 application fee; • official transcript showing MSW grades. Each completed MSW course is considered • materials may be requested from the Department of (SWK 500), History of Social Welfare Policy (SWK Application materials A packet of application 3.) completed liberal arts course checklist; 4.) completed BSW parallel Admission as aTransfer Student individually and is not course checklist (for guaranteed to be advanced standing Students admitted to transferable. Eligible courses applicants); another MSW program must be from a CSWE- accredited by CSWE may accredited program and must I 15 5.) three completed and signed APPiication Deadlines recommendation forms, with letters The application deadline refers to actual receipt of the application packet attached; in our office, and does not refer to a postmark date. In the event a 6.) official transcript(s) from all postsecondary institutions attended; 7.) results of Test of English as a Foreign deadline falls on a weekend, materials will be due the following Monday. Foundation applicants Received packets are processed beginning November 15 Language (for non-native English Priority filing date 4:30 p.m., December 15 speakers); Final deadline 4:30 p.m., January 15 Notification date March 15 Matriculation term Fall trimester (September) 8.) typed personal statement, with responses to these questions: • What is your perspective on social welfare and society? • What is your understanding of the social work profession? • Describe your employment and/or volunteer experiences and explain how they have prepared you for pursuing the MSW degree. • Give examples of your demonstrated Advanced standing applicants Received packets are processed beginning November 15 Priority filing date 4:30 p.m., December 15 Final deadline 4:30 p.m., January 15 Notification date March 15 Matriculation term Winter trimester (January) "Late" applications We may consider late applications on a space available basis. We review all applications that are completed by the final deadline, which takes ability to work with a diversity of about two months. After our review and decision process we may people. determine we have space for additional students and will accept a select • How would you rate your written and oral communication skills? • What are your personal qualities that make you well suited for the social work profession? • What are your limitations and how would you address them in your professional education? • What are your career and life goals? • How do you anticipate the MSW degree will facilitate your career development? number of late applications by a designated date. To file a late application, you must request advance permission from our office. Applications that arrive after the final deadline are not automatically considered as late applications. International Applicants The Department of Social for any transcript(s) from an coordinate and pay for this Work encourages qualified institution outside of the evaluation and to begin the applicants from other United States. This process early enough so that countries to apply to the evaluation should include results are received in our MSW program. An the following: office by our deadline. We international applicant is 1.) analysis of credentials-to suggest: someone who is not a determine if your degree is permanent, legal resident of equivalent to an accredited the United States. U.S. bachelor's degree International applicants Evaluators, Inc. Phone: ( 414) 289-3400 2.) course by course Fax: (414) 289-3411 follow the same timelines evaluation-to show your and application procedures complete course listing as U.S. residents; however with credit values and they must follow these grades received for each World Education Services, additional instructions: course Inc. • All application materials must be submitted in English; 3.) calculation of grade point average-to show your cumulative grade point • If English is not your average using the standard native language, you U.S. grading system, i.e., must submit official A=4.0, B=3.0, C=2.0, scores from the TOEFL D= 1.0, F=O.O or MELAB (see minimum required score on page 13 ); • If your bachelor's degree was received from an institution outside of the United States, you must request an evaluation of credentials (see below). • Educational Credential 4.) translation to English (if applicable) You should request that OR Phone: (800) 937-3895 ext. 2 Fax: (212) 966-6395 Declaration of Finances and Student Visa Before being admitted, international applicants will be asked to provide proof of funds to finance the MSW education, including tuition, books, and living expenses. the evaluation report be sent A Declaration of Finances is directly to the Department completed by you or your of Social Work. Typically, financial sponsor with the evaluating service will appropriate documentation send a second copy to you at such as bank statements or no extra charge. Usual tum- other financial records. The Guidelines for lnternatio11a1 TranscrlPt Submission around time for a credential Declaration of Finances is evaluation is approximately required for Augsburg to MSW admission requires an 30 days from the time they issue an I-20 for the student "evaluation of credentials" receive all your documents. visa (F-1). It is your responsibility to I summarv of MSW Fees and Charges Application Fee $25 Admission Deposit $100 Campus Access Fee $10 per trimester Information Technology Fee $25 per full course Late Registration Fee $35 per day, up to a max of $125 Registration Change Fee $5 (if making a change after the first class session) Transcript Fee Continuation Fee $3 per copy $350 per trimester (if work on the degree continues beyond scheduled coursework) Tuition for 2000-2001: per course $1,284 Tuition is set on an annual basis and is payable at the beginning of each trimester. Enrollment Pavment OPlions Payment in full: due prior to first day of classes Payment plan: A 3-pay plan is available each trimester with 1/3 tuition due every 30 days, beginning prior to the first day of classes. Company reimbursement: Courses that are company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per course, with full payment due within 45 days after the end of the term. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of release diplomas or academic transcripts one percent per month on any account with an open balance of 30 until all student accounts are paid in full. days or more. This policy applies to student loan funds Tuition Refund Schedule In order to be eligible for a refund of tuition charges, students are responsible for canceling courses with the registrar's office. A per course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: Through the first scheduled class meeting: 100% of tuition (minus a $75 administrative fee if withdrawing completely) Prior to the second class meeting: 80% of tuition Prior to the third scheduled class meeting: 60% of tuition No refund after the third scheduled class meeting. administered by the College (e.g., Perkins Student Loan); payments must be current according to the established repayment schedules. 17 Financial Aid Companv Tuition Assistance Programs Federal and State Aid Programs students enrolled in the Many companies, agencies, The Enrollment Center uses MSW program. Non-degree and corporations offer full or standard, nationally accepted seeking students are not partial tuition assistance to methodology to determine eligible for any type of employees who participate in eligibility for federal and financial aid through work-related or degree- state financial aid programs. Financial assistance is available to degree-seeking Augsburg College. Students related college programs. enrolled in two or three full- Augsburg College offers a credit courses per trimester payment plan by which are eligible to apply for full- employees may handle time aid. Students enrolled tuition reimbursement. in one course are eligible to Students should contact the apply for half-time aid. The Enrollment Center to make Enrollment Center assists payment arrangements using students in assessing the company reimbursement financial aid eligibility and payment plan. offers financial aid from Federal Stafford Loan Program Common loan provisions: Borrowing limits: Graduate students may borrow up to $18,500 per year with an aggregate of $128,500 (undergraduate and graduate). Based on an eligibility calculation, a Bureau of Indian Attairs. Tribal and State Indian Scholarships student may borrow from Sponsored Scholarships American Indian students combination of both, but Augsburg actively pursues who meet federal, state, or cannot exceed the annual non-Augsburg funding for tribal requirements may loan limits. special scholarships. The apply for these scholarships. available alternatives, some of which are listed below: either the unsubsidized or subsidized program or a Interest rates: The availability of such Indian grants generally annually variable interest scholarships may enable the supplement other sources of rate is determined by the 91- participation of individuals financial aid. For assistance day T-bills + 3.1 %, capped at of limited financial means as in application, please contact 8.25% and changes each well as individuals working Augsburg's American Indian July 1 for all borrowers. The for volunteer agencies and Student Services director at interest rate for enrollment other organizations not likely (612) 330-1144 or your periods beginning between to provide tuition tribal agency. July 1, 2000 and June 30, reimbursement. 2001 is 7.59% . • I Federal Perkins Loan Program to the Enrollment Center for further begins six months after you cease to A joint Augsburg College-federally procesing. Loan proceeds are released be enrolled at least half time in an funded program administered through through electronic funds transfer . eligible program leading to a degree or the College for students who certificate. Repayment may extend up demonstrate financial eligibility. The students may borrow up to $9,000 per to 10 years. student is required to sign a year minus any other student loan Repayment terms: Repayment Deferments: In most cases, Borrowing limits: Graduate promissory note at least once per indebtedness. Maximum graduate deferments are granted for continued term, after which funds are put on the borrowing cannot exceed $40,000 education, disability, and student account. including undergraduate. The unemployment. Contact your lender Borrowing limits: You may if you think you are eligible for a borrow up to $4,000 per year as a deferment. graduate student, with a $30,000 Program specific provisions maximum. Federal Stafford Loan Interest and repayment: Simple minimum loan amount per year is $500. Interest and repayment: The interest rate is variable. Interest payments begin 90 days after the loan (subsidized): The Enrollment Center interest of 5% and repayment of is disbursed and continue quarterly has determined that, based on the principal (at a minimum of $50 per thereafter while the student is financial information submitted, month) begin nine months after you enrolled. Principal payments begin in students qualify for up to the amount graduate or leave school. Partial or the 13th month after you leave listed on their Award Notice. total loan cancellation privileges exist school. for certain types of teaching, disability Deferments: There are no during the time the student is Interest: No interest accrues and, in certain circumstances, military deferments. Contact the Minnesota enrolled at least halftime. service. Higher Education Services Office Fees: An origination fee of up to Deferments: No interest accrues 3% and a guarantee fee of up to 1% nor do payments need to be made at may be deducted from the loan check any time you are enrolled at least before you receive it. halftime or for serving three years in the military, Peace Corps, or VISTA. Federal Stafford Loans (unsubsidized): You may borrow up to the amount Contact the student loan coordinator in the Enrollment Center if you think you are eligible for a deferment. listed on your Award Notice. regarding special circumstances and repayment. To APPIV for Financial Aid Financial aid application materials are available from the Enrollment Center at (612) 330-1046 or <efscvctr@augsburg.edu>. Applicants must be admitted to SELF (Student Educational Loan Augsburg as regular students or be the period of enrollment and may be Fund) returning students in good academic capitalized. The SELF is administered through standing before an award notice will the Minnesota Higher Education be processed. Interest: Interest accrues during Fees: An origination fee of up to 3% and a guarantee fee of up to 1% Services Office. Applications are may be deducted from the loan check available from the Enrollment Center before you receive it. and should be completed by the borrower and co-signer and returned Academic Policies The financial aid application Academic Honestv Attendance will be processed when the A college is a community of Students must notify the following documents are learners whose relationship professor in advance of any received: relies on trust. Honesty is expected absence. In cases of • the Free Application for necessary to preserve the extreme emergency, when Federal Student Aid integrity and credibility of prior notification is not (FAFSA) or the Renewal scholarship by the Augsburg possible, students must notify FAFSA College community. the professor in a reasonable Academic dishonesty is, amount of time about an therefore, not tolerated. As a absence. Consistent program requirement, all attendance is expected, and • Augsburg Financial Aid Application • Federal income tax return(s) and W-Z(s). student course projects, missing more than one class We recommend new papers, and examinations session may result in a students complete and submit include a statement by the reduced grade. Missing more all financial aid application student pledging to abide by than two class sessions may materials at the same time as the College academic require withdrawal and a leave of absence. they submit MSW admission honesty policies and to application materials. uphold the highest standards Financial aid applications of academic integrity. Evaluation of Student Field Performance Advisement The criteria for evaluating Academic and professional field performance include should be submitted to the Enrollment Center. If applying for aid after being admitted, apply as soon as possible, but no fewer than eight weeks prior to the start of the first term. Those who apply fewer than eight weeks prior to classes should be prepared to pay for the first term of classes with personal funds. • advising is essential to attendance, field seminar supporting and promoting faculty feedback on field professional growth and journal or other assignments, development of goals. and a field evaluation Therefore, the Department of instrument, which is Social Work provides both completed by the field academic and professional instructor and then discussed advisement. After admission, with the student and the field students are assigned a faculty seminar faculty. It is the adviser. As adult learners, the responsibility of the field advising relationship requires seminar faculty to submit the the student to take field grade. Field courses are responsibility for initiating graded with a P/N. Students contact with the adviser if must achieve a minimum of academic problems arise. 3.0 to receive credit. I 21 Grade Definitions No more than two courses Evaluation of academic pe1formance for the Master of Social Work degree is based with a grade of 2.0 or 2.5 will on number grades using a 4.0 point scale with these definitions: count toward the degree. Courses with a grade below 2.0 must be 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence 3.5 Achieves above basic course standards 3.0 Achieves basic course standards 2.5 Pe1formance less than basic course standards second time are counted in the 2.0 Pe1formance below basic course standards grade point average. If a student repeated. No more than two courses can be repeated. Only the 1.5-0.0 Unacceptable performance (no credit-course must be repeated) P N w credits and grades earned the receives a grade of N in a course, the student must successfully Achieves at or above the 3.0 level (not computed in grade point petition the department before average) being permitted to repeat the Does not meet minimum passing standard (no credit-not computed in course and to continue in the grade point average) program. A plan for the student to Grade given when course is dropped follow would be outlined at that time. Incomplete grade given in case where student is unable to complete course requirements on time for reasons beyond the student's control x A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that the study (field placement or independent study) is extended. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year from the term in which the X was given). Academic Probation A student placed on academic probation is required to meet with his or her adviser to review the situation and to plan the steps the student has to take to be removed from probation. During the Academic Achievement probation trimester, the adviser Students must maintain at least a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student and student will: falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on academic probation for the • meet, to review the situation following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. If the cumulative grade point average again falls below 3.0, the student may be dismissed from the program. Students are retained in the program who can: • maintain expected grade point average (3.0 or higher); • complete course requirements of the program and field placement; • complete the program within four years; and • abide by the Social Work Code of Ethics. and make a plan; • meet during the probation term and monitor progress; and • meet following the probation term to determine if the GPA is restored. Grounds for Dismissal request a leave of absence in which is prerequisite to A student may be dismissed order to maintain their Organizations/Social from the MSW program for admitted status. The request Administration Practice III. behavior detrimental to the must be made in writing. A program, such as a gross leave of absence typically violation of College policy requires a full year away from (see Student Guide) or the program in order to conduct unbecoming to return to classes in sequence. social work practice or in violation of professional ethics. Students may also be dismissed for insufficient academic performance. Dismissal would occur only after established procedures Typically, full-time students complete degree requirements in two years. Occasionally, some students may request to Prerequishe courses extend completion of the All foundation courses are degree if a requirement is not prerequisite to the yet finished. In this event, concentration courses. the student is charged a $350 Students may not enroll in continuation fee, beginning the concentration courses in the following fall term, if until successfully completing the degree is still not finished all foundation courses. Under at that time. This charge is Independent StudV the new curriculum, the again levied for each Students may request to following courses are consecutive trimester that were followed. complete an independent sequenced as follows: occurs with the degree still study course as an addition to Research I is prerequisite to unfinished. Part-time students the required coursework. A Research II, Field Work I is do not have the option to faculty sponsor is required for prerequisite to Field Work II, extend the degree as their an independent study project. Field Work III is prerequisite course sequence extends over A proposal of the project to Field Work IV, Family the full four years. must be approved by the Practice I is prerequisite to MSW program in order to Family Practice II, Planning receive credit. No course and Policy Practice I is offered in the current prerequisite to Planning and curriculum may be taken as Policy Practice II, an independent study. Organizations/Social Leave of Absence Students who interrupt their program enrollment must • Conunuation Fee Four Year limit CSWE requires that all students finish the degree within four years of matriculation. Administration Practice I is prerequisite to Organizations/Social Administration Practice II, I 23 MSW Program Management The Master of Social Work program OHice Location Social work Administration is, in large part, managed from within Memorial Hall, Dr. Anthony Bibus the Department of Social Work. Corner of 22nd Ave Chair, Department of Social Work Students may contact the MSW and 7th street; (612) 330-1746 program with questions about any of Room 12, ground floor bibus@augsburg.edu OHiceHours Dr. Nancy Rodenborg the services listed below. MSW OHice Services MSW admissions New student orientation Academic calendar Classroom scheduling MSW weekend office coverage Academic advising Academic standing review Course registration Transfer of credit review Field practicum coordination Enrollment projections Student database management Production of SWK NEW SN OTES Monday-Friday, 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Class Fridays, 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. Class Saturdays, 8 a.m. to 1 p.m. Contact Information General social work info: (612) 330-1189 BSW Program Director (612) 330-1430 rodenbor@augsburg.edu Dr. Lois A. Bosch MSW Program Director (612) 330-1633 bosch@augsburg.edu General MSW info: (612) 330-1233 BSW questions: (612) 330-1307 MSW questions: Dr. Michael Schock BSW Field Coordinator (612) 330-1725 schock@augsburg.edu (612) 330-1763 Dr. Laura Boisen swkinfo@augsburg.edu MSW Field Coordinator www.augsburg.edu/msw (612) 330-1439 boisen@augsburg.edu Doran Edwards Graduation clearance BSW Program Assistant Alumni network (S.W.A.N.) (612) 330-1307 edwardsd@augsburg.edu Janna Caywood MSW Program Assistant (612) 330-1763 caywood@augsburg.edu Kelly Anders Social Work Department Secretary (612) 330-1769 anders@augsburg.edu Kerri Barrett MSW Secretary (612) 330-1233 barrettk@augsburg.edu Department ol Social Work Facultv Anthony Bibus Ill M.S.S.W., University of Interests: family issues, Chair Wisconsin; African American and biracial issues, multi-cultural (612) 330-1746 M.P.A., Iowa State bibus@augsburg.edu University; education, public schools, race Memorial Hall, Room lOA Ph.D., University of relations, diversity training in B.A., College of St. Thomas; Minnesota the workplace, leadership, M.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., University of cross-cultural adoption issues. at risk families, kinship foster Maria Dinis care, delivery of child welfare (612) 330-1704 Interests: child welfare, services, family policy, dinis@augsburg.edu family-based services, work management and supervision Memorial Hall, Room 14 with involuntary clients, in human service B.A., M.S.W., California Minnesota supervision, social policy, organizations. State University; social work ethics, Lois A. Bosch Ph.D., University of international models of MSW Director practice, peace and justice, (612) 330-1633 Interests: community social work education. bosch@augsburg.edu organization, planning and Vernon Bloom Memorial Hall, Room 15 administration, substance (612) 330-1133 B.A., Northwestern College; abuse, addiction and Memorial Hall, Room 24 M.S.W., University of Iowa; prevention, social welfare. B.A., University of Ph.D., University of Illinois Sumin Hsieh Minnesota California-Berkeley Interests: children and (612) 330-1376 families, developmental hsieh@augsburg.edu disabilities, social work in Memorial Hall, Room 8 Interests: criminology; schools, social policy reform, B.A., Tunghai mental health policy; race, empowerment/strengths University, Taiwan; gender and disability issues; perspective, mteragency M.S.W, Tunghai University, community organization and collaboration, parent Taiwan; development. participation. Ph.D., University of Laura Boisen Francine Chakolis Minnesota MSW Field Coordinator (612) 330-1156 Interests: adolescent (612) 330-1439 Memorial Hall 115A substance use behavior, boisen@augsburg.edu B.S., Augsburg College; substance use treatment and Memorial Hall, Room 12B M.S.W., University of outcome evaluation, school B.S., Wartburg College; Minnesota social work, international M.S.W., University of Minnesota • Interests: child protection, social work. I Rosemary Link Phu Phan schock@augsburg.edu (612) 330-11 47 (612) 330-1375 Memorial Hall, Room 116B link@augsburg.edu phan@augsburg.edu B.A., University of Washington; Memorial Hall, Room 1178 Memorial Hall, Room 6 M.S.W., University of Minnesota; B.A., Southhampton University; B.A., M.S.W., University of Ph.D., University of Washington C.Q.S.W., London University; Minnesota Ph.D., University of Minnesota Interests: woman battering, Interests: social work in Vietnam, adolescent sexua l behavior, Interests: child and family well- social work practice in a variety of adolescence and social policy, being, international social policy and settings, activism on behalf of the community organ ization, behavioral comparative social work, social work Vietnamese population in the Twin research and program development, in schools and prisons. Cities. group work. Sharon Patten Nancy Rodenborg Clarice Staff (612) 330- 1723 BSW Director (612) 330-1374 patten@augsburg. edu (612) 330-1430 staffc@augsburg.edu Memorial Hall, Room 17 rodenbor@augsburg.edu Memorial Hall, Room l 16A B.A., St. O laf College; Memorial Hall, Room 11 B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.W., MA, Ph.D., University of B.S., Indiana University; M.S.S.W., D.S.W., Columbia Minnesota M.S.W., University of Minnesota; University Interests: social policy/health care, long-term care, aging, income support and soc ial services, policy research and program evaluation, welfare M.l.A., School for International Training (Vt.); Ph.D., Arizona State University Interests: social policy and planning, community organization and development, role of social worker in Glenda Dewberry Rooney policy developmen t, program reform . (on leave 2000-01) development and evaluation, Curt Paulsen B.S., University of North Texas; education of future social workers. (612) 330-1621 M.S.W., University of Illinois- Maryann Syers paulsen@augsburg.edu Chicago; (612) 330-1771 Memorial Hall, Room 7 Ph.D., University of Minnesota syers@augsburg.edu B.A. St. Olaf College M.S.W., University of Minnesota Ph.D., The Fielding Institute Interests: ethics, occupational social work practice, employee assistance programs, organizational Memorial Hall, Room 16 B.A., Arizona State University; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota Interests: The relationship of family development, trust and justice in systems with individua l freedom, social relations, practice research, Interests: domestic violence, responsibility, loneliness, identity, and social work licensure. women's issues, social work practice spirituality. Michael Schock with trauma survivors , men tal health, BSW Field Coordinator gay and lesbian issues. (612) 330-1725 lindell librarv and Information Technolouv center The Lindell Library, named service among these and electronic resources to for donor James G. Lindell other local libraries students in support of their and family, is a state-of-the- (including the University of academic endeavors. The IT art facility that houses the Minnesota and Minneapolis department provides two library collection, and St. Paul public libraries) student computing labs on information technology and facilitates easy and quick campus and offers a variety service center, and audio- sharing of resources. of computer-related visual media services. The Additional collections equipment to check out for library has a vast periodical nationwide are also use in the library, including collection, other circulating accessible through both IBM Thinkpad and collections, a multi-media interlibrary loan Macintosh laptops. classroom, a copy center, and arrangements. Remote, off- a library instruction room. campus computer access to department launched In fall 2000, the IT There are a variety of study these services is provided via "AugNet," Augsburg's spaces, ranging from carrels a telecommunications link. intranet. This collection of computer network resources and casual seating to group The library staff is study rooms equipped with experienced in guiding includes private and shared network access. graduate students to folders and a secure Web site research materials for for students, faculty, and collection of 175,000 coursework as well as other staff. By entering passwords, volumes is complete with the research projects. Librarians students have access to latest electronic catalogs, will help students acquire secure information from indexes, and CD-ROM research skills through Web-connected computers- stations for various academic individual appointments and Webmail; the campus disciplines, e.g., Social Work group instructional sessions. directory; grades, schedule, The Lindell Library's Abstracts, Psychlit, ERIC Located in Augsburg's and financial aid (education) and CINAHL Lindell Library is the information; and a daily (nursing and health). An Information Technology (IT) summary of College online catalog, CLICnet, department. The IT announcements and events. reflects holdings of Augsburg department has worked hard and its seven partner Twin to keep pace with the latest Cities private college advances in the technology libraries. Twice-daily courier industry and to provide • I 27 Accreditation Accreditations and 1m11a11ons MSW Student Forum where issues forum. Other faculty may be invited The Augsburg Master of Social Work affecting them are discussed. as permanent members or as guests. program is accredited by the Council The College operates in on Social Work Education (CSWE). compliance with the Family these guidelines: Augsburg College is accredited by the Educational Rights and Privacy Act • provide an avenue for students to Past forum members established North Central Association of (FERPA) of 1974 as amended and share and discuss ideas and/or Colleges and Schools*. Augsburg Title IX. Students have the right to concerns related to the MSW College is a member of the inspect certain official records, files, educational experience with the Associated Colleges of the Twin and data which pertain to them social work department Cities (ACTC), the Lutheran (except where a waiver of access has Education Council in North been signed) and to challenge among students, faculty, and America, and the Minnesota Private inaccurate or misleading information. department and College Colleges Council. Augsburg is Students have a right to experience administrators registered with the Minnesota Higher education free from discrimination. Education Services Office. Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution or employer. MSW Forum All MSW students are invited to participate in the student-run organization, "MSW Forum." The purpose of the forum is to facilitate communication between social work students and the social work • encourage constructive dialog • make recommendations to the department regarding program improvements • receive and give feedback on expectations of faculty, students, and the College • plan and coordinate MSW student events, lectures, discussions • organize social action projects. department, as well as to provide the s1uden1 Rights opportunity for student participation The College has adopted a statement in department governance, of student rights and responsibilities curriculum development, and and has provided for due process in program improvements. the matters of disciplinary action, The forum historically has been grievances, and grade appeal. These volunteer based. Any student may rights, responsibilities, and processes serve on the forum, provided he or are outlined in the Student Guide of she can make a commitment to Augsburg College. Students are attend the meetings and share in the encouraged to participate in the efforts. The MSW director and MSW program assistant also serve on the *North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, Commission on Institutions of Higher Education, (312) 263-04 56; <www.nca-cihr.org>. 28 About Augsburg College Historv Accessibilhv and thought, Buddhist, and Augsburg College was the Augsburg College has made Islamic faiths. first seminary founded by a major effort to become one Norwegian Lutherans in of the most accessible America. Named after the campuses in the region. confession of faith presented Skyways, tunnels, and by Lutherans in Augsburg, elevators provide accessible Germany, in 1530, Augsburg connections between the College opened September major buildings-student 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin, housing towers, the and moved to Minneapolis Christensen Center, main in 1872. Augsburg College academic and administrative and Seminary changed its halls, Music Hall, Foss name to Augsburg College in Center, and Lindell Library. 1963 when the Lutheran In addition, there are Free Church merged with services for students with the American Lutheran learning disabilities. The Church. CLASS Office phone campus Location number is (612) 330-1648. Non-Discrimination Policv Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school-administered programs, except in those instances where religion is a Augsburg's 23-acre campus is Church AHiliation bona fide occupational located in the heart of Augsburg is a college of the qualification. Augsburg Minneapolis, Minnesota, and Evangelical Lutheran College is committed to surrounds Murphy Square. Church in America. The providing reasonable Adjacent to the campus are College is a diverse accommodations to its the Fairview-University community with many employees and its students. Medical Center complex, strong religious traditions the West Bank campus of represented among the the University of Minnesota, students, faculty, and staff, and Mississippi River including but not limited to parkways. Lutheran, Roman Catholic, American Indian spirituality • I campus Man Campus location ~\ 0 ~ ::c 6th Slreet S "' !1 " If 71h Street S c ~~ ~~ . '~ ~e 00 II Directions to Campus 35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left on Washington (curves right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South. 1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. l-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. 35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, tum left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. 3 - ~ f . Master of Social Work program office location Please call (612) 330-1233 for directions to the Master of Social Work program office. Public Parking Augsburg College commuter lots are free and open for use after 4:30 p.m. Monday through Friday, and on weekends, unless otherwise posted. Lots are located on 7th Street, between 21st and 22nd Avenues and north or south of 8th Street between 24th and 25th Avenues. Additional parking is available in the Fairview-University Medical Center ramp, or University of Minnesota parking lots on the north side of Riverside Avenue. n Blh Streel S O' (f> Buller Place ~~~~~~~~~~~~----11--~~~~~~~~~---, ~~ --.,......,.._Interstate 94 West lnlerslate 94 East College Map Information 1. Admissions Weekday Program 2. Admissions Annex 3. Air Structure Entrance (November through March) 4. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field and Seasonal Air Structure 5. Christensen Center 6. East Hall 7. Faculty Guest House 8. Foss, Lobeck, Miles, Center for Worship, Drama and Communication 9. George Sverdrup Hall 10. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts 11. lee Arena 12. Institutional Advancement and Alumni/Parent Relations 13. Lindell Library 14. Maintenance and Grounds Shop 15. Mortensen Hall 16. Murphy Place 17. Murphy Square 18. Music Hall 19. New Residence Hall 20 Old Main 21. Oscar Anderson Hall 22. Public Relations House 23.Quad 24. Science Hall 25. Security Dispatch Center 26. Shipping and Receiving 27. Melby Hall 28. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall (Social Work office) 29. Urness Hall Parking Information A. Admissions/Faculty/Staff Parking B. Commuter/Resident Parking C. Faculty/Staff Parking D. Faculty/Staff/Commuter Parking E. Commuter Parking F. Resident Parking G. Visitor Parking H. Fairview-University Parking Ramp 1/01/2M ~ ~~ (f>
Show less

Title: Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) Catalog, 2000-2001
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: • COLLEGE • LEADERSHIP , •• < • "Those who hoye to lead had better Table of Contents understand both rationally and Introduction intuitively the yeoyle who mtght be Leadership Development Model 2 their followers, and the society in Curriculum Design 3 which they are embedde...
Show more • COLLEGE • LEADERSHIP , •• < • "Those who hoye to lead had better Table of Contents understand both rationally and Introduction intuitively the yeoyle who mtght be Leadership Development Model 2 their followers, and the society in Curriculum Design 3 which they are embedded. They had Thesis/Leadership Application Project Option 3 better comyrehend the values of our Non-Thesis Option 3 Course Descriptions 4 Library 5 Admission Requirements and Procedures 6 systems work, and understand how International Applicants 6 and why science has changed the Student Support Services 7 world ... Leaders need syecialists as Evaluation Standards 8 Student Rights 8 Attendance Policy 8 leaders themselves are generalists ... Academic Policies 9 At higher leveh of leadershty they Accred itation and Affiliations 9 cannot achieve their fall yotential Fee and Payment Information 10 Financial Aid 11 About Augsburg 14 knowledge. only this way can they Campus Location 15 shaye the contexts for decisions where Campus Map 15 exyert knowledge is used." MAL Faculty 16 common culture, yast and yresent, know how our yolitical and economic advisers and staff members. But without considerable breadth of - John Gardner • This catalog was current at the time of publication . It is subject to change without notice. I Introduction Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule Communitv of Learners Designed to meet the needs and MAL program is participation The Master of Arts in preferences of working adults, in a community of learners Leadership (MAL) program the MAL program is based on gathered together on the responds to the leadership the assumption that the students Augsburg campus. This development needs of both who enroll arc career-oriented, community is enriched by the profit and not-for-profit self-disciplined and well- students with a variety of work Developing Leaders for Organizations and the Communitv Essential to the goals of the organizations. While different in motivated individuals, seeking a and life experiences. To facilitate structure and purpose, most balance of classroom experience, community interaction, students organizations seek leaders with group interaction and individual are encouraged to make use of the following qualities: a vision study. Most courses are organized the Lindell library, computer that is ethically and morally as seminars with the opportunity for disrnssion and dialogue. labs, and Christensen Center. responsible, extending beyond immediate concerns; an Classes meet on alternate understanding of how change Saturdays for three-and-one- occurs and affects the immediate half hours* and alternate environment; a sensitivity to the Thursday evenings for one- complex problems organizations and-one-half hours. face and an ability to achieve * In spring trimester, Saturday solutions consistent with an organization's mission; the ability sessions meet for four hours. to motivate and inspire individuals and groups to work toward a common goal; and the Asample class schedule for a month in the MAL program S11nrlay VH111rJ~v l11eso~y I 'Nea11e,oa1 ability to effectively represent Friday Satur ay Period II and externally. The MAL which individuals may discover Thursday Period I the organization both internally program provides a means by r Period I oak t o Period II and refine these and other Period I abilities fundamental to effective Period II leadership. Period I ok lour Period II Period I Period II Period I Period II Thursday 6:00 p.m. to 7:30 p.m Saturday 8:30 a.m. to 12:00 noon Thursday 8:00 p.m . to 9:30 p.m. Saturday 1:00 p.m. to 4:30 p.m. Note: Each class taken commits a student to either Period I or Period 11. Leadership Development ModelAuosburu College The MAL program promotes To accomplish this, individuals Leadership Development Model , leadership as a process that aspiring to positions of that serve as specific outcomes 1) inspires cooperation among leadership must possess three key for the MAL program. people who must compete for attributes: a sense of vision, the Augsburg's model of leadership limited resources, 2) promotes ability to persuade, and the development is designed to productivity within and beyond ability to direct action. assess, promote, enhance, and the organizat ion, and 3) works Underlying these attributes are refine these capabilities within toward progress for the a broad range of abilities and the individual. individual and the organization. awareness , outlined in the Leadership Sense of Vision Ethical • Social awareness • Environmental awareness • Tolerance of religious and philosophical differences • Appreciation of situational complexity Orientation Toward Action Creative • • • • Long-term perspective Flexibility Adaptability Innovativeness Facility for Persuasion Communicative • • • • • • Risk Assumptive (This model was develofJed l;ry the Augsburg Faculty Graduate Advisoiy Commiuee, 1985-87.) • Curiosity • Achievement motivation • Self-esteem Effective listener Effective speaker Effective writer Diplomatic ability Effective team member Interpersonal sensitivity Culturally Aware • Appreciation for cultural differences • World-view perspective • Tolerance of individual differences Decisive • • • • • Self-confidence Analytical ability Ability to think critically Understanding of research Ability to manage conflict • I 3 Curriculum Design There are two ways to complete related topic. This research- based Non-Thesis Independent Project. the MAL degree. In the study gives the student the The independent research Thesis/Leadership Application opportunity to "tie together" what projects approved each year will Project (Thesis/ LAP) Option, has been learned from the study of be presented in an annual students complete a thesis or a leadership and course-related colloquium. Students who do major leadership application activities. not complete their independent project and 10.5 credits. In the The principal distinction project while enrolled in Non-Thesis Option, students must between the Thesis and the ML 597 are required to pay a complete 11 credits, two papers, Leadership Application Project continuation fee. but no thesis. lies in their underlying For more information Augsburg uses a course orientation. A Thesis has a more regarding the Non-Thesis option, system rather than a credit system theoretical orientation, while the refer to the Information and in its curriculum. An Augsburg Leadership Application Project is Guidelines for the Non-Thesis course is equivalent to four based on practical application. Project booklet. semester credits or six quarter Both require similar rigor and credits. Each course includes two preparation. For either alternative, or more liberal arts disciplines, the student must register for ML encourages pursuit of the 592, 593, and 594. Differences designated outcomes and uses a between these two options will be variety of learning techniques explored in ML 514 Research appropriate to adult leamers. Methods and in ML 593 Instructional techniques include Leadership Research Seminar I. case studies, debate, written and For more information oral presentations, and group regarding the Thesis/LAP option, activity. These techniques develop refer targeted leadership abilities and Guidelines for the Thesis and to the Information and understanding. Students are Leadership Application Project encouraged to see abilities and booklet. understandings as cross- Students who do not complete their Thesis or Leadership Application Project while enrolled in ML 594 Leadership Research Seminar II are required to pay a continuation fee. disciplinaty and to view content areas as integrated. The program reflects the view that the world in which we operate is complex and that dealing with it successfully requires well-developed integrative abilities. Non-lhesis Option Core Courses for Thesis/LAP Option: (3.5 course credits) Elective Courses for Both Options: (at least 7.0 course credits) The following core courses are required for all Thesis/LAP students in the MAL program: ML 510 Visions of Leadership ML 514 Research Methods ML 592 Thesis/LAP Consultation (0.5 course) (ML 592 is taken in conjunction with ML 594.) ML 593 Leadership Research Seminar I (0.5 course) ML 594 Leadership Research Seminar II (0.5 course) (ML 592, 593, and 594 are to be taken in a student's last two consecutive terms or after the student has completed at least five electives and ML 510.) The MAL program requires that seven elective courses be selected from the following course list: ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process ML 520 Self-Identity, Values, and Personal Growth ML 521 Methods of Critical Thought ML 525 Personality and Systems Theories ML 530 Ethics in Communication ML 531 The Dynamics of Change ML 535 Organizational Theory and Leadership ML 540 Political Leadership: Theory and Practice ML 545 Decision Making and Leadership ML 550 Decision Making and Computer Technology ML 560 Developing a Multi-cultural Perspective ML 565 Women and Leadership ML 580 Colloquium on Contemporary Theories of Leadership (elective for Thesis/ LAP Option students) ML 598 Independent Study ML 599 Special Topics Core Courses for Non·Thesis Option: (4.0 course credits) ML 510 ML 514 ML 580 An alternative to the thesis is the lhesis/LAP Opdon successful completion of two Students who select the major papers, as described below. Thesis/LAP Option are required The first of these papers will be to develop and carry out an in- written in conjunction with ML depth study of some aspect of 580. The second paper will be leadership or of a leadership- written while enrolled in ML 597 (Note: If students wish to change from the Thesis Option to the Non-Thesis Option after completing the Research Seminars, they may petition the MAL committee.) ML 597 Visions of Leadership Research Methods Contemporary Theories of Leadership Non-Thesis Independent Project All courses are valued at 1.0 credit unless otherwise designated. Course Descriptions ML 500 Leadership Practicum ML 521 Methods of Critical Thought (1.0 course) ML 531 The Dynamics of Change (1.0 course) Introduction to selected concepts of leadership, providing a historical and philosophical framework for the program. This course views the nature and purpose of leadership from a variety of disciplines and perspectives. Investigation of the processes of critical thinking, drawing from philosophy as well as natural and social science. The course will survey a variety of contemporary approaches to critical thinking, including the use of logic and analytical reasoning, the relationship of evidence to the confirmation of theories and the value of appeals to scholarly studies. A special focus of the course will be an assessment of the ways in which natural and social sciences can (and cannot) assist leaders in addressing problems and seeking solutions. This course offers an exploration of the context of social change and varying responses to diverse human needs. Ways of achieving well-being may be viewed differently by leaders in public and private domains and across cultures. The course explores these various perspectives, including areas of conflict and opportunities for leadership in social and organizational change. Sociological, human development and economic theories are applied to contemporary public and private sector issues for social change. ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process (1.0 course) ML 525 Personality and Systems Theories (1.0 course) ML 535 Organizational Theory and Leadership (1.0 course) Exploration of creativity from the perspective of traditional aesthetics as well as contemporary organizational thinking. This course uses creativity as a method, and it examines techniques for solving problems in organizations, for enhancing innovation and for seeking an integrative world-view. Study of leadership in the dual context of personality theory and systems theory. Contributions of Jung, Fromm, Maslow, May and others to personality theory are considered as are the systems' theories of von Bertalanffy and Bateson. The theories are applied to the concrete realities of leadership in a variety of settings. In-depth exploration of organizational theory plus related concepts, issues and concerns. The course is designed to enable the student to acquire knowledge and develop skills in order to function as a responsible, ethical participant within various types of organizational structures and cultures. The MAL program occasionally sponsors professional development workshops and seminars for students, alumni and interested community members . ML 510 Visions of Leadership: A Historical and Literary Journey (1.0 course) ML 514 Research Methods (1.0 course) Evaluation and documentation of programs, projects and ideas as they relate to leadership theories and practice. Qualitative and quantitative tools will be discussed. ML520 Self-Identity, Values and Personal Growth (1.0 course) • Study of the concepts of self-identity, value formation , and personal growth as they relate to professional life; factors that influence the development of self-identity and personal values; and the effect of personal values of learning and leadership strategies. ML530 Ethics in Communication (1.0 course) Interdisciplinary study of ethics and communication through the investigation of a variety of ethical perspectives within human communication. This course places particular attention on the use and abuse of communication in politics, advertising and interpersonal relationships . It emphasizes sensitivity to ethical conflicts that arise in social and organizational settings. ML 540 Political Leadership: Theory and Practice (1.0 course) Analysis of leadership perspectives in selected political systems and other organizations. Special focus on significant leadership theories and leaders, past and present. Most theories studied are interdisciplinary and relevant to business and non-profit organizations as well as to politics. I I ML 545 Decision Making and Leadership (1.0 course) ML 580 Colloquium on Contemporary Theories of Leadership (1.0 course) Review of the decision-making process - the setting , goals, and contingencies - as it affects leaders Selected contemporary theories of leadership presented by instructors who participate in the seminar. Emphasis on critical thinking , discussion, written analysis. Prerequisite: One-year coursework in MAL program and ML 510. and leadership. Analysis of arguments and explanations; analysis of basic statistical concepts and their relationship to decision making. Assessment of major social decisions, past and present - their intentions, consequences, arguments, explanations, and justification . ML 550 Communication, Decision Making, and Technology (1.0 course) Analysis of the role various forms of digitally-mediated communication play in our society and how communication, decision making, and leadership have been altered by these technologies. Students examine how they can engage and manage these processes in their organizations. ML 560 Developing a Multicultural Perspective (1.0 course) Investigation of multicultural issues. This course will enhance one's ability to lead and work more effectively with people of different cultural backgrounds through the study of diverse values, beliefs, and traditions within the global community. ML 565 Women and Leadership (1.0 course) A seminar exploring the theory and practice of women and leadership: entrepreneurial, political, and social. An interdisciplinary approach to issues of women and leadership. Topics include analysis of alternative approaches to leadership, women and careers, and women in society past and present. The course is intended to enhance the analytical and leadership skills of the participants. ML 592 Thesis/LAP Consultation (0.5 course) A series of meetings with a faculty thesis/project adviser, taken simultaneously with ML 594 Leadership Research Seminar II . Graded on PIN basis. Students not completing the thesis/application project during the same term in which they are enrolled in ML 594 are required to pay a continuation fee for each subsequent term until the Thesis/LAP is completed. ML 593 Leadership Research Seminar I (0.5 course) First half of a two-course thesis capstone sequence for the MAL program to be taken in a student's last two consecutive terms or after the student has completed at least five electives and ML 510. This course provides each individual the opportunity to develop a research topic, to synthesize previous study and work experience, and to demonstrate an understanding of the program's principles. Graded on a PIN basis. 5 By the completion of the seminar, students should have made significant progress on their thesis or Leadership Application Project. Graded on a PI N basis. ML 597 Non-Thesis Independent Project (1.0 course) Major written project to be completed in an area of the student's choice, in consultation with an adviser and a reader. The research is presented in a colloquium in partial fulfillment of requirements for the Non-thesis option. Students who do not complete the project during the term in which they are enrolled are required to pay a continuation fee for each subsequent term until the project is completed. ML 598 Independent Study* (1.0 course) Provides directed independent study in an area of the student's choice. Open to students who have completed at least three courses with a grade of at least 3.0. Students must complete a Proposal for Independent Study and have it signed by the supervising professor. Proposals must be approved by the MAL program director prior to registration for the course. ML 599 Special Topics (1 .0 course) Study of selected topics in leadership that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. ML 594 Leadership Research Seminar II (0.5 course) Continuation of the "capstone" seminar, taken following the student's registration in ML 593 Leadership Research Seminar I. This seminar focuses on the methods of inquiry and results of individual projects. •A student may count only one of the following for credit toward the MAL degree: ML 597 or ML 598. Please refer to the Thesis/LAP and Non-Thesis Project booklets for additional information. LINDELL LIBRARY The James G. Lindell Fam library, which opened in 1997, houses over 175,001 items and provides access the holdings of the seven private liberal arts college in the Twin Cities. Admission Requirements and Procedures Applicants to the program must beginning of the fall, winter, hold a baccalaureate degree and spring terms. Selection of graduate institutions attended, from an accredited four-year candidates will be made on the listing courses taken and college or university and must bas is of an evaluation of each degree (s) conferred, if any. have a minimum cumulative applicant's: undergraduate grade point • Previous college record to participate in an interview average of 3.0 (on a scale of • Letters of recommendation with graduate program faculty A = 4.0) and a minimum • Experience and organizational and/or staff members. cumulative grade point average Applicants may be asked background of 3.0 fo r graduate courses • Written statement completed at an accredited • Interview, if requested college or university. Applicants International Applicants The Augsburg College MAL holding a master's or other To apply, the following Program Office encourages advanced degree from accredited materials must be submitted to qualified applicants from other colleges or universities are the MAL Program Office: countries. International admissible. Should an applicant • Completed application form applicants should keep in mind not meet the minimum • $35.00 non-refundable admission requirements, a probationary term may be possible as decided on a case-bycase bas is. Applicants to the application fee experience (or equivalent) with one or more organizations in a position of leadership or position demonstrating leadership potential. Decisions about admission Saturdays and that students can the applicant's career and life take only two classes for a yearly goals to leadership aspirations • Recommendation letter and checklist from an immediate supervisor, assessing leadership potential • Recommendation letter and checklist from a work to the progra m will be made on colleague (at the same level) an individual basis by the MAL describing the applicant's Admissions Committee. work-style leadership potential Admission to each entering that classes meet on alternating Thursday evenings and • A 1-3 page statement relating program must have five years of • • O fficial transcripts from all • Official transcripts from all graduate class will be given to undergraduate institutions the most highly qualified attended, listing all courses individuals. Admissions are taken and any degree(s) handled on a "rolling" basis, conferred total of six classes. With this schedule students can complete the required course work in less than two years. See Admission Requirements for a description of the admission process, selection criteria, and work experience requirements. Application materials required for international applicants are: • Completed application form • $35.00 application fee (nonrefundable) payable in U.S. dollars with students admitted at the I 7 • A 1-3 page statement relating the applicant's career and life goals to leadership aspirations • Completed Declaration of Finances (see below for further information) • Letter of recommendation in English from an immediate supervisor, assessing leadership potential • Letter of recommendation in English from a work colleague (at the same level) describing the applicant's work style and potential as a leader • Official mark-sheets with Applicants may be asked to participate in an interview STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES with graduate program faculty Academic advising for program planning is available. certified translations from all and/or staff members, if the undergraduate institutions applicant is in the United States. attended listing all courses Students and their taken, marks earned, dates financial sponsor must complete attendee\, and clegree(s) or a Declaration of Finances as part cliploma(s) conferred, if any of the application for admission, • Official mark-sheets with certified translations from all graduate institutions attended along with appropriate certifications. Students will need to listing all courses taken, marks provide proof of availability of earned, dates attended, and funds for tuition, books, and degree(s) or diploma(s) living costs for the academic year conferred, if any in which they want to attend. • Official results on the Test of The College requires students to As students approach the capstone experience, they select thesis or project advisers to guide them throughout the completion of their program. Graduate program staff is also available to help students with nonacademic advising issues. Self/career assessment counseling, resume development and a career- English as a Foreign Language provide proof of a minimum of (TOEFL) with a minimum $10,000 in U.S. funds for living search plan are available through the Center for Service, Work, and Learning, score of 590 expenses for themselves plus the (612) 330-1148. cost of tuition. NOTE: Additional information may be required, as requested by Augsburg College, to accurately evaluate educational credentials. Furthermore, supplemental information may be needed to issue an 1-20 or J-1 for students admitted to the MAL program. Information requested for the 1-20 or J-1 will not be used to make an admission decision. Fee and Pavment Information A schedule of fees is published letter from the employer, A per-course tuition refund will separately in the MAL Program stating the company's be made on the following basis: Supplement. Tuition is reimbursement policy, must • T hrough the first scheduled determined annually. ML 592, be filed annually with the class meeting - 100% of tuition ML 593, and ML 594 are half- Business Office. (less a $75 administration fee credit courses and are charged Registration is permitted half of the current full credit only if the student's account for tuition. A continuation fee is a previous term is paid in full as charged to students who do not agreed. Augsburg College will complete their capstone project not release diplomas or academic during the terms they are transcripts until a student's enrolled. account is paid in full. This also applies to student loans Augsburg otters the following pavment options: administered by the College Various payment plans are They must be current according available: to established repayment 1) Payment in Full: schedules. if withdrawing from current term entirely). • Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80% of tuition. • Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60% of tuition. • No refund after the third scheduled class meeting. (e.g., Perkins Student Loan). Due day of registration. 2) Payment Plan: Refund Schedule A three-pay plan is available Students are responsible for each trimester upon canceling courses with the application and after College registrar's office in order to be approval. Payment plans will eligible for a refund. Students be approved only if previous who unofficially withdraw (stop plans have been satisfactorily attending) and do not complete completed. the drop/add form are 3) Company Reimbursement: responsible for all charges. Full courses, or equivalent, Financial aid may be adjusted that are company reimbursed, based on the student's last require a deposit of $100 per recorded date of attendance. course reimbursed, with full payment due within 50 days after the end of the term. A • I Financial Aid Financial assistance is available to degree-seeking students enrolled in the MAL program. ~on-degree-seeking students are not eligible for any type of financial aid through Augsburg College. Two full-credit courses per trimester are considered full time. One course is considered half-time enrollment. The Federal and State Aid Programs Enrollment and Financial or degree-related college Services Center (EFSC), programs. Augsburg College (612) 330-1046, assists students offers several payment plans by The Enrollment and Financial in assessing financial aid which employees may handle Services Center (EFSC) uses eligibility and offers financial aid tuition reimbursement. Students standard, nationally accepted from available alternatives, should contact the EFSC to make methodology to de termine including the following: payment arrangements using eligibility for federal and state the company reimbursement financial aid programs. Sponsored Scholarships Augsburg actively pursues nonAugsburg funding for special scholarships. The availability of payment plan. • Federal Stafford Loan Program Bureau of Indian Affairs. Tribal and State Indian Scholarships Common Loan Provisions: Borrowing Limits: Graduate American Indian students who students may borrow up to participation of individuals of meet federa l, state, or tribal $18,500 per year with an limited financial means as well as requirements may apply for these aggregate of $128,500 individuals wocking for volunteer scholarships. Indian grants (undergraduate and graduate). agencies and other organizations generally supplement other such scholarships may enable the not likely to provide tuition reimbursement. Companv Tuition Assistance Programs from either the unsubsidized or assistance in application, please subsidized programs or a contact Augsburg's American combination of both but cannot Indian Student Services Program exceed the annual loan limits. director at (612) 330-1144 or your tribal agency. Many companies, agencies, and corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related A student may borrow sources of financial aid. For Interest Rates: The annually variable interest rate is determined by the 91-day T-Bills +3.1 %, capped at 8.25% and changes each July 1st for all 12 Financial Aid, continued borrowers. The interest rate for Fees: An origination fee of 3% Borrowing Limits: You may enrollment periods beginning and a guarantee fee of up to 1% borrow up to $3 ,000 per year between July 1, 2000 and will be deducted from the loan as a graduate student with a June 30, 2001 is 7.59%. check before you receive it. $30,000 maximum. Repayment Terms: Repayment Federal Stafford Loans Interest and Repayment: begins six months after you cease (Unsubsidized): You may Simple interest of 5% and to be enrolled at least half time borrow up to the amount listed repayment of principal (at a in an eligible program leading on your award notice. minimum of $40 per month) begin nine months after you to a degree or certificate. Repayment may extend up Interest: Interest accrues to 10 years. during the period of enrollment graduate or leave school. Partial or total loan and may be capitalized. cancellation privileges exist deferments are granred for Fees: An origination fee of disability and, in certain continued education, disability, 3 % and a guarantee fee of circumstances, military service. and unemployment. Contact 1% will be deducted from Deferments: In most cases, for certain types of teaching, your lender if you think you are the loan check before you Deferments: No interest accrues eligible for a deferment. receive it. nor do payments need to be made at any time you are enrolled at least half time or for Progrnm Specific Provisions : •Federal Perkins Loan Program serving three years in the Federal Stafford Loan A joint Augsburg College- military, Peace Corps, or VISTA. (Subsidized): The Enrollment federally funded program Contact the EFSC if you think and Financial Services Center administered through the you are eligible for a deferment. has determined that, based on College for students who the financial information demonstrate financial eligibility. submitted, students qualify for No checks are issued, but the up to the amount listed on student is required to sign a •SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund) their Award Notice. promissory note at least once The SELF is administered per term. Funds are put on the through the Minnesota Higher Interest: No interest accrues student account after the Education Coordinating Board. during the time the student is note is signed. Applications are available from enrolled at least halftime. the EFSC and should be completed by the borrower and • I 13 co-signer and returned to the To APPIV tor Financial Aid EFSC for further processing. Financial Aid application Loan checks arrive once per materials are available from the term and are made co-payable MAL Program or EFSC. to the student and Augsburg Applicants must be admitted to College. Augsburg as regular students or be returning students in good Borrowing Limits: Graduate academic standing. students may borrow up to The financial aid $9,000 per year minus any application will be processed other student loan indebtedness. when the following documents Maximum graduate borrowing are received: cannot exceed $40,000 1) The Free Application for including undergraduate. Federal Student Aid The minimum loan amount (FAFSA) or the Renewal per year is $500. FAFSA Interest and Repayment: The interest rate is variable. Interest payments begin 90 days after the loan is disbursed and 2) Augsburg Financial Aid Application 3) Federal income tax return(s) and W-2(s) continue quarterly thereafter while the student is enrolled. Principal payments begin in For further information, contact: the 13th month after you leave school. Enrollment and Financial Services Center Deferments: There are no deferments. Contact the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board regarding special circumstances and repayment. (612) 330-1046 efsvcctr@augsburg.edu 14 About Augsburg Historv Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. Campus Location Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, the main academic and orientation, marital status, status administrative halls, the library, with regard to public assistance, and the music building. In or disability in its education addition, there are programs for policies, admissions policies, students with learning, physical, scholarship and loan programs, and psychiatric disabilities. athletic and/or school administered programs, except in first of 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." The University of Church AHiliation Minnesota West Bank campus Augsburg is a college of the and one of the city's largest Evangelical Lutheran Church medical complexes-Fairview in America. It has a diverse University Medical Center-are community with many strong adjacent to Augsburg, with the religious traditions represented Mississippi River and the Seven among the students, faculty, Corners theatre district just a and staff, including Lutheran, few blocks away. Protestant, Roman Catholic, Jewish, American Indian Accessibilitv Augsburg College has made a Spirituality and Thought, Buddhist, and Islamic faiths. major effort to become one of • the most accessible campuses in Hon-Discrimination Policv the region. Skyways, tunnels, those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational qualification. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and students. Any questions concerning Augsburg's compliance with federal or state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed to Lora Steil, affirmative action coordinator, Office of Human Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College, 2211 Riverside Avenue, Augsburg College, as affirmed in Minneapolis, MN 55454. She and elevators provide accessible its mission, does not discriminate can be reached by telephone connections among major on the basis of race, color, creed, at (612) 330-1023; or by e-mail, buildings-student housing religion, national or ethnic steil@augsburg.edu. towers, the Christensen Center, origin, age, gender, sexual I ·15 Campus Location Campus Map ~\ 0 ~ :c 6lh Street S Directions to Campus 35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left on Washington (cu1ves right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South. I-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. I-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. 35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. ~ lnlerslala 94 West Master of Arts in Leadership Program office location Please call (612) 330-1786 for directions to the Master of Arts in Leadership Program office. College Map Information 1. 2. Public Parking 3. All Augsburg College staff, faculty and commuter lots are free and open for use after 4:30 p.m. Monday through Friday, and on weekends, unless otherwise posted. Lots are located on 7th Street, between 21st and 22nd Avenues and north or south of 8th Street between 24th and 25th Avenues. Additional parking is available in the FairviewUniversity Medical Center ramp, or University of Minnesota parking lots on the north side of Riverside Avenue. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11 . 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20 21. Admissions Weekday Program Air Structure Entrance (November through March) Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field and Seasonal Air Structure Christensen Center (Information Desk) East Hall Faculty Guest House Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Comunication (TjornhomNelson Theatre, Hoversten Chapel) George Sverdrup Hall Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts Ice Arena Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center Lindell Library Maintenance and Grounds Shop Mortensen Hall Murphy Place Murphy Square Music Hall New Residence Hall Old Main Oscar Anderson Hall Public Relations & Communications 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. Quad Science Hall Security Dispatch Center Shipping and Receiving Si Melby Hall Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall Urness Hall Parking Lots A. Admissions/Faculty/Staff Parking B. Faculty/Staff/Commuter/ Resident Parking C. Faculty/Staff Parking D. Faculty/Staff/Commuter Parking E. Commuter Parking F. Resident Parking G. Visitor Parking H. Fairview-University Parking Ramp (pay parking available)* MALFacultv John E. Benson, Professor of Religion . B.A. , Augsburg College; B.S., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph .D., Columbia University. Larry J. Crockett, Professor of Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rosemary J. Link, Professor of Social Work, BNHons. University of Southampton, Post graduate diploma & C.Q.S.W. University of London, U.K., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marie 0. McNeff, Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., Ed.D., University of Nebraska. Diane L. Pike, Professor and Chair, Department of Sociology. A.B ., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale University. Milo A. Schield, Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Iowa State University; M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University. Thomas F. Morgan, Professor of Cass Dalglish, Associate Professor Faculty who teach in the MAL program are predominantly full-time senior faculty with doctorates or appropriate professional degrees. Some courses are team taught by faculty from different disciplines or occasionally by combining a faculty of English . B.A. , College of St. Catherine; M.F.A. , Vermont College; Ph.D., The Union Institute. Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Joseph A. Erickson, Associate William D. Morris, Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Luther Northwestern Theological Seminary; Ph .D., University of Minnesota. Professor of Political Science. B.A., Oakland University; Ph.D., CarnegieMellon University. President, Decision Resources, Ltd. Garry W. Hesser, Professor of Sociology, Director of Cooperative Education Program, Director of Metro-Urban Studies. B.A., Phillips University; M .Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D ., University of Notre Dame. Beverly J. Nilsson, Professor of Nursing. B.S.N ., M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. David V. Lapakko, Associate Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A. Macalester College, M.A. and Ph.D., University of Minnesota. member with professionals from relevant fields. All of the program 's faculty have extensive experience teaching adult learners. Velma Lashbrook, Instructor. B.S .• Speech Communication, Iowa State University, M.S., Speech Communication, Illinois State University, Ed.D., Communication and Educational Psychology, West VirginiaUniversity. President, Strategy Implementation Associates . John S. Schmit, Associate Professor, English ; B.S., St. John's University (MN); M.A. , University of New Orleans; Ph.D. , The University of Texas at Austin. Joseph M. Vo lker, Instructor of Psychology. B.A., University of California-Irvine; M.A., Ph.D. , University of Minnesota. Licensed psychologist at MDA Associates. Norma Noonan, Professor of Political Science, Director of MAL program, and Director of the International Relations Program. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University. Catherine L. Paulsen, Instructor in Psychology, B.A. , St. Olaf College, M.A. , Lone Mountain College, San Francisco. Curt Paulsen, Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Clinical Psychology, Fielding Institute. • I • Master of Arts in Master of Arts in LEADERSHIP _____P_rogram office hours, location, & phone Hours Location Phone Monday-Friday, 8 a.m.-4:30 p.m. Class Saturdays, appointments only Anderson Hall 2016 South 8th St. (612) 330-1786 FAX: (612) 330-·ffl55- r1Si..\ Master of Arts in LEADERSHIP Information Sessions Adults who are interested in the Master of Arts in Leadership Program are encouraged to attend one of the information sessions scheduled throughout the year. Information sessions are free of charge and approximately two hours in length. Call the Master of Arts in Leadership Office at (612) 330-1786 for details or to sign up for one of the following dates: Fall Trimester 2000-200 I Spring Trimester 2000-200 I Thursday, July 6, 6 p.m. Wednesday, August 2, 6 p.m. Wednesday, February 7, 5:30 p.m. Saturday, March 10, 9 a.m. Winter Trimester 2000-2001 Fall Trimester 2001-2002 Tuesday, October 17, 5:30 p.m. Thursday, November 16, 5:30 p.m. Tuesday, May 8, 5:30 p.m. Tuesday, June 26, 5:30 p.m . For more information, write or call : The Master of Arts in Leadership Program Campus Box 144 2211 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis MN 55454 Master of Arts in LEADERSHIP -- Phone: (612) 330-1786 Fax: (612) 330-1355 malinfo@augsburg.edu www.augsburg.edu 2000-2001 Program Calendar New Students Fall Winter Spring Application Deadline New Student Orientation August 7 August 29 December 15 January 4 March 5 March 29 Current Students Fall Winter Spring Mail Registration Begins Mail Registration Ends Syllabi Available Payment Information Sent Confirmation Due June 19 July 7 August 7 August 7 August 31 October 9 October 23 December 11 December 11 January 6 February 5 February 19 March 12 March 12 March 31 Master of Arts in LEADERSHIP 2000-2001 Academic Calendar Fall Trimester 2000 Classes meet Winter Trimester 2001 Thursday, August 31 Saturday, September 9 Saturday, September 16 Thursday, September 21 Saturday, September 30 Thursday, October 5 Saturday, October 14 Thursday, October 19 Thursday, October 26 Saturday, November 4 Thursday, November 9 Saturday, November 18 Saturday, January 6 Thursday, January 11 Saturday, January 20 Thursday, January 25 Saturday, February 3 Thursday, February 8 Saturday, February 17 Thursday, February 22 Saturday, March 3 Thursday, March 8 Saturday, March 17 Thursday, March 22 Spring Trimester 200 I Saturday, March 31 Saturday, April 7 Thursday, April 12 Saturday, April 21 Thursday, April 26 Saturday, May 5 Thursday, May 10 Saturday, May 19 Thursday, May 24 Saturday, June 2 Last day to add/drop* : Wednesday, April 11, 2001 Last day to add/drop*: Last day to add/drop* : Wednesday, September 6, 2000 Wednesday, January 10, 2001 Last day to withdraw: Thursday, May 10, 2001 Last day to withdraw: Last day to withdraw: Thursday, October 12, 2000 Thursday, February 15, 2001 Final grades due: Monday, July 2, 2001 Final grades due: Final grades due: Friday, December 15, 2000 Friday, April 20, 2001 Note: Saturday Classes during Spring 2001 are four hours. 1st period: 8 a.m.-noon 2nd period: 1-5 p.m. *Refer to MAL Catalog for refund schedule. The College reserves the right to change the above dates should it be necessary. In such cases sufficient advance notice will be given. In case of severe weather listen to WCCO 830 AM or call (612) 330-1786 for cancellation information. 2000-2001 Tuition & Fees Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) Tuition (per course) Technology Fee (per course) Thesis/Project Continuation Fee (per trimester) Campus Access Fee (per trimester) Audit a Course Late Fee (per day) Registration change after first class meeting (cancel/add) Transcript Fee (first is free) $35 ~ IS' l'd.'64 $25 $175 $10 $626 $35 $10 $5 A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of one percent per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. Augsburg College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. Commencement 2001 In order to participate in Commencement 2001, application forms must be submitted by March 1, 2001 : • Thesis/Application Project students: Must have defended their thesis/application project by May 16. • Non-thesis (Plan B) students: Must have successfully completed ML580 and ML597 including the presentation (May 16). When all the degree requirements are completed , your diploma will be mailed. Class Schedule & Course Offering s Fall Trimester Time period I: Time period II: Thursday 6-7:30 p.m . and Saturday 8:30 a.m.-noon Thursday 8-9:30 p.m. and Saturday 1-4:30 p.m . Time period I: ML510 Visions of Leadership ML599 Topics: Spirituality and Leadership in the Workplace Time period II : ML514 Research Methods ML550 Communication, Decision-Making & Technology Winter Trimester Time period I: Time period II: Thursday 6-7:30 p.m. and Saturday 8:30 a.m.-noon Thursday 8-9:30 p.m. and Saturday 1-4:30 p.m. Time period I: ML525 Personality and Systems Theories ML580 Colloquium of Contemporary Theories in Leadership Time period II: ML535 Organizational Theory and Leadership ML593 Leadership Seminar I ML599 Topics Spring Trimester Time period I: Time period II: Thursday 6-7:30 p.m. and Saturday 8 a.m -noon Thursday 8-9:30 p.m. and Saturday 1-5 p.m. Note: Classes on Saturday are 4 hours instead of 3.5 hours long Time period I: ML521 Methods of Critical Thought ML540 Political Leadership ML594 Leadership Seminar II Time period II : ML510 Visions of Leadership ML530 Ethics in Communication Summer Trimester Time : to be determined ML560 Developing a Multi-cultural Perspective These course offerings may change. A-UGSBURG C•O•L•L•E•G•E MASTER OF ARTS IN LEADERSHIP PO Box 144 2211 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis. MN 55454 www.augsburg.edu
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 2002
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ......................2 Options ......................4 Visiting Students ................5 About This Catalog................. 5 Calendar ........................6 Interim Courses ...................7 Lifetime Sports ...................36 Interim Abroad .................. 38 Other Courses ...
Show more ......................2 Options ......................4 Visiting Students ................5 About This Catalog................. 5 Calendar ........................6 Interim Courses ...................7 Lifetime Sports ...................36 Interim Abroad .................. 38 Other Courses ...................39 Introduction Introduction to Interim The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with fall and spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. The College is changing its calendar next year to a 4-4 calendar so January Interim 2002 will be the last opportunity to take an Interim course. Freshmen are required to take an Interim course their first year. All other current students are expected to complete the two interims required for graduation. Interim is an opportunity for intense concentration on a single course of study. Since one Interim course equals a fulltime load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during fall or spring semesters. Students should be prepared for at least 40 class hours during the Interim and should anticipate the equivalent of the normal two hours of study for each class hour. Since the course length is only 3 112 weeks, attendance at every class is imperative. While it is expected that students will attend every class period, instructors will establish the precise attendance policy for their courses. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a PassINo credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and students must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. Day school students (3.0 credits or more for fall) can take a total of 1.0 course credit. They may take two half-credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time students (fall term). If less than full time, they will be charged. Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a cross registration and will be charged WEC tuition $1321 per course credit and a $25 technology fee. If they do so, they may petition to take an additional 1.0 course credit in Weekend College for winter trimester. Augsburg College, as afirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic andlor school administered programs, except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational qualification. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students. Any questions concerning Augsburg's compliance with federal or state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed to Betty Wade, afirmative action coordinator, Ofice of Human Resources, CB 79,Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, M N 55454. She can be reached by telephone, (612) 330-1023; or by e-mail, <wadeb@augsburg.edu>. Options International Interim-Students are invited to participate in the international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE) and other consortia. These course opportunities are listed on page 38. Some courses have early registration deadlines. Internships deadline-Friday, December 7. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed internship-learning agreement plan to the Center for Service, Work, and Learning (1st floor Memorial) by the first day of Interim classes. The learning-agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning internships is available in the Center for Service, Work, and Learning. Independent studylresearch or directed study-Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements 2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by December 1. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Office of the Registrar. Interims at other schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs are available in the registrar's office. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education requirements or major requirements. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4- 1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing, or board costs. Other students will be charged $1,844 for the Interim course plus a $25 technology fee. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Office of the Registrar for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $25. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Office of Residence Life. It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor visiting students may register for 199,299,399, or 499 courses. About This Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. Courses that include travel are marked with an airplane. Interim Calendar 2002 November 13 to December 1 January 3 . . . . . . . . . . Interim registration ..........................First day of Interim Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day) Time 11-1:15 p.m January 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last . day to register or add a class January 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Last day to drop a class without notation on record January 16 ..................... Last day for determining grading option with registrar January 16 .........Last day for withdrawing from courses January 2 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . Martin Luther King Day-no class January 25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interim ends January 29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spring semester begins February 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Interim grades due to registrar The time, number, and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 to 11:45 a.m. (Note:on the first day, Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:15-5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day-no class For More Information For more information contact Barbara Pappenfus in the Interim Office at 612-330-1 150. h f e Drawing ART 247-J Instructor: John McCaffrey A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figures will be depicted with a variety of drawing media. Students will study form, structure, skeletal and surface anatomy, proportion, rendering techniques, and composition. There will be a $45 fee to be paid on the first day of class Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Tme: I Room: Old Main 17 /Topics: Watercolor Painting: Art of the French Table ART 300-J Instructor: Tara Christopherson A !r' Aim What Arles cafe seated Van Gogh on the yellow chair he immortalized? What Provencal traditions produced the inspiration for Cezanne's still life, Fruit Bowl, Glass and Apples? How did the region's pottery and glass artisans influence the dramatically modern Leger and Picasso? The wallpaper in Matisse's tableau, Harmony in Red-did it hang in his studio on the outskirts of Nice? And FragonardProvencal romantice, what perfumes from his native Grasse inspired his flower-filled paintings? In this course, students learn transparent watercolor techniques and experience the art of the French table by painting on location-subject matter, conversation, locations, and traditions that inspired masters. For more information, contact Prof. Tara Christopherson, 612-330-1232. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Marine Biology of the Florida Keys BIO 140-J BIO 340-J Instructor: William Capman dLm The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for study of natural history and ecology of marine, coastal, and sub-tropical communities. This class will spend about two weeks in Florida at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The institute offers laboratory facilities, oceangoing research platforms, housing, and a dining hall. Field trips to coral reefs (Looe Key National Park), tide pools, turtle grass flats, mangrove islands, and upland hammocks will be led by professional naturalists from the institute. Organisms and communities will be studied on site and in the laboratory. Research projects will be initiated shortly after arrival at the station in order to provide opportunities to gather data over a period of several days. Visits to Pennicamp State Park, Key West, and the Everglades will be included. Evaluation will be based on: BIO 140: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, and (4) final exam. Prerequisite for BIO 140: Any one of the following courses or their equivalents-BIO 101, 102,103,113, 114, or consent of instructor. BIO 340:(l)field and laboratory records, (2)personal journal, (3)quizzes at Marine Institute, (4)written report of the research project, and (5)final exam. Prerequisite for BIO 340: BIO 351 or BIO 481 or consent of the instructor. Estimated cost of the course: $2,500 (includes airfare, all ground transportation, housing, and meals while at the institute). Contact the instructor for details. Prerequisite: See Above Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: II Room: Science 225 Rhe Biology of Aging BIO 185-J Instructor: Bob Herforth With the aging of the Baby Boom generation, interest in, and research on, the biological basis of the aging process has taken on an air of urgency, compared with an earlier more leisurely approach. This course surveys functional changes which occur in the body with age and diseases associated with aging, such as osteoporosis, Alzheimer's disease, and cardiovascular disease. The major theories that have been proposed to explain what causes aging will be presented, including findings on the cellular and genetic basis of aging. Attention will also be focused on the results of attempts to slow the aging process in experimental animals and humans. Prerequisite: None Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 315 /personal Finance BUS 240-J Instructor: Ashok Kapoor This is an introductory course in personal financial planning. Students will be introduced to budgeting, credit, income taxes, insurance, real estate, investment and retirement planning. Evaluation: Quizzes and exams. Prerequisite: None Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II Room: Foss 43 Responding to the Challenge of Japan BUS 368-J Instructor: Steven LaFave This course provides an examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used with substantial participation expected on the part of the students. Evaluation will be based on a paper, two 20minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and mid-term and final examinations. This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in international business or any field of business administration, as well as anyone interested in Japan. Students who cannot attend every class should not enroll in this course. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of the instructor Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 29 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry and American Plastic CHM 104-J Instructor: Ron Fedie Previously there was the Stone Age, Iron Age, and Bronze Age. Now we live in the Age of Polymers (and Plastics). Without this innovative technology, life as we know it would be much different. The variety of polymer molecules and their properties make up many, diverse plastics and the variations are endless. Many items and materials in the areas of coatings, adhesives, leisure/sports equipment, building/construction, automobiles, furniture, clothes, medical supplies, cosmetics, and others that are used everyday come from different polymeric materials made from polymer molecules. In this course we will explore and discuss the world of polymer chemistry. Polyethylene is one of the most commonly used synthetic polymers in "plastic" wrap and trash bags. A common natural polymer, polyisoprene, is collected from the sap of rubber trees and tires, golf balls, and latex gloves are just some of the many uses. The class will focus on two books. One, American Plastic: A Cultural History, by Jeffrey Meikle, for the historical perspective of our world of polymers. Themes from the book, the different types of polymers used, and recent themes such as the recycling of plastics will be discussed. A second book, Giant Molecules, by Grosberg and Khokhlov, will help with the previously mentioned themes and give more depth to the broad world of polymers not covered in Meikle's book. There will be six lab periods in which some polymer molecules will be made and several of their interesting properties will be explored. Students will be graded on 25 group worksheets, six quizzes, six reflection papers, six lab periods, and an individual project and presentation. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2 Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 22 Time: II Room: Science 315 States of Maiter (.50 Credit) CHM 114-J Instructor: Joan Kunz CHM 114 provides an overview of the main states of matter, examining the laws governing the behavior of gases, liquids, solids, colloids, and solutions. The course connects chemical theory and models of matter with real world behavior and application. CHM 114 is a required transitional course for students needing one year of general chemistry who enter at the CHM 105 level and intend to take CHM 116 in the spring. CHM 106 will not be offered in the spring of 2002; all students needing two semesters of general chemistry must take either CHM 1151116 or CHM 10511141116. Prerequisite: CHM 105 Time: I Room: Science 212 Introduction to Computer Science and Communications CSC 160-J Instructor: Charles Sheaffer This course introduces the major areas of computer science and computer communications. These areas are: algorithms, algorithm design, algorithm efficiency, hardware, logical circuit design, computer organization, software and operating systems, programming languages, operating systems, theory of computation, mathematical foundations of computer science, Turing machines, computer communications and the Internet, packet switching, Internet services, and operation. This course will consist of lecture/discussion times with frequent in-class lab exercises on the topics above. Grading will be based on examinations, labs, and homework. This is not a course in computer applications or how to use computers, although we may touch on these topics. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Tune: I Room: Sverdrup 202 UNlX and C CSC 272-J Instructor: Karen Sutherland Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is assumed that the student has knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. Grading will be based on examinations and programming assignments. Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: II Room: Sverdrup 202 School and Society EDC 480-J Instructor: Joe Erickson -l'l~iscrmrse will rxanainc. the rr~lcof schools and ducatinn in two cultures: the United States and Nicaragua. Participants will have an opportunity to see how these two contrasting cultures and social systems view the role of schools within their societies. Every system of learning has both opportunities and defects. Those in leadership roles within each system make choices about how to educate. The goal of the course is to enhance participants' understanding of the role of teaching and learning within a society, both in the formal elementary and secondary educational systems and in non-formal educational structures such as adult literacy campaigns. For more information, contact Prof. Joe Erickson, 612-330-1647. Prerequisite: Sophomore-standing education majors & completed PPST & admitted to the education department Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2 Graduation Skill Requirement: Writing (If taken in conjunction with EDC 200.) Time: WEClDay 1 Topics: Live Theatre Here and Abroad: The Best of Two Worllds ENG 282-2 Instructor: Ron Palosaari & Darcey Engen W f/F , ~ I London, an exciting city to visit, has the best live theatre in the world. MinneapolisISt. Paul is one of the best places for drama in America. We will spend 10 days enjoying London theatre, nightlife, and cultural opportunities. Then we will return and study Twin Cities theatre, which has its own strengths. Students will also be assigned several museums and art gallery visits, hear guest speakers that will include directors, actors, and stage managers. Our course will be especially good for those students who want to travel abroad but are looking for a shorter or less expensive trip. Any interested student, however will find this course a rich educational experience. For more information, contact Prof. Ron Palosaari, 612-330-1005, or Prof. Darcey Engen, 612-330-1549. Prerequisite: None Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Topics: Investigating the Victorian Thriller ENG 282-D ENG 482-D Instructor: Dallas Liddle This course will study the phenomenon in 19-century Britain of the popular novel of suspense, mystery, and terror. From Frankenstein early in the century to Dracula at its end, the nightmares imagined by novelists of Great Britain have continued to interest and horrify readers throughout the 20th century. Early in the century these tales were generally either "Gothic" (stories of horror and the supernatural set in Italy or Spain) or "Newgate" novels (true-crime stories about the lower classes). By the 1860's however, popular novelists including Charles Dickens, Mary Braddon, Eliza Wood, and Wilkie Collins were producing a stunningly successful series of works in which the action was set in the everyday world of the Victorian middle classes, and the villains (as one reviewer remarked) seemed like people the reader might meet at dinner. Often challenging and sometimes subversive, these novels drew intense public scrutiny by raising issues that the politer genre of domestic fiction could hardly hint at including gender roles and sexual transgression, class and race oppression, obsession and madness, and the dark sides of urban life, industrial poverty, and empire. We will read several of the best of these thrillers, at the same time actively investigating the culture that produced them. We will read original reviews and responses, including parodies, and learn about the context of newspaper and magazine journalism in which several of the novels appeared. While we investigate the power of the Gothic and Sensation genres for their original audiences, however, we will also work to determine why these novels have continued to appeal to successive generations of readers. Course grades will be based on class attendance and participation, two short papers, a group presentation, and a final exam. Upper-level students will read one additional novel, write a research-based paper on it, and share the results of their research with the class. Prerequisite: ENG 111 Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II Room: Foss 20 Topics in History: Minnesota History HIS 195-J Instructor: Bill Green This course will cover the early racial, ethnic, political, and economic history of Minnesota, focusing on the Ojibway and Dakota, the explorations of the French and British, the U.S. territorial era, and statehood. We also will look at how European immigration impacted Minnesota, and how the rise of various political movements influenced the governance of the state. Prerequisite: None Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 23 Dance (men only) (0.5 course credit) HPE 232-M Instructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I- 1~,118,119,1110,1111,1114,1115,1116 Room: Melby Gym - center court Dance (women only) (0.5 course credit) HPE 232-W Instructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I - 1~,118,119,1110,1111,1114,1115,1116 Room: Melby Gym - center court Instructional Materials & Methods in Health Education HPE 390-J Instructor: Eileen Uzarek This course will cover principles and methods of instruction applied to health education(5-12). Emphasis upon teachingllearning strategies and student assessment. Development and delivery of lessonslactivities is included. Students are evaluated by their peers and the instructor on their ability to create, deliver, and assess health education lessons in a "real"c1assroom. Evaluationlgrading is also based upon the completion of a "technology project:' resource file, and exam. Prerequisite: HPE 110 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Melby 202 Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-J Instructor: Joyce Pfaff 1'1 e>m Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43'-46' fixed-keel sailboat with five to six other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and wind surfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $3,500, which includes airfare for Augsburg day students and qualifying Interim exchange students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in addition to this course cost in order to receive academic credit. PIN ONLY. Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce I Pfaff, Melby Hall 121, Augsburg College. They must be turned in with deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given. Prerequisites: Permission from Joyce Pfaff, health and physical education department, 612-330-1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills; Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport, also one course credit upper division Maximum Enrollment: 10 ( A waiting list will be kept after the original 10 spots are filled) Introduction to Islam INS 225-J Instructor: Amin Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be discussions on the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort will be made to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism. Students will also visit one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation is based on two tests and a paper. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 27 Paideia Seminars INS 255-J Instructor: Anne Kaufman Students will participate in a series of seminars following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and lor hone skills of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul public school; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars, and lead seminars. Students will be assessed on journal entries including evidence of seminar preparation, reflection, peer and self-evaluation, as well as a final summary paper. Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 18 Topics: I've Been Working on the Railroad INS 268-J Instructor: Noel Petit An overview of the history, technology, economics, and future of railroading in the United States. Includes visits to rail and transportation facilities here in the Twin Cities as well as a rail trip to Chicago on Amtrak to experience intercity and commuter rail systems. Designed to give the student an understanding of the significance of this hidden part of the U.S. economy. The student will learn how significant Minnesota has been in the development of rail systems where we are going in this growing industry. We will have a special emphasis on the development of the towns of the Midwest. Students will complete four papers (one each week) and present their paper to the class (with multimedia images and videos) each week. Students will critique each presentation. Trip Fee: $300. Note: This fee will be placed on your student account when you register for this course. Prerequisites: Effective Writing English 111 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking Time: I Room: Sverdrup 201 Work in the City Externship: Linking Education and the World of Work INS 298-K Instructors: Lois Olson & Lynda Olson This course introduces students to the nature of work, and its role and value to the individual and to society. Seminar format will focus on work as viewed by this generation and the requirements to succeed both now and in the future. A special emphasis will be on self-discovery learning activities, visits to Twin Cities businesses and community organizations, and discussions with panels of professionals. Students will be expected to research employment trends and career options, complete a portfolio of reflections, exercises and selfassessments, and give individual and group presentations. Students will also explore various organizations of the Twin Cities and understand their role and impact in a major metropolitan area. PIN grading only. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: II Room: Lindell 16 Native American Storytelling INS 332-J Instructor: Sophia Jacobsen The objective of this course is to study Native American storytelling from a cultural perspective. An appreciation of oral traditions will be emphasized and studied within the broader context of world mythologies. Students will learn how the art of storytelling is integral to story content. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics or Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II Room: Music 23 Topics: The Czech Republic: Social and Cultural Impact of the Emerging Free Market Economy INS 495-C Instruclor: Stu Stoller This intensive experience in contemporary Czech culture and society will allow you the opportunity to develop an appreciation for the many diverse cultures that intersect in Central Europe. Students will reflect critically on how their own life experiences have shaped their perspectives in the world, and how this differs from people in other countries. During week one, there will be excursions and field trips that will explore the environs of Olomouc and study the history, culture, art, and architecture of the Czech Republic. Week two will focus on the Czech Republic's recent membership of NATO. Students will study the roots of the divisions of modern Europe, the concerns of the Czech government as it approaches membership in the EU. The final week will concentrate on developing a capitalist enterprise in the excommunist world, looking at how models are succeeding, and how different sectors of Czech society are responding to the changes in social norms and values, which underlie these new economic initiatives. For more information contact Stu Stoller at 612- 330-1772 Applied Algebra MAT 105-J Instructor: Su Doree Concepts of linear, exponential, logarithmic, and other models with an emphasis of applications to the social and natural sciences, business, and everyday life. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 1 I ' Math of lnterest MAT 173-J Instructor: Nick Coult Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities, and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation, quizzes, and a final examination. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 or consent of instructor Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 205 Math of lnterest MAT 173-K Instructor: Ken Kaminsky Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities, and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation, quizzes, and a final examination. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 or consent of instructor Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 108 I Topics: Sounds and Sights of Europe w M U 5 179-J Instructors: Roberta Kagin & Gabe Gabrielsen d m\,/I ' I ' h i ~cnlirse provides an opl~nrtiir~ity t1-r visit sonw of tlw F Great Eurclpeau c~~ltural ccfilers that ~~rovidcd the impctits f i l l I development of cultural life in the New World. For more information you may call Prof. Roberta Kagin, 612-330-1273. Liberal Art Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 15 Survey of Rock History and Musical Style, 1951-1971 MUS 204-J Instructor: Ned Kantar An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content, and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, written assignments, exam, and a group project. For non-music majors. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II Room: Music 3 . Skills of Music Theatre MUS 235-J THR 235-J Instructors: Sonja Thompson & Darcey Engen Music-theater exists in every culture, stemming from the basic human impulse to dance, sing, and express oneself. Come join theatre professor Darcey Engen and music professor Sonja Thompson as we explore this interdisciplinary art form, and assist you in developing your own performance skills. In addition to memorizing, analyzing, and performing your own scene from an opera, operetta, or a musical, you will also be introduced to music-theater from China, Japan, India, and other cultures. The course includes writing and research, class discussion and exercises, improvisation, and small and large group instruction. Performers of all levels are welcome, though some singing and acting ability is required. Interested students will be auditioned in December and appropriate material will be assigned. Course may be repeated with permission from the instructors. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Sateren Auditorium Beginning Norwegian I NOR I l l - J Instructor: Becky Hegstad This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 26 The Philosophy of Socrates PHI 231-J Instructor: David Apolloni We shall examine the historical and intellectual background of Socrates and what our sources allow us to say about his person and teachings. We shall clarify and critically examine Socrates' key teachings: that virtue is a form of knowledge and that all virtues are somehow one; that evil is ignorance; whether or not virtue can be taught; that it is impossible for wrong doer to be happy; and that being a citizen requires obedience to the state's laws, even if that means accepting one's own death. There will be take-home written assignments and weekly quizzes. Prerequisite: None Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 13 Existentialism PHI 370-J Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach We begin with the philosophical background of Existentialism in Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Husserl, and Heidegger. We then consider what it is to be beings-in-theworld by focusing on central themes such as freedom, absurdity, guilt, despair, paradox, risk, and the presence and absence of God in the philosophical and literary works of individuals like Sartre, Camus, Kafka, Beckett, and deBouvoir. Prerequisite: One prior course in Philosophy Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 22 Introduction to Space Science PHY 320-J Instructor: Ken Erickson This course provides a survey of Earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics (solar dynamics, magnetic storms, particle precipitation, aurora, and related topics). Evaluation will be based on two exams, class assignments, one research paper, and at least one class presentation. Prerequisite: Phy 245 or permission of instructor Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 206 Environmental and River Politics POL 241-J Instructor: Joe Underhill-Cady We live and work on the shores of the largest river in North America. It is the reason the Twin Cities are located where they are, and it continues to define the city, as human settlement here in turn has profoundly shaped the river ecosystem. Of late in cities across America there has been "a return to the river," and in this class we will be doing the same. The river stands as a remarkable symbol for the community, of continuity and change, of cycles and transformation, of the power and beauty of the natural world, and there is much to be learned from studying it. Using the Mississippi as the focus, this course looks at the changes in thinking about the relationship between humanity and the natural world, as the relationship has been expressed in literature, law, science, religion, political philosophy, and popular culture. Particular attention will be paid to legal and cultural conceptions of the natural world, including the ideas of property and ownership. We will explore the distinction between wilderness and civilization and the political function of the line dividing those two realms. We will cxplott. the ~bivorlhrt>ughthc cycs and cxpcrienccs c b f those whv have wr-rkerl ancl lived their lives along il, anrl through sitc visits to Incatio~lsalong thc river, speakers in class, nnd on the Internet. S!~tdentswill t~avi.iln opportui~ity to explow thcir own inttresrs in tl~criver through i n d i v i d u a l projects, ranging rrom boat building, lo Inhlying at the Stutc Ct~pital,In rhe vnrinlrs Mississippi Honds, tn river wolcl~yand "green consumerism." There will bc o p p o r t u n i l i e s to work will1 Incrll river-relatctl groups 011 thasc projccts,'~h~.ou~liont thc coursc s ~ t ~ d e nwill t s he encousngctl to drcnm, and to worlc o t ~talcing that vision and ~ i ~ a k i nit gn i.e:~li~y, in building wip port lor n projccr, in netwnrlritls, in hilvinp, palicnce, in fclllnw ing rhrouph, in working hartl, R I I ~ at ! tlir enrl, 11;lving sornr~l~i~ig concrete to show for thtir effilrrs. T11esc pmjcc~s can h~ B j~rtjtntypcfor the f ~ ~ t ~pt ur ~ r s r ~nf i l a vnratiori lo cnntribute lo thc*jrworld in whntcvor wny one is celled to tic1 SO. Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2 Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 25 Understanding Asian America: The Politics of Identity POL 282-J Instructor: Andrew Aoki This course focuses on Asian Pacific Americans (APAs) and thcir chilnging p o s i l i o n in Amcrican socie~y,Innking a t history ns ~ c l as l contcinpnr:lry ile\~cloymcnls. L l x n ~ i ~ i n c s Elnw hltAs hnvc hccn idcn~ificdhy olliers, ar~rlhow Asian An~cricar~s itlcntify thcrusrlvcs. Will Al+'ir fi~llnwa "'racial" pailern Isii~~ibr to Al'laicnnAmcricarts), or will they follow nn "eihnic" pattern (similar lo I'uropean Arnoricans)? Tc, what cxtcrit rrrill those not nf E u r o p c a n dcqccnt be sccn as part CII the mainstream rather than the margins? These questions are relevant not just for APA affairs, but also for the larger social changes that are sweeping America at the beginning of the Science and Religion J .9. -- 7 - REL 374-J Instructors: Larry Crockett & Mark Engebretson For somc in our sncicty, scie~lccir t l ~ driving c enainc ofa l)cttcr, inore scclrre l i f t i ~ n dthe hasis h r a philosopl-ty of life. I:or n~hers, scici~ura nrl irs assaciatecl ~cchnologieq,n long wit11 its inviratinn tn hecomc n glnbal wnrltlview, constilcitc a gl-nvc tlircal. Smne Cl~rislinnspart irulnsly iccl thrcntencrl by science. Tlris coarse will adclrcss ~ h c s rlnatters in two ways. Firs!, it will I~cginwiih a historica! nvcrview nS tlie relatioi~s bstwecn scicncc and tllc Chrisiinn f6~itll, empl~wsizills~lircc periods: he clrigins o f the Clrrisiian faith, thu clevcl~ipmentof "morlern" sciencc ant! ~~~cclianistic ~diilrrsal~liy, and thr recvilluat ion [tf scicncc anil natulnchirr Ihc 201h rcnt~rry.Scconci, it will stlldy systematically the wnrlctvictm of scicncc and religion to see how they compare. Class tilnc will hc tlivirlud ,lmnng a variety of artivitics including lectures, wliolc class tlisctrssicms, snlall Rruilp IU rorials, arrrl an oxtended simtr Intion cxercisu in dcvclnpirrg a space cillol~y,itlrawitig from thr ide;is rlcvclopcll in ihr coiirse. (hurse cv:tluatic~nwill I>c hnsurl un two sl~ortexams, participation in small group tutorials based on assigned readings, a group project presentation, and a major synthesis paper based on the group project and course materials. Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: II Room: Science 205 Topics: Heaven, Hell and the End of the World: Interpreting Biblical Apoca!yptic Liferature REL 490-J Instructor: Philip Quanbeck I 1 This course is a study of the apocalyptic literature of the Bible with emphasis on the book of Daniel in the Old Testament and the book of Revelation in the New Testament, as well as apocalyptic themes elsewhere in the New Testament, such as the letters of the Apostle Paul. The apocalyptic literature of the intertestamental period will also be examined. This course will also address the legacy of apocalyptic literature in the history of Christian thought and experience including an examination of contemporary apocalypticism. This will include the role of biblical apocalyptic imagery in art, literature, film, and popular culture. Coursework will include group presentations, two exegetical papers on biblical texts, and a final project. Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 1 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time II Room: Old Main 25 Cultures of Violence SOC 290-J Instructor: James Vela-McConnell Street gangs and warfare. Police brutality and genocide. Domestic abuse and terrorism. What are the dynamics underlying these and other forms of violence? What do they have in common? How do they differ? This course takes violence in its many forms as a topic for sociological analysis and concludes with an examination of non-violent alternatives. With this in mind, we will compare different theoretical perspectives on violence, such as psychological, social psychological, and socio-cultural perspectives. The course will involve a combination of lecture and discussion based on readings and videos, debate of current issues in the field, and guest speakers from and field trips to local organizations dealing with problems of violence. Students will be expected to research, write about, and present on the sociological dimensions of a particular form of violence. In addition, there will be short reaction papers based on the readings, and classroom participation will be an important part of grading. This course has a lab fee of $25 payable the first day of class to the instructor. Prerequisite: None Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II Room: Old Main 13 Topics: The Sociology of Social Movements SOC 295-J Instructor: Lars Christiansen Scores of social movements have shaped and challenged the social, political, and economic institutions of the United States. Many of these protest movements seek to change the established social order; some seek its defense and preservation. This course offers the sociological study of social movements in the United States within the last two centuries. We will explore important question such as: Why do people engage in protests at certain times, while at other times reamin silent? Why are people willing to risk their lives to create social change? How do social movements form, and what causes their decline? Is the use of violence an effective means of establishing social change? We will address these and other crucial questions through a systematic study of several social movements including labor, civil rights, feminist, environmentalist, and anti-global capital movements. Prerequisite: Soc 121 or permission of professor. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II Room: Old Main 29 Documentary Video SPC 347-J Instructor: Deb Redmond Documentary video is a video production course that integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work in production teams, gaining experience in field production and editing. The production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary piece. Evaluation will be based upon student journals, critiques, and a paper. This course requires additional lab time for editing. Prerequisite: None Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I Room: Science 123 Exploring Human Services SWK 257-A SWK 257-B Instructors: Glenda Rooney & Francine Chakolis Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 60 hours in a service agency or institution that they select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. The course is designed to introduce the fields of practice in social work and to help students explore a possible major in social work or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings that explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms." Detailed information will be sent to students at the close of Interim registration. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 60, 2 sections Time: I Room: Foss 21 A and B Field Work I: Integrative Seminar SWK 307-A SWK 307-B Instructor: Curt Paulsen & Joe Clubb Junior social work majors are required to have 240 hours of supervised professional experience in a social work agency. This small group seminar supports the first 120 hours of this placement and is facilitated by the faculty member who serves as liaison to the student's practicum field agency. The course provides structure and process for students to integrate learning from their practicum and academic coursework focusing on generalist practice with individuals. Prerequisites: Candidacy status, SWK 301, and SWK 306 Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I Room: Murphy 111 Introduction to Dance (0.0 credit) THR 002-T HPE 002-T Instructor: Sandra Agustin With each session beginning with a rigorous physical warmup, this class offers an overview of various forms of dance, including modern, ballet, Asian, and Latin forms. Each class includes a rigorous physical warm-up, mixing yoga, pilates, and modern dance. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Prerequisite: None Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F Room: Sateren Auditorium Modern Dance/lmprovisation THR 004-J HPE 004-J Instructor: Sandra Agustin Students will learn various phases of movement incorporating floor exercise and will learn to travel through space using level, volume, and floor pattern, culminating in the creation of short, improvisational pieces. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Prerequisite: THRIHPE 002 or instructor's permission. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: 1:OO-2:00 M, T, W, Th, F Room: Sateren Auditorium Skills of Music Theatre THR 235-JIMUS 235-J Instructors: Sonja Thompson & Darcey Engen See course information listed under MUS 235-J. Resources for Youth and Family Ministry Y FM 201-J Instructor: Nancy Going The Twin Cities are home to many youth and family organizations and parachurch ministries. This course in an unbelievable opportunity to visit many of them, and to get to know many of the creative people who have conceived and given shape to significant resources for the church. In addition, students will have hands-on opportunities to review and use the printed, music, media, and Web resources that are shaping ministry in the church today. Finally, students will learn a process for planning, and develop their presentation skills by providing leadership for a two-day retreat. Retreat costs: $30. We will pool transportation for site visits and the retreat. Prerequisite: REL 111, 221, or 331 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II -January 3, 4, 7 - 11, 17, 18, 22, & end with retreat on January 23-24 from 9:00 a.m. on January 23 to 8:00 p.m. on January 24. Room: Sverdrup 1 Peer Ministry: Principles and Leadership YFM 232-J Instructor: Lyle Griner Students will be instructed to train college, high school, and junior high youth to serve as peer ministers in their congregations and communities. They will learn and practice communication skills, facilitate small groups, and learn the role of a listenerlhelper. Peer ministry integrates the act of caring and serving others within a Christian belief system. Prerequisite: REL 111, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: 9 a.m. - 11:30 a.m. on January 3,8, l0,22, & 24; and 9 a.m. - 5 p.m. on January 14, 15, 16 & 17 Room: Sivertsen Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during Interim, and students may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Lifetime Sport: Badminton/Pickleball HPE 002-B Instructor: Brian Ammann Practice and playing of badminton and pickleball. Grading: PIN only. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F Room: Melby Gym-northlsouth courts Lifetime Sport: Ultimate Frisbee HPE 002-F Instructor: Paul Grauer Practice and playing of ultimate frisbee. Grading: PIN only Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F Room: Air Structure Lifetime Sport: Golf HPE 002-G Instructor: Brian Ammann Practice in the various shots used in the game of golf. Grading: PIN only Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: 1:00-2:00 M, T, W, Th, F Room: Air Structure Introduction to Dance HPE 002-T/THR 002-T Instructor: Sandra Agustin See course information listed under THR 002-T. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F Room: Satern Auditorium Modern Dance/lmprovisation HPE 004-JTTHR 004-J Instructor: Sandra Agustin See course information listed under THR 004-J. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: 1:00-2:00 M, T, W, Th, F Room: Satern Auditorium Interim Abroad UMAIE SPP 201-J Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, that offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following - courses can be obtained from Cynthia Truitt Lynch at the Center for Global Education, CB 307, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454,612-330-1650. These courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number. Africa e5 the Middle East African Stories: Philosophical Ideas in Literature Crossroads Africa: Arts and Culture in Morocco The Natural History of Tanzania Australia and the South Pacific Sustainable New Zealand: Ecology, Economy and Society Australia: The Economy and its Social Context Europe Introduction to Peace and Conflict Studies: The Northern Ireland Context The Czech Republic: Social and Cultural Impact of the Emerging Free Market Economy Tltr 13rrcqlish Srlrard nnrl l:rrt~riiy:A Cot?~parrrtiveStudy in Nirt', Id~*tlr), and Paris Frct~rhI,nri,vra,qc rrrtd Culrr~n~ ?t~~errnl?rli~rrr .'ipnrrisi~C n ~ r g i r g rrrlrri Ctrl/rri-cin Southern Spain Live Theatre In and Around London The Lost Generation: Americans in Paris Spain: The Influence of a National Culture on Organizational Practices Theatre in England Watercolor Painting: Art of the French Table The European Union in the 21st Century Latin America and the Caribbean School and Society . Other Interim Abroad Courses HECUA Development and Community in Bangladesh ACTC Peace and Conflict Resolution in Northern Ireland ACTC Creative Writing Workshop at Hamline: Transforming Genres Course will carry upper division English credit Instructor: David Mura David Mura will teach the ACTC 2002 advanced creative writing course at Hamline University. His topic will be "transforming genres." Mura, a poet, creative nonfiction writer, critic, playwright, and performance artist, will encourage students to write in one genre to explore shifting their work to another genre. The total class size will be limited to 2-3 recommended students from each college. Prerequisites: Eng 226, or other introductory creative writing course, and recommendation of the creative writing faculty. To apply for this course, contact Professors Cass Dalglish and Doug Green. Maximum Enrollment: Three student writers from each of the ACTC colleges. Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. Inside Washington 2002: Academic seminars Politics and the Media Politics, Power, and the Presidency January 6-1 8, 2001 Pol 398-A(l.O Credit) January 2002 marks the end of President Bush's first year in office and the beginning of the race for the congressional midterm elections that may mean a party switch in the House or Senate. Much is also at stake at the state level as numerous gubernatorial races may determine who will run for president in 2004. Many retirements and new seats as a result of reapportionment and redistricting means that the political deck is being reshuffled. Who will be advantaged? What are the likely outcomes? What main forces will be at play? How will President Bush's policy agenda affect the political landscape and what role does the media play in the political and policy games of Washington, D.C.? Inside Washington 2002 is an exceptional opportunity for students to step into the fire of politics and gain a unique insight into these and many other issues. Through site visits, tours, briefings, and lectures, politicians, media personalities, policy makers, and scholars will take students on a behind-the-scenes journey through the halls of power. Don't miss this special opportunity to go inside Washington! The first week, "Politics and the Media:' will examine how the relationship between politicians and the media shapes political news. The second week, "Politics, Power, and the Presidency:' will explore the first year of the Bush Administration, and the influences that affect the public policy agenda of any new presidential administration. For further information about the program see Professor Hedblom in Memorial Hall 117A, call her at 330-1197, or email: hedblom@augsburg.edu.There are four scholarships available to cover registration and tuition costs based on priority in registration through the political science department.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 2002
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: augsburg in the summer summer session info Augsburg College offers a varied sulnlner curriculunl that includes courses in more than 13 academic disciplines as well as internships and illdependent studies. Summer Session I runs from May 28, 2002, to June 28, 2002. S u ~ l l ~ nSession er I...
Show more augsburg in the summer summer session info Augsburg College offers a varied sulnlner curriculunl that includes courses in more than 13 academic disciplines as well as internships and illdependent studies. Summer Session I runs from May 28, 2002, to June 28, 2002. S u ~ l l ~ nSession er I1 runs from July 8, 2002, to August 8, 2002. A detailed listing of courses begins on page 8. Course loads i n Summer Session: Students may take up to two courses in each session. However, WEC students taking two or more classes in the spring trimester are not eligible to take classes in Summer Session I. Note: WEC registration for Summer Session I will not be available via the Web. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit. O n e Augsburg course credit is the equivalent of four semester credits and six quarter credits. Employer reimbursement: Students who qualify for reimbursement by their employers may use their reimbursement to pay for Summer Session courses. Augsburg general education: Courses fulfilli~lgAugsburg's Liberal Arts Perspectives and Graduation Skills requirements are so noted along with the description of the course. Augsburg College Campus Box 136 221 1 Riverside Avenue Summer Se w May 28 to June 28 Summer Session I July 8 to August 8 about augsburg Augsburg College is a four-year, liberal arts college located in the heart of Minneapolis, and affiliated with the Evallgelical Lutheran Church in America. Augsburg is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.* T h e small college environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many opportunities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting allows students to participate in a host of cultural and recreational activities. * North Cer~t~ul Associatio~lof Collc~esand Scl~ools,G~ilanissi~~it 011 l~~stitutior~s of Hi,ql~erEdiict~ti~l~, 312-263-0456 Weh site <wcuw.l~cocihearc> Course levels: T h e first digit of the three-digit course number indicates the course level. Course numbers beginning with a "1" or "2" are lower division courses and are intended vrimarilv for freshmen and sophonlores; course numbers beginning with a "3" or "4" are upper division and are primarily for juniors and seniors. Independent study: Independent studies may be arranged in consultation with individual facultv members. Internships: In addition to those listed, internship opportunities may be arranged individually during the summer. Academic internships are carefully planned work-based learning experiences, supervised and evaluated by a faculty member. Consult the Center for Service, Work, and Learning at 612-330-1 148 for more information. Housing: Students who need housing may contact the Residence Life Office at 612-330-1488. information Additional information may be obtained at: www.augsburg,edu/sum~ner Minneapolis, MN 55454 For registration or financial questions: 612-330-1046 (Enrollment Center) For questions related to courses: 612- 330-1025 (Academic Advising) eligibility Persons i n good standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next fall term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer Session. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Students accepted for Su~nmerSession are not automatically granted admission as regular students of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at Augsburg should apply to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions, 612-3301001, or the Weekend College Admissions Office, 612-330-1 743. to register for Web registration will remain open until May 3 (Session I) and June 14 (Session 11). Web registration hours will be 6 a.m. to 10 p.m. daily, with the exception of April 8, which will be . C person at the Enrollnlent Center hetween 9 a.111.-4 p.m. M-F ~xtencied hours to 6 p.m. on the first a&&econd day of classes for each se: Thursdays 12-4 p.m.). Students registering for Summer Session I must complete their registration by May 28. Students registering for Summer Session I1 must complete their registration by July 8. Augsburg students will be hilled through Student Accounts. NonAugsburg students nus st pay 50 percent of tuition at the time of registration. All s t ~ ~ d c nmust t s be paid in f~11lby May 10 . be dropped fr course (s) Augsburg stu, 3 who have unvaid balances from pay these ball lmmer Session. n Registration: Many courses 11 early and eourses with low Students who decide to cancel their registration prior to the first day of the sessi~nnus st c ~ m p l e t ea dropladd for111 at the Ellroll~nentCenter (this must be done in person). There is a charge of $100. For refund information please see schedule of refunds on next page. A late fce of $75 will be assessed for students who register after the first Jay of the term. No S e s s i o ~I ~registrations will be accepted after May 3 1. No Sessioll I1 registratioils will be accepted after July 12. Registration begins Web registration closes Balance of tuition due Classes begin April 8 May 3 May 10 April 8 June 14 June 21 May 28 July 8 Last day to: Register (without late fee) May 28 *Register (added late fee of $75) May 31 (no registrations will be accepted after this date) Change grading option June 7 Last day to withdraw from class Classes end Grades due in Registrar's Office July 8 July 12 July 19 June 14 June 28 July 26 August 8 July 8 August 16 schedule of refunds 100% of the refundable portion of tuition (less $100 administrative fee): If cancellation at the Enrollment Center is no later than May 28 (Session I) and July 8 (Session 11) 75% of the refundable portion of tuition: If cancellation at the Enrollment Center is no later than May 3 1 (Session I) and July 12 (Session 11) 50% of the refundable portion of tuition: - If cancellatio~lat the Enrollment Center is no later than I map of aug~hurg - A casts T h e tuitioil clla! .-.-- - - - $625 for 1- t courses R Audits al listed ah01 c it courses t the tuition rates course load is the two scssic 1.5 credits over 1 financi- 1 Eligibility for I Session attend Fi11$7Kal aid is available to students er~rollsdin day or weekcnd progra# from most federal and state ijpancial aid programs. Institutional sc lips and grants are available only regular academic year. St maintain half- time status the program in which they are enrolled) are eligible to apply for financial aid. WEC v: No a i . r S ~ n cm ~nI as ..-..rrently with the WEC m e s ter. W E C stuc enrolled in Summer Session I1 ma eligible for financial J aid it' their course load is at least 1.0 credit. To apply You must notify the E n r o l l m e ~ Center ~t if you wish to apply for financial aid for Suminer Session. To do so, visit < www.augsh~~rg.edu/enroIl>. The financial aid dcadline for Summer Session is April 15, 2002. COLLEGE M A P I N F O R M A T I O N Adnli,\inns \Vcakd;ty Pn,g~%n~ 13- Li~iclclll,ib~%~ry 2. Ad~~li,\iorirAnnc* and Wcckcnd 14.,Ma11ilc11a11cc ;111clCjmond.; Shop Ad~~lisi~o~ls l s . l M ~ ~ r l ~ Rtlll ~l~c~l 3. A i r Slruclorc Elllr;l~lcc (No\,cmbcr I l i n , ~ ~ gM;lrcll) ll 4* Eddt-Ncl\on Alhlclic Picld imd Sc;~ul~idl AirSIr~~~lurc C l ~ ~ i u l c ~ l sC*.lltiv cn 6, EA$I Hall F,!cully Cioecl Ho11,c 8. Prrss, Lohcck. Milt,, Ccnlcrtr,C Wonllil), Dril~liil& C < I I I I I I I ~ I I I ~ U ~ I ~ I , , I I % Svcrylrup H;III 10. H u s b y - S ~ ~ ~ I I ~Tc111iib I ~ I I COIII 15 Hi111 I I. Ice Alcnn 17. Dc\clopmcnl. PR/Cor~inlul~~c;~lio~n, ;aid Alumnifi';!rcnl I l e l n l ~ o ~ r !. >. 7. A.VliiIoeP.~rkillg B;Rc\~clc~ll P.I&III~ C. C o ~ n n l ~ ~P,ld~n; ler D. F;~cuIly/St;~IY/Com~nt~tc~/Rc<irlcnI Parking [S,Rc&~~le~lt Pdkillg F,, Rec~cle~~r Pil~kilig Ci. Adtni~rio~~c/F,su~lI)~/SInfl P.r~li~lg t i - , F ; ~ u l l ~ / S ~ Pn&i~ig ;~If 1. Vih'itoPP.!~hing S, P,~cuIlylSrotf P i ~ l k i ~ l g K.F;~cull):/Sl;~frPi~rhi~l:. L.:Y~\ilo~.P,~kt~lg M. F,tcully/Sl;~h/C,>~l~n~ololl PIII%III~ N.,~;suI~y/St;~tI;iConln~~~lcrP,~k~~~g 0. Fi~ifiicw-LlnivchilyI';uking Rnnlp Visit the Enrollment Center Web site to downloa~lapplication materials. 1-94 East fro111 Minneapolis%kc 2 5 t h A\,~IIIIC exit, l u n l 1ck.a~2.5111 Avenllc, turn Icft ;lr RrvcMclc AVCIILI~,[ u r n l c f l at 2 1 i t A\,cnr~c Sil\~th., 1-94 West fro111 St. Pault c ~ i l c l cA v c u ~ l c , 31kc R ~ v e r s i ~csil, l c t11in l i ~ h ,t ~ RI\ SOLILII. l l l r n I c f ~; ~ 2r lct ALVIILIC 35W from thc SoutliFollrne thc 1-94 St. P.1111 SI~IL~T (III\*S t o ~'idht Innc :tftcr. ~ n c r ~ c n )'liikc . 25th AVL.IIUC ex11 2nd r u l n cncli id~\r.il lefi a r ~ i w r : ~ i c lAc w n ~ l c l, u t n l c l l a r 2 l a r A v c n 1 1 c S,lll~l. , T h e ca111era w creativity and photographic 1 -~ 35m1u,single-lens rt film, etc.: $200-$22 Pel spectivelsk 6-9:30 p.n~. ~ r visual and white llts need access to a :all~era.Estimated cost of L,,OL< o l d M~~~~ 4 ACC 22 Principles of Accountinl Intyduction to business : and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle, and preparation of finanr:-' -.aternents. T B Th Mttsic 24 8 3 0 ~.III.-II~OII BUS 2 4 2 3 Principles of Management Cerrito Development of the theory of I ....c...,- ~ u e n t , organiznticin, staffing, planning, and control. T h e nature of authority, accountability, ~es~onsihility, and analysis of the pnifessional manager. 6-9:30 p.171, TBTh Mlisic 24 B U S 331-S Financial Management Kapoor Topicurrlated t(1 theory acquisition, fund allocation and nlanagcmcnt, sources and uses of Ic~ng.and short-term fi~nds,capital costs/budgctiny, levcragc, and dividend policy. (Prereq.: ACC 221, ECO 112 or 113, and MPG 3) 6-9:30 p.111. M,W F Olrl Moil1 29 EDC 2 2 0 3 Educational Technology (0.5 Credit) Erickson You will be expoaed to basic thcorics of communicatio11, selection, evaluati<in and research. Become skilled in some of thc digital tc~<ilsused in today's schools. Learn how to clioose apprc~priateapplicatin~isof thcorics and techn~ques for educational settings. 9-1 1:30 ir.111. M, W F S v e r d ~ ~204 rl~ Introaucar A n initiation i u t formal study of fictjon, poetry, and drama, urawing on works from several periods, difierent cultures and races, and male and fe~nalewriters. This course aims in to develop students' critical and analytical skills as the prerequisite for all upper level courses In literature. PerspectiveiSkill: Aesthetics 4-7:30 0 ni. Old Moil1 26 G S T 200,S Quantitative Reasonmg Schield Critical thinking about statistics as evidence in : lents involving predictions and explanations. i include reading and evaluating tahles, :raphs, and statistical models. E~nphasison nterpretation, evaluation, and communication. PerspectiveISkill: Quantitative Reasoning (Prereq.: MPC 3) 6-9:30 p.111 T €4 Th Old Muin 18 ASL 101-S Beginning Sign Language I Mikkelson A n introduction to deaf culture and the signs and syntax of ASL. S t ~ ~ d c nobserve ts the denlonstration of signs, practice their own signing, and learn the facial expressions and body language needed to communicate clearly with deaf and hard-of-hearing people. PerspectiveISkill: Intercultural Awareness 2 SPA 111-5 Beginning Spanish I Reinhardt Aims to de\,elop four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. I n t r o d u c t i o ~to~ the culture of the Spanish-speaking \vorld. Perspective/Skill: I n t e r c ~ ~ l t i ~Awareness ral 2 8:30-1 I a.m. T 1R TI1 Old Moin 26 1- '..: -. . I N S 105-S Intro, to American Indian Studies Weston This coLlrse is intended to introduce students to Anlcrican Indian S t ~ ~ d i eConcepts s. and topics to be covered include, among others, history, language, culture, literature, policy, iinages, contemporary issues, and the arts. Minnesota Indians will be eluphasized wherc appropriate. PerspectiveISkill: Intercultural Awareness 1 6-9:30 p . n ~ TBTh Old M r ~ i t25 ~ I N S 199-S1399-S Internship Olson A work or service experiencc in which the s t ~ ~ d e nfaculty t, aponsor, and aite supervisor design a learning agreement plan that links classroo~ll theor): the liberal arts perspcctivcs, and graduation skills with the opportunities inherent in the internship. T h e student 111i1stc o ~ i ~ p l eat elearni~ig ~portfciliobased o n the internship. Student should consult with the faculty sponsor reganling requirements and get permission to registel: PIN grading only. 3, ..... PSY 352-S Adolescent and Young Adult Development Hanson Consideration of research and theory related to development during adolescent and young adult years. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) 6:00-9:30 P.m. M BW Old Mail1 2 5 REL 3 7 0 3 America11 Indian Spirituality & Philosophical Thought Jacobson Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and philsophy of North Alnericau Ind~ansare studied. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies, and beliefs in an afterlife. PerspectivelSkill: Christian Faith 3 , \Writing (Prereq.: ENG 1 11, Jr. Standing and REL 11 1 , 221, or 331) 6-9:30 11.11 M€4W Old Main 18 POL 2 4 1 3 Environmental Upper Mississippi River watershed. Issues covered include controversies about river pollution, the lock and dam system, rcgiunal water supply, floc~d control, economic clevelop~uentin the rive1 corridor, farming practicca, and enerby production. In regard to each of these, the class will examine thc challenge c~fbolancung econoniic dcvclopmcnt, social har~non):and environmental sustainahility Thcrc will be weekly excursions to explore the river in the Twin Cities and meet with local policymakers and stakeholders. Students will repclrt to the class o n a research project o n a topic of their cho(ising. PerspectiveISkill: Critical Thinking, Social \Vorld 1 6-9:30 11,tn M& ? \v 0111 Moir~2 7 S P C 351-S Argumentation Lapakko Develops critical thinking bkills by study of the theory and practice of argument, evidence, fallacies, and refi~tation.Includes how to build and analyze public argulnents that c o n f r ~ n stt~dents t in their everyday lives. PerspectivelSkill: Critical Thinking (Prereq.: SPC 111 or 112 or consent of instructor) 6-930 ~ , I I I , T 8 TI1 Old Main 2 9 session I 1 july 8 to august 8 ART 1 0 7 3 Drawing This is a first level drawing course. Studelits work with a varlety of traditional and non-traditional drawing media and explore important colicepts of drawing. Slide lectures, dernonstrations, and critiques coniplete the learning expel ience. PerspectiveISkill: Aesthetics 6-9:30 p,nl, TBTh Old Maill 17 ACC 2 2 2 3 Principles of Accounting I1 Kader A continuation of A C C 221. I~ltroductionto business activities and accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and fundan~e~ltals of nlanagerial accounting, p l a ~ l ~ l i and ~ l g controlling processes, decision-making, and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: A C C 221) 8 3I I T GI Th Music 22 A R T 118-S Painting I Bollmao In this first level painting course, students learn important concepts of painting. Most class time is spent painting. Slide lectures, demonstrations, and critiques complete the learning experience. PerspectiveISkill: Acsthetics 6-9:30 p.111. T B TI1 Old M ~ I 17 I BUS 2 4 0 3 Personal Finance Kapoor Introduction to personal financial planning and budgeting, credit management, income taxes, insurance, real estate, investments, retirement, and estate planning. Old Main 10 6-9:30 I J , I ~ M&W ART 2 2 5 3 Staff Graphic Design I A n intrc~d~lctioll to the principles and t e c h n i q ~ ~ c s of graphic design using page layout software. Emphasis o n designing with text and ilnagc PerspectiveISkill: Aesthetics, Speaki~lg 6-9:30 p.111 T B TI1 Fuss 22B A R T 2491349-S (with H I S 24913493) Designed Environment Anderson This course addresses die designed environment, the i~ltentio~ially designed places in which wr live. We will investigate architecture, landscape architecture, and u r h a ~ design, l b o t l ~in cl;~ssand in site visits and walking tours to proluinent cxa~nples~f desiyn excellence. PerspectiveISkill: Aesthetics or City; Writing (upper division only) (Prereq.: For upper divisiu~~-an art, history, or urban sti~diescourse, and ENG 11 1) 1 4 : 3 0 [LIII, M B W Scie~~ce 123 ART 3 3 0 3 Graphic Design I1 Staff A n advanced study of the graphic design of typography and visual imagery fnr print production using the computer. Includes idcntihcatic~liof design problen~sand presentation to client. PcrspectivclSkill: Aesthetics (Prereq.: ART 225) 6-9:30 p.ln. TBTh Filss 22B BUS 3 4 0 3 H u m a n Resource Management Cerrito Personnel filnction in business, accl~~isitic)n, and utilizatio~iof human resources; desirable working relationships; effective intcgrotion of the worker with the goals uf the firm and society. (Prcreq.: BUS 242) 6-9:30 p . ~ n , M B W BUS 4 4 0 3 Strategic Management Cerrito Concepts and principles related to the management (if operating fi~~ictions caught from a ~lla~lagerial viewpoint with examples from various industries and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor) 6-9:30 p.ln TBTh Mtrsic 24 MKT 2 5 2 3 Principles of Marketing Meziou Principles of hasic policy and stratcw issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, economic ; ~ u dtechnological factors as they affcct pro~luct, prona~tion,and distribution decisions 6-9:30 11.111 M B W S v e n b ~ ~202 p This course examines t h o k unique to ~llarketingin a<in Emphasis is placed o n a d a z mix according to the i r b - - ellvLroLinlent. (Prereq.: MKT 252) Clayton 120th centurv ErnC r C H M 100-S Chemistry for Changing Times This course int~oducesb a s ~ cche~uistrycon-. the context of numerous science-based i s s ~ our everyday lives with the goal of student I : a basic understanding of thc science behin%ssucs present and in the future. PerspectiveISkill: Natural World 2 (l'laereq.: MPG 2) 8:30 ~ . I ~ . - I I O I I I I T B TI1 Science 3 15 E D C 495-S Topics: DiversityNinnesota American Indians Gresczyk This course cxaluines human divcrsity and Ii~lluan relations. It fulfills the Education Department huluan relations and Minnesota An~cricanlnclian req~~il,ernents and is a n option within the liceusure progr:ilil. 6-9:30 p.m. M B W St'ertlrtlp 1 This coursc is designed for clclucntary educntic~n ~uajorsand includes earth science "hands-on" inquiry based activities that modcl the tcacl~ing and learning process ~f sc~entificinquiry. Meets hasic earth science st~hjectmatter standards for initial licensurc. 6-9:30 j1.111. T El Th sCiL'IICL' 10 SlS - ction. Awarcncss I , Isen1 of instructor) TI1 Old Mail1 23 TB HPE 1 1 5 3 Chemical Dependency (0.5 credit) Broek A n analysis of chemical ahuse and what can be clone for the abuser. Inclu~lesinfc~rmationabout school health education and services. 6-9:30 11.111. M Old M r i i ~23 ~ This course addresses the designed envil-o~uucnt,the intention;~llydesigncd pl:lccs in which we livc. \Ve will in\,estigate architecture, landscape architecture, and urhan deaib~~, bhr~tliin class and in site visits tn pro~ninentexao~plesof design excelle~~ce. PerspcctiveiSkill: Aesthetics or City; \Vriting- (upper .. division only) (Prereq.: for upper divisin~l-an art, histor): or urban ati~diescoursc, ancl ENG 111) 1 4 : 3 0 11.1il. M B W Scie~~ce 123 I N S 199139923 Inter~iship Olson A work or service experience in which the s t ~ ~ d e n t , faculty sponabr, and site supcrvia)~design a learning agreemen1 plan that links c l a ~ , r ~ i o~l~cory, n~ the liberal arts perspectives and gracluation skills with the 0ppc1rti11iitiesi~lllcrc~it ihi the internship. Thc stu~lcnt hnsed on the must complete a lea~ning~x~rtfnlio internship. St~lclcntshoulcl cc~nsultwith the faculty sponsor rqi~rdingrequirements ancl gel per~~dsslnn to rceiater. PIN eraclinu onlv. INS 3 4 2 3 agical foundations of e course cc Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islaniic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. PerspectiveiSkill: Intercultural Awareness 1 6-9:30 0 nl. Mt~sic22 INS 2 5 5 3 Kaufman Paideia Seminars ninar Students will .uarticiwte . discussions following the Paideia seminar form developed by Mortimer Adler. Seminar topics emphasize selections that help students to think critically, understand timeless ideas ':----carefully, and question thoughtfully PerspectiveISkill: Critical Thinking ]lily 22-26 INS 260-S Contemporary American Indians Weston This course examines the situation of American lndians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act of 1934. Emphasis is on current issues such as tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, reservation economics ,and Indian education. PerspectiveISkill: Intercultural Awareness I 6-9:30 p.111. TBTh Old Muin 13 INS 29523 Doine Business in the Czech Republic StollerIStaff This course will concentrate on developing a capitalist enterprise in the ex-comrn~~nist world, looking at how models are succeeding, and how different sectors of Czech society are responding to the changes in social norms and values which underlie these new econonlic initiatives. 6-9:30 p m M B \V Old Mirirl 18 ditics of the This course explores I conununities and ecosystems of the Upper Mississippi River watershed, including controversies about river pollution, the lock and danl system, regional water supply, flood control, and farrnir,, There wil reekly kers and e~rn~rsions .. ..... I local polic, , trying to achieve sustainability in holde 'or additional schedule information --- w.,,u,sburg.edulppagesl-cady/ , , 'E: Additional $500 fec (Prereq.: POL equivalent, and passing water safety tt Old Main 25 '?li MAT 1 7 3 3 Math of Interest Kaminsky Learn how to deter~uinethe monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be based on classroon~participation, quizzes, and a final examination. PerspectiveISkill: Quantitative Reasoning 6-9:30 p.m. MBW Scierice 108 ASL 102-S Beginning Sign Language I1 Mikkelson An intrciduction to deaf culture and the signs and syntax of ASL. S t ~ ~ d e nobserve ts the demonstration of signs, practice their own signing, and learn thc facial expressions and body language needed to communicate clearly with deaf and hard-of-hearing people. Perspective/Skill: Intercultural Awareness 3 6 4 3 0 p.111, T W( TI1 Old Mui~i26 POL 421-S/ML 560-S Developing a Multicultural Perspective: Race and Ethnicity Aoki This course fc~cuseson the ability to function and lead in culturally diverse and ever-changing contexts within the U.S. Improved culti~ral awareness, com~nunicationskills, and interpersonal sensitivity and appreciation for the complexity of the racial and ethnic groupi~lgsare among the goals of the course. Extensive discussion and several short written assignments with emphasis on applying course material to leadership situations. (Prereq.: Graduate, or Jr. or Sr. Standing, or consent of instructor 6-9:30 P.m. MBW Lir~dell16 SWK 395 Topics: Social Policy, Society and Restorative Justice Link This course describes contenlporary systems of human service with a focus on poverty, community relationships and restorative justice. There will be a combination of class and urban field visits. PerspectivelSkill: City (pending approval) 6-9:30 P.m. M B TI1 Note: Rochester Campus PSY 361-S Personality/Cultural Context Hanson Current scientificallv-based amroaches to description, dynamics, aud development of uersonalitv. Includes studv of eender, social position, and cross-cultural behavior. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) 6-9:30 p.m. MBW Old Muin 25 6-9:30 p.m. SWK 6 9 9 3 Assessment and Diagnosis in Mental Health Practice BoisenlSyers This course exan~inesassessment and diagnosis of mental health in individuals. Emphasis is placed on understanding mental health disorders from a MBW .. REL 221-S Biblical Studies Quanbeck 11 This course covers the origin, literary character, and transnlisaio~lof the biblical documents. Explores the task of biblical interpretation. Discusses the history of Israel and the enlergence of the clu~rch.There will be two exams and two interpretive papers. Perspective/Skill: Christian Faith 3 8:30 a.m.-no011 T €4 TI1 0111 Maill 29 SOC 3 5 6 3 Crime and Community Blooni Analysis of correctio~lalproerams and community . .. responses. Lecture, discussion, and site visits to (Prereq.: SOC 121) 1 4 : 3 0 I~nt 4 . 4 . . T B Th ,, ,, , . Old Moin 18 . L SPC 3 2 9 3 Intercultural Communication Lapakko This course explores cultural differences and their inlplications for conu~~~unication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction, and code systems. PerspectiveISkill: Intercult~~ral Awareness 1 6-9:30 p.ni. M B W Old Main 29 center for global education upcoming programs: Language, Culture, and Social Change in Mexico May 18-June 23, 2002 The Church, Civil Society, and Social Change in El Salvador May 20-30, 2002 Human Rights and Social Change in Guatemala May 20-30,2002 All Our Futures: Education for Global Citizenship June 11-18, 2002 Social Services and Social Change: A Culture in Transition June 26-July 3, 2002 Nicaragua: Past, Present, and Future July 17-26, 2002 Mexico in Transition August 1-9, 2002 For information and other possible educational Global Education at 612-330-1 159 or e-mail -
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 2002-2004
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: 8 Augsburg College Catalo! 2002-2004 AUGSBUR C O L L E G E OFFICIAL PUBLICATION OF AUCSBURC COLLEGE 221 1 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, M N 55454 (61 2) 330-1000 This catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg College and i t s curriculum. Although information was c...
Show more 8 Augsburg College Catalo! 2002-2004 AUGSBUR C O L L E G E OFFICIAL PUBLICATION OF AUCSBURC COLLEGE 221 1 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, M N 55454 (61 2) 330-1000 This catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg College and i t s curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it i s subject to change without notice. The written policies in the catalog are the College policies in force at the time of printing. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and academic policies in this publication. If you have questions about anything in this catalog, consult Academic Advising, a faculty adviser, the dean of the college, or the registrar. Key offices are listed on page 8 for correspondence or telephone inquiries. Published May 2002 n ureeuriy from the President I hope you are looking at this catalog because you've enrolled at Augsburg College. If so, welcome! All of us hope you find, in the course of your study, a rising enthusiasm for the work, a clariifylng definition of the vocation to which you feel called, and a confident satisfaction that you have rightly chosen Augsburg as the community in which you will spend time for the next several years. If you're dipping into this volume to find out about Augsburg College and the education it offers, welcome to these pages! May E they convey the fundamental character of our 6 mission: to provide an education especially serviceable in the contemporary world because it has been designed in the midst of and in full contact with the critical social, economic, religious, and political phenomena of the modern city. This education, however practical and professional, will be serviceable over the long haul only to the degree that it respects and pursues certain of what Martin Luther called "the fine liberal arts," and it will be exciting to the degree it is offered for the sake of improving both its students and the world itself. O -? - Y h h The study you are undertaking at Augsburcjor thinking of undertaking-will occur on a small campus in the core of a great city; it will be led by faculty preoccupiedwith your welfare and the emergence and refinement of your vocational plans. As you join the enterprise, or consider doing so, please know that those of us who await you here find the College an exciting setting, full of diversity and yet possessed of a community dedicated to higher learning and good living, in which you can set off in new directions and from which new destinations are reachable. Bon voyage! Sincerely yours, , William V. ~ r a h e President I1 " I .I Academic Calendar - 4 7 ] Directory - 8 I. ' Introducing Augsburg - 9 ,L: I' I 1 I I / . . - Undergraduate Admissions 19 Day Program - 20 Weekend College - 21 Financing Your Education - 25 Student Life - 41 I Academic Information - 53 lepartments and Programs - 89 Includes majors, minors, and course descriptions I College Information - 279 Board of Regents - 280 ELCA, Education Division - 281 Faculty and Administration- 282 Faculty Emeriti - 298 Maps - 301, 302 I Index - 304 For dates referring to academic registration deadlines, please reference the ACTC newspaper. Fall Term 2002 Summer....................................... F a n registration Sept. 1-3ISun.-Tues. .................... New student orientation Sept. 4lWed. ................................Upper-class validation Sept. 4lWed. ................................ Classes begin Oct. 25/Fri. ............................... Mid-term break (one day only) Nov. 18-Dec. 6lMon.-Fri. ............Spring term registration Nov. 28Rhurs. ............................Thanksgiving recess begins Dec. 2Mon. ................................Classes resume Dec. 13/Fri. ..................................Classes end Dec. 16-19lMon.-Thurs. ..............Final exams Spring Term 2003 Jan. 13lMon. ................................Classes begin Jan. 2OlMon. ................................ Martin Luther King Day-no classes Mar. 3/Mon. .............................. Mid-term break begins Mar. 10lMon. ...............................Classes resume Apr. 18/Fri. ..................................Easter break Apr. 2 1lMon.................................Classes resume Apr. 7-18lMon.-Fri. .....................Early registration for fall Apr. 25/Fri. ..................................Classes end Apr. 28-May 1lMon.-Thurs. .......Final exams May 41Sun. ...................................BaccalaureatdCommencement Tentative--consult the 2003-2004 ACTC class schedule or Augsburg Registrat's Office for changes and for academic registration deadlines Fall Term 2003 Summer........................................F a registration Aug. 31-Sept. USun.-Tues. .........New student orientation Sept. 31Wed. ................................. Upper-class validation Sept. 3Mred. ................................. Classes begin Oct. 24/Fri. .................................Mid-term break (one day only) Nov. 17-Dec. 5/Mon.-Fri. ............Spring term registration Nov. 271Thurs. .............................Thanksgiving recess begins Dec. l/Mon. .................................Classes resume Dec. 1UFri. .................................. Classes end Dec. 15-18Mon.-Thurs. ..............Final exams Spring Term 2004 Jan. 1UMon. ................................Classes begin Jan. 19Mon. .............................. Martin Luther King Day-no classes Mar. l/Mon. .................................M i d - t e a r break begins Mar. 8/Mon. .................................Classes resume Early registration for fall Apr. 5-16/Mon.-Fri. ..................... Apr. 23/Fri. ..................................Classes end Apr. 26-29Mon.-Thurs. ............. Final exams May 2/Sun. ................................... BaccalaureatdCommencement Fall Term 2002 June 10 ........................................Registration begins* Aug. 9 .......................................... Remote registration ends (must register in person after this date) ...... Last day to add class, last day to drop a class without Sept. 13 ............................. notation on record Last day to change grade option or withdraw from class Oct. 21 ........................................ Class weekends: Sept. 6-8, Sept. 20-22, Oct. 4-6, Oct 18-20, Nov. 1-3, Nov. 15-17, Nov. 22-24, Dec. 6-8 Winter Term 2003 Nov. 4 .......................................... Registration begins* Nov. 29 ........................................Remote registration ends (must register in person after this date) Last day to add class, last day to drop a class without Jan. 17 ....................................... notation on record Last day to change grade option or withdraw from class Feb. 17 ...................................... Class weekends: Jan. 10-12,Jan. 24-26, Jan. 31-Feb. 2, Feb. 14-16, Feb. 21-23, Mar. 7-9, Mar. 21-23, Apr. 4-6 Spring Term 2003 Feb. 17 ........................................ Registration begins* Mar. 14 ..................................... .Jemote registration ends (must register in person after this date) Apr. 18 ........................................Last day to add class, last day to drop a class without notation on record May 18 ........................................Last day to change grade option or withdraw from class Class weekends: Apr. 11-13, Apr. 25-27, May 9-11, May 16-18, May 30-June 1, June 13-15,June 27-29 *Questions related to course selection or degree completion should be reviewed with your faculty adviser a week or two prior to registration. Tentative--consult the 2003-2004 Weekend College class schedule or Weekend College program office for changes Fall Term 2003 Class weekends: Sept. 5-7, Sept. 19-21, Oct. 3-5, Oct. 17-19, Oct. 31-Nov. 2, Nov. 14-16, Nov. 21-23, Dec. 5-7 Winter Term 2004 Class weekends: Jan. 9-11, Jan. 23-25, Feb. 6-8, Feb. 13-15, Feb. 27-29, Mar. 12-14, Mar. 26-28, Apr. 2-4 Spring Term 2004 Class weekends: Apr. 16-18, Apr. 23-25, May 7-9, May 21-23, June 4-6, June 11-13, June 25-27 Area Code 612 Access Center ............................................................................................................. .330-1749 Academic Advising..................................................................................................... .330- 1025 Academic Enrichment ............................................................................................... ..330.1165 Academic and Learning Services ................................................................................ 330-1024 Undergraduate Admissions ....................................................................................... ..330-1001 Toll-free number ....................................................................................... 1-800-788-5678 AlumniParent Relations ........................................................................................... 3 3 0 1178 Toll-free number ...................................................................................... -1-800-260-6590 Athletics ..................................................................................................................... .330-1249 Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS) ................................... 330-1053 Center for Service, Work, and Learning .................................................................... 330-1162 College PastorICampus Ministry ................................................................................ 330-1732 Public Relations & Communication .......................................................................... 330-1180 ............................... ConferenceEvents Coordinator ....................................... . . . .330. 1107 Development (financial gifts to the College) ............................................................. 330-1613 Toll-free number .............................................................................. 1-800-273-0617 Enrollment Center .................................................................................................... .330-1046 Facilities Management ................................ .... .......................................................... 330-1104 Financial Aid (scholarships and other aid) ................................................................ 330-1046 General Information (other office numbers; business hours only) ........................... 330-1000 .................................................................................................................. 330-1649 Fax .............................................................. .330-1628 Graduate Programs ................................... , Human Resources ...................................................................................................... .330-1058 Lost and Found .......................................................................................................... .330-1000 President's Office ........................................................................................................ .330-1212 Registrar ...................................................................................................................... 330-1036 Residence Life (Housing)....................................................................................... 3 3 0 - 1 109 Rochester Program ............................................................................................... 507-289-6142 Student Activities ........................................................................................................ 330-1111 .................................................................................................. Student Government .330.11 10 Summer Session ........................................................................................................ .330- 1046 TRIOIStudent Support Services ................................................................................. .330-13 11 Weekend College ........................................................................................................ Mailing Address: 22 11 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis. MN 55454 Web Site: www.augsburg.edu 330-1101 I r - . - 'I, L 4 I - -- 1 1 ..I I I .I ,.; - I 1 1 I - - - - - - About Augsburg - 10 I Weekend College - 12 r - - II I . - L 'Ih I - -- Rochester Program - 13 >' - - Campus Location - 14 C - . , Facilities and Housing - 14 Youth and Family Institute - 16 Associated Support Organizations - 1 Policies - 17 Accreditation and Memberships - 17 A t Augsburg - - College, we believe that the college experience should be a time of - exploration, of discovery, of new experiences, and new possibilities. We also believe that a liberal arts education is your best preparation for living in the fastpaced, changing, and complex world of today and tomorrow. Upon graduation, you will be able to demonstrate not only the mastery of a major field of study, but also the ability to think critically, solve problems, and communicate effectively. Selection from over 50 majors Augsburg offers more than 50 major* or you can create your own major either on campus or through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). (See page 58 for a complete list of majors and minors.) This five-college consortium allows day program students to take courses on other campuses without charge while a full-time student at Augsburg. The ACTC includes Augsburg College, College of St. Catherine, Hamline University, Macalester College, and the University of St. Thomas. Through the Weekend College Program, 17 majors are offered. Emphasis on values, perspectives, experience, and skills The heart of an Augsburg education is the Augsburg curriculum-the College's general education program, which structures your liberal arts studies through challenging and thought-provoking courses requiring students to consider important issues and examine values questions. These Liberal Arts Perspectives include Western Heritage, Intercultural Awareness, Human Identity, the Social World, Christian Faith, The City Aesthetics, and the Natural World. At the same time, courses across all disciplines stress the skills that will serve you for a lifetime-writing, speaking, critical thinking, and quantitative reasoning, to name a few. Thanks to Augsburg's prime location in the heart of a thriving metropolitan area, many courses are able to offer rich and varied learning opportunities in real-life situations through academic internships, experiential education, volunteer community service, and cultural enrichment. In a sense, the resources of the Twin Cities are an extended campus for Augsburg students. Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to make a difference in the world. They stand as testaments to the College motto, "Education for Service," and to the mission of the College: "To nurture future leaders in service to the world by providing high quality educational opportunities, which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community" A College of the Church Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The first seminarians were enrolled in 1874, and the first graduation was in 1879. - About Augsburg 11 Early Leaders Establish a Direction The Focus Changed August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876). This attitude began to change after World War I. In 1911, George Sverdrup,Jr. became president. He worked to develop college depaments with an appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women. She spent the next 42 years at the College as a teacher and administrator. Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway-Sven Oftedal and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students for theological study. In 1874 they proposed a three-part plan: first, train ministerial candidates; second, prepare future theological students; and third, educate the farmer, worker, and businessman. The statement stressed that a good education is also practical. Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has been Augsburg's theme for over 130 years. Education for Service Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second president (1876- 1907), required students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations. Student involvement in the community gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for Service." In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later called the Lutheran Free Church. The church was a group of independent congregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal Christianity This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body The college division, however, was still important primarily as an attachment to the seminary. The College's mission assumed a double character-ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected Bemhard Christensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher, to be president (19381962). His involvement in ecumenical and civic circles made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life. After World War 11, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand and improve academic offerings. Now the College was a larger part of the institution than the serninary and received the most attention. Accreditation for the College Augsburg added departments essential to a liberal arts college, offering a modem college program based on general education requirements and elective majors. With curriculum change came a long effort to become accredited. The College reached accreditation in 1954, although many alumni had entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that time. A study in 1962 defined the College's mission as serving the good of society first and the interests of the Lutheran Free Church second. The seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with the American Lutheran Church. 12 About Augsburg A College in the City President Oscar A. Anderson (19631980) continued Augsburg's emphasis on involvement with the city. He wanted to reach out to nontraditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all people. During his years of leadership the College became a vital and integral part of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music Hall, Mortensen Hall, Urness Hall, the Christensen Center, Ice Arena, and Murphy Place. Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders who believed: Dr. Charles S. Anderson led the College from 1980 to 1997. He guided Augsburg's commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and freedom, diversity in enrollment and programs, and a curriculum that draws on the resources of the city as extensions of campus and classroom. Some of the accomplishments during his tenure include instituting two graduate degree programs, hosting national and international figures at College-sponsored forums and events, increasing accessibility, and the addition of the Foss Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication; the Oscar Anderson Residence Hall; and the James G. Lindell Family Library. The city-with all its excitement, challenges, and diversity-is an unequaled learning laboratory for Augsburg students. Dr. William V Frame became president in August 1997. Under his leadership, the college has sharpened its identity as a college of the city, providing an education, grounded in vocational calling, that provides students both the theoretical learning and the practical experience to succeed in a global, diverse world. In 1999, a new apament-style student residence opened. Major renovation of Sverdrup Hall created space for the Enrollment Center, h e Women's Resource Center, and the Honors Program Suite. A skyway link connects Sverdrup Hall to Lindell Library. An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and church; Education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to send out productive, creative, and successful citizens; Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great metropolitan center. There are now almost 18,000 Augsburg alumni. In a world that has changed much since those first days of the College, Augsburg still sends out graduates who make a difference where they live and work. In addition to undergraduate liberal arts and sciences Augsburg offers master's degree programs in social work, leadership, nursing, physician assistant studies, and education. Augsburg also offers graduate and undergraduate level nursing courses as well as supporting degree courses through its Rochester Program based in Rochester, Minnesota. WEEKEND COLLEGE Augsburg's Weekend College program provides an educational alternative to adults who desire college experience but who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a baccalaureate degree, gain skills for professional advancement, prepare for a career change or pursue a personal interest in one or more areas of the liberal arts. - About Augsburg 13 Weekend College began in 1982 with 69 students taking courses in three majors. Eight courses were offered in the first term. Today with more than 1,000 students enrolled each term and 17 majors, Augsburg's Weekend College is the largest program of this type among Minnesota private colleges. Faculty in Weekend College are full-time Augsburg professors as well as adjunct professionals. The Weekend College student body is involved in student government, and students participate in academic and extracurricular activities such as the student newspaper, travel seminar, and student organizations. Augsburg Weekend College continues to develop to meet the needs of the adult and nontraditional student. The Adult as Learner Augsburg Weekend College is based on the assumption that students who enroll in the program will be mature, self-disciplined and motivated learners who seek a combination of classroom experience and individual study. Each course is divided into periods of concentrated on-campus study separated by time for independent study and class preparation. Alternate Weekends To accommodate this learning format, classes generally meet on alternate weekends for three and one-half hours on either Friday evening, Saturday morning, Saturday afternoon or Sunday afternoon. Laboratoly sections or additional class hours may be scheduled during the week. Weekend College students may take from one to four courses each term. Selected courses are also available on weekday evenings and are open to both day and Weekend College students. The academic year for Weekend College is divided into three trimesters. A Community of Learners Essential to the goals of Augsburg's Weekend College is participation in a community of adult learners. This community is enriched by the presence of men and women with a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages Weekend College students to make use of College facilities such as Lindell Library and the Christensen Center, and to participate in College activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events. Weekend College Faculty The heart of any educational institution is its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree and all consider teaching to be the focus of their activity at the College. Faculty are involved in social, professional, and a variety of research activities, but these support and are secondary to their teaching. They are actively involved in a dynamic faculty development program that introduces them to current thought in many fields, but especially in teaching and learning techniques and theories. Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in campus activities. ROCHESTER PROGRAM Augsburg has established a branch campus in Rochester, Minnesota. Classes in Rochester meet on an evening or weekend schedule, making them accessible to working adults. There are three trimesters in each academic year, following the same schedule as the Weekend College program. 14 About Augsburg Several complete degree programs are available through the Rochester campus. In addition, students may work on a variety of other majors through a combination of Rochester-based courses and courses taken in the day or Weekend College program on the Minneapolis campus. Students who enroll in Rochester courses are required to have an individual e-mail address and have access to the Intemet to facilitate the use of technology in the learning and communication process. Further information may be obtained from the Rochester program website at <www.augsburg.edu/rochester> or by calling the Weekend College Admissions Office at 612-330-1101. CAMPUS LOCATION Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 170 parks in Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the city's largest medical complexes-Fairview-University Medical Center-are adjacent to Augsburg, with the Mississippi River and the Seven Comers theatre district just a few blocks away. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul, home to a myriad of arts, sports, entertainment, and recreation opportunities, are just minutes west and east via Interstate 94, which forms the southern border of the campus. (See map in back.) Convenient bus routes run throughout the city and connect with the suburbs. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most airlines provide daily service to the Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, and bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. FACILITIES AND HOUSING Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunneVrarnp/skyway system connects the two tower dormitories, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus Music Hall,Murphy Place, Lindell Libra~yand the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication. Office of Undergraduate Admissions-The central Office of Undergraduate Admissions is located at 628 2lst Avenue South and provides offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their parents. Weekend College admissions counselors are located at 624 2lst Avenue South. Anderson Hall (1993)-Named in honor of Oscar Anderson, president of Augsburg College from 1963 to 1980, this residence hall is located at 2016 S. Eighth Street. Anderson Hall contains four types of living units and houses 192 students, as well as the Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies, the Master of Arts in Leadership program, and the Youth and Family Institute. Edor Nelson Field-The athletic field, located at 725 23rd Avenue South, is the playing and practice field of many of the Augsburg teams. An air-supported dome covers the field during the winter months, allowing year-round use. Christensen Center (1967)-The College center, with spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student publications. East Hall-Houses the Minnesota Minority Education Partnership (MMEP), the Fond du Lac Tribal College Center, and the Education and Housing Equity Project at 2429 S. Eighth Street. -- About Augsburg 1s Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication (1988)-The Foss Center is named in recognition of the gifts of Julian and June Foss and was built with the additional support of many alumni and friends of the College. The Tjornhom-Nelson Theater, Hoversten Chapel, and the Arnold Atrium are also housed in this complex, which provides space for campus ministry, the drama and communication offices, and the StepUP program. The Foss Center's lower level is home to the Academic Enrichment Office, which includes the Groves Computer Lab, the Karen Housh Tutor Center, and the John Evans Learning Laboratory; and the Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS) program. The JeroyC. Carlson Alumni Center-Named in 1991 to honor Jeroy C. Carlson, senior development officer and former alumni director, upon his retirement from Augsburg. The center, with its Office of Alumni and Parent Relations, is located in Smilqs Point, 2200 Riverside Ave. Ice Arena (1 974)-Two large skating areas provide practice for hockey and figure skating, and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community The JamesC. Lindell Family Library (1 997)-This library and information technology center houses all library functions and brings together the computer technology resources of the College. It is located on the block of campus bordered by 22nd and 2lst Avenues, and by Riverside Avenue and Seventh St. Melby Hall (1961)-Named in honor of J. S. Melby (dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity department). It provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, the fitness center, and general auditorium purposes. The Ernie Anderson Center Court was dedicated in 2001. Mortensen Hall (1 973)-Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen (dean of women from 1923 to 1964), it has 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upper-class students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. 2222 Murphy Place (1964)Murphy Place is home to the three of the four components of the Office of International Programs- Center for Global Education, Global Studies, and International Student Advising. It is also home to the four support programs for students of color -American Indian Student Services, Pan-Afrikan Center, PanAsian Student Services, and HispanicLatino Student Services. Music Hall (1 978)-Contains Sateren Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios, and offices for the music faculty. New Hall (1 999)-A three-story apartment complex along 20th Ave., between 7th and 8th Sts. housing juniors and seniors in units from efficiencies to two-bedroom suites. Old Main (1 900)-Home for the modem languages and art departments, with classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. Science Hall (1949)-Houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, faculty offices, the finance and administration offices, and various other program offices. In 1960 the - 16 About Augsburg Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed. Srniley's Point (2000)-The Smiley's Point building on Riverside Avenue, once a favorite ice-cream parlor for Augsburg students, now houses the Institutional Advancement and Community Relations division, including the Development, Alumni and Parent Relations, and Public Relations and Communication offices. Sverdrup Hall (1955)-Named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, it contains the Enrollment Center and the Academic Advising Center, as well as classrooms and faculty offices. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall (1 938)-Built as a dormitory and named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, it provides space for administrative and faculty offices. Urness Hall (1 967)-Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, this tower provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study, and utility areas. YOUTH & FAMILY INSTITUTE OF AUGSBURG COLLEGE Acknowledging that faith is formed through personal, trusted relationships, often in the home, the Institute provides consultation, resources, workshops, conferences and seminars designed to equip parents and families, lay professionals and clergy for nurturing faith. The Youth and Family Institute also supports the undergraduate major in youth and family ministry at Augsburg College by developing coursework and teaching courses when requested. ASSOCIATED SUPPORT ORGANIZATIONS Augsburg College has a commitment to lifelong learning and to programs that increase both individual and group understanding and achievement. College of the Third Age-In 1976, Augsburg initiated one of the first programs in the country that offers classes for older adults, taught in their neighborhoods. Many of the instructors are retired Augsburg faculty. The College of the Third Age is located in Foss Center, Room 172. Inter-Race: The International Institute for Interracial InteractionInter-Race facilitates interracial understanding in families, schools, places of work, communities, and society. The institute provides training and consultation, research, education, resource centers, publications, public policy, and legal study in five centers. Inter-Race is located at 600 2lst Avenue South. Minnesota Minority Education Partnership (MMEP)-The Minnesota Minority Education Partnership, Inc., is a nonprofit membership organization that works closely with students, the communities of color, and representatives from education, business, government, and nonprofit organizations to develop programs that help students of color succeed academically. The MMEP office is located in East Hall. - About Augsburg 17 POLICIES Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school administered programs, except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational qualification. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students. Any questions concerning Augsburg's compliance with federal or state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed to the affirmative action coordinator, Office of Human Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College, 2211 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454, (612) 330-1023. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS Augsburg College is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools* and the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by the American Chemical Society Council on Social Work Education (B.S.W. and M.S.W.) National Association for Music Therapy, Inc. National League for Nursing Committee for Accreditation of Allied Health Programs (Master of Science Physican Assistant Studies) Augsburg College is an institutional member of the: National Association of Schools of Music (NASM) Council of Independent Colleges (CIC) American Association of Colleges and Universities (AACU) American Association of Higher Education (AAHE) Association of Physician Assistant Programs We are members of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, and Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Services Office. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer. *The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, 312-263-0456; <www.higherlearningcommission.org> Location-Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, WE. The College moved to Minneapolis in 1872. Religious Affiliation-The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America (ELCA). Although a strong plurality of students are Lutheran, 8 percent represent other Protestant denominations, and 17 percent represent the Roman Catholic Church. Accreditation-The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education, Committee for Accreditation of Allied Health Educational Programs. Approved by the American Chemical Society, Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., National Association of Schools of Music, and the National League for Nursing. Member-Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, CIC, AACU, AAHE. Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Services Office, as described on page 17. Enrollment (Fall 2001-2002)-2,964 students from 39 countries. Graduates-18,000 undergraduates from 1870 through August 2001. Student/Faculty Ratio-15 to 1. Undergraduate class size averages 15-20. Campus-17 major buildings. Major renovations in 1979-80 with special emphasis on accessibility. Accessibility-Augsburg is now one of the most accessible campuses in the region. A skyway/tunneVelevatorsystem provides access to 10 major buildings without going outside. Degrees Granted-B.A., M.A., M.S., M.S.W. B.S., B.M., Financial Aid-Over 80 percent of the students receive some form of financial aid from the College and many other sources. L i b r a r y a v e r 175,000 items, direct access to over 1,300,000 though CLlC, the Twin Cities private college library consortium. The James G. Lindell Family Library opened in September 1997. School Year-Two semesters from September to May, and two summer school sessions. Augsburg Weekend College-trimesters, September to June. Augsburg Graduate Programtrimesters, September to June. Major+More departments. than 50 majors in 23 Off-Campus Programs-Center for Global Education, Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher Education Consomum for Urban Affairs (HECUA), International Partners, Upper Midwest Association of Intercultural Education (UMAIE) , and extensive cooperative education and internship programs. Athletic AffiliatiowMinnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC), and National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA), Division 111. Policy-Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic andlor school administered programs, except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational qualification. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students. For Day Program FIreshmen Karl,, -dmission A, of Freshmen - 21 For Weekend College - 21 For Transfer Students - 22 For Former Students - 23 For Special Students - 23 (Non-Degree) . For International Students - 24 A ugsburg College is looking for students with intelligence and character. We want people who can benefit from and contribute to their community, the College community, and the community at large. . 2 Selection of students for Augsburg College is based upon careful consideration of each candidate's academic achievement, personal qualities and interests, participation in activities and employment, and potential for development as a student and as a graduate of Augsburg College. The College selects students on individual merit without regard to race, creed, disability, national or ethnic origin, gender, sexual orientation, or age. Visit t h e Campus Because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere is valuable, freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus and meet with an admissions counselor. Arrangements may be made to meet with a member of the faculty and to attend classes when school is in session. Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and families with college planning. Call any weekday between 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m.-612-330-1001 or toll-free 1-800-788-5678. We'll answer your questions and arrange a tour for you (including most Saturday mornings during the school year). The Office of Undergraduate Admissions is located on the comer of Seventh Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis. (Please call ahead.) For Weekend College Admission information. call 612-330-1 101. DAY PROGRAM FRESHMEN Application for AdmissionApplicants should complete the application for admission and the essay and return them to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions together with the non-refundable $25 application fee. You may apply online at <www.augsburg.edu/dayad/>. T r a n s c r i p t s A n official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final, official transcript upon graduation. If the student has taken college courses, an official transcript from the institution should also be sent. General Education Development (G.E.D.) scores may be presented instead of the high school transcript. Test Scores-Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the college entrance examination. The American College Test (ACT) is preferred. Results from SAT are also accepted. Test scores recorded on the official high school transcript are sufficient. Recommendations-Two letters of academic recommendation are required. References may use the Augsburg recommendation form in lieu of writing a letter. If the applicant has been out of school for some time, the form or letter may be completed by a supervisor, employer, or other person for whom the applicant works. Additional Information-If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an admissions counselor. I - Undergraduate Admissions 21 On occasion, the Admissions Committee may also defer a decision on a candidate's admission until other information has been received. For example, more recent test scores, results of the present semester's coursework, additional letters of recomrnendation, or writing samples may be requested by the committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the Office of Undergraduate Admissions will inform the candidate. Notification of Admissions Decisiow Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. Confirmation of AdmissionAccepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a $loo* tuition deposit to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the director of financial aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $loo* tuition deposit to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. Those students who wish to live in College housing must also submit a $200 housing deposit to the Residence Life Office. *Non-refundable after May 1. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may be granted admission to begin full-time work toward a degree after completion of their junior year or first semester of their senior year of high school. Applicants must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants and arrange a personal interview with the director of undergraduate admissions. WEEKEND COLLEGE Applicants should complete the application form and return it along with the $25 non-refundable application fee to the Augsburg Weekend College Admissions Office. You may apply online at <www.augsburg.edu/wecad/>. Transcripts-Have official transcripts from all previous postsecondary institutions sent directly to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. Applicants with less than one year of previous transferable college work should also have their official high school transcript sent. The G.E.D. test certificate may be presented instead of the high school transcript. Additional Information-If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admission decision is made. On occasion, the Admissions Committee may also defer a candidate's admission until other information has been received. For example, test scores, results of current coursework, additional letters of recommendation, or writing samples may be requested by the committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the Admissions Office will inform the candidate. - 22 Undergraduate Admissions Notification of Admissions Decision -Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admission decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary. Please check with an admissions counselor and major sections of this catalog to see if admission to the major is required. ALL TRANSFER STUDENTS Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer from other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. Augsburg College limits transfer coursework from two-year colleges once a student has reached junior status. Students may transfer a maximum of 64 semester credits (96 quarter credits) from two-year colleges. Once a student reaches junior status, no additional credits will transfer from two-year institutions toward the minimum of 32 credits required for a baccalaureate degree. These courses can, however, be used to meet liberal arts and major requirements. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is required on previous college work for admission to the College. Acceptance of courses submitted for transfer is done by the registrar's office based upon the official student transcript(s). Acceptance of courses presented for a major or minor also requires approval of the department. The major or minor department may require certain courses or a minimum number of courses be taken at Augsburg. Students transferring from the Minnesota State University and College System who have completed the Minnesota Transfer Curriculum, have earned the Associate of Arts degree from MNSCU, and have a 2.5 (on a 4.0 scale) cumulative GPA or higher will be given transfer status as outlined below. The following applies only to the MNSCU A.A. graduate: 1. Admission will be with junior standing following the Minnesota Transfer Curriculum. A maximum of 17 Augsburg equivalent courses (64 semester credits or 96 quarter credits from a community college) will be accepted once junior status is reached. No additional courses may be transferred from a community college. 2. All Augsburg general education requirements will be waived except: The City Perspective Two courses in Christian Faith (any two areas) The language requirement as stated One course that meets the Quantitative Reasoning Graduation Skill requirement - Undergraduate Admissions 23 One graduation skill writing course in the major College algebra or Math Placement Group 3 One lifetime sport 3. Courses with D grades will not be accepted as prerequisites or for application to majors. Some Augsburg majors require additional prerequisite coursework beyond the A.A. degree. Students are advised to consult major departments for major requirements upon transfer. Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary. Please check with the Office of Undergraduate Admissions and consult the departmental section of this catalog. Note: No student who falls below the standards for automatic admission to the College will be considered for admission by the Admissions Committee after August 15 for entry in fall semester or December 15 for entry in spring semester. FORMER STUDENTS Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College for one semester or more without requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return must apply for re-admission through the registrar's office. Students who have attended other institution(s) during their absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each institution to the Office of the Registrar. Returning students do not pay the application fee. SPECIAL STUDENTS (NON-DECREE) In some circumstances, people may be admitted as special students (non-degree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Students may request a change in their degree status by submitting a petition to the registrar's office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take coursework at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree). An application form for special-student status is available from the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. To apply for admission as a special student, submit the completed admission application and academic transcripts to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. SPECIAL STUDENTS (SECOND DECREE) Students who have completed a four-year degree at an accredited college or university may complete a second degree at Augsburg College. Second degree requirements include: a minimum of eight course credits taken at Augsburg, completion of a major, and completion of any liberal arts requirements not covered by a previous degree. Depending on the student's previous degree, completion of a second major (non-degree) may also be an option. - 24 Undergraduate Admissions 7 INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS Augsburg welcomes students from countries around the world. (See International Student Advising on page 49.) International students should contact the Office of Undergraduate Admissions for an international student application and information on the application procedure. Applications must be completed two months prior to the start of the semester: June 1 for fall, Dec. 1for spring. For more information, call 612-330-1001 or 1-800-788-5678 (toll free), or write to: International Student Admissions Augsburg College 22 11 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55454 USA Day Program costs Tuition and Fees - 26 Room and Board - 26 Other Special Fees - 26 Deposits - 27 weekend College Costs - 27 Payments - 28 Financial Policies Refunds - 28 Financial Aid How and When to Apply - 30 Kinds of Aid Academic and Achievement Scholarships - 31 Leadership, Service, and Performance Scholarships - 32 Gift Assistance - 33 Loan Assistance - 34 Student Employment - 35 Sponsored Scholarships - 35 that course. A, 1 students receive financial help indirectly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover. The College raises that difference in giftsfrom alumni, faculty, staff, parents, churches, friends, foundations, and endowment income. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course................................4 However, the primary responsibility for paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is intended to supplement those resources. ....................4 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Room Rent (includes telephone and basic service) DAY PROGRAM TUITION, FEES, ROOM, AND BOARD Tuition (full-time enrollment) ............$17,825 This rate applies to all full-time students attending in September 2002. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more course credits during the semester. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees, and admission to most College-supported events, concerts, and lectures. The amount is payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Tuition (part-time enrollment) per one-credit course..............$ 2,100 This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Part-time students taking lifetime sports are charged the audit rate for 2,900 (Room rates and housing options are available through the Office of Residence Life.) Full Board (19 meals a week) The Board of Regents has approved the costs listed below for the 2002-03 academic year. The Board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. 680 ..................$ 2,790 Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Residence Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) ..................$ 2,710 ....................$ Student Activity Fee ................$ 2,470 Flex 5 point plan 150 ACTC Bus (full-time students only) ..................$ 18 Information Technology Fee ..$ 200 OTHER SPECIAL FEES (NON-REFUNDABLE) Fees Billed on Student Account Student Activity Fee (part-time students) ....................................$ 75 Late Registration ..............................$ 50 Petition fee for waiver of registration deadlines (non-refundable) .......$ 50 Lifetime Sport (part-time students) ...................$ 180 Music Therapy Internship (one-half course credit) ............. $ 650 - - Financial Information 27 Overload Fee (per course credit over 4.5, Day and WECRochesterNnited combined) ..................................$2,100 Private Music Lessons, per semester (14 lessons) ...................$350 Student Teaching (per course for full-time students) ................ ..$ 75 Student Teaching (per course for part-time students) .................$I50 Study Abroad (in approved non-Augsburg programs) .............$250 Fees Payable by CheckICash Application (new and/or special students) ........................$ 25 Locker Rental ....................................$ 50 Student Parking Lot Permit - c a r ........................................$ 108 -motorcycle ..............................$ 60 Transcript Fee Regular service ............................$ 5 7 Next day ......................................$ On demand .................................$ 10 Special Examinations, Cap & Gown Costs (Schedule on file in registrar's ofice) BOOKS AND SUPPLIES These costs are estimated to average $100 per course. DEPOSITS Enrollment Deposit (non-refundable) ....................$ 100 Required of all new students after acceptance. The enrollment deposit is credited to the students' account only upon graduation or withdrawal. Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. Housing Damage Deposit ......$ 200 Required of all resident students at the time of signing a conmact to reserve a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or fines and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages and/or fines) at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated in writing for fall or spring term by following the conditions delineated in the housing contract. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notification as specified in the housing contract. Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) ........................ $ 25 Tuition (per course) .........................$1,360 Tuition (per summer course 2002) ..$1,250 Activity Fee (per trimester) .............$ 9.50 Campus Access Fee (includes parking permit; per trimester) ...$ 10 Audit Fee (per course) .....................$ 680 Lifetime Sports: Fee for Weekend College Course ...........................$ 180 Lifetime Sports: Fee for Assessment of Previous Learning ..................$ 130 Nursing Clinical Fee ....................... .$ 250 Supplementary Student Teaching Fee (per course credit) ..............$ 150 Late Registration Fee ........................$ 50 Transcript Fee Regular service ............................$ 5 Next day .....................................$ 7 On demand .................................$ 10 Petition Fee for waiver of registration deadlines (non-refundable) .......$ 50 - 7 28 Financial Information PAYMENTS-DAY PROGRAM . Semester Fees-Prior to the start of each semester a statement of estimated charges showing basic charges and financial aid credits designated by the Enrollment Center is sent to the student. Payment Options-Day Program(1) Semester payments, due August 15 and January 15 as billed; (2) Payment PlanUpon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the bill for each term. PAYMENTS-WEEKEND COLLEGE A statement of tuition and fee charges and estimated financial aid will be mailed to each registered student prior to the start of each term. For tuition and fee information, please refer to the current Weekend College Class Schedule, published each year by the Weekend College Program Office. Payment Options-(1) Payment in full at the start of each term. (2) Payment Plan-Upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the bill for each term. (3) Employer Reimbursement: students whose employers reimburse them for all or part of their tuition and fees may pay a $100 deposit per course credit at the start of the term. The balance, which is subject to finance charges until paid, is due 50 days after the last day of the term. Students on this plan must file an employer reimbursement verification form each academic year. The student is responsible for payment of the balance should the employer not reimburse for any reason. If the employer offers partial reimbursement, the non-reimbursed portion of tuition and fees must be paid in full at the start of the term. A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of .67 percent per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full or if the student is making scheduled payments in accordance with an approved payment plan. Augsburg College will not release student academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (Federal Perkins Student Loan including the National Defense and National Direct Student Loans and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules and the loan entrance and exit interviews have been completed. REFUNDS Students who withdraw from Augsburg College may be eligible for a refund of a potion of their charges based on the appropriate refund schedule. Financial aid may be adjusted for those students who withdraw from the College or drop course(s) and receive financial assistance. Students who wish to withdraw from Augsburg should complete the Leave of Absence/Withdrawal from College form available in the Enrollment Center. It must be filled out completely, signed and turned in to the Enrollment Center. Students who properly withdraw or change to part-time, who are dismissed, or who are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition andlor room (except for the minimum deduction of $100 to cover administrative costs) in accordance with the terms of their housing conmact and/or the appropriate tuition refund schedule. - Financial Information 29 Students are responsible for canceling courses through the Enrollment Center in order to be eligible for any refund. Students who unofficially withdraw (stop attending) but do not complete the drop/add form are responsible for all charges. Financial aid may be adjusted based on the student's last recorded date of attendance. Refund calculations are based on the date that the drop/add form is processed. Augsburg College Day Program Refund Policy: Applies to day program students who withdraw from all courses in a term and are not receiving Federal Title IV financial aid (Federal Title IV financial aid includes the Pell Grant, SEO Grant, Perkins Loan, Stafford Loan, and PLUS Loan). This policy also applies to all students who drop courses during a term. Refund Amount Wnd Period 100% Through the first 10 days of classes (less $100 administrative fee) 90% From the 1l t h day through the 15th day of classes 80% From the 16th day through the 20th day of classes 70% From the 21st day through the 25th day of classes 60% From the 26th day through the 30th day of classes 50% From the 31st day of classes through the midpoint of the term. Augsburg Weekend College Program Refund Policy: This policy applies to new and returning Weekend College students who drop a portion of their scheduled course load. It also applies to students who completely withdraw from college and do not receive financial aid. Refund Amount 100% Refund Period Through the Friday following the first class weekend (less a $100 administrative fee if withdrawing from the current term entirely) 80% Through the Friday following the second scheduled class meeting 60% Through the Friday following the third scheduled class meeting 40% Through the Friday following the fourth scheduled class meeting. No refund after the fourth scheduled class meeting. The refund schedule is effective whether or not a student has attended classes. All refunds of charges will be applied to the student account and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines, deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund of any resulting credit balance is determined. Please allow two weeks for a refund. The refund is a percentage of the full tuition charged, not a percentage of any deposit paid toward tuition, e.g. deposits made under the employer reimbursement payment plan. Rochester Program and United Hospital Program Refund Policy: See the published refund schedule for your program. Federal Return of Funds Policy: This policy applies to students who have completed at least one full term, withdraw from all courses for the current term, and receive federal Title IV financial assistance (including Pell Grant, SEO Grant, Perkins Loan, Stafford Loan, Parent PLUS Loan). The Return of Funds Policy is based on a percentage derived from the number of days attended divided by the number of days in the term. 30 Financial Information The refund of charges calculation used is the Augsburg College Refund Policy stated above. Students may appeal refund decisions through the Financial Petition Committee. Petition forms are available in the Enrollment Center. MEDICAL REFUND If a student is forced to withdraw from one or more courses in a term due to illness or an accident, the refund will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of documentation from the attending doctor stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. Requests for medical refunds should be made through the Financial Petition Committee. UNOFFICIAL WITHDRAWAL Federal regulations require that records of financial aid recipients who earn failing grades in all their classes be reviewed. If courses are not completed (e.g. unofficial withdrawal, stopped attending), the College is required to refund financial aid to the appropriate sources according to federal or Augsburg refund policies based on the last recorded date of attendance. Students are responsible for the entire cost of the term including the portion previously covered by financial aid should they stop attending. Students are strongly urged to follow guidelines for complete withdrawal from college. If there are extenuating circumstances, a petition to have the cost of tuition refunded can be made. Petition forms are available in the Dean's Office in Chnstensen Center. All students who wish to be considered for financial assistance must establish financial aid eligibility on an annual basis. This includes completing the application process as outlined below and meeting the academic progress standards outlined in the brochure "Academic Progress Standards for Financial Aid." This brochure is available from the Enrollment Center and is distributed to students on an annual basis. Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a person or family makes in a lifetime. Proper planning and wise choices are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the methods used to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Enrollment Center, will help students and their families protect access to a quality Augsburg education in a time of increasing financial challenge. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg may be a combination of scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal, state, church, and private agencies in providing various aid programs. During the 2001-2002 academic year, more than eight out of ten students at Augsburg received financial assistance. The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid supplements student and family resources. The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and the Augsburg Financial Aid Application help determine the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis takes into account such family financial factors as current income, assets, number of dependent family members, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations. - Financial laormation 31 HOW TO APPLY The following are required to process your financial aid application: 1. Be admitted to Augsburg as a regular student or be a returning student in good academic standing with the College. 2. Complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) or the Renewal FAFSA. Students are encouraged to file the FAFSA electronically on the Web at www.fafsa.ed.gov. Students and their parents may sign the FAFSA electronically using a PIN issued by the U.S. Department of Education. Instructions for requesting a PIN can be found at www.fafsa.ed.gov. Be sure to include the Augsburg College code, 002334, on your application. Submit your application to the processing agency after Jan. 1. Applications must be filed by April 15 for priority consideration. 3. Complete the Augsburg Financial Aid Application and submit it to the Enrollment Center. 4. Submit copies of federal tax forms for the preceding year (e.g. tax year 2001 to be considered for financial aid for 20022003). Tax forms are required for the student and parents of dependent students, or spouse of student if filing separately WHAT HAPPENS NEXT? Once all documents are received, we review the financial aid application to determine financial aid eligibility for all available programs. A financial aid package will be sent to the student. This package includes: Letter detailing the financial aid award Information regarding financial aid programs and requirements for continued eligibility SubsiclizedAJnsubsidized Federal Stafford loan application Students complete and return one copy of their award letter to the Enrollment Center. In addition, the student must complete and return the Stafford Loan application to receive Stafford Loan funds. Applications for the SELF Loan and the Parent PLUS Loan are sent upon request. KINDS OF AID A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various forms of aid available are listed here for information only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged to investigate the possibility of scholarships and grants that might be available in their own communities. It is worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students who meet their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid through Rehabilitation Services, Educational Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Children, and other sources. Academic and Achievement Scholarships President's Scholarship-President's Scholarships are awarded based upon competition. The applicant must be in the top 15 percent of high school rank and top 20 percent ACT/SAT score. Separate applications are required. The application deadline is February 15. 32 Financial Information Regents' Scholarship-The Regents' Scholarships are awarded to all qualified new freshmen of high academic achievement who apply and are accepted before May 1. Selection is based on high school GPA and national test scores. Transfer Regents' S c h o l a r s h i p Transfer Regents' Scholarships are awarded to all qualified transfer students with a minimum 3.0 GPA who apply and are accepted for admission by May 1. Legacy Scholarship-These scholarships provide tuition benefits to full-time day students who are children, grandchildren, or spouses of Augsburg graduates; siblings of current Augsburg students; children or spouses of current ELCA pastors; or children, grandchildren, or spouses of long-term Augsburg employees. Deadline: May 1. Phi Theta Kappa S c h o l a r s h i p These scholarships are awarded to selected transfer students with a 3.5 GPA and 84 minimum quarter (56 semester) credits from a community college. A separate application is required by April 1. Science ScholarshipThese scholarships are awarded to incoming freshmen who are in the top 30 percent of their high school class or ACTISAT test score, majoring in chemistry or physics at Augsburg. Deadline: May 1. Youth and Family Ministry Partner ScholarshipThese scholarships are awarded by the partner congregation to a full-time Augsburg student who is majoring in youth and family ministry. Deadline: May 1. Augsburg AmeriCorps ScholarshipThese scholarships are awarded to qualified AmeriCorps members who are currently serving or have served for at least one year. Must be certified as eligible by the director of the AmeriCorps site, be accepted for admission, be a fulltime day student, and complete the financial aid application. Application deadline is May 1. Leadership, Service, and Performance Scholarships M. Anita Hawthorne Leadership ScholarshipRecognizes incoming freshmen and transfer African American students with a demonstrated record of and/or potential for leadership. Limited to fulltime day students. Deadline: June 1. Bonnie Wallace Leadership ScholarshipRecognizes incoming freshmen and transfer American Indian students with a demonstrated record of and/or potential for leadership. Limited to fulltime day students. Deadline: June 1. ASIA-Recognizes incoming freshmen and transfer Asian American students with a demonstrated record of and/or potential for leadership. Limited to full-time day students. Deadline: June 1. HispanicILatino Leadership ScholarshipRecognizes incoming freshmen and transfer Hispanichtino students with a demonstrated record of andlor potential for leadership. Limited to fulltime day students. Deadline: June 1. PRIME Scholarship-This is a cooperative program in which Augsburg matches scholarships with Lutheran congregations. Separate application is required by August 1. Church funds must amve at Augsburg by October 1. Performing Arts ScholarshipAwarded to selected incoming students who demonstrate active participation in the performing arts. Separate application and audition are required. The deadline is February 15. -- Financial Information 33 Hoversten Peace ScholarshipAwarded to incoming freshmen and transfer students who have demonstrated interest in peace and whose personal outlook and career plans show promise of contributing to the cause of peace. Separate application is required by February 15. Community a n d Public Service ScholarshipAwarded to incoming freshmen and transfer students who have a demonstrated commitment to public and community service. Separate application is required by February 15. Lutheran Leader ScholarshipAwarded to incoming freshmen in the top 30 percent of their high school rank or ACT1 SAT test score who have demonstrated leadership within their Lutheran congregation and have the recommendation of their pastor. A separate application is required by February 15. NASA ScholarshipAwarded to freshmen (only) who have excelled in the areas of science, mathematics, and technology and who have demonstrated a high potential in careers related to aerospace science, technology, and allied fields. Aid Association f o r Lutherans1 Lutheran Brotherhood-Awarded on financial need, participation in the Lutheran church and available funds. Gift Assistance (Need-Based) Augsburg Tuition Grant-These awards are based on financial eligibility, academic record, and participation in extracurricular activities in school, community, and church. Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant-Eligibility requires Minnesota residency and enrollment of less than four years (or its equivalent) at any post-secondary school. Consult the Enrollment Center for accepted enrollment patterns. Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant-Whenever law and funds permit, SEOGs are awarded to students who demonstrate exceptional financial need. Preference is given to students eligible for the Federal Pell grant. Federal Pell Grant-Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by program guidelines maximum grant for 2002-03 is $4,000. Bureau of Indian Affairsnribal a n d State Indian Scholarship-Bureau of Indian Affairaribal and State Indian Scholarships and Augsburg American Indian Scholarships are available to Indian students (both full and part-time) who meet specific criteria. For Bureau of Indian AffairslTribal and State Indian Scholarships, students must be a quarter degree Indian ancestry and be enrolled with a federally-recognized tribe. Eligibility criteria for Augsburg American Indian Scholarships vary. Contact the director of the American Indian Student Services Program. American Indian grants supplement all other forms of financial aid. Questions may be directed to the director of the American Indian Student Services Program o r t o your local BIA, Tribal, or State Indian Education Office. 34 Financial Information Loan Assistance Federal Perkins Student Loan-A federally-funded program administered through Augsburg College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least half time. Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment of principal (at the minimum of $40 a month) begin nine months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The loan offers a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum that may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $20,000 ($40,000 including graduate school). Federal Stafford Student Loan Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford Loan funds are obtained directly from a lender or state agency in states that provide such programs. Subsidized Stafford Loans are need-based loans that the federal government subsidizes by paying the interest while the student is in school and during the grace period. For the Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, interest begins accruing on the date of disbursement and the borrower is responsible for all interest. The borrower may choose to make payments while in school or may defer payments and allow interest to accrue and be capitalized (added to the balance of the loan). The interest rate for new borrowers through the Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford Loan is variable and changes annually on July 1. Interest is capped at 8.25%. The following borrowing limits apply to the Stafford Loan program after July 1, 1994: Freshmen: $6,625 annually (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford) Sophomores: $7,500 annually (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford) Juniors/Seniors: $10,500 annually (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford) Aggregate maximum: $46,000 (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized) Federal Nursing Student Loan-A federal program with provisions similar to the Federal Perkins Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial need and be registered at least half time. The maximum loan is $4,000 per year. Federal Parent Loan Program (PLUS)-PLUS is a loan program to help parents meet college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to the cost of attendance (minus all other student financial aid). Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursement at a variable interest rate not to exceed 9 percent and a minimum payment of $50 per month. Application forms are available at Augsburg College Enrollment Center or the lending institution. -- Financial Information 35 The Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF)-SELF is administered through the Minnesota Higher Education Services Office. Applications are available from the Enrollment Center at Augsburg. Undergraduate freshmen and sophomores may borrow up to $4,500 per year, juniors and seniors up to $6,000 year. Maximum undergraduate borrowing is $25,000. The minimum loan amount per year is $500. The interest rate is variable. Interest payments begin 90 days after the loan is disbursed and continue quarterly thereafter, while the student is enrolled. Principal payments begin the 13th month after you leave school. There are no deferments. Student Employment Augsburg College provides work opportunities for students. Assignment is based on financial eligibility and potential competence in performing the duties assigned. Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just like scholarships, loans, and grants. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. Federal College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program-Under these programs the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis with the College to provide part-time work opportunities. Augsburg College, through generous gifts from alumni, faculty staff, and friends, offers more than 400 sponsored scholarships. All returning eligible students are considered. Selection is based on academic achievement, financial need, and selection criteria established by the donor. A list of scholarships follows. *Indicates endowed scholarships 1 GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS ADC Telecommunications Inc. Linda Schrempp Alberg Memorial Scholarship* American Express Company Henry and Leona Antholz Scholarship* Class of 1931 Scholarship* Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship* Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship* Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship* M. J. Estrem Scholarship* Reuben I. and Marion Hovland Scholarship* Tze-Lien Yao-Hsieh, Lenorah Erickson, and Mildred Joel Memorial Scholarship* Edwin C. Johnson Scholarship* Kopp Investment Advisors Presidential Scholarship Emma Johnston Mathwig Scholarship Memorial Scholarship Foundation Scholarships* 36 Financial Information Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts Scholarships Minnesota Scholars Fund Scholarship Clifford and Martha Nylander Scholarship* Marvin T. Nystrom Scholarship* Rev. Martin J. and Olga S. Olson Scholarship Casey Albert T. O'Neil Foundation Scholarship John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund* Martin and Esther Quanbeck Scholarship* Rahr Foundation Scholarship Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* Senior Challenge Endowment Fund* Rosemary J. Shafer Scholarship* St. Luke's Lutheran Church Centennial Scholarship* Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial Scholarship* Ernest and Vivian Tinseth Scholarship* Robert W. Warzyniak Memorial Scholarship* Lea A. and Elsie L. Wildung Endowment Fund* Xcel Energy Scholarship Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship* SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarship Charles and Kate Anderson Endowment Fund* Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship* Dain Rauscher Scholarship* David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship* The Grace Scholarship* David Gronner Memorial Scholarship* Rev. John Hjelmeland Endowed Scholarship Fund* Hoversten Peace Scholarship* ING Foundation Scholarship Torgney and Valborg Kleven Memorial Scholarship* Mary E. Larsen International Studies Scholarship* Floyd Lorenzen Memorial Scholarship* Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship Lutheran Brotherhood Opportunity Scholarship Minnesota Mutual Foundation Scholarship Minnesota Power Company Scholarship Karen Neitge Scholarship* Marilyn and John Paul Nilsen Scholarship* Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship* Ole K. and Evelyn L. Olson Scholarship* Timothy 0 . Olson Memorial Scholarship* Rev. John and Ingeborg Peterson Memorial Scholarship* Jay and Rose Phillips Family Foundation Scholarship Clayton and Ruth Roen Memorial Scholarship* Loren Manuel Schottenstein Memorial Scholarship John and Agnes Siverson Scholarship* Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial Scholarship* Wells Fargo Scholarship CAMPUS MINISTRY/CHRISTIAN SERVICE John Andrew Adam Memorial Scholarship* C. A. L. and Esther J. E. Anderson Scholarship* Charles and Catherine Anderson Diversity Scholarship* Kyle A. and Sandra L. Anderson Scholarship Carl C. and Kathleen A. Casperson Scholarship* Corinne and Herbert Chilstrom Scholarship* Laura Ann Erickson Memorial Scholarship* Pastor Bob Evans Scholarship* Dave Hagert Memorial Scholarship* Helen (Mohn) Henderson Memorial Scholarship* Lee Family Scholarship* - - Financial Information 37 Forrest T. Monson and Thelma (Sydnes) Monson Scholarship* Pastor Carl 0. and Edith W. Nelson Memorial Scholarship* Philip and Dora Quanbeck Scholarship* Russell and Helen Quanbeck Scholarship* Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship* Russel and Virginia Smith Scholarship* Roy C. and Jeanette Tollefson Scholarship MULTICULTURAL/INTERNATlONAL STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS American Indian Scholarship* Kent Anderson American Indian Scholarship* Ada Bakken Memorial-American Indian Scholarship* Grace Jewel Jensen Buster Memorial Scholarship* Cargill Foundation American Indian Scholarship General Mills Foundation Scholarship Grand Metropolitan American Indian Scholarship Grand Metropolitan Food Sector Foundation Scholarship* Hearst American Indian Scholarship* Honeywell Corporation Scholarship Grace Anne Johnson Memorial Scholarship* Kemdgehiueller American Indian Scholarship James M. Kingsley American Indian scholarshipL Little Six, Inc. Scholarship* McKnight Foundation Scholarship* Medtronic Foundation Scholarship Marilyn Peterson Memorial Scholarship* Prairie Island Indian Community Scholarships* Shakopee Mdewakanton Dakota Community Scholarship* Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship* St. Paul Companies, Inc. Scholarship St. Paul Companies, Inc. Teaching Assistants Scholarship James R. Thorpe Foundation Scholarship Trinity Lutheran Congregation 125th Anniversary Scholarship* UPS Foundation Scholarship U.S. Bancorp Foundation Scholarship West Group Scholarship Westwood Lutheran Church Second Mile Mission Scholarship* Women of the ELCA Native Women's Achievement Award* PUBLIC SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS Margaret E. Andrews Public Service Scholarship Fund Class of 1998 Scholarship* Harold B. and Laura M. Lanes Scholarship* Person Public Service Scholarship Fund Adeline Marie (Rasmussen) Johnson Memorial Scholarship Marina Christensen Justice Memorial Fund* DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS Art Lucy Bodnarczuk Memorial Scholarship Norman D. Holen Art Scholarship August Molder Memorial Art Scholarship* Queen Sonja Art Scholarship Biology Biology Scholarships Eleanor Christensen Edwards Scholarship* Dr. Paul R. and Maxine Fridlund Biology Scholarship* Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Biology Scholarship* 38 Financial Information Business Administration/Accounting/ Economics Marianne Anderson Entrepreneurial Scholarship* Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship Fund* Cargill Foundation Scholarship Malcom and Maybelle Estrem Scholarship* Farmers Insurance Group of Companies Scholarship Forss-Herr Scholarship* Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship* Mildred and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship* Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship* Clifford A. Peterson Scholarship* David L. Shaver Memorial Scholarship* Clair E. and Gladys I. Strommen Scholarship* Leland and Louise Sundet Scholarship* Joan L. Volz Business Scholarship* Chemistry Courtland Agre Memorial Scholarship* Augsburg College Chemistry Alumni Scholarship* Department of Chemistry Scholarships Carl Fosse Chemistry Scholarship* Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Chemistry Scholarship* Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Chemistry Scholarship Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships* Education James and Shelby Andress Education Scholarship* Dr. Einar 0 . Johnson Scholarship* S. Luther Kleven Family Scholarship* Elva B. Love11 Life Scholarship* David Mathre Scholarship* Debra Boss Montgomery Memorial Scholarship* Barbara Tjornhom and Richard K. Nelson Scholarship* John L. and Joan H. Ohlin Memorial Scholarship* Pederson Samuelson Scholarship* English Dagny Christensen Memorial Scholarship* Murphy Square Literary Award* Anne Pederson English Scholarship* Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship* Health and Physical Education Jeroy C. and Lorraine M. Carlson Scholarship* Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship* Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship* Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship* Roy and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship* Hoyt Messerer Athletic Scholarship* Robert D. and Carolyn W. Odegard Scholarship* James P Pederson Memorial Scholarship* Stan Person Memorial Scholarship* History Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness History Award H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship* John R. Jenswold Memorial Scholarship* Dr. Bernhardt J. Kleven Scholarship* Theodore and Lucille Nydahl History Scholarship* Mathematics Floyd V. and Ruth M. Case Scholarship* Beverly Durkee Mathematics Scholarship* Mathematics Scholarship Robert Wick Scholarship* Metro-Urban Studies Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs* - Financial Information 33 Modern Languages Emil M. Fossan Modem Language Scholarship* Mary E. (Mimi) Johnson Scholarship* Mimi Baez Kingsley Modem Language Scholarship* Theodore and Virginia Menzel Scholarship* Music Albert and Solveig Birkland Scholarship Centennial Singers Scholarship* Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship Sam Coltvet Memorial Choral Music Scholarship* Leonard and Anabelle Dahlberg Scholarship Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship* Rev. Clement A. Gisselquist Church Music Scholarship* Marjorie and James R. Gronseth, Jr. Memorial Music Scholarship* Mabeth Saure Gyllstrom Scholarship* Beth Halverson Violin Scholarship* Kay Halverson Scholarship* Lynn Halverson Cello Scholarship* Carol Halverson Heam Violin Scholarship* Hanwick Thanksgiving Scholarship* 0. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship* Orville and Gertrude Hognander Scholarship Robert Karlen Scholarship Bernice Kolden Hoversten Memorial Choral Scholarship* Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship* Professor Roberta Stewart Kagin Scholarship* Ruth Krohn Kislingbury Choral Music Scholarship* Susan and Dean Kopperud Scholarship for Excellence in Music* Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship* Nicholas Lenz Memorial Scholarship* Kenneth 0 . Lower-Nordkap Male Chorus Music Scholarship* Susan Halverson Mahler Viola Scholarship* Arthur Carl Mammen Music Scholarship* Lucille H. Messerer Music Scholarship* Music Education Scholarship Grace Carlsen Nelson Scholarship* Edwin W. and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship* St. John's Lutheran Church-John Nonis Scholarship* Lois Oberhamer Nye Memorial Scholarship* Henry P Opseth Music Scholarship* Performing Arts Scholarship (Music) Rev. Mark Ronning Memorial Instrumental Music Scholarship* Sampson Music Scholarship* Leland B. Sateren Choral Music Scholarship* Mayo Savold Memorial Scholarship* Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship* String Scholarships John and Vera Thut Scholarship" Nordic Area Studies Thomas D. and Gretchen S. Bell Scandinavian Studies Scholarship* Olaf Gaastjon Memorial Scholarship* Walter G. and Ruth I. Johnson Scandinavian Studies Scholarship* Iver and Myrtle Olson Scholarslup* Nursing Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship* Linnea A. Danielson Scholarship* Fairview Nursing Alumnae Association Scholarship* Philosophy Kenneth C. Bailey Philosophy Scholarship* Dr. Kenneth C. and Mrs. Dorothy A. Bailey Scholarship* Physician Assistant Alne Swensen Scholarship* Dr. Kristofer and Mrs. Berth E. Hagen Memorial Scholarship* W Financial Information Physics Floyd \! and Ruth M. Case Scholarship* Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship* Alfred A. Iversen Scholarship NASA Space Grant Scholarship Leif Sverdrup Physics Scholarship* Political Science Martin and Sylvia Sabo Scholarship* Myles Stenshoel Scholarship* Psychology Jacob and Ella Hoversten Scholarship* Rev. and Mrs. George Pauluk Scholarship Religion Scholarships Augsburg College Associates Scholarship* Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship* Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship* Thorvald Olsen and Anna Constance Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship* Rev. Donald C. Carlson Memorial Scholarship Fund Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship* Ernest S. Egertson Family Scholarship* Joel and Mary Ann Elftmann Scholarship* Luthard 0 . Gjerde Scholarship* Rev. Dr. Harald D. and Jonette T. Grindal Scholarship* Elias P Harbo Memorial Scholarship* Arnold and Neola Hardel Memorial Scholarship* Iver and Marie Iverson Scholarship* Pastor George J. Kundson Memorial Scholarship* Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial Scholarship* Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship* Onesimus Scholarship* Johan H. 0. Rodvik Memorial Scholarship* Ronholm Scholarship* Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship* Paul G., Jr., and Evelyn Sonnack Scholarship* Moms G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund* Johan L. Weltzin Memorial Scholarship* Social Work Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship* Blanca-Rosa Egas Memorial Scholarship* Edwina L. Hertzberg Scholarship Arvida Norum Memorial Scholarship* Steen Family Scholarship Fund for Minority Social Work Students* Bodo E Suemnig Memorial Scholarship* Edwin Yattaw Memorial Scholarship* Sociology Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize* Speech/Communication/ Theatre Arts Ailene Cole Theatre Arts Scholarship* Performing Arts Scholarship (Drama) Esther J. Olson Memorial Theatre Arts/Religion Scholarship* E We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gifts and sense of call and vocation that God has given them. As a college of the church, we encourage students to form values guided by our Christian heritage, which will be the basis This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty, and staff gather each day to give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays, Trinity Lutheran worship services are held on campus, with many other churches within walking distance. Because our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, growth groups, outreach teams and community outreach opportunities, retreats, peace and justice forums, concerts, and gatherings are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual as well as academic and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. xperiences in the classroom are an important part of college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities of the College and the metropolitan area. Whether students are residents or commuters, the climate for learning and living at Augsburg will add dimension to their education. Student Government is organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring for the next year. Freshmen elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of Through Student Government, students secure a closer relationship with and better understanding of the administration and faculty and provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student Government also sponsors and directs student organizations, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Augsburg College created a program entitled Exploring Our Gifts through the generous support of the Lilly Endowment. Established in Spring 2002, the Exploring Our Gifts program is designed to help students in their college journey to make connections between faith, vocation, and work. The program will assist students in this journey by intentionally introducing vocational themes into the cumculum, cocumcular activities, service-learning experiences, and mentoring relationships at the college. Exploring Our Gifts also provides resources to encourage students to explore Christian ministry. Contact the director of Exploring Our Gifts for further information about the program. The college pastor, associate college pastor, and campus ministry staff have offices in the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication and are available for spiritual guidance, counseling, support, or information. for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond their years at Augsburg. The Christensen Center is the focus of leisure-time activity on campus. Cooper's Attic (student lounge) is a popular hangout located in the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom and non-classroom related interests meet here. Student offices in this area include the College newspaper, the Echo; the yearbook, The Augsburgian; Student Government; and the Augsburg Student Activities Council. Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, films, theme events, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The Student Activities Program creates opportunities for students to enhance their leadership skills through active involvement in developing events, activities, and organizations that serve the student community Hundreds of major programming efforts and targeted activities for specific student interests are generated through these efforts and make Augsburg a dynamic and enjoyable interactive environment. involvement are possible-program planning, writing, editing, or service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the president or vice president of the student body in their offices in the lower level of the Christensen Center. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. During 1999-2000, Augsburg men's and women's athletics marked the 75th anniversary of intercollegiate competition. Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division 111. Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, ice hockey, wrestling, baseball, track and field, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, ice hockey, softball, track and field, and golf. INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra perform on national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the Theatre Arts Program and have the opportunity to attend a series of on-campus workshops with visiting arts professionals. FINE ARTS Student Life 43 The Karen M. Housh Tutor Center, located in Foss Center, Room 18, arranges The Academic Skills Center, located in Room 18 of Foss Center, is designed to offer students study-skills assistance so that they may achieve academic success. The center assists students in improving their skills in such areas as time management, notetaking, textbook reading and comprehension, test-taking, and concentration and memory improvement. Diagnostic testing is also available to assess skills in reading, vocabulary, spelling, study strategies, and learning styles. The staff will assist students in developing effective and efficient study skills. 1 ACADEMIC SKILLS CENTER Augsburg's mission focuses on student learning in the broadest sense. As an indication of the emphasis placed on student learning, the student and academic affairs offices work to bring together the student learning found in the classroom with the activities of experiential education and work, residence life, and the learning resources of the library and information technology. The following sections elaborate on facets of student life. The formal academic programs and requirements are described on page 56. At Augsburg, sports are for the average student as well as the intercollegiate athlete. The campus offers on a spaceavailable basis a double-rink ice arena, gymnasium, tennis courts, a fitness center with workout machines and weight room, and an air supported dome over the athletic field for winter fitness use by walkers and runners. (See Fitness Center on page 49.) SPORTS AND RECREATION 4 4 Student Life - The CLASS staff includes disability specialists who meet individually with students to provide them with general academic support services. This includes helping students to develop the learning strategies and organizationltime management skills needed to be successful at the college level Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS)-The Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS) Program serves approximately 200 students and is recognized as a leader in supporting college students with hidden disabilities. The CLASS Program exemplifies the College's commitment to provide a high-quality liberal arts education for students with diverse backgrounds, experiences, and preparation. Augsburg is committed to recruiting, retaining, and graduating students with diagnosed learning, attentional, and psychiatric disabilities who demonstrate the ability and willingness to participate in college-level learning. SERVICES FOR STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES The John Evans Learning Laboratory, located in Foss Center, Room 18, offers students the opportunity to improve skills in reading, writing, and mathematics through the use of computer software, as well as to review and prepare software for tests such as PPST, MCAT, LSAT, and GRE. Tutors are available to demonstrate the uses of the software, and students are able to monitor their progress. for students to meet with tutors for content tutoring in most freshman- and sophomore-level courses. The center also notifies students of tutoring labs available and coordinates supplementary instruction sessions, in which tutors attend the classes and lead discussions after class on major concepts of the course. *Individual meetings with the physical disabilities specialist on a regularly scheduled basis *Assistancewith organization and time management issues Access Center-The Access Center provides support and specialized services to students with documented physical disabilities. The goal of the Access Center is to assist students in reaching their individual potential, to promote their independence, and to ensure their access to the educational experience at Augsburg College. Areas of assistance include but are not limited to: For more information, please contact the CLASS Program at 612-330-1053 to request a copy of the CLASS brochure andfor to schedule an appointment with a specialist. The Groves Computer Lab is designed for students with disabilities and contains computers and adaptive equipment to assist them in their academic progress. This level of individualized, academic support is possible through an endowment from the Gage family, which allows the CLASS Program to provide specialized services to its students, especially those with learning disabilities. and to acquire and refine self-advocacy skills. During the semester, specialists meet with students and take an active role to assist them with advising and registration for courses. Specialists also meet individually with students to review their documentation and determine appropriate academic accommodations. The accommodations specialist coordinates testing accommodations, note taking services, taped textbooks, adaptive technology (such as dictation and voice recognition software, book scanning software) and provides general computer assistance. For more information, please contact the Access Center at 612-330-1749. Through a system of skyways and tunnels, the majority of the Augsburg campus is accessible to those with mobility impairments ensuring access regardless of the weather. There are a variety of modified and fully accessible rooms available in the residence halls. The Access Center also provides academic accommodations for students. These include providing note takers, taped texts, typing of papers, sign language interpreters, and adaptive physical education courses. Adaptive technologies available through the center include Braille translating software, a Braille printer, CCTY TTY, Jaws, and speech recognition software. *Academic advising and registration -Housing assistance *Advocacywith faculty and staff *Assistancewith community support services and other non-academic issues McNair Scholars Program-The McNair Scholars Program is designed to prepare participants for doctoral studies through involvement in research and other scholarly activities. The goal of McNair is to increase graduate degree attainment of students from underrepresented segments TRIO programs are federal grant programs, funded by the U.S. Department of Education, which seek to help students overcome class, social, academic, and cultural barriers to higher education. TRIO programs are designed to help students prepare for college, adjust to college life, and attain good academic standing. They also help students improve their likelihood of transfer and graduation from a four-year degree program in addition to preparation for graduate school. TRIO PROGRAMS - Student Life 45 *An intensive summer student-faculty research collaboration -An academic-year student-faculty teaching collaboration .Individual and group programs to assure student academic success, including preparation for the GRE *Social and cultural activities to enrich participants' academic perspectives *Opportunities for conference travel and professional presentation of students' original research *Assistancein identifying and applying to Ph.D. programs and seelung scholarships *Graduate school fairs, and aid to visit the schools you apply to *Financial aid exploration and fee waivers for grad school application, as well as McNair designated fellowships *Activities to improve study and testtaking skills, as well as research and library skills The major components of the Augsburg College McNair Scholars Program are: Students eligible to become McNair Scholars are sophomore, junior, and senior undergraduates currently enrolled at Augsburg, who exhibit strong academic potential, and who are 1) low income and first-generation college students, or 2) members of groups underrepresented in graduate education (i.e., BlacWAfrican American, Hispanic, or American IndianIAlaskan Native), or 3) individuals from other groups underrepresented in doctoral study (e.g., women in some areas of science, persons underrepresented in other disciplines). The Augsburg McNair program serves 18 students per year. of society and to encourage these students to consider becoming college professors. 46 Student Life - The mission of the StepUP Program at Augsburg College is threefold: (1) it strives to affirm the College's commitment to provide a high-quality liberal arts education for students with diverse backgrounds, experiences, and preparation; (2) it provides students in recovery who demonstrate the willingness and ability to participate in college-level learning with ongoing STEPUP PROGRAM Students may apply for SSS anytime after admission to Augsburg College. For more information, an application, or to make an appointment with an SSS adviser, please contact SSS program staff at 612-330-1311. *Individual academic advising and support *Financial aid counseling *Academic progress monitoring *Academic success workshops *Student leadership development *SociaVculturalstudent events *Summer Bridge program including summer term college coursework, seminars, and advising for a small group of incoming first-year students *Need-based scholarships for first and second year students participating in SSS Augsburg Student Support S e ~ c e s serves 160 students, including day and Weekend College Students. Components of the SSS program include: Student Support Services-Student Support Services (SSS) is a TRIO program designed to support students toward college retention and graduation. The program serves students who are low income, first generation college students (neither parent has a four-year degree), and students with disabilities to develop the skills and motivation necessary to successfully pursue and earn a baccalaureate degree. Minnesota Indian Teacher Training Partnership: MNITTP is a cooperative effort between Augsburg College and the Minneapolis and St. Paul Public School D i s ~ c t sintended , to increase the number of American Indian teachers in these districts. Funded by the Minnesota State Legislature in 1990, this project is designed Intertribal Student Union: ITSU serves as a peer support group for incoming and currently-enrolled American Indian students. ITSU also organizes and co-sponsors cultural events. Other components of the program are: Assists with application process Helps students secure financial aid Nurtures students' identification as an American Indian Provides opportunities for students to learn about their heritage Provides opportunities for the campus community to learn about American Indian culture Provides academic advising and assists in the development of individual education plans The American Indian Student Services Program was established in 1978 to recruit and retain Inman students. Its mission is to provide a cultural context for American Indian students that encourages and promotes personal and academic growth and teaches students to successfully navigate Augsburg's policies, procedures and expectations. The program AMERICAN INDIAN STUDENT SERVICES study and living skills that support them in their academic progress toward a degree; and (3) it supports students in their commitment to sobriety. - The PAC serves the Augsburg College community by providing culturally conscious personal, academic, financial, preprofessional and transitional support for students of Afrikan descent. This service The Pan-Afrikan Center (PAC) traces its roots to an event held in 1968 called "One Day in May" when Augsburg hosted a series of interactive programs with the community As a result, Black Student Affairs was born. It has evolved, over the years, into the PAC. PAN-AFRIKAN STUDENT SERVICES The Augsburg Asian Student Association is affiliated with the program. The association organizes various activities during the academic year to increase the network of friendship and support for Asians, other students at Augsburg, and the surrounding community. The program provides assistance in the admissions and financial aid application procedures, orientation, registration and coursework selection, career development, academic and non-academic pursuits, and employment and placement referrals. The Pan-Asian Student Services Program was created in 1992 to recruit and retain Asian-American students and to enhance the quality of their total experience while at Augsburg College. The program seeks to create opportunities where Asian students can be involved in and contribute t b all aspects of academic and student life. PAN-ASIAN STUDENT SERVICES as a special grant and loan forgiveness program. Students who are awarded state teaching licensure may then apply for loan forgiveness. For each year the student teaches, one fifth of the loan will be forgiven. student Life 47 The program advises the Latino Student Association and supports academic, social, and cultural events, as well as other activities that improve the academic and personal development of Hispanic1 Latino students and provide awareness of the unique aspects of Hispanic culture. Students find assistance in admissions and financial aid procedures, orientation and registration, academic planning, career counseling, housing, internships and employment, and placement referrals. The HispanidLatino Student Services Program offers students individualized attention in many areas, including academic support, counseling, and advocacy. HISPANICILATINO STUDENT SERVICES The Pan-Afrikan Student Union (PASU) is a commissioned organization whose purpose is to enable students of Afrikan descent to share their diversity and collectively express their fellowship with the Augsburg community. PASU sponsors social and cultural activities that are open to all students. The PACPASU is located in 208- 209 Murphy Place. enhances the recruitment, retention, and graduation of Pan-Afrikan students and enables their learning experience to be interactive. The PAC brings the knowledge and experience of Afrikan people in the Diaspora to the community through a variety of programming and is a clearinghouse for information regarding the Afnkan Diaspora and networks with the PanAfrikan community. Its motto is "Learning for all Afikan people, learning about all Afrikan people." 4 8 Student Life Health Promotion offers a wide spectrum of activities and events that increase awareness of health issues and assist students in adapting new behaviors for a healthier lifestyle. Health Promotion also works with various campus agencies to foster positive change within the campus environment. Health Promotion Through the relationship with a skilled counselor, a student may discuss personal issues such as stress, depression, roommate problems, intimacy and sexuality drug use, family problems, motivation, transitions, breaking away from family, self-image, difficult decisions, eating concerns, etc. Professional counseling can make a substantial contribution to the educational experiences of the student by providing the opportunity for increased self-understanding and personal growth. Counseling provides a supportive environment where students have many opportunities to gain self-awareness through personal exploration with the assistance of trained, experienced counselors. Counselors serve as advocates providing support and assistance with direction. Services include individual counseling, group counseling, psychological testing, assessment and referral, workshops, and consultation and outreach. Counseling CENTER FOR COUNSELING AND HEALTH PROMOTION Located on the lower level of Melby Hall, the Hoyt Messerer Fitness Center was built in 1993 and equipped with stationary bicycles, stair steppers, treadmills, and other aerobic workout machines. It includes a weight room with universal and free weight systems. All staff, students, and faculty may use the center. FITNESS CENTER AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUPPORTS HEALTHY LEARNERS IN A HEALTHY LEARNING ENVIRONMENT! The College offers basic health care services to students through a contract with UFP -Smiley's Clinic. These services are limited. For students without health insurance, Smiley's Clinic provides certain clinic health services with a minimal co-pay at the time of the visit. Emergency services of any kind are not covered through the contract between Augsburg and Smiley's Clinic. Students with health insurance can also access Smiley's Clinic for a variety of clinic or other health services. A student's health insurance provider will be billed for medical services and the student will be responsible for any co-pays or deductibles associated with their insurance. H HEALTH CLINIC SERVICES Augsburg College does not require that students have health insurance, with the exception of international students and students who participate in intercollegiate athletics. If a student is not covered by a health insurance plan, they may purchase a student policy by contacting the Center for Counseling and Health Promotion for more information. HEALTH INSURANCE (Also see Study Opportunities Abroad on page 63 and Student Teaching Abroad on page 65.) The International Student Organization (ISO) provides a forum for the interests and concerns of international students and fosters productive interaction between them, the college administration, and U.S. students. This mission is accomplished through yearly programming of events such as International Week, sponsorship of forums on international issues, and outings to sites of interest in the community. Information on how to get involved is available through ISA. New international students participate in an orientation program that provides practical information on housing, health insurance, taxes, banking, local transportation, and applying for a social security card. Students use intercultural communication theory to explore their adjustment to a new culture and education system. -Fulfilling duties of Designated School Official (DSO) for F-1 student visa program and Responsible Officer (RO) for J-1 studentlscholar exchange program -General advocacy for international students -Advising the International Student Organization *Facilitating intercultural skill building sessions for students, faculty, and staff -Celebrating diversity of cultures by increasing awareness of internationallintercultural issues Responsibilities of ISA include: The Director of International Student Advising advises international students on educational, personal, and immigration issues. Student Life 4 - Resident students have access to a 24hour computer lounge and study, 24-hour security, laundry facilities, and vending machines. All rooms and apartments are equipped with hook-ups for telephone, cable television, computers, and Internet access. A skyway connecting the lobby of Urness and Mortensen Hall to Christensen Center keeps students out of the weather on the way to class. Living on campus offers many opportunities for learning, fun, and leadership. Research indicates that students living in residence halls earn higher grades and gain greater satisfaction during their college career. Numerous events are planned to welcome students to the community, including dances, movie nights, coffee house concerts and weeks devoted to special themes or issues. Augsburg recognizes the importance of the residential experience during the college years. Studies show that students who live on campus are more likely to complete their degrees. Residence life staff are on hand to help students become acquainted with life at Augsburg through social and educational events. They are also ready to assist students who need help or friendship. Students who choose to make Augsburg their home find a friendly, 23acre village in the midst of a major metropolitan area. They make many new friends among roommates and classmates. They are just steps away from Lindell Library, classrooms, Hoversten Chapel, the ice arena, fitness center, and Christensen Center. With just over 900 students living on campus, most students and faculty greet each other by name. ;o Student Life New Hall-Opened in 1999, this apartment residence includes studios and two- and four-bedroom apartments with full kitchens. Beds, dressers, desks, and chairs are provided. Underground parking is available at an additional cost. Meal plans are optional. This building is designed to provide an environment for juniors and seniors who are seeking a primarily independent lifestyle. Anderson Hall-Contains four types of living units: two-bedroom apartments, two-room suites, floor houses, and townhouses. This residence houses 192 students. All rooms are furnished with beds, dressers, desks, and chairs. Mortensen Hall-This building is a 13-story high-rise apartment building. It contains 104 one-bedroom and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upper-class students. Mortensen Hall is carpeted and contains kitchenette units. It is furnished with beds and dressers. Urness Hall-All new students and some upper-class students live in Urness Hall. This 9-story high-rise houses 324 students. Each floor is considered a houseunit providing 36 students (two to a room) with their own lounge, study, and utility areas. In Urness Hall, rooms are furnished with a bed, dresser, desk, and chair. Linens are not provided. Some single rooms are available. In order to secure housing, students are urged to make their enrollment deposit by June 1, as well as submit a housing deposit and contract to reserve a space. For those making enrollment deposits after June 1, housing is determined on a space available basis. During spring semester, current Augsburg students are provided with information on the process to secure housing for the next academic year. The College has adopted a statement of standards for student behavior and has provided for due process in matters of academic honesty, disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeals. These are in the Student Guide. STUDENT STANDARDS OF BEHAVIOR, COMPLAINTS, RECORDS Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. MurphylsLocated on the ground floor of the Christensen Center, Murphy's features grill items, pizza, soups, sandwiches, salads, desserts, and beverages. Commons-Situated on the top floor of Christensen Center, this is the main food service facility for students, faculty, and staff. This pleasant, spacious room features small table units for easy conversation overlooking the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. FOOD SERVICE Special Interest Housing-Special Interest Housing is available to students who are interested in creating a livingllearning environment by designing their own house system. All house members meet to determine their program focus, educational goals, and community agreement guidelines. Examples of programs include Fellowship of Christian Athletes, Youth and Family Ministry, Urban Studies House, Hawthorne House, Preprofessional Health Association, CrossCultural House, and Step-UP Augsburg College understands that no information other than "directory information" can be released without the written permission of the student. Students must give permission in writing for educational information to be released to anyone outside of the official personnel (faculty and administration) at Augsburg. This means The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974, as amended, provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year Augsburg is required to give notice of the various rights accorded to students pursuant to FERPA. A copy of Augsburg's policy is published in this catalog on page 87 and in the Student Guide distributed annually to students. FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND PRIVACY ACT Students will receive official notices via the student campus mail system (student campus box), the A-Mail publication, and the student's Augsburg e-mail account. Students should check their campus mailbox and their student e-mail account regularly. Students should also routinely review the A-Mail, published bi-weekly on-line, and available in hard copy at locations throughout campus. OFFICIAL NOTICES Information on these policies is found in the Student Guide available from the Office of Academic and Learning Services. The College operates in compliance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act. Students have the right to inspect certain official records, files, and data that pertain to them and that are maintained in the registrar's office and the placement office, and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. For inquiries or grievances in any of the following areas, contact the director of human resources, Ground Floor, Memorial Hall 19, 612-330-1023. DISCRIMINATION COMPLAINTS Complete information about Augsburg's procedures with regard to FERPA are available from the registrar's office. that faculty or others cannot write letters of support/recommendation or nominate students for awards unless explicit written permission is given by the student to release non-"directory information." It is not sufficient to ask for letters of recommendation. All correspondence should be addressed to the Office of Human Resources at Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Formal grievance procedures are described in the Student Guide. Copies are available from the Office of Academic and Learning Services. Employment Title IX (for matters based on gender or marital status) Section 504 (for matters based on physical or mental handicap) Affirmative Action (for matters based on race, creed, national, or ethnic origin). - FERPA - 87 Four-Year Assurance Program - Evaluation and Grading - 79 Assessment of Previous Learn Program - 83 Academic Progress, Probatio and Dismissal - 85 Dean's List - 85 Graduation with Distinction Commencement - 86 General Education Curriculum - 72 Graduation Requirements - 72 Skills Components - 74 Liberal Arts Perspectives - 76 Quick Check Summary of Graduation Requirements - Academic Policies and Procedures - 69 Registration - 69 Crossover Registration - 71 Withdrawal from College - 72 8 Acadeniic Organil and lPrograms Divisions ana uepartments - 5 Majors and Minors - 56 Teaching Licensure - 60 Pre-ProfessionalPrograms - 60 Honors Program - 61 Inter-InstitutionalPrograms - 6; Study Abroad - 63 Center for Service, Work, and Learning - 66 Graduate Programs - 67 Other Programs - 69 General Information - 54 Degrees Offered - 54 Academic Calendar - 54 Faculty - 55 Library and Information Technology Services - 55 Academic Advising - 56 Augsburg offers the bachelor of arts, the bachelor of music, and the bachelor of science degrees. Augsburg also offers the master of arts (in leadership, nursing, and education), the master of science (in physician assistant studies), and the master of social work degrees. DECREES OFFERED Students choose from over 50 major areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a career or further study Thus, through a balance of curricular activities supported by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education strives to educate its students in a real world for the real world. Required courses in Christian Faith are designed to acquaint students with the Christian tradition and encourage them to reflect upon the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses offer students opportunities to develop skills for participation in exercise and sporting activities. ugsburg College constructs its curriculum upon the premise that students must be educated intellectually, spiritually, and physically. To act effectively, human beings must have a broad grasp of the world from which they have come as well as the world in which they live. By providing courses in the humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences, the general education curriculum introduces students to the breadth and complexity of knowledge and culture. A Augsburg graduate programs follow a trimester calendar. (See Graduate Programs on page 67.) Augsburg offers two summer school sessions. A maximum of four course credits (two per term) can be earned in the two five-week-long summer sessions. The Summer Session Catalog, published in the winter of each year, is dstributed to all students. Courses and majors offered through Weekend College are the same as their day program counterparts. However, the curriculum is limited to selected liberal arts courses and majors. Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and the program follows a trimester calendar. Some classes may meet on weekday evenings. The fall trimester is held from early September through midDecember. Winter trimester meets from January through early April. Spring classes are held from mid-April through the end of June. There are 7-8 class sessions each trimester, and classes meet on weekends for three and one-half to four hours. (Refer to the program schedule for weekday evening meeting times.) Students may take from one to four classes each term. The day program calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take a course on another campus during the regular term. (See Registration on page 69 and Calendars on pages 4-7.) The Augsburg day program follows the semester calendar, with fall and spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks. Fulltime students normally take four course credits each semester. ACADEMIC CALENDAR The James G. Lindell Family Library opened at the start of the 1997-98 academic year. The four-level, 73,000-square-foot facility houses all library and information technology functions of the College. In addition to the 175,000 volume main collection, the Lindell Library includes the Gage Family Art Gallery, special collections and archives, cuniculum library, a computer lab and student computing Help Desk, library instruction classroom, and facilities for media viewing and listening. A skyway links the new building to Sverdrup Hall (the former library), which has undergone renovation to house the Enrollment Center, as well as additional computer labs and multimedia classrooms, a lounge, and vending area. LIBRARY AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SERVICES Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in campus activities. Every freshman is assigned an Augsburg Seminar adviser and, later, chooses a major adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act as both mentors and models for students. The heart of any educational institution is its faculty Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold a doctorate or the highest degree in their field, and all consider teaching to be the focus of their activity. Faculty are also involved in a variety of professional and research activities that support their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program that introduces them to current thought in many fields, but especially in teaching techniques and theories. FACULTY Students have access to over 180 oncampus personal computer systems. There are desktop machines in two computer labs and five computer classrooms, as well as 80 laptops that can be checked out at the IT Service Center for use in the library. Other machines are available for student use within academic departments. A campus-wide network provides access to AugNet online services as well as support for printing and internet access. Appropriately equipped student-owned machines can also be connected to the network to provide access from dormitory room. Computing Augsburg College has built a reputation as a leader in its commitment to provide students with the best access to information technology and training. Visit Augsburg's Web site <www.augsburg.edu> for more on IT at Augsburg. lnformation Technology Resources A service-oriented staff provides students and faculty alike with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, reference service, and guidance in pursuing research. Arrangements are made for access by students with physical limitation and special needs. Students can search a wide variety of local, regional, national, and international databases. Electronic access to the world of scholarship is also available through the Internet, and a computerized on-line catalog and daily courier service provide access to the library holdings of the seven private liberal arts colleges in the Twin Cities. Appropriately equipped laptop computers can be connected to any of several hundred data ports throughout the building to access these resources. Library Resources Academic lnformation 5 - All current students are assigned to a faculty adviser. Prior to the end of their sophomore year, students are encouraged Academic Advising orients new day and Weekend College students to the academic policies and procedures of the college and assists students on initial course selection. This office also provides interpretation of general education requirements, administers entry-level skill assessments, interprets graduation requirements, provides degreeplanning materials, and answers questions on student academic progress. Academic Advising functions as a supplement to the faculty advising system at Augsburg College. ACADEMIC ADVISING A campus-wide telecommunications system enables easy and convenient voice communication between students, faculty, and staff. Students can leave voice mail messages with any member of the faculty, administration or the staff; voice mail or call waiting are available to resident students at a modest cost. Long-distance service, billed to individual students, can be arranged for any on-campus residence phone. Telecommunications Lindell Library provides a large collection of sound recordings, video tapes and films, as well as equipment for instructional use. Audio and video tape duplication within the limits set by copyright law is available. The library supplies TV sets, VCRs, video cameras, video editing, tape recorders, microphones, slide-, overhead-, filmstrip-, and movie projectors as well as screens and carts. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located near the communications department in Foss Center. Media Resources 56 Academic Information The college encourages students to declare a major by the end of the sophomore year, and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or may cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others explore a variety of disciplines before deciding. MAJORS AND MINORS Professional Studies-Anne Kaufman (Chair). Education, health and physical education, music, nursing, social work. Social and Behavioral SciencesDiane Pike (Chair). Business administration, economics, history, political science, psychology, sociology. Natural Sciences and Mathematics-Joan Kunz (Chair). Biology, chemistry, mathematics, computer science, physics, physician assistant studies. Humanities-Martha Johnson (Chair). Art, English, modem languages, philosophy, religion, speech/communication/theatre arts, College librarians. The College cumculum is offered by 23 departments that are grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes. DIVISIONS AND DEPARTMENTS to declare their major and select a faculty adviser by filling out a Major Declaration Form. All day students are required to meet with their academic adviser prior to registration. All students are encouraged to meet with their faculty adviser as often as is necessary. B. A list of proposed courses (minimum of nine, no more than one of which is a lower-level language course and at least five of which are upper division) and a discussion of how the courses are related to the program goals. Indicate how the proposed courses collectively support a specialized and cohesive plan usually associated with a college major. Proposals will be strengthened if an example of a similar major from another institution can be identified and compared with the student's proposal. In addition, students should consult with the Center for Senrice, Work, and Learning for additional information regarding career objectives. The proposal should A. A statement of learning goals and objectives. A student-designed major program proposal must include: Students may design their own major with the assistance and approval of three advisers and subsequent final approval by the Academic Affairs Committee (AAC). A student-designed major allows flexibility in selecting major courses. Any student wishing to design a major must complete a proposal, submit it with approval and supporting letters from three faculty advisers, and obtain AAC approval of the program. Students should seek AAC approval as early as possible so that any changes suggested by AAC may be incorporated into the design without affecting the student's proposed completion date. The deadline for initial submission of the program design to AAC is the first term in which the student has achieved junior status; the final version must be approved the term before the student achieves senior status. Student-Designed Major course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the bachelor of arts degree. A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the College. Students wishing to develop a transdisciplinary major are to observe the following: Students wishing to develop their own major by combining appropriate portions of two majors may consider the transdisciplinary major. This major enables students to respond to a particular career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy the particular interest of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate study or pre-professional programs in some academic fields. Transdisciplinary Majors Contract forms with additional information about the student-designed major approval process are available from the Enrollment Center. C. A description of the studentdesigned major capstone course (INS 488: at least .5 credit, P/N option), to be taken sometime during the senior year. The student should devise the capstone course in consultation with advisers. It should require an integrative project/paper that draws together the course work up to that point and/or prepares one for further study OR an honors project (to be approved by AAC). In addition, at least one of the advisers must specifically address the rationale for the proposed capstone course in his or her supporting letter, though approval of the self-designed major program by all advisers presumes their approval of the capstone course. provide information showing how the general education perspective and skill requirements are to be fulfilled. Academic Information 57 - - p v d by Accounting General Accounting Managerial Accounting Public Accounting American Indian Studies Art Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration Economics/Business Administration Finance International Business Management Chemistry (B.A. or B.S.) Communication Communication Artskiterature (Teacher Licensure Major) General Communication Studies Mass Communication Rhetoric Organizational Communication public Relations and Advertising Marketing Communications Human Relations Supervisory Management Listings that are shaded are offered ough both the day program and ekend College. Weekend College choose a major offered in am if they wish. They may e as many courses as possible throug end College, then finish the major program student. A change of proram is allowed once each academic year. Philosophy Computational Philosophy Physical Education Physics (B.A. or B.S.) Solid State Physics (B.S.) Space Physics (B.S.) Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Modern Languages French German Norwegian Spanish Music Music (B.A.) Music Education (B.M.) Music Performance (B.M.) Music Therapy (B.S.) Nordic Area Studies International Relations In trrnational Business Health Education - (licensure, WEC only) Elementary Education ~ t u d i B Economics Economics/Business Administration Economics/Political Science (Teacher Licensure Major) A ~ ~ l i Economics ed East Asian Studies I rkt stnden* a d v i s a the departmnt &dfi of the two majors to be mm-, a d tk h m i r t t e on Student Smdfng. C Tht c u r i m m m r tse x a f h l s u r h f f a 3 p b m m r v Cmrrut FcÂ¶nsareamib&leinthtrtgbtrag~& muacr for mcb a mjm prtx to t k end B.Thcmadmsbnulddcagnand~a 58 Academic Information International Business International Relations ~eadershipStudies Linguistics Management Information Systems ist tory American Indian-S'idl'e's Art Architecture Art History Studio Art Biology Business ~dministration Chemistry ~ommunication Computer Science East Asian Studies Economics English Film Health Education mm Accounting Community Studies Crime and Community Cultural Anthropology Social Psychology Student-Designed Theatre Arts Dance and Theatre (Teacher Licensure Major) Transdisciplinary Women's Studies1 Soci~?ag SiFm w o r m Political Science Political Science/Economics (Teacher Licensure Major) Psychology Social Psychology Religion Youth and Family Ministry Russian, Central and East European Area Studies 1 -- ACTC Majors-It is possible for day students to complete other majors through the Associated Colleges of the Tivin Cities (ACTC). Students who wish to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC 1 Dual-degree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology and Michigan Technological University. 1 Cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beginninglintermediatdadvanced courses not available at consortium colleges in Arabic, Chinese, Hebrew, Japanese, Russian, and other infrequently taught languages. Students register directly with the ACTC office. Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Middle East Studies Modem Languages 1 French German Norwegian Spanish Music Music Business Nordic Area Studies Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Youth and fimily Ministry Sociology Social Ministries Social Welfare Russian, Central, and East European Area Studies Special Education Theatre Arts Theatre Arts Theatre History and Criticism Dramaturgy women's S t u d i i Academic Information 59 Several teaching licensure programs are offered at Augsburg. Licensure is available in kindergarten-elementarylmiddle school education with subject area specialties in one of the following: mathematics, science, communication artslliterature, social studies. This is a K-8 license for teaching at the elementary level and at the middle school level in the specialty area. Students seeking this licensure obtain an elementary education major with a subject area specialty. Licensure is also available in the following middle schooVhigh school fields: biology, chemistry, communication artslliterature, health, mathematics, physics, and social studies. This license prepares people to teach in grades 5-12. Students seeking licensure in one of these areas obtain an appropriate subject area major and complete secondary licensure coursework. Finally, specialist licenses are available in art (K-12), vocal music (K-12), instrumental music (K-12), physical education (K- 12), and dancdtheatre with a theatre emphasis (K-12). This license prepares people to teach in grades K-12. Students seeking licensure in one of these areas also obtain the appropriate subject area major and complete the secondary licensure Teaching Licensure OTHER STUDY PROGRAMS Weekend College is not part of the ACTC consortium, and Weekend students may not register for ACTC courses or complete ACTC majors under the terms of the ACTC consortium agreements. colleges must apply through the Augsburg registrar's office. Some majors may have a competitive application process with acceptance determined by the major department. 60 Academic Information - - Pre-Law-Students considering a career in law should examine the handbook published by the Association of Pre-Engineering-See engineering degree and major requirements on pages 144-145. Pre-Dentistry-These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: ENG, two courses; BIO 113, 114,215; PHY 121, 122; CHM 115,116 (or 105, 106), 351,352; MAT 124; PSY 105. Requirements at other universities may vary. It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in each field to assist students in their planning. Students who want to plan a pre-professional program should contact Academic Advising early in their freshman year to arrange for faculty advising prior to their first term at Augsburg. Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. Pre-Professional Programs Students seeking elementary licensure have education department advisers. Students seeking 5-12 and K-12 licensure have advisers in their subject area major and in the education department. It is very important that students work closely with their advisers throughout their programs. coursework. (See Department of Education and subject area departments for more information.) Pre-Seminary-A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several Pre-Pharmacy-Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: BIO 113, 114,215,476; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351,352; ECO 113; ENG 111, and a second course; MAT 145, 146; PHY 121, 122; electives from human anatomy (ACTC); and humanities, literature, and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Occupational Therapy, PrePhysician Assistant, a n d Pre-Physical Therapy-Coursework in preparation for these training programs should be discussed with a faculty member in the Department of Biology. Pre-Medicine-Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to prepare for study in medicine. While a major in chemistry and biology is not required to apply to medical schools, many students with an interest in the sciences choose to major in these fields. Coursework that is required by most medical schools includes: two composition courses, including ENG 111; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106); CHM 351,352; BIO 113, 114,215,367; MAT 145,146; PHY 121, 122. Courses recommended in preparation for MCATs: BIO 355,473,476; CHM 361. American Law Schools. Students may wish to take law-related courses to help determine their interest in law. Pre-law students should major in a discipline of their own choosing; most law school entrance requirements will be satisfied with a record of solid achievement coupled with an acceptable LSAT score. - The Honors Program at Augsburg was awarded a National Science Foundation Grant to establish an Honors Computing and Communications Lab, and to put the program on a computational footing. Students entering the program as freshmen are required to take an honors version of CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communications, which establishes crisp computing and communications skills at the outset of their collegiate careers. Other courses in the program The Honors Program is designed to challenge and encourage the most academically distinguished students at Augsburg. The program combines academic and cultural components with social activities. Members of the program normally enter as freshmen, but students may enter the program as late as the beginning of the junior year. Students graduate from the Honors Program upon successful completion of the program, which is noted on the transcript. That notation provides an advantage for both employment and graduate school application. HONORS PROGRAM Pre-Veterinary Medicine-To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, the following science courses are required: MAT 114 or 145, CHM 1051106 or 115/116, CHM 3511352, BIO 113, BIO 114, BIO 215, BIO 355, BIO 369, BIO 476, PHY 121/122. Other non-science courses are also required. different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111, 221; at least two semesters of history (Western civilization); one or more courses in the history of philosophy, and Greek in the junior andlor senior year. Academic Information 61 - - Associated Colleges of t h e Twin Cities (ACTC)-Full-time day students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and universities of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine, and St. Thomas may elect to take a course each semester at one of the other campuses. This program is open to sophomores through seniors. Please reference the ACTC newspaper for more details. No additional fee is required for Library a n d Media CenterThrough CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, the Augsburg community has direct access to over 1,300,000 volumes. Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. INTER-INSTITUTIONAL PROGRAMS Requirements center on full participation in the program and the maintenance of at least a 3.3 GPA the freshman year, a 3.4 the sophomore year, and a 3.5 the last two years. Please direct inquiries to Dr. Larry Crockett, director of the Honors Program, 612-330-1060. During the junior and senior years, students take four mini-seminars (one full course credit upon completion), one each semester, and participate in a six-week Monday Forum Program each term. Seniors take a senior seminar which satisfies a perspective requirement, and are required to complete an approved honors project. Some seniors satisfy this requirement by serving on the Augsburg Honors Review, a yearly journal that publishes outstanding student papers. make use of these computing skills in laboriented sequences exploring literature, writing, history, religion, philosophy, and social and natural science. 62 Academic Information Note: A maximum of one full Augsburg course credit of military science studies Naval ROTC-Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the registrar's office. Army ROTC-Augsburg day students may participate in the Army ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the registrar's office. Air Force ROTC-Augsburg day students may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at the University of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for two- and three-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the registrar's office. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs ( H E C U A ~ - A U ~ Sin ~U~ cooperation with 17 other colleges and universities, offers off-campus study semesters in Scandinavia, South and Central America, and the Twin Cities. (See HECUA programs on page 65.) Weekend College students may not participate in the ACTC consortium program. such an exchange, except for private instruction in music or approved independent studies. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses. Students receive advice on selecting programs that best fit their academic, career, and personal objectives. Assistance is provided with application, course registration, financing, and travel arrangements. Orientation and re-entry programs assist students in integrating the experience abroad into their coursework and personal lives. Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg and will add an international dimension to any academic program. Courses abroad can fulfill major, general education, and graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and department chairs before departure. Academic Requirements and Credit An increasing number of Augsburg students are taking advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an overseas experience. Through study abroad students may meet with grassroots women's organizations in Mexico, work in a small business or artisan program in Namibia, examine Scandinavian perspectives on world peace in Norway or thrill to the sounds of The Magic Flute at the Viennese state opera house. Study abroad provides opportunities to develop critical thinking skills, strengthen language competencies, further career paths, experience different cultures, and gain knowledge about the increasingly interdependent world. OPPORTUNITIES FOR STUDY ABROAD may apply toward the total credits required for graduation. Additional military science credits beyond the one credit allowed will be classified as non-degree credits. The center's study programs are conducted in Central America, Mexico, and Namibia. Students experience three distinct types of living situations: living with other participants in a community house, spending several days in a rural setting, and several weeks living with host families. They also travel together on two-week seminars-from Mexico to Central America, and from Namibia to South Africa. The cost of these programs is equiv- The mission of the Center for Global Education at Augsburg College is to provide cross-cultural educational opportunities in order to foster critical analysis of local and global conditions so that personal and systemic change takes place leading to a more just and sustainable world. The Center for Global Education The cost of many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room, and board for a semester on campus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis as on-campus study. Cost estimates are drawn up to assist the financial aid office in awarding aid to students studying overseas. Costs and Financial Aid The deadline for application is Oct. 15 for off-campus study during spring term and April 1 for off-campus study during fall and summer terms. All students in good academic standing (a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may apply for permission to study off campus. Although foreign language skills are an asset, they are not required. Since it takes some time to prepare for studying abroad, students should start planning during their freshman and sophomore years. Eligibility and Application Academic Information 63 -- - - This program introduces students to the key issues facing the Central Americans. For two decades the people of Central America have been in upheaval and have experienced fundamental social and political change. Students examine the impact of revolution and civil war on the lives and culture of the people and the environment of Guatemala, El Salvador, and Nicaragua. Course credit may be earned in Spanish, religion, history, and economics. Augsburg application deadline: April 1for fall, Oct. 15 for spring. Sustainable Development and Social Change (Guatemala, El Salvador, Nicaragua)-Fall or Spring This program is an intensive semester of study and travel designed to introduce students to the central issues facing Mesoamerica, with emphasis on the experiences and empowerment of women. Students engage in gender analysis of key social, economic, political, and cultural issues in Mexico and Guatemala, explore the interconnectedness of race, class, and gender, and learn first-hand from both women and men who are involved in struggles for sustainable development and social change. The program offers credit in religion, interdisciplinary studies, political science, and Spanish. Augsburg application deadline: April 1. Crossing Borders: Gender and Social Change in Mesoamerica (Mexico) Fall alent to full tuition, room, and board for one semester on campus, plus airfare. (Some travel scholarships are available for Augsburg students.) 64 Academic Information This program examines these crucial issues from the perspectives of the new democracies of southern Africa. Namibia won its independence in 1990 after decades of apartheid South African colonialization. South Afnca had its first democratic election in 1994. As these nations struggle to build nationhood and deal with the legacies of apartheid and colonialism, they are faced with the challenges posed by the rapid process of globalization in today's world, the challenges posed by under and unequal development, and the long-term project of decolonizing the mind. Credit is available in history, religion, political science, and Nation-Building, Globalization, and Decolonizing the Mind: Southern African Perspectives (Namibia) Spring This program introduces students to the socio-economic and political issues of the region with a focus on the impact of environmental policies on the lives of women and men from varying economic classes and ethnic groups in Mexico and Central America. Credit is available in Spanish, history, political science, and religion. Augsburg application deadline: Oct. 15. Social and Environmental Justice: Latin American Perspectives (Mexico)Spring This intensive program of travel and study is designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing southern Africa. Namibia is a nation that has recently gained independence and is making a transition from colonialism to independence. Credit is available in history, religion, political science, and interdisciplinary studies. Augsburg application deadline: April 1. Multicultural Societies in Transition: Southern Africa Perspectives (Namibia)-Fall This interdisciplinary program, with travel to Guatemala and Ecuador, provides an overview of history, culture, economy, and politics of these regions. Students study theories and models of development and explore their usefulness in understanding the regional and global context. Augsburg application deadline: April 1. Politics, Development and the City: Guatemala and Ecuador- Fall This interdisciplinary program focuses on contemporary Scandinavian society, culture, and language and the development of cities, urban problem solving, and urban life. Local, regional, and international field study and site visits in other countries, including the former Soviet Union, will provide comparative perspectives on welfare states and global politics. Application deadline: April 1. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term: Norway-Fall For more information on international HECUA programs, see the listings under International Studies; and for non-international programs, see Metro-Urban Studies under Interdisciplinary Studies. Augsburg, in consortium with other colleges and universities, offers programs through HECUA in four different full semester programs in Norway, Ecuador, Ireland, or Guatemala. All programs emphasize the impact of the social change and cross-cultural factors on the human community. HECUA programs emphasize intense language experience, internships, and field trips. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) interdisciplinary studies. Augsburg application deadline: Oct. 15. Selected education department students may participate in the International Student Teaching Abroad The "Northern Ireland: Democracy and Social Change" program examines the historical, political, and religious roots of conflict in Northern Ireland, the prospects for peace, and the progress being made. Through a seven week internship, students get hands-on experience with organizations working for social change. Field seminars focus on human rights, conflict transformation, and education for democracy The program is located at the UNESCO Centre at the University of Ulster in Coleraine. Application deadline: Oct. 15. Northern Ireland: Democracy and Social Change-Spring Through fieldwork and hands-on projects, students explore the impact of global development on local culture and environment and the response of indigenous communities in Guatemala, with travel to Cuba or another Latin American country. Augsburg application deadline: Oct. 15. Environment, Economy, and Community in Latin America: Guatemala and Cuba-Spring This interdisciplinary program, based in Quito, Ecuador, enables the student to combine intense involvement in a community-based organization with study of the community development process and increase language skills. Students study philosophical and ideological perspectives of a variety of community agencies or groups working with or for low-income and other disenfranchised populations in Latin America. Application deadline: Oct. 15. Community Internships in Latin America: Ecuador-Fall Academic Information 6 - Service- and work-based experiential education opportunities are closely related to students' coursework, majors, andlor career interests. Learning opportunities may be in non-profit organizations, schools, government agencies, community- The Center for Service, Work, and Learning is a comprehensive center incorporating an experiential educational focus emphasizing the importance and value for all students to engage in serviceand work-based learning experiences throughout their college years. The center encourages students to take advantage of Augsburg's metropolitan location through the highly successful servicelearning, internship, and career planning programs that link the College's academic programs to community organizations and businesses. THE CENTER FOR SERVICE, WORK, AND LEARNING May and summer courses to many parts of the world enable students to earn credit through short-term travel. Contact the Global Studies office for the most current list of programs. May/Summer Abroad Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Minnesota State UniversityMoorhead or the University of MinnesotaMorris. Additionally, International Partners has student teaching options available in Norway. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the International Independent School Network. Students who teach abroad will also do part of their student teaching under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. For additional information, contact the Department of Education student teacher coordinator. 56 Academic Information An academic internship is a carefully planned, service- or work-based learning Academic Internships The service-learning program also works closely with the student-directed Augsburg LINK, residence hall directors, and campus ministry. Augsburg's Community ServiceLearning Program provides students with opportunities to understand and respond to needs in the city through course-embedded service experiences. A key component of community service-learning includes reflection on and analysis of community issues in order to promote personal and educational growth and civic responsibility. Through connecting classroom content with service, Augsburg students learn from and about the organizations where they serve and deepen their understanding of course knowledge. This dynamic and interactive educational approach employs reciprocal learning between the students and the community. Community service-learning examples include tutoring at schools and literacy centers, volunteering at homeless shelters, Habitat for Humanity, and community centers, or working with cultural and environmental groups. Community Service-Learning The Center for Service, Work, and Learning includes the following programs: The underlying assumption is that a liberal arts education is an effective preparation for careers and citizenship. The integration of "knowing and doing" adds breadth and depth to the liberal arts curriculum and assists students in making more informed academic, personal, and career decisions. based organizations, small and mid-size companies, and large corporations. Cooperative Education is a non-credit transcript notation for paid work experiences related to a student's major or career objective. The goal is for students to apply theory to practice in a work setting. Job opportunities typically are part-time during the academic year and/or full-time in the summer and can begin and end anytime. Students must register for the non-credit transcript notation (GST 009), set learning goals and evaluate their experience. The director of the Center for Service, Work, and Learning supervises co-op transcript notation work experiences. Cooperative Education A maximum of four courses of internship may count toward the total courses required for the degree. Internships are available in all majors and can be taken during a semester (or Weekend College trimester), or summer sessions. Inter-disciplinary internships are also available. For extension of an internship beyond one term see Evaluation and Grading on page 79. An academic internship is approved, supervised, and evaluated by a faculty member in the department in which the student wishes to earn the internship credit. Upper division internships are numbered 399 and lower division internships are numbered 199 (see page 91). experience where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning objectives. Academic credit is received for the learning derived from the experience. A learning agreement plan, negotiated with a faculty supervisor and work supervisor, outlines the internship objectives, strategies, and evaluation methods. The Master of Arts in Leadership is based on a liberal arts approach to leadership studies. This cross-disciplinary program directs its academic content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues, and problems relevant to organizational leaders. Augsburg's program recognizes that today's leaders need a broad spectrum of abilities to provide them with a more comprehensive understanding of their world. Designed for working adults, the program operates on alternate Saturdays. Augsburg College offers five graduate degree programs: the Master of Arts in Leadership, the Master of Social Work, Master of Arts in Nursing, Master of Arts in Education, and the Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies. Catalogs for each degree program should be consulted for complete information. GRADUATE PROGRAMS Career services are available to all students. Seniors are especially encouraged to attend the annual private college job fair with recruiters representing business and the nonprofit and government sectors or the education job fair. Career Services is committed to assisting all students with choosing majors and making career and vocational decisions. This process is an important part of a student's development while attending college. To aid students in this process, Career Services provides students the opportunity to actively participate in personal and career assessments and one-on-one career counseling/plaming, assists students with internship and job search strategies, and connects students to campus, community and alumni resources. Career Services Academic Information 67 - Within the framework of a Christian liberal arts education, the Master of Arts in Nursing Program is designed to prepare nurses for advanced transcultural and community health nursing practice in a global community and across care settings, with particular emphasis on addressing health A dual degree (Master of Social Work and Master of Arts in Leadership for Mission) is also available and is offered in collaboration with Luther Seminary. The dual degree is designed to meet the educational interests of people planning to serve the spiritual and social needs of families, individuals, and communities. The family practice concentration prepares students to work with families and individuals within families, across the full range of contemporary social work practice settings. The program development, policy, and administration concentration has been developed in response to the growing demand for creative leadership and administration of policies and services that respond to human need. There are two concentrations: family practice or program development, policy, and administration. Students choose one of the two concentrations for their program focus. The curriculum emphasizes work with diverse and oppressed groups, social justice, leadership for social change and a holistic, strengths-based, problem-solving framework. Graduate social work classes meet in four-hour blocks on Friday evenings, Saturday mornings, and Saturday afternoons. The Master of Social Work (MSW) prepares students for entering advanced social work practice. The program builds on the liberal arts base of the College and supports the College's mission to nurture future leaders in service to the world. I 58 Academic Information The Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies (MSPAS) is designed for students interested in careers as health care providers. The mission of the program is based on a foundation of respect and sensitivity for the cultures and backgrounds of, and is oriented toward providing care to, underserved populations. Students are well educated in current medical theory and practice in primary care medicine. All physician assistants must have a supervising physician to practice. The program is three years long with classes held Monday through Friday during the day The Master of Arts in Education (MAE) is a new program (starting Fall 2002) that offers initial licensure coursework at the graduate level in elementary education, secondary education, and special education: EBD. Students are able to take up to six licensure courses at the graduate level and complete their licensure programs with a combination of graduate and undergraduate coursework. Students can then apply their graduate level licensure courses to complete a master's degree program. Students will complete their master's degrees through a combination of MAL coursework and graduate level education coursework (total of nine courses). Licensed teachers also can pursue special education: EBD licensure at the graduate level. The program is available through the Weekend College schedule, and the admissions process begins with the Weekend College Admissions office. For further information, contact the Education Department or the Weekend College Admissions office. disparities. The curriculum is grounded in nursing science, public health principles, theory-guided practice, and transcultural care. Classes meet on an every other week or one weekend a month basis in Rochester andlor Minneapolis, Minn. The Canadian program was inaugurated in 1985 with endowment from the Mildred Joel bequest for Canadian studies. The program supports special events and conferences as well as student internships and faculty activity in Canadian studies. The goals of the program include community involvement, increased awareness of the importance of Cana&an/U.S.relations, and provision of opportunities to learn directly from Canadians through visits and exchanges. Canadian Program Contact the Office of Continuing Studies at 612-330-1628 for information about current and upcoming programs. New programs are developed through collaborations between academic and college departments that include Youth and Family Institute, Social Work, Education, and the Office of Continuing Studes. Other organizations including the Minneapolis and Saint Paul Public School Districts, the Department of Children, Families, and Learning, and the College Board have developed programs through the Office of Continuing Studies. The mission of Augsburg College continuing education program is to provide working adults with lifelong learning opportunities that will enable them to continue to grow personally, professionally, and spiritually in their homes, workplaces, and communities. The program strives to meet the needs of the community by offering credit and non-credit programs consistent with the mission of Augsburg College. Continuing Education Program OTHER PROGRAMS information 69 To register for more than 4.5 course credits, students must contact the Enrollment Center to petition the Committee on Student Standing unless the following apply: cumulative GPA of 3.0 to 3.49 may take a total of 5.0 course credits; cumulative GPA of 3.5 or greater may take Full-time day students normally register for four course credits per semester. Students registered for three or more course credits in a semester are classified as full-time students. Students registered for two course credits are classified as halftime students. A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it. LI REGISTRATION To obtain further information about the program or to request a catalog, call 612330-1139 during Tuesday and Wednesday office hours (10:OO a.m. to 2:00 p.m.). To ask questions or to schedule a program, call Karen A. Lindesmith, program director, at the above number. Augsburg College demonstrates its commitment to lifelong learning through its College of the Third Age. For more than 25 years this program has brought classes in the liberal arts and the humanities to mature learners in the Twin Cities metropolitan community Approximately fifty retired professors are available to teach one class or a series of classes at churches, synagogues, community centers, or senior residences. The current catalog lists 200 classes available for group study only (Note: For individual study, call the Admissions Office at Augsburg College at 612-3301001.) College of the Third Age Academic - Weekend College students may add individual classes to their current schedule and/or withdraw without notation through Friday after the first class weekend. The signature of the instructor is required to add a class after the class meets. Students may petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission to add a class through the Thursday prior to the second class weekend. There is a fee for this petition. The last day to petition to add a class Day students may add individual classes to their current schedule and/or withdraw without notation up through day 10 of the term. The signature of the instructor is required to add a class after the class meets. From day 11 through day 20, students may still petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission to add a class. There is a fee for this petition. Day 20 is the last day to petition for adding a class. Although new day students may register up to five days after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Reference the ACTC Joint Class Schedule for the Day school calendar and the WEC Class Schedule for the WEC school calendar. Weekend College students typically register for one or two course credits each trimester. Students registered for at least two course credits in one term are considered full time for that term. Students registered for one course credit are considered half-time for the term. a total of 5.5 course credits without petitioning. All overload registrations must be done at the Enrollment Center in person. Please note: there is an additional tuition charge for course loads over 4.5 course credits (this includes combining the credit load from both the day and WEC programs). 70 Academic Information Office of Weekend College-412330-1782 Academic Advising-612-330-1025 Enrollment Center412-330-1046 Specific information on registration and help with registration on other campuses are available from these offices: Summer session, Weekend College, and graduate program courses are published in separate schedules. A joint class schedule is published each spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their locations at the five colleges for the following academic year. Individual school course listings are also available through the web and should be checked to verify the correct meeting times and room assignment. As some courses are offered only in alternate years, students should also consult with departmental advisers when planning their academic program. Some late course registrations may be subject to additional late fees. Separate rules apply to Summer School. Rochester students may add individual classes to their current schedule andlor withdraw without notation through Monday after the first week of classes. The signature of the instructor is required to add a class after a class meets and it must be processed through the Enrollment Center. Students may petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission to add a class through the Friday prior to the second week of classes. There is a fee for this petition. The last date to petition to add a class is the Friday before the second week of classes. is the Thursday prior to the second class weekend. The WEC program is not part of the ACTC (Associated Colleges of the Twin Students have registration priority in their home program. Crossover registration begins only after the open web registration period closes for both programs. A schedule is published on the registrar office web page. There is a special crossover registration form that must be processed at the Enrollment Center. This registration option is not available by web. Day students taking over 4.5 credits will pay the day part time rate for any credits over 4.5 in their combined day/WEC load (Spring day term will include both Winter WEC and Spring WEC). The maximum number of credits that may be included in the day full time tuition rate for students who cross-register is 4.5 . Students will be charged the rate of their home program for courses in which they enroll outside their home program. The rate will be based on the maximum credit load they are canying on any calendar date over the span of the two terms. For example, a day program student taking 2.0 credits in the day program, and 1.0 credits in the WEC program, will be considered full time and will be charged the full time day program tuition rate. A WEC student taking 2.0 credits in the WEC program, and 1.0 credits in the day program, will pay the WEC tuition rate x 3.0 credits. Every Augsburg undergraduate student is admitted to a "home program," either day or Weekend College. It is expected that students will complete most of their degree requirements through their home program. However, students may register for no more than 1.0 credit per term outside their home program. Enrollment will be based on class availability Crossover Registration Policy - The primary method of registration will be via the web through AugNet during the open registration period. Please reference the ACTC Newspaper for specific dates. Day students will be issued new PINS each term prior to registration from their assigned faculty adviser (please reference the Personal Info screen on your AugNet account for your assigned Faculty Weekend College students may register during the designated time prior to the start of each term. All day students are required to meet with their academic adviser prior to registration. Freshmen and transfer students may register during summer for courses in the fall. All currently enrolled day students may register during the fall for the spring term and during the spring for the fall term. Registration Students may apply to change their "home" program by filling out a Change of Program form available at the Enrollment Center. The change will take effect the following term. Changes are limited to one each academic year. Change of Program Any undergraduate student taking a graduate level course must have special permission from the faculty director of the program in which they wish to enroll. Undergraduate students enrolled in graduate courses will pay the graduate rate for those courses. Any student enrolled in an Augsburg graduate level program wishing to take an undergraduate course will pay the rate of the program in which the course if offered. Cities) tuition exchange program. WEC students may NOT crossover to attend ACTC courses. Academic Information 7 Former Augsburg students, re-admitted to complete a degree after being away from the College for at least one calendar year, have a choice between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, if possible, or using the catalog in effect at the point of re-admission. Some departments will not accept coursework taken more than seven to ten years ago. Students must meet all of Re-Admitted Students Students are responsible for keeping the registrar's office informed of their current mailing address. Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered because this will result in a failing grade on their official academic record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from the College must be completed in the Registrar's Office. A Withdrawal from the College form may be obtained at the Enrollment Center. Withdrawal from College cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Committee on Student Standing. Withdrawal from College and any consequential adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the Withdrawal from College form is returned to the registrar's office. Withdrawal from College Once the open registration period closes, returning students registering for the first time for the coming term will be assessed a late registration fee. The Enrollment Center will process all registration forms after the web closes. Advisor). The Enrollment Center is also available to process registration forms. Note: Web registration may not recognize prerequisites fulfilled in transfer work. In these cases, please process your registration at the Enrollment Center. 72 Academic Information All degree and course requirements must be completed and v e d e d in the registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). Each student must apply for graduation at the end of their junior year. Students should apply before the start of their last academic year to confirm remaining graduation requirements. Application forms are available at the Enrollment Center. Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the registrar's office about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. See page 23 in Undergraduate Admissions-Special Students (Second Degree). Faculty advisers, the Academic Advising staff, department chairs, and the registrar staff are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. All students are required to file a graduation application with the Registrar's Office one year prior to graduation. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS the requirements in effect under the catalog they choose. Choosing to complete graduation requirements under the current catalog will require re-evaluation of prior coursework, including transfer credit, to determine its applicability to the current catalog requirements. 3. Augsburg Seminar (AUC 101)All students who enter the College as freshmen in the weekday schedule program must satisfactorily complete fall orientation and the Augsburg Seminar. See the program section on the Augsburg Seminar for a full description. 2. Completion of a MajorRequirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 32 total course credits required: two courses by independent/ directed study; four courses of internship; and six course credits with a grade of Pass (P). Each department sets its own limitations on the number of P/N graded courses that may be applied toward the major and minor programs, but normally students may apply no more than two course credits with P grades toward a major and no more than one course credit with a P grade toward a minor. The Departments of Education and Social Work are examples of departments that allow students to apply more than two course credits with P grades within the major program (two in major field courses plus student teaching or field work practicums). 1. Completion of 32 course c r e d i S N o more than 13 course credits may be in one department, except in certain approved majors: accounting (B.A.) 14; music education (B.M.) - 17; music performance (B.M.) - 20; music therapy (B.S.) - 17; and social work (B.S.) - 15. Degree requirements include completion of a minimum number of credits, a major, the Augsburg Seminar (AUG 101), at least one Augsburg Experience, a minimum GPA in major(s)/minor(s) and in total course work, residence, and general education courses, including lifetime sports. Requirements For Undergraduate Graduation: - 5. Grade Point Average-2.0 for most majors. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 is required for all courses taken and specifically for all courses that apply toward a major or special program. Some majors, licensure, and certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, and social work.) See the departmental section for details. An Augsburg Experience integrates experiential learning with academic learning. It demonstrates enhanced learning and reflects research and best practices in experiential education. Approved Augsburg Experiences meet two criteria: (1) Integrates experiential learning with academic learning and (2) Links on-campus learning to the goals, mission, needs or ideas of off-campus people, organizations and/or communities, either through community partners, professional activities, and/or travel. Augsburg Experiences may be embedded in designated courses that are part of the regular class schedule or may be completed for zero credit outside of the regular class schedule. The length of time required, credit/no-credit status, and grading options for approved Augsburg Experiences will vary 4. Augsburg Experiences-All students must complete at least one approved Augsburg Experience as a requirement for graduation. Augsburg Experiences highlight the College's commitment to experiential education and active participation in the broader community, both locally and globally Four categories of approved experiential learning opportunities are recognized as Augsburg Experiences: internships, faculty-student research, community service, and study abroad. Academic Information 73 - Based on the math assessment result, students will be enrolled in the appropriate courses or advised on preparation for retaking the math placement assessment. Students may retake the Math Placement Assessment once during their first term of enrollment. Students are required to take the assessments before registering for the first term and should achieve MPG 3 by the end of their first year at Augsburg. Take entry level skills assessments and satisfy requirements. Freshmen (all students entering Augsburg with fewer than seven college credit courses) and sophomore transfer students with fewer than 13 courses: Placement in writing, math, modem languages, and critical thinking courses is determined by the assessments. These tests are a prerequisite for (not completion of) graduation skills course requirements. The entry level skills tests are inventory assessments in: Writing Mathematics Critical thinlung Modem Languages Entry Level Skills Requirements SKILLS COMPONENT 6. Residence-The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of the last 9 creditslrequirements) must be completed at Augsburg or within an approved ACTC exchange program. No less than a total of 9 credits are to be taken at Augsburg College. Contact the registrar's office if an official interpretation is needed. Some departments have a minimum number of courses that are required to be taken in residence within the major and minor. Consult the catalog description of the major/minor or the chairperson of the department. 74 Academic Information Advanced transfer students are required to satisfy all the Graduation Skill course requirements, except one writing skill course. Those who have not passed the equivalent of ENG 1 11 Effective Writing course must take the entry level test in writing. Augsburg's entry level test in writing will determine placement in an appropriate writing course. Transfer students who enter with 13 credits or more, or an A.A. degree accepted in transfer, are exempt from critical thinking assessments. Advanced Transfer Students Freshman and sophomore transfer students will be required to satisfy all of the Graduation Skill course requirements. The BYU-CAPE assessment is offered to students who have had at least a year of Spanish, French, or German language studies in high school. The CAPE is a web based language assessment designed to assess and place students at the appropriate course level for language study Students interested in waiving the modem language requirement must complete this assessment and place at the 311 level or above. Students who have college credit for a critical thinking or logic course are exempt from the critical thinking inventory. Effective Writing or its equivalent is required. Students who do not satisfy the entry level skill in writing will be required to take ENG 101 Developmental Writing before ENG 11 1 Effective Writing. Freshmen should complete the writing requirement before the beginning of their sophomore year. Attendance the first day of class is required for both ENG 101 and 111. General education includes enhancement of certain skills during the years in college. Skills related to writing, critical thinking, speaking, and quantitative reasoning are deliberate components of certain courses. Course work in a modem language other than your native language is also required. Completion of the requisite courses with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P is required for graduation. Students Graduation Level Skills Students are also permitted to retake the Math Placement Exam during their first term of enrollment at Augsburg College. Students in MPG 1may take MAT 103 to advance to MPG 2. Students in MPG 2 may take MAT 105 to advance to MPG 3. Students in MPG 3 may take MAT 114 to advance to MPG 4. No other MAT course changes a student's MPG. A grade of Pass, 2.0 or higher is required to advance to the next math level. All students are required to have their MPG determined. In some cases, students who have transferred in a mathematics course taken at another college may have their MPG determined by the Registrar's Office. All other students must take the Augsburg Math Placement Exam, which is administered by Academic Advising. The exam is given during college registration sessions and at other announced times during the year. Practice questions and other information are available from Academic Advising. Students are encouraged to advance their MPG as soon as possible. Students must achieve Math Placement Group (MPG) 3 or higher to graduate. In addition, many courses require MPG 2, 3, or 4 as a prerequisite. Mathematics Requirement - All Writing Skill courses have the prerequisite of ENG 111, all Quantitative Reasoning Skill courses have the prerequi- Students whose native language is not English and whose score is below the minimum on the ESL placement test must fulfill the English as a Second Language (ESL) requirement. The requirement is satisfied by successfully completing the ESL course(s) and achieving a score above the minimum on the ESL placement exam. Students who complete the ESL requirement fulfill the modem language graduation skill requirement. Contact Academic Advising or the English Department for additional information. There is a seven-year time limit on language courses presented for transfer and automatic waiver. Hearing students who have demonstrated competence in American Sign Language by passing an approved course sequence will have fulfilled the skill. Requirements for the Modem Language Skill are determined by placement test. For a language previously studied, successful completion (minimum grade of 2.0 or P) of one language course at your placement level (112 or higher) satisfies the requirement. For a language not previously studied, successful completion of 111, 112 is required (i.e. sequential courses in the same language). Students whose placement test is at 311 or higher will be exempted from further language study. are required to have two courses with Writing Skill components (at least one within the major) and one course each with Critical Thinking, Speaking, and Quantitative Reasoning Skill components. These courses can simultaneously satisfy skill requirements and graduation requirements for the major andlor general education perspectives. Academic lnformation 75 Extend knowledge in liberal arts, especially outside of one's major disciplinary field. This is done by 1) reflecting on the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives and the distinctiveness of Augsburg as a college of the Lutheran Church in the city; 2) reflecting on diversity through intercultural awareness; 3) reflecting on areas associated with liberal arts, including aesthetics, human identity, The goal of the Liberal Arts Perspectives is to help students think systematically about what it means to be a human. Perspectives courses should: The General Education program consists of the first-year Augsburg Seminar for day freshmen, the Augsburg Experiences, the liberal arts perspectives, and the graduation skills. A primary objective is to develop lifelong learning in the context of the liberal arts and the mission of the College. GENERAL EDUCATION Lifetime sports are non-credit courses and are not included in the 32-course requirement. Two different lifetime sports are required. Students who are not health and physical education majors or in intercollegiate athletics may test out of one lifetime sport. Students may demonstrate proficiency in one of a selected list of lifetime sports. There is a fee to take the lifetime sport proficiency test. Students must satisfy the second lifetime sport requirement by enrolling in a lifetime sport course. Lifetime Sports site of Math Placement Group 3, and all Critical Thinking Skill courses have the prerequisite of passing the entry level Critical Thinking Assessment or GST 100. 76 Academic Information - Up to three courses in religion may be used to meet the perspective, The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith. 4. No student may count more than one course from the same department in meeting the requirements of any single perspective emphasis area except: 3. No student will be permitted to count more than three courses from the same department in meeting perspective requirements. 2. No single course can fulfill the requirements in two or more categories. 1. A student will choose a minimum of one course from each required perspective category. Students will choose from a list of courses meeting the Liberal Arts Perspectives, available on-line and from the registrar's office. These choices are controlled by the following policies: The general education Liberal Arts Perspectives have the primary goal of providing the basis for beginning to understand what it means to be human. The goals of the perspectives are achieved through a variety of courses that have been approved as meeting the criteria established for each perspective. LIBERAL ARTS PERSPECTIVES The General Education program should also teach students the skills expected of a college graduate in writing, critical thinking, speaking, and quantitative reasoning. Develop an appreciation of the role of service to society. Demonstrate connections between liberal arts and the major field of study. the social world, natural world, and westem heritage. Transfer students entering with 24 or more course credits will be required to take one course from area 1 or 2 in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg. Transfer students entering with 13-23 course credits will be required to take two courses from two different areas in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg. Area 1 is biblical studies, Area 2 covers Christian theology, and Area 3 includes the study of values or religions outside the Christian faith. Three course credits are required to meet this perspective except for the following: Christian Faith (CF 1, 2, and 3 ) This perspective focuses on Augsburg as a college of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. As a college of the Church, Augsburg accepts as a basis for its educational program the doctrines of the Christian faith as revealed in scripture and the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran Church. It consciously affirms that all students should reflect upon the Christian Scriptures, theological concepts, ethical values, their own faith and values, and religious concepts outside of the Christian faith as part of becoming educated. Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith THE EIGHT LIBERAL ARTS PERSPECTIVE REQUIREMENTS Up to two courses in a year-long sequence of approved natural science courses may be used to meet the perspective, The Natural World. - - Two course credits from different departments are required to meet this perspective. One course is required to meet this perspective for transfer students entering with 13 or more course credits. Western Heritage (WH 1 and 2) This perspective is intended to help students critically examine tliemes (found, for example, in literature,' philosophy, and the arts) and events that have historically shaped Western civilization. Attention should be paid to the contributions of and to critiques of Western thought by women and ethnic minorities. Perspective: Western Heritage One course credit or experience is required to meet this perspective. The City (C) This requirement must be covered either by specific courses, by internship and education experiences, or by designated or college-approved non-credit experiences (such as volunteer service or college programs). Experiences that satisfy the requirement must be accompanied by a GST 209 seminar related to the perspective. This perspective focuses on the College's location in the heart of a metropolitan area. From this perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect upon the city with its diverse populations, cultural, governmental and economic institutions, and opportunities and challenges. In addition, students should experience the community and should explore opportunities for service in the community Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The City Academic Information 77 This perspective is intended to help students understand themselves in relation to the physical world. Their active role as observers, explorers, and moral agents will be emphasized. Sufficient technical training in scientific knowledge, concepts, and methods will be provided to equip students for critical and intelligent participation in public debates on technical issues. One course credit is required to meet this perspective. One course must focus on current theories and methods of a social science. Two course credits from different departments are required to meet this perspective. One course is required to meet this perspective for transfer students entering with 13 or more course credits. Social World (SW 1 and 2) This perspective is intended to help students learn to identify, examine, and critique social, economic, or political systems: to understand how and why such systems develop, to see the connections among these systems, and to use this knowledge as a participant in society Two course credits from different departments are required to meet this perspective unless an approved one-year sequence is taken. One course is required to meet this perspective for transfer students entering with 13 or more course credits. Natural World (NW 1 and 2) Perspective: The Natural World Aesthetics (A) Perspective: The Social World The study of a specific, non-Western culture and how that culture has shaped the world. One course credit is required to meet this perspective. Aesthetic creations convey fundamental insights and values, express beauty, and enhance life. This perspective focuses on aesthetic qualities in artistic expressions by oneself and others. Perspective: Aesthetics One course credit is required to meet this perspective. Intercultural Awareness (IA) This perspective is intended to complement the Western Heritage Perspective by expanding students' awareness of other cultures. One course is required in which students study a specific, non-Western culture and how that culture has shaped the world. In this course students critically reflect upon ways their own cultural biases operate when confronting other cultures. This perspective is intended to help students view themselves as people with unique abilities, values, beliefs, experiences, and behaviors. Human ldentity (HI) Perspective: Intercultural Awareness Perspective: Human Identity 78 Academic Information - In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading Certain courses have restrictions and are offered on one grading system only (e.g., lifetime sports are graded only P/N). See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements, page 73. P-graded courses do not count toward the requirement that 14 traditionally graded course credits be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. Transfer students should be especially aware of this kequirement. Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Performance below basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Achieves above basic course standards Achieves highest standards of excellence An incomplete grade (I) may be awarded when the instructor grants permission after determining that a student emergency may delay completion of coursework. Students who receive an incomplete grade should be capable of passing the course if they satisfactorily complete outstanding course requirements. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must file an Application for Incomplete Grade Form with the Registrar's Office that states the reasons for the request, outlines the work required to complete the course, and includes the course instructor's signature. The instructor may stipulate the terms and conditions that apply to course comple- Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. 0.0 1.0 Some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a C. Maximum number of course credits taken P/N that may be applied to graduation is six course credits with a grade of Pass (P). 2.0 3.0 4.0 Numeric grades are used with these definitions: Numeric Grades In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 2.0. Students who choose the P/N option are cautioned: Pass/No Credit Most courses are offered with grading options-traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Student achievement in courses is measured by final examinations, shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation. EXPLANATION OF GRADES option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. All changes in grading option that are made after initial registration require the signature of an adviser or the instructor. Academic Information 79 Writing Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . .17 Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . .20 Music Therapy (B.S.). . . . . . . . . . . .17 Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 No more than 13 courses may be in any one department, with the following exceptions: O Complete 32 course credits. Of these: of three. O Two different lifetime sports. O Achieve a Math Placement Group score .Modern Languages Critical Thinking Mathematics D Satisfy entry level skill requirements in: Augsburg Seminar (see page 98). (Sophomore transfer students are exempt from the Augsburg Seminar.) O Complete the fall orientation and All new freshmen and all freshman and sophomore transfer students must complete the following requirements prior to graduation (transfer credit may apply to these requirements): This quick-reference checklist is an abbreviated version of the general education curriculum requirements for graduation. As a summary, it is not comprehensive and cannot substitute fully for the complete degree requirements that begin on page 72. Students are advised to read carefully the full graduation requirements and to consult frequently with their advisers to ensure that all requirements for graduation are met. 80 Academic Information - One course with a Critical Thinking component Two courses with Writing components (one within the major) the following Graduation Skills with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P. (These requirements may be met with courses in the major or perspectives.) O Complete courses designated to fulfill following perspective requirements-one course for each perspective. No more than three courses from the same department may be used to fulfill perspective requirements. Three Christian Faith Perspectives from different areas One City Perspective Two Western Heritage Perspectives, each from different departments One Human Identity Perspective One Aesthetic Perspective Two Social World Perspectives, each from different departments One Intercultural Awareness Perspective Two Natural World Perspectives, from different departments unless a yearlong sequence is taken (CHM 100 & 101; CHM 105 & 106; CHM 115 & 116; PHY 121 & 122; SCI 110 & 111) Cl Complete courses that fulfill the point average in major, minor, and in total courses completed. O Maintain minimum cumulative grade D Complete a major. Experience. O Complete at least one Augsburg All students are required to file a graduation application with the Registrafs Office one year prior to graduation. 0 Complete a major. Experience. One course with a Quantitative Reasoning component One course with a Speaking component Other maximums are described on page 73. 0 Complete at least one Augsburg Two Modem Language Skill courses, other than your native language One course with a Critical Thinking component One course with a Writing component within the major following Graduation Skills with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P (These requirements may be met with courses in the major or perspectives.) 0 Complete courses that fulfill the One Natural World Perspective One Intercultural Awareness Perspective One Social World Perspective One Aesthetic Perspective One Human Identity Perspective One Western Heritage Perspective One City Perspective Two Christian Faith Perspectives (one Christian Faith Perspective for transfer students entering with 24 or more course credits) D Complete courses that fulfill the following perspective requirements: D Maintain minimum cumulative grade point average in major, minor, and in total courses completed. Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Music Therapy ( B . ) . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . . .20 Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . .17 Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 No more than 13 courses may be from any one department, with the following exceptions: No more than three courses from the same department may be used to fulfill perspective requirements. 0 Complete 32 course credits. Of these: Ci Achieve a Math Placement Group score of three. 0 Two different lifetime sports. writing. 0 Satisfy entry level skill requirements in All transfer students (entering with 13 or more credits) must complete the following requirements prior to graduation (transfer credit may apply to these requirements): One course with a Quantitative Reasoning component One course with a Speaking component Two Modem Language Skill Courses, other than your native language Academic Information 8 - A course in which a grade of 0,0.5, 1.0, 1.5, or N has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses taken each term and grades earned, including W and N, will be recorded on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time, for legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. A course is given a grade of W (withdrawn) when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A grade of X (extension) is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor has the right to not grant an extension where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. If the course is not completed, a grade of 0.0 will be assigned. tion. The student must complete the outstanding work in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and the filing of a grade before the final day of the following academic term in the student's program. If the work is not completed by the specified date of the following academic term, the grade for the course becomes 0.0. 12 Academic Information Seniors-24 course credits completed. Juniors-16 course credits completed. Sophomores-7 course credits completed. Students are classified when grades are posted at the end of each term. Classification *Courses with 0 to 4 grade assigned GPA = Total grade points divided by number of credits attempted.* The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. The formula for computing the GPA is: Grade Point Average Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Full-time day students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time and Weekend College students is listed under Weekend College Costs in the Financing Your Education section on page 27. The signature of the instructor is required to register an audit. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance, and any other requirements. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W. Auditing Courses Advanced Placement Program Test (AP)-The Advanced Placement Program Test may allow students who have scores of 3 , 4 , or 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Test to receive college credit for selected courses. A score of 4 or 5 is required on the AP Language and International Baccalaureate Program (IB)-Courses earned from the International Baccalaureate program will be considered by the College for advanced placement and appropriate credit. Departmental guidelines are available at the Registrar's Office. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. The following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment: Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: (1) it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts cumculum, and (2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that comprise the academic program of a liberal arts college. The Assessment of Previous Learning program (APL) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree. ASSESSMENT OF PREVIOUS LEARNING (APL) PROGRAM - The Portfolio Assessment Program-This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty team completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. The faculty team is composed of two faculty members from fields of study directly related to the student's previous learning. Students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment should consult the Registrar's Office. In completing The Registrar approves the student's request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a P/N basis only, and there is a charge per exam of $400 for a full course credit. There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the exam. There is a departmental instrument available for the subject area in question. Departmental Comprehensive Exams-These are available for students to use in obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met: The College Level Examination Program (CLEP)-This is a series of standardized tests that have been developed by the College Board and are offered to students for a small fee at regional testing centers. (The regional testing centers for this area are the University of Minnesota and the University of St. Thomas.) Students who score at or above the 65th percentile on a subject examination may receive academic credit for that subject at Augsburg College. Additional information about CLEP tests is available from the registrar's office and Academic Advising. Composition examination for credit for ENG 111 Effective Writing. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Registrar's Office. Academic Information 8 - Transcript credit will be recorded with the equivalent Augsburg course numbers as determined by faculty reviewers. Application of this credit toward the Liberal Arts Perspective requirements, upper division requirements, and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student. Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four courses/credits of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. It is strongly recommended that the process not be used when four or fewer courses remain for graduation. There is a non-refundable application deposit of $200 to initiate the credit assessment process for each course presented in a portfolio. An additional $200 is charged upon approval of each course. Credit is available on a P/N credit basis only. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present time. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student. There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed andlor systematic study of content material found within liberal arts coursework. the evaluation of a student's previous learning, the faculty team applies the following criteria: 4 Academic Information All students whose native language is not English must stay enrolled in ENG 217/218 until such time that they pass the ESL placement test at 85 percent or higher. The ESL course can be counted only twice Near the end of each term of the English as a Second Language course, an objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on this test and the grade earned in the class will determine whether additional ESL coursework is required. Usually a score of 85 to 100 and a course grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement. Students whose native language is not English must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test prior to registering for their first term at Augsburg. Students' placement in ESL, ENG 101 Developmental Writing, or ENG 111 Effective Writing will be determined by their scores on the Michigan test (85-100 range for exemption from ESL) and by a writing sample. English as a Second Language (ESL) Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning-While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, this learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campusbased liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of eight courses (about one-fourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through previous experiential learning. In compiling the eight courses of credit for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination of the four assessment processes available in the APL Program: AP exams, CLEP exams, departmental comprehensive exams, and credit granted through portfolio assessment. Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches 2.0. Students placed on probation as freshmen for having earned two zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have not earned additional zero grades, and if Students whose overall academic achievement falls below a 2.0 GPA will either be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term or will be continued on probation or will be dismissed from the College. In addition, a freshman who receives two zero grades or a sophomore, junior, or senior who receives three zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, &missal from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. Evidence of the student's cornrnitment to academic progress is the major consideration in deciding whether or not to dismiss a student. Students who have a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of a term. Those on probation who voluntarily withdraw from the College, as well as those who are dismissed, must have special permission to re-enroll. It should be noted that a minimum GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation, with certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA. The College requires that all students maintain a 2.0 cumulative grade point average (GPA). ACADEMIC PROGRESS, PROBATION, AND DISMISSAL Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course completion, have completed the modem language skill requirement for graduation. in the total number of courses required for graduation. than 24 course credits than 16 course than 7 course credits The Dean's List, compiled after each semester, lists students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better. Students must be full-time students (a minimum equivalent of three full course credits for a weekday schedule student or two equivalent full course credits for a Weekend College student), graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Courses taken outside of a program's calendar (e.g., crossover courses taken in a Weekend College trimester term by a day student or in a semester term by a weekend student) are not calculated when determining the Dean's List. If pennission is given by the student, an announcement is sent to the hometown newspaper of each student on the Dean's List. Dean's List Senior -24 or more course credits Junior-fewer Sophomore-fewer credits Freshman-fewer Student class years are based on the number of courses completed: The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the guidelines stated above. .Once a student is dismissed, he or she may appeal the decision within 10 days to the Committee on Student Standing. their cumulative GPA reaches 2.0. Students placed on probation as sophomores for having earned three zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 2.0. Academic Information 8 - Augsburg College has one commencement ceremony per academic year in the month of May Undergraduate students who will not have met degree requirements by the end of the spring term may qualify to participate in commencement iE (1) no more than three course creditshequirements will remain in their program at the end of the spring term, and (2) the remaining requirements will be completed in the summer or fall terms following participation in commencement. Candidates for graduation who will complete summer or fall terms will be noted as such in the commencement program. In addition, candidates who will complete in summer or fall are required to sign a statement of understanding acknowledging remaining degree requirements in order to participate in commencement. A student will not graduate nor will a degree be conferred until all Qualification for Commencement Augsburg recognizes those students who have demonstrated exemplary academic achievement as graduates of distinction. This designation replaces all previous college honors and applies to all students who complete degree requirements after Jan. 1, 2000. Students achieving Graduation with Distinction will have an overall GPA of 3.5 and will have completed an outstanding project as determined by the student's major department. To be eligible, a student must have at least 14 traditionally graded credits taken at Augsburg. Most departments offer graduation with distinction. For specific requirements, please contact the applicable department. To be considered for Graduation with Distinction, a student should consult with their major department no later than the fall semester of their junior year. Graduation with Distinction 36 Academic Information This program applies to students who enter the day school schedule as full-time freshmen in the fall of 1996 and thereafter. New freshmen are assured that they will be able to graduate in four years-if they maintain continuous full-time enrollment for four years, maintain a 2.0 GPA, and follow the Four-Year Assurance Program g u i d e l i n e ~ they r will receive the remaining required courses free of additional tuition. A few majors are excluded from this program. Contact Academic Advising for a list of eligible majors. Students must complete a formal Four-Year Assurance Degree Plan with the College before the end of their sophomore year (prior to completing 16 course credits) in order to qualify. Contact Academic Advising for details. FOUR-YEAR ASSURANCE PROGRAM Augsburg is approved by the state approving agency for Veterans Education. Veterans should consult with the Enrollment Center about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. Veterans of Military Service graduation requirements are met, regardless of participation in commencement. Right to request amendment of education records--You have the right to seek to have corrected any parts of an education record that you believe to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of your right to privacy This includes the right to a hearing to present evidence that the record should be changed if Augsburg decides not to alter your education records according to your request. Right to give permission for disclosure of personally identifiable information -You have the right to be asked and to give Augsburg your permission to disclose personally identifiable information contained in your education records, except to the extent that FERPA and the regulations regarding FERPA authorize disclosure without your permission. One exception which permits disclosure without consent is disclosure to school officials with legitimate education interests. A school official is a person employed by the College in an administrative, supervisory, academic or research, or support staff position (including law enforcement unit personnel and health staff); person or compa- Right t o inspect and review education r e c o r d j o u have the right to review and inspect substantially all of your education records maintained by or at Augsburg College. Your request should be submitted in writing at least one week prior to the date you wish to review your records. The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), as amended, provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year Augsburg College is required to give notice of the various rights accorded to students pursuant to FERPA. In accordance with FERPA, you are notified of the following: FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND PRIVACY ACT NOTICE - The student's participation in officially recognized activities and sports; The student's enrollment status (FTPT); The student's academic class level; The student's major field of study; The student's date and place of birth; The student's e-mail address; The student's telephone number; The student's address; The student's name; "Directory information" includes t h e following: Under FERPA you have the right to withhold the disclosure of the directory information listed below. Please consider very carefully the consequences of any decision by you to withhold directory information. Should you decide to inform Augsburg College not to release Directory Information, any future request for such information from persons or organizations outside of Augsburg College will be refused. Right to withhold disclosure of "directory informationu-FERPA uses the term "Directory Information" to refer to those categories of personally identifiable information that may be released for any purpose at the discretion of Augsburg College without notification of the request or disclosure to the student. ny with whom the College has contracted (such as an attorney, auditor, or collection agent); a person serving on the Board of Trustees, or a student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee, or assisting another school official performing his or her tasks. A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility. Academic Information 8; Augsburg College will honor your request to withhold all Directory Information but cannot assume responsibility to contact you for subsequent permission to release it. Augsburg assumes no liability for honoring your instructions that such information be withheld. The Office of the Registrar must be notified in writing of your intent to withhold your Directory Information. If the notice is not received by the regismar prior to Sept. 15 (or within The student's photograph. The most recent previous educational agency or institution attended by the student; and The student's dates of attendance; The weight and height of members of athletic teams; The student's degrees and awards received; 8 Academic Information Letters of reference must be requested in writing and explicitly indicate what information may be reported in the letter. Reporting Educational Information Right t o complain to FERPA Office--You have the right to file a complaint with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Ave. S.W., Washington, D.C., 20202-4605, conceming Augsburg's failure to comply with FERPA. 10 school days of the start of a subsequent term for a new student), it will be assumed that all Directory Information may be disclosed for the remainder of the current academic year. A new form for withholding disclosure must be completed each academic year. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s for juniors, and 400s for seniors. Courses listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered fall andlor spring terms unless otherwise indicated. The Schedule of Classes published each spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) lists offerings and locations for fall and spring terms. This information is also available on-line. A full course is offered for one course credit. A few fractional courses, for onehalf or one-quarter course credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. Unless noted, all courses are one course credit. A full course has the approximate value of four semester credits or six quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods per week with additional time required for laboratory work. Credits Descriptions and schedules for Summer Session, the Master of Arts in Leadership, the Master of Social Work, the Master of Arts in Nursing, the Master of Arts in Education, and the Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies courses are published in separate catalogs. A course schedule for all ACTC schools is available on-line through the web addresses published in the ACTC newspaper. They will contain the most accurate and up to date information. Since some courses are offered alternate years, it is important that the student review major requirements and course offerings with an adviser to ensure that all requirements can be met. Class Schedule Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the educational philosophy of each department, its goals, and its place in the College's program. A listing of requirements for individual majors and minors follows the narrative. Descriptions of courses are arranged by departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject matter to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more detailed explanation of content, approach, requirements, and evaluations for a particular course can be obtained from the instructor. a liberal arts institution, Augsburg College believes that knowledge and truth are interrelated and are integrated into a whole. The tradition of the academic world, however, divides this unified truth into more manageable parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of individual disciplines is subdivided into courses that make it more accessible to students. These courses can be arranged in various ways to construct majors, to create the substance of a broad general education, and to give students the opportunity to study areas of particular individual interest. Weekend College classes are published each spring in a separate booklet and online. 90 DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMS - lnternship A work or service-based learning experience typically at the sophomore level in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement that links the ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Prior to the beginning of the tendregistration, interested students must consult with the departmental internship coordinator or a faculty member and the Center for Service, Work, and Learning regarding requirements and permission to register. lnternship A work or service-based learning experience at the junior/senior level in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement that links the ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar may be expected. Prior to the beginning of the tendregistration, interested students must consult with the departmental internship coordinator or a faculty member and the Center for Service, Work, and Learning regarding requirements and permission to register. 399 3. A learning agreement (forms are available in the Center for Service, Work, and Learning) must be completed with the faculty member responsible for grading the experience and the work supervisor. The original is turned in to the Center for Service, Work, and Learning, with copies made for the faculty supervisor and student. 2. Register for a 199 or 399 Internship during the registration period. The signed permission form must be turned in at the time of registration. (Students may pre-register without a placement secured, but a suitable internship must be found by the end of the registration or drop/add period.) 1. Obtain the internship registration permission form from the Center for Service, Work, and Learning and secure the signatures of the faculty supervisor and director of the Center for Service, Work, and Learning. Registration for internships consists of the following steps: INTERNSHIPS 199 Every department offers opportunities for internships and independent study. The course description and process for registering is normally the same for each department. Some departments have additional statements that can be found in the departmental course listing. Interdisciplinary internships are also available. NOTE: Not all courses are offered in all schedules. Refer to the current ACTC Joint Class Schedule or the Weekend College class schedule for information on when specific courses are offered. Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed in the course description as prerequisites. A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there is prior approval by the professor teaching the course. Prerequisites -- Departments and Programs 91 92 Independent StudyIResearch An opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects. Normally open to junior and senior majors. Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor and the department chairperson before the term in which the study is undertaken. 499 See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies. AMERICAN INDIAN STUDIES See listing under Business Administration. ACCOUNTING Directed Study An opportunity to study topics not covered in the scheduled offerings under the direction of an instructor. Open to all students, but normally taken by sophomores and juniors. Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor and the department chairperson before the term in which the study is undertaken. 299 DIRECTED AND INDEPENDENT STUDIES -Departments and Programs Kristin Anderson (Chair), Lynn Bollman, Tara Christopherson, John McCaffrey Art Faculty A liberal arts college like Augsburg is an ideal setting for the study of art because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of ideas, disciplines, and attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further enhanced by associations with a significant number of art galleries and museums in the Twin Cities area. Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts, the visual arts, as taught at Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines. Art as a human activity involves manual skill, although to become broadly significant it should interact with other fields, such as language, history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education, and science. Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life that it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist, art teacher, graphic designer, architect, and art historian is to celebrate visual experience through a variety of media and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how to see. \ rt is important as a field of study for our time, helping us to create order and beauty in the design and function of communities. Realizing this, we have made design and sensitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to the art program at Augsburg. A Art History Major Eight art or architectural history courses including: ART 240 Art History Survey ART 388 19th- and 20th-Century Art Two studio courses: ART 102 Design or ART 107 Drawing ART 118 Painting I or ART 221 Sculpture I The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Teaching Licensure Major Studio Art Major Majors are required to begin their programs with the studio arts foundations: ART 102 Design ART 107 Drawing One course in two-dimensional art from: ART 118 Painting I or ART 223 Printmaking I or ART 225 Graphic Design I or ART 360 Watercolor Painting One course in three-dimensional art from: ART 221 Sculpture I or ART 250 Ceramics I or ART 325 Fiber and Form Five additional studio arts courses ART 240 Art History Survey Two additional art history courses Studio majors must participate in at least one exhibit during their senior year. Eight art courses, including at least one in art history. Up to four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. Certificate in Art Five art history courses including ART 240. Drawing Students will use traditional drawing media and will develop their ideas and skills with them. Emphasis is placed on foundational drawing concepts. ART 107 Introduction to Architectural Drawing This course develops basic skills involved in perceiving and representing the material environment through the study of sketching and drawing skills. Calligraphy I Introduction and practice of calligraphic writing and designing with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic or oil. ART 105 ART 106 ART 118 ART 100, 300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the depanment. STUDIO ART Design A study of design as the unifylng foundation for the visual arts. Two- and three-dimensional projects demonstrating the use of the basic design elements and principles. ART 102 Note: All studio courses require work outside of class sessions. W STUDIO ART FOUNDATIONS Five courses including ART 240, ART 107, and three additional studio courses. Studio Art Minor Five courses including ART 105, ART 210, ART 243, ART 244 and ART 249 or 349. GPA of 3.5 in the major and overall, portfolio of artwork (studio majors) or research (art history majors) reflecting high quality work, and special projects such as senior exhibition and research. Application should be made to the department chair before the last term of the senior year. Art History Minor Architecture Minor Departmental Honors 94 Art - Drawing for Design in Architecture Introduction to and exploration of the conceptual function of drawing in architecture. Exploration of the history of drawing in architecture, critical review of drawing conventions and systems, and examination of drawing processes as modes of perception and cognition. Design for New Media I Exploration of the fundamental techniques and technologies used in digital design. Sculpture I An introduction to sculpture and three-dimensional design in various media. Print Making I An introduction to traditional and experimental media and methods of printing. Intaglio, relief, and mono/unique methods are explored. Publication Design An introduction to design concepts and production for publication design, with emphasis on the computer. Theory and practice of coordinating visual imagery and typography for print publications using page layout software. Graphic Design I An introduction to the principles and techniques of graphic design using page layout software. Emphasis on designing with text and image. Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. Calligraphy II Advanced work in calligraphic media and design. Design for New Media II Exploration of the latest technologies used in the theories and practice of animation, interactive programming, and advanced digital design. (Prereq.: ART 215 or instructor permission) Typography Study of the history, development, structures, and application of traditional and contemporary typography; exploring letterfonw using digital, hand-set type, and hand lettering. (Prereq.: Any ART course) Fiber and Form An introduction to hand papermaking and artist's books. Emphasis on exploration of fiber sources and book forms to create synthesis of original surface, text, image, and sequence. (Prereq.: Any ART course) ART 215 ART 221 ART 223 ART 224 ART 225 ART 250 ART 306 ART 315 ART 320 ART 325 $200-225. Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity, expression, and communication with attention to black-and-white photographic processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately ART 210 ART 132 - Art 95 Graphic Design II Advanced work in sculpture and three-dimensional design. (Prereq.: ART 221) Sculpture II Continued exploration of intaglio, relief, and monolunique methods. Use of larger formats, multiple plates, and an emphasis on color are encouraged. (Prereq.: ART 223) Print Making II Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent watercolor. Watercolor Painting Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: ART 118) Painting II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and glazing. (Prereq.: ART 250) Ceramics II Exploration of the creation of visual images using the computer as a paint brush, pencil, pen, and camera. Emphasis will be placed on visual communication and expression. (Prereq.: Any ART, MIS, or CSC course) Digital Imaging An advanced study of the graphic design of typography and visual imagery for print production using the computer. Includes identification of design problems and presentation to client. (Prereq.: ART 225) A survey of art of the Western world from prehistoric to modem times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, and visits to museums. Art History Survey History of Architecture to 1750 History of architecture and city planning from antiquity since 1750, as illustrated by Western and non-Western examples. History of Architecture after 1750 History of architecture and city planning from antiquity to 1750, as illustrated by Western and non-Western examples. This course addresses the designed environment, the intentionally designed places in which we live. We will investigate architecture, landscape architecture, and urban design, both in class and in frequent site visits to prominent local examples of design excellence. (Prereq.: None for ART 249; ENG 111 and an ART, HIS, or urban studies course for ART 349) ART 2491349 The Designed Environment ART 244 ART 243 Note: The following courses are oflered intermittently, usually two or three sections per year ART 240 ART AND ARCHITECTURAL HISTORY ART 478 ART 368 ART 360 ART 355 ART 351 ART 340 ART 330 96 Art - A study of early colonial through contemporary American art, architecture, and folk arts. American Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. (Prereq.: ENG 111) 19th- and 20th-Century Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture, from the 14th through the 18th centuries. (Prereq.: ENG 111) Renaissance and Baroque Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. (Prereq.: ENG 111) Medieval Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the fourth century A.D. Prehistoric and Ancient Art The visual arts in Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture, and design. Scandinavian Arts A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, including the fine arts, the "mditional" arts, and the work of Native American women. (Prereq.: ENG 111) Women and Art The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through the visual arts, particularly within the United States. Students will produce various art projects in weaving, basket-making, pottery, jewelry, sculpture, or prints. Tribal Arts and Culture See description on page 92. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. Internship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. lnternship See listing under East Asian Studies. ASIANSTUDIES ART 499 ART 399 ART 299 ART 199 Internships and Independent Study Courses: ART 389 ART 388 ART 387 ART 386 ART 385 ART 382 ART 352 ART 290 - Art 97 T AUC 101 All freshman students must successfully complete the entire eight-week Augsburg Seminar in order to fulfill the graduation requirement, even if they drop the linked content course. Permission to complete the seminar after withdrawal from the content course is at the discretion of the instructor. Augsburg Seminar (.25 course) A series of fall-tern meetings with an Augsburg seminar adviser to discuss issues related to becoming an active member of the Augsburg College community of learners. Discussion will be based upon topics and readings from the connected content course and other disciplines and sources. (P/N grading only) At registration, all first-year students in the day program enroll in a selected content course, such as Effective Writing and a parallel Augsburg Seminar. These 'linked' courses integrate disciplinary content with various learning strategies and communitybuilding opportunities beneficial to all beginning students. Augsburg Seminar he initial months after entering college as a first-year student are an exciting period of change. The faculty and staff wish to assist students in making a successful transition to being college students and to help them become part of this academic community. Through the summer orientation program, the fall orientation weekend, and the Augsburg Seminar, students are introduced to the character of the College, its heritage as an urban, liberal arts college of the Church, the process of learning in a community where ideas are valued and treated seriously, and the logistics of being students. The content course usually meets three hours per week for the entire semester and is valued at 1.0 course credit, and the Augsburg Seminar meets once a week for 8 weeks for .25 course credit. The Augsburg Seminar offers the opportunity for further discussion of topics from the paired content course, along with presentations on campus life, academic resources and study skills, and a hands-on introduction to the Cedar-Riverside neighborhood. While the content course is graded on a traditional point basis, the Augsburg Seminar is graded Pass/No credit (P/N). However, performance in the course is linked to performance in the seminar. B Dale Pederson (Chair), Karen Ballen, William Capman, Robert Herforth, Esther ~c~au~hlin Biology Faculty For many, an undergraduate major in biology serves as a basis for further study Augsburg graduates have gone on to graduate studies in the life sciences, leading to careers in college or university teaching, basic and applied research, and public health. Many have entered professional programs in medicine, veterinary medicine, and dentistry. Other graduates have gone directly into secondary education, biomedical industries, laboratory research, natural resources, and environmental education. An understanding of biological systems depends, in part, on the principles of physics and chemistry; thus a firm background in the physical sciences is also important in the study of biology. In recent decades great strides have been made in understandmg important biological processes, particularly those at the cellular, molecular, and ecosystem levels. Biological research has also provided some extremely important benefits to humans, including advances in medicine, agriculture, and food science. iology is the study of life, and it is natural that we, as contemplative living creatures, seek a deeper understanding of the living world that envelops us. This search has led to the realization that the Earth is filled with an enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part of the biological world, an understanhng of the basic biological processes common to all organisms is essential to attain selfunderstanding and to provide a basis for wise decisions. or CHM 351/352 Organic Chemistry A semester course in organic chemistry or CHM 115/116 General Chemistry CHM 1051106 Principles of Chemistry Required Supporting Courses BIO 491 Seminar (non-credit) is required of all juniors and seniors. The ninth course may be any of the upper division biology courses listed above or BIO 340 Marine Biology of the Florida Keys. BIO 367 Biochemistry BIO 476 Microbiology 5. 4. BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology BIO 474 Developmental Biology 3. B10 355 Genetics BIO 481 Ecology BIO 361 Plant Biology BIO 440 Plant Physiology 2. 1. BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology B10 353 Comparative Vertebrate Morphology BIO 473 Animal Physiology and at least one from each of the five following groups: B10 113 Introductory Organismal Biology B10 114 Introductory Genetics, Evolution, and Ecology B10 215 Introductory Cellular Biology Nine courses including: Major - A course in general chemistry and five biology courses including BIO 113, 114, 215, and two upper division courses. Minor GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, one course of approved independent study with both oral and poster presentation and written report. Project proposals should be made to the department by Sept. 30 of the senior year or Feb. 28 in the case of students planning to graduate in the following December. Departmental Honors A GPA of 3.7 in biology and 3.5 overall. An original research project on a significant topic in biology with both oral and poster presentation and written report. Project proposals should be made to the department by Sept. 30 of the senior year or Feb. 28 in the case of students planning to graduate in the following December. Graduation with Distinction All transfer courses, including ACTC courses, must be approved in writing by the chair. Only those biology courses successfully completed (2.0 or above) within the last 10 years will be considered. No more than two upper division courses from other institutions may be applied toward the major. Transfer course policy for majors and minors or MAT 163 Introductory Statistics or MAT 145 Calculus I or h4AT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences MAT 114 Precalculus or PHY 121/122 General Physics PHY 116 Introduction to Physics 100 Biology The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should Teaching Licensure Major Graduate programs in biological fields require coursework similar to that for premedical education, and may also require undergraduate research experience. Health care professions (physician assistant, physical therapist, veterinarian, etc.) have specific requirements that should be discussed with an adviser in the department. Graduate and Professional Training Students should consult members of the biology faculty for information specific to medical school application. Pre-medical students should include a two-semester sequence in physics and a two-semester sequence in organic chemistry. Many medical schools also require two semesters of calculus. Biology for Pre-Medical Students In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the biology faculty. Biology majors must have an adviser in the biology department. BIO 113 and 114 and Principles of Chemistry (or General Chemistry) should be taken in the first year, and BIO 215 and Organic Chemistry in the second year. Students should complete their math requirements early in their college careers. A GPA of 2.0 for BIO 113, 114, and 215 is a prerequisite for enrollment in upper division biology courses. A grade of 2.0 or above is required for all upper division courses applied toward the major. Natural Science I The first semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course focuses on the nature of science and major concepts of Physics and Chemistry. Laboratory work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 3) Natural Science II The second semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course focuses on major concepts of Earth Science and Biology. Laboratory work will complement lectures and will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: SCI 110) Human Biology An introduction to basic biological principles with a human perspective. Includes discussion of the molecular and cellular basis of life, genetics, organ systems, and human impact on the environment. (Three one-hour lectures. A student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor. Fall) The Biological World The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to gather and analyze data and propose and test theories are considered. (Prereq.: MPG 2. Three one-hour lectures, three hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major or minor) Human Anatomy and Physiology A survey of the structure and function of the human body. (Three one-hour lectures, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) Biology and Society The biological basis for problems facing society, such as pollution, genetic engineering, AIDS, extinction, global warming, hunger, cancer. (WEC only Three one-hour lectures. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) SCI 111 BIO 101 BIO 102 BIO 103 BIO 105 The department works with the Office of Cooperative Education in identifying and defining co-op ed experiences in laboratories and other settings in the Twin Cities. Cooperative Education to those students who bave completed at least one upper division biology course and have a GPA of 3.0 in biology. SCI 110 Membership in the Augsburg Chapter of this national biology honor society is open Beta Beta Beta consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to idenbfy current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. All upper division biology requirements for secondary licensure must be completed before beginning student teaching. - Biology 101 BIO 369 BIO 361 BIO 355 BIO 353 BIO 351 BIO 215 BIO 185 BIO 114 BIO 113 lntroductory Organismal Biology An introductory consideration of biological macromolecules and their components, energetics, and intermedialy metabolism and its integration. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215, CHM 223 or 352. Fall) Biochemistry of structure, physiology, life histories, and phylogeny (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113, 114. Spring) A survey of the major groups of algae, fungi, and plants, including the study Plant Biology Principles of heredity, integrating classical and molecular analysis. (Three onehour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215 and junior standing. Spring) Genetics Comparative anatomy, functional morphology, and evolutionary morphology of the vertebrate. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: B10 113, 114. Spring) Comparative Vertebrate Morphology A study of the invertebrate animals stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and phylogeny (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113, 114. Fall: alternate years) Invertebrate Zoology Third of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to structure and function in tissues, cells, and subcellular organelles. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113, 114, CHM 106 or 116, CHM 223 or 352, or concurrent registration in CHM 223 or CHM 351. Fall) Introductory Cellular Biology At some time in our lives most of us will directly experience aging or be influenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course will concentrate on the biological aspects of such changes. Does not apply to the major or minor. (WEC only) The Biology of Aging Second of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to cellular functioning, metabolism, classical and population genetics, evolution, and ecology. BIO 113, 114, and 215 must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Spring) lntroductory Cenetics, Evolution, and Ecology First of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to organismal biology for science majors, including diversity, physiology, and structure. B10 113, 114, and 215 must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq: MPG 3 or concurrent registration in MAT 105, concurrent registration in CHM 105/115. Fall) Plant Physiology A weekly meeting of biology majors. Active participation by juniors and seniors is required, including an oral presentation by seniors. Guest speakers are often invited. A noncredit requirement for the major. (Spring) Seminar (0.0 course) A study of interactions between organisms and the biotic and abiotic environment. Topics include physiological ecology, energy flow, nutrient cycling, a survey of biomes, population and community ecology, and conservation. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratoly, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: BIO 215, MPG 4 or MAT 122 or MAT 163. Fall) Ecology An introduction to the study of microorganisms. Environmental, industrial, and medical issues are discussed, with particular attention paid to human pathogens. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laborator. Prereq.: BIO 215, CHM 351, junior standing. Spring) Microbiology A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes that occur during embryonic development of animals, including genetic control of development. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215. Spring) Developmental Biology A study of digestion, respiration, circulation, excretion, movement, and sensory perception aswell as neural and hormonal control of these functions, empha-sizing vertebrates. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratoly. Prereq.: BIO 215; PHY 116 or 122, or consent of the instructor. Fall) Animal Physiology An examination of mechanisms of molecular genetics, recombinant DNA technology, cell-signaling, cell cycle control, and cellular basics for immunity. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratoly. Prereq.: BIO 215. Fall) Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology A consideration of the process involved in photosynthesis, growth, development, and water relations in plants including the relationship of process to structure and life histoly. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215 and CHM 223 or 352. Fall: alternate years) BIO 499 BIO 399 BIO 299 BIO 199 See description on page 92. (Prereq.: B10 215. P/N only) Independent Study/Research See description on page 91. (Prereq.: B10 215. P/N only) Internship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. (Prereq.: B10 113, 114. P/N only) Internship Internships and lndependent Study Courses: BIO 491 BIO 481 BIO 476 BIO 474 BIO 473 BIO 471 BIO 440 - Biology 103 John C. Cemto (Chair), Nora M. Braun, C. Lee Clarke, Jay Dobberstein, Amin E. Kader (International Business Coordinator), Ashok K. Kapoor (Finance Coordinator),Jim Kattke, Steven J. LaFave (Accounting Coordinator), Lori L. Lohman (Marketing Coordinator), Fekri Meziou, Thomas Morgan, Magdalena M. PalecznyZapp (Management Coordinator), Milo A. Schield, David G. Schwain, Kathryn A. Schwalbe (MIS Coordinator), Stuart M. Stoller Faculty The faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the community by providing an education that is technically competent, ethically based, and socially aware. ur mission is to prepare students for professional careers in business or for graduate studies. This preparation involves a cumculum that stresses analysis and communication, emphasizes both theory and practice, and is shaped by the needs of the business community The department fosters close ties with the corporate community that provide a wealth of practical expertise, a variety of internship opportunities, and future job prospects. 0 BUS, ACC, MIS, MKT To graduate without intentionally taking courses in excess of the minimal number required (see page 73), students must avoid taking too many electives or exceeding the 13-course lirmt per academic department (14 courses for accounting majors). Courses designated as ACC, BUS, MIS, and MKT are considered as being in the same academic department. Taking extra electives, or choosing a particular Graduation Requirements Certificate programs in the Department of Business Administration are designed to meet the needs of working people looking for specific skills to help them in their job, or to pursue a new career. The Department offers certificates in information technology, business management, and business finance through the Weekend College program. Certificate Programs Within the business administration major there are three specializations: management, finance, and international business. Within the accounting major there are three specializations: general accounting, public accounting, and managerial accounting. Specializations The Department of Business Administration offers four majors: business administration (BUS), accounting (ACC), management information systems (MIS), and marketing (MKT). Majors Students who plan to major in business administration, accounting, MIS, or marketing are strongly encouraged to select a departmental adviser who teaches in their major. This should be done by the end of the sophomore year at the latest. In addition to advising, departmental faculty can counsel majors on their careers, assist majors in obtaining internships or jobs, and provide letters of recommendation for prospective employers or graduate programs. Advising Transfer students must complete at least four of the upper division courses required in the major at Augsburg or obtain an exemption from the department. Transfer courses must be approved by the department. Courses taken more than 10 years ago will not be accepted. Transfer Students combination of major and minor may require students to complete more than the minimum number of credits required for graduation. Exceptions are noted in the major. t Non-business majors are encouraged to take BUS 254 Entrepreneurship. Entrepreneurship The international business faculty actively support international study For additional details, see the section on International Partners under International Studies in this catalog, or consult the departmental coordinator for international business or other overseas opportunities. International Business Students are strongly encouraged to work with the Center for Service, Work, and Learning and department faculty to obtain an internship (BUS/ACWMIS/MKT 399) during their junior or senior year. Although an internship counts as part of the 13 courses allowed in the major, students may petition for an exception. An internship may satisfy the The City Perspective if taken in conjunction with GST 209. Internships can provide students with experience that may be valuable in competing for jobs after graduation. Advisers should be consulted about internships. Internships Business Administration 10: T Specialization in Finance Business core plus 4 courses: ACC 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I Specialization in Management Business core plus 4 courses: BUS 340 Human Resource Management BUS 440 Strategic Management BUS 465 International Management MIS 376 Project Management or ECO 318 Management Science Business Core 10 courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business or MIS 360 Problem Solving for Business or MIS 370 Data Management for Business ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management MKT 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics BUS 301 Business Law or PHI 300 Business Law and Ethics BUS 331 Financial Management he major in business administration prepares students for professional careers in business administration or for graduate studies. The three specializations within this major share a common business core. This common core provides students with a broad foundation so they can readily adapt to internal changes in interests and goals and to external changes in circumstances and opportunities. the following: Public Finance Intermediate Macroeconomics Intermediate Microeconomics Money and Banking Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics Financial Theory: Policy and Practice Investment Theory 11 courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics and one other upper division economics course ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management MKT 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics or BUS 331Financial Management Combined Major in Business Administration and Economics Students must also complete three semesters of a foreign language (or equivalent). The language requirement may be waived for international students. Contact the international business coordinator for details on language equivalents or other configurations. and one additional upper division course in either international business or international economics. Specialization in International Business Business core plus 4 courses: BUS 362 International Business BUS 465 International Management MKT 466 International Marketing and one of EC0 3 11 ECO 312 ECO 313 ECO 315 BUS 479 BUS 438 BUS 433 The Music Business: Marketing, Promotion, Publishing, Recording An introduction to the music industry. Topics covered include contracts, business structures and basic business essentials, band names, publicity and advertising, and the role of agents and managers. Other topics include music and theatre, arts administration, copyright, licensing, and recording. This course is also offered as MUS 105. Personal Finance Introduction to personal financial planning and budgeting, credit management, income taxes, insurance, real estate, investments, retirement and estate planning. Principles of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning, and control. The nature of authority, accountability, and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional manager. Entrepreneurship The process of transforming an idea into an organization that can market this idea successfully Examines the construction of a viable business plan with attention to the resources needed for success. Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) BUS 214 BUS 242 BUS 254 BUS 295 Students should consult the area coordinator concerning acceptable alternatives in international economics. Minor in International Business Six courses including: ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221, BUS 242 or MKT 252, and three courses in international business (one may be in international economics). This minor is automatically completed while completing a major in accounting, MIS or marketing. Minor in Business Administration Six courses including: ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221 and 222, BUS 242, MKT 252, BUS 331 or BUS 379. Other configurations may be permitted with the approval of the department chair. BUS 105 To quai*, a major must have a 3.7 GPA in the major, a 3.5 GPA overall, and have completed all courses appropriate for the proposed project. Departmental Honors To qual*, a major must have a 3.5 GPA, must be an Honors Program senior who qualifies for Graduation with Distinction in that program, and have completed all courses appropriate for the proposed project. Graduation with Distinction and one other upper division business administration, accounting, MIS or marketing course. - Business Administration 10 - - BUS 433 BUS 424 BUS 379 BUS 368 BUS 362 BUS 340 BUS 331 BUS 301 This course includes readings and case discussions on markets, financial strategy, capital structure and payout policies, raising capital, risk management, corporate restructuring, and corporate governance. (Prereq: Bus 331) Financial Theory: Policy and Practice To incorporate and learn the techniques of creatinga controlled and effective management environment. Students work with companies to help solve problems or implement projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113; ACC 221, 222; BUS 242, 331, 379; MIS 175, MKT 252) Internal Audit and Management Consulting An introduction to quantitative reasoning to assist students in reading and interpreting data. Topics include descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, estimation, and hypothesis testing with emphasis on applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: MIS 175 or 360 or 370 and either MPG 3 or completion of MAT 171. WEC-Additional three-hour sessions are required, usually on a weekday evening.) Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics An examination of current Japanese business practices from a cultural perspective. TV documentaries, readings from periodicals, plus participation in a seminar model. (Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor) Responding to the Challenge of Japan This course views international business from a global perspective, including views of the U.S. government and perspectives of foreign governments. Each topic is supported with real-life case studies (Pre-req.: ECO 112 or 113, and BUS 242 or MKT 252, consent of instructor) International Business Personnel function in business, acquisition, and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor) Human Resource Management This course includes Financial Statement Analysis, Risk and Return, Security Valuation, Capital Budgeting, Capital Structure and Working Capital Management. (Prereq: ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221, and MPG 3) Financial Management Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property, and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. Business Law (See Department of Philosophy for course description) BUSIPHI 300 Business Law and Ethics 08 Business Administration Investment Theory Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Topics Advanced modeling using computer software. Specific topics may include multivariate modeling PATH analysis, Monte Carlo simulations, queuing models, and ANOVA. (Prereq: BUS 379. Fall: evening) Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics This course analyzes several factors influencing behavior in the workplace and the board room, including skills needed to manage across national borders. (Pre-req.: BUS 242) International Management Concepts and principles related to long-range planning. Taught from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various industries and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242) Strategic Management Analyzes exposure to accidental loss-its identification, measurement, and evaluation. Reviews techniques for loss prevention and control. Surveys primary types of insurance. (Prereq.: BUS 331 and BUS 379) Risk Management and Insurance This is an introduction to investment decision making and portfolio management theory and practice. Other topics include Valuation principles and practices, risk and return analysis, and derivatives. (Pre-req: Bus 331) BUS 499 BUS 399 BUS 299 BUS 199 See description on page 92. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. lnternship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. lnternship Internships and Independent Study Courses: BUS 495 BUS 479 BUS 465 BUS 440 BUS 439 BUS 438 Business Administration lo Effective May 2006, students will need to complete the equivalent of 150 semester hours of education to be licensed as Certified Public Accountants (CPAs). This can be completed in four years through accelerated undergraduate work. Another option is to complete a four-year Bachelors degree plus a Masters degree. The two professional specializations relate to two professional designations: the CPA and the CMA. A certified public accountant (CPA) focuses on external reporting; a certified management accountant (CMA) focuses on internal reporting. The public accounting specialization includes the materials emphasized on the CPA exam; the managerial specialization includes the materials emphasized on the CMA exam. Both the CPA and CMA designation have an experience requirement in addition to passing the national exam. Under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy, accounting majors in the public accounting specialization are qualified to sit for the CPA examination after graduation. T h e major in accounting prepares students for professional careers in a wide variety of accounting-related positions. This major has two tracks: general accounting and professional accounting. The general accounting specialization is adequate for a wide variety of positions. The professional accounting track includes two specializations: public accounting and managerial accounting. The public accounting specialization is recommended for positions with CPA firms. The managerial accounting specialization is recommended for positions with large or rapidlygrowing companies. Specialization in Managerial Accounting Accounting core plus ACC 424 Internal Audit and Management Consulting and MIS 375 Management Information Systems in the Organization. (Exception to 13course limit) Specialization in Public Accounting Accounting core plus: ACC 326 Tax Accounting; ACC 423 Auditing. (Exception to 13-course limit) Specialization in General Accounting No additional courses required. Students are encouraged to take the courses in the sequence given above. Accounting Core ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business or MIS 360 Problem Solving for Business or MIS 370 Data Management for Business BUS 242 Principles of Management MKT 252 Principles of Marketing ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics BUS 301 Business Law or PHI 300 Business Law and Ethics BUS 331 Financial Management ACC 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I ACC 323 Accounting Theory and Practice I1 ACC 324 Managerial Cost Accounting ACC 425 Advanced Accounting ACC 326 ACC 324 ACC 323 ACC 322 ACC 295 ACC 222 ACC 221 Minor in Accounting This minor is recommended for majors in MIS and finance. Six ACC 221,222, BUS 331 or ACC 324, ACC 322,323 and one of the following: MIS 175, BUS 379, ECO 112, or 113. The more common and important provisions of planning and compliance for income taxes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 331, ECO 112, 113, or consent of instructor) Tax Accounting Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for managerial decision making. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: ACC 221, 222, BUS 242, 379, MKT 252, or consent of instructor) Managerial Cost Accounting A continuation of ACC 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements, and other relevant issues as applied to liabilities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.: ACC 322) Accounting Theory and Practice II An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements, and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222) Accounting Theory and Practice I Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Topics A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to cost accounting for manufacturing. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making, and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: ACC 221) Principles of Accounting II Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle, and preparation of financial statements. Principles of Accounting I GPA of 3.7 in the major and 3.5 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral exam in the major field of concentration. Interested juniors or seniors should contact the department chair. Departmental Honors Accountinq 1 Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology, and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Topics Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting, and fund accounting. (Prereq.: ACC 323) Advanced Accounting To incorporate and learn the techniques of creating a controlled and effective management environment. Students work with companies to help solve problems or implement projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 221, 222, BUS 242,331, 379, MIS 175 or 360 or 370, MKT 252) Internal Audit and Management Consulting Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the C P k role to form the basis of opinion on a set of financial statements. (Prereq.: ACC 323) Auditing ACC 499 ACC 399 ACC 299 ACC 199 See description on page 92. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. lnternship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. Internship Internships and Independent Study Courses: ACC 495 ACC 425 ACC 424 ACC 423 12 Accounting - A. 12 courses in business, accounting, marketing, and MIS: BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 33 1 Financial Management BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 MKT 252 Principles of Marketing MIS 360 Problem Solving for Business MIS 370 Data Management for Business MIS 375 Management Information Systems in the Organization MIS 376 Project Management MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design MIS 476 Information Systems Projects Management Information Systems Major he major in management infonnation systems prepares students for professional careers in information systems. MIS studies information systems as both a resource and a tool for decision-making. Students learn to analyze and evaluate existing systems and to design and program new systems. MIS is an extensive major (16 courses) and includes courses from computer science, mathematics, economics, business, accounting, and marketing as well as from MIS. If students have a weak computer background, they should also take MIS 175 for the major. T To qualify, a major must have a 3.5 GPA, must be an Honors Program senior who qualifies for Graduation with Distinction in that program, and have completed all courses appropriate for the proposed project. Graduation with Distinction GPA of 3.7 in the major and 3.5 overall, complete a scholarly paper or paper from a substantial work of applied consulting, and present the final paper. Interested juniors or seniors should contact their department adviser. Honors Major Note: Completion of MIS 360 or MIS 370 satisfies any requirement for MIS 175. Seven courses including: MIS 175, ACC 221, BUS 242 or MKT 252, MIS 360 or 370, MIS 375, ECO 113, and one of the following: MIS 376 or ECO 318. Minor in MIS B. Four required supporting courses: ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science (co-requirement MAT 171) CSC 170 Structured Programming or CSC 240 Introduction to Networking and Communications MAT 171 Discrete Math for Computing (co-requirement for CSC 160) MIS 376 MIS 375 MIS 370 MIS 360 MIS 295 MIS 175 14 MIS - Principles of Computing for Business Develops project management skills needed to initiate, plan, execute, control, and close projects. Combines theories, techniques, group activities, and computer tools such as Microsoft Project. Emphasizes technical and communications skills needed to manage inevitable changes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 242, and either MIS 175,360, or 370) Project Management Broad understanding of using information systems to support organizational objectives. Topics include strategic planning and uses of information systems, business process analysis, and understanding of the technology architecture. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 242 or MKT 252, and one computer course such as MIS 175,360,370, or CSC 160) Management Information Systems in the Organization This course applies database management systems software capabilities to support the design and implementation of databases and related applications for the purpose of business data management. Students will write, test, and debug event-driven code in developing relational database applications. Students will also learn the fundamentals of multi-user data management in network and web environments. (Prereq.: MPG3, CSC 160, and MIS 175 or strong computer background. Completion of MIS 370 satisfies any requirement for MIS 175) Data Management for Business This course applies advanced software capabilities like macros, Solver and Scenario Manager in Microsoft Excel as well as other simulation and decision support tools for problem solving in business through the use of realistic business cases. (Prereq.: MPG 3, MIS 175 or CSC 160 or strong computer background. Completion of MIS 360 satisfies any requirement for MIS 175) Problem Solving for Business Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the area of management information systems. Topics An introductoly course to develop understanding of basic computing concepts and specific skills in using microcomputer software (Windows, Word, Excel, Access, Powerpoint, e-mail, and the World Wide Web). Emphasis on solving business-related problems using software, especially Excel. Students with a strong computer background should take MIS 360 or 370 instead of MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG 3) Systems Analysis and Design Lectures, discussions, and meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Topics Skills developed in previous courses are used to complete an actual project of systems analysis and design. (Prereq.: MIS 370, 375, 376, and 475) Information Systems Projects Develops skills in using systems development methodologies and Computer Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools. Techniques used include data and process modeling, file and database design, and user interface design. A course-long project is used to complete a rudimentary system design. (Prereq.: MIS 375,376, and either MIS 370 or CSC 352. Note: MIS 376 may be taken concurrently with MIS 475) MIS 499 MIS 399 MIS 299 MIS 199 See description on page 92. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. lnternship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. lnternship Internships and Independent Study Courses: MIS 495 MIS 476 MIS 475 - MIS 11: T Principles of Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic, and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel, and pricing decisions. Consumer Behavior Consumer behavior theories and principles as they apply to the consumer decision-makingprocess. Impact of attitudes, values, personality, and rnotivation on individual decision processes. Analysis of cultural, ethnic, social class, family, and purchase situation influences. Application to everyday purchasing situations. (Prereq.: MKT 252 or consent of instructor) Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making. Emphasis on development of research proposal, methodology, and collection and analysis of data. (Prereq.: MKT 252, BUS 379, ECO 113, or consent of instructor) MKT 350 MKT 352 6 courses including MKT 352 Marketing Research/Analysis MKT 450 Marketing Management MKT 466 International Marketing INS 325 Building Working Relationships MKT 350 Consumer Behavior or MKT 354 Sales Management MKT 355 Marketing Communications or MKT 357 Advertising B. Required Marketing Courses MKT 252 10 courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics A. Business Administration Core Requirements Marketing Major he marketing major prepares students for professional careers in a wide variety of marketing functions within both business and not-for-profit organizations. Career avenues include marketing research, product management, marketing communications (e.g., advertising, public relations, sales promotion), and sales. Marketing courses focus on integrating both theory and practical applications, with an emphasis on hands-on projects. In addition, a unique course in the major, "Building Working Relationships," provides an opportunity for students to examine interpersonal, group, and organizational relationships. Principles of Accounting I Principles of Accounting I1 Principles of Management Principles of Marketing Business Law and Ethics Financial Management Principles of Computing for Business or MIS 360 Problem Solving for Business or MIS 370 Data Management for Business BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics ACC 221 ACC 222 BUS 242 MKT 252 PHI 300 BUS 331 MIS 175 Sales Management Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Topics This course examines those issues and activities unique to marketing in an international setting. Emphasis is also placed on adaptation of a marketing mix according to the international marketing environment. (Prereq.: MKT 252.) International Marketing Application of marketing concepts to day-to-day strategies and long-term planning issues; development and implementation of marketing plans. (Prereq.: MKT 252, MKT 352, MKT 355 or 357, or consent of instructor) Marketing Management An introduction to print, broadcast, and Web-based advertising and promotion as important elements in modem marketing and communications. Note: Either MKT 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both. Advertising Integration of advertising, public relations, sales promotion design, evaluation, and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. (Prereq.: MKT 252) Note: Either MKT 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both. Marketing Communications Formulation, implementation, evaluation and control of sales force programs designed to carry out marketing objectives. Management of sales force recruitment, departmental structure, training, motivation, territory allocation, quotas and compensation. (Prereq.: MKT 252 or consent of instructor) MKT 499 MKT 399 MKT 299 MKT 199 See description on page 92. Independent Study/Research See description on page 91. lnternship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. lnternship Internships and Independent Study Courses: MKT 495 MKT 466 MKT 450 MKT 357 MKT 355 MKT 354 - Marketing 111 c *To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the traditional positions as chemists. *To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to compete successfully with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions. Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists: The department is on the list of approved schools of the American Chemical Society (ACS) and offers a chemistry major that meets the chemistry background required by many fields. Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts as offered in the general education curriculum is imperative if a chemist is to be both truly human and truly scientific. Chemists as scientists must be knowledgeable in fact and theory for solving scientific problems and also capable of providing a public understanding of their work, including potential problems as well as benefits. hemistry is the science that examines and works toward understanding changes in matter. Chemistry has been described as the central science because matter includes the entire physical world, such as the things we use, the food we eat, and even ourselves. Correlating the insights of chemistry with physics, mathematics, and molecular biology opens vistas that excite and offer opportunities to better the entire world. and two additional courses from: CHM 364 Physical Chemistry I1 CHM 367 Properties of Polymers Graduation Major in Chemistry CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I, I1 or CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemishy I, I1 CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry I, I1 CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 361 Physical Chemistry I CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (4 semesters) BACHELOR OF ARTS Sandra L. Olmsted (Chair), Ron L. Fedie, Arlin E. Gyberg, Joan C. Kunz Chemistry Faculty *To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an example of the methodology of the natural sciences in examining the world around us. The presentation of major concepts underlying the changes in matter, the opportunity to examine change in the physical world, and the reflection of the implications and limitations of science in our society will enhance the ability of non-science persons to make better value judgments concerning science questions in their own endeavors. *To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to integrate outside study areas with the sciences. *To provide an atmosphere of leamhg so that students will want to remain lifelong learners, thereby remaining competent in their field, however that may change after graduation, and be able to move into new areas as opportunities arise. 12 courses including: CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I, I1 or CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry I, I1 CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry I, I1 American Chemical Society Approved Major BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Pre-medical students should plan to take at least three courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. Chemistry for Pre-Medical Students The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of b s catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Teaching Licensure in Physical Science Because upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 145, 146 in the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the sophomore year. General Physics I, I1 Calculus I, I1 Advanced Organic Chemistry Advanced Analytical Chemistry Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Principles of Medicinal Chemistry Biochemistry Also required: PHY 121, 122 MAT 145, 146 BIO 367 CHM 464 CHM 481 CHM 482 CHM 470 Overall GPA of 3.5 or higher, and completion of an approved research project in the junior or senior year. Graduation with Distinction in Chemistry Also required are: CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (four semesters) MAT 145, 146, 245 Calculus I, 11,111 PHY 121, 122 General Physics I, I1 (should be taken in sophomore year) Recommended: Modem Physics, additional mathematics, research experience, reading ability in German, and computer proficiency One course from: CHM 367 Properties of Polymers CHM 470 Principles of Medicinal Chemistry CHM 495 Topics in Chemistry CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 361,363 Physical Chemistry and Laboratory I CHM 364, 365 Physical Chemistry and Laboratory 11 CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Note: credit will not be granted for both CHM 105 and 115, or for both CHM 106 and 116. Other restrictions are in the course descriptions. Minor Five courses that must include: CHM 105, 106 or CHM 115, 116, CHM 351,352, and CHM 353. Full ACS major; GPA of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics and physics, 3.0 overall; one course or summer of approved research; participation in seminar. Departmental Honors - Chemistry 11! CHM 115 CHM 106 CHM 105 CHM 101 CHM 100 SCI 111 SCI 110 An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. Includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, MPG 3. Fall) General Chemistry I CHM 106 is a continuation of CHM 105 with more emphasis upon equilibrium and the chemistry of the elements. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 105, MPG 3. Spring) Principles of Chemistry II Topics in this course include an introduction to matter, chemical change, chemical reactions, chemical bonding, energetics, and equilibrium. The sequence, CHM 105, 106, is designed for students who have not studied chemistry in high school or who are less confident about their background in chemistry. Students may go into CHM 351 or 353 from CHM 106 and major in chemistry. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall) Principles of Chemistry I Second semester of the year-long course. Applies concepts from CHM 100 to environmental, organic, and biochemical problems of societal interest. A laboratory is included with this course. Does not count toward a chemistry major or minor nor apply as prerequisite for other chemistly courses. (Prereq.: CHM 100, MPG 3. Spring) Chemistry for Changing Times II Designed for the liberal arts student. Emphasis is upon developing basic chemistry concepts using examples primarily from inorganic chemistry. Does not count toward a chemistry major or minor nor apply as prerequisite for other chemistry courses. (Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall) Chemistry for Changing Times I The second semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course focuses on major concepts of Earth Science and Biology. Laboratory work will complement lectures and will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratoly. Prereq.: SCI 110) Natural Science II The first semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course focuses on the nature of science and major concepts of Physics and Chemistry. Laboratory work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 3 ) Natural Science I Any course taken as a prerequisite for another course, including the first course in a two-term sequence, must be completed with a grade of P, or 2.0 or higher. 20 Chemistry - General Chemistry II A continuation of Chemistry 115. Emphasis on equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 115. Spring) Physical Chemistry II CHM 364 Properties of Polymers CHM 367 Presents polymer chemistry as an interdisciplinary chemistry relying on the organic, analytical, and physical chemistry prerequisites to unfold the details of macromolecules. (Prereq.: CHM 352, 361. Spring, alternate years) Physical Chemistry Laboratory 11 (.5 course) CHM 365 is to be taken the second semester and involves experiments relating to CHM 364. (One four-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 364 or concurrent registration. Spring) CHM 365 Covers the fundamentals of the chemical kinetics as well as the concepts studied in CHM 361 applied to areas of solutions, molecular structure, spectroscopy, surfaces, diffraction techniques, and macromolecules. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 361. Spring) Physical Chemistry Laboratory 1 (.5 course) Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data collection and experimental application of concepts presented in physical chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken in the fall and involves experiments related to CHM 361. (One four-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 361 or concurrent registration and ENG 111) Covers three of the basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, quantum mechanics, and statistical mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116; MAT 145, 146; PHY 121, 122. Fall) Physical Chemistry I Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to electrochemical and spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lecture, one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. MPG 3. Fall) Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 363 CHM 361 CHM 353 Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modem theories of chemical bonds, energy relationships, and reaction mechanisms. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. Fall: CHM 351; spring: CHM 352) CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry I, II CHM 116 Chemistry 12 CHM 497 CHM 495 CHM 491 CHM 482 CHM 481 CHM 470 CHM 464 - (.O course) Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation that may be obtained by working on a summer research project (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (that may be counted as a course). Cooperative education is an excellent opportunity to be involved in industrial research projects. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing) Introduction to Chemistry Research Study of a specific area building upon inorganic, analytical, physical, and organic chemistry. Topics in Chemistry This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are also invited to participate. Chemistry Seminar Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic and molecular orbital models. Reactivity and bonding in coordination, cluster, and organometallic compounds are considered. The laboratory uses preparations of a variety of techniques. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 352,361 or consent of instructor. Fall) Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Emphasis on instrumental methods of analysis. Atomic, molecular, and electron spectroscopy, radiochemical, chromatography, thermal, and electroanalytical methods are covered. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 353, 361 or consent of instructor. Spring) Advanced Analytical Chemistry Medicinal chemistry examines the organic chemistry of drug design and drug action. Students study the mechanisms of drug transport across biological membranes, absorption, distribution, and drug excretion; the relationship between structure and activity; molecular recognition process in drug-receptor interactions; enzyme mechanisms; and the metabolic pathways by which drugs are detoxified. Also studied are the concepts used in the design of therapeutic substances. (Prereq.: CHM 352. BIO 367 is recommended. Spring, alternate years) Principles of Medicinal Chemistry Laboratory work is organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds. Lecture topics include theory and structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature, and advanced topics in organic synthesis. (~hreehours of lecture, six hours of laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 352,353, 361 or consent of instructor. Some reading knowledge of German is helpful. Fall) Advanced Organic Chemistry 22 Chemistry - Directed Study See description on page 92. Internship See description on page 91 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 92. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing) CHM 299 CHM 399 CHM 499 he Augsburg computer science department strives to give students a sound theoretical and practical foundation in computer science. We offer both a B.A. and a B.S. major. The computer science curriculum places emphasis on networks, communications, and the use of computers as an information access tool. The coursework provides students a strong base in computer science, with emphasis on concepts rather than on applications. We encourage students to strengthen their coursework by electing an internship or cooperative education experience. Our location in the Twin Cities provides us with an excellent resource of such experiences for students, and allows them to add practical applications to their education. T 12 courses including: CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communication CSC 170 Structured Programming CSC 210 Data Structures CSC 240 Introduction to Networking and Communications CSC 320 Algorithms CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization Computer Science Major BACHELOR OF ARTS . Charles Sheaffer (Chair), Lany Crockett, Jim Moen, Noel Petit, Larry Ragland, Karen Sutherland Computer Science Faculty See listing under Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts. lnternship See description on page 91 CHM 199 Internships and Independent Study Courses: - Two courses from: MAT 245 Calculus 111 MAT 246 Linear Algebra MAT 247 Modeling and Differential Equations 16 courses including: CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communication CSC 170 Structured Programming CSC 210 Data Structures CSC 240 Introduction to Networking and Communications CSC 320 Algorithms CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization CSC 450 Programming Languages and Compilers I CSC 451 Programming Languages and Compilers I1 PHI 385 Introduction to Formal Logic and Computation Theory MAT 145 Calculus I MAT 146 Calculus I1 Computer Science Major BACHELOR OF SCIENCE At least one elective must be an upper division course. and two electives from CSC courses above 200 at least one of which is above 300 PHY 261 Electronics MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design. MAT 355 Numerical Mathematics Programming Languages and Compilers I CSC 45 1 Programming Languages and Compilers I1 PHI 385 Introduction to Formal Logic and Computation Theory MAT 114 Precalculus (or MPG 4) MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics for Computing (recommended) or MAT 145 Calculus I CSC 450 !24 Computer Science 13 courses including: MAT 145 Calculus I or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communication CSC 170 Structured Programming CSC 210 Data Structures CSC 240 Introduction to Networking and Communications or CSC 320 Algorithms or CSC 352 Database Management and Design CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics Major in Computational Economics Coordinators Jeanne Boeh, Department of Economics, Lany Ragland, Department of Computer Science The computational economics major has been designed to serve students with need for some basic understanding of computer science and economics. The major requires six courses from computer science and six from economics with a required capstone independent study. Students interested in this major should consult with the faculty in computer science, in economics, or one of the coordinators. Computational Economics At least two electives must be upper division courses. and three electives from: CSC courses above 200 PHY 261 Electronics MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design MAT 355 Numerical Mathematics MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical Structures (recommended) CSC 160 Prerequisites: A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite for a computer science course. Six courses including CSC 160, 170, 210,345; and one upper division computer science course, and one of MAT 171 or MAT 145. Computer Science Minor GPA of 3.5 in computer science and mathematics, GPA of 3.1 overall, and an independent study project. Departmental Honors One upper division elective in philosophy Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme I1 PHI 241 History of Philosophy I: Ancient Greek Philosophy PHI 242 History of Philosophy 11: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy PHI 343 History of Philosophy 111: Early Modem and 19th Century Philosophy PHI 344 History of Philosophy IV Twentieth Century Philosophy PHI 365 Philosophy of Science PHI 385 Introduction to Fonnal Logic and Computation Theory PHI 410 Topics in Philosophy or CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science CSC 373 Introduction to Computer Science and Communication An introduction to computer science topics in hardware, software, theory, and computer communications: algorithm design, logical circuits, network concepts, and the Internet, and programming. (Prereq.: MPG 3) 14 courses including: MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics for Computing or MAT 145 Calculus I CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communication CSC 170 Structured Programming CSC 210 Data Smctures CSC 320 Algorithms Major in Computational Philosophy Coordinators David Apolloni, Department of Philosophy, Charles Sheaffer, Department of Computer Science Computational Philosophy emphasizes areas of interest in which philosophy and computer science overlap: logic, artificial intelligence, cognitive science, philosophy of mind, and philosophy of language. The major requires six courses from computer science and seven from philosophy with a required capstone topics course. Students interested in this major should consult with the faculty in computer science, in philosophy, or one of the coordinators. Computational Philosophy ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 318 Management Science ECO 315 Money and Banking or ECO 415 Managerial Economics CSC 499 Independent Study or ECO 499 Independent Study Computer Science 12 - CSC 352 csc 345 CSC 320 CSC 273 CSC 272 CSC 270 CSC 240 csc 210 CSC 170 Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and security, and the development of database systems. (Prereq.: CSC 210) Database Management and Design An introduction to computer architecture, processors, instruction sets, and assembly language programming. (Prereq.: CSC 210) Principles of Computer Organization and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms, scheduling algorithms, and tree and graph traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, Turing machines, the classes P and NP, NP-complete problems, and intractable problems. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and one of MAT 145 or MAT 171) A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching Algorithms Study of an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of computer science including problem-solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming, procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation. Intended especially for non-majors. Offered concurrently with CSC 373. (Prereq.: None) Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme I Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) UNIX and C Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) FORTRAN Principles and methods of data communications, information theory, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, standards, network management, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq.: CSC 160 and MPG 3) Introduction to Networking and Communications Data structures such as linked lists, stacks, and queues; recursion. (Three hours of lecture, 1.5 hours of lab. Prereq.: CSC 170, MPG 4, and one of MAT 145 or MAT 171) Data Structures A study of problem-solving, algorithm development, and programming using a high-level programming language. (Three hours of lecture, 1.5 hours of lab. Prereq.: CSC 160 and MPG 3; MAT 171 recommended) Structured Programming 126 Computer Science Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in other courses. This course may be repeated, but may not be counted more than twice as part of the requirements for the major. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Advanced Topics in Computer Science Continuation of CSC 450: compilers, data structures, control structures, and the run-time environment. Emphasis on implementation issues. (Prereq.: CSC 345, CSC 450, and PHI 385) Programming Languages and Compilers II Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming languages. Topics include formal languages, programming language syntax and semantics, parsing, and interpretation. Emphasis on design issues. (Prereq.: CSC 320 and PHI 385 or concurrently) Programming Languages and Compilers I Network management; client/server databases and workstations; TCPAP and other network examples. Elements of operating systems, memory and process management, interactions among major components of computer systems, and a detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating systems. (Prereq.: CSC 340 and 345) Advanced Networking and Operating Systems Robot components, robotic paradigms, mobile robots, task planning, sensing, sensor fusion, basic control concepts. (Prereq.: CSC 210) Introduction to Al Robotics Continuation of CSC 273, and offered concurrently with CSC 273. Majors who have taken CSC 210 should register for CSC 373. (Prereq.: CSC 210 or 273) Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme II CSC 499 CSC 399 CSC 299 CSC 199 See description on page 92. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. lnternship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. lnternship Internships and Independent Study Courses: CSC 495 CSC 451 CSC 450 CSC 440 CSC 431 CSC 373 Computer Science 12 Martha Johnson, Director East Asian Studies Faculty Career opportunities for those who attain a liberal arts degree in East Asian studies include government service, international business, journalism, language instruction, Asian arts, and intercultural communication. The major provides a foundation for graduate work in various fields such as anthropology, economics, history, international relations, business, law, political science, sociology, and theatre. This major is also recommended for those interested in education and work with social and recreational agencies. major in East Asian studies is offered through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepartmental program that is available as a result of the cooperation and cross-registration possibilities among Augsburg College, Hamline University, Macalester College, The College of St. Catherine, and the University of St. Thomas. The program pools the resources and expertise within the five institutions. This major enables students to acquire a broad knowledge of Japan, China, and other East Asian nations, and to gain a functional knowledge of the language of one country. A Hamline University offers elementary and intermediate courses in Chinese. Macalester College and the University of St. Thomas offer elementary and intermediate courses in Japanese. There is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota to take Chinese or Japanese languages (without extra tuition charges); see campus adviser. Non-majors may also take the Chinese and Japanese language courses. Language Courses Study abroad opportunities for the semester or a year are available in Hong Kong, Japan, Korea, and the People's Republic of China. Study abroad strengthens the East Asian studies major by offering a cross-cultural experience in the country of specialization. Nine courses are required for the major. Courses in the major must be preapproved by the campus adviser and are distributed as follows: four courses in an East Asian language; four additional courses, two of which must be upper division (strongly recommended that one of these be a history course on China or Japan); and an East Asian studies seminar. A term of study abroad and the completion of a minor in another discipline are strongly recommended. Major in East Asian Studies Each campus has a member on the ACTC East Asian studies committee who can assist students. The current advisers are: Augsburg-Martha Johnson, 612-330-1715; Hamline-Richard Kagan, 651-641-2433; Macalester-Yue-him Tam, 651-696-6262; St. Catherine-Helen Humeston, 651-690-6651; St. ThomasYoung-Ok An, 651-962-5621. Note: Interim courses or new courses related to the East Asian Studies Program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the campus adviser. Faculty advising is recommended at all stages of the major to plan a coherent and effective program. Five courses, no more than two of which may be in the language. Courses in the minor must be pre-approved by the campus adviser. A minor in East Asian studies provides exposure to an area of East Asia that would complement other disciplines. Minor in East Asian Studies - Responding to the Challenge of Japan Topics: Introduction to AsianAmerican Literature The Modem Non-Western World Asian Philosophy Understanding Asian America Russian and Chinese Foreign Policy History of Religions Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre Students may also take independent studies (299,499) or topics courses relating to East Asian studies in various departments, subject to consent of instructor and approval of program director. REL 356 THR 245 PHI 355 POL 282 POL 363 HIS 104 ENG 282 BUS 368 Approved Augsburg College courses for the East Asian Studies Program (consult program director for ACTC listing of approved courses): East Asian Studies 12 T Students are able to combine an economics major with other disciplines such as business administration, international relations, mathematics, management infor- The study of economics provides a firm foundation for confronting change because it presents a disciplined way to analyze and make choices. An economics major prepares students for community leadership and leads to a great diversity of career opportunities including law, teaching, journalism, private and public international service. Pre-law and potential Master of Business Administration students are especially encouraged to consider economics as a major or a minor. The department offers five majors. The economics major and the applied economics majors lead to careers in the business world or government. Computational economics provides a liberal arts entry into the rapidly growing computer science field. The combined economics/business administration major allows students great flexibility in order to explore both fields. Finally, the teaching major in political sciencdeconomics allows secondary education licensure students to obtain a solid background for teaching economics. he Department of Economics offers a program that stresses a strong theoretical background, quantitative analysis, and an emphasis on national and international issues. Students who graduate with an economics major are well prepared to continue their education in a variety of fields or to work successfully in business and government because of the strong liberal arts emphasis within the major. and three other upper division courses also required: MIS 175 F'rinaples of Computing for Business MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics MAT 114 Elementary Functions Finite Mathematics or MAT 121 Calculus for the Social or MAT 122 and Behavioral Sciences Major in Economics ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 414 Welfare Economics Jeanne Boeh (Chair), Keith Gilsdorf, Stella Hofrenning Economics Faculty Internships are recommended. Students must consult with the department chair and the internship office before registering for academic credit. mation systems, political science, histoly, and area study programs. Students who are interested in any type of quantitatively oriented graduate program in economics or in business are encouraged to either major or minor in mathematics. These students should also take courses in computer science. Consult an adviser for specific course suggestions. and one other upper division business course. and one other upper division economics course, and six accountinglbusiness administration/MIS courses including: ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 331 Financial Management or MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics In addition to the courses listed on the following pages, these topics have been offered under ECO 295 or 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, Research Methods for Economics and Business, Advanced Economic Theory, Decision-Making With Finite Markov Chains, Soviet Economy, Economics of Mutual Funds, and Health Economics. Note: Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser as soon as possible in order to carefully plan their program of study Five economics courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics See Computer Science, page 124. Combined Major in Economics and Business Administration Minor in Economics GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Departmental Honors See Political Science, page 229. Teaching Major in Political Science and Economics The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Teacher Licensure Major ECO 112, 113,312,313, and one additional economics upper division course. Other configurations may be permitted with the approval of the department chair. Major in Computational Economics Major in Applied Economics ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics EC0 311 Public Finance or ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics or ECO 315 Money and Banking ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 360 International Economics EC03 18 Management Science or ECO 415 Managerial Economics ECO 413 Labor Economics ECO 399 Internship Program or ECO 499 Independent Study MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI120 Ethics or PHI 125 Ethics and Human Identity Economics 131 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are fundamental microeconomic tools, e.g., crime prevention, education, discrimination. (This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in economics, business administration, or MIS.) Principles of Macroeconomics An introduction to macroeconomics: national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of ECO 113 or 110. ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 2 ) Principles of Microeconomics An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market structures, and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of ECO 110 or 112. ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 2) Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economics problems and policies. Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures, the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity, and debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Fall: alternate years) lntermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth, and the role of expectations. (Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall) Intermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring) ECO 110 ECO 112 ECO 113 ECO 295 ECO 31 1 ECO 312 ECO 313 132 Economics Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy (Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall: alternate years) Comparative Economic Systems This course focuses on comparing the performance of various countries that rely on different economic systems for the allocation of resources, including systemic changes in Eastern Europe. Theoretical models are examined and compared to real-world variants. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113: on demand) Management Science Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modem techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications such as transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, and inventory models. (Prereq.: ECO 113, MPG 3. Fall) International Economics A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. Development of the basis for international trade, balance of payments, exchange rate systems, and commercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring: alternate years) Environmental Economics and Sustainable Development This course addresses the environmental problems such as tropical deforestation, despoilation of air and water, ozone depletion, and global warming that arise in the process of economic development to better the standard of living of the developed and developing countries. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113. On demand) Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets, labor as a factor of production, determination of wage collective bargaining, labor legislation, and effects upon society. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years) Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years) ECO 315 ECO 317 ECO 318 ECO 360 ECO 365 ECO 413 ECO 414 Economics 13 - Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. Topics ECO 499 ECO 399 ECO 299 ECO 199 See description on page 92. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. (Prereq.: Completion of 50 percent of major or consent of instructor) lnternship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. lnternship Internships and Independent Study Courses: ECO 495 134 Economics Students in all degree andlor licensure programs must apply for acceptance into the education department prior to begin- Beginning Fall 2002, a graduate level licensure option will be available in weekend format to those already holding a B.A. degree. Graduate courses taken for licensure can be applied to a Master of Art in Education degree. Contact the Education Department for information. Degree and/or licensure programs are available in both weekday and weekend formats. Weekend College degree and licensure programs are limited to elementary, communication artdliterature, social studies, and visual arts. Additional teaching majors are available through the weekday program and open to weekday and weekend students who can take courses on a weekday schedule. All prerequisite, elementary core, and professional education courses except field work and student teaching are available on a weekend or weekday late aftemoonlevening schedule. Fieldwork and student teaching must be completed during regular weekday hours. All students must have some time available each term for field experiences. he Department of Education maintains liberal arts-based teacher education programs that are accredited by the Minnesota Board of Teaching and National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE). These programs lead to recommendation for licensure to the State of Minnesota for elementary (grades K-8),secondary (grades 5-12) in biology, chemistry, communication arts~literature, health, mathematics, physics, and social studies, and K-12 licenses in visual art, health, physical education, music, and dancdtheatre, and special education: E/BD. T Note: Major changes in Minnesota teacher licensure were implemented in the fall of 2000. Students who entered the College under a previous catalog and who will complete their licensure after August 31, Selected education department students may participate in an international student teaching abroad program. Those interested in further information should contact the education department at least one year prior to student teaching. Students who teach abroad will do part of their student teaching in the Twin Cities area under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. Student Teaching Abroad All students are expected to obtain an education department adviser at the outset of coursework. All students are expected to become knowledgeable of programs and follow through with department policies. Handbooks outlining programs and policies are available through the education department. The education department offers nonlicensure majors in elementary education and education studies. Contact the department for details. The department also offers a special education minor which is described at the end of this section after course listings. ning 300-400 level courses. State law requires completion of the PPST-PRAXIS I exam prior to beginning 300-400 level courses. Criteria for acceptance into the education department are available in the department. Students complete a semester of full-time student teaching at the conclusion of their degree and/or licensure programs. State law requires passing three exams prior to recommendation for licensure: PPST, Principles of Learning and Teaching Test, and a subject matter test. - Non-departmental core courses (requirements subject to change-see Education Department for most current list): ENG 111 Effective Writing HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5) INS 105 Intro. to American Indian Studies or INS 260 Contemporary American Indians (IA 1) MAT 131 Math for the Liberal Arts ( W C T ) (if math specialty area: MAT 331) MAT 132 Numeracy for Contemporary Society (QR) (if math: MAT 122 or 145) PHY 103 Conceptual Physics or PHY 116 Introduction to Physics (NW l), (if science specialty area: PHY 116) PHY 114 Earth Science for Elementary Teachers (If science specialty area: PHY 116 and geology) BIO 102 The Biology World (NW 2) Elementary education majors are required to complete the following nonmajor and major courses. To be licensed hey must also complete an approved middle school specialty area and student teaching. Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: 2003 must comply with the new program. No one will be licensed under programs described in previous catalogs after August 31, 2003. 136 Education Student Teaching Block EDC 481,483,485 Student Teaching (3.0) Student teaching is completed for licensure. It is not part of the major in elementary education. (S) Capstone Block EDC 410 Special Needs Learners EDC 480 School and Societv (WlISW) Methods Block I1 EED 341 K-6 Methods: Visual Arts (.25) EED 342 K-6 Methods: Music (.25) EED 350 K-6 Methods: Mathematics EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science EED 370 K-6 Methods: Social StudiestThematic Studies (.5) EED 380 Kindergarten Methods (.5) Methods Block I EED 310 K-6 Methods: Health/PE (.5) EED 320 K-6 Methods: Reading EED 330 K-6 Methods: Language ArtsIChildren's Literature Foundations Block I1 (courses beyond this point require admissions to the department) EDC 3 10 Learning and Development (HI) Foundations Block I EDC 200 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (C) EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools (.5) EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5) Major Courses Vicki Olson (chair), Joy Bartlett, Joseph Erickson, Jeanine Gregoire, Gretchen Irvine, Mary Jacobson, Anne Kaufman, Lynn Lindoy Susan O'Connor, Ron Petrich, Linda Stevens, Barbara West Education Faculty Licensure requirements in the state of Minnesota for teaching in secondary schools are met through the Augsburg College education department licensure program. These requirements are: baccalaureate degree, academic major in an approved teaching area, and completion of an approved licensure program. t is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the education department and the subject area major. Secondary and K-12 licensure students are expected to have advisers in both their subject area major and in the education department. Secondary or K-12 licensure is available in art, biology, chemistry, communication artditerature, dance/theatre, health, mathematics, music, physical education, physics, and social studies. A minimum GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in the major, 2.0 in the specialty area, and grades of P in student teaching courses are required for licensure as well as 2.0 or better in all required core, specialty, and education major courses. The equivalent of two full courses graded P/N, plus student Under new licensure rules, the state of Minnesota will require middle school specialty areas as a part of all elementary teacher licenses. Teachers will be able to teach at the middle school level in their specialty area. Students must complete a coursework program in one of the following areas: communication artshterature, mathematics, science, or social studies. See Education Department for specific courses required in each area. Methods Block I ESE 300 ReadingMriting in the Content Area Foundations Block I1 (Courses beyond this point require admission to the education department.) EDC 310 Learning and Development (HI) Foundations Block I EDC 200 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (C) EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools (.5) EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5) Non-departmental requirements: ENG 111 Effective Writing HPE 11'5 Chemical Dependency (.5) INS 105 Intro. to American Indians or INS 260 Contemporary American Indians (IA) Beginning Fall 2002, a graduate level elementary licensure option will be available through Weekend College. Licensure will be obtained through a combination of graduate and undergraduate credits. Contact the Education Department for information. Graduation with distinction or departmental honors is available to elementary education majors who maintain a 3.5 overall GPA and a 3.75 overall GPA in the major. An honors project must be completed, beginning in spring of the junior year. Guidelines for graduation with distinction are available in the education department. teaching, is the maximum allowed within the elementary education major. Secondary Education 13: Creating Learning Environments Diversity in the Schools (.5 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Educational Technology (.5 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teachindearning situations. Computer training will be included in this course. Learning and Development in an Educational Setting EDC 210 EDC 220 EDC 310 Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and learning. Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting Career exploration and overview of the teaching profession. Emphasis on historical and philosophical foundations of the American school system. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: ENG 111,sophomore standing) Beginning Fall 2002, a graduate level licensure option will be available through Weekend college. Licensure will be obtained through a combination of graduate and undergraduate credits. Contact the Education Department for Students may no longer license in a minor field of study Art, dancdtheatre, music, and physical education teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades K-12. tion program even though they may plan to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take four courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. Note: Recommendation for teacher licensure in music is granted only to students who successfully complete the requirements for the bachelor of music education major. EDC 200 Students preparing for licensure in one of these areas follow the secondary educa- Art, DanceITheatre, Music, and Physical Education Licensure (K-12) A minimum GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in education, 2.5 in the teaching major, and P in student teaching are required for licensure. All required major, non-departmental requirements, and education program courses must have a grade of 2.0 or better. Student Teaching Block ESE 481,483,485,487 Student Teaching (3.0-4.0). (S) Capstone Block EDC 410 Special Needs Learner EDC 480 School and Society (Wl/SW) Methods Block I1 ESE 3XX K-12 or 5-12 Special Methods in Licensure Area ESE 325 38 Secondary Education - - - The Special Needs Learner The study of students with disability, special needs, and gftedness. Emphasis on techniques and resources to help all students achieve maximum outcomes, and special focus on needs of urban students. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department or special permission of instructor) School and Society Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modem society, relationships with parents and community collaborative models, leadership and professional development. Serves as final theoretical preparation for student teaching. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) K-6 Methods: HealthIPhy Ed (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) K-6 Methods: Reading The study and use of a variety of teaching techniques and resources in reading, including the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. Fieldwork experience. (Preq.: PPST and admissions to department) K-6 Methods: Language Arts1 Children's Literature Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature and language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) Middle School Methods: Communication ArtsILiteratureWriting (.5 course) Introduction to the teaching of writing at the middle school level. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) K-6: Methods: Visual Arts (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for visual arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) K-6: Methods: Music (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for music at the kindergarten and elementmy levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) K-6 Methods: Mathematics Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EDC 410 EDC 480 EED 310 EED 320 EED 330 EED 331 EED 341 EED 342 EED 350 Elementary Education 13! - - K-6 Methods: Social StudiesIThematic Studies (-5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department. Day students register concurrently with EED 380) Kindergarten Methods (.5 course) Study and use of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EED 370 EED 380 ReadingIWriting in the Content Areas The study and use of a variety of middle school and secondary techniques and resources to teach reading and writing through the content areas. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) Creating Learning Environments An introduction to assessment, lesson planning, and classroom organization based in the Minnesota Graduation Rule, state testing, and national standards. Emphasis on creating environments conducive to learning. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) 5-12 Methods: Social Studies Introduction to the teaching of the social sciences in middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle school portion required for elementary concentration in social studies taught concurrently as ESE 311 Middle School Methods: Social Studies (.5 course). Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) 5-12 Methods: TheatreIDance Introduction to the teaching of theatre and dance in schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to the department) 5-12 Methods: Mathematics Introduction to the teaching of mathematics in middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle school portion required for elementary concentration in mathematics taught concurrently as ESE 331 Middle School Methods: Mathematics (.5 course). Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) ESE 300 ESE 325 ESE 310 ESE 320 ESE 330 EED 481, 483, 485,487 Student Teaching Three to four courses of full-time, supervised classroom experience. Required for licensure. Occurs upon satisfactory completion of degree program and program portfolio. K-6 Methods: Science Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experiences. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) EED 360 140 Secondary Education 5-12 Methods: Science Introduction to the teaching of music in the schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) K-12 Methods: Music Introduction to the teaching of visual arts in the schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and cumculum development. Fieldwork experience.(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) K-12 Methods: Visual Arts Introduction to the teaching of media literacy in middle school and high school. Emphasis on instructional strategies and cumculum development. Required for communication artsfliterature license. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) 5-12 Methods: Media Literacy (.5 course) Introduction to the teaching of speaking and listening in middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and cumculum development. Required for communication artsfliterature license. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) 5-12 Methods: Speaking and Listening (.5 course) Introduction to the teaching of literature and reading in the middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and cuniculum development. Required for elementary concentration in communication araiterature. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department. NOTE: Students seeking 5-12 communication arts/literature license do not need to take ESE 300.) 5-12 Methods: Literature and Reading Introduction to the teaching of the natural sciences in middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle school portion required for elementary concentration in science taught concurrently as ESE 341 Middle School Methods: Science (.5 course). Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department) Three to four courses of full-time, supervised student teaching required for licensure. Secondary licenses require three courses. K-12 licenses require four. Occurs upon satisfactory completion of licensure program and program portfolio. ESE 481, 483, 485, 487 Student Teaching ESE 370 ESE 360 ESE 352 ESE 351 ESE 350 ESE 340 P - Secondary Education 14 SPE 400 Teaching Students with Emotional/Behavioral Disabilities This course presents an overview of learners with emotional and behavioral disabilities and learning disabilities. It addresses the historical and philosophical aspects of the EBD category, examines origins of student behavior and student learning styles, and addresses theoretical perspectives and conceptual models as they relate to this category of disability. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department) HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5) ENG 111 Effective Writing INS 105 Introduction to American Indian Studies or INS 260 Contemporary American Indians Required Non-major Courses: Beginning Fall 2002, a graduate level licensure option will be available through Weekend College. Licensure will be obtained through a combination of graduate and undergraduate credits. Contact the Education Department for information. he special education EB/D major is available only through Weekend College; ideally, to people who are currently in schools working with students with this label. This major leads to Minnesota teaching licensure in special education with a specialty in ernotionaVbehaviora1disabilities. Courses labeled SPE are to be taken during the final year of coursework while students are working in an EBD setting. Variations on this ideal are possible; see the Education Department for more information. T Required Education Courses: EDC 200 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools (.5) EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5) EDC 310 Learning and Development EDC 410 Special Needs Learner EED 320 K-6 Methods: Reading EED 330 K-6 Methods: Language Arts1 Children's Literature EED 350 K-6 Methods: Math EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science SPE 315 Critical Issues Seminar SPE 400 Teaching Students with Emotional and Behavior Disabilities SPE 410 Implementing Assessment Strategies SPE 420 Planning, Design, and Delivery SPE 430 Instructional and Behavioral Practices SPE 440 Parent and Professional Planning Student Teaching Summer Practicum Planning, Design, and Delivery This course provides students with skills to write and implement individual program plans and to create effective learning environments for students labeled EBD. Particular attention is paid to inclusion models, diversity of student need, and forming partnerships with key school personnel. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department) Instructional and Behavioral Practices This course examines behavioral support options used with students who are labeled EBD. It emphasizes the use of reflective, pro-active and non-aversive approaches drawn from current best practices and including positive behavioral supports, person centered planning and functional assessment. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department) Parent and Professional Planning This course examines the role of families of students with special needs, specifically those families of students labeled EBD. A family systems perspective is introduced and applied. The need to form strong connections with community agencies is emphasized. (Prereq: ENG 111, PPST and admission to department). SPE 420 SPE 430 SPE 440 Required courses: EDC 410 The Special Needs Learner EDU 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective PSY 102 or PSY 105 Interested students should contact the director of special education at the outset of coursework. Choose one from the following: SOC 265 Gender, Race, and Ethnicity SWK 260 Humans Developing SWK 301 History and Analysis of Social Policy PSY 357 Behavior Analysis PSY 359 Psychological assessment Choose one from the following: PSY 351 Developmental Psychology: Child pSy 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult pSy 353 D~~~~~~~~~~~~ Psychology~ Middle and Older Adult Implementing Assessment Strategies This course examines the assessment process from the pre-referral to the recommendation stage. Students gain understanding of key assessment tools and how they influence student placement and programming. A qualitative and person-centered assessment process is emphasized. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department) SPE 410 The special education minor requires six courses (five plus one prerequisite psychology course) that encompass an interdisciplinary perspective on the field of disability. The minor is designed to fit the needs of students in various disciplines interested in disability issues. - Special Education 14: Bachelor of ArtsIBachelor of Engineering (B.A.1B.E.) enables students to receive a bachelor of arts degree from Augsburg College and a bachelor of engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three years at Augsburg and two years at the Institute of Technology. The Institute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for two dual degree engineering programs: University of Minnesota ugsburg College has cooperative arrangements with two universities to allow students to earn a bachelor of arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. Because of the special requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg engineering adviser is necessary. Applications for these programs require the recommendation of the Augsburg engineering adviser. A Practicum and Seminar in Special Education A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. Students planning to take this course should consult with the special education director about a placement prior to registering for the course. (Prereq.: completion of all other courses in special education minor or consent of instructor. Open to all.) EDU 491 The curriculum is the same as the B.A.B.E. curriculum with the addition of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the university before proceeding through the graduate cumculum. The number of such courses varies by IT department and area of emphasis within a department. Bachelor of ArtsIMaster of Engineering (B.A.1M.E.) enables students to receive a bachelor of arts degree from Augsburg College and a master of engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of Technology. Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final acceptance into the program. Formal application to the Institute of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. The Special Needs Learner (see EDC course descriptions) EDC 410 4 4 Special Education - Students are also encouraged to explore opportunities for graduate work at Michigan Technological University Further information on these and other graduate programs is available from the Augsburg engineering adviser. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program will be considered for admission to the engineering school if they complete course requirements, have the requisite cumulative grade point average, and are recommended by the engineering adviser of Augsburg College. This program enables students to receive a bachelor of arts degree from Augsburg and a bachelor of engineering degree from Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. Michigan Technological University Application for admission into the B.A.N.E. program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive special counseling from the Institute of Technology staff regarding courses that should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participants in the B.Ah4.E. program are not guaranteed admission to the Institute of Technology. Additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 24 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 145, 146 and PHY 121, 122 are taken in the freshman year. Students interested in chemical engineering also should take CHM 351,352. Four mathematics courses are required: MAT 145 Calculus I MAT 146 Calculus I1 MAT 245 Calculus I11 MAT 247 Modeling and Differential Equations or PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics Minimum course requirements for admission to the dual-degree or three-two programs: CHM 115 General Chemistry CHM 116 General Chemistry CSC 170 Structured Programming ENG 111 Effective Writing PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General Physics I1 Financial Aid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual degree programs will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Engineering 14: Students with an Augsburg English major pursue careers in elementary, secondary, and college education, journalism, government, law, the ministry, library sci- The Augsburg Department of English integrates its program with the cultural opportunities of this vital urban area. Augsburg students can walk to assigned or recommended plays, films, and readings available near the campus. English majors have the opportunity to use and refine their skills through working in internships on and off campus, tutoring English as a Second Language (ESL) students, or tutoring in the writing lab. English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the contemplation of works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communication, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in various cultures. hose who study English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas, and images helps people understand who they are and who they can become. Writing helps all of us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through the study of English we see life's complexity, experience life as others do, and better understand the world in which we live and work. T One upper division course in American literature: ENG 350 American Literature Before 1920 or ENG 351 American Literature Since 1920 One 400 level course Two additional electives Two survey courses in British literature from: ENG 331 British Literature: Medieval to Elizabethan ENG 336 British Literature: 17th and 18th Centuries ENG 337 British Literature: The Romantics and the Victorians One course in European literature: ENG 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante or ENG 272 European Literature: Renaissance to the Modem Period Major Nine courses above ENG 111, including: ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing ENG 245 Introduction to Literature Kathryn Swanson (Chair), Candyce Clayton, Robert Cowgill, Cass Dalglish, Suzanne Donksy, Douglas Green, Joan Griffin,John Harkness, Dallas Liddle, Roseann Lloyd, John Mitchell, Ronald Palosaari, David Ross, John Schmit, Joan Thompson English Faculty ence, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing, and other professions and businesses. Special Methods (two courses) ESE 350 5-12 Methods: Literature and Reading Experiential Requirement (no credit) One college-level experience required in forensics, debate, newspaper, literary journal, or related activity (subject to department approval) Note: If students choose two literature courses, one must be in American literature (ENG 350 or 351) and one must be in British literature (ENG 331, 336, 337, 338/438). SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking SPC 343 Broadcast Production I SPC 352 Persuasion SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication Major Requirements (12 courses) ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing ENG 226 Creative Writing or ENG 227 Journalism or one additional upper division literature course (ENG 350 or 351 recommended) ENG 245 Introduction to Literature ENG 271 or 272 European Literature ENG 345 Introduction to the English Language ENG 361 Studies in Modem Fiction ENG 399 Internship in Teaching Writing ENG xxx Upper division literature course (ENG 331,336,337, or 3381438 recommended) Prerequisite: ENG 111 Communication ArtsILiterature Teacher Licensure Major Majors are encouraged to consult their departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the department. 5-12 Methods: Speaking and Listening 5-12 Methods: Media Literacy (.5 course) Five courses above ENG 111, including ENG 245; an upper division literature course; and an additional writing course. Minor GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; submit proposal to department chair by early Oct. in senior year for department approval. Submit and defend paper before faculty committee. Honors project may be an independent study program (refer to departmental guidelines). Departmental Honors Students in this program must work with advisers in the English department and the education department in order to meet the professional requirements within the education department as well as the requirements for the major. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, and apply for teacher education no later than the spring of their junior year. This major is only for those who seek to be licensed in communication artslliterature. Should licensure not be possible, graduation can be achieved through an English major, which requires at least two additional, specific courses, or a speech major. Additional ESE and EDC courses are required for licensure. They include EDC 200,210,220,310; ESE 300; EDC 410, 480; student teaching. Contact an education department adviser for information. ESE 352 ESE 351 English 14 Developmental Writing A preparatory course for ENG 111 Effective Writing, this course is required of students identified by the English Placement Test as needing additional preparation in composition. Students receive course credit, but this course does not fulfill the graduation requirement in writing. The minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0. Effective Writing Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing critical reviews. Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing, and developing topics; thinking critically; and revising for clarity and style. A writing lab is provided for those needing additional help. The minimum passing grade is 2.0. ENC 111 Note: First day attendance in all writing courses is mandatory for a student to hold hislher place in the course. ENG 111 Effective Writing is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division literature course is ENG 245 Introduction to Literature and/or consent of the instructor. Prerequisites Students in Effective Writing (ENG 111) and Developmental Writing (ENG 101) can elect the traditional grading system or P/N grading in consultation with their instructor up through the last week of class (without special permission/petition). Students who choose to receive a traditional grade in either course will receive a grade of N (one time only) if their work is below a 2.0. A student who repeats ENG 101 or 111 a second time and does not receive a grade of 2.0 or higher, will receive a grade of 0.0. required to enroll in ENG 101 Developmental Writing where they receive more individual instruction than is possible in ENG 111Effective Writing. These students must pass ENG 101 Developmental Writing with a grade of 2.0 or higher before enrolling in ENG 111Effective Writing. ENC 101 A writing sample is required of students to determine their placement in an appropriate writing class. Students having completed AP (Advanced Placement) courses in composition must have a score of 4 or 5. Students who do not show competence in composition skills-such as stating and supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and constructing paragraphs and sentences-are The Enqlish - Placement Test Transfer English education students with a B.A. in English from another college must take at least three of their English courses at Augsburg (preferably upper division courses). These courses must be taken before the department can recommend a student for student teaching. Note: Transfer undergraduate majors must take at least three of their English courses at Augsburg. Transfer students who minor in English must take at least two of their English courses at Augsburg. Transfer Students Five courses in writing (above ENG 11l), including ENG 225 and one upper division course in writing. Concentration in Writing 48 English - American Indian Literature A study of representative works of poetry and fiction by selected American Indian writers. Discussion and analysis on ways in which literature reflects and illuminates American Indian culture and traditions. Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals is emphasized. Students are encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: ENG 111) Intermediate Expository Writing This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing (ENG 111). Its workshop format stresses style and organization, the process of revision, self and peer evaluation, and the relationship between reading and writing. (Prereq.: ENG 111) lntroduction to Creative Writing The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction, but including journal keeping and creative prose. (Prereq.: ENG 111) Journalism An introductory newswriting course with emphasis on writing for the print and broadcast media. Students consider how to recognize news, gather and verify facts, and write those facts into a news story. An introduction to legal and ethical questions is included. (Prereq.: ENG 111) Women and Fiction A study of novels and short stories by women. Emphasis on the conditions that have affected women's writing (including race and class), the reflection of women's unique experiences in their writing, and the ways in which women writers have contributed to and modified the Western literary heritage. Introduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles, and historical evolution of the film medium. Includes the viewing and analysis of both feature length and short films, illustrating the international development of film form and selected esthetic movements. (Spring) ENC 223 ENG 225 ENC 226 ENG 227 ENC 236 ENC 241 ENC 217,218 English as a Second Language Understanding spoken American English, speaking, reading college-level materials, and writing are the skills emphasized in these two courses. Testing determines placement in these courses; and testing, as well as course performance, determines whether the ESL requirement is met. Students continue in ESL until the requirement is completed but can receive credit for only two courses (Fall: ENG 217; Spring: ENG 218) ENC 216 English 14 ENC 338 ENC 337 ENC 336 ENC 331 ENC 282 ENC 272 ENC 271 ENC 251 ENC 245 50 English Introduction to Literature Study of the bard's major plays-comedies, histories, tragedies, and romances -for their literary, dramatic, and cultural significance. Taught in conjunction with ENG 438. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or junior standing or consent of the instructor. Spring) Shakespeare Victorian poetry, Victorian prose, and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers are emphasized, and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring) A study of major writers of the 19th century, emphasizing Romantic and British Literature: the Romantics and the Victorians Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to pre-Romantics, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) British Literature: 17th and 18th Centuries A study of Chaucer and the medieval milieu, as well as the development of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) British Literature: Medieval to Elizabethan Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the class schedule for that year. Topics in Literature Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modem period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Rabelais, Voltaire, and Ibsen. (Spring) European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period Study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, including Homer, Virgil, Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Dante. Works are studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) European Literature: Homer to Dante An introduction to selected texts of literary and historical importance that yield an understanding of our Western heritage and contemporary American world views. Themes could include the emergence of a national identity the shaping of a collective American memory, and the contributions to American thought by women and people of color. Readings in American Literature An initiation into the formal study of fiction, poetry, and drama, drawing on works from several periods, different cultures and races, and male and female writers. This course aims in particular to develop students' critical and analytical skills as the prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature. Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the class schedule for that year. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor) Topics Emphasis is on significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly nonWestern, of the 20th century. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) Studies in Modern Fiction Writers are selected to represent the literary variety and the regional, ethnic, and racial diversity of the men and women who have responded significantly in literary works to the changing conditions of modem American life. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring) American Literature Since 1920 Reading of selected writers from colonial times to the beginning of the 20th century. Attention given to the intellectual, social, and literary movements that stimulated the writers. The writers' continuing influence on our modem sensibility will be discussed. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) American Literature Before 1920 This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data in the writing of expository essays and news reports. This course is designed for persons wishing to explore the use of computer-assisted research and those preparing to enter the communication professions. (Prereq.: ENG 225 or ENG 227 or consent of instructor. MPG 3.) Quantitative Journalism:Computer-Assisted Reporting and Research A structural and historical overview of theoretical and social issues concerning the English language, including theories of language acquisition. Students are introduced to the primary components of linguistics, and the development of the English language. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor.) Introduction to the English Language The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve creative writing in a single genre, as announced in the class schedule. (Prereq.: ENG 226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted work.) Advanced Creative Writing ENC 436 A study of novels and short stories by women. Emphasis on the conditions that have affected women's writing (including race and class), the reflection of women's unique experience in their writing, and the ways in which women writers have contributed to and modified the Western literary heritage. Reading of theoretical essays. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor) Women and Fiction All 400-level courses will involve some reading and study of literary criticism or: in the case of writing classes, ofwhat writers andlor composition theorists have to say about writing. ENC 382 ENC 361 ENC 351 ENC 350 ENC 347 ENC 345 ENC 341 English 1s' Creative Non-Fiction: Advanced Expository Writing Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course emphasizes the conventions of professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice, subjects, and technigues for gatheTing information. (Prereq.: ENG 225 and consent of instructor. Alternate years) Criticism The course focuses on a variety of recent critical theories and approaches with which graduate programs in English expect some familiarity. In a seminar setting, students read and discuss original theoretical essays and experiment with applications to a small group of literary and cinematic texts. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) Topics in Language and Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the class schedule for that year. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor) ENC 445 ENC 480 ENC 482 Playwriting Directed Study See description on page 92. lnternship See description on page 91. Note: The internship in Teaching Writing requires completion of ENG 225 and approval of the department chair. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 92. Open to junior or senior English majors with an overall GPA of 3.0 and consent of department chair. ENC 299 ENC 399 ENC 499 See listing under Modem Languages. See listing under Modem Languages. See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies. lnternship See description on page 91. ENC 199 Internships and Independent Study Courses: THR 325 See department listingfor a description of the following approved elective: Shakespeare Taught in conjunction with ENG 338 (see above). Includes exposure to Shakespeare criticism. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring) ENC 438 s Critical Thinking A course to enhance the ability of students to analyze, synthesize, and evaluate claims, this course is designed specifically to strengthen critical thinking skills of entering students who are determined to need such skill enhancement by the entry critical thinking assessment. This course may not be taken by students who have passed the Critical Thinking Assessment. Introduction to the Liberal Arts An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and improving those skills important to academic success: reading comprehension, notetaking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, test-taking, organization, concentration and memorization, learning style, conflict management, assertiveness training, and motivation strategies. This course may not be taken by students who have completed eight credits. Quantitative Reasoning/StatisticaI Literacy Critical thinking about statistics as evidence in arguments involving predictions and explanations. Topics include reading and evaluating tables, graphs, and statistical models as well as generalizations, traditional confidence intervals, and hypothesis tests. Emphasis on interpretation, evaluation, and communication. (Prereq.: MPG 3) City Seminar: Experiential Education (.O course) Students engaged in a minimum of 50 hours of internship/se~cdcooperative education use that experience as a catalyst for learning about the Twin Cities as an urban community system. Students participate in a required seminar, completing five reflective assignments designed to introduce them to a systematic, ecological way to understand how cities function. The seminar enables the student to meet the objectives of The City Perspective. Permission of instructor. No course credit. CST 100 CST 140 CST 200 CST 209 See listing under Modem Languages. Cooperative Education (.O course) A non-credit notation recognizes the academic learning inherent in an approved co-op education assignment, satisfactory completion of the evaluation process, and participation in reflection activities conducted by the Center for Service, Work, and Learning. No course credit. CST 009 ome courses help to integrate learning around topics in ways that are different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies includes specialized academic enrichment programs, and an integrative pro-seminar created by cooperating faculty Marilyn Florian (Chair), Brian Amrnann, Lisa Broek, Carol Enke, Mary EwertKnodell, Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Lauri Ludeman, Jack Osberg, Joyce Pfaff, Missy Strauch, Eileen Kaese Uzarek Health and Physical Education Faculty All health and physical education majors seeking licensure must receive a grade of 2.0 in all courses with an HPE prefix applying to the major. The health education department prepares students for careers in school health education and wellness. This program offers a comprehensive health component in examining prevention and promotion needs for individuals, schools, and the community. The physical education department provides the organizational framework for a wide range of educational experiences, including several major and minor programs: general education in physical education; men's and women's intercollegiate athletic programs; intramural programs for men and women; and athletic facilities for developmental and recreational activities. irtually all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education. It is the philosophy of the department to provide quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity In addition, the gifted athlete as well as the recreational participant will find ample opportunity for athletic and developmental activities. v The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Teaching Licensure Major Health Education Major HPE 101 Fitness For Life HPE 110 Personal and Community Health HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education HPE 316 Human Sexuality HPE 320 School Health Curriculum (Fall: even years) HPE 356 Measurement and Assessment in HPE HPE 390 Instructional Methods and Materials (Fall: odd years) HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program (Fall: even years) HPE 450 Current Health Issues BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology PSY 201 Health Psychology PSY 351 Developmental Psychology: Child or PSY 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult Must have instructor's certification for CPR and first aid. HEALTH EDUCATION - The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Teaching Licensure Major Physical Education Major HPE 101 Fitness for Life HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education HPE 210 Introduction to Physical Education HPE 220 Motor Learning HPE 232 Dance (Interim) HPE 254 Introduction to Development/ Adapted Physical Education HPE 275 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (Interim) HPE 323 Team Sports HPE 331 Individual and Dual Sports HPE 335 Outdoor Education HPE 340 Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs HPE 350 Kinesiology HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise HPE 356 Measurement and Assessment in HPE HPE 473 Physical Education Curriculum BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology Recommended: PHED 250, PHED 422, PHED 423, and PHED 425 (at St. Thomas). Also required: 1,500 hours of practical experience under the direction of a Certified Athletic Trainer to be completed by December 31, 2003. Internship in Athletic Training requires: BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology BIO 252 Human Physiology (at St. Catherine) HPE 110 Personal and Community Health HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 275 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE 350 Kinesiology HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise HPED 425 Advanced athletic training (at St. Thomas) HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 275 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE 280 Coaching Theory (Fall, even years) Coaching (not a major) Minnesota Board of Teaching Statute 35 12.3100 Employment of Head Varsity Coaches of Interscholastic Sports in Senior High Schools requires: HPE 101,115,210,223, 231,232,351. There is no PE teaching minor in Minnesota public schools. HPE 101, 110,114, 115,316,320,390, 450, BIO 103. PHYSICAL EDUCATION Minor Minor Health and Physical Education 15: - - HPE 450 HPE 410 HPE 390 HPE 356 HPE 320 HPE 316 HPE 115 HPE 114 HPE 110 HPE 101 personal (.5 course) (.5 course) (.5 course) This course uses "critical thinking" skills to examine current health issues in text and media from a sociological, political, economic, and medical perspective. (Prereq.: HPE 110. Fall: even years) Current Health Issues (.5 course) Historical background, legal basis, and school health services relationship to community and school health programs and resources. (Fall: even years) Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program (.5 course) Principles and methods of instruction applied to health education grades K12. Emphasis upon teachingearning strategies and student assessment. Evaluation and development of materials included. (Fall: odd years) Instructional Methods and Materials in Health Education Sunrey of basic statistical procedures, standards, assessment and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. (Prereq.: MPG 111, HPE 101 and either HPE 110 or HPE 210 and 220. Fall) Measurement and Assessment in HPE Techniques for developing a course of study in school health, based upon growth and development, for grades K-12. Examination of "standardsn and pedagogy for health education, curriculum, and assessment included. (Fall: even years) School Health Curriculum A study of the psychological, social, and biological components of human sexuality (Spring) Human Sexuality An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health education and services. (Fall, Spring) Health and Chemical Dependency Education Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. National Safety Council First Aid and CPR certification. (Fall, Spring) Health and Safety Education Modem concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community (Fall) Personal and Community Health health and fitness. (Fall and Spring) A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to mod* Fitness for Life HEALTH EDUCATION 156 Health and Physical Education HPE 340 HPE 335 HPE 331 HPE 323 HPE 275 HPE 254 HPE 232 HPE 220 HPE 210 HPE 101 (.5 course) (.5 course) (.5 course) (.5 course) (.5 course) (.5 course) (.5 course) tion and athletic programs. (Prereq.: HPE 210. Fall) A survey of management, leadership, and decision-making for physical educa- Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs (.5 course) A course designed to provide knowledge and develop skills in a variety of outdoor educational activities and to study the natural environment in which these activities occur. The course will include a three-day camping/hiking trip. (Prereq.: HPE 101, HPE 114, HPE 210. Split falllspring, even years) Outdoor Education Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports including history, rules, and skill development. (Fall) Individual and Dual Sports Theory and practice in team sports including history, rules, and skill development. (Spring) Team Sports Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. (Prereq.: HPE 114. Spring) Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries childhood to grade 12 and the role of school-based health and physical education programs for special needs and handicapped students. (Fall) A general overview of developmentalladapted physical education from early Introduction to Developmental/Adapted Physical Education (.5 course) Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international dances. (Spring) Dance The study of the processes associated with developing motor skills relative to physical activity (Spring) Motor Learning History, principles, and philosophy of physical education and sport. (Spring) Introduction to Physical Education A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify personal health and fitness. (Fall, Spring) Fitness for Life HPE 002, 003 Lifetime Sports (.O course) Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirements. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) PHYSICAL EDUCATION Health and Physical Education 15; Kinesiology (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education with laboratory experience. (Prereq.: HPE 210. Fall) Physical Education Curriculum (.5 course) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education in secondary schools. (Consult with department chair for prerequisites. Spring) Physical Education Methods (7-12) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education in grades K-6. An in-depth view of all aspects of teaching physical education to elementaryaged children. (Consult with department chair for prerequisites. Fall) Physical Education Methods (K-6) Survey of basic statistical procedures, standards, assessment and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. (Prereq.: MPG 111, HPE 101 and either HPE 110 or HPE 210 and 220. Fall) Measurement and Assessment in HPE The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: BIO 103. Spring) Physiology of Exercise Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of movement. (Prereq.: BIO 103. Fall) HPE 499 HPE 399 HPE 299 HPE 199 See description on page 92. Open only to junior or senior majors. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. lnternship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. lnternship Internships and Independent Study Courses: HPE 473 HPE 368 HPE 365 HPE 356 HPE 351 HPE 350 - Health and Physical Education 158 H Nine courses (including HIS 495 seminar). At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: ancient and Major History Faculty Jacqueline deVries (Chair), Phil Adamo, William Green, John Gregg, Don Gustafson, Chris Kimball The study of history enables us to deal more knowledgeably with continuity and change in society. The construction of an informed sense of our past is a fundamental ingredient in appreciating and understanding the present as well as anticipating the future. History majors are prepared to be active and contributing members of their society. The study of history, which has long held a major role in the liberal arts, is an entry to elementary and secondary education, graduate study in several fields, and a wide range of employment opportunities that require abilities in communication, conceptualization, and processing of information. istory is to society what memory is to an individual; it brings to a civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished medievalist J. R. Strayer expressed it this way: "No community can survive and no institution can function without constant reference to past experience. We are ruled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that we are ruled by the collective memory of the past. It is the memory of common experiences that makes scattered individuals into a community" Satisfactory completion of a lower division course (100- or 200-level) is normally required before enrolling in an upper division course (300- and 400-level). See instructor for permission. Prerequisites First-year students should enroll in one or more of the 101-104 courses. 200-level courses are normally reserved for sophomore or upper division students. Upper division courses are numbered 300 and above. GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. Departmental Honors Five courses, at least three of which must be upper division. Minor The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Teaching Licensure medieval, modem Europe, U.S., and nonWestern. - An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. The Modern Non-Western World A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. The Modern World A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the Middle Ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. The Shaping of Western Civilization An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the Middle Ages of Europe into the 13th century. The Beginning of Western Culture courses at Augsburg. A minor normally requires two courses taken at Augsburg. HIS 220 HIS 195 A survey of the contacts between American, African, and European cultures and the political, religious, and racial diversity that formed colonial life, including a study of independence, expansion, and democratization of the new republic. America to 1815 An introduction to selected historical topics not regularly offered in lower division classes. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. Topics in History This course explores the processes of colonialism, nationalism, de-colonization, and independence in the area now politically known as India, Pakistan and Sri Lanka. Upper division students will have additional assignments and different exams from lower division. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor required for HIS 462) HIS 1621462 20th Century South Asia An exploration of selected topics and case studies in Latin American history from Pre-Columbian times through the conquest and colonial periods up to modem Latin America. Additional readings and written assignments will be required for upper-division students. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor required for HIS 350) HIS 150/350 Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America HIS 104 HIS 103 HIS 102 HIS 101 Transfer students planning a major must normally take at least three of their Transfer Students 160 History 19th-Century U.S. HIS 311 HIS 249 History of African American Civil Rights, 1915-1972 HIS 243 Exploration of selected topics in women's history not regularly examined in other departmental offerings. The specific topic to be offered will be announced prior to registration. Topics in Women's History (See Department of Art for course description) The Designed Environment A continuation of HIS 242 with special emphasis on the contributions of W. E. B. DuBois, Marcus Garvey, A. Philip Randall, Charles Houston, Thurgood Marshall, and Martin Luther King, Jr. History of African American Civil Rights, 1619-1915 A survey of the development of Afiican American civil rights focusing on legal, economic, and political issues influenced by race and class, emphasizing emancipation and integration of slaves and former slaves. Selected topics in African American history not regularly examined in other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. Topics in African American History This course examines the racial, ethnic, political and economic history of Minnesota, from the earliest inhabitants (Ojibwe and Dakota), through the period of British and French exploration, and to the development of statehood. Minnesota History An examination of the social, economic, and intellectual factors in American history that, combined with English and colonial antecedents, contributed to the emergence of our modem legal system. American Legal History The Minneapolis and St. Paul area serve as a case study for the themes of frontier urbanization, industrialization, and economic change; transportation, immigration, and ethnicity; and urban politics and reform. History of the Twin Cities A survey focusing on the nation's adjustment to industrialization and urbanization, the emergence of the U.S. as a world power, the rise of a strong federal government, the implications of increasing racial and ethnic diversity, and the impact of affluence. 20th-Century U.S. A survey emphasizing cultural, social, political, and economic changes resulting from immigration, expansion, sectionalism, slavery, Civil War, and Reconstruction. HIS 242 HIS 241 HIS 234 HIS 228 HIS 225 HIS 222 HIS 221 History 16 - HIS 348 HIS 347 HIS 346 HIS 336 HIS 335 HIS 332 HIS 331 HIS 326 HIS 323 162 History Modern China An introductory historical survey of the Soviet Union, beginning with a brief examination of Russian history before turning to the Russian Revolutions of 1917, the rise of Stalin, the Cold War, and the emergence of Gorbachev. The course will emphasize political, diplomatic, economic, and cultural history. (Prereq.: 100-level course or consent of instructor) Russia and the Soviet Union in the 20th Century Four specific mini-courses together provide an overview of Mexico's historical development from pre-Columbian times to the present day. MesoAmerica: Legacy of the Conqueror peoples, the impact of South African occupation, the war for independence, and the roots of apartheid and its institutionalization. (See page 179 in International Studies.) A survey of Namibia and South Africa including the experience of indigenous Namibia and South Africa: A Historical Perspective A survey of the history of work and the worker, primarily in the late 19th and 20th centuries, emphasizing the nature of work, working class life and community, evaluation of organized labor, and the relationship of workers and union to the state. American Labor History A study of urban development from colonial and frontier beginnings through the age of industrialization to the present, including the dynamics of urban growth and planning, politics and reform, and the growth of urban culture. American Urban History A survey of U.S. foreign relations from the American Revolution through the Cold War, emphasizing changing definitions of war and peace, tensions between internationalism and isolationism, the emergence of the U.S. as an economic and military power. History of U.S. Foreign Relations In-depth exploration of selected topics in U.S. history not regularly examined in other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. Topics in U.S. History A study of the native people of North America from the pre-Columbian period through European exploration and settlement to the present, emphasizing American Indian contributions to world culture, tribal structure, and intergovernmental relations. American Indian History A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839; the erosion of China's isolation and collapse of the imperial system; and the Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. HIS 474 HIS 440 HIS 381 HIS 380 HIS 370 HIS 361 HIS 360 HIS 354 HIS 352 HIS 349 Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, cultural interaction and conflict, the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th century. The World and the West This course will investigate topics in world history that are not included in regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. Topics in World History With attention to class, racial, and ethnic differences among women, this class examines the changing legal, political, economic, social, and sexual status of women in Europe and North America since the Victorian period. The History of Women in the West Since 1870 A thematic and comparative examination with primary focus on Europe and North America, emphasizing changing conceptions of women's work, public roles, sexuality, life cycles, and familial roles in the Renaissance, early American, Enlightenment, and Victorian periods. The History of Women in the West to 1870 emphasizing modifications of these institutions by the Italian Renaissance and' the early years of the Reformation. A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state, The Late Middle Ages to 1560s Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms, and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power, emphasizing personalities, the arts, and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D. Civilization of the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on cultural borrowing, achievement in the arts, religion, and political institutions. The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C. This course will take a distinctively interdisciplinary approach (sources will include literature, film, music, and artwork) to explore a period of dramatic change in British politics, society, culture, and international status. Britain and the Commonwealth Since 1688 A survey of the social, political, and cultural development of modem Germany, focusing on the question of Germany's sondenveg (special path) and examining such topics as romanticism, unification, the rise of national socialism, and the Holocaust. Modern Germany (See Department of Art for course description) The Designed Environment History 16 Seminar This course is required for the major, and enrollment is normally restricted to students who have nearly finished their coursework. Selected topics will be announced prior to registration. Permission of the instructor is required. (Offered at least once each year, during the fall term.) lnternship See description on page 91. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 92. A maldmum of one course in independent study may be applied to the major. (Prereq.: 3.5 GPA in history) HIS 399 HIS 499 Introduction to Computing and Communications Integrated with HON 100, this course introduces computing basics, hardware and software, the possibilities and limitations of computing, artificial intelligence, communications basics, the Internet, and some of the social, philosophic, and economic implications of computing. Self-Identify and Society Psychological, sociological, anthropological, and theological perspectives are used to explore the role of the individual in community and other social institutions. HON 160 HON 210 HON 100-101 Freshman Honors Seminar This is the program's introduction to the Honors Program and to collegiate scholarship. We explore an interdisciplinary mix of Western history, the Bible, English literature, and philosophical texts as we assess the Western tradition and Christianity's place within that tradition. T h e r e are two ways to graduate from the Honors Program- Graduate with Distinction or Honors Program graduate. Graduating with distinction requires satisfylng all program requirements, a 3.5 GPA, Directed Study See description on page 92. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to the major. HIS 299 and successful completion of a departmental honors project. Honors Program graduate requires a 3.3 GPA and service on the Honors Review editorial board. Students take five of the following courses and four mini-seminars. (Four mini-seminars equal one credit.) Internship See description on page 91. HIS 199 Internships and Independent Study Courses: HIS 495 164 History History of Jazz Studies not only jazz as an art form, but as an expression of culture, race, gender, creativity, and community created by jazz musicians. Philosophy of Science Explores and assesses scientific theories, laws of nature, evidence, whether science generates truth, and, from more recent developments, the philosophical implications of chaos and complexity. Senior Honors Seminar This capstone course explores one of three topics: the relationship of science to religion, the life and thought of C.S. Lewis, or the history and significance of Hispanic Christianity in the United States. HON 241 HON 365 HON 401 L Chemistry in Context A one-semester introduction to science through selected topics in chemistry that emphasize current issues in science. More specifically, it introduces honors students to science and scientific ways of knowing. HON 214 L The Poverty and Wealth of Nations Adam Smith published The Wealth of Nations in 1776 puzzling over the question of who's rich and who's poor. Do we have any more answers now than he did then? Emphasis in the course will be placed on understanding economic systems from around the world and how individuals make choices within this framework. This course fulfills the Social World Area 1 or 2 perspective. HON 217 I Human Community and Modern Metropolis Using the basic concepts and methods of sociology, this course enables students to explore the concept of human community and the social institutions which facilitate that community. HON 212 For other interdisciplinary course listings, see International Studies. Augsburg also offers students the oppomnity to major and minor in Women's Studles, Metro-Urban Studies, and American Indian studies. dents are better prepared to become contibuting members of the global community. Dyanamic Social Systems This course is designed specifically to facilitate the development of this understanding through the exploration of alternative social science perspectives of how social organizations function and adapt. HON 21 1 nterdisciplinary studies covers a broad spectrum of experience and coursework. students gain greater insight and understandmg of cultures and ~ersvectivesdifferent from their own. Through these experiences stu- - Honors Program 16: - Introduction to American Indian Studies This course is an introduction to the content areas of the American Indian studies curriculum, including an overview of American Indian history, American Indian literature, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and urban issues, cross-cultural influences, art, music, and language. Five courses including INS 105. At least two must be upper division. Minor In addition student must complete five electives. At least five of the courses toward the major must be upper division. Major Ten courses including; INS 105 Introduction to American Indian Studies INS 260 Contemporary American Indians HIS 326 American Indian History REL 370 American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought INS 499 Capstone Project Adjunct Faculty Priscilla Buffalohead, Steve Chapman, Robert Danforth, Rick Greschyk, Sophia Jacobson, Dale Weston American Indian Literature (See Department of English for course description.) Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective This course examines a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary, and historical origins of women's roles and status in society. Comparative roles of women are examined in tribal contexts across various indigenous cultures. Studies include the role of women in Native American and African tribes, peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, the Middle East, and China. ENC 216 INS 233 OJB 111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe I, I1 (See Department of Modem Languages for course description.) INS 105 Associated Faculty Eric Buffalohead (Sociology), John Gregg (History) Coordinator Eric Buffalohead American Indian Studies is a major h a t gives students the opportunity to learn about the original, indigenous cultures of North America. Students will be provided with a multidisciplinary understanding of the history and present situation of American Indians. The program emphasizes the interrelations among history, culture, language, literature, the arts, philosophy, religion, political and social forces, and the legal status and sovereignty of American Indians. This course of study exposes students to the richness and beauty of North American Indian cultures. 6 6 Interdisciplinary Studies INS 499 INS 495 REL 370 HIS 326 INS 332 INS 320 ART 290 INS 264 INS 260 - An independently designed research project to fulfill the capstone requirement. Independent ResearchICapstone Project This course will examine the experiences of the Dakota and Ojibwe in Minnesota from the time of contact to the present situation of both tribes. Each group's history and experiences will be studied and compared. Major historical events will be examined as well as significant events important to each group. Minnesota lndians (See Department of Religion for course description.) American lndian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought (See Department of History for course description.) American lndian History The objective of this course is to study Native American Storytelling from a cultural perspective. An appreciation of oral traditions ill be emphasized and studied within the broader context of world mythologies. Students will be expected to perform storytelling and to research the various tribal storytelling traditions. Native American Storytelling The focus is on the roles played by women in the tribal cultures of North America. It explores the continuity of women's roles over time, as well as changes in these roles, precipitated by the influence of Western colonialism. It examines the life histories of Indian women and assesses their contributions to Indian community life today. American lndian Women (See Department of Art for course description.) Tribal Arts and Culture Various images of the North American Indian, created by Hollywood and television, are studied. Films from 1913 to the present are viewed in order to provide an understanding of how American Indians were portrayed in film historically, how this image has evolved over the past century, and how it is reflective of Western cultural ideologies. American lndians in the Cinema This course examines the situation of American Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934). Emphasis is on such current issues as tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. The tension of cultural change and religious, traditional persistence among selected American Indian tribes today is highlighted. Contemporary American lndians Interdisciplinary Studies 16 - In this two-week intensive field experience, students will travel by boat down the Mississippi River exploring elements of the politics and policies relating to the river. Students will engage in service projects, field observations, and interviews with residents, legislators, activists, and government employees. (Prereq.: POL 241 or equivalent and passing a water safety test) River Politics Field Seminar This course explores working relationships in a changing world. Self-assessment tools and applied papers help participants gain a better understanding of the role the individual plays within the context of workplace relationships. Emphasis is placed on interpersonal, group, and organizational relationships. (Prereq.: Junior or senior standing and at least one of the following coursesSOC 121, SWK 260, BUS 242, BUS 252, PSY 102, PSY 105) Building Working Relationships (See Department of History for course description.) Topics in African American History An overview of the major issues related to the African American experience, focusing on historical, sociological, economic, legal, and psychological aspects of that experience. The African American Experience in America The course covers the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and policial systems, and Islamic patterns of life. Introduction to Islam (See Department of Religion for course description.) Religion in African American History Coordinator The of the 'lst century demands complex skills. It is not enough to have an area of expertise or be a good manager. One needs leadership skills. The Augsburg Norma Noonan curriculum offers a minor in leadership studies, drawing on a wide variety of courses across disciplinary lines. A minor in leadership studies can enhance your major in a wide variety of disciplines including business, sociology, political science, communication, computer science, economics, and psychology. This course introduces students to the range of qualitative methods available for the applied study of social issues and prepares them for a substantial research project. In separate labs, students will acquire skilk in either archival research, content analysis, interviewing, or participant observation. (Prereq.: upper division or graduate standing and at least one upper division course in the student's major, or consent of the instructors) INS 381I581 Qualitative Research Methods INS 342 INS 325 HIS 241 INS 232 INS 225 REL 231 68 Interdisciplinary Studies Metro-Urban Studies is a multidisciplinary major and minor taught by faculty in sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology, and other related disciplines. Memo-Urban Studies is designed to blend classroom and field experience, theory, and internships that focus the content of liberal learning on the metropolitan community and the process of urbanization. Select two courses from the following list. (No more than one per department.) BUS 340 Human Resource Management (prereq. BUS 242) BUS 440 Strategic Management (prereq. BUS 242) [S] HIS 222 20th-Century U.S. [WH, CT] INS 325 Building Working Relationships (WECDay) [HI, Sl PSY 373 Industrial Organizational Psychology (prereq. PSY 102 or 105) [Sl SPC 321 Business and Professional Speaking SPC 355 Small Group Communication (no prereq.) SPC 410 The Self and the Organization (WEC) [HI] Required electives: (2) Principles of Management (no . prereq.) SOC 349 Organizational Theory (prereq. SOC 121 or permission of instructor) [CT] SPC 345 Organizational Communication (no prereq.) POL 421 (Topics: This topic only) Becoming a Leader (prereq. one POL course or permission of instructor) [S] This course will be the only integrative course in the minor. BUS 242 Required courses: (4) Major 10 courses including: ECO 110 Economics of Urban Issues POL 122 Metropolitan Complex SOC 21 1 Community and the Modern Metropolis HIS 225 History of the Twin Cities or HIS 335 Urban American History SOC 362 Statistical Analysis or POL 483 PoliticaVStatistics/ Methodology SOC 363 Research Methods or POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar Metro-Urban Studies Faculty Gany Hesser (Director, SOC), Andrew Aoki (POL), Jeanne Boeh, (ECO), Chris Kimball (HIS), Michael O'Neal (SOC) , Michael Shock (SWK) Internships, community service-learning, and cooperative education are available as ways to enhance the quality of the major and make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan opportunities afforded by the College's location. The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) and Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) enrich the overall program with additional courses and semester-long programs. Metro-Urban Studies and the general education Perspective on The City introduce students to the wide variety of developing careers related to urban and metropolitan affairs and equip students with the analytical and theoretical tools required to understand and contribute to the metropolitan community. The Metro-Urban Studies major and minor also provide undergraduate preparation for postgraduate studies in planning, architecture, law, public administration, environmental studies, social welfare, government, community organization, and theology. Interdisciplinary studies 16 - Internship See description on page 91. Internships place students with sponsoring organizations that provide supervised work experience for a minimum of 10 hours a week. Independent Study-Metropolitan INS 399 INS 498 Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. Through HECUA, Augsburg students have access to six interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional quality, located in Scandinavia, South America, C e n ~ a l -4merica. and the Twin Cities. Also see In tcmaiioml Studies listings. Independent Study/Research See description on page 92. (Prereq.: POL 484 or SOC 363) utilizing the metropolitan resources available, e.g., lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211 and consent of instructor) An independently-designed course developed by a student (or group of students), URBAN STUDIES OPTIONS THROUGH HECUA INS 499 Directed Study See description on page 92. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211) INS 299 Resources Internship See description on page 91. INS 199 Internships and Independent Study Courses: The INS 399 Internship is highly recommended where appropriate. Other combinations are feasible if approved by the director of the program. HECUA off-campus programs are highly recommended, especially the MetroUrban Studies Term (MUST) Twin Cities program. Students interested in graduate Minor POL 122, SOC 211, HIS 225, and two of the following: HIS 335, SOC 381, or INS 399. school are encouraged to take ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics. SOC 381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning INS 399 Internship Plus two additional approved urban-related courses. (Courses fulfilling The City Perspective generally meet the urbanrelated requirement.) 170 Interdisciplinary Studies - OR SPRING Field Seminar: Urban Inequality and Social Change Concrete conditions of life and community issues in different neighborhoods provide varying-at times competing-views on the Twin Cities "civic ideology." Field observations, dialogue with residents, interviews, and oral history provide data to identify inequality and to assess theories and strategies for explaining and overcoming it. Internship (2 course credits) See description on page 91. INS 359 INS 399 The Politics of Artistic Expression Studv of the social and cultural historv of urban art. the role of art and culture in everyday life, and the relationship between intellectual discourse and the politics of cultural work. Readings, films, and discussions integrate aesthetic theory and artistic expression with issues of social change and activism. Internship (2 course credits) See description on page 91. INS 331 INS 399 Ill. SEE HECUA UNDER INTERNATIONAL STUDIES (SUST, SAUS, CILA, AND EECLA) Field Seminar: Emerging Art and Urban Cultures Exploration of life experiences and works of artists, cultural workers, and community organizers for understanding the differences between formal institutional art and community-based art forms. Interviews and participant observation at arts performances and cultural events. INS 330 Study of the politics of artistic expression and the relationship between emerging art and urban cultures. Minneapolis-St. Paul provides rich resources for the program. II. CITY ARTS-SPRING Reading Seminar: Diversity and Unequal Urban Development Interdisciplinary readings connect experiences and direct obsewation with theory and research on the impact of race, class, and gender on social inequality and unequal urban development. Competing theories and strategies for urban and neighborhood development are examined in the context of dominant ideology and perspectives of people who challenge it. INS 358 This "Semester in the Cities" program focuses upon the Twin Cities metro area. I. METRO-URBAN STUDIES TERM (MUST)-FALL Interdisciplinary Studies 171 - Nordic area studies is an interdisciplinary program. The curriculum treats Norden (Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway, and Sweden) not only as a geographical area, but as an integrated cultural region with a shared history, common val- Students are encouraged to continue more advanced language study through the ACTC language contract with the University of Minnesota. A program of study abroad or an internship in the Middle East is recommended strongly and will receive credit toward the minor. 3. Area courses: three courses distributed among the humanities and social sciences, with at least one course to be selected in each area. 2. Required foundational course: POL 358 (Hamline) Politics and Society of the Middle East. 1. Language courses: one year (2 courses) of elementary Arabic, Hebrew, or another Middle Eastern language (or equivalent competency) Six courses, including language and area studies courses (consult the program director for ACTC listing of approved courses): Requirements The Middle East studies minor offers students the opportunity to learn about the religions, economic situation, historical and political developments, literature, philosophy, and culture of Middle Eastern people and countries. 172 Interdisciplinary Studies Recommended supporting preparation: Study abroad through International Partners, or SUST (See International Studies, International Partners, and Scandinavian Urban Studies Term); independent study in Denmark, Norway, Sweden, Finland or Iceland; elective courses or a second major such as Norwegian, history, political science, urban studies, business administration, international relations, sociology or social work. At least four of the courses required for the major must be Augsburg courses. The remainder may be transfer credits included in the major on approval of the program coordinator. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian language course listings under the Department of Modem Languages. Other Requirements Minor Four upper division courses. Major Eight courses, six of which must be upper division. Coordinator Frankie Shackelford ues, and a high degree of political, social, and economic interdependency Courses in Nordic area studies postulate a Nordic regional identity as a context in which to appreciate the differences between the five individual countries and to understand the complexity of their interactions among themselves and the global community. (See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term) Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia (See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term) Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change (See Department of Art) Scandinavian Arts (See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term) Scandinavia in the World (See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term) Norwegian Language and Culture Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Strindberg, and selected 20th century h a t i * . Lectures provide a context for understanding the development of Nordic drama. Norwegian majors will do appropriate readings and written work in Norwegian ISynng: alternate years) The Modern Nordic Drama Lectures illustrate the development of the Nordic novel. Class discussion is based on reading selected works in translation from all five Nordic countries. Norwegian majors will be required to do appropriate readings and written work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years) The Modern Nordic Novel A broad survey of Nordic culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the 20th century. No knowledge of Scandinavian language required. Contemporary Norden lnternship See description on page 92. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. lnternship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. For degree and major requirements see page 275. NAS 499 NAS 399 NAS 299 NAS 199 Internships and Independent Study Courses: NAS 394 NAS 393 ART 382 NAS 377 NAS 372 NAS 352 NAS 351 NAS 230 Interdisciplinary Studies 17: - - I Required core courses: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics or ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics HIS 103 The Modem World or HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western World POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes or POL 160 World Politics POL 490 Seminar in International Relations Norma Noonan Director Recent students have had double majors in history, political science, international business or a foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are possible with the international relations major. The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international studies with considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East, Western Europe, Russia and East Central Europe, the Far East, Southeast Asia, etc. nternational Relations is an interdisciplinary major that offers the student both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of seven courses and six electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg and other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for an Interim or semester. Competency in one language is required, and some students study two languages. Two of the following: BUS 368 Responding to the Challenges of Japan BUS 465 International Management MKT 466 International Marketing Required core courses of the international relations major, plus the following six courses: BUS 362 International Business ECO 317 Comparative Economic Systems International Relations Major with International Business Concentration Interim courses, seminars, independent study, topics courses, and courses at other colleges/universities can be considered here with the approval of the program director, as well as a fourth term or higher of college work in a second language. Required electives Six of the following (not more than three from any one discipline may be counted toward the major): BUS 362,368,465 ECO 317,360,365 HIS 346,348,352,354,440,474 MKT 466 PHI 355 POL 350,351,359,382,459 REL 356,420 SOC 241 SPC 329 FRE 332, GER 332, NOR 331, SPA 331, SPA 332, NAS 330 (See Modem Languages.) SWK 230 Also, the equivalent of four terms of college work in a modem language. Two of the following: HIS 332 History of U.S. Foreign Relations POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign Policies POL 461 Topics in International Politics Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg, but will add an international dimension to any academic nternational study at Augsburg aims to increase intercultural competency and reflects the College's strong commitment to internationalism. Programs administered by the Center for Global Education, by International Partners, and by the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) offer excellent opportunities for rigorous academic work, greater understanding of cross-cultural issues, and exploration of the benefits of global citizenship. I GPA of 3.5 in the major; 3.0 overall. In addition to fulfilling the requirements for the major, the student must complete an honors thesis no later than March 1 of the senior year and must defend the thesis before a faculty committee. Students should declare their intention to complete Departmental Honors Note: Several of the business courses have prerequisites. Please consult the catalog and your academic adviser before registering for one of the advanced courses. One elective from the list of international relations major electives, excluding other business, economics, and marketing courses. One of the following: ECO 360 International Economics ECO 365 Environmental Economics and Sustainable Development Students in good academic standing (a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may apply for permission to study off campus through the study abroad adviser. In addition to semester and year-long programs, summer abroad courses also provide a number of educational opportunities. Students interested in these or other external off-campus study experiences should program. Students normally receive the same number of course credits abroad as they would if studying on campus. Courses abroad can fulfill major, distributiodgenera1 education, and graduation requirements when approved by the appropriate program directors and faculty before departure. Note: Only the fourth or higher term of language counts toward the major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited toward the 13 required courses. Students should confer with the program director about regional and disciplinary concentrations possible within the major; for example, a concentration in a geographic area or one of the major disciplines in the program. ECO 112 or 113, HIS 103 or 104, and POL 158 or 160. One course from HIS 332, POL 363 or 461. One year of modem language. Three courses from the list of required electives for the major. Not more than two courses from any department can count toward the minor. Minor an honors major by the end of their junior year. International Studies 17; The International Partners Program combines rigorous academic work with daily immersion in another culture. It offers students an opportunity to study abroad with outstanding faculty and to gain practical experience overseas in their major fields. INTERNATIONAL PARTNERS International study programs administered by the Center for Global Education and approved by Augsburg are listed below. For information on these programs, contact the academic programs abroad office. The center's study programs are conducted in Mexico, Central America, and Namibia. They integrate rigorous academic work with real-life experiences. Students learn not only from textbooks but live in the midst of the society they are studying, encountering the people and culture inside and outside the walls of a classroom. All programs include family stays, regional travel, community-based living, and opportunities for volunteer work and internships. The mission of the Center for Global Education at Augsburg College is to provide cross-cultural educational opportunities in order to foster critical analysis of local and global conditions so that personal and systemic change takes place leading to a more just and sustainable world. THE CENTER FOR GLOBAL EDUCATION contact the study abroad adviser. Applications are due April 1 for the fall term or academic year, and October 15 for the spring term. The cost for many programs is comparable to full room, board, and tuition for on-campus study, plus airfare. Financial aid is granted on the same basis as on-campus study. 76 International Studies International study programs administered by HECUA and approved through Augsburg are listed below. For information on these programs, contact the Center for Global Education. For non-international HECUA courses, see Interdisciplinary Studies (INS), MetroUrban Studies. Augsburg, in consortium with other colleges and universities, offers programs through HECUA in four different fullsemester programs in Norway, Guatemala, and Ecuador. All programs emphasize the impact of social change and cross-cultural factors on the human community HECUA programs include intense language experience and field study. The cost is equivalent to full tuition, room, and board for one semester on campus, plus airfare. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM FOR URBAN AFFAIRS (HECUA) Study abroad through International Partners emphasizes business, education, and social work, but is not limited to these fields. The study program may be for one year, one semester, or a summer session. Participation may be on an individual basis or as part of a student group. For further information, contact the International Partners office. The program is founded on reciprocal agreements with selected institutions of higher learning in Europe. Under these agreements International Partner students from abroad receive part of their academic training at Augsburg, and qualified Augsburg students are guaranteed admission to partner institutions, where courses are pre-approved for credit toward graduation requirements at Augsburg. Latin American Literature: Before 20th-Century Voices Students examine issues of social change through the voices of contemporary Latin American writers. Attention is given to short stories, poetry, and testimonials of indigenous peoples and Central American refugees. SPA 356 SPA/INS/WST 399 Internship REL/WST 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America A study of the dominant theological perspectives that have shaped Latin America culture and politics. Focuses on the relationship between theology and social/political transformation. POL/WST 359 Women in Comparative Politics-Women in Latin America An examination of critical global issues affecting Latin America and the impact these factors have on women: diminishing resources and sustainable development, refugee issues, foreign debt and international trade, political ideologies, and revolution. INS/WST 31 1 Gender, Health, and Development Students reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin American development and educational theories and practices are examined, as well as social change strategies. Conversation and Composition Improve written and Spanish language expression through discussions, debates, oral reports, journals, and compositions, including formal letters, newspaper articles, and position papers on key topics in Mexican current events. SPA 317 SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks at the beginning of the semester, taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by program director.) Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed. INS 311 and POL 359 are also approved for credit in women's studies. Participation in the program will fulfill the IA general education perspective credit. REL 366 will fulfill one CF3 perspective credit, and a Spanish course will fulfill one modem language skill credit. Application deadline is April 1. This program is an intensive semester of study and travel designed to introduce students to the central issues facing Mesoamerica, with emphasis on the experiences and empowerment of women. Students engage in gender analysis of key social, economic, political, and cultural issues in Mexico and Guatemala, explore the interconnectedness of race, class, and gender, and leam first-hand from both women and men who are involved in struggles for sustainable development and social change. CROSSING BORDERS: GENDER AND SOCIAL CHANCE IN MESOAMERICA (MEXICO)-FALL International Studies 17 Latin American Literature: Before 20th-Century Voices Students examine issues of social change through the voices of contemporary Latin American writers. Attention is given to short stories, poetry, and testimonials of indigenous peoples and Central American refugees. Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America An exploration of selected topics and case studies in Latin American history from Pre-Columbian times through the conquest and colonial periods up to modem Latin America. SPA 356 HIS 350 REL 313 Environmental Theology and Ethics POLIWST 341 Environmental Politics Topics studied include development politics in Latin America from preColumbian times to the present, environmental issues from a gender perspective, and political and economic policies that promote and/or hinder sustainable development. Conversation and Composition Improve written and Spanish language expression through discussions, debates, oral reports, journals, and compositions, including formal letters, newspaper articles, and position papers on key topics in Mexican current events. SPA 317 SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks, taught by Mexican instructors. (Placement level determined by program director.) Participation in the program will fulfill the IA general education perspective credit, and a Spanish course will fulfill one modem language skill credit. This program introduces students to the socio-economic and political issues of the region with a focus on the impact of environmental policies on the lives of women and men from varying economic classes and ethnic groups in Mexico and Central America. Students examine this complex web of issues and how the people of Mexico are responding to pressures on family, society, and the natural environment. Application deadline is Oct. 15. SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL JUSTICE: LATIN AMERICAN PERSPECTIVES (MEXICO)-SPRING SPA/REL/INSIWST 499 Independent Study Students design a proposal to independently explore a topic of interest that is either interdisciplinary or related to religious studies. If the proposal is approved, the student will collaborate with an instructor who will guide the independent study. Students gain hands-on work experience in a Mexican organization that promotes social change and/or development. 100 hours of community service required. 78 International Studies - The Development Process-Southern Africa This course provides the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights and examines basic theories of development as well as particular strategies of development that are being implemented in Namibia and South Africa. Religion and Social Change in Southern Africa This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the political transformations of Southern Africa. Students will meet with people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious organizations. Namibia and South Africa: A Historical Perspective This course is an overview of the history of Namibia and South Africa, including the experience of indigenous peoples, the impact of occupation by South Africa, and the war for independence. Political and Social Change in Namibia: Liberation, Decolonization, and Nation Building This course is an integrative seminar for the semester and examines the legacy of apartheid in Namibia with particular focus on the social and political movements that have evolved in the struggle for independence. Internship INS 312 REL 346 HIS 346 POL 353 INS 399 Participation in the program will fulfill the LA general education perspective credit. REL 346 will fulfill one CF3 perspective credit. This intensive program of travel and study is designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing Southern Africa. Namibia is a nation that has recently gained independence and is making a transition from colonialism to independence. Students will explore the complex political, social, and economic dynamics of building a new nation. Application deadline is April 1. MULTICULTURAL SOCIETIES IN TRANSITION: SOUTHERN AFRICA PERSPECTIVES (NAM IBIA)-FALL REL/INS/WST 499 Independent Study Students design a proposal to independently explore a topic of interest that is either interdisciplinary or related to religious studies. If the proposal is approved, the student will collaborate with an instructor who will guide the independent study. SPAIINSIWST 399 lnternship Students gain hands-on work experience in a Mexican organization that promotes social change andlor development. 100 hours of community service required. Learn about different approaches to environmental ethics in Latin America, including indigenous, Jewish and Christian perspectives, liberation theology and ecofeminism. international Studies 17 - Topics: Sustainable Economic Development This course examines the concepts of economic development and growth in the "third world." Students are introduced to the theories of economic development and definitions of sustainable development. They study the relationship between economic development and ecological damage. Church and Social Change in Latin America This course explores the role of religion in Latin American societies, past and present, given the factors of political oppression and social injustice. Students examine the "theologies of liberation." ECO 495 REL 366 RE1 346 will fulfill one CF3 perspective credit. Participation in the program will fulfill the IA general education perspective credit and This program examines these crucial issues from the perspectives of the new democracies of southern Africa. Namibia won its independence in 1990 after decades of apartheid South African colonialization. South Africa had its first democratic election in 1994. As these nations struggle to build nationhood and deal with the legacies of apartheid and colonialism they are faced with the challenges posed by the rapid process of globalization in today's world; the challenges posed by under and unequal development; and the longterm project of decolonizing the mind. Augsburg application deadline: Oct. 15. NATION BUILDING, GLOBALIZATION, AND DECOLONIZING THE MIND: SOUTHERN AFRICAN PERSPECTIVES (NAMIBIA)-SPRING Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America An exploration of selected topics and case studies in Latin American history from Pre-Columbian times through the conquest and colonial periods up to modem Latin America. HIS 350 SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks at the beginning of the semester, taught by Guatemalan instructors. (Placement level determined by program director.) Participation in the program will fulfill the IA general education perspective credit. REL 366 will fulfill one CF3 perspective credit, and a Spanish course will fulfill one modem language skill credit. This program introduces students to the key issues facing the Central Americans. For two decades the people of Central America have been in upheaval and have experienced fundamental social and political change. Students examine the impact of revolution and civil war on the lives and culture of the people and the environment of Guatemala, El Salvador, and Nicaragua. Application deadline is April 1. SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT AND SOCIAL CHANGE: GUATEMALA, EL SALVADOR, NICARAGUA)-FALL OR SPRING 180 International Studies Religion and Social Change in Southern Africa This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the political transformations of Southern Africa. Students meet with people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious organizations. Political and Social Change in Namibia: Liberation, Decolonization, and Nation Building This course is an integrative seminar for the semester and examines the legacy of apartheid in Namibia with particular focus on the social and political movements that have evolved in the struggle for independence. Roots and Realities of Racism in Southern Africa and the USA: A Comparative Examination This course explores historical parallels of the development in southern Africa and in the US, strategies of resistance the successes and limitations of political victories over apartheid and racism and the lingering economic, social, political and psychological effects of racism. Internship REL 346 POL 353 HIS 440 INS 399 Norwegian Language Scandinavia in the World Scandinavian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change Urbanization and Sustainable Development in Scandinavia Independent Study (Students may choose either INS 372 or 499) INS 372 INS 377 INS 393 INS 394 INS 499 Participants will gain a deep understanding of contemporary Norway, using the welfare state and the notion of citizenship as the focus for investigation. The cuniculum consists of three interrelated seminars that together give participants an understanding of how the welfare state has evolved and how it is practiced in the context of social democracy. Students explore the relationship between Scandinavian countries, the emerging democracies of Eastern Europe, the European Union and broader global politics. Students have the option of Norwegian language study or an independent study project. April 1. SCANDINAVIAN URBAN STUDIES TERM: NORWAY (SUST)-FALL The Development Process-Southern Africa This course provides the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. The course examines basic theories of development. INS 312 International Studies 1 Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development: Critical Social Issues Independent Study INS 363 INS 499 Internship Independent Study INS 399 INS 499 Environment and development issues are examined by looking at market and community economy models and their respective practices and ethical implications. Participants will conduct a variety of field projects in small groups to learn about the environment and development efforts. Students gain hands-on experience field placements with organizations working in the Guatamalan Highland, exploring the limits and possibilities of classroom theories and concepts in the context of complex real-life experiences in the community. Each student carries out an independent study project on a topic of personal choice, which includes field research. Oct. 15. ENVIRONMENT, ECONOMY, AND COMMUNITY IN LATIN AMERICA: GUATEMALA AND CUBA (EECLA)-SPRING (2 course credits) Community Participation for Social Change INS 366 The Community Internships in Latin America program offers a semester of study experience with a focus on community participation and social change. A hands-on internship designed to meet the learning goals of the student is combined with a seminar, independent project and a home stay for an intensive immersion into Latin American daily life and culture. Models of community participation, organization, development, and social change are compared and contrasted. Students learn first-hand about the social problems in Eduadorian communities and explore ways in which communities are addressing these challenges. All lectures, internships, and field projects are in Spanish, with discussions in Spanish and English. Readings are mostly in Spanish. Papers may be written in English or Spanish. April 1. COMMUNITY INTERNSHIPS IN LATIN AMERICA: ECUADOR (GILA)-FALL Development in the Latin American City INS 362 INS 2611386 Spanish in the Field The "Politics, Development, and the City" program explores historical and current issues related to rural-urban migration, industrialization, government policies, and effects on human communities. Students engage in dialogue with Latin American faculty, activists, and leaders from local communities to understand local conditions and efforts at social change. Learning is made vivid through field projects and interactions with organizations working on urban issues. A "Spanish in the Field course facilitates language learning directly related to content. April 1. POLITICS, DEVELOPMENT, AND THE CITY: GUATEMALA AND ECUADOR-FALL 82 International Studies - The Ethics of Development: Local and Global Implications Spanish in the Field (advanced-level language course) Independent Study Project (students chooses topic) INS 385 INS 386 INS 499 Politics o f Conflict and Transformation Internship INS 317 INS 399 See listing under Department of Business Administration. MARKETING See listing under Department of Business Administration. MANAGEMENT INFORMATIO SYSTEMS (2 course credits) Northern Ireland: Building a Sustainable Democracy INS 316 The "Northern Ireland: Democracy and Social Change" program examines the historical, political, and religious roots of conflict in Northern Ireland, the prospects for peace and the progress being made. Through a seven week internship, students get hands-on experience with organizations working for social change. Field seminars focus on human rights, conflict transformation, and education for democracy. The program is located at the UNESCO Centre at the University of Ulster in Coleraine. Oct. 15 NORTHERN IRELAND: DEMOCRACY AND SOCIAL CHANGE- SPRING Social Dynamics and the Environment INS 384 International Studies 18 M Students may choose coursework supporting study of mathematics as a liberal art, its applications to science and engineering, its applications to actuarial science, computing, or economics, or in preparation to teach. Augsburg's urban Students majoring in mathematics acquire the skills necessary to serve society through a variety of careers. In addition to acquiring computational and problem-solving skills, mathematics majors at Augsburg develop their abilities to reason abstractly; to conjecture, critique, and justify their assertions; to formulate questions; to investigate open-ended problems; to read and comprehend precise mathematical writing; to speak and write about mathematical ideas; and to experience working in teams on mathematical projects. Students can prepare for graduate school, for work in business, industry, or non-profit organizations, or for teaching mathematics in grades K-12. Students majoring in many disciplines find it helpful to acquire a minor or a second major in mathematics. athematics is the study of smcture and relationships and provides tools for solving a wide variety of problems. Mathematical language describes our world from the perspectives of the natural, physical, and social sciences. Engaging in mathematical thinking helps strengthen the problem solving and quantitative reasoning skills that are increasingly expected of every member of contemporary society. Moreover, as mathematics has had a formative impact on the development of civilization, it is an important part of a liberal arts education. Students may petition the department to substitute alternative mathematics or mathematics-intensive courses for one or two MAT courses numbered above 200. Such substitutions must be justified by a compelling academic rationale defending a coherent program of study, typically relating mathematics to another discipline. A minimum of three upper division MAT courses are required. Note that MAT 331 does not apply toward the major but is a recommended general education course for majors. Nine mathematics courses: MAT 145 Calculus I MAT 146 Calculus I1 MAT 245 Calculus 111 MAT 246 Linear Algebra MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical structures MAT 324 Analysis MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I MAT 3 14 Abstract Algebra or a modeling course, either MAT 247 or MAT 385 MAT elective numbered above 200 Mathematics Major Suzanne Doree (Chair), Nicholas Coult, Rebekah Dupont, Matthew Haines, Kenneth Karninsky Mathematics Faculty location allows students to gain experience working with mathematics through internships, cooperative education, and the practicum and colloquium courses. For distinction: GPA of 3.5 in MAT courses numbered above 200,3.5 overall GPA, a project, and approval of the mathematics department. For departmental honors: GPA of 3.5 in MAT courses numbered above 200, 3.0 overall GPA, a project or independent study course, and approval of the mathematics department. Specific requirements are described in "Guidelines for Graduation with Distinction and Departmental Honors in Mathematics" available from the department. Three supporting courses: CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communication or another CSC course with departmental approval The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers, and state requirements are subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. At the time of publication, the mathematics requirements for licensure to teach mathematics in grades 5-12 are the same as the major, with the MAT electives specified as MAT 252 Exploring Geometry and MAT 314 Abstract Algebra and the additional course of MAT 331 History of Mathematics required. At the time of publication, the mathematics requirements for a concentration in mathematics to teach in grades K-8 are MPG 4 or MAT 114 Precalculus, MAT 145 Calculus I or MAT 122 Calculus for the Behavioral and Social Sciences, MAT 163 Introductory Statistics or MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I, MAT 252 Exploring Geomeq, MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical Structures, and MAT 331 History of Mathematics. Teaching Licensure Major Also required: MAT 491 Mathematics Colloquium during junior and senior years. Before enrolling in any mathematics course, students must have the required math placement. All students are required to have their Math Placement Group (MPG) determined. In some cases, students who have transferred in a mathematics course taken at another college may have their MPG determined by the registrar's office. Students who have passed the College Board Advanced Placement Exam in calculus should consult with the mathematics department. All other students must take the Augsburg Math Placement Exam, Math Placement Croup (MPC) - At least one MAT course numbered above 200 must be taken at Augsburg. Three electives numbered above 200, at least one of which is numbered above 300, other than MAT 331. Alternatively students may complete a minor by taking the six courses: MAT 145, MAT 146, MAT 163, MAT 252, MAT 271, and MAT 331. Mathematics Minor Five courses including: MAT 145 Calculus I MAT 146 Calculus I1 Graduation with Distinction and Departmental Honors in Mathematics At least two MAT courses numbered above 250 must be taken at Augsburg. Two additional supporting courses from the following list or substitutes with departmental approval: BUS 331, CSC 170, CSC 320, ECO 112 or ECO 113 (not both), ECO 318, MAT 163 or MAT 173 (not both), PHY 121, PHY 122. - Mathematics 185 - Everyday Math Concepts of integers, fractions, decimal numbers, ratios, percents, order of operations, exponents, and an introduction to algebraic expressions and equations with an emphasis on applications to everyday life. P/N grading only. Grade of P advances student to MPG 2. MAT 103 does not count as a credit toward graduation. (Prereq.: MPG 1) Applied Algebra Concepts of linear, exponential, logarithmic, and other models with an emphasis on applications to the social and natural sciences, business, and everyday life. Grade of 2.0 or higher advances student to MPG 3. Students preparing for MAT 114 should consult the department. Students in MPG 3 or higher may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 2 and a year of high school algebra. WEC-additional sessions are required) Precalculus Concepts of algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions for students planning to study calculus. Students who have completed MAT 145 or other calculus courses may register for credit only with consent of department. Grade of 2.0 or higher advances student to MPG 4. (Prereq.: MPG 3) Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Concepts of differential and integral calculus with an emphasis on applications in the social and behavioral sciences and business and quantitative reasoning. Students who have completed MAT 145 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3) Mathematics for the Liberal Arts An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of Western civilization with an emphasis on connections to teaching mathematics to children. Students who have completed MAT 331 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3) MAT 105 MAT 114 MAT 122 MAT 131 A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite for a mathematics course. Prerequisites student's MPG. Students are also permitted to retake the Math Placement Exam during their first term of enrollment at Augsburg College. MAT 103 which is administered by Academic Advising. The exam is given during College registration sessions and at other announced times during the year. Practice questions and other information are available from Academic Advising. Students in MPG 1may take MAT 103 to advance to MPG 2. Students in MPG 2 may take MAT 105 to advance to MPG 3. Students in MPG 3 may take MAT 114 to advance to MPG 4. No other MAT course changes a 186 Mathematics Numeracy for Contemporary Society An examination of the applications of mathematics in an interdisciplinary setting with an emphasis on quantitative reasoning and connections to students' life, work, and interests. Students who have completed a Quantitative Reasoning course may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3) Introductory Statistics Concepts of elementary statistics such as descriptive statistics, methods of counting, probability distributions, approximations, estimation, hypothesis testing, analysis-of-variance, and regression. (Prereq.: MPG 3) Discrete Mathematics for Computing Concepts of discrete mathematics including binary representations, sequences, recursion, induction, formal logic, and combinatorics with an emphasis on connections to computer science. Students who have completed MAT 271 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3; Coreq.: CSC 160) Math of Interest Concepts of elementary financial mathematics such as annuities, loan payments, mortgages, and life insurance with an emphasis on quantitative reasoning. (Prereq.: MPG 3) Calculus Ill Concepts of multivariable calculus including functions of several variables, partial derivatives, vectors and the gradient, multiple integrals, and parametric representations. (Prereq.: MAT 146) Linear Algebra Concepts of linear algebra including systems of linear equations, matrices, linear transformations, abstract vector spaces, determinants, and eigenvalues. (Prereq.: MAT 245 or MAT 271) Modeling and Differential Equations Concepts of differential equations including methods of solving first and second order equations and modeling using difference equations and differential equations with an emphasis on applications to the sciences. (Prereq.: MAT 146) Exploring Geometry Concepts of geometry including Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries and geometric transformations with an emphasis on geometric reasoning, conjecturing, and proof. (Prereq.: MAT 145 or MAT 122 and MPG 4) MAT 163 MAT 171 MAT 173 MAT 245 MAT 246 MAT 247 MAT 252 MAT 145, 146 Calculus I & II Concepts of calculus of one-variable functions, including derivatives, integrals, differential equations, and series with an emphasis on mathematical investigation and quantitative reasoning. (Prereq.: MPG 4 for MAT 145; MAT 145 for MAT 146) MAT 132 - MAT 385 MAT 374 MAT 373 MAT 355 MAT 331 MAT 327 MAT 324 MAT 314 MAT 271 The application of mathematical problem solving to real-world projects sought from off-campus nonprofit organizations. Contains a service learning component. (Prereq.: at least two of MAT 245,246, 247, or 271 and consent of instructor) Mathematics Practicum Concepts of statistics including sampling distributions associated with the normal and other distributions, methods of estimation, hypothesis testing, regression, analysis of variance, and nonparametric statistics. (Prereq.: MAT 373) Probability and Statistics II Concepts of probability including methods of enumeration, random variables and probability distributions, expectation, the Central Limit Theorem, and important ideas and problems of statistics. (Prereq.: MAT 245) Probability and Statistics I Concepts such as polynomial interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration, numerical solution of differential equations, error propagation, practical implementation of numerical methods on modem computers, and applications. (Prereq.: MAT 146 and CSC 170 or consent of instructor.) Numerical Mathematics and Computation Concepts of historical importance from the areas of geometry, number theory, algebra, calculus, and modem mathematics. An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of western civilization. Does not apply toward the mathematics major or minor. (Prereq.: MAT 145 or MAT 122 and MPG 4, junior or senior standing) History of Mathematics (See PHY 327) Special Functions of Mathematical Physics Concepts of real analysis including functions, derivatives, integrals, and series in a theoretical setting with an emphasis on written communication of mathematical ideas. (Prereq.: ENG 111, at least two of MAT 245, 246, 247, or 271) Analysis Concepts of algebra including the abstract structures of groups, rings, integral domains, and fields. (Prereq.: MAT 246, MAT 271) Abstract Algebra Concepts of discrete mathematics including number theory, combinatorics, graph theory, recursion theory, set theory, and formal logic with an emphasis on algorithmic thinking, mathematical reasoning, conjecturing, and proof. (Prereq.: MAT 146 or two of the following courses: MAT 145/122, MAT 163, MAT 252, MAT 331) Discrete Mathematical Structures 188 Mathematics Mathematics Colloquium Information about contemporary applications, career opportunities, and other interesting ideas in mathematics. Presented by outside visitors, faculty members, or students. Carries no course credit. Independent StudyIResearch Selection and study of an advanced topic outside of the offered curriculum with the guidance of a faculty member. Presentation at a departmental colloquium is required. (Prereq.: at least one upper division MAT course, junior or senior standing, and consent of instructor). See also description on p. 92. See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies. METRO-URBAN STUDIES MAT 499 Work-based learning experience that links the ideas and methods of mathematics to the opportunities found in the internship. For upper division credit, significant mathematical content and presentation at a departmental colloquium is required. (Prereq. for upper division: at least one upper division MAT course, junior or senior standing). See also description on p. 91. MAT 1991399 Internship Internship and Independent Study courses: MAT 491 Study of an advanced topic such as complex analysis, mathematical biology, operations research, chaotic dynamical systems, fractal mathematics, knot theory, topology, or foundations of mathematics. (Prereq.: at least two MAT courses numbered above 200 and consent of instructor. For 495, an additional upper division MAT course depending on the particular topic may also be required) MAT 395/495 Topics in MathematicdAdvanced Topics in Mathematics Mathematics 1 - Mary Kingsley (Chair), Pary PezechkianWeinberg, Frankie Shackelford, Donald Steinmetz Modern Languages Faculty Knowledge of several languages, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, is essential in preparing for careers in second-language education and translation, but also represents a valuable special qualification in many other professions. Students anticipating careers in international business, social work, the diplomatic corps, the health professions, or the ministry may wish to take a second major or minor in modem languages. In addition, a minor in languages or linguistics is a valuable research tool for those intending to pursue graduate study in most academic disciplines. The modem languages department offers language, literature, and culture courses leading to majors in French, German, Norwegian, and Spanish. Introductory courses in Ojibwe and American Sign Language are offered at Augsburg, and courses in Chinese, Japanese, Latin, and Greek are available to Augsburg students through the College's affiliation with ACTC, a consortium of Twin Cities colleges. he Department of Modem Languages at Augsburg College contributes in many ways to realizing the College's mission of providing liberal arts education for service in today's world. The department is committed to the view that education should go beyond career preparation and that familiarity with the language and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of a truly global perspective. T Transfer students intending to major or minor in languages must take a minimum of one upper division course per year at Augsburg. See majorlminor above for limits on non-Augsburg courses. Courses accepted for transfer must have been taken within the past seven years. Transfer Students Prerequisite A prerequiste must be completed with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P Majors seeking graduation with distinction must apply in the junior year. Requirements: 3.5 GPA in the major, 3.5 GPA overall, and honors thesis. Graduation with Distinction The minor consists of four courses above 21 1 (Norwegian only: 21 1 and above), including one in language and one in literature or culture. At least three of these courses must be taught in the target language, and at least two of them must be taken on the Augsburg campus. Minor The major consists of nine courses above 21 1 (Norwegian only: 211 and above), including two courses in culture, two courses in language, two courses in literature and three electives (from any of the three areas above). At least seven of these courses must be taught in the target language of the major and at least four of them must be taken on the Augsburg campus. Major Since spring term 2001, Augsburg College no longer offers a licensure program in modem languages. A semester of study abroad is required for majors and some study abroad is strongly recommended for minors. An advanced-level internship in the major language (399) or an interdisciplinary internship (INS 199), linking language skills with community service and career exploration, is strongly encouraged. Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics Conversation and Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulaly enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall) FRE 295 FRE 31 1 FRE 211, 212 Intermediate French I, II Selected articles, interviews, and literary readings are the basis of practice in communication, vocabulaly building, and developing greater ease in reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory work. (Fall: 211; spring: 212) FRE 111, 112 Beginning French I, II Aims to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading, and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice, and readings, these courses work toward the discovely of French culture and way of life. Four class meetings per week. (Fall: 111; spring 112. WEC-additional sessions required) FRENCH (FRE) Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian language department. Contact the East Asian studies director for more information. ASL 101, 102 Beginning American Sign Language I, II An introduction to deaf culture and the signs and syntax of ASL. Students observe the demonstration of signs, practice their own signing, and learn the facial expressions and body language needed to communicate clearly with deaf and hard-of-hearing people. AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE (ASL) Teaching Licensure Study Abroad Modern Languages 191 - French Civilization: Historical Perspective Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) Introduction to Literature for Language Students Topics in 20th-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French-speaking people and their contributions to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials, and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) French Civilization Today the modem period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French intellectual, political, social, and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics By means of reading, speaking, and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Fall) Advanced Conversation and Composition FRE 499 FRE 399 FRE 299 FRE 199 See description on page 92. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. Internship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. Internship Internships and Independent Study Courses: FRE 495 FRE 41 1 The study of major French authors and literary movements in France through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) FRE 351, 353 Survey of French Literature I, II FRE 350 FRE 332 FRE 331 192 Modern Languages CER 351 CER 350 CER 332 CER 331 Conversation and Composition CER 31 1 The intellectual, cultural, and political history of all peoples is reflected in their literature. The prose, epic, and poetry readings in this course chronicle the German experience from Charlemagne to Napoleon; from Luther to Kant; from Hildegard of Bingen to Goethe, Schiller, and the Romantics; and offer a way to relive the Renaissance, the Reformation, and the Enlightenment. Survey of Literature: Cerman Literature from Chivalry to Romanticism Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) Introduction to Literature for Language Students Survey of cultural currents that have shaped Germany. Austria, and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic, and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) German Civilization and Culture II Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistorical Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643). In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) German Civilization and Culture I Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary, and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics CER 295 Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (Fall: 211; spring: 212) CER 211, 212 Intermediate Cerman I, II Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding, and reading and writing basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. (Fall: 111; spring: 112. WEC-additional sessions required) CER 111, 112 Beginning Cerman I, II GERMAN (CER) P Modern Languages 19 Advanced Conversation and Composition Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: GER 3 11 or consent of instructor. Fall) Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics CER 41 1 CER 495 Directed Study See description on page 92. lnternship See description on page 91. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 92. CER 299 CER 399 CER 499 NOR 21 1 Intermediate Norwegian I Continued acquisition and refinement of communication skills (speaking, listening, reading, writing). Emphasis is on social or cultural contexts and integrated vocabulary clusters. Selected readings in Norwegian are used as a basis for class activities and writing exercises. Includes grammar review. (Prereq.: NOR 112 or equivalent. Fall) NOR 111, 112 Beginning Norwegian I, II Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Stress is on communication and its cultural context. Laboratory work expected. (Fall: 111; spring: 112) NORWEGIAN (NOR) Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian language department. Contact the East Asian studies director for more information. JAPANESE(JPN) lnternship See description on page 91. CER 199 Internships and Independent Study Courses: Survey of Literature: German Literature in the 19th and 20th Centuries The literary, cultural, and scientific background of the new millennium has many German-speaking roots in the works of figures like Karl Marx, Freud, Nietzsche, Einstein, Kafka, Rilke, Hesse, and Brecht. Selected readings of prose, poetry, and plays bring alive the drama and conflicts that characterized the birth of the modem age. CER 354 -Modern Languages 194 Conversation and Composition NOR 311 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics Extensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian, based on literary and cultural readings. Students serve as peer-tutors for those registered in NOR 31 1.Readings, journals, discussion, role-playing, and written, and oral reports in Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Spring) Advanced Conversation and Composition Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a basis for the study of major works from earlier periods, including several in Nynorsk. Readings, lectures, discussion, journals, essays, and oral reports in Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Fall: alternate years) Survey of Norwegian Literature Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) NOR 499 NOR 399 NOR 299 NOR 199 See description on page 92. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. lnternship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. lnternship Internships and Independent Study Courses: NOR 495 NOR 41 1 NOR 353 NOR 350 A two-tiered approach allows students to place contemporary cultural developments, such as Norway's changing role in the global community, into a historical context. Readings in history are supplemented by lectures, newspaper articles, and video tapes. In Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Fall: alternate years) Norwegian Civilization and Culture Practice in spoken and written Norwegian with emphasis on communicative contexts and integrated vocabulary. Readings in history, social science, and literature form a basis for class activities and frequent writing practice. (Prereq.: NOR 21 1 or equivalent. Spring) Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics NOR 295 NOR 331 I I _ Modern Languages 195 OJIBWE(OJB) Spanish and Latin American Culture Through Film SPA 312 Conversation and Composition SPA 31 1 Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice with emphasis on the finer points of grammar. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: odd years) Spanish Expression Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a prerequisite for all upper division courses. (Prereq.: SPA 212 or equivalent. Fall) Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics An introduction to contemporary cultural issues of Spanish and Latin American societies as portrayed in the films of major filmmakers with attention to the aesthetic variations across their works. Films in Spanish with English subtitles; language of instruction is English. (On demand) SPA 295 SPA 248 Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through class discussions. (Fall: 21 1; spring: 212) SPA 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking world. (Fall: 111 and 112; spring: 112. WEC-additional sessions required.) SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II Courses in addition to those below are offered through various programs listed under International Studies. W SPANISH (SPA) An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa) Emphasis is on vocabulary, reading, writing, and conversational skills. Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction. (Alternate years: 111 fall of odd years; 112 spring of even years.) OJB 111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe I, II Two courses in Ojibwe (Chippewa) are offered at Augsburg, both as part of the modem languages department and as part of the American Indian studies minor. W -Modern Languages 196 Latin American Civilization and Culture Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions, and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Fall) Advanced Conversation and Composition An introduction to Hispanic literature. Lectures, discussions, and written and oral reports in Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Note: Students who have taken SPA 356 taught in Mexico may not take 354. Spring: even years) Representative Hispanic Authors Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of literature. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) Introduction to Literature for Language Students A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: odd years) SPA 499 SPA 399 SPA 299 SPA 199 See description on page 92. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. Internship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. Internship Internships and Independent Study Courses: SPA 495 SPA 41 1 SPA 354 SPA 350 SPA 332 - Modern Languages 19 M Trudi Anderson, Matt Barber, Bridget Doak, Sally Dorer, Susan Druck, Lynn Erickson, Janet Fried, Jennifer Gerth, Bradley Greenwald, Nancy Grundahl, Mary Horozaniecki, Ned Kantar, Kathy Kienzle, Caroline Lemen, Steve Lund, Norbert Nielubowski, Celeste O'Brien, Paul Ousley, Part-time Faculty Full-time Faculty Robert Stacke (Chair), Jill Dawe, Stephen Gabrielsen, Peter Hendrickson, Roberta Kagin, Merilee Klemp, Sonja Thompson Participation in a variety of Music experiences including music ensembles, musictheater productions, private lessons, some music courses, and additional Interim courses or special performances is open to students in any major area of study, with permission from the instructor. In Addition, we offer a Music minor and a Music Therapy equivalency certificate. Bachelor of Arts (Music Major) Bachelor of Music (Music Education or Performance Major) Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy major) The Department of Music at Augsburg College offers music training within the context of a liberal arts education, and is an institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music (NASM) and the American Music Therapy Association (AMTA). The Music Department offers three degree programs and four majors as follows: usic has the power to strengthen the mind, heal the body, and unlock the creative spirit. Whether we experience music as a listener, performer, or teacher, it adds a significant dimension to our lives. Augsburg students who enroll as freshmen must apply to the Department of Music for acceptance to a degree program by the end of the sophomore year. Transfer students should meet with a music adviser immediately after enrolling at Augsburg to establish an appropriate course of music study and application/evaluation process. All students interested in pursuing a music degree at Augsburg are strongly encouraged to contact a music faculty adviser in their degree area as soon as possible to ensure a smooth program of study and timely completion of music degree requirements. Plus fulfillment of recital requirements as given under each specific degree and major Materials of Music I Materials of Music I1 Aural Skills I Aural Skills I1 Materials of Music 111 Materials of Music IV Aural Skills 111 Aural Skills IV History and Literature of Music I MUS 232 History and Literature of Music I1 MUS 341 Basic Conducting Large and Small Ensemble Participation Performance Studies Music Repertoire Tests Piano Proficiency MUS 101 MUS 102 MUS 111 MUS 112 MUS 201 MUS 202 MUS 21 1 MUS 212 MUS 231 Core Curriculum for all Music Degree ProgramsIMajors Fine Arts Coordinator Cathy Anderson Rick Penning, Nicholas Raths, Angela Wyatt Offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of music in public schools. This preparation includes coursework that allows the student to become certified to teach at the elementary through the secondary level. Students select either vocavgeneral or instrumentavgeneral emphasis. In addition to applying to the music department, bachelor of music education major candidates must also apply to the Department of Education for acceptance into the music education licensure program. Recommendation for teacher licensure is granted only to students who successfully complete the requirements for the bachelor of music education major. All music requirements must be completed prior to student teaching. A cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses is necessary for the music education licensure program. Music Education M a j o r H BACHELOR OF MUSIC Acceptance to the degree program will be based on the successful completion of the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her spring sophomore jury For acceptance to any music major degree program, students must: submit an application for admission prior to spring juries of the sophomore year or as soon as possible after enrolling at Augsburg submit a copy of a current academic transcript and any transferred credits with the application submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or voice with the application (found in Music Student Handbook) complete the piano proficiency requirement Two quarter course credits of performance studies in the major instrumentlvoice (first year) One of the following two areas of emphasis: Vocal emphasis-MUS 251,252,253, 254 Instrumental e m p h a s i ~ n course e credit of music elective One of the following two: MUS 342 Choral Conducting MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting Requirements Core cuniculum plus: MUS 341 Basic Conducting (.5) MUS 358 Half junior recital MUS 459 Full senior recital HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education INS 105 or Intro. to Amer. Indian Studies INS 260 Contemporary American Indians EDC 200 Orientation to Education EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools EDC 220 Educational Technology EDC 310 Learning and Development EDC 315 Critical Issues in Education Seminar ESE 300 Readinwriting in Content Area ESE 325 Creative Learning Environments ESE 370 Music K-12 Methods EDC 410 Special Needs Learner EDC 480 School and Society EED 481c, 483c, ESE 485,487 Student Teaching MUS 359 Music Methods: ChoraWocal (.5) MUS 356 Music Methods: Brass/Percussion (.25) MUS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds (25) MUS 355 Music Methods: Strings (.25) Music 19! - Two quarter course credits and six half course credits of performance studies in the major instrurnentlvoice Eight quarter course credits in a major Augsburg ensemble on the major instrurnentlvoice Improvisation competency on major instrurnentlvoice (may be fulfilled by MUS 129) Pass piano proficiency test Emphasizes intensive work in performance, supplemented by other courses in music and the liberal arts. The program is made available only to students of exceptional perfonning ability who are selected on the basis of an audition/interview application process. The bachelor of music performance program prepares d t e d performers to compete for professional performing opportunities andlor graduate school auditions. Music Performance Major BACHELOR OF MUSIC Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major instrumentlvoice Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and 3.0 in the major instrumentlvoice Pass three music repertoire tests Pass piano proficiency test Four semesters in a non-credit small Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumentlvoice Four quarter course credits in a major Augsburg ensemble plus four semesters of departmental ensemble work as assigned by the student's academic adviser and studio instructor. Or, for piano or guitar emphasis: Instrumental emphasis-one and one half course credits of music electives, one methods course for major inshument Four semesters in a non-credit small Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumentlvoice Pass three music repertoire tests Piano or organ emphasis-MUS 436,456, one course credit of music elective One of the following three areas of emphasis: Vocal emphasis-MUS 251, 252, 253, 254, 435, EDS 359, one course credit of music elective Requirements: 14.5 course credits Core curriculum plus: MUS 358 Full junior recital MUS 459 Full senior recital Eight quarter course credits in a major Augsburg ensemble on the major ins trumentlvoice (winds and percussionBand; strings-Orchestra; voice-Choir) Two full course credits of performance studies in the major instrumentlvoice (fourth year) Four half course credits of performance studies in the major instrumentlvoice (second and third year) !00 Music Requirements: 23 course credits Core cumculum plus: MUS 271 Music Therapy Techniques and Materials MUS 274,275 Music Therapy Practicums MUS 311 or 312 Composition I or I1 MUS 372,373 Psychological Foundation of Music I, I1 MUS 374,375 Music Therapy Practicums MUS 472 Human Identity Through the Creative Arts MUS 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar MUS 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums MUS 479 Music Therapy Clinical Internship MUS 458 Half senior recital EDC 4 10 The Special Needs Learner PSY 105 Principles of Psychology PSY 362 Abnormal Psychology BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology MUS 356 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion MUS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds MUS 358 Music Methods: Strings Fulfills the academic and clinical requirements for eligibility to take the Music Therapy Board Certification Examination. The B. S. in music therapy is minimally a 4 1/2 year degree program, which includes a full-time (six months or 1,040 hours) internship in a clinical facility approved by the American Music Therapy Association (AMTA). This course of study is chosen by students who wish to become professional music therapists. Music Therapy Major BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Eight quarter course credits in a major Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumendvoice Eight quarter course credits of performance studies in the major instrumendvoice Core curriculum plus one full credit music elective plus MUS 458 (Senior Recital) and two additional music credits Requirements Offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares the student for the greatest range of graduate, business, and professional opportunities. Students who intend to pursue non-performance graduate study or desire to enter one of the many musicrelated business fields most often choose this course of study. Music Major W BACHELOR OF ARTS Achieve a minimum grade of 2.5 in all music therapy courses Pass three music repertoire tests Pass piano, guitar, and vocal proficiency tests Two semesters in a non-credit small Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumendvoice Eight quarter course credits in a major Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumendvoice and residency at Augsburg Eight quarter course credits of performance studies in the major instrumendvoice One of the following two: SOC 362 Statistical Analysis PSY 230 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I Strongly recommended: MUS 359 Music Methods: Vocal Music 201 -- - Requirements: 8 credits MUSBUS 105 The Music Business: Marketing, Promotion, Publishing, Recording The music business minor is a course of study designed both for the music major desiring additional preparation in business and for the non-music major interested in pursuing a career in the music industry. With the Music Business Minor, students are given the opportunity to enroll in coursework and participate in on-site field experiences that address specific professional skills necessary to enter today's music indusq. The minor is a collaborative program between the Music and Business Departments. Music Business Minor Candidates must submit an application for admission prior to spring juries of the sophomore year. Pass one music repertoire test Four consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble concurrent with four quarter courses of performance studies on the major instrumendvoice One additional music course. One of the following two: MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I MUS 232 History and Literature of Music I1 Requirements: 6 course credits Materials of Music I, I1 MUS 101, 102 MUS111,112 AuralSkills1,II MUS 341 Basic Conducting For acceptance to the degree program, equivalency/certification students must: submit an application for admission during the first semester of residency at Augsburg submit a copy of a current academic transcript and transferred credits with the application The music therapy equivalency program is available to students who already have a bachelor's degree and wish to meet the requirements set by the American Music Therapy Association to become professional music therapists. This equivalency program prepares students for eligibility to take the Music Therapy Board Certification Examination. Depending upon the student's degree and skill level, individual requirements will be outlined by the director of music therapy There is a minimum two-year residency requirement, which includes participation in a major ensemble for four terms and successful completion of a two-year music theory equivalency test. Music Therapy Equivalency/ Certification Program All of the above courses plus two additional Music course credits beyond MUS 105 and MUS 295 (maximum of 1 credit in MUE andlor MUP courses). One of the following: MUSBUS 295 Topics: Arts Management and Concert Promotion BUS 301 Business Law BUS 254 Entrepreneurship Music Minor Pass three music repertoire tests Pass piano proficiency test ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I MUSBUS 399 Internship Approved for the Music Business Minor Four semesters in a non-credit small Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumendvoice 202 Music These musical organizations are open to music majors, music minors, and nonmusic majors. All music students are required to participate in a major ensemble on their major instrument (where possible) during their time at Augsburg College. Ensembles (MUE) An honors project could include but is not limited to one of the following: writing and defending a senior thesis; presenting a recital beyond that required by a degree; composing a work not less than 15 minutes duration; conducting a concert; or a project that combines any or all of the above listed projects in a manner appropriate to a student's degree area. A transcript showing a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher in all music courses An outline of the student's participation in departmental activities demonstrating leadership, musical goals and high musical standards. A proposal for an honors project Students may qualify for departmental honors by submitting a petition to the music faculty before the end of the first semester of the senior year. The petition for honors should include: Departmental Honors submit the studio insmctor recommendation form for the major instrument or voice with the application (found in Music Student Handbook) complete the piano, guitar, and vocal proficiency requirements during the first semester of residence Acceptance to the degree program will be based on the successful completion of the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her first jury. Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or any instrument is available for all students in the following categories: No credit-l/2 hour lesson, 3 hours of practice per week 114 course credit-1R hour lesson, 4 hours of practice per week 1/2 course credit-1 hour lesson, 8 hours of practice per week Lessons for credit require: Private lessons Jury examination at the end of each semester Attendance at departmental student recitals and master classes Attendance at concerts and recitals Performance Studies (Private Lessons) While the music department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble experience, only membership in the Augsburg Concert Band, the Augsburg Chamber Orchestra, the Augsburg Choir, Masterworks Chorale, Men's Chorus, or Riverside Singers of Augsburg will satisfy the major, minor, or general education requirements. Ensemble requirements are fulfilled by participation for the entire year. One quarter course credit per semester is granted to members of major ensembles (MUE 111, 112, 121,141); other ensembles carry no credit. Traditional grading is required for music majors and minors in ensemble courses. The general student may register for credit with either traditional or P/N grading, or may choose no credit with audit (V) designation. A maximum of two course credits in an ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements. Auditions for membership in ensembles are scheduled during the first week of the school year or by arrangement with the individual ensemble director. Music 20 - Recitals required for the fulfillment of the B.M., B.A., or B.S. degree requirements or honors program will be sponsored by the music department. Other student recitals may be considered for departmental sponsorship. All music degree recitals must be representative of the academic guidelines set forth in this catalog and repertoire lists. Students planning a recital should carefully read the Music Student Handbook and consult regularly with their applied instructor. Concurrent registration in performance studies in the major instrument/voice is required for recital performance. At least two full-time music faculty members and the student's private instructor must be present to evaluate junior and senior recitals. Recitals are given a padfail grade. Student Recitals A semester of study consists of 14 weeks of lessons, coaching, and a jury examination. Music majors and minors are required to register for music lessons for credit (quarter, half, or full credit depending on year of study and degree being sought). Credit is granted only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College Department of Music, and private instruction for credit is graded traditionally Lessons for non-credit: Students may take private lessons for no credit and are not required to fulfill the performance and listening requirements. !04 Music Music majors are required to pass three music repertoire tests, transfer students must pass two, and music minors must pass one. Consult the Music Student Handbook for contents of music repertoire tests and test dates. Music Repertoire Tests All music majors enrolled in a music degree program must complete the piano proficiency requirement by the end of the sophomore year. Consult the Music Student Handbook for piano major and non-piano major requirements and test dates. Piano Proficiency EXAMINATIONS B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS 358) will be one-half hour in duration for music education majors, and one hour in duration for music performance majors. B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459) will be one hour in duration for music education majors and music performance majors. B. A. and B. S. degree senior recitals (MUS 458) will be one-half hour in duration. MUS 31 1 MUS 212 MUS 21 1 MUS 202 MUS 201 MUS 112 MUS 111 MUS 102 MUS 101 (.5 course) (.5 course) (.5 course) (.5 course) (.5 course) (.5 course) (.5 course) (.5 course) (.5 course) Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of sound, ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple forms and tonal harmonic materials are employed. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 202 and 212 with a minimal grade of 2.0) Composition 1 Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in MUS 202. To be taken concurrently with MUS 202. (Prereq.: MUS 211) Aural Skills IV Melodic, harmonic dictation, and sight singing to parallel progress in MUS 201. To be taken concurrently with MUS 201. (Prereq.: MUS 112) Aural Skills 111 Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th-century practice. To be taken concurrently with MUS 212. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 201 and 211 with a minimal grade of 2.0) Form and Analysis Continuation of MUS 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. To be taken concurrently with MUS 211. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 and 102 with a minimal grade of 2.0) Materials of Music 111 Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in MUS 102. To be taken concurrently with MUS 102. (Prereq.: MUS 111) Aural Skills 11 Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing, and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in MUS 101. To be taken concurrently with MUS 101. (Prereq.: Aural Skills Placement Test to be given in the first week of class) Aural Skills I Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants, and simple modulations. To be taken concurrently with MUS 112. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 with a grade of 2.0 or higher) Materials of Music 11 Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony, and principles of part writing. To be taken concurrently with MUS 111. (Prereq.: Theory Placement Test to be given in the first week of class) Materials of Music I THEORY AND MUSICIANSHIP Many music courses are offered alternate years. Consult the ACTC Joint Class Schedule or the music department for course offerings in each term. Music 20 Instrumental Conducting (.5 course) Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature, advanced conducting techniques, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Prereq.: Pass piano proficiency test and MUS 341) The Music Business: Marketing, Promotion, Publishing, Recording Continuation of MUS 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: MUS 101, 102,201) History and Literature of Music II A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: MUS 101, 102, 201) History and Literature of Music I Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For nonmusic majors. Introduction to Music and the Fine Arts An introduction to the music industry. Topics covered include contracts, business structures and basic business essentials, band names, publicity and advertising, and the role of agents and managers. Other topics include music and theatre, arts administration, copyright, licensing, and recording. This course is also offered as BUS 105. An interdisciplinary approach to the topic using music and theatre techniques to develop the student's basic skills of Music-Theatre. Concepts of diverse music-theatre forms are introduced. Course includes reading, writing, research, class discussion, exercises, small and large group participation, memorization and public performance. Students will attend and review live productions. MUSITHR 235 Skills of Music Theatre MUS 232 MUS 231 MUS 130 MUS 105 (.5 course) Choral literature and organization, vocal methods and voice selection, advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Prereq.: Pass piano proficiency test and MUS 341) Choral Conducting Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique, score analysis and preparation, rehearsal techniques, basic nomenclature. (Prereq.: MUS 101, 111, 231) HISTORY AND LITERATURE MUS 344 MUS 342 Basic Conducting MUS 341 (.5 course) Composition 11 (.5 course) Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. Contemporaly techniques, atonal systems, and larger forms are studied and used. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 311 with a minimal grade of 2.0 or permission from instructor) MUS 312 !06 Music Worlds of Music MUS 320 Music o f the Romantic Period (Prereq.: MUS 231, 232) Music o f the 20th Century (Prereq.: MUS 231, 232) Church Music and Worship Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemporary worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and theology student. Voice Repertoire (.5 course) A survey of standard art song repertoire from Eastern and Western Europe, Russia, Scandinavia, and the Americas. Includes listening, writing, and performance. Required for vocal performance majors. (Prereq.: MUS 251, 252, 253, 254 or permission from instructor) MUS 333 MUS 334 MUS 432 MUS 435 (.5 course) (.5 course) (.5 course) Music of t h e Classical Period (Prereq.: MUS 231, 232) MUS 332 (.5 course) Music of the Baroque Era (Prereq.: MUS 231, 232) MUS 331 Thefollowing four half courses are extensive studies of special eras in the history of music: A survey of non-Western musical cultures. History of Jazz This course is a study of the musical elements, cultural perspectives, and the historical developments of jazz. Many styles of jazz are examined including early New Orleans Dixieland, swing, cool, jazz/rock/fusion, ragtime, bop, and progressive jazz. MUS 241 Music 20 Independent Study (-5 course) Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty. MUS 498 Directed Study See description on page 92. lnternship See description on page 91. lndependent StudyIResearch See description on page 92. Open only to advanced students upon approval of the faculty. MUS 299 MUS 399 MUS 499 Class Voice (.25 course) Fundamentals of tone production and singing. Class Piano (.25 course) Basic keyboard familiarity, including scales, chords, arpeggios, sight-reading, and simple accompaniment and music reading skills necessary to pass the piano proficiency test. (Prereq.: MUS 101 or permission from instructor) Class Guitar (.25 course) Beginning techniques of classic guitar. MUS 152 MUS 155 MUS 158 MUS 251-254 English Diction (251), Italian Diction (252) German Diction (253), French Diction (254) (each .25 course) Intensive course covering basic singing pronunciation of English, Italian, German, and French through the study of the art song repertoire. Includes regular class performances and phoneticization of texts using the International Phonetic Alphabet. Required for vocal performance majors and music education majors. Improvisation in Music (.O course) Basic improvisational skills within a jazz combo format. Open to Instrumentalists and vocalists. MUS 129 TECHNIQUE lnternship See description on page 91. MUS 199 INTERNSHIPS AND INDEPENDENT STUDY COURSES Piano Repertoire (.5 course) Study of the piano literature from the 17th century to the present by listening, analyzing, and performing. (Prereq.: MUS 231, 232) MUS 436 108 Music Junior Recital MUS 358 (.O course) One-half hour recital at repertoire Level 111 for B.A. or B.S. candidates. No course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing. Senior Recital MUS 459 Human Identity through the Creative Arts MUS 272 MUS 373 MUS 372 Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a multidisciplinary approach to music therapy. Theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. Psychological Foundations of Music II An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on acoustics and sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. Psychological Foundations of Music I (.O course) Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring clinical skills in leadership, observation, and functional music skills, including improvisation. Two hours per week. No course credit. MUS 274, 275 Music Therapy Practicums A study of the aesthetic expression and experience as they relate to human identity with an emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. An understanding of the relationships of the creative therapies of art, music, drama, and movement. Music Therapy Techniques and Materials (.5 course) Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Shulwerk, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings, and acquisition of skills in improvisation. Includes on-campus practicum with children. MUS 271 MUSIC THERAPY B.M. candidates only. One hour recital at repertoire Level IV for music education majors, one hour recital at Level V for music performance majors. No course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing. (.O course) Senior Recital MUS 458 B.M. candidates only. One-half hour recital at repertoire Level 111 for music education majors, one hour recital at Level IV for music performance majors. No course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing. (.O course) Piano Pedagogy (.5 course) Principles, methods, materials, and techniques for teaching piano. Survey of various pedagogical schools of thought. MUS 456 Music 20 (.O course) Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring clinical skills in leadership, observation, and functional music skills, including improvisation. Two hours per week. No course credit. Human Identity through the Creative Arts MUS 479 (.5 course) Full-time placement in an AMTA-approved internship site for six months. (1040 hours) Application for internship must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: completion of all other graduation requirements, including all proficiency exams and music repertoire tests) Music Therapy Clinical Internship Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, requiring more advanced clinical and musical skills, including improvisation. Two hours per week. (Prereq.: Three of MUS 274,275,374,375, and pass piano, guitar, and vocal proficiency tests) (.25 course each) Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic settings, including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to therapy with music. Music Therapy Senior Seminar See course description for MUS 272. Enrollment for upper division credit required for music therapy majors; will include an additional course module. MUS 474,475 Music Therapy Pradicums MUS 473 MUS 472 MUS 374, 375 Music Therapy Practicums 110 Music Augsburg Choir ( 2 5 course) Riverside Singers o f Augsburg (.25 course) Vocal Chamber (.O course) Masterworks Chorale (.25 course) Orchestra (.25 course) String Ensemble (.O course) Woodwind Chamber Music (.O course) Concert Band (.25 course) Brass Ensemble (.O course) Jazz Ensemble (.25 course) Percussion Ensemble (.O course) Piano Ensemble (-0 course) MUE 112 MUE 113 MUE 114 MUE 121 MUE 122 MUE 131 MUE 141 MUE 142 MUE 143 MUE 144 MUE 145 While the department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble experience, only membership in the Augsburg Concert Band, Augsburg Chamber Orchestra, Augsburg Choir, or Riverside Singers of Augsburg will satisfy the major, minor, or general education requirements. Some instruments are available for use by students. MUE 111 These musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by audition during the first week of fall semester or by arrangement with the ensemble director. Assignment to an ensemble is then made at the discretion of the appro-priate faculty. For Jazz Ensemble membership, preference is given to Concert Band members. ENSEMBLES (MUE) Music 21 - Baritone Tuba Percussion Organ Harp Improvisation MUP 142-442 MUP 143-443 M UP 144-444 MUP 152-452 MUP 159a MUP 161-461 MUP 171-471 MUP 181-481 MUP 191-491 MUP 192-492 MUP 122-422 Viola MUP 123-423 Cello MUP 124424 Bass MUP 131-431 Oboe MUP 132-432 Bassoon MUP 133-433 Clarinet MUP 134434 Saxophone MUP 135-435 Flute A student who cannot attend a scheduled lesson is required to notify the teacher at least 24 hours in advance; otherwise except for illness immediately prior to A semester of study is 14 weeks of lessons and coaching. Note carefully the following provisions: Trombone MUP 141-441 MUP 121-421 Violin Credit is granted only for study with members of the Augsburg Department of Music. the lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson. Guitar Piano accompanying Piano Trumpet MUP 137-437 Horn are individualized to meet the experience, ability, background and goals of the student. Students may register for 0.00 credits; 0.25 credits; or 0.5 credits in accordance with their specific degree requirements (see Music Department Student Handbook for music degree and variable credit performance studies requirements.) MUP 111-411 Voice H LESSONS Performance Studies courses are available to music majors and non-majors and Performance Studies at Augsburg College provide a unique opportunity for students to study on an individual basis with artistlteachers who are active performers in this region and beyond. PERFORMANCE STUDIES (MUP) !12 Music The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current licensure requirements. All upper division courses required for the biology major must be completed before student teaching. Teaching Licensure Major Coordinators Karen Ballen (Biology), Sandra Olrnsted (Chemist~y),Jeff Johnson (Physics) Courses are designed to provide a broad, basic background in science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student will meet the distributionlgeneral education requirements of the College, the requirements for appropriate majors, the courses required in the Department of Education and, in the physical sciences, have at least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of Education for requirements in education. Early consultation with the major area coordinator is essential. he natural science licensure program - for teachers is designed to provide smong preparation for science teaching and to satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements. T Six other biology courses, including at least one from each of the following groups: BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology or BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology or BIO 473 Animal Physiology BIO 361 Plant Biology or BIO 440 Plant Physiology BIO 367 Biochemistry or BIO 476 Microbiology BIO 355 Genetics or BIO 481 Ecology BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology or BIO 474 Developmental Biology CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistq I, I1 One math course: MAT 114, 122, 145, or 163 Biology Major (for licensure in biology 5-12) Broad base requirements, plus: BIO 215 Introductory Cellular Biology BIO 491 Seminar Broad Base Requirements GEO XXX Introductory Geology PHY 101 Introductory Astronomy PHY 106 Introductory Meteorology BIO 113 Introductory Organisma1Biology BIO 114 Introductory Genetics, Evolution, and Ecology PHY 116 Introduction to Physics or PHY 121, 122 General Physics I, 11 CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry I, I1 or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I, I1 - 121, See listing under Modem Languages. NORWEGIAN See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies. One year of general physics-PHY 122 Two courses from: CHM 364,367,464,470,481,482 Chemistry Major (for licensure in chemistry 5-12) Physical Science Broad Base Requirement, plus Graduation major in chemistry: CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry I, I1 or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I, I1 CHM 351 Organic Chemistry I CHM 352 Organic Chemistry I1 CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 361 Physical Chemistry CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (4 semesters) MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, I1 Physical Science Broad Base Requirement BIO 113, 114,215 PHY 101,106 Geology One year of general chemistry-CHM 105,106 or CHM 115,116 Two additional physics courses above 122; PHY 261 recommended Physics Major (for licensure in physics 5-12) Physical Science Broad Base Requirement, plus Graduation major in physics: PHY 121 General Physics PHY 122 General Physics PHY 245 Modem Physics PHY 351 Mechanics I PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1 PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory '14 Natural Science Teaching Licensures Nursing Faculty Cheryl Leuning (Chair), Ruth Enestvedt, Meny Beth Gay, Sue Nash, Pamela Weiss, Linda Holt, Beverly Nilsson (Emerita) Augsburg's nursing program, leading to a bachelor of science degree with a major in nursing, is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for public health nurse registration in Minnesota. With two additional courses, they are eligible to apply for school nurse certification. The bachelor's degree equips nurses with a working knowledge of the biological, physical, social, behavioral, and nursing sciences. The nursing program at Augsburg also provides educational opportunities to increase their skills in critical thinking, clinical investigation, and decision-making that prepares them to handle challenging new positions in today's health care field. The scope of nursing practice is changing and expanding. Nurses are being called on to function in a variety of settings that differ from those in the past. Today nurses work in hospitals, clinics, corporations, government agencies, schools, and community organizations, or in their own practices. Wherever they practice, nurses provide comprehensive health care through the entire life span for people of diverse cultures and socioeconomic levels. he Augsburg Department of Nursing is designed exclusively for registered nurses who want to increase their opportunities in the health care field. T Courses in the nursing major are offered on weekends with practicum courses requiring additional weekday time. More time may be required to complete the total course of study depending on the number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. Students in nursing may take non-nursing courses in both day school and Weekend College. Students interested in pursuing the nursing major should consult with the program coordinator from the Department of Nursing for program planning. The program has been planned so that the major can be completed within two academic years; however, students may pursue their studies at a slower pace. A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the completion of Level I and Level I1 courses of study are required. Students also must complete Augsburg's residence and general education requirements. Major Nine courses including: NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111: Families NUR 405 Leadership and Management: Theory and Practice NUR 410 Community Health Nursing I NUR 411 Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care - NUR 305 Nursing majors can complete the baccalaureate at the Minneapolis and Rochester sites. Students can complete their liberal arts general education requirements by taking courses in day school and Weekend College. It is recommended that most liberal arts courses be taken before starting the nursing major. Nursing courses at Augsburg are available only through Weekend College. Classes usually meet on alternate weekends for one 3 1/2 hour time block. Clinical practice usually occurs on weekdays. Augsburg recognizes that nurses have a variety of time schedules, personal responsibilities, and work demands that must be taken into account in any decision to work toward a college degree. For this reason, Augsburg offers full- and part-time sequential alternatives for pursuing this degree. Options for Completing the Degree 6. Applicants must have their own malpractice insurance, current CPR certification, and an updated immunization record. 5. Current clinical practice: Applicants must give evidence of current clinical nursing practice (within the past five years). This may include graduation from a school of nursing, work experience, completion of a nursing refresher course, or an acceptable equivalent. Augsburg or at another accredited college or university. Contemporary Nursing I: Communication Introduces the components of the professional role and continues the professional socialization process. Theories about how individuals and groups communicate are applied to changing professional roles. 4. Prerequisite course content: The following content must have been completed with a minimum grade of Z.O-chemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition, sociology, and psychology. These courses may be taken at 3. Unencumbered RN licensure: The applicant must be a registered nurse who is licensed and currently registered to practice in Minnesota prior to beginning the nursing major. 2. Graduation from an accredited nursing program: Applicants must have graduated from an NLN-accredited associate degree or diploma nursing program with a 2.5 overall GPA. 1. Submit an application to Augsburg College. All applicants must present a high school diploma or equivalent and a 2.2 GPA. The following steps may be taken in any order, but all must be completed prior to application for admission into the nursing major. Admission to the honors major requires: a GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall, application to the department chair by Nov. 1 of the senior year, recommendation by nursing faculty, and honors thesis to be presented before a faculty committee by April 15. Candidates register for NUR 499 to complete the honors requirement. Departmental Honors !16 Nursing Introduction to Nursing Research Emphasis on research process and methods in nursing. Ethical issues in nursing research are examined. Students critique nursing research for its value in nursing practice and design a research proposal. (Prereq.: MPG 3) Contemporary Nursing Ill: Families Provides a theoretical basis for nursing interventions with culturally diverse families and explores theories related to family structure and function throughout the life span. The role of the nurse in family health care is examined. (Prereq.: NUR 306, 350) LeadershipIManagement: Theory and Practice Examines the professional nurse roles of leader and manager. Concepts of change, conflict, and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy in the leader-manager role are studied. Application of theory occurs in selected practice settings with a professional nurse preceptor. Community Health Nursing I Introduces the theory and methods that are essential to maintain or improve the health of culturally diverse individuals, families, and communities. Community Health Nursing II: Practicum* Provides clinical experience in community-based health care delively systems. Students will apply nursing process, teaching~learningtheory, and basic public health principles with culturally diverse clients. (Prereq.: NUR 310) NUR 350 NUR 403 NUR 405 NUR 410 NUR 41 1 Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 92. * This course involves an additional clinicalfee. Note: I f NUR 41 1 is not taken immediatelyfollowing NUR 410, students are required to consult withfaculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content. Students who deceleratefor more thanfive years may be asked to audit courses already taken. There is afee to audit courses. NUR 499 Topics in Nursing Provides opportunities for in-depth exploration of selected topics in nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the interests of the faculty and students. Independent Study: Trends and Issues in Nursing A transitional course designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Economic, social, political, and professional trends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for a changing practice. NUR 330 NUR 432 Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing An introduction to the idea of theory-based nursing practice. Nursing theory and conceptual models for nursing practice are studied and then utilized in a patientlclient situation. NUR 306 Nursing 21 P Philosophy Major Eight courses including: PHI 241 History of Philosophy I: Ancient Greek Philosophy PHI 242 History of Philosophy 11: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy PHI 285 Intro. to Formal Logic and Computation Theory PHI 343 History of Philosophy 111: Early Modem and 19-Century Philosophy PHI 344 Twentieth-Century Philosophy Philosophy Faculty David Apolloni (Chair), Markus Fuehrer, Bruce Reichenbach The philosophy major has been carefully planned so that students can easily graduate with two majors. Some majors continue on to graduate school in philosophy, while others use the major to prepare for other professional studies such as law, medicine, the Christian ministry, or journalism. Students learn to ask and answer these and other similar questions for themselves through the development and use of critical reasoning, assisted by philosophers from the past and present. hilosophy is in an important sense the most fundamental of the disciplines. All of the sciences and most other disciplines arose out of it. Moreover, it is concerned with asking and answering the "big" questions that are the most basic. For example, Is there a God? Is there life after death? Are there absolute moral standards? What kind of life is the best? What is knowledge and what are its sources? Philosophy Minor Five courses, including two from PHI 241,242,343, and 344. Admission to the philosophy honors program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice that involves research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the department. Departmental Honors In addition to a major and minor in philosophy, the philosophy department also offers a cross-disciplinary major in conjunction with the computer science department emphasizing areas of interest in which philosophy and computer science overlap: logic, artificial intelligence, cognitive science, philosophy of mind, and philosophy of language. The purpose of the major is to augment the technical skills of a computer scientist with the creativity and liberal arts perspective of a philosopher. The result is a degree that is very marketable in industry and that provides an excellent logical and philosophical background for those wishing to pursue graduate study in philosophy. See course listing on page 118. Major in Computational Philosophy A 400-level course (other than PHI 499) Two elective courses in philosophy Four courses must be upper division. PHI 242 PHI 241 PHI 175 PHI 125 PHI 120 PHI 110 Introduction to Philosophy studen& will read writings by various medieval and Renaissance philosophers in order to understand the process of philosophical assimilation involved in constructing a Christian philosophy Topics include: the nature of being, human understanding in relation to faith, and the place of the image of God in the human condition. (Suggested prior course: PHI 241. Spring) History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy Central philosophical questions that concerned the Greek philosophers and still concern us today: the nature of reality and its relationship to language and reason, the immortality of the soul, the nature of truth and human knowledge, and the nature of the good life, from Thales to Plotinus. History of Philosophy I: Ancient Creek Philosophy Issues such as the ethics of sex in relation to marriage, pornography, and homosexuality are considered. Then consideration is given to the nature and history of romantic love and its relationship to sex. Philosophy of Love and Sex action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. Beginning by asking what the end or purpose of human life is, students decide on the moral and intellectual virtues required to reach the end. Topics of friendship and human love are followed by an analysis of human happiness. Students who receive credit for PHI 125 may not receive credit for PHI 120. A philosophical study of the role of human understanding, emotions, and Ethics and Human Identity By studying our moral beliefs, ethics helps students consider the bases they use to make moral judgments. The course explores major philosophical approaches to evaluating moral actions and then applies them to contemporary issues. Christian ethics will inform the considerations. Students who receive credit for PHI 120 may not receive credit for PHI 125. Ethics This course introduces students to typical philosophical questions (like how we know, if we can have certain knowledge, if there are universal moral principles whether God exists, the nature of the mind, etc.), to philosophical vocabulary, and to critical thinking and what it means to view the world philosophically Philosophy 21 Philosophy and the Arts Class discussion of philosophical issues raised and illustrated by painting, sculpture, literature, music, architecture, and film: the truth and falsehood of aesthetic judgment, the definition of "work of art"; the nature of aesthetic experience, the evaluation of art, creativity, the relation between the artist's intention, the work of art, and its relation to the rest of the artistic tradition. PHI 365 PHI 355 PHI 350 PHI 344 PHI 343 PHI 300 The course explores what scientific knowledge is, whether the scientist's knowledge of the world is profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist, and what degrees of certainty are yielded by scientific methods. (Suggested prior course: PHI 399 or one course in natural science) Philosophy of Science A study of the basic concepts and philosophies that underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. We focus on analyzing diverse views of reality, the self, and recommendations on how to live. Asian Philosophy We systematically investigate a series of philosophical questions about religion. What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so, what can be said about God? Can God's goodness be reconciled with human suffering? Are miracles and life after death possible? Philosophy of Religion A survey of major philosophical schools in the twentieth century: analytic philosophy, phenomenology, existentialism, pragmatism, and post-modem philosophy. History of Philosophy IV: Twentieth-Century Philosophy The major rationalists of the 17' century (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz), the major empiricists of the 18' century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of rationalism and empiricism, and 19' century Idealism and the reaction to it (Marx, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche). History of Philosophy Ill: Early Modern and l%h-Century Philosophy Laws concerning property, contracts, agency, negotiable instruments and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. Ethical concepts and principles underlying individual rights and responsibilities in business. Business Law and Ethics An introduction to sentential and first-order logic including logical connectives, proof theory, and quantification. Formal models of computation inclueding finite state automata, pushdown automata, and Turing machines. Incompleteness and uncomputability. (1.5-hour lab for PHI 385. Prereq. for PHI 285: None. Prereq. for PHI 385: CSC 210 and one of MAT 122 or MAT 145 or MAT 171) PHI 2851385 Introduction to Formal Logic and Computation Theory PHI 260 220 Philosophy Existentialism The course lays out some fundamental ethical theories, which it then carefully applies to problems that arise in the areas of health care and delivery, allocation of scarce resources, human experimentation, genetic engineering, abortion, care for the dying, and euthanasia. Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Studies in the writings--both philosophical and literary-f prominent existentialist authors. The course examines what it means to be a being-in-theworld and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair, and paradox. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Alternate years) Topics in Philosophy Advanced studies. covering either an individual philosopher or a specific topic in philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses: any course from PHI 241, 242,343,344, or consent of instructor. Offered annually) Internship See description on page 92. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. Internship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 9 1. See listing under Health and Physical Education. PHYSICALEDUCATION PHI 499 PHI 399 PHI 299 PHI 199 Internships and Independent Study Courses: PHI 410 (See description for PHI 285/385) PHI 3851285 Introduction to Formal Logic and Computation Theory PHI 380 PHI 370 Philosophy 22 Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and the need to keep abreast of rapid technological advances, the department strives to give students not only an understanding of basic concepts, but also insights into recent developments. A rigorous major provides students with the preparation required for graduate study in physics. It also provides flexibility, serving as a stepping stone to advanced work in related areas such as astronomy, engineering, computer science, atmospheric science and meteorology, oceanography, biophysics, environmental science, and the medical and health-related fields. The department serves the liberal arts by offering courses for non-science students that enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science. These courses provide the basis for further study and enable students to follow new developments with some degree of comprehension. p hysicists . . are a curious and ambitious lot. Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles that describe and govern all physical aspects of the universe. Historically called "natural philosophers," physicists investigate by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis. Physics includes the study of systems ranging from sub-atomic particles to the largest galaxies and from the relative stillness of near absolute zero to the fiery activity of stars. Physics plays an important role in many of the liberal arts disciplines and contributes to society's understanding of such areas as energy, weather, medical science, and space exploration. Major 13 courses including: PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General Physics I1 PHY 245 Modem Physics BACHELOR OF ARTS Jennifer Posch Physics Research Staff Stuart Anderson, Mark Engebretson, Kenneth Erickson, William Jasperson, Jeffrey Johnson, David Venne, J. Ambrose Wolf Physics Faculty The department supervises the preengineering program, with degree programs available at cooperating universities at both the bachelor's and advanced degree levels, and administers Augsburg College's portion of funds designated for the Minnesota Space Grant College Consortium, funded by NASA. It also maintains active research programs through its Center for Atmospheric and Space Sciences and the Sverdrup Laboratory for Solid State Physics, with support from the National Science Foundation, NASA, and other private and public sources. Several students work as research assistants in these efforts during the academic year and in the summer. Cooperative education, internship, and undergraduate research programs provide opportunities for students to apply their knowledge and problem-solving skills in practical situations in industrial, governmental, and academic settings. One physics course above PHY 122 CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, I1 MAT 245, 247 Calculus 111 and Modeling and Differential Equations or MAT 245 Calculus 111 and PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics Major 17 courses including: PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General Physics I1 PHY 245 Modem Physics PHY 261 Electronics PHY 351 Mechanics I PHY 352 Mechanics I1 PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1 PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory I PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory I1 PHY 486 Quantum Physics I BACHELOR OF SCIENCE PHY 351 Mechanics I PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1 PHY 395, 396 Comprehensive Laboratory Two elective physics courses above PHY 122 MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, I1 MAT 245, 247 Calculus 111 and Modeling and Differential Equations or MAT 245 Calculus 111 and PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT 145, 146, and PHY 121,122 during the freshman year, and MAT 245 and 247 (or PHY 327) during the sophomore year. A GPA of 3.5 in physics and 3.3 overall. An original research project on a significant topic in physics with an oral presentation and written report. Project proposals should be made to the department by Sept. 30 of the senior year. Departmental Honors A GPA of 3.7 in physics and 3.5 overall. An original research project on a significant topic in physics with an oral presentation and written report. Project proposals should be made to the department by Sept. 30 of the senior year. Graduation with Distinction Physics Major With Concentration in Space Physics 18 course credits. It is the same as the B.S. major, with the addition of PHY 320 and PHY 420, and the omission of the elective physics course. 18 course credits. It is the same as the B.S. major, with the addition of PHY 330 and PHY 430, and the omission of the elective physics course. Physics Major with Concentration in Solid State Physics BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Physics 22 Introductory Astronomy PHY 101 PHY 103 Natural Science II The second semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course focuses on major concepts of Earth Science and Biology. Laboratory work will complement lectures and will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: SCI 110) SCI 111 Conceptual Physics An introductory course (with a hands-on intuitive approach) in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles of physics. (Two three-hour lectures/laboratories. Prereq.: MPG 3. Fall, spring) the course traces the development of scientific thought from early civilization to the present day Night viewing is required. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall, spring) A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars, and galaxies. In addition Natural Science I The first semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course focuses on the nature of science and major concepts of Physics and Chemistry. Laboratory work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 3 ) Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open to those students who have completed the equivalent of a minor in physics, have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and overall, and rank in the upper third of their class. SCI 110 Three elective physics courses above PHY 122 MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, 11 Minor Seven courses including: PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General Physics I1 The Augsburg chapter of the Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in the society is open to all students interested in physics. The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Sigma Pi Sigma Society of Physics Students Teaching Licensure Major - Physics 224 PHY 261 PHY 245 PHY 122 PHY 121 PHY 116 PHY 114 PHY 106 lntroductory Meteorology AC and DC circuits, analog electronics, digital electronics, and the analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 116 or 122; and MAT 146. Spring: cross-listed with computer science) Electronics An introduction to modem physics from a historical and experimental perspective. Relativity, atomic, molecular, nuclear, and solid state physics. This course develops the experimental foundations and need for quantum mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures, one one-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 122. Fall) Modern Physics A rigorous study of classical physics including thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and optics. Designed for physics, pre-engineering, and other specified majors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 121, MAT 146 or concurrent registration. Spring) General Physics II A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics and wave motion. Designed for physics, pre-engineering, and other specified majors. (Three onehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MAT 145 or concurrent registration. Fall) General Physics I An algebra-based introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles and provide a broad survey of physics. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 3 . Fall) Introduction to Physics admitted to the elementary education program. Topics covered include the solar system and the origin of Earth; the structure of Earth including plate tectonics, earthquakes, volcanoes, and minerals and rocks; the hydrologic cycle and the effect of water on the planet; and the changing climate of Earth. (Two three-hour laboratoflecture periods. Prereq.: elementary education major and MPG 3 . Fall, spring) A practical and hands-on approach to earth and space science for students Earth Science for Elementary Education Teachers A survey of the basic principles of the Earth's weather and climate. Topics include winds, fronts, cyclones, clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornados and hurricanes, climate and climate change, global warming, and ozone depletion. (Three one-hour lectures, one two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall, spring) Physics 22 Introduction to Space Science pheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics (solar dynamics, magnetic storms, particle precipitation, aurora, and related topics). (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245. Spring) A survey of Earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetos- PHY 363 PHY 362 Mechanics II PHY 352 The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using vector calculus. Topics include magnetostatics, magnetic properties of materials, and electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 362, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Spring) Electromagnetic Fields II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using vector calculus. Topics include electrostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, and electric properties of materials. (Three one- hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Fall) Electromagnetic Fields I Classical mechanics in terms of Newtonian, Lagrangian, and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include dynamics of rigid bodies, systems of particles, and noninertial reference frames. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, PHY 351, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Spring) Mechanics I Classical mechanics in terms of Newtonian, Lagrangian, and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, gravitation, oscillations, central forces, and two-particle kinematics. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Fall) the preparation of the thin films to their structural and magnetic characterization. Many different experimental techniques and methods will be discussed, including Molecular Beam Epitaxy, Sputtering, Diffraction methods, finnel and Force Microscopy and various magnetomew methods. (Three one-hour lectures. PHY 245 and PHY 351. Spring) A study of the physics of thin (magnetic) films, covering the entire range from Thin Films: Preparation Techniques and Methods for Structural and Magnetic Characterization PHY 351 PHY 330 Special functions encountered in physics. Partial differentiation, Fourier series, series solution of differential equations, Legendre, Bessel and other orthogonal functions, and functions of a complex variable. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122 or consent of instructor, MAT 245 or equivalent. Spring: cross-listed with mathematics) PHYIMAT 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics PHY 320 !26 Physics Plasma Physics PHY 420 Introduction to Solid State Physics A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger equation, operators, wave functions, expectation values, and approximation methods. Applications include potential wells and barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245,351. Spring) Quantum Physics Topics in solid state physics including various theories of metals, crystal lattices, band structure and Fermi surfaces, phonons, semiconductors and magnetism. The conditions and consequences of the solid state of materials will be explored at a very detailed level, taking realistic parameters of materials into account. (Three one-hour lectures. Prerequisite: PHY 351, PHY 362; PHY 486 strongly recommended. Fall) PHY 499 PHY 399 PHY 299 PHY 199 See description on page 92. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental approval. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. lnternship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. lnternship Internships and Independent Study Courses: PHY 486 PHY 430 Comprehensive Laboratory 11 (.5 course) A continuation of PHY 395. (One three-hour laboratory and one seminar hour per week. Prereq.: PHY 395, junior or senior standing or consent of instructor. Spring) PHY 396 Fundamentals of plasma physics including waves, instabilities, drifts, plasma drifts, particle motion, electric and magnetic fields, Boltzmann equation, magnetohydrodynamics, transport, and applications to laboratory and space plasmas. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 362,363 or concurrent registration) Comprehensive Laboratory 1 (.5 course) An emphasis on independent laboratory work and participation in physics seminars. Experiments in mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modem physics. (One three-hour laboratory and one seminar hour per week. Prereq.: junior or senior standing or consent of instructor. Fall) PHY 395 Physics 22 F Providing work in several subfields of political sciene, the major suppIies the breadth appropriate for graduate work in political science, public administration, public policy analysis, law, and other professions. It also serves as a foundation on which to develop careers in public service, business, communications, and other fields. Legislative and other internships, as well as significant independent research projects, are within easy reach of Augsburg political science students in the Twin Cities Political scientists use systematic inquiry and analysis to examine political reality. The student who majors in political science will explore political ideas and values, investigate political cooperation and conflict, analyze and compare political systems, and develop perspectives on international relations. In the process, the student will be encouraged to relate insights from other liberal arts disciplines such as philosophy psychology, economics, history, and sociology to the study of politics. irmly in the liberal arts tra. grounded dition, political science shares concerns with the humanities, other behavioral sciences, and mathematics and the sciences. The role and significance of authority in human affairs establish the focus of political science. Augsburg political science students have the benefit of an experienced faculty that offers courses in all major areas of political science, and also possesses special expertise in the areas of campaigns and elections, comparative and international politics, mass communications and other information technolgoy, racial and ethnic politics, and American public law. The honors major in political science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's GPA must be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; the student must take an honors independent study and a seminar, and must submit an Departmental Honors Also at least five other upper division courses in four out of five political science areas. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. Only one internship may count for an upper division area. Also one other political science course in any area, upper or lower division. Required elective-ne of the following: POL 121 American Government and Politics POL 122 Metropolitan Complex POL 160 World Politics POL 170 Law in the United States Political Science Major Ten courses: POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes POL 483 PoliticaVStatistics/Methodology POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar Milda Hedblom (Chair), Andrew Aoki, Mary Ellen Lundsten, William Morris, Nonna Noonan, Joseph Underhill-Cady Political Science Faculty area. Combined with broad, balanced, and flexible course offerings, these special opportunities enhance the student's potential for graduate study and a successful career. Economics Courses: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics (elective for social science core) ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics (elective for social science core) ECO 3 12 Intermediate Macroeconomics or ECO 315 Money and Banking ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics One other upper division course Total of 12 courses required: five courses in economics, five courses in political science, and two courses in education. ECO 112 or 113 and POL 121 also fulfill requirements for the social studies core; education courses also fulfill licensure requirements for secondary educaiton. Teaching Major in Political Science and Economics Five courses, including POL 121 or 122 or 170; POL 158; and at least three upperdivision courses in three out of five political science areas. POL 483 may not usually be used for a minor. Minor honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any member of the department on their honors thesis. For specific requirements, consult the department chair. Students should apply for the honors major no later than the junior year. See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered. Note: Students interested in secondary education may take a political science major or the teaching major in economics and political science. Either option requires that the student also take courses required for the social studies core. For more information, see the department chair. (I) American Government and Politics, (11) Comparative Politics and Analysis, (111) International Politics, (IV) Public Law, and (V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements. Political Science Areas In addition, in order to graduate with this major, a student must have been admitted into the Department of Education. Political Science Courses: POL 121 American Government (social science core course) Two upper-level political science courses (must be in two different areas) Two other political science courses Education Courses: EDC 200 Orientation to Education (required for licensure) EDS 375 Social Studies Methods-capstone course (required for licensure) Political Science 22! - American Government and Politics Surveys major parts of American national government-including Congress, the presidency, and the courts-as well as campaigns and elections, federalism, interest groups, and political parties. Metropolitan Complex Examines politics in metropolitan areas, emphasizing central cities and focusing on influences on urban public policy Includes case studies of the Twin Cities metro area. American Women and Politics Investigates the roles women play in the political system. Political, economic, and social issues will be explored from contemporary and historical perspectives. Environmental and River Politics This course explores the politics of the communities and ecosystems of the Upper Mississippi River watershed, including controversies about river pollution, the lock and dam system, regional water supply, flood control, and farming practices. Includes site visits to see how local policy-makers and Ostakeholders are trying to achieve sustainability in the watershed. Social and Political Change Examines interaction between cultural, social, and political change, looking primarily, but not exclusively, at the United States. Also looks at how individuals can try to effect political change. (Prereq.: one previous course in political science, or junior or senior status or consent of instructor) Politics and Public Policy The domestic policy making process, emphasizing how elected officials, bureaucrats, and interest groups shape government policies in various areas, including taxes, the environment, and social welfare policy. How public policies are formulated and implemented. Political Parties and Behavior Emphasizes study of public opinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties, interest groups, and media in presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor. Fall term of election years) Mass Communication in Society Studies effects of new information technology (such as the Internet) and of the traditional electronic media. Covers uses of technology and media for newsmaking, selling, entertainment, and public affairs. (Prereq.: Sophomore, junior, or senior standing.) POL 121 POL 122 POL 124 POL 241 POL 323 POL 325 POL 326 POL 342 I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS !30 Political Science Media Law (See Section IV for description.) Topics in American Politics Topics include legislative, executive, or judicial politics, public policy, and leadership. Can include focus on national, state, or local level. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 375 POL 421 Topics In European Politics Study of the political behavior, institutions, and processes of European states. The course will focus on either European community law and politics or domestic politics in European states. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) Topics In Communist/Post-Communist Systems Analysis of the former Soviet Union andlor other communist/post-communist states in terms of political behavior, evolution, institutions, and political processes. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) Topics: Women in Comparative Politics Various aspects of women in comparative politics will be explored. Themes and countries valy. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) Topics in Comparative Politics Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and comparisons of political processes such as political participation, political development, political change, and revolution. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 350 POL 351 POL 359 POL 459 World Politics Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. Russian and Chinese Foreign Policies Analysis of theory and policy in the foreign policy process in Russia (and the former USSR) and China. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 160 POL 363 Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS Political Patterns and Processes An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. POL 158 II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS Constitutional Law (See Section IV for description.) POL 370 Political Science 23 0 0 y.4 r K ,aO 2 O G v, - n w $ 2 5. 8 s 3 2. z0 zg g* 9%g ;gg. 2.2 E$Cn zg 0g g.,gg -.g Z g m 2 5'4 2 In 5' n 5 $ w c ail % g 7 0 2g.g 3, 5' C g 5g.z m e - . , pl F -EagB a,, ~ ~ ,3 LI. g- - %3w %0.gcron , K? & gCK5 5 . q g~ -'C g m g 50 3 g.2 An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study. Major research is required. .(Prereq.: POL 158, POL 483, and two upper division courses, or consent of instructor) Political Analysis Seminar Origins and evolution of Manrist theory and movements, emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Considers the political, social, and economic dimensions, and changing role of Manrist doctrines in society. (Prereq.: POL 158 or consent of instructor) Marxist Theory Selected topics including the emergence of political democracy in comparative perspective and American political thought. Topic to be included in the subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) Topics in Democratic Theory Lower Division Seminar Selected topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject matter. Seminar Introductory survey of political science methods. Covers experimental design, descriptive and inferential statistics, computer methods, and issues in the construction and execution of political surveys. Seminar in Political Statistics and Methodology Special topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject matter. (On demand) POL 499 POL 399 POL 299 POL 199 See description on page 92. Independent Study/Research See description on page 91. lnternship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. P/N grading unless internship supervisor grants exception. lnternship Internships and Independent Study Courses: POL 495 POL 483 POL 295 VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY, AND INTERNSHIPS POL 484 POL 382 POL 381 Political Science 23 - ~ Bridget Robinson-Riegler (Chair), Grace Dyrud, Emily Hause, David Matz, Nancy Steblay Psychology Faculty Faculty members in the Department of Psychology have varied professional specializations including clinical, counseling, physiological, developmental, social, cognitive, and industrial/organizationalpsychology as well as expertise in psychological applications to health, law, and public policy. Students may tap this expertise through a variety of learning experiences including group and individual projects, association with Augsburg's active Psychology Club, Psi Chi Honor Society, and faculty-student research teams. sychology is an exploration of behavior and mental processes. As an integral part of a liberal arts education, psychology contributes to the understanding of individual and group behavior. The study of psychology equips students to understand and use the scientific method to think creatively and critically beyond the classroom. To prepare students for graduate study and work in psychology, the major emphasizes the complementary components of a strong foundation in research and theoretical work with the application of knowledge and skills in coursework, research experiences, and internships within the community The curriculum's emphasis on the experiential dimensions of learning and the integration of liberal arts and professional domains prepares students for careers in many settings including business, education, social services, research, law, government, church, and medicine. P Note: A minimum of five courses must be from Augsburg. No more than two courses from among PSY 299,399, and 499 may be counted. *For WEC students, PSY 360 is recommended, not required, hence the WEC major is 10 courses not 10.5 Majors are strongly encouraged to take more than the rninimuml0.5 required psychology courses; no more than 13 course credits can count for graduation. Electives (3 courses in psychology) At least one course from the following: PSY 357 Behavioral Analysis PSY 359 Assessment PSY 363 Sports Psychology PSY 368 Behavioral Healthcare PSY 373 Industrial/Organizational Psychology PSY 385 Counseling Psychology Professional Perspectives (2 courses) PSY 399 Internship At least one course from the following: PSY 491 Advanced Research Seminar PSY 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues At least one course from the following: PSY 325 Social Behavior PSY 354 Cognitive Psychology PSY 355 Biopsychology Foundations of Psychology (5.5 courses) PSY 105 Principles of Psychology or PSY 102 The Individual in a Social World PSY 215 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I PSY 315 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I1 PSY 360* Psychology Laboratory (.5) The major is 10.5* courses Major The Individual in a Social World A scientific investigation of social issues, with analysis of both individual and group factors. Topics include media, prejudice, conformity, legal processes, and consumer issues. Research participation is required. (This course does substitute for PSY 105 as a prerequisite to upper division psychology courses.) Principles of Psychology An introduction to the methods and principles of psychology. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Research participation is required. PSY 105 Five courses, including PSY 102 or 105, and four electives. A minimum of two courses must be from Augsburg. No more than two courses from among PSY 299, 399, and 499 may be counted. Minor PSY 102 Both the sociology and psychology departments offer courses relevant to students with interests in social psychology. The intent of the social psychology concentration is to provide students of either major with a solid disciplinary foundation along with specific coursework to strength- Concentration in Social Psychology GPA of 3.0 in the major and 3.5 overall, and completion of a high-quality research project culminating the major program. Formal application must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chair for more detailed requirements. Successful completion of departmental honors in psychology automatically qualifies the student for graduation with distinction from the college. Departmental Honors/Craduation with Distinction Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. en a cross-disciplinary social psychological perspective. Students will participate in internship and research experiences specific to their social psychology interest. Coursework will emphasize research skills, theoretical analysis, and applied work in areas intended to prepare students for careers in law, consulting, research, and social policy, as well as many other areas. In addition, the social psychology concentration is ideal for graduate school preparation. See department chair for specific requirements. Transfer-course policy for majors and minors: All transfer courses, including ACTC courses, must be approved in writing by the chair. Only those psychology courses successfully completed (2.0 or above) within the last 10 years will be considered. In general, courses that meet the transfer guidelines may only be applied to elective or PSY 105 credit for the major. WEC psychology courses are offered only on an alternating year basis. All psychology majors must have an adviser in the psychology department. Psychology 23' - PSY 355 PSY 354 PSY 353 PSY 352 PSY 351 Psy 335 PSY 325 PSY 315 PSY 215 PSY 201 Relationship between brain and behavior. Considers biological bases of learning and cognition, emotions, abnormal psychology, personality, normal and altered states of consciousness. (Prereq.: PSY 215) Biopsychology Theory, data, and practical applications relevant to the following topics: attention, perception, pattern recognition, memory, mental imagery, problem-solving, decision-making, and language. (Prereq.: PSY 215) Cognitive Psychology Development through middle and older adulthood. Consideration of positive and negative aspects of aging. Content is especially relevant to those who study and work with the largest growing segment of our population-the elderly. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) Aging and Adulthood Consideration of research and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult years. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) Adolescent and Young Adult Development Theory and scientific methods of examining development and behavior. Practical implications of data and theory are stressed. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) Child Development Application of psychological principles and research to legal processes, policy, and problems. Emphasis on three content areas: eyewitness issues, courtroom procedures, and forensic clinical practice. (Prereq: Psy 102 or 105) Psychology and Law Social factors that influence individual and group behavior in natural and laboratory settings. Topics include social cognition, group behavior, social influence, attitudes formation, and change. (Prereq.: PSY 215) Social Behavior Part I1 of a two-term sequence. See PSY 215. PSY 315 should be taken in the term immediately following PSY 215. PSY 215 may be taken for one course credit without taking 315. (Prereq.: PSY 215 with a grade of 2.0 or higher, ENG 111) Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I1 Part I of a two-term sequence. Scientific method as practiced in psychology. This sequence emphasizes skills of bibliographic research, research design and data collection, statistical analysis and interpretation, computer-assisted data analysis, and APA-style presentation of research findings. PSY 215 must precede PSY 315. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105, MPG 3) Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I Consideration of the impact of psychological, behavioral, social, and biological interactions on health. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) Health Psychology 236 Psychology Environmental Psychology This course uses a cultural-ecological viewpoint to study the influence of the physical environment, both natural and human-made, on behavior. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) Behavior Analysis Principles of lea&ing/behavior change and their application to self-management, family work, school, and clinic settings. ~ndihdualizedprojects. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or PSY 105) Assessment Theory and scientific methods of assessing human aptitudes, achievement, personality, abnormal behavior, vocational interests, and impacts of the environment on behavior. Examination of a variety of tests, concepts of reliability and validity, and legal and ethical issues. (Prereq.: PSY 215) Psychology Laboratory (.5 credit) Laboratory research experience under the supervision of a faculty member. Concurrent enrollment in a full credit upper-level course (designated courses will vary depending on the semester) and approval by the instructor are required. (Prereq: Psy 102 or 105) Personality/Cultural Context Current scientifically-based approaches to description, dynamics, and development of personality. Includes study of gender, social position, and cross-cultural behavior. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) Abnormal Psychology An introduction to psychological disorders and treatment. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) Sports Psychology Foundations of sports psychology. Psychological concepts applied to sports and enhancement of athletic performance. Topics include motivation, team development, leadership, psychological skills training, and goal setting. (Prereq: Psy 102 or 105) Behavioral Health Care Application of psychological theory, research, and clinical principles to health care practice. Emphasis on developmental health issues and a biopsychosocial health model. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) Psychology of Gender Emphasis on the social construction of gender and its impact on the lives and behavior of individuals. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) Industrial/Organizational Psychology The theoretical and applied study of organizations. Topics include personnel selection and evaluation, career development, conflict and decision-rnaking, group processes, and organizational change. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 356 PSY 357 PSY 359 Psy 360 PSY 361 PSY 362 PSY 363 PSY 368 PSY 371 PSY 373 Psychology 23 Historical Perspectives Discussion and exploration of contemporary professional issues and social policy from a psychological viewpoint. Faculty-supervised student research. (Prereq.: PSY 215 and junior standing) Seminar: Contemporary Issues Research team experience in a seminar format. Designed to extend students' knowledge of statistical and methodological techniques and to explore contemporary professional issues and implications for social policy. Recommended for students headed for graduate school and those electing an honors major. (Prereq.: PSY 315 or comparable course approved by instructor) Advanced Research Seminar Specific topic will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: PSY 215 and consent of instructor) Current Topics in Psychology Principles and methods involved in the counseling process. Consideration of goals and ethical guidelines for the counseling relationship. (Prereq.: Two PSY courses plus PSY 102 or 105) Counseling Psychology Focus on the people in psychology's history their questions and positions, from the early Greek period to the present. Emphasis on the 20thlcentury, inclusions of women and minorities, and contextual histoly. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 499 PSY 399 PSY 299 PSY 199 See description on page 92. (Prereq.: PSY 330) Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. Participation in a concurrent seminar is required. (Prereq.: PSY 330) lnternship See description on page 92. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) Directed study See description on page 91. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105 and one other psychology course). Internship Internships and Independent Study Courses. PSY 493 PSY 491 PSY 490 PSY 385 PSY 381 ,313 Psychology ~e1i~i;i.i111, 221, or 33 1is prerequisite to all other courses. REL 111 or 221 is expected to be taken in either the freshman or sophomore year at Augsburg. Junior or senior transfer students who are required to take two Christian Faith Perspective courses may take REL 331 as the prerequisite for other courses. I Prerequisites The Religion Department offers two majors: Religion ( E L ) and Youth and Family Ministry (YFM). Majors Beverly Stratton (Chair),Janelle Bussert, Nancy Going, Lori Brandt Hale, Bradley Holt, Rolf Jacobson, Lynne Lorenzen, Philip Quanbeck 11, Mark Tranvik Religion Faculty eligion asks fundamental questions of life and meaning: Who are we as human beings? Where did we come from? Where did the world come from?What do good and evil mean in this time and place? Students will wrestle with these questions and with responses from the Christian traditions and from the perspectives of the other major world religions. R GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, research project approved by the department, and colloquium with the department. Application must be received by the department by Dec. 30 of the student's senior year. Departmental Honors Graduation with Distinction requires application to the department chair in the junior year. Specific requirements are available from the chair. Graduation with Distinction All majors must have an adviser in the department. Advising All h-ansfer courses for majors and minors, including ACTC courses, must be approved in writing by the chair. Only courses successfully completed (2.0 or above) within the last ten years will be considered. In general, courses that meet the transfer guidelines may only be applied to elective or REL 111 credit for the major. Transfer Courses Courses designated REL and YFM are offered by the religion department. A maximum of 13 total REL and YFM courses may be applied toward the 32-course requirement for graduation. Taking extra electives in REL or YFM may require students to complete more than the minimum 32 courses required for graduation. Graduation Requirements A religion major encourages students to seek their future in the world andlor church through a sense of vocation, serving as pastors, associates in ministry, nurses, youth and family ministry lay professionals in congregations, and as social service and human resource professionals in a wide variety of settings. Through the study of religion, students will learn to understand, appreciate, and articulate the Christian faith, as based in the Bible, as lived in the Christian fellowship, as embodied in the Christian Church and its history, and as interactive in the contemporary world and with other world religions. Students will also develop the ability to read and interpret the Bible, other religious texts, and various expressions and practices of faith, so that their meaning for human life in relation to God becomes evident. In addition students will develop skills for becoming leaders in the religious communities to which they belong and for living as responsible citizens with others whose religious views and practices differ from their own. Note: Not all courses that meet Christian Faith Perspectives are REL courses and do not count toward the religion major or minor. Five religion courses including REL 111 or 331. At least two upper division courses must be taken at Augsburg College. Students are required to have at least a 2.0 GPA in courses counted toward the minor. Religion Minor Note: Seminar, especially for majors, should be taken in the junior or senior year. One New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. or Option B: REL 221 Biblical Studies and three additional religion courses, two of which must be upper division. Option A: REL 301 Interpreting the Old Testament REL 302 Interpreting the New Testament and two additional religion courses, one of which must be upper division. and Eight courses including: REL 111 Introduction to Theology REL 356 World Religions REL 481 Contemporary Theology REL 495 Religion Seminar Religion Major BACHELOR OF ARTS REL 309 REL 308 REL 306 REL 302 REL 301 REL 231 REL 221 REL 111 Religions themes such as good and evil, morality and ethics, human nature, holiness, faith and belief, salvation and redemption, and forgiveness and mercy will be explored through the medium of popular film. Religion at the Movies A study of poetry from the Christian tradition and its interpretation, focusing on biblical psalms and poems, religious poetry, and Christian hymns and songs. Psalms, Songs, and Religious Poetry A study of Christian belief and paitice in a variety of cultural settings different from those of Western Europe and North America. In addition to introductions to forms of this faith on other continents, the course will explore the deep questions of the relationship of culture and religion, and the ethnic and cultural location of Christianity. NonWestern Christianity Historical, literary, and theological interpretation of Paul's letters, the gospels, and other New Testament writings as persuasive literature for ancient and modem communities. Prerequisite REL 111. Interpreting the New Testament An investigation of the Torah, Prophets and Writings, including forms, genres, historical contexts, portrayal of God, and interpretation of these texts by ancient and modem Jewish and Christian communities. Prerequisite REL 111 and entry level critical thinking. Interpreting the Old Testament An examination of selected topics related to the Black experience, e.g., African backgrounds, religion under slavery, and evangelicalism. Religion in African-American History The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents; the task of biblical interpretation; and the history of Israel and the emergence of the church. Not accepted for credit for students who have taken REL 301 or 302. Biblical Studies An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world that concerns Christian doctrine. Open only to freshmen and sophomores. Not accepted for credit for students who have taken REL 331. Introduction to Theology REL 111, 221, or 331 is a prerequisite for a17 other religion courses. Religion 2 - REL 363 REL 362 REL 357 REL 356 REL 353 REL 346 REL 343 REL 331 REL 320 REL 313 :42 Religion Environmental Theology and Ethics A study of the history of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations, and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. Religion in America An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the 16th century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. Theology of the Reformers ures. Thinkers that may be studied include Augustine, Martin Luther, Dorothy Day, and Martin Luther King, Jr. Giants of Christian Faith Christian history is examined through the lives and theology of notable fig- An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. World Religions A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major Christian denominations and of many contemporary American religious groups. Some controversial religious movements will also be considered. Denominations and Religious Croups in America This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of political transformations of Southern Africa. Students will meet with people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious organizations. Taught in Namibia semester program. Religion and Social Change in Southern Africa An examination of the nature of modem marriage and family relationships within the context of the faith and practice of the Christian church. Theology of Marriage and Family An advanced introduction to the biblical and theological foundations of the Christian faith, focusing on writing and advanced critical thinking skills. Open only to advanced transfer students. Not accepted for credit for students who have taken REL 111 or REL 221. Foundations in Bible and Theology An examination of Buddhism and the interface of Buddhism and Christianity in Thailand, with attention to the plurality of religions, the role of Christian mission, and religious responses to some of Thailand's contemporary problems such as AIDS and the sex industry. Short-term travel seminar. Buddhism and Christianity in Thailand An overview of contemporary environmental theology and theologically-based approaches to environmental ethics using case studies of environmental problems in Mexico and Central America. Taught in Mexico during spring semester program. REL 471 REL 441 REL 425 REL 390 REL 386 REL 383 REL 374 REL 370 REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure, and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus. Jesusand His Interpreters Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and men, feminist interpretation of the Bible, and the impact of feminism on Christian theology, especially in terms of language and metaphor. Feminism and Christianity A practical forum on "habits of the heart" that sustain Christian service. Students explore and critically reflect on the value and practice of spiritual disciplines such as prayer, meditation, journaling, and service to the poor. Christian Spiritual Practices A study of death and dying from the viewpoint of Christian theology and ethics, taking into account also what other religions and the biological, psychological, and social sciences have had to say on the subject. Special emphasis on medical ethics brought on by modem medical technology. Theology of Death and Dying An investigation of scholarship on Genesis and the role of interpretaton through study of the characters and values portrayed in Genesis and related biblical texts. Speaking of Genesis Influences of the relational world view of process philosophy on Christian faith and ethical deliberations (including killing, abortion, human sexuality, and euthanasia). Process Theology larly physics and biology, and the ethical implications of some of the technologies that have derived from these sciences. A study of the implications for Christian theology of modem science, particu- Science and Religion Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and philosophy of North American Indians are studied. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies, and beliefs in an afterlife. (Prereq.: ENG 111, junior standing, and REL 111, 221,' or 331) American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought A study of the dominant theological perspectives that have shaped Latin America culture and politics. Focuses on the relationship between theology and sociavpolitical transformation. Taught in Mexico in short-term travel seminar or fall semester and in Central America fall or spring semester programs. Religion 24 Paul the Apostle This course is required for the major, and enrollment is normally restricted to students who have nearly finished their coursework. Selected topics vary by instructor. Students will improve writing abilities through writing a major research paper. (Prereq.: ENG 111. Fall) Seminar Selected topics in religion. Topics in Religion A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. Religion in Psychological Perspective The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. Christian Ethics An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Prereq.: ENG 111and REL 111, 221, or 331) Contemporary Theology An introduction to the Jewish faith as the tradition has developed, as well as attention to current issues facing the Jewish community Judaism A study of the apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes found in his writings. (Prereq.: Pass or waiver of critical thinking entry level skills test) Internship See description on page 92. Independent StudyIResearch See description on pages 91 and 246. Internship See description on page 92. Directed Study See description on page 91. Limited to special cases Philosophy of Religion Religion and Society PHI 350 SOC 360 See department listing for a description of thefollowing approved elective: REL 499 REL 399 REL 299 REL 199 Internships and Independent Study Courses: REL 495 REL 490 REL 486 REL 483 REL 481 REL 475 REL 472 44 Religion Youth and family ministry core: YFM 207 Contextual Education [required non-credit field experience] YFM 232 Peer Ministry: Principles and Leadership YFM 235 Basics in Youth and Family Ministry YFM 358 Life and Work of the Church or YFM 316 Church and Culture in Context Theology core: REL 111 Introduction to Theology REL 301 Interpreting the Old Testament REL 302 Interpreting the New Testament REL 362 Theology of the Reformers REL 495 Religion Seminar Eleven courses including Youth and Family Ministry Major This major requires 150 hours of supervised contextual education (YFM 207) as preparation for a 150-hour internship (YFM 399) with a congregation or ministry organization. Students may satisfy the City perspective by taking GST 209 in conjunction with either of these experiential education components. Students are accepted into the program through a two-step candidacy process. Contact the youth and family ministry coordinator in the religion department about when and how to apply for candidacy The major in youth and family ministry prepares persons for faithful work as youth and family ministers in Christian congregations and other ministry settings. This major is interdisciplinary, combining a core study of theology and Bible with supporting coursework in the social sciences. A distinctive part of the major is the combination of practical and theological training, using resources of the Youth and Family Institute of Augsburg College. Youth and Family Ministry Major one formal, supervised field work experience: YFM 207 Contextual Education (noncredit requirement) YFM 399 Internship or field work with youth and families, supervised through another major and approved by the Religion department youth and family ministry coordinator. one upper division YFM course from: REL 343 Theology of Marriage and Family YFM 316 Church and Culture in Context YFM 358 Life and Work of the Church one Bible survey course from: REL 221 Biblical Studies REL 301 Interpreting the Old Testament REL 302 Interpreting the New Testament The minor consists of the following six courses REL 111 Introduction to Theology YFM 235 Basics in Youth and Family Ministry YFM 232 Peer Ministry Youth and Family Ministry Minor Note: A student with a youth and family ministry major or minor may not also major or minor in religion. and three supporting courses SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective PSY 105 Principles of Psychology or PSY 102 The Individual in a Social World PSY 351 Child Development or PSY 352 Adolescent and Young Adult Development or SWK 260 Humans Developing YFM 399 Internship REL 343 Theology of Marriage and Family REL 425 Christian Spiritual Practices - YFM 399 YFM 358 YFM 316 YFM 235 YFM 232 YFM 207 Supervised practice of youth and family ministry during 150 hours in an approved congregational setting. Students complete a formal internship agreement and projects. (Prereq.: Candidacy step #2) Internship faith through Christian education and cuniculum, youth and family ministry, and parish life. A study of the role of congregations and families in shaping and nurturing Life and Work of the Church situation in Norway. Emphasis will be on the role of congregations and families in both Norway and the United States in shaping and nurturing faith through Christian education and curriculum, youth and family ministry, and parish life. Short term travel seminar, offered in the summer. A study of Norwegian culture and church life and the contemporary religious Church and Culture in Context Development of youth and family ministry in the U.S. Conceptual models and basic skills for holistic approach to youth and family ministry in a congregation. Basics in Youth and Family Ministry Students learn to train college, high school, and junior high youth to serve as peer ministers in their congregations and communities. They will learn and practice communication skills, facilitate small groups, and learn the role of a listenerhelper. Peer ministry integrates the act of caring and serving others within a Christian belief system. Peer Ministry: Principles and Leadership Students reflect upon and relate their learning of theology, the youth and family ministry model, and supporting social science courses to experiences during 150 hours in an approved congregational setting. They discuss ministry issues with peers and supervisors and begin preparation of their professional portfolios. This is a non-credit requirement for the major. It may be done over two to three semesters. (Prereq.: Candidacy step #1) Contextual Education (.O course) :46 Youth and Family Ministry T Adviser Magda Paleczny-Zapp Courses are offered at Augsburg College, Harnline University, Macalester College, the College of St. Catherine, and the University of St. Thomas, thus drawing on the faculty and resources of the five ACTC institutions. his major, offered through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), seeks to give the broadest possible exposure to the history, politics, economics, literature, and philosophy of Central and Eastern Europe and Russia. This interdisciplinary major offers an opportunity to become well acquainted with societies in socio-economical and political transition as well as the rich literary and cultural achievements of the area. Experience with the Russian language or, through the University of Minnesota one of the Eastern European languages, is required. Russian, Central, and East European studies is a sound liberal arts major offering considerable flexibility and career opportunities, especially when combined with another major or minor in business, economics, history, language, and literature or political science. Major Eleven courses, including language and area studies courses: A. Language Courses: Two years of basic college Russian, Polish, SerboCroatian, Czech, Hungarian, or equivalent competencies. B. Area Studies Courses: Track 1: Concentration in humanities Five courses: Four courses from the list of approved courses in Track 1,plus one course from Track 2, as approved by adviser. Track 2: Concentration in social sciences Five courses: Four courses from the list of approved courses in Track 2, plus one course from Track 1, as approved by adviser. C. Two other courses selected from either Track 1 or Track 2. D. Students are strongly recommended to take a third year of Russian or any other East European language. A program of study abroad in Russia or one of the Central or East European countries during a semester, Interim, or during the summer is strongly encouraged. All options should be discussed with the student's adviser. The current advisers are: Augsburg, Magda Paleczny-Zapp, 612-330-1761; Hamline, Karen Vogel, 651-523-2973; Macalester, Gary Krueger, 651-696-6222; and St. Thomas, Sr. Mary Shambour, 651-962-5164. Students should consult an adviser regularly in order to secure a coherent and effective program. Each ACTC institution has a faculty member on the Russian, Central, and East European Studies Committee. These advisers can help with selection of courses, recommendations for study abroad, and consideration of career options. Faculty Advising ECO 317 at Augsburg Comparative Economic Systems is equivalent to: ECON 25 M Comparative Economic Systems ECON 349 C Comparative Economic Systems ECON 349 T Comparative Economic Systems HIS 348 at Augsburg Russia and the Soviet Union in the 20th Century is equivalent to: HIST 333 T Eastern Europe, 1914 to the Present HIST 373 H The Heart of Europe: Central & Eastern Europe in the 20th Century HIST 351 C Russia: The Last of the Romanovs, Bolshevik Interlude, and the Russian Republic See Nordic Area Studies under Interdisciplinary Studies. SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES (Lettersfollowing course numbers designate location: H=Hamline; MzMacalester; C=St. Catherine; T=St. Thomas) Students may not receive credit for the same course taken on different campuses. Since courses with similar content may not always have similar titles, students are strongly encouraged to pay careful attention to the list below. The following courses are considered to be equivalent to one another: Students may take other Eastern European language courses that are offered at the University of Minnesota through ACTC. See the adviser or contact the ACTC office for further information. TRACK 2 SOCIAL SCIENCES CONCENTRATION REL 420 The Russian Orthodox Church ECO 317 Comparative Economic Systems EC0 495 Topics (Requires permission of adviser) POL 351 Topics in CommunistlPost Communist Systems (Requires permission of adviser) POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign Policy TRACK 1 HUMANITIES CONCENTRATION HIS 348 Russia and Soviet Union in the 20th Century REL 420 The Russian Orthodox Church HIST 60 M State and Society in Tsarist Russia is equivalent to: HIST 337 H Modem Russia from the Empire to Revolution 4 8 Russian, Central, and East European Studies 7 s An interdisciplinary social studies major is available for persons holding a bachelor's degree and seeking licensure only. Plus a major in one of six fields-economics, history, political economics, political science, psychology, or sociology. Geography and anthropology are also acceptable fields, although they are not offered as majors on the Augsburg campus. Social Studies Teaching Licensure Broad base requirements: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics or ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics HIS 220 America to 1815 or HIS 221 19th-Century United States or HIS 222 20th-Century United States POL 121 American Government and Politics PSY 105 Principles of Psychology SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society SOC 241 Foundations of Cultural Anthropology One course in geography (human or cultural) Coordinator Don Gustafson tudents -preparing - to teach social studies at the secondary level must complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. Students should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Teaching Licensure Major Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the social studies coordinator. T Augsburg College's motto, "Education for Service," exemplifies the philosophy of the Department of Social Work. The Twin Cities area provides both a variety of field placements for social work students and extraordinary community resources for the classroom. The social, cultural, ethnic, and economic diversity in this metropolitan area enriches opportunities for social work students to learn to understand, appreciate, respect, and work with people different from themselves. Augsburg's social work major provides a strong foundation for graduate studies in a variety of fields. Since 1991 Augsburg has offered a full-time Master of Social Work (M.S.W.) degree on a weekend schedule. he social work major prepares graduates for entry-level generalist practice in the field of social work. The baccalaureate social work (B.S.W.) program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education and leads to a bachelor of science degree. Graduates are prepared to work with individuals, families, groups, organizations, and communities building on strengths, and to develop, analyze, and influence social policy. The mission of the department is to develop social work professionals for practice that promotes social justice and empowerment towards the well-being of people in a diverse and global society. Anthony Bibus (Chair), Vern Bloom, Laura Boisen (MSW Field Coordinator), Lois Bosch (MSW Program Director), Francine Chakolis, Sumin Hsieh, Barbara Lehmann, Rosemary Link, Sharon Patten, Curt Paulsen, Karen Robards, Nancy Rodenborg (BSW Program Director), Glenda Dewbeny Rooney, Michael Schock (BSW Field Coordinator), Maryann Syers (Field Education Coordinator) Social Work Faculty The social welfare minor and electives in the department allow students from other majors to gain knowledge about human needs and growth, human services, global social welfare, and the methods of effective citizenship. Using this knowledge, students are encouraged to apply their talents and skills to address the needs of society, always emphasizing social justice and the central importance of diversity in the social fabric of our world. and seven supporting courses: BIO 101 Human Biology PSY 105 Principles of Psychology SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society SOC 231 Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective SOC 265 Race, Class and Gender SWK 257 Exploring Human Services SWK 260 Humans Developing A minimum grade of 2.0 is required for each core course and a 2.0 GPA is required in the supporting program. A statistics course is recommended for students planning on graduate school. Major Ten core courses: SWK 301 History and Analysis of Social Policy SWK 306 Social Work Practice I: With Individuals SWK 307 Field Work I: Integrative Seminar SWK 316 Social Work Practice 11: With Families and Groups SWK 317 Field Work 11: Integrative Seminar SWK 402 Research I: Fundamentals of Social Work Research and Evaluation (.5) SWK 403 Research 11: Evaluation of Social Work Practice and Programs (.5) SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111: With Communities and Policies SWK 407 Field Work 111: Integrative Seminar SWK 417 Field Work IV Integrative Seminar SWK 419 The Social Worker as Professional and one course from: POL 121 American Government and Politics POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes POL 325 Public Administration Six courses including: SWK 257 Exploring Human Services SWK 260 Humans Developing SWK 301 History and Analysis of Social Policy SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111: With Communities and Polices SOC 265 Race, Class and Gender Social Welfare Minor (for other majors) Consult the social work department student manual for graduation with distinction requirements. Graduation with Distinction Social work majors must be granted candidacy status before the beginning of the first practicum in the junior year. Certain 300- and 400-level courses list candidacy as a prerequisite. A written selfstatement, reference letters, and the completion or planned enrollment in all core and supporting program courses below the 400 level are necessary for candidacy. Candidacy Social Work 251 - Suggested c o u r s e ~ h o o s four: e REL 231,263,342,343,353,360,363, 366,370,415,441, and 483. Social Ministries Minor in Religion Required course+hoose one: REL 111 Introduction to Theology or REL 221 Biblical Studies SWK 403 Research 11: Evaluation of Social Work Practice and Programs (.5) SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111: With Communities and Policies SWK 407 Field Work 111: Integrative Seminar SWK 417 Field Work IV Integrative Seminar SWK 419 The Social Worker as Professional Global Peace and Social Development This course offers a framework of non-violent social change and development in the global context. It also identifies the focus of social work in addition to many other disciplines that are vital to fostering peace. Exploring Human Services This experiential learning course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in social work. Students must arrange to perform 60 hours of work in a human service agency and must attend the weekly seminar. The course also critically examines how economic and political structures affect diverse groups. Humans Developing This course provides an understanding of human growth through life and of the sociocultural, biological and psychological factors that influence the growth of individuals and families. Growth related to diverse populations and groups or special stresses is also a focus. SWK 230 SWK 257 SWK 260 ELECTIVE COURSES ARE OPEN TO ALL STUDENTS. This concentration helps to focus social workers on work in church congregations or church-sponsored social programs and projects. The concentration was designed by the Departments of Religion and Social Work. The concentration is achieved by completing the following course of study: SWK 257 Exploring Human Services SWK 260 Humans Developing SWK 301 History and Analysis of Social Policy SWK 306 Social Work Practice I: With Individuals SWK 307 Field Work I: Integrative Seminar SWK 316 Social Work Practice 11: With Families and Groups SWK 3 17 Field Work 11: Integrative Seminar SWK 402 Research I: Fundamentals of Social Work Research and Evaluation (.5) Social Ministries 252 Social Work History and the Analysis of Social Policy This course focuses on social change through community organization and influencing policies. Students build an understanding of communities, human service agencies, and policy practice in the local community. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor) Social Work Practice Ill: With Communities and Policies This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service. The values and social movements that form charitable and governmental responses to human needs and the contribution of social workers historically will be explored. (Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor) Social Work Practice I: With Individuals Field Work II: lntegrative Seminar SWK 317 SWK 402 Social Work Practice 11: With Families and Croups This course builds skills in the problem-solving model with diverse populations through lecture, classroom exercise, and regular class work focusing on generalist practice in group and family work. (Prereq.: SWK 306, SWK 307, and candidacy status) SWK 316 This is the first part of a sequence introducing students to basic research methods that social workers commonly use in their practice. Students learn not only to become knowledgeable consumers of social work research but also to develop beginning skills in evaluating social work practice and social service programs using quantitative and qualitative methods. Research I: Fundamentals of Social Work Research and Evaluation (.5 course) Progressively-responsible, s u p e ~ s e dprofessional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups, and communities in a social service agency. A total of 120 hours, continuing SWK 307, plus an integrative seminar. (Prereq.: candidacy status; concurrent with SWK 316. P/N grading only) Field Work I: lntegrative Seminar Beginning supervised professional practicum experience in a social work agency that focuses on interviewing experience and relationship building. A total of 120 hours, plus a small-group integrative seminar. (concurrent &th SWK 301 in day program and SWK 306 in day and WEC. P/N grading only) This course covers the basic features of the helping process, theoretical foundations, principles, and techniques of social work with individuals, and development of relationship building skills. Includes video-taping laboratory sessions. (Concurrent with SWK 307 Integrative Seminar and with SWK 301 in the day program, and junior standing) SWK 307 SWK 306 H COURSES RESERVED FOR SOCIAL WORK MAJORSONLY SWK 406 SWK 301 Social Work 25 This course reviews professional ethical practice, organizational analysis, strategies for agency change, and client empowerment, and social work career planning. (Prereq.: Senior and candidacy status) The Social Worker as Professional Continuation of SWK 407; a total of 120 hours plus integrative seminar. (Prereq.: Senior and candidacy status. P/N grading only) Field Work IV: lntegrative Seminar Field work practicum, a total of 120 hours plus integrative seminar. (Prereq.: Senior and candidacy status. P/N grading only) Field Work Ill: lntegrative Seminar This is the second part of a sequence in which students learn to use evidence in evaluating whether their practice and programs are helping or harming clients. Since these courses cover the graduation skill of Quantitative Reasoning, students learn to apply techniques of statistics and data analysis in research and evaluation. (Prereq.: SWK 402 and MPG 3) Research II: Evaluation of Social Work Practice and Programs (.5 course) SWK 499 SWK 399 SWK 299 SWK 295 SWK 199 See description on page 92. lndependent StudyIResearch See description on page 91. lnternship See description on page 92. Directed Study Special themes in social work specified in subtitle. Topics: See description on page 91. lnternship Internships and lndependent Study Courses: SWK 419 SWK 41 7 SWK 407 SWK 403 !54 Social Work s Diane Pike (Chair), Eric Buffalohead, Lars Christiansen, Gany Hesser, Michael O'Neal, Tim Pippert, James Vela-McConnell Sociology Faculty Students are encouraged to select as electives some of the non-traditional learning models available, such as internships, independent study, and field studies. The department urges students to use Augsburg's metropolitan setting as a laboratory for learning. Internships, service learning, and cooperative education enable majors to apply the theories and research skills of sociology while they explore career alternatives. Augsburg alumni who have majored in sociology are currently employed in the human resources departments of both government and private corporations, in the criminal justice field, and as professors of sociology. Others have used their majors as preparation for advanced study in areas such as law, the ministry, social work, urban planning, and human services. The goal of the department is to guide students in gaining knowledge of the social order, how it affects them in their daily lives, and how it can be applied to their vocation. Sociology majors develop an understanding of the theories of society and social groups, learn to create and use scientific tools of analysis, and practice the application of sociological concepts to the solution of social problems. ociology is the study of society as a whole and of human social organization in groups. The sociological perspective provides a way to better understand the social world and how human beings come to think and act as they do. Students interested in community crime prevention as well as the traditional aspects of criminal justice-courts, prisons, probation, and law-will be served by this concentration in the major. Additional courses required for the concentration are: SOC 211, SOC 231, SOC 265, SOC 277 and an upper division Internship approved by the department. See Diane Pike for advising and visit the department Web site for details. Concentration in Crime and Community This concentration is designed to give sociology majors a concentration in urban community studies, which includes an applied sociology focus emphasizing city and community planning with a required internship. In addition to the seven core courses, students are required to take four additional courses: SOC 211, SOC 381, SOC 399 and one additional elective. See Gany Hesser for advising and visit the department Web site for details. Concentration in Community Studies Note: SOC 399 is highly recommended. Majors must have a 2.0 or better in each required course to receive credit in the major. Major Ten courses including: SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society SOC 349 Organizational Theory SOC 362 Statistical Analysis SOC 363 Research Methods SOC 375 Social Psychology SOC 485 Sociological Theory SOC 495 Senior Seminar and three additional sociology courses. - A course of study designed for students who plan to work in organizational settings including corporate, government, and non-profit sectors. Students will learn how organizations are structured, function, and change, how people relate in organizational settings, and how organizations succeed and why they sometimes fail. The concentration both theoretically and experientially equips students with skills to effectively lead and manage organizations, and to succeed within organizations while achieving their personal career and professional goals. Courses required beyond the core major requirements are: Work and Society (SOC 222), a practicum in Advanced Organizational Analysis and Development, and three courses in related fields-one from BUS 242 or ECO 113, one from PSY 373 or BUS 340, and one from SPC 345 or SPC 410. See Professor Lars Christiansen for advising and visit the department Web site for details. Concentration in Organizational Analysis and Development This concentration offers sociology majors an opportunity to examine and develop the methods and theoretical perspectives used by cultural anthropologists to study and understand the dynamics of culture. To complete the concentration, the sociology major must complete five additional courses beyond the seven core courses. Two of those courses must be SOC 241 and SOC 499. The remaining three courses must be selected one each from three course groupings: World Cultures, Anthropological Research, and Theoretical perspectives. See Eric Buffalohead for advising and visit the department Web site for details. Concentration in Cultural Anthropology 256 Sociology To complete departmental honors in sociology and graduate with distinction from the college, the student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and overall. In addition, students must: (1) successfully complete an internship, independent study, or cooperative education experience; (2) submit a portfolio including an honors essay and completed papers and projects. See department chair and website for specific requirements. An appli- Departmental Honors/Craduation with Distinction The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Teaching Licensure Major The intent of the social psychology concentration is to provide sociology andlor psychology students with a solid disciplinary foundation along with specific coursework to strengthen a cross-disciplinary social psychological perspective. Coursework will emphasize research skills, theoretical analysis, and applied work in areas intended to prepare students for careers in law, consulting, research, and social policy, as well as many other areas. In addition to the seven required sociology major courses, students must take: PSY 105, PSY 325, SOC 399, and PSY 491. See James Vela-McConnell for advising and visit the department Web site for details. Concentration in Social Psychology Introduction to Human Society What is society and how does it make us who we are? Sociology offers insights into discovering the world and one's place in it. Course study focuses on an understanding of culture, social structure, institutions, and our interactions with each other. (Fall, spring) Community and the Modern Metropolis How is community possible in the context of multicultural, social, and ideological forces that are characteristic of urban life? The cultural and structural dynamics of the Twin Cities are a basis for exploring this theme. (Fall, spring) Work and Society Through a sociological analysis of the social and technical organization of work in capitalist society, this course explores the various meanings of work, the work ethic, the functions and schools of management, social relations at work, and the character of past and contemporary occupations and industries. Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective The term family is a universal concept, yet its membership, rituals, and functions vary dramatically across world cultures and sub-cultures in the United States. Family systems are explored with respect to cultural and historical settings, variations among families, and modem cultural and social patterns. (Fall, spring) Foundations of Cultural Anthropology Course objectives include giving students an understanding of anthropological methods and theories, the concepts of race and culture, an appreciation and awareness of differing cultures, and an awareness of the role cultural anthropology has in understanding contemporary human problems. (Fall, spring) Race, Class and Gender Who gets what, when, and how? Individuals and groups from diverse backgrounds-race, ethnicity, class, gender, and sexuality-receive unequal portions of wealth, power, and prestige in our society. This course focuses on both the collective and individual processes involved in social inequality. (Fall, spring) SOC 21 1 soc 222 SOC 231 SOC 241 SOC 265 Five courses including SOC 121 and at least two upper division courses taken at Augsburg College. Students are required to have at least a 2.0 GPA in courses counting toward the minor. Minor SOC 121 cation for departmental honors/graduation with distinction must be completed by spring of the junior year. Successful completion of honors in socioloqualifies the student for gy graduation with distinction from the college. Sociology 25 Cultures of Violence What are the dynamics underlying different forms of violence? This course takes violence in its many forms as a topic for sociological analysis and concludes with an examination of non-violent alternatives to conflict. (Offered on rotating schedule) SOC290 Organizational Theory What is the nature of these modem organizations in which we spend so much of our daily lives? Organizations as corporate actors are analyzed with respect to their goals, culture, technology and structure, as well as corporate deviance. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Spring) Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in tenns of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements and institutions in American society. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Fall) Statistical Analysis This course is an introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics in the social sciences; as such, it provides a foundation for understanding quantitative analysis-be it in an academic journal or a daily newspaper. (Prereq.: MPG 3. Fall) Research Methods Good research40 you know it when you see it? Can you produce it yourself? Social science research skills are learned through the practice and application of the basic tools of valid and reliable research design and data analysis. (Prereq.: SOC 362 or consent of instructor. Spring) Social Psychology How does society construct the individual? How does the individual construct society? This course analyzes the dynamic tension between the self and society, as well as the major questions, issues, perspectives, and methods of the field. (Prereq.: Soc 121 or consent of instructor. Fall, spring) The City and Metro-Urban Planning Emphasis centers on alternative theories and approaches to planning and shaping metropolitan areas. Readings, simulations, outside speakers, and walking research field trips in a seminar format. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 or consent of instructor. Spring) SOC 349 SOC 360 SOC 362 SOC 363 SOC 375 SOC 381 SOC 300, 301, 302, 303, 304 Special Topics in Sociology A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests that are not satisfied by regular course offerings. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Introduction to Criminology What do we know about crime in American society? How can we explain crime sociologically? Topics include: theories and patterns of crime, police, courts, corrections, and criminal policy. (Fall) SOC 277 258 Sociology - Topics: Senior Seminar This capstone experience provides the opportunity for majors to integrate the sociology program and general education, develop an understanding of the applied value of sociology, and articulate a sense of vocation and professional identity. Pass/No Pass grading. Seniors only. (Spring) SOC 495 Directed Study See description on page 92. lnternship See description on page 91. lndependent Study-Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic, and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, supplemented by traditional College resources. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 andfor consent of instructor. Fall, spring) lndependent StudyIResearch See description on page 92. (Prereq.: SOC 121, consent of instructor and department chair. Fall, spring) SOC 299 SOC 399 SOC 498 SOC 499 See listing under Modem Languages. SPANISH lnternship See description on page 91. SOC 199 Internships and Independent Study Courses: Modern Sociological Theory An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the 19th and 20th centuries. (Prereq.: Two courses in sociology including SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Fall) SOC 485 Social Problems Analysis How do social problems develop? What can be done about them? This course engages the sociological imagination in an attempt to draw connections between micro-level analysis and macro-level analysis, linking our own private troubles with public issues. (Prereq: Soc 121 or consent of instructor) Sociology 259 O Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts Faculty Martha Johnson (Chair), Julie Bolton, Michael Burden, Darcey Engen, Robert Groven, Daniel Hanson, David Lapakko, Deborah Redmond Prospective majors should meet with a departmental adviser as early as possible to design an approved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. The Augsburg communication major focuses on competency in both speech and writing, as well as effective use of media. Since the study and practice of communication is grounded in both the humanities and the social sciences, majors are encouraged to include such related subjects as aesthetics, ethics, philosophy, logic, literature, statistics, and research methods in their programs. Since communication careers demand a broad educational background, the department strongly encourages a second major or two minors in fields such as business, economics, English, history, international relations, political science, psychology, religion, social work, sociology, or theatre arts. ur quality . . of life, both personally and professionally, depends in large part upon the quality of our communication. A . . communication major at Augsburg is designed to enhance understanding of communication in a variety of contexts and to improve communication skills. Five additional electives from the following: SPC 329, SPC 345, SPC 399, SPC 495, SPC 499; THR 350, THR 360; BUS 301. BUS 302; PHI 120, PHI 241, PHI 260; POL 380, POL 326, POL 342, POL 370, POL 375; PSY 325, PSY 371; REL 383; SOC 362, SOC 363 Professional Communication Studies Emphasis Required of all communication majors: SPC 111 Public Speaking or SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking SPC 188 Forensics Practicum (non-credit) SPC 321 Business and Professional Speaking or THR 350 Voice for Speech, Stage, and Screen or THR 360 Interpretive Reading SPC 351 Argumentation SPC 352 Persuasion SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SPC 355 Small Group Communication One of the following: ENG 223, 225, 226,227 12 courses overall-seven required core courses and five courses within one of seven emphases. For transfer students, at least six of these 12 courses must be upper division courses offered at Augsburg. Communication Major BACHELOR OF ARTS Five electives from: BUS 242, 340, 440; INS 325; MIS 175,379; PSY 373; SOC 349; SPC 329,345,399,410 Supervisory Management Emphasis Five electives from: INS 325; PSY 373,485; SOC 231,265,349,375; SPC 329,345, 399,410,480 Human Relations Emphasis Five electives from: BUS 252, 352, 355, 357,450; SPC 329,399,410,480; POL 342 Marketing Communications Emphasis Five electives from: ART 132, 224, 225; BUS 242,252,355; MIS 379; PSY 373; SOC 349; SPC 345,399,410,480; POL 342 Students interested in this emphasis are strongly urged to take ENG 227 Journahsm as part of the major. Public Relations and Advertising Emphasis Mass Communication and journalism Emphasis Five electives from the following: SPC 343, 347,348,399,495,499; ART 132,225, 330; ENG 226,227,241,327,347; POL 342,375; THR 232,325,350,360; SPClTHR 333 Five additional electives from the following: SPC 329,345,399,410,480,495, 499; ART 132,225,330; SPC 345; BUS 340,355 or 450; CSC 160; INS 325; PSY 325,371,373; SOC 265,349,375 Organizational Communication Emphasis The honors major is designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student. Honors majors must maintain a 3.5 GPA in the major and a 3.0 GPA overall, and, as part of their major program, complete a substantial independent project of honors quality (SPC 499 registration). Honors candidates should meet with their departmental adviser prior to their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project. Departmental Honors Students may petition the department to include as part of their major concentration other Augsburg courses not listed above. Such requests must be submitted in writing to the departmental adviser for prior approval. Also, students may petition to include up to three courses from other ACTC schools as electives, with prior approval of the adviser or depament chair. All day majors should plan to include at least one internship (SPC 399) as one of their electives. We encourage all majors to participate in Augsburg's interscholastic forensics program. Day students are required to attend at least two interscholastic speech tournaments. Registering for and completing SPC 188 (Forensics Practicum) is required to document participation. Students should be aware that the tournament season is essentially from October through midMarch, and should plan schedules accordingly For All Seven Emphases Option #2: A 20 page research paper with complete documentation (using M U Handbook as a style sheet) Option #1: A 30-40 page research paper with complete documentation (using M U Handbook as a style sheet) The project must result in one of the following options: Criteria for project: the graduation with distinction project must: be centered on a topic in the SCT majors be original and distinguished "by depth of insight, by thoroughness of research, by creativity;" build on previous coursework in the major as well as demonstrate proficiency in General Education graduation skills of writing, critical thinking, and speaking; have an outcome made public through public forum, symposium or performance; result in the product or copy of the product retained by the college and archived in the library Eligibility: Students graduating with distinction in SCT must: be a senior maintain a 3.5 GPA in the major; maintain a 3.5 GPA overall; complete an individual project that is departmentally approved according to departmental criteria for graduation with distinction; have appropriate coursework for this project; register for 499 either in the fall or spring of their senior year. Please consult with your department adviser regarding guidelines and procedures. Graduation with Distinction Six courses including: SPC 111 Public Speaking or SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking POL 342 Mass Communication in Society or SPC 343 Broadcast Production I SPC 351 Argumentation or SPC 352 Persuasion SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SPC 345 Organizational Communication or SPC 355 Small Group Communication ENG 223,225,226 or 227 Communication Minor Note: The department will make attempts to provide some budget and resources (equipment, space) for graduation with distinction candidates on a firstcome, first-serve basis. However such arrangements must be made early and are purely up to discretion of the department, depending on resources available at the time. Availability of equipment, supplies, budget and other resources cannot be guaranteed. AND: the carrying out of a substantial directing project with a director's notebook, or the execution of a substantial stage or lighting design project including design renderings and models, or the execution of a substantial acting recital including role analyses; notebook, or the execution of a substantial video or film project including video scripts, story boards of video/film project Contest Public Speaking Theory and practice of speaking in formal contest situations. Students must attend three interscholastic speech tournaments in at least two of the following: informative speaking, persuasive speaking, Lincoln-Douglas debate, speaking to entertain, andlor communication analysis. (Note: Students may take either SPC 111 or 112 for credit, but not both.) Forensics Practicum SPC 112 SPC 188 SPC/THR 216 Introduction to 16 mm Film This course demonstrates the basics of 16 mm. filmmaking. The student will make short films that demonstrate the art and process of shooting in B/W. A non-credit experience in forensics. Students must attend two interscholastic forensics tournaments between October and March. (Fall, spring) Public Speaking The course focuses on speech preparation, organization, audience analysis, style, listening, and overcoming speech fright. (Note: Students may take either SPC 111and 112 for credit, but not both. Fall, spring) This major, which includes secondary education coursework and student teaching requirements in the education department, offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of communication arts and literature in public schools and allows them to become licensed to teach at the middle school through the secondary level. Recommendation for teacher licensure is granted only to students who complete the requirements for this program with a minimum grade of 2.0 in major courses and with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 in the major. All requirements in the major must be completed prior to student teaching. The course requirements for this program are listed in the Department of English section of the catalog. Communication Arts/Literature Teacher Licensure Major SPC 111 Note: For transfer students, at least three of these six courses must be upper division courses offered at Augsburg. Prospective minors must obtain prior approval from a communication faculty adviser. Plus one of the following: SPCJTHR 295 Topics: Screenwriting THRIENG 325 Playwriting THR 328 Stage Design SPC 347 Documentary Video SPC 348 Broadcast Production I1 THR 366 Stage Direction Six courses including: ENG 241 Introduction to Cinema Art SPCJTHR 216 Introduction to 16mm Film SPCJTHR 333 Acting for Camera SPC 343 Broadcast Production I SPCJTHR 420 Issues in Contemporary Cinema Film minor Business and Professional Speaking This course explores cultural differences and their implications for communication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction, and code systems. (Fall: alternate years) Intercultural Communication This course explores advanced issues in public address including delivery and performance, vocal control, persuasion, audience adaptation, argument construction, and speaker credibility The class uses a series of speeches, ranging from impromptu speaking and persuasion to job interviewing and sales presentations, in order to hone students' speaking skills. (Prereq.: SPC 111 or 112) SPC 352 SPC 351 SPC 348 SPC 347 SPC 345 SPC 343 Examination of the process of influence in a variety of social contexts, paying special attention to the psychological aspects of persuasion. (Prereq.: SPC 111 or consent of instructor. Spring) Persuasion Develops critical thinking skills by study of the theory and practice of argument, evidence, fallacies, and refutation. Includes how to build and analyze public arguments that confront students in their everyday lives. (Prereq.: SPC 111 or consent of instructor. Fall) Argumentation This course combines studio and field production with special emphasis on post-production editing. Students work in production teams to create and produce a one-hour magazine format news program and music video. (Prereq.: SPC 343 or 347) Broadcast Production II A video production course that integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects. Documentary Video An examination of communication in organizational settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships, management styles, motivation of employees, organizational culture, effective use of meetings, and sources of communication problems. (Fall alternate years) Organizational Communication Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept development, script-writing, directing, and producing for video. Should be taken concurrently with THR 333. (Fall) Broadcast Production I An exploration of acting principles and techniques as it enhances and applies to on-camera effectiveness. This co-taught studio course also includes technology elements which support acting on camera. Students are strongly encouraged to take SPC 343 concurrently or prior to taking this course. Alternate years. Prereq: THR 232 SPCITHR 333 Acting for Camera SPC 329 SPC 321 Interpersonal Communication The Self and the Organization Understanding through dialogue of the functions of communication in organizational settings with particular emphasis on the self-defining aspects of the social contract between the individual and the organization in a changing world. Collateral readings, open dialogue, and individual projects. (WEC only) ,A leadership styles and conflict management. (Spring) A study of g o u p dynamics and leadership with emphasis on decision making, Small Croup Communication messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. (Spring) A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal Communication Topics Selected topics in communication with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. SPC 495 lnternship See description on page 91. Directed Study See description on page 92. lnternship See description on page 91. Independent Study/Research See description on page 92. SPC 199 SPC 299 SPC 399 SPC 499 Internships and Independent Study Courses. Public Relations/PromotionaI Communication Public relations in the modem world of communication, marketing, and business. An overview of public relations as a career and a survey of basic promotional communication in profit and nonprofit organizations. (WEC only) SPC 480 SPC/THR 420 Issues in Contemporary Cinema This course will examine cultural, artistic, commercial, and theoretical concerns that occur in world cinema today Our purpose is to help students both contextualize the cinema they see in appropriate and insightful ways; and to provide a sophisticated critical apparatus to help them read film as texts and to interpret the cinema's larger societal value and impact. (Prereq: ENG 241 and JR/SR standing) SPC 410 SPC 355 SPC 354 See department listings for the following approved electives: ART 132 ART 224 ART 225 ART 330 BUS 242 BUS 252 BUS 340 BUS 352 BUS 355 BUS 440 BUS 450 CSC 160 ENC 226 ENC 241 ENC 347 INS 325 MIS 379 PHI 120 POL 342 POL 375 PSY 325 PSY 371 PSY 373 PSY 485 SOC 231 SOC 265 SOC 349 SOC 362 SOC 375 THR 232 THR 325 THR 350 THR 360 T In addition to learning skills specific to theatre, students in theatre arts learn valuable skills applicable to other professions: collaboration, verbal and non-verbal communication, organization, critical thinking, leadership, creativity, and self-expression. Involvement in theatre arts can help prepare students for such careers as law, education, business, communication, and jour- Augsburg's location in the heart of a major theatre center makes it an ideal place to study theatre. At Augsburg we seek to create every opportunity for students to grow both as theatre artists and scholars, by encouraging connections between our campus and the greater arts community while also exploring connections between theory and application. Student opportunity to make these connections includes course study, theatrical production work, participation in the Artist Series (an annual series of events featuring visiting theatre professionals from the Twin Cities community who work closely with students,) and attendance at numerous professional productions in the Twin Cities. Augsburg theatre productions are treated as unique learning laboratories where students can enter into creative collaboration with faculty and professional artists-in-residence. he study of theatre is firmly grounded . in the liberal arts, integrating knowledege and principles from many academic and artistic disciplines, including speecWcommunication, art, music, history, English, literature, business, philosophy, and religion. Both the curriculum and dramatic productions by the Theatre Arts Program offer valuable cross-disciplinary connections for the campus while also providing a solid base in classical, modern, contemporary, and multicultural theatre. Ten theatre practicum units distributed as follows: 1-5 Practicum Units in the performance area from THP 111 or THP118; 4-8 Practicum Units in the production area from THP 112, THP 113, THP 114, THP 115 or THP 116; 1-2 Practicum Units in the artistic area from THP 117, THP 119 or THP 120. Two electives from: THR 116 Creative Drama THR 350 Voice for Speech, Stage, and Screen THR 360 Interpretive Reading THR 365 Advanced Acting Eight core courses: THR 222 Introduction to Theatre THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft THR 232 Acting THR 245 Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre THR 328 Theahical Design THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism I1 THR 366 Stage Direction I Ten THR courses-eight required core courses and two courses chosen from THR electives, plus 10 theatre practicum units taken as THP courses. Theatre Arts Major BACHELOR OF ARTS nalism, as well as prepare theatre students for careers in professional or academic theatre, television, and film. In order to prepare the student for graduate school or the workplace, the department strongly encourages a second major or minor in such fields as speecWcommunication, art, English, education, music, or religion. Designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student. Honors majors must maintain a 3.5 GPAin the major and a 3.0 GPA overall and, as part of their major, complete a substantial independent project of honors quality (THR 499). Honors candi- Departmental Honors Majors must participate in two out of three dramatic productions every year. Students must maintain an overall 2.0 GPA to have major participation in productions. Note: Some courses are offered alternate years only. Freshmen planning to major in theatre arts should begin with courses THR 116, 222, 232; sophomores: THR 228, 245, 361, 362; juniors: THR 325,328,350,360,361, 365; seniors THR 365,366. Unless you are a transfer student, all eight core courses must be taken at Augsburg; therefore, careful, early planning is required. Students may take a maximum of 13 credits in the major. The following cross listed and capstone courses are encouraged, but not required: THRIMUS 235 Skills of Music Theatre THRENG 325 Playwriting THRISPC 333 Acting for the Camera THR 399 Internship THR 499 Independent Study THR 002 or 005 is recommended to fulfill one of the lifetime sports requirements. Please note that all Theatre Practicum courses count as one theatre practicum unit except for THP 116, Stage Management (3 practicum units) and THP 115 Assistant Stage Managements (2 practicum units), because of the exceptional time requirement of these two practicum areas. Theatre Arts Plus one of the following: SPCITHR Topics 295: Screenwriting THRENG 325 Playwriting THR 328 Stage Design SPC 347 Documentary Video SPC 348 Broadcast Production I1 THR 366 Stage Direction Six courses including: ENG 241 Introduction to Cinema Art SPCrrHR 216 Introduction to 16mm Film SPC 343 Broadcast Production I THRISPC 333 Acting for Camera SPCrrHR 420 Issues in Contemporary Cinema Film Minor Five theatre practicum units including THP 111plus 4 theatre practicum units from THP 112, 113, 114, 115, or 116. See note above about THP 1151116. Five courses including: THR 222 Introduction to Theatre THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft or THR 328 Theatrical Design THR 232 Acting THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I or THR 362 Theatre History Criticism I1 THR 366 Stage Direction I Theatre Arts Minor Transfers: Transfer students are required to take a minimum of three Augsburg upper division theatre arts courses. Please refer to departmental guidelines and procedures under Speech/Communication. Graduation with Distinction dates should meet with their departmental adviser prior to their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project. 11 required theatre (THR) courses (nonpracticum) : THR 116 Creative Drama THR 222' Introduction to Theatre THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft This major, combined with secondary education coursework and student teaching requirements in the education department, offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of theatre and dance in public schools and allows them to become certified to teach at the elementary through the secondary level. The major is limited to licensure for teachers of dance and theatre arts with a theatre specialization and does not include licensure with dance specialization. All theatre courses are taught in Day School only. Recommendation for teacher licensure is granted only to students who complete the requirements for this major with a minimum grade of 2.0 in major and practicum courses, and with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 in the major. All theatre requirements must be completed prior to student teaching. For additional education requirements, see the secondary education section of this catalog and consult with the education department. Dance and Theatre Teacher Licensure Major Five courses: THR 222 Introduction to Theatre THR 325 Playwriting THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I THR 362 Theatre History Criticism I1 A directed studies course in dramaturgy or theatre criticism or theatre history Theatre History and Criticism Dramaturgy Minor One recommended, but not required, theatre course: THR'h4US 235 Skills of Music Theatre 'THR 222 is linked to an AUG SEM course, but may be taken separately 'THR 295 has the following two prerequisites: THR/HPE, 002, Introduction to Dance and THR/HPE 005, Modem Dance and Improvisation (non-credit Lifetime Sports classes) or an approved ACTC dance course or consent of instructor. For secondary education licensure coursework, see the secondary education section of thls catalog and consult with the education department. Also required: ESE 320 Special Methods in Teaching Theatre and Dance Five total practicum units: THP 111, 112, 113, 114 (light board operator); and one of the following: THP 115, 116, 117 (Assistant Director, Choreographer or Assistant Choreographer), or 120. THR232 Acting THR 245 Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre THR 2952 Topics: Modem Dance, Improvisation and Choreography THR/ENG 325 Playwriting THR 328 Theatre Design THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism I1 THR 366 Stage Direction Theatre Arts 26 Creative Drama A study of theatrical movement, voice, mime, mask, acting with an emphasis on active participation and reflective writing. Teaching and instructional methods of creative drama are included in course content. lntroduction to Theatre An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental and emotional preparation, and exploration of the creative approach to scene and character study in American drama. Students attend and review live productions. (Spring) Acting Introduction to the backstage world of the theatre; its organization, crafts, magic, and art. Technical production experience, practical projects and theatre tours. Open to all students. Lab required. (Fall) lntroduction to Stagecraft An introduction to dramatic art including major historical periods, plays, artists; dramatic structure; basic concepts and techniques of the play production process. Students attend and review stage productions. (Fall) An interdisciplinary approach to the topic using music and theatre techniques to develop the student's basic skills of Music-Theatre. Concepts of diverse music-theatre forms are introduced. Course includes reading, writing, research, class discussion, exercises, small and large group participation, memorization and public performance. Students will attend and review live productions. THRIMUS 235 Skills of Music Theatre THR 232 THR 222 This course demonstrates the basics of 16 rnm. filmmaking. The student will make short films that demonstrate the art and process of shooting in B/W. THRISPC 216 lntroduction to 16 mm Film THR 116 Dance and Improvisation Students will learn various phrases of movement incorporating floor exercises and will learn to travel through space using level, volume, and floor pattern. Improvisational techniques will be introduced and students will create short improvisational pieces. (Prereq.: THR/HPE 002, 003, or instructor's permission. NOTE: Students are allowed to use only one of THR/HPE 002,003, 004, or 005 to fulfill the lifetime sports requirement.) THRIHPE 005 Lifetime Sports-Modern (.O course) to Dance (.O course) This course offers an overview of various exercises and gives an introduction to a variety of movement styles, cultures of dance, and stretches. Each class includes a rigorous, physical warm-up, mixing yoga, pilates, and modem dance. THRIHPE 002 Lifetime Sports-Introduction !70 Theatre Arts Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre A survey of the theatrical performance styles, aesthetic theories, and plays of traditional Asia and Asian American cultures. The course includes lectures, films, videos, and demonstrations by visiting performers. (Fall: alternate years) Introduction to scenery and lighting design for the stage. Each student will execute two design projects dealing with stage design process. Class will take theatre tours, have visiting designers, and practical involvement with the Augsburg spring production. (Lab required, materials needed. (Prereq.: THR 228 or permission of instructor. Spring) Theatrical Design Voice for Speech, Stage, and Screen Theatre History and Criticism II THR 362 An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the Elizabethan through the contemporary theatres. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken sequentially with THR 361. (Spring: alternate years) Theatre History and Criticism I An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the classical Greek through the Medieval period. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken sequentially with THR 362. (Prereq.: ENG 111. Fall: alternate years) Basic principles of oral interpretation of prose, poetry, and drama. Study written analysis, discussion, practice, and performance of readings before small and large groups. (Prereq.: ENG 111. Spring) Interpretive Reading A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, placement, relaxation, resonating, articulating, listening, introduction to phonetics, and the vocal mechanism. Theory and practice are combined in oral projects, reports and papers, voice tapes, and individual coaching. (Alternate years) THR 361 THR 360 THR 350 An exploration of acting principles and techniques as it enhances and applies to on-camera effectiveness. This co-taught studio course also includes technology elements which support acting on camera. Students are strongly encouraged to take SPC 343 concurrently or prior to taking this course. Alternate years. Prereq: THR 232 THRISPC 333 Acting for Camera THR 328 An introductory course in writing for theatre. Students will learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script analysis and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to finished product. (Prereq.: ENG 111 and one literature course. ENG 226 also recommended. Alternate years) THRIENC 325 Playwriting THR 245 Theatre Arts 27 Stage Direction Basic directorial techniques: play analysis, production organization, technical collaboration, casting, rehearsals, blocking, and characterization. Direction of two pieces required, the latter for public recital. Permission from instructor required. (Prereq.: THR 361, or 362, or 328, or consent of instructor. Spring, alternate years) THR 366 Theatre Topics Selected topics in theatre. Directed Study See description on page 92. lnternship See description on page 91. THR 299 THR 399 THP courses involve practicum teaching and learning in the 'Ontext of play Productions and are required for the Theatre Arts Majorminor and the Dance-Theatre Licensure Major. All THP Theatre Practicum Courses are taken for non-credit with Pass/No Pass grading. Evaluation by the faculty mentor will be based on: 1. successful and timely completion of practicum area for which student is registered, 2. pos- THP courses require: ' Supervision by theatre faculty ' C ~ n ~ eof n tinstructor itive and professional attitude and work ethic demonstrated by the student and 3. demonstrated competency in practicum area. The positive evaluation of each of the areas must be sufficient enough to lead to a minimum grade of 2.0 in order to receive a P grade. Independent StudyIResearch See description on page 92. lnternship See description on page 91. THR 199 Internships and Independent Study Courses: THR 495 THRISPC 420 Issues in Contemporary Cinema This course will examine cultural, artistic, commercial, and theoretical concerns that occur in world cinema today. Our purpose is to help students both contextualize the cinema they see in appropriate and insightful ways, and to provide a sophisticated critical apparatus to help them read films as texts and to interpret the cinema's larger societal value and impact. Prereq: ENG 241 and JWSR standing Advanced Acting This course explores the elements of characterization through character analysis and extensive scene, monologue study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from the classics (Shakespeare, French neocl&sicism,~estorationcomedy, realism, and non-realism), culminating in public recital. (Prereq.: THR 222 and THR 232. Fall or spring) THR 365 !72 Theatre Arts Theatre Practicum: Acting/Performance 1 Practicum unit (.O course) Participation as performer (or as orchestra member) in a main stage theatrical production; in a main stage dance performance or recital (for DancdLicensure majors only); or substantial participation as an actor in a Senior Directing Project, in final scenes for Stage Direction (THR 366), or in interpretive presentations at 2 Forensics tournaments (at least 20 hours coaching and competition). Theatre Practicum: House Management 1 Practicum unit (.O course) Substantial participation (20 hour minimum) in house management, ushering, or box office. Theatre Practicum: Set, Lights, Costumes 1 Practicum unit (.O course) Set or costume building, light hanging, for main stage production. Theatre Practicum: Running Crew 1 Practicum unit (.O course) Work on running crew for main stage production: light or sound board operation, dresser/costume crew; stage and production manager for final scenes from Stage Direction class. Theatre Practicum: Assistant Stage Management 2 Practicum units (.O course) Assistant stage management for main stage production. Theatre Practicum: Stage Management 3 Practicum units (.O course) Stage management for main stage production. THP 112 THP 113 THP 114 THP 115 THP 116 tively because of the extraordinary amount of time required of the student. All other THP courses count as one practicum unit each. Transfer students are still responsible for the full unit requirements (10 major/5 minor.) Six practicum units (major) or three units (minor) must be completed while at Augsburg, and units to be credited from previous schools should have program verification or a letter from a previous theatre adviser. THP 111 Please note: THP courses may be repeated. Crew work required for classes/coursework does not count towards Practicum. Work-study hours do not count towards Practicum. Completion of THP 115 and 116 count as two and three practicum units respec- A minimum of 20 hours of assessed participation by the student Registration for THP course for semester when practicum is completed Registration for practicum before deadline dates set by the registrar's office Theatre Arts 27 - Theatre Practicum: Senior Directing Project 1 Practicum unit (.O course) Must be taken with THR 499. See Metro-Urban Studies listing under Interdisciplinary Studies. URBAN STUDIES THP 120 Theatre Practicum: Senior Design Project 1 Practicum unit (.O course) Must be taken with THR 499. A senior design project may be done in the area THP 119 of scenery or lights in collaboration with another student's Senior Directing Project if the student carries the design project out as a THR 499TTHP 119 combination. Theatre Practicum: Senior Acting Recital 1 Practicum unit (.O course) Must be taken with THR 499. Assistant to the designer (scenery, lights, costumes, sound), assistant to the director (dramaturgy, choreography/assistant choreography for main stage production). Theatre Practicum: Artistic Assistance 1 Practicum unit (-0 course) THP 118 THP 117 274 Theatre Arts Cass Dalglish (Coordinator),Kristin M. Anderson, Janelle Bussert, Candyce Clayton, Jacqueline devries, Grace B. Dyrud, Darcey Engen, Doug Green, Milda Hedblom, Sophia Jacobsen, Barbara Lehrnann, Lynne Lorenzen, Anita Luttennan-Aguilar, Kathleen McBride, Norma Noonan, Michael O'Neal, Timothy Pippert, Judy Shevelev, Beverly J. Stratton, Kathryn Swanson,Joan Thompson, James Vela-McConnell Women's Studies Faculty The Women's Studies Program offers both a major and a minor, and provides students with academic preparation for careers in human services, education, and social work as well as graduate study. he Women's Studies Program provides students with the oppo&nityto examine critically women's contributions and experiences in various historical and cultural contexts. his is an inter-college program with course offerings at Augsburg College, Hamline University, the College of St. Catherine, and the University of St. Thomas. Courses are drawn from many disciplines and combine theoretical, practical, and research components that focus not only on gender, but also acknowledge that race, class, and sexual identity are crucial aspects of women's experiences. T Five courses that must include WST 201; three electives, one of which must be upper division; and WST 495 or 499. Courses may be taken from the other ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. Each student's program must have the written approval of the women's studies program coordnator. Minor Both majors and minors are encouraged to participate in one of the gender-focused semester study abroad programs offered through Augsburg's Center for Global Education. Two programs have been preapproved for women's study credit: Crossing Borders: Gender and Social Change in Mesoamerica (offered fall semester) and Gender and the Environment: Latin American Perspectives (offered spring semester). Ten courses that must include WST 201 Foundations in Women's Studies, WST 495 (Seminar), and WST 199 or WST 399 (internships). The remaining seven electives are to be selected from approved women's studies courses, and should include at least two courses in the social sciences, two in the humanities, and one in cross-cultural studies. At least three courses must be upper division courses. Students may take courses at any of the colleges participating in the Women's Studies Program. However, at least three courses must be completed at Augsburg. The writing component of the graduation skills requirements for the women's studies major must also be completed at Augsburg. Each student's program must have the written approval of the women's studies program coordinator. Major Foundations in Women's Studies WST 481 WST 366 WST 359 WST 341 INS 320 WST 313 Gender, Health, and Development WST 311 in Latin America Topics in Women's Studies (CGE Course. See International Studies, Crossing Borders: Gender and Social Change in Mesoamerica.) The Church and Social Change in Latin America (CGE Course. See International Studies, Crossing Borders: Gender and Social Change in Mesoamerica.) Women in Comparative Politics-Women (CGE Course. See International Studies, Social and Environmental Justice in Latin America.) Environmental Issues in Latin America: Environmental Politics (See American Indian Studies for course description.) American Indian Women (CGE Course. See International Studies, Social and Environmental Justice in Latin America.) Environmental Issues in Latin America: Environmental Theology and Ethics (CGE Course. See International Studies, Crossing Borders: Gender and Social Change in Mesoamerica.) Topics in Women's Studies U.S. culture including various disciplinary perspectives and theory. The course includes guest speakers, a service-learning component at local glbtlsupporting agencies, and some travel and experiences in the T e n Cities, including an immersion experience outside of class time. Required experiential education fee. Prerequisites: WST 201 or prior coursework in related fields (history, sociology, psychology) or consent of the instructor(s). A study of basic issues surrounding sexual orientation in the contemporary lssues in Cay and Lesbian Studies This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the lives of women in non-Western societies, including their economic, political and social contributions, familial roles, and status in society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures. Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective This multidisciplinary course introduces students to the contributions of women in history, religion, literature, philosophy, sciences, and the arts, and how the questions and methodologies of these disciplines differ when seen from women's perspectives. Students will also study the diversity of women's experiences in terms of race, sexual orientation, and class. WST 281 WST 305 INS 233 WST 201 276 Women's Studies Women's Studies Seminar This advanced course will include student research and presentations that incorporate feminist theory. The seminar is required of all majors and minors who do not elect to do an independent study (499). It is offered at a different college each year. lnternship See description on page 91. Independent Study/Research See description on page 92. WST 399 WST 499 Women and Art Women and Fiction Criticism Topics in Women's History History of Women t o 1870 History of Women Since 1870 Human Sexuality American Women and Politics Topics in American Politics Topics in Comparative Politics Psychology of Gender Family Systems Gender, Race, and Ethnicity Feminism and Christianity ART 352 ENC 236 or 436 ENC 480 HIS 311 HIS 380 HIS 381 HPE 316 POL 124 POL 421 POL 459 PSY 371 SOC 231 SOC 265 REL 441 See department listingsfor descriptions of thefollowing approved electives: Any must be approved in writing by the women's studies coordinator Directed Study See description on page 92. WST 299 Internships and Independent Study Courses: WST 199 lnternship See description on page 91. WST 495 women's Studies 277 1 Campus Maps - 301,302 Faculty Emeriti - 298 Faculty and Administration - 282 Officers - 282 Administration - 282 Faculty - 284 ELCA, Division for Education - 281 Board of Regents - 280 Treasurer Ron Nelson '68 Vice Chair James E. Haglund "Philip Sty'lmd '79 (2006) MVP-Channels, ADC Telecommunications, Minneapolis, MN Dean C. Kopperud (2004) Senior Vice President, National Sales: Director for Oppenheimer Funds, New York, NY "Jean M. Taylor '85 (2006) President, ~ a ~ l Corporation, or Eagan, MN Glen J. Skovholt (2006) President, Government and Community Strategies, St. Paul, MN *Dr. Ruth Johnson '74 (2006) Assistant Professor of Medicine, Mayo Clinic; Mayo Breast Clinic, Rochester, MN David J. Larson (2002) Retired Businessman, Golden Valley, MN *Glen E. Person '47 (2005) Retired Businessman, Eden Prairie, MN Ronald J. Peltier (2004) President and CEO, Edina Realty Home Services, Edina, MN *Ronald G. Nelson '68 (2002) Vice President and Controller, 3M Company, Minneapolis, MN *Julie R. Nelson '83 (2002) Executive Director, The Dwight D. Opperman Foundation, Minneapolis, MN Jennifer Martin (2007) Senior Vice President Corporate and Human Resources, Lutheran Brotherhood, Minneapolis, MN Rev. Jose Antonio Machado (2004) Pastor, El Milagro, Minneapolis, MN Gloria C. Lewis (2005) Director, Office of Minority and Multicultural Health, Minnesota Department of Health, St. Paul, MN Beverly Thompson Hatlen (2005) Founder and Board Chair, Minnesota Life College, Richfield, MN James E. Haglund PresidentIOwner, Central Container Corporation, Minneapolis, MN "Michael R. Good '71 (2007) Executive Vice President, NRT, Parsipanny, NJ , *H. Theodore Grindal'76 (2002) AttorneyFartner, Lockridge Grindal Nauen EL.L.P, Minneapolis, MN Michael 0.Freeman (2006) Attorney, Lindquist & Vennum, Minneapolis, MN *Tracy Lynn Elftmann '81 (2002) President, Customized Employer Solutions, LCC, Edina, MN *Rev. Gary E. Benson '70 (2002) Directing Pastor, Zumbro Lutheran Church, Rochester, MN The year in parentheses after each name is the expiration date of current term. An asterisk before a name indicates the person is an Augsburg graduate. Secretary Joan Volz '68 Chair Kathryn H. Tunheim *Joan L. Volz '68 (2006) Welch, MN Rev. Harold Usgaard ex oficio (2002) Bishop, Southeastern Minnesota Synod ELCA, Rochester, MN Executive Director Leonard G . Schulze Secretary, Board of Directors Dr. Dean Baldwin Chair, Board of Directors Raymond E. Bailey Asst. Director for Colleges and Universities Sue Edison-Swift Director for Colleges and Universities Dr. Arne Selbyg Director for Administration and Planning Vacant DIVISION FOR HIGHER EDUCATIONAND SCHOOLS THEEVANGELICALLUTHERAN CHURCH IN AMERICA (ELCA) Kathryn H. Tunheim (2004) President and General Manager, GCI Tunheim, Minneapolis, MN "Dr. P. Dawn Taylor '78 (2002) Des Moines, IA Board of Regents 28 Came Carroll (1997). Co-director, Weekend College Admissions. B.A., Hamline University. Peggy Cemto (1991). Director of Academic Enrichment. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Hamline University. Emiliano C h a d (2000). Director, HispanicLatino Student Services. M.A., St. Paul Seminary School of Divinity-University of St. Thomas. Nadia M. Christensen (1991). Director, International Partners. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A. University of Minnesota; Ph.D.; University of Washington. Sally Daniels (1979). Director, Undergraduate Admissions. B.A., Augsburg College. Robert Doljanac (1999). Director, Center for Learning and Adaptive Services. B.A., Indiana University; M.A., Western Michigan University; Ph.D., University of Michigan. Barbara A. Edwards (2000). Associate Dean for Faculty Affairs. Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., College of Saint Benedict, M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Women's Athletic Director. Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., St. Cloud State University. Ann L. Garvey (1998). Associate Dean for Student Affairs. B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.A., Loyola University;J.D., University of Minnesota. Orval J. Gingerich (2001). Associate Dean for International Programs. B.A., University of Iowa; M.Ed., University of Colorado; Ed.D., University of Virginia. Paul H. Grauer (1979). Men's Athletic Director. Instructor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia College-Seward, Neb.; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Administration William V. Frame (1997). President. B.A., M.A., University of Hawaii; Ph.D., University of Washington. Richard S. Adamson (1989). Vice President for Finance and Administration. B.A., University of St. Thomas; Certdied Public Accountant. Christopher W. Kirnball (1991). Vice President for Academic and Learning Services and Dean of the College. Associate Professor of History. B.A., McGill University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Susan J. Klaseus (2001). Vice President for Institutional Advancement and Community Relations. B.A., Metropolitan State University; M.P.A., John F: Kennedy School of Government, Haward University; M.A., Hamline University. Thomas E Morgan (1983). Vice President for Enrollment and Market Development. Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Betty A.Wade (2000). Chief Operating Officer. Director of Human Resources. B.A., M.P.A., Hamline University. Officers of the College Beginning year of service of faculty is indicated with parenthesis. AND Nancy Guilbeault (1980). Director, Counseling and Health Promotion. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., L.P., University of Minnesota. Herald A. Johnson (1968). Director, Financial Aid. B.A., Augsburg College. Daniel E Jorgensen (2000). B.A., M.S., South Dakota State University. Wayne Kallestad (2000). Registrar. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.S., University of Southern California. Adrienne Kaufmann (2000). Program Director, Academic Program Development, Center for Global Education. B.S., Mundelein College; M.A., Antioch University; Ph.D., George Mason University. Benjamin G. Kent (1996). Director, Academic Advising. B.A., University of WisconsinMadison; M.S., University of Oregon. Ann M. Klamer (1993). Director, Residence Life. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Stevens Point; M.S., Ohio University Liz Knight (1994). Co-director, Weekend College Admissions. B.A., Augsburg College. Mark Lester (1987). Co-site director, Central America, Center for Global Education. B.A., St. Pius X Seminary; M.A., Mt. St. Mary Seminary. Ann Lutterman-Aguilar (1993). Co-site director, Mexico, Center for Global Education. B.A., Earlham College; M.Div., Yale University. Janeen McAllister (2001). Program Director, International Travel Seminars, Center for Global Education. B.A., Macalester College, M.A., University of Minnesota. Kathleen McBride (1988). Co-site director, Central America, Center for Global Education. B.A., George Mason University; Ed.M., Harvard University. Regina McGoff (1992). Director of Marketing and Administration, Center for Global Education. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas. Phoebe Milliken (2001). Acting site director, Namibia, Center for Global Education. B.A., Bates College; M.A., George Washington University. Barbara E Nagle (1998). Director, Marketing. B.S., Ohio University. Jane Ann Nelson (1999). Director of Library Services. B.A., University of Sioux Falls; M.A., University of Minnesota. Julie A. Olson (1991). Director, Enrollment Center. B.A., Augsburg College. Lois A. Olson (1985). Director, Center for Service, Work, and Learning. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.S., Mankato State University. Cindy G. Peterson (1981). Director, American Indian Student Services. B.A., University of Minnesota. John S. Schmit (1990). Associate Dean for Adult Programs. Associate Professor of English. B.S., St. John's University; M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., University of Texas. Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Associate Dean for Professional Development. Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., Texas Christian University; Ph.D., University of Texas. Judith Shevelev (1991). Co-site director, Mexico, Center for Global Education. B.A., University of California at Davis; M.A., Columbia University. Bao L. Thao (1998). Director, Pan-Asian Student Services. B.A., Colgate University. Richard J. Thoni (1972). Assistant to the President. Director, Rochester Program. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Augsburg College Administration 28 - Nancy J. Baker (2000). Consulting Medical Director, Assistant Professor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.D., University of MissouriColumbia. Karen G. Ballen (1998). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., Kalamazoo College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Matthew C. Barber (1992). Studio ArtistRercussion, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Michigan. Carol E. Barnett (2000). Studio Artist/Composition, part-time, Music. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Joy E. Bartlett (2000). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., West Virginia State College; M.A., University of Minnesota. B Phillip C. Adamo (2001). Assistant Professor of History. B.A., SUNY-Albany; M.A. and Ph.D., Ohio State University. Duane L. Addison (1994). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Yale University. Sandra J. Agustin (1997). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Beth J. Alexander (2000). Assistant Professor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.S. and D.Pharm., University of Minnesota. Thomas M. Allen (2001). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.EA., Wayne State University; M.EA., University of Minnesota. Brian R. Ammann (1988). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. Men's Basketball Coach. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., North Dakota State University. Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Associate Professor of Art. A.B., Oberlin College; M.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestem Seminary. Sheldon M. Anderson (1988). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., College of St. Thomas; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Trudi J. Anderson (1990). Studio ArtistFlute, part-time, Music. B.M., Augsburg College; M.M., Northwestern University. Andrew L. Aoki (1988). Associate Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Oregon; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. David B. Apolloni (1989). Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.Div., Luther-Northwestem Seminar; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. A Faculty Jim Trelstad-Porter (1990). Director of International Student Advising. M.A., The American University. Donald M. Warren (1978). Director, StepUP Program. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. David T. Wold (1983). Director, Campus Ministries. College Pastor. B.S., St. Olaf College; M.Div., Luther Seminary. Joe Young (1998). Director, Pan-African Center. B.A., University of Minnesota. 284 Augsburg College Faculty William C. Capman (1994). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., University of IllinoisChicago; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. Tami M. Carpenter (2001). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. Two B.S. degrees, University of Minnesota. C Aroti G . Bayman (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., University of Edinburgh. Anthony A. Bibus, 111 (1992). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. William I! Bierden (1997). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato State University. Vern M. Bloom (1965). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W, University of Minnesota. Jeanne M. Boeh (1990). Associate Professor of Economics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois. Laura S. Boisen (1996). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison; M.P.A., Iowa State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lynn Allen Bollman (1991). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Northern Colorado; MIA., University of Minnesota. Julie H. Bolton (1975). Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.S., M.EA., University of Minnesota. Lois A. Bosch (1997). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Northwestern College; M.S.W., University of Iowa; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. Christine A. Bosquez-Heman (1999). Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. A.N., College of St. Catherine; B.H.S., Wichita State University; M.P.A.S., University of Nebraska. Nora M. Braun (1997). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.S.B.A., University of Missouri-Columbia; M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Stanley H. Brown (1997). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Iona College; M.Ed., Boston College. Eileen M. Bruns (2000). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.S., M.S., Florida State University. Eric L. Buffalohead (1997). Assistant Professor of Sociology, Director of American Indian Studies. B.A., M.A., A.B.D., University of Minnesota. Michael R. Burden (1990). Associate Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts (Designer and Technical Director). B.A., Augsburg College; M.EA., University of Minnesota. Janelle M. Bussert (1995). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Yale University. Ralph J. Butkowski (2001). Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.S., St. Cloud State University; M.S., PbD., University of Minnesota. Marcia M. Byrd (2000). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. A.A., Mount St. Mary's College; B.S., M.S., University of Minnesota. Augsburg College Faculty 28 - Cathleen A. Dalglish (1986). Associate Professor of English. B.A., College of St. Catherine; MIA., Vermont College; Ph.D., The Union Institute. Robert J. Danforth (2001). Instructor, part-time, Sociology, American Indian Studies. B.A., M.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Jill A. Dawe (1994). Associate Professor of Music. B.M., Memorial University of Newfoundland; M.M., D.M.A., Eastman School of Music. Donna K. DeGracia (1998). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., Ohio State University; PA., Bowman Gray School of Medicine. Jacqueline R. deVries (1994). Associate Professor of History. Director of A.C.T.C. Women's Studies. B.A., Calvin College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois-Urbana. Bridget A. Doak (1996). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Dayton; M.A., Saint Mary's University. Jay D. Dobberstein (2000). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Suzanne L. Donsky (1997). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Macalester College; M.A. coursework completed, University of Minnesota. D John C. Cemto (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout. Margaret M. Cemto (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. Director of Academic Enrichment. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Hamline University. Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Steven D. Chapman (1991). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Hamline University. Nina N. Chenault (2000). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., University of Minnesota. Lars D. Christiansen (2001). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., Clark University; M.S., Ph.D., Florida State University. Tara K. Christopherson (1992). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout; M.EA., Minneapolis College of Art and Design. C. Lee Clarke (2000). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Capital University; M.Div., Trinity Lutheran Seminary; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas. Candyce L. Clayton (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Macalester College. M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Joseph R. Clubb (1994). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., St. John's University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Nicholas A. Coult (2000). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Carleton College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Colorado. Robert J. Cowgill (1991). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lany J. Crockett (1985). Professor of Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 286 Augsburg College Faculty Suzanne I. Doree (1989). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of Delaware; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Sally Gibson Dorer (1998). Studio ArtistJCello, part-time, Music. B.M., New England Conservatory of Music. Linda A. Dorschner (2000). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S., Mankato State College; M.A., Mankato State University. Steven A. Draheim (2001). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.EA., University of Minnesota-Duluth; M.EA., University of Minnesota. Susan Sacquitne Dmck (1993). Studio Artisnoice, part-time, Music. B.A., Iowa State University; M.A., University of Iowa. Rebekah N. Dupont (1995). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.S., Ph.D., Washington State University Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Barbara A. Edwards (2000). Associate Dean for Faculty Affairs. Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., College of St. Benedict; M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Catherine A. Egenberger (2000). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.S., St. Cloud State University; M.A., University of Massachusetts-Amherst. David L. 0.Ehren (2001). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.A., Macalester College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. Ruth C. Enestvedt (1999). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Darcey Engen (1997). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A., Augsburg College; MIA., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Joseph A. Erickson (1990). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth N. Erickson (1964). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University. Lynn M. Erickson (1991). Studio Artist~Tmmpet,part-time, Music. B.A., Bethel College; M.EA., D.M.A., University of Minnesota. Marilyn L. Erickson (1999). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Concordia CollegeMoorhead; M.S., St. Cloud State University. Mindy S. Eschedor (1999). Studio ArtistlFiano, part-time, Music. B.EA., B.A., Central Michigan University; M.M., University of Minnesota. Mary L. Ewert-Knodell (1998). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A., Mankato State University. E - Augsburg College Faculty 287 - Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Meny Beth Gay (1998). Assistant Professor of Nursing. A.L.A., Bethel College; A.N., Anoka Ramsey Community College; B.S., Metropolitan State University; M.S., University of Colorado. Annette M. Gerten (1997). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.S.W., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jennifer L. Gerth (1994). Studio ArtistlClarinet, part-time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.M., Northwestern University. Sandra E Gilbert (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., St. Olaf College;J.D., William Mitchell College of Law. Keith E Gilsdorf (2001). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.S., Moorhead State University; M.A., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of NebraskaLincoln. Nancy Schmidt Going (2001). Assistant Professor.of Religion. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., Covenant Seminary. Janet L. Goldstein (1997). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Hebrew University, Jerusalem; M.S.W., Yeshiva University. C Cherie L. Farseth (2001). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., College of St. Thomas. Ronald L. Fedie (1996). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., University of St. Thomas; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Anita L. Fisher (1991). Instructor of Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., University of Montana. Phillip E Fishman (1988). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison;J.D., Washington University; M.S.W., St. Louis University. Richard M. Flint (1999). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Iowa State University. Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. Women's Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., St. Cloud State University. Bruce D. Forbes (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Morningside College; M.Th., Perkins School of Theology; Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Stacey R. Freiheit (2000). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of Central Florida; M.A., Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University. Janet Gottschall Fried (1998). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. B.M., Aquinas College. Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leola E. Dyrud Furman (2001). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Chicago; Ph.D., The Fielding Institute. 288 Augsburg College Faculty Matthew J. Haines (2001). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., St. John's University; M.S., Ph.D., Lehigh University. Lori Brandt Hale (1998). Assistant Professor of Religioin. B.A., University of Iowa; M.A., University of Chicago. Anthony R. Hansen (1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., University of MinnesotaMoms; M.S., Ph.D., Iowa State University. Daniel S. Hanson (1988). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. John A. Hanson (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., University of WisconsinEau Claire; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout; M.S.Ed., University of Wisconsin-Oshkosh; Ph.D., University of Toledo. Philip L. Harder (2000). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire. H Paul H. Grauer (1979). Men's Athletic Director, Instructor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia College-Seward, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Karen M. Graves (1991). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., St. Cloud State University; M.A., University of St. Thomas. Nansee L. Greeley (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Douglas E. Green (1988). Professor of English. B.A., Amherst University; M.A., Ph.D., Brown University. William D. Green (1991). Associate Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., J.D., University of Minnesota. Bradley L. Greenwald (1998). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. Music studies at The University of Minnesota. John C . Gregg (2001). Assistant Professor of History. B.A., Stanford University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa. Jeanine A. Gregoire (1996). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Richard A. Gresczyk, Sr. (1990). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Joan L. Griffin (1986). Professor of English. A.B., Washington University; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University. Robert C . Groven (1997). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A., Concordia College-Moorhead; M.A., J.D., University of Minnesota. Nancy J. Grundahl (1993). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., St. Olaf College; M.EA., University of Minnesota. Satya I?Gupta (1976). Professor of Economics. B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University. Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Arlin E. Gyberg (1967). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Augsburg College Faculty 289 - L John U. Harkness (2001). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Harvard University. Lee Ann Hartmann (2001). Instructor, part-time, Computer Science. B.A., Augsburg College. Kathryn M. Hathaway (1997). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., Northern Illinois University Emily L. Hause (1995). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of WisconsinMadison; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University. Robert G . Hazen (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Macalester College; B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Milda K. Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., J.D., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Peter A. Hendrickson (1993). Associate Professor of Music. Director of Choral Activities. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Macalester College; M.A., Columbia University; D.M.A., Manhattan School of Music. Robert S. Herforth (1966). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Garry W. Hesser (1977). Professor of Sociology. Director of Metro-Urban Studies. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. Angela K. Hochhalter (2001). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of Minneso ta-Winona. Stella K. Hofrenning (2000). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.S., University of Maryland; Ph.D., University of Illinois. Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College-Moorhead; M.EA., University of Iowa. David R. Holmes, 111 (2001). Instructor, part-time, Computer Science. B.A., Carleton College. Bradley P Holt (1981). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University. Linda M. Holt (2000). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., University of Minnesota; M.N., University of Washington-Seattle. James M. Honsvall (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.S., Bemidji State University; M.B.T., University of Minnesota. Marilyn B. N. Horowitz (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., M.B.E., University of Minnesota. Mary A. Budd Horozaniecki (1988). Studio ArtistNiolin and Viola, part-time, Music. B.M., Indiana University. Sumin Hsieh (1999). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.A., Tunghai University, Taiwan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lee (Charles L.) Hurnphries (2001). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.M., M.M., C.Ph., Indiana University Mary A. Hunt (2000). Studio Artistmian0 Accompaniment, part-time, Music. B.A., Fort Wright College of the Holy Names; M.M., Boston University; D.M.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison. 290 Augsburg College Faculty Amin E. Kader (1974). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.Comm., University of Cairo, Egypt; M.B.A., University of Michigan. Roberta S. Kagin (1974). Associate Professor of Music (Music Therapy). B.A., Park College; B.Music Ed., M.Music Ed., University of Kansas. Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Professor of Mathematics. A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers State University. Jane A. Kammerman (1986). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., University of California;J.D., University of Minnesota. Ned D. Kantar (1999). Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Ashok K. Kapoor (1998). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., M.A., University of Delhi; M.A., M.B.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Temple University. Robert A. Karlen (1973). Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A., University of Minnesota. W. James Kattke (1999). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Augustana College; M.B.A., University of South Dakota; M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. Deborah D. Katz (2001). Instructor, part-time, Education. A.B., Stanford University; Ed.M., Haward Graduate School of Education; Ed.D., National-Louis University K Lisa E. Jack (1994). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Occidental College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California. Mary J. Jacobson (1999). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., University of North Dakota; M.A.Ed., Hamline University. Rolf A. Jacobson (2000). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.Div., Luther Seminary; Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Sophia J. Jacobson (1999). Instructor of Sociology (American Indian Studies). B.A., Metropolitan State University; M.A., University of St. Thomas. William H. Jasperson (1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. M.B.A., University of Minnesota. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Jeffrey E. Johnson (1985). Associate Professor of Physics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kathleen A. Johnson (1999). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S.. University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.S., Mankato State University. Martha B. Johnson (1988). Associate Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Daniel E Jorgensen (2001). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.S., South Dakota State University. J Gretchen Kranz Irvine (1993). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., College of St. Teresa; M.S., University of Wisconsin-River Falls; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Mark D. Isaacson (1998). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. I - Augsburg College Faculty 291 - Stephanie L. A. Lach (2001). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. A.A., Rochester Community College; B.S., Augsburg College; M.B.A., M.S.N., University of Texas-Austin. Bonita S. LaDuca (1989). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Mercyhurst College; M.S., Ohio University. Steven J. LaFave (1991). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A. Michigan State University; M.A., University of Michigan; M.B.A., University of Minnesota. David V. Lapakko (1986). Associate Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., PbD., University of Minnesota. Velma J. Lashbrook (2000). Instructor, part-time, Master of Arts in Leadership. B.S., Iowa State University; M.S., Illinois State University; Ed.D., West Virginia University. Barbara A. Lehmann (2001). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Knox College; M.S.W., Tulane University; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University. Caroline M. Lemen (1991). Studio ArtistFrench Horn, part-time, Music. B.A., Potsdam College of Arts and Science, SUW, M.M., Northwestern University. Cheryl J. Leuning (1996). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. B.A., Augustana College; M.S., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Utah. Susan Rector Li (2001). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.S.N., Duke University; J.D., University of North Carolina. Dallas H. Liddle (1999). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Grinnell College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Lynn E. Lindow (1985). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Mankato State University; M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rosemary J. Link (1986). Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of Southampton; C.Q.S.W., London University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Roseann Lloyd (1995). Instructor, part-time, English. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Lori L. Lohman (1990). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. L Anne M. Kaufman (1987). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Hazel K. (Kathy) Kienzle (1999). Studio ArtistHarp, part-time, Music. B.M., The Juilliard School; M.M., University of Arizona. Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College. Merilee I. H e m p (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota. Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Joan C. Kunz (1987). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of Missouri-St. Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. 292 Augsburg College Faculty Sara G. MacDonald (2001). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.A., Augsburg College. Sharon B. Mahowald (2001). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., University of Wisconsin-River Falls; M.S., Emporia State University; Ph.D., Forest Institute of Professional Psychology. David C. Matz (2001). Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., Bemidji State University; M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., Texas A & M University. Paul K. McAlister (2001). Instructor, part-time, Philosophy. B.A., Minnesota Bible College; M.Div., Lincoln Christian Seminary; Ph.D., Bethel Theological Seminary. John C. McCaffrey (2000). Assistant Professor of Art. B.EA., University of WisconsinMadison; M.EA., University of Miami-Coral Gables. Esther G. McLaughlin (1989). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Ph.D., University of California-Berkeley. Mary Lee McLaughlin (1993). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.A., Western Michigan University; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan; M.A., Michigan State University. Jane C. Melton (1999). Instructor, part-time, Modern Languages. B.A., Lindenwood College; M.A., Tulane University. Laurie H. Merz (2001). Studio ArtistBassoon, part-time, Music. B.M., Eastman School of Music; M.M., University of Minnesota. Cynthia J. Meyer (1994). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Fekri Meziou (1987). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., University of Tunis; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Diane M. Mikkelson (1997). Instructor, part-time, Modern Languages. B.A., California State University; M.A., California State University-Northridge. Jeannette H. Milgrom (1992). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Christian Social Academy, Groningen, Netherlands; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Kinney G. Misterek (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.S., M.B.A., University of South Dakota; M.B.T., University of Minnesota. John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A., University of Tennessee. M J. Lynne E Lorenzen (1988). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., University of Iowa; M.Div., Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., The Claremont Graduate School. Dawn B. Ludwig (1995). Director, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., University of Colorado, Denver; M.S., PA. Certification, University of Colorado Health Science Center; Ph.D., Capella University. Steven F! Lund (1982). Studio Artisflrombone, part-time, Music. B.S., University of Minnesota. Kyle M. Lundby (2000). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., San Diego State University; Ph.D., University of Tennessee. Dee A. Lundell (2001). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Augsburg College Faculty 29 - - Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp (1986). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A M.A., Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw; Ph.D., Akademia Ekonomiczna, Krakow. Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Sharon K. Patten (1991). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Curtis Paulsen (1990). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., The Fielding Institute. Richard W. Pearl (1992). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., M.A., College of St. Thomas. Dale C. Pederson (1992). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rick A. Penning (1993). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. B.A., Luther College; M.M., University of Cincinnati. P Celeste M. O'Brien (1975). Studio Artisfliano, part-time, Music. B.A., Hamline University Susan E. O'Connor (1994). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.S., Ph.D., Syracuse University. Michael E. O'Neal (1989). Assistant Professor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., University of Missouri; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Sandra L. Olmsted (1979). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S. University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Vicki B. Olson (1987). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jack Osberg (1991). Head Football Coach. Instructor, Health and Physical Education. B.A. Augsburg College. Paul H. Ousley (1993). Orchestra Director, Instructor of Music. B.M., University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire; M.M., Eastman School of Music. 0 Susan K. Nash (1998). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.N., Ed.D., University of Minnesota. Julie D. Naylor (2001). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. Eliawira N. Ndosi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Carleton College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University. N James B. Moen (1998). Assistant Professor of Computer Science. B.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. William B. Monsma (1987). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., Calvin College; M.Div., Calvin Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado. William D. Morris (1987). Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Oakland University; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University. 294 Augsburg College Faculty - Larry C. Ragland (1985). Professor of Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin. 0.Nicholas Raths (1987). Studio ArtisdGuitar, part-time, Music. B.M., M.M., D.M.A., University of Minnesota. Deborah L. Redmond (1981). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Kathy J. Reinhardt (1997). Instructor of Modern Languages. M.A., Middlebury College. Karen Robards (2002). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Beloit College; M.S.W., Ph.D., Washington University. Mary K. Roberts (1994). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Mount Marty College; M.A., University of St. Thomas. M. Bridget Robinson-Riegler (1994). Associate Professor of Psychology B.S., Indiana University; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University. Nancy A. Rodenborg (2000). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., Indiana University; M.S.W, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University. Glenda Dewberry Rooney (1992). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.S., University of North Texas; M.S.W., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. David A. Ross (2001). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Yale University; A.B.D., Oxford University, St. Anne's College. R Philip A. Quanbeck, I1 (1987). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary. Q Noel J. Petit (1984). Professor of Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Ronald W. Petrich (1980). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., United Theological Seminary. Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg (1994). Associate Professor of Modern Languages. B.A., National University, Tehran; M.A., University of Nice; Ph.D., U.C.L.A. Joyce M. Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Clayton A. Pharr (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., Claflin University; M.S.W, Barry University. Diane L. Pike (1981). Professor of Sociology A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale University. Timothy D. Pippert (1999). Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Augsburg College Faculty 29 Milo A. Schield (1985). Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Iowa State University; M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University. John S. Schmit (1990). Associate Dean for Adult Programs. Associate Professor of English. B.S., St. John's University; M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., The University of Texas. Michael D. Schock (1993). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of Washington; M.S.W.,University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Washington. Sandra Nei Schulte (1987). Designer-in-Residence, part-time, Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., M I A , University of Minnesota. David G. Schwain (1995). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.B.A., University of Cincinnati; M.B.A., Harvard University. Kathryn A. Schwalbe (1991). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.S., University of Notre Dame; M.B.A., Northeastern University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Associate Dean for Professional Development. Professor of Modern Languages. B.A., Texas Christian University; Ph.D., University of Texas. Timothy J. Shaw (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., St. Mary's College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Charles M. Sheaffer (1995). Assistant Professor of Computer Science. B.A., Metropolitan State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Trygve R. Skaar (2000). Studio Artist/, part-time, Music. Katharine E. Skibbe (2001). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Saint Mary's College. Richard J. Spratt (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Robert J. Stacke (1990). Associate Professor of Music. Band and Jazz Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.C.I., College of St. Thomas; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. John J. Stangl (1991). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Nancy K. Steblay (1988). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Montana. John P: Stein (1992). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.S., University of Detroit; M.A., University of Illinois. Donald B. Steinmetz (1968). Professor of Modern Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Linda Lee Stevens (1999). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., University of Northern Colorado; MS., Mankato State University. Stuart M. Stoller (1986). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.S., M.S., Long Island University. Beverly J. Stratton (1986). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., M.A., Boston University; M.A., D.Th., Luther Seminary. S 296 Augsburg College Faculty - - - Anthony R. Wagner (1993). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. David B. Washington (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., B.L., J.D., University of Pittsburgh. Pamela J. Weiss (1983). Associate Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., University of Nebraska; M.F!H., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Patricia E Weiss (1991). Associate Professor, part-time, Education. Paideia Associate-inResidence. B.A., Boston College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. Barbara A. West (1997). Instructor of Education. Faculty Coordinator of Teacher Placement Licensing. B.S., St. Cloud State University; M.S., Syracuse University Jean H. Whalen (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. W Joseph Underhill-Cady (1998). Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of California-Berkeley; M.A., San Francisco State University; Ph.D., University of Michigan. Eileen Kaese Uzarek (2001). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.S., Mankato State University James A. Vela-McConnell (1997). Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., Loyola University; Ph.D., Boston College. David E. Venne (1992). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.S., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Iowa State University Joseph M. Volker (1993). Instructor, part-time, MAL Program. B.A., University of California-Irvine; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. U-v Joan E. Thompson (1997). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Fort Lewis College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Sonja K. Thompson (1993). Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., University of Minnesota; M.M., The Juilliard School. Mark D. Tranvik (1995). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Yale University; Th.D., Luther Seminary. Cynthia K. Troy (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology B.A., University of California, Santa Cruz; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. T Grace K. Sulerud (1966). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Karen T. Sutherland (1999). Associate Professor of Computer Science. A.B., Augustana College; two M.S. degrees; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kathryn A. Swanson (1985). Professor of English. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Maryann Syers-McNairy (1998). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Arizona State University; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Augsburg College Faculty 29 - - ' Ruth L. Aaskov. Professor Emerita of Modern Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Earl R. Alton. Professor Emeritus of ChemistryDean Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Lyla M. Anderegg. Professor Emerita of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University. Barbara L. Andersen. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A., Northwestern University. Charles S. Anderson. President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York. Ernest W. Anderson. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Margaret J. Anderson. Professor Emerita, Library. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Oscar A. Anderson. President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead. Raymond E. Anderson. Professor Emeritus of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. John E. Benson. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. Richard A. Borstad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Maria L. Brown. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. L. Gracia Christensen. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Hunter College; M.A., Radcliffe College. John W. Yaeger (2001). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.S.W., Loyola University. Larry J. Zimmerman (2000). Studio Artist, part-time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.M., Boston University. Steven M. Zitnick (2000). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., Shimer College; M.S., University of Utah. X-Y-z Marcus A. Wing (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Moorhead State University; MS., Winona State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. J. Ambrose Wolf (1999). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., MS., University of Muenster; Ph.D., University of Cologne and KFA-Julich, Germany. Angela J. Wyatt (1981). Studio ArtistISaxophone and Clarinet, part-time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.M., Northwestern University. Robert D. Wykstra (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., Calvin coliege; M.B.A., Western ~ i c h i ~ University. an 298 Augsburg College Faculty Robert W. Clyde. Professor Emeritus, Institutional Research Analyst. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Ailene H. Cole. Professor Emerita of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beverly C. Durkee. Professor Emerita of Mathematics. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University. Norman B. Ferguson. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Henry G. Follingstad. Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. B.E.E., M.S., University of Minnesota. Jerry Gerasimo. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Orloue Gisselquist. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.E.E., MS., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York University. Katherine Hennig. Artist-in-Residence Emerita of Music. M.A., University of Minnesota. Edwina L. Hertzberg. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. John R. Holum. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Irene Khin Khin Jensen. Professor Emerita of History. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma; M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Duane E. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A., Huron College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marie 0 . McNeff. Professor Emerita of EducationIDean Emerita. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska. Erwin D. Mickelberg. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Mildred "Mike" Mueller. Professor Emerita of Education. B.A., M.A., Central Michigan University; Ed.D., University of Minnesota. Edor C. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Gordon L. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard C. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Catherine C. Nicholl. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beverly J. Nilsson. Professor Emerita of Nursing. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Patricia A. Parker. Associate Academic Dean ~fnerita.B.A., Eastern Michigan University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan. ~ a c d t yEmeriti 29 - Lauretta E. Pelton. Professor Emerita of Education. M.Ed., Marquette University. Philip A. Quanbeck, Sr. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Gunta Rozentals. Professor Emerita of Modern Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Edward M. Sabella. Professor Emeritus of Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marianne B. Sander. Dean of Students Emerita. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College; D.Mus., Lakeland College. Edwin J. Saugestad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Marjorie H. Sibley. Professor Emerita, Library. B.A., M.A., University of Illinois; M.A., University of Minnesota. Eugene M. Skibbe. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany. Clarice A. Staff. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., D.S.W., Columbia University. Myles C. Stenshoel. Professor Emeritus of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado. Ralph L. Sulerud. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Philip J. Thompson. Professor Emeritus of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M I A . , University of Iowa. Joel S. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rita R. Weisbrod. Professor Emerita of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Cornell University. Mary Louise Williams. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.EA., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania. 7 300 Faculty Emeriti COLLEGE M A P INFORMATION 1. Admissions Weekday Program 2. Admissions Annex and Wcckcnd Admissions 3. Air Structure Entrance (November through March) 4. Edor-Nelson Athletic Field and Seasonal Air Struchlic 5 . Christensen Center 6. East Hall 7. Faculty Guest House 8. Foss, Lobeck, Miles, Center forWorship, Drama and Communication 9. Sverdrup Ilnll 10. Husby-Strom~nenTennis Courts 11. Icc Arena 12. Dcvclopment, PR/Comrnunications, and Alumni/Parent Relations 13. Lindell Library 14. Maintennnce and Grounds Shop 15. Mortenscn Hall 16. Murphy Place 17. Murphy Park 18. Music Hall 19. Ncw Rcsidence Hall 20. Old Main D. Faculty/Staff/Commutcr/Residcnt Parking E. Resident Parking F. Resident Parking G. Admissions/Faculty/S taff Parking H . Faculty/Staff Parking I. Visitor Parking J. FacultylStaff Parking K. FacultylStaff Parking L. Visitor Parking M . Faculty/Staff/Commuter Parking N. Faculty/Staff/Commuter Parking 0. Fairview-University Parking Ramp PARKING INFORMATION A. Visitor Parking B. Resident Parking C . Commutcr Parking 21. Anderson Hall 22. Quad 23. Scicncc Hall 24. Security Dispatch Center 25. Shipping and Receiving 26. Melby Hall 27. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 28. Urness Hall Street parking on campus is posted for one-, two-, or four-hour limits. For certain major events on campus during evenings and weekends, parking is also available in the commuter and visitor lots. I-35W from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and turn left on Washington (curves right to become Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South. I-35W from the SouthFollow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. 1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. 1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 2lst Avenue South. PUBLIC PARKING DIRECTIONS TO CAMPUS 4 MINNEAPOLIS d Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, natlonal or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, qr disability in its education ~olicies,admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school administered programs, except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational qualification. Augsburg Collegt is committed to providing reasonable accommodations t c its employees and Its students. A About Augsburg 10, 18 Academic and Achievement Scholarships 31-32 Academic Advising 56 Academic Calendar 4-7, 54 Academic Divisions 56 Academic Information 53 Academic Internships 66 Academic Policies and Procedures 69 Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal 85 Academic and Learning Services 44 Academic Skills Center 44 Access Center 45 Accessibility 18 Accounting 104, 110-1 12 Accreditation and Memberships 11, 17, 18 Activities 43 Admissions 14, 20-24 Administrative Officers of the College 282 Advanced Placement Program Test (AP) 83 Advanced Transfer Students 74 African American Student Services (see Pan-Afrikan Student Services) 47 Air Structure 44 Alumni Center 15 American Indian Studies 166-167 American Indian Student Services 47 American Sign Language 191 AmeriCorp Scholarship 32 Anderson Hall 14, 50 Application Procedures 20, 31 Applied Economics 131 Architecture Minor 94 Art 93-97 Art History 93, 96-97 Asian American Student Services (see Pan Asian Student Services) 47 Asian Studies (see East Asian Studies) 128-129 Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) Program 83-84 Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) 59, 62 Associated Support Organizations 16 Athletic Affiliation 18 Athletic Training Internship 155 Athletics 43 Audit Fee 26 Auditing Courses 82 Augsburg Echo 43 Augsburg Experiences 73 Augsburg Seminar 73, 98 Augsburgian, The 43 Calendar 4-7, 54 Campus Location 14, 18, 301-302 Campus Map 301-302 Campus Ministry 42 Campus Tours 20 Canadian Program 69 Career Services 67 Carlson (JeroyC. Carlson) Alumni Center 1 Center for Global Education 15, 63, 176-18 Center for Global Education Courses 63-65, 177-181 Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS) 44 Center for Service, Work, and Learning 66 Change of Program 71 Chemistry 118-123 Chinese 191 Chapel 15,42 Choir 43, 203, 21 1 Christensen Center 14 Class Schedule 90 Classification (Class Year) 82, 85 Coaching Endorsement 155 College Costs 2002-03 26 College Level Examination Program (CLEP) 83 College of the Third Age 16, 69 Commencement 86 Commons 51 Communication 260-266 Communication ArtsILiterature Teacher Licensure 147 Community Service-Learning 66 Community Studies Concentration (Sociology) 255 Computational Economics 124 Computational Philosophy 125, 218 Computer Science 123-127 Concert Band 43, 203, 21 1 Continuing Education Program 69 Cooperative Education 67 Costs 26-27 Counseling 48 Counseling and Health Promotion 48 Course Descriptions 90-277 Credits 90 C Biology 99-103 Board of Regents 280-281 Books and Supplies 27 Business Administration 104-109 Business Administration and Economics Major 106, 131 B Early Admission of Freshmen 21 East Asian Studies 128-129 East European Studies 247-248 East Hall 14 Echo 43 Economics 130-134 Economics/Business Admin. Major 106, 131 Economics/Political Science Teaching Major 229 Edor Nelson Field 14 Education 135-144 Education for Service 11 Education (Master of Arts) 68 Elementary Education 136-137, 139-140 Emotional/Behavioral Disabilities 142-143 Employment 35 Engineering 144-145 English 146-152 English as a Second Language (ESL) Program 84-85 English Placement Test 148 Enrollment 18 Enrollment Center 8, 70 Enrollment Deposit 27 Ensembles 203, 21 1 Entry-level Skills 74 Ethnic Studies 168 Evaluation and Grading 79, 82 Evangelical Lutheran Church in America (ELCA) 18, 281 E Dance and Theatre Teacher Licensure Major 269 Dean's List 85 Degrees Offered 18, 54 Departmental Comprehensive Exams 83 Departments and Programs 90-277 Deposits 27 Development 8 Directed Study 92 Directory 8 Directory Information 87-88 Dismissal 85 Discrimination Complaints 52 Divisions and Departments 56 Dormitories 14, 50-51 Dual Degree Programs 59, 68, 144-145 D Crime and Community Concentration (Sociology) 255 Crossover Registration 71 Cultural Anthropology Concentration (Sociology) 256 Gage Family Endowment (CLASS) 45 General Education Curriculum 72-78 General Education Requirements 72-78, 80-81 General Studies 153 German 190, 193-194 Gift Assistance 33 Global Education Center 15, 63, 176-181 Global Education Program Courses 63-65, 177-181 Grade Point Average 73, 82 Grading 79, 82 Graduate Programs 67 Graduation (Applying for) 72 Graduation Level Skills 75-76 Graduation Requirements 72-78, 80-81 Graduation With Distinction 86 Grants 33 Gymnasium (Melby Hall) 15 C Facilities and Housing 14, 50-51 Facts and Figures 18 Faculty 18, 55, 284-298 Faculty Emeriti 298-300 FAFSA (Free Application for Federal Student Aid 31 Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) 51-52, 87-88 Federal Work Study Program 35 Fees 26-27 Film Minor 263, 268 Finance Specialization (Business Administration) 106 Financial Aid 18, 30-40 Financial Policies 28-30 Fine Arts 43 Fitness Center 49 Food Service 51 Foreign Languages (See Modern Languages) Forensics 261 Former Students 23, 72 Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication 15 Four-Year Assurance Program 86 French 190-192 Freshmen 20, 21 F Experiential Education Programs 66-67 Explanation of Grades 79 Exploring Our Gifts 42 Index 30 Language Courses 190-197 Leadership (Master of Arts) 67-68 Leadership Studies Minor 168-169 Leadership, Service, and Performance Scholarships 32-33 L Karen M. Housh Tutor Center 44 K Japanese 190, 194 JeroyC. Carlson Alumni Center 15 john Evans Learning Laboratory 44 J Ice Arena 15 Incomplete Grade 79, 82 Independent Studies 91, 92 lnformation Technology Resources 55 Inter-Institutional Programs 62 Inter-Race 16 Intercollegiate Athletics 43 Interdisciplinary Studies 165-173 lnternational Baccalaureate Program (IB) 83 lnternational Business Minor 107 lnternational Business Specialization (Business Administration) 106 lnternational Partners 176 lnternational Relations 174-175 lnternational Relations (International Business) 174 lnternational Student Advising 49 lnternational Student Services 24, 49 lnternational Students 24, 49 lnternational Studies 175-183 Internships 66-67, 91 Intertribal Student Union 47 Intramural Athletics 43 I Health and Physical Education 154-158 Health Clinic Services 49 Health Education 154-156 Health Insurance 49 Health Promotion 48 HECUA Courses 65, 181-183 Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) 62, 65, 176, 181-183 HispanicILatino Student Services Program 48 History 159-164 History of Augsburg College 10 Honors Program 61-62, 164-165 Housing 14-16, 26, 50-51 Hoyt Messerer Fitness Center 49 H 306 Index - Majors and Minors 56-59, 89-277 Management lnformation Systems 113-11 Management Specialization (Business Administration) 106 Maps 301, 302 Marketing 116-117 Master's Degrees 54, 67-68 Math Placement Group (MPG) 75, 185-18 Mathematics 184-189 McNair Scholars Program (TRIO) 45-46 Medical Refund 30 Melby Hall 15 Membershi~s17. 18 Memorial i a l l (sverdrup-~ftedalMemorial Hall) 16 ~ e t r o b r b a nStudies 170-171 Middle East Studies Minor 172 Minnesota Indian Teacher Training Partnership (MNIlTP) 47 Minnesota Minority Education Partnership (MMEP) 16 Minnesota Work Study Program 35 Minors 56-59, 89-277 MIS Courses 113-115 Mission Statement 10 Modern Language Skill 75 Modern Languages 190-197 Mortensen Hall 15, 50 Murphy Place (2222 Murphy Place) 15 Murphy's 51 Music 198-212 Music Business Minor 202 Music Education Major 199-200 Music Ensembles 203, 21 1 Music Hall 15 Music Performance Major 200 Music Re~ertoireTests 204 Music ~ h ' e r ~a~~u~i v a l e n ~ ~ l ~ e r t i f i c a t 202-203 Music Therapy Major 201, 209-210 M Learning Disabilities Program 44-45 Legacy Scholarship 32 Liberal Arts Perspectives 76-78, 80-81 Library and lnformation Technology Center 15, 18, 55-56 Licensure (Teaching) 60, 135-144 Lifetime Sports 76 Lindell Library 15, 18, 55 Loan Assistance 34-35 Location 14, 18, 301-302 Lutheran Leader Scholarships 33 Q Paired Resources in Ministry and Education (PRIME) Awards 32 Pan-Afrikan Student Services 47 Pan-Asian Student Services 47 Part-Time Students 26-27 Pass/No Credit 73, 79 Pastor 42 Payments 28 Performance Studies 203, 212 Performing Arts Scholarships 32 Perspective Requirements 76-78, 80-81 Philosophy 218-221 Phi Theta Kappa Scholarships 32 Physical Disabilities Program (Access Center) 45 Phvsical Education 155. 157-158 ~hisicalScience ~ e a c h i nLicensure ~ 119, 214 Physician Assistant Studies (Master of Science) 68 Physics 222-227 Piano Proficiency Test 204 Policies 17, 18, 51-52, 87-88 Political Science 228-233 Political Science/Economics teaching major 229 PortFolio Assessment Program 83-84 Pre-Professional Programs 60-61 Prerequisites 91 P, Off-Campus Programs 18 Officers of the College 282 Official Notices 51 Ojibwe 190, 196 Old Main 15 Orchestra 43, 203, 21 1 Organizational Analysis and Development Concentration (Sociology) 256 Orientation (AUG) 73, 98 0 NASA Scholarship 33 Natural Science Teaching Licensures 21 3-214 New Hall 15, 50 No-Credit Grades 79 Nordic Area Studies 172-173 Norwegian 190, 194-195 Notification of Admissions Decision 21, 22 Number Grades 79 Numbering of Courses 90 Nursing 215-21 7 Nursing (Master of Arts) 68 N Scandinavian Studies (See Nordic Area Studies) Scandinavian Urban Studies 65, 181 Scholarships 31-33, 35-40 School Year 4-7, 18 Science Hall 15 Science Scholarship 32 Secondary Education 137-138, 140-141 Service-Learning 66 Sigma Pi Sigma 224 Skills Requirements 74-76 Smiley's Point 16 Social, Cultural, Recreational Activities 43 Social Psychology Concentration 235, 256 Social Studies 249 Social Welfare Minor 251 Social Work 250-254 Social Work (Master of Social Work) 68 Society of Physics Students 224 Sociology 255-259 Solid State Physics 223 Space Physics 223 Spanish 190, 196-197 Special Education 142-144 Special Interest Housing 51 Special Students (Non-Degree or Second Degree) 23 Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts 260-274 Sponsored Scholarships 35-40 Sports 43-44 5 Re-Admitted Students 72 Refunds 28-30 Regents 280-281 Regents' Scholarships 32 Registration 69-72 Religion 239-244 Religious Affiliation 18 Residence Life Program (see also Housing) 50-51 Residence Requirements 74 Rochester Program 13, 70 ~oom'bndBoard 26 ROTC 62 Russian, Central, and East European Studies 247-248 R President's Greeting 2 President's Scholarships 31 PRIME Scholarship 32 Probation 85 P~y~h010gy 234-238 Public Relations and Communication 15 Index 30 308 Index Teaching Licensure (see also individual majors) 60, 135-144 Test Scores 20 Theatre Arts 267-274 Theatre History and Criticism Dramaturgy Minor 269 T StepUP Program 46-47 Student Activities 43 Student Affairs (see Academic and Learning Services) 44 Student-Designed Major 57 Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF) 35 Student Employment 35 Student/Faculty Ratio 18 Student Government 42 Student Life 41 -52 Student Newspaper 43 Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN) 18 Student Publications 43 Student Rights 51-52 Student Standards of Behavior, Complaints, Records 50 Student Support Services (TRIO) 46 Student Teaching Abroad 65, 135 Studio Art 93-96 Study Abroad 63-65, 175-183 Summer Session 8 Support Programs 44-49 Sverdrup Hall 16 Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 16 7 Yearbook 43 Youth and Family Institute 16 Youth and Family Ministry Major 245-246 Youth and Family Ministry Partner Scholarship 32 x, y, z Weekend College 12-13, 21, 27-28, 70-71 Withdrawal From College 30, 72 Women's Studies 275-277 Work Study Program 35 W Veterans 86 Vocation 42 v Upper Midwest Association of Intercultural Education (UMAIE) 18 Urban Studies 169-171 Urness Hall 16, 50 U Theatre Practicums 272-274 Transcripts 20, 21, 28 Transdisciplinary Major 57-58 Transfer Regents' Scholarship 32 Transfer Students 22-23 TRIO Programs 45-46 Tuition, Fees, Room and Board 26-27 Tutor Center 44 C O L L E G E AUGSBURG SUPPLEMENT WITH ADDITIONS AND CHANGE 2 0 0 2 T O 2 0 0 4 C A T A L O G Minneapolis, Minnesota C O L L E G E AUGSBURG I I I Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and academic policies contained in this publication and the 2002-2004 Catalog. If you have questions about anything in this supplement or the Catalog, consult a faculty adviser, the dean of the College, or the registrar. Supplement information is listed under the same headings in the printed Catalog, followed by page numbers in parentheses. Refer to these pages in the Catalog for complete information. This catalog supplcmun t amends inrormatiou given in the 2002-2004 Augsburg Catalog. OnIy those sections that havc srths~rentinlchni~gesare included. Coust~ltthe registrar's of~icror the Augsburg C a l a l online ~~ at cww.augshur~.eriu/catal~)g> [or inronnaltion im ncw or deleted courses, changes in course titlcs, or descriptions. Checklist and Summary of Requirements for Graduation (page 80) . . . . . .12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. . Graduation Requirements (page 72) Transfer Students (page 22) 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. . Academic Calendar. Weekend College (page 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Academic Calendar. Day Program (page 5) Table of Contents Spring Term 2004 Jan. 12Non. ................................ Classes begin Jan. 19/Mon. ............................. Martin Luther King Day-no classes Mar. 15/Mon. ............................. .Mid-term break begins Mar. 22/Mon. ............................... Classes resume .Early registration for fall Apr. 5-16/Mon.-Fri. .................... Apr. 9/Fri. ....................................Easter break Apr. 23/Fri. ..................................Classes end Apr. 26-29Non.-Thurs. .............Final exams May M a t . ................................ .BaccalaureatdCommencement Fall Term 2003 Summer...................................Freshman registration Aug. 31-Sept. 2/Sun.-Tues. .........New student orientation Sept. 3fWed. ............................... Classes begin Oct. 24/Fri. ............................... Mid-term break (one day only) Nov. 17-Dec. 5Non.-Fri. ............Spring term registration Thanksgiving recess begins Nov. 271Thurs. ............................. Classes resume Dec. l/Mon. ................................. ,.,,.Classes end Dec. 12/Fri. ............................ Dec. 15-18/Mon.-Thurs. ..............Final exams The academic calendar is subject to change. Refer to the registrar's Web page for updated calendar and registration information at ~www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>. Spring Term 2004 Class weekends: Apr. 16-18, Apr. 23-25, May 7-9, May 21-23, June 4-6, June 11-13, June 25-27 Winter Term 2004 Class weekends: Jan. 9-11, Jan. 23-25, Feb. 6-8, Feb. 13-15, Feb. 27-29, Mar. 12-14, Mar. 26-28, Apr. 2-4 Fall Term 2003 Class weekends: Sept. 5-7, Sept. 19-21, Oct. 3-5, Oct. 17-19, Oct. 31-Nov. 2, Nov. 14-16, Nov. 21-23, Dec. 5-7 The academic calendar is subject to change. Refer to the registrar's Web page for updated calendar and registration information at cwww.augsburg.edu/enrolI/registrar>. Students transferring from the Minnesota State College and University System who have completed the Minnesota Transfer Curriculum, have earned the Associate of Arts degree from MNSCU, and have a 2.5 (on a 4.0 scale) cumulative GPA or higher will be given transfer status as outlined below. Acceptance of courses submitted for transfer is done by the registrar's office based upon the official student transcript(s1. Acceptance of courses presented for a major or minor also requires approval of the department. The major or minor department may require certain courses or a minimum number of courses be taken at Augsburg. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is required on previous college work for admission to the College. Augsburg College limits transfer coursework from two-year colleges once a student has reached junior status. Students may transfer a maximum of 64 semester credits (96 quarter credits) from two-year colleges. Once a student reaches junior status, no additional credits will transfer from two-year institutions toward the minimum of 32 Augsburg credits required for a baccalaureate degree. These courses can, however, be used to meet Augsburg Core Curriculum and major requirements. Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer from other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. TRANSFER STUDENTS Replaces "ALL TRANSFER STUDENTS" on pages 22-23 of current catalog & Note: No student who falls below the standards for automatic admission to the College will be considered for admission by the Admissions Committee after August 15 for entry in fall semester or December 15 for entry in spring semester. Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary. Please check with the Office of Undergraduate Admissions and consult the departmental section of this catalog. 3. Courses with D grades will not be accepted as prerequisites or for application to majors. Some Augsburg majors require additional prerequisite coursework beyond the A.A. degree. Students are advised to consult major departments for major requirements upon transfer. One Foundations of Fitness or activity course if the student has transferred an equivalent Foundations course. This requirement is waived for students who have transferred in two equivalent courses. College algebra or Math Placement 3 One graduation skill writing course in the major One course that meets the Quantitative Reasoning Graduation Skill requirement The Modern Language requirement One Augsburg Experience Senior Keystone Course REL 300 Bible, Christian Theology, and Vocation Course 2. All Augsburg Core Curriculum requirements will be waived except: 1. Admission will be with junior standing following the Minnesota Transfer Curriculum. A maximum of 17 Augsburg equivalent courses (64 semester credits or 96 quarter credits from a community college) will be accepted once junior status is reached. No additional courses may be transferred from a community college. The following applies only to the MNSCU A.A. graduate: 1. Completion of 32 course creditsNo more than 13 course credits may be in one department, except in certain approved majors: accounting (B.A.) - 14; music education (B.M.) - 17; music performance (B.M.) - 20; music therapy (B.S.) - 17; and social work (B.S.) - 15. Degree requirements include completion of a minimum number of credits, a major, the Augsburg Core Curriculum, a minimum GPA in major(s)/minor(s) and in total course work, and residence. Requirements f o r Undergraduate Graduation: All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). Students should apply before the start of their last academic year to confirm remaining graduation requirements. Application forms are available at the Enrollment Center. Each student must apply for graduation at the end of his or her junior year. Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the registrar's office about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. See page 23 in the printed catalog in Undergraduate Admissions-Special Students (Second Degree). Faculty advisers, the Academic Advising staff, department chairs, and the registrar staff are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. All students are required to file a graduation application with the registrar's office one year prior to graduation. Replaces "GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM" on pages 72-78 of current catalog -7 An Augsburg Experience integrates experiential learning with academic learning. It demonstrates enhanced learning and reflects research and best practices in experiential education. Approved Augsburg Experiences meet two criteria: ( I ) Integrates experiential learning with academic learning and (2) Links on-campus learning to the goals, mission, needs, or ideas of off-campus people, organizations and/or communities, either through community partners, 4. Augsburg Experiences-All student must complete at least one approved Augsburg Experience as a requirement for graduation. Augsburg Experiences highlight the College's commitment to experiential education and active participation in the broader community, both locally and globally Five categories of approved experiential learning opportunities are recognized as Augsburg Experiences: internships, facultystudent research, community service, study abroad, and off-campus immersion experiences. 3. Completion of t h e Augsburg Core Curriculum-Requirements for the Ausburg Core Curriculum are listed in the next section 2. Completion of a MajorRequirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 32 total course credits required: two courses by independent1 directed study; four courses of internship; an six course credits with a grade of Pass (P). To graduate with Latin honors, students may take no more than two P/N graded courses. Each department sets its own limitations on the number of P/N graded courses that may be applied toward the major and minor programs, but normally students may apply no more than two course credits with P grades toward a major and no more than one course credit with a P grade toward a minor. The Departments of Education and Social Work are examples of departments that allow students to apply more than two course credits with P grades within the major program (two in major field courses plus student teaching or field work practicums). Cultivates the transformative discovery of, and appreciation for, one's place of leadership and service in a diverse world-vocatio and caritas. Calls for common inquiry into questions of Christian faith and the search for meaning; and -Provides a liberal arts foundation and promotes the acquisition of intellectual and professional skills: The Augsburg Core Curriculum is designed to prepare students to become effective, informed, and ethical citizens through their engagement in a curriculum that: THE AUGSBURG CORE CURRICULUM 6 . Residence-The last year of full-time study or equivalent (no less than 7 of the last 9 creditslrequirements) must be completed at Augsburg or within an approved ACTC exchange program. No less than a total of 9 credits are to be taken at Augsburg College. Contact the registrar's office if an official inlerpretation is needed. Some departments have a minimum number of courses that are required to be taken in residence within the major and minor. Consult the catalog description of the majorlminor or the chairperson of the department. 5. Grade Point Average-2.0 for most majors. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 is required for all courses taken and specifically for all courses that apply toward a major or special program. Some majors, licensure, and certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, and social work.) See the departmental section for details. professional activities, and/or travel. Augsburg Experiences may be embedded in designated courses that are part of the regular class schedule or may be completed for zero credit outside of the regular class schedule. The length of time required, creditlno-credit status, and grading options for approved Augsburg Experiences will vary All students must complete at least one approved Augsburg Experience as a requirement for graduation. Augsburg Experiences highlight the College's commitment to experiential education and active participation in the broader community, both locally and globally Five categories of approved experiential learning opportunities are recognized as Augsburg Experiences: internships, faculty-student research, community service, study abroad, and off-campus immersion experiences. Augsburg Experience Transfer students entering with advanced transfer status will take one Search for Meaning course: REL 300 Bible, Christian Theology, and Vocation. In these courses students articulate and critically reflect upon Augsburg's concept of vocation and ils meaning; Christian theological concepts as well as concepts from other religious traditions; and the meaning of the Bible in Judeo-Christian thought, its cultural contexts, and concepts of human identity and vocation. Two Search for Meaning course credits are required except for the following: Augsburg's Signature Curriculum is centered on its identity as a college of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. As a college of the Church, Augsburg accepts as a basis for its educational program the doctrines of the Christian faith as revealed in scripture and the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran Church. It consciously affirms that all students should reflect upon the Christian scriptures, theological concepts, ethical values, their own faith and values, and religious concepls outside of the Christian faith as part of becoming educated. Search f o r Meaning THE AUCSBURG SIGNATURE CURRICULUM Skills Requirements The Liberal Arts Foundation The Augsburg Signature Curriculum The curriculum has three major components: The Liberal Arts Foundation courses THE LIBERAL ARTS FOUNDATIOL Engaging Minneapolis courses are specially designed courses that make intentional and substantial use of the resources of the Twin Cities as they orient first-year weekday students to the community where they will be studying, living, and working during their college careers. Most Engaging Minneapolis courses also fulfill an Augsburg Core Curriculum or major requirement. They normally are taken during the first year, but may be taken in the second year. Engaging Minneapolis All students who enter the College as first-year students in the weekday schedule program must satisfactorily complete fall orientation and the Augsburg Seminar. The Seminar is attached to a first-semester major or Augsburg Core Cuniculum course. Its purpose is to introduce students to what it means to have an Augsburg education and to help them make the transition to college work. Augsburg Seminar In order to help them make the transition to college and their new community, first-year weekday program students are required to take Augsburg Core Curriculum and introductory major courses containing the following components: The Augsburg First Year The Senior Keystone course connects the broad liberal arts foundation with the professional skills and in-depth study of the major. It thus asks graduating students to think critically, reflectively, and ethically about their place in the world as leaders and servants. The Senior Keystone course provides a final opportunity for exploring the central themes of an Augsburg education- vocation and the search for meaning in a diverse and challenging world. Students will reflect upon the meaning of their educational experiences and consider issues of transition as they prepare for their lives after Augsburg. Senior Keystone Writing *Mathematics Placement in writing, math, modern languages, and critical thinking courses is determined by the assessments. These tests are a prerequisite for (not completion of) core and graduation skills course requirements. *Modern Languages *Critical Thinking There are entry level skills assessments in: Entry Level Skills Assessments SKILLS REQUIREMENTS Art, Music, Speech/Communications and Theatre Arts. Two courses or approved activities from two different departments: Fine Arts Note: The signature Search for Meaning courses do not count as Humanities Liberal Arts Foundation requirements. English, History, Philosophy, Religion, Modern Language (literature courses) Two courses from two different departments: Humanities Economics, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology Two courses from two different departments: Social and Behavioral Sciences One course must be a lab science course. Two courses from two different departments: Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics. Natural Sciences and Mathematics Students choose two courses from two different departments in each domain. (Exceptions may be made for specially designed interdisciplinary Connections courses.) The list of courses meeting the Liberal Arts Foundation requirement is available online and from the registrar's office. introduce students to knowledge and modes of inquiry across a wide range of disciplines and subjects. The course offerings in the traditional liberal arts provide the opportunity for students to acquire a broad and solid foundation for their specialized study and professional preparation. , Based on the math assessment result, students will be enrolled in the appropriate courses or advised on preparation for retaking the math placement exam. Students may retake the Math Placement Exam once during their first term of enrollment. Students are required to take the Math Placement Exam before registering for the first term and should achieve MPG 3 by the end of their first year at Augsburg. u All students are required to have their math placement group (MPG) determined. In some cases, students who have transferred a mathematics course taken at another college may have their MPG determined by the registrar's office. All other students must take the Augsburg Math Placement Exam, which is administered by the Academic Advising Office. The exam is given during college registration sessions and at other announced times during the year. Practice questions and other information are available from Academic Advising. Mathematics Requirement Students who have college credit for a critical thinking or logic course are exempt from the critical thinking assessment. Students who do not achieve the minimum entry score on the placement exam are reauired to take GST 100 Critical Thinking. Critical Thinking - Requirement The Mathematics assessment and requirement as described below. The Modern Language assessment as described below. The Writing assessment and requirement as described below. Advanced transfer students (who enter with 1 3 course credits or more or an A.A. degree accepted in transfer) take only the following entry level skills assessments and fulfill the following requirements: Freshmen (all students entering with fewer than seven Augsburg course credits) and sophomore transfer students with fewer than 1 3 course credits are required to take entry level skills assessments and satisfy all skills requirements. ~n Students should complete ENG 111 by the middle of their sophomore year since it is a prerequisite for Writing Graduation Skill courses. ENG 111 Effective Writing or the equivalent with a grade of 2.0, ,'F or higher, is required. Attendance the first day of class is required. Students should complete ENG 111 by the middle of their sophomore year since it is a prerequisite for Writing Graduation Skill courses. Effective Writing Core Skills Students who have transferred in an equivalent course to ENG 111 are excused from the entry level exam. The entry level assessment determines readiness for ENG 111 Effective Writing. Students who do not satisfy the entry level skill in writing will be required to take ENG 101 Developmental Writing before ENG 111. Writing Requirement The BW-CAPE language assessment is offered to students who have had at least a year of Spanish, French, or German language studies in high school. It is designed to assess and place students at the appropriate course level for language study Students may waive the modern language requirement by completing this assessment and placing at the 311 level or above. Modern Language Requirement Students are encouraged to advance their MPG as soon as possible. Students must achieve Math Placement Group (MPG) 3 or higher to graduate. In addition, many courses require MPG 2, 3 , or 4 as a prerequisite. Students in MPG 1 must take MAT 103 to advance to MPG 2. Students in MPG 2 must take MAT 105 to advance to MPG 3 . Students in MPG 3 must take MAT 114 to advance to MPG 4. No other MAT course changes a student's MPG. A grade of Pass or 2.0 or higher is required to advance to the next math level. Two Foundations of Fitness courses are required. HPE 001 Foundations of Fitness (or a transfer equivalent) is required of all students. The second course may be chosen from a variety of different lifetime activities. Students who are not health and physical education majors or intercollegiate athletes may test out of one lifetime activity course. Students may demonstrate proficiency from a selected list of lifetime activities. There is a fee to take the lifetime activity proficiency test. Foundations of Fitness Students whose first language is not English and whose score is below the minimum on the ESL placement test must fulfill the English as a Second Language (ESL) requirement. The requirement is satisfied by successfully completing the ESL course(s) and achieving a score above the minimum on the ESL placement exam. Students who complete the ESL requirement fulfill the Modern Language Graduation Skill requirement. Contact Academic Advising or the English Department for additional information. Students who have demonstrated competence in American Sign Language by passing an approved course sequence will have fulfilled the Modern Language Skill. There is a seven-year time limit on language courses presented for transfer and automatic waiver. Requirements for the Modern Language Skill are determined by placement test. For a language previously studied, successful completion (minimum grade of 2.0 or P) of one language course at your placement level (112 or higher) satisfies the requirement. For a language not previously studied, successful completion of a two-course sequence in the same language with the minimum grade of 2.0P in both courses is required. Students whose placement test is at 31 1 or higher will be exempted from further language study Modern Language All Writing Skill courses have the prerequisite of ENG 111 or its equivalent. All Quantitative Reasoning Skill courses have the prerequisite of Math Placement Group 3 , and all Critical Thinking Skill courses have the prerequisite of passing the entry level Critical Thinking Assessment or GST 100. Graduation skill requirements typically are embedded in required courses in the major. Some departments, however, designate courses outside the major or elective courses in the major that fulfill this requirement. Academic advisers will provide a list of these courses. An Augsburg education includes enhancement of certain skills during the years in college. Critical thinking, quantitative reasoning, speaking, and writing skills are deliberate components of certain courses. Students are required to have one course each with Critical Thinking, Quantitative Reasoning, and Speaking skill components, and two courses with a Writing Skill component. These requirements are modified for advanced transfer students (see page 10). Graduation Skills Requirements Foundations of Fitness courses are non-credit courses and are not included in the 32-course graduation requirement. Complete at least one Augsburg Experience Complete the Augsburg First Year requirements. (Sophomore transfer students are exempt from these requirements.) Complete the Signature Curriculum: Complete two (2) Search for Meaning courses. Complete a Senior Keystone course. Complete the Augsburg Core Curriculum. Complete a major. Maintain minimum cumulative grade point average in major, minor, and in total courses completed. Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Other maximums are described on page 7 Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . 17 Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . 20 Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . 17 Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 All new freshmen and all freshman and sophomore transfer students must complete the following requirements prior to graduation (transfer credit may apply to these requirements): Complete 32 course credits. Of these: no more than 13 courses may be in any one department, with the following exceptions: This quick reference checklist is an abbreviated version of the requirements for graduation. As a summary, it is not comprehensive and cannot substitute fully for the complete degree requirements that begin on page 7. Students are advised to read carefully the full graduation requirements and to consult frequently with their advisers to ensure that all requirements for graduation are met. Replaces "CHECKLIST AND SUMMARY OF GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION" on pages 80-81 of current catalog One course with a Quantitative Reasoning component. One course with a Critical Thinking component. One course with a Speaking component. One course with a Critical Thinking component. Two courses with Writing components. Complete courses designed to fulfill the following Graduation Skills with a minimum grade of 2.0 or F! (Courses meeting these requirements are designated by the major.) Complete HPE 001 Foundations of Fitness and one HPE activity course. Complete Modern Language requirement (0-2 courses, depending on initial assessment.) Complete Eng 111 Achieve a Math Placement Group score of three. Modern Language Assessment Critical Thinking Assessment Writing Assessment Mathematics Assessment Fine Arts Complete Entry Level Skills Assessments and Core Skills Requirements: Humanities Social and Behavioral Sciences Natural Sciences and Mathematics Complete the Liberal Arts Foundation requirements: Complete two courses from two different departments in each domain. (Exceptions may be made for specially designed interdisciplinary Connections courses.) 2. Complete an Engaging Minneapolis course. 1. Complete the fall orientation and Augsburg Seminar. ........... 14 Complete Modern Language requirement (0-2 courses, depending on initial assessment.) Achieve a Math Placement Group score of three. Complete Entry Level Skill Assessments and Core Skills Requirements: Satisfy entry level skill requirements in writing. Fine Arts Humanities Social and Behavioral Sciences Natural Sciences and Mathematics Complete the Liberal Arts Foundation requirements: Complete two courses from two different departments in each domain. (Exceptions may be made for specially designed interdisciplinary Connections courses.) Complete one Augsburg Experience Complete REL 300 Bible, Christian Theology, and Vocation course Complete a Senior Keystone course. Complete the Signature Curriculum: W Complete the Augsburg Core Curriculum. Complete a major. W Maintain minimum cumulative grade point average in major, minor, and in total courses completed. Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Other maximums are described on page 7. Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . 17 Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . 20 Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . 17 Accounting (B.A.) . All advanced transfer students (those entering with 13 or more credits) must complete the following requirements prior to graduation (transfer credit may apply to these requirements): W Complete 32 course credits. Of these: no more than 13 courses may be in any one department, with the following exceptions: Complete one Augsburg Experience Complete a Senior Keystone course. Complete REL 300 Bible, Christian Theology, and Vocation course. Complete the Signature Curriculum: W Complete the Augsburg Core Curriculum W Complete a major. W Maintain minimum cumulative grade point average in major, minor, and in total courses completed. Other maximums are described on page 7. Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . .15 Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . 17 Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . 20 Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . 17 Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . 14 W Complete 32 course credits. Of these: no more than 13 courses may be in any one department, with the following exceptions: One course with a Quantitative Reasoning component. Students entering under the Minnesota Transfer Curriculum with an A.A. degree must complete the following requirements prior to graduation: One course with a Speaking component. One course with a Critical Thinking component. One course with a Writing component. Complete courses designed to fulfill the following Graduation Skills with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P. (Courses meeting these requirements are designated by the major.) Complete HPE 001 Foundations of Fitness or one HPE activity course (depending on transcript assessment.) All students are required to file a graduation application with the registrar's office one year prior to graduation. One course with a Quantitative Reasoning component. One course with a Writing component. Complete courses designed to fulfill the following Graduation Skills with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P (Courses meeting these requirements are designated by the major.) Complete HPE 001 Foundations of Fitness or one HPE activity course (depending on transcript assessment) Complete Modern Language requirement (0-2 courses, depending on initial assessment.) Complete Entry Level Skills Assessments and Core Skills Requirements: Complete one college algebra course course or achieve a Math Placement Group score of three. AucssuR~ \IV\IVW aunchurn d u 22 1l Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55454 C O L L E G E
Show less